Banking Previous Years Questions Reasoning II

SB I / I B PS/ R B I / R R B
& OT H E R S E X A M
BANK I NG
REASONI NG
Pr ev i o u s Year Qu est i o n s
(Wi t h So l u t i o n s)
Pioneer Series
Pioneer Series
BANK I NG REASONI NG
PREVI OUS YEAR SOLVED QUESTI ONS
© 2 0 0 7 b y I . B . S. Pvt . L t d .
Off i ce: SCO 1 3 4 - 1 3 5 , Sect or 3 4 - A
Ch an d i gar h (I n d i a )
Al l r i gh t r eser ved , No p ar t of t h i s b ook m ay b e r ep r od u ced

i n an y f or m , b y m i m eogr ap h y o r an y ot h er m ean s,
w i t h ou t p er m i s si on i n w r i t i n g f r om I . B . S Pvt . L t d .
E d i t o r : I B S TE AM
Fi r st Edi t i on – May, 2017

Secon d Edi t i on – May, 2018
E- m ai l : i b s@i b si n d i a. co. i n
Web si t e: w w w . I B Si n d i a. co. i n
BANKING REASONING-I
(PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS WITH SOLUTIONS)
TABLE OF CONTENT
Content Page No.
1. Alphabet .................................................................................................... 5
2. Series ......................................................................................................1 4
3. Classification .......................................................................................... 2 5
4. Coding-Decoding .................................................................................... 3 2
5. Blood Relationship ................................................................................. 6 9
6. Coded Inequality .................................................................................... 9 6
7. Distance & Direction ........................................................................... 137
8. Sitting Arrangement ........................................................................... 155
9. Input- Output ...................................................................................... 269
10. Syllogism ............................................................................................. 329
11. Analytical Puzzles ............................................................................... 453
12. Argumentation..................................................................................... 511
13. Assumption .......................................................................................... 532
14. Conclusions/Inferences ....................................................................... 566
15. Courses Of Action ............................................................................... 603
16. Cause & Effect ..................................................................................... 654
17. Data Sufficiency .................................................................................. 679
18. Miscellaneous ....................................................................................... 743
.
CODED INEQUALITY
CODED INEQUALITY
th an n or equ al t o B ’.
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS ‘A # B’ m ean s ‘A is n ei th er sm all er
th an n or equ al t o B ’.
Di r ec t i o n s (1 –6 ) : In t h e foll owi n g (4 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e
qu est ion s, t h e sym b ols , H, %, @ an d © ‘A  B’m eans ‘A is neith er sm aller th an
(5 ) Non e of th ese
ar e u sed wi th th e fol lowin g m ean i n g as n or greater th an B ’.
4. St at em en t s :
il lu strated below : ‘A H B ’m ean s ‘A i s n ot sm al ler th an
Z % M , M H F, F  D
(I n di an Ban k PO Ex am . 1 7. 10. 201 0) B’.
Con cl u si on s :
‘P H Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot greater th an ‘A @ B’m ean s ‘A i s n ot greater th an
I. F % Z II. F  Z
Q’. B’.
III. D @ Z
‘P @ Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er Now i n each of th e fol lowin g qu es-
th an n or equ al t o Q’. (1 ) On ly I i s tr u e
ti on s assu m in g th e gi ven st atem en ts to
‘P © Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot sm al ler th an (2 ) On ly eit h er l or II is tr u e
be tr u e, fin d wh ich of th e t h ree con cl u -
Q’. (3 ) On ly II is tr u e
si on s I, II an d III given t h em is/ are def i -
‘P % Q’m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er (4 ) On ly III is tr u e
n i t el y t r u e an d gi ve you r an swer accor d-
th an n or gr eat er th an Q’. (5 ) Non e of th ese in gly.
‘P  Q’m ean s ‘P’is n eit h er sm all er 5. St at em en t s :
8. St at em en t s : M # R, R % P, P  J
th an n or equ al to ‘Q’. R  B , B © N, N @ T
Now i n each of th e fol lowin g qu es- Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s :
ti on s assu m in g th e gi ven st atem en ts to I. N @R II. T  B I. M # P II . J # R
be tr u e, fin d wh ich of th e t h ree con cl u - III. J % M
III. T  R
si on s I, II an d III gi ven below th em i s/ are (1) Non e i s tr u e
defi n i t el y t r u e an d give you r an swer ac- (1 ) Non e is tr u e
cordin gly. (2 ) On ly I i s tr u e (2) On ly I is tr u e
1. St at em en t s : (3 ) On ly II is tr u e (3) On ly II is tr u e
R © K, K  M , M H J (4 ) On ly III is tr u e (4) On ly III is tr u e
Con cl u si on s : (5 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e (5) On ly II an d III are tr u e
I. J  K II. M @ R 6. St at em en t s : 9. St at em en t s: P H D , D # Q, Q @ R
III. M % R W © K, K  R, R % N Con cl u si on s :
(1 ) Non e is tr u e Con cl u si on s : I. Q % P II . R # D
(2 ) On ly I i s tr u e I. N @K II. R @ W III. P # D
(3 ) On ly II is tr u e III. W  N
(1) Non e i s tr u e
(4 ) On ly eit h er II or III is tr u e (1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
(2) On ly I is tr u e
(5 ) On ly III is tr u e (2 ) On ly eit h er II or III is tr u e
(3) On ly II is tr u e
2. St at em en t s : (3 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e
(4) On ly III is tr u e
D @ K, K % F, F © B (4 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e
(5 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e (5) Non e of th ese
Con cl u si on s :
I. F  D II. B @ K 7. If ‘÷’ m ean s ‘+’; ‘–’ m ean s ‘×’; ‘+’ 10. St at em en t s : T%M,M@K,KHF
III. B % K m ean s ‘–’an d ‘×’m ean s ‘÷’, th en — Con cl u si on s :
(1 ) On ly I i s tr u e 14 – 4 × 7 ÷ 12 + 8 = ? I. F % M
(2 ) On ly II is tr u e (1) 20 (2) 12 II . F % T
(3 ) On ly III is tr u e 1 III. K # T
(4 ) On ly eit h er II or III is tr u e (3) 5 (4) 8 (1) On ly III is tr u e
11
(5 ) On ly eit h er II or III an d I are tr u e (2) On ly II is tr u e
(5) Non e of th ese
3. St at em en t s : (Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i c er (3) On ly I is tr u e
H H W, W @ N, N % R Ex am . 2 4. 0 1. 20 10 ) (4) On ly II an d III ar e tr u e
Con cl u si on s : Di r ec t i o n s (8 –1 2 ) : In th e fol lowi n g (5) Al l I, II an d III are tr u e
I. R  W II. N  W qu est ion s, t h e sym b ols , H, %, @ an d # 11. St at em en t s : H @ K, K  N, N % T
III. H @ R ar e u sed wi th th e fol lowin g m ean i n g as
Con cl u si on s :
(1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e il lu strated below :
I. T # K
(2 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e (Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i c er
II . N  H
(3 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e Ex am . 2 4. 0 1. 20 10 )
III. H % N
‘A % B ’ m ean s ‘A is n ei th er gr eat er
I .B.S. Regi st er ed Of f i ce: SCO. 108-109, Sect or -8C, Madhya Marg, Chandigarh. Ph: 092161-78310
–9 6 –
Head Of f i ce: SCO. 134-135, Top Floor, Sect or 34-A, Chandigarh. Ph: 093160-68310
Cor por at e Of f i ce: A-45-46, Near Nir m an Vihar Met ro St at ion, Laxm inagar, New Delhi. Ph: 092666-78310
CODED INEQUALITY
(1) On ly I is tr u e 15. St at em en t s : ti on s assu m in g th e gi ven st atem en ts to
(2) On ly II is tr u e M H K, K @ R, R % N be tr u e, fin d wh ich of th e t h ree con cl u -
Con cl u si on s : I. R % M si on s I, II an d III gi ven below th em i s/ are
II . R @ M defi n i t el y t r u e an d give you r an swer ac-
(4) On ly eit h er II or III is tr u e cordin gly.
III. N $ K
(5) On ly eith er II or III an d I ar e tr u e 19. St at em en t s :
(1 ) On ly I i s tr u e
12. St at em en t s : F  D , D H K, K # M D @ M , M $ B , B H R, R % T
(2 ) On ly II is tr u e
Con cl u si on s : (3 ) On ly III is tr u e Con cl u si on s : I . B H D
I. M % D (4 ) On ly eit h er I or II is tr u e II . B @ D
II . K @ F (5 ) On ly eit h er I or II an d III are tr u e III. T H M
III. F # M 16. St at em en t s : (1 ) Non e is tr u e
(1) On ly I an d II are tr u e B % H, H $ J, J H M (2 ) On ly I i s tr u e
(2) On ly I an d III are tr u e Con cl u si on s : I. B % J (3 ) On ly II is tr u e
(3) On ly II an d III are tr u e II . M % B (4 ) On ly III is tr u e
(4) Al l I, II an d III ar e tr u e III. H $ M (5 ) On ly eit h er I or II is tr u e
(1 ) Non e is tr u e 20. St at em en t s :
(5) Non e of th ese
(2 ) On ly I i s tr u e W © F, F @ D , D H K, K $ J
13. If ‘R’ d en ot es ‘÷’; T den ot es ‘–’; ‘M ’,
(3 ) On ly II is tr u e Con cl u si on s : I . K % W
den ot es ‘+’an d ‘W’den ot es ‘×’, th en
(4 ) On ly III is tr u e II . D $ W
—
(5 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e III. F H K
27 T 15 R 3 W 4 M 6 = ?
17. St at em en t s : (1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
(1) 7 (2) 13 Z © K, K % E, E @ R (2 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e
(3 ) –23 (4) 1 Con cl u si on s : I. R $ K (3 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e
(5 ) Non e of th ese II . Z % E (4 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e
(Al l ah abad Ban k PO Ex am . 2 1. 02. 201 0) III. R $ Z (5 ) Non e of th ese
Di r ec t i on s (1 1 4 -1 1 8 ) : In th e fol- (1 ) On ly I i s tr u e
lowin g qu est ion s, th e sym bol s @, ©, %, $ (2 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
R H K, K © M, M % T, T $ J
an d H are u sed wi th th e fol lowin g m ean - (3 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e
Co n cl u si o n s : I. J H M
in gs as i llu str ated below : (4 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e
II . R H M
(Al l ah abad Ban k PO Ex am . 2 1. 02. 201 0) (5 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e
III. K © J
‘P © Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot greater th an 18. St at em en t s
Q’. W @ M , M © R, R $ F
‘P H Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot sm al ler th an Con cl u si on s : I. F % M
II . R H W (3 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
Q’.
III. W % F (4 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e
‘P % Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er
(1 ) Non e is tr u e (5 ) Non e of th ese
th an n or equ al t o Q’.
(2 ) On ly I i s tr u e 22. St at em en t s :
‘P $ Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er
(3 ) On ly II is tr u e R @ K, T © K, T $ M , M H W
(4 ) On ly III is tr u e Con cl u si on s : I . W % K
‘P @ Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er
(5 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e II . M © R
th an n or sm all er th an Q’.
Di r ect i on s (1 1 9 -1 2 4 ) : In th e follow- III. T © R
In each of t h e foll owi n g qu estion s in g qu est ion s, th e sym bol s @, ©, %, H (1 ) On ly I i s tr u e
assu m in g the given statem en ts to be an d $ ar e u sed wit h t h e fol lowi n g m ean - (2 ) On ly II is tr u e
tru e, fin d ou t wh ich of th e three con - in g as i llu strated below :
(3 ) On ly III is tr u e
clu sion s I, II an d III given below them (Cor p or at i on Ban k PO Ex am . 09. 05. 201 0)
is/ ar e defin itely t ru e ? (4 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e
‘P © Q’m eans ‘P, Q is n ot greater th an
14. St at em en t s : (5 ) Non e of th ese
Q’
J $ D , D © K, K % R 23. St at em en t s :
‘P $ Q’m ean s ‘P, i s n ot sm aller th an
Con cl u si on s : I. R $ J T $ N, N % B , B @ W, K © W
Q’.
II . R $ D Con cl u si on s : I . K $ B
‘P @ Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er
III. K $ J th an n or gr eat er th an Q’. II . K $ T
(1 ) Non e is tr u e ‘P H Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eith er equ al to III. T % B
(2 ) On ly I i s tr u e n or greater th an Q’. (1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
(3 ) On ly II is tr u e ‘P % Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er (2 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e
(4) On ly III is tr u e th an n or equ al to Q’ (3 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e
(5 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e Now in each of the following qu es- (4 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e
–9 7 –
CODED INEQUALITY
(5 ) Non e of th ese II . W H B 31. St at em en t s :
24. St at em en t s : III. B © M H J , J # N, N @ R, R W
Z % V, V H J , J © M, M @ R (1) Non e i s tr u e Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : I . R % V (2) On ly I is tr u e I. W % N
II . M % V (3) On ly II i s tr u e II . W % H
III. Z % M (4) On ly III is tr u e III. R # J
(1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e (5) On ly I an d III are tr u e IV. R  J
(2 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e 28. St at em en t s :
(3 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e V % H, H @ F, F  E
(4 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e Con cl u si on s : I. F @ V
(5 ) Non e of th ese II . F H V
(4 ) On ly IV is tr u e
Di r ect i on s (2 5 –2 9 ) : In th e follow- III. E % H
(5 ) On ly eit h er III or IV is tr u e
in g qu estion s, th e sym b ols H, , %, @ an d (1) On ly eith er I or II is tr u e
© u sed wi th th e followin g m ean i n g as i l- 32. St at em en t s :
lu str ated below : (3) On ly I an d II are tr u e
B @ D , D F, F % M , M H N
(Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO Con cl u si on s :
(4) Al l I, II an d III are tr u e
Ex am . 1 6. 0 5. 20 10 ) I. B % F
(5) On ly eith er I or II an d III ar e tr u e
‘P % Q’m ean s ‘P is n ot sm all er t h an II . M D
Q’. 29. St at em en t :
W © T, T N, N % D III. N % F
‘P © Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er
th an n or equ al t o Q’. Con cl u si on s : I. D H T IV. D N
‘P H Q’ m ean s ‘P is n ei th er gr eat er II . W © N (1 ) Non e is tr u e
th an n or equ al t o Q’. III. D @ T (2 ) On ly I i s tr u e
‘P  Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot greater th an (1) Non e i s tr u e (3 ) On ly II is tr u e
Q’. (2) On ly I is tr u e (4 ) On ly III is tr u e
‘P @ Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er (3) On ly II i s tr u e (5 ) On ly IV is tr u e
(4) On ly III is tr u e 33. St at em en t s :
Now i n each of th e fol lowin g qu es-
(5) On ly I an d II are tr u e R H T, T  M , M % K, K @ V
be tr u e, fin d wh ich of th e t h ree con cl u - 30. If ‘÷’ m ean s ‘×’; ‘+’ m ean s ‘÷ ’; ‘–’ Con cl u si on s :
si on s I, II an d III gi ven below th em i s/ are m ean s ‘+’an d ‘×’m ean s ‘–’; th en I. V  M
defi n i t el y t r u e an d gi ven you r an swer 20 – 16 + 4 × 3 ÷ 2 = ? II . V  T
accordin gly. (1) 16 (2) 30 III. M % R
25. St at em en t s : (3) 18 (4) 24
IV. K  R
R K, K H M, M @ J (5 ) Non e of th ese
(1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
Con cl u si on s : I. J © K (Ban k Of Bar od a PO Ex am . 30. 05. 201 0)
(2 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e
II . M © R Di r ec t i o n s (3 1 – 3 5 ) : In th e follow-
(3 ) On ly II an d IV are tr u e
III. R H J in g qu est ion s, t h e sym bols , H, %, # an d
@ are u sed wi th th e foll owi n g m ean in g as (4 ) On ly I, III an d IV are tr u e
(1) On ly I an d II are tr u e
(2) On ly II an d III are tr u e il lu strated below : (5 ) Non e of th ese
(3) On ly I an d III are tr u e (Ban k Of Bar od a PO Ex am . 30. 05. 201 0) 34. St at em en t s :
(4) Al l I, II an d III are tr u e ‘P % Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er M % K, K H W, W  V, V @ N
(5) Non e of th ese th an n or equ al t o Q’. Con cl u si on s :
26. St at em en t s : ‘P  Q’ m ean s ‘P is n ei th er sm all er I. N H K
th an n or equ al t o Q’. II . M % W
Z @ M, M © K , K H F
‘P @ Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot greater th an III. K  V
Con cl u si on s : I. F © Z
Q’.
II . K H Z IV. V % M
‘P H Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot sm al ler th an
III. F © M Q’. (1 ) Non e is tr u e
(1) Non e i s tr u e ‘P # Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er (2 ) On ly I i s tr u e
(2) On ly I is tr u e th an n or sm all er th an Q’. (3 ) On ly II is tr u e
(3) On ly II i s tr u e Now i n each of th e fol lowin g qu es- (4 ) On ly III is tr u e
(4) On ly III is tr u e ti on s assu m in g th e gi ven st atem en ts to (5 ) On ly IV is tr u e
(5) On ly II an d III are tr u e be tr u e, fin d wh ich of t h e fou r con cl u - 35. St at em en t s :
27. St at em en t s : si on s I, II, III an d IV given b elow th em F # Z, Z @ H, H % N, N  B
B H J , J % W, W © M is/ ar e defin itely tru e an d give you r an - Con cl u si on s :
swer accordi n gl y.
Con cl u si on s : I. M H J I. F @ H
–9 8 –
CODED INEQUALITY
II . N  Z II . K # B II . T @ D
III. B % H III. T $ F III. R # K
IV. B % Z (1 ) Non e is tr u e IV. J $ T
(1 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e (2 ) On ly I i s tr u e (1 ) On ly eit h er I or II is tr u e
(2 ) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e (3 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
(3 ) On ly I an d II are (4 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e
(3 ) On ly III an d IV are tr u e
(4 ) On ly I, II an d III are tr u e (5 ) All are tr u e
(4 ) On ly ei th er I or II an d III are
(5 ) Non e of th ese 39. St at em en t s: Z # F, R @ F, D © R
tru e
Di r ec t i o n s (3 6 -4 0 ) : In th e follow- Con cl u si on s :
in g qu estion s, th e sym bols @, # , %, $ an d I. Z # R
© are u sed with th e followin g m ean i n g as 42. St at em en t s :
II . F # D
il lu strated below : T % R, R $ M, M @ D, D © H
III. D © Z
(Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO Con cl u si on s : I . D % R
Ex am . 2 3. 0 1. 20 11 ) (1 ) Non e is tr u e
II . H # R
‘P # Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er (2 ) On ly I i s tr u e
th an n or equ al t o Q’. III. T © M
‘P © Q’m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er equ al to (4 ) On ly ei th er I or III is tr u e IV. T % D
n or sm al ler th an Q’. (5 ) All are tr u e (1 ) On ly I i s tr u e
‘P % Q’m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er 40. St at em en t s : (2 ) On ly I an d IV are tr u e
th an n or gr eat er th an Q’. (3 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
M © R, R % D, D @ N
‘P $ Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot sm al ler th an (4 ) On ly II an d IV are tr u e
Con cl u si on s :
Q’.
I. M © N (5 ) Non e of th ese
‘P @ Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot greater th an
Q’. II . N $ R 43. St at em en t s :
Now i n each of th e fol lowin g qu es- III. M © D M @ B , B # N, N $ R, R © K
ti on s assu m in g th e gi ven st atem en ts to (1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e Con cl u si on s : I . K # B
be tr u e, fin d wh ich of th e t h ree con cl u - (2 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e II . R © B
si on s I, II an d III gi ven below th em i s/ are (3 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e III. M $ R
defi n i t el y t r u e an d give you r an swer ac-
(4 ) All are tr u e IV. N © M
cordin gly.
36. St at em en t s : (5 ) Non e of th ese (1 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e
R @ D , D © W, B $ W Di r ec t i o n s (4 1 –4 5 ) : In th e follow- (2 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
in g qu est ion s, t h e sym bols @, $, #, © an d
Con cl u si on s : (3 ) On ly II an d IV are tr u e
% are u sed wi th th e followi n g m ean in g as
I. W # R il lu strated below : (4 ) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e
II . B © D (I BPS Sp eci al i st Of f i cer CWE (5 ) Non e of th ese
III. W $ R Ex am . 1 1. 0 3. 20 12 ) 44. St at em en t s :
(1 ) Non e is tr u e ‘P $ Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot sm aller th an F # H , H @ M, M © E, E $ J
(2 ) On ly I i s tr u e Q.’
Con cl u si on s : I . J © M
(3 ) On ly III is tr u e ‘P © Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er
II . E # H
(4 ) On ly ei th er I or III is tr u e th an n or equ al t o Q.’
(5 ) All are tr u e ‘P # Q’m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er III. M © F
37. St at em en t s : th an n or equ al t o Q.’ IV. F # E
H $ V, V % M, K © M ‘P % Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot greater t h an (1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
Con cl u si on s : Q.’ (2 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e
I. K © V ‘P @ Q’m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er (3 ) On ly I, II an d III are tr u e
II . M @ H th an n or sm all er th an Q.’
(4 ) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e
III. H © K Now i n each of th e fol lowin g qu es-
(1 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e ti on s assu m in g th e gi ven st atem en ts to
(2 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e be tr u e, fin d wh ich of t h e fou r con cl u -
D % A, A @ B, B © K, K % M
(3 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e si on s I, II, III an d IV given b elow th em
Con cl u si on s : I . B $ D
is/ are defi n i t el y t r u e an d give you r an -
(4 ) All are tr u e II . K # A
swer accordi n gl y.
(5 ) Non e of th ese III. M # B
38. St at em en t s : K # T, T $ B, B @ F 41. St at em en t s :
IV. A © M
Con cl u si on s : R # J , J $ D, D @ K, K % T (1 ) On ly I, II an d IV are tr u e
I. F $ T Con cl u si on s : I . T # D (2 ) On ly I, II an d III are tr u e
–9 9 –
CODED INEQUALITY
(3 ) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e (3) Non e i s tr u e (3) On ly I, II an d IV are tr u e
(4 ) On ly I, III an d IV are tr u e (4) Al l I, II, III an d IV are tr u e (4) On ly III an d IV are tr u e
(5 ) All I, II, III an d IV are tr u e (5) On l y II an d eit h er I or IV are t ru e
(5) Non e of th ese
46. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s Di r ect i on s (5 3 –5 7 ) : In th ese qu es-
sh ou ld be pl aced in blan k spaces 49. St at em en t s ti on s, r elat ion sh i ps bet ween d ifferen t el-
respectively (in th e sam e order from D # E, E © T, T @ C, C # A em en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th ese
left to righ t) in order to com plete th e Con clu si on s st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
given expression in su ch a m an n er sion s.
th at both ‘W > R’ as well as ‘E > S’ I. D # A
(Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO
defin itely h old tru e? II . C © D Ex am . 26 .12 .20 10 (I st si t t i n g)
W__ E __ A __ R __ S III. A E M ark an swer If
(1) >, =, >, > (2) >, >, =, > IV. T # A (1) On ly con clu sion I fol lows.
(3) <, >, =, > (4) <, =, >, > (1) On ly I, III an d IV are tr u e (2) On ly con clu sion II fol lows.
(5) >, <, >, = (3) Eit h er con cl u sion I or II follows.
(2) On ly I, II an d IV are tr u e
(I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I (4) Neith er con clu sion I n or II fol-
CWE 12.0 9.2015) (3) On ly I, II an d III are tr u e lows.
47. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s (4) On ly I an d III are tr u e (5) Both con clu sion s I an d II follow.
sh ou ld be placed in th e blan k spac- (5) Al l I, II, III an d IV are tr u e 53. St at em en t :
es respect ively (in t h e sam e ord er
50. St at em en t s W >D <M < P<A= F
from left to righ t) in order to com -
plete th e given expression in su ch a O $ B , B @ S, S # E, E © R Con cl u si on s : I . F > D
m an n er th at both ‘A > I’as well as ‘V Con clu si on s II . P < W
> T’defin itely h old tru e ? 54. St at em en t :
I. S © O
A_V_I_C_T H >M >F< A= B > S
(1) >, =, <, > (2) >, <, >, = II . R S
Con cl u si on s : I . H > B
(3) >, >, >, = (4) <, =, >, > III. B # R II . F < S
(5) >, <, <, = IV. B # E 55. St at em en t :
(I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I
(1) On ly I an d II are tr u e B >T >Q > R= F
CWE 13.0 9.2015)
Di r ec t i o n s (4 8 – 5 2 ) : In th e follow- (2) On ly III is tr u e Con cl u si on s : I . Q > F
in g qu est ion s, th e sym bol s ©, # , @, (3) On ly I, III an d IV are tr u e II . T > F
an d $ are u sed wit h th e foll owi n g m ean - (4) Al l I, II, III an d IV are tr u e 56. St at em en t :
in g as i llu strated below : S = R > Q, P < Q
(5) On ly III an d IV are tr u e
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I , 26. 10. 201 3) Con cl u si on s : I . S > P
‘P © Q’m ean s ‘P is n ot greater th an 51. St at em en t s
II . R > P
Q’. D © S, S P, P $ I, P @ T 57. St at em en t :
‘P # Q’ m ean s ‘P is n ei th er gr eat er Con clu si on s S>M <Y= Z>F> T
I. P # D Con cl u si on s : I . S > F
‘P @ Q’m ean s ‘P is n ei th er gr eat er
th an n or sm aller th an Q’ II . P $ T II . Y > T
‘P Q’m ean s ‘P is n ei th er sm all er III. T $ S Di r ect i on s (5 8 -6 2 ) : In th ese qu es-
th an or equ al to Q’ ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e-
IV. I © D
m en ts is sh own in th e st atem en t s. Th ese
‘P $ Q’m ean s ‘P is n ot sm al ler th an (1) On ly I an d III are tr u e st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
Q’
(2) On ly III is tr u e sion s.
(3) On ly III an d IV are tr u e (Cor p or at i on Ban k PO
Ex am . 1 6. 0 1. 20 11 )
be tru e, fin d wh ich of th e con clu sion s giv- (4) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e
en below th em are defi n i t el y t r u e ? M ark an swer If
(5) On ly I, III an d IV are tr u e (1) On l y con cl u si on I fol -
48. St at em en t s
52. St at em en t s lows.
A N, S $ N, S W, W © R
U @ N, N $ F, F $ A, A R (2) On l y con cl u si on II fol -
Con clu si on s Con clu si on s lows.
I. R $ A I. A @U (3) Ei th er con clu sion l or II
II . S R II . N R follows.
III. R © U (4) Neith er con clu sion I n or
III. S A
II fol lows.
IV. W © A IV. U A
(5) Both con clu sion s I an d II
(1) On ly II i s tr u e
(1) On ly I an d II are tr u e follow.
(2) On ly I an d II are tr u e 58. St at em en t :
(2) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e
–10 0 –
CODED INEQUALITY
P>Q =R>S>T es respectively (in th e sam e ord er (5 ) Non e of th ese
Con cl u si on s : fr om left to ri gh t ) i n order to com - Di r ect i on s (7 2 –7 6 ) : In th ese qu es-
I. P > T pl ete th e given expr ession in su ch a ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e-
II . T < Q m an n er t h at ‘S > P’d efi n itely h ol ds m en ts is sh own in th e st atem en t s. Th ese
59. St at em en t : tr u e bu t ‘S = P’d oes n ot h old tru e? st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
L <M <N >O >P P ___ Q ___ R ___ S sion s.
(1) >, >, > (2) <, =, < (I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO
Con cl u si on s :
Ex am . 2 2. 0 5. 20 11 )
I. O < M (3) >, <, < (4) <, <, <
M ar k an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u si on
II . P < N (5) Non e of th ese
I follows.
60. St at em en t : (Ban k Of Bar oda PO Ex am . 1 3. 03. 201 1)
M ar k an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u si on
A > B, B > C = D < E Di r ec t i on s (1 6 7 –1 7 1 ) : Read each I I follows.
Con cl u si on s : of th e foll owi n g stat em en ts carefu ll y an d M ar k an swer (3 ) i f ei th er con cl u -
I. C < A an swer th e qu est ion s. si on I or II fol lows.
II . D J =K, K > L, L > T, T < V, wi ll be t r u e if th e given ex pressi on M ar k an swer (5 ) i f both con clu sion s
Con cl u si on s : ‘A > B > C < D < E ’ i s I an d II follow.
I. K > T defin itel y t ru e ? 72. St at em en t s :
II . L < H (1 ) A > C (2 ) E > C (3 ) D A > B = C; B < D < E
62. St at em en t : >B (4 ) A > D ( 5 ) Con cl u si on s : I . D > A
A C = E Non e i s tr u e
II . E > C
Con cl u si on s : 68. If th e ex pressi on s ‘E < J < H > Z’,
I. E > A ‘H < Y’an d ‘E > F’are tr u e, wh i ch of
L > U > K; Z Z
63. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s
(1 ) F < Y (2 ) Y > E II . K < R
sh ou ld replace the qu estion m ark in
t h e gi ven ex p r essi on i n or d er t o (2) F < H (4) J < Y 74. St at em en t s :
m ak e th e expression s ‘J > M’as well Y<J =P>R> I
(5) Al l ar e tr u e
as ‘N < K’defi n i t el y t r u e? Con cl u si on s : I . J > I
J >K ?L =M >N II . Y < R
sh ou ld replace the qu estion m ark in
(1) < (2) < t h e gi ven ex p r essi on i n or d er t o 75. St at em en t s :
(3) > (4) = m ak e th e expression s ‘K < H’as well V > K > M = N; M > S; T < K
(5) > as ‘M > J ’d efi n it ely t r u e? Con cl u si on s : I . T < N
(UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 30. 01. 201 1) H >I = J ? K <L < M II . V = S
64. In which of the followin g expression s (1) > (2) > 76. St at em en t s :
wi ll th e ex pressi on s ‘D > B ’as well F< X < A; R < X < E
as ‘C > F’be defi n i t el y t r u e ? (3) <
(4 ) Eith er < or < Con cl u si on s : I . F < E
(1 ) A > B > C > D = F
(5) = II . R < F
(2 ) A F
70. In which of the followin g expression s Di r ec t i o n s (7 7 -8 1 ) : In th ese qu es-
(3 ) A F
wi ll th e exp ression ‘P > S’ be defi- ti on s, r elat ion sh i ps bet ween d ifferen t el-
(4 ) A C = D > F em en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th ese
n i tely fal se ?
(5 ) Non e of th ese st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
(UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 30. 01. 201 1)
(1 ) P > Q > R = S sion s.
(2 ) S < R < Q Q > S Ex am . 0 9. 0 9. 20 12 )
t h e gi ven ex p r essi on i n or d er t o (4 ) S > Q > R L’as well (5 ) S < Q < R K’d efi n itely tru e? 71. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u si on
shou ld be placed in the blan k spaces II fol lows.
I >J >K ?L <N = M
respect ivel y (in th e sam e ord er from Gi ve an swer (3) if ei t h er conclu sion
(1) > (2) <
left to righ t) in or der to com plete th e I or con clu sion II fol lows.
(3) < (4) = Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er con cl u -
gi ven exp ression i n su ch a m an n er
(5 ) Eith er < or < th at ‘N < K’defin itely h old s t ru e ? si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows.
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO Ex am . 1 3. 03. 201 1) K ___ L ___ M ___ N Gi v e an swer (5 ) if bot h con clu sion s
66. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s I an d II follow.
(1) >, =, > (2) <, <, =
sh ou ld be p laced in th e blan k sp ac- 77. St at em en t s :
(3) >, =, < (4 ) >, >, <
–10 1 –
CODED INEQUALITY
G < F = L < J; J < K = H II. Y  X (9 1 -9 2 ) :
Con cl u si on s : 86.St at em en t s : St at em en t s :
I. H = G C = D  E < F; G Q > T; Q < R; T > A
II . G < H Con clu si on s : I. D > G 91. Con cl u si on s : I . A < Q
78. St at em en t s : II. E U Di r ec t i o n s (8 7 -8 8 ) : In th ese qu es- 92. Con cl u si on s : I . T A
I. U < R m en ts is sh own in th e st atem en t s. Th ese 93. St at em en t s : P > T = U < W;
II . T > P st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - Q >R>W
79. St at em en t s : sion s. Con clu si on s I. T = R
T > U > V > W; X < Y = W > Z (I BPS Sp eci al i st Of f i cer CWE II . U < R
Ex am . 1 7 . 0 3 . 2 0 1 3 )
Con cl u si on s : Di r ect i on s (9 4 –9 8 ) : In t h ese qu es-
I. Z > U M ark an swer If ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e-
II . W < T (1) On l y con cl u si on I fol - m en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th e
80. St at em en t s : lows. st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
(2) On l y con cl u si on II fol - sion s.
K < L < M < N; M < O K (3) Ei th er con clu sion I or II
follows. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y Con cl u si on
II . N > O I is tru e.
81. St at em en t s : (4) Neith er con clu sion I n or
II fol lows. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y Con cl u si on
B < A < C; A > D < E I I is tru e.
Con cl u si on s : (5) Both con clu sion s I an d II
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er Con cl u -
follow.
I. B < E si on I or I I is tru e.
II . C > E 87. St at em en t : E < F < G = H > S
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei t h er Con cl u -
Di r ect i on s (8 2–8 6) : In each of th ese Con cl u si on s : si on I n or I I is tru e.
qu esti on s, r elat ion sh i p between differen t I. G > S Gi v e an swer (5) if bot h Con clu sion s
elem en ts is sh own in th e statem en ts . Th e II . F < H I an d I I ar e t ru e.
st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - 88. St at em en t : P < Q < W = L (9 4 –9 5 ) :
sion s.
Con cl u si on s : St at em en t s
(I DBI Ban k Of f i c er Ex am .1 6. 09. 201 2)
I. L > P R=Q M = E; I < Z
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly con clu sion I
is tru e. II . Q < L 94. Con clu si on s
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u si on Di r ec t i o n s (1 8 9 -1 9 3 ) % In t h ese I. Z > R
II is tru e. qu est ion s relat ion sh ip between differen t II . E < Z
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei th er con cl u sion elem en ts is sh own in t h e st atem en ts. Th e 95. Con clu si on s
I or II is tru e. st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - I. Q < E
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er con cl u - sion s. II . M > Z
si on I or II is tru e. (I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO On l i n e Ex am , 96. St at em en t s
01 .0 9.2 01 3)
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both con clu sion s P<E <R>F ; E >M ; R< T
I an d II are tru e. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu sion I
Con clu si on s
82. St at em en t s : is tru e.
I. T > M
E =A<D B >F=C Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y Con clu si on II
is tru e. II . F < M
Con clu si on s : I. E M =T> X ; R<T >S
P > T = U  W; Q  R  W I n or II is tru e. 97. Con clu si on s
Con clu si on s : I. T = R Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both Con clu sion s I. R < V
II. U < R I an d II are tru e. II . S < X
84. St at em en t s : (8 9 -9 0 ) : 98. Con clu si on s
P > T = U  W; Q  R  W St at em en t s : I. X < R
Con clu si on s : I. P  R R > T < M = Z; C > T > B II . V > S
II. U > Q 89. Con clu si on s I. Z > C Di r ect i on s (9 9–1 04 ) : In these qu es-
85. St at em en t s : II . B < Z ti on s, r elat ion sh i ps bet ween d ifferen t el-
RS>W= X ; YR=P 90. Con clu si on s I. B < C em en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th ese
II . R > C st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
Con clu si on s : I. P > X
sion s.
–10 2 –
CODED INEQUALITY
(I DBI Ban k Of f i cer Ex am , 22. 08. 201 4) Con cl u si on s : I . B <R I. H < R
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y con clu sion I II. S < R II . R < Q
follows. (1 0 6 -1 0 7 ) : Di r ect i o n s (1 1 5 –1 2 0 ) : In t h ese
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y con cl u si on St at em en t : qu est ion rel ati on sh ips between differen t
II fol lows. el em en t s i s sh own i n t h e st at em en t s.
S>E <L =C <T >M = Z
Gi ve an swer (3 ) if ei t h er conclu sion Th ese st at em en t s ar e foll owed by fou r
106. Con cl u si on s : I . S > M Con cl u si on s n u m bered I, II, III an d IV.
I or con clu sion II follows.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei t h er con cl u - II. E < Z St u d y t h e st at em en t s an d Con clu sion s
si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows. 107. Con cl u si on s : I . T > E carefu ll y an d sel ect th e correct an swer :
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if bot h con clu sion s II. C = Z (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I V 1 8. 10. 201 4)
I an d II follow. (1 0 8 -1 0 9 ) : 115. St at em en t :
(9 9 –1 0 0 ) : St at em en t s : St at em en t s : Y>R>S=T <M <N< J
F>A<S=H ;I <A >N T > R = E < Q < L; Con cl u si on s :
99.Con cl u si on s : I. T < Y
C <E >Z
I. N < F II. F > I II . N > S
108. Con cl u si on s : I . R > C
100. Con cl u si on s : III. J < S
II. L > Z
I. I < H IV. S > Y
109. Con cl u si on s : I . L > C
II . H > N (1) On ly Con clu sion s I, II an d III are
II. Z < T tru e.
Di r ec t i o n s (1 1 0 –1 1 4 ) : In t h ese (2) On ly Con clu sion s I an d II are
F E > K qu esti on s, r elat ion sh i p between differen t tru e.
Con cl u si on s : elem en ts is sh own in t h e st atem en ts. Th e (3) On ly Con clu sion s II an d III are
I. E > F st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - tru e.
II . M > U sion s. (4) On ly Con clu sion s I, III an d IV
102. St at em en t s : (I BPS RRBs Of f i c er Sc al e-I ar e t ru e.
S<H =O >U >T < D CWE, 06 .0 9.2 01 4)
(5) Al l t h e Con clu sion s I, II, III an d
Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y Con cl u si on IV are tru e.
I. S > T I is tru e. 116. St at em en t s :
II . D < O Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y Con cl u si on S > H > T < C;
(1 0 3 –1 0 4 ) : St at em en t s : I I is tru e. Y>T >N
N>J = M ; S>B >R< O= M Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er Con cl u - Con cl u si on s :
103. Con cl u si on s : si on I or I I is tru e. I. H > Y
I. N > O Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei t h er Con cl u - II . S > C
II . S > R si on I n or I I is tru e.
III. C = Y
104. Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (5) if bot h Con clu sion s IV. C > N
I. N = M I an d I I ar e t ru e.
(1) On ly Con clu sion s I an d IV are
II . N > M 110. St at em en t tru e.
Di r ec t i o n s (1 0 5 -1 0 9 ) : In t h ese P<L <A >M =K >E (2) On ly Con clu sion III is tru e.
qu esti on s, r elat ion sh i p between differen t Con clu si on s (3) On ly Con clu sion s II an d IV are
elem en ts is sh own in t h e st atem en ts. Th e I. K < L tru e.
st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - II . P < E (4) On ly Con clu sion IV is tru e.
sion s.
(1 1 1 -1 1 2 ): St at em en t s (5) On ly Con clu sion s I an d II are
(SI DBI Of f i cer Ex am , 0 3. 09. 201 4) tru e.
P>R=A < Y; D < A
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y Con cl u si on 117. St at em en t :
111. Con clu si on s
I is tru e.
I. P > D K >H <Y<Z <A >R>L
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y Con cl u si on Con cl u si on s :
II . D < Y
I I is tru e.
112. Con clu si on s I. A > Y
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er Con cl u -
I. P < Y II . L < A
si on I or I I is tru e.
II . R > D III. H < A
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei t h er Con cl u -
(1 1 3 -1 1 4 ) : St at em en t s IV. K > R
si on I n or I I is tru e.
C > R > A = S < H; R S (2) On ly Con clu sion s II an d IV are
II . P < C tru e.
S = T < A = N > D; (3) Non e of t h e Con clu sion is tr u e
114. Con clu si on s
B <N<R
–10 3 –
CODED INEQUALITY
(4) On ly Con clu sion s II an d III are tru e. Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu sion II
tru e. Di rect i on s (12 1–12 6) : In th ese qu es- is tru e
(5) On ly Con clu sion s II, III an d IV ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e- Gi ve an swer (4 ) if n eith er Conclu sion
ar e t ru e. m en t s h as been sh own in th e statem en ts. I n or Con clu sion II is tru e
118. St at em en t s : Th e stat em en ts are followed by two con - Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu sion I
D > M > U > E; clu sion s nu mbered I an d II. Stu dy the con - is tru e
cl u si on s based on th e gi ven st atem en ts (1 2 7 -1 2 8 ) : St at em en t :
N J
an d decid e wh ich of t h e followin g con clu -
Con cl u si on s : M >O>L >T=E >D
si on s is defi n i t el y t r u e ?
I. D > E 127. Con cl u si on s :
(Ban k of Bar od a J un i or M an agem en t
II . E < J Gr ad e/ Scal e-I Ex am , 18 .0 4.2 01 5) I. D < O
Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f ei th er Con cl u si on II . M > E
III. M > N
I or Con clu sion II is tr u e 128. Con cl u si on s :
IV. D > J
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f both Con clu sion I I. T < O
(1) On ly Con clu sion s I, II an d III are
an d Con clu sion II are tr u e II . T = O
tru e.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con cl u sion II 129. St at em en t :
(2) On ly Con clu sion s II, III an d IV
is tr u e B <C=D <X <Y<Z
ar e t ru e.
Gi ve an swer (4 ) if n eith er Conclu sion Con cl u si on s :
(3) On ly Con clu sion s I, III an d IV
I n or Con clu sion II is tr u e I. B < X
ar e t ru e.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f on ly Con clu sion I II . Z < C
(4) Non e of th e Con clu si on s is t ru e. is tr u e (1 3 0 -1 3 1 ) : St at em en t s :
(5) Al l t h e Con clu sion s I, II, III an d (1 2 1 -1 2 2 ) : St at em en t : R < O < L < E;
IV are tru e.
M >O >L >T=E >D G = E > S;
119. St at em en t : 121. Con cl u si on s : P<S
P>L =U >C <K > S I. D < O II . M > E 130. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : 122. Con cl u si on s : I. R > P
I. P > C I. T < O II . T = O II . P < E
II . K < L 123. St at em en t : 131. Con cl u si on s :
III. S E <D
(2) On ly Con clu sion s III an d IV are R < O < L < E; Con cl u si on s :
tru e. I. A > D
G = E > S;
(3) On ly Con clu sion s I an d IV are II . S < E
P<S
tru e. Di r ect i on s (1 3 3 –1 3 5) : In each of th e
124. Con cl u si on s :
(4) On ly Conclu sion s I, II an d IV are followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip between
I. R > P II . P < E differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state-
tru e.
125. Con cl u si on s : m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two
(5) On ly Con clu sion s II, III an d IV I. O < G II . G = O Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e
ar e t ru e.
126. St at em en t : Conclu sions based on the given statemen ts
120. St at em en t s : an d m ark th e appropiate an swer.
S<P<A =R>E <D
K > G = M < T; (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I
Con cl u si on s :
U <S< M I. A > D II . S < E CWE 12.0 9.2015)
Con cl u si on s : Di r ect i on s (1 27 –1 32 ) : In these qu es- Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con clu -
I. T > K tion s, relation sh ip between differen t ele- sion I an d Con clu sion II are tru e
II . S < K m en ts h as been sh own in th e statem en ts. Gi ve an swer (2 ) if n eith er Conclu sion
III. T > U Th e statem en ts are followed by two con - I n or Con clu sion II is tru e
IV. G < U clu sion s nu mbered I an d II. Stu dy the con - Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er Con clu sion I
(1) On ly Con clu sion s I an d III are clu sion s based on the given statements and or Con clu sion II is tru e
tru e. decide wh ich of th e followin g con clu sion s Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu sion I
(2) On ly Con clu sion s III an d IV are is defi n i t el y t r u e ? is tru e
tru e. (BOB J un i or M an agem en t Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu sion II
Gr ade/ Scal e–I Ex am . 18.04.2015) is tru e
(3) On ly Con clu sion s I, III an d IV
ar e t ru e. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if eith er Con clu sion I 133. St at em en t s :
or Con clu sion II is tru e
(4) On ly Con clu sion s III an d IV are F=A<L <C>O>N;
tru e. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if both Con clu sion I
an d Con clu sion II are tru e Y>L; Q >C
(5) On ly Con clu sion s II an d III are
–10 4 –
CODED INEQUALITY
Con cl u si on s : Di r ect i on s (1 41 –1 4 5 ) : In each of th e Gi v e an swer (4 ) if both Con clu sion I
I. Y < N followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip between an d Con clu sion II are tru e
II . Q > F differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state- Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu sion II
m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two is tru e
Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e (1 4 6–1 4 7 ) : St at em en t s
R>K=H >N>A<S; Conclu sions based on the given statemen ts P < L < A = N > E > D;
N>M >T an d m ark th e appropriate an swer : Q>N<O
Con cl u si on s : (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
146. Con clusi on s
I. K > T (Pr el i m i n ar y ) 0 4. 10 .2 01 5)
I. L < E
II . R > M Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con clu -
II . P < Q
135. St at em en t s : sion I an d Con clu sion II are tru e
147. Con clusi on s
S<P<C=D <L >K ; Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu sion I. Q > D
I or Con clu sion II is tru e II . A < D
D <T<G
Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (3 ) if n eith er Con clu sion (1 4 8–1 4 9 ) : St at em en t s
I n or Con clu sion II is tru e P H > S; K > C
I. G > S
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu sion I 148. Con clusi on s
II . T > K
is tru e I. P < C
Di r ect i on s (1 3 6 –1 3 7 ) : In each of th e
followin g qu estion s relation sh ip between Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu sion II II . U > H
differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state- is tru e 149. Con clusi on s
m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two (1 4 1–1 4 2 ) : St at em en t s I. K > U
Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e P < L < A > N = K > S; C > A II . U = K
Conclu sions based on the given statemen ts
141. Con clusi on s 150. St at em en t s
an d select th e appropriate an swer.
I. L > K D >I >S>M <A<L
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
(Pr el i m i n ar y ) 0 3. 10 .2 01 5) II . P < S Con clusi on s
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu sion II 142. Con clusi on s I. D > A
is tru e I. C > P II . L > I
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu sion I II . P = C Di r ect i on s (1 5 1 -15 5 ) : In each of th e
is tru e 143. St at em en t s followin g qu estions, a relationsh ip between
Gi ve an swer (3) if both the Conclu sion J >U >N=K <E <D differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state-
I and Con clu sion II are tru e m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two
Con clusi on s
Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if eith er Con clu sion I. E N an d select th e appropriate an swer.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if n eith er Con clu sion (1 4 4–1 4 5 ) : St at em en t s (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
I n or Con clu sion II is tru e (Pr el i m i n ar y ) 1 0. 10 .2 01 5
I < J < K < L > M > N;
(1 3 6 –1 3 7 ) : St at em en t s : I st Si t t i n g)
K E > R; L > Q Gi ve an swer (1 ) if n eith er Conclu sion
136. Con cl u si on s : 144. Con clusi on s
I n or Con clu sion II is tru e.
I. P > S I. N < L
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu sion I
II . I > R II . L = N or Con clu sion II is tru e
137. Con cl u si on s : 145. Con clusi on s Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu sion I
I. L < R I. I < S is tru e.
II . E > Q II . J R > E = A < T < S; followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip between Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both th e Con clu -
D <A<J differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state- sion I an d Con clu sion II are tru e
138. Con cl u si on s : m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two (1 5 1 -1 5 2 ) : St at em en t s :
I. T > D Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e F<R<E >A>K ;
II . R > S Conclu sions based on the given statemen ts
Y>E
an d m ark th e appropriate an swer.
139. Con cl u si on s : 151. Con cl u si on s :
I. J > E (Pr el i m i n ar y .) 04 .1 0.2 01 5) I. A > F
II . J = E Gi ve an swer (1 ) if n eith er Conclu sion II . R < K
140. St at em en t s : I n or Con clu sion II is tru e 152. Con cl u si on s :
A>B >C<D <E<F Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu sion I I. Y > K
Con cl u si on s : or Con clu sion II is tru e II . F < Y
I. A > E Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu sion I (1 5 3 -1 5 4 ) : St at em en t s :
II . C < F is tru e
–10 5 –
CODED INEQUALITY
B <R<E=A>D >S; Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con clu -
D >C<J sion s I an d II are tru e
I. O > D
153. Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu sion
II . E < C
I. E > C I or Con clu sion II is tru e
Di r ect i on s (1 6 1 –1 6 3 ) : In each of
II . E = C Gi v e an swer (3) if n eith er Con clu sion
th e followin g qu estion s, a relation ship be-
154. Con cl u si on s : tween differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e I n or Con clu sion II is tru e
I. D > B statem en ts. Th e statem en ts are followed Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu sion I
II . E > S by two Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. is tru e
155. St at em en t : Stu dy th e Con clu sion (s) based on th e giv- Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu sion II
A>B >C<D <E <F en statem en ts an d select th e appropriate is tru e
Con cl u si on s : an swer. (1 6 5 -1 6 6 ) : St at em en t s %
I. C < F (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I V > M = T > X; R < T > S
CWE 13.0 9.2015)
II . A > E 165. Con cl u si on s :
Di r ect i on s (1 5 6 –1 6 0 ) : In each of Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con clu -
I. R < V
th e followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip be- sion I an d Con clu sion II are tru e
II . S < X
tween th e differen t elem en ts is sh own in Gi v e an swer (2 ) if n eith er Con clu -
th e statem en ts. Th e statem en ts are fol- sion I n or Con clu sion II is tru e
lowed by two Con clu sion s nu m bered I an d I. X < R
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu sion I
II. Stu dy the Con clu sion s based on the giv- is tru e II . V > S
en statem en ts an d m ark th e appropriate Gi v e an swer (4 ) if eith er Con clu sion 167. St at em en t s %
an swer : I or Con clu sion II is tru e P < E < R > F; E > M; R < T
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu sion Con cl u si on s :
(Pr el i m i n ar y ) 1 0. 10 .2 01 5)
II is tru e I. T > M
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con clu -
161. St at em en t s : II . F < M
sion I an d Con clu sion II are tru e
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu sion S N; U > B; L < S 168. St at em en t s %
I or Con clu sion II is tru e Con cl u si on s : R = Q M = E; I < Z
Gi v e an swer (3) if n eith er Con clu sion I. B > P Con cl u si on s :
I n or Con clu sion II is tru e II . L Z
is tru e A > G > O > N < Y; O > S > R 169. St at em en t s %
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu sion II Con cl u si on s : N = D < H > R; V > H < J
is tru e I. R < A Con cl u si on s :
(1 5 6 –1 5 7 ) : St at em en t s % II . Y > S I. V > D
C < R < E < A = M; 163. St at em en t s : II . R < J
Y>E M > O > C > K = E < D; J > C; O < Di r ect i on s6 (1 7 0 -1 7 4 ) : In each of
156. Con cl u si on s : Z th e followin g qu estion s, a relation ship be-
Con cl u si on s : tween different elemen ts is sh own in state-
I. M >R
I. J > E m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two
II . Y > A Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e
II . K < Z
157. Con cl u si on s : Conclu sions based on the given statemen ts
164. Wh ich of the given expression is def-
I. C = Y an d select th e appropriate an swer :
in itely tru e if th e expression ‘Q > U
II . C < Y (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer (I T)
 S’is defin itely tru e ?
CWE 14.0 2.2016)
(1 5 8 –1 6 0 ) : St at em en t s % (1) Q > T (2) U < T
B < L < A = M > E > S; (3) E > S (4) E > Q
is tru e
L >W > J (5) I > S
(I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu sion I
158. Con cl u si on s : or Con clu sion II is tru e
CWE 13.0 9.2015)
I. L < S Di r ect i on s6(1 6 5 -1 6 9 ) : In each of th e Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu sion II
II . E > W followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip between is tru e
159. Con cl u si on s : differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state- Gi v e an swer (4) if n eith er Conclu sion
I. J < M m en t. Th ese statem en ts are followed by I n or Con clu sion II is tru e
two con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Read Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both th e Con clu -
II . J = M
both th e statem en ts an d select th e appro- sion I an d Con clu sion II are tru e
160. St at em en t % priate an swer. 170. St at em en t s
C>H >O>K =E <D (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
L < Q < R = S; R > H > P
M ai n Ex am . 31.10.2015)
–10 6 –
CODED INEQUALITY
Con clusi on s 1. St at em en t s : II . R % D
I. P < S R H K, K % D , D @ V, V  M III. K H T
II . L A = S > U < K; U > Y II . V H R (2) On ly III an d IV are tr u e
Con clusi on s III. D @ M (3) On ly eith er I or II an d III ar e tr u e
I. K > W IV. M % D (4) On l y ei th er I or II an d IV are t ru e
II . Y < W (1) Non e i s tr u e (5) On ly eith er I or II an d III an d IV
172. St at em en t s ar e tr u e
Y S; M > W > D 6. If ‘÷ ’ m ean s ‘+’; ‘–’ m ean s ‘×’; ‘×’
(3) On ly IV i s tr u e
m ean s ‘÷’an d ‘+’m ean s ‘–’; th en —
Con clusi on s (4) On ly eit h er III or IV is tr u e
15 – 8 × 6 ÷ 12 + 4 = ?
I. Y < M (5) On ly eit h er III or IV an d II are (1) 20 (2) 28
II . S < D tru e
(1 7 3–1 7 4 ) : St at em en t s 2. St at em en t s : 4 2
(3 ) 8 (4) 2
S L I. F % W (SBI & Rur al Busi n ess PO
II . S < J Ex am . 1 8. 04. 201 0)
II . T % N
174. Con clusi on s Di r ect i on s (7 –1 1 ) : In th e fol lowi n g
III. N % Y
qu est ion s, t h e sym bol s @, $, H , # an d 
I. Y > S IV. T % W ar e u sed wi th th e fol lowin g m ean i n g as
II . S = Y (1) On ly I an d III are tr u e ill u str ated bel ow :
175. In wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g exp r es- (2) On ly I an d IV are tr u e (SBI & Rur al Busi n ess PO
si on s wi ll t h e exp ression ‘P < F’ be Ex am . 1 8. 04. 201 0)
(3) On ly II an d III are tr u e
defin itely fal se ? ‘P $ Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot sm al ler th an
(4) On ly I, II an d IV are tr u e
(1) F = B > P < M Q’.
(5) Non e of th ese
(2) P > B > M = F ‘P @ Q’m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er
(3) P < B < F < M th an n or equ al t o Q’.
(4) B < P < M < F B © T, T H T, R % F, F @ K
‘P # Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er
(5) Non e of th ese Con cl u si on s : th an n or equ al t o Q’.
(Un i on Ban k Of I n d i a PO I. B % R ‘P  Q’ m ean s ‘P is n ei th er gr eat er
Ex am . 0 9. 0 1. 20 01 ) II . F H T th an n or sm all er th an Q’.
III. R % K ‘P H Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot greater th an
SBI PO EXAMS IV. K H T Q’.
Di r ec t i o n s (1 –5 ) : In th e foll owi n g (1) Non e i s tr u e Now i n each of th e fol lowin g qu es-
qu est ion s, t h e sym b ols , @, ©, % an d H (2) On ly I is tr u e ti on s assu m in g th e gi ven st atem en ts to
ar e u sed wi th th e fol lowin g m ean i n g as be tr u e, fin d wh ich of t h e fou r con cl u -
il lu strated below : si on s I, II, III an d IV given b elow th em
(4) On ly III is tr u e is/ are defi n i t el y t r u e an d give you r an -
(SBI Assoc i at es Ban k Po
Ex am . 0 7. 03. 201 0) (5) On ly IV i s tr u e swer accordi n gl y.
‘P © Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot sm al ler th an 4. St at em en t s : 7. St at em en t s :
Q’. J @ F, F  N, N % H, H © G H @ T, T # F, F  E, E H V
‘P % Q’m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : I . V $ F
th an n or equ al t o Q’. I. G H N II . E @ T
‘P H Q’ m ean s ‘P is n ei th er gr eat er II . N © J III. H @ V
th an n or equ al t o Q’. III. F H J IV. T # V
‘P  Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot greater th an (1 ) On ly I, II an d III are tr u e
IV. J  G
Q’. (2 ) On ly I, II an d IV are tr u e
‘P @ Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er
(2) On ly I, II an d III are tr u e (3 ) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e
(3) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e (4 ) On ly I, III an d IV are tr u e
(4) Al l I, II, III an d IV are tr u e (5 ) All I, II, III an d IV are tr u e
be tr u e, fin d wh ich of t h e fou r con cl u - (5) Non e of th ese 8. St at em en t s :
si on s I, II, III an d IV given b elow th em 5. St at em en t s : D # R, R H K, K @ F, F $ J
is/ are defi n i t el y t r u e an d give you r an - D  T, T @ R, R © M, M % K Con cl u si on s : I . J # R
swer accordi n gl y. Con cl u si on s : II . J # K
I. R @ D
–10 7 –
CODED INEQUALITY
III. R # F 13. In which of the followin g expression s I. K @ M II. K R
IV. K @ D wi l l the ex p r es s i o n s
18. St at em en t s
‘R < P’as well as ‘S > Q’be def i n i t e-
(1 ) On ly I, II an d III are tr u e P © M , M @ K, K $ T
ly t r ue ?
(2 ) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e Con clu si on s
(1) P > Q = R < T < S
(3 ) On ly 1, III an d IV are tr u e I. P $ M
(2) S > T > R > Q R < T > P > S II. T @ P
(5 ) Non e of th ese (4} S > T > R > Q > P 19. St at em en t s
9. St at em en t s : (5 ) Non e of th ese M @ R, R K, K © N
N  B , B $ W, W # H, H H M (SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO Con clu si on s
Con cl u si on s : I . M @ W Ex am . 0 7. 08. 201 1)
I. N @ R II. N @ M
II . H @ N Di r ect i on s (1 4 –1 9 ) : In th e foll owi n g
Di r ect i on s (2 0 –2 4 ) : In a cer tain in -
III. W  N qu est ion s t h e sym b ols @, , ©, an d $ st ru ction system t h e differ en t com pu t a-
IV. W # N ar e u sed wit h t h e foll owi n g m ean in g : ti on processes are wr itt en as foll ows :
(SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO
(1 ) On ly I i s tr u e (SBI PO Ex am . 0 9.0 1. 200 5)
Ex am . 1 6. 0 7. 20 00 )
(2 ) On ly III is tr u e (a) x $ y % z m ean s z i s m u lti pli ed
P @ Q m ean s P is greater th an Q.
(3 ) On ly IV is tr u e by th e su m of x an d y.
P $ Q m ean s P is equ al to Q.
(4 ) On ly eit h er III or IV is tr u e (b) x # y * z m ean s th at wh en y is
P Q m ean s P is n eith er greater th an su btracted from x an d th e r esu lt-
(5 ) On ly eith er III or IV an d I are
n or equ al to Q. an t i s d ivid ed by z.
tru e
P © Q m ean s P i s eith er sm al ler th an (c) x @ y © z m ean s x is added t o t h e
10. St at em en t s:
or equ al to Q. resu l tan t wh en y i s d ivid ed by z.
R H D, D $ J, J # M, M @ K
P Q m ean s P i s eith er greater th an (d) x  y  z m ean s x is su btr act ed
Con cl u si on s : I . K # J fr om th e pr odu ct of Y an d z.
or equ al to Q.
II . D @ M In each of t h e qu estion s bel ow, a set
Now in each of th e followin g qu estion s
III. R # M assu m in g th e given statem en ts to be tru e, of in str u ct ion sequ en ce is given . You are
IV. D @ K fi n d wh i ch of th e two con cl u si on s n u m - requ i red to fi n d ou t th e ou tcom e wh i ch
(1 ) Non e is tr u e bered I an d II gi ven bel ow th em i s/ are shou ld come in place of th e qu estion m ark
defi n itely t ru e? (?) i n each of th e gi ven sets of sequ en ce.
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y con clu si on I is 20. (i ) 2 0 # 10 * 2 = m
tru e. (i i) m 6 4 = ?
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u si on II (1) 19 (2) 29
(5 ) On ly IV is tr u e is tru e. (3) 4
11. St at em en t s : Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f eith er I or II is tru e. (4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
M $ K, K @ N, N H R, R # W Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er I n or II is (5 ) Non e of th ese
Con cl u si on s : I . W @ K tru e.
21. (i ) 6 0 $ 20 % 4 = n
II . M $ R Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f both I an d II are
(ii) 8 @ n © 1 0 = ?
III. K @ W tru e.
(1) 20 (2) 40
14. St at em en t s:
IV. M @ N (3) 10 (4) 60
(1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e M @ K, P K, K $ T (5 ) Non e of th ese
(2 ) On ly I, II an d III are tr u e Con clu si on s
22. (i ) 1 5 12 5 = p
(3 ) On ly III an d IV are tr u e I. P $ T II. M @ T
(i i) 4 $ 12 % p = ?
(4 ) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e 15. St at em en t s :
(1 ) 7 20 (2 ) 2 28
(5 ) Non e of th ese R @ M , M $ P, P T
(3 ) 1 08 (4) 93
12. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s Con clu si on s (5 ) Non e of th ese
sh ou ld replace the qu estion m ark in I. R T II. R $ T 23. (i ) 1 6 @ 12 © 8 = z
t h e gi ven ex p r essi on i n or d er t o
m ak e th e expression s ‘A > D’as well 16. St at em en t s (i i) z # 20 8 = ?
as ‘F  C’defi n i t el y t r u e ? T © N, R @ N, R K (1 ) 2 40
A>B C?D E =F Con clu si on s (2) 80
(1) > (2) < I. N @ K II. T © K (3 ) 1 20
(3) < (4) = 17. St at em en t s (4 ) Can n ot be deter m in ed
(5) Ei th er = or > M @ R, R $ A, A © K (5 ) Non e of th ese
Con clu si on s 24. (i ) 80 15 8 = t
Ex am . 0 7. 08. 201 1)
–10 8 –
CODED INEQUALITY
(i i) t $ 5 % 8 = ? m an n er t h at m ak es th e ex pressi on 34. Con cl u si on I : C < F
(1 ) 4 0 # 40 * 10 ‘F > N’an d ‘U > D’defi n i t el y f al se ? Con cl u si on I I : C = F
(2 ) 4 0 $ 40 % 10 F___O___U___N____D (1) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e
(3 ) 4 0 @ 40 © 10 (1) <, <, >, = (2 ) <, =, =, > (2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e
(3 ) <, =, =, < (4) >, =, =, > (3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu -
(4 ) 4 0 40 10 sion II is tru e
(5 ) >, >, =, <
(5 ) Non e of th ese (4) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e
Di r ect i on s (3 0 –3 5 ) : In each of th e
Di r ec t i o n s (2 5 –2 9 ) : Read each (5) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e
followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip between
st atem en t carefu ll y an d an swer th e fol- 35. Con cl u si on I : A > D
differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state-
lowin g qu est ion s : Con cl u si on I I : B < E
m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two
(SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e (1) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e
Ex am 2 8 .0 4 .2 0 13 ) con clu sion s based on th e given statem en t (2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e
25. Wh ich of th e followin g ex pression s an d select th e appropriate an swer. (3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu -
wi ll be tru e if th e expr essi on R > O (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e sion II is tru e
= A > S < T is defi n i t el y t r u e ? Ex am . 29. 11.20 14) (4) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e
(1) O > T (2) S < R (3 0 –3 1 ) : (5) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e
Di r ect i on s (3 6 –4 0 ) : In th e follow-
(3) T > A (4) S = O St at em en t s :
in g qu estion s, th e sym b ols %, , $ , # an d
(5) T < R A J > C
@ are u sed wi th th e foll owi n g m ean in g as
26. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s 30. Con cl u si on I : C < K il lu strated below :
sh ou ld replace th e qu estion mark (?) Con cl u si on I I : B < D (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e
in th e given expressi on in ord er to (1) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e Ex am , 2 3. 0 2. 20 14 )
m ak e th e exp ression s ‘P > A’as well (2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e ‘P % Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er sm all er
as ‘T < L’d efi n it ely tru e ? (3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu - th an n or equ al t o Q’.
P > L ? A> N = T sion II is tru e ‘P Q’m ean s ‘P is n ot great er th an
(4) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e Q’.
(1) < (2) >
(5) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e ‘P $ Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n ot sm al ler th an
(3) < (4) > Q’.
31. Con cl u si on I : A > J
(5 ) Ei th er < or < ‘P # Q’m ean s ‘P is n eith er greater th an
Con cl u si on I I : K > B
27. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s n or equ al t o Q’.
(1) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e
sh ou ld be p laced in th e blan k sp ac- ‘P @ Q’m ean s ‘P is n eith er greater th an
(2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e n or sm al ler th an Q’.
es respectively (in th e sam e ord er
(3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu -
fr om left to ri gh t ) i n order to com - 36. St at em en t s :
sion II is tru e
pl ete th e given expr ession in su ch a D R, R # M , M @ K, K % F
(4) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e
m an n er th at m ak es th e expression s Con clu si on s
(5) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e
‘B > N’ as well as ‘D < L’ d efin itely
(3 2 –3 3 ) : I. F $ M II . K @ R
tr u e ?
St at em en t s : III. K % R IV. D @ M
B ___L___O___N___D B >L >A>N<K (1) Non e i s tr u e
(1 ) =, =, >, > (2 ) >, >, =, > 32. Con cl u si on I : B > N
(2) On ly I is tr u e
(3 ) >, <, =, < (4) >, =, =, > Con cl u si on I I : L < K
(5 ) >, =, >, > (1) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e
28. Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g sh ou ld b e (2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e
pl aced in th e b lan k sp aces respec- (3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu - (5) On ly IV i s tr u e
ti vel y (in th e sam e order from left to sion II is tru e 37. St at em en t s :
ri gh t) in ord er t o com pl ete th e given (4) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e R $ M , B @ A, A % K , K # M
ex pressi on in su ch a m an n er th at (5) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e Con clu si on s
m ak es th e ex pressi on ‘A < P’ def i - 33. Con cl u si on I : L > N
I. M % A II . K $ B
n i t el y fal se ? Con l u si on I I : L = N
III. A % R IV. K # R
___ < ___ < ___ > ___ (1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e
(2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e (1) On ly IV i s tr u e
(1) L, N, P, A (2) L, A, P, N
(3) A, L, P, N (4 ) N, A, P, L (3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or Con clu - (2) On ly I an d IV are tr u e
sion II is tru e (3) On ly II an d III are tr u e
(5 ) P, N, A, L
(4) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e (4) On ly I, III an d IV are tr u e
(5) On ly Con clu sion s I is tru e
sh ou ld be p laced in th e blan k sp ac- (5) Non e i s tr u e
(3 4 –3 5 ) :
es respecti vel y (i n t h e sam e order : 38. St at em en t s :
St at em en t s :
fr om left to ri gh t ) i n order to com - D # M , M $ R, R @ J , W % J
A>B >C<D =E <F
pl ete th e given expr ession in su ch a
–10 9 –
CODED INEQUALITY
Con clu si on s 43. St at em en t s st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
I. W % R II . M $ J G <K =O >U > P< S sion s.
III. R % D IV. W % M Co n cl u si on s I. G O On l i n e Ex am , 28. 06. 201 4)
44. St at em en t s Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y con clu sion I
(2) On ly I an d IV are tr u e
A > L M follows.
Co n cl u si on s I. B > M Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y con cl u si on
(4) On ly III an d IV are tr u e II fol lows.
II. A > M
(5) Al l ar e tr u e (4 5 –4 6 ) : Gi ve an swer (3 ) if ei t h er conclu sion
39. St at em en t s : St at em en t s I or con clu sion II follows.
W @ T, T $ N, N # F, V % F I > M = P > R; B A Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei t h er con cl u -
Con clu si on s 45. Con clu si on s I. A < I si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows.
I. V % N II . W $ N II. I = A Gi v e an swer (5 ) if bot h con clu sion s
III. T $ F IV. V @ N 46. Co n cl u si on s I. A < R I an d II follow.
(1) On ly I an d IV are tr u e II. B B =C <M <D <E
ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e- Con cl u si on s : I. A > D
(3) On ly IV i s tr u e m en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th e
(4) On ly II, III an d IV are tr u e II . E > B
st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
(5) On ly III an d IV are tr u e sion s. 53. St at em en t s :
40. St at em en t s : (SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer Z =Y>X >W <V < T
On l i n e Ex am , 21. 06. 201 4) Con cl u si on s : I . Z > W
B % K, K # D , D N, N @ T Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y Con cl u si on
II . W < T
Con clu si on s I is tru e.
I. N % K II . T $ D Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y Con cl u si on
I I is tru e. N <M <O >P=Q >R
III. K # B IV. T % K
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er Con cl u - Con cl u si on s : I . O > R
si on I or I I is tru e. II . N M =B <Q >F> R
(4) On ly III an d IV are tr u e Gi v e an swer (5) if bot h Con clu sion s
Con cl u si on s : I . M > R
(5) Al l ar e tr u e I an d I I ar e t ru e.
II . F < T
Di r ec t i o n s (4 1 -4 6 ) %In th ese qu es- 47. St at em en t s :
ti on s relat ion sh i p between differ en t el e- 56. St at em en t s :
B > C = D > X; E < X; Z > D
m en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th e O =P<Q <R=S<T
Con cl u si on s : I . B > E
st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - Con cl u si on s : I . T > Q
sion s. II . Z > B
II . O < S
(SBI Sp eci al i st Of f i c er 48. St at em en t s :
Di r ect i on s (5 7 –6 2 ) : In th ese qu es-
(L aw Of f i cer : M M GS Scal e-I I ) E >F >G <H F st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
is tru e.
49. St at em en t s : sion s.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y Con clu si on II
K < L < M > N > O; T > M K
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y con clu sion I
I or Con clu sion II is tru e. II . P > O follows.
Gi v e an swer (4) if n either Con clu sion (5 0 -5 1 ) :
I n or Con cl u si on II is tru e. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y con cl u si on
St at em en t s : II fol lows.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both Con clu sion s
B > O = K > L; D > K > S Gi ve an swer (3 ) if ei t h er conclu sion
I an d II are tru e.
50. Con cl u si on s : I . O < D I or con clu sion II follows.
(4 1 –4 2 ) :
St at em en t s II . S < L Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei t h er con cl u -
51. Con cl u si on s : I . L > D si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows.
O = L < T > S; L > I; T < Z
II . B > S Gi v e an swer (5 ) if bot h con clu sion s
41. Co n cl u si on s I. I < O
I an d II follow.
II. Z > S Di r ect i on s (5 2 –5 6 ) : In th ese qu es-
ti on s, r elat ion sh i ps bet ween d ifferen t el- 57. St at em en t :
42. Co n cl u si on s I. Z > I
em en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th ese J P< R
II. S L >A>N<K (3) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II i s
II . M < J 65. Co n cl u si on I : B > N tru e
58. St at em en t s : Co n cl u si o n I I : L < K (4) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e
T > R > E = Q; N < R > Y (1) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e
Con cl u si on s : I . N < T (2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e 70. Con cl u si on s :
(3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu - I. B < N
II . Y < Q
si on II i s tr u e II . S < N
(4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
S > T = U > V; W < X; T < X < Y
(5) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are (2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are
Con cl u si on s : I . S > X tru e
tru e
II . Y > S 66. Co n cl u si o n I : L > N (3) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II i s
60. St at em en t s : Co n l u si o n I I : L = N tru e
T > U > V; W > V; P < V (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e (4) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e
Con cl u si on s : I . P < T (2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e
II . W < T (7 1 -7 2 ) :
(3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu -
si on II i s tr u e St at em en t :
(4) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e K >L =M >N =O B < M = Z; N > B > Q
(5) On ly Con clu sion s I is tr u e 71. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : I . Z > N
(6 7 –6 8 ) : I. K < N
II . Q < Z II . L = O
62. St at em en t s : St at em en t s :
A >B >C <D =E <F (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
L > M > O; M < N; O > F (2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are
67. Co n cl u si o n I : C < F
Con cl u si on s : I . F < M tru e
Co n cl u si on I I : C = F
II . F < L (3) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II i s
(1) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e tru e
Di r ec t i o n s (6 3 –6 8 ) : In each of t h e
(2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e (4) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e
(3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu - (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e
di fferen t elem en t s is sh own in th e stat e-
si on II i s tr u e
m en t s. Th e st at em en t s ar e fol lowed by 72. Con cl u si on s :
(4) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e I. K O
th e con clu si on s based on th e given state-
tru e (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
m en t an d sel ect th e appr opr iate an swer.
68. Co n cl u si on I : A > D (2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are
(SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
Ex am , 2 9. 1 1. 20 14 ) Co n cl u si o n I I : B < E tru e
(6 3 –6 4 ) : (1) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e (3) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II i s
(2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e tru e
St at em en t s :
(3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu - (4) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e
A J > C (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e
si on II i s tr u e
63. Co n cl u si o n I : C < K (7 3 -7 4 ) :
(4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
Co n cl u si on I I : B < D St at em en t s :
(5) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are
(1) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e tru e X <Y<Z =W ; K >J > Z
(2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e 73. Con cl u si on s :
Di r ect i on s (6 9 –7 3 ) : In th ese qu es-
(3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu - ti on s, relat ion sh i p b etween differ en t el e- I. Z < K
si on II i s tr u e m en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th e II . Y < W
(4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
(5) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. St u dy th e con - (2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are
tru e clu sion s based on th e given statem ent an d tru e
select th e appr opr iat e an swer. (3) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II i s
64. Co n cl u si o n I : A > J
(SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e tru e
Co n cl u si on I I : K > B (4) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e
Ex am , 3 0. 1 1. 20 14 )
(1) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e (6 9 -7 0 ) : (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e
(2) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e St at em en t : 74. Con cl u si on s :
(3) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con clu - B <A=N>K >S I. X > J
si on II i s tr u e II . K > Y
(4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
I. A > S
(5) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are (2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are
II . B < K
tru e tru e
(1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e (3) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II i s
(6 5 –6 6 ) :
(2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are tru e
St at em en t s : tru e
–11 1 –
CODED INEQUALITY
(4) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e II . Y < W II . B > M
(5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e 85. Con clusi on s
Di r ect i on s (7 5 –8 0 ) : In th ese qu es- (1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e
I. K < J
tion s, relation sh ip between differen t ele- (2) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e
m en t s is sh own i n th e statem en ts. Th e II . R > H
(3) Neith er Conclu sion I n or II is tru e
statemen ts are followed by two con clu sions Di r ect i on s6 (8 6 – 9 0 ) : In each of th e
n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e con clu sion s (4) On ly Con clu sion II is tru e followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip between
based on th e given statem en t an d select (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state-
th e appropriate an swer. m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two
Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e
Ex am . 30. 11.20 14) I. X > J C o n c l u si o n s b a sed on t h e gi v en
(7 5 -7 6 ) : II . K > Y st atem en t (s) an d sel ect th e ap propriate
St at em en t : an swer.
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e
B <A=N>K >S (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary )
75. Con cl u si on s : (2) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e On l i n e Ex am . 21.06.2015)
I. A > S (3) Neith er Conclu sion I n or II is tru e Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu sion I
II . B < K is tru e
(4) On ly Con clu sion II is tru e
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu sion II
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e is tru e
(2) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e Di r ect i on s (8 1 –8 5 ) : In each of th e Gi v e an swer (3 ) If eith er Con clu sion
(3) Neith er Conclu sion I n or II is tru e followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip between I or Con clu sion II is tru e
differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state- Gi v e an swer (4 ) if both th e Con clu -
(4) On ly Con clu sion II is tru e
m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two sion I an d Con clu sion II are tru e
(5) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e Gi ve an swer (5 ) if n eith er Conclu sion
76. Con cl u si on s : Conclu sions based on the given statemen ts I n or Con clu sion II is tru e.
I. B < N an d select th e appropriate an swer : (8 6 – 8 7 ) :
II . S < N (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary ) St at em en t s
On l i n e Ex am . 20.06.2015)
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e L = P < W < V < K > Q ; B < L;
(2) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e K=M
is tru e.
(3) Neith er Conclu sion I n or II is tru e Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu sion II 86. Con clusi on s
(4) On ly Con clu sion II is tru e is tru e I. B < V
(5) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er Con clu sion I II . M > P
(7 7 -7 8 ) : or Con clu sion II is tru e
87. Con clusi on s
St at em en t : Gi ve an swer (4 ) if n eith er Conclu sion
I n or Con clu sion II is tru e I. L > Q
K >L =M >N =O <P
77. Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both th e Con clu - II . W = M
I. K < N sion s I an d II are tru e. 88. St at em en t s
II . L = O (8 1 –8 2 ) : St at em en t s
R D <Q
(2) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e I. X > R
81. Con clusi on s
(3) Neith er Conclu sion I n or II is tru e II . X = R
I. G > V
(4) On ly Con clu sion II is tru e II . Y < Q (8 9 –9 0 ) :
(5) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e 82. Con clusi on s St at em en t s
78. Con cl u si on s : I. K < O C > U < S < T = O > D > Y;
I. K O 89. Con clusi on s
83. St at em en t s
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II is tru e I. U > D
D <L <F=N; L =A
(2) Both Conclu sions I an d II are tru e Con clusi on s II . S D 90. Con clusi on s
(4) On ly Con clu sion II is tru e II . A < F
I. Z > Y
(5) On ly Con clu sion I is tru e (8 4 –8 5 ) : St at em en t s
II . C < O
(7 9 -8 0 ) : B >Z=R>M <J <H ; J >P;K <
Z Di r ect i on s (9 1 – 9 5 ) : In each of th e
St at em en t s : followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip between
X <Y<Z =W ; K >J > Z 84. Con clusi on s differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state-
79. Con cl u si on s : I. H < P m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two
I. Z < K con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e
–11 2 –
CODED INEQUALITY
con clu sions based on the given statements n i t el y t r u e b u t ‘M > I’ d efi n i t el y II. W % R
an d select th e appropriate an swer. wron g? III. R @ K
(SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary ) (1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
I <J K ?M N= O
On l i n e Ex am . 27.06.2015)
(1)  (2) < (2 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e
is tru e (3) = (4) > (3 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e
Gi ve an swer (2 ) if n eith er Conclu sion (5)  (4 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e
I n or Con clu sion II is tru e (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer ’s Ex am . 18. 12. 201 1) (5 ) Non e of th ese
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu sion II Di r ec t i o n s (2 –6 ) : In th e foll owi n g 5. St at em en t s :
is tru e qu est ion s, t h e sym b ols , #, %, @ an d H M @ K, K  T, T # J
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if both Con clu sion I ar e u sed wi th th e fol lowin g m ean i n g as Con cl u si on s : I. J # K
an d Con clu sion II are tru e
il lu strated below : II. M @ J
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if eith er Conclu sion I
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ad e ‘B’ Ex am . III. J % K
25 .0 8.2 01 3)
(9 1 – 9 2 ) : (1 ) On ly I i s tr u e
‘P # Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er
St at em en t s (2 ) On ly II is tr u e
M >A>B =Q <P<J <Y; (3 ) On ly III is tr u e
‘P  Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot sm al ler th an
Z>A>X Q’. (4 ) On ly ei th er I or III is tr u e
91. Con clusi on s ‘P @ Q’m ean s ‘P is n eit h er sm all er (5 ) On ly eit h er I or III an d II are tr u e
th an n or equ al t o Q’. 6. St at em en t s :
I. B < Y
‘P H Q’m ean s ‘P i s n ot greater th an R H N, N % B, B # T
II . X > J
Q’. Con cl u si on s : I. B @ R
92. Con clusi on s
‘P % Q’ m ean s ‘P i s n eit h er gr eat er II. T @ N
I. Z = Q th an n or equ al t o Q’. III. R % T
II . Z > Q Now i n each of th e fol lowin g qu es- (1 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e
ti on s assu m in g th e gi ven st atem en ts to (2 ) On ly I an d III are tr u e
93. St at em en t s
be tr u e, fin d wh ich of th e t h ree con cl u - (3 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e
G < R = A < S; T < R si on s I, II an d III gi ven below th em i s/ are
(4 ) All I, II an d III are tr u e
Con clusi on s defin itel y t ru e an d gi ve you r an swer ac-
cordin gly. (5 ) Non e of th ese
I. G < S Di r ect i on s (7 -1 2 ) : In th ese qu es-
ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e-
II . S > T D % F, F @ H, H H N
m en ts is sh own in th e st atem en t s. Th ese
(9 4 – 9 5 ) : Con cl u si on s : I. N @F st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
St at em en t s II . D % N sion s.
III. H % D (RBI Of f i c er Gr ade ‘B’ On l i n e
P = U < M < K N; D > P;
Ex am . 2 5. 0 8. 20 13 )
I >C (1 ) Non e is tr u e
M ar k an swer (1 ) i f On ly con cl u -
94. Con clusi on s si on I follows
I. M < C M ar k an sw er (2 ) i f On l y con cl u -
(4 ) On ly III is tr u e si on II follows
II . N > U (5 ) On ly I an d II are tr u e M ark an swer (3 ) i f Ei t h er conclu -
95. Con clusi on s 3. St at em en t s : si on I or II follows
I. D > K B  D , D % T, T H M M ar k an swer (4 ) i f Nei t h er con -
Con cl u si on s : I. B @T cl u si on I n or II follows
II . I > P M ar k an swer (5 ) i f Bo t h con cl u -
II . M @ D
si on s I an d II foll ow
III. B @ M
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er
RBI GRADE–B/ (1 ) On ly I i s tr u e Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 )
NABARD GRADE–A (2 ) On ly II is tr u e 7. St at em en t :
(3 ) On ly III is tr u e A  B  C, C < D, D > F
OFFICER EXAMS (4 ) On ly II an d III are tr u e Con clu si on s : I . F > B
1. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s (5 ) Non e of th ese II . A > D
sh ou ld replace the qu estion m ark in 4. St at em en t s : 8. St at em en t :
t h e gi ven ex p r essi on i n or d er t o K # W, M @ W, R  M X > Y  Z, Q = Y, P > X
m ak e th e ex pr ession ‘O  K’ defi - Con cl u si on s : I. K % M Con clu si on s : I . Z Q Con cl u si on s : I n or Con clu sion II is tru e
9. St at em en t : I. M > E (2 3 –2 4 ) :
L  I, H > I > J , K < J II . G < A St at em en t s :
Con cl u si on s : I . H > L Di r ec t i o n s (1 8 -2 2 ) : In th ese qu es- B S > G; W < S; W > M
II . L > K ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e- 23. Con cl u si on s :
10. St at em en t : m en ts is sh own in th e statem en t s. I. G S
O  P = Q, R < P, S < Q
Ex am , 0 3. 0 8. 20 14 ) 24. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : I . R < S
Th e statem en ts are fol lowed b y t wo I. M S
conclu sion s. II . G < W
11. St at em en t :
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y Con cl u si on 25. St at em en t s :
D  E > F = G, E = H < J I is tru e. K > B = N < U; T < N; P > U
Con cl u si on s : I . J > D Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y Con cl u si on Con cl u si on s :
II . G < J I I is tru e. I. P > K
12. St at em en t : Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er Con cl u - II . T < K
J  R > Z, R > F < W, B > J si on I or I I is tru e. 26. In which of the followin g expression s
Con cl u si on s : I . J > F Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei t h er Con cl u - does th e expression ‘Q > Z’h old def-
II . B > W si on I n or I I is tru e. initely tru e?
Di r ec t i o n s (1 3 -1 7 ) : In th ese qu es- Gi v e an swer (5) if bot h Con clu sion s (1) E > Z > R > B = C > Q
ti on s relat ion sh i p between differ en t el e- I an d I I ar e t ru e. (2) N > Q > A = C Z
m en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th e 18. St at em en t : (3) Q > R > M = P < A > Z
st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - (4) Z < S = B < L < O < Q
V =I <T <A =L >Z > E
sion s. (5) Z = T < D < Y = X < Q
Con cl u si on s : I . A > E
(RBI Of f i c er Gr ade ‘B’ On l i n e Di r ect i on s (2 7 –3 1 ) : In each of th e
Ex am . 2 5. 0 8. 20 13 ) II . L > V
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on ly Con clu sion I (1 9 -2 0 ) :
differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state-
is tru e. St at em en t s : m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu sion II P > H = J > R; H T con clu sions based on the given statements
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if on ly Con clu sion I II . P > T an d select th e appropriate an swer.
or II is tru e. 20. Con cl u si on s : I . R < T (NABARD Of f i cer Gr ade ‘A’
Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er Con cl u - II . T > H On l i n e Ex am . 01.03.2015)
si on I n ot II is tru e. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu sion I
(2 1 -2 2 ) : St at em en t s :
Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if both Con clu sion s is tru e
C > H < M < R = A; Z > M > Y
I an d II are tru e. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu sion II
21. Con clu si on s % I . Z > C
13. St at em en t s : is tru e
II . Y < A
E > F = G; I = T; T < G Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er Con clu sion I
22. Con clu si on s % I . Y > C
Con cl u si on s : or II is tru e
II . Z > A
I. I < E Gi ve an swer (4 ) if n eith er Conclu sion
II . I = E Di r ect i on s (2 3 –2 6 ) : In each of th e I n or II is tru e
followin g qu estion s, a statem en t is given
14. St at em en t s : Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both Con clu sion s I
followed by two sets of con clu sion s n u m -
G > H < T; I > F; H > J an d II are tru e
bered I an d II. Th ese statem en ts sh ow re-
Con cl u si on s : (2 7 –2 8 ) :
lation sh ip between differen t elem ents. You
I. J < G h ave to assu m e th e statem en t to be tru e St at em en t :
II . F < H an d th en decide wh ich of th e given con - M A>L =TE <D
15. St at em en t s : clu sion s logically follows from th e in for - 27. Con cl u si on s :
V > W < X; X < Y; Z > X m ation given in th e statem en t. I. L > D
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I II . E  M
Con cl u si on s :
Ex am . 21. 11.20 15) 28. Con cl u si on s :
I. Z > V
II . Y > W Gi v e an swer (1 ) if eith er Con clu sion I I. E < A
16. St at em en t s : II . M  D
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu sion s I
M > N > P; O > P; S < P (2 9 –3 0 ) :
is tru e
Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (3 ) if both th e Con clu - St at em en t s :
I. S < M sion I an d Con clu sion II are tru e C  R = A < W  L; S  A
II . O < M Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu sion II 29. Con cl u si on s :
17. St at em en t s : is tru e I. R < L
A > E > F; G > F; M > A Gi ve an swer (5 ) if n eith er Conclu sion II . L > S
–11 4 –
CODED INEQUALITY
30. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : series i .e.  is followed by , th en
I. C > S I. A × H II. H + A wh ich of th e followin g elem en ts wi ll
II . S = C 4. St at em en t s : be ex actl y m idway bet ween ‘y’ an d
‘z’in th e m ega series ? Wh ere ‘y’rep-
31. St at em en t : I + O, R – I, Z × R, J ÷ Z
resen ts th e el em en t wh ich i s exact-
VO<C=AL S Con cl u si on s : l y m i d way b et ween fi ft h el em en t
Con cl u si on s : I. Z × I II . Z + I from th e left an d six th elem en t from
I. L < V 5. St at em en t s : th e r igh t of series I. An d ‘z’ r epr e-
II . C  S Q ÷ R, C + D, F – R, D × F sen ts th e el em en t wh ich i s ex act ly
32. In wh ich of th e followin g expression s Con cl u si on s : m i d way b et w een ei gh t h el em en t
wi ll th e exp ression P < M be defi- fr om th e left an d fifth elem en t fr om
I. Q ÷ C II . C + F
n it ely tr u e? th e r igh t in series II.
Di r ect i on s (6 –1 0 ) : Use th e follow- (1)  (2) 13
(1) M < R > P  S
in g two series of elem en ts (alph a-n u m ber -
(2 ) M  S = P < F (3)  (4) B
sym bol) to an swer th ese qu esti on s. Ev-
(3 ) Q < M < F = P 10. Con si deri n g Ser ies I an d Seri es II
er y t wo-d igi t n u m b er (given in brack et s)
(4 ) P = A < R < M gi ven above, wh ich of th e grou p of
is to be treated as si n gl e n u m ber.
el em en t s given i n th e al ter n atives
(5 ) Non e of th ese (Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e AAO
wi ll com e i n t h e p lace of t h e qu es-
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er Ex am . 0 3 . 0 6 . 2 0 1 2 )
ti on -m ar k i n t h e seri es of elem en ts
Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 ) Series I :  4 S T   2 3 RQ  (2 0 ) gi ven below ?
P65G8 7 E F 9 (10)
NP U2 M3 ? 16
INSURANCE EXAMS O(19)
(1) 7L(20) (2) P
Di r ect i on s (1 -5 ) : In all the qu estion s Seri es II : (13) B H A (18) K 1 D (14) (3) L(20) (4) 7P
th at foll ow, di fferen t sym bols h ave been J (1 5) V (17 )(1 6)
u sed wit h d ifferen t m ean in gs. For each Di r ect i on s (1 1 –1 5 ) : Use th e fol-
CI (1 1) L(1 2) M U N
set of qu est ion s you h ave to assu m e gi v- lowin g two series of elemen ts (alph a-nu m -
6. If al l t h e el em en t s of seri es I ar e
en st atem en t s t o b e tr u e an d th en d eci de ber -sym b ol) to an swer th ese qu est ion s.
rever sed , an d secon d h al f of seri es
wh ich of th e t wo con clu sion s i s/ are defi- Every two-di git n u m ber (given i n b rack -
II is rever sed , t h en wh i ch of th e fol- et s) is to b e t reated as si n gle n u m ber.
n i tely tru e. lowin g pairs of elem en ts repr esen t
(Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y (Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e AAO
seven th to th e righ t of seven t een th Ex am . 0 3 . 0 6 . 2 0 1 2 )
Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 ) el em en t fr om th e left of ser ies I; an d
Gi v e an swer (1 ) If on ly con clu sion I Series I :  4 S T   2 3 RQ  (2 0 )
th ird to th e left of six th to t h e righ t
is tru e. P65G8 7 E F 9 (10)
of th irt een t h elem en t fr om t h e righ t
O(19)
Gi v e an swer (2 ) If on ly con cl u si on II of series II respectively ?
is tru e. (1) Q, L (2) 7, 1 Seri es II : (13) B H A (18) K 1 D (14)
Gi v e an swer (3 ) If ei th er con cl u si on J (1 5) V (17 )(1 6)
(3) E, (1 6) (4) R, (1 1)
I or II is tru e. CI (1 1) L(1 2) M U N
7. If each sym bol h as a val u e of zer o,
Gi v e an swer (4 ) If both are tru e. 11. If al l t h e el em en t s of seri es I ar e
and each alphabet h as a valu e equ iv-
Th e sym bols +, –, ×, ÷ an d = ar e rever sed , an d secon d h al f of seri es
alen t t o dou bl e t h e n u m er al t h at
u sed with th e foll owi n g m ean in gs: II is rever sed , t h en wh i ch of th e fol-
im m ed iat ely pr eced es it or th e val-
lowin g pairs of elem en ts repr esen t
P + Q m ean s P is gr eat er t h an Q. u e of 5 i f i t i s n ot i m m ediately pr e- seven th to th e righ t of seven t een th
P – Q m ean s P is greater th an or ceded by a n u m eral , wh at wi ll be el em en t fr om th e left of ser ies I; an d
equ al to Q. th e su m of t h e valu es of th e fir st 10 th ird to th e left of six th to t h e righ t
P × Q m ean s P is equ al to Q. el em en ts of ser ies I an d th e last 10 of th irt een t h elem en t fr om t h e righ t
P ÷ Q m ean s P is sm all er t h an Q. el em en ts of ser ies II ? of series II respectively ?
P = Q m ean s P is eith er sm aller th an (1) 122 (2) 89 (1) Q, L (2) 7, 1
or equ al to Q. (3) 112 (4) 33 (3) E, (1 6) (4) R, (1 1)
1. St at em en t s : 8. Wh at is th e su m of th e n u m b er of 12. If each sym bol h as a val u e of zer o,
M × X, L ÷ O, N + M , L = X n u m b ers i n t h e fi rst ser ies wh i ch and each alphabet h as a valu e equ iv-
Con cl u si on s : ar e i m m ediat ely followed by a l ett er alen t t o dou bl e t h e n u m er al t h at
I. N + L II . X ÷ O an d im mediately preceded by a nu m- im m ed iat ely pr eced es it or th e val-
ber, an d th e n u m ber of sym bols in u e of 5 i f i t i s n ot i m m ediately pr e-
series II wh ich ar e im m edi atel y pr e- ceded by a n u m eral , wh at wi ll be
S = F, K ÷ S, B × K, R + B ceded by a n u m ber an d im m ed iat e- th e su m of t h e valu es of th e fir st 10
Con cl u si on s : ly followed by a let ter ? el em en ts of ser ies I an d th e last 10
I. F + K II . K ÷ R (1) None (2) On e el em en ts of ser ies II ?
3. St at em en t s : (3) Two (4) Th r ee (1) 122 (2) 89
H = V, A × Z, H – Z, F + V 9. If series I an d ser ies II are com bi n ed (3) 112 (4) 33
in th e sam e or der to tak e a m ega
–11 5 –
CODED INEQUALITY
13. Wh at is th e su m of th e n u m b er of II fol lows. P>Q > R> S<T > U> V
n u m b ers i n t h e fi rst ser ies wh i ch Gi v e an swer (3) i f ei t h er con clu sion Con cl u si on s :
ar e i m m ediat ely followed by a l ett er I or II fol lows.
I. Q < V
an d im mediately preceded by a nu m- Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f Nei t h er con cl u -
si on I n or II fol lows. II. P > S
ber, an d th e n u m ber of sym bols in
series II wh ich ar e im m edi atel y pr e- Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f bot h conclu sion s 24. St at em en t s :
ceded by a n u m ber an d im m ed iat e- I an d II follow. J >K >L ;
ly followed by a let ter ? 17. St at em en t s : N <L > M
(1) None (2) On e O >P>Q > R<S< T Con cl u si on s :
(3) Two (4) Th r ee Con cl u si on s : I. K > M
I. O > S II. J > N
14. If series I an d ser ies II are com bi n ed
in th e sam e or der to tak e a m ega II . T > P
series i .e.  is followed by , th en 18. St at em en t s :
A =B >C=D >E ;
wh ich of th e followin g elem en ts wi ll A E > F; G < A
Con cl u si on s : G<F =E
be ex actl y m idway bet ween ‘y’ an d
I. D > A C>H
‘z’in th e m ega series ? Wh ere ‘y’rep-
resen ts th e el em en t wh ich i s exact- II . A < E Con cl u si on s :
l y m i d way b et ween fi ft h el em en t (1 9 –2 0 ) : I. G = A
from th e left an d six th elem en t from St at em en t s : II. G < A
th e r igh t of series I. An d ‘z’ r epr e- H > I = J > K; L < K; I < M < N Di r ect i on s (2 6 –3 1 ) : In th ese qu es-
sen ts th e el em en t wh ich i s ex act ly 19. Con cl u si on s : ti on s, relat ion sh i p b etween differ en t el e-
m i d way b et w een ei gh t h el em en t I. H > M m en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th e
fr om th e left an d fifth elem en t fr om II. N > H st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u -
th e r igh t in series II. 20. Con cl u si on s : si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. St u dy th e con -
(1)  (2) 13 I. M K select th e appr opr iat e an swer.
15. Con si deri n g Ser ies I an d Seri es II Di r ect i on s (2 1 –2 5 ) : In th ese qu es- (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
gi ven above, wh ich of th e grou p of ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e- (AO) Ex am , 10. 01. 201 5)
el em en t s given i n th e al ter n atives m en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th e 26. St at em en t s :
wi ll com e i n t h e p lace of t h e qu es- st atem en t s are fol lowed b y con clu si on s : T < D < S < Y ; D > R > L ;
ti on -m ar k i n t h e seri es of elem en ts (L I C Assi st an t Ad m i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
S<N
(AAO) Ex am . 1 2.0 5. 201 3)
gi ven below ? Co n cl u si o n I : T < R
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly con clu sion I
NP U2 M3 ? 16 Co n cl u si on I I : S > L
is tru e.
(1) 7L(20) (2) P Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con clu si on (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
(3) L(20) (4) 7P II is tru e. (2) Neith er conclu sion I n or II is tru e
16. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er con clu sion (3) Both con clu sion I an d II are tru e
sh ou ld replace th e qu estion mark (?) I or II is tru e.
(4) On ly con clu sion I is tr u e
in th e given expressi on in ord er to Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er con cl u -
m ak e th e expression s ‘J < M’as well si on I n or II is tru e. (5) On ly con clu sion II is tr u e
as ‘H > T’defin itely t ru e ? Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both con clu sion s 27. St at em en t s :
H >M = K ?T> J I an d II are tru e. T < D < S < Y ; D > R > L ;
(1) < (2) < 21. St at em en t s : S<N
(3) > (4) = A G Co n cl u si o n I : S < R
Con cl u si on s : Co n cl u si on I I : Y > N
(5) Ei th er = or >
I. G < C (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
(L I C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e
Of f i c er (AAO) Ex am . 2. 05. 201 3) II. F > B (2) Neith er conclu sion I n or II is tru e
Di r ect i on s (1 7 –2 0 ) : In th ese qu es- 22. St at em en t s : (3) B ot h con cl u sion s I an d II ar e
ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e- A =B >C=D >E ; tru e
m en ts is sh own in th e st atem en t s. Th ese G <F = E ; (4) On ly con clu sion I is tr u e
st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - (5) On ly con clu sion II is tr u e
C>H
si on s : 28. St at em en t s :
Con cl u si on s :
(Un i t ed I n di a I n sur an ce AO A K ;J H
Co n cl u si on I : B < K
Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con clu sion I II. B > F Co n cl u si o n I I : J < C
follows. 23. St at em en t s : (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u si on
–11 6 –
CODED INEQUALITY
(2) Neith er conclu sion I n or II is tru e 33. Con cl u si on s % I I is tru e.
(3) B ot h con cl u sion s I an d II ar e I. M > Z Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er Con cl u -
tru e II . M = Z si on I or I I is tru e.
(4) On ly con clu sion I is tr u e (1) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II is t ru e Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei t h er Con cl u -
(5) On ly con clu sion II is tr u e (2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are tru e si on I n or I I is tru e.
29. St at em en t s : (3) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e Gi v e an swer (5) if bot h Con clu sion s
D <J <Y<L <S; Y>M < T (4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e I an d I I ar e t ru e.
Co n cl u si o n I : L > M (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e 38. St at em en t s
Co n cl u si o n I I : D < S
34. Con clu si on s R>W ; W < F; F= Z
(1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
I. L L I. F < R II . Z < W
tru e
(1) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II is t ru e 39. St at em en t s
(3) Both con clu sion I an d II are tru e
(4) On ly con clu sion I is tr u e (2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are tru e B >K ; K >J ; J < M
(5) On ly con clu sion II is tr u e (3) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e Con cl u si on s :
30. St at em en t s : (4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
I. J B
P>Q >R<D =E <F (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e
40. St at em en t s
Co n cl u si on I : P > D 35. St at em en t s :
D =T ; T <H ; H > N
Co n cl u si o n I I : Q < E S=T >U <R<E : U >M > Y
Con cl u si on s :
(1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II is tr u e Con cl u si on s %
I. H < D
(2) Neith er conclu sion I n or II is tru e I. S > M II . M = S
(3) B ot h con cl u sion s I an d II ar e II . H > D
(1) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II is t ru e
tru e 41. St at em en t s
(2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are tru e
(4) On ly con clu sion I is tr u e H <N; N< K ;K <D
(3) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e
(5) On ly con clu sion II is tr u e Con cl u si on s :
(4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
31. St at em en t s : I. D > N
(5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e
A K ;J J 42. St at em en t s
K >J >M <O ; M >U = H ; J > T
Co n cl u si o n I I : A < D W >E ; E > K ; K = J
36. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
(1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II is tr u e
(2) Neith er conclu sion I n or II is tru e I. K > O II . O > H I. J < E
(3) Both con clu sion I an d II are tru e (1) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II is t ru e II . W > K
(4) On ly con clu sion I is tr u e (2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are tru e 43. St at em en t s
(5) On ly con clu sion II is tr u e (3) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e R<M ; M = B ;B >T
Di r ect i on s (3 2 –3 7 ) : In th ese qu es- (4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e Con cl u si on s :
ti on s, relat ion sh i p b etween differ en t el e- (5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e I. R < T
m en ts is sh own in t h e statem en ts. Th e II . T < M
st atem en ts are followed by two con cl u - Di r ect i on s (4 4 -4 8 ) : In each of th e
si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. St u dy th e con - I. K > T
clu sion s based on th e given statem ent an d II . J < O differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e state-
select th e appr opr iat e an swer. (1) Nei th er Con cl u sion I n or II is t ru e m en ts. Th e statemen ts are followed by two
(NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er (2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are tru e Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. Stu dy th e
(AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 1.0 1. 201 5)
(3) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e Conclu sion s based on th e given statemen t
32. St at em en t s : an d select th e appropriate an swer.
(4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
A <X <M <R=P>J
(5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 22.03.2015)
Con cl u si on s %
Di r ec t i o n s (3 8 -4 3 ) : In th ese qu es- Gi v e an swer (1) if n eith er Conclu sion
I. J > A I n or Con clu sion II is tru e
ti on s, r elat ion sh i p b etween di ffer en t el e-
II . X < P Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu sion I
m en ts is sh own in th e statem en t s.
(1) Nei th er Con clu sion I n or II is t ru e (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er or Con clu sion II is tru e
(2) Both Con clu sion s I an d II are tru e (AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 2.0 1. 201 5) Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu sion II
(3) On ly Con clu sion II is tr u e is tru e
Th e statem en ts are fol lowed b y t wo
(4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II is tr u e Gi v e an swer (4 ) if both th e Con clu -
conclu sion s.
sion I an d Con clu sion II are tru e
(5) On ly Con clu sion I is tr u e Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y Con cl u si on Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu sion I
(3 3 -3 4 ) : St at em en t s I is tru e. is tru e
L >M >N <O < P; N= Z Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y Con cl u si on
–11 7 –
CODED INEQUALITY
(4 4 -4 5 ) : I . R< A 41. (4) 42. (1) 43. (3) 44. (2)
St at em en t s : II . Q > S 45. (5) 46. (1) 47. (3) 48. (3)
B > E > A < L; T > A > S 53. St at em en t s :
44. Con cl u si on s : 49. (1) 50. (4) 51. (2) 52. (5)
K D > R; Z < H
I. T > B 53. (1) 54. (4) 55. (2) 56. (2)
Con cl u si on s :
II . L > T
I. Z < K 57. (2) 58. (2) 59. (4) 60. (5)
I. B > S II . Z > R 61. (1) 62. (5) 63. (5) 64. (2)
II . L > S 54. If ‘×’m ean s ‘addition ’‘–’m ean s ‘divi-
sion ’, ‘’m ean s ‘su btraction ’an d ‘+’ 65. (4) 66. (4) 67. (2) 68. (5)
(4 6 –4 7 ) :
mean s ‘m u ltiplication’, th en which of 69. (5) 70. (4) 71. (1) 72. (2)
St at em en t s :
th e foll owin g equ ation s is corr ect ?
L = I > N < E; N > S 73. (5) 74. (1) 75. (4) 76. (1)
(1) 16 + 5 – 10 × 4  3 = 9
(2) 16 – 5 × 10  4 + 3 = 12 77. (3) 78. (2) 79. (2) 80. (1)
I. S < E
II . E > L (3) 16 + 5  1 0 × 4 – 3 = 9 81. (4) 82. (2) 83. (4) 84. (4)
47. Con cl u si on s : (4) 16 × 5  10  4 – 3 = 19
85. (1) 86. (1) 87. (5) 88. (1)
I. S = L (NI CL (GI C) AO (Fi n an c e)
Ex am , 0 8. 0 9. 20 13 ) 89. (2) 90. (1) 91. (1) 92. (5)
II . L > S
48. St at em en t s : 55. If ‘–’stan ds for division ‘+’for m u lti- 93. (4) 94. (5) 95. (4) 96. (1)
V < E > B = H > N; B < T pl icat ion , ‘’for su bt ract ion an d ‘×’
for addi tion , th en wh ich on e of t h e 97. (1) 98. (2) 99. (2) 100. (1)
Con cl u si on s :
equ at ion s i s corr ect ? 101. (5) 102. (4) 103. (5) 104. (3)
I. T > V
(1) 19 + 5 – 4 × 2  4 = 11
II . N < T 105. (2) 106. (4) 107. (1) 108. (5)
(2) 19 × 5 – 4 + 2  4 = 16
Di r ect i on s (4 9 – 5 3 ) : In each of th e 109. (5) 110. (4) 111. (5) 112. (2)
followin g qu estion s, relation sh ip between (3) 19 + 5 + 4 – 2 × 4 = 13
differen t elem en ts is sh own in th e qu es- (4) 19 × 5  4 + 2 – 4 = 22 113. (1) 114. (2) 115. (2) 116. (4)
tion . Th e statem en ts are followed by con - (NI CL (GI C) AO (Fi n an c e) 117. (1) 118. (3) 119. (3) 120. (5)
clu sion s. Stu dy th e Conclu sions based on Ex am , 0 8. 0 9. 20 13 )
th e given statem en ts an d select th e ap- 56. If ‘–’ stan ds for divisi on , ‘+’ stan ds 121. (2) 122. (1) 123. (5) 124. (3)
propriate an swer. for su bt raction , ‘÷’stan ds for m u l ti- 125. (1) 126. (4) 127. (2) 128. (1)
(OI CL Speci al i st Of f i cer (Fi n an ce) plication , ‘×’stan ds for addition, th en
wh ich on e of th e followin g equ ation s 129. (5) 130. (3) 131. (1) 132. (4)
Ex am . 03. 05.20 15)
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con clu - is cor rect? 133. (5) 134. (1) 135. (4) 136. (3)
sion s I an d II are tru e (1 ) 7 0 – 2 + 4 ÷ 5 × 6 = 44 137. (5) 138. (2) 139. (4) 140. (1)
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu sion I (2 ) 7 0 – 2 + 4 ÷ 5 × 6 = 21
141. (3) 142. (2) 143. (5) 144. (4)
or Con clu sion II is tru e (3 ) 7 0 – 2 + 4 ÷ 5 × 6 = 3 41
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu sion I (4 ) 7 0 – 2 + 4 ÷ 5 × 6 = 36 145. (1) 146. (5) 147. (3) 148. (3)
is tru e (NI CL (GI C) AO Ex am , 1 5. 12. 201 3) 149. (2) 150. (1) 151. (1) 152. (5)
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu sion II 153. (2) 154. (4) 155. (3) 156. (4)
is tru e SHORT ANSWERS 157. (5) 158. (3) 159. (2) 160. (4)
Gi ve an swer (5 ) if n eith er Conclu sion
I n or Con clu sion II is tru e 161. (5) 162. (3) 163. (1) 1 64 .(2)
NATIONALISED BANKS &
(4 9 –5 0 ) : St at em en t s : 165. (4) 166. (5) 167. (4) 168. (3)
P T; R < A; P > M
IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS 169. (1) 170. (1) 171. (3) 172. (1)
49. Con cl u si on s : 1. (3) 2. (5) 3. (4) 4. (2)
173. (3) 174. (2) 175. (2)
I. M < T 5. (2) 6. (5) 7. (2) 8. (3)
II . T < A 9. (2) 10. (1) 11. (5) 12. (4) SBI PO EXAMS
13. (2) 14. (3) 15. (5) 16. (4)
I . A> P 1. (4) 2. (2) 3. (4) 4. (1)
II . P < T 17. (5) 18. (3) 19. (5) 20. (4)
5. (5) 6. (2) 7. (2) 8. (5)
(5 1 –5 2 ) : St at em en t s : 21. (3) 22. (5) 23. (5) 24. (1)
9. (5) 10. (1) 11. (5) 12. (4)
A > B = C < S; Q > C > R 25. (4) 26. (1) 27. (2) 28. (5)
51. Con cl u si on s : 13. (1) 14. (2) 15. (4) 16. (4)
29. (1) 30. (3) 31. (5) 32. (1)
I . Q > B 17. (2) 18. (4) 19. (1) 20. (1)
II . S > R 33. (2) 34. (4) 35. (3) 36. (4)
21. (2) 22. (1) 23. (4) 24. (4)
52. Con cl u si on s : 37. (3) 38. (1) 39. (1) 40. (2)
–11 8 –
CODED INEQUALITY
25. (2) 26. (4) 27. (4) 28. (3) 49. (4) 50. (3) 51. (1) 52. (3) I . N @ D  N < R : Tru e
29. (3) 30. (5) 31. (2) 32. (1) 53. (5) 54. (1) 55. (4) 56. (2) II . T  B  T > B : Not Tr u e
III. T  R  T > R : Not Tr u e
33. (4) 34. (4) 35. (3) 36. (4)
37. (1) 38. (3) 39. (2) 40. (5)
EXPLANATIONS 6. (5) W © K  W > K
KRK>R
41. (5) 42. (1) 43. (4) 44. (1) R%NR=N
NATIONALISED BANKS &
45. (3) 46. (2) 47. (1) 48. (4) Th erefore, W > K > R = N
IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS Con clu si on s
49. (5) 50. (1) 51. (4) 52. (2)
I . N @ K  N < K : Tru e
53. (5) 54. (1) 55. (4) 56. (5) (1 –7 ) :
II . R @ W  R < W : Tru e
57. (4) 58. (1) 59. (4) 60. (1)  < @< ©  > III. W  N  W > N : Tru e
%= > 7. (2) 14 – 4 × 7 ÷ 12 + 8 = ?
61. (2) 62. (1) 63. (5) 64. (2)
1. (3 ) R © K  R > K  ? = 14 × 4 ÷ 7 + 1 2 – 8
65. (1) 66. (4) 67. (4) 68. (3)
KM K >M 14  4
69. (5) 70. (2) 71. (5) 72. (4) M HJ M <J ?= + 12 + 8
7
73. (2) 74. (4) 75. (5) 76. (2) Th erefore, R > K > M < J
 ? = 8 + 12 – 8 = 12
77. (5) 78. (4) 79. (2) 80. (4) Con clu si on s
(8 –1 2 ) :
I . J  K  J > K : Not Tr u e
81. (2) 82. (1) 83. (5) 84. (2)
II . M @ R  M < R : Tru e %  < # > =
85. (4) 86. (4) 87. (5) 88. (3) III. M % R  M = R : Not Tr u e  > @ <
89. (2) 90. (1) 91. (1) 92. (5) 2. (5) D @ K  D < K 8. (3 ) M # R  M > R
93. (4) 94. (2) 95. (3) K %FK =F
R%PRB
PJ P=J
RBI GRADE–B/ Th erefor e, D < K = F > B
Th erefore, M > R D : Tru e
Con clu si on s
I . M # P  M > P : Not Tr u e
OFFICER EXAMS II . B @ K  B < K : Not Tr u e
II . J # R  J > R : Tru e
1. (3) 2. (1) 3. (2) 4. (4) III. B % K  B = K : Not Tr u e
III. J % M  J < M : Not Tr u e
B is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to
5. (5) 6. (4) 7. (4) 8. (5) 9. (2 ) P H D  P > D
K. Th erefor e eith er II or III is tru e.
9. (5) 10. (2) 11. (2) 12. (1) D # Q D >Q
3. (4) H H W  H < W
13. (3) 14. (1) 15. (2) 16. (1) W @N  W < N Q @R  Q < R
N%RN=R Th erefore, P > D > Q < R
17. (1) 18. (5) 19. (4) 20. (5)
Th erefore, H < W < N = R Con clu si on s
21. (2) 22. (4) 23. (5) 24. (2)
Con clu si on s I . Q % P  Q D : Not Tr u e
I . R  W  R > W : Tru e
29. (5) 30. (3) 31. (2) 32. (4) III. P # D  P > D : Not Tr u e
II . N  W  N > W : Tru e
III. H @ R  H < R : Tru e 10. (1 ) T % M  T < M
INSURANCE EXAMS M @K  M < K
4. (2) Z % M  Z = M
1. (1) 2. (4) 3. (3) 4. (3) KHFK >F
M HFM <F
5. (4) 6. (4) 7. (1) 8. (2) FD F>D Th erefore, T < M < K > F
9. (1) 10. (4) 11. (4) 12. (1) Th erefore, Z = M < F > D Con clu si on s
13. (2) 14. (1) 15. (4) 16. (3) Con clu si on s I . F % M  F < M : Not Tr u e
I . F % Z  F = Z : Not Tr u e II . F % T  F < T : Not Tr u e
17. (4) 18. (1) 19. (4) 20. (2)
II . F  Z  F > Z : Not Tr u e III. K # T  K > T : Tru e
21. (2) 22. (5) 23. (2) 24. (5) 11. (5 ) H @ K  H < K
F is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to
25. (3) 26. (5) 27. (2) 28. (5) Z. Th erefore, I or II is tru e. KNK =N
29. (3) 30. (2) 31. (5) 32. (3) III. D @ Z  D < Z : Not Tr u e N%TN<T
33. (4) 34. (1) 35. (4) 36. (3) 5. (2 ) R  B  R > B Th erefore, H < K = N < T
B ©NB >N Con clu si on s
37. (5) 38. (4) 39. (1) 40. (2)
N @T  N < T I . T # K  T > K : Tru e
41. (5) 42. (4) 43. (2) 44. (1) Th erefore, R > B > N < T II . N  H  N = H : Not Tr u e
45. (4) 46. (5) 47. (2) 48. (3) Con clu si on s III. H % N  H < N : Not Tr u e
–11 9 –
CODED INEQUALITY
Ei th er II or III is tru e. II . R $ Z R > Z : Tr u e III. T © R T < R : Tr u e
12. (4 ) F  D  F = D 18. (3) W @ M  W = M 23. (5) T $ N T > N
D HK D >K M ©RM <R N % B N > B
K # M K >M R$ FR>F B @ W B = W
Th erefore, F = D > K > M Th er efor e, K ©W =K <W
Con clu si on s Th erefor e, T > N > B = W > K
W =M <R> F
I . M % D  M < D : Tru e Con cl u si on s :
Con clu si on s
II . K @ F  K < F : Tru e I . K $ B K > B : Not Tr u e
I . F % M F < M : Not tr u e
III. F # M  F > M : Tru e II . K $ T K > T : Not Tr u e
II . R H W R > W : Tr u e
13. (2) 27 T 15 R 3 W 4 M 6 = ? III. T % B T > B : Tr u e
III. W % F W < F : Not Tr u e
 ? = 27 – 15 ÷ 3 × 4 + 6 24. (1) Z % V Z > V
 ? = 27 – 5 × 4 + 6 (1 9 -2 4 ) : V H J V < J
  $   @ 
 ? = 2 7 – 20 + 6 = 13    %  J © M J < M
(1 4 -1 8 ) :    %   M @R  M = R
$  @  19. (5) D @ M  D = M Th erefor e, Z > V < J < M = R
M $ B  M >B Con cl u si on s :
14. (3) J $ D  J > D
B HR B <R I . R % V R > V : Tr u e
D ©K D <K
R%T R< T II . M % V M > V : Tr u e
K %RK <R
Th erefore, D = M > B < R > T III. Z % M Z > M : Not Tr u e
Th er efor e,
J >D <K < R Con cl u si on s :
(2 5 -2 9 ) : %       
Con cl u si on s : I . B H D B < D : Not Tr u e
  @
I . R $ J R > J : Not tr u e II . B @ D B = D : Not Tr u e
II . R $ D R > D : Tr u e B is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to 25. (4) R  K R < K
III. K $ J K > J : Not tr u e D. Th erefore, eith er I or II is tru e. K H M K < M
15. (5) M H K  M > K III. T H M  T < M : Not Tr u e M @J  M = J
K @R  K = R 20. (4) W © FW < F Th erefore, R < K < M = J
R%NR<N F @ D F = D Con clu si on s
Th er efor e, D H K D < K I . J © K J > K : Tr u e
M >K = R< N K $ J K >J II . M © R M > R : Tr u e
Con cl u si on s : Th erefor e, W < F = D < K > J III. R H J R < J : Tr u e
I . R % M R < M : Not tr u e Con cl u si on s : 26. (1) Z @ M Z = M
II . R @ M R = M : Not tr u e I . K % W K > W : Tr u e M © K M > K
R is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to II . D $ W D > W : Tr u e KHFK<F
M. Th erefore, eith er I or II is tru e. Th erefore, Z = M > K < F
III. F H K F < K : Tr u e
III. N $ K N > K : Tr u e Con clu si on s
21. (3) R H K  R < K
16. (4) B % H  B < H I . F © Z F > Z : Not Tr u e
K ©M  K <M
H $ J H > J II . K H Z K < Z : Not Tr u e
M %T M >T
J HM J >M III. F © M F > M : Not Tr u e
T $ J T > J
Th er efor e, 27. (2) B H J B < J
B <H >J >M Th erefor e, R < K < M > T > J
J % W J > W
Con clu si on s Con cl u si on s : W ©M W >M
I . B % J B < J : Not tr u e I . J H M J < M : Tr u e Th erefore, B < J > W > M
II . M % B M M : Tr u e III. K © J K < J : Not Tr u e I . M H J M < J : Tr u e
17. (5) Z © K  Z < K 22. (5) R @ K R = K II . W H B W M : Not Tr u e
E @R  E = R T$ M T>M 28. (5) V % H V > H
Th er efor e, M HW M <W H @ F H = F
Z<K < E = R Th erefor e, R = K > T > M < W FE F<E
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : Th erefore, V > H = F < E
I . R $ K R > K : Tr u e I . W % K W > K : Not Tr u e Con clu si on s
II . Z % E Z < E : Tr u e II . M © K M < R : Tr u e I . F @ V F = V : Not Tr u e
–12 0 –
CODED INEQUALITY
II . F H V F < V : Not Tr u e V @N  V < N II . F # D F < D : Not Tr u e
F is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to Th erefor e, M < K > W > V < N II . D © Z D > Z : Not Tr u e
V. Th erefore, eith er I or II is tru e. Con clu si on s 40. (2) M © R  M > R
III. E % H E > H : Tr u e I . N H K  N > W : Not Tr u e R%D R=D
29. (1) W © T W > T II . M % W  M < W: Not Tr u e D @N  D < N
T  N T < N III. K  V  K > V : Tru e Th er efor e,
N%D N>D IV. V % M  V < M : Not Tr u e M >R=D <N
Th erefore, W > T < N > D 35. (3) F # Z  F = Z Con clu si on s
Con clu si on s Z @H  Z < H I . M © N M > N : Not Tr u e
I . D H T D < T : Not Tr u e H%N  H <N II . N $ R N > R : Tr u e
II . W © N W > N : Not Tr u e N B  N> B III. M © D M > D : Tr u e
III. D @ T D = T : Not Tr u e Th erefor e, F = Z < H < N > B (4 1 – 4 5 ) :
3 0 . (3) 20 – 1 6 + 4 × 3 ÷ 2 = ? Con clu si on s
 ? = 20 + 16 ÷ 4 – 3 × 2 I . F @ H  F < H : Tru e $ #
 ? = 20 + 4 – 6 = 18 II . N  Z  N > Z : Tru e % @
(3 1 –3 5 ) : III. B % H  B < H : Not Tr u e
IV. B % Z  B < Z : Not Tr u e 41. (4 ) R # J  R > J
%  $   @  J $ D J >D
  #  (3 6 -4 0 ) : # < %
D @ K D = K
$ @ K % T K < T
31. (5) H  J  H > J
J # N  J = N 36. (4) R @ D  R < D Th erefore, R > J > D = K < T
N @R  N < R D ©W D >W Con cl u si on s :
RW  R> W B $ W B >W I . T # D  T > D : Not Tr u e
Th erefor e, H > J = N < R > W Th er efor e, II . T @ D T = D : Not Tr u e
Con clu si on s R<D >W K : Tr u e
II . W % H  W < H : Not Tr u e I . W # R W < R : Not tr u e IV. J $ T  J > T : Not Tr u e
III. R # J  R = J : Not Tr u e II . B © D B > D : Not Tr u e 42. (1) T % R  T < R
IV. R  J  R > J : Not Tr u e III. W $ R W > R : Not Tr u e R$ M R>M
R is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to W is eit h er sm aller or greater th an M @ D M = D
J . Th erefore, eith er III or IV is tru e. or equ al to R. D © H D < H
32. (1) B @ D  B < D 37. (3) H $ V  H > V Th erefore, T < R > M = D < H
D F  D > F V %M V =M Con cl u si on s :
F%M  F<M K ©M K >M I . D % R  D < R : Tr u e
M HN  M >N Th erefore, H > V = M < K II . H # R H > R : Not Tr u e
Th erefor e, B < D > F < M > N Conclu sions III. T © M  T < M : Not Tr u e
Con clu si on s I . K © V K > V : Tr u e IV. T % D  T < D : Not Tr u e
I . B % F  B < F : Not Tr u e II . M @ H M < H : Tr u e 43. (3) M @ B  M = B
II . M  D  M > D : Not Tr u e III. H © K H > K : Not Tr u e B #NB >N
III. N % F  N < F : Not Tr u e 38. (1) K # T  K < T N $ R N > R
IV. D  N  D > N : Not Tr u e T$ B T>B
33. (2) R H T  R > T R © K R < K
B @F  B < F
TM  T>M Th erefore, M = B > N > R < K
Th erefore, K < T > B < F
M%K  M <K Con cl u si on s :
Con clu si on s
K @V  K < V I . K # B  K > B : Not Tr u e
I . F $ T F > T : Not Tr u e
Th erefor e, R > T > M < K < V II . R © B R R : Not Tr u e
III. T $ F T > F : Not Tr u e
I . V  M  V > M : Tru e IV. N © M  N < M : Tr u e
39. (1) Z # F  Z < F
II . V  T  V > T : Not Tr u e 44. (2) F # H  F > H
R @F  R < F
III. M % R  M < R : Tru e D ©RD >R H @M  H = M
IV. K R  K > R : Not Tr u e Th er efor e, M © E M < E
34. (4) M % K  M < K Z <F >R< D E $ J E > J
K HW  K >W Con clu si on s Th erefore, F > H = M < E > J
WV  W> V I . Z # R Z < R : Not Tr u e Con cl u si on s :
–12 1 –
CODED INEQUALITY
I . J © M  J < M : Not Tr u e 50. (4) O $ B  O > B 59. (4 ) L < M < N > O > P
II . E # H E > H : Tr u e B @S  B = S Con cl u si on s :
III. M © F  M < F : Tr u e S # E S < E I. O < M : Not Tu re
IV. F # E  F > E : Not Tr u e E © R E < R II. P < N : Not Tr u e
45. (5 ) D % A  D < A Now, O > B = S < E < R 60. (5 ) A > B > C = D > E
A @B  A = B Con clu si on s Con cl u si on s :
B © K B < K I . S © O  S < O : Tr u e I. C > A : Tr u e
K % M K < M II . R S R > S : Tr u e II. D J = K > L > T < V
Con cl u si on s : IV. B # E  B < E : Tr u e Con cl u si on s :
I . B $ D  B > D : Tr u e 51. (2) D © S  D < S I. K > T : Tr u e
II. L < H : Not Tr u e
II . K # A K > A : Tr u e S PS>P
62. (5) A B : Tr u e P $ I P > I
Con cl u si on s :
IV. A © M  A < M : Tr u e P @ T P = T
I. E > A : Tr u e
46. (1) W > E = A > R > S Now, D < S > P = T > I
II. A < D : Tr u e
W > R : Tr u e Con clu si on s
63. (5 ) J > K > L = M > N
E > S : Tr u e I . P # D  P < D : Not Tr u e
J > M an d N < K
47. (3) A > V > I > C = T II . P $ T P > T : Not Tr u e
64. (2) A > B > C > D = F
A > I : Tru e III. T # S  T < S : Tr u e
B > D an d C > F
V > T : Tru e IV. I © D  I < D : Not Tr u e
A F
(4 8 – 5 2 ) : 52. (5 ) U @ N  U = N D > B an d C > F
N$ FN>F 65. (4 ) I > J > K = L < N = M
(i) P © Q  P Q P<Q
F $ A F > A Now, I > L an d M > K
(ii) P # Q  P Q P<Q
A R A > R 66. (4 ) P < Q < R < S
(iii) P @ Q  P Q, P Q P=Q Now, U = N > F > A > R Now, S > P
(iv) P Q P QP>Q Con clu si on s 67. (2 ) E > C is tru e.
I . A @ U  A = U : Not Tr u e 68. (5 ) E < J < H > Z
(v) P $ Q  P Q P>Q
II . N R N > R : Tr u e H <Y
III. R © U  R F
©< #< ©=
IV. U A  U > A : Not Tr u e F <E <J <H > Z
> $ > F <E <J <H <Y
U is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to
A. Th erefore, eith er I or IV is tru e. 69. (5 ) H > I = J = K < L < M
48. (3 ) A NA>N
53. (1) Con clu sion s : 70. (4) S > Q > R N
I . F > D : Tr u e P > S : Not tr u e
S W S > W
II . P < W : Not Tr u e 71. (1 ) K > L = M > N
W © R W < R
54. (4) Con clu sion s : Now, N < K
Now, A > N < S > W < R
I . H > B : Not Tr u e 72. (2) A > B = C < D < E
Con clu si on s Con cl u si on s :
II . F < S : Not Tr u e
I . R $ A  R > A : Not Tr u e I . D > A : Not tr u e
55. (2) Con clu sion s :
II . S R S > R : Not Tr u e II . E > C : Tr u e
I . Q > F : Tr u e
III. S A  S > A : Not Tr u e 73. (5) L > U > Z
II . T > F : Tr u e
IV. W © A  W < A : Not Tr u e R> U > K
56. (2) S = R > Q > P
49. (1) D # E  D < E Con cl u si on s :
Con clu sion s :
E ©TE <T I . L > Z : Tr u e
I . S > P : Not Tr u e
T @ C T = C II . K < R : Tr u e
II . R > P : Tr u e
C # A C < A 74. (1) Con cl u si on s :
57. (2) Con clu sion s :
Now, D < E < T = C < A I . J > I : Tr u e
I . S > F : Not Tr u e
Con clu si on s II . Y < R : Not tr u e
II . Y > T : Tr u e
I . D # A  D < A : Tr u e 75. (4) T < K > M = N
58. (2) P > Q = R > S > T
II . C © D C < D : Not Tr u e V >K >M =N>S
Con cl u si on s :
III. A E  A > E : Tr u e Con cl u si on s :
I. P > T : Not Tr u e
IV. T # A  T < A : Tr u e I . T < N : Not tr u e
II. T < Q : Tr u e
–12 2 –
CODED INEQUALITY
II . V = S : Not tr u e Con clu sion I : G > S : Tr u e 97. (1) Con cl u si on s :
76. (1) F < X < E Con clu sion II : F < H : Tr u e I . R < V : Tr u e
F<X >R 88. (1 ) P < Q < W = L II . S < X : Not Tr u e
Con cl u si on s : Con clu sion I : L > P : Tr u e 98. (2) Con cl u si on s :
I . F < E : Tr u e Con clu sion II : Q < L : Not Tr u e I . X < R : Not Tr u e
II . R < F : Not tr u e 89. (2) Con cl u si on s : II . V > S : Tr u e
77. (3) G < F = L < J < K = H I . Z > C : Not Tr u e (9 9 –1 0 0 ) :
or, G < F = L < J < K = H II . B < Z : Tr u e F>A<S=H ; I <A> N
or, G = F = L = J = K = H 90. (1) Con cl u si on s : F >A >I
I . B < C : Tr u e I <A<S=H
Th erefor e, G i s ei th er sm al ler th an
H or equ al to H. II . R > C : Not Tr u e N<A<S=H
78. (2) P < R < S < T > U (9 1 –9 2 ) : F>A >N
Con cl u si on s : P>Q >T 99. (2) Con cl u si on s :
I . U < R : Not Tr u e Q <R I . N < F : Not tr u e
T>A II . F > I : Tr u e
II . T > P : Tr u e
P>Q >T >A 100. (1) Con cl u si on s :
79. (2) T > U > V > W = Y > Z
P>Q <R I . I < H : Tr u e
T >U >V > W = Y> X
R>Q >T >A II . H > N : Not tr u e
Con cl u si on s :
91. (1) Con cl u si on s : 101. (5) F U : Not Tr u e
I . A < Q : Tr u e M >E >K
II . W < T : Tr u e
II . A K
80. (1) K < L < M < N 92. (5) Con cl u si on s : F A : Tr u e I . E > F : Tr u e
I . P > K : Tr u e 93. (4 ) P > T = U < W II . M > U : Tr u e
II . N > O : Not Tr u e Q >R>W 102. (4 ) S < H = O > U > T < D
81. (4) B < A < C ; B < A > D < E ; P>T=U <W <R<Q Con cl u si on s :
C>A>D <E Con cl u si on s : I . S > T : Not tr u e
Con cl u si on s : I . T = R : Not Tr u e II . D < O : Not tr u e
I . B < E : Not Tr u e II . U < R : Not Tr u e (1 0 3 –1 0 4 ) :
II . C > E : Not Tr u e (9 4 –9 5 ) : N>J =M
82. (2 ) E = A < D > B > F = C R=Q M = E S>B >R<O= M
Con cl u si on s : I < Z S>B > R< O= M =J <N
R=Q I >M = E I . N > O : Tr u e
II . C < D : Tr u e
94. (5) Con clu si on s II . S > R : Tr u e
83. (4 ) P > T = U < W < R < Q
I . Z > R : Tr u e 104. (3) Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s :
II . E < Z : Tr u e I . N = M : Not tr u e
I . T = R : Not Tr u e
95. (4) Con clu si on s II . N > M : Not tr u e
T < R or T = R
I . Q < E : Not Tr u e Ei th er I or II is tru e.
II . U < R : Not Tr u e II . M > Z : Not Tr u e 105. (2) S = T < A = N > D ;
U < R or U = R 96. (1) P < E < R > F ; B <N<R
84. (4) Con cl u si on s : E >M ; R< T S=T<A =N >B
I . P > R : Not Tr u e M <E <R<T B <A= N<R
II . U > Q : Not Tr u e M <E <R>F S=T<A= N< R
85. (1) Y < R = P > S > W = X Con clu si on s D <A =N<R
Con cl u si on s : I . T > M : Tr u e S=T<A= N< R
I . P > X : Tr u e II . F < M : Not Tr u e Con cl u si on s :
II . Y < X : Not Tr u e (9 7 –9 8 ) : I. B < R : Not Tr u e
86. (1 ) G E < F V >M =T> X ; R<T >S II. S < R : Tr u e
Con cl u si on s : V >M =T> R (1 0 6 -1 0 7 ) :
I . D > G : Tr u e S<T>X S>E <L =C <T >M = Z
II . E X 106. (4) Con cl u si on s :
87. (5) E < F < G = H > S V >M =T >S I. S > M : Not Tr u e
–12 3 –
CODED INEQUALITY
II. E < Z : Not Tr u e IV. S > Y : Not Tr u e II. M > E : Tr u e
107. (1) Con cl u si on s : 116. (4) St at em en t s 122. (1) Con clu si on s
I. T > E : Tr u e S > H > T < C; Y > T > N I. T < O : Not Tr u e
II. C = Z : Not Tr u e S>H >T< Y II. T = O : Not Tr u e
(1 0 8 -1 0 9 ) : Y>T <C T is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to
T > R = E < Q < L; N<T<C O. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
Con clu si on s Con cl u si on II is tru e.
C <E >Z
C <R=E >Z I . H > Y : Not Tr u e 123. (5) B < C = D < X < Y < Z
Z<R= E< Q < L II . S > C : Not Tr u e Con clu si on s
I. B < X : Tr u e
T >R=E >Z III. C = Y : Not Tr u e
II. Z < C : Not Tr u e
T>R=E > C IV. C > N : Tr u e
(1 2 4 –1 2 5 ) :
C <R=E < Q < L 117. (1) St at em en t s
R<O <L < E
108. (5) Con clu si on s K >H <Y<Z <A >R>L
G =E >S
I. R > C : Tr u e Y<Z<A
P<S
II. L > Z : Tr u e A >R>L ; H <Y<Z< A
R<O <L <E =G >S>P
109. (5) Con clu si on s Con clu si on s
124. (3) Con clu si on s
I. L > C : Tr u e I . A > Y : Tr u e
I. R > P : Not Tr u e
II. Z < T : Tr u e II . L < A : Tr u e
II. P < E : Tr u e
110. (4 ) P < L < A > M = K > E III. H < A : Tr u e
Con clu si on s IV. K > R : Not Tr u e I. O < G : Not Tr u e
I . K < L : Not Tr u e 118. (3) St at em en t s II. O = G : Not Tr u e
II . P < E : Not Tr u e D > M > U > E; O is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to
(1 1 1 -1 1 2 ) : N J G. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
P>R=A<Y E J Con cl u si on II is tru e.
D<A D >M > U> N 126. (4) S E < D
P>R= A> D D >M >U > J Con clu si on s
D <R= A< Y Con clu si on s I. A > D : Not Tr u e
111. (5) Con cl u si on s I . D > E : Tr u e II. S < E : Not Tu re
I . P > D : Tr u e II . E < J : Not Tr u e (1 2 7 – 1 2 8 ) :
II . D < Y : Tr u e III. M > N : Tr u e M >O >L >T=E >D
112. (2) Con clu si on s M >O >L > T= E > D
IV. D > J : Tr u e
I . P < Y : Not Tr u e M =O =L = T= E = D
119. (3) St at em en t
II . R > D : Tr u e 127. (2) Con clu si on s
P>L =U >C <K > S
(1 1 3 -1 1 4 ) :
Con clu si on s I. D < O : Tr u e
C>R>A=S<H
I . P > C : Tr u e II. M > E : Tr u e
R<P< Q
II . K < L : Not Tr u e 128. (1) Con clu si on s
Q >P>R>A =S<H
III. S R< P< Q
IV. C < L : Tr u e II. T = O : Not Tr u e
113. (1) Con cl u si on s
120. (5) St at em en t s T is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to
I . C > S : Tr u e
K >G=M <T ; O. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
II . P < C : Not Tr u e
U <S< M Con cl u si on II is tru e.
K >G =M > S> U 129. (5) B < C = D < X < Y < Z
I . H < R : Not Tr u e
U <S<M <T Con clu si on s
II . R < Q : Tr u e
Con clu si on s
115. (2) St at em en t s I. B < X : Tr u e
I . T > K : Not Tr u e
Y>R>S=T <M <N< J II. Z < C : Not Tr u e
Y>R>S= T II . S < K : Tr u e
III. T > U : Tr u e (1 3 0 – 1 3 1 ) :
S=T<M <N
IV. G S
S<R<Y
Con clu si on s M >O >L >T=E >D P<S
I . T < Y : Tr u e M >O >L > T= E > D R<O <L <E =G >S>P
II . N > S : Tr u e M =O =L = T= E = D 130. (3) Con clu si on s
III. J < S : Not Tr u e 121. (2) Con clu si on s
I. R > P : Not Tr u e
I. D < O : Tr u e
–12 4 –
CODED INEQUALITY
II. P < E : Tr u e E. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or I. P  C : Tru e
131. (1) Con clu si on s Con clu sion II is tru e. II . U > H : Not Tru e
140. (1) A > B > C < D < E < F
I. O < G : Not Tr u e 149. (2) Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s :
II. O = G : Not Tr u e I . K > U : Not Tru e
I . A > E : Not Tru e
O is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to II . K = U : Note Tru e
II . C < F : Tru e
G. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or K is eith er greater th an or equ al to
Con cl u si on II is tru e. (1 4 1 –1 4 2 ) : U. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
132. (4) S E < D P<L <A>N=K >S Con clu sion II is tru e.
C>A 150. (1) D  I > S  M  A < L
Con clu si on s
P<L <A<C Con cl u si on s :
I. A > D : Not Tr u e
141. (3) Con clusi on s I . D  A : Not Tr u e
II. S < E : Not Tu re
I. L > K : Not Tru e II . L > I : Not Tr u e
133. (5) F = A < L < C > O > N ;
II . P < S : Not Tru e (1 5 1 -1 5 2 ) :
Y>L; Q >C
F<R<E >A>K
Y>L <C>O>N 142. (2) Con clusi on s
Y>E
F=A<L<C<Q I. C > P : Not Tru e Y>E >A>K
Con clu si on s II . P = C : Not Tru e F<R<E <Y
I . Y < N : Not Tr u e 151. (1) Con cl u si on s :
C is eith er greater th an or equ al to P.
II . Q > F : Tr u e Th er efor e, ei t h er Con cl u si on I or I . A > F : Not Tru e
134. (1) R > K = H > N > A < S ; Con clu sion II is tru e. II . R < K : Not Tru e
N>M >T 152. (5) Con cl u si on s :
143. (5) J > U > N = K < E < D
R>K =H >N>M >T I . Y > K : Tru e
Con clusi on s II . F < Y : Tru e
Con clu si on s
I . E < D : Not Tru e (1 5 3 -1 5 4 ) :
I . K > T : Tr u e
B <R<E =A>D >S
II . R > M : Tr u e II . D > N : Tru e
D >C<J
135. (4) S K ; (1 4 4 –1 4 5 ) : B <R<E =A>D >C
D <T<G I <J <K <L >M >N 153. (2) Con cl u si on s :
S<P<C=D <T>G K C : Not Tru e
G>T>D < L >K II . E = C : Not Tru e
I <J <K S : Tr u e
I . N < L : Tru e Con clu sion II is tru e.
II . T > K : No Tr u e
II . L = N : Not Tru e 154. (4) Con cl u si on s :
(1 3 6 –1 3 7 ) :
I . D > B : Not Tru e
S<L E >R 145. (1) Con clusi on s II . E > S : Tru e
L >Q
I . I < S : Tru e 155. (3) A > B > C < D < E < F
Q <L E >R Con cl u si on s :
II . J S : Tru e (1 4 6 –1 4 7 ) :
P<LA=NE D II . A > E : Not Tru e
II . I > R : Tru e (1 5 6 –1 5 7 ) :
137. (5) Con cl u si on s : QN<O
C<R<E <A=M
I . L < R : Not Tru e P<LA=NQ Y>E
II . E > Q : Not Tru e QA=NED Y>E <A=M
(1 3 8 –1 3 9 ) : 146. (5) Con cl u si on s : C<R<E <Y
G>R>E=A<T<S I . L  E : Not Tru e 156. (4) Con cl usi on s :
D <A<J II . P < Q : Tru e I. M > R : Tru e
D <A<T
147. (3) Con cl u si on s : II . Y > A : Not Tru e
G>R>E=A<J
I . Q  D : Tru e 157. (5) Con cl u si on s :
138. (2) Con cl u si on s :
II . A < D : Not Tru e I . C = Y : Not Tru e
I . T > D : Tru e
(1 4 8 –1 4 9 ) : II . C < Y : Tru e
II . R > S : Not Tru e
PU =NCH >S (1 5 8 –1 5 9 ) :
KC B <L<A=M >E >S
I . J > E : Not Tru e
L >W > J
II . J = E : Not Tru e P<U=NCK
W<L <A=M >E >S
J is eith er greater th an or equ al to 148. (3) Con cl u si on s :
–12 5 –
CODED INEQUALITY
J <W <L <A=M 166. (5) Con clusi on s 174. (2) Con cl u si on s
158. (3) Con cl u si on s : I. X < R : Not Tru e I . Y > S : Not Tru e
I . L < S : Not Tru e II . V > S : Tru e II . S = Y : Not Tru e
II . E > W : Not Tru e 167. (4) P<E <R>F
S is eith er sm aller th an or equ al to
159. (2) Con cl u si on s : E>M
Y. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
R<T
I . J < M : Not Tru e Con clu sion II is tru e.
M <E <R<T
II . J = M : Not Tru e M <E <R>F 175. (2) F = B > P < M P<F
J is eith er smaller th an M or equ al to Con clusi on s
P>B >M =F  P> F
M. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or I . T > M : Tru e
Con clu sion II is tru e. II . F < M : Not Tru e P H > O > K = E < D 168. (3) R = Q M = E B <P<M <F  P< F
Con cl u si on s : I <Z
I . O > D : Not Tru e Z>I >M SBI PO EXAMS
II . E < C : Tru e Con clusi on s 1. (4) R H K  R < K
161. (5) S N I . Q < E : Not Tru e K % D K > D
U >B II . M > Z : Not Tru e D @V  D = V
169. (1) N = D < H > R VM V <M
L <S
V >H <J Th erefor e, R < K > D = V < M
S<PB
N=D <H <V Con clu si on s
L<S<PN J >H > R I . R H D R < D : Not Tr u e
Con cl u si on s : Con clusi on s II . V H R V < R : Not Tr u e
I . B > P : Not Tru e I . V > D : Tru e III. D @ M D = M : Not Tr u e
II . L D : Not Tr u e
162. (3) A > G > O > N < Y 170. (1) L < Q < R = S D is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to
O>S>R R>H >P M.
A>G>O>S>R P<H <R=S Th erefor e, eith er III or IV fol lows.
S<O>N<Y L <Q <R>H >P 2. (2) F % N F > N
Con clusi on s N © W N > W
Con cl u si on s :
I . P < S : Tru e W  Y W < Y
I . R < A : Tru e
II . L S : Not Tru e
171. (3) W > A = S > U < K Th erefor e, F > N > W < Y < T
163. (1) M > O > C > K = E < D
U > Y Con clu si on s
J >C
W>A=S>U >Y I . F % W  F > W : Tru e
O<Z II . T % N  T > N : Not Tr u e
Con clusi on s
J >C>K =E III. N % Y  N > Y : Not Tr u e
I . K > W : Not Tru e
Z>O>C>K =E IV. T % W  T > W : Tr u e
II . Y < W : Tru e
Con cl u si on s : 3. (4) B © T  B > T
172. (1) Y S
I . J > E : Tru e M >W >D THRT< R
II . K < Z : Tru e Y F
164. (2) Q > U S D <W >S F @K  F = K
Q > T : Not Tru e Con clusi on s Th erefor e, B > T < R > F = K
U < T : Tru e Con clu si on s
I . Y < M : Tru e
I . B % R  B > R : Not Tr u e
E > S : E is eith er greater th an or II . S < D : Not Tru e
equ al to S. Th erefore, it is n ot tru e. II . F H T  F < T : Not Tr u e
(1 7 3 –1 7 4 ) :
E > Q : Not Tru e III. R % K  R > K : Tru e
S<P=Q <J
IV. K H T  K < T : Not Tr u e
I > S : Not Tru e Q<Y
4. (1) J @ F  J = F
(1 6 5 -1 6 6 ) : V > M = T > X P< L
R<T>S FN F<N
L >P=Q <J
V>M =T>R N%H N>H
S<P=Q <Y
S<M =T>X H©G H >G
S=P=Q=Y
R<T>X Th erefor e, J = F < N > H > G
S<P=Q<Y
V>M =T>S Con clu si on s
165. (4) Con clusi on s 173. (3) Con clusi on s
I . G H N  G < N : Tru e
I . R < V : Tru e I . J > L : Not Tru e
II . N © J  N > J : Tru e
II . S < X : Not Tru e II . S < J : Tru e
III. F H J  F < J : Not Tr u e
–12 6 –
CODED INEQUALITY
IV. J  G  J < G : Not Tr u e D $ J D >J th an T.
5. (5) D  T  D < T J # M J < M II. R $ T  R = T
T @R  T = R M @K  M > K R is greater th an T.
R©M R>M Th erefore, R < D > J < M > K 16. (4) St at em en t s
M % K M > K Con clu si on s T © N, R @ N, R K
Th erefor e, D < T = R > M > K I . K # J  K < J : Not Tr u e Aft er con v ersi on
Con clu si on s T  N, R > N, R  K
II . D @ M  D > M : Not Tr u e
I . R @ D  R = D : Not Tr u e or, T  N < R  K
III. R # M  R < M : Not Tr u e
II . R % D  R > D : Not Tr u e Con clu si on s
IV. D @ K  D > K : Not Tr u e
R is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to I. N @ K  N > K : Not Tr u e
D. 11. (5) M $ K  M > K
II. T © K  T  K : Not Tr u e
Th erefore, eith er I or II is tru e. K @N  K > N
17. (2) St at em en t s
III. K H T  K < T : Tru e NHR N<R
M @ R, R $ A, A © K
IV. M  T  M < T : Tru e R# W R< W
Aft er con v ersi on
6. (2) 15 – 8 × 6 ÷ 12 + 4 = ? Th erefore, M > K > N < R < W M > R, R = A, A  K
 ? = 15 × 8 ÷ 6 + 1 2 – 4 Con clu si on s or, M > R = A  K
 ? = 2 0 + 12 – 4 = 28 I . W @ K  W > K : Not Tr u e Con clu si on s
(7 –1 1 ) :
II . M $ R  M > R : Not Tr u e I. K @ M  K > M : Not Tr u e
$   @ #   III. K @ W  K > W : Not Tr u e II. K R  K  R : Tr u e
   IV. M @ N  M > N : Tru e 18. (4) St at em en t s
7. (2) H @ T  H > T P © M , M @ K, K $ T
12. (4) A > B > C  D <E =F
T# F T< F Aft er con v ersi on
Now, A > D : Tr u e P  M , M > K, K = T
FE F= E
F > C : Tr u e or, P  M > K = T
EHV E <V
Th erefore, H > T < F = E < V 13. (1) P > Q = R Con clu si on s
Con clu si on s Q =R<T< S I. P $ M  P = M
I . V $ F  V > F : Tru e R T : Tru e S > Q : Tr u e II. T @ P  T > P : Not Tr u e
III. H @ V  H > V : Not Tr u e 19. (1) St at em en t s
IV. T # V  T < V : Tr u e (1 4 –1 9 ) : M @ R, R K, K © N
8. (5) D # R  D < R Aft er con v ersi on
RHK R<K M > R, R < K, K  N
K @F  K > F or, M > R < K  N
F$ J F >J 14. (2) St at em en t s Con clu si on s
Th erefore, D < R < K > F > J M @ K, P K, K $ T I. N @ R  N > R : Tr u e
Con clu si on s II. N @ M  N > M : Not Tr u e
I . J # R  J < R : Not Tr u e 20. (1) (i ) 2 0 # 10 H 2 = m
II . J # K  J < K : Tr u e M > K, P  K, K = T
or, m = (20 – 10 ) ÷ 2
III. R # F  R < F : Not Tr u e or, P  K = T < M
IV. K @ D  K > D : Tr u e Con clu si on s 10
or, m = =5
9. (5) N  B  N = B I. P $ T  P = T 2
B$ W B >W May b e or m ay n ot be tru e. (i i) 5 6  4 = ?
W# H W< H II. M @ T  M > T or, ? = 24 – 5 = 19
H HMH <M Cl ear ly M i s greater th an T. 21. (2) (i ) 6 0 $ 20 % 4 = n
Th erefore, N = B > W < H < M 15. (4) St at em en t s or, n = (60 + 20 ) × 4
Con clu si on s or, n = 80 × 4 = 3 20
R @ M , M $ P, P T
I . M @ W  M > W : Tr u e (i i) 8 @ n © 1 0 = ?
II . H @ N  H > N : Not Tr u e 320
R > M , M = P, P  T
III. W  N  W = N : Not Tr u e or, ? = + 8
or, R > M = P  T 10
IV. W # N  W < N : Not Tr u e Con clu si on s = 32 + 8 = 40
W is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to 22. (1) (i ) 1 5 12  5 = p
I. R TR<T
N. Th erefor e eith er III or IV is tru e. or, p = 60 – 15 = 45
R is greater t h an T an d n ot sm all er
10. (1) R H D  R < D (i i) 4 $ 12 % p = ?
–12 7 –
CODED INEQUALITY
or, ? = (4 + 12) × 45 31. (2) Con clusi on s B @A  B = A
or, ? = 1 6 × 45 = 7 20 I . A > J : Not Tru e A%KA>K
23. (4) (i ) 1 6 @ 12 © 8 = z II . K > B : Tru e K # M K <M
Th er efor e,
12 (3 2 –3 3 ) :
or, z = 1 6 + R>B =A>K <M
8 B >L >A>N<K
Con cl u si on s :
32. (1) Con clusi on s
3 35 I . M % A  M > A : Not Tr u e
or, z = 1 6 + = I . B > N : Tru e
2 2 II . K $ B  K > B : Not Tr u e
II . L < K : Not Tru e
(i i) z # 20 8 = ? III. A % R  A > R : Not Tr u e
33. (4) Con clusi on s
24. (4) (i ) 8 0 15  8 = t IV. K # R  K < R : Tr u e
I . L > N : Tru e 38. (3 ) D # M  D < M
or, t = (15 × 8) – 80
or, t = 1 20 – 80 = 40 II . L = N : Not Tru e M $ RM >R
(i i) t $ 5 % 8 = ? (3 4 –3 5 ) : R @J  R = J
or, ? = (40 + 5 ) × 8 A>B >C<D =E <F W %J W> J
or, ? = 45 × 8 = 3 60 A>B >C<D =E<F Th er efor e,
Op t i o n (1 ) A>B >C=D =E=F D <M >R= J < W
40 # 40 H 1 0 34. (4) Con clusi on s Con cl u si on s :
or, (40 – 4 0) ÷ 1 0 = 0 I . C < F : Not Tru e I . W % R  W > R : Tr u e
Op t i o n (2 ) II . C = F : Not Tru e II . M $ J  M > J : Tr u e
40 $ 4 0 % 10 F is eith er greater th an or equ al to C. III. R % D  R > D : Not Tr u e
or, (40 + 40 ) × 10 = 8 00 Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or II is IV. W % M  W > M : Not Tr u e
Op t i o n (3 ) tru e. 39. (2 ) W @ T  W = T
40 @ 4 0 © 10 35. (3) Con clusi on s T$ NT>N
I . A > D : Not Tru e N# FN<F
40
or, + 40 = 4 + 40 = 44 V %FV >F
10 II . B < E : Not Tru e
Th er efor e,
Op t i o n (4 ) (3 6 -3 7 ) :
W =T >N < F< V
40 40  1 0 l P % Q  P  Q ; P  Q Con cl u si on s :
or, (4 0 × 10 ) – 40
Th erefor e, P > Q I . V % N  V > N : Tr u e
or, 40 0 – 40 = 3 60
l P Q P  Q  P < Q II . W $ N  W > N : Tr u e
25. (2) R > O = A > S < T
III. T $ F  T > F : Not Tr u e
O > T : Not Tr u e l P $ Q P  Q  P > Q
IV. V @ N  V = N : Not Tr u e
S < R : Tr u e
l P # Q P  Q; P  Q 40. (5 ) B % K  B > K
T > A : Not Tr u e
Th erefor e, P < Q K # D K < D
S = O : Not Tru e as O > S
D ND <N
T < R : Not Tr u e l P @ Q P  Q; P  Q
N @T  N = T
Th erefor e, P = Q Th er efor e,
26. (4) P > L A >N =T
B >K <D <N= T
P > A : Tr u e
Con cl u si on s :
T=N<A <L
I . N % K  N > K : Tr u e
Th erefore, T < L
36. (4 ) D RD <R II . T $ D  T > D : Tr u e
27. (4) B > L = O = N > D
R# M R<M III. K # B  K N an d D < L
IV. T % K  T > K : Tr u e
28. (3 ) A < L N M @K  M = K
(4 1 -4 2 ) :
29. (3) F < O = U = N < D K %FK >F
O =L <T > S
Now, F < N an d U < D Th er efor e,
L > I
(3 0 –3 1 ) : D <R< M = K> F T<Z
AJ >C I . F @ M  F > M : Not Tr u e Z>T>S
A I
30. (5) Con clusi on s III. K % R  K > R : Tr u e I <O =L <T > S
I . C < K : Tru e IV. D @ M  D = M : Not Tr u e I <O =L <T <Z
II . B < D : Tru e 37. (1 ) R $ B  R > B 41. (5) Con cl u si on s :
I . I < O : Tr u e
–12 8 –
CODED INEQUALITY
II . Z > S : Tr u e II . B > S : Not Tr u e Con cl u si on s :
42. (1) Con cl u si on s : 52. (2 ) A > B = C < M < D < E I . Z > N : Not Tr u e
I . Z > I : Tr u e Con clu si on s II . Q < Z : Tr u e
II . S D : Not Tr u e 62. (1 ) L > M > O
43. (4) G < K = O > U > P < S II . E > B : Tr u e M < N; O > F
Con cl u si on s : 53. (5 ) Z = Y > X > W < V < T L >M >O >F
I . G M >O >F
II . S > O : Not Tr u e I . Z > W : Tr u e L >M <N
44. (1) A > L M 54. (1 ) N < M < O > P = Q > R I . F < M : Tr u e
A>L M Con clu si on s
M <P R : Tr u e (6 3 –6 4 ) :
Con cl u si on s :
II . N M : Tr u e
55. (4 ) T > M = B < Q > F > R K >J >C
II . A > M : Not Tr u e
Con clu si on s A R : Not Tr u e
I >M =P> R 63. (5) Con clu si on s
II . F < T : Not Tr u e
B A I. C < K : Tr u e
56. (5 ) O = P < Q < R = S < T
I >M = P> B II . B < D : Tr u e
I >M =P>A Con clu si on s
A<M =P>R I . T > Q : Tr u e
I. A > J : Not Tr u e
B <M = P> R II . O < S : Tr u e
II. K > B : Tr u e
45. (3) Con cl u si on s : 57. (4 ) J P < R
(6 5 –6 6 ) :
I . A L >A>N <K
II . I = A : Not Tr u e I . J < R : Not Tr u e
A is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to II . M < J : Not Tr u e
I. B > N : Tr u e
I. 58. (1 ) T > R > E = Q
46. (2) Con cl u si on s : II . L < K : Not Tr u e
N <R>Y
I . A < R : Not Tr u e 66. (4) Con clu si on s
T>R>N
II . B N : Tr u e
N<R> E= Q
47. (1) B > C = D > X > E II. L = N : Not Tr u e
E =Q <R>Y
B >C =D <Z (6 7 –6 8 ) :
T>R>Y
Con cl u si on s : A >B >C <D =E <F
Con cl u si on s :
I . B > E : Tr u e I . N < T : Tr u e A >B >C < D = E< F
II . Z > B : Not Tr u e A >B >C = D = E= F
II . Y < Q : Not Tr u e
48. (4 ) E > F > G < H T = U > V
Con cl u si on s : I. C < F : Not Tr u e
W <X
I . G < E : Not Tr u e II. C = F : Not Tr u e
T < X < Y; S > T < X < Y
II . J > F : Not Tr u e F is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to
W <X <Y
49. (5 ) K < L < M > N > O C. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
W <X >T <S
K <L < M < T II is tru e.
P>M >N >O Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : I . S > X : Not Tr u e
I. A > D : Not Tr u e
I . T > K : Tr u e II . Y > S : Not Tr u e
II. B < E : Not Tr u e
II . P > O : Tr u e 60. (1 ) T > U > V
(6 9 –7 0 ) :
(5 0 –5 1 ) : W> V
B <A=N>K >S
B >O =K >L P< V
D >K >S T >U > V < W
I. A > S : Tr u e
B >O =K >S T >U > V > P
II. B < K : Not Tr u e
D >K =O > L Con cl u si on s :
S<O =K >L I . P < T : Tr u e
50. (1) Con cl u si on s : I. B < N : Tr u e
II . W < T : Not Tr u e
I . O < D : Tr u e II. S < N : Tr u e
61. (2 ) A > B < M = Z
II . S < L : Not Tr u e (7 1 –7 2 ) :
N>B >Q
51. (4) Con cl u si on s : K >L =M >N =O B < M = Z
I . L > D : Not Tr u e 71. (5) Con clu si on s
Q D: Not Tru e
II. L = O : Not Tr u e G>D <V <O
II . S V : Not Tru e 9 0. (1) Con clusi on s
II. M > O : Tr u e II . Y < Q : Tru e I . Z > Y: Tru e
(7 3 -7 4 ) : 82. (1) Con clusi on s
X <Y<Z = W II . C < O : Not Tru e
I . K < O : Tru e
K >J > Z (9 1 – 9 2 ) :
II . G = V : Not Tru e
X <Y<Z < J < K M >A >B =Q <P<J <Y
83. (5) D < L = A < F = N
K >J > Z= W Z>A>X
Con clusi on s
73. (2) Con cl u si on s : X <A >B =Q <P<J <Y
I . N > D : Tru e
I. Z < K : Tr u e Z>A>B =Q
II . A < F : Tru e
II. Y < W : Tr u e 9 4. (1) Con clusi on s
(8 4 –8 5 ) :
74. (4) Con cl u si on s : B >Z=R>M <J <H I . B < Y : Tru e
I. X > J : Not Tr u e J >P; K <Z II . X > J : Not Tru e
II. K > Y : Tr u e P<J < H 9 2. (5) Con clusi on s
(7 5 – 7 6 ) : K <Z=R>M <J
I . Z = Q : Not Tru e
B <A=N>K>S 84. (2) Con clusi on s
II . Z > Q : Not Tru e
75. (5) Con cl u si on s : I . H S : Tru e II . B > M : Tru e Q. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
II. B < K : Not Tru e 85. (4) Con clusi on s Con clu sion II is tru e.
I . K < J : Not Tru e 9 3 . (4) G < R = A < S
76. (2) Con cl u si on s : T<R
II . R > H : Not Tru e
I. B < N : Tru e T<R=A<S
(8 6 –8 7 ) :
Con clusi on s
II. S < N : Tru e L =P <W <V <K > Q
I . G < S : Tru e
(7 7 –7 8 ) : B <L ; K = M II . S > T : Tru e
K >L =M >N =O N
8 6. (4) Con clusi on s D >P
I. K < N : Tru e I >C
II. L = O : Not Tru e I . B < V : Tru e M <K C
78. (4) Con cl u si on s : II . M > P : Tru e D >P= U< M < K
I. K O : Tru e I . M < C : Not Tru e
I . L > Q : Not Tru e
(7 9 -8 0 ) : II . N > U : Not Tru e
X <Y<Z = W II . W = M : Not Tru e 9 5. (3) Con clusi on s
K >J > Z 8 8. (3) R K : Not Tru e
X <Y<Z < J < K R P : Tru e
K >J > Z= W
Con clusi on s
I. Z < K : Tru e I . X > R : Not Tru e RBI GRADE–B/NABARD
II. Y < W : Tru e II . X = R : Not Tru e GRADE–A
80. (4) Con cl u si on s : X is eith er greater th an or equ al to OFFICER EXAMS
I. X > J : Not Tru e R. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
II. K > Y : Tru e Con clu sion II is tru e. 1. (3 ) I < J < K = M > N = O
(8 1 –8 2 ) : (8 9 – 9 0 ) : Now, O < K : Tr u e
Y<K <D =S C >U <S< T= O >D >Y M > I : Tr u e
D <V <O Z =O D <Q C >U <S< T= O=Z D >Y
Y<K <D <G 8 9. (2) Con clusi on s 2. (1) D % F D < F
–13 0 –
CODED INEQUALITY
F @ H F > H I. Z Z > E
H H N H < N II. P > Q : Tr u e Con cl u si on s :
Th erefore, D < F > H < N I . A > E : Tr u e
9. (5) L > I; H > I > J > K
Con cl u si on s : II . L > V : Tr u e
Con cl u si on s :
(1 9 -2 0 ) :
I . N @ F N > F : Not Tr u e I. H > L : Tr u e
P>H =J > R
II . D % N D < N : Not Tr u e II. L > K : Tr u e H P = Q > R; O > P = Q > S P>H =J D Con cl u si on s : T > I >H = J > R
D % T D < T
I. R < S : Not Tr u e 19. (4) Con cl u si on s :
T H M T < M I . J > T : Not Tr u e
II. O > S : Tr u e
Th erefore, B > D < T < M II . P > T : Not Tr u e
11. (2) D > E = H > F = G
Con cl u si on s : 20. (5) Con cl u si on s :
D >E = H < J
I . B @ T B > T : Not Tr u e I . R < T : Tr u e
Con cl u si on s :
II . M @ D M > D : Tr u e II. T > H : Tr u e
I. J > D : Not Tr u e
III. B @ M B > M : Not Tr u e (2 1 -2 2 ) :
II. G < J : Tr u e
4. (4) K # W K = W C>H <M <R=A
M @ W M > W 12. (1) B > J > R > Z Z>M >Y
R  M R > M B >J >R> F< W C>H <M <Z
Th er efor e, Co n cl u si on s : Y<M <R=A
K =W <M <R I. J > F : Tr u e C>H <M >Y
Con cl u si on s : II. B > W : Not Tr u e C>H <M <Z
I. K % M K < M : Tr u e 13. (3) E > F = G > T = I Z>M <R=A
Con cl u si on s : 21. (2) Con cl u si on s :
II. W % R W < R : Tr u e
I . I < E : Not Tr u e I . Z > C : Not Tr u e
III. R @ K R > K : Tr u e
II . I = E : Not Tr u e II . Y < A : Tr u e
5. (5) M @ K M > K
I is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to 22. (4) Con cl u si on s :
K  T K > T E. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or I . Y > C : Not Tr u e
T # J T = J II fol lows. II . Z > A : Not Tr u e
Th er efor e, 14. (1) G > H < T
(2 3 –2 4 ) :
M >K >T = J I > F B S>G
Con cl u si on s : H > J W < S; W > M
I. J # K J = K : Not Tr u e G >H > J M <W <S
II. M @ J M > J : Tr u e J <H < T B S>W >M
Con cl u si on s : W <S>G
III. J % K J < K : Not Tr u e
I . J < G : Tr u e 23. (5) Con clusi on s
J is eit h er sm aller t h an or equ al to
II . F < H : Not Tr u e I . G W < X < Y II . M > S : Not Tru e
III follows.
V >W< X < Z 24. (2) Con clu si on s
6. (4) R H N R < N
Con cl u si on s : I . M V : Not Tr u e II . G < W : Not Tr u e
B # T B = T II . Y > W : Tr u e 25. (4) K > B = N N > P T < N; P > U
R<N P K >B =N B =N >T
I. B @ R B > R : Tr u e M >N> P< O Con clu si on s
II. T @ N T > N : Tr u e M >N>P>S I . P > K : Not Tr u e
III. R % T R < T : Tr u e O >P> S II . T < K : Tr u e
Con cl u si on s : 26. (5) Op t i o n (1 )
7. (4) A > B < C < D > F
I . S < M : Tr u e E >Z >R>B =C >Q
Con cl u si on s :
II . O < M : Not Tr u e  Z>Q
I. F > B : Not Tr u e
17. (1) M > A > E > F < G Op t i o n (2 )
II. A > D : Not Tr u e Con cl u si on s : N>Q >A =C Z
8. (5) P > X > Y = Q > Z I . M > E : Tr u e No relati on can be est abl ish ed b e-
Con cl u si on s : II . G < A : Not Tr u e tween Q an d Z.
–13 1 –
CODED INEQUALITY
Op t i o n (3 ) B ×K B =K 7. (1 ) Ser ies–I
Q >R>M =P<A >Z R+B R>B 0 +4 + 8 +5 +0 +0 +2 + 3 +6 +
No relati on can be est abl ish ed b e- Th erefor e, R > B = K < S < F 5 = 33
tween Q an d Z. Con cl u si on s : Seri es–II
Op t i o n (4 ) 5 + 5 + 0 + 11 + 2 2 + 0 + 1 2 + 24 +
I . F + K  F > K : Tr u e
Z<S=B <L <O <Q 5 + 5 = 89, 33 + 89 = 1 22
II . K ÷ R  K < R : Tr u e
 Z<Q 8. (2 ) Ser ies–I
3. (3 ) H = V  H < V
Op t i o n (5 )
Z =T <D <Y=X <Q A×ZA=Z Nu m b er Nu m ber Let t er
 Z<Q H –Z H > Z
F+V F> V Th ere is on l y on e su ch com bin ati on
(2 7 –2 8 ) :
M >A >L =T >E < D Th erefore, F > V > H > Z = A 23 R
:
27. (4) Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
I . L > D : Not Tr u e I . A × H  A = H : Not Tr u e Seri es–II
II . E > M : Not Tr u e II . H + A  H > A : Not Tr u e
Nu m b er Sym bol Let t er
28. (1) Con cl u si on s : H is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to
I . E < A : Tr u e A. Th ere is n o su ch com b in ation .
II . M < D : Not Tr u e 4. (3 ) I + O  I > O 9. (1) y   ; z  (1 7)
(2 9 – 3 0 ) : R –I  R > I Th ere are 3 3 el em en t s between 
C>R=A <W <L Z×RZ= R an d (17). M idway b etween  an d
S<A J ÷Z J < Z (1 7)  
R< W < L Th erefor e, J < Z = R > I > O 10. (4)
S<A<W <L Con cl u si on s : –4 –1 –4 –5
   7 
C>R=A>S I . Z × I  Z = I : Not Tr u e
–1 –1 –2 –19
29. (5) Con cl u si on s : II . Z + I  Z > I : Not Tr u e N U M  1
I . R < L : Tr u e Z is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to I. P –6
2 +1
3 +5
P +2
6
II . L > S : Tr u e 5. (4 ) Q ÷ R  Q < R 11. (4 ) Th ere ar e 32 el em en t s each in
30. (3) Con cl u si on s : C+D C >D both th e series.
I . C > S : Not Tr u e F –R F > R Th e 7 th to t h e righ t of 17th el em en t
II . S = C : Not Tr u e D ×FD = F of th e from th e left m ean s 2 4th fr om
C is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to Th erefor e, C > D = F > R > Q th e l eft. As series h as b een reversed
S. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or t h e 2 4 t h f r om l eft m ean s 2 4 t h
Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on II is tru e. fr om t h e r igh t i n th e origin al series,
I . Q ÷ C  Q < C : Tr u e i.e., 9t h fr om th e left in th e ori gin al
31. (2) V < O < C = A > L > S
Con cl u si on s : II . C + F  C > F : Tr u e ser i es.
I . L < V : Not Tr u e 6. (4 ) Th ere ar e 32 el em en t s each in 9t h fr om th e left i n Series I  R
II . C > S : Tr u e both th e series. Si xth t o t h e righ t of 13 th el em en t
32. (4 ) P = A < R < M  P < M Th e 7 th to t h e righ t of 17th el em en t fr om th e righ t m ean s 7th from t h e
of th e from th e left m ean s 2 4th fr om righ t.
INSURANCE EXAMS th e l eft. As series h as b een reversed Now, 3rd to th e left of th e 7th fr om
t h e 2 4 t h f r om l eft m ean s 2 4 t h th e r igh t m ean s 10 th from th e r igh t.
fr om t h e r igh t i n th e origin al series, Bu t, th e last 16 elem en t s h ave been
(1 –5 ) : –
i.e., 9t h fr om th e left in th e ori gin al wr itt en in th e reverse order i n Se-
ri es II. Th erefore, r equ ired el em en t
ser i es.
wou ld be 7th fr om t h e righ t i n t h e
9t h fr om th e left i n Series I  R or igi n al sequ en ce, i.e., (11 ).
1. (1 ) M × X  M = X
Si xth t o t h e righ t of 13 th el em en t 12. (1 ) Ser ies–I
L ÷O L < O
fr om th e righ t m ean s 7th from t h e 0 +4 + 8 +5 +0 +0 +2 + 3 +6 +
N+M N>M righ t. 5 = 33
L =X L <X Now, 3rd to th e left of th e 7th fr om Seri es–II
Th er efor e, N > M = X > L < O th e r igh t m ean s 10 th from th e r igh t. 5 + 5 + 0 + 11 + 2 2 + 0 + 1 2 + 24 +
Con cl u si on s : Bu t, th e last 16 elem en t s h ave been 5 + 5 = 89
I . N + L  N > L : Tr u e wr itt en in th e reverse order i n Se-
13. (2 ) Ser ies–I
II . X ÷ O  X < O : Not Tr u e ri es II. Th erefore, r equ ired el em en t
2. (4 ) S = F  S < F wou ld be 7th fr om t h e righ t i n t h e Nu m b er Nu m ber Let t er
or igi n al sequ en ce, i.e., (11 ).
K ÷SK <S
–13 2 –
CODED INEQUALITY
Th ere is on l y on e su ch com bin ati on II. B > F : Tr u e II . A < D : Tr u e
23. (2) P > Q > R > S < T > U > V 32. (3 ) A < X < M < R = P > J
: 23 R Con clu si on s
Con cl u si on s :
Seri es–II I. Q > V : Not Tr u e I . J > A : Not Tr u e
II . X S : Tr u e
Nu m b er Sym bol Let t er (3 3 –3 4 ) :
24. (5) J > K > L ;
L >M >N <O < P; N= Z
Th ere is n o su ch com b in ation . N <L > M
M >N=Z
14. (1) y   J >K > L > M 33. (4) Con cl u si on s
z  (1 7) J >K > L > N I . M > Z : Not Tr u e
Th ere are 3 3 el em en t s between  Con cl u si on s : II . M = Z : Not Tr u e
an d (17). M idway b etween  an d
I. K > M : Tr u e M is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to
(1 7)  
II. J > N : Tr u e Z. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
15. (4)
25. (3 ) A = B > C = D > E ; II is tru e.
–4 –1 –4 –5
G <F =E ; C> H 34. (1) Con cl u si on s
   7 
I . L C =D >E =F >G
N U M  1 II . O > L : Not Tr u e
Con cl u si on s :
–6 +1 +5 +2 35. (4 ) S = T > U < R < E
P 2 3 P 6 I. G = A : May be Tr u e
U >M >Y
II. G < A : May be Tr u e
16. (3) H > M = K > T > J S=T >U >M
G is ei th er equ al t o A or sm all er th an
 H > T an d J < M S=T = U= M
A. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
17. (4) O > P > Q > R S=T > U= M
II is defin itely tru e.
S = T> U > M
R<S< T 26. (5) T < D < S < Y ; D > R > L ;
S<N S=T = U> M
Con cl u si on s :
T <D > R Con clu si on s
I . O > S : Not Tr u e
L <R<D < S I . S > M : Not Tr u e
II . T > P : Not Tr u e
Con clu si on s II . M = S : Not Tr u e
18. (1) A E > F M. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
II . S > L : Tr u e
G<A R > L ;
C >B =D > E > F S<N (3 6 –3 7 ) :
Con cl u si on s : R<D <S K >J >M <O
I . D > A : Tr u e N>S<Y M >U = H ; J > T
II . A < E : Not Tr u e Con clu si on s H =U <M <O
(1 9 –2 0 ) : I . S < R : Not tr u e K >J > T
H >I =J >K > L II . Y > N : Not tr u e 36. (3) Con cl u si on s
N >M >I =J >K >L 28. (5) A K ; J O : Not Tr u e
H >I = J < M < N J H : Tr u e
19. (4) Con cl u si on s : Con clu si on s 37. (5) Con cl u si on s
I . H > M : Not Tr u e I . B < K : Not tr u e I . K > T : Tr u e
II . J < C : Tr u e
II . N < H : Not Tr u e II . J < O : Not Tr u e
29. (3) D < J < Y < L < S ;
20. (2) Con cl u si on s : 38. (4 ) R > W < F = Z
Y>M <T
I . M K : Tr u e I . F < R : Not Tr u e
Con clu si on s
21. (2 ) A G II . Z < W : Not Tr u e
I . L > M : Tr u e
Con cl u si on s : II . D < S : Tr u e 39. (1) B > K > J < M
I. G < C : Not Tr u e 30. (2) P > Q > R < D = E < F Con clu si on s
II. F > B : Tr u e Con clu si on s I . J C = D > E ; I . P > D : Not Tr u e II . M > B : Not Tr u e
G<F= E ; C> H II . Q < E : Not Tr u e 40. (2 ) D = T < H > N
A=B >C >H 31. (5) A K ; J C=D >E = F J K I . H < D : Not Tr u e
Con cl u si on s : Con clu si on s II . H > D : Tr u e
I. A > H : Tr u e I . K > J : Not tr u e 41. (5 ) H < N < K < D
–13 3 –
CODED INEQUALITY
Con clu si on s M < P < U = R > T
4
I . D > N : Tr u e A> R > T  16 5 – 10 19
3
II . H < K : Tr u e
P E > K = J –
Con clu si on s 49. (4) Con c l u si on s : 55. (4) –
I . J < E : Not Tr u e I . M < T : Not Tru e
Option (1)
II . W > K : Not Tr u e II . T < A : Tru e
19 + 5 – 4 × 2 ÷ 4 = 11
43. (2 ) R < M = B > T 50. (3) Con cl u si on s :  1 9 × 5 ÷ 4 + 2 – 4 = 11
Con clu si on s I . A > P : Tru e
5
I . R < T : Not Tr u e II . P < T : Not Tru e  19 2 –4 11
4
II. T < M : Tr u e (5 1 – 5 2 ) :
Option (2)
(4 4 –4 5 ) : A>B =C<S 19 × 5 – 4 + 2 ÷ 4 = 16
B >E>A<L
Q >C > R  1 9 + 5 ÷ 4 × 2 – 4 = 16
T>A>S
B >E>A<T A>B =C<Q 5
T>A<L  19 2 –4 16
R < C < S 4
B >E>A>S
A> B = C > R 5
L>A>S  19 –4 16
44. (1) Con clu si on s Q>C<S 2
I . T > B : Not Tr u e 51. (1) Con cl u si on s : Option (3)
II . L > T : Not Tr u e I . Q > B : Tru e 19 + 5 + 4 – 2 × 4 = 13
45. (4) Con clu si on s II . S > R : Tru e  1 9 × 5 × 4 ÷ 2 + 4 = 13
I. B > S : Tr u e 52. (3) Con cl u si on s : 380
II . L > S : Tr u e I . R < A : Tru e  4 13
2
(4 6 –4 7 ) :
II . Q > S : Not Tru e Option (4)
L =I >N < E
N>S 53. (5) K D > R 19 × 5 ÷ 4 + 2 – 4 = 22
S<N<E Z < H  1 9 + 5 – 4 × 2 ÷ 4 = 22
L =I >N >S K Z 2
L =I > N> S  19 5 –4 22
Z < H > D > R 4
L =I = N= S
Con cl u si on s :  1 9 + 5 – 2 = 22
L =I > N= S
I . Z <K : Tru e
L =I = N> S
II . Z > R : Not Tru e
56. (2)
I. S < E : Tr u e
–
54. (1) 70 –2 + 4 ÷ 5 × 6
–
II . E > L : Not Tr u e  70 ÷ 2 – 4 × 5 + 6
47. (2) Con cl u si on s Option (1)
 35 – 2 0 + 6
I. S = L : Not Tr u e 16 + 5 – 10 × 4 ÷ 3 = 9
 41 – 2 0 = 21
II . L > S : Not Tr u e 16 × 5 ÷ 10 + 4 – 3 = 9
ppp
L is eit h er greater t h an or equ al to S. 8 + 4 –3 = 9
Therefore, eith er Conclu sion I or Con - Option (2)
cl u si on II is tru e. 16 – 5 × 10 ÷ 4 + 3 = 12
16 ÷ 5 + 10 – 4 × 3 = 12
48. (3) V < E > B = H > N
B <T 16
 10 – 12 12
V <E >B <T 5
T>B =H >N Option (3)
Con clu si on s 16 + 5 ÷ 10 × 4 – 3 = 9
I . T > V : Not Tr u e 16 × 5 – 10 + 4 ÷ 3 = 9
II . N < T : Tr u e
4
(4 9 – 5 0 ) :  80 – 10 9
3
P T
Option (4)
R<A 16 × 5 ÷ 10 ÷ 4 – 3 = 19
P>M 16 + 5 – 10 – 4 ÷ 3 = 19
–13 4 –
CODED INEQUALITY
MODEL EXERCISES
Di rect i on s (1-4) : In an im agin ary lan- tions
B @9 T W I 8 K N 6 © V 7 Z Q
gu age, th e digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 14. In wh ich of th ese expression s ‘S > V’
an d 9 are su bstitu ted by a, b, c, d, e, f, g, 8. I f al l t h e sy m b ol s i n t h e ab ove be defin itely false?
h , i an j. An d 10 is written as ba. arran gem en t are dropped, wh ich of (1) S > P > Q = G > R > V
1. (cd + ef) × be is equ al to th e followin g will be th e seven teen th (2) P < A < S < T; V > O > T
(1) 684 (2) 816 from th e left en d ? (3) V < A < L = R < S
(3) 916 (4) 1564 (1) 1 (2) F (4) S > C > F < H; V < F
(5) Non e of th ese (3) 9 (4) B (5) S > T = O > P; V < J = P
2. dc × f – (bf – d) × d is equ al to
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) bce (2) bcf
9. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e eigh th SHORT ANSWERS
(3) abe (4) abb
to th e righ t of th e twen tieth from th e
(5) Non e of th ese 1.(2) 2.(1) 3.(3) 4.(3)
righ t en d of th e above arran gem en t?
3. baf ÷ bt × d is equ al to
(1) T (2) % 5.(2) 6.(2) 7.(3) 8.(3)
(1) d (2) b e
(3) 2 (4) 6
(3) cb (4) d f 9.(1) 10.(2) 11.(5) 12.(4)
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
10. How man y su ch consonants are th ere 13.(5) 14.(2)
4. bee+ fg – (ca × h / be) is equ al to
(1) bh c (2) bib in th e ab ove arr an gem en t each of
wh ich is im m ediately preceded by a
(3) bja (4) bic EXPLANATIONS
nu m ber bu t not imm ediately followed
(5) Non e of th ese
by an oth er con son an t ?
Di r ect i on s (5 –7 ) : Read th e follow- 1. (2) (cd + ef) × be = (23 + 45) × 12 =
ing in formation to answer th ese qu estions: (1) None (2) On e
(3) Two (4) Th r ee 68 × 12 = 816
I . P  Q m ean s P is m oth er of Q. 2. (1) dcxf – (bf – d) × d = 32 × 5 – (15
II . P  Q m ean s P is sister of Q. (5) More th an th ree
– 3) × 3
III. P $ Q m ean s P is fath er of Q. 11. Fou r of th e followin g five are alik e in
= 160 – 12 × 3 = 160 – 36 = 124
IV. P # Q m ean s P is broth er of Q. a certain way based on th eir posi- = bee
tion s in th e above arran gem en t an d
5. Wh ich of th e followin g m ean s D is 3. (3) baf ÷ bt × d =105 –15 × 3 = 7 × 3
defin itely dau gh ter of A ? so form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e = 21 = cb
th at does n ot belon g to th at grou p ?
(1) A $ B # C # D
(1) 2DE (2) 9BW FG h IJ
(2) C A $ D  B
(3) A  C $ B  D (3) PM3 (4) 6VK
4. (3) bee+ fg – ca
H be K
(4) B  A $ C # D (5) R# J = 200 –10 –190 = bja.
(5) Non e of th ese 12. How m an y su ch n u m bers are th ere 5. (2) Opt i on (1 )
6. Wh ich of th e followin g m ean s R is in th e ab ove arr an gem en t each of A $ B : A is th e fath er of B.
broth er of T? wh ich is im m ediately preceded by a B # C : B is th e broth er of C.
(1) R  S # U $ T con son an t an d imm ediately followed C # D : C is th e broth er of D.
(2) U  R # S # T by a sym bol ? Th e sex of D is n ot k n own . D is ei-
(1) None (2) On e th er son or dau gh ter of A.
(3) U  R  S # T
(3) Two (4) Th r ee Opt i on (2 )
(4) K # R $ S  T
(5) More th an th ree C  A : C is th e m oth er of A.
(5) Non e of th ese
13. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g sy m b ol s A $ D : A is th e fath er of D.
7. Wh ich of th e followin g m ean s A is
n eph ew of C ? sh ou ld be placed in th e blan k spac- D  B : D is th e sister of B.
(1) D # C $ B # A  E es respect ively (in t h e sam e ord er Th u s, D is th e dau gh ter of A.
(2) A # B $ D  E $ C from left to righ t) in order to com - 6. (2) Opt i on (1 )
(3) C # D $ B # A $ E plete th e given expression in su ch a R  S : R is th e m oth er of S.
(4) B  E # C $ E  A m an n er th at both ‘D > S’as well as R is a fem ale.
‘E < B’defin itely h olds tru e? Opt i on (2 )
(5) Non e of th ese
B __ A __ S __ E __ D U  R : U is th e m oth er of R.
Di r ect i on s (8 –1 2 ) : Stu dy th e follow-
(1) >, >, <, = (2) >, =, >, < R # S : R is th e broth er of S.
in g arran gem en t carefu lly an d an swer th e
(3) >, >, >, < (4) >, =, >, < S # T : S is th e broth er of T.
qu estion s given below :
(5) Oth er th an th ose given as op- So, R is th e broth er of T.
M4PA3%R5# EJ 2$DF1UH
–13 5 –
CODED INEQUALITY
7. (3) Option (1) Opt i on (3 )
D # C : D is th e broth er of C. C # D : C is th e broth er of D.
C $ B : C is th e fath er of B. D $ B : D is th e fath er of B.
B # A : B is th e broth er of A. B # A : B is th e broth er of A.
A  E : A is th e sister of E. A $ E : A is th e fath er of E.
So, A is th e dau gh ter of C. So, A is th e n eph ew of C.
Opt i on (2 ) 8. (3) Accordin g to qu estion , th e n ew sequ en ce wou ld be
A # B : A is th e broth er of B. M 4 PA 3 R 5 E J 2 D F 1 U H B 9 T W I 8 K N 6 V 7 Z Q
B $ D ; B is th e fath er of D.
D  E : D is th e sister of E.
17 t h fr om t h e l eft en d
E $ C : E is th e fath er of C.
9. (1) Eigh th to th e righ t of th e twen tieth from th e righ t en d m ean s twelfth from th e
B is th e fath er of D an d E.
righ t th e righ t en d, i.e., T.
B is th e gran dfath er of C.
So, A is th e gran dfath er of C. 10. (2) Nu m ber Constan t Vowel or Nu m ber or Sym bol
Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin ation D > S : Tru e S<T<O<V

E A=S>E<D V<A<L =R<S
2 2 D > S : Not Tru e
R # J Clearly, S > V
–2 4
E C>F<H
P
–2
M
4
3 B >A>S>E <D
V <F
D > S : Not Tru e
6
2
V
–4
K S>C>F>V
E V
2 –4
2 D E Option (5)
B >A=S>E<D
12. (4) D > S : Not Tru e S>T=O>P
E T=O>P=J >V
14. (2) Option (1)
Su ch com bin ation s are : S>P>Q =G>R>V Clearly, S > V
qqq
Clearly, S > V
R5# ; J 2$ ; N6
Option (2)
13. (5) Option (1) P<A<S<T
B >A>S<E =D V >O>T
–13 6 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
DISTANCE & DIRECTION

9. If a p erson walk s 5 m towards North
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS fr om poi n t F an d t h en tak es a righ t
tu rn , wh ich of th e foll owin g p oin ts
1. Ni k h i l wal k ed 3 0 m et r es t owar d s tak es a righ t t u rn . After tak in g t h e wou ld h e reach fi rst ?
East, took a left tu r n an d walk ed 20 r i gh t t u r n , i t t r avel s 5 k m an d (1) G (2) D
m etres. He again took a left tu rn an d reach es t own B. From t own B t h e (3) E (4) A
walk ed 3 0 m etr es. How far an d in bu s t ak es a ri gh t tu r n agai n , trav- (5) C
wh ich dir ect ion is h e from h is star t- el s 2 1 k m an d stop s. How far an d
Di r ect i on s (1 0 -1 1 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
in g poin t ? towar ds wh i ch directi on m u st t h e
lowin g i n for m at ion carefu ll y an d an swer
(1) 20 m et res Nor th bu s t ravel t o r each town D ?
th e gi ven qu esti on s :
(2) 80 m et res Nor th (1) 13 k m towar ds Sou th
(Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO
(3) 20 m et res Sou th (2) 5 k m towards West Ex am . 26 .12 .20 10 (I st si t t i n g)
(4) 80 m et res Sou th (3) 21 k m towar ds Sou th Poin t B is 12 m etr es sou th of poi n t
(5) Data inadequ ate (4) 5 k m t owards Sou th A. Poin t C i s 2 4 m etres east of poi n t B.
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i c er (5) Non e of th ese Poin t D is 8 m etres sou th of poin t C. Poin t
Ex am . 2 4. 0 1. 20 10 ) (Sy n d i cat e Ban k PO D is 12 m etr es east of p oin t E an d poi n t
2. W walk ed 30 m etres toward s Sou th , Ex am . 2 9 . 0 8 . 2 0 1 0 ) F is 8 m etres n orth of poi n t E.
t ook a l eft t u r n an d w al k ed 5 0 6. Poin t P i s 1 1 k m t owards th e East 10. If a m an h as to travel to poin t E from
m etres, again h e took a left tu rn an d of poin t Q. A m an starts fr om poi n t Poin t A (th rou gh th ese poin ts by th e
walk ed 3 0 m et r es. H ow far is h e Q an d t r avel s 9 k m t owar d s t h e sh ort est distan ce), wh ich of th e fol-
fr om th e starti n g p oin t? West. He th en tak es a left tu r n an d lowin g poin t s will h e pass th rou gh
(1) 80 m etr es (2) 10 0 m etr es tr avels 4 k m . H e fi n al ly tak es a left fi rst ?
(3) 13 0 m etr es (4) 50 m etr es tu rn an d tr avels 2 0 k m b efore stop-
(1) Poin t C (2 ) Poin t D
(5) Non e of th ese pi n g. How far an d towards wh i ch
di rection m u st h e travel in ord er to (3 ) Poin t F (4) Poin t B
(Cor p or at i on Ban k PO
Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 ) reach poi n t P ? (5 ) Non e
3. W wal k ed 40 m etres towar ds West, (1) 11 k m towar ds Sou th 11. If a m an is stan di n g facin g n or th at
took a left tu r n an d walk ed 3 0 m e- (2) 4 k m t owards Nor th poi n t C, h ow far an d in wh i ch dir ec-
tr es. He th en took a righ t tu r n an d (3) 24 k m towar ds Sou th ti on is p oin t F ?
walk ed 20 m etres. He agai n t ook a (4) 9 k m t owards Nor th (1) 12 m etres west
ri gh t tu rn an d walk ed 30 m etres. (5) Non e of th ese (2) 24 m etres east
How far was h e fr om th e st ar ti n g (Pun j ab Nat i on al Ban k Spec i al i st Of f i c er (3) 12 m etres east
poin t ? Ex am . 2 4. 1 0. 20 10 ) (4) 24 m etres west
(1) 70 m etr es (2) 60 m etr es Di r ect i on s (7 – 9 ) : St u dy th e follow- (5) Non e of th ese
(3) 90 m etr es in g i n for m at ion carefu lly an d an swer t h e Di r ect i on s (1 2 –1 3 ) : St u dy th e fol-
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed given qu esti on s. lowin g i n form ation to an swer t h e given
(5) Non e of th ese (Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a qu esti on s :
(Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO Ex am . 1 9. 1 2. 20 10 )
(Cor p or at i on Ban k PO Ex am . 16. 01. 201 1)
Ex am . 1 6. 0 5. 20 10 ) Poin t D is 14 m towar ds th e West of
Poin t P i s 9 m t owards th e East of
4. Su sh il wal k ed 15 m et res toward s Poi n t A. Poin t B is 4 m towards th e Sou th
Poin t Q. Poin t R is 5 m towards th e Sou th
Sou th , took a l eft tu r n an d walk ed of poin t D. Poin t F i s 9 m toward s t h e
of poin t P. Poin t S is 3 m towards th e West
20 m etres agai n h e took a l eft tu rn Sou th of poi n t D. Poin t E is 7 m towar ds
of poin t R. Point T is 5m towards th e North
an d walk ed 1 5 m etr es. How far an d th e East of poi n t B. Poi n t C is 4 m t o-
of p oin t S. Poi n t V i s 7m toward s th e
in wh i ch d ir ecti on i s h e from th e wards th e North of poi n t E. Poi n t G is 4
m towards th e Sou th of poi n t A. Sou th of poi n t S.
star tin g poi n t ?
7. Wh ich of th e followin g p oin t s are in 12. If a per son wal k s in a strai gh t li n e
(1 ) 2 0 m etr es, West
a str aigh t l in e ? for 8 m towar ds west from poi n t R,
(2 ) 2 0 m etr es, East
wh ich of th e followin g p oin ts wou ld
(3 ) 5 0 m etr es, West (1) D, E, A (2) E, G, C
h e cr oss th e fi rst ?
(4 ) 5 0 m etr es, East (3) D, B, G (4) E, G, B
(1) V (2) Q
(5) Data in adequ ate (5) F, B, C
(3) T (4) S
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO 8. A is in wh ich d irecti on with respect
Ex am . 3 0. 0 5. 20 10 ) to C ? (5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
5. Town D i s 1 3 k m towar ds th e East (1) East (2) West 13. Wh ich of th e followin g p oin t s are in
of town A. A bu s star ts from town a str aigh t l in e ?
(3) North (4) South
A, tr avels 8 k m towar ds West an d (1) P, R, V (2) S, T, Q
(5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
–13 7 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
(3) P, T, V (4) V, T, R Poin t P is 5 m etres t o t h e n or th of Towar ds wh ich d irecti on i s t own H
(5) S, V, T Poin t L. fr om t own F?
14. An office bu s d river starts from t h e Poin t W i s 4 m etres to th e west of poi n t (1 ) East
office, d rives 2 k m towar ds Nort h , L. (2) Sou th-East
tak es a left t u rn an d dr ives for 5 (3) North -East
Poin t S is 3 m etr es t o t h e sou th of Poi n t
k m . H e th en tak es a l eft tu r n an d (4) Data in adequ ate
dr ives for 8 k m befor e t ak in g a left W.
tu rn again an d drivin g for 5 k m . Th e Poin t S i s 7 m etres to th e west of Poi n t B.
(SBI & Rur al Busi n ess PO
dr iver fin al ly tak es a l eft tu r n an d Poin t X is 8 m etr es t o t h e n or th of poi n t Ex am . 1 8. 04. 201 0)
dr ives 1 k m before st opp in g. H ow B. Di r ect i on s (4 –8 ) : Stu dy th e fol low-
far an d t ow ar d s w h i ch d i r ect i on 18. Wh ich of th e th ree poi n ts lie in a in g i n for m at ion an d an swer t h e foll owi n g
sh ou l d t h e d river dri ve to r each t h e qu esti on s :
str aigh t lin e ?
office agai n ? (SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer
(1) J , S, W (2) B, S, W
(1 ) 3 k m towar ds Nor th Ex am 2 8 .0 4 .2 0 13 )
(2 ) 7 k m towards East (3) B, L, X (4) J , P, X A, B, C, D, E, G an d I are seven
(3 ) 6 k m towar ds Sou th (5) L, S, W fr ien ds wh o stu dy in th r ee differen t stan -
(4 ) 6 k m towards West 19. Poin t J i s i n wh ich di rection wi th dards n am ely 5t h , 6th an d 7 th su ch th at
respect to p oin t L ? n ot less than two friends stu dy in the sam e
(5 ) 5 k m towar ds Nor th
st an d ard. Each fri en d also h as a di ffer -
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE 1 8. 09. 201 1) (1) North-West (2) North en t favou ri te su bject n am ely Hi story, Civ-
15. Poin t B i s 3 m etres North of poi n t (3) Sou th-East (4) North-East ics, En glish , M arath i , H in d i, M ath s an d
A. Poin t C i s 3 m etres West of poi n t (5) East Economics bu t not necessarily in the sam e
B. Poin t D is 5 m etres Sou th of poin t ord er.
C. Poin t E i s 7 m etres East of poi n t A lik es M ath s an d stu dies i n th e 5th
D. In wh ich of th e followin g d irec- SBI PO EXAMS st an d ard wit h on ly on e oth er fr ien d wh o
ti on s is poin t E, wit h r eferen ce to li k es Mar at h i. I stu d ies wit h two oth er
poin t B ? 1. Moh an wal k ed 30 m etres towar ds fr ien ds. Bot h t h e frien ds wh o stu dy wi th
(1) East (2) Sou th-East Sou th , took a l eft tu r n an d walk ed I lik e lan gu ages (Here lan gu ages in clu de
(3) North-East (4) South 15 m et res. He th en took a righ t tu rn on ly Hin di, Marath i an d En glish ). D stu d-
and walk ed 20 m etres. He again took ies in t h e 6t h stan dard with on ly on e p er -
(5) Non e of th ese
a righ t t u rn an d walk ed 1 5 m etres. son an d does n ot l ik e ci vics. E st u di es
(I DBI Ban k Of f i c er
How far is he from the starting point? wi th on l y on e frien d. Th e on e wh o lik es
Ex am . 1 6. 1 2. 20 12 )
h i stor y does n ot stu d y in 5t h or 6th stan -
16. Poin t R is 10 m etr es n or th of poi n t (1) 95 m etr es (2) 50 m etr es dard. E does n ot l ik e lan gu ages. C does
A. Poin t K is ex actly in th e m iddl e of (3) 70 m etr es n ot l ik e En glish , H in d i or Ci vics.
t h e poi n t s R an d A. Poi n t N i s 7 4. Wh ich com bi n at ion rep resen t s E’s
m etres east of poi n t A. Poin t M is 7 favou rite su bject an d th e stan dard
m etres east of poi n t K. Poin t S is 6 (5 ) Non e of th ese
in wh ich h e stu dies ?
m etres n orth of poin t M. Wh at is th e (SBI Assoc i at es Ban k PO
(1) Ci vics an d 7 th
di stan ce bet ween p oin ts S an d N ? Ex am . 0 7. 03. 201 0)
(2) Econ om ics an d 5 th
(1) 13 m etr es (2) 16 m etr es 2. Ash ok st a r t ed w al k i n g t ow a r d s
(3) Ci vics an d 6 th
(3) 11 m etr es (4) 12 m etr es Sou th . After walk i n g 50 m etr es h e
(4) Hi stor y an d 7 th
(5) Non e of th ese t ook a r i gh t t u r n an d wal k ed 3 0
(5) Econ om ics an d 7 th
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I , 26. 10. 201 3) m etres. H e t h en took a ri gh t tu rn
5. Wh ich of th e followin g i s I’s favou -
17. W walk ed 30 m etres toward s Sou th , an d walk ed 1 00 m etr es. He again
ri te su bj ect ?
took a left tu r n an d walk ed 5 0 m e- t ook a r i gh t t u r n an d wal k ed 3 0
(1) Hist ory
tr es, again h e took a left tu r n an d m etres an d stopped. How far an d
(2) Civics
walk ed 3 0 m et r es. H ow far is h e in wh ich dir ect ion was h e from t h e
(3) Marath i
fr om th e starti n g p oin t? star tin g poi n t ?
(4) Eit h er En glish or Marath i
(1) 80 m etr es (2) 10 0 m etr es (1 ) 5 0 m etr es Sou th (5) Ei th er En gli sh or Hin di
(3) 13 0 m etr es (4) 50 m etr es (2 ) 1 50 m etr es Nor th 6. Wh o am on gst th e followin g st u di es
(5) Non e of th ese (3 ) 1 80 m et res East in th e 7t h stan d ard ?
(Cor p or at i on Ban k SO (M ar k et i n g) Ex am ,
(4 ) 5 0 m etr es Nor th (1) G (2) C
22 .0 2.2 01 4)
(5 ) Non e of th ese (3) E (4) D
D i r ec t i o n s (1 8 -1 9 ) : St u d y t h e
following information carefu lly and answer (SBI & Rur al Busi n ess PO (5 ) Eith er D or B
th e qu est ion s given below : Ex am . 1 8. 04. 201 0) 7. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin ation s
is defi n i t el y cor r ect ?
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I V, 18. 10. 201 4) 3. Town D is towar ds East of town F.
Town B is towar ds Nort h of town D. (1) I an d Hin di
Poin t J i s 6 m etres to th e west of (2) G an d En gli sh
Town H is towards Sou th of t own B.
Poin t P. (3) C an d Marath i
–13 8 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
(4) B an d Hin di sou th of Poin t M. wal k s for an ot h er 20 m . H e t h en
(5) E an d Econ om i cs 13. Poin t M is in wh ich direction with walk s for 25m after tak in g a 90° left
8. Wh ich of th e followin g su bjects does respect to Poin t R? tu rn . Tu rin in g 90° towards h is righ t
G lik e ? (1)North east (2) Sou th east h e walk s for 10m to reach th e party
(1) Ei th er M ath s or Marat h i (3) South (4) East h all. How far an d in wh ich direction
(2) Ei th er H in di or En gli sh (5) North is th e party h all from h is office ?
(3) Ei th er H in d i or Civi cs 14. Poin t U is in wh ich direction with (1) 40m towards West
(4) Ei th er Hin di or M arat h i
(5) Ei th er Civi cs or Econ om i cs respect to Poin t S\ (2) 40m towards Sou th
(1) North west (2)South (3) 45m towards Sou th
9. B is 7 m etr es away i n t h e n or th of
A. A m oves 9 m etres t owards east (3) West (4) North east (4) 45m towards North
from th e startin g poin t, tak es a righ t (5) East (5) 40m towards North
tu rn an d walk s 2 m etres, th en tak es 15. Wh ich of th e followin g th ree poin ts (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary )
a left tu rn an d m oves 1 m etr e an d lie in a straigh t lin e exclu din g S K On l i n e Ex am . 21.06.2015)
fin ally he tak es a left tu rn an d m oves 19. Poin t A is 40m to th e n orth of poin t
M\
9 m etres. Now, h ow far an d in wh ich B. Point C is 20m to th e west of point
di rection i s A from t h e B? (1) BRS (2) UMK
A. Poin t D is 30m to th e sou th of
(1) 5 m et res East (3) SMY (4) BUR
poin t C. Poin t E is exactly m idway
(2 ) 10 m etres West (5) KMY
between poin ts D an d F in su ch a
(3 ) 5 m et res West 16. Poin t A is 30 m etres to th e east of
m an n er th at Poin t D, E an d F form
(4 ) 10 m etres East poin t B. Poin t C is 10 m etres to th e
a h orizon t al straigh t li n e of 40m .
(5) Non e of th ese sou th of Poin t A. Poin t D is 15 m e-
Poin t F is to th e east of point D. Point
(SBI Sp eci al i st Of f i c er tres to th e west of Poin t C. Poin t E is
(L aw Of f i cer : M M GS Scal e-I I ) exactly in th e m iddle of th e Poin ts D G is 30m to th e n orth of poin t F.
On l i n e Ex am , 19. 04. 201 4) an d F. Poin ts D , E an d F li e in a How far an d in wh ich direction is
Di r ec t i o n s (1 0 –1 2 ) : St u dy th e fol- straigh t lin e. Th e len gth of th e lin e poin t G from poin t A ?
lowin g i n for m at ion carefu ll y an d an swer (1) 30m towards West
DEF is 20 m etres. Poin t F is to th e
th e qu est ion s given below : (2) 40m towards North
n orth of Poin t D. Poin t G is 15 m e-
(SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e
Ex am , 1 9. 0 9. 20 14 )
tres to th e east of Poin t F. How far (3) 20m towards West
Poin t U is 8 m etr e east of Poi n t B. and in which direction is Poin t G from (4) 20m towards East
Poin t R is 2 m etre sou th of Poi n t B. Poi n t Poin t A ? (5) 30m towards East
R is 7 m etre n orth of Poi n t S. Poin t K is (1) 10 m etres, Sou th (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary )
b et ween poi n ts S an d M . Poin t K i s 3 (2) 15 m etres, North On l i n e Ex am . 21.06.2015)
m etre away from Poi n t M. Poi n t Y is 4 (3) 10 m etres, North 20. Poin t A is 30m to th e Sou th of poin t
m etre sou th of Poi n t M. (4) 15 m etres, Sou th B. Poin t C is 20 m to th e East of
10. Poin t M i s i n wh ich di rection wi th (5) 10 m etres, East poin t A. Poin t D is 15m to th e sou th
respect to Poi n t R?
(SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary ) of poin t C. Poin t D is exactly m id-
(1 )North east (2) Sou th east
On l i n e Ex am . 20.06.2015) way between poin ts E an d F in su ch
(3) South (4) East
17. A person starts from h is h ou se an d a m ann er that poin t E, D and F form
(5) North
m oves towards th e mark et. He walk s a h orizon t al straigh t li n e of 40m .
11. Poin t U i s i n wh ich di rection wi th
40 m etres towards sou th an d tak es Poin t E is to west of poin t D. How
respect to Poi n t S\
a righ t tu rn . After walk in g 30 m e- far an d in wh ich direction is poin t E
(1) North west (2)Sou th tres h e tak es a left tu rn an d walk s
(3) West (4) North east from poin t B ?
20 m etres. Fin ally he tak es a left tu rn
(5) East an d reach th e m ark et after walk in g (1) 45m towards Sou th
12. Wh ich of th e followin g t h ree p oin ts 30 m etres. How far an d in wh ich di- (2) 25 m towards sou th
lie i n a strai gh t lin e exclu din g S K M rection is h is h ou se from th e m ark et
\ (3) 30m towards west
?
(1) BRS (2) UMK (4) 35m towards n orth
(1) 60 m etres, Sou th
(3) SMY (4) BUR (2) 60 m etres, North (5) 45 m towards n orth
(5) KMY (3) 70 m etres, North (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary )
Di r ect i on s (1 3 –1 5 ) : Stu dy th e fol- (4) 70 m etres, Sou th On l i n e Ex am . 27.06.2015)
lowin g in form ation carefu lly an d an swer 21. A p erson star ts wal k in g fr om h i s
(5) 90 m etres, North
th e qu estion s given below :
(SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary ) h om e towards h is frien d’s place. He
(SBI M an agem en t Ex ecut i v e
Ex am . 19. 09.20 14) On l i n e Ex am . 20.06.2015) wal k s for 2 5 m towar d s West . H e
Poin t U is 8 m etre east of Poin t B. 18. A person starts walk in g from h is tak es a 90° righ t tu rn an d walk s for
Poin t R is 2 m etre sou th of Poin t B. Poin t office towards a party hall. He walk s 20m . He again tak es a 90° righ t tu rn ,
R is 7 m etre n orth of Poin t S. Poin t K is for 30m towards East. He tak es a an d walk s for 10m . He th en walk s
between poin ts S an d M. Poin t K is 3 m e- 90° righ t tu rn an d walk s for 15m . for an oth er 10m after tak in g a 90°
tre away from Poin t M. Poin t Y is 4 m etre He again tak es a 90° righ t tu rn , an d left tu rn . Tu rn in g 90° towards h is
–13 9 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
righ t, h e walk s for 15m to reach h is ? (1) Sou th-East (2) Sou th -West
frien d’s place. How far an d in wh ich (1) 120 (2) 150 (3) North-East (4) North - West
direction is th e frien d’s place from (2) 170 (4) 230 11. A m an starts fr om a poin t , walk s 8
h is h om e ? 3. Wh at is th e m i n im u m d ist an ce (in k m toward s n ort h , tu r n s r igh t an d
m etre approxim ately) between C an d walk s 12 k m , tu rn s left an d wal k s
(1) 30m towards East E? 7 k m , tu r n s an d wal k s 24 k m t o-
(2) 30m towards North (1) 53 (2) 78 wards sou th , tu rn s righ t an d wal k s
(3) 40m towards Sou th (3) 92 (4) 120 12 k m . In wh ich direction is h e from
4. Wh o is to t h e Sou t h -East of th e per - th e star tin g poin t ?
(4) 30m towards Sou th
son wh o is to t h e left of D ? (1) North (2) South
(5) 40m towards North
(1) A (2) B (3) West (4) East
(SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary )
(3) C (4) E (NI CL (GI C) AO (Fi n an c e) Ex am ,
On l i n e Ex am . 27.06.2015)
08 .0 9.2 01 3)
5. A m an was walk in g in th e even i n g
ju st before th e su n set. His wi fe said 12. Roh an wal k s a di stan ce of 3 k m s
RBI GRADE–B/ th at, h i s sh ad ow fell on h i s r igh t. If towards n orth , th en tu rn s to h is l eft
th e wife was walk i n g in t h e opp o- an d walk s for 2 k m s. He again tu rn s
NABARD GRADE–A left an d walk s 3 k m s. At th is poi n t
site direction of th e m an , then which
OFFICER EXAMS di rect ion th e wi fe was facin g ? h e tu rn s to h is left an d wal k s for 3
k m s. How m an y k m s is h e from t h e
(1) North (2) West
1. Fr om h is h ou se, Lok esh wen t 15 starting poin t?
(3) South (4) East
k m s to th e n orth . Th en h e tu rn ed (1) 5 k m s (2) 3 k ms
(Or i en t al I n su r an ce AO
west an d covered 10 k m s. Th en , h e (3) 2 k m s (4) 1 km
Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 )
tu rn ed sou th an d covered 5 k m s. 13. On e even i n g, Raja started to walk
Di r ect i on s (6 –1 0 ) : Read th e follow-
Fin ally tu rn in g to east, h e covered t owar ds th e Su n . Aft er walk in g a
in g i n for m at ion carefu lly an d an swer t h e
10 k m s. In wh i ch d irecti on is h e wh i le, h e tu rn ed to h is r i gh t an d
qu est ion s given b elow i t :
again to h i s r igh t . After walk in g a
from h is h ou se ? (Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y wh i l e, h e agai n t u r n ed r i gh t . In
(1) East (2) West Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 )
wh ich dir ect ion is h e facin g ?
(3) Sou th (4) North (i) P  Q m ean s Q i s to th e r igh t of P (1) South (2) East
(5) North east at a dist an ce of on e m etr e.
(3) West (4) North
(NABARD Of f i cer Gr ade ‘A’ (ii) P  Q m ean s Q is t o t h e Nor th of
(NI CL (GI C) AO Ex am , 08. 09. 201 3)
On l i n e Ex am . 01.03.2015) P at a d ist an ce of on e m et re
14. A squ irr el star ts cli m bi n g u p a tr ee
(iii) P  Q m ean s Q i s t o t h e left of P at th e speed of 6 m et res per m in u te
INSURANCE EXAMS at a dist an ce of on e m etr e. bu t after each 6 metres it slips down
(iv) P  Q m ean s Q is t o t h e Sou th of 4 m et res. It wi ll be abl e to reach a
1. P is 60 m Sou th -East of Q. R is 60
m Nort h -East of Q. Th en , R i s in P at a d ist an ce of on e m etr e. top of 12 0 m etr es h igh in :
wh ich di rection of P ? (v) In each of th e followin g qu estion s (1) 20 m in u tes (2) 60 m in u tes
(1) North (2) North-East al l p erson s face Sou t h .
6. If A  B  L  K, t h en K is in wh i ch 1
(3) South (4) Sou th-East (3) 58 m in u tes (4) 1 h ou rs
(Or i en t al I n su r an ce AO di rection with esp ect to A? 2
Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 ) (1) South (2) East (NI CL (GI C) AO Ex am , 1 5. 12. 201 3)
Di r ec t i o n s (2 –4 ) : Read th e follow- (3) North (4) West Di r ect i on s (1 5 -1 6 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
in g i n form at ion for an sweri n g t h e qu es- 7. If G  I  R  M, th en M is in wh i ch lowin g i n for m at ion carefu ll y an d an swer
ti on s th at fol low : di rection wi th respect to I ? th e qu est ion s given below :
(Or i en t al I n su r an ce AO (1) North-East (2) North-West Poin t L is 15m to th e east of poi n t K.
Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 ) Poin t M is 7 m to th e n orth of poi n t L.
(3) Sou th-East (4) Sou th -West
On a playin g gr ou n d A, B, C, D an d Poin t N is 6m to th e west of poi n t M. Poin t
8. If  B  C  D, th en D is in wh i ch O is 13m to th e sou th of poin t N. Poin t K
E are stan di n g as describ ed bel ow faci n g di rection with respect t o A ?
th e Nort h . is 7 m to th e sou th of poin t P.
(1) North (2) South 15. If a person wal k s 6m towards east
(i) B is 50 m etr es to th e righ t of D.
(3) East (4) West fr om poin t O an d th en tak es a left
(ii) A is 60 m etr es to th e Sou th of B.
9. If R  L  S  N  F, th en N is in tu rn , wh ich of th e followin g p oin ts
(iii) C is 40 m et res to th e West to D.
wh ich dir ect ion wit h r esp ect to L ? wou ld h e reach fi rst ?
(iv) E is 80 m etr es to th e Nor th of A.
(1) South (2) Sou th –West (1) L (2) M
2. If a boy walk s from C, m eet s D fol-
lowed by B, A an d th en E, h ow m an y (3) North (4) North –East (3) K (4) P
m et res h as h e walk ed if h e h as tr av- 10. If A  F  G  T  Q, th en Q is in (5) N
elled the straight distance all th rou gh wh ich dir ect ion wit h r esp ect to A ? 16. Poin t P i s i n wh ich di rection wi th
–14 0 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
respect to p oin t O ? left tu rn an d walk s for 30 m etres. He Poin t D with respect to Poin t Y?
th en tak es a righ t tu rn an d walk s for (1) 9 m towards sou th
(1) South (2) North -west
20 m etres. Again tu rn in g to h is righ t, (2) 11 m towards n orth
(3) Sou th-east (4) North h e walk s for 30 m etres an d reach es a
(5) Sou th -west (3) 11 m towards sou th
poin t Q. How far an d in wh ich direc-
(NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er tion is th is poin t Q from poin t P ? (4) 10 m towards sou th
(AO) Ex am , 10. 01. 201 5)
(1) 30 m etres towards North (5) 9 m towards n orth
Di r ect i on s (1 7 –1 8 ) : Stu dy th e fol- 25. If Sh u bh ra walk s 4m towards North
(2) 20 m etres towards Sou th
lowin g i n for m at ion carefu ll y an d an swer from poin t Z, in wh ich direction will
th e qu est ion s given below : (3) 20 m etres towards North
sh e h ave to walk in order to reach
(NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er (4) 30 m etres towards Sou th poin t D?
(AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 1.0 1. 201 5) (5) Other th an th ose given as option s. (1) Sou th -east (2) North-west
Poin t A is 1 7 m etr es to th e sou th of (OI CL Speci al i st Of f i cer (Fi n an ce)
(3) East (4) West
Poin t B. Poi n t C i s 9 m et res to th e West Ex am . 03. 05.20 15) (5) North
of Poin t B. Poi n t A i s 1 2 m etres t o t h e
Di r ect i on s6 (2 2 –2 3 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
west of Poin t F. Poin t D is 7 m etr es t o t h e
n orth of Poin t C. Poi n t E i s 2 1 m etr es to
lowin g in form ation carefu lly an d an swer SHORT ANSWERS
th e east of Poi n t D.
(LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
17. If a person wal k s 9 m etres towar ds (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 05.03.2016) NATIONALISED BANKS &
east from Poin t D an d th en tak es a Meenal starts from Point A, walk s 15m
r i gh t t u r n , wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS
to th e east an d reach es Poin t B. Sh e th en
poin t s wou l d h e reach fi rst ? tak es a left tu rn an d walk s 4m to reach 1. (1) 2. (4) 3. (2) 4. (2)
(1) F (2) C Poin t C. Sh e fin ally tak es a righ t tu rn an d
(3) E (4) B walk s 5m an d stops at Poin t D. 5. (4) 6. (2) 7. (4) 8. (1)
(5) A Reen a wh o i s st an d i n g at Poi n t Z 9. (3) 10. (4) 11. (1) 12. (4)
18. Poin t E is in wh i ch d irecti on wit h r e- wh ich is 7m to th e sou th of Poin t B walk s 13. (5) 1 4 . (5) 15. (2) 16. (3)
sp ect to Poi n t A ? 9 m t owar d s west t ak es ri gh t tu rn an d
17. (4) 18. (4) 19. (1)
(1) North-West (2) North-East walk s for 11m an d stops at poin t Y.
(3) North (4) South 22. How far an d i n wh ich direction is SBI PO EXAMS
(5) Sou th-East Poin t Y with respect to Poin t D ?
Di rect i on s (1 9–2 0 ) : Read th e follow- 1. (2) 2. (4) 3. (4) 4. (3)
(1) 14m towards west
in g i n for m at ion carefu lly an d an swer t h e 5. (1) 6. (1) 7. (3) 8. (2)
qu est ion s gi ven below : (2) 9m towards east 9. (4) 10. (2) 11. (4) 12. (1)
(NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er (3) 13m towards east 13. (2) 14. (4) 15. (1) 16. (3)
(AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 2.0 1. 201 5) (4) 9m towards west 17. (2) 18. (2) 19. (4) 20. (1)
Poi n t H i s 6 m towar ds t h e east of
(5) 14m towards east 21. (2)
Poin t G. Poi n t R i s 8m n orth of Poi n t G.
23. If Meen al walk s 11m towards sou th
Poin t Q is exactly m i dway b etween Poi n t
from Poin t D, in wh ich direction will RBI GRADE–B/
R an d Poin t G. Poin t K is 10m to th e sou th
sh e h ave to walk in order to reach
of Poin t Q. Poi n t L i s 3 m t owards th e east
of Poin t Q. Poin t S i s exactly m i dway b e- Poin t Z ? NABARD GRADE–A
tween Poin t G an d Poi n t H. (1) North (2) Sou th -east OFFICER EXAMS
19. If a p er son wal k s 4 m t owar d s t h e (3) West (4) North-west
sou th fr om Poin t L, t ak es ri gh t tu rn 1. (4)
(5) East
an d walk s for an oth er 3m , wh i ch of
Di r ect i on s (2 4 –2 5 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
th e foll owi n g poin ts wou ld h e reach
lowin g in form ation carefu lly an d an swer
INSURANCE EXAMS
?
th e qu estion s given below : 1. (1) 2. (4) 3. (3) 4. (1)
(1) Q (2) G
(3) K (4) H 5. (3) 6. (2) 7. (4) 8. (1)
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 06.03.2016)
(5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed 9. (2) 10. (4) 1 1 . (2) 12. (4)
Ku nal starts from Poin t A, walk s 14m
20. If a person wal k s 8 m t owards n or th to th e n orth an d reach es Poin t B. He th en 13. (1) 14. (3) 15. (1) 16. (2)
fr om Poi n t S, wh ich of t h e foll owi n g tak es a righ t tu rn an d walk s 5m to reach 17. (4) 18. (2) 19. (2) 20. (4)
poin ts wou ld h e cross an d how far poin t C. He fin ally tak es a left tu rn an d 21. (4) 22. (1) 23. (3) 24. (2)
will h e be from Point R? walk s 4m an d stops at Poin t D. 25. (3)
(1) G, 4m (2) H, 3m Sh u bh ra wh o is stan din g at poin t Z
(3) L, 6m (4) L, 3m wh ich is 6m to th e west of poin t B walk s
(5) G, 8m 7m towards sou th , tak es a left tu rn an d
21. Startin g from poin t P, Kish ore walk s walk s for 11m an d stops at poin t Y.
10 m etres towards Sou th . He tak es a 24. How far an d i n wh ich direction is
–14 1 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
6. (2) (1 2 – 1 3 ) :
EXPLANATIONS 9 km
Q
11 k m Nor th
P
9m
4 km
East
NATIONALISED BANKS & Q
T
P
20 k m Sou t h
IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS
Th e m an m u st t ravel 4 k m towar ds
5m
North to reach Poi n t P.
1. (1)
(7 –9 ) :
30 m N 7m 7m S R
D C A 3m
20 m W E 4m 4m 4m 7m
30 m 7m
St ar tin g S B E G
Poin t Nor th
5m V
Ni k h i l i s 2 0 m toward s n ort h .
2. (4) West East
F
Nor th
N Sou t h
7. (4) Poin ts B, E an d G are i n a st raigh t
W E line.
8. (1) A is towards East of C. West East
30 m
30 m
S 9. (3) I f a p er s o n w a l k s 5 m et r es
towar ds Nor th from Poin t F an d th en
Sou t h
t ak es a r igh t t u r n , h e wou l d reach
50 cm
Poin t E first. 12. (4) He wou ld cross Poi n t S.
3. (2) (1 0 – 1 1 ) : 13. (5) Poin t s S, V an d T are in a str aigh t
E 20 m 40 m A Nor t h line.
B Nor th 14. (5)
30 m
West East
30 m
A West East 5k m
Sou t h
12m
D 20 m C 2k m
Sou t h
Requ i red distan ce = AB + BE 24m Office
F
 4 0 + 20 = 60 m B C
4. (2) N
8m
8k m
8m 6k m 5k m
N
E D W E
A D W E
12m 1k m
S
15m 15m S
10. (4) A 15. (2)
B C
20m 3m
C B
Su sh i is 20 m et res towards East from B F
th e star tin g p oin t.
5. (4) 5m 3m
A
21 k m E
B
D E
11. (1) Poin t F i s 1 2 m etres west of Poi n t
5 km
7m
A D C.
8 km North
13 k m
NW NE
Nor th
West East
West East
SW SE
Sou t h South
–14 2 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
Poin t E i s i n Sou th -East directi on
wi th referen ce to Poi n t B. Nor t h B
16. (3) NW NE
H
S
West East
R F D H
6 m SW SE
5 m H
Sou t h
K M
18. (4) Poi n ts J , P an d X li e in a strai gh t (4 –8 ) :
line.
5 m 5 m 19. (1) Poin t L i s i n North -West d irec- Fr i en d s St an d ar d Fav ou r i t e
7 m ti on of poi n t L. Su bj ec t
A N
A 5t h Mat h s
Nor th SBI PO EXAMS B 7t h Hi n di / En gl i sh
C 5t h Mar at h i
N
1. (2) A D 6t h Econ om i cs
West East E 6t h Ci vi cs
W E
30m
G 7t h Hi n di / En gl i sh
S
15m
B C
I 7t h Hi st or y
Sou th
20m 4. (3) E’s favou rite su bject is Civics an d
Requ ir ed distan ce = (6 + 5 ) m etr es h e st u dies i n Stan dard 6t h .
= 11 m etr es E 5. (1) I’s favou rit e su bj ect is Histor y.
D
17. (4) 15m
6. (1) B, G an d I stu dy in Stan dard 7th .
N Requ i red di stan ce = AE = AB + BE 7. (3) C’s favou r ite su bj ect is M arat h i.
= (30 + 20)m = 50 m 8. (2) G lik es eit h er Hin di or En glish .
W E 2. (4) 9. (4)
30 m
30 m
S B
N
30 m
7m
D E
50 m
W E A 9 m
(1 8 –1 9 ) : 9 m
2m
A
S Nort h
6m 100 m
J P X 1m
East
West
50 m
5 m
Sou t h
C B
30 m
4m
8m
Requ i red distan ce

W L
= (9 + 1 ) m etr es
Requ i red distan ce = BE – AB
3 m
= 10 m etr es
= (100 – 50) m = 50 m
Direction  East
Di rect ion  North
S B
7m 3. (4) Th e p osit ion of town H is n ot sp e-
cifically m en tion ed.
–14 3 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
(1 0 –1 2 ) : Nor t h
8m NW NE
B U North
2m NW NE
West East
R
SW SE
West East
7m Sou t h
Requ i red distan ce AF
= (15 + 2 5) m etr es
S K M SW SE
5m 3m = 40 m etr es
South
4m Party h al l i s t o th e sou t h of h i s of-
fice.
Y 19. (4)
It is clear from the diagram th at poin t
10. (2) Poin t M is in Sou th east direction G is 10 m etr es to th e n orth of poi n t 20 m 20 m
C A G
wi th resp ect to Poi n t R. A.
11. (4) Poin t U i s i n Nort h east d irecti on 17. (2)
wi th resp ect to Poi n t S.
12. (1) Poin ts B, R an d S li e in a str aigh t 30 m 30 m 30 m
line.
H ou se
(1 3 –1 5 ) : E F
D
40 m 20 m 20 m
8m 10 m
B U 30 m .
2m B
20 m .
R Poin t G is 20 m etr es to th e east of
Mar ket Poin t A.
30 m 20. (1)
7m
B
Requ i red distan ce
S K M
5m 3m = (40 + 2 0) m etr es
4m = 60 m etr es 30m
Per son ’s h ou se i s t o t h e n ort h of
Y m ark et.
18. (2) 20m
13. (2) Point M is in Sou theast direction A C
with respect to Point R. A 30 m B
14. (4) Poin t U is in North east di rection 15m
with respect to Point S. 20m
15 m E D F
15. (1) Poin ts B, R and S lie in a straight 20m
line.
20 m
Nor t h
C
16. (3) D NE
NW
15 m 25 m West East
F G
10 m SW SE
10 m F E
10 m Sout h
15 m 15 m
B E A BE = (30 + 1 5) m etr es
= 45 m etr es
10 m 10 m Point E is to the sou th of Point B.
21. (2)
D C
15 m
–14 4 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
E 15m F (2 –4 ) :
8. (1) D
10 m Fr iend’s
place
D
C E
10m B A C
20 m
15m 9. (2) L
40 m 50 m
C D B
B 25m A
AF = (20 + 10) m etres F N R S
60 m
= 30 m etres
Point F is to the north of Point A. 10. (4) Q
A
RBI GRADE–B/ G
T
NABARD GRADE–A 2. (4) Total di stan ce covered b y b oy
OFFICER EXAMS = (40 + 50 + 60 + 80) m = 230 m
F A
1. (4) E
10 k m 11. (2)
20 m
3. (3) 7 km
5 km 12 k m
C B
90 m 8 km
10 km 8 km
(CE)2 = (CB )2 + (BE)2
St ar t in g
17 k m
15 km  CE b90 g b20 g2 2 Poi nt
9 km 9 km
8100 400 8500
12 k m
= 92. 19 m  92 m
4. (1) C is the left of D. A is to th e Sou th - Nort h
East of C.
It is clear from th e diagram th at n ow
5. (3) In th e even i n g th e sh adow wi ll
h e is to th e n orth of h i s h ou se. West East
cast in th e East. East was to th e righ t
of th e m an . It m ean s m an was wal k -
INSURANCE EXAMS in g towar ds Nort h . Th er efore, wi fe Sout h
1. (1) was faci n g toward s Sou t h . It is clear from th e d iagram th at t h e
6. (2) m an i s in th e Sou th di rection fr om
R N th e star tin g p oin t.
NW NE 12. (4)
A K North
NW NE
Q E
W
Nor t h
60 West East
B L
m SW SE
P S SW SE West East
Sou th
It is cl ear fr om th e diagram t h at R is 2 km
in n orth dir ect ion of P. 7. (4) I G Sou t h
3 km
1 km
St ar tin g
M R Poin t
–14 5 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
13. (1 ) In th e even in g th e Su n i s seen in North Direction  Sou th
th e West.
NW NE (2 2 –2 3 ) :
Y C 5m D
West East 4m
15 m B
A
It is cl ear from t h e diagram th at h e
is facin g towar ds Sou t h . SW SE 11 m
14. (3) In on e m in u tes the squ irrel climbs South 7m
u p two m etres. Th erefore, th e squ i r -
17. (4 ) It i s clear fr om th e di agr am h e
rel will cl im b u p 120 – 6 = 11 4 m e-
wou ld reach Poi n t B first. Z
t r es i n 5 7 m i n u t es an d i n 5 8 t h
18. (2) Poin t E i s in North -East direction 9m
m i n u t e i t will be on th e top of t h e
wi th resp ect to Poi n t A.
t ree. Nor th
(1 9 – 2 0 ) :
(1 5 –1 6 ) :
R NW NE
6m
P N M West East
4 m.
SW SE
7m 7m 3 m.
Q L Sou th
22. (1) Poin t Y i s (9 + 5) m = 14 m et re
K L
15m towar ds West fr om th e Poi n t D.
4 m.
6m 23. (3) It is clear from th e diagram th at
Meenal wou ld have to walk towards
3 m. 3 m.
G S H West to reach Point Z.
O
(2 4 -2 5 ) :
6 m. D
North
NW NE 4m 4m
K
19. (2) He wou ld reach at th e poi n t G. 6m 5m
Z B C
West East 20. (4) He wou ld cross poi n t L an d n ow
h e is 3 m fr om poi n t R.
SW 21. (4) 7m
SE
P
Sou th
10 m Y
15. (1) If a p er son walk s 6 m etr es to- 11 m 14 m
wards east from poin t O an d tak es a 30 m
left tu rn, h e wou ld reach poin t L first.
16. (2) Poin t P i s i n North –West d irec- A
ti on of poi n t O. 20 m
(1 7 –1 8 ) :
Q
21 m
D E 30 m
Nort h
7m
9m
C B
24 m West East
17 m
South 24. (2) Point D is 11 m etre towards n orth

12 m PQ = (20 + 10) m etres of Poi n t Y.
A F = 30 m etres 25. (3) Sh e wou l d walk towar ds East.
ppp
–14 6 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
MODEL EXERCISES
1. At m y h ou se I am facin g East, th en I in th ree r ows of t h ree fields each . On e (5) Non e of th ese
tu rn left an d go 10 m , th en I tu rn side of th e field ru n s exactly East West. 13. Stan din g on a rock , Ravi said th at
righ t an d go 5 m an d th en I go 5 m Th e m iddle squ are m u st be plan ted with Madu rai was m ore than 3 k m bu t less
rice becau se it is wet. Th e wh eat an d bar - th an 8 k m from th ere. Prabh u said
towards th e Sou th an d from th ere 5
ley sh ou ld be con tin u ou s so th at th ey can th at it was m ore th an 6 k m bu t less
m towards th e West. In wh ich direc- be h arvested all at on ce by th e m ech an i-
tion am 1 from m y h ou se? th an 10 k m from t h ere. If both of
cal h arvester. Two of th e field sh ou ld be
th em are correct, h ow far is Madu rai
(1) East (2) West plan ted with soyabean s. Th e North West-
from th e rock ?
(3) North (4) South ern m ost field sh ou ld be plan ted with pea-
n u ts an d th e Sou th ern th ird of th e field is (1) 8 k m (2) 6 k m
(5) Non e of th ese
su itable on ly for vegetables. (3) 7 k m
2. A an d B start walk in g in opposite di-
Th ese qu estion s refer to th e follow- (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
rection s. A covers 3 k m an d B cov- in g squ ares (5) Non e of th ese
ers 4 k m . Th en , A tu rn s righ t an d
(1) Th e squ are im m ediately North of 14. Ram wal k s 1 0 m Sou t h fr om h i s
walk s 4 k m wh ile B tu rn s left an d th e rice h ou se, tu rn s left an d walk s 2 3 m ,
walk s 3 k m . How far is each from (2) Th e squ are im m ediately East of again tu rn s left an d walk s 40 m , then
th e startin g poin t? th e rice tu rn s righ t an d walk s 5 m to reach
(1) 5 k m (2) 4 k m (3) Th e squ are im m ediately West of h is sch ool. In wh ich direction is th e
(3) 10 k m (4) 8 k m th e rice sch ool from h is h ou se?
(5) Non e of th ese (4) Th e squ are im m ed iat ely Nort h - (1) East (2) North -East
3. Ram wal k s 1 0 m Sou t h fr om h i s East of th e rice. (3) Sou th-West (4) North
h ou se, tu rn s left an d walk s 2 5 m , (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
again tu rn s left an d walk s 40 m , then 7. If Batu k Sin gh decides to plan t th e
15. A taxi driver com m en ced h is jou rn ey
tu rn s righ t and walk s 5 m to reach to wh eat n ext to th e pean u ts, in wh ich
from a p oin t an d dr ove 1 0 k m to-
squ are will th e barley be?
sch ool. In wh ich direction th e sch ool wards North an d tu rn ed to h is left
8. Which squ are can not be planted with
is from h is h ou se? an d drove an oth er 5 k m . After wait-
wh eat?
(1) Sou th-West (2) North -East in g to m eet on e of h is fri en ds, h e
9. Which squ are can not be planted with
(3) East (4) North tu rn ed to h is righ t an d con tin u ed to
soyabeans?
drive an oth er 10 k m . He h as covered
(5) Non e of th ese 10. ‘A’is east of ‘B’an d west of ‘C’, ‘H’is
a distan ce of 2 5 k m so far bu t in
Di r ect i on s (4 -6 ) : Read th e situ ation sou th -west of ‘C’and ‘B’is Sou th -East
wh ich direction m ay h e n ow be go-
given below to an swer th ese qu estion s a, of ‘X’. Wh o is at th e farth est West?
ing?
b, c, d, e, f, g, h an d i are n in e h ou ses.c is (1) C (2) A
(1) North (2) West
2 k m East of b. a is 1 k m North of b an d h (3) X (4) B
(3) East (4) South
is 2 k m Sou th of a. g is 1 k m West of h (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
wh ile d is 3 k m East of g an d f is 2 k m 11. A river flows West to East an d on th e
way tu rn s left an d goes in a sem i- 16. A girl leaves from h er h om e. Sh e first
North of g. i is situ ated ju st in m iddle of b
circle rou n d a h illock an d th en tu rn s walk s 30 m in North -West direction
an d c wh ile e is ju st in m iddle of h an d d.
left in a righ t-an gles. In wh ich direc- an d th en 30 m in Sou th -West direc-
4. Distan ce between e an d g is tion . Next, sh e walk s 30 m in
tion is th e river fin ally flowin g?
(1) 2 k m (2) 1 k m (1) North (2) South Sou t h -East d i recti on . Fi n al l y, sh e
(3) 5 k m (4) 1.5 k m (3) East (4) West tu rn s towards h er h ou se. In wh ich
(5) Non e of th ese direction is sh e m ovin g?
(5) Non e of th ese
5. Distan ce between a an d f is 12. A postm an was retu rn in g to th e post (1) Sou th-West (2) Sou th-East
(1) 1.41 k m (2) 3 k m office wh ich was in fron t of h im to (3) North -East (4) North -West
(3) 2 k m (4) 1 k m th e North . Wh en th e post office was (5) Non e of th ese
100 m away from h im , h e tu rn ed to 17. Rajesh walk ed 25 m towards Sou th .
(5) Non e of th ese th e left an d m oved 50 m to deliver Then he tu rn ed to h is left an d walk ed
6. Distan ce between e an d i is th e last letter at Sh an tivilla. He th en 20 m . He th en tu rn ed to h is left an d
(1) 4 k m (2) 2 k m m oved in th e sam e direction for 40 walk ed 25 m . He again tu rn ed to h is
(3) 1 k m (4) 3 k m m , tu rn ed to h is right an d moved 100 righ t an d walk ed 15 m . At wh at dis-
m . How m an y m away h e was n ow tan ce is h e from th e startin g poin t
(5) Non e of th ese an d in wh ich direction ?
from th e post office?
Di r ec t i o n s (7 -9 ) : Far m er B at u k (1) 60 m , East (2) 35 m , East
(1) 0 (2) 150
Sin gh has a larger squ are field divided into
(3) 90 (4) 100 (3) 35 m , North (4) 40 m , East
n in e sm aller squ ares, all equ al, arran ged
–14 7 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
(5) Non e of th ese sam e r ow faci n g Nor th . Sh ab in a’s (5) Non e of th ese
18. Sarita is stan din g facin g North , sh e h ou se is in th e North -East direction 27. P an d S walk on e an d a h alf len gth s
walk s 10 k m straigh t, tu rn s left an d of Van i’s h ou se at a distan ce of 25 m . of th e side clock wise an d clock wise
walk s an oth er 10 k m and tu rn s righ t Determ in e th at Ru ch i’s h ou se is in respectively. Which one of th e follow-
an d walk s 5 k m an d fin ally tu rn s left in g statem en ts is tru e?
w h i ch d i r ect i on w i t h r esp ect t o
an d walk s 15 k m to reach a park . (1) P an d S are both at th e m idpoin t
Shabina’s h ou se?
Wh ich direction is sh e facin g n ow? between Q an d R
(1) South (2) East (2) P an d S are at th e m idpoin ts be-
(1) East (2) West
(3) North (4) South (3) North -East (4) West tween R an d San d Q an d R re-
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese spectively
19. Th e door of Aditya’s h ou se faces th e 24. Kailash faces towards North . “Tu rn - (3) P is at m idpoin t between Q an d R
E ast . Fr om t h e b ack si d e of h i s in g to h is righ t, h e walk s 25 m . He an d S is at th e corn er origin ally
h ou se, h e walk s straigh t 50 m , th en occu pied by P
th en tu rn s to h is left an d walk s 30
tu rn s to th e righ t an d walk s 50 m (4) S is at th e m idpoin t between Q
m . Next, h e m oves 25 m to h is righ t.
again . Fin ally, h e tu rn s towards left an d R an d P is at th e m idpoin t
He th en tu rn s to h is righ t again an d
an d stops after walk in g 25 m . Now, between the origin al side of R an d
walk s 55 m. Fin ally, he tu rns to righ t S
Aditya is in wh ich direction from th e
startin g point? an d m oves 40 m . In wh ich direction (5) Non e of th ese
(1) North -East (2) Sou th-East is h e n ow from h is startin g poin t?
28. P, Q, R an d S walk on e an d a h alf
(3) Sou th-West (4) North -West (1) South (2) Sou th-West sides clock wise. Wh o is on th e left of
(5) Non e of th ese (3) North -West (4) Sou th-East Q, if h e is facin g West?
20. Two ladies an d two m en are playin g (5) Non e of th ese (1) S (2) R
cards an d are seated at North , East, Di r ect i on s (2 5 -2 8 ) : Attem pt th ese (3) P (4) Q
Sou th an d West of a table. No lady is qu estion s based on th e inform ation given . (5) Non e of th ese
facin g East. Person s sittin g opposite 29. A train ru n s 120 k m in West direc-
to each oth er are not of th e sam e sex. P, Q, R an d S are stan din g on fou r
tion , th en 30 k m in Sou th direction
On e m an is facin g Sou th . Wh ich di- corn ers of a squ are piece of plot as sh own
an d th en 80 k m i n East dir ecti on
rection s are th e ladies facin g? in th e given figu re. Th ey start m ovin g an d before reach in g th e station . In wh ich
(1) Sou th an d East th e m ovem en ts are explain ed in each of direction is the station from the train ’s
(2) East an d West th e qu estion s. startin g point?
(3) North an d East Q (1) Sou th-East (2) North -West
R
(4) North an d West N (3) Sou th-West (4) South
21. Bh avik a an d Su n ain a start sim u lta- 30. Man u goes 40 k m North , tu rn s righ t
n eou sly towards each oth er from two S E an d goes 80 k m , tu rn s righ t again
places 100 m apart. After walk in g 30 an d goes 30 k m . In th e en d, h e tu rn s
m , Bh avik a tu rn s left an d goes 10 m , righ t again an d goes 80 k m . How far
th en sh e tu rn s righ t an d goes 20 m w is h e from his starting point if h e goes
and then tu rn s righ t again an d comes P S straigh t ah ead an oth er 50 k m an d
back to th e road on wh ich sh e h ad 25. P Q, R an d S walk diagon ally to op- tu rn s left to go h is last 10 k m ?
started walk in g. If both Bh avik a an d posite corn ers an d from th ere, Q (1) 40 k m (2) 30 k m
Su n ain a walk with th e sam e speed, an d R walk on e an d a h alf sides an ti- (3) 10 k m (4) 50 k m
wh at is th e distan ce between th em
clock wise while P an d S walk one side (5) Non e of th ese
at th is poin t of tim e?
clock wise alon g th e sides. Wh ere is 31. From a poin t, Rajn eesh started walk -
(1) 70 m (2) 10 m S n ow?
(3) 40 m (4) 20 m in g towards East an d walk ed 35 m .
(1) At th e Sou th -West cor n er He th en tu rn ed towards h is righ t an d
(5) Non e of th ese
(2) At th e North -East corn er walk ed 20 m an d h e again tu rn ed
22. A m an starts from a poin t an d m oves (3) At th e North -West cor n er righ t an d walk ed 35 m . Fin ally, h e
3 k m n orth , th en tu rn s to west an d
(4) Non e of th e above tu rn ed to h is left an d walk ed 20 m
goes 2 k m. He tu rn s North an d walk s an d h e reach ed h is destin ation . Now,
(5) Non e of th ese
1 k m an d th en m oves 5 k m towards, h ow far is h e from h is startin g poin t?
26. Q travelled straigh t to R, a distan ce
East. How far is h e from th e startin g
of 10 k m. He tu rned righ t and walk ed (1) 50 m (2) 55 m
point? 7 k m towar ds S. Again , h e tu rn ed (3) 20 m (4) 40 m
(1) 11 k m (2) 10 k m righ t an d walk ed 8 k m an d th en fi-
(5) Non e of th ese
(3) 5 k m (4) 8 k m n ally tu rn ed righ t an d walk ed 7 k m .
How far is h e from h is origin al posi- 32. A d i recti on al p ost is er ect ed on a
(5) Non e of th ese cr ossi n g. I n an acci d en t , i t w as
tion?
23. Ru chi’s h ou se is to th e righ t of Van i’s tu rn ed in su ch a way th at th e arrow
(1) 2 k m (2) 8 k m
h ou se at a distan ce of 20 m in th e wh ich was first sh owin g East is n ow
(3) 7 k m (4) 3 k m
–14 8 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
sh owin g Sou th . A passerby wen t in a (1) North -East (2) North -West J ack tu rn s right an d ru ns 60 m wh ile
wron g direction th in k in g it is West. (3) Sou th-East (4) North Bu nty tu rns left an d ru ns 40 m. Then,
In wh ich direction is h e actu ally trav- J ack tu rn s left an d ru n s 50 m wh ile
(5) Non e of th ese
ellin g n ow? Bu n ty tu rn s righ t an d ru n s 50 m .
37. If Sou th -East becom es North , North - How far are th e two frien ds n ow from
(1) South (2) North East becom es West an d so on , wh at each oth er?
(3) East (4) West will West becom e? (1) 130 m (2) 100 m
(5) Non e of th ese (1) Sou th-West (2) Sou th-East (3) 150 m (4) 140 m
33. A person goes 20 m towards Sou th , (3) North -East (4) North -West (5) Non e of th ese
th en tu rn s left an d goes 20 m an d (5) Non e of th ese 43. Hem an t walk s from h is h ou se an d
an oth er 20 m to th e left an d th en 60 38. Wh ile facin g East, I tu rn to m y left m oves 4 m towards North . He tu rn s
m to th e righ t. In wh ich direction is an d walk 10 m , th en tu rn to m y left left at 90° to h is righ t an d m oves 3
h e goin g n ow? an d walk 10 m . Now, I tu rn 45 de- m . He tak es an oth er 90° tu rn to th e
(1) North (2) South grees towards m y righ t in North -West r i gh t an d wal k s 1 m . Fr om h er e,
(3) East (4) West d ir ect ion an d cover 2 5 m . At t h i s H em an t t u r n s 9 0 ° t o t h e left an d
m oves for an oth er 1 m . He fin al ly
(5) Non e of th ese poin t, in wh ich direction am I from
tu rn s 90° to th e righ t an d m oves for
34. A m an was walk in g with h is face to- m y startin g poin t?
an oth er 3 m , h is fin al destin ation .
wards East. He walk ed 30 m an d th en (1) Sou th-East (2) Sou th-West Wh at is th e di stan ce b et ween th e
tu rn ed to h is righ t by an oth er 30 m . (3) North -East (4) North -West startin g an d destination points?
He again tu rn ed towards h is righ t by (5) Non e of th ese (1) 4 m (2) 7 m
60 m . He n ow tu rn ed back by 90 m . 39. From m y hou se, I wen t towards North (3) 5 m (4) 8 m
Wh ich direction was h e facin g n ow? for 1 0 m , t ook left tu r n for 10 m , (5) Non e of th ese
(1) North (2) South righ t tu rn for 5 m an d walk ed tak in g 44. A ch ild is look in g for h is m oth er. He
(3) East (4) West righ t tu r n . In wh at direct ion was I wen t 80 m in th e East before tu rn in g
(5) Non e of th ese goin g at th at poin t? to h is ri gh t . He wen t 20 m before
(1) East (2) South tu rn in g to h is righ t again to trace h is
35. From th e given equ ilat eral tri an gle
m oth er at h is m arried sister’s h ou se,
below, Rak esh , Lok esh an d Bh agat (3) North (4) West
20 m from th is poin t. His m other was
ru n alon g th e sides in clock wise di- (5) Non e of th ese n ot th ere. From th ere, h e wen t 100
1 40. Rajesh ’s car is facin g towards Sou th . m to h i s Nor t h wh er e h e m et h i s
rection an d stop after coverin g 1 He drives 10 k m an d tu rn s left an d m oth er wh o was sh oppin g th ere in
2
drives 10 k m . Th en , h e tu rn s righ t th e m ark et. How far did th e son m eet
sides. Wh ich of th e followin g state- an d d ri ves 4 0 k m . H e t u r n s ri gh t h is m oth er from th e startin g poin t?
m en ts is tru e? again an d drives 30 k m . Lastly, h e (1) 80 m (2) 60 m
tu rn s righ t an d drives 50 k m . How (3) 100 m (4) 140 m
N
far is Rajesh from th e startin g poin t? (5) Non e of th ese
Rak esh
(1) 10 k m (2) 20 k m 45. A person is facin g West. He tu r n s
w E (3) 40 k m (4) 60 k m 60° in th e clock wise direction an d
(5) Non e of th ese th en an oth er 180° in th e sam e direc-
tion an d th en tu rn s 270° in th e an ti-
41. Sh ravan an d Bh agat start walk i n g
clock wise direction . Wh ich direction
Lok esh Bh agat S from a poin t. Sh ravan walk s in West
is h e facin g n ow?
direction an d Bh agat in Sou th direc-
tion . After coverin g 20 k m , Sh ravan (1) North -West (2) West
(1) Lok esh is to th e west of Bh agat
tu rn s left an d walk s 15 k m . Bh agat (3) Sou th-West (4) South
(2) Rak esh is t o th e Sou th -West of
Lok esh walk s 10 k m , tu rn s left an d walk s 5 (5) Non e of th ese
k m . Sh ravan , th en tu rn s left again 46. Rish i walk s 20 k m towards North .
(3) Lok esh i s to t h e Nor th -West of
an d walk s 25 k m , wh ereas Bh agat From th ere, h e walk s 16 k m towards
Rak esh tu rn s righ t an d walk s 5 k m . How far Sou th . Th en , h e walk s 3 k m towards
(4) B h agat i s t o t h e Nor th -East of are Sh ravan an d Bh agat from each East. How far an d in wh ich direction
Rak esh oth er? is Rish i with referen ce to h is startin g
(5) Non e of th ese (1) Th ey are back at the startin g poin t point?
36. Village A is 20 k m to th e n orth of Vil- (2) 5 k m (1) 5 k m North -East
lage B. Village C is 18 k m to th e East (3) Th ey are at th e sam e place at th e (2) 5 k m West (3) 7 k m East
of Village B, Village D is 12 k m to th e fin ishin g poin t (4) 7 k m West (5) Non e of th ese
West of Village A. If Raj Gopal starts (4) Data in su fficien t 47. A clock is placed in su ch a m an n er
from Village C an d goes to Village D, (5) Non e of th ese th at at 12 O’clock , its m in u te-h an d
in wh ich direction is he from his start- 42. Two frien ds J ack an d Bu n ty start a points towards n orth -east. In wh ich
ing point? race an d togeth er th ey ru n for 50 m . direction does its h ou r -h an d poin t
at 1:30 pm ?
–14 9 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
(1) West (2) South 52. Had Am aya tak es a righ t in stead of
(3) North (4) East tak ing a left from poin t T, wh ile reach-
= 42 32
(5) Non e of th ese ing everyth in g else the sam e, in what = 25
48. Ram starts from h is h ou se on cycle direction wou ld poin t V be from point = 5 km
an d goes 10 k m towards North -East. T? 3. (2) Sch ool is in North -East direction
He tu rn s to th e left an d cycles 8 k m , Sch ool
(1) South (2) North 5m
th en h e tu r n s towards Sou th -West
an d cycles for an oth er 10 k m . Fi- (3) North –West (4) North–East
Hou se N
n ally, h e tu rn s towards h is h ou se. (5) Sou th –East
40 m
In wh ich direction is h e going n ow ?
10 m W E
(1) South (2) Sou th-East SHORT ANSWERS
(3) West (4) North -West
(5) Non e of th ese 25 m S
1.(3) 2.(1) 3.(2) 4.(1) (4 -6 ) :
49. Mahender walk ed 30 m etres towards
east, took a righ t tu rn an d walk ed 5.(4) 6.(3) 7.(4) 8.(3) Th e position s of all th e n in e
h ou ses are given below
an oth er 40 m etres. He again took a 9.(4) 10.(2) 11.(3) 12.(3)
left tu rn an d m oved 30 m etres. In f a
wh ich direction is h e n ow from th e 13.(4) 14.(2) 15.(1) 16.(3)
startin g poin t ? 17.(2) 18.(2) 19.(4) 20 .(4)
(1) North -East (2) East 21 .(4) 22 .(3) 23 .(1) 24 .(4)
(3) Sou th-East (4) Sou th 1
25 .(2) 26 .(1) 27 .(1) 28 .(2) b c
(5) Non e of th ese 2
50. Poin t B is 5 m etr es to t h e east of 2 9.(3) 3 0.(4) 3 1.(4) 3 2.(2)
Poin t A. Poin t C is 3 m etres to th e 3 3.(3) 3 4.(3) 3 5.(2) 3 6.(2)
sou th of Poin t B. Poin t D is 4 m etres
3 7.(2) 3 8.(4) 3 9.(1) 40 .(2)
to th e west of Poin t C. Poin t D is 7
41 .(3) 42 .(2) 43 .(1) 44 .(3) 1
m etres to th e sou th of Poin t E. Poin t g
F is 1 m etre to th e west of Poin t E. 45 .(3) 46 .(1) 47 .(4) 48 .(2) h e d
Poin t G is 1 m etre to th e sou th of 1
Poin t F. If Poin t H is 1 m etre to th e 4 9.(3) 50 .(2) 51 .(4) 52 .(3) 4. (1) Th e distan ce between e an d g is 2
east of Poin t A, th en wh at is th e dis- km.
tan ce between Poin t H an d Poin t C ? EXPLANATIONS 5. (4) Distan ce between a an d f is 1 k m .
(1) 7 m etres (2) 5 m etres 6. (3) Th e distan ce between e an d I is 1
1. (3) Clearly, en d poin t is to th e North km
(3) 3 m etres (4) 4 m etres of startin g poin t.
(5) 8 m etres (7 -9 ) :
5m N
D i r ec t i o n s (5 1 –5 2 ) : St u d y t h e F1 Pean u t s Wh eat B ar l ey
following information carefu lly and answer
W E Veget abl es
th e qu estion s given below : 10 m F2 Soyabean s
5m
Am aya star t s fr om poi n t P d aci n g
S F3 Ri ce
North . He walk s for 5m an d reach es poin t End point
5m
Q. H e tak es a righ t tu rn an d walk s for 7. (4) In th e squ are wh ich is North East
14m an d reach es poin t R. He th en tak es a of rice.
left tu rn, walk s for 2.5 m and reach es point St ar ting
Hou se 8. (3) Th e squ are im m ed i at el y Nort h
poin t
S. He tak es an oth er left tu rn , walk s for West of rice squ are can n ot be plan ted
2. (1) Distance of both of them from start-
7m an d reach es poin t T. He tak es a left with wh eat.
in g poin t.
tu rn again , walk s for 7.5m an d reach es 9. (4) The squ are immediately North East
poin ts U. He tak es a left tu rn , walk s for of th e rice squ are can n ot be plan ted
3.5 to reach poin t V. with soyabean .
51. How far an d i n wh ich direction is 10. (2) Accordin g to figu re, B is th e far -
Am aya from poin t P? th est distan ce.
4 km
(1) 5.5 m West 5 km
5 km X
(2) 7 m East
3 km B A C N
(3) 3.5 m North –East
(4) 10.5 m East H W E
3 km 4 km
(5) 10.5 m Sou th –East St ar t in g poin t
S
–15 0 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
Here, X i s at th e m ost fart h est From th e figu re, it is clear th at h e is 20. (4)
west. If in qu estion it is written th at goin g in North direction .
with respect to C wh o on e is at m ost 16. (3) Man
farth est th en th e an swer will be B, N
becau se X will be North West of C.
m
30 m N Lad y
30
11. (3) River, Fin ally goes in th e East di- Man W E
rection . St ar t
W E
Lad y S
30 m
S
So, ladies are facin g North an d West
West East For reach in g h er h ou se, sh e sh ou ld direction .
m ove North -East direction . 21. (4)
12. (3) 17. (2)
St ar t 15 m 20 m
Q P En d
N 10 m 10 m
30 m
25 m
25 m
100 100 W E Su naina
Bhavik a
100 m
20 m S
40 50 Wh en Bh avik a travels a distan ce
Requ ired distan ce of 50 m (in th e straigh t lin e), Su n ain a
Hen ce th e postm an is 50 + 40 = = 20 + 15 = 35 m in th e East. travels a distan ce of 70 m .
90 m from th e post office. 18. (2)  Distan ce between th em
13. (4) Let th e distan ce to Madu rai be x = (70 – 50) = 20 m
km. 15 k m N 22. (3)
Then , accordin g to Ravi, 3 < x < 8
5 km
an d accordin g to Prabh a, 6 < x < 10 5 km
W E
Given , wh en both of th em are cor - 10 k m Q
rect, th e distan ce to Madu rai can n ot 1 km R
be determ in ed exactly as it cou ld be S
10 k m 2 km
an y th in g between 6 an d 8. N
Not e:-Th e distan ce m ay be 6.2 k m ,
3 km
6.8 k m , 7.5 k m . E
W
14. (2)
St ar t
5m S P
From th e figu re it is clear th at sh e is
Sch ool facin g east direction .
H ou se QR = 5 k m – 2 k m = 3 k m
N 19. (4)
PQ 2 = QR2 + PR2 = 9 + 16
40 m W E
 PQ = 25 = 5 KM
25m
10 m 23. (1)
S N
23 m R
N
Hen ce, th e sch ool of Ram is to th e 50 m W E
m
North -East from th e h ou se. 25 W E
15. (1)
S
S S
V
N 20 m
10 k m
50 m So, Ru ch i’s h ou se is in Sou th direc-
W E
5 km tion from Sh abin a’s hou se.
So, Aditya is in North -West direction
S
from th e startin g poin t.
St ar t
–15 1 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
24. (4) 29. (3) 34. (3)
120 km St ar t N Star ti n g 30 m
N Poi n t N
30 m 25 m
St ar t
25 m E W E 30 m E
55 m W 30 k m W
60 m
40 m S S
En d S 80 k m End
40 m 90 m
So, th e train is in Sou th -West direc-
So, h e is in Sou th -East direction from tion from startin g poin t. So m an is n ow facin g in th e east.
startin g poin t. 30. (4) 35. (2)
25. (2) Rak esh New di agr am
80 k m
After movem en t
Q R S P a Lok esh
S
30 k m B h agat
N N N
S
W E W E W E R 40 k m 80 k m
Lok esh B h agat Rak esh
50 k m
S S S 10 k m
P S R Q P Th u s, Rak esh is to th e Sou th -West of
En d St ar t
Lok esh .
So, S is at North -East cor n er.
Requ ired distan ce = 50 k m 36. (2)
26. (1) 31. (4)
Q 12 k m
10 k m R A
St ar t D
A B
7 km 7 km 35 m
S
20 m
8 km
20 k m
 Requ ired distan ce = 10 – 8 = 2
D C
km
35 m
27. (1) 20 m
E
Q P R B C
18 k m
S
N Requ ired distan ce
AE = 20 + 20 = 40 m Th u s Raj Gopal is m ovin g in North -
W E 32. (2) West direction .
En d 37. (2)
N W'
S
N
P an d S are both at th e m idpoin t be- W E S' N'
tween Q an d R.
28. (2)
S E' W E
From th e figu re, it is clear th at North
P
is sh owin g West. So th at person is
N
goin g in North direction .
SE
33. (3)
S
S W E Q Star ti n g
poi n t 60 m Now th e direction s ch an ged by 135°
N anti-clock direction .
S
R So, West becom e Sou th -East.
20 m W E
20 m
R is on th e left of Q.
S
20 m
So, person is n ow goin g to East.
–15 2 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
38. (4) Let A be th e startin g poin t. EF = DF – DE = 100 – 20 = 80m
From the graph , it clear that they meet
25 AF =
m N ar Z poin t wh ich is th ier fi n ish in g AE 2 EF 2
poin t.
45 10 m
42. (2) = 60 2 80 2
W E
= 3600 6400
10 m 50 m
S
= 10,0 00
St ar t
= 100 m
Bun ty
So, th e person is in North -West di- 40 m AE = AB – BE = 80 – 20 = 60m
rection from startin g poin t. EF = DF – DE = 100 – 20 = 80m
39. (1)  Requ ired distan ce
50 m
5m
N AF = AE 2 EF 2
Jack
60 m
10 m W E = b60g2 b80 g2
10 m
50 m = 10000
S
Sou t h = 100 m
Requ ired distan ce = 60 + 40
So, th e person is goin g in East direc- 45. (3)
= 100 m
tion. 43. (1)
40. (2) N
C
N W E
N
270
SW
Star t B 3m
A C W E 180 S
F W E 60
1m B
A
20 k m
1m
S E
S
10 k m C D 1m
B
E
D
50 k m 40 k m 4m
3m
Let th e in itial position of person be
AB.
After tu rn in g 60°, it becom es AC.
After tu rn in g 180°, it becom es AD.
E 30 k m D After tu rn in g 270°, in an ticlock wise
A F direction , wh ich is 30°(270° – 180° –
60°) ACW th e fin al position of AE.
Requ ired distan ce Requ ired distan ce AF = BC + DE = So, he is facing Sou th -West Direction.
AF = DE – BC 4m 46. (1) AC = AB – BC = 20 – 16 = 4 k m
= 30 – 10 = 20 k m 44. (3)
41. (3)  AD = AC 2 CD 2
F = 16 9 = 5k m
20 k m N N
F A an d th e di rect ion wil l be Nor th
East.
80m
W E
W E
10 k m
S A E 20m BS
C
60m
20m
15 k m 5 km
20m
D C
Sist er 's 20m
hou se
Z
25 k m
–15 3 –
DISTANCE& DIRECTION
(5 1 –5 2 ) :
B St ar ting 7m
N T S
Poin t
30m
2.5 m
16 k m
W E
14 m
20 k m Q R
3 km 49. (3) 40m 7.5 m
C D
S
30m 5m
4 km
3.5 m
A St ar t
P U V
7m
50. (2)
47. (4) In n orm al p osit i on t h e m i n u t e
h an d wou ld poin t towards North at
Nor th
12 O’clock and th e hou r -hand wou ld
point towards North-East at 1.30 pm . 1m NW NE
F E
1 m
Nor th West East
G 4m
NW NE
3m SW SE
Sou th
West East 1 m 4 m
A H B
51. (4) Amaya is (7 + 3.5) metres = 10.5
3m 3 m metres to the East from point P.
SW SE 52. (3)
Sou t h D C
V U
3.5 m
Accordin g to qu estion th e h ou r -h an d
will poin t towards East at 1.30 p.m .
7.5 m
48. (2) North
km NW NE
10
8k
T S
m
West East Poin t V is in North –West direction

from poin t T.
qqq
km
10 SW SE
Hou se Sou th
Requ ired distan ce HC
= (HB)2 (BC)2
= (4)2 (3)2
= 16 9 = 25 = 5 m etre
–15 4 –
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
9. Am on g P, Q, R, S, T an d U, P is
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS t al l er t h an R an d S, b u t n ot
sh orter th an T an d U; an d Q is
1. How m an y su ch pairs of digits are (1) Data inadequ ate taller th an R, S, T, an d U bu t n ot
th ere in th e n u m ber 95137248 (2) 44 3) 37 as tall as P. Wh o am on gst th em
each of wh ich h as as m an y digits (4) 43 is th e tallest ?
between th em in th e n u m ber as (5) Non e of th ese (1) Data inadequ ate
wh en t h ey ar e ar ran ged i n as-
(Sy n di cat e Ban k PO (2) T
cen din g order ? Ex am . 10. 10.20 04)
(1) Non e (2) On e (3) Q (4) P
Di r ect i on s (5 -7 ) : P, Q, R, S, T, U,
(3) Two (4) Th ree V & W are eigh t frien ds sittin g arou n d (5) Non e of th ese
(5) More th an th ree a circle facin g towards th e cen tre. (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09.02.2003) (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO Ex am . 10. 10.20 04)
2. Moh an an d Su resh stu dy in th e Ex am . 10. 10.20 04) Di r ect i on s (1 0 -1 5 ) : An swer th e
sam e class. Moh an h as secu red (i) W is to the immediate left of P bu t followin g qu estion s based on th e ar -
m ore m ark s th an Su resh in th e is not th e neigh bou r of T and S. ran gem en t given below :
ter m in al exam in ation . Su resh ’s (ii) Us is to th e im m ediate righ t of Q
ran k is seven th from top am on g an d V is n eigh bou r of T. (Sy n di cat e Bank PO Exam . 10.10.2004)
al l t h e st u d en t s i n t h e cl ass. (iii) R is between T an d U. Y W @1 & C N 3 P L B 9 ›= D H
Wh ich of t h e foll owi n g is defi - 5. Wh at is th e position of V ? E2 £ M V $ 7 # 4 FG5
n i t el y t r u e ? 10. C13W : 74VG is in th e sam e way
(1) To th e im m ediate righ t of W
(1) Moh an stood first in th e ter - as N @ B =
(2) Between T an d R
min al examination. (1) $F2D (2) VF2D
(3) Th ird to th e righ t of U
(2) Th ere is at least on e stu den t
(4) Secon d to th e left of S (3) $42D (4) $F£D
between Mohan and Su resh in
th e ran k list. (5) Non e of th ese (5) $F2H
(3) Th ere are at th e m ost five stu - 6. Wh at is th e position of S ? 11. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
d en t s b et w een M oh an an d (1) Between Q an d U in a cer tai n way b ased on t h e
Su resh in th e ran k list. (2) To th e im m ediate left of P ab ove ar ran gem en t an d h en ce
(4) Su resh is five rank s lower th an (3) Secon d to th e righ t of U form a grou p. Wh ich on e does
Moh an in th e ran k list. (4) To th e im m ediate left of Q n ot belon g to th e grou p ?
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese (1) & LNP (2) ›2DE
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09.02.2003) 7. Which of th e following statemen ts (3) HV2M (4) VF74
3. Ak sh ay is 16th from th e left en d is tru e ? (5) LDB =
in th e row of boys an d Vijay is (1) U is th e n eigh bou r of V 12. If th e n u m bers im m ediately pre-
18th from the right en d. Avinash (2) V is between W an d T cedin g th e sym bols are attach ed
i s 1 1 t h fr om Ak sh ay t owar d s
(3) W is between P an d S th e valu e dou bled th eir n u m eri-
the right en d an d 3rd from Vijay
t o w ar d s t h e r i gh t en d . H ow (4) T is between U an d Q cal valu e, th en wh at will be th e
many boys are th ere in the row ? (5) Non e of th ese su m of the valu e of all su ch n u m -
(1) Data inadequ ate 8. In a row of 40 girls, wh en Kam al bers ?
was sh ifted to h er left by 4 places (1) 22 (2) 36
(2) 42
h er n u m ber from th e left en d of (3) 26 (4) 38
(3) 40 (4) 48
th e row becam e 10. Wh at was
th e n u m ber of Su jata from th e
(Sy n di cat e Ban k PO righ t en d of th e row if Su jata was 13. H ow m an y su ch sym b ol s ar e
Ex am . 10. 10.20 04) t h r ee p l ac es t o t h e r i gh t of th ere in th e above arran gem en t
4. In a row of gi rls faci n g Nort h , Kamal’s original position ? wh ich are n ot im m ediately pre-
Rin k y is 10th to th e left to Pin k y (1) 22 (2) 26 ceded by a n u m ber an d also n ot
wh o is 21st from th e righ t en d. im mediately followed by a letter ?
(3) 25 (4) 23
If Min k y wh o is 17th from th e
(5) Non e of th ese (1) Nil (2) On e
l eft en d i s 4 t h t o t h e r i gh t of
Rin k y, h ow m an y girls are th ere (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO (3) Two (4) Th ree
in th e row ? Ex am . 10. 10.20 04) (5) Non e of th ese
I .B.S. Regi st er ed Of fi ce: SCO. 108-109, Sector -8C, Madh ya Marg, Ch an digarh . Ph : 092161-78310
H ead Of fi ce: SCO. 134-135, Top Floor, Sector 34-A, Ch an digarh . Ph : 093160-68310 –15 5 –
Cor por at e Of fi ce: A-45-46, Near Nir m an Vih ar Metro Station , Laxm in agar, New Delh i. Ph : 092666-78310
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
14. If YW@1 are writt en in th e re- 18. Wh o is to th e im m ediate righ t of 25. Wh at will com e in place of qu es-
versed order, & CN3 are written R? tion m ark (?) in th e followin g se-
in th e reversed order an d so on , (1) M ries based on th e above arran ge-
t h en i n t h e n ew ar r an gem en t m en t ?
(2) U
wh ich of the following will exactly KPD 7@2 ? «M9
be in th e m iddle between 9 an d (3) M or T
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (1) 4T@ (2) J H@
$ ?
(1) = (2) M (5) Non e of th ese (3) 4T# (4) J H4
(3) › (4) D 19. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs h as (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese th e person sittin g opposite each 26. H ow m an y su ch sym b ol s ar e
15. If (A) denotes th e nu m ber of sym - other ? th ere in th e above arran gem en t
bol im m ediately preceded by a wh ich are im m ediately followed
(1) MV (2) RV
n u m ber, (B) denotes th e nu m ber by a letter bu t n ot im m ediately
of letters imm ediately followed by (3) TV (4) UR preceded by a letter?
a sym b ol an d (C) d en ot es th e (5) Non e of th ese (1) On e (2) Two
n u m ber of letters eith er n ot im - 20. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (3) Th ree (4) Nill
m ediately followed by a n u m ber in a certain way on th e basis of
or n ot im m ediately preceded by (5) Non e of th ese
t h ei r posi t ion s an d so form a
a letter, th en wh ich of the follow- grou p. Which is the on e that does 27. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
in g is th e ascen din g order of th e n ot belon g to th e grou p ? in a certain way based on th eir
n u m bers den oted by (A), (B) & position s in th e above arran ge-
(1) TP (2) RV
(C) ? ment and so form a grou p. Which
(1) (C), (A), (B) (2) (B), (C), (A) (3) QP (4) QV is th e on e th at does n ot belon g
(3) (B), (A), (C) (4) (C), (B), (A) (5) MW to th e grou p ?
(5) Non e of th ese 21. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs of (1) $7 (2) @T
16. In a row of children facin g North , person s h as secon d person sit- (3) 9M (4) 1?
Seem a if sh ifted to h er righ t by tin g to th e im m ediate left of th e
(5) 8%
fou r places becom es eigh teen th first person ?
28. If DP : 65 ; 7@ : ?
fr om th e righ t en d of th e row. (1) UP (2) VP
Su dh ak ar, wh o is fifteen th from (1) 1M (2) RF
(3) QM (4) RT
th e left en d of th e row, is fifth to (3) 1F (4) RM
the left of Seema. How m an y ch il- (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
dren are th ere in th e row ? 22. Wh o is sitin g opposite of R ?
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO
(1) 42 (2) 38 (1) U (2) Q
Ex am . 0 9.07 .200 6)
(3) 41 (4) 39 (3) V (4) P
29. Wh ich of th e foll owin g wil l be
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese th e m iddl e d igi t of t h e secon d
(Un i on Ban k of I n di a PO
23. How m an y su ch pairs of digits h igh est n u m ber am on g th e fol-
Ex am . 2 7 .1 1 . 2 00 5 )
a r e t h er e i n t h e n u m b er lowin g five n u m bers if th e posi-
17. If th e m iddle digit of each of th e
421 5793 68 each of wh ich h as tion s of th e fir st an d th e th ird
followin g n u m bers is in creased
as m an y digits between th em in digits in each nu m ber are in ter -
by 2 an d th en th e digits of each
n u m ber ar e wr it t en i n reverse t h e n u m b er as wh en th ey ar e ch anged ?
order, wh ich n u m ber will be th e arranged in accen din g order? 432 851 719 643 287
fou rth if arran ged in descen din g (1) None (2) On e (1) 8 (2) 3
order ? (3) Two (4) Th ree (3) 5 (4) 1
(1) 236 (2) 843 (5) More th an th ree (5) 4
(3) 566 (4) 358 Di r ect i on s (2 4 –2 8 ) : Stu dy th e (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
(5) 478 followin g in form ation carefu lly to an - Ex am . 0 9.07 .200 6)
swer th ese qu estion s : Di r ect i on s (3 0 –3 6 ) : Stu dy th e
Ex am . 2 7 .1 1 . 2 00 5 )
Di r ect i on s (1 8 -2 2 ) : Stu dy th e fol- (Un i on Ban k of I n di a PO foll owin g arran gem en t carefu lly an d
lowin g in form ation carefu lly to an swer Ex am . 27. 11.20 05) an swer th e qu estion s given below :
th ese qu estion s. 3 D K $ P 27 # @ 4 J T H 9 F M (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
R 15 % ? 6 8 Ex am . 0 9 .0 7 . 2 00 6 )
Ex am . 2 7 .1 1 . 2 00 5 ) 24. How m an y su ch n u m er al s are RD 1 5 E % K 3 J I 9 P8 # A
Eigh t frien ds P, M, R, T, Q, U, V th ere in th e above arran gem en t 2 B $ K M 6 W @ N 4  T H 7 F H
& W are sittin g in two opposite rows, wh ich are im m ediately followed 30. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e
facin g each oth er. Each row h as 4 per - by a sym bol and also imm ediately th ird to th e righ t of th e twelfth
son s. P i s between U an d V an d is preceded by a letter ? from th e left en d ?
facin g North . W is opposite to Q wh o (1) Non e (2) Th ree (1) J (2) A
is to th e im m ediate left of M. R is be- (3) B (4) @
tween T an d M. W is to th e im m ediate (3) Two (4) On e
righ t of V. (5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
31. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e 38. How m an y su ch digits are th ere in 44. Wh at sh ou ld come in place of th e
six t h t o t h e r igh t of t h e ei gh - th e nu m ber 284371 each of wh ich qu estion m ark (?) in th e follow-
teen th from th e righ t en d ? is as far away from th e begin n in g in g seri es b ased on th e ab ove
(1) P (2) 3 of th e n u m ber as wh en th ey are arran gem en t ?
(3) W (4) M arran ged in descen din g order ? 3#A 4K% 1@ 2©W ?
(5) Non e of th ese (1) None (2) On e (1) E 5 6 (2) E 5 T
(3) Q T 6 (4) Q T $
32. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e (3) Two (4) Th r ee
(5) Non e of th ese
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, (5) More th an th ree
each of which is immediately pre- 45. How m an y su ch digits are th ere
(I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO
ceded by a conson ant and im me- in th e n u m ber 928416375 each
Ex am . 1 5 .0 6 . 2 00 8 ) of wh ich is as far away from th e
diately followed by a sym bol ?
Di r ect i on s (3 9 -4 4 ) : Stu dy th e begin ning in the n u mber as wh en
(1) On e (2) Two following arrangemen t carefu lly and an- t h e di git s ar e ar r an ged in de-
(3) Th ree (4) Fou r swer th e qu estion s given below. scen din g order with in th e n u m -
(5) Non e of th ese (I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO ber ?
33. How man y su ch con son an ts are Ex am . 1 5 .0 6 . 2 00 8 ) (1) None (2) On e
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, M 3 R # A P 4 9 K % D 1 U H @J 2 N (3) Two (4) Th r ee
each of which is immediately pre- ©WEQ5T6$V7H1F8BY
(5) More th an th ree
ceded by a symbol an d im m edi- 39. How many su ch symbols are there
ately followed by a n u mber ? (An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 14.09.2008)
in the above arran gem en t each of
(1) On e (2) Two which is imm ediately preceded by Di r ect i on s (4 6 –5 1 ) : Stu dy th e
(3) Th ree (4) Fou r following information carefu lly an d an -
a n u m ber bu t n ot im m ediately
(5) Non e of th ese swer th e qu estion s.
followed by a consonan t ?
34. Wh ich of th e following is exactly (An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 14.09.2008)
(1) None (2) On e
in th e m iddle between th e ten th (3) Two (4) Th r ee A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are sittin g
from th e left en d an d th e eigh th arou n d a circle, facin g th e cen tre. A
from th e righ t en d ? (5) More th an th ree sits fou rth to th e righ t of H wh ile sec-
(1) $ (2) # 40. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e on d to th e left of F. C is n ot th e n eigh -
eigh th to th e left of th e twen ty bor of F an d B. D sits th ird to th e righ t
(3) B (4) 7
first from th e en d of th e above of C. H n ever sits n ext to G.
(5) Non e of th ese
arran gem en t ? 46. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
35. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e
(1) 1 (2) I between B an d D ?
alik e in a certain way based on
th eir position s in th e above ar - (3) 5 (4) Q (1) G (2) F
rangem en t an d so form a grou p. (5) More th an th ree (3) H (4) A
Wh ich is th e on e th at does n ot 41. How m an y su ch con son an ts are (5) C
belong to th at grou p ? th ere in th e above arran gem en t 47. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs sit
(1) B K 2 (2) E 1 % each of wh ich is im mediately pre- between H an d G ?
(3) J 9 3 (4) N©@ ceded by a n u m ber bu t n ot im - (1) BH (2) EF
(5) 4 T N m ediately followed by a sym bol ? (3) CE (4) DB
36. Wh at sh ou ld com e in place of (1) None (2) On e (5) Non e of th ese
th e qu estion m ark (?) in th e fol- (3) Two (4) Th r ee 48. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
lowing series based on the above (5) More th an th ree in a certain way based on th eir
arrangem ent ? 42. If all th e n u m bers in th e above position s in th e seatin g arran ge-
D 5 % J 9 8 2 $ M ? m en t an d so for m t h e gr ou p .
arrangem en t are rem oved, wh ich
Wh ich is th e on e th at does n ot
(1) @ 4 T (2) W N  of th e followin g will be eleven th
belon g to th at grou p?
(3) N H (4) @ 4  from th e righ t en d ?
(1) AE (2) HF
(5) Non e of th ese (1) N (2) 2
(3) BD (4) GE
37. How m an y su ch digits are th ere (3) E (4) W
(5) CH
in th e n u m ber 5236978 each of (5) Non e of th ese
49. Wh o is to im m ediate righ t of A?
wh ich is as far away from t h e 43. Fou r of th e following five are aik e
beginn in g of the nu mber as wh en (1) C (2) D
in a certain way based on th eir
th e digits are rearran ged in as- (3) G
position in the above arrangement
cen din g order with in th e n u m - (4) Data in adequ ate
an d so form a grou p. Wh ich is
ber? (5) Non e of th ese
th e on e th at does n ot belon g to
(1) None (2) On e th at grou p ? 50. Wh o sits secon d to th e righ t of
(3) Two (4) Th r ee B?
(1) W Q N (2) V H 6
(5) More th an th ree (1) A (2) C
(3) 1 8 7 (4) P 9 #
(Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a PO (3) D (4) E
(5) D K U
Ex am . 25. 05.20 08) (5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
51. Wh ich is th e position of B with begin n in g of th e n u mber, as th ey Di r ect i on s (6 3 –6 9 ) : Th ese qu es-
respect to C? will be when arranged in ascend- tion s are based on th e followin g let-
(I) Secon d to th e righ t in g order with in th e n u m ber? t er / n u m b er / sy m b ol ar r an gem en t .
(II) Sixth to th e left (1) None (2) On e Stu dy it carefu lly and answer th e qu es-
(III) Th ird to th e left (3) Two (4) Th r ee tions.
(IV) Fifth to th e righ t (5) More th an th ree (Ban k Of Bar oda Speci al i st Of f i cer
(Ban k Of Bar oda Speci al i st Of f i cer Ex am . 0 5 .1 0 . 2 00 8 )
(1) On ly II
(2) On ly II an d III
Ex am . 0 5 .1 0 . 2 00 8 ) H T 6 # E 7 $ K I L % 3
Di r ect i on s (5 8 – 6 2 ) : Stu dy th e P @ 2 A J  R U 4 H V D
(3) On ly I an d IV
followin g in form ation carefu lly an swer 63. How many su ch symbols are there
(4) Data in adequ ate
th ese qu estion s. in the above arran gem en t, each
(5) Both III an d IV of which is im mediately preced-
(Ban k Of Bar oda Speci al i st Of f i cer
Di r ect i on s (5 2 – 5 6 ) : Stu dy th e Ex am . 0 5 .1 0 . 2 00 8 ) ed by a nu mber and also im medi-
following information carefu lly an d an - ately followed by a vowel ?
Ash wi n i , Pr i ya, Su d h a, Ran i ,
swer th e qu estion s wh ich follow : (1) None (2) On e
Meeta, Geet a an d Mu k ta are sitt in g
(An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 14.09.2008) arou n d a circle facin g th e cen tre. Ash - (3) Two (4) Th r ee
Th er e ar e fi ve m en , An u j , K u n al , win i is third to th e left of Mu k ta an d to (5) More th an th ree
Sou r av, Rah u l an d Harish . Th e on e th e im m ediate righ t of Ran i. Priya is 64. Which element is fifth to th e righ t
wh o is tallest is n ot th e you n gest. Ku - secon d to th e left of Geeta wh o is n ot of th irteen th from th e righ t en d ?
n al is older th an on ly Harish . Sou rav an im m ediate n eigh bou r of Meeta. (1) F (2) 
is older th an Rah u l bu t sh orter th an 58. Wh o i s t h e im m ediate righ t of (3) 1 (4) K
h im . On ly on e p erson is taller t h an Priya ?
(5) Non e of th ese
Rah u l. An u j is sh ortest wh ile you n ger (1) Meeta (2) Su dha
65. Wh at will com e in place of th e
th an on ly Sou rav an d Rah u l. On ly two (3) Muk ta
qu estion m ark (?) in th e follow-
m en are sh orter th an Sou rav. (4) Can n ot be determ in ed in g seri es b ased on th e ab ove
52. Wh ich of t h e fol lowin g m en is (5) Non e of th ese arran gem en t ?
th ird tallest of th e five ? 59. Wh o is second to th e left of Ran i ? T#6 7 K$ L3% ?
(1) Sou rav (2) Rahu l (1) Ashwini (2) Meeta (1) @2A (2) A@2
(3) Harish (4) Ku nal (3) Priya (4) Su dha (3) P2@ (4) 2P@
(5) Ku n al or Rahu l (5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
53. Wh o am on g th e followin g m en is 60. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs of 66. Wh ich elem en t is th ird to the left
tallest? person s h as th e first person sit- of ten th from th e left en d ?
(1) Sou rav (2) Rahu l tin g to th e im m ediate left of sec-
(1) K (2) 3
(3) Ku nal (4) Harish on d person ?
(3) P (4) $
(5) Sou rav or Harish (1) Rani-Meeta
(2) Ashwini-Geeta (5) Non e of th ese
54. If th e five m en are m ade to stan d
in a lin e accordin g to th e heigh t, (3) Su dha-Priya 67. How m an y su ch letters are th ere
first in ascen din g order, th en in in th e given arran gem en t each of
(4) Geeta-Su dha
which is imm ediately preceded by
d escen d i n g or d er, th en wh ose (5) Non e of th ese
a sym bol bu t n ot im mediately fol-
position will rem ain th e sam e in 61. Which of th e following grou ps h as lowed by a n u m ber ?
both th e arran gem en ts? th e first person sittin g between
(1) None (2) On e
(1) Harish (2) Rahu l th e oth er two ?
(3) Two (4) Th r ee
(3) Ku nal (4) Sou rav (1) Meeta-Ashwini-Geeta
(5) Rahu l and An u j (2) Su dh a-Rani-Geeta
68. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
55. Wh o am on g th e followin g is old- (3) Mu k ta-Priya-Rani
er th an Ku n al bu t you n ger th an (4) Mu k ta-Priya-Su dha position s in th e given arran ge-
Rahu l? (5) Non e of th ese ment and so form a grou p. Which
(1) Harish (2) Sou rav 62. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e cor - is th e on e th at does n ot belon g
(3) Anuj rect position of Rani with respect to th e grou p ?
(4) Data in adequ ate to Mu k ta ? (1) KL$ (2) P23
(5) Sou rav or Anu j (i) Th ird to th e righ t (3) 2J @ (4) L3 I
56. Wh o am on g th e followin g is tall- (ii) Th ird to th e left (5) 4DH
er th an An u j on ly ? (iii) Fou rth to th e left 69. If all th e n u m bers are rem oved
(1) Sou rav (2) Harish (iv) Fou rth to th e righ t fr om t h e gi ven a r r an gem en t
(3) Rahu l (4) Ku nal (1) (i) on ly wh ich elem en t will be n in th from
(5) Ku n al or Harish (2) (ii) on ly th e left en d ?
57. How m an y su ch digits are th ere (3) Both (i) an d (ii) (1) % (2) L
in th e n u m ber 7346285, each of (4) Both (ii) an d (iv) (3) P (4) I
wh ich is as far away from t h e (5) Both (i) and (iii) (5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di r ect i on s (7 0 –7 2 ) : Followin g p r ec ed ed b y a n u m b er an d Di r ect i on s (8 2 – 8 6 ) : Stu dy th e
qu estion s are based on th e five th ree- im mediately followed by a letter ? fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d
digit n u m bers given below : (1) None (2) On e an swer th e qu estion s given below :
(Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO (3) Two (4) Th r ee (Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO
Ex am . 2 1 .1 2 . 2 00 8 ) (5) More th an th ree Ex am . 2 1 .1 2 . 2 00 8 )
76. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e M , D , P, K , R, T an d W ar e
519 378 436 624 893
s even t h t o t h e r i gh t o f t h e arou n d a circle facin g at th e cen tre. D
70. If th e position s of th e first an d
fou rteen th from th e righ t en d ? is secon d to th e righ t of P wh o is th ird
t h e t h i r d d i gi t s w i t h i n each to th e righ t of K. T is th ird to th e righ t
n u mber are interch an ged, which (1) B (2) #
(3) N (4) U of W who is not an immediate neighbou r
of the following will be th e second of D. M is th ird to th e left of R.
smallest nu m ber ? (5) Non e of th ese
82. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of T ?
(1) 519 (2) 378 77. Wh at sh ou ld com e in th e place
of q u est i on m a r k (?) i n t h e (1) D (2) K
(3) 436 (4) 624 (3) M
fol l owi n g ser i es b ased on t h e
(5) 893 given arran gem en t ? (4) Data inadequ ate
71. If ‘1’is su btracted from th e first ED2 9FB 3KM ? (5) Non e of th ese
digit in each n u m ber an d ‘1’ is (1) W8© (2) UV© 83. In wh ich of th e followin g pairs is
added to th e secon d digit in each (3) WUV (4) W8V secon d p er son si t t i n g t o t h e
n u m ber, wh ich of th e will be th e (5) Non e of th ese i m m ed i a t e r i gh t of t h e fi r st
th ird digit of th e secon d h igh est person ?
78. Fou r of th e followin g five are lik e
n u m ber ? in a certain way based on th eir (1) DT (2) TP
(1) 9 (2) 8 p o si t i on s in the gi v en (3) PR (4) KW
(3) 6 (4) 4 arrangement and so form a grou p. (5) Non e of th ese
(5) 3 Wh ich is th at on e th at does n ot 84. Who is to th e imm ediate left of R ?
belon g to th e grou p ? (1) W (2) P
(1) D # E (2) © H 8 (3) K (4) T
t h e secon d d i gi t s wit h i n each
n u mber are interch an ged, which (3) B J A (4) M I W (5) Non e of th ese
of th e followin g will be the highest (5) G N 85. Wh o is to th e im m ediate left of
n u m ber ? 79. How m an y su ch Vowels are th ere M?
in th e given arran gem en t, each (1) K (2) W
(1) 519 (2) 378
of wh ich is im mediately preceded (3) D (4) T
(3) 436 (4) 624
by a nu mber bu t n ot im mediately (5) Non e of th ese
(5) 893 followed by a n u m ber ? 86. Wh o is th ird to th e left of D ?
Di r ect i o n s (7 3 –7 9 ) : St u d y th e (1) None (2) On e (1) W (2) P
foll owin g arran gem en t carefu lly an d (3) Two (4) Th r ee (3) K
an swer th e qu estion s given below : (5) Fou r (4) Data inadequ ate
(Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO 80. How m an y su ch digits are th ere (5) Non e of th ese
Ex am . 2 1 .1 2 . 2 00 8 ) in th e n u m ber 64382179 each 87. How m any su ch digits are there in
R % E 5 D 2 # 9 A F B @J 3 I K of wh ich is as far away from th e the number 5972834 each of which
M 4 1 W U 8 V © N HGZ 6 7 beginn in g of the nu mber as wh en is as far away from the beginning
73. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e fifth t h e d i gi t s a r e a r r an ged i n of the nu mber as wh en the digits
to th e left of th e sixteen th from a s cen d i n g or d er w i t h i n t h e are arran ged in descending order
n u m ber ? within th e nu mber?
t h e l ef t en d of t h e a b o v e
arran gem en t ? (1) None (2) On e (1) None (2) On e
(1) B (2) U (3) Two (4) Th r ee (3) Two (4) Th r ee
(3) W (4) N (5) More th an th ree (5) More th an th ree
(Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO (PNB Agr i cul t ur e Of f i cer
(5) Non e of th ese
Ex am . 2 1 .1 2 . 2 00 8 ) Ex am . 0 4 .0 1 . 2 00 9 )
74. H ow m an y su ch sym b ol s ar e
81. Am on g P, Q, R, S an d T each Di r ect i on s (8 8 –9 2 ) : Stu dy th e
th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
h avi n g d i ffer en t w ei gh t , R i s following information carefu lly an d an -
each of wh i ch i s i m m ed i at el y
h eavier th an on ly P. S is ligh ter swer th e qu estion s given below :
fol l ow ed b y a con son an t an d
th an Q an d h eavier th an T. Wh o (PNB Agr i cul t ur e Of f i cer
i m m ed i a t el y p r ec ed ed b y a
am on g th em is th e h eaviest ? Ex am . 0 4 .0 1 . 2 00 9 )
n u m ber ?
(1) Q (2) P P, Q, R, S, T, V an d W are sittin g
(1) None (2) On e
(3) S arou n d a circle facin g at th e cen tre. R
(3) Two (4) Th ree
(4) Data inadequ ate is th ird to th e left of V wh o is secon d
(5) More th an th ree to th e left of T.W is secon d to th e righ t
75. How m an y su ch con son an ts are (5) Non e of th ese
of P wh o is n ot an im m ediate n eigh -
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, (Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO
bou r of V. S is not an imm ediate n eigh -
each of wh i ch i s i m m ed i at el y Ex am . 2 1 .1 2 . 2 00 8 )
bou r of W.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
88. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of R? 96. Wh ich of the following is the cor - 102. Wh o is th ird to th e left of H ?
(1) T (2) W rect position of B with respect to (1) A (2) D
(3) Q D ? (3) B
(4) Data in adequ ate (1) Secon d to th e righ t (4) Data in adequ ate
(5) Non e of th ese (2) Secon d to th e left (5) Non e of th ese
89. Wh o is th ird to th e left of P ? 103. Wh o is th e secon d to th e righ t of
(3) Th ird to th e righ t
(1) S (2) W H ?
(3) Q (4) Th ird to th e left
(1) E (2) G
(4) Data in adequ ate (5) Non e of th ese
(3) F
(5) Non e of th ese 97. Wh o sits between A an d D ? (4) Data in adequ ate
90. Wh o is th ird to th e righ t of Q ? (1) F (2) E (5) Non e of th ese
(1) T (2) P (3) G (4) B 104. Wh at is F’s position with respect
(3) S (5) H to C?
(4) Data in adequ ate 98. Wh at is E’s position with respect (A) Fou rth to th e left
(5) Non e of th ese to C ? (B) Fifth to th e left
91. In wh ich of th e followin g pairs is (1) To th e im m ediate righ t (C) Fou rth to th e righ t
th e first person sittin g to th e im - (2) To th e im m ediate left (D) Th ird to th e righ t
m ediate righ t of th e secon d per - (1) On ly (A)
(3) Secon d to th e righ t
son? (2) Only (B)
(1) PR (2) PT (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
(3) On ly (A) an d (D)
(3) RW (4) QV (5) Non e of th ese
(4) On ly (B) an d (C)
(5) Non e of th ese 99. How m an y su ch digits are th ere
(5) On ly (A) an d (C)
92. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- in th e n u m ber 52361984 each of
105. Wh o is to th e im m ediate righ t of
resents the immediate n eighbou rs wh i ch i s as far away fr om th e
G?
of R? begin n in g of the n u mber as wh en (1) F (2) G
(1) PT (2) PQ th e digits are rearran ged in as- (3) D
(3) WT (4) PW cending order with in the nu mber? (4) Data in adequ ate
(5) Data in adequ ate (1) None (2) On e (5) Non e of th ese
93. I n t h e n u m b er 7 5 2 4 6 9 3 , h ow (3) Two (4) Th r ee 106. How m an y su ch digits are th ere
m an y d igi ts will b e as far away (5) More th an th ree in th e n u m ber 5846937 each of
from th e begin n in g of th e n u m ber (UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 22.03.2009) which is as far away from th e be-
if arran ged in ascen din g order as 100. Am on g M , N, P, R an d T each gin n in g of th e n u m ber as wh en
th ey are in th e n u m ber ? on e h as secu red differen t m ark s t h e d i gi t s ar e ar r an ged i n d e-
(1) None (2) On e i n an ex am i n at i on . R secu red scen din g order with in th e n u m -
ber ?
(3) Two (4) Th r ee m or e m ar k s th an M an d T. N
(1) None (2) On e
(5) More th an th ree secu red less m ark s th an P. Wh o
(3) Two (4) Th ree
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 15.03.2009)
am on g th em secu red th ird h igh -
(5) More than th ree
est m ark s ?
Di r ect i on s (9 4 – 9 8 ) : Stu dy th e (I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO
(1) N (2) R Ex am . 05. 04.20 09)
followin g in form ation an d an swer th e
(3) M (4) T 107. I n a r ow of t h i r t y b oy s, R i s
qu estion s given below it.
(5) Data in adequ ate fou rth from th e righ t en d an d W
(UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 22.03.2009) is ten th from th e left en d. How
Eigh t frien ds A, B, C, D, E, F, G Di r ect i on s (1 0 1 – 1 0 5 ) : Stu dy m an y boys are th ere between R
an d H are sittin g arou n d a circle fac- the following in form ation carefu lly an d an d W ?
in g th e cen tre. E is th ird to th e left of an swer th e qu estion s given below : (1) 15 (2) 16
G wh o is to th e im m ediate righ t of B (UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 22.03.2009)
(3) 17
wh o is th ird to th e left of A. H is sec- (4) Data inadequ ate
A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are
on d t o th e ri gh t of F wh o is n ot an (5) Non e of th ese
sitt in g ar ou n d a circl e faci n g at th e
im m ediate n eigh bou r of E. D is n ot an (I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO
cen tre. G is fou rth to th e righ t of A Ex am . 05. 04.20 09)
im m ediate n eigh bou r of B.
wh o is secon d to th e righ t of D. E is 108. Am on g A, B, C, D an d E each
94. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of B ? secon d to th e righ t of C wh o is n ot an h avi n g a d ifferen t weigh t , D is
(1) F (2) A im m ediate n eigh bou r of G or D. B is h eavier th an A an d E an d B is
(3) H (4) D secon d to th e righ t of F. ligh ter than C. Wh o am ong them
(5) Non e of th ese 101. In wh ich of th e followin g pairs is is th e h eaviest ?
95. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs h as th e first person sittin g to th e im - (1) D (2) B
th e first person to th e im m ediate m ediate righ t of th e secon d per - (3) C
left of secon d person ? son ? (4) Data inadequ ate
(1) GB (2) AF (1) EG (2) GF (5) Non e of th ese
(3) CE (4) HD (3) HE (4) BD (I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese Ex am . 05. 04.20 09)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di r ect i on s (1 0 9 –1 1 3 ) : Stu d y tre. B is secon d to th e righ t of H an d 122. In a row of th irty ch ildren P is
th e followin g information carefu lly and th ird to th e left of A. D is n ot an im m e- fifth to th e righ t of M wh o is eigh -
an swer th e qu estion s given below : diate n eigh bou r of eith er B or H an d is teen th from th e righ t en d of th e
(I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO secon d to th e righ t of F. C. is fou rth to row ? Wh at is P’s position from
Ex am . 05. 04.20 09) th e righ t of G. th e left en d of th e row ?
P, Q, R, S, T, V an d W are sit- 115. If E and F in terch an ge th eir plac- (1) Seven teen th (2) Sixteen th
tin g arou n d a circle facin g at th e cen - es, wh o wil l be secon d t o t h e (3) Nin eteenth
tre. V is secon d to th e left of P an d righ t of B ? (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
secon d to th e righ t of W. T is th ird to (1) F (2) C (5) Non e of th ese
th e righ t of Q an d is n ot an im m edi- (3) D (PNB Speci al i st Of f i cer 's
ate n eigh bou r of V. S is th ird to th e Ex am . 16 .08.20 09)
(4) Data inadequ ate
righ t of R. 123. In a row of th i rty five ch ild ren M
(5) Non e of th ese is fifteen t h from th e righ t en d
109. Wh o is to th e im m ediate left of
S? 116. In wh ich of th e followin g pairs is an d t h ere ar e t en ch i ldren b e-
th e secon d person sittin g to th e tween M an d R. Wh at i s R’s p o-
(1) V (2) T
im m ediate left of th e first per - si ti on from th e l eft en d of t h e
(3) Q (4) W
son? row ?
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) BC (2) HE (1) 15th (2) 5th
110. Wh o is th ird to th e left of V ? (3) 30th
(3) FA (4) GD
(1) T (2) S (4) Data inadequ ate
(5) Non e of th ese
(3) W (4) R (5) Non e of th ese
117. Wh o is fou rth to th e righ t of H ?
(5) Non e of th ese (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
(1) B (2) A Ex am . 22. 11.20 09)
111. In wh ich of th e followin g grou ps
th e first person is sittin g between (3) F 124. Am on g P, Q, T, A an d B each
t h e secon d an d t h e t h i r d per - (4) Data inadequ ate having a different height, T is tall-
son s? (5) Non e of th ese er th an P an d B bu t sh orter th an
(1) RPQ (2) TWS 118. Wh o is to th e im m ediate righ t of A an d Q. P i s n ot t h e sh or test.
(3) QPR (4) QVS B? Wh o am on g th em is th e tal lest ?
(1) A (2) Q
(5) Non e of th ese (1) C (2) E
(3) P (4 ) P or B
112. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of Q? (3) H
(1) R (2) W (4) Data inadequ ate (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
(3) T (4) S (5) Non e of th ese Ex am . 22. 11.20 09)
(5) Non e of th ese 119. Wh o is th ird to th e righ t of E ? 125. How m an y su ch p air s of d igi ts
113. Wh o is to th e im m ediate righ t of (1) C (2) F a r e t h er e i n t h e n u m b er
R? 84 295 16 each of wh ich h as as
(3) D
(1) W m an y digits between th em in th e
(2) T n u m ber as wh en th e di git s are
(5) Non e of th ese ar r an ged i n ascen d i n g or d er
(3) P
120. How m an y su ch digits are th ere wi th i n t h e n u m ber ?
in th e n u m ber 5261983 each of (1) None (2 ) On e
(5) Non e of th ese wh ich is as far away from th e be- (3) Two (4 ) Th r ee
114. How man y su ch digits are th ere gin n in g of th e n u m ber as wh en (5) More t h an th r ee
in the n u mber 6837941 each of th e digits are arranged in ascen d- (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
which is as far away from the bein g order with in th e n u m ber ? Ex am . 22. 11.20 09)
gin n in g in the nu m ber as when 126. Th e posit ion s of th e first an d th e
(1) None (2) On e
the digits are arranged in descend- secon d d i gi t s i n t h e n u m b er
ing order within th e n u m ber ? (3) Two (4) Th r ee
8 5 3 4 1 2 7 9 ar e i n t er ch an ged .
(1) None (2) On e (5) Non e of th ese
Similarly the position s of the third
(3) Two (4) Th ree (An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 05.07.2009) an d t h e fou rth digits ar e i n ter -
(5) More th an th ree 121. Th e position of h ow m an y digits ch an ged an d so on til l t h e posi-
(Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO i n t h e n u m b er 4 3 9 1 6 5 2 w i l l t i on s of t h e seven t h an d t h e
Ex am . 21. 06.20 09) r em ai n u n ch an ged wh en t h e ei gh t h d igi ts. Wh i ch of th e fol-
Di r ect i on s (1 1 5 – 1 1 9 ) : Stu dy d i gi t s wi t h i n t h e n u m b er ar e lowin g wi ll be t h e th i rd t o t h e
rearran ged in descen ding order? r igh t of 3 after t h e rear r an ge-
the following in form ation carefu lly an d
an swer th e qu estion s given below : (1) Non e (2) On e men t?
(1) 9 (2) 7
(Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO (3) Two (4) Th ree
(3) 8 (1) 2
Ex am . 21. 06.20 09) (5) More th an th ree
(5) Non e of th ese
A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are (PNB Speci al i st Of f i cer 's
sitting arou n d a circle facin g at the cen- Ex am . 16 .08.20 09)
Ex am . 22. 11.20 09)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di r ec t i on s (1 2 7 –1 3 1 ) : St u d y sitt in g ar ou n d a circl e faci n g at th e Di r ect i on s (14 0–144) : Stu dy the
the following in form ation carefu lly an d cen tre. R is th ird to th e righ t of B. H is following information carefu lly an d an -
an swer th e qu estion s given below : secon d to th e righ t of A wh o is secon d
swer th e qu estion s given below :
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO to th e righ t of R. K is th ird to th e righ t
Ex am . 22. 11.20 09) of T wh o is n ot an im m ediate n eigh - (I n di an Ban k PO Ex am . 17.10.2010)
A, M, D, P, R, T, B an d H are bou r of H. D is secon d to th e left of T. A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H an d K are

si tti n g arou n d a ci rcl e faci n g at t h e M is fou rth to th e righ t of W.
sittin g arou n d a circle facin g th e cen -
cen tr e. M is th ird to th e l eft of A wh o 133. Wh o is to th e im m ediate left of
tre. B is fou rth to th e left of G wh o is
is secon d to th e l eft to T. D i s secon d W ?
secon d to th e righ t of C. F is fou rth to
to th e r igh t of H wh o is secon d t o t h e (1) R (2) T
(3) B th e righ t of C an d is secon d to th e left
ri gh t of T. R i s secon d to th e righ t of
B wh o is n ot an im m ed iate n ei gh bou r (4) Data inadequ ate of K. A is fou rth to th e righ t of K. D is
of T. (5) Non e of th ese n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of eith er
127. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- 134. Wh o is th ird to th e left of M ? K or B. H is th ird to th e righ t of E.
tion s represen ts th e first an d th e (1) B (2) W 140. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of K ?
secon d to th e left of B respec- (3) K (4) T (1) C (2) H
ti vely ? (5) Non e of th ese
(1) MD (2) DH (3) F (4) E
135. Wh o is th ird to th e left of H ?
(3) AM (4) AR (5) Data in adequ ate
(1) A (2) T
(5) DM (3) K (4) R 141. Wh o is th ird to th e righ t of H ?
128. Wh o i s t h ir d t o th e r igh t of T ? (5) Data inadequ ate (1) A (2) D
(1) D (2) B 136. Wh o is to th e im m ediate left of (3) G (4) F
(3) H (4) M D? (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese (1) H (2) M
142. Wh o is fou rth to th e left of E ?
129. Wh o is to th e im m ed iat e left of (3) B
H? (4) Data inadequ ate (1) A
(1) P (2) M (5) Non e of th ese (2) C
(3) T (4) R 137. In wh ich of th e followin g com bi- (3) G
(5) Data inadequ ate n ation s is th e th ird person sit-
tin g in between th e first an d th e
130. Wh o i s secon d to t h e left of B ? (5) Non e of th ese
secon d person s ?
(1) D (2) H 143. Wh o is fou rth to th e righ t of D ?
(1) WTR (2) BDT
(3) M (3) MHD (4) KAM (1) K (2) H
(4) Data inadequ ate (5) WKR (3) E (4) B
(5) Non e of th ese 138. Th e positions of h ow m an y digits
131. In wh i ch of t h e fol lowi n g com b i- (5) Non e of th ese
in th e n u m ber 53269718 will re-
n ation s th e th ird per son is sec- m ai n u n ch an ged i f t h e d i gi t s 144. In wh ich of th e followin g com bi-
on d to th e left of th e secon d per - wi t h –i n t h e n u m b er are r ear - n ation s is th e th ird person sit-
son ? ran ged in ascen din g order ? tin g in between th e first an d th e
(1) BAR (2) DBM (1) None (2) On e secon d person s ?
(3) TPH (4) PMH (3) Two (4) Th ree
(1) EKB (2) CHB
(5) Non e of th ese (5) More th an th ree
(3) AGC (4) FGD
132. Th e position of h ow m an y digits (I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g
in th e n u m ber 5934162 will re- Of f i cer Ex am . 03.01.2 010) (5) Non e of th ese
m ain u n ch an ged after th e digits 139. Th e position s of th e first an d th e 145. How m an y su ch pairs of digits
are arran ged in descen din g or - f i ft h d i gi t s i n t h e n u m b er
are th ere in th e n u m ber 531468
der with in th e n u m ber ? 89123654 are interchanged. Sim-
each of wh ich h as as m an y dig-
(1) None (2) On e ilarly th e position s of th e secon d
an d th e six th di gi ts are in ter - its between th em in th e n u m ber
(3) Two (4) Th ree
ch an ged an d so on . Wh ich of th e as wh en th e digits are rearran ged
followin g will be th e secon d digit in descen din g order with in th e
(I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g from th e righ t en d after th e re-
Of f i cer Ex am . 03.01.2 010)
n u m ber ?
arran gem en t ?
Di r ect i on s (1 3 3 – 1 3 7 ) : Stu dy (1) None (2) On e
(1) 9 (2) 8
the following in form ation carefu lly an d (3) 1 (4) 2 (3) Two (4) Th r ee
an swer th e qu estion s given below : (5) Non e of th ese (5) More th an th ree
(I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g (I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g (Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer
Of f i cer Ex am . 03.01.2 010) Of f i cer Ex am . 03.01.2 010) Ex am . 24. 01.20 10)
B, M, K, H, T, R, D, W an d A are
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
146. Th e position s of th e first an d th e 150. In wh ich of th e followin g com bi- 157. Am on g P, Q, R, S an d T each
f i ft h d i gi t s i n t h e n u m b er n ation s is th e first person sittin g h avin g a d ifferen t h eigh t , Q is
8 3 2 4 1 9 5 7 ar e i n t er ch an ged . in between th e secon d an d th e sh or t er t h an on l y T an d S i s
Sim ilarly th e positions of the sec- th ird person s ? sh or t er t h an P an d R. W h o
on d an d th e sixth digits are in - (1) RSZ (2) YTW am on g th em is th e sh ortest ?
terch an ged an d so on . Wh ich of (1) R (2) S
(3) WPQ (4) VZQ
the following will be the third from (3) P
th e righ t en d after th e rearran ge- (5) PQV
men t? 151. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of Z ?
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) 1 (2) 2 (1) Q (2) P
(Al l ah abad Bank PO Exam . 21.02.2010)
(3) 9 (4) 3 (3) W
(5) Non e of th ese (4) Data in adequ ate Di rect i on s (1 58-162 ) : Stu dy the
following information carefu lly an d an -
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer (5) Non e of th ese
Ex am . 24. 01.20 10) 152. In wh ich of th e followin g pairs is
(Al l ah abad Bank PO Exam . 21.02.2010)
147. Th e positions of h ow m an y digits the first person s sittin g to th e im -
in th e n u m ber 5321648 will re- m ediate righ t of th e secon d per - A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are
m ain u n ch an ged after th e digits son ? sittin g arou n d a circle facin g th e cen -
are rearran ged in ascen din g or - tre. B is secon d to th e righ t of D wh o
(1) VQ (2) ZV
der with in th e n u m ber ? is th ird to th e righ t of F. C is secon d to
(3) SZ (4) RS th e left of A wh o is secon d to th e left
(1) None (2) On e
(5) YT of F. G is th ird to th e righ t of E.
(3) Two (4) Th r ee
153. Wh o is th ird to th e left of S? 158. In wh ich of th e followin g com bi-
(1) Y (2) W n ation s is th e first person sittin g
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer
(3) T between th e secon d and th e th ird
Ex am . 24. 01.20 10)
person s ?
148. In a row of twen ty stu den ts, R is (4) Data in adequ ate
(1) GCD (2) FGH
fifth from th e righ t en d an d T is (5) Non e of th ese
(3) EFH (4) ABE
fou r th fr om t h e l eft en d. How 154. Wh o is th ird to th e righ t of W ?
m an y stu dents are there between (5) Non e of th ese
(1) S (2) R
R an d T in th e row ? (Al l ah abad Ban k PO Exam . Hel d on :
(3) V (4) Z
(1) 11 (2) 12 21.02.2010 (Based on M em or y )
(3) 10 159. Wh o is th ird to th e righ t of H ?
155. In row of forty ch ildren , R is elev-
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer (1) G (2) D
enth from the righ t en d and th ere
Ex am . 24. 01.20 10) (3) C
ar e fi ft een ch il dr en b et ween R
149. Am on g A, B, C, D an d E each (4) Data inadequ ate
and M. What is M’s position from
h avi n g a d i ffer en t am ou n t of (5) Non e of th ese
th e left en d of th e row ?
m on ey, C h as m ore m on ey th an (Al l ah abad Ban k PO Exam . Hel d on :
only E, B and A. Who among them (1) Fou rteen th
21.02.2010 (Based on M em or y )
h as t h e h i gh est a m o u n t o f (2) Fifteen th
160. Wh o is sittin g to th e im m ediate
money ? (3) Thirteenth
righ t of A ?
(1) C (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
(1) B (2) E
(2) D (5) Non e of th ese
(3) E (3) F
(Al l ah abad Bank PO
(4) Data in adequ ate (4) Data inadequ ate
Ex am . 21. 02. 201 0)
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer 161. Wh at is H’s position with respect
t h e fi fth d i gi t s of t h e n u m b er
Ex am . 24. 01.20 10) to B ?
83591427 are interchan ged, sim-
Di r ect i on s (1 5 0 – 1 5 4 ) : Stu dy (1) Fifth to th e righ t
ilarly th e position s of th e secon d
the following in form ation carefu lly an d (2) Th ird to th e left
an d th e six th di gi ts are in ter -
an swer th e qu estion s given below : ch an ged an d so on th en wh ich (3) Fifth to th e left
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer of th e followin g will be th e sec- (4) Th ird to th e righ t
Ex am . 2 4 .0 1 . 2 01 0 ) on d digit from th e righ t en d after (5) Fou rth to th e left
P, Q, R, S, T, V, W, Y an d Z are th e rearran gem en t ? 162. Wh o is sittin g to th e im m ediate
sittin g arou n d a circle facin g th e cen - (1) 5 (2) 3 left of G ?
tre. V is secon d to th e left of P wh o is (1) H (2) F
(3) 9 (4) 2
th ird to th e left of Y. S is fou rth to th e
(5) Non e of th ese (3) D
left of P. T is th ird to th e righ t of Q
(Al l ah abad Bank PO (4) Data inadequ ate
wh o is to th e im m ediate righ t of V. W
is fou rth to th e righ t of Z. Ex am . 21. 02. 201 0) (5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
163. Th e positions of h ow m an y digits th e left of P an d fou rth to th e righ t of P, Q, R, S, T, U, V an d W ar e
in th e n u m ber ‘8915432 6’ will Q. Z is th ird to th e righ t of V wh o is sitting arou n d a circle facin g at the cen-
rem ain u n ch an ged after th e dig- n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of P. tre. T is secon d to th e left of P an d
its with in th e n u m ber are rear - 167. In wh ich of th e followin g com bi- th ird to th e righ t of V. S is secon d to
ran ged in descen din g order? n ation s is th e first person sittin g th e righ t of W wh o is to th e im m ediate
(1) None (2) On e in between th e secon d an d th e righ t of T. Q is th ird to th e righ t of U.
(3) Two (4) Th r ee th ird person s ? 174. In wh ich of th e followin g pairs is
(5) More th an th ree (1) VTS (2) TZS th e t h ir d p erson sit tin g i n b e-
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO (3) QRV (4) PWQ tween th e first an d th e secon d
Ex am . 09. 05.20 10) (5) VRT person s ?
164. Am on g A, B, C, D an d E each 168. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of T ? (1) USP (2) VRU
h avin g scored differen t m ark s, B (1) S (2) Z (3) TQW (4) WPS
h as scored m ore m ark s th an E (3) P (4) R (5) Non e of th ese
an d D, B h as n ot scored the h igh- (5) Non e of th ese 175. Wh o is to th e im m ediate left of
est m ar k s am on g t h em . Wh o T?
169. Wh at is P’s position with respect
among th em scored second high - (1) Q (2) W
ot S ?
est m ark s ? (3) R
(1) Fou rth to th e left
(1) B (2) C (4) Date in adequ ate
(2) Fou rth to th e righ t
(3) E (4) D (5) Non e of th ese
(3) Fifth to th e left
(5) Data in adequ ate 176. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of P ?
(4) Sixth to th e left
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO (1) S (2) V
Ex am . 09. 05.20 10)
170. Wh o is to th e im m ediate left of (3) U (4) Q
165. Th e position s of th e first an d th e (5) Data in adequ ate
Z?
f i ft h d i gi t s i n t h e n u m b er
(1) T (2) P 177. Wh at is R’s position with respest
8 3 4 1 6 7 5 9 ar e i n t er ch an ged .
(3) S (4) V to W ?
Sim ilarly th e positions of the sec-
on d an d th e sixth digits are in - (5) Non e of th ese (1) Th ird to th e left
terch an ged an d so on . Wh ich of 171. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of W? (2) Fou rth to th e left
th e followin g will be th e fou rth (1) R (2) Q (3) Sixth to th e righ t
digit from th e righ t en d after th e (3) Z (4) S (4) Fifth to th e left
rearrangem ents? (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) 3 (2) 8 178. Wh o is fou rth to th e left of R ?
172. In a row of twen ty-five ch ildren
(3) 4 (4) 6 facin g Sou th R is sixteen th from (1) U (2) P
(5) Non e of th ese th e righ t end an d B is eigh teen th (3) S (4) W
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO from th e left en d. How man y ch il- (5) Non e of th ese
Ex am . 09. 05.20 10) dren are th ere between R an d B? 179. How m an y su ch pairs of digits
166. In a r ow of for t y b oy s faci n g (1) 2 (2) 3 are th ere in th e n u m ber 254983
North , R is twelfth from th e left (3) 4 each of wh ich h as as m an y dig-
en d an d T is eigh teen th from th e (4) Data in adequ ate its/ between th em in th e n u m -
righ t en d. How m an y boys are (5) Non e of th ese ber as wh en th e digits are rear -
between R an d T in th e row ? (Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO ran ged in descending order with -
(1) 10 Ex am . 16. 05.20 10) in th e n u m ber ?
(2) 11 173. How m an y su ch pairs of digits (1) Non e (2) On e
(3) 12 are th ere in th e n u m ber 539816 (3) Two (4) Th ree
each of wh ich h as as m an y dig- (5) More th an th ree
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed
its between th em in th e n u m ber (Ban k Of Baroda PO Exam . 30.05.2010)
(5) Non e of th ese
as wh en th e digits are arran ged Di r ect i on s (1 8 0 – 1 8 4 ) : Stu dy
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO in descen din g order with in th e
Ex am . 09 .05.2 010 the following in form ation carefu lly an d
n u m ber ?
an swer th e qu estion s given below :
Di rect i on s (1 67-1 71) : Stu dy the (1) None (2) On e
(Ban k Of Baroda PO Exam . 30.05.2010)
following information carefu lly an d an - (3) Two (4) Th r ee
swer th e qu estion s given below : A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO (Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO
tre. D is fou rth to th e righ t of H an d
Ex am . 09. 05.20 10) Ex am . 16. 05.20 10)
secon d to th e left of B. F is fou rth to
P, Q, R, S, T, V, W an d Z are Di rect i on s (17 4– 1 78 ) : Stu dy th e th e righ t of B. C is fou rth to th e righ t
sittin g arou n d a circle facin g th e cen - following information carefu lly an d an - of E wh o is n ot an im m ediate n eigh -
tre. T is secon d to th e righ t of R wh o swer th e qu estion s given below : bou r of B or D. A is n ot an im m ediate
is th ird to th e righ t of P. S is secon d to (Ban k Of Baroda PO Exam . 30.05.2010) n eigh bou r of D.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
180. Wh at is B’s position with respect (3) 4th to th e righ t 193. Wh o am on gst th e followin g h as
to G ? (4) 3rd to th e righ t a m ale sittin g to th e im m ediate
(1) Th ird to th e righ t (5) Can n ot be determ in ed left an d th e righ t ?
(2) Th ird to th e left 188. Wh o is 2n d to th e righ t of A ? (1) Y (2) R
(3) Fifth to th e righ t (1) B (2) E (3) Q (4) S
(4) Fou rth to th e left (3) F (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Fou rth to th e righ t (4) Can n ot be determ in ed 194. Which of the following is n ot t rue
181. In wh ich of th e followin g com bi- regardin g T ?
(5) Non e of th ese
n ation s is th e th ird person sit- (1) T is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
189. Wh o am on g th e followin g pairs
tin g in between th e first an d th e of Z’s wife
m ay n ot b e seat ed ad jacen t to
secon d person s ? (2 ) No m al e i s an i m m ed i at e
each oth er ?
(1) ABC (2) GCD n eigh bou r of T
(1) AH (2) DC
(3) AHE (4) CBA (3) Q sits secon d to righ t of T
(3) EB
(5) EFG (4) Th e on e wh o sits th ird to th e
182. Wh o is th ird to th e righ t of A ? left of T is a m ale
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) H (2) E (5) All are tru e
Di r ect i on s (1 9 0 – 1 9 7 ) : Stu dy
(3) F 195. Which of th e followin g pairs rep-
(4) Data in adequ ate r esen ts t h e i m m ed iat e n ei gh -
an swer th e given qu estion s.
bou rs of T ?
(5) Non e of th ese (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO
Ex am . 29.08.2010) (1) RQ (2) WZ
Eigh t frien ds Q, R, S, T, V, W, (3) YV (4) WY
D?
Y an d Z are sittin g arou n d a circu lar (5) Non e of th ese
(1) G (2) C
table facin g th e centre. Th ere are th ree 196. How m an y people sit between V
(3) F
m ales an d five fem ales in th e grou p of an d S wh en cou n t ed i n an ti -
(4) Data in adequ ate clock wise direction ?
friends. No t wo m ales ar e i m m edi at e
(5) Non e of th ese n ei gh bou r s of each ot h er. (1) Non e (2) On e
184. Wh o is fou rth to th e left of G ? l V sits secon d to th e righ t of h is (3) Two (4) Th r ee
(1) E (2) F wife. (5) Fou r
(3) A (4) H l S sits th ird to th e righ t of V. 197. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
(5) Data in adequ ate l W sits secon d to th e righ t of h er exactly between V an d Y ?
Di r ect i on s (1 8 5 – 1 8 9 ) : Stu dy h u sban d Z. Z is n ot an im m edi- (1) Q (2) W
th e followin g in form ation to answer th e ate n eigh bou r of V’s wife. (3) R (4) T
given qu estion s. l T is a m ale an d Y is n ot an im - (5) Z
(Cen t r al Ban k Of I n di a PO m ediate n eigh bou r of V. 198. If each odd digit in th e n u m ber
Ex am . 25. 07.20 10) l R sits secon d to th e righ t of Q. 813246 is mu ltiplied by three and
(i) Th ere are 8 frien ds A, B, C, D, 190. Wh at is th e position of T with each even digit is divided by two,
E, F, G, H seat ed in a circle respect to Z ? wh at will be th e di fferen ce be-
facin g th e cen tre. (1) Secon d to th e left tween th e digits wh ich are th ird
(ii) AC, DG. HE an d FB are seated (2) Im m ediately to th e righ t from th e left an d th ird from th e
adjacent to each other. A is also (3) Th ird to th e left ri gh t of t h e n ew n u m ber th u s
seated adjacen t to H. (4) Secon d to th e righ t form ed ?
(iii) B is 2n d to th e righ t of H. (5) Th ird to th e righ t (1) 1 (2) 2
(iv) E is 3rd to th e righ t of C. 191. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e- (3) 3 (4) 7
185. Wh o is 2n d to th e left of A ? m en ts regardin g S is defin itely (5) 8
(1) D (2) G correct ? (Pun j ab Nat i on al Ban k Speci al i st
Of f i cer Ex am . 24.10.2 010)
(3) F (1) S is on e of th e m ale m em -
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed bers of th e grou p Di rect i on s (199–206) : Stu dy the
(2) Both th e i m m ediate n ei gh - following information carefu lly an d an -
(5) Non e of th ese
bou rs of S are fem ales swer th e given qu estion s.
186. Wh o is 3rd to th e left of C ?
(3) S sits th ird to th e left of T (Pun j ab Nat i on al Ban k Speci al i st
(1) G (2) D Of f i cer Ex am . 24.10.2 010)
(4) W is an im mediate neigh bou r
(3) B Eigh t frien ds P, Q, R, S, T, V, W
of S
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed an d Z, ou t of wh om on e is a pilot, pro-
(5) S sits secon d to the righ t of Q
(5) Non e of th ese fessor, bu ssin essm an , doctor lawyer,
192. Wh o am on gst the followin g is V’s
187. Wh at is C’s position with refer - ban k er, crick eter or an arch itect (bu t
wife ?
en ce to E ? n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order), are
(1) Q (2) Y
(1) 5th to th e righ t sittin g arou n d a circu lar table, facin g
(3) R (4) T th e cen tre.
(2) 4th to th e left (5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
l S wh o is a ban k er sits th ird to 204. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is a 210. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g five ar e
righ t of Z. pilot ? alik e in a certain way based on
l Th e professor an d th e arch itect (1) P (2) Q t h ei r seat i n g p osi t i on i n t h e
are immediate neigh bou rs of each above arran gem en t an d so form
(3) R (4) Z
a grou p, Wh ich is th e on e th at
oth er. Neith er th e professor n or (5) Non e of th ese does n ot belon g to th e grou p ?
t h e ar ch it ect i s an i m m ed iat e
205. Wh at is th e profession of Z ? (1) QV (2) VT
n eigh bou r of eith er Z or S.
(1) Bu sinessm an (3) US (4) UT
l Crick eter an d th e pilot are im -
(2) Architect (5) RQ
m ediate n eigh bou rs of each oth -
(3) Professor 211. What is Q’s position with respect
er. Neith er Z n or W is a pilot.
(4) Doctor to S ?
l Th e on e wh o is a professor sits
(1) Th ird to left
secon d to th e righ t of T wh o is a (5) Non e of th ese
(2) Im m ediate Next
lawyer. V wh o is a crick eter is 206. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
(3) Secon d to left
not an immediate neighbou r of the exactly between T an d Q ?
(4) Fifth to left
bank er. (1) Crick eter (2) Architect
(5) Non e of th ese
l On ly R sits between th e profes- (3) Professor (4) Doctor 212. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g rep re-
sor an d th e doctor. P sits th ird (5) Ban k er sen ts person s seated at th e two
to th e righ t of th e pilot. Di r ect i on s (2 0 7 – 2 0 8 ) : Stu dy extrem es ?
199. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- th e followin g in form ation to answer th e (1) RQ (2) US
r esen t s t h e i m m ed i at e n ei gh - given qu estion s : (3) SQ (4) SR
bou rs of th e doctor ? (5) Non e of th ese
(Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 31.10.2010)
(1) Professor – bu sin essm an 213. If S : T an d T : Q, th en U : ?
A, B, C, D, E an d F are seated in
(2) Pilot – professor a circle facin g th e cen tre. A an d C are (1) T (2) V
(3) Crick eter – bu sin essm an seated adjacen t to each oth er an d E (3) Q (4) S
(4) Lawyer – arch itect an d B are also seated adjacen t to each (5) R
(5) Non e of th ese oth er. B is to th e im m ediate left of F. Di r ect i on s (214 –218) : Stu dy the
200. Wh at is th e position of th e bu si- Th ere are two person s between D an d following in formation to answer the giv-
n essm an with respect to th e pi- E. A is n ot seated adjacen t to E. en qu estion s.
lot ? 207. How m an y person s are seated (Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 31.10.2010)
(1) Th ird to th e left between F an d E if we go an ti- V, U an d T are seated in a circle
(2) Secon d to th e left clock wise from F to E ? facin g th e cen tre. A, B an d C are also
seated in th e sam e circle bu t two of
(3) Im m ediately to th e righ t (1) 1 th em are n ot facin g th e cen tre (facin g
(4) Fou rth to th e righ t (2) 2 opposite direction of th e cen tre). V is
(5) Secon d to th e righ t (3) 3 secon d to th e left of C. U is secon d to
201. Wh o sits th ird to th e righ t of th e (4) Can n ot be determ in ed th e righ t of A. B is th ird to th e left of
professor ? T. C is secon d to th e righ t of T. A is
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) Th e ban k er seated n ext to V.
214. Wh ich of th e followin g are n ot
(2) Q E? facin g th e cen tre ?
(3) Th e crick eter (1) C (1) BA
(4) Th e lawyer (2) B (2) CA
(5) Non e of th ese (3) F (3) BC
202. Wh ich of th e followin g is tru e re- (4) Can n ot be determ in ed (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
gardin g R ? (5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
(1) He is a doctor Di r ect i on s (2 0 9 –2 1 3 ) : Stu dy 215. Wh ich of th e followin g is T’s Po-
(2) He is an immediate neighbou r th e followin g in form ation to answer th e sition with respect to B ?
of th e pilot given qu estion s: (1) Th ird to th e righ t
(3) R sits between Q an d T (Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 31.10.2010) (2) Secon d to th e righ t
(4) He is an immediate neighbou r (3) Th ird to th e left
Q, R, S, T, U an d V are seated
of th e professor in a straigh t lin e facing North . S is sec- (4) Th ird eith er to th e righ t or to
(5) Non e is tru e th e left
on d to th e righ t of T an d T is secon d to
203. How m an y people sit between th e (5) Non e of th ese
th e righ t of Q. R is to th e left of Q an d
‘ban k er’an d ‘W’cou n ted in an ti- 216. Wh ich of th e followin g is V’s po-
is secon d to th e left of V.
cl ock wi se d i r ect i on fr om t h e sition with respect to C ?
209. How m an y person s are seated
ban k er ? (1) Secon d to th e righ t
between T an d V ?
(1) None (2) On e (2) Th ird to th e left
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) Fou rth to th e righ t
(3) Two (4) Th r ee (3) 3 (4) 4 (4) Fou rth to th e left
(5) Fou r (5) Non e of th ese (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
217. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e m iddle of each of th e fou r sides. Th e of eith er R or T. M sits between S an d
regardi n g th e seat in g arran geon es wh o sit at th e fou r corn ers face P. N sits fou rth to th e left of P. O sits
m en t ? th e cen tre wh ile th ose wh o sit in th e secon d to th e righ t of Q. S is n ot an
(1) A, B an d C are seated adja- m iddle of th e sides face ou tside. im m ediate n eigh bou r of T.
cen t Two fem ales sit in th e m iddle of 227. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of M ?
(2) V, U an d T are seated adja- th e sides an d t wo at th e corn ers. A (1) R (2) T
cen t sits secon d to th e left of G. G sits in (3) L
(3) Th ere are two person s wh ose th e m iddle of on e of th e sides. C sits (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
seatin g arran gem en t can n ot fou rth to th e righ t of h is wife an d h is
(5) Non e of th ese
be ascertain ed wife is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of
228. If all th e n in e frien ds are m ade
(4) Th ose n ot faci n g th e cen tre A or G. B sits th ird to righ t of h er h u s-
to sit alph abetically in th e clock -
are seated adjacen t ban d. B does n ot sit at an y of th e cor -
wise direction startin g from L, po-
n ers. On ly D sits between B an d H. H
(5) Th ere ar e on l y two person s sition s, of h ow m an y will rem ain
is th e h u sban d of A. E is a m ale.
seated between V an d T u n ch anged (exclu din g L) ?
222. Wh cih of t h e foll owin g is t r u e
218. Wh ich of th e followin g is A’s po- (1) None (2) On e
with respect to th e given seatin g
sition with respect to U ? (3) Two (4) Th r ee
arran gem en t ?
(1) Secon d to th e left (5) Fou r
(1) No two m ales are im m ediate
(2) Secon d to th e righ t 229. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
n eigh bou rs of each oth er
(3) Th ird to th e righ t in a certain way based on th eir
(2) G an d H do not face each oth -
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed er in th e seatin g arran gemen t seatin g position s in th e above ar -
(5) Non e of th ese ran gem en t an d so form a grou p.
(3) E and D are im mediate n eigh -
Di rect i on s (21 9 –22 1 ) : Stu dy th e Wh ich is th e on e th at does n ot
bou rs of each oth er
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d belon g to th e grou p ?
(4) F is a m ale an d sits diagon al-
an swer th e qu estion s given below : (1) LP (2) SP
ly opposite to E
(I DBI Ban k Of f i c er (3) TS (4) LN
(5) A sits in th e cen tre of on e of
Ex am , 2 2. 08. 201 4) (5) QO
th e sides of th e squ are table
Am on g si x person s – U, V, W, X, 230. Wh ich of th e followin g is O’s po-
223. Who amon gst th e followin g is B’s
Y an d Z & each on e h as d i ffer en t sition with respect to M in th e
h u sban d ?
wei gh t. Y i s h eavi er t h an on l y t wo an ti-clock wise direction startin g
person s. U i s l igh t er th an on ly V an d (1) C (2) G
from M ?
X. X is n ot th e h eavi est . Z is n ot t h e (3) E (4) F
(1) Fou rth of th e left
ligh test. Th e person wh o is th e secon d (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
(2) Fifth of th e righ t
h eaviest weigh s 58 k g wh ile the person 224. How m an y people sit between B
(3) Th ird of th e righ t
wh o i s t h e secon d ligh test weigh s 35 and C when cou nted in anti-clock -
k g. wise direction from B ? (4) Fifth of th e left
219. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n g i s t h e
h eavi est of all ? (3) Two (4) Th ree 231. If S : Q th en N : ?
(1) W (2) X (5) Fou r (1) R (2) O
(3) Z (4) V 225. Who am ongst th e following is th e (3) L (4) T
wife of C ? (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Y
(1) D (2) F 232. Wh o is to th e im m edidate left of
220. Wh o am on g th e foll owin g m ay
(3) B (4) G T?
h ave a weigh t of 38 k g ?
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed (1) O (2) Q
(1) U (2) Y
226. Wh at is th e position of E with (3) L
(3) Z (4) W
respect to C ? (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
(5) U or Y
(1) Im m ediately to th e left (5) Non e of th ese
221. Who amon g th em is h eavier than
(2) Secon d to th e left Di r ect i on s (2 3 3 – 2 3 7 ) : Stu dy
on ly W ?
(3) Th ird to th e righ t th e followin g in form ation to answer th e
(1) Z (2) Y given qu estion s :
(3) U (4) X (4) Im m ediately to th e righ t
(PNB Managem ent Tr ai n ee
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed. (5) Secon d to th e righ t
Ex am . 28. 11.20 10)
Di rect i on s (222 -22 6) : Stu dy the Di r ect i on s (227 –232) : Stu dy the
Seven frien ds, T, U, V, W, X, Y
following information carefu lly an d an - followin g in form ati on t o an swer t h e
an d Z are sittin g in a straigh t lin e fac-
swer th e given qu estion s : given qu estion s :
in g n orth . W sits fifth to th e righ t of T.
(Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO W does n ot sit at an y of extrem e en ds.
Ex am . 28. 11.20 10)
Ex am . 14.11.2010) Two people sit between Z an d X. Y sits
A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are Nin e frien ds L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, th ird to th e left of U. Y sits exactly in
sittin g arou n d a squ are table in su ch a S an d T are sittin g arou n d a circle fac- t h e m i d d l e. Z i s n ot an i m m edi at e
way th at fou r of th em sit at fou r cor - in g th e cen tre. T sits fifth to th e righ t n eigh bou r of Y.
n ers of th e squ are wh ile fou r sit in th e of R. N is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
233. Wh at is Z’s position with respect 240. How m an y people sit between B 246. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
to W ? and F when cou nted in anti-clock - in a certain way based on th eir
(1) Secon d to th e left wise direction from B ? seat in g posit ion s i n t h e above
(2) Th ird to th e righ t (1) On e (2) Two arrangement and so form a grou p.
(3) Fou rth to th e left (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r Wh ich is th e on e th at does n ot
(5) More th an fou r belon g to th at grou p ?
(4) Th ird to th e left
(5) Fou rth to th e righ t 241. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (1) AG (2) CE
234. Wh o is secon d to th e righ t of T ? in a certain way an d so form a (3) DA (4) AF
(1) Y (2) X grou p. Which is the on e that does (5) GB
(3) U (4) V n ot belon g to th at grou p ? 247. How m an y person s sit between
(1) H (2) F F an d E ?
(5) Non e of th ese
(3) E (4) G (1) On e (2) Two
in a certain way besed on th eir (5) D (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r
seatin g positions in the above line 242. Wh ich of th e fol lowi n g gr ou ps (5) Five
an d so form a grou p. Wh ich is con sists of on ly fem ale m em bers 248. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
th e on e th at does n ot belon g to of th e grou p ? exactly in th e m iddle of th e lin e ?
th e grou p ? (1) A, B, H (2) G, F, C (1) A (2) C
(1) UW (2) XV (3) C, H, G (4) D, H, C (3) E (4) G
(3) ZT (4) YV (5) Non e of th ese (5) F
(5) WX 243. If all th e person s are m ade to sit 249. Wh at is th e position of E with
236. If all th e seven frien ds are m ade in alph abetical order in clock wise respect to A ?
to sit alphabetically from right to di rect ion , start in g fr om A, th e (1) Th ird to th e righ t
left. position s of h ow m an y will position s of h ow m an y (exclu d- (2) Secon d to th e righ t
rem ain u n ch anged ? in g A) will rem ain u n ch an ged as (3) Secon d to th e left
(1) Non e (2) On e com pared to th eir origin al seat-
(3) Two (4) Th ree ing positions?
(5) Im m ediate left
(5) Fou r (1) None (2) On e
Di rect i on s (2 50-256 ) : Stu dy the
237. Wh o sit at th e extrem e en ds of (3) Two (4) Th r ee
th e lin e ? (5) Fou r swer th e given qu estion s.
(1) XZ (2) VX 244. In a class of 20 stu den ts, Alish a’s (Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO
(3) YZ (4) XT ran k is 15th from th e top. Manav Ex am . 26.12.2010 (I st si t t i n g)
(5) TU is 4 ran k s above Alish a. Wh at is Eigh t frien ds, P, Q, R, S, T, V,
Di r ect i on s (2 3 8 – 2 4 3 ) : Stu dy Man av’s ran k from th e bottom ? W an d Y are sittin g arou n d a squ are
th e followin g in form ation to answer th e (1) 10th (2) 11th table in su ch a way th at fou r of th em
given qu estion s : (3) 9th (4) 12th sit at fou r corn ers of th e squ are wh ile
(Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a (5) Non e of th ese fou r sit in the middle of each of th e
Ex am . 19. 12.20 10) (Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO fou r sides. Th e on es wh o sit at th e fou r
A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are Ex am . 26.12.2010 (I st si t t i n g) corners face th e cen tre wh ile th ose wh o
sittin g arou n d a circu lar table facin g Di rect i on s (245-249) : Stu dy the sit in th e m iddle of th e sides face ou t-
th e cen t re. No two m al es or two fe- following information carefu lly an d an - sid e.
m ales ar e im m ediate n ei gh bou r s of swer th e given qu estion s. S sits th ird to th e righ t of P. P
each oth er. (Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO faces th e cen tre. Y is n ot an im m edi-
A is wife of H. A sits th ird to th e Ex am . 26.12.2010 (I st si t t i n g) ate n eigh bou r of P or S. T sits th ird to
left of E. F sits secon d to th e righ t of Seven person s A, B, C, D, E, F th e righ t of R. R does n ot sit in th e
D. D is n ot an im mediate n eigh bou r of an d G are sittin g in a straigh t lin e (n ot m iddle of an y of th e sides an d also R
A or E. H an d C are im m ediate n eigh - n ecessarily in th e sam e order) facin g is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of Y.
bou rs of each oth er. F is n ot an im m e- n orth . On ly on e person sits between P an d
diate n eigh bou r of h is wife B. (a) On ly two person s sit between V. Q is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r
238. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e F an d G an d G sits secon d to of V.
abou t G ? th e left of B. 250. If all th e person s are m ade to sit
(1) G is a m ale (b) D sits th ird to th e left of C. in alph abetical order in clock wise
(2) G sits exactly between F and H (c) E sits exactly between G an d d ir ect ion , start i n g fr om P, th e
(3) G sits th ird to th e left of E B an d B sits at th e extrem e position s of h ow m an y (exclu d-
(4) G sits secon d to th e right of B righ t en d of th e row. in g P) will rem ain u n ch an ged as
com pared to th eir origin al seat-
(5) Non e is tru e 245. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
in g position s ?
239. Wh o sits th ird to th e left of B ? at th e extrem e left of th e lin e ?
(1) None (2) On e
(1) F (2) H (1) F (2) D
(3) C (4) E (3) Two (4) Th r ee
(3) D (4) A
(5) Fou r
(5) Non e of th ese (5) G
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
251. Wh ich of t h e foll owin g is t r u e 258. How m an y person s are seat ed 265. How m an y person s are seat ed
regardin g Y ? between L and Q if we cou n t an ti- between A an d C ?
(1) T is n ot an im m ediate n eigh - clock wise from L to Q ? (1) On e (2) Two
bou r of Y (1) On e (2) Two (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r
(2) Y sits in th e m iddle of on e of (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r
(5) Non e of th ese
th e sides (5) More th an fou r
266. If A : X an d Z : A, th en Y : ?
(3) R sits secon d to left of Y 259. Wh o is to th e im m ediate left of
(4) P an d V are im m ediate n eigh - (1) Y (2) B
P?
bou rs of Y (1) L (2) N (3) A (4) X
(5) Non e is tru e (3) M (4) O (5) Non e of th ese
252. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits (5) Non e of th ese Di r ect i on s (267 –272) : Stu dy the
fou rth to th e left of V ? Di r ect i on s (2 6 0 –2 6 1 ) : Fou r of following in formation to answer the giv-
(1) Y (2) R th e followin g five are alik e in a certain en qu estion s :
(3) T (4) Q way based on th eir seatin g position s (I n di an Ban k PO
(5) W in th e above arran gem en t an d so form Ex am . 02.01.2011 (I st si t t i n g)
253. Wh at is th e position of Q with a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e th at does J , P, Q, R, S, T, U an d V ar e
respect to R ? n ot belon g to th e grou p ? fou r m arried cou ples sittin g in a circle
(1) Im m ediately to th e left (I n di an Ban k PO facin g th e cen tre, Th e profession of th e
(2) Secon d to th e left Ex am . 02.01.2011 (I st si t t i n g) m ales with in th e grou p are lectu rer,
(3) Th ird to th e left 260. (1) QPN (2) MOR lawyer, doctor an d scientist. Am ong the
(4) Th ird to th e righ t (3) LRO (4) RQM m ales, on ly R (th e lawyer) an d V (th e
(5) Im m ediately to th e righ t (5) ROL sci en t ist) ar e sit t in g t oget h er. Each
254. Fou r of th e following five are alik e 261. (1) LP (2) RM m an is seated besides h is wife. U, th e
in a certain way an d so form a (3) MQ (4) NP wife of th e lectu rer is seated secon d
grou p. Which is the on e that does (5) OR to th e righ t of V. T is seated between
n ot belon g to th at grou p ? Di r ect i on s (26 2–266) : Stu dy the U an d V. P is th e wife of th e doctor. Q
(1) T (2) W following in formation to answer the giv- is n ot th e doctor. S is a m ale.
(3) V (4) S en qu estion s : 267. Wh ich of th e followin g is P’s po-
(5) Q (I n di an Ban k PO sition with respect to S ?
255. Wh o sits th ird to th e righ t of W ? Ex am . 02.01.2011 (I st si t t i n g) (1) Secon d to th e righ t
(1) R (2) S A, B, C, X, Y, Z are seated in a
(2) Secon d to th e left
(3) Q (4) Y straigh t lin e facin g North . C is th ird to
th e righ t of Z an d B sits secon d to th e (3) Im m ediate righ t
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed (4) Im m ediate left
righ t of C. X sits to th e im m ediate righ t
256. How m an y people sit between T
of A. (5) Th ird to th e left
an d Q ?
262. Which of th e following represents 268. Wh ich of th e followin g is J ’s po-
(1) None (2) On e
th e pairs of person s sittin g ex- sition with respect to T ?
(3) Two (4) Th ree actly in th e m iddle of th e lin e ? (1) Th ird to th e left
(5) Fou r (1) XB (2) ZB (2) Fou rth to th e righ t
Di r ect i on s (257 –261) : Stu dy the (3) BX (4) XC
following in formation to answer the giv- (5) XY)
en qu estion s : (4) Opposite T
263. Wh at is X’s position with respect
(I n di an Ban k PO to Z ? (5) Secon d to th e righ t
Ex am . 02.01.2011 (I st si t t i n g) 269. Wh ich of th e followin g is n ot t r ue
(1) Im m ediate righ t of Z
L, M, N, O, P, Q an d R are sit- regardin g th e cou ples ?
tin g arou n d a circle facin g th e cen tre. (1) P is th e wife of S
O is sittin g between L an d R. Q is sec- (3) Th ird to th e righ t
(4) Secon d to th e righ t (2) T is th e wife of Q
on d to th e righ t of R an d P is secon d
to th e righ t of Q. N is n ot an im m edi- (5) Non e of th ese (3) R is th e h u sban d of J
ate n eigh bou r of R. 264. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (4) J an d S are seated adjacen t
257. Which of th e following is n ot cor- in a certain way based on th eir to each oth er
r ect ? seatin g position s in th e above ar - (5) All are tru e
(1) R is secon d to th e righ t of L ran gem en t an d so form a grou p.
270. Th e wives of which two hu sban ds
(2) M is secon d to th e left of N Wh ich is th e on e th at does n ot
are im m ediate n eigh bou rs ?
belon g to th e grou p ?
(3) L sits exactly between O and P (1) UT (2) SR
(1) ZA (2) XC
(4) P an d N are imm ediate n eigh - (3) VQ (4) RV
bou rs (3) CY (4) YB
(5) XA (5) Non e of th ese
(5) P sits to th e opposite of N
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
271. Fou r of th e followin g are alik e in 276. Wh o sit / s exact ly b etween t h e 281. Wh ich of th e followin g is tru e?
a certain way based on their seat- arch itect an d th e bu sin essm an ? (1) On ly on e person is sitting be-
in g position in th e above arrange- (1) C an d H (2) Clerk tween stu den t of Std. 4 an d
ment and so form a grou p. Which Std.6
(3) Ban k er an d sh opk eeper
is th e on e th at does n ot belon g (2) D stu dies in Std.2
to th e grou p ? (4) Doctor (5) C and teacher
(3) Th e on e stu dyin g in Std. 3 is
(1) RSJ (2) TRV 277. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is a
an im m ediate n eigh bou r of H
(3) UTV (4) SQP clerk ?
(4) On e p er son si ts between H
(5) UPQ (1) C (2) D
an d th e stu den t of Std. 2
272. Wh o is th e Lawyer’s wife ‘? (3) E (4) F (5) Non e is tru e
(1) T (2) P (5) G 282. Wh o am on gst th e followin g rep-
(3) J (4) U Di rect i on s (2 78–28 2) : Read the resen t im m ediate n eigh bou rs of
(5) Non e of th ese following information carefu lly an d an - G?
swer th e qu estion s wh ich follow: (1) A, B
Di r ec t i on s (2 7 3 –2 7 7 ) : St u d y
th e followin g information carefu lly and (Ban k Of Bar oda PO Exam . 13.03.2011) (2) E an d th e stu den t of Std. 2
an swer th e given qu estion s. A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H stu dy (3) H an d th e stu den t of Std. 6
(UCO Ban k PO Exam . 30.01.2011) in differen t stan dard s vi z. 1st, 2 n d, (4) E, F
A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are 3rd, 4th , 5th , 6th , 7th an d 8th . All of (5) A, D
sittin g arou n d a circu lar table facin g th em are seated arou n d a circu lar ta-
Di r ect i on s (283 –288) : Stu dy the
th e cen tre. Each on e of th em h as a ble facin g th e cen tre.
differen t profession viz. doctor, en gi- C sits th ird to righ t of H. H stu d- swer th e given qu estion s.
n eer, arch itect, teach er, cl erk , sh op- ies in Std. 8. F sits secon d to left of E. (Al l ah abad Ban k PO Exam . 17.04.2011)
k eeper, bu sin essm an an d ban k er. E is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of C P, Q, R, S, T, V, W an d X are
A sits th ird to righ t of teach er. or H. Th e on e wh o stu dies in Std. 1 is cap t ai n s of ei gh t d i ffer en t Cr i ck et
D sit s secon d to left of G. G i s n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of E. Th ree team s n am ely Au stralia, New Zealan d,
a n i m m ed i at e n ei gh b o u r o f t h e people sit between H an d th e stu den t In dia, Pak istan , Sri-Lan k a, En glan d,
teach er. On ly on e person sits between of Std. 7. West In dies an d Sou th Africa, bu t n ot
B wh o is th e sh opk eeper an d teach er. H, C an d also th eir im m ediate n ecessarily in th e sam e order. All of
Th e on e wh o is an arch itect sits th ird neigh bou rs do not stu dy in Std. 2. On ly th em are seated arou n d a circu lar table
to righ t of th e sh opk eeper. H sits be- on e person sits between th e stu den t an d are facin g th e cen tre.
tween architect an d engin eer. E is n ot of Std . 2 an d G. Stu den ts of Std. 3 P is sittin g th ird to th e left of th e
an im m ediate n eigh bou r of H. En gi-
and 4 are immediate neighbou rs of each Sri Lan k an captain . On ly two people
n eer si ts t h ird to th e righ t of clerk .
oth er. C is neither in Std. 4 nor in Std. 3. sit between T an d W. Neith er T n or W
On l y on e person sit s between bu si-
On ly one person sits between A and the is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of P. Nei-
n essm an an d F. E is n eith er a bu si-
stu dent of Std 5. A does not stu dy in t h er T n or W i s th e cap t ai n of Sr i
n essm an n or a doctor.
Std. 2 or 3. B does not stu dy in Std. 2. Lan k a. Th e captain of Sou th Africa sits
273. Wh ich of t h e foll owin g is t r u e secon d to th e righ t of S. S is n ot an
with respect to th e gi ven seat- 278. Wh ich of th e followin g is tru e re-
gardin g F ? im m ediate n eigh bou r of P. S is n ot Sri
ing arrangement? Lan k an captain an d P is n ot th e cap-
(1) E is an immediate neighbou r (1) F stu dies in Std. 5
tain of Sou th Afri ca. Th e Au stralian
of th e en gin eer (2) D an d G are imm ediate neigh- captain sits th ird to left of V. Au stra-
(2) E is an arch itect bou rs of F lian an d Sri Lan k an captain s are n ot
(3) Th e clerk i s an im m edi at e (3) On e p erson si t s b et ween F im m ediate n eigh bou rs of each oth er.
n eigh bou r of th e bank er an d th e stu den t of Std. 4 On ly on e person sits between S an d
(4) Th e teach er sits between H (4) F sits secon d to righ t of A th e In dian captain . Captain s of Pak i-
an d th e en gin eer (5) Non e is tru e stan an d New Zealan d are im m ediate
(5) Sh opk eep er si ts secon d t o n eigh bou rs of each oth er. S is n ot th e
279. Who am on gst th e following stu d-
th e righ t of th e teach er captain of New Zealan d’s team . On ly
ies in Std. 3 ?
274. Wh at is th e profession of H ? on e person si ts between Q an d t h e
(1) C (2) F cap t ai n of En gl an d. Th e capt ai n of
(1) Bu sinessm an
(3) G (4) B En glan d is im m ediate n eigh bou r of X.
(2) Arch itect (3) Ban k er
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed W and Q are n ot im mediate neigh bou rs
(4) Teach er (5) Sh opk eeper of each oth er.
280. How m an y person s sit between
275. Wh at is th e posi tion of d oct or 283. How m an y people sit between T
D an d th e stu dent of Std. 4, wh en
with respect to th e ban k er? and th e captain of En gland when
cou n ted from th e left h an d side
(1) Imm ediately to the left cou n ted in clock wise di rect ion
of stu den t of Std. 4 ?
(2) Th ird to the left from T ?
(1) None (2) On e
(3) Secon d to the righ t (1) Non e (2) On e
(4) Fou rth to th e left (3) Two (4) Th r ee
(3) Two (4) Fou r
(5) Secon d to the left (5) Fou r
(5) Five
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
284. Who am ongst th e following is th e gineer. D is not a politician. Pilot is n ot Repr esen tati ves from eigh t dif-
captain of th e Au stralian team ? an im m ediate n eigh bou r of th e politi- feren t Ban k s viz. A, B, C, D, E, F, G
(1) P (2) V cian . Ban k er sits secon d to left of A. an d H are sittin g arou n d a circu lar ta-
(3) W (4) T 289. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is a ble facin g th e cen tre bu t n ot n eces-
(5) Q bu sin essman ? sarily in th e sam e order. Each on e of
(1) A (2) H th em is from a differen t Ban k viz. UCO
285. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g wou l d
B an k , Ori en tal Ban k of Com m er ce,
com e in the place of the qu estion (3) C (4) F
Ban k of Mah arash tra, Can ara Ban k ,
m ark based u pon th e given seat- (5) D Syndicate Bank , Pu n jab National Bank ,
in g arran gem en t ? 290. Wh at is th e position of F with re- Ban k of In dia an d Den a Ban k .
VS XR TV RP ? spect to th e politician ? F sits secon d to righ t of th e rep-
(1) SW (2) WX (1) Im m ediate righ t resen tative from Can ara Ban k . Repre-
(3) QW (4) QX (2) Th ird to th e left sen tative from Ban k of In dia is an im -
(5) VR (3) Secon d to th e righ t m ediate n eigh bou r of th e represen ta-
286. Wh ich of t h e foll owin g is t r u e (4) Fou rth to th e left tive from Can ara Ban k . Two people sit
with respect to th e given seatin g between th e represen tative of Ban k of
arran gem en t ? In dia an d B. C an d E are im m ediate
291. Wh o sit(s) ex actl y bet ween th e
(1) R is th e captain of Sou th Af- neighbou rs of each other. Neither C n or
teach er an d th e en gin eer ?
rica E is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of eith er
(1) C an d H
(2) W is an im mediate n eigh bou r B or th e represen tative from Can ara
(2) On ly the politician B an k . Rep r esen tat ive fr om Ban k of
of V.
(3) On ly th e doctor Mah arash tra sits secon d to righ t of D.
(3) Captain s of Au stralia an d En -
glan d are im m ediate n eigh - (4) C an d B D is n eith er th e represen tative of Ca-
bou rs of each oth er. (5) Th e arch itect an d th e ban k er n ara Ban k n or Ban k of In dia. G an d
(4) Fou r peopl e sit b et ween W 292. Wh ich of t h e foll owin g is t r u e th e represen tative from UCO Ban k are
an d Q with respect to th e given seatin g im m ediate n eigh bou rs of each oth er.
arran gem en t ? B i s n ot th e r epr esen t ati ve of UCO
(5) X sits secon d to left of S.
(1) D is an im m ediate n eigh bou r Ban k . On ly on e person sits between C
287. Who am ongst th e following is th e an d th e represen tative from Orien tal
of G
Indian captain ? Ban k of Com m erce.
(2) G is a ban k er
(1) Q (2) V H sits th ird to left of th e repre-
(3) Th e ban k er an d th e teach er
(3) X (4) T sen tative from Den a Ban k . Represen -
are im m ediate n eigh bou rs of
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed each oth er tative from Pu n jab Nation al Ban k sits
288. Wh at is th e position of th e cap- secon d to l eft of t h e r ep r esen tat ive
(4) Pilot sits exactly between ar -
tain of West In dies with respect from Syn dicate Ban k .
ch itect an d th e bu sin essm an
to R ? 296. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
(5) Doctor sits secon d to th e righ t
(1) Im m ediate left in a certain way based on th e giv-
of th e bu sin essm an
(2) Secon d to th e left en arran gem en t an d th u s form a
293. Wh at is th e profession of G ?
grou p. Wh ich is th e on e that does
(3) Th ird to th e righ t (1) Bu sinessman n ot belon g to th at grou p?
(4) Secon d to th e righ t (2) Pilot (3) Ban k er (1) H - UCO Ban k
(5) Th ird to th e left (4) Teach er (5) Arch itect (2) A - Can ara Ban k
Di rect i on s (289 -29 5) : Stu dy the 294. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (3) D - Ban k of Mah arash tra
following information carefu lly an d an - in a cer tai n way b ased on t h e
(4) E - Syn dicate Ban k
swer th e given qu estion s : given seatin g arran gem en t an d
(5) F - Pu n jab Nation al Ban k
(I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO th u s form a grou p. Wh ich is th e
on e th at does n ot belon g to th at 297. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
Ex am . 22. 05.20 11)
grou p? with respect to th e given seatin g
A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are arran gement?
sittin g arou n d a circu lar table facin g (1) G - Doctor
(1) B is th e represen tative from
th e cen tre. Each on e of th em h as a (2) E -Arch itect
Ban k of Mah arash tra
differen t profession viz. doctor, en gi- (3) H - Bu sin essm an
(2) C sits secon d to righ t of H
n eer, arch itect, pilot, ban k er, teach er, (4) E – Politician
bu sinessm an an d politician . (3 ) Th e r ep r esen t at i ve f r om
(5) D - Pilot
Den a Ban k sits to th e im m e-
Th e politician sits th ird to righ t 295. Wh at is th e profession of E ? diate left of th e represen ta-
of G. C is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of (1) Bu sinessman tive from UCO Ban k
G. Arch itect sits secon d to righ t of C. (2) Arch itect (3) Ban k er
B sits th ird to righ t of H. H is n eith er a (4) A sits secon d to righ t of th e
(4) Politician (5) Engin eer represen tative from Ban k of
politician n or an arch itect. On ly on e
person sits between C and th e teacher. Di r ect i on s (296 –300) : Stu dy the India
A an d F are im m ediate n eigh bou rs of following information carefu lly an d an - (5 ) Th e r ep r esen t at i ves fr om
each oth er. Neith er A n or F is a politi- swer th e given qu estion s. B an k of M ah ar ash t r a an d
cian . Doctor sits secon d to righ t of A. (I BPS Bank PO/ M T CWE Syn dicate Bank are im m edi-
Ex am . 18. 09.20 11) ate n eigh bou rs of each oth er
Two people sit between D an d th e en -
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
298. Wh o am on gst th e foll owin g sit 303. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- 309. Wh o is sittin g to th e im m ediate
exactly between B an d th e represen ts th e people stan din g at left of E ?
resen tative from Ban k of In dia? th e extrem e en ds of th e lin e ? (1) C (2) G
(1) A and th e representative from (1) FH (2) CE (3) B (4) A
UCO Ban k (3) DE (4) CH (5) Non e of th ese
(2) F an d G (5) Non e of th ese 310. Wh at is th e p osit ion of F with
(3) H an d t h e r ep r esen t at i ve 304. Wh o is stan din g secon d to th e respect to B ?
from Ban k of Mah arash tra righ t of C ? (1) Fou rth to th e left
(4) H an d G (1) F (2) D (2) Secon d to th e righ t
(5) Represen tatives from Syn di- (3) G (4) E (3) Th ird to th e righ t
cate Ban k an d Orien tal Ban k (5) Non e of th ese (4) Secon d to th e left
of Com m erce 305. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (5) Non e of th ese
299. Who am ongst th e following is th e in a certain way based on th eir 311. If all th e person s are ask ed to sit
r ep r esen t at i ve fr om Or i en t al position s in th e above arran ge- in a clock wise direction in an al-
Ban k of Com m erce? ph abetical order startin g from A,
ment and so form a grou p. Which
th e position of h ow m an y will re-
(1) A (2) C of th e followin g does n ot belon g
m ain u nch an ged, exclu din g A ?
(3) H (4) G to th e grou p ?
(1) Th r ee (2) On e
(5) D (1) CG (2) GE
(3) Two (4) None
300. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits (3) GH (4) DE
(5) FD (5) Fou r
secon d to left of B ?
(1) C (2) H 306. If al l t h e p eopl e ar e ask ed t o Di r ect i on s (31 2–316) : Stu dy the
stan d in an alp h abeti cal or der following information carefu lly an d an -
(3) Th e represen tative from Ca-
swer th e given qu estion s :
n ara Ban k from left to righ t, th e position s
(4) The representative from Pu n - of h ow m an y wi l l r em ain u n -
Ex am . 16. 01.20 11)
jab Nation al Ban k ch an ged ?
Eigh t frien ds P, Q, R, S, T, V, W
(5) G (1) On e (2) Two
an d Y are sittin g arou n d a squ are ta-
301. In a class of 35 ch ildren, Am eya’s (3) Th r ee (4) None ble in su ch a way th at fou r of th em sit
ran k is sixth from th e top. An n ie (5) Non e of th ese at fou r corn ers of th e squ are wh ile fou r
i s seven r an k s b el ow Am eya. Di r ect i on s (30 7–311) : Stu dy the sit in th e m iddle of each of th e fou r
Wh at is An n ie’s ran k from th e followin g in form ation an d an swer th e si des. Th e on es wh o si t at th e fou r
bottom ? qu estion s given : cor n ers face t h e cen t re wh il e th ose
(1) 22 (2) 20 (Un i on Ban k Of I n di a PO wh o sit in th e m iddle of th e sides face
Ex am . 09. 01.20 01) ou tside.
(3) 19 (4) 23
Seven people -A, B, C, D, E, F P wh o faces th e cen tre sits th ird
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed to th e righ t of V. T, wh o faces th e cen -
an d G are sittin g in a circle. Five of
(Un i on Ban k Of I n di a PO tre, is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of
th em are facin g th e cen tre wh ile two
Ex am . 09 .01.2 001 V. On ly on e person sits between V and,
of th em are facin g opposite to th e cen -
Di rect i on s (3 0 2–3 06 ) : Stu dy fol- W. S sits secon d to righ t of Q. Q faces
tre. C sits th ird to th e left of D an d
lowin g in form ation to an swer th e giv- the centre. R is n ot an imm ediate neigh-
both are facin g th e cen tre. E is n ei-
en qu estion s : bou r of P.
th er an im m ediate n eigh bou r of D n or
(Un i on Ban k Of I n di a PO
of C. Th e on e sittin g exactly between 312. Wh o sits secon d to th e left of Q ?
Ex am . 09. 01.20 01) (1) V (2) P
D an d F is facin g opposite to th e cen -
Six people – C, D, E, F, G an d H– tre. G sits th ird to th e righ t of A an d G (3) T (4) Y
are stan din g in a straigh t lin e facin g is facin g th e cen tre. On e of B’s n eigh - (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
n orth n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e or - bou r is facin g opposite to th e cen tre. 313. Wh at is th e p osit ion of T with
der. D is stan din g secon d to th e righ t 307. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- respect to V ?
of F. C is stan din g fou rth to th e left of resen ts person s, facin g opposite (1) Fou rth to th e left
H an d H is n ot st an din g on th e ex- to th e cen tre ? (2) Secon d to th e left
trem e en d of th e lin e. E is stan din g (3) Th ird to th e left
(1) A an d F
secon d to th e righ t of D. (4) Th ird to th e righ t
(2) E an d F (3) A an d E
302. Wh at is th e position of G with (5) Secon d to th e righ t
respect to E ? 314. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) Im m ediate left in a certain way an d so form a
308. Wh o is sittin g secon d to th e left
(2) Secon d to th e left grou p. Wh ich is th e on e that does
of A ?
(3) Th ird to th e left n ot belon g to th at grou p ?
(1) C (2) G
(4) Th ird to th e righ t (1) R (2) W
(3) E (4) B
(3) V (4) S
(5) Y
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
315. Wh ich of th e followin g will com e 320. P is related to V in th e sam e way 326. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs of
i n pl ace of t h e qu esti on m ar k as C is related to F. To wh ich of persons h as both the persons sit-
based u pon th e given seatin g ar - th e followin g is E related to, fol- tin g on th e sam e side with first
ran gement? lowin g th e sam e pattern ? person sittin g to th e righ t of sec-
WP TR QW RS ? (1) B (2) D on d person ?
(1) YT (2) VY (3) C (4) A (1) DF (2) CB
(3) VQ (4) PY (5) Non e of th ese (3) FC (4) AG
(5) QV 321. Wh ich of th e followin g is tru e re- (5) Non e of th ese
gardin g F ? 327. Wh o is sittin g opposite to E ?
316. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
regardin g R ? (1) F sits secon d to righ t of C (1) D (2) A
(2) F is n ot an im m ediate n eigh -
(1) R is an im m ediate n eigh bou r (3) F (4) A or D
bou r of A
of V (5) Non e of th ese
(3) F sits th ird to left of D
(2) R faces th e cen tre 328. Which of th e following statemen ts
(4) F sits at on e of th e extrem e
(3) R sits exactly between T and S is defi n i t el y t r u e?
en ds of th e lin e
(4) Q sits th ird to left of R (5) F faces V (1) A is facin g North
(5) Non e is tru e 322. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits (2) E is sittin g opposite to F
Di r ect i on s (31 7–322) : Stu dy the exactly between P an d Q ? (3) F is to th e left of G
following in formation to answer the giv- (1) R (2) V (4) C is to th e left of A
en qu estion s : (3) S (4) T (5) Non e of th ese
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO Di rect i on s (3 29-333 ) : Stu dy the
Ex am . 16. 01.20 11) followin g in form ati on t o an swer t h e
323. Q types faster th an R bu t n ot as
Twelve people are sittin g in two fast as V. T types faster th an R. given qu estion s:
parallel rows containing six people each, S t y p es f ast er t h an V . W h o (UCO Ban k PO Exam . 30.01.2011)
in su ch a way th at th ere is an equ al am on gst th e five of th em types Twelve people are sittin g in two
distance between adjacen t person s. In th e fastest ? parallel rows containing six people each,
row-1, P, Q, R, S, T an d V are seated (1) V in su ch a way th at th ere is an equ al
an d all of th em are facin g sou th . In (2) T distance between adjacen t person s. In
row-2, A, B, C, D, E an d F are seated
(3) S row-1 P, Q, R, S, T an d V are seated
and all of th em are facin g n orth . There-
(4) Data In adequ ate an d all of th em are facin g Sou th . In
fore, in th e given seatin g arran gem en t
(5) Non e of th ese row-2 A, B, C, D, E an d F are seated
each m em b er seated in a r ow faces
(Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO and all of th em are facin g North. There-
an oth er m em ber of th e oth er row.
Ex am . 23. 01.20 11) fore, in th e given seatin g arran gem en t
A sits th ird to righ t of D. Neith er each m em b er seated in a r ow faces
A n or D sits at extrem e en ds. T faces an oth er m em ber of th e oth er row.
D. V does n ot face A an d V does n ot swer th e qu estion s given below : P sits th ird to th e left of T. Nei-
sit at an y of th e extrem e en ds. V is n ot (Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO th er P n or T sits at an extrem e en d of
an im m ediate n eigh bou r of T. B sits at Ex am . 23. 01.20 11) th e lin e. A sits secon d to th e righ t of
on e of th e extrem e en ds. Only two peo- Eigh t person s A, B, C, D, E, F, E. Neith er A n or E faces T or P. A does
ple sit between B an d E. E does n ot G an d H are sittin g arou n d a rectan - n ot sit at an extrem e en d. R does n ot
face V. Two person s sit between R an d gu lar table in su ch a way th at two per - face A an d R does n ot sit at an ex-
Q. R is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of son s sit on each of th e fou r sides of trem e en d of th e lin e. On ly on e person
T. C does n ot face V. P is n ot an im - th e table facin g th e cen tre. Person s sits between F an d C. Neith er F n or C
m ediate n eigh bou r of R. sittin g on opposite sides are exactly faces T. C does n ot sit at th e extrem e
317. Wh o amon gst th e followin g sit at opposite to each oth er. en d. On ly on e person sits between V
extrem e en ds of th e rows ? D faces North an d sits exactly and Q. F is not an immediate n eighbou r
(1) B, E (2) S, T opposite to H. E is to th e im m ediate of B an d A does n ot face V.
(3) P, R (4) B, F left of H. A an d G sit on th e sam e side.
329. How man y persons are seated be-
(5) Non e of th ese G is exactly opposite of B wh o is to th e
tween B an d D ?
im m ediate righ t of C. A is n ext to th e
318. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces (1) On e (2) Two
left of D.
A? (3) Th ree (4) Fou r
324. Wh o is sittin g opposite to A ?
(1) R (2) T (5) Non e
(1) G (2) D
(3) P (4) Q 330. V is related to B in th e sam e way
(3) E (4) A
(5) S as Q is related to C. To wh ich of
(5) Non e of th ese
319. How m an y person s are seat ed 325. Wh o is n ext to E in clock wise di- th e followin g is P related to, fol-
between T an d S ? rection ? lowin g th e sam e pattern ?
(1) On e (2) Two (1) G (2) B (1) F (2) A
(3) Th r ee (4) Fou r (3) F (4) A or F (3) D (4) E
(5) None (5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
331. Wh ich of th e followin g is tru e re- (1) B – T (2) A – Q Ten people are sitting in two par -
gardin g V ? (3) C – S (4) F – P allel rows con tain in g five people each ,
(1) V faces A (5) D – R in su ch a way th at th ere is an equ al
(2 ) T i s n o t an i m m ed i a t e 337. Fou r of th e following five are alik e distance between adjacen t person s. In
n eigh bou r of V. in a certain way an d th u s form a row — 1 P, Q, R, S an d T are seated
(3) C faces th e on e wh o is sec- grou p. Which is the on e that does an d all of th em are facin g Sou th . In
on d to left of V n ot belon g to th at grou p ? row — 2 A, B, C, D an d E are seated
(1) D (2) S an d all of th em are facing North . There-
(4) V sits at on e of th e extrem e
(3) V (4) T fore, in th e given seatin g arran gem en t
en ds of th e lin e
each m em b er seated in a r ow faces
(5) R sits th ird to th e righ t of V (5) A
an oth er m em ber of th e oth er row.
332. Wh o amon gst th e followin g sit at 338. How m an y person s are seat ed
between R an d T ? D sit s t h i rd to th e left of A. P
extrem e en ds of th e rows?
faces imm ediate n eigh bou r of D. R sits
(1) D, F (2) V, S (1) On e (2) Two
secon d to th e righ t of P. On ly on e per -
(3) Q, S (4) B, D (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r
son sits between Q an d S. B an d E are
(5) Non e of th ese (5) None im m ediate n eigh bou rs of each oth er.
333. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces 339. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces E does n ot face P an d Q.
B? Q? 343. How m an y person s are seat ed
(1) V (2) S (1) D (2) B between Q an d T ?
(3) Q (4) R (3) E (4) A (1) Non e (2) On e
(5) T (5) Non e of th ese (3) Two (4) Th ree
Di r ect i on s (334 –340) : Stu dy the 340. Wh ich of th e followin g is tru e re- (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
following in formation to answer the giv- gardin g B ? 344. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
en qu estion s : (1) B sits to th e im m ediate left of in a certain way an d th u s form a
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO Exam . 13.03.2011) C grou p. Which is the on e that does
Twelve people are sittin g in two (2) B faces Q n ot belon g to th at grou p ?
parallel rows containing six people each, (3) B sits fou rth from th e extrem e (1) R (2) S
in su ch a way th at th ere is an equ al left en d of th e lin e (3) C (4) T
distance between adjacen t person s. In (4) D an d F are imm ediate neigh - (5) A
row – 1 A, B, C, D, E an d F are seated bou rs of B
345. Wh o am on gst th e followin g rep-
an d all of th em are facin g sou th . In (5) Non e is tru e
resen t th e people sittin g exactly
row - 2 P, Q, R, S, T an d V are seated Di r ect i on s (341 –342) : Stu dy the in th e m iddle of th e rows ?
and all of th em are facin g n orth . There- following information carefu lly an d an -
(1) P, E (2) S, D
fore, in th e given seatin g arran gem en t swer th e given qu estion s.
(3) S, A (4) A, R
each m em b er seated in a r ow faces (Al l ah abad Ban k PO Exam . 17.04.2011)
(5) P, B
an oth er m em ber of th e oth er row. Am on gst five frien ds, each got a
differen t percen tage of m ark s in th e 346. Wh ich of t h e foll owin g is t r u e
V sits th ird to righ t of S. S faces
examination. Poonam scored more than regardin g B ?
F an d F does n ot sit at an y of th e ex-
trem e en ds of th e lin e. D sits th ird to Ben bu t less th an Ajay. Ajay scored (1 ) A a n d C a r e i m m ed i a t e
righ t of C. R faces C. Th e on e facin g E 70% m ark s. Sh reya scored less m ark s n eigh bou rs of B
sits th ird to righ t of P. B an d P do n ot on ly th an Kim . Th e on e wh o scored (2) B sits at on e of th e extrem e
sit at th e extrem e en ds of th e lin e. T is the m inimu m m ark s scored 65% mark s en ds of th e lin e
n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of V an d an d th e on e wh o scored th e h igh est, (3) Q faces B
A is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of C. scored 87% m ark s. (4) T is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
334. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces 341. W h o a m on gst t h e f ol l o w i n g of th e person facin g B
D ? scored th e secon d lowest m ark s? (5) D sits to th e im m ediate left
(1) T (2) P (1) Ben (2) Kim of B
(3) Q (4) R (3) Sh reya (4) Ajay 347. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Poon am in a certain way an d th u s-form a
335. Wh o am on gst th e followin g rep- 342. Who am ongst th e following is th e grou p. Which is the on e that does
resen t th e people sittin g at ex- m ost lik ely to h ave scored 82% n ot belon g to th at grou p?
trem e en ds of th e rows? m ark s ? (1) T – E (2) Q – C
(1) R, F (2) T, A (1) Ben (2) Poon am (3) S – B (4) R – A
(3) D, R (4) C, Q (3) Sh reya (4) Kim (5) P – D
(5) Eith er Kim or Ben 348. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces
(5) S, A
Di r ect i on s (343 –348) : Stu dy the S?
followin g in form ati on t o an swer t h e (1) A (2) B
in a certain way an d th u s form a
given qu estion s : (3) C (4) D
grou p. Which is the on e that does
(Al l ah abad Ban k PO Exam . 17.04.2011)
n ot belon g to th at grou p? (5) E
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di rect i on s (3 49-355 ) : Stu dy the 354. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sit/ s 359. (1) W (2) T
following information carefu lly an d an - exactly between Peter an d Ali ? (3) S (4) P
swer th e given qu estion s. (1) On ly Bh arat (5) Q
(Al l ah abad Ban k PO Exam . 17.04.2011) (2) Ketan an d Ru m ia 360. (1) T - 2n d floor (2) R - 7th floor
(3) On ly Harleen
Eigh t fr ien d s, Meen al , Ru m ia, (3) V - 3rd floor (4) S - 5th floor
(4) Harleen an d Meen al
Sh ik h a, Ali, Peter, Harleen , Ketan an d (5) Q - 6th floor
Bharat are sitting arou nd a squ are table (5) No on e sits between Peter an d
Ali 361. Wh i ch of th e followin g i s t r u e
in su ch a way th at fou r of th em sit at with respect to the given arran ge-
355. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is an
fou r corn ers of th e squ are wh ile fou r men t?
imm ediate n eigh bou r of Meen al?
sit in th e m iddle of each of th e fou r (1) Th e on e wh o lives on th e 5th
(1) Rumia (2) Ali
sides. The on es wh o sit at th e fou r cor - f l o o r i s an i m m ed i a t e
(3) Ketan (4) Harleen
n ers face th e cen tre wh ile th ose wh o n eigh bou r of S
(5) Sh ik ha
sit in th e m iddle of th e sides face ou t- (2) V lives on th e 1 st floor
Di r ect i on s (356 –362) : Stu dy the
sid e. followin g in form ati on t o an swer t h e (3) T sits secon d to th e left of th e
Bh arat sits secon d to th e righ t of given qu estion s : person wh o lives on 2n d floor
Sh ik h a. Bh arat does n ot sit at an y of (I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO (4 ) R a n d V a r e i m m ed i a t e
th e corn ers. Meen al sits th ird to th e Ex am . 22. 05.20 11)
n eigh bou rs of each oth er
righ t of Peter. Peter is n ot an im m edi- P, Q, R, S, T, V an d W are sittin g
in a straigh t lin e facin g n orth . Each (5) Th e on e wh o lives on th e 4th
ate n eigh bou r of Sh ik h a. Ru m ia an d
on e of th em lives on a differen t floor in floor sits at on e of th e extrem e
Ketan ar e im m edi at e n eigh b ou rs of
th e sam e bu ildin g wh ich is n u m bered en ds of th e lin e
each oth er bu t Ru m ia does n ot sit at
from on e to seven . 362. If all th e persons are made to live
an y of th e corn ers of th e table. Harleen
Q sits fou rt h to th e left of th e in alph abeti cal or der from t h e
is n eith er an im m ediate n eigh bou r of
person living on th e 6th floor. Either Q bottom-most floor to the top-m ost
Peter n or Sh ik h a.
or th e person livin g on th e 6th floor floor (i .e. P lives on th e 1st floor,
349. Fou r of th e following five are alik e sits at th e extrem e en ds of th e lin e. Q lives on th e 2n d floor an d fi-
in a certain way an d so form a On ly on e person sits between Q nally W lives on th e 7th floor) who
grou p. Which is the on e that does an d W. W lives on th e 3rd floor. Th e
wou ld still live on th e sam e floor
n ot belon g to th at grou p ? person livin g on 1st floor sits th ird to
r i gh t of S. S i s n ot an i m m ed i at e as th e origin al arrangem en t?
(1) Peter (2) Rumia
n eigh bou r of W. On ly on e person lives (1) R (2) V
(3) Harleen (4) Shik ha
between T an d th e person wh o lives (3) W (4) T
(5) Bharat on th e 2n d floor. (5) S
350. Wh o sits th ird to th e left of Ali ? P a n d R a r e i m m ed i a t e Di rect i on s (3 6 3 –36 4 ) : Stu dy th e
(1) Bh arat (2) Ru m ia n eigh bou rs of each oth er. P does n ot
followin g the in form ation carefu lly an d
live on th e 6th floor. On e wh o lives on
(3) Sh ik ha (4) Peter an swer th e qu estion s given below :
5th floor sits th ird to righ t of th e on e
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed wh o lives on th e 7th floor. (Ban k of Bar od a J un i or M an agem en t
351. What is the position of Peter with 356. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives Gr ad e/ Scal e-I Ex am , 18 .0 4.2 01 5)
respect to Meen al ? on th e 4th floor? In a class, Sam eer ’s ran k is 10 th
(1) To im m ediate left (1) P (2) Q fr om th e top an d An jal i’s ran k i s 4 th
(2) Secon d to th e left (3) R (4) S from the top. Amon g girls, An jali’s rank
(5) V is 3r d from th e top an d 7th from t h e
357. On wh ich of th e followin g floors bottom . Am on g b oys, Sam eer’s ran k
(4) Th ird to th e righ t does T live? is 5t h fr om th e top an d 2 1st from t h e
(5) Secon d to th e righ t (1) 1 st (2) 2n d bottom .
352. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits (3) 5th (4) 6th 363. Wh at i s th e total n u m b er of st u -
secon d to th e righ t of Ketan ? (5) 7th den ts in th at cl ass ?
(1) Sh ik ha (2) Ali 358. How m an y floors are th rere be-
(1) 43 (2) 30
tween th e floors on wh ich V an d
(3) Bh arat (4) Harleen (3) 34 (4) 39
P live ?
(5) Meen al (1) On e (2) Two (5) 36
353. Wh o am on gst th e followin g rep- (3) Th ree (4) Fou r 364. H ow m an y boys an d gi rl s ar e
resen t the imm ediate neigh bou rs (5) Non e t h er e i n b et ween Sam eer an d
of Harleen ? Di r ect i on s (3 5 9 -3 6 2 ) : Fou r of Anjali ?
(1) Meen al, Ketan th e followin g five are alik e in a certain (1) Fou r boys, t wo gir ls
way based on th e given arran gem en t
(2) Bh arat, Ru mia (2) Two b oys, fou r gir ls
an d th u s form a grou p. Wh ich is th e
(3) Bh arat, Meen al one that does n ot belong to that grou p? (3) Th ree boys, two gir ls
(4) Ali, Ru m ia (I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO (4) Two b oys, t wo gir ls
(5) Ali, Ketan Ex am . 22. 05.20 11)
(5) Two boys, th ree gir ls
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
365. Th e positions of th e first an d th e 370. Wh ich of the followin g will be th e (1) I (2) H
f i ft h d i gi t s o f t h e n u m b er ten th from th e righ t en d if all th e (3) T (4) H
8 1 9 4 3 2 7 5 ar e i n t er ch an ged . sym bols are dr opp ed from t h e (5) Non e of th ese
Similarly th e positions of th e sec- above arran gem en ts ?
378. Wh at wil l com e in place of th e
on d an d th e sixth digits are in - (1) 5 (2) M qu estion Mark (?) in th e followin g
t er ch an ged an d so on t il l th e (3) 2 (4) Z ser i es b ased on t h e ab ove ar -
fou r t h an d t h e ei gh t h d i gi t s. (5) Non e of th ese ran gem en t ?
Wh ich of the following will be the 371. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e 6@ LH %F ?
th ird digit from th e righ t en d af- fou rth to the left of the Thirteenth (1) K8 (2) KJ
ter th e rearran gem en t? from th e left en d of th e above ar -
(3) EJ (4) EQ
ran gem en t ?
(1) 1 (2) 9 (5) Non e of th ese
(1) U (2) 1
(3) 2 (4) 4 Di r ec t i o n s (3 7 9 –3 8 1 ) : Th ese
(3) W (4) D
(5) Non e of th ese qu estion s are based on th e followin g
(5) Non e of th ese
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE set of n u m bers.
Di rect i on (37 2–37 8) : Th ese qu es-
Ex am . 11. 03.20 12) 386 752 961 573 839
tion s are based on th e followin g ar -
Di r ect i on s (36 6–371) : Stu dy the ran gem en t. Stu dy it carefu lly an d an - (Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 15.03.2009)
following arrangemen t carefu lly and answer th e qu estion s. 379. If 1 is added to th e m iddle digit
swer th e qu estion s given below : (Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 15.03.2009) of each n u m ber an d then the first
(PNB Agr i cul t ur e Of f i cer # 6 B G @I L 7 3 H A % © D an d th e secon d digits are in ter -
Ex am . 0 4 .0 1 . 2 00 9 ) F K E 8 J Q 1 H V T U 2 $ W ch an ged, wh ich of th e followin g
R3#KA4M $DE%92FIB will be th e third digit of the sm all-
372. How man y su ch symbols are th ere
U H 5 I 7 @W © Z 6 H 8 N P Q est n u m ber?
in th e above arran gem en t each of
366. H ow m an y su ch sym b ol s ar e wh ich is im m ediately followed by (1) 6 (2) 2
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, a con son an t bu t n ot preceded by (3) 1 (4) 3
each of wh ich im m ediately fol- an oth er sym bol ? (5) 9
lowed by a n u m ber bu t n ot im - (1) None (2) On e 380. If in each n u m ber th e first an d
m ediately preceded by a con so- (3) Two (4) Th ree th e th ird digits are in terch an ged,
n an t ? (5) Fou r wh ich n u m ber will be th e secon d
(1) None (2) On e 373. How m an y su ch vowels are th ere largest ?
(3) Two (4) Th r ee in th e above arran gem en t each of (1) 386 (2) 752
wh ich is im m ediately followed by (3) 961 (4) 573
a sym bol an d also im m ediately (5) 839
367. Fou r of th e followin g five are lik e preceded by a con son an t ?
in a certain way based on th eir 381. If in each nu m ber the secon d an d
(1) None (2) On e
position s in th e above arran ge- th e th ird digits are in terch an ged,
(3) Two (4) Th ree wh at will be th e su m of th e first
ment and so from a grou p. Which (5) Fou r
is th e on e th at does n ot belon g and third digits of the largest nu m-
374. Fou r of th e following five are alik e ber ?
to th at grou p ? in a certain way based on th e po-
(1) D % M (2) K 4 # (1) 12 (2) 17
siti on s of t h eir elem en ts in th e
(3) W Z 7 (4) 6 8 © above arran gem en t an d so form (3) 15 (4) 11
a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e th at (5) Non e of th ese
(5) 9 F E
does n ot belon g to th e grou p? Di r ect i on s (3 8 2 –3 8 3 ) : Follow-
368. How m an y su ch con son an ts are
(1) IL@ (2) AH% in g qu esti on s ar e b ased on th e fi ve
there in th e above arran gem en ts,
(3) KFE (4) QJ 1 th ree-digit n u m bers given below :
each of wh ich is im mediately pre-
(5) V H T 519 368 437 246 175
ceded by a n u m ber an d n ot im -
m ed iately fol lowed b y an ot h er 375. Wh ich element is sixth to the right (UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 22.03.2009)
conson ant ? of fifteen th from th e righ t in th e 382. Which of th e followin g is the su m
arran gem en t of th e m iddle digits of th e h igh -
(1) None (2) On e
(1) Q (2) 1 est an d th e lowest n u m bers ?
(3) Two (4) Th r ee
(3) J (4) 3 (1) 6 (2) 9
(5) Non e of th ese (3) 8 (4) 5
369. Wh at sh ou ld com e in place of 376. B G : L 7 : : A % : ? (5) Non e of th ese
qu estion m ark (?) in th e follow- (1) EK (2) DF
in g series based on th e above ar - 383. Wh ich of the following is th e third
(3) KF (4) FK digit of th e secon d h igh est n u m -
ran gement?
(5) Non e of th ese ber ?
3 K 4, $ E 9, F B H ? 377. If al l th e n u m b ers are dr opped (1) 9 (2) 8
(1) 5 7 W (2) 7 W Z fr om t h e a b ove a r r an gem en t (3) 7 (4) 6
(3) 5 7 @ (4) I @ W wh ich elem en t will be fifth to th e
(5) 5
(5) Non e of th ese left of eleven th from th e left ?
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di r ect i on s (38 4–389) : Stu dy the B 2 M E J % R 5 @N D I P 4 © 396. How m an y su ch con son an ts are
following arrangemen t carefu lly and an- T39FU1$6HJA7HGQ# th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
swer th e qu estion s given below : 390. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e each of wh ich is im mediately pre-
(UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 22.03.2009) alik e in a certain way based on ceded by a sym bol an d im m edi-
R D @5 M E 7 9 T © B % W 2 H ately followed by a letter ?
th eir position s in th e above ar -
6$ KP1A4QI V HUN83 ZFY ran gem en t an d so form a grou p. (1) None (2) On e
384. How m an y su ch con son an ts are Wh ich is th e on e th at does n ot (3) Two (4) Th r ee
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, belon g to th at grou p ? (5) More th an th ree
each of wh ich is im mediately pre- 397. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e
(1) 5NI (2) 9U$
ceded by a n u m ber an d im m edi- th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
(3) HAH (4) 7G# each of wh ich is im mediately pre-
ately followed by a sym bol ?
(5) DPT ceded by a con son an t an d im me-
(1) None (2) On e
391. How m an y su ch vowels are th ere diately followed by a vowel ?
(3) Two (4) Th r ee
in th e above arran gem en t, each (1) None (2) On e
of wh ich is im m ediately preced- (3) Two (4) Th r ee
385. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (5) Fou r
ed by a n u m ber an d im m ediate-
ly followed by a con son ant ? 398. H ow m an y su ch sym b ol s ar e
position s in th e above arran ge-
(1) None (2) On e th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
ment and so form a grou p. Which
each of wh ich is im mediately fol-
is th e on e th at does n ot belon g (3) Two (4) Th r ee
lowed by a n u m ber an d im m edi-
to th at grou p ? (5) Fou r ately preceded by a letter ?
(1) TB9 (2) PAK 392. Which of th e followin g is the fifth (1) None (2) On e
(3) 4IA (4) U8 H to th e left of th e eigh teen th from (3) Two (4) Th ree
(5) 2%H the left end of th e above arran ge- (5) More th an th ree
386. What shou ld come in place of th e m ent ? 399. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e
qu estion m ark (?) in th e follow- (1) % (2) A eigh th to th e left of th e left of th e
in g series based on th e above ar - (3) D (4) 3 seven teen th from th e left en d of
ran gement? th e above arran gem en t?
(5) Non e of th ese
D5E TBW 6 K1 ? (1) @ (2) U
393. If all th e sym bols i n th e ab ove
(1) QV H (2) QVU (3) 8 (4) T
arran gem en t are dropped, which
(3) QI H (4) 4 I H of th e followin g will be the twelfth (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese from th e righ t en d ? 400. If all th e n u m bers in th e above
387. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e arran gemen t are dropped, which
(1) 4 (2) 3
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, of th e followin g will be th e elev-
(3) 9 (4) F en th from th e righ t en d?
ceded by a letter an d also im m e- (5) Non e of th ese (1) I (2) F
diately followed by a letter ? 394. How m an y su ch con son an ts are (3) W (4) D
(1) None (2) On e th ere in th e above arran gem en t, (5) Non e of th ese
(3) Two (4) Th ree each of which is immediately pre- Di rect i on s (4 01-405 ) : Stu dy the
(5) More th an th ree ceded by a n u m ber an d im medi- following arrangemen t carefu lly and an-
388. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e ately followed by a letter ? swer th e qu estion s given below :
n in th to th e righ t of th e sixteenth (1) None (2) On e (PNB Speci al i st Of f i cer 's
from th e righ t en d of th e above Ex am . 16 .08 .20 09
(3) Two (4) Th ree
arran gem en t ? B 5 J R1 # K E % M P @ A D F 4
(5) More than th ree
(1) 7 (2) B 9 ©UW6 H 3 HZ7 NI 2
395. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e 401. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e
(3) U (4) V n in th to th e righ t of th e twen ti- followin g is th e eigh th to th e left
(5) Non e of th ese et h fr om t h e r i gh t en d of t h e of th e seven teen th from th e left
389. Wh ich of the following is the sixth above arrangem en t? en d of th e above arran gem en t ?
to th e left of th e sixteen th from
(1) D (2) @ (1) 6 (2) %
th e left en d of th e above arran ge-
(3) 1 (4) 6 (3) 3 (4) K
m en t ?
(1) © (2) I
Di r ect i on s (3 96 – 40 0) : Stu dy the 402. How m an y su ch con son an ts are
(3) 4 (4) %
following arrangemen t carefu lly and an- th ere in th e above arran gem en t
(5) Non e of th ese each of wh i ch i s i m m ed i at el y
Di r ect i on s (3 9 0 –3 9 5 ) : Stu d y swer th e qu estion s given below :
p r ec ed ed b y a s y m b o l an d
th e foll owin g ar ran gem en t car efu l ly (Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO
im mediately followed by a letter?
an d an swer th e qu est ion s given be- Ex am . 21. 06.20 09)
(1) Non e (2) On e
low : M % R 4 A T # J @7 D 5 © I F N
(3) Two (4) Th ree
(I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO 1 E $ 3 6 W U2 H 8 HK 9 B Q
Ex am . 05. 04.20 09)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
403. If all th e sym bols in th e above th e secon d an d th ird digits of th e 416. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e
arran gemen t are dropped, which lowest n u m ber ? th ere in th e above arr an gem en t,
o f t h e fo l l ow i n g w i l l b e t h e (1) 8 (2) 11 each of wh ich is im mediately pre-
eleven th from th e righ t en d ? (3) 15 (4) 12 ceded by a lett er an d im m ed i-
(1) 9 (2) U (5) Non e of th ese at ely followed by a sym bol ?
(3) D (4) P Di r ec t i o n s (4 1 0 –4 1 6 ) : St u d y (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e
(5) Non e of th ese th e foll owin g ar ran gem en t car efu l ly (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
404. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e an d an swer t h e qu estion s given b e- (5 ) M ore th an th r ee
th ere in th e above arran gem en t low :
Di r ect i on s (4 1 7 – 4 2 1 ) : Stu dy
each of wh i ch i s i m m ed i at el y (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
Ex am . 22. 11.20 09)
the following arrangement carefu lly and
p r ec ed ed b y a l et t er an d
i m m ed i a t el y f ol l o w ed b y a B 4 @D A © 7 9 F % 2 R 5 H 6 E
symbol? H N $ 1 U W 3 P T 8 V # Y I (I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g
Of f i cer Ex am . 03.01.2 010)
(1) Non e (2) On e 410. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e
(3) Two (4) Th ree twelfth t o t h e left of th e twen t y- R 4 3 % M @K E F 5 A # J N I
(5) More th an th ree fi r st fr om t h e l eft en d of t h e 8 U©D B P6 I W7 QHZ
ab ove ar ran gem en t ? 417. If all t h e sym bol s are drop ped
in a certain way based on th eir (1) R (2) 1 fr om t h e ab ove ar r an gem en t ,
position in the above arrangement (3) 5 (4) $ wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g wil l b e
an d so form a grou p. Wh ich is (5 ) Non e of th ese fou rth to th e left of n in th from
th e on e th at does n ot belon g to 411. If all th e nu m bers from th e above th e left en d ?
th at grou p ? arran gemen t are dropped, which (1) K (2) E
(1) E # K (2) P % M of th e followin g will be th e fi f- (3) M (4) 3
(3) FAD (4) Z N 7 teen t h fr om th e ri gh t en d ?
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) 3 6 H (1) W (2) 6
(3) H (4) R 418. If all th e n u m bers are dropped
Di r ec t i o n s (4 0 6 –4 0 9 ) : Follow- fr om t h e ab ove ar r an gem en t ,
in g qu esti on s ar e b ased on th e fi ve (5 ) Non e of th ese
which of the followin g will be sev-
th ree-digit n u m ber s given below : 412. How m an y su ch con son an ts are
en th to th e righ t of eigh teen th
83 2 719 65 4 967 4 81 th ere in th e above arr an gem en t,
each of wh ich is im mediately pre- from th e righ t en d ?
ceded by a sym b ol an d im m ed i- (1) J (2) #
Ex am . 22.11.2009)
at ely fol lowed by a vowel ? (3) U (4) N
406. If th e position s of th e secon d an d
(1 ) Non e (2 ) On e (5) Non e of th ese
the th ird digits with in each n u m -
ber are i n terch an ged, wh i ch of (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee 419. How m an y su ch con son an ts are
th e foll owi n g will be th e su m of (5) Fou r th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
th e fi rst an d th e secon d d igi ts 413. In wh i ch of t h e fol lowi n g com b i- each of wh ich is im mediately pre-
of th e t h ir d h i gh est n u m ber ? n ati on s t h e first el em en t i s in ceded by a sym bol an d im m edi-
(1) 16 (2) 10 b et ween t h e secon d an d t h e ately followed by a letter ?
th ird elem en ts i n t h e above ar -
(3) 9 (4) 15 (1) Non e (2) On e
ran gem en t ?
(5) Non e of th ese (3) Two (4) Th ree
(1 ) 2 % F (2 ) 9 © 7
407. Which of th e followin g is the su m (5) More th an th ree
(3 ) 5 H 6 (4 ) T P 3
of th e fi rst an d t h e th ir d d igi ts 420. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
of th e secon d l owest n u m ber ? (5) H E N
414. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e in a certain way based on th eir
(1) 16 (2) 10 position s in th e above arran ge-
al ik e in a certain way based on
(3) 18 (4) 5 ment and so form a grou p. Which
th eir positi on i n t h e above ar -
(5) Non e of th ese ran gem en t an d so form a grou p. is th e on e th at does n ot belon g
408. If th e posit ion s of t h e first an d Wh ich is th e on e t h at does n ot to th at grou p ?
t h e secon d d i gi t s wit h i n each belon g t o t h at gr ou p ? (1) J A 1 (2) 3 R %
n u mber are interch an ged, which (1 ) 5 6 2 (2 ) W P U (3) 8 © 1 (4) # N A
of th e followin g will be th e di f- (3 ) © 9 D (4)  # T
fer en ce between th e h igh est an d (5)  W Q
(5 ) U 3 $ 421. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e
th e secon d h igh est n u m ber ?
415. H ow m an y su ch sym b ol s ar e th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
(1) 203 (2) 133 th ere in th e above arr an gem en t,
(3) 385 (4) 182 each of wh ich is im mediately fol-
(5) 144 lowed by a letter bu t n ot im m e-
ceded by a con son an t an d i m -
diately preceded by a sym bol ?
409. If th e posit ion s of t h e first an d m ediately followed by a n u m ber?
the th ird digits with in each n u m - (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e (1) Non e (2) On e
ber are i n terch an ged, wh i ch of (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee (3) Two (4) Th ree
th e foll owi n g will be th e su m of (5 ) M ore th an th r ee (5) More th an th ree
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di r ect i on s (422 –427) : Stu dy the 428. If th e position s of th e first an d 435. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e
following arrangemen t carefu lly and an- t h e secon d d i gi t s wit h i n each th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
swer th e qu estion s given below : n u mber are interch an ged, which each of wh ich is im mediately pre-
(I n di an Ban k PO Ex am . 17.10.2010) of th e followin g will be th e low- ceded by a con son an t an d im me-
F 4 © J 2 E % M P 5 W 9 @I Q R 6 est n u m ber ? diately followed by a sym bol ?
UH 3 Z7 HATB 8 V # G$ YD (1) 813 (2) 479 (1) None (2) On e
422. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (3) 564 (4) 385 (3) Two (4) th r ee
in a certain way based on th eir (5) 792 ) (5) More th an th ree
position s in th e above arran ge- 429. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e sec-
ment and so form a grou p. Which 436. Wh ich of the following is th e mid-
on d di git of th e secon d lowest
is th e on e th at does n ot belon g d l e d i gi t of t h e t h i r d h i gh est
n u m ber ?
to th at grou p ? am on g th e five th ree-digit n u m -
(1) 1 (2) 7
(1) © 2 4 (2) P W M bers given below?
(3) 6 (4) 8
(3) R I 6 (4) R U Q 368 931 472 715 647
(5) 9
(5) V G 8 (1) 6 (2) 3
430. Which of th e followin g is the su m
423. What shou ld come in place of th e (3) 7 (4) 1
of th e first an d th e th ird digits of
qu estion m ark (?) in th e follow- (5) 4
in g series based on th e above ar - th e secon d h igh est n u m ber ?
(1) 11 (2) 13 (Al l ah abad Bank PO Exam . 21.02.2010)
ran gem en t ?
(3) 9 (4) 8 Di rect i on s (4 37-441 ) : Stu dy the
J EM 5 9 I RU3 ?
(5) Non e of th ese following arrangemen t carefu lly and an-
(1) 7 A B (2) 7 A T
Di r ect i on s (431 –435) : Stu dy the swer th e qu estion s given below :
(3) H 7 8 (4) A B V
following arrangemen t carefu lly and an- (Al l ah abad Ban k PO Exam . 21.02.2010)
(5) Non e of th ese
swer th e qu estion s given below : B M % R 3 J @K © D F 6 9 W 4
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer HNE P2 $ AY5 I QZ# 7 UG
Ex am . 24. 01.20 10) 437. Wh ich of the following is the sixth
ceded by a n u m ber bu t n ot im - H 3 R%M AK2 P5 E©N4 to th e left of th e twen tieth from
mediately followed by a nu mber ? W @F & Q 1 U V 9 J I D 7 8 th e left en d of th e above arran ge-
(1) Non e (2) On e 431. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e m en t ?
(3) Two (4) Th ree th ere in th e above arran gem en t, (1) J (2) Q
each of wh ich is immediateliy pre-
(5) More th an th ree (3) W (4) E
ceded by a con son an t an d also
425. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e (5) Non e of th ese
im m ediately followed by a con -
ten t h t o th e r igh t of th e n in e- 438. How m an y su ch con son an ts are
son an t ?
teen th from th e righ t en d of th e th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
above arran gem en t ? (1) None (2) On e
(3) Two (4) Th r ee each of wh ich is im mediately pre-
(1) M (2) T ceded by a sym bol an d im m edi-
(3) # (4) 2 (5) More th an th ree
ately followed by a n u m ber ?
(5) Non e of th ese 432. Wh at shou ld com e n ext in the fol-
lowin g series based on th e above (1) None (2) On e
426. If all t h e sym bol s are drop ped
arran gem en t ? (3) Two (4) Th ree
fr om t h e ab ove ar r an gem en t ,
wh ich of th e followin g will be th e 3%M KPS NW@ ? (5) More th an th ree
fou rteen th from th e left en d ? (1) H1U (2) Q1V 439. If all th e sym bols an d all the vow-
(1) R (2) Q (3) QUV (4) QU9 els are dropped from th e above
(3) U (4) 3 (5) Non e of th ese arrangement, which of th e follow-
(5) Non e of th ese 433. If all t h e sym bol s are drop ped in g will be twelfth from th e righ t
427. H ow m an y su ch sym b ol s ar e fr om t h e ab ove ar r an gem en t , en d ?
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, wh ich of th e followin g will be th e (1) 9 (2) 6
each of wh ich is im mediately pre- eleven th from th e righ t en d ? (3) P (4) Y
ceded by a n u m ber an d im m edi- (1) Q (2) F (5) Non e of th ese
ately followed by a letter ? (3) N (4) 4 440. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e
(1) Non e (2) On e (5) Non e of th ese th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
(3) Two (4) Th ree 434. Wh ich of the following is the sixth each of wh ich is im mediately pre-
Di r ect i on s (4 2 8 –4 3 0 ) : Follow- to th e left of th e fou rteen th from ceded by a letter bu t n ot im m e-
in g qu esti on s ar e b ased on th e fi ve th e left en d of th e above arran ge- diately followed by a letter ?
th ree-digit n u m bers given below. m en t ?
(1) None (2) On e
813 479 564 385 792 (1) 2 (2) 1
(3) Two (4) Th ree
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer (3) U (4) K
Ex am . 24. 01.20 10) (5) More th an th ree
(5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
441. Wh at sh ou ld com e in th e place 447. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e in g will be th e first digit of th e
of qu estion m ark (?) in th e fol- th ere in th e above arran gem en t, secon d h igh est n u m ber ?
lowin g series based on th e above each of wh ich is im mediately pre- (1) 9 (2) 6
arrangem ent ? ceded by a sym bol an d im m edi- (3) 5 (4) 7
MRJ ©F9 HE2 ? ately followed by a con son an t ? (5) 8
(1) Y5I (2) YIQ (1) Non e (2) On e 454. Which of th e following represents
(3) Two (4) Th ree th e differen ce between th e first
(3) A5Q (4) YIZ
(5) More th an th ree an d th e secon d digits of th e sec-
(5) Non e of th ese
448. Fou r of th e following five are alik e on d h igh est n u m ber ?
Di rect i on s (4 42-4 44) : Following
in a certain way based on th eir (1) 4 (2) 1
qu estion s are based on th e five th ree- position s in th e above arran ge- (3) 3 (4) 5
digit n u m bers given below : ment and so form a grou p. Which (5) Non e of th ese
528 739 846 492 375 is th e on e th at does n ot belon g 455. If ‘1’is su btracted from th e th ird
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09.02.2003) to th at grou p ? digit of each n u m ber an d ‘1’ is
442. Which of th e following represents (1) T H 2 (2) Q N  added to th e first digit of each
th e su m of th e first two digits of (3) 3 9 R (4) 6 V K n u m ber, wh ich of th e followin g
th e h igh est n u m ber ? (5) % T E will be th e su m of the secon d an d
(1) 7 (2) 10 449. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e th ird digits of th e secon d lowest
(3) 12 (4) 13 n in th to th e righ t of th e twen ty- n u m ber ?
(5) Non e of th ese secon d from th e righ t en d of th e (1) 13 (2) 9
above arran gem en t ? (3) 8 (4) 6
th e secon d digits of each n u m - (1) H (2) # (5) Non e of th ese
ber are in terch an ged, wh ich of (3) T (4) @ Di r ect i on s (4 5 6 – 4 6 0 ) : Stu dy
(5) Non e of th ese the following arrangement carefu lly and
the followin g will be the third digit
450. H ow m an y su ch sym b ol s ar e an swer th e qu estion s given below :
of th e secon d lowest n u m ber ?
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, (Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO
(1) 8 (2) 9 Ex am . 16. 05.20 10)
(3) 6 (4) 2 H 9 3 P $ K E % 4 F R 1 U @W
ceded by a n u m ber an d im m edi-
(5) 5 G 2 M I 5 B Q Z 6 © H N 8 V J
ately followed by a letter ?
444. If th e position s of th e first an d (1) Non e (2) On e 456. If all th e sym bols an d n u m bers
th e th ird digits of each n u m ber are dropped from th e above ar -
(3) Two (4) Th ree
are i n terch an ged, wh ich of th e ran gem en t, wh ich of th e follow-
(5) More th an th ree in g will be th e fou rteen th from
followin g will be th e m iddle digit
Di rect i on s (45 1 –4 5 5) : Followin g th e righ t en d?
of th e th ird h igh est n u m ber ?
qu estion s are based on th e five th ree- (1) M (2) K
(1) 2 (2) 3 digit n u m bers given below :
(3) 4 (4) 9 (3) W (4) E
519 328 746 495 837 (5) Non e of th ese
(5) 7 (Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO
457. What shou ld come in place of th e
Di rect i on s (4 45-4 50) : Stu dy the Ex am . 16. 05.20 10)
qu estion m ark (?) in th e follow-
following arrangemen t carefu lly and an- 451. If h alf of th e second high est nu m- in g series based on th e above ar -
swer th e qu estion s given below : ber is su btracted from th e th ird ran gem en t ?
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09.02.2003) h ighest n u m ber, wh at will be th e
PK% RUW M5Q ?
W 7 @I R P 3 9 B A $ 4 H D 5 © valu e ?
(1) ©N8 (2) ©N
M E2 %TH8 UQ N1 V6 # KF (1) 156 (2) 146
(3) 6H (4) 6H8
445. How m an y su ch con son an ts are (3) 213 (4) 314
(5) Non e of th ese
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, (5) Non e of th ese
458. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e
each of wh ich is im mediately pre- 452. If th e position s of th e first an d th ere in th e above arran gem en t
ceded by a con son an t an d im meth e th ir d di gi ts in each of t h e each of wh ich is im mediately pre-
diately followed by a sym bol ? n u m b er s a r e i n t er ch a n ged , ceded by a letter an d im m ediate-
wh ich of th e followin g will be th e ly followed by a sym bol ?
(1) Non e (2) On e
secon d digit of th e lowest n u m - (1) None (2) On e
(3) Two (4) Th reej ber ?
(5) More th an th ree (3) Two (4) Th r ee
(1) 1 (2) 2 (5) More th an th ree
446. If all t h e sym bol s are drop ped (3) 4 (4) 9
fr om t h e ab ove ar r an gem en t , 459. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e sev-
(5) 3 en th to th e left of th e twen tieth
wh ich of th e followin g will be th e 453. If in each n u m ber th e th ird digit fr om th e left en d of th e above
fifteen th from th e left en d ? becom es th e first digit, th e first arran gem en t ?
(1) E (2) 5 digit becom es t h e secon d di git (1) U (2) $
(3) D (4) 2 and the secon d digit becomes th e (3) I (4) N
(5) Non e of th ese th ird digit, wh ich of th e follow-
(5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
460. How m an y su ch con son an ts are 9 4 9 2 3 2 5 9 5 8 5 8 5 4 3 1 472. How m an y su ch 2s are th ere in
th ere in th e above arran gem en t 81747652126 13 2 462 th e above arran gem en t each of
each of wh ich is im mediately fol- 466. How m an y su ch 5s are th ere in which is imm ediately preceded by
lowed by a n u m ber bu t n ot im - th e above arran gem en t each of an odd digit an d also immediately
mediately preceded by a nu mber? which is imm ediately preceded by followed by an odd digit ?
(1) None (2) On e an even digit an d also im m edi- (1) None (2) On e
(3) Two (4) Th r ee ately followed by an even digit ? (3) Two (4) Th r ee
(5) More th an th ree (1) None (2) On e (5) More th an th ree
Di r ect i on s (4 6 1 – 4 6 5 ) : Stu dy (3) Two (4) Th r ee 473. How m an y su ch 1s are th ere in
the following arrangement carefu lly and (5) More th an th ree th e above arran gem en t, each of
an swer th e qu estion s given below : which is imm ediately preceded by
467. Th e positions of h ow m an y digits
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO Exam . 30.05.2010) a perfect squ are ?
will rem ain th e sam e if th e digits
QR4 $ 3 KH 1 M D 5 ©NEJ (1) None (2) On e
given in BOLD in th e above ar -
8I #TVU%W6 B A72 FP (3) Two (4) Th r ee
ran gem en t are rearran ged in th e
461. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e (5) More th an th ree
ascen d i n g or d er fr om l eft t o
th ere in th e above arran gem en t righ t ? 474. If on e is added to each of th e even
each of wh ich is im mediately fol- digits an d two is added to each
(1) None (2) On e
lowed by a letter bu t n ot im m e- of th e odd digits given in BOLD
diately preceded by a letter ? (3) Two (4) Th r ee in th e above arran gem en t, h ow
(1) Non e (2) On e (5) More th an th ree m an y digits will appear twice in
(3) Two (4) Th ree 468. Wh ich of th e followin g is fifth to th e n ew n u m ber th u s form ed ?
(5) More th an th ree the left of th e twen tieth digit from (1) None (2) On e
th e left en d of th e above arran ge- (3) Two (4) Th r ee
th ere in th e above arran gem en t m en t ? (5) More th an th ree
each of wh ich is im m ediatetely (1) 3 (2) 5 475. Wh ich of th e followin g is seven th
preceded by a n u m ber an d im - (3) 2 (4) 7 to the right of the n in eteen th digit
m ediately followed by a sym bol ? (5) Non e of th ese from th e righ t en d of th e above
(1) Non e (2) On e 469. How m an y su ch 2s are th ere in arran gem en t ?
(3) Two (4) Th ree th e above arran gem en t, each of (1) 3 (2) 5
(5) More th an th ree which is imm ediately preceded by (3) 1 (4) 7
463. Wh ich of the following is the sixth a per fect squ are (1 is also a per - (5) Non e of th ese
to th e left of th e fou rteen th from fect squ are) ? Di r ect i on s (4 7 6 ) : Th e followin g
th e left en d of th e above arran ge- (1) None (2) On e qu estion s are based on th e five th ree
m en t ? digit n u m bers given below :
(3) Two (4) Th r ee
(1) V (2) 1 (Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO
(5) More th an th ree Ex am . 23. 01.20 11)
(3) 6 (4) © 470. If all th e even digits are deleted 394 632 783 576 895
(5) Non e of th ese fr om t h e ab ove ar r an gem en t ,
464. What shou ld come in place of th e wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g wil l b e t h e secon d d i gi t s wit h i n each
qu estion m ark (?) in th e follow- n in th from th e righ t en d of th e n u mber are interch an ged, which
in g series based on th e above ar - arran gem en t ? of th e followin g will be th e sec-
ran gem en t ? (1) 9 (2) 5 on d h igh est n u m ber ?
43H D©E ITU ? (3) 1 (4) 3 (1) 632 (2) 783
(1) 6A2 (2) 6B2
(5) 7 (3) 576 (4) 895
(3) WA (4) W7
Di r ect i on s (4 7 1 – 4 7 5 ) : Stu dy (5) 394
(5) Non e of th ese
the following arrangement carefu lly and 477. Th e positions of th e first an d th e
465. Fou r of th e following five are alik e an swer th e qu estion s given below : f i ft h d i gi t s o f t h e n u m b er
in a certain way based on th eir 8 1 9 4 3 2 7 5 ar e i n t er ch an ged .
position s in th e above arran ge- Ex am . 16.01.2011) Similarly th e positions of th e sec-
ment and so form a grou p. Which on d an d th e sixth digits are in -
4 2 6 1 3 8 9 5 8 1 65 15 85
is th e on e th at does n ot belon g t er ch an ged an d so on t il l th e
to th at grou p ? 3 94 92 3 2 1 5 7 2 6 24 2 7 4
fou r t h an d t h e ei gh t h d i gi t s.
(1) HD3 (2) J ©I 471. If all th e even digits are deleted
Wh ich of the following will be the
(3) VI% (4) N8D fr om t h e ab ove ar r an gem en t , th ird digit from th e righ t en d af-
(5) B26 which of the followin g will be sev- ter th e rearran gem en t?
en t h from th e r igh t en d of th e (1) 1 (2) 9
Di rect i on s (466–470) : Stu dy the
arran gem en t ?
foll owin g arran gem en t carefu lly an d (3) 2 (4) 4
(1) 3 (2) 5 (5) Non e of th ese
(Pun j ab Nat i on al Ban k Speci al i st (3) 1 (4) 9 (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i ce CWE
Of f i cer Ex am . 24.10.2 010) (5) 7 Ex am . 11. 03.20 12)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di r ect i on s (4 7 8 – 4 8 2 ) : Stu dy l D’s dau gh ter sits second to right 489. Wh o sits to th e im m ediate left of
the following arrangement carefu lly and of F. F is th e sister of G. F is C?
an swer th e qu estion s given below : n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of (1) F’s gran dm oth er
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE H’s h u sban d. (2) G’s son
Ex am . 11. 03.20 12) On ly on e person sits between A
l (3) D’s mother -in -law
M 3 # R A T 1 E J $ K @F U 5 an d F. A is th e fath er of G. H’s (4) A (5) G
4 V I 6 ©D 8 HH N7 2 W broth er D sits to th e im m ediate Di r ect i on s (490 –492) : Stu dy the
478. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g five ar e l eft of H ’s m ot h er. On l y on e followin g in form ation carefu lly to an -
alik e in a certain way based on person sits between H’s m oth er swer th e given qu estion s :
th eir position s in th e above ar - an d E. (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE
ran gem ent an d so form a grou p. l On ly on e person sits between Ex am . 17. 06.20 12)
Wh ich is th e on e th at does n ot H an d G. G is th e m oth er of C. Each of th e six frien ds, A, B, C,
belon g to th at grou p? G is n ot an immediate neighbou r D, E an d F scored differen t m ark s in
(1) TER (2) U4@ of E. an exam in ation . C scored m ore th an
(3) 6DV (4) J 1 K 483. What is position of A with respect on ly A an d E. D scored less th an on ly
to h is m oth er -in -law? B. E did n ot score th e least. Th e on e
(5) N H
(1) Im m ediate left wh o scored th e th ird h igh est m ark s
479. How m an y su ch n u m b ers are scored 81 m ark s. E scored 62 m ark s.
(3) Th ird to th e left 490. Which of the followin g cou ld pos-
each of wh ich i s i m m ed iat el y
(3) Secon d to th e righ t sibly be C’s score ?
p r eced ed b y a l et t er b u t n o t
im mediately followed by a letter? (5) Fou rth to th e left (1) 70 (2) 94
(1) Non e (2) On e 484. Who am ongst th e following is D’s (3) 86 (4) 61
(3) Two (4) Th ree dau gh ter ? (5) 81
(5) More th an th ree (1) B (2) C 491. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
480. Wh at shou ld come in place of the (3) E (4) G with respect to th e given in for -
qu estion m ark (?) in th e follow- (5) H m ation ?
in g series based on th e ab ove 485. Wh at is th e position of A with (1) D’s score was defin itely less
arran gement? respect to h is gran dch ild ? th an 60
RT1 $@F 4I6 ? (1) Im m ediate righ t (2) F scored the m aximu m m ark s
(1) 8 H H (2) 8 H N (2) Th ird to th e righ t (3) On ly two people scored m ore
(3) 8 H 7 (4) D H H (3) Th ird to th e left th an C
(5) Non e of th ese (4) Secon d to th e left (4) Th ere is a possibility th at B
481. H ow m an y su ch sym b ols ar e scored 79 m ark s
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, (5) Non e is tru e
486. How m an y people sit between G
each of wh ich i s i m m ed iat el y an d h er u n cle? 492. Th e person who scored the m ax-
preceded by a n u m ber an d im - i m u m , scored 1 3 m ark s m or e
(1) On e (2) Two
m ediately followed by a letter? th an F’s m ark s. Wh ich of the fol-
(3) Th ree (4) Fou r lowin g can be D’s score ?
(1) Non e (2) On e
(5) More th an fou r (1) 94 (2) 60
(3) Two (4) Th r ee
487. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (3) 89 (4) 78
in a certain way based on th e giv-
482. Which of the following is the sev- (5) 81
en i n for m at i on an d so for m a
en th to th e left of th e twen tieth Di r ect i on s (493 –500) : Stu dy the
grou p. Which is the on e that does
from th e left en d of th e above followin g in form ation carefu lly to an -
n ot belon g to th at grou p?
arran gem en t ? swer th e given qu estion s :
(1) F (2) C
(1) V (2) @ (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE
(3) E (4) H Ex am . 17. 06.20 12)
(3)  (4) © (5) G E i gh t p er son s fr om d i ffer en t
(5) Non e of th ese 488. Wh ich of t h e foll owin g is t r u e Bank s viz. UCO ban k , Syn dicate Ban k ,
Di r ect i on s (4 8 3 –4 8 9 ) : Stu dy with respect to th e given seatin g Can ara Ban k , PNB, Den a Ban k , Ori-
the following in form ation carefu lly an d arran gem en t ? en tal Ban k of Comm erce, In dian Ban k
an swer th e given qu estion s : (1) C is th e cou sin of E an d Ban k of Mah arash tra are sittin g
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE
(2) H an d H’s h u sban d are im - in two parallel rows con tain in g fou r
Ex am . 17. 06.20 12)
m ediate n eigh bou rs of each people each , in su ch a way th at th ere
A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are oth er is an equ al distan ce between adjacen t
(3 ) No fem ale is an im m ediate person s. In row-1 A, B, C an d D are
tr e b u t n ot n ecessari ly in th e sam e
n eigh bou r of C seated an d all of them are facing sou th .
ord er.
(4 ) H si t s t h i r d t o l eft of h er In row-2 P, Q, R an d S are seated an d
l B sits secon d to left of H’s h u s-
dau ghter all of th em are facin g n orth . Th erefore,
ban d. No fem ale is an im m edi- in th e given seatin g arran gem en t each
ate n eigh bou r of B. (5) B is th e m oth er of H
m em ber seated in a row faces an oth er
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
m em ber of th e oth er row. (All th e in - 496. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces 502. Who am ongst th e following is th e
form ation given above does n ot n eces- th e person from Ban k of Mah a- secon d h eaviest ?
sarily represen t th e order of seatin g rash tra ? (1) R (2) S
as in th e fin al arran gem en t) (1) Th e person from In dian Ban k (3) U (4) T
l C sits secon d to righ t of th e per - (2) P (3) R (5) P
son from Ban k of Mah arash tra. (4) Th e person from Syn d icat e 503. How m any people are ligh ter th an
R is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of Bank S?
th e person wh o faces th e person (5) Th e person from Canara Bank
from Ban k of Mah arash tra. (1) Non e
497. P is related to Den a Ban k in th e
l On ly on e person sits between R (2) Th ree
sam e way as B is related to PNB
an d th e person from PNB. Im m e- (3) Two
based on th e given arran gemen t.
d i at e n ei gh b ou r of t h e p er son To wh o am on gst th e followin g is (4) More th an th ree
from PNB faces th e person from D related to, followin g th e sam e (5) On e
Can ara Bank . pattern ? 504. Fi ft een gi rl s are stan d in g in a
l Th e person from UCO ban k fac- (1) Syn dicate Ban k straight fine facin g North. Su dh a
es th e person from Orien tal Ban k i s st an d i n g el even t h fr om t h e
(2) Can ara Ban k
of Com m erce. R is n ot from Ori- right end. Radha is standing ninth
(3) Ban k of Mah arash tra
en tal Ban k of Com m erce. P is n ot from the left en d. Meena is stan d-
(4) Indian Ban k
fr om PNB. P d oes n ot face t h e in g exactly between Su dh a an d
person from Ban k of Mah arash - (5) Orien tal Ban k of Com m erce
Ra d h a. H ow m a n y gi r l s a r e
tra. 498. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
stan din g to th e righ t of Meen a ?
l Q faces t h e person from D en a in a certain way based on th e giv-
en seating arran gem en t and thu s (1) Eigh t (2) Seven
Ban k . Th e on e wh o faces S sits
form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e (3) Nin e (4) Six
to th e im m ediate left of A.
t h at d o es n o t b el on g t o t h at (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
l B does n ot sit at an y of th e ex-
trem e en ds of th e lin e. Th e per - grou p ? (I BPS RRBs Of f i ce Assi st an t CWE
(1) Can ara Ban k Ex am . 09. 09.20 12)
son from Ban k of Mah arash tra
d oes n ot face t h e p erson from (2) R Di rect i on s (50 5-50 9) : Stu dy
Syn dicate Ban k . (3) Syn dicate Ban k the given in formation carefu lly an d an -
493. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e (4) Q swer th e given qu estion s :
regardin g A ? (5) Orien tal Ban k of Com m erce (I BPS RRBs Of f i ce Assi st an t CWE
(1) Th e person from UCO Ban k Ex am . 09. 09.20 12)
499. Who amongst the following is from
faces A Syn dicate Ban k ? Eigh t people P, Q, R, S, T, U, V
(2) Th e p er son fr om B an k of an d W are sittin g arou n d a circu lar ta-
(1) C (2) R
Mah arash tra is an im m ediate ble facin g th e cen tre n ot n ecessarily
(3) P (4) D
n eigh bou r of A in th e sam e order. T is sittin g th ird to
(5) A th e righ t of P. W is sittin g secon d to
(3) A faces th e person wh o sits
secon d to righ t of R 500. C is from wh ich of th e followin g th e righ t of S. S is n ot an im m ediate
ban k s ? n eigh bou r of eith er P or T. U an d Q
(4) A is from Ori en tal B an k of
Com merce (1) Den a Ban k are imm ediate n eigh bou rs of each oth -
(5) A sits at on e of th e extrem e (2) Orien tal Ban k of Com m erce er. Q is n ot an im mediate n eigh bou r of
en ds of th e lin e (3) UCO Ban k P. V is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of
494. Wh o is seated between R an d th e (4) Syndicate Ban k W.
person from PNB ? 505. Wh at is R’s position with respect
(5) Can ara Ban k
(1) Th e p er son fr om Or i en t al to V ?
Ban k of Com m erce Di r ect i on s (501 –503) : Stu dy the (1) Secon d to th e left
(2) P (3) Q given information carefu lly and answer
(4) Th e person from Syn d icat e th e given qu estion s :
(I BPS RRBs Of f i ce Assi st an t CWE
Bank
Ex am . 09. 09.20 12) (4) Th ird to th e left
(5) S
In a grou p of six people, P, Q, R, (5) Non e of th ese
495. Wh o amon gst th e followin g sit at
extrem e en ds of th e rows ? S, T an d U, each h avin g a d iffer en t 506. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
(1) D an d th e person from PNB weigh t, S is h eavier th an Q. R is ligh t- in a certain way based on th eir
(2) Th e person from In dian Ban k er th an on ly T an d P. Q is not the ligh t- seat in g posit ion s i n t h e above
an d UCO Ban k est. P is n ot th e h eaviest. arrangement and so form a grou p.
(3) Th e person from Den a Ban k 501. Who am ongst th e following is th e Wh ich one does n ot belong to the
an d P ligh test ? grou p ?
(4) Th e person from Syn d icat e (1) T (2) P (1) RQ (2) PV
Ban k an d D (3) R (4) U (3) TP (4) US
(5) C, Q (5) Non e of th ese (5) WT
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
507. Wh o is sittin g secon d to the righ t (1) HD (2) BE 518. How m an y people sit to th e righ t
of th e on e wh o is sittin g to th e (3) EC (4) AH of P ?
im m ediate righ t of W ? (5) GB (1) Fou r (2) Five
(1) U (2) R 514. If all eigh t person s are ask ed to (3) Two (4) On e
(3) V (4) P sit in an alph abetical order from (5) None
(5) Q righ t to left, th e position s of h ow 519. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
m an y will rem ain u n ch an ged as in a certain way, based on th e
508. How m an y people are sittin g be-
com pared to th eir origin al seatin form ation given above an d so
tween U an d W wh en cou n ted
in g position ? form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e
from th e left side of U ?
(1) Th ree t h at d o es n o t b el on g t o t h at
(1) Th ree
(2) More th an th ree grou p ?
(2) Non e (3) On e (1) S (2) P
(3) More th an th ree (4) Two (3) X (4) Q
(4) Two (5) Non e (5) W
(5) On e 515. Con sider five people A, B, C, D 520. Wh o am on gst th e followin g are
509. Wh o is sittin g exactly between T an d E each h avin g differen t age. im m ediate n eigh bou rs of S ?
an d S ? A is you n ger th an on ly B. C is
(1) T an d R (2) Q an d P
(1) U (2) Q older th an D. D is n ot th e you n g-
(3) W an d R (4) R an d P
est. Wh o am on gst th e followin g
(3) W (4) V (5) Non e of th ese
are older th an C ?
(5) R (1) On ly A an d B 521. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
Di rect i on s (5 10-514 ) : Stu dy the (2) On ly E, B an d A secon d to th e righ t of fou rth per -
given information carefu lly and answer (3) On ly A an d E son from th e ri gh t en d of t h e
th e given qu estion s : lin e ?
(4) On ly E an d B
(I BPS RRBs Of f i ce Assi st an t CWE (5) Non e of th ese (1) W (2) Q
Ex am . 09. 09.20 12) (I DBI Ban k Of f i cer (3) R (4) P
Eigh t people – A, B, C, D, E, F, Ex am .1 6 .0 9 .2 0 12 ) (5) Non e of th ese
G an d H are sittin g in a straigh t lin e 516. In a row of ch ildren facin g n orth , Di rect i on s (5 22-526 ) : Stu dy the
faci n g Nort h n ot n ecessari ly in th e A st an d 1 5 t h fr om l eft an d B following information carefu lly an d an -
sam e order. F is sittin g fifth to th e righ t st an d s 9 t h fr om l eft . C w h o swer th e given qu estion s :
of A. D is sittin g fifth to th e righ t of E. stan ds exactly between A an d B (I DBI Ban k Of f i cer Ex am .16.09.2012)
E is to th e im m ediate righ t of A. H is is 7th from righ t. Wh at is th e to- Eigh t frien ds A, B, C, D, E, F, G
th ird to th e left of D. B is th ird to th e tal n u m ber of ch ildren stan din g an d H are sittin g arou n d a circle
righ t of G. G is an im m ediate n eigh - in th e row ? (n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e or -
bou r of A. (1) 21 (2) 17 der) facin g th e cen tre.
510. Wh at is E’s position with respect (3) 18 (4) 19 • B sits th ird to left of F.
to C ? (4) Non e of th ese • E is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
(1) Secon d to th e left (I DBI Ban k Of f i cer Ex am .16.09.2012) of bot h B an d H. On ly on e
(2) Th ird to th e righ t Di rect i on s (517-521) : Stu dy the person sits between A an d H.
(3) Fou rth to th e righ t following information carefu lly an d an - • C and G are imm ediate n eigh -
(4) Th ird to th e left swer th e given qu estion s. bou rs of each oth er. Neith er
(5) Non e of th ese (I DBI Ban k Of f i cer Ex am .16.09.2012) C n or G i s an i m m ed i at e
511. Wh o is sittin g th ird to th e righ t Seven peopl e P, Q, R, S, T, W n eigh bou r of B.
of th e on e wh o is sitti n g si xth and X are sitting in a straight lin e • On ly on e person sits between
from th e righ t en d of th e above facin g North , n ot n ecessarily in C an d D.
arran gem en t ? th e sam e order. 522. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is an
(1) D (2) C R sits at on e of th e extrem e en ds im m ediate n eigh bou r of both A
(3) E (4) H of th e lin e. an d H ?
(5) Non e of th ese T h as as m an y people sittin g on (1) F (2) B
512. Wh o am on gst th e followin g are h is righ t, as to h is left. (3) G (4) D
sitting at th e extrem e en ds of th e S sits th ird to th e left of X. (5) C
lin e ? Q sits to th e im m ediate left of W. 523. F is related to D in a certain way
(1) G an d D (2) A an d D Q does n ot sit at an y of th e ex- based on th e seatin g position s in
(3) G an d F (4) E an d D trem e en ds of th e lin e. th e given arran gem ent. Sim ilarly
(5) A an d B 517. If all th e people are m ade to sit C is related to E in th e sam e way.
513. Fou r of th e following five are alik e in alph abetical order from r i gh t To wh om am on gst th e followin g
in a certain way based on th eir t o left , the position s of how many is H related to followin g th e sam e
seatin g position s in th e above ar - people will rem ain u n ch an ged ? pattern ?
ran gem en t an d so form a grou p. (1) Five (2) On e (1) G (2) A
Wh ich one does n ot belong to the (3) Th r ee (4) None (3) F (4) C
grou p ? (5) Two (5) B
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
524. Which of th e following represents 530. How m an y person s are stan din g 533. Wh ich of th e followin g percen t-
th e correct position of A? in a straigh t lin e (Note : All are ages m ay correctly represen t C’s
(1) Secon d to th e left of H facin g n orth ) ? percen tage in th e exam ?
(2) Im m ediate left of C I . J stands th ird from th e righ t en d (1) 65% (2) 74%
(3) Exactly between F an d E of th e lin e. Q stan ds to th e im - (3) 87% (4) 83%
(4) Secon d to th e righ t of E m ediate left of J . On ly two per - (5) 89%
(5) Th ird to righ t of D son s stan d between Q an d T. No Di rect i on s (5 34-538 ) : Stu dy the
525. Wh at is th e position of D with person stan ds to th e left of T. following in formation to answer the giv-
respect to th e position of G ? en qu estion s :
II . R stan ds th ird from th e left en d
(1) Th ird to th e left of th e lin e. Q is on e of th e im m e- (I DBI Ban k Of f i cer Ex am .16.09.2012)
(2) Secon d of th e righ t diate n eigh bou rs of R. On ly two Eigh t people are sittin g i n two
(3) Im mediate righ t parallel rows con t ain in g fou r people
person s stan d between Q an d S.
(4) Fou rth to th e left each , in su ch a way th at th ere is an
(1) Th e data eith er in statem en t equ al distan ce between adjacen t per -
(5) Secon d of th e left I alon e or statem en t II alon e
526. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e sons. In row-1, A, B, C and D are seated
are su fficien t to an swer th e (bu t n ot necessarily in th e sam e order)
with respect to given seatin g ar - qu estion.
ran gem en t ? an d all of th em are facin g Sou th . In
(2) Th e data in both statem en ts I row-2, P, Q, R an d S are seated (bu t
(1) On ly two people sit between
an d II are n ecessar y to an - n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order) an d
D an d B
swer th e qu estion . all of them are facin g North . Th erefore,
(2) A is an im mediate n eigh bou r
(3) Th e data in statem en t I alon e in th e given seatin g arran gem en t each
of B
are su fficien t to an swer th e m em ber seated in a row faces an oth er
(3) C sits th ird to left of H
qu est i on wh i l e th e d ata i n m em ber of th e oth er row.
(4) Only on e person sits between
st at em en t II al on e ar e n ot R sits secon d to left of th e per -
H an d D
su fficien t to an swer th e qu es- son wh o faces A. S is an im m ediate
(5) Non e is tru e n eigh bou r of R. On ly on e person sits
tion.
Di rect i on s (52 7– 5 28 ) : Stu dy th e between A an d D. On e of th e im m edi-
followin g the in form ation carefu lly an d (4) The data in statement II alon e
ate n eigh bou rs of C faces Q. B does
an swer th e qu estion s given below : are su fficien t to an swer th e
n ot sit at an y of th e extrem e en ds of
(BOB J un i or M an agem en t qu est i on wh i l e th e d ata i n
th e lin e.
Gr ade/ Scal e–I Ex am . 18.04.2015) statem en t I alon e are n ot su f-
534. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
In a class, Sam eer’s ran k is 10th ficien t t o an swer th e qu es-
secon d to th e righ t of th e person
from th e top an d An jali’s ran k is 4th tion.
wh o faces P ?
from the top. Amon g girls, An jali’s rank (5) Th e data in both statem en ts I (1) A (2) B
is 3rd from th e top an d 7th from th e an d II togeth er are n ot su ffi-
bottom . Am on g boys, Sameer’s ran k is (3) C (4) D
cien t to an swer th e qu estion .
5th from th e top an d 21st from th e (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
Di rect i on s (5 31-533 ) : Stu dy the 535. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
bottom.
following in formation to answer the givin certain way based on th e giv-
527. Wh at is th e total n u m ber of stu -
den ts in th at class ? en qu estion s : en seating arran gem en t and thu s
(1) 43 (2) 30 (I DBI Ban k Of f i cer Ex am .16.09.2012) form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e
(3) 34 (4) 39 Each of th e five frien ds, A, B, C, t h at d o es n o t b el on g t o t h e
(5) 36 D an d E scored differen t m ark s in an grou p?
528. H ow m an y boys an d gi rl s ar e exam in ation . Maxim u m m ark s of th e (1) C (2) R
t h er e i n b et ween Sam eer an d exam in ation are 100. B scored m ore (3) Q (4) P
An jali ? th an E bu t less th an C. On ly two peo- (5) D
(1) Fou r boys, two girls ple scored m ore than A. E did n ot score 536. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
(2) Two boys, fou r girls t h e m i n im u m m ar k s. Th e on e wh o regardin g C ?
scored secon d h igh est m ark s scored (1) C sits secon d to righ t of D
(3) Th ree boys, two girls
87%. E scored 72% m ark s. (2) A sits to im m ediate righ t of C
(4) Two boys, two girls
531. How m an y people scored m ore (3) S faces C
(5) Two boys, th ree girls
th an E in th e exam in ation ? (4) D is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
529. In a class of 40 ch ildren , Su n e-
tra’s ran k is eigh th from th e top. (1) None (2) On e of C
Su jit is five ran k s below Su n e- (3) Two (4) Th r ee (5) Th e person wh o faces C is an
tra. Wh at is Su jit’s ran k from th e (5) Can n ot be determ in ed im m ediate n eigh bou r of R.
bottom? 532. Wh o am on gst th e followin g pos- 537. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces
(1) 27 (2) 28 sibly scored 81% m ark s ? R?
(3) 29 (4) 26 (1) C (2) D (1) A (2) B
(5) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as (3) B (4) A (3) C (4) D
options (5) Eith er C or B (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
538. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces 542. Wh ich of th e followin g is P’s p o- 548. Wh o i s secon d t o t h e righ t of T ?
B? si tion with respect t o S ? (1) Y (2) X
(1) P (2) Q (1) Secon d t o t h e righ t (3) U (4) V
(3) R (4) S (2 ) Secon d to th e left
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed (3) Im m edi ate ri gh t
(4) Im m ediate l eft
Di r ect i on s (53 9 –5 41 ) : Read th e al ik e in a certain way besed on
(5 ) Th ird to th e left t h ei r seat i n g p osi t i on s i n t h e
543. Wh ich of th e followin g is J ’s p o- ab ove lin e an d so form a grou p.
si tion with respect t o T ?
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE Wh ich is th e on e t h at do es n ot
(1) Th ird to th e left belon g t o th e grou p ?
Ex am .1 7 .0 3 .2 0 13 )
(2) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t
Am on g five person s µ P, Q, R, S (1 ) UW (2) XV
(3 ) Th ir d t o t h e righ t
an d T — each h as d ifferen t h ei gh t. (3) ZT (4) YV
(4) Op posite T
On ly two person s are sh orter th an S. (5 ) WX
(5 ) Secon d t o t h e righ t
T is sh orter th an S bu t taller th an R. 550. If al l th e seven frien ds are m ade
544. Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g i s n o t
The one wh o is the second tallest among to sit alphabetically from right to
t r u e regar din g th e cou p les ?
th em is of 158 cen tim etre. left. posit ion s of h ow m an y wi ll
(1) P is t h e wife of S
539. Which of th e following statemen ts rem ain u n ch an ged ?
(2 ) T is th e wife of Q
is defin itely tru e with respect to (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e
(3) R is t h e h u sban d of J
th e given in form ation ? (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
(4 ) J an d S are seated adj acen t
(1) R is defin itely 150 cm to each oth er (5) Fou r
(2) Non e of th e given statem en ts (5) Al l ar e tr u e Di r ect i on s (5 5 1 -5 5 5 ) : Stu dy
is tru e 545. Th e wi ves of w h i ch t w o h u s- th e followin g in form ation carefu lly an -
ban ds are im m ediate neigh bou rs swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
(3) T is sh orter th an S ? (I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO On l i n e
(4) Q is sh orter th an S (1) UT (2) SR Ex am , 0 1. 0 9. 20 13 )
(5) P is possibly 153 cm (3) VQ (4) RV Twelve person s are sittin g in two
540. Which of th e following is possibly (5) Non e of th ese
paral lel rows con t ain in g six person s
th e h eigh t of Q ? 546. Fou r of th e followin g ar e alik e in each , in su ch a way t h at th ere is an
a certain way based on their seat-
(1) 148 cm (2) 156 cm equ al di stan ce bet ween adjacen t per -
i n g p osi t i on i n t h e ab ove ar -
(3) 152 cm (4) 150 cm son s. In row–1 , A, B, C, D, E an d F
ran gem en t an d so form a grou p.
Wh ich is th e on e t h at do es n ot ar e seat ed (bu t n ot n ecessaril y i n t h e
(5) 158 cm sam e or der) an d all of th em are facin g
belon g t o th e grou p?
541. How m an y person s are sh orter sou th . In row–2 , P, Q, R, S, T an d V
(1) RSJ (2 ) TRV
th an Q ? ar e seat ed (bu t n ot n ecessaril y i n t h e
(3 ) UTV (4 ) SQP
(1) Two (2) Th r ee sam e or der) an d all of th em are facin g
(5 ) UPQ
(3) Fou r n orth . Th er efore, in th e gi ven seati n g
Di r ec t i o n s (5 4 7 – 5 5 0 ) : Stu dy
ar ran gem en t each p erson seated in a
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed th e followin g in form ation to answer th e
row faces an oth er p erson of th e oth er
(5) On e gi ven qu esti on s :
r ow.
(I BPS Sp eci al i st Of f i cer CWE
Di r ect i on s (5 4 2 – 5 4 6 ) : Stu dy A sit s th ird to th e left of E. Th e
Ex am . 1 7 . 0 3 . 2 0 1 3 )
th e followin g in form ation to answer th e person facin g A si ts secon d to th e left
Seven fri en d s, T, U, V, W, X, Y
given qu estion s : of T. Two person s are sit tin g between
an d Z are sit tin g in a strai gh t lin e fac-
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE
in g n ort h . W si ts fifth to th e righ t of T an d P. C an d D are im m ediate n eigh -
Ex am .1 7 .0 3 .2 0 13 )
T. W does n ot sit at an y of ex trem e bou rs. C an d D do n ot si t at an y of
J , P, Q, R, S, T, U an d V ar e en ds. Two peopl e si t b etween Z an d th e ext rem e en ds of t h e li n e. On ly on e
fou r m arried cou ples sittin g in a circle X. Y sits th ird to th e left of U. Y si ts person sit s between B an d C. Th e per -
facin g th e cen tre, Th e profession of th e ex act ly in th e m i ddle. Z is n ot an i m - son faci n g D i s an im m ed iat e n eigh -
m ales with in th e grou p are lectu rer, m ediate n eigh bou r of Y. b ou r of Q. V i s n ot an i m m ed i at e
lawyer, doctor an d scientist. Am ong the 547. Wh at is Z’s posit ion with respect n eigh bou r of P. S d oes n ot face A.
m ales, on ly R (th e lawyer) an d V (th e to W ?
sci en t ist) ar e sit t in g t oget h er. Each 551. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts
(1 ) Secon d to th e left
m an is seated besides h is wife. U, th e secon ds to th e righ t of th e per -
(2 ) Th ir d t o t h e righ t son wh o faces R ?
wife of th e lectu rer is seated secon d
(3 ) Fou r th to th e left
to th e righ t of V. T is seated between (1) C (2) D
(4 ) Th ird to th e left
U an d V. P is th e wife of th e doctor. Q (3) B (4) E
is n ot th e doctor. S is a m ale. (5 ) Fou r th t o t h e righ t
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
552. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e- 557. Wh ich of th e fol lowin g pai rs of 562. Wh o is si tti n g t o t h e im m ediate
m en ts regar din g B is tru e ? person s r epr esen ts th e im m ed i- ri gh t of G ?
(1) B si ts secon d to th e left of C at e n eigh bou rs of G ? (1) C (2) D
(2) A sit s t o i m m ediate left of B (1) H an d th e p erson wh o lik es (3) F (4) H
(3) T faces B black colou r (5) Non e of th ese
(4) D is an im m ediate n eigh bou r (2) F an d th e p erson wh o lik es 563. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep-
of B gr een colou r resen ts t h e people wh o ar e i m -
(5) Th e p erson wh o faces B i s (3 ) B an d H m ediate n ei gh b ou r s of C ?
an im m ediate n eigh b ou r of S (4 ) Th e p erson wh o lik es oran ge (1) B an d G (2) B an d H
553. Wh o am on gst th e followin g fac- colou r an d C (3) G an d H (4) D an d G
es P ? (5 ) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
(1) A (2) D 558. Wh at is E’s position with respect 564. Wh o i s sitt in g th i rd to th e left of
(3) C (4) E to th e person wh o lik es oran ge G?
(5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed colou r ? (1) A (2) D
554. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts (1) Th ird to th e left (3) E (4) F
ex act ly bet ween T an d R ? (5) Ei th er E or F
(2 ) Fi fth to th e left
(1) V (2) Q 565. How m an y people ar e t h er e b e-
(3 ) Fift h t o t h e righ t
(3) S (4) P tween B an d D ?
(5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (1) Two (2) Fou r
(5 ) Secon d t o t h e righ t
555. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e (3) Th r ee (4) On e
al ik e in a certain way based on 559. St art in g fr om A, i f all th e per -
(5) None
th e given seati n g ar ran gem en t son s are m ad e to si t i n th e al-
566. Ei gh t peopl e — M, N, O, P, Q,
an d t h u s form a grou p. Wh i ch p h ab et i cal or d er i n cl ock wi se
R, S an d T – are sitt in g arou n d a
is th e on e t h at do es n o t b elon g di rect ion , t h e p osi tion s of h ow
ci rcu lar table facin g th e cen t re
to th e grou p? m an y p erson s (ex clu din g A) wi ll bu t n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e
(1) F (2) Q rem ain u n ch an ged ? or der. N si ts secon d to th e left
(3) T (4) C (1) None (2 ) On e of M. Th ree people are sittin g be-
(5) E (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee tween N an d S. P is th e im m ed i-
Di r ec t i on s (5 5 6 -5 6 0 ) : St u d y (5 ) M ore th an th r ee at e n eigh bou r of S. R an d N are
th e foll owi n g in form ation carefu l ly to not im mediate n eigh bou rs. O sits
560. Who am on gst the following is sit-
an swer t h e given qu esti on s : second to th e left of P. On ly th ree
ti n g exactly bet ween t h e p erson
(I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO On l i n e people sit between R an d O. Wh o
wh o l ik es r ed col ou r an d F ?
Ex am , 0 1. 0 9. 20 13 ) am on g th e fol l owi n g i s si tt in g
(1) G (2) H th ird to th e r igh t of R ?
Ei gh t person s – A, B, C, D, E,
(3) B (4) D (1) Q (2) N
F, G an d H – are sitt in g ar ou n d a ci r -
cu lar table facin g towar ds th e cen tr e, (5) A (3) T (4) M
bu t n ot n ecessaril y i n t h e sam e or - Di r ect i on s (5 6 1-5 6 5 ) %Stu dy th e (5) O
der. All of th em l ik e di fferen t colou rs following information carefu lly an d an - (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I ,
vi z. y el l ow, p u r p l e, or an ge, b l ack , swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : 26 .1 0.2 01 3)
wh ite, gr een , r ed an d blu e. B is si t- (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I , Di r ec t i on s (5 6 7 -5 7 1 ) : St u d y
ti n g secon d to th e left of D . D lik es 26 .1 0.2 01 3) the following in form ation carefu lly an d
b lu e colou r. B does n ot li k e yel low Eigh t people – A, B, C, D, E, F, G an swer th e given qu est ion s :
colou r. D is th e i m m ediate n eigh bou r an d H – are sitting arou n d a circu lar Twelve person s are sittin g in two
of th at two per son s wh o lik e red an d table. A an d B are facin g towards th e paral lel rows con t ain in g six person s
p u r p l e col ou r s r esp ect i vel y. Th r ee cen tre wh ile oth er six people are fac- each , in su ch a way t h at th ere is an
person s sit bet ween B an d th e per -
in g opposite to th e cen tre. A is sittin g equ al di stan ce bet ween adjacen t per -
son wh o lik es green colou r. F an d A
secon d to th e righ t of H. B sits th ird to son s. In Row-I, A, B, C, D, E an d F
are im m ediate n eigh bou rs. E does n ot
th e left of A. D sits secon d to th e righ t ar e seat ed (bu t n ot n ecessaril y i n t h e
li k e black , yellow or pu rpl e colou r. H
of G. G is im m ediate n eigh bou r of n ei- sam e order) an d all of them are facin g
is an im m edi ate n eigh bou r of G. A is
th er B n or A. E an d F are im m ediate sou th . In Row-2, P, Q, R, S, T an d U
im m ediate n eigh bou r of both wh o lik e
n eigh bou rs an d are facin g ou tside. are seated (bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
red an d b lack colou rs respectively. E
561. Wh at is t h e positi on of C wi th sam e order) an d all of th em are facin g
is si tti n g j u st op posite to H wh o lik es
respect t o D ? north. Th erefore, in the given sitting ar -
oran ge colou r.
ran gemen t each person seated in a row
556. How m an y person s are seat ed (1) Th ird to th e righ t faces an oth er person of the other row.
between H an d D, if we go cl ock - (2) Th ird to th e left S sit s th ird to th e r igh t of U. S
wi se from H to D ? (3) Fou rth to th e left does n ot sit at an y extr em e en d . Two
(1) Two (2 ) Two
(4) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t person s sit between P an d Q. T si ts
(3) Fou r (4 ) On e th ird to th e left of U. R i s n ot an i m -
(5) None m ediate n eigh bou r of U.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
F sit s th ird to th e r igh t of D. C 572. Wh at is t h e positi on of G wi th l Th e on e wh o faces th e Scien tist
does n ot sit at an y extr em e en d . On e respect t o E ? of row – 2 is an im m ediate n eigh -
person sits between B an d D . D si ts (1) Im m ediate l eft bou r of E. On ly on e person sits
secon d t o th e l eft of C. C i s n ot an (2) Secon d to th e left between E an d th e Pilot.
im m edi ate n eigh b ou r of B an d A. (3) Th ird to th e left l W sits secon d to th e righ t of Z. Y
567. Wh o am ong th e followin g are sit- does n ot face G. Th e Scien tist of
ti n g at t h e extr em e en ds of an y row–1 faces th e En gin eer of row
(5) Non e of th ese
row? – 2.
573. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep-
(1) ST (2) EB l G faces on e of t h e i m m ed i at e
resen ts t h e people st an di n g at
(3) FB (4) TP n eigh bou rs of th e Doctor of row–
th e extr em e en d s of t h e lin e?
2. Th e Doctor of row–2 does n ot
(5) DE (1) FH (2) CE sit at an y of th e extrem e en ds of
568. Wh at is t h e positi on of S wi th (3) DE (4) CH th e lin e. Z is n ot a Doctor.
respect to R? (5) Non e of th ese 577. Which of th e following represents
(1) Th ird to th e righ t 574. Wh o i s stan din g secon d t o t h e th e people sittin g at extreme en ds
(2) Secon d t o t h e righ t ri gh t of C ? of both th e lin es?
(3) Th ird to th e left (1) F (2) D (1) F, H an d X, Y
(4) Secon d to th e left (3) G (4) E (2) F, H an d Z, W
(5) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t (5) Non e of th ese (3) G, E an d Z, X
569. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e 575. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e (4) E, H an d X, Z
al ik e in a certain way based on al ik e in a certain way based on (5) G, E an d W, Y
t h ei r si tt i n g ar r an gem en t an d th eir posit ion s in th e above ar -
578. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
h en ce form a gr ou p . Wh ich on e ran gem en t an d so form a grou p.
to th e im m ediate left of Pilot of
does n ot belon g to th e grou p? Wh ich of th e fol lowin g does n ot
row–1?
(1) CR (2) BQ belon g to th e gr ou p ?
(1) H
(3) FT (4) AS (1) CG (2) GE
(2) Th e Doctor of row–1
(5) EU (3) GH (4) DE
(3) Th e En gin eer of row – 1
570. Wh at is t h e positi on of A wi th (5) FD
(4) G
respect to E? 576. If al l t h e p eopl e ar e ask ed t o
stan d in an alp h abeti cal or der (5) F
(1) Secon d t o t h e righ t
from left to righ t, th e position s 579. Wh ich of th e followin g represen t
of h ow m an y wi l l r em ain u n - both th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs
(3) Th ird to th e left of Y?
chan ged ?
(4) Th ird to th e righ t (1) On e (2) Two (1) Z an d th e Scien tist of row–2
(5) Im m ediate l eft (3) Th r ee (4) None (2) X an d th e En gin eer of row–2
571. If all th e six p erson s of Row-1 (3) W an d th e Doctor of row–2
(5) Non e of th ese
(A, B, C, D, E an d F) ar e ask ed
Di rect i on s (5 7 7 –5 8 1 ) : Stu dy th e (4) X an d th e Pilot of row–2
to sit in an alp h ab eti cal ord er
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d (5) W an d th e Pilot of row–2
fr om left to ri gh t , t h e p osi tion s
an swer th e qu estion s given below : 580. Wh ich of th e given statem en ts is
of h ow m an y wi l l r em ain u n -
ch an ged as com pared t o th ei r
(I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I t ru e wit h r esp ect t o t h e gi ven
CWE 12.0 9.2015) arran gement?
origin al sitting position ?
Eigh t person s — E, F, G, H, W, (1) G is a Scien tist.
(1) None (2) Two
X, Y and Z — are sittin g in two parallel (2) Y sits to th e im m ediate righ t
(3) Th r ee (4) On e rows con tain in g fou r person s each . E, of X.
(5) More t h an th r ee F, G an d H are sittin g in row–1 facin g
(3) F an d Z face each oth er.
Di r ec t i on s (5 7 2 -5 7 6 ) : Stu dy n orth an d W, X, Y an d Z are sittin g in
(4) Non e of th e given statemen ts
following in formation to answer the giv- row–2 facin g sou th (bu t not necessarily
is tru e
en qu esti on s : in th e sam e order.) Th u s, each person
sittin g in row – 1 faces an oth er person (5) Th e E n gi n eer of on e r ow
(Cor p or at i on Ban k SO (M ar k et i n g)
sittin g in row – 2. Each of th e two rows faces th e Doctor of an oth er
Ex am , 2 2. 0 2. 20 14 )
con sists of on e Doctor, on e En gin eer, r ow.
Si x p eopl e – C, D, E, F, G an d H–
on e Pilot an d on e Scien tist (bu t n ot 581. If Y and X interchange th eir plac-
ar e stan din g i n a str aigh t lin e faci n g
n ecessarily in th e sam e order). es, so d o H an d Z, t h en wh o
n orth n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e or -
am ongst the following will face E?
der. D is stan din g secon d to th e righ t l Th e Doctor of row–1 sits secon d
to th e righ t of H. X faces on e of (1) Y (2) H
of F. C is stan din g fou rth to th e left of
H an d H is n ot st an din g on th e ex- th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of H. (3) F (4) W
trem e en d of th e lin e. E is stan din g On ly on e person sits between th e (5) Other than th ose given as op-
secon d to the righ t of D. X an d th e Scien tist. tions
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di rect i on s (58 2 –58 7 ) : Stu dy th e 587. Who am ong th e followin g is th ird Ei gh t per son s – A, B, C, D, E,
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d to th e r igh t of K ? F, G an d H – are sit tin g ar ou n d a ci r -
an swer th e qu estion s given below : (1) J (2) E cu lar tab le facin g th e cen tr e bu t n ot
(I DBI Ban k Of f i c er Ex am , (3) L (4) G n ecessar ily in th e sam e ord er. Each
22 .0 8.2 01 4) of th em r ep resen t s d ifferen t m ob il e
(5) F
com pan ies viz, Mot or ol a, LG, Sam -
Ei gh t per son s– E, F, G, H, I, J , Di r ec t i on s (5 8 8 –5 9 2 ) : St u d y su n g, App le, Nok ia, Son y, Microm ax
K an d L& ar e stan din g in a str aigh t the following in form ation carefu lly an d and Reliance bu t not n ecessarily in th e
li n e, bu t n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e an swer th e qu estion s given below : sam e order.
or der. Som e of th em are faci n g n or th (SI DBI Of f i c er Ex am ,
F is sittin g secon d to th e righ t of
wh ile oth ers ar e faci n g sou t h . 03 .0 9.2 01 4)
th e person wh o represen ts Relian ce.
K is stan din g t h ird to th e left of Seven fr ien ds — P, Q, R, S, T, V B an d the person wh o represents Nok ia
J . J is at on e of t h e ext rem e en ds of an d W are sittin g in a straigh t lin e fac- are im m ediate n eigh bou rs of th e per -
t h e l i n e. E i s n ot a n i m m ed i at e in g North , n ot n ecessari ly in th e sam e son wh o represen ts Relian ce. C an d E
n eigh bou r of J . Nei th er I n or L is at order. T sits at on e of th e extrem e en ds are imm ediate n eigh bou rs of each oth -
th e extrem e en d of th e li n e. L i s n ot of th e l in e. Q sit s t h ir d t o left of T. er. Neith er C n or E is an im m ediate
an im m edi ate n eigh b ou r of K. Th ere On ly on e per son sit s b etween S an d n eigh bou r of B. A is to th e im m ediate
is on ly on e person between K an d E. W. S is an i m m ediate n ei gh bou r of Q. righ t of E. A represen ts Sam su n g com -
P is n ot an im m edi ate n eigh b ou r of T pan y. Two person s are sittin g between
I is stan din g secon d t o t h e left of L. F
an d S. P an d R do n ot si t at th e ex- B an d A. Th ree person s are sittin g be-
is to th e im m ed iat e r igh t of H. G is
tr em e en ds of t h e lin e. tween D an d H . G is an i m m ediate
st an d in g secon d t o th e r igh t of E. Th e
588. Wh at is R’s position with respect n ei gh bou r of t h e per son wh o rep re-
i m m ed i at e n ei gh b o u r s o f K f ac e
to P ? sen ts Micromax company. There is on ly
op posite dir ect ion to th at of K. Th e
(1) Secon d t o t h e righ t on e person between C an d th e person
i m m ed i at e n ei gh b o u r o f J f ac es
(2) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t wh o represen ts Apple com pan y. H is
op posite dir ect ion . Both G an d H face th ird to th e left of th e person wh o rep-
th e sam e dir ect ion as th at of E. E is (3) Secon d to th e left
resen ts Apple com pan y. Th e per son
to th e i m m ed iat e l eft of I wh o faces (4) Th ird to th e left
represen tin g Son y is secon d to th e left
sou th. (5) Non e of th ese of th e person wh o represen ts LG com -
582. Th e i m m ediate n eigh bou rs of L 589. Fou r of th e following five are alik e pan y.
are : in a certain way based on th eir 593. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n g r epr e-
(1) E an d I (2) E an d G seatin g position s in th e above ar - sen ts Son y com p an y ?
ran gem en t an d so form a grou p. (1) F (2) H
(3) G an d H (4) F an d G
Wh ich is the on e th at does n ot
(5) E an d F (3) D (4) C
belon g to th e grou p ?
583. How m an y p er son s are st an d- (5) B
(1) QS (2) VP
in g exactly bet ween H an d G ? 594. Wh at is t h e positi on of B wi th
(3) TR (4) PW
(1) Th r ee (2) Fou r respect t o C ?
(5) WQ
(3) Five (4) Two 590. If al l th e seven frien ds are m ade
(5) None to si t in al ph abet ical or der fr om
ri gh t t o l eft , th e position s of h ow (3) Th ird to th e righ t
584. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g is to
m an y will rem ain u n ch an ged ? (4) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t
th e i m m ediate r igh t of J ?
(1) Fou r (2) Th r ee (5) Fi fth to th e left
(1) Th ere is n o person
(3) On e (4) Two 595. If al l th e eigh t p erson s are m ade
(2) H (3) L t o si t i n alp h ab et ical or d er i n
(4) E (5) J (5) None
clock wise direction startin g from
585. Who among the following is fou rth 591. Wh o sits exactl y i n t h e m idd le A, posit ion s of h ow m an y per -
of th e l in e ? son s will rem ain u n ch anged (ex-
to th e r igh t of H ?
(1) P (2) W clu din g A) ?
(1) I (2) L
(3) S (4) Q (1) On e (2) Two
(3) K (4) E
(5) R (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r
(5) F
592. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts (5) None
586. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e to th e im m ed iat e l eft of W ?
al ik e in a certain way based on 596. Fou r of t h e fol l woi n g fi ve ar e
(1) Q (2) P al ik e in a certain way based on
t h e ab ov e ar r an gem en t a n d
(3) R (4) S th e above arran gem en t an d so
h en ce th ey form a grou p. Wh i ch
(5) T form a gr ou p . Wh ich i s th e on e
is th e on e t h at does n ot b elon g
Di r ect i on s (5 9 3 -5 9 7 ) : St u d y t h a t d oes n ot b el on g t o t h e
to th at grou p ? grou p ?
(1) K (2) G (1) AF (2) AE
(3) E (4) H (SI DBI Of f i c er (3) BE (4) CG
(5) I Ex am . 0 3. 0 9. 20 14 ) (5) DH
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
597. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e- 599. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e Ni n e frien ds, A, B, C, D, E, F,
m en ts is/ are tr u e abou t F ? al ik e in a cer tain way an d h en ce G, H an d I are si ttin g arou n d a circu -
(1) F rep resen t s Appl e com p a- th ey form a grou p based on t h e lar table facin g th e cen tre bu t n ot n ec-
ny gi ven ar ran gem en t . Wh ich on e essar ily in th e sam e order. D is si t-
of th e followin g d oes n ot belon g ti n g secon d to th e ri gh t of F. H is an
(2) F is sit tin g exactly between
to th at grou p? im m ed iate n eigh bou r of E. Two per -
B an d D
(1) R (2) S son s are si tti n g b etween A an d E. B
(3) F is sit tin g ju st opp osi te to
(3) V (4) U is si tti n g secon d to th e left of C. Two
th e p erson wh o represen ts
Sam su ng com pan y (5) T person s are sit tin g b etween D an d C.
(4) F is fou rth to th e l eft of A 600. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g trav- Neith er H n or E is im m ed iat e n eigh -
el s t o Delh i ? bou r of C an d D. G is si tti n g th i rd to
(1) T (2) U th e r igh t of A. On ly on e person is si t-
Di r ect i on s (5 9 8 -6 0 2 ): Stu dy t h e
(3) S (4) R ti n g b etween C an d E.
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : (5) P 606. In wh i ch of t h e fol lowi n g com b i-
(I BPS RRBs Of f i c er Sc al e-I
601. How m an y person s l ive between n ation s is th e fir st per son si t-
CWE, 06 .0 9.2 01 4) th e person wh o i s t ravelli n g to ti n g in b etween th e secon d an d
Mu m bai an d S ? th e t h ir d p erson s ?
A bu ildin g h as seven floors n u m -
(1) Th r ee (2) Fou r (1) ADB (2) HEI
bered on e to seven , in su ch a way th at
grou n d fl oor is n u m b ered on e, t h e (3 ) On e (4 ) Two (3 ) FIC (4) GBC
fl oor ab ove it, n u m ber t wo an d so on (5 ) Fi ve (5 ) FDB
su ch th at t h e topm ost fl oor is n u m - 602. Wh o am on g t h e fol lowin g does
607. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g is to
bered seven . On e ou t of seven per - l i ve on t h e fl oor i m m ed i at el y
th e i m m ediate left of D ?
son s, viz., P, Q, R, S, T, U an d V lives ab ove th e floor of T ?
(1) B (2) A
on each floor, bu t n ot n ecessari ly in (1) S (2) Q
th e sam e or der. Each on e of th em is (3) U (4) P (3) F (4) G
travelling to differen t places, viz., Ban - (5) V (5) I
galor e, Ch en n ai , Delh i , J aip u r, Kol k - Di r ect i on s (6 0 3 -6 0 5 ) : St u d y 608. ‘C’i s r elated to th e ‘D ’i n a cer -
at a, Mu m bai an d Patn a, b u t n ot n ec- the following in form ation carefu lly an d tain way based on the given seat-
essar ily in th e sam e order. an swer th e qu estion s given below : i n g ar r an gem en t . In t h e sam e
Th ree person s live on th e floors (I BPS RRBs Of f i c er Sc al e-I way ‘H’ i s r elated to th e ‘C’. To
above th e floor of P. Th ere is on ly on e CWE, 06 .0 9.2 01 4) wh om am on gst th e foll owi n g is
p er son b et ween P an d t h e p er son Am on g six fr ien d s P, Q, R, S, T E rel ated t o, foll owi n g th e sam e
travellin g to Ban galore. U lives im m e- an d U each on e h as di fferen t weigh t. pattern ?
di atel y below th e person wh o is trav- R is h eavier t h an T. R i s l igh ter th an (1) B (2) D
el lin g t o M u m b ai. Th e person wh o is Q. Q is ligh ter th an bot h P an d U. T is
(3) C (4) A
travelling to Mu m bai lives on an even n ot t h e l igh test. T weigh s 5 0 k g. Th e
th ird h eaviest person is of 6 3 k g. (5) G
n u m bered floor. P lives below the per -
son t ravelli n g to M u m b ai. Two per - 603. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n g i s t h e 609. How m an y person s are seat ed
son s are li vin g between th e person s h eavi est ? between F an d G if we go an t i-
wh o are travel lin g to Ban galor e an d (1) U (2) P cl ock wise fr om F t o G ?
Patna respectively. T lives im m ediate- (3) S (4) Q (1) Two (2) Fou r
ly ab ove R. T i s n ot travel lin g to Pat- (5) Ei th er P or U (3 ) Th r ee (4 ) Non e
n a. Two p erson s live b etween Q an d 604. Wh o am on g followin g i s h eavi er (5 ) On e
th e p erson t ravelli n g to Kol k ata. Th e th an S b u t ligh ter th an R? 610. St art in g fr om A, i f all th e per -
person wh o i s t ravell in g to Del h i is (1) Q (2) T son s are m ad e to si t i n th e al-
n ot livin g imm ediately above or below
(3) U phabetical order in anticlock wise
the floor of Q. Th e person wh o is trav-
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed di rect ion , t h e p osi tion s of h ow
elling to Kolk ata lives below Q. S does
(5) Non e of th ese m an y (exclu d in g A) wi ll r em ain
n ot l ive im m ed iately above or bel ow
605. Wh o am on g th e foll owin g m ay u n ch an ged ?
th e floor of P. V is n ot tr avelli n g to
Ch en n ai . Th e per son wh o is tr avel- weigh 58 k g ? (1) On e (2) Two
l i n g t o D el h i d oes n ot l i ve on t h e (1) U (2) Q (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r
grou n d floor. (3) P (4) R (5) None
598. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives (5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed Di r ect i on s (6 1 1 -6 1 5 ) : Stu dy th e
on th e t opm ost fl oor ? Di r ect i on s (6 0 6 -6 1 0 ): Stu dy t h e following information carefu lly an d an -
(1) U (2) Q following information carefu lly an d an - swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
(3) V (4) T swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T
(I BPS RRBs Of f i c er Sc al e-I CWE-I V, 18. 10 .2 01 4)
(5) S
CWE, 06 .0 9.2 01 4)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Ei gh t per son s – J , K, L, M, W, X, each oth er, facin g th e cen t re, bu t n ot 621. If al l th e p erson s are m ade t o sit
Y an d Z – ar e stan din g in a str aigh t n ecessar ily in th e sam e ord er. Each in th e alphabetical order in clock -
li n e, bu t n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e on e of th em belon gs to a differen t pro- wi se dir ect ion st art in g fr om P,
or der. Som e of th em are faci n g n or th fessi on viz. Man ager, En gin eer, Ch ef, the position of h ow many of them
wh ile som e oth ers are facin g sou th . J Pi lot , Lawyer, Doctor, Arch it ect an d wi ll rem ain u n ch an ged (ex clu d-
is st an di n g at th e fou rth positi on to Teach er b u t n ot n ecessari l y i n t h e in g P) ?
th e r igh t of X. X is stan di n g at on e of sam e order. (1) Th r ee (2) On e
th e extr em e en ds of t h e lin e. Bot h t h e V sit s secon d t o t h e righ t of t h e (3) Two (4) Fou r
im m ediate n eigh bou rs of J face n orth . Man ager. Th e Pilot an d t h e En gin eer (5) Non ea
M is stan di n g at th e th i rd positi on to ar e t h e im m ediate n ei gh b ou rs of V. R Di rect i on s (6 2 2 –62 7 ) : Stu dy th e
th e r igh t of J . M is facin g th e sam e si ts secon d to th e ri gh t of T wh o is a following information carefu lly an d an -
di rection as th at of J . Th er e is on ly Lawyer. T i s an im m ed iat e n eigh bou r swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
on e p er son b et ween M an d L. L i s of th e Pilot. On l y on e p erson sit s b e- (Ban k of Bar od a J un i or M an agem en t
st an d in g at th e th i rd positi on t o t h e
tween W an d U. S sits th ird to th e left Gr ad e/ Scal e-I Ex am , 18 .0 4.2 01 5)
ri gh t of Y. Z is stan din g t o t h e im m e-
of T. P sits ex actl y b etween U an d S. Seven people – P, Q, R, S, T, U
di ate left of L. K is n ot faci n g n or th . Z
Th e Arch i tect sits secon d to th e left an d V – are si tti n g i n a st rai gh t li n e
is facin g th e sam e di rection as th at of
of P. Th e Ch ef an d th e Teach er are with equ al distan ce between each oth -
W. K is n ot st an d in g at an y of th e ex-
imm ediate n eighbou rs of the Architect. er, bu t n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e or -
tr em e en ds of t h e lin e.
W is n ot a Teach er. der. Som e of th em are facin g Nor th
611. Who amon g th e followin g are fac- an d som e ar e facin g Sou t h .
in g Sou t h ? 616. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g is a
doctor ? On ly two people are si tti n g t o t h e
(1) M, J , Y th e l eft of V. On ly t wo people si t b e-
(1) R (2) V
(2) J , K, M, X tween V an d Q. P sits secon d t o t h e
(3) J , K, M, X, Y (3) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as
left of Q. Th e im m edi ate n eigh bou rs
option s
(4) J , M, X, Y of P face op posit e di recti on s (i.e. i f
(4) W (5) P one of th e neigh bou rs faces Sou th then
(5) K, M, X, Y
612. How m an y p er son s are st an d- 617. Wh o sits exactl y b etween R an d th e oth er faces Nor th an d vi ce–ver -
in g exactly bet ween Y an d Z ? the Man ager, wh en cou n ted from sa). On l y on e person sit s b etween P
th e r igh t of R ? an d R. U sit s t h ir d t o t h e left of R. S
(1) Th r ee (2) Fou r
(1) W (2) T is n ot an i m m ediat e n eigh bou r of Q.
(3) Two (4) Five Both th e im m edi ate n ei gh b ou rs of R
(5) Non e of th ese (3) Q (4) S
face th e sam e d i r ect i on (i .e. i f on e
613. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g is to (5) U n eigh bou r faces Sou th th en t h e oth er
th e i m m ediate left of W ? 618. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e- n eigh bou r al so faces Sou th an d vice–
(1) K (2) Y m en ts is n ot tr u e as per th e gi v- versa). P faces th e sam e dir ecti on as
(3) L (4) J en in for m ation ? th at of R. T faces North . Q sit s t o t h e
(1) R is a Ch ef. im m ed iat e left of T.
(5) Non e of th ese
(2) P a n d V a r e i m m ed i a t e 622. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts
n eigh bou rs of S. exact ly b etween V an d t h e on
al ik e in a certain way based on
(3) Al l t h e given statem en t s are wh o is si tti n g t o t h e im m ediate
t h e ab ov e ar r an gem en t a n d
left of Q ?
h en ce form a gr ou p. Wh ich is tru e
th e on e t h at does n ot belon g to (1) P (2) R
(4) On l y th ree person s si t be-
th e gr ou p ? (3) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as
tween U an d Q
(1) M (2) J option s
(5) S is an En gin eer
(3) L (4) Y (4) T (5) U
623. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts
(5) X al ik e in a certain way based on
exactly i n th e m iddle of th e lin e?
615. Wh o am on g t h e fol l ow i n g i s th eir positi on s in th e arr an ge-
(1) S (2) P
st an di n g at on e of th e en d s ex- m en t an d h en ce form a grou p.
cl u din g X ? (3) U (4) T
Which one does not belong to that
(1) Z (2) M gr ou p ? (5) R
(3) W (4) Y (1) SU (2) RW 624. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e-
m en ts is TRUE as p er th e given
(5) L (3) TQ (4) PU
in form ation ?
Di rect i on s (6 1 6 –62 1 ) : Stu dy th e (5) VS (1) S faces Sou th
following information carefu lly an d an - 620. Wh o si ts secon d to th e righ t of
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : (2) V sit s t h ir d to th e l eft of Q
Q? (3) Non e of th e gi ven op tion s is
(Ban k of Bar od a J un i or M an agem en t
(1) S (2) P tru e
Gr ad e/ Scal e-I Ex am , 18 .0 4.2 01 5)
(3) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as (4) S sits exactly between R and P
Ei gh t per son s – P, Q, R, S, T, U,
option s (5) U sits t o th e im m ediat e righ t
V an d W — are sitti n g ar ou n d a cir cu -
lar t able wi th equ al d ist an ce between (4) W (5) U of P
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
625. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- 630. Which of th e following statemen ts 634. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
resen t t h e people sit tin g at t h e is n ot tru e as per th e given in - exact ly b etween V an d t h e on
two extrem e en d s of t h e l in e ? form ation ? wh o is sittin g to th e im m ediate
(1) QR (1) R is a Ch ef. left of Q ?
(2) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as (2) P an d V are im mediate neigh- (1) P (2) R
option s bou rs of S. (3) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as
(3) TU (3) All th e given statem en ts are options
(4) SQ (5) ST tru e (4) T (5) U
626. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts (4) On l y th ree person s si t be- 635. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
secon d t o t h e r igh t of S ? tween U an d Q exactly in th e m iddle of th e line ?
(1) U (2) V (5) S is an En gin eer (1) S (2) P
(3) Q 631. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (3) U (4) T
in a certain way based on th eir (5) R
(4) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as
position s in the arran gement and 636. Which of th e following statemen ts
option s
h en ce form a grou p. Wh ich on e is TRUE as per th e given in for -
(5) P does n ot belon g to th at grou p ? m ation ?
627. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- (1) SU (2) RW (1) S faces Sou th
resen t the imm ediate neigh bou rs
(3) TQ (4) PU (2) V sits th ird to th e left of Q
of Q ?
(5) VS (3) Non e of th e given option s is
(1) TU (2) QP
632. Wh o sits secon d to th e righ t of tru e
(3) PR (4) TV Q? (4) S sits exactly between R and P
(5) VU (1) S (2) P (5) U sits to th e im m ediate righ t
Di rect i on s (62 8– 6 33 ) : Stu dy th e (3) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as of P
following information carefu lly an d an - options 6 37. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep-
swer th e qu estion s given below : (4) W (5) U resen t th e people sittin g at th e
(BOB J un i or M an agem en t 633. If all th e person s are m ade to sit two extrem e en ds of th e lin e ?
Gr ade/ Scal e–I Ex am . 18.04.2015) in th e alphabetical order in clock - (1) QR
Eigh t person s – P, Q, R, S, T, U, wise direction startin g from P, the (2) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as
V an d W — are sittin g arou n d a circu - position of how m an y of th em will options
lar table with equ al distan ce between remain u nchanged (exclu ding P) ? (3) TU (4) SQ
each oth er, facin g th e cen tre, bu t n ot (1) Th r ee (2) On e (5) ST
n ecessarily in th e sam e order. Each (3) Two (4) Fou r 638. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
on e of th em belon gs to a differen t pro-
(5) None secon d to th e righ t of S ?
fession viz. Man ager, En gin eer, Ch ef,
Pi lot , Lawyer, Doctor, Arch it ect an d Di r ect i on s (6 3 4 – 6 3 9 ) : Stu dy (1) U (2) V
the following in form ation carefu lly an d (3) Q
Teach er b u t n ot n ecessari l y i n t h e
an swer th e qu estion s given below : (4) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as
sam e order.
(BOB J un i or M an agem en t options
V sits secon d to th e righ t of th e Gr ade/ Scal e–I Ex am . 18.04.2015)
Man ager. Th e Pilot an d th e En gin eer (5) P
are th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of V. R Seven people – P, Q, R, S, T, U 6 39. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep-
an d V – are sittin g in a straigh t lin e resen t the imm ediate neigh bou rs
sits secon d to th e righ t of T wh o is a
with equ al distan ce between each oth - of Q ?
Lawyer. T is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
er, bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e or - (1) TU (2) QP
of th e Pilot. On ly on e person sits be-
der. Som e of them are facin g North an d
tween W an d U. S sits th ird to th e left (3) PR (4) TV
som e are facin g Sou th .
of T. P sits exactly between U an d S. (5) VU
Th e Arch itect sits secon d to th e left of On ly two people are sittin g to th e
th e left of V. On ly two people sit be- Di rect i on s (6 4 0 –6 4 4 ) : Stu dy th e
P. Th e Ch ef an d th e Teach er are im - fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d
m ediate n eigh bou rs of th e Arch itect. tween V an d Q. P sits secon d to th e
left of Q. Th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of an swer th e qu estion s given below :
W is n ot a Teach er. (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I
P face opposite direction s (i.e. if on e
628. Wh o am on g th e followin g is a of th e n eigh bou rs faces Sou th then th e CWE 12.0 9.2015)
doctor ? oth er faces North an d vice–versa). Only Eigh t frien ds — J , K, L, M, N, O,
(1) R (2) V on e person sits between P an d R. U P and Q — are sittin g arou n d a circu lar
(3) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as sits th ird to th e left of R. S is n ot an table bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e
options im m ediate n eigh bou r of Q. Both th e ord er. Som e of t h em ar e facin g th e
(4) W (5) P im m ediate n eigh bou rs of R face th e cen tre an d som e of t h em are facin g
629. Wh o sits exactly between R an d sam e direction (i.e. if on e n eigh bou r ou tside. (i.e. in a direction opposite to
the Man ager, wh en cou n ted from faces Sou th th en th e oth er n eigh bou r th e cen tre.)
th e righ t of R ? al so faces Sou th an d vi ce–ver sa). P Facin g th e sam e direction m ean s
(1) W (2) T faces th e sam e direction as th at of R. if on e person faces th e cen tre th en th e
T faces North . Q sits to th e im m ediate oth er also faces th e cen tre an d vice–
(3) Q (4) S
left of T. versa. Facin g th e opposite dir ecti on
(5) U
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
m ean s if on e person faces th e cen tre 644. Wh o am on gst th e followin g are 649. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
th en th e oth er faces ou tside an d vice– im m ediate n eigh bou rs of P ? in a cer tai n way b ased on t h e
ver sa. (1) M, N (2) K, M gi ven ar r an gem en t an d h en ce
Im m ediate n eigh bou rs facin g th e for m a gr ou p . Wh i ch of t h em
(3) J , Q (4) N, K does n ot belon g to th at grou p ?
sam e direction m ean s if on e n eighbou r
(5) Q, N (1) M (2) J
faces th e cen tre t h en th e oth er also
faces th e cen tre an d vice–versa. Di rect i on s (6 4 5 –64 9 ) : Stu dy th e (3) Y (4) W
Im m ediate n eigh bou rs facin g th e following information carefu lly an d an - (5) N
o p p o si t e d i r ec t i o n m ean s i f on e swer th e qu estion s given below : Di rect i on s (65 0 –65 4 ) : Stu dy th e
n eigh bou r faces th e cen tre th en th e (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V following information carefu lly an d an -
(Pr el i m i n ar y ) 0 3. 10 .2 01 5) swer th e qu estion s given below :
oth er faces ou tside an d vice–versa.
Ten persons are sittin g in two par - (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
l On ly on e person sits between K (Pr el i m i n ar y ) 0 4. 10 .2 01 5)
allel rows con tain in g five person s each ,
an d O. Q sits th ird to th e righ t of Ten persons are sittin g in two par -
in su ch a way th at th ere is equ al dis-
O. allel rows con tain in g five person s each ,
tan ce between adj acen t p er son s. In
l M sits to th e im m ediate righ t of row–1, J , K, L, M an d N ar e seated in su ch a way th at th ere is equ al dis-
Q. Q faces ou tside. (not n ecessarily in th e same order) an d tan ce between adj acen t p er son s. In
l L sits secon d to th e left of P. P is row 1 — B, C, D, E an d F are seated
all of th em are facin g sou th . In row–2,
n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of O. (not n ecessarily in th e same order) an d
V, W, X, Y an d Z are seated (n ot n ec- all of th em are facin g sou th . In row 2
l L faces a direction opposite to that essarily in th e sam e order) an d all of — R, S, T, U an d V ar e seated (n ot
of O. Im m ediate n eigh bou rs of L th em are facin g north . Th erefore in th e n ecessarily in th e sam e order) an d all
face opposite direction s. given seatin g arran gem en t each m em - of th em are facin g n orth . Th erefore, in
l J sits th ird to th e left of N. J is ber seated in row faces an oth er m em - th e given seatin g arran gem en t, each
n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of P ber of th e oth er row. m em ber seated in a row faces an oth er
n or K. Z sits th ird to th e righ t of W. V m em ber of th e oth er row.
l M an d J face a direction sam e as sits secon d to th e left of Z. Th e person R si ts secon d to th e r igh t of U.
facin g V sits to th e im m ediate righ t of Th e person facin g R sits to th e im m e-
th at of N.
K. Only on e person sits between K an d diate left of D. On ly on e person sits
640. Fou r of th e following five are alik e between D an d E. E does n ot sit at an
in a cer tai n way b ased on t h e M. J is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of
K. On ly two person s sit between J an d extrem e en d of th e lin e. Th e person
direction s th ey are form in g an d facin g E is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of
so form a grou p. Wh ich is th e L. Neith er K n or J faces Y.
T. S sits th ird to th e left of T. F is n ot
on e th at does n ot belon g to th at 645. Wh o am on gst t h e fol lowin g i s an im m ediate n eigh bou r of D. B does
grou p? facin g N ? n ot face U.
(1) KL (2) QM (1) Y (2) V 650. Wh o amongst the following is fac-
(3) PQ (4) NJ (3) X (4) W in g V ?
(5) QL (5) Z (1) F (2) D
641. Wh o am on g t h e fol l ow i n g si t 646. Which of th e following statemen ts (3) C (4) B
exactly between Q an d O wh en is tru e regardin g M ? (5) E
cou n ted from th e righ t of Q? (1) M faces on e of th e im m edi- 651. Wh o amongst the following is fac-
(1) P, J (2) M, P ate n eigh bou rs of X. in g C ?
(2) K i s on e of t h e i m m ed i at e (1) T (2) S
(3) L, K (4) N, L
n eigh bou rs of M. (3) V (4) U
(5) J , M (5) R
(3) Non e of th e given statemen ts
642. Which of th e following is n ot tru e 652. Wh at is th e position of D with
is tru e
regardin g K as per th e given ar - respect to F ?
ran gement? (4) L sits to the im mediate right
of M.
(1) N is an im m ediate n eigh bou r (2) Secon d to th e left
(5) Only on e person sits between
of K. (3) Th ird to th e righ t
M an d N.
(2) All th e given option s are tru e (4) Im mediate righ t
647. Wh o am on gst t h e fol lowin g i s
(3) O n l y t h r ee p er so n s s i t (5) Secon d to th e righ t
facin g X ?
between K an d M. 653. Which of th e following statemen ts
(1) K (2) L
(4) L sits to th e im m ediate left is tru e regardin g B?
(3) M (4) J
of K. (1) Non e of th e given statem en ts
(5) N is tru e
(5) K faces ou tside.
648. Wh at is th e p osit ion of Z with (2) C sits secon d to th e righ t of B
643. Wh at is L’s position with respect respect to Y ?
to N? (3) B sits at an extrem e en d of
(1) Th ird to th e righ t th e row
(1) Im mediate righ t (2) Secon d to th e righ t (4) B faces on e of th e im m ediate
(2) Secon d to th e righ t (3) Im m ediate left n eigh bou rs of T
(3) Th ird to th e righ t (4) Im mediate righ t (5) On ly two person s sit between
(4) Th ird to th e left B an d F
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
654. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (2) On ly two person s sit between (1) R (2) S
in a certian way based on th e giv- N an d M. (3) Q (4) C
en arran gem en t an d h en ce form (3) N faces on e of th e im m ediate
(5) F
a grou p. Wh ich on e of th e fol- n eigh bou rs of R.
663. Wh o sits to th e im m ediate left of
lowin g does n ot belon g to th at (4) Non e of th e given statem en ts
grou p ? is tru e. D’s son ?
(1) RU (2) SR (5) L sits to th e im m ediate righ t (1) D’s fath er (2) R
(3) VT (4) EB of N. (3) Q (4) S
(5) DC 659. Wh o amongst the following is fac-
(5) D’s m oth er
Di rect i on s (6 5 5 –65 9 ) : Stu dy th e in g T?
following information carefu lly an d an - 664. How is Q related to P?
(1) N (2) M
swer th e qu estion s given below : (1) Sister
(3) K (4) J
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V (2) Sister–in –law
(Pr el i m i n ar y .) 04 .1 0.2 01 5) (5) L
Di rect i on s (6 6 0 –66 4 ) : Stu dy th e (3) Niece
Ten persons are sittin g in two par - (4) Broth er–in–law
allel rows con tain in g five people each ,
swer th e qu estion s given below : (5) Aunt
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V Di rect i on s (6 6 5 –6 6 9 ) : Stu dy the
(Pr el i m i n ar y .) 04 .1 0.2 01 5) following inform ation carefu lly and an-
row–1– J , K, L, M an d N are seated
(not n ecessarily in th e same order) an d Eigh t person s — C, D, E, F, P, Q, swer the qu estions given below :
all of th em are facin g North . In row–2– R an d S — are sittin g arou n d a circu - (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
R, S, T, U an d V are seated (n ot n ec- lar table facin g th e cen tre with equ al (Pr el i m i n ar y ) 1 0. 10 .2 01 5
essarily in th e sam e order) an d all of distan ce between each oth er (bu t n ot I st Si t t i n g)
them are facin g Sou th . Th erefore in th e n ecessarily in th e sam e order). Each Ten persons are sittin g in two par -
given seatin g arran gem en t each m em - one of th em is also related to D in som e allel rows contain in g five person s each
ber seated in a row faces an oth er m em - way or th e oth er. in su ch a way th at th ere is equ al dis-
ber of th e oth er row. P sits th ird to t h e righ t of E. D tan ce between adj acen t p er son s. In
V sits at on e of th e extrem e en ds sits to th e im m ediate left of E. On ly row – 1, D, E, F, G an d H are seated
of the lin e. On ly two people sit between one person sits between P and D’s son . an d all of th em are facin g sou th bu t
V an d R. Th e on e wh o faces R sits to R sits to th e im mediate right of D’s son . n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order. In
th e im m ediate left of L. On ly on e per - On l y th ree person s si t between D’s row – 2, T, U, V, W an d X are seated
son sits between L an d K. Th e on e wh o h u sban d an d R. On ly on e person sits an d all of th em are facin g n orth bu t
faces K sits to th e im m ediate left of S. between D’s h u sban d an d C. n ot n ecessar i l y i n t h e sam e or d er.
N sits secon d to th e righ t of J . Neith er F sits to th e im mediate right of Q. Therefore, in th e given seating arran ge-
K n or L faces U. D’s father sits second to the right of F. m en t each m em b er seated in a r ow
655. Wh o amongst the following is fac- On ly three persons sit between D’s fa- faces an other m em ber of th e oth er row.
in g M? th er and D’s brother. V sits exactly in th e m iddle of th e
(1) U (2) R D’s dau gh t er sit s secon d to th e row. Th e on e wh o faces V sits to th e
(3) T (4) V righ t of S. D’s sister sits th ird to th e im m ediate left of F. H is an im m ediate
(5) S righ t of D’s m oth er. n eigh bou r of F bu t does n ot face V. W
656. Fou r of th e following five are alik e 660. Which of th e following statemen ts sits secon d to left of U. U faces th e
in a certain way based on th e giv- is TRUE with respect to th e giv- on e wh o is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of
en arran gem en t an d h en ce form en inform ation ? D. G is n ot an im mediate n eigh bou r of
a grou p. Wh ich of th em does n ot (1) S is th e broth er of R. D. G does n ot sit at th e extrem e en d
belon g to th at grou p? (2) On l y t h r ee p er son s si t b e- of th e row. X does n ot face H.
(1) NK (2) J L tween Q an d S. 665. Wh o amongst the following is fac-
(3) ML (4) RU (3) E sits th ird to th e righ t of D’s in g V ?
(5) ST dau ghter. (1) G (2) E
657. Wh at is th e position of U with (4) All th e given option s are tru e (3) F (4) D
respect to S? (5) R is an im m ediate n eigh bou r (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
(1) Secon d to th e righ t of D. 666. Which of th e following statemen ts
661. Who am ongst th e following is th e is tru e regardin g T ?
broth er of D? (1) T faces F
(1) Q (2) E (2) On ly two person s sit to th e
(4) Th ird to th e righ t left of T
(5) Im mediate righ t (3) F (4) C
(5) R (3) T sits to th e im m ediate left of
658. Which of th e following statemen ts
662. As per th e given seatin g arran ge- W.
is tru e regardin g N?
m en t, Q : P in th e sam e way as (4) U sits fou rth to th e righ t of T.
(1) N sits at an extrem e en d of R : E. Th en followin g th e sam e (5) Non e of th e given statem en ts
th e row. is tru e
pattern D : ?
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
667. Wh at is th e position of D with 672. Who am ongst th e following is th e 676. Wh o amongst the following is fac-
respect to F ? wife of M ?
in g A?
(1) Th ird to th e righ t (1) K (2) S
(2) Secon d to th e righ t (3) R (4) L (1) L (2) M
(3) Im m ediate left (5) T (3) O (4) P
(4) Th ird to th e left 673. Which of th e following statemen ts
is tru e regardin g th e given seat- (5) N
in g arran gem en t ? 677. Wh o amongst the following is fac-
668. Fou r of the followin g five are alik e
(1) M’s fath er is sittin g to th e im - in g M?
in a certain way based on the giv-
m ediate left of M’s son
en seat i n g ar r an gem en t an d (1) E (2) A
(2) On ly fou r person s are sittin g
hence they form a grou p. Wh ich
between S an d J . (3) D (4) B
of th e followin g does n ot belon g
to th at grou p ? (3) M is sittin g exactly between (5) C
h is dau gh ter an d broth er
(1) H (2) T 678. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
(4) M’s wife is sittin g ju st oppo-
(3) X (4) D site to M’s fath er. in a certain way based on th e giv-
(5) U (5) Non e of th e given statem en ts en arran gem en t an d h en ce form
669. Wh o amongst the following is fac- is tru e a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e th at
in g F ? 674. Who am ongst th e following is th e does n ot belon g to th e grou p?
(1) T (2) W sister of M ? (1) NO (2) CE
(3) V (4) X (1) R (2) S
(3) L (4) J (3) AB (4) PO
(5) U
Di rect i on s (670 -67 4) : Stu dy the (5) Q (5) ML
following information carefu lly an d an - Di rect i on s (6 7 5 –67 9 ) : Stu dy th e 679. Wh at is th e position of C with
swer th e qu estion s given below : following information carefu lly an d an -
respect to B?
(Pr el i m i n ar y ) 1 0. 10 .2 01 5 (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V (1) Secon d to th e left
I st Si t t i n g)
(Pr el i m i n ar y ) 1 0. 10 .2 01 5) (2) Th ird to th e left
Eigh t person s – J , K, L, M, Q,
Ten persons are sittin g in two par - (3) Im m ediate left
R, S, an d T – are sittin g arou n d a cir -
allel rows con tain in g five people each , (4) Im mediate righ t
cu lar table facin g th e cen tre bu t n ot
n ecessarily in th e sam e order. Each of (5) Secon d to th e righ t
th em is related to M in som e way or Di r ect i on s (68 0–684) : Stu dy the
row-1, A, B, C, D an d E ar e seated
th e oth er. Two person s are sittin g be- following information carefu lly an d an -
(bu t n ot necessarily in th e sam e order)
tween Q an d L. M is sittin g secon d to swer th e qu estion s given below.
an d all of th em ar e facin g n orth . In
th e left of Q. Th ree person s are sittin g (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I
row-2, L, M, N, O an d P ar e seated
between L an d th e wife of M. Th e son CWE 13.0 9.2015)
(bu t n ot necessarily in th e sam e order)
of M is sittin g secon d to th e righ t of
an d all of them are facing sou th . Th ere- Eigh t person s E, F, G, H, W, X,
th e wife of M. Th ree person s are sit-
fore, in th e given seatin g arran gem en t Y an d Z are sittin g in two parallel rows
t in g b et ween th e son of M an d th e
each m em b er seated in a r ow faces con tain in g fou r person s each in su ch
broth er of M. Th e dau gh ter of M is sit-
tin g secon d to th e left of th e broth er of an oth er m em ber of th e oth er row. a way th at th ere is an equ al distan ce
M. J is sittin g to th e im m ediate righ t B sits secon d to th e righ t of D. between adjacen t persons. E, F, G an d
of R. R is n eith er son n or wife of M. Th e person facin g B sits to th e im m e- H are sittin g in row-1 facin g n orth an d
Th e sister of M is sittin g secon d to th e di ate l eft of N. L si ts secon d t o t h e W, X, Y an d Z are sittin g in row-2 fac-
left of R. K is sittin g to th e im m ediate righ t of N. On ly t wo person s sit bein g sou th . (bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
righ t of th e sister of M. Two person s tween L an d P. E is n ot an im m ediate sam e order.) Th u s, each person sittin g
are sittin g between K an d th e fath er of n eigh bou r of D. O does n ot face E. C in row-1 faces an oth er person s sittin g
M. T is sittin g secon d to th e righ t of n eith er faces N n or sits at an extrem e in row-2. Each of th e two rows con -
th e m oth er of M. en d of th e lin e. sists of th e on e Professor, on e Leader,
670. Who am ongst th e following is th e 675. Wh ich of th e fol l owin g state- on e Technician an d on e Doctor (bu t n ot
broth er of M? m en ts is TRUE regardin g O? n ecessarily in th e sam e order).
(1) L (2) S l Th e Doctor of row-1 sits secon d
(1) L sits to th e im m ediate left
(3) T (4) R of O. to th e righ t of H. E is an im m edi-
(5) J ate n eigh bou r of H. E faces th e
671. What is the position of M’s dau gh- tween P an d O. Leader of row-2.
ter with respect to M’s son ? (3) O sits exactly in th e m iddle l X sits to th e im m ediate righ t of
(1) Th ird to th e righ t of th e row. t h e Lead er. X faces on e of th e
(2) Secon d to th e left (4) O faces on e of th e im m edi- imm ediate n eigh bou rs of the Pro-
(3) Th ird to th e left ate n eigh bou rs of B. fessor of row-1. Th e Professor of
(4) Secon d to th e righ t (5) Non e of th e given statemen ts row-1 does n ot sit at an y of th e
is tru e extrem e en ds of th e lin e.
(5) Im m ediate righ t
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
l W sits secon d to th e left of Y. Z ord er. Som e of t h em ar e facin g th e 688. Wh at is Q’s position with respect
does n ot face G. F faces th e Pro- cen tre an d som e others are facin g ou t- to W ?
fessor of row-2. In both th e rows, side (i.e. in a direction opposite to th e (1) Im m ediate left
onlye one person sits between th e cen t re.) (2) Th ird to th e left
Professor an d th e Tech n ician . W Not e : (3) Secon d to th e left
is n ot a Doctor. (i) Facing the sam e direction means (4) Im mediate righ t
680. Wh ich of th e followin g represen t if on e person faces th e cen tre th en th e (5) Secon d to th e righ t
both th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs oth er also faces th e cen tre an d vice- 689. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
of W ? ver sa. regarding S as per th e given seat-
(1) X an d th e Leader of row-2 (ii) Facin g th e opposite direction s in g arran gem en t ?
(2) Y an d th e Tech n ician of row- m ean s if on e person faces th e cen tre (1) R is an im m ediate n eigh n ou r
2 th en th e oth er faces ou tside an d vice– of S.
(3) Y an d th e Doctor of row-2 ver sa. (2) S faces ou tside.
(4) X an d th e Professor of row-2 (iii) Im m ediate n eigh bou rs facin g (3) Only two persons sit between
(5) Z an d th e Doctor of row-2 th e sam e direction m ean s if on e per - S an d Q.
681. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits son faces the centre then the other also (4) X sits secon d to th e righ t of
to th e imm ediate left of th e Lead- faces th e cen tre an d vice-versa. S.
er of row-1 ? (iv) Im m ediate n eigh bou rs facin g (5) Non e of th e given option s is
(1) Th e Professor of row-1 th e opposite direction s m ean s if on e tru e
(2) F person faces th e cen tre th en th e oth er
Di r ect i on s6(69 0-693) : Stu dy th e
(3) H (4) G faces ou tside an d vice-versa.
followin g in for m at ion carefu lly an d
(5) No on e l R sits secon d to th e righ t of Y. an swer th e qu estion s given below :
682. Wh ich of th e given statem en ts is On ly two person s sit between R
Ei gh t per son s — S, T, U, V, W,
t ru e wit h r esp ect t o t h e gi ven an d W.
X, Y an d Z ar e seat ed in a str aigh t
arran gem en t ? l P sits to th e im m ediate righ t of li n e bu t n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e
(1) Non e of th e given statem en ts W. W faces ou tside. or der, som e of th em are faci n g sou th
is tru e l On ly on e person sits between P wh il e som e are facin g Nor th . S si ts
(2) Y sits to th e im m ediate righ t an d Z. Im m ediate n eigh bou rs of fou rt h t o l eft of X. X sits at on e of t h e
of Z. P face opposite direction s. ex trem e en d of th e lin e. Bot h th e i m -
(3) Th e Tech n i cian of on e row l Q sits th ird to th e left of Z. Q is m ediate n ei gh b ou rs of S face sou t h .
faces th e DOctor of an oth er n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of P. T sit s secon d t o l eft of Z. Z i s n ot an
r ow. l X faces a direction opposite to th at im m ed iat e n eigh bou r of S. Neit h er Z
(4) Y an d H face each oth er of Y. X is an imm ediate n eighbou r n or U si ts at t h e ext rem e en d of t h e
(5) H is a Tech n ician of n eith er Y n or P. li n e. Both th e im m edi ate n eigh bou rs
683. If E an d X in terch ange th eir plac- of U face n orth . W si ts to i m m ediate
l Im m ediate n eigh bou rs of S face
es an d so do G an d Z, th en wh o left of Y. Im m ediate n ei gh bou rs of V
sam e direction . P does n ot face face op posi t e d i r ect i on s (i .e. i f on e
am on gst th e followin g will face ou tside.
W? n eigh bou r of V faces n or th th en t h e
l R an d Q face a direction opposite ot h er faces sou th an d vi ce – versa).
(1) X
to th at of S. Im m ediate n eigh bou rs of T face oppo-
(2) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as
685. Fou r of th e following five are alik e si te dir ect ion s (i.e. if on e n eigh bou r
options
in a cer tai n way b ased on t h e of T faces n ort h th en th e ot h er faces
(3) A (4) Z direction th ey are facin g an d so sou th an d vi ce–versa). Peopl e si tti n g
(5) H form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e at t h e ex t r em e en d s face th e sam e
684. Wh ich of th e followin g represen t t h at d oes n ot b el on g t o t h at d i r ect i on s (i .e. i f on e p er son faces
th e people sittin g at extreme en ds grou p ? North th en t h e oth er also faces n or th
of both th e lin es ? (1) RW (2) QZ an d vice–versa).
(1) F, H an d Z, W (3) PQ (4) YX 690. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep-
(2) G, H an d X, Y resen ts imm ediate n eigh bou rs of
(5) XP
t h e p er son s seated at th e two
(3) E, H an d Y, Z 686. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n gs si t ex trem e en d s of t h e lin e?
(4) G, F an d Z, Y exactly between X an d P wh en
(1) U, Z (2) T, Y
(5) G, F an d W, Y cou n ted from th e left of X ?
(3) W, T (4) Y, Z
Di r ect i on s (6 8 5 -6 8 9 ) : Stu dy th e (1) Z, R (2) S, Z
(5) S, T
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d (3) R, Q (4) S, W
an swer th e qu estion s given below : 691. How m an y person s are seat ed
(5) Q, Y
between T an d X ?
(I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I 687. Who amon g th e followin g are im -
CWE 13.0 9.2015) (1) Fou r
m ediate n eigh bou rs of Y ?
Eigh t frien ds P, Q, R, S, W, X, Y (2 ) More th an fou r
(1) Z, P (2) S, X
an d Z are sittin g arou n d a circu lar ta- (3) On e (4 ) Th r ee
(3) Q, S (4) W, Q
ble bu t n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e (5 ) Two
(5) X, Z
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
692. If each of t h e per son s is m ade l On ly two person s sit between V order) an d all of th em are facin g North .
to si t in al ph abet ical or der fr om an d Q. S is on e of th e im m edi- Therefore, in th e given seating arran ge-
ri gh t to left t h e p osi tion s of h ow ate n eigh bou rs of Q. m en t, each m em ber seated in a row
m an y wi ll r em ai n u n ch an ged as l T sits secon d to th e left of S. faces an other m em ber of th e oth er row.
com par ed to th e origin al seatin g l P sits secon d to th e left of U. l M sits fou rth to th e left of J . Th e
arran gem en t? l V is not an imm ediate neighbou r on e facin g J sits th ird to th e left
(1) On e (2 ) Two of U. of Y.
(3) Fou r (4 ) Non e 696. How m an y person s sit between l On ly on e person sits between Y
(5 ) Th r ee R an d T wh en cou n ted from th e an d U. U does n ot sit at an y of

righ t of R? th e extrem e en ds of th e lin e.
693. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts
(1) None (2) Fou r l Th e on e facin g Z sits secon d to
ex act ly b etween Z an d T?
(3) Th r ee (4) Two th e righ t of K. Z does n ot sit at
(1) U (2) V
(5) On e an y of th e extrem e en ds of th e
(3) Y (4) X th e lin e.
(5) W 697. Which of th e following statemen ts
is tru e regardin g P? l On ly two person s sit between K
694. In a row of ch ildren facin g n orth , an d O.
(1) Both T an d R are im m ediate
Neeta is fi fteen th fr om th e left l Th e on e facin g K sits secon d to
n eigh bou rs of P.
en d of th e r ow. If sh e is sh ift ed
(2) On l y t h r ee p er son s si t b e- th e left of X.
towar ds th e ri gh t en d of th e r ow
tween P an d S. l V is not an imm ediate neighbou r
b y fou r p l aces, sh e b ecom es
(3) P sits at m iddle of on e of th e of Z. L i s n ot an i m m ed i at e
ei gh t h fr om th e ri gh t en d . H ow
si des. n eigh bou r of M.
m an y ch il dren are th ere i n t h e
row? (4) W sits secon d to th e left of P. 701. Wh ich of th e fol lowi n g gr ou ps
(5) Non e of th e given option s is represen ts th e person s sittin g at
(1) 24 (2) 28
Tru e extrem e en ds of both th e rows?
698. Wh at is th e position of V with (1) M, O, X, W (2) M, K, V, W
options
respect to Q? (3) N, K, V, Y (4) J , N, U, V
(4) 27 (5) 26
(1) Secon d to th e left (5) J , O, Z, X
695. Ei gh t fri en d s A, B , C, D, E, F, G (2) Th ird to th e left
an d H are sit tin g arou n d a ci rcle 702. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces
(3) Secon d to th e righ t V?
faci n g t h e cen tr e. D i s si t ti n g
(4) Fifth to th e righ t (1) M (2) L
b et ween B an d G. F is si tt in g
between A an d H . E is at sec- (5) Fifth to th e left (3) J (4) N
on d pl ace righ t t o A. Wh at is t h e 699. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (5) K
posi tion of A? in a certain way based on th e giv-
en arran gem en t an d so form a
(1) Left to F is tru e with respect to th e given
grou p. Wh ich is th e on e that does
(2) Ri gh t of F n ot belon g to th e grou p? inform ation?
(3) Between E an d F (1) Q (2) T (1) K faces on e of th e im m ediate
n eigh bou rs of X.
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (3) S (4) R
(5) V (2) V sits exactly between W an d
U.
options 700. Wh o sits secon d to th e left of W?
(3) Non e of th e given option s is
Di r ect i on s (6 9 6 –7 0 0 ) : Stu dy th e (1) T (2) Q
tru e
following information carefu lly an d an - (3) V (4) S
swer th e qu estion s given below : (4) J faces Z.
(5) U
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer (5) J is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
Di r ect i on s (7 0 1 –7 0 5 ) : Stu dy th e
(M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.0 2.2016) of K.
Eigh t frien ds– P, Q, R, S, T, U, V swer th e qu estion s given below : 704. Which of th e following statemen ts
an d 6 W – are sittin g arou n d a squ are (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer is tru e regardin g N?
table in su ch a way th at fou r of th em (M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.0 2.2016) (1) K sits secon d to righ t of N.
sit at fou r corn ers wh ile fou r sit in th e Twelve people are sittin g in two (2) V is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
m iddle of each of th e fou r sides. Th e parallel rows containing six people each of th e person wh o faces N.
on es wh o sit at th e fou r corn ers face in su ch a way th at th ere is an equ al (3) Both L an d O are im m ediate
th e cen tre wh ile th ose wh o sit in th e distance between adjacen t person s. In n eigh bou rs of N.
m iddle of th e sides face ou tside (i.e. r ow – 1 – J , K, L, M, N an d O ar e
(4) On ly on e person sits between
opposite to th e cen tre). seated (bu t not n ecessarily in th e sam e
N an d J .
l V sits secon d to th e righ t of R.
order) and all of th em are facin g Sou th .
In row – 2 – U, V, W, X, Y an d Z are (5) Non e of th e given option s is
R sits in th e m iddle of on e of th e tru e
seated (bu t not n ecessarily in th e sam e
sides of th e table.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
705. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits 709. Wh o sits secon d to th e left of O ? 712. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits
secon d to th e righ t of th e person (1) L (2) R secon d to th e righ t of th e person
wh o faces L? wh o faces B ?
(3) P (4) N
(1) V (2) Z (1) M (2) O
(5) S
(3) Y (4) U (3) R (4) N
(5) W (5) P
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer (I T)
en arran gem en t an d so form a 713. Wh ich of th e followin g grou ps of
CWE 14.0 2.2016)
grou p. Wh ich is th e on e that does person s represen ts th e person s
Di r ect i on s (7 0 6 –7 10 ) : Stu dy th e sittin g at extrem e en ds of both
n ot belon g to th at grou p ?
following information carefu lly an d an - th e rows ?
swer th e qu estion s given below : (1) S (2) Q
(3) O (4) R (1) M, Q, C, F (2) P, R, D, E
(3) N, R, E, F (4) O, Q, A, C
CWE 14.0 2.2016) (5) M
Eigh t frien ds L, M, N, O, P, Q, R (5) Q, P, A, C
Di r ect i on s (7 1 1 –7 1 5 ) : Stu dy th e
an d S are sittin g arou n d a squ are ta- following information carefu lly an d an - 714. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
ble in su ch a way th at fou r of th em sit swer th e qu estion s given below : in a certain way based on th e giv-
at fou r corn ers wh i le fou r sit in th e en arran gem en t an d so form a
m iddle of each of th e fou r sides, bu t grou p. Wh ich is th e on e that does
CWE 14.0 2.2016)
n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order. Th e n ot belon g to th at grou p ?
on es wh o sit in th e m iddle of th e sides Twelve person s are sittin g in two
(1) AD (2) RM
face th e cen tre wh ile th ose wh o sit at parallel rows containing six people each
in su ch a way th at th ere is an equ al (3) PQ (4) BE
th e fou r corn ers face ou tside (i.e. op-
posite to th e cen tre.) distance between adjacen t person s. In (5) CF
l R sits th ird to th e righ t of P. P row-1, M, N, O, P, Q an d R are seated 715. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces
sits on on e of th e corn ers of th e (bu t n ot necessarily in th e sam e order) E?
table. an d all of th em are facin g sou th . In (1) Q (2) P
l On ly on e person sits between O row-2, A, B, C, D, E an d F are seated (3) O (4) M
an d R. M is on e of th e im m edi- (bu t n ot necessarily in th e sam e order) (5) R
ate n eigh bou rs of O. an d all of them are facing n orth. Th ere- Di r ect i on s (7 1 6 –7 2 0 ) : St u d y
l N sits second to th e right of M. fore, in th e given seatin g arran gemen t, the following in form ation carefu lly an d
l On ly th ree person s sit between
each m em b er seated in a r ow faces an swer th e qu estion s given below :
M an d L. an oth er m em ber of th e oth er row. (BOB M an i pal Sch ool of Ban k i n g
l S sits to th e im m ediate righ t of l B faces on e wh o sits th ird to th e Of f i c er On l i n e Ex am , 1 4. 08. 201 4)
L. righ t of Q. Ei gh t per son s – M, N, O, P, Q, R,
706. Wh at is th e position of N with l On ly th ree person s sit between S an d T – are sit tin g ar rou n d a circu -
respect to L ? Q an d N. l ar t abl e facin g t h e cen t r e, b u t n ot
(1) Secon d to th e righ t n ecessar ily in th e sam e ord er. Each
l R is n either an im m ediate n eigh -
on e of t h em l ik es d ifferen t colou r s,
(2) Th ird to th e righ t bou r of N n or Q. On e of th e im -
v i z. , Red , G r een , B l u e, O r a n ge,
(3) Th ird to th e left m ediate n eigh bou rs of R faces
Br own , Pu rpl e, Pin k an d Wh ite, b u t
(4) Secon d to th e left F.
n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e order.
(5) Fifth to th e righ t l On ly th ree person s sit between
Th e per son wh o li k es red colou r
707. Which of th e following statemen ts F an d th e on e wh o faces O. is si tti n g th i rd to t h e righ t of R. Th ere
is tru e regardin g R on th e basis l A sits secon d to th e left of th e is on ly on e person between th e per -
of given arran gem en t ? on e facin g M. son s wh o lik e red an d oran ge col ou rs.
(1) Either two or fou r person s are l C is n ot an im mediate neighbou r Th e p erson wh o lik es oran ge colou r
sittin g between R an d S of B. N does n ot face E. is n ot to th e i m m ediat e r igh t of R. P is
(2) Q sits secon d to th e righ t of si tti n g th ir d t o t h e righ t of O. N is si t-
R ti n g to th e im m edi ate left of S. N does
is tru e with respect to th e given
(3) L sits th ird to th e left of R n ot l ik e red , green or oran ge colou r. P
inform ation?
(4) R is an im m ediate n eigh bou r is n ot an i m m ediate n ei gh bou r of R.
(1) D faces N Th ere is on l y on e p erson between P
of both N an d Q.
(5) Non e of th e given statem en ts (2) M faces on e of th e im m ediate an d th e person wh o l ik es blu e colou r.
is tru e n eigh bou rs of F. O is sitt in g to th e im m ed iat e left of
708. How m an y person s sit between (3) F sits exactly between A and D. t h e per son wh o l i k es red col ou r. S
R an d S wh en cou n ted from th e (4) Non e of th e given option s is does n ot lik e r ed or or n age colou r. M
righ t of R ? tru e is an im m ed iat e n eigh bou r of b oth R
(1) Th r ee (2) Fou r an d O. Th e p er son wh o li k es wh i te
(5) O is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
colou r is to th e im mediate righ t of th at
(3) None (4) Two of R. person wh o lik es r ed col ou r. Q does
(5) On e
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
n ot l ik e wh i te colou r. Th e p erson wh o vi z, Red , Bl u e, Gr een , Yellow, Pin k , 724. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lik es
li k es wh ite colou r is ju st opp osi te to Oran ge, Pu r pl e an d Si lver, b u t n ot Pu r ple colou r ?
th e p erson wh o lik es pin k colou r. M n ecessari ly in th e sam e order. (1) X (2) V
li k es br own colou r. Th e person wh o l ik es Red colou r (3) Z (4) T
716. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lik es is si ttin g t h ir d t o t h e r igh t of T. Th ere (5) Y
Gr een col ou r ? a r e t h r ee p er s o n s b et w een t h e 725. Who among the following is sitting
(1) T (2) P p er son s w h o l i k e Red col ou r an d ex a c t l y b et w een W a n d t h e
(3) O (4) R Pu r p le col ou r r esp ect ivel y. T i s an person wh o l ik es Pin k col ou r ?
(5) Q im m ed iate n eigh bou r of th at p erson (1) Th e p er son wh o l i k es Red
wh o lik es Green col ou r. Th ere are t wo colou r
717. St art in g fr om M, i f all th e per -
son s are m ad e to si t i n th e al- person s between th e person wh o lik es (2) V
phabetical order in anticlock wise Gr een c ol o u r an d S. V i s t o t h e
(3) Th e p erson wh o li k es Bl u e
d i rect ion , t h e p osit i on of h ow im m ed iat e left of Z. Z d oes n ot li k e colou r
m an y (exclu d in g M) wi ll r em ain Pu rpl e colou r or Red col ou r. Z is an
(4) Th e p erson wh o lik es Green
u n ch an ged ? im m edi ate n eigh bou r of S. V does n ot colou r
(1) On e (2) Two li k e Green col ou r. U is sit tin g secon d
(5) Non e of th ese
to t h e righ t of Y. U does n ot lik e Green
(3) Th r ee (4) Fou r 726. Fou r of th e followin g fi ve pai rs
colou r or Pu rp le colou r. W does n ot
(5) None ar e alik e i n a cer tai n way based
lik e Pu rple colou r or Green colou r. Th e
718. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e- on th e above arran gem en t an d
person wh o l ik es Blu e col ou r i s an
m en t s i s NOT TRUE wi t h r e- so form a grou p . Wh ich i s t h e
im m edi at e n eigh b ou r of t h e p er son on e t h at does n ot bel on g to th at
sp ect to t h e given seati n g ar - wh o l ik es Oran ge colou r. Th e p erson
ran gem en t ? gr ou p ?
wh o l ik es Or an ge colou r is secon d to
(1) Th e p erson wh o li k es bl u e (1) U, X (2) W, Z
t h e l eft of S. Th e p er son wh o li k es
colou r i s secon d to th e left (3) S, W (4) T, V
Si l v er c o l o u r i s a n i m m ed i a t e
of M. n eigh bou r of both U an d t h e p erson (5) Y, Z
(2) T is sit tin g exactly between wh o lik es Gr een colou r. T d oes n ot
th e p erson wh o lik es oran ge lik e Yellow colou r. SBI PO EXAMS
colou r an d Q
721. If al l th e eigh t p erson s are m ade
(3) S is sit tin g ju st opp osi te to Di r ec t i o n s (1 –4 ) : St u dy th e fol-
t o si t i n alp h ab et ical or d er i n lowin g i n for m at ion carefu lly an d an -
Q an ticlock wi se directi on starti n g swer th e qu esti on s given below i t:
(4) N lik es pin k colou r fr om S, position s of h ow m an y (SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO
(5) Th e p erson wh o lik es green wi l l r em a i n u n c h a n ged Ex am . 1 6. 0 7. 20 00 )
colou r is si tti n g th i rd t o t h e (exclu din g S) ? (1 ) Si x b oys B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , B 4 , B 5 , B 6
left of P. (1) None (2) On e an d six gir ls C1 , C2 , C3 , C4 , C5 an d
719. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e (3) Two (4) Th r ee C6 are stan d in g in r ows in su ch a way
al ik e in a certain way based on th at each gir l faces on e boy, n ot
(5) Fou r
th e above seati n g arr an gem en t n ecessari ly in th e sam e order.
an d h en ce t h ey form a gr ou p. 722. Wh at is t h e positi on of W wi th
respect t o S ? (2 ) C1 i s t o t h e im m ediate righ t of
Wh ich on e of t h e fol lowin g do es
th e girl wh o i s faci n g B 5 t h e b oy at
n o t b elon g to t h at gr ou p ? (1) Im m ediate l eft
th e extr em e righ t. On ly B 2 i s between
(1) MP (2) QR (2) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t B 4 an d B 5 . B 6 i s t o t h e im m edi ate left
(3) NO (4) SQ (3) Th ird to th e left of B 1 an d to t h e im m edi ate righ t of
(5) TR (4) Th ird to th e righ t B 3 . C3 i s faci n g B 1 an d i s t o t h e i m -
720. Wh o am on g th e followin g is si t- (5) Secon d to th e left m ediat e l eft of C2 . C6 i s t h ir d t o t h e
ti n g exactly between R an d N ? left of C4 .
723. W h i c h of t h e fol l ow i n g
(1) Q (2) T statem en ts is/ ar e tru e abou t Z ? 1. Wh i ch of th e fol l owi n g gi rl s i s
facin g B 4 ?
(3) P (4) O (1) Z li k es Blu e colou r
(1 ) C5 (2) C 4
(5) S (2) Z is sit tin g exactly between
(3 ) C3 (4) C 6
Di r ect i on s (72 1 –7 26 ) : Stu dy th e th e person wh o lik es Oran ge
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d colou r an d S (5 ) Non e of th ese
an swer th e qu estion s given below : 2. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs of a
(3) Z is sitt in g th ird to th e left
(I DBI Ban k Of f i c er boy an d a girl is at on e of t h e
of th e per son wh o lik es Pi n k
Ex am , 2 2. 0 8. 20 14 ) ex trem e en d s?
colou r
Ei gh t per son s– S, T, U, V, W, X, (1 ) C1 , B 5 (2) C4 , B 5
(4) Z is sit tin g ju st opp osi te to
Y an d Z – are sittin g arou n d a circu lar (3 ) C5 , B 2
th at p erson wh o l ik es Green
table facin g towar ds th e cen tre, b u t (4) Data in adequ ate
n ot n ecessar i l y i n t h e sam e or d er. colou r
Each of th em li k es di fferen t colou r, (5) Al l t h e stat em en ts are tr u e
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
3. Wh ich of th e followin g boys is to 9. Fi ve fri en d s A, B, C, D an d E (1 ) 3 RF (2 ) %UB
th e i m m ed iat e l eft of B 4 ? are standing in a row facin g Sou th (3 ) 8 H2 (4 ) I #7
(1 ) B 1 (2) B 2 bu t n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e (5 ) H 8U
(3 ) B 1 or B 2 or der. On ly B i s b etween A an d
14. If th e p ositi on s of F an d B are
(4) Data in adequ ate E, C is im m edi ate righ t to E an d
in terch anged, sim ilarly, th e posi-
D is im m edi ate left t o A. On t h e
(5 ) Non e of th ese tion s of U and A are interch an ged.
basis of above in form ation, wh ich
4. Wh o i s faci n g C2 ? How m an y su ch vowels wil l be
of t h e fol l owi n g st at em en t s i s
(1 ) B 1 (2) B 6 defi n i t el y t r ue? th ere each of which will be both
(3 ) B 4 imm ediately preceded an d im me-
(1 ) B is to th e ri gh t of E
(4) Data in adequ ate diately followed by a con son an t?
(2 ) A is secon d to th e l eft of C
(5 ) Non e of th ese (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e
(3 ) D is th i rd t o t h e left of E
Di r ec t i o n s (5 –8 ) : St u dy th e fol- (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
(4 ) B is to th e l eft of A
lowin g i n for m at ion carefu lly an d an - (5 ) Non e of th ese
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : (5 ) Non e of th ese
15. Wh at sh ou ld com e in place of th e
(SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 2 0. 08. 200 0)
qu est ion -m ark (?) in th e follow-
Ex am . 1 6. 0 7. 20 00 ) 10. A, B, C, D an d E wh en arr an ged
in g series?
(i ) Six book s on d ifferen t su b jects i n d escen d i n g or d er of t h ei r
w ei gh t , fr om t op A b ecom es R5 K, UF, ?, A7I
vi z., Ph ysi cs, Ch em istry, M ath em at-
ics, Zool ogy, En gli sh an d Hi stor y are th ird , E is bet ween D an d A. C (1 ) B 28 (2 ) PBJ
pl aced on e above th e oth er bu t n ot an d D ar e n ot at t h e top . Wh o (3 ) B 2H (4 ) H NJ
n ecessar ily in th e sam e ord er. Each am on g th em is th e secon d? (5 ) NJ P
book belon gs to differen t person s viz., (1) C (2) B 16. Wh ich of th e followin g is n eith er
A, B, C, D, E an d F bu t n ot n ecessar - (3) E im m edi atel y pr eced ed b y a lett er
il y i n t h e sam e order.
(4) Data in adequ ate n or im mediately followed by a let-
(ii) Only th e book of Zoology, which ter?
belon gs to F, is p laced bet ween t h e
book s of Hi story an d Ch em istry. Th e (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 1 1. 02. 200 1) (1 ) Non e (2) B
book of En glish is ju st above t h e book 11. If th e posit ion s of t h e first an d (3) $ (4) 7
of Ch em i stry an d j u st below th e book f i f t h d i gi t s i n t h e n u m b er (5 ) Non e of th ese
of Ph ysi cs. Th e book of Mat h em ati cs 94271365 are in terch anged, sim - 17. In a row of girls, Ravin a is 15th
is n ot k ep t above th e book of Zoology. il arl y th e p osi tion s of t h e secon d from th e left and Moh in i is 18th
(ii i) Th e book of B i s n eith er on th e an d t h e sixt h are in t erch an ged fr om t h e r i gh t . If t h ey i n t er -
top n or at th e bottom . Th e book of an d so on , wh ich of th e followin g ch an ge t h ei r p l a ces, M o h i n i
Ch em i stry of D is k ept ju st below t h e wi ll be t h e fou rth fr om t h e righ t becom es 15th from th e left. How
b ook of A. Th e book of E i s at th e end? m an y girls are th ere in th e row ?
bottom . (1) 2 (2) 7 (1) 33 (2) 48
5. On wh ich su bject does B h ave (3) 1 (4) 9
th e b ook ? (3) 47
(1) Ch em istry (2) English (4) Data in adequ ate
(SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 1 1. 02. 200 1)
(3) Hist ory (5 ) Non e of th ese
Di r ect i on s (1 2 –1 6 ) : Stu d y t h e
(4) Data in adequ ate (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
following arran gemen t of digits, letters
Ex am . 2 1. 0 7. 20 02 )
(5 ) Non e of th ese and sym bols an d answer the qu estion s
6. Wh ich of th e fol lowin g book s is gi ven below : 18. Am on g fou r p erson s, B is t all er
k ept on th e top? th an C, A is tal ler th an D , b u t
(SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 1 1. 02. 200 1)
(1) Math em atics n ot as tall as C. Wh o am ong them
M K3 $ RE5 F%TUJ 8 PH B N
is th e t all est ?
(2) En glish (3) Zoology 2 I S# A3 7 D 4
(4 ) Ph ysi cs (1) A (2) B
12. How m an y su ch con son an t s are
(5 ) Non e of th ese th ere each of wh ich i s ei th er i m - (3) C
7. Wh o am on g t h e fol lowin g does m ed iately preceded by a n u m ber (4) Data in adequ ate
h ave b ook of Histor y? an d/ or im m ed iat ely followed by (5 ) Non e of th ese
(1) B (2) E a sym bol? (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
(3) C (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e Ex am . 2 1. 0 7. 20 02 )
(4) Data in adequ ate (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee Di rect i on s (19 –2 3 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
(5 ) Non e of th ese (5 ) Non e of th ese lowin g arran gem en t carefu lly an d an -
8. Wh ich of th e fol lowin g book s is 13. Fou r of th e following five are alik e swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
th ird fr om th e bottom ? i n a cer t ai n way b ased on th e (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
(1) Ch em istry (2) Zoology ab ove ar ran gem en t an d form a Ex am . 2 1. 0 7. 20 02 )
(3) Hist ory (4) English grou p. Wh ich is th e on e th at does P%R1 5 HM TE3 B $ V N4 K
(5 ) Non e of th ese n o t b elon g to th at grou p? A8 WI 6 2 G# U H 7 lJ Q 9 L Y
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
19. How m an y su ch vowels are th ere 25. Ar ran ge th e vowels an d con so- 30. If th e p osi tion of th e first l ett er
in th e above arran gem en t each of n an ts of th e word ‘ACCOMPLISH- of E n gl i sh al p h ab et i s i n t er -
which is im mediately preceded by M ENT’ i n a al p h a or d er sep a- ch an ged wi th t h e p osit ion of t h e
a con son an t an d i m m ed i at el y ratel y, t h e vowels fi rst an d th en fou rt een th letter, secon d l ett er
followed by a n u m ber ? th e con son an ts. If th e fi rst , t h e wi th th e fifteen th letter in su ch
secon d an d t h e th i rd vowels so a way th at M i s i n t erch an ged
(1 ) Non e (2 ) On e
ar ran ged, correspon d to t h e fir st wit h Z, th en wh ich of t h e follow-
(3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee in g letters will be 9th to th e righ t
(5) Fou r th ree, th e n ext an d th e n ext th ree
of 17 th l ett er from t h e r igh t?
con son an t s so arran ged respec-
2 0. How m an y su ch con son an t s are (1) F (2) E
t i vely, E corresp on d s t o wh i ch
th ere in th e ab ove ar ran gem en t (3) R (4) T
con sonan ts ?
each of wh i ch i s i m m ed i at el y (5) Non e of th ese
p r ec ed ed b y a s y m b o l a n d (1 ) LMM (2 ) H LM
(SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
i m m ed i a t el y f o l l o w ed b y a (3 ) M MN (4 ) M NP Ex am . 0 7. 01. 200 7)
con son an t ? (5 ) Non e of th ese 31. In a row of boys facin g n ort h ,
(1 ) Non e (2 ) On e (SBI PO Ex am . 0 9.0 1. 200 5) Su dh an sh u i s twelfth from h is
(3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee Di r ec t i o n s (2 6 –2 8 ) : P, Q, R, S, left. Wh en sh ifted to h is r igh t by
(5) Fou r T, U, V, & W ar e si tt in g rou n d th e fou r pl aces, h e b ecom es ei gh -
ci rcl e an d are facin g th e cen tr e. teen t h from th e ri gh t en d of t h e
21. Wh at sh ou ld com e in place of th e
row. How m an y boys are th ere
qu estion m ark (?) in the followin g (SBI PO Ex am . 0 9.0 1. 200 5)
in th e row?
s er i es b a s ed o n t h e a b o v e (i ) P is secon d to th e ri gh t of T
(1) 32 (2) 33
arr an gem en t ? wh o i s th e n eigh bou r of R & V.
(3) 34
1HT 3$N K8I ? lQL (i i) S is n ot t h e n ei gh bou r of P. (4) Data inadequ ate
(1 ) 2 #H (2 ) GHJ (i ii) V i s t h e n ei gh b ou r of U. (5) Non e of th ese
(3 ) 6 GH (4 ) H J 9 (i v) Q is n ot between S & W an d (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
(5 ) Non e of th ese W is n ot bet ween U & S. Ex am . 0 7. 01. 200 7)
22. Fou r of th e following five are alik e 26. Wh at is t h e positi on of S ? 32. How m an y su ch d igi ts are th ere
in a cert ain way wi th regard to (1 ) B etween U & V in th e n u m b er 5 831 649 each of
t h ei r p o s i t i o n i n t h e a b o v e wh i ch is as far away from th e be-
(2 ) Secon d to th e ri gh t of P
ar ran gem en t . Wh ich is th e on e gi n n i n g of th e n u m ber as wh en
(3 ) To th e i m m ed iat e r igh t of W th e d igi ts are rearran ged i n as-
t h at d oes n ot b el on g t o t h at
(4) Data in adequ ate cen di n g order ?
grou p ?
(5 ) Non e of th ese (1) None (2) On e
(1 ) GUI (2 ) W64
27. Wh ich two of th e foll owin g are (3) Two (4) Th r ee
(3 ) 7 J # (4 ) 5 M%
n ot n eigh bou r s ? (5) More t h an th r ee
(5 ) B VT
(1) RV (2 ) UV (SBI PO Pr el i m i n ar y (Ti r e-I )
23. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e Ex am . 2 7. 04. 200 8)
s ev en t h t o t h e r i gh t o f t h e (3) RP (4) QW
twen ti eth fr om t h e righ t i n t h e (5 ) Non e of th ese
followin g arran gem en t carefu ll y an d
ab ove ar ran gem en t ? 28. Wh ich of th e followin g is correct? an swer th e qu estion s given b elow—
(1) 2 (2) I (1) P is to th e im mediate righ t ofQ (SBI PO Pr el i m i n ar y (Ti r e-I )
(3) G (4) 6 (2) R is b etween T & U Ex am . 2 7. 04. 200 8)
(5 ) Non e of th ese (3) Q is to th e im m edi ate left of B  A M 3 # D 2 E K 9 $ F @N I
24. In a row of 40 boys Sam eer was W T 4 1 U W H 8 % V J 5 Y 6 H 7 R
sh ift ed 1 0 p laces to th e righ t of (4) U is b etween W & S 33. How m an y su ch sym bols are th ere
Ram an an d Kailash was sh ift ed in th e above arran gem en t each of
(5) Non e of th ese
wh ich is ei th er im m ed iat ely pr e-
10 pl aces to th e left of Vik as. If 29. If 3 is su btracted from th e m iddle ceded by a let ter or im m edi ately
Vi k as was 2 6th from t h e left en d d igi t of t h e foll owi n g n u m b er s followed by a letter bu t n ot both ?
an d th ere wer e t h ree b oys bean d t h en th e posit ion of th e di g- (1) None (2) On e
tween Kai lash an d Sam eer aft er i t s ar e r ever sed , wh i ch of t h e
sh ifti n g, wh at was th e positi on (3) Two (4) Th r ee
followin g will be th e last digit of
of Ram an in th e row ? (5) More t h an th r ee
th e m idd le n u m ber after th ey are
(1) Data in adequ ate 34. If all t h e sym bols in th e above ar -
ar ran ged in descen din g order ?
ran gem en t ar e d rop ped wh i ch of
(2 ) 1 0th fr om t h e left en d 58 9 3 62 554 3 71 4 42 th e followin g will be th e twelfth
(3 ) 1 0th from t h e righ t en d (1) 5 (2) 4 fr om th e left en d ?
(4 ) 3 9th from t h e righ t en d (3) 2 (4) 1 (1) 9 (2) U
(5 ) Non e of th ese (5) 3 (3) I (4) 1
(SBI PO Ex am . 0 9.0 1. 200 5) (SBI PO Ex am . 2 6.1 1. 200 6) (5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
35. H ow m an y su ch n u m b er s ar e 41. How m an y su ch con son an t s are 47. Wh o i s secon d to t h e righ t of G?
th ere in th e ab ove ar ran gem en t th ere in th e above arr an gem en t, (1) F (2) E
each of wh ich i s i m m ediat ely fol- each of wh ich is im m ediat ely pre- (3) C
lowed by a con son an t bu t n ot im - ced ed by a sym bol bu t n ot im m e-
m ediat ely pr eced ed by a letter? (4) Data inadequ ate
di ately foll owed b y a let ter ?
(1) None (2 ) On e
(3) Two (4) Th r ee 48. Wh at is C’s positi on with respect
(3) Two (4 ) Th r ee to E?
(5) More t h an th r ee (5) More t h an th r ee (A) Fi fth to th e righ t
36. Fou r of th e followin g five are alik e 42. If all th e n u m ber s from th e above
in a cert ain way based on th eir (B) Fi fth to th e left
ar ran gem en t are rem oved, wh i ch
posit ion s i n t h e above arr an ge- (C) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t
of th e followi n g will be th e twelfth
m en t an d so form a grou p. Wh ich (D) Fou rth to th e left
fr om th e left en d ?
is th e on e t h at do es n o t b elon g (1) (A) On ly (2) (D ) On ly
to th at grou p ? (1) @ (2) P
(3) (A) an d (B) On ly
(1) D K 3 (2) 4 N U (3) I (4) N
(4) (A) an d (D) On ly
(3) 8 J  (4) F K N (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) 5 H % 43. How m an y su ch sym bols are th ere
in th e above arran gem en t, each of 49. Wh o i s fou r th to t h e left of G ?
37. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e sev-
wh ich is im m ediately followed by (1) B (2) H
en th t o th e righ t of th e eigh teen th
fr om t h e righ t en d of th e above a nu mber bu t not immediately pre- (3) I (4) E
arr an gem en t ? ceded by a n u m ber ? (5) Non e of th ese
(1) H (2) 9 (1) None (2 ) On e 50. In wh ich of th e fol lowin g pai rs is
(3) % (4) E (3) Two (4 ) Th r ee th e first p erson sitt in g to th e i m -
(5) More t h an th r ee m ediate righ t of t h e secon d per -
(5) Non e of th ese
son ?
38. Am on g M, N, O, P, Q an d T each 44. Wh at sh ou ld com e in place of th e
secu rin g different m ark s in a su b- qu estion m ark (?) in th e followin g (1) DF (2) FE
ject, N secu red m ore th an on ly P ser i es b ased on t h e ab ove ar - (3) GD (4) AG
an d T. Q secu red less m ark s th an ran gem en t? (5) Non e of th ese
M . Wh o am on g t h em secu r ed K#M 3 %J D N@ W©9 ? 51. Wh o is to th e im m ed iat e left of
least m ark s ? E?
(1) T V 6 (2 ) T I F
(1) P (2) T (1) D (2) F
(3) F 1 H (4 ) F 6 Q
(3) P or T (3) H
(5) Non e of th ese
(4) Data inadequ ate (4) Data inadequ ate
45. Fou r of th e followin g five are alik e
in a cert ain way based on th eir
(SBI PO Pr el i m i n ar y (Ti r e-I ) 52. Th e p osi tion s of h ow m an y d igi ts
posit ion s i n t h e above arr an ge-
Ex am . 2 7. 07. 200 8) in th e n u m ber 59 164 823 wil l r e-
m en t an d so form a grou p. Wh ich
39. How m an y su ch d igi ts are th ere is th e on e t h at do es n o t b elon g m ain u n ch an ged after t h e d igi ts
in th e n u m b er 4 251 698 each of ar e r ear ran ged in descen din g or -
to th at grou p ?
wh ich is as far away from th e b e- der with in t h e n u m ber ?
gi n n i n g of th e n u m ber as wh en (1) J 3 D (2 ) I 6 P
(3) A 5 R (4 ) Y H $ (1) None (2 ) On e
th e digits are ar ran ged in ascen d-
in g or der ? (3) Two (4 ) Th r ee
(5) T © V
(1) None (2 ) On e (5 ) M ore th an th r ee
(3) Two (4 ) Th r ee following information carefu lly an d an -
Ex am . 0 7. 03. 201 0)
(5) More t h an th r ee swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
(SBI PO Pr el i m i n ar y (Ti r e-I )
Di r ec t i o n s (5 3 –5 7 ) : St u dy t h e
Ex am . 2 7. 07. 200 8)
Ex am . 2 7. 07. 200 8)
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
Di r ec t i o n s (4 0 –4 5 ) : Stu d y t h e A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H an d I are
followin g arran gem en t carefu ll y an d sitting arou n d a circle facin g at the cen-
Ex am . 0 7. 03. 201 0)
an swer th e qu estion s given below : tre. D is th ird to th e left of H wh o is
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H an d K are
(SBI PO Pr el i m i n ar y (Ti r e-I ) secon d to th e left of B. A is fou rth to
Ex am . 2 7. 07. 200 8) si tti n g arou n d a circle facin g th e cen -
th e left of E wh o is secon d to th e righ t
tr e. F i s fou r th to t h e righ t of A wh o is
B K 5 # M A 3 R % J 2 D E N @7 W of D. C is th ird to th e righ t of H. I is
th ird to th e ri gh t of B. K is fou r th to
8 ©9 PTI V F6 1 H Q HY4 $ L Z n ot an im m ediate neigh bou r of D. G is
th e l eft of B an d th i rd to th e righ t of
40. Wh i ch of t h e fol l ow i n g i s t h e n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of E.
D. C is t h ir d t o th e r igh t of H. E is
ei gh th to th e ri gh t of th e el even th 46. Wh o i s fou r th to t h e left of F ? secon d to th e l eft of G.
fr om t h e righ t en d of th e above (1) E (2) C
arr an gem en t ? 53. Wh o i s fou r th to t h e left of G ?
(3) A (1) C (2) A
(1) W (2) ©
(4) Data inadequ ate (3) D (4) K
(3) 5 (4) $
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Data inadequ ate
(5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
54. Wh at is E’s position with respect equ al di stan ce bet ween adjacen t per - (1) A–T (2) B–T
to B ? son s. In row-1 P, Q, R, S, T an d V are (3) F–P (4) C–V
(1) Secon d to th e left seat ed an d al l of t h em ar e faci n g (5 ) E – Q
(2) Th ird to th e righ t Sou th . In r ow-2 A, B, C, D, E an d F Di r ec t i o n s (6 6 –7 2 ) : St u dy t h e
(3) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t ar e seated an d all of th em are faci n g following information carefu lly an d an -
(4) Th ird to th e left North . Th er efore, in th e gi ven seati n g swer th e gi ven qu est ion s.
ar ran gem en t each m em b er seat ed in (SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO
(5) Fi fth to th e righ t
a row faces an oth er m em ber of t h e Ex am . 0 7. 08. 201 1)
55. Wh o i s t h ir d t o th e r igh t of K ?
ot h er row. Ei gh t colleagu es, A, B, C, D, E,
(1) F (2) E
S sit s t h ird to ri gh t of Q. Eit h er S F, G an d H are si ttin g arou n d a circu -
(3) G or Q sits at an extrem e en d of th e l in e. lar table facin g th e cen tre bu t n ot n ec-
(4) Data inadequ ate Th e on e wh o faces Q si ts secon d to essar ily in th e sam e ord er. Each on e
(5) Non e of th ese ri gh t of E. Two peopl e sit b etween B of them h olds a different post viz. Man -
56. Wh o is to th e im m ed iate ri gh t of an d F. Neith er B n or F si ts at an ex- ager, Com pan y Secretar y, Ch ai r m an ,
F? tr em e en d of th e l in e. Th e i m m ediate Pr esi d en t , Vi ce - Pr esi d en t , Gr ou p
(1) B (2) G n eigh bou r of B faces th e person wh o Leader, Fin an cial Advisor an d Man ag-
(3) E si ts th ir d t o l eft of P. R an d T ar e i m - in g Director.
(4) Data inadequ ate m ediate n ei gh b ou rs of each oth er. C A sits th i rd t o ri gh t of th e Man ag-
si ts secon d to th e left of A. T does n ot in g D irector. On ly two peopl e si t b e-
(5) Non e of th ese
face th e im m edi ate n ei gh b ou r of D. tween th e Man agin g Dir ect or an d H.
57. In wh i ch of t h e fol lowi n g com b i-
60. Wh o am on gst t h e fol lowin g sit at Vi ce Presi den t an d th e Com pan y Sec-
n ation s is th e th i rd per son si t-
ex trem e en d s of th e r ows ? retary are im m edi at e n ei gh bou r s of
ti n g b et ween t h e fir st an d t h e
secon d p erson s ? (1) S, D (2) Q, A each oth er. Nei t h er A n or H i s a Vi ce
(3) V, C (4) P, D Presi den t or a Com p an y Secret ary.
(1) GFB (2) BGH
(5) Q, F Vi ce Presi den t is n ot an i m m ed iate
(3) ADC (4) KEC
61. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g faces n eigh bou r of t h e M an agin g D irector.
(5) EGF Man ager sit s secon d t o l eft of E. E is
58. Am on g A, B, C, D an d E each S?
n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of H. Th e
h avi n g d i ffer en t w ei gh t , D i s (1) A (2) B
Man ager i s an i m m ediate n eigh bou r
h eavi er t h an on l y A an d C i s (3) C (4 ) D of both Grou p Lead er an d th e Fin an -
ligh ter th an B and E. Wh o am on g (5) F cial Advisor. Financial Advisor sits th ird
th em is th e h eavi est ? 62. H ow m an y p er son s ar e seat ed to ri gh t of B. B i s n ot th e Vice Presi-
(1) B (2) E between V an d R ? den t. C sits to the im mediate right of
(3) C (1) On e (2) Two th e Chairm an. A is not th e Chairm an. F
(4) Data in adequ ate (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r is not an imm ediate n eighbou r of A. G
(5 ) Non e of th ese (5) None is not an im m ed iat e n eigh bou r of t h e
(SBI & Rur al Busi n ess PO Man ager.
63. P is related to A in th e sam e way
Ex am . 1 8. 04. 201 0) as S is r elated to B based on t h e 66. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts
59. Each od d digit i n t h e n u m b er gi ven arr an gem en t. To wh i ch of th ird to th e left of E ?
52 631 87 is su bstit u ted b y t h e th e foll owi n g is T relat ed to, fol- (1) Th e Man ager
n ext h igh er digi t an d each even lowin g t h e sam e p att ern ? (2) G
digit i s su bsti tu ted by th e previ- (1) C (2) D (3) A
ou s l ower di git an d t h e d igi ts so (4) Th e Fi n an cial Ad visor
(3 ) E (4) F
ob tai n ed are rearr an ged i n as-
(5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (5) B
cen di n g ord er, wh i ch of th e fol-
lowing will be the third digit from 64. Wh ich of th e followin g is t r u e re- 67. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
th e l eft en d after th e rearr an ge- gardin g T ? in a certain way based on the giv-
m en t ? (1) F faces T en ar ran gem en t an d th u s form a
(2) V is an i m m ediate n eigh bou r grou p. Wh ich is the on e that does
(1) 2 (2) 4
of T n o t b elon g t o t h at gr ou p ?
(3) 5 (4) 6
(3) F faces t h e on e wh o is sec- (1) F — Ch air m an
on d t o ri gh t of T (2) G — Presiden t
(SBI & Rur al Busi n ess PO
Ex am . 1 8. 04. 201 0) (4) T sit s at on e of th e ex trem e (3) D — Man ager
Di r ect i on s (6 0 –6 5 ) : Stu d y t h e en ds of th e li n e (4) A — Fin an cial Advi sor
following in formation to answer the giv- (5) Q sit s secon d t o t h e righ t of (5) B — Man agin g Dir ect or
en qu esti on s : T 68. Wh o am ongst th e following is th e
(SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO 65. Fou r of th e following five are alik e Pr esi den t of th e com p an y ?
Ex am . 0 7. 08. 201 1) in a certain way based on the giv- (1) A (2) C
Twelve p eop le are sit tin g i n t wo en ar ran gem en t an d so form a (3) H (4) G
p ar all el rows con t ai n in g six peopl e grou p. Wh ich is the on e that does (5) D
each , in su ch a way t h at th ere is an n o t b elon g to th at grou p?
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
69. Wh i ch of t h e foll owi n g i s t r u e n an cial Analyst is to th e imm ediate left bou r of both A an d H. C is sitt in g sec-
wi th resp ect to th e given seati n g of F. Th e Lawyer i s secon d to th e righ t on d t o th e l eft of B. H i s secon d t o t h e
arr an gem en t ? of th e Colu m n ist. Th e Professor is an righ t of A. He is secon d to th e left of E.
(1) Th e Grou p Leader of th e com - im m ed iate n eigh bou r of th e En gi n eer. F i s n ot an im m ediat e n ei gh bou r of A.
pan y is an i m m ediate n eigh - G is secon d to th e righ t of th e Ch ar - 78. Wh o is to th e imm ediate left of D?
bou r of th e Vice-p residen t tered Accou n tan t. (1) F (2) E
(2) G sit s secon d t o r igh t of D 73. Wh o is sittin g secon d to the righ t (3) G
(3) Th e Gr ou p Lead er an d t h e of E ?
Com pan y Secret ar y ar e im - (1) Th e Lawyer
(5) Non e of th ese
m ediate n ei gh bou rs of each (2) G (3) Th e En gin eer
79. How m an y person s are seat ed
oth er (4) F (5) K between H an d F if we go an t i-
(4) Th e Ch ai rm an of th e com p a- 74. Who am ongst th e following is th e cl ock wise fr om H t o F ?
n y si ts to th e im m edi ate left Pr ofessor ? (1) On e (2) Two
of th e M an ag-in g Dir ect or (1) F (2) L (3) Th r ee
(5) Th e Grou p Leader sits secon d (3) M (4) K (4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
to th e l eft of D
(5) J (5) Non e of th ese
70. Wh ich of th e followin g posts does
75. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e 80. Wh ich of th e followin g is A’s p o-
B h ol d i n th e com p an y ?
al ik e in a certain way based on si tion with respect t o D ?
(1) Ch airm an th e given arrangem en t an d hence
(2) Man ager fo r m a grou p. Wh ich of th e fol-
(3) Com pan y Secretary lowin g do es n ot belon g to th at
gr ou p ? (3) Secon d t o t h e righ t
(4) Vi ce - Presiden t
(1) Ch art ered Accou n tan t - H (4) Fou rth to th e left
(5) Fin an cial Advisor
(2) M - D oct or (5) Non e of th ese
71. Wh o am on gst th e foll owin g si t
ex act l y b etween th e M an agi n g (3) J - En gin eer 81. Who am on gst the following is sit-
Di rector an d H ? ti n g ju st op posite to G?
(4) Fin an cial An alyst - L
(1) H an d th e Ch airm an (1) E (2) H
(5) Lawyer - K
(2) B an d G (3) C (4) B
76. Wh at is t h e positi on of L wi th
(3) Th e Ch air m an an d C respect to th e Sci en t ist ? (5) Ei th er B or E
(4) F an d C (1) Th ird to th e left 82. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e-
m en ts is n o t t r u e r egardin g t h e
(5) E an d th e Grou p Lead er (2) Secon d t o t h e righ t
seatin g arran gem en t ?
72. Wh o am ongst th e following is th e (3) Secon d to th e left
(1) Th ere ar e on ly th ree person s
Gr ou p Leader ? (4) Th ird to th e righ t
between G an d B
(1) C (2) F (5) Im m ediate righ t
(2) D is sit tin g exactly between
(3) G (4) H 77. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e- E an d F
(5) A m en ts is t r u e accor din g t o t h e
(3) G is secon d to th e l eft of D
Di r ec t i o n s (7 3 –7 7 ) : St u dy t h e gi ven ar ran gem en t ?
(4) B is th i rd to th e ri gh t of A
followin g in for m at ion an d an swer t h e (1) Th e Lawyer i s secon d t o t h e
qu est ion s gi ven below : left of t h e Doct or
Di r ec t i o n s (8 3 -8 9 ) : St u dy t h e
(SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer (2) E is an im m edi ate n eigh bou r
Ex am 2 8 .0 4 .2 0 13 ) following information carefu lly an d an -
of t h e Fin an cial An alyst
Ei gh t peopl e - E, F, G, H, J , K, (3) H sit s exactly between F an d
(SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer
L an d M are sit tin g ar ou n d a cir cu l ar th e Fin an cial An alyst On l i n e Ex am , 21. 06. 201 4)
table facin g th e cen tr e. Each of th em (4) On ly fou r p eop le sit between
is of a differen t pr ofession - Ch art ered Ei gh t fri en d s – R, S, T, U, V, W,
th e Colu m n ist an d F X an d Y – ar e sitti n g arou n d a circu -
Accou n tan t, Colu m n ist, Doctor, En gi- (5) All of th e gi ven statem en t s
n eer, Fin an cial An alyst, Lawyer, Pr o- lar table facin g th e centre, bu t n ot n ec-
ar e tr u e essari ly in t h e sam e ord er. Each of
fessor an d Sci en tist bu t n ot n ecessar -
Di r ec t i o n s (7 8 –8 2 ) : St u dy t h e th e th em stu dies in th e differen t Stan -
il y i n th e sam e or der. F is sit tin g sec-
followin g i n form ation carefu ll y t o an - dards viz, Stan dard I to Stan dard VIII,
on d t o t h e left of K. Th e Scien ti st is
swer th e gi ven qu esti on s : bu t n ot n ecessaril y i n t h e sam e or -
an im m edi ate n eigh b ou r of K. Th ere
(SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e d er. T is secon d to t h e r igh t of th e
are on ly th ree people between th e Sci-
en tist an d E. On l y on e person si ts b e-
Ex am , 2 3. 0 2. 20 14 ) person wh o stu dies in St an d ard VII.
Ei gh t per son s – A, B, C, D, E, On ly on e per son sit s b etween T an d
tween th e En gin eer an d E. Th e Col-
u m n ist is to the im m ediate righ t of th e F, G an d H – are sitt in g ar ou n d a ci r - th e p erson wh o stu d ies in Stan dard
cu lar t abl e facin g ou twar d, bu t n ot V. X is sitt in g th ird to th e left of t h e
En gin eer. M is secon d to th e righ t of
K. H is th e Scien tist . G an d J ar e i m - n ecessar ily in th e sam e ord er. Th ey person wh o stu d ies in St an dard VIII.
ar e at equ id ist an t. D is th i rd t o t h e Th e p erson stu d yin g i n Stan d ard VIII
m ediate n eigh bou rs of each oth er. Nei-
th er G n or J is an En gin eer. Th e Fi- ri gh t of H. C i s an i m m ediat e n eigh - is n ot an im m ed iat e n eigh bou r of t h e
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
person stu dyi n g i n St an d ar d VII. T 87. St art in g fr om R, i f all th e per - 92. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e K’s
does n ot stu dy in Stan dard VIII. Th e son s are m ad e to si t i n th e al- posit ion wit h r esp ect to M ?
person stu dyin g in St an d ard VI is to ph abetical order in clock wise di- (1) Th ird to th e left
th e left of U. U does n ot stu dy i n Stan - r ect i on , t h e p osi t i on s of h ow (2) Th ird to th e righ t
dard V or St an d ard VIII. Th e person s m an y (exclu d in g R) wi ll r em ain
st u dyin g in St an dard VI an d VII are u nch an ged?
im m ed iat e n eigh bou rs of each oth er. (1) Two (2) Th r ee
On e of th e i m m ediat e n eigh bou rs of (5) Non e of th ese
(3) Fou r (4) On e
th e p erson stu d yin g in St an d ard VIII, 93. Who am on g the following is sit-
(5) None
st u di es in Stan dar d II. S an d Y are tin g exactly between M and K?
88. Wh o am on g th e followin g is si t-
im m ed iat e n eigh bou rs of each oth er. (1) N (2) P
ti n g fou rth to th e left of th e per -
Th ere is on e person b etween S an d (3) O (4) I
son wh o stu d ies in Stan dar d II?
R. V does n ot stu d y i n Stan d ard I. R (5) J
st u d i es i n St an d ar d V. Y d oes n ot (1) U (2) W
94. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e P’s
st u dy in St an d ard II. W is sit tin g b e- (3) X (4) S
posit ion wi th respect t o J ?
tween th e per son s wh o stu dy in St an - (5 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
dard VII an d Stan d ard IV. X is sec- 89. Wh o am on g th e followin g is si t-
on d t o th e r igh t of th e p erson stu d y- (2) Fou rth to th e left
ti n g exactly bet ween t h e p erson
in g in St an d ard I. wh o st u di es in Stan dar d III an d (3) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t
83. Wh o am on g th e followin g is si t- W? (4) Th ird to th e left
ti n g t h ir d t o th e r igh t of ‘T’. (1) T (2) U (5) Fi fth to th e left
(1) S (3) R (4) V 95. How m an y person s are sit ti n g
(2) The person stu dyin g in Stan - (5) Y b et ween M an d O i f we m ove
dard II cl ock wise st art in g from M ?
Di r ec t i o n s (9 0 -9 6 ) %St u dy t h e
(3) The person stu dyin g in Stan - following information carefu lly an d an - (1) None (2) Two
dard V swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : (3) Th r ee (4) On e
(4) Y (SBI Sp eci al i st Of f i c er (5) Fou r
(L aw Of f i cer : M M GS Scal e-I I ) 96. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e-
(5) The person stu dyin g in Stan -
On l i n e Ex am , 19. 04. 201 4) m en ts is tru e regardin g th e seat-
dard I
Seven person s — I, J , K, L, M, N in g arran gem en t ?
84. Wh o am on g th e followin g is si t- an d O — are sittin g in a circle at equ i- (1) Th ere ar e on ly two person s
ti n g ju st op posite to ‘R’? d istan ce b u t n ot n ecessar i ly i n th e seated b etween K an d I
(1) The person stu dyin g in Stan - sam e order. Som e of th em are facin g (2) M, K an d I are seated adj a-
dard VI towards th e cen tre an d som e are fac- cen t
(2) W in g ou tside th e cen tre. O is facin g ou t-
(3) N, P an d J are seated adj a-
(3) The person stu dyin g in Stan - side. J sits secon d to th e righ t of O. N
cen t
dard V is sittin g secon d to th e left of P. P is
n ot an im m ediate neigh bou r of J or O. (4) Th ree person s are facin g t h e
(4) S cen tre
N is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of J .
(5) The person stu dyin g in Stan - Th e im m ediate n eigh bou r of K faces (5) On e of t h e n eigh bou rs of I is
dard VII towards th e cen tre. K an d P face th e K
85. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- sam e direction . I is sittin g secon d to Di r ect i on s (9 7 -1 0 2 ) : Stu dy th e
r esen t s t h e i m m ed i at e n ei gh - th e righ t of N. Th e im mediate n eigh - fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d
bou rs of ‘V’? bou r of M faces ou tside. I an d M face an aswer t h e qu estion s given b elow :
(1) R an d th e p erson stu dyi n g th e sam e direction as th at of J . (SBI Sp eci al i st Of f i c er
in St an d ard VIII 90. Wh o am on gst th e followin g are (L aw Of f i cer : M M GS Scal e-I I )
n ot faci n g t h e cen tre ? On l i n e Ex am , 19. 04. 201 4)
(2) S an d th e p erson stu dyi n g
(1) K, N, O an d J Ei gh t person s — P, Q, R, S, T,
in Stan dard III
U, V an d W – are stan din g in a straigh t
(3) The person stu dyin g in Stan - (2) I, M, J an d P
lin e at equ idistan ce. Som e of th em are
dard V an d Y (3) J , M, I, O an d N
facing North while som e oth ers are fac-
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (4) P, K, O an d N in g Sou t h . R is th ird to th e left of W.
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese W is facin g Nor th . T is th ir d t o t h e
86. Wh at is th e positi on of ‘W’wi th 91. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e J ’s ri gh t of W. S is secon d to th e left of
respect to ‘S’? posit ion wit h r esp ect to N ? Q. Q is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r
(1) Th ird to th e righ t o f W o r R. B o t h t h e i m m ed i a t e
(2) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t n eigh bou rs of P face Sou th . Th e i m -
(2) Fou rth to th e left m ediate n eigh bou r of V faces opp o-
(3) Th ird to th e righ t (3) Th ird to th e left
si te dir ecti on . Im m ed iat e n eigh bou rs
(4) Fi fth to th e righ t (4) Secon d to th e left
of U face op posite dir ect ion (If U is
(5) Fi fth to th e left facin g Nor th , im m ediat e n eigh b ou r of
(5) Si xth to th e left
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
U face Sou th an d vi ce-ver sa). V faces of H face ju st opp osi te di recti on as st an d in g at on e of th e extrem e en d s.
ju st opposit e of Q. U is n ot an im m e- th at of M. Th e im m edi ate n eigh bou rs O is stan din g t h ird to th e l eft of S.
di ate n eigh b ou r of P an d faces opp o- of O face opposit e di rection s wit h r e- Th e i m m ed iat e n eigh bou rs of Q face
si te directi on wit h respect to th at of P sp ect to each oth er. On e of th e im m e- n orth . M is n ot an im m ed iat e n eigh -
(If U faces Sou th P faces Nort h an d di ate n eigh bou rs of L is K wh o is fac- bou r of S. Th e person s st an din g at
vi ce-ver a). T faces t h e sam e d irecti on in g n orth . I is stan di n g bet ween J an d th e extr em e en ds face t h e sam e d i-
as th at of V. M. Not m ore t h an fou r per son s are recti on (Bot h are faci n g eit h er n or th
97. Who amon g th e followin g are fac- facin g n ort h . or east). B oth th e im m ed iat e n eigh -
in g North ? 103. Who am ong th e followin g is th ird bou rs of S face east u n l ik e N. On eof
(1) P, V, W an d Q to th e left of N? th e i m m ediate n eigh bou rs of L faces
(1) K (2) J east wh il e t h e oth er faces n orth . On e
(2 ) R, W, U an d Q
of th e im m ed iat e n eigh bou rs of O is P
(3 ) U, S, T an d Q (3) H (4) I
wh o is faci n g n or t h . R i s st an d i n g
(4 ) P, W, S an d Q (5) O
between Q an d N. Not m or e t h an fou r
(5 ) Non e of th ese 104. Th e i m m ediate n eigh bou rs of L person s are facin g n ort h .
98. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g is to are :
110. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n g i s i n -
im m edi ate left of S ? (1) M an d N (2) N an d O
fr on t of M ?
(1) U (2) T (3) K an d N (4) N an d H
(1) Q (2) N
(3) V (4) W (5) J an d H
(3) O (4) L
(5 ) Non e of th ese 105. How m an y p er son s are st an d-
in g exactly between I an d O? (5) S
99. How m an y person s ar e th ere be-
tween P an d U ? (1) Th r ee (2) Fou r 111. Th e i m m ediate n eigh bou rs of O
(1) Th r ee (2) Fou r (3) On e (4) Two are :
(3 ) Two (4 ) On e (5) None (1) M an d P (2) L an d M
(5 ) Th er e i s n o p erson 106. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g is to (3) L an d P (4) L an d S
100. Wh o am on g t h e fol l owi n g ar e th e i m m ed iat e l eft of H? (5) Q an d R
st an di n g on th e ext rem e en ds of (1) O (2) J 112. How m an y p er son s are st an d-
th e l in e ? (3) I (4) L in g exactly bet ween R an d L ?
(1) P an d Q (2 ) R an d Q (5) K (1) On e (2) Th r ee
(3 ) U an d R (4 ) R an d S 107. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e
(3) Fou r (4) Two
(5 ) Non e of th ese al ik e in a certain way based on
t h e ab ov e ar r an gem en t a n d (5) None
101. Who am ong th e followin g is th ird
to th e r igh t of U ? h en ce form a gr ou p . Wh ich on e 113. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g is to
of th e foll owi n g d oes n ot b elon g th e i m m ediate left of S ?
(1) P (2) V
to th at grou p? (1) Q (2) L
(3) R (4) Q
(1) N (2) L (3) R (4) O
(3) O (4) I
102. Wh o am on g the followin g are th e (5) M
(5) K
im m ediate n eigh bou r s of V? 114. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e
108. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n g i s ex-
(1) R an d W (2 ) P an d U al ik e in a certain way based on
actly between L an d J ?
(3 ) R an d S (4 ) P an d W t h e ab ov e ar r an gem en t a n d
(1) N (2) O
(5 ) Non e of th ese h en ce form a gr ou p. Wh ich is
(3) H (4) I
Di r ec t i on s (1 0 3 -1 0 9 ) : St u d y th e on e t h at does n ot belon g to
(5 ) Non e
the following in form ation carefu lly an d th e grou p?
an swer th e qu estion s given below : 109. Who among the following is fou rth
to th e ri gh t of J ? (1) S (2) R
(1) N (2) I (3) M (4) N
On l i n e Ex am , 21. 06. 201 4)
Ei gh t per son s – H, I, J , K, L, M, (3) H (4) L (5) P
N an d O – ar e stan din g i n a str aigh t (5) K 115. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n g i s ex-
li n e at equ i distan t . Som e of th em are Di r ec t i on s (1 1 0 –1 1 6 ) : St u d y actly between O an d Q ?
facin g n orth wh ile ot h er s ar e faci n g the following in form ation carefu lly an d (1) None (2) N
sou th . M is stan d in g t h ird to t h e ri gh t an swer th e qu estion s given below ; (3) S (4) M
to H. M i s stan din g at on e of th e ex- (SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer
tr em e en ds. L is stan din g t h ir d t o t h e (5) L
On l i n e Ex am , 28. 06. 201 4)
left of H. Th e im m edi ate n eigh bou rs Ei gh t per son s — L, M, N, O, P, 116. Wh o am on g th e followin g is fifth
of J face n ort h . N is n ot an i m m ediate Q, R an d S – ar e stan din g in a str aigh t to th e left of R ?
n eigh bou r of H. Th e person s stan d- li n e, bu t n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e (1) O (2) M
in g at th e extr em e en d s face th e sam e or der. Som e of th em are faci n g n or th (3) L (4) S
direction (B oth are facin g eith er n orth wh ile som e oth ers are facin g east. N
or sou th ). Th e im m edi ate n eigh bou rs (5) Q
is st an d in g th ird to th e ri gh t of S. N is
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di r ect i on s (117–12 2) : Stu dy the Di r ect i on s (12 3–128) : Stu dy the Ei gh t per son s — A, B, C, D, E,
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d F, G an d H – are sitt in g ar ou n d a ci r -
an swer th e qu estion s given below : an swer th e qu estion s given below : cu l ar area at equ al distan ces b etween
(SBI M an agem en t Ex ecut i v e (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e each oth er, bu t n ot n ecessaril y i n t h e
Ex am . 19. 09.20 14) Ex am , 1 9. 0 9. 20 14 ) sam e ord er. So m e of t h e peopl e ar e
Ei gh t per son s — P, Q, R, S, T, faci n g t h e cen t r e wh i l e som e ot h er s
Eigh t person s — P, Q, R, S, T,
U, V an d W – ar e sitt in g ar ou n d a ci r - face ou t si de (i .e. in a directi on opp o-
U, V an d W – are sittin g arou n d a cir -
cu lar tab le su ch th at som e are faci n g si te to th e cen tre).
cu lar table su ch th at som e are facin g
towar ds th e cen tre wh ile som e oth ers Not e : Facin g th e sam e direction
towards th e cen tre wh ile som e oth ers
ar e faci n g opp osi te t o t h e cen tre, b u t m ean s if on e faces th e cen tre th en oth -
are facin g opposite to th e cen tre, bu t n ot n ecessar ily in th e sam e order. P, er also faces th e cen tre an d vice ver -
n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order. P, Q, T an d U are facin g towards th e cen - sa. Facin g opposite direction m ean s if
Q, T an d U are facin g towards th e cen - tr e wh il e ot h er s are facin g opp osi te to on e person faces th e cen tre th en th e
tre wh ile oth ers are facin g opposite to the centre. Q is not an immediate n eigh- oth er faces ou tside an d vice versa.
the centre. Q is not an immediate n eighbou rs of R. S an d U are i m m ediate D sit s secon d t o t h e left of B. B
bou rs of R. S an d U are im m ediate n eigh bou rs of P. Th ere is on ly on e per - faces ou tsid e. A an d F are i m m ediate
n eigh bou rs of P. Th ere is on ly on e per - son b etween Q an d U. Th er e ar e t wo n eigh bou r s of D . H sit s secon d t o t h e
son between Q an d U. Th ere are two person s b etween T an d Q. S i s si tti n g ri gh t of A. C sits th ird to th e left of H.
person s between T an d Q. S is sittin g to th e i m m ed iat e l eft of T. U i s t o t h e E sit s to th e i m m ed iat e r igh t of G. D
to th e im m ediate left of T. U is to th e im m ed iate left of W. R is si tti n g t o t h e si ts th ir d t o t h e left of E. D faces t h e
im m ediate left of W. R is sittin g to th e im m edi ate ri gh t of T. sam e dir ect ion as H. F sits to th e i m -
im m ediate righ t of T. 123. Wh o am on g th e followin g is si t- m ediat e ri gh t of C. F an d G tak e sam e
ti n g to th e im m edi ate left of V\ direct ion s.
117. Wh o am on g th e followin g is sit-
(1) R (2) Q 129. Which of th e followin g is tru e re-
tin g to th e im m ediate left of V \ (3) T (4) W gardin g F as per th e given seat-
(1) R (2) Q (5) S ing arran gemen t ?
(3) T (4) W 124. How m an y person s are sit ti n g (1) On l y on e p er son si t s b e-
(5) S between T an d W a \ tween F an d B
118. How m an y person s are sit ti n g (1) None (2) On e (2) On ly th ree p erson s sit s b e-
between T an d W \
a (3 ) Two (4) Th r ee tween F an d H
(5) More t h an th r ee (3) A sit s secon d to th e left of
(1) None (2) On e
125. Wh o am on g th e followin g is si t- F.
(3) Two (4) Th r ee
ti n g exactl y between W an d V? (4) C sit s to th e i m m ediate righ t
(1) Q (2) R of F.
119. Wh o am on g th e followin g is sit- (3) S (4) U (5) F faces th e cen tr e.
tin g exactly between W an d V?
(5) P 130. How m an y peopl e i n t h e given
(1) Q (2) R
126. If al l th e eigh t p erson s are m ade ar ran gem en t face ou tside ?
(3) S (4) U t o si t i n alp h ab et ical or d er i n (1) Fou r (2) Two
(5) P clock wise direction startin g from (3) On e (4) Th r ee
120. If all th e eigh t person s are m ade P, th e p osi tion of h ow m an y wi ll
(5) Five
t o si t i n alp h ab et ical or d er i n rem ain u nchanged ( exclu ding P)\
131. Wh at is C’s position with respect
clock wise direction startin g from (1) On e (2) Two
to A ?
P, th e position of h ow m an y will (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r
remain u nchanged ( exclu ding P)\ (5) None
(1) On e (2) Two 127. Wh o am on g th e followin g is si t-
ti n g th i rd to t h e righ t of R\
(3) Th r ee (4) Fou r (4) Fi fth to th e left
(1) Q (2) S
(5) None (5) Th ird to th e righ t
(3) P (4) T
121. Wh o am on g th e followin g is sit- 132. Wh o sits exactl y b etween G an d
(5) W C wh en cou n ted from t h e righ t
tin g th ird to th e righ t of R\ 128. Wh o am on g th e followin g is si t- of G ?
(1) Q (2) S ti n g ju st op psi te t o S ?
(1) E (2) F
(3) P (4) T (1) W (2) Q
(3) H (4) D
(5) W (3) V (4) R
(5) B
122. Wh o am on g th e followin g is sit- (5) T
133. Wh o sits to th e im m ediate left of
tin g ju st oppsite to S ? Di rect i on s (1 2 9 –13 4 ) : Stu dy th e B?
(1) W (2) Q (1) D (2) H
(3) V (4) R (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e (3) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as
(5) T Ex am , 2 9. 1 1. 20 14 ) option s
(4) A (5) G
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
134. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e 136. Who am on gst th e following lik es (1) M (2) Q
al ik e in a certain way based on Don ald Du ck ? (3) P (4) O
th e given seati n g ar ran gem en t (1) S (2) P (5) N
an d so form a grou p. Wh i ch is (3) R (4) T 141. How m an y peopl e i n t h e given
th e on e t h at does n ot belon g to (5) Q ar ran gem en t face t h e cen tre ?
th at grou p ? 137. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is an (1) On e (2) Three
(1) F (2) C im m ediate n eigh bou r of th e on e (3) Five (4) Two
(3) H (4) G wh o lik es Spiderm an ? (5) Fou r
(5) A (1) Th e on e wh o lik es J erry 142. Wh o si ts secon d to th e righ t of
Di rect i on s (1 3 5 –1 3 9 ) : Stu dy th e (2) Th e on e wh o lik es Noddy N?
following information carefu lly an d an - (3) K (1) P (2) R
swer th e qu estion s given below : (4) The on e wh o lik es Su perman (3) T (4) S
(SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e (5) T (5) O
Ex am . 29. 11.20 14) 138. Wh ich of th e followin g cartoon 143. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e
Ten people are sittin g in two par - ch aracter does Q lik e ? al ik e in a certain way based on
allel rows, con tain in g five people each (1) Batman (2) Tom t h e gi ven si t ti n g ar r an gem en t
in su ch a way th at th ere is equ al dis- (3) J er r y (4) Noddy an d so form a grou p. Wh i ch is
tan ce between adj acen t p er son s. In (5) Oswald th e on e t h at does n ot belon g to
row— 1 : J , K, L, M an d N are seated 139. Which of th e following statemen ts th e gr ou p ?
an d all of th em are facin g n orth an d in is defi n i t el y t r u e as per th e giv- (1) R (2) S
row— 2 : P, Q, R, S an d T are seated en arran gem en t ? (3) Q (4) M
an d all of th em are facin g sou th (bu t (1) L faces R (5) O
n ot n ecessar i ly i n t h e sam e or der). (2) Q lik es Oswald 144. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
Each person also lik es a differen t car - (3) Q is an im mediate n eighbou r regar din g T as per th e gi ven si t-
toon ch aracter n am ely, Batm an , Ben of P ti n g arran gem en t ?
10, Dexter, Don ald Du ck , Tom , J erry, (4) The one who lik e Su perman is (1) T faces t h e cen t re
Noddy, Oswald, Su perman an d Spider - an immediate neighbou r of P (2) On ly two people si t between
m an (n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e or - (5) The one who lik es Dexter fac- N an d T
der ). es N.
(3) On l y t h r ee p eop l e si t b e-
N sits exactly in th e cen tre of th e Di rect i on s (14 0 –14 5 ) : Stu dy th e tween T an d P
row an d faces th e on e wh o lik es Tom . following information carefu lly an d an -
(4) S sit s secon d t o l eft of T
On ly on e person sits between S an d swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
th e on e wh o lik es Tom . S faces on e of (5) On l y on e p er son si t s b e-
tween T an d R
th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of th e on e Ex am , 3 0. 1 1. 20 14 )
wh o lik es J erry. On ly two people sit Eight people & M, N, O, P, Q, R, S 145. Wh at i s M ’s p osi t ion wi t h r e-
between K an d th e on e wh o lik es J er - and T – are sittin g arou nd a circu lar sp ect to T ?
ry. K faces th e on e wh o lik es Oswald. are at equ al distan ces between each (1) Secon d to th e left
P faces on e of th e im m ediate n eigh - oth er, bu t not n ecessarily in th e sam e (2) Fi fth to th e righ t
bou rs of L. P does n ot lik e Oswald. M order. Som e of th e people are facin g (3) Th ird to th e righ t
is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of L. th e centre while some face ou tside. (i.e., (4) Th ird to th e left
Th e on e wh o lik es Don ald Du ck in a direction opposite to th e cen tre). (5) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t
is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of S. T Not e %Facin g t h e sam e d irecti on
Di r ect i on s (14 6 –1 5 0) : Stu dy th e
is n ot im m ediate n eigh bou r of P an d m ean s on e faces th e cen tre th en th e
oth er also faces th e cen tre an d vice fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d
faces th e on e wh o lik es Ben 10. T is an swer th e qu estion s given below :
n ot at th e extrem e en d of th e lin e. R versa. Facin g opposite direction mean s
faces th e on e wh o lik es Su perm an . R i f on e person faces cen t re t h en th e
Ex am . 30. 11.20 14)
oth er faces ou tside an d vice versa.
does n ot lik e Tom . Th e on e wh o lik es Ten p eopl e are sitt in g in two par -
Spiderman faces n orth . S does not face S sit s secon d t o th e r igh t of P. P
faces th e cen t re. T sits secon d t o t h e al lel rows con tai n in g fi ve people each
th e on e wh o lik es Spiderm an . Th e on e in su ch a way t h at th ere is an equ al
left of S. T i s an im m ed iat e n eigh bou r
wh o lik es Batm an sits to th e im m edi- di stan ce btween ad jacen t per son s. In
of both O an d Q. R sit s secon d t o t h e
ate righ t of th e person wh o lik es Nod- row – 1 J , K, L, M an d N ar e seat ed
left of Q. M si ts secon d to th e left of
dy. S does n ot lik e Batm an . an d all of t h em ar e faci n g n ort h an d
R. T sit s secon d t o t h e left of N. M
135. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- in row-2 P, Q, R, S an d T are seated
si ts secon d to th e left of O. T faces
resen t th e people sittin g at th e th e sam e dir ect ion as Q. N sits th i rd and all facin g sou th (bu t n ot n ecessar -
extrem e en d of th e two rows ? ily in th e same order). Each person also
to th e ri gh t of M.
(1) S, M (2) Q, L lik es differen t flowers n amely Gazan ia,
140. Wh o sits exactl y b etween S an d
(3) P, N (4) Q, J Plu m eria, Tu lip, Orch ids, Lily, Rose,
T, wh en cou n ted fr om th e left of
Daffodil, Daisy, Peon y an d Dah lia (bu t
(5) R, L S?
n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
N sits exactly in th e cen tre of th e 150. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lik es following does not belong to th at
row an d faces th e on e wh o lik es Or - Tu lip ? grou p ?
ch ids. On ly on e person sits between (1) FN (2) PD
N an d th e on e wh o lik es Lily. S faces (1) J (2) P
(3) EQ (4) CP
one of the imm ediate neigh bou rs of th e (3) S (4) Q
on e wh o lik es Lily. On ly on e person (5) NQ
(5) N
sits between P an d th e on e wh o lik es Di r ect i on s (15 6 –16 0 ) : Stu dy th e
Orch ids. P is n ot an im m ediate n eigh - Di r ect i on s (15 1 –15 5 ) : Stu dy th e following information carefu lly an d an -
bou r of S. P faces on e of th e im m edi- following information carefu lly an d an - swer th e qu estion s given below :
ate n eigh bou rs of L. M is n eith er an swer th e qu estion s given below : (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary )
im m ediate n eigh bou r of L n or faces S. (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary ) On l i n e Ex am . 20.06.2015)
Q is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of S On l i n e Ex am . 20.06.2015)
Eigh t person s — M, N, O, P, Q,
an d faces th e on e wh o lik es Plu m eria. Eigh t frien ds — C, D, E, F, N, O, R, S an d T — are sittin g arou n d a cir -
M does n ot face R. M faces on e of th e P an d Q — are sittin g in a straigh t lin e cu lar table at equ al distan ce between
im m ediate n eigh bou rs of th e on e wh o facin g n orth bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e each oth er, bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
lik es Rose. On ly on e person sits be- sam e order. O is sittin g secon d to th e sam e order. Som e of th em are facin g
tween th e on e wh o lik es Rose an d th e righ t of P. E is sittin g th ird to th e left th e cen tre wh ile som e oth ers are fac-
on e wh o lik es Gazan ia. Th e on e wh o of Q. F is sittin g fou rth to th e left of P. in g ou tside (i.e., in a direction oppo-
lik es Peony an d th e one wh o lik es Dai- E does n ot sit on th e extrem e en d of site to th e cen tre)
sy face each oth er. On ly two people sit th e lin e. D is im m ediate n eigh bou r of Not e : Facin g th e sam e direction
between th e on e wh o lik es Daisy an d n eith er F n or P. C is n ot an im m ediate m ean s if on e faces th e cen tre th en th e
th e on e wh o lik es Daffodil. J does n ot n eigh bou r of P. oth er also faces th e cen tre an d vice–
lik e Daffodil. Th e on e who lik es Dahlia
151. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- ver sa. Faci n g op p osi t e d i r ect i on s
sits fou rth to th e righ t of th e on e wh o
resen ts th e two person s sittin g m ean s if on e person faces th e cen tre
lik es Peon y. at th e extrem e en ds of th e lin e ? th en the other person faces ou tside and
146. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is an vi ce–ver sa.
(1) F, C (2) D, F
im m ediate n eigh bou r of th e on e R is sittin g secon d to th e righ t of
(3) C, Q (4) N, D
wh o lik es Peon y ? Q. On ly th ree person s are sittin g be-
(5) O, F tween R an d S. T is sittin g secon d to
(1) Th e on e wh o lik es Rose
152. Which of th e following statemen ts th e righ t of R. T faces th e cen tre. R
(2) Th e on e wh o lik es Lily
is defi n i t el y t r u e as per th e giv- an d S face opposite direction s. P an d
(3) Th e on e wh o lik es Gazan ia en arran gem en t ? S face opposite direction s. N is sittin g
(4) K (1) F an d E are im m ediate n eigh - secon d to th e left of P. P is n ot an im -
bou rs of P. m ediate n eighbou r of Q. On ly on e per -
(5) T son is sittin g between P an d O. O is
147. Wh ich of th e fol lowin g fl owers (2) C is sittin g th ird to th e righ t n ot an imm ediate n eigh bou r of Q. M is
does S lik e ? of Q. sittin g th ird to th e left of T. Th e im m e-
(1) Lily (2) Gazania (3) Th ere are on ly th ree person s di at e n eigh b ou r s of T face opposi te
between D an d E. direction s. M an d R face opposite di-
(3) Or ch id s (4) Rose rection s. N faces th e sam e direction
(4) N is sittin g to th e im m ediate
(5) Daffodil left of P. as th at of O.
148. Which of the followin g is definite- (5) All th e given statem en ts are 156. Which of th e following statemen ts
ly tru e as per th e given arran ge- is tru e regardin g T accordin g to
tru e
m en t ? th e given seatin g arran gem en t ?
153. Who am on g th e followin g is sit-
(1) L faces R tin g th ird to the right of N ? (1) T is sittin g secon d to th e left
of S.
(2) Q is an im mediate n eighbou r (1) O (2) D
(2) T is sittin g exactly between O
of P (3) C (4) E an d P.
(3) Th e on e wh o lik es Daisy is (5) Q (3) T is sittin g ju st opposite to N.
an imm ediate n eigh bou r of Q 154. Wh at is th e position of C with
respect to Q ? (4) Th ere are fou r p erson s be-
(4) Q lik es Daffod il
(1) Fou rth to th e righ t tween T an d Q.
(5) Th e on e wh o lik es Dahlia fac- (2) Th ird to th e righ t (5) T faces th e opposite direction
es N (3) Fou rth to th e left (4) as th at of M.
149. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- Th ird to th e left 157. How m an y person s in th e given
resen ts th e people sittin g at th e
(5) Secon d to th e righ t seati n g ar ran gem en t face ou t -
extrem e en ds of th e two rows ? side ?
155. Fou r of the followin g five are alik e
(1) P, J (2) Q, L in a certain way based on the giv- (1) Th r ee (2) Fou r
(3) R, K (4) S, K en arran gem ent and hence th ey (3) Five (4) Six
form a grou p. Which one of the
(5) S, L (5) Two
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
158. Fou r of th e following five are alik e 161. How m an y person s in th e given 166. Wh at is th e position of L with
in a certain way based on th e giv- arran gem en t face th e cen tre ?
respect to G ?
en seat i n g ar r an gem en t an d (1) Two (2) Th r ee
h en ce they form a grou p. Wh ich (1) Th ird to th e righ t (2)
(3) On e (4) Fou r
is the on e that does n ot belon g to To th e im m ediate left
that grou p ? (5) Five
(1) O (2) S 162. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e (4) Fou rth to th e righ t
(3) M (4) Q regardin g A as per the given seat-
(5) N in g arran gem en t ?
(1) H sits secon d to th e left of A 167. Based on th e given arran gem ent,
159. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n g sit s wh ich of th e followin g is tru e with
exactly between S an d Q wh en (2) A faces ou tside
respect to N ?
cou n ted from th e left of S ? (3) On ly two person s sit between (1) On l y t h r ee p er son s si t b e-
(1) None (2) O A an d B. tween N an d O.
(3) M (4) N (4) C i s on e of t h e i m m ed i at e (2) Non e of th e given option s is
(5) T n eigh bou rs of A. tru e
160. Wh at is th e position of M with (5) On l y t h r ee p er son s si t b e- (3) On ly on e person sits to th e
respect to R ? tween A an d G.
righ t of N.
(1) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as 163. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
options in a certain way based on th e giv- (4) E sits to im mediate right of N.
(2) Th ird to th e righ t en seatin g arran gem en t an d so (5) Both L an d F are im m ediate
(3) Secon d to th e left form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e n eigh bou rs of N.
t h at d oes n ot b el on g t o t h at 168. Wh o am on gst th e followin g per -
grou p ? son s represen ts th e person seat-
(1) F (2) B ed at th e extrem e left en d of th e
Di r ect i on s6 (1 6 1 – 1 6 5 ) : Stu dy
(3) H (4) G lin e ?
th e followin g in form ation carefu ly an d
an swer th e qu estion s given below : (5) D (1) L (2) N
(SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary ) 164. Wh at is E’s position with respect (3) E (4) F
On l i n e Ex am . 21.06.2015) to H ?
(5) H
Eigh t person s A, B, C, D, E, F, (1) Th ird to th e left
169. How m an y person s are seat ed
G an d H are sittin g arou n d a circu lar (2) Secon d to th e righ t
area of equ al distan ces between each between O an d E ?
oth er, bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e (3) To th e im m ediate righ t
(4) To th e im m ediate left (1) Two (2) Th r ee
order. Som e of th e people are facin g
th e cen tre wh ile som e face ou tside. i.e. (5) Th ird to th e righ t (3) Fou r (4) None
in a direction opposite to th e cen tre. 165. Wh o sits secon d to th e left of G ? (5) On e
(NOT E : Sam e direction mean s if (1) H (2) A 170. Wh o am on gst th e foll owin g sit
on e person is facin g th e cen tre th en exactly between M an d L ?
(3) B
th e other also faces th e centre and vice-
versa. Opposite direction m ean s that if (4) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as (1) E,N (2) F,O
on e person is facin g th e cen tre th en options (3) F,G (4) E,G
th e other person faces ou tside and vice- (5) F
versa). (5) H,N
Di r ect i on s6 (1 6 6 – 1 7 0 ) : Stu dy Di r ect i on s6 (1 7 1 – 1 7 5 ) : Stu dy
D sits th ird to th e righ t of B. E
the following in form ation carefu lly an d th e followin g in form ation carefu lly to
sits secon d to th e left of B. Im m ediate
an swer th e qu estion s given below : an swer th e given qu estion s.
n eigh bou rs of B face th e sam e direc-
ti on (i.e. if on e n eigh bou r faces t h e (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary )
On l i n e Ex am . 21.06.2015)
cen tre th e oth er n eigh bou r also faces On l i n e Ex am . 27.06.2015)
th e cen tre an d vice-versa). C sits sec- Eigh t person s E, F, G, H, L, M, N Eigh t frien ds G, H, I, J , N, O, P
on d to th e left of E. E faces th e cen - an d O are seated in a straigh t lin e, fac- an d Q are seated in a straigh t lin e fac-
tre. F sits th ird to th e righ t of C. G sits in g North , bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e in g n orth , bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
secon d to th e left of H. H is n ot an sam e order. O sits at th e extrem e righ t sam e order.
im m ediate n eigh bou r of B. G faces th e en d of th e lin e. On ly fou r person s sit l H sits secon d to righ t of O. O sits
sam e direction as D. Im m ediate n eigh - between O an d G. at on e of th e extrem e en ds of th e
bou rs of E face opposite directions (i.e. B ot h F an d M ar e i m m ed i at e line.
if on e n eigh bou r faces th e cen tre th e n eigh bou rs of G.
other n eighbou r faces ou tside an d vice- l On ly th ree people sit between H
versa.). Imm ediate n eigh bou rs of F face On ly two person s sit between M an d N.
opposite direction s (i.e. if on e n eigh - an d L. L is n ot an im m ediate n eigh -
l I sits th ird to th e left of J . On ly
bou r faces th e cen tre th e oth er n eigh - bou r of O.
two people sit between J an d G.
bou r faces ou tside an d vice-versa). N sits secon d to left of E.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
lP is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r R sits secon d to th e righ t of T. T Ei gh t fri en d s A, B , C, D, E, F, G
of N. face th e cen tre. O sits th ird to th e left an d H ar e sitt in g arou n d a cir cle fac-
171. Wh o am on gst th e followin g rep- R. R an d O face opposite direction s. in g t h e cen t re. Fou r ou t of th e eigh t
resen ts th e person seated at th e Im m ediate n eigh bou rs of O face th e fr ien ds dri ve a car wh il e fou r dr ive a
extrem e righ t en d of th e lin e ? cen tre. P sits secon d to th e righ t of O. bi k e. No two fr ien ds wh o dri ve a car
(1) P (2) Q U sits to th e im m ediate left of P. N sits are imm ediate n eigh bou rs of each oth -
(3) O (4) I secon d t o th e left of Q. Q faces th e er. A, wh o d rives a car sits th i rd to
sam e direction as O. Q is n ot an im - l eft of H . G, wh o d ri ves a bi k e sit s
(5) G
m ed iate n ei gh bou r of T. Im m edi at e secon d to ri gh t of E. F an d C ar e i m -
172. Wh o am on gst th e foll owin g sit n eigh bou rs of R face opposite direc- m ediate n ei gh b ou rs of each oth er. F
exactly between J an d G ? tion s. (i.e. if on e n eigh bou r faces th e does n ot dri ve a car. B i s an im m ed i-
(1) O, Q (2) H, O cen tre th e oth er n eigh bou r faces ou t- at e n eigh bou r of F bu t n ot of H.
(3) O, P (4) N, Q side an d vice-versa.) 181. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e
(5) H, N al ik e in a certain way based on
173. Wh at is th e p osit ion of P with th e above arran gem en t an d so
respect to N ? form a gr ou p . Wh ich i s th e on e
en seatin g arran gem en t an d so
(1) Th ird to th e left t h a t d oes n ot b el on g t o t h e
form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e
(2) Secon d to th e righ t t h at d oes n ot b el on g t o t h at grou p ?
(3) Fou rth to th e righ t (1) B (2) E
grou p ?
(4) Th ird to th e righ t (3) A (4) C
(1) U (2) S
(5) Secon d to th e left (5) D
(3) P (4) N
174. Based on th e given arran gem ent, 182. If al l th e eigh t frien ds are m ade
(5) Q
wh ich of th e followin g is tru e with to sit in alph abetical order in th e
respect to Q ? 177. Wh o sits secon d to th e left of U ?
an ti-clock wise direction startin g
(1) On ly two person s sit between (1) T (2) O
fr om A, position s of h ow m an y
Q an d N. (3) Q wi ll rem ain u n ch an ged (ex clu d-
(2) On ly two person s sit to th e in g A) ?
righ t of Q.
options (1) None (2) On e
(3) Non e of th e given option s is
tru e. (5) S (3) Two (4) Th r ee
178. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e (5) Fou r
(4) Both I an d G are im m ediate
n eigh bou rs of Q. regarding S as per th e given seat-
183. In wh i ch of th e fol lowin g pai rs
(5) P sits to im m ediate righ t of in g arran gem en t ? d o b ot h t h e m em b er s d r i ve a
Q. (1) U i s on e of t h e i m m ed i at e bi k e ?
175. How m an y person s are seat ed n eigh bou rs of S. (1) F, D (2) B, D
between P an d G ? (2) S sits th ird to th e righ t of R. (3) F, C (4) H, B
(1) None (2) On e (3) S faces th e cen tre. (5) E, H
(3) Th r ee (4) Fou r (4) On ly two person s sit between
184. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
(5) Two S an d T.
ab ou t D ?
Di r ect i on s6 (1 7 6 – 1 8 0 ) : Stu dy (5) On ly on e person sits between
S an d N. (1) D drives a bi k e
an swer th e qu estion s given below : 179. Wh at is P’s position with respect (2) H and E are im mediate n eigh -
(SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary ) to N ? bou rs of D
On l i n e Ex am . 27.06.2015) (3) H sit s t h ir d t o l eft of D
(1) Secon d to th e left (2)
Eigh t person s N, O, P, Q, R, S, T (4) D sit s secon d t o t h e left of C
Secon d to th e righ t
an d U are sittin g arou nd a circu lar area (5) Non e i s tr u e
(3) Th ird to th e righ t (4)
at equ al distan ces between each oth - 185. Wh at is F’s posit ion with respect
Th ird to th e left
er, bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e or - to E ?
der. Som e of th e people are facin g th e
180. How m an y person s in th e given (1) Im m ediate righ t
cen tre wh ile som e face ou tside (i.e. in
a direction opposite to th e cen tre). arran gem en t face ou tside ? (2) Th ird to th e righ t
(NOT E : Sam e di rect ion m ean s (1) Two (2) Th r ee (3) Secon d to th e left
th at if on e person is facin g th e cen tre (3) Fou r (4) Five (4) Fou rth to th e left
th en th e oth er person also faces th e (5) On e (5) Secon d t o t h e righ t
cen tre an d vice-versa. Di r ec t i on s (1 8 1 –1 8 5 ) : St u d y Di rect i on s (1 8 6 –1 9 0 ) : Stu dy th e
Opposite direction m ean s th at if the following in form ation carefu lly an d following information carefu lly an d an -
on e person is facin g th e cen tre th en an swer th e qu estion s given below : swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
t h e oth er person faces ou t sid e an d (SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
vice-versa.) On l i n e Ex am , 28. 06. 201 4) Ex am , 2 9. 1 1. 20 14 )
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Ten p eopl e are sitt in g in two par - 186. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- (1) 19 (2) 45
allel rows, con tain i n g five people each resen t t h e people sit tin g at t h e (3) 55 (4) 60
in su ch a way th at th ere is equ al di s- ex trem e en d of th e two r ows ? (5 ) Non e of th ese
tan ce between adj acen t p er son s. In (1) S, M (2) Q, L 5. If th e fi rst el em en t from th e left
row— 1 : J , K, L, M an d N ar e seat ed (3) P, N (4) Q, J in terchanges place with th e tenth
an d all of t h em ar e faci n g n ort h an d (5) R, L el em en t from t h e l eft , sim i lar ly
in row— 2 : P, Q, R, S an d T are seat- 187. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lik es secon d wi t h n i n t h , t h i r d wi t h
ed an d all of th em ar e faci n g sou th Don al d D u ck ? ei gh th , fou r th with seven t h an d
(b u t n ot n ecessari ly in th e sam e or -
(1) S (2) P so on , t h en wh ich of th e follow-
der). Each per son also l ik es a di ffer -
(3) R (4) T in g will be seven th to th e left of
en t cartoon character namely, Batman,
Ben 1 0, D ext er, Don al d Du ck , Tom , (5) Q ei gh t h el em en t from t h e r igh t?
J err y, Nod dy, Oswald, Su perm an an d 188. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is an (1) 9 (2) 7
Spiderman (not n ecessarily in the same im m ed iate n eigh bou r of th e on e (3) D (4) C
ord er). wh o l ik es Sp iderm an ? (5 ) Non e of th ese
N sit s exactly in th e cen tr e of t h e (1) Th e on e wh o lik es J er ry Di r ect i on s (6 -1 3 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
row an d faces t h e on e wh o li k es Tom . (2) Th e on e wh o lik es Nod dy lowin g i n for m at ion carefu lly an d an -
On ly on e per son sit s b etween S an d (3) K swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
th e on e wh o lik es Tom . S faces on e of (4) The on e wh o lik es Su perman (RBI Of f i cer Gr ad e ‘B’ Ph ase-I
th e i m m ediate n eigh bou rs of th e on e (5) T Ex am , 0 3. 0 8. 20 14 )
wh o l ik es J erry. On ly two peopl e sit 189. Wh ich of th e followin g cartoon Ei gh t per son s – A, B, C, D, E, F,
between K an d t h e on e wh o li k es J er - ch aracter does Q l ik e ? G an d H – ar e sitti n g arou n d a circu -
ry. K faces th e on e wh o l ik es Oswal d. (1) Batman (2) Tom lar t able facin g th e cen t re. Each on e
P faces on e of th e im m ed iat e n eigh - (3) J er r y (4) Noddy of th em h as a differen t profession viz.,
bou rs of L. P d oes n ot li k e Oswald. M (5) Oswald Doctor, Lawyer, Pain ter, Librarian , Ar -
is an im m edi ate n ei gh b ou r of L. ch i t ect , En gi n eer, Teach er an d Ac-
190. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e-
Th e on e wh o lik es Don ald Du ck m en ts is defi n i t el y t r u e as p er cou n t an t , bu t n ot n ecessaril y i n t h e
is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of S. T th e given ar ran gem en t ? sam e order.
is n ot i m m ediate n eigh bou r of P an d A sit s t h ird to th e r igh t of F. On ly
(1) L faces R
faces th e on e wh o lik es Ben 10. T is on e p erson sits between A an d C. Ac-
(2) Q lik es Oswald
n ot at th e extr em e en d of th e li n e. R
(3) Q is an im mediate n eighbou r cou n t an t is sittin g t h ird to th e righ t of
faces th e on e wh o lik es Su p erm an . R
of P C. Accou n tan t i s si tti n g to th e im m e-
does n ot lik e Tom . Th e on e wh o lik es
(4) Th e on e wh o li k e Su p erm an di ate left of En gi n eer. B i s si tti n g to
Spi der m an faces n or th . S does n ot
is an im m ed iat e n eigh bou r th e im m ediate l eft of H. Th ree per -
face th e on e who lik es Spiderm an . Th e
of P son s sit between B an d Arch itect. D
on e wh o lik es B atm an sit s to th e i m -
(5) Th e on e wh o l i k es D ex t er is an im m edi ate n eigh bou r of G. D is
m ediate r igh t of th e p erson wh o lik es
faces N. n eith er an En gi n eer n or an Arch i tect.
Noddy. S does n ot lik e Batm an .
On ly on e per son si ts beween Lib rar i-
an an d Arch i t ect . Pai n t er i s t o t h e
RBI GRADE–B/NABARD GRADE–A im m ed iate left of Teach er. D is n ot a
OFFICER EXAMS Doctor. G i s n eit h er a Libr ari an n or a
L a w y er . L aw y er i s a n i m m ed i a t e
Di r ec t i o n s (1 -5 ) : St u dy th e fol- is im m edi ately p receded as well n eigh bou r of Ar ch i tect.
l owin g elem en ts (l et t er s, di gi t s an d as followed by lett ers ? 6. Wh at is th e profession of D ?
sy m b ol s sequ en ce) t o an sw er t h e (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e (1) Teach er (2) Arch itect
qu est ion s gi ven below : (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee (3) Pain ter (4) En gin eer
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer Ex am . 17. 11. 200 2) (5 ) Non e of th ese (5) Accou n tant
AB7CD 9ZYHP2MKS35NT@ 3. Wh ich of th e followin g letters is 7. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is a
(No t e : ‘A’ i s t o t h e l eft of ‘B ’ an d exactly midway between on ly let-
Doctor ?
‘@’i s t o ri gh t of ‘T’) ters fall in g between ‘C’an d ‘5’?
(1) C (2) B
1. If each sym b ol of t h e above se- (1) Y (2) K
qu en ce is replaced with letter and (3) G (4) A
(3) P (4) M
each d igi t i s replaced wit h n ew (5) H
sym bol, th en h ow m an y letters 8. Wh at is t h e positi on of Lawyer
4. If each sym b ol of t h e above se-
wi ll b e t h er e in th e sequ en ce ? wi th respect t o G ?
qu en ce i s r epl aced wi th th e di g-
(1) 16 (2) 17 (1) Th ird to th e left
it s from ‘1’ to ‘9 ’ wh ich ar e n ot
(3) 4 (4) 12 th ere in th e sequ en ce, th en wh at (2) Th ird to th e righ t
(5 ) Non e of th ese wi ll be t h e su m of all d igi ts ? (3) Fou rth to th e left
2. How m an y su ch d igi ts are th ere [Each symbol sh ou ld be replaced (4) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t
in th e sequ en ce each of wh i ch wi th differ en t di git ]. (5) Secon d t o t h e righ t
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
9. Wh o sit(s) exactly between t h e (1) On ly (i) 2 1 . How m any su ch sym bols are there
En gin eer an d Teach er ? (2) On ly (ii) in th e above arran gem en t each of
(1) Ar ch it ect an d E (3) On ly (iii) wh ich is im m ediately preceded by
(2) Doctor an d Lib rari an (4) On ly (i ) an d (ii) a n u m eral an d also im m edi ately
(3) Pain t er an d H (5) All (i), (ii) an d (iii) followed by a con son an t ?
(4) Accou n tant 15. Wh ich of the followin g are th e two (1) None (2 ) On e
(5) C an d Doct or pairs of adjacen t mem bers? (3) Two (4 ) Th r ee
10. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s No t (1 ) V S an d T R (5) Non e of th ese
T r u e with respect t o t h e given (2 ) S U an d P Q
seatin g arran gem en t ? 2 2 . H ow m an y su ch n u m eral s ar e
(3 ) P R an d T Q th ere in th e ab ove ar ran gem en t
(1) E is an imm ediate n eigh bou r (4 ) V U an d Q R
of Lib rari an each of wh ich is im m ediat ely pre-
(5 ) Non e of th ese cedin g a sym bol ?
(2) G is a D oct or
16. Wh at is t h e positi on of T ? (1) None (2 ) On e
(3) Accou n tan t is an i m m edi ate
(1 ) To th e i m m ediate left of R
n eigh bou r of Teach er (3) Two (4 ) Th r ee
(2 ) Secon d t o t h e left of P
(4) Lawyer sits th i rd to th e left (5) More t h an th r ee
of G (3 ) Fou rt h t o t h e left of U
2 3 . Wh at wil l com e in pl ace of qu es-
(4 ) Secon d t o t h e left of V
(5) Doctor i s sitti n g exactl y b e- ti on m ark (?) i n th e foll owin g se-
tween B an d A (5 ) Non e of th ese
ri es based on th e above arr an ge-
11. St art in g fr om A, i f all th e per - 17. Which of the following is correct ?
m en t ?
son s are m ad e to si t i n th e al- (i) V is th i rd to th e left of R.
5$M ? I93 TQ#
phabetical order in anticlock wise (ii) U is b etween S an d V.
d i rect ion , t h e p osit i on of h ow (iii) Q is to th e im mediate left of P (1) KL$ (2 ) L4E
m an y (exclu d in g A) wi ll r em ain (1) On ly (i) (3) K4E (4 ) EK5
u nch an ged? (5) Non e of th ese
(2) On ly (ii)
(1) Th r ee (2) Two 2 4 . H ow m an y su ch d igi ts are th ere
(3) On ly (iii)
(3) On e (4) Five in th e n u m b er 5 769 248 3, wh i ch
(4) On ly (ii) an d (iii)
(5) Fou r after rearr an gin g th e di git s of t h e
12. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e n u m ber in descen din g order from
18. If Q an d R in ter ch an ge p laces
al ik e in a certain way based on left to righ t will remain at th e same
so as T an d V, th en
th e above seati n g arr an gem en t
(1 ) S is th ird to th e ri gh t of R posit ion as before th e rearr an ge-
an d h en ce form a grou p. Wh i ch
(2 ) T is secon d to th e l eft of R m en t ?
on e of t h e fol l owin g d oes n o t
belon g to th at grou p? (3 ) Q is fou rt h to th e r igh t of T (1) None (2 ) On e
(1) AG (2) DH (4 ) V is th ird to th e ri gh t of U (3) Two (4 ) Th r ee
(3) GE (4) EF (5 ) Non e of th ese (5) More t h an th r ee
(5) BC Di r ect i on s (1 9 –2 3 ) : Th ese qu es- (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er
13. Who am ong th e followin g is th ird ti on s ar e based on th e followin g ar - Ex am . 200 7)
to th e l eft of Li brarian ? r an gem en t. Stu d y t h e arr an gem en t
2 5. Five frien ds were travelling by train
(1) En gi n eer (2) Teach er carefu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s.
between stat ion s A an d B. Each
(3) Pain ter (4) Accou n tan t on e gets down at a di ffer en t st a-
Ex am . 200 7)
(5) Arch i tect tion on e after th e oth er. Niti n gets
M J5 $EKL43 FI93J TQU
Di r ect i on s (1 4 -1 8 ) : Stu dy th e fol- R 8 A 2 D 7 @1 P H 6  down befor e Lata an d Sh ik h a bu t
lowin g i n form ation an d an swer th ese n ot b efor e Su n i l. An i l is n ot t h e
1 9 . Fou r of th e followin g five are al ik e
qu esti on s : last to get down . Wh o got down
in a cer tai n way on t h e basis of
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er fi rst from t h e t rai n ?
ab ove ar ran gem en t an d so form
Ex am . 1 7 . 1 1 . 2 0 0 2 )
a grou p. Wh ich i s t h e on e th at (1) Sunil (2) Nitin
(A) P, Q, R, S, T, U an d V are si t- does n ot bel on g to th e gr ou p ? (3) Shik ha
ti n g in a circle faci n g th e cen tr e.
(1) 5H (2) F2 (4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
(B) S who is second to th e right of
(3) K@ (4 ) J 6
‘R’, R is n ot to th e im m ediate right of V. (5) Non e of th ese
(5) $1
(C) U is n ot between V an d T. (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er
2 0 . H ow m an y su ch vowels are th ere Ex am . 200 7)
(D ) P is between R an d Q.
in th e above arran gem en t each of
14. Wh ich of the following is wr on g ? wh ich is im m ediately precedin g a Di r ect i on s (2 6 -2 8 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
(i) T is to the im mediate left of R. con son an t ? lowin g fi ve n u m bers an d an swer t h e
(ii) Q is to th e im mediate left of U. (1) None (2 ) On e qu est ion s gi ven below :
(iii) U, S an d T are in a sequ en ce, (3) Two (4 ) Th r ee (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer Ex am . 200 7)
on e after th e oth er. (5) More t h an th r ee 51 7 325 639 841 7 92
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
2 6 . Wh at wil l b e l ast digit of th e th i rd 32. How m an y su ch con son an t s are 37. What shou ld come in place of th e
n u m ber from top wh en th ey are th ere in th e ab ove ar ran gem en t qu est ion m ark (?) in th e follow-
ar r an ged i n d escen d i n g or d er each of which is im m ediately pre- in g seri es b ased on th e ab ove
after reversin g th e positi on of th e ced ed by a vowel an d al so im m e- arran gem en t ?
di git s wi th i n each n u m ber ? di ately fol lowed b y an ot h er con - TM % 95 1 B2 3 ?
(1) 7 (2) 3 son an t ? (1 ) $ EF (2 ) $ 6F
(3) 5 (4) 2 (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e (3 ) D $N (4 ) $ E8
(5 ) Non e of th ese (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee (5 ) Non e of th ese
2 7 . Wh at wil l b e t h e m id dle digit of (5 ) M ore th an th r ee 38. How m an y su ch con son an ts are
th e secon d l owest n u m ber aft er 33. Fou r of th e following five are alik e th ere in th e above arr an gem en t,
th e p osit ion of on l y t h e first an d in a cer tai n way on t h e basis of each of wh i ch i s n ei t h er p r e-
t h e secon d d i gi t s wi t h i n each th eir posit ion s in th e above ar - ceded by a n u m b er n or fol lowed
n u m ber are in t erch an ged? ran gem en t an d so form a grou p. by a con son an t ?
Wh ich is th e on e t h at do es n ot
(1) 5 (2) 2 (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e
belon g to th e gr ou p ?
(3) 7 (4) 3 (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
(1 ) KL3 (2 ) F £ J
(5 ) Non e of th ese (5 ) M ore th an th r ee
(3 ) R61 (4 ) I$H
2 8 . Wh at wi ll b e t h e fir st digi t of t h e 39. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e
(5 ) @MA
secon d h i gh est n u m b er after t h e al ik e in a certain way based on
34. In a r ow of ch ild ren facin g North , th eir posit ion s in th e above ar -
positi on of on ly th e secon d an d
Sh wet a is fi fteen t h from th e left ran gem en t an d so form a grou p.
th e th ird digits with in each n u m -
an d J yoti is th ird to th e left of Wh ich is th e on e t h at do es n ot
ber ar e i n terch an ged ?
Sh wet a. Ram wh o is seven th to belon g to th at grou p ?
(1) 7 (2) 2 th e r igh t of J yoti is fi fth from t h e
(1 ) 5 J 1 (2 ) 7 TJ
(3) 8 (4) 9 r i gh t en d of t h e r ow. Wh at i s
Sh wet a’s posit ion from t h e righ t (3 ) 8 N@ (4 ) 3 2$
en d ? (5 ) 6 DF
Di r ect i on s (2 9 -33 ) : Th ese qu es-
ti on s ar e based on th e followin g ar - (1) 12 th (2 ) 1 0 t h 40. Wh ich of th e fol lowin g is six th
ran gem en t : (3) 8 th (4) 9 th t o t h e r i gh t of t h e fou r t een t h
fr om th e righ t en d ?
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er (5) Non e of th ese
Ex am . 200 8) (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er (1) 5 (2) 6
D 5 4 I H H $ K E 3 L B @A Ex am . 200 8) (3) I (4) $
RM 1 6 F %J £ 2 7 CG9 35. Boys an d girls are sittin g in a row (4 ) Non e of th ese
2 9 . If al l th e d igi ts are dropped fr om in au dien ce in fr on t of a stage 41. How m an y su ch con son an ts are
th e above arr an gem en t, wh ich of wh ich faces North . Ran i is fifth th ere in th e above arr an gem en t,
th e followin g will be fou r th to th e to th e left of Su n ita wh o is eigh th each of wh ich is im mediately fol-
l eft of seven t h fr om t h e r i gh t to th e righ t of Nishan t. How m an y lowed by a sym b ol bu t n ot i m -
end? ch ildr en are th ere bet ween Ran i m ediatel y p receded by an oth er
an d Nish an t ? con son an t ?
(1) B (2) @
(1) On e (2 ) Two (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e
(3) L (4) A
(3) Fou r (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (5 ) Non e of th ese
30. H ow m an y su ch sy m b ol s ar e
(5) Non e of th ese 42. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e
th ere in th e ab ove ar ran gem en t
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer Ex am . 200 8) eigh t h to th e left of th e sixt een th
each of wh ich is ei th er im m ed i-
Di r ec t i o n s (3 6 –4 2 ) : Stu d y t h e fr om th e left en d ?
ately followed or im mediately pre-
followin g arrangem en t an d an swer th e (1) J (2) E
ced ed by a con son an t b u t n ot
qu est ion s given b elow : (3) % (4) 6
both ?
(1 ) Non e (2) On e (5 ) Non e of th ese
Ex am . 200 8)
(3 ) Two (4) Th r ee 43. How m an y su ch d igi ts are th ere
R 4 T M 7 W % J 9 5 I # 1 PB 2
(5 ) M ore th an th r ee in th e n u m b er 9 254 716 each of
TA3 D $ 6 E NF8 UH @
wh ich is as far away from t h e
31. If th e p osit ion of ten elem en t s 36. How man y su ch vowels are th ere b egi n n i n g of t h e n u m b er as
from th e ri gh t en d is r ever sed in th e ab ove ar ran gem en t, each wh en th e digits ar e r earr an ged
wh ich of th e followin g will be fifth of wh ich is im mediately preceded in ascen din g or der ?
to th e righ t of th irteen th from th e by a n u m b er an d n ot im m ed i-
(1 ) Non e (2 ) On e
righ t ? at ely fol lowed b y a con son an t ?
(3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
(1) % (2) F (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e
(3) C (4) G (5 ) M ore th an th r ee
(3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
(5 ) Non e of th ese (5) Fou r
Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 )
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
44. Am on g B, F, J , K an d W each 50. If al l th e n u m b ers ar e dr opp ed 53. Wh o am on gst th e foll owi n g is
h avin g a d ifferen t weigh t, F is fr om t h e ab ove ar r an gem en t , a reporter ?
h eavier th an on ly J . B is h eavi er wh ich of th e followin g will be th e (1) O (2) L
th an F an d W bu t n ot as h eavy fou rt een t h from th e l eft en d ? (3) N (4) R
as K. Wh o is th e th ird h eaviest (1) W (2) P (5) Non e of th ese
am on g th em ? (3)  (4) J 54. Wh at i s S’s p os i t i o n w i t h
(1) B (2) F (5 ) Non e of th ese respect t o R ?
(3) K (4) W 51. A, B, C, D an d E are five st u - (1) Th ird to th e righ t
(5 ) Non e of th ese den ts in a class. D d id n ot en t er (2) Secon d t o t h e righ t
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er al on g wi th A or E bu t en ter ed (3) Th ird to th e left
Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 ) befor e C. B di d n ot en ter b efore (4) Secon d to th e left
C bu t en ter ed alon g with A. E (5) Fou rt h t o t h e righ t
Di r ec t i o n s (4 5 –5 0 ) : St u dy t h e
was n ot th e last t o en ter. 55. How m an y people ar e si tti n g
followin g arran gem en t carefu ll y an d
Wh ich of th e fol lowin g is defi- b et w een P a n d N w h en
n i tel y t ru e ? cou n t ed in an an t i clock wi se
(1) C en t ered t h e class on l y af- di rect ion fr om N ?
Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 )
ter D (1) On e (2) Two
Y 4 8 A @D F 3 # R N 1 M © W P (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r
(2) D en t ered t h e class on l y af-
J 2 E 5 ZH6 Q B 7 $ H U 9 I K ter E (5) None
45. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e sev- (3) B en t ered th e class after A 56. Fou r of th e foll owin g five pairs
en t h t o t h e r i gh t of t h e n i n e- ar e al i k e i n a cer t ai n w ay
(4) A en t ered th e class after D
teen t h from th e ri gh t en d of t h e based on th eir position s in th e
(5) Non e of th ese ab ove ar r an gem en t an d so
ab ove arr an gem en t ? .
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er for m a grou p . Wh ich of th e
(1) 1 (2) D Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 ) followin g d oes n ot belon g to
(3) Z (4 ) $ 52. I n a cl a ss of 4 2 c h i l d r en , th e gr ou p ?
(5 ) Non e of th ese J osep h ’s r an k i s si x t een t h (1) Teach er - Pain t er
46. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e fr om th e top. Kevin is seven (2) Su per visor - Sh opk eep er
al ik e in a certain way based on ran k s bel ow J oseph . Wh at is (3) Cr ick eter - Rep ort er
th eir posit ion s in th e above ar - Kevin ’s ran k from th e bottom ? (4) Doct or - Accou n t an t
ran gem en t an d so form a grou p. (1) 22n d (2) 20th (5) Sh opk eep er - D oct or
Wh ich is th e on e t h at do es n ot (3) 19th (4) 23rd 57. Wh i ch on e of t h e fol l ow i n g
belon g to th at grou p ? (5) 25th st atem en ts is false accordi n g
(1 ) D #A (2 ) J WE (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er t o t h e a b o v e m en t i o n ed
(3 ) 5 62 (4 ) $ 9B
Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 ) arran gem en t?
Di r ect i on s (5 3-57 ) : Stu dy th e (1) N i s to th e im m ediat e ri gh t
(5 ) RM3
followin g in for m at ion an d an swer t h e of th e su per visor
47. How m an y su ch con son an ts are qu est ion s gi ven below : (2) Th e crick eter is th ird to th e
th ere in th e ab ove ar ran gem en t (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er ri gh t of th e sh opk eep er
each of wh ich is im mediately pre- Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 ) (3) The doctor is sitting exactly
ceded by a sym b ol an d im m ed i- Ei gh t peopl e - S, R, N, L, M, b et w een t h e su p er vi sor
at ely followed by a let ter ? T, O an d P are sit tin g i n a cir cle fac- an d th e accou n t an t
(1 ) Non e (2 ) On e in g t h e cen t re. Al l ei gh t belon g to di f- (4) L is n ei th er a teach er n or
(3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee feren t p rofession s — rep ort er, doctor, a su pervisor
(5 ) M ore th an th r ee cr ick eter, t each er, accou n tan t, sh op- (5) Th ere are on ly three people
48. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e k eeper, pain ter an d su pervisor. Th ey between S an d N
th ere in th e ab ove ar ran gem en t are n ot n ecessarily seat ed in th e m en - Di r ect i on s (5 8 – 5 9 ) : Th e follow-
ti on ed order. in g qu esti on s ar e b ased on th e fi ve
ceded by a lett er an d im m ed i- M is sitt in g th ird to th e left of th ree-digit n u m bers :
at ely followed by a sym bol ? O. Th e doctor is to th e im m ediate righ t (RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I
of M an d M i s n ot a r eporter. R is si t- Ex am . 21. 11.20 15)
(1 ) Non e (2 ) On e ti n g fou r th to th e righ t of P. Neit h er R 458 374 654 487 568
(3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee n or P is an im m ediate n ei gh bou r of 58. If in each of th e n u m bers th e po-
(5 ) M ore th an th r ee M. T is a t each er an d is si tti n g th i rd sition s of th e first an d th e th ird
49. Wh at sh ou ld com e n ex t i n t h e to th e ri gh t of th e doctor. Th e sh op- digits are in terch an ged an d th en
fol l owi n g ser i es b ased on t h e k eeper i s si tti n g secon d to th e left of th e n u m bers so obtain ed are ar -
ab ove ar ran gem en t ? th e teach er. Th e pai n ter is sitti n g sec- ran ged in descen din g order from
8@D # N1 W  J 5H6 on d t o th e l eft of M. S t h e cri ck et er is th e left to righ t, wh ich n u m ber
si tti n g exactly between T an d P. Th e will be at th e fou rth position ?
(1 ) 7 HU (2 ) 7 $U
accou n tant is sitting second to the right (1) 654 (2) 487
(3 ) 7 #9 (4 ) B $# of th e crick eter. N i s sitt in g th i rd to (3) 458 (4) 374
(5 ) Non e of th ese th e l eft of T. (5) 568
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
59. If in each of t h e n u m b er s th e 64. If K is m ade to face th e opp o- (3) E is secon d to th e right of B.
position s of th e first two digits si te dir ect ion , wh o wou l d sit (4) T faces B
are in ter ch an ged an d th en th e to h is im m ed iate righ t? (5) B is secon d fr om th e left
n u m b er s so ob t ai n ed ar e ar - (1) R (2) Q en d of th e r ow
ran ged in ascen din g order from (3) P (4) T 70. Wh o are sitt in g at th e en ds of
left to righ t, wh ich n u m ber will (5) S th e row?
be at th e secon d position ? 65. Fou r of t h e fol lowin g five are (1) P, V (2) F, A
(1) 654 (2) 458 al ik e in a cert ain way an d so (3) D, E (4) P, S
(3) 568 (4) 487 form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) 374 th at do es n ot belon g to th at
Di rect i on s (7 1 –72 ) : Read th e fol-
Di r ec t i o n s (6 0 –6 5 ) : K, L, M, grou p?
lowin g i n for m at ion carefu lly an d an -
P, Q, R, S an d T ar e sitt in g arou n d a (1) L (2) M
swer th e qu esti on s wh ich fol low :
squ ar e t able in su ch a way t h at fou r (3) K (4) P
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer ’s
of t h em si t at fou r cor n er s of t h e (5) R Ex am . 1 8. 1 2. 20 11 )
squ ar e wh il e fou r sit in th e m idd le of Di r ect i on s (6 6-70 ) : Stu dy th e l Su d h a w ei gh s m o r e t h a n
each of th e fou r sides. Th e on es wh o followin g in for m at ion an d an swer t h e Bh arat an d Abh ish ek .
sit at th e fou r corn er s face ou tsid e qu est ion s th at fol low :
wh ile th ose wh o si t i n t h e m idd le of l Rah u l weigh s l ess th an on l y
th e sides face th e cen tr e of th e t abl e. Karan .
Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 )
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er l Pa r u l w ei gh s a s m u c h a s
Twelve p erson s are si tti n g in
Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 ) Su dh a bu t l ess th an Dan a.
two p aral lel li n es in su ch a way th at
P sit s th ird to th e r igh t of S. S l Ab h ish ek does n ot weigh t h e
th ere ar e si x p erson s in each r ow at
faces th e cen tr e. Q si ts th i rd t o t h e minimu m.
equ id istan ce. A, B, C, D, E an d F are
left of M. M does n ot si t i n th e m idd le sit tin g in row-1 an d th ey face towards 71. Who am ongst th e following is th e
of th e sides. On l y on e p erson sit s b e- east. P, Q, R, S, T an d V ar e sitti n g in th ird h eavi est ?
tween Q an d R. R is n ot an im m ediate r ow-2 an d t h ey face t owar d s west . (1) Karan (2) Rahu l
n eigh bou r of M. T faces t h e cen t re. K On e p erson of on e r ow faces th e oth er (3) Bharat (4) Dana
is n ot an i m m ediat e n eigh bou r of R. person of th e oth er row. (5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
60. Wh at i s p osi t i on of M wi t h P, wh o is si ttin g at on e of t h e 72. Wh ich of th e followin g is tru e ?
respect t o L ? en ds of th e row, i s secon d to t h e righ t (1) On ly fou r p eop le are h eavi er
(1) Th ird to th e righ t of T. A d oes n ot face P or T. A is th i rd th an Rah u l
(2) M an d L sit diagon all y op- to th e l eft of F. Th r ee are two person s
(2) B h ar at w ei gh s m or e t h an
posit e t o each oth er between Q an d V. Th ere is on l y on e
Paru l
person between C an d D . C an d D do
(3) Secon d t o t h e righ t (3) No one weighs less than Bhar -
n ot face P. B is n eigh b ou r of C. S,
(4) Secon d to th e left at
w h o d oes n ot f ace D , i s n ot t h e
(5) Fi fth to th e righ t n eigh b ou r of Q. (4) On ly two people ar e h eavi er
61. Wh o si ts ex actl y b et ween Q th an Karan
66. Who amon g th e followin g faces
an d R ? F? (5) Al l ar e tr u e
(1) T (2) P (1) Q (2) T Di r ec t i o n s (7 3 –7 5 ) : St u dy t h e
(3) K (4) M following in formation to answer the giv-
(3) S (4) R
en qu estion s.
(5) S an d K (5) V
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ad e ‘B’
62. Wh ich of th e foll owi n g pai rs 67. How m an y p erson s are sitti n g Ex am . 2 5. 0 8. 20 13 )
rep resen t s th e person s seated between E an d C?
V, U an d T are seated in a circle
in th e m id dle of th e sid es wh o (1) On e (2) Two facin g t h e cen tre. A, B an d C are al so
face each oth er? (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r seated i n th e sam e ci rcl e bu t t wo of
(1) S, Q (2) K, L (5) None th em are n ot faci n g t h e cen tre (faci n g
(3) M, P (4) R, T 68. E is rel ated to R in th e sam e op posite dir ect ion of th e cen tr e). V is
(5) T, Q way as B is relat ed to S. On secon d t o th e l eft of C. U is secon d to
63. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sit th is pat ter n F is relat ed to th e r igh t of A. B is th i rd to th e left of
b et w een R a n d K w h en (1) V (2) P T. C is secon d to th e ri gh t of T. A is
cou n t ed in an ti -cl ock wise d i- (3) T (4) Q seated n ext to V.
recti on from K ? 73. Wh ich of th e followin g is V’s p o-
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) No on e sits between R an d 69. Wh ich of th e followin g stat e- si tion with respect t o C ?
K as R an d K ar e im m ed i- m en ts is tr u e abou t B? (1 ) Secon d t o t h e righ t
at e n ei gh b o u r s of each (2 ) Th ird to th e left
(1) Q is th e n eigh b ou r of th at
oth er (3 ) Fou r th t o t h e righ t
person wh o faces B
(2) S, P an d L (3) P an d Q (4 ) Fou r th to th e left
(2) C i s n ot t h e i m m ed i at e
(4) L an d R (5) M, S an d T n eigh bou r of B (5 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
74. Wh ich of th e followin g is tru e re- 76. How m an y people sit between T 82. Who among the following is heavi-
gar d i n g t h e seat i n g ar r an ge- an d S’s fat h er wh en cou n t ed er th an on ly U?
men t? from th e righ t of T? (1) R (2) P
(1) A, B an d C are seated adj a- (1) Fou r (2) Th r ee (3) T (4) S
cen t (3) None (4) On e (5) Q
(2) V, U an d T are seated adj a- (5) Two 83. Wh o am on g th e foll owin g m ay
cen t 77. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits weigh 67 k g?
(3) Th ere ar e two person s wh ose exactly between Y an d W wh en (1) Q (2) P
seati n g arr an gem en t can n ot cou n ted from th e righ t of Y? (3) T (4) S
be ascert ain ed (1) T (2) X (5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
(4) Th ose n ot facin g t h e cen t re (3) S (4) Z Di r ect i on s (84–86) : Stu dy the fol-
ar e seat ed adj acen t (5) U lowing information carefu lly and answer
(5) Th ere ar e on ly two person s 78. Which of th e following statemen ts th e qu estion s given below :
seated b etween V an d T regardin g T is defin itely tru e? (RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I
75. Wh ich of th e followin g is A’s p o- (1) X an d Z are im m ediate n eigh - Ex am . 21. 11.20 15)
si tion with respect t o U ? bou rs of T. P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W an d Z are
(1 ) Secon d to th e left (2) T sits secon d to th e left of X. sitt in g ar ou n d a circl e faci n g at th e
cen tre. R is th ird to th e righ t of Z wh o
(2 ) Secon d t o t h e righ t (3) T is th e son of S.
is secon d to th e righ t of P. S is n ot an
(3 ) Th ir d t o t h e righ t (4) Non e of th e given option s is
im m ediate n eigh bou r of Z an d R. T is
(4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed correct
th ird to th e left of S. Q is th ird to th e
(5 ) Non e of th ese (5) V is th e fath er of T. righ t of W wh o is n ot an im m ediate
79. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces n eigh bou r of S.
Di r ect i on s (76–80) : Stu dy th e fol-
ou tside (i.e. opposite to th e cen - 84. Wh ich of th e pair of person s are
lowing information carefu lly and answer
tre)? th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of P ?
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I (1) U (2) V (1) VQ (2) VW
Ex am . 21. 11.20 15) (3) W (4) Z (3) VS (4) SR
Eigh t fam ily m em bers S,T, U, V, (5) T (5) Non e of th ese
W, X, Y an d Z are sittin g arou n d a cir - 80. If it is given th at Y is m arried to 85. Wh at is Q’s position with respect
cu lar table bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e X, th en wh atis th e position of T to Z ?
sam e order. Som e of th em are fem ales with respect to Y’s dau gh ter -in - (A) Fou rth to th e righ t
an d som e are m ales. All of th em are law? (B) Fou rth to th e left
related to each oth er in th e sam e way (1) Th ird to th e righ t (C) Th ird to th e righ t
or th e oth er. Som e of th em are facin g (2) Secon d to th e righ t (1) On ly (A) (2) Only (B)
th e cen tre wh ile som e are facin g ou t- (3) Im mediate righ t (3) Only (C)
side (i.e. opposite to th e cen tre.) (4) Secon d to th e left (4) Eith er (A) or (B)
Only two people sit between T an d (5) Th ird to th e left (5) Non e of th ese
W. T faces th e cen tre. X sits secon d Di r ect i on s (8 1 -8 3 ) : St u dy t h e 86. In wh ich of th e followin g pairs is
to th e righ t of T. W is th e wife of S. No following information carefu lly an d an - th e secon d person sitting secon d
fem ales is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : to left of th e first person ?
W. (RBI Of f i cer Gr ad e ‘B’ Ph ase-I (1) RT (2) RW
U is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r Ex am , 0 3. 0 8. 20 14 ) (3) QR (4) PS
of T. U is th e dau gh ter of W. Both th e Am on g th e six p erson s – P, Q, (5) WZ
im m edi ate n eigh bou rs of U face th e R, S, T an d U – each h as d iffer en t Di r ect i on s (8 7 – 9 1 ) : Stu dy th e
cen t re. weigh t. P is h eavi er th an th ree per - following information carefu lly an d an -
On ly th ree people sit between S son s. R is l igh ter th an T. S is li gh t er swer th e qu estion s given below :
an d U’s broth er. X is n ot th e broth er th an on l y Q. R is n ot th e l igh t est . Th e (RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I
of U. Neith er S n or U’s broth er is an secon d h eavi est p er son i s of 68 k g Ex am . 21. 11.20 15)
im m ediate n eigh bou r of X. an d t h e secon d ligh test person is of Ten person s from differen t com -
Z, th e wife of T, sits to th e im m e- 35 k g. panies viz. In digo, Biocon, Nok ia, Sam-
diat e left of V. B oth Y an d S face a 81. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g r ep r e- su n g, Havells, Amu l, Tata, Vadilal, Flip-
direction opposite to th at of U (i.e. if U sen t s t h e d esen d i n g or d er of k art and Cipla are sittin g in two paral-
faces th e cen tre then both Y an d S face weigh ts of t h e six per son s? lel rows con tain in g five people each ,
ou tside an d vice-versa). U’s h u sban d in su ch a way th at th ere is an equ al
(1) S, Q, P, T, R, U
sits secon d to th e left of Y. T’s fath er distance between adjacen t person s. In
(2) Q, S, P, U, T, R row-1 G, H, I, J an d K are seated an d
sits to th e im m ediate righ t of W.
(3) Q, S, P, T, R, U all of th em are sou th . In row-2 U, V,
T sits secon d to th e r i gh t of S’s
fath er. Both th e im m ediate n eighbou rs (4) Q, S, P, T, U, R W, X an d Y are seated an d all of th em
of X are fem ales. (5) S, Q, P, U, R, T are facin g n orth . Th erefore, in th e giv-
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
en seatin g arrangem ent, each mem ber (2) Th e p er son fr om Sam su n g 95. Wh o sits exactly between th e ar -
seated in a row faces an oth er mem ber faces G. ch itect an d th e bu sin essm an ?
of the other row. (All the in formation (3) G is an im m ediate n eigh bou r (1) C an d H
given above does not n ecessarily rep- of th e person from Biocon . (2) Clerk
resen t th e order of seatin g as in th e (4) Non e of th e given option s is (3) Ban k er an d Sh opk eeper
final arrangem en t). tru e
(4) Doctor
K sits th ird to th e left of th e per - (5) G sits to the immediate left of L.
(5) C an d Teach er
son from Biocon . V is an im m ediate 91. Wh o amon gst th e followin g sit at
extrem e an d sof th e rows? 96. Who am ongst th e following is th e
n eigh bou r of th e person wh o faces K.
(1) The persons from Indigo and G clerk ?
Th e person from Havel ls sits to t h e
im m ediate left of V. (2) Th e person from Cipla an d X (1) G (2) D
(3) K, Y (3) E (4) F
On ly two people sit between th e
person from Nok ia an d H. Th e person (4) J an d th e person from Flip- (5) C
from Nok ia is not an im m ediate n eigh - k art 97. Who sits im mediately righ t to th e
bou r of K. On ly on e person sits be- (5) The person from Nok ia an d U bu sin essman ?
tween th e on e wh o faces H an d th e Di r ect i on s (9 2 –9 7 ) : Stu dy th e (1) teach er (2) doctor
person from Tata. following information carefu lly an d an - (3) clerk (4) bank er
X sits secon d to th e righ t of W. W swer th e qu estion s given below : (5) sh opk eeper
(NABARD Of f i cer Gr ade ‘A’
does n ot sit at an extrem e en d of th e
On l i n e Ex am . 01.03.2015)
lin e. Th e person from Cipla sits th ird
Eigh t person s – A, B, C, D, E, F,
INSURANCE EXAMS
to th e left of th e on e wh o faces W.
G an d H — are sittin g arou n d a circu -
U is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of Di r ect i on s6 (1 – 5) : Stu dy th e
lar table facin g th e cen tre bu t n ot n ec-
the person from Sam su ng. U is not from essarily in th e sam e order. Each on e following information carefu lly an d an -
Tata. On ly two people sit between th e of th em h as a differen t profession viz. swer th e qu estion s given below :
person from Am u l an d J . Th e person d octor, en gin eer, arch i t ect, teach er, (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
from Flipk art is an im m ediate n eigh - clerk , sh opk eeper, bu sin essm an an d (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 22.03.2015)
bou r of th e person wh o faces th e per - bank er. Eigh t person s — M, N, O, P, Q,
son from Am u l. A sits th ird to righ t of teach er. D R, S an d T — are sittin g arou n d a cir -
On ly on e person sits between th e sits secon d to left of G. G is n ot an cu lar table facing th e centre with equ al
on e wh o faces th e person from Flip- im m ediate n eigh bou r of teach er. On ly distan ces between each oth er (bu t n ot
k art an d I. Neith er I n or U is from In - on e p er son si ts b etween B , wh o i s n ecessarily in th e sam e order). Each
digo. sh opk eeper, an d teach er. The on e wh o of th em also belon gs to a differen t field
87. K is related to th e person from is an arch itect sits th ird to righ t of th e of work viz, Au th or, Design er, Doctor,
Vadilal in th e sam e way as W is sh opk eeper. H sits between arch itect Engin eer, J ou r nalist, Policem an, Sing-
r el at ed t o p er son f r om T at a an d en gin eer. E is n ot an im m ediate er an d Teach er (bu t n ot n ecessarily in
based on th e given arran gemen t. n eigh bou r of H. En gin eer sits th ird to
th e sam e order).
To wh o am on gst th e followin g is, th e righ t of clerk . On ly on e person sits
between bu sin essm an an d F. E is n ei- Q sits second to the left of the Sin g-
X related to, followin g th e sam e er. On ly two persons sit between S an d
pattern ? th er a bu sin essm an n or a doctor.
92. Which of th e following statemen ts th e Sin ger. On ly on e person sits be-
(1) Th e person from Am u l tween Q an d th e Design er. N sits sec-
(2) Th e person from In digo sitting arran gem ent? on d to th e left of th e Design er. P is
(3) Th e person from Nok ia (1) E is an imm ediate n eigh bou r n eith er an im m ediate n eigh bou r of N
(4) Th e person from Havells of th e en gin eer n or Q. P is n ot a sin ger. T is an im m e-
(5) Th e person from Flipk art (2) E is an arch itect diate n eigh bou r of P. Th e Doctor sits
88. Y is from wh ich of th e followin g (3) Th e clerk i s an im m edi at e secon d to th e righ t of T. On ly th ree
compan ies? n eigh bou r of th e ban k er per son s sit between th e D octor an d
(1) Indigo (2) Tata (4) Th e teach er sits between H th e En gin eer. R sits secon d to th e left
an d th e en gin eer of th e En gin eer. T is n ot a J ou r n alist.
(3) Amul (4) Samsu ng
(5) Sh opk eep er si ts secon d t o Th e J ou rn alist is n eith er an im m edi-
(5) Biocon
th e righ t of th e teach er ate n eigh bou r of S n or T. M sits to th e
89. Wh o am on gst th e followin g faces 93. What is the profession of H ? im m ediate righ t of th e J ou rn alist. Th e
th e person from Vadilal? (1) bu sinessm an (2) arch itect Teach er sits to im m ediate righ t of th e
(1) Th e person from Flipk art ? (3) sh opk eeper (4) ban k er Au thor.
(2) V (5) teacher 1. Wh o sits exactly between N an d
(3) Y 94. What is the position of doctor with M, wh en cou n ted from th e righ t
(4) Th e person from Nok ia respect to the bank er ? of M?
(5) Th e person from Havells (1) im m ediately to th e left (1) S (2) T
90. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e (2) th ird to th e left (3) O
regardin g G? (3) secon d to th e left (4) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as
(1) On ly on e person sits between (4) fou rth to th e left options
G an d th e person from Cipla. (5) secon d to th e righ t
(5) R
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
2. Which of th e following statemen ts 8. In a row of girls, Ravin a is 15th 13. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e
i s TRUE as p er t h e gi ven ar - from th e left and Moh in i is 18th al ik e in a certain way wit h r e-
ran gement? fr om t h e r i gh t . If t h ey i n t er - gar d t o t h ei r p osi t i on i n t h e
(1) On ly on e person sits between ch an ge th eir places, Moh in i be- above arran gemen t. Which is th e
on e t h at does n ot bel on g to th at
S an d O. com es 15th from th e left. How
grou p?
(2) Th e En gin eer sits secon d to m an y girls are th ere in th e row ?
(1 ) GUI (2 ) W64
th e left of O. (1) 33 (2) 48 (3 ) 7 J # (4 ) 5 M%
(3) S is a Teach er. (3) 47 (5 ) B VT
(4) All th e given option s are tru e. (4) Data in adequ ate 14. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e sev-
(5) Th e Au th or sits to th e im m e- (5 ) Non e of th ese en th to th e ri gh t of th e twen t i-
diate left of T et h fr om th e righ t in th e above
(LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e
3. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is a Of f i c er (AAO) Ex am . 200 6 ) arr an gem en t ?
Design er? (1) 2 (2) I
9. Am on g fou r p erson s, B is t all er
(1) M (2) P (3) G (4) 6
th an C, A is tal ler th an D , b u t
(3) S (4) T (5 ) Non e of th ese
n ot as t al l as C. Wh o am on g
(5) R th em i s t h e tall est ? 15. Am on g A,B,P,Q an d S, B i s i m -
4. Fou r of th e following five are alik e m ed i at e n ex t t al l er t h an t h e
(1) A (2) B sh ort est an d Q is tal ler th an P.
in a certain way, an d so form a
(3) C Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e-
grou p. Wh ich on e of th e follow-
(4) Data in adequ ate m en ts (s) is (ar e) n ecessary to
i n g d oes n o t b el on g t o t h at
(5 ) Non e of th ese decide th e t allest am on g t h em ?
grou p ?
(A) P is n ot as tall as S.
(1) N, Teach er (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e
Of f i c er (AAO) Ex am . 200 6 ) (B) A is th i rd bel ow Q i n h eigh t
(2) R, En gin eer
(C) P is secon d in h ei gh t above
(3) P, Policem an Di r ect i on s (1 0 -1 4 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
A
(4) S, J ou rn alist lowin g arran gem en t carefu lly an d an -
(1) On l y (A) or (B)
(5) M, Au th or swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
(2) On ly (B) or (C)
5. Wh at does R work as ? (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e
(3) On l y (A) or (C)
(1) Doctor (2) Engin eer Of f i c er (AAO) Ex am . 200 6 )
(4) (A) or (B ) or (C)
(3) Singer (4) Jou rnalist P%R15 HMTE3B$ VN4 KA8
(5) On ly (A)
(5) Design er W I 6 2 G# U H 7 lJ Q 9 L Y
6. Hira is richer than J aya wh ereas 10. How man y su ch vowels are th ere Of f i c er Ex am . 200 8 )
Moh an is rich er th an Pritam . La- in th e above arran gem en t each 16. In a class, am ong th e passed stu -
lit is as rich as J aya. J ayan t is of wh ich is im mediately preceded den ts Neeta is 2 2n d from th e top
richer th an Hira. by a con son an t an d imm ediately an d Kalyan , wh o is 5 ran k s b e-
What con clu sion can be defin ite- followed by a n u m ber ? low Neeta is 34t h from th e bot-
ly dr awn from t h e above stat e- (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e tom . All th e stu den ts from t h e
men t? cl as s h a ve a p p ea r ed fo r t h e
(3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
ex am . If th e ratio of th e stu den ts
(1) J aya is poorer th an Prit am (5) Fou r wh o passed i n th e exam to th ose
(2) Pr itam is ri ch er t h an Lal it 11. How m an y su ch con son an ts are wh o failed i s 4 : 1 in th at class,
(3) Lalit is poorer t h an Hi ra t h er e i n t h e ab ove ar ran gem en t h ow m an y stu den ts are th ere in
(4) Moh an is rich er th an J ayan t each of wh i ch i s i m m ed i at el y th e cl ass ?
(Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e Co. p reced ed b y a sym b ol an d im - (1) Data inadequ ate
AAO Ex am . 2 1. 04. 200 2 ) m ed i at ely fol lowed b y a con so- (2) 60 (3) 75
7. Si ta, Mar y, J en n y, Rah im a, Ro- n an t ? (4) 90 (5) Non e of th ese
h i n i an d Ham ida go on a t reck - (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e
in g expedit ion . At th e star t H a- Of f i c er Ex am . 200 8 )
(3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
m i da leads th e exp edi tion . Aft er 17. In a row of boys faci n g Nor th , a
(5) Fou r
ev er y t w o k i l o m et r es t h ey b oy i s t h i r t een fr om t h e l eft .
12. What shou ld come in place of th e Wh en sh i ft ed t o h i s r i gh t b y
ch an ge t h e leadersh ip in th e al-
qu est ion m ark (?) in th e follow- th ree pl aces, h e b ecom es sev-
p h ab et i cal or d er. Wh o t ak es
in g seri es b ased on th e ab ove en teen th from r igh t en d of t h e
over th e leader sh i p at th e en d
arr an gem en t ? row. How m an y boys are th ere
of th e 16 th k m ? in th e row?
1HT 3$ N K8I ? l QL
(1 ) J en n y (2 ) Mary (1) 32 (2) 31
(1 ) 2 #H (2 ) GHJ
(3) Rah im a (4) Roh in ins (3) 33 (4) 30
(Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e Co.
(3 ) 6 GH (4 ) H J 9
AAO Ex am . 2 1. 04. 200 2 ) (5 ) Non e of th ese Of f i c er (AAO) Ex am . 07. 06. 200 9 )
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
18. 1 3 6 veh i cl es ar e p ar k ed i n a 23. Wh o i s th ird to th e r igh t of W ? i m m ed i a t el y f o l l o w ed b y a
park i n g lot in a sin gle row. Af- (1) P (2) D vowel ?
t er t h e fi r st car t h er e i s on e (3) K (4) R (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e
scoot er. Aft er t h e secon d car, (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee
th ere are two scooter s. After th e
24. Wh o i s secon d t o t h e left of P ? (5) Fou r
th ird car, t h er e are th ree scoot-
er s an d so on . Wor k ou t t h e (1) D (2) H 31. If th e fi rst an d secon d d igi ts in
n u m ber of scoot ers in th e sec- (3) K th e sequ en ce 7 9 8 4 5 3 6 7 8 3
on d h alf of th e row. 4 5 are i n terch an ged, also t h e
(1) 61 (2) 62 th ird an d fou rt h di git s, th e fifth
an d sixth digits an d so on wh ich
(3) 63 (4) 64 25. Wh o is to th e im m ed iat e left of di git wou ld be t h e six th cou n t-
(LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e B?
Of f i c er (AAO) Ex am . 07. 06. 200 9 )
in g fr om you r ri gh t ?
(1) Q (2) P (1) 5 (2) 6
19. Am on g A, B, C, D an d E, each
(3) W (3) 7 (4) 8
h avin g a differen t wei gh t, D is
n ot li gh t er th an B an d E i s n ot (4) Data in adequ ate (Or i en t al I n su r an ce AO
h eavi er t h an A. C i s n ot t h e (5 ) Non e of th ese Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 )
h eaviest. Wh o am on g th em is Di r ec t i o n s (2 6 –3 0 ) : St u dy t h e 32. Th e l ett ers I, J , K, L, M, N, O,
th e l igh t est ? followin g arran gem en t carefu ll y an d P, Q, R, S, T in t h ei r order are
(1) D (2) B an swer th e qu estion s given below : su bst itu ted by twelve n u m bers
(3) E (New I n di a Assu r an ce AO bu t n ot i n t h at ord er. 3 i s as-
(4) Data in adequ ate Ex am . 2 5. 1 0. 20 09 ) si gn ed to R. Th e di fferen ce b e-
(5 ) Non e of th ese : M 5 1 % D R # J H F E N3A@ tween R an d M is 7. Th e di ffer -
(New I n di a Assu r an ce AO H I © W B P U 8 $ 7 2 Q V 4 en ce between K an d M is 2. Wh at
Ex am . 2 5. 1 0. 20 09 ) n u m ber i s assi gn ed t o K ?
26. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g five ar e
20. In a row of forty ch i ldr en , Q is al ik e in a certain way based on (1) 8 (2) 12
fou rteen th from th e left en d an d th eir posit ion s in th e above ar - (3) 7 (4) 11
th er e are sixt een ch i ld ren b e- ran gem ent an d so form a grou p. (Or i en t al I n su r an ce AO
tween Q an d M. Wh at is M’s po- Wh ich is th e on e t h at does n ot Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 )
si tion from th e ri gh t en d of t h e belon g t o t h at gr ou p ? 33. Below are gi ven six th ree-ch ar -
row ? (1 ) % R 5 (2 ) F N H acter n u m bers. Th e ch aracters
(1 ) 11 th (3 ) I W H (4 ) U $ P com p ri se of di gi ts an d l et ters.
(2 ) 10 th (5 ) 2 V 7 Th e l et ter stan d s for on e less
(3 ) 30 th 27. H ow m an y su ch sym b ols ar e th an its serial or der in th e En -
(4) Data in adequ ate th ere in th e above arran gem en t, gl ish al ph abet . Wh at wil l b e t h e
(5 ) Non e of th ese : each of wh ich i s i m m ed iat el y m iddle character of th e 3rd n u m -
(New I n di a Assu r an ce AO pr eceded by a n u m ber an d i m - ber wh en th e n u m b ers ar e ar -
Ex am . 2 5. 1 0. 20 09 ) m ediatel y foll owed by a let ter ? ranged in th e descen din g order ?
Di r ect i on s (2 1 –2 5 ) : Stu d y t h e (1 ) Non e (2 ) On e 8G6, 3DJ , F4C, 7H B, 4E6 , B 8I
following information carefu lly an d an - (3 ) Two (4 ) Th r ee (1) 7 (2) 8
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : (5 ) M ore th an th r ee (3) 6 (4) 4
(New I n di a Assu r an ce AO (Or i en t al I n su r an ce AO
28. Wh i ch of th e fol l owi n g i s t h e
Ex am . 2 5. 1 0. 20 09 ) six t h to th e r igh t of t h e t h ir - Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 )
B, D, M, K, P, Q, W an d H are teen th fr om th e left en d of t h e 34. Wh ich of the followin g will be th e
si tti n g arou n d a ci rcl e faci n g at t h e ab ove ar ran gem en t ? th ird di git of th e fou rt h n u m b er
cen tr e. M i s t o t h e i m m ediate righ t of (1) # (2) 8 after th e followin g n u m ber s are
B wh o is fou rth to th e r igh t of K. P is arran ged in descen din g order af-
secon d to th e l eft of B an d is fou r th to (3) W (4) E
ter r ever sin g t h e position of t h e
th e righ t of W. Q is secon d to th e ri gh t (5 ) Non e of th ese
di git s wi th i n each n u m ber ?
of D wh o is secon d to th e ri gh t of H. 29. Wh i ch of th e fol l owi n g i s t h e
64 5, 869 , 4 58, 34 7, 981 , 7 92
21. Wh o i s th ird to th e r igh t of B ? fi fth to th e l eft of th e ei gh t een th
fr om th e left en d of th e above (1) 4 (2) 6
(1) W (2) M
arr an gem en t ? (3) 8 (4) 9
(3) K (4) H
(1) N (2) A (Or i en t al I n su r an ce AO
(3) I (4) H Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 )
22. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g rep re-
(5 ) Non e of th ese Di r ec t i o n s (3 5 –4 0 ) : St u dy t h e
sents th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs
followin g in for m at ion an d an swer t h e
of D ? 30. How m an y su ch n u m b ers are
qu est ion s gi ven below :
(1) PQ (2) KH th ere in th e above arran gem en t,
each of wh ich i s i m m ed iat el y (Un i t ed I n di a I n su r an ce AO
(3) PH (4) KQ
pr eced ed by a con son an t an d Ex am . 2 7. 0 3. 20 11 )
(5) PK
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Twelve p eopl e are stan di n g i n Di r ec t i o n s (4 1 –4 5 ) : St u dy t h e 46. Si x fr ien ds P, Q, R, S, T an d U
two p arallel r ows each r ow h avin g 6 following arran gemen t of digits, letters ar e sitti n g arou n d a circu lar t a-
peopl e. P, Q, R, S, T an d U ar e stan d- an d sym bols, an d an swer t h e qu es- bl e faci n g towar ds cen tre. Th e
in g i n row 1 facin g Sou th wh ile A, B, ti on s gi ven below : an gle m ad e at th e cen t re of t h e
C, D, E an d F are stan di n g in row 2 ci rcl e by a str aigh t lin es from P
(Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y
faci n g Nor t h . Th ey ar e st an d i n g i n an d Q is 180 °, from Q an d R is
Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 ) 12 0°, fr om R an d S 18 0°. T is
su ch a way th at t h ere is an equ al di s-
tan ce between two adj acen t per son s. F A ETN1  8 DIP7 l n J U6 n ot si tti n g on th e i m m ed iat e left
Th u s each p erson from row 1 is fac- KG   H2M 9HS 3 L C V Q 4 R 5 V T of R wh i le R i s n ot on t h e im m e-
in g an oth er per son fr om r ow 2. AB di ate righ t of P. On th e basis of
th e above in for m at ion wh i ch of
D is stan di n g th ir d t o t h e righ t 41. How m an y con son an t s are t h ere th e followin g stat em en ts is defi-
of E. C is stan di n g t h ir d t o t h e righ t each of wh ich is ei th er im m ed i- n i tel y t ru e ?
of A. A an d E are not im m ediate n eigh - at el y p r eced ed b y a n u m b er
bou rs. U is facin g th e on e wh o is to (1) R is sit tin g between P an d S.
an d/ or im m ediately followed by (2) T is sit tin g between P an d U.
th e i m m ed iat e r igh t of C. T is stan d-
a sym bol ? (3) Q i s sit tin g between S an d U.
in g fou rth to th e l eft of S. B i s n ot
facin g U. R is stan di n g th ir d t o t h e (1) Seven (2) Eight (4) T an d R are si tti n g opp osi te
left of P. (3) Nine (4) Ten each oth er.
35. Wh o i s facin g E ? 42. Th ree of th e fol lowin g fou r are (Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y
al ik e in a cetain way based on Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 )
(1) R (2) S
(3) Q (4) P th e above arrangem en t an d form 47. 13 stu d en ts are stan di n g in a
a grou p. Wh i ch is th e on e th at h orizon tal r ow from l et t o r igh t.
(5 ) Non e of th ese If all th e odd-nu m bered stu dents
36. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- does n ot bel on g to th e gr ou p ?
in a row ar e sh ift ed to th e su c-
resen t s p erson s stan di n g at t h e (1) G2H (2) 8PJ cessi ve od d - n u m b er ed p osi -
en d of th e r ows ? (3) lUG (4) 2S ti on s, wh at wi ll b e t h e positi on
(1) TB (2) PD 43. If th e posit ion s of E an d F are of a b oy, wh o was seven th in t h e
(3) PF (4) DS in terch an ged , an d t h e posi tion s row in itially ?
(5 ) Non e of th ese of M an d A ar e in t er ch an ged , (1) fi fth from left
37. Wh at is F’s posit ion with respect h ow m an y vowels wi ll be th ere (2) fi fth fr om righ t
to R ? each of wh ich will be bot h i m - (3) ei gh t h from left
(1 ) F is facin g th e on e wh o is to m ediatel y p receded an d im m e- (4) n in t h from r igh t
th e i m m ed iat e l eft of R. diately followed by a con son ant ? (Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y
(2 ) F is to th e im m ed iate left of Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 )
(1) Th r ee (2) Two
th e p erson faci n g R. 48. 14 stu den ts are stan di n g i n r ow
(3) On e (4) Zero
(3) F is facin g th e on e who is sec- fr om l eft t o r i gh t . Aft er i n t er -
44. What shou ld come in place of th e ch an gin g th ei r p osi t ion s, fi rst
on d t o t h e righ t of R.
qu est ion m ar k i n t h e foll owi n g st u den t goes at 14 th place, sec-
(4 ) F is secon d to th e left of t h e series ? on d goes at 13th place, third goes
person faci n g R. at 12 th an d so on . If ‘A’ was at
EB A 1 V PVl ?
(5 ) Non e of th ese n i n t h posi t i on b efor e ch an ge,
Di r ect i on s (3 8 –4 0 ) : Fou r of th e (1) G9 n (2) KH n th en after ch an gin g h e wou ld be
followin g five are alik e in a certain way (3) KH (4) GH n at wh ich pl ace ?
based on th eir posi tion s in th e above 45. A m an perform s th r ee con secu - (1) Fi fth fr om righ t
ar ran gem en t an d so for m a gr ou p . (2) Sixt h from r igh t
ti ve oper ati on s. In h is first op-
Wh i ch on e d oes n ot b el on g t o t h e (3) Fi fth from left
er ati on h e reverses t h e ord er of
grou p?
fi rst 10 el em en ts from t h e left. (4) Si xth from left
(Un i t ed I n di a I n su r an ce AO (Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y
After th at h e st art s secon d op-
Ex am . 2 7. 0 3. 20 11 ) Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 )
er ati on an d reverses t h e ord er
38. (1 ) PQE (2 ) B CR Di r ect i on s (4 9 –5 3 ) : Stu dy th e
of first 20 elem en ts from th e left.
(3 ) TRC (4 ) FEQ following information carefu lly an d an -
After th at h e perform s h is last
(5 ) QUD op eration an d r everses th e or - swer th e qu estion s given below :
39. (1) PSBA (2 ) CEQR (Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e AAO
der of fi rst 30 el em en ts from t h e
(3) BEQS (4 ) UTDF Ex am . 0 3 . 0 6 . 2 0 1 2 )
sam e en d. After th ree operation s
(5 ) RUCF U QAXWZFD I LOV SNB
wh ich el em en t will be 4t h t o t h e
M CRGYK H PTJ E
40. How m an y p er son s are st an d- ri gh t of th e 15 th elem en t fr om
Not e : Each letter gets a n u m er -
in g between B an d D ? th e r igh t en d of t h e n ewl y ob- ical val u e b ased on i ts position i n t h e
(1 ) On e (2 ) Two tain ed series ? above arr an gem en t start in g from U
(3 ) Th r ee (4) Fou r (1) G (2) K (Tak e U = 1, Q = 2 , A = 3 ... an d so
(5 ) Non e (3) F (4) L on)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
49. Th e val u e of wh ich of th e foll ow- 56. In a row of tr ees, a tree i s 7 th Wh i ch of th e foll owin g is th e po-
in g con son an ts wh en add ed to fr om l eft en d an d 1 4th from t h e si tion of A in rel ati on to F?
th at of t h e vowel wh ich follows ri gh t en d. How m an y t rees are (1 ) Secon d to th e left
it im m ed iat ely am ou n t to 27 ? th ere in th e row? (2 ) Secon d t o t h e righ t
(1) Q (2) S (1) 18 (2) 19 (3 ) Fou r th t o t h e righ t
(3) Z (4) V (3) 20 (4) 21 (4 ) Th ir d t o t h e righ t
50. Som e of th e letter s i n t h e above 57. Fi ve girl s M , N, O, P an d Q are (NI CL (GI C) AO Ex am , 1 5. 12. 201 3)
ar ran gem en t occu p y th e sam e st an d in g in a r ow. P is on t h e Di r ect i on s (6 3 –6 8 ) : Stu d y t h e
posit ion as th ey occu py i n t h e ri gh t of Q. N i s on left of Q, b u t following information carefu lly an d an -
E n gl i sh a l p h a b et sequ en ce. is on th e ri gh t of M. P i s on t h e swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
Wh at will be th e su m of th e n u - left of O. Wh o is stan din g on t h e (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
m er i c val u e assi gn ed t o t h ese
ex trem e r igh t? (AO) Ex am , 10. 01. 201 5)
letters ?
(1) Q (2) N J , K, L, M , N, O, P an d Q ar e
(1) 23 (2) 27
(3) O (4) P sitti n g arou n d a circu lar area at equ al
(3) 39 (4) 41
(NI CL (GI C) AO Ex am , 0 8. 09. 201 3) distan ces between each oth er, bu t n ot
51. Th ree of th e fol lowin g fou r are n ecessar ily in th e sam e ord er. Som e
al ik e in a certain way based on 58. Si x frien ds ar e si tti n g in a circle
of t h e p eop l e ar e faci n g th e cen t r e
th eir positi on i n t h e above ar - an d are facin g th e cen tr e of t h e
wh ile som e oth ers are facin g ou tsi de
r an gem en t an d for m a gr ou p . c i r c l e. D eep a i s b et w een
(i.e. in a di recti on op posit e to th e cen -
Wh ich is th e on e t h at does n ot Pr ak ash an d Pan k aj . Prit i i s b e-
tre).
belon g t o t h at gr ou p ? t w een M u k es h a n d L a l i t .
Pr ak ash an d Mu k esh are opp o- (No t e : Facin g th e sam e direction
(1) FNK (2) SGJ
si te t o each oth er. Wh o is sitti n g m ean s i f on e faces th e cen t re t h en th e
(3) ZVR (4) LMH ot h er al so faces t h e cen tre an d vi ce
52. If starting from Q all the conso- op posi te to Prak ash ?
versa. Facin g t h e opposit e d irection s
nants in the above arrangement are (1) Mu k esh (2) Deepa
m ean s i f on e faces th e cen t re t h en th e
given sequ entially the valu e of even (3) Pan k aj (4) Lalit ot h er faces ou t sid e an d vice–versa.)
nu mbers su ch as Q = 2, X = 4, W 59. Six frien ds are sittin g in a circle Q sit s secon d t o t h e left of P. Q
= 6 an d so on and all the vowels and are facin g the centre of th e faces ou tsi de. On ly t wo people si t b e-
are given the valu e of 7 each , th en circle. Deepa is between Prak ash tween P an d K. Bot h M an d J ar e i m -
wh at will be the valu e of th e let- an d Pan k aj . Pr i t i i s b et w een m ediate n ei gh b ou rs of Q. On ly th r ee
ters in th e word CUSTOM? Mu k esh and Lalit. Prak ash an d p eop l e si t b et ween J an d L. N si t s
(1) 98 (2) 116 Mu k esh are opposite to each oth - th ird t o t h e ri gh t of M . L is n ot an
(3) 122 (4) 140 er. Wh o is sitting opposite to Pri- im m ed iate n eigh bou r of N. Bot h t h e
53. If letter s of t h e word EXAMINA- ti? im m ed iate n eigh bou r s of P face t h e
TION are given th e sam e n u m er - (1) Prak ash (2) Deepa sam e directi on . O sits th ird to th e left
ic val u es as th eir n u m eric val- (3) Pank aj (4) Lalit of J . N faces th e sam e d irecti on as M.
u es i n t h e above arran gem en t, O sits to th e im mediate righ t of K. Both
(NI CL (GI C) AO Ex am , 1 5. 12. 201 3)
th en wh at be it s code ? th e i m m ed iat e n eigh bou rs of K face
(1) 127 (2) 133 60. Th ere ar e five differ en t h ou ses,
op posite dir ect ion s. Q faces a d irec-
A to E, in a r ow. A i s t o t h e righ t
(3) 138 (4) 144 ti on opposit e t o t h at of O.
of B an d E i s t o th e l eft of C an d
54. In a row of boys, Sr in at h i s 7 th 63. Wh ich of th e foll owi n g i s t ru e as
ri gh t of A. B is t o t h e righ t of D.
fr om th e left an d Ven k at is 12 th per th e given seati n g ar ran ge-
Wh ich of th e h ou ses is in t h e
from th e right. If th ey in terch an ge m en t ?
m i ddle ?
th eir position s, Srin ath becom es (1) Non e of th e gi ven op tion s is
22 n d from t h e left. How m an y (1) A (2) E
cor rect .
boys are th ere in th e row ? . (3) D (4) C
(2) P sit s t o t h e im m edi ate left
(1) 19 (2) 31 61. Th ere are si x p erson s— A, B, C, of M.
(3) 33 (4) 34 D , E an d F. We h ave t o r an k
(3) Q sit s secon d to righ t of N.
(NI CL (GI C) AO (Fi n an c e) th em in su ch a way th at B gets
(4) L faces th e sam e d ir ecti on
Ex am , 0 8. 0 9. 20 13 ) fi rst ran k an d E get s th e last
as J .
55. Wh ile th e gr ou p ph oto of a fam - r an k . In h ow m an y ways th i s
cou ld be don e ? (5) O is an imm ediate n eighbou r
i l y was t ak en , t h e fat h er was
of M.
fou n d to be sit tin g to th e left of (1) 24 (2 ) 1 20
h is son an d righ t to th e gr an dfa- 64. Wh at is L’s position with respect
(3 ) 6 00 (4) 48
th er. Mot h er was si tti n g t o t h e to K ?
62. (i) Si x frien ds A, B, C, D, E an d
ri gh t of h er dau gh ter bu t left to (1) Im m ediate l eft
F are seated in a cir cle fac-
gr an d fat h er. Wh o i s occu pyi n g (2 ) Im m ediate righ t
in g each oth er.
th e cen t ral pl ace ? (3) Secon d to th e left
(ii) A is bet ween D an d B an d F
(1) Son (2) Gran dfath er (4) Secon d t o t h e righ t
is between C an d E.
(3) Father (4) Mother (5) Th ird to th e righ t
(iii) C is t h e th i rd t o t h e left of B
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
65. How m an y peopl e i n t h e given 69. How m an y person s i n t h e given Nin e frien ds A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
ar ran gem en t face ou t sid e ? ar ran gem en t face ou tside ? H an d J are sittin g arou n d a circle fac-
(1) Fou r (2) Six (1) Fou r (2) Six in g a cen tre, bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
sam e order. C is th ird to th e left of A.
(3) Five (4) Two (3) Five (4) Th r ee
E is fou rth to th e righ t of A. D is fou rth
(5) Th r ee (5) Two to th e left of J wh o is secon d to th e
66. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts 70. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g is sit- righ t of A. F is th ird to th e righ t of B.
ex act ly bet ween P an d O wh en ti n g th i rd to t h e left of L ? G is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r of A.
cou n t ed from th e r igh t of P ? (1) K (2) P 76. Wh at is H ’s positi on with respect
(1) Q (2) U (3) Q (4) R to E ?
(3) N (4) M (5) M (1) Th ird to th e left
(5) L 71. Fou r of th e followin g five are alik e (2) Fou rth to th e left
67. Wh o i s si tti n g th i rd to t h e righ t in a cer tain way based on th e giv- (3) Fi fth to th e righ t
of Q ? en s ea t i n g a r r an gem en t an d (4) Fi fth to th e left
(1) N (2) K h en ce th ey form a grou p. Wh i ch (5) Si xth to th e left
(3) J (4) L is th e on e t h at does n ot belon g to 77. Wh o i s t h ir d t o th e r igh t of G ?
th at grou p ? (1) B (2) D
(5) O
(1) P (2) Q (3) A
al ik e in a certain way based on (3) J (4) L (4) Data Inadequ ate
th e given seati n g ar ran gem en t (5) S (5) Non e of th ese
an d so form a grou p. Wh i ch is 72. Wh o am on gst th e followin g si ts 78. Wh o i s fi fth to th e r igh t of E ?
th e on e t h at does n ot belon g to ex act ly bet ween K an d P i f on e (1) F (2) C
th at grou p ? m oves clock wise from K ? (3) H (4) A
(1) O (2) L (1) S (2) L (5) Non e of th ese
(3) K (4) Q (3) R (4) Q 79. Wh o i s secon d to t h e left of H ?
(5) N (5) J (1) A (2) F
Di r ect i on s (6 9 –7 5 ) : St u dy t h e 73. Wh at is t h e position of R wit h r e- (3) D
following information carefu lly an d an - sp ect to Q ? (4) Data Inadequ ate
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : (1) Im m ediate righ t (5) Non e of th ese
(NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er (2) Th ird to th e righ t 80. Wh o i s t o t h e im m ediate righ t of
(AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 1.0 1. 201 5) D ?
Ei gh t p er son s — J , K, L, M , P, (1) F (2) C
Q, R an d S — ar e sitt in g arou n d a (3) A
ci rcu lar tab le at equ al d ist an ces b e- (4) Data Inadequ ate
tween each oth er, b u t n ot n ecessari ly 74. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g is sit-
(5) Non e of th ese
in th e sam e ord er. Som e of t h e p eop le ti n g secon d to th e left of S ?
81. In wh ich of th e followin g grou ps
ar e facin g t h e cen t re wh i le som e ot h - (1) R (2) P i s t h e t h i r d p er son si t t i n g b e-
er s are faci n g ou t side (i .e. in a d irec- (3) K (4) J tween th e fi rst an d secon d per -
ti on opp osi te t o t h e cen tre). (5) M son s ?
(No t e : Facin g th e sam e direction 75. Wh ich of th e followin g statemen ts (1) CDF (2) EBC
m ean s i f on e faces th e cen t re t h en th e is tr u e as per th e gi ven seati n g (3) HFA (4) J GE
ot h er al so faces t h e cen tre an d vi ce arr an gem en t ? (5) EGB
versa. Facin g t h e opposit e d irection s (1) P sit s t o t h e i m m ediate righ t Di r ect i on s6 (82 – 83) : Stu dy
m ean s i f on e faces th e cen t re t h en th e of M. the following in form ation carefu lly an d
ot h er faces ou t sid e an d vice–versa.) (2) J sit s secon d t o t h e righ t of an swer th e qu estion s given below :
K sit s secon d t o th e r igh t of P. K Q. (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
is an im m edi ate n ei gh bou r of J . P fac- (3) K faces th e sam e d irecti on as (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 22.03.2015)
es towar ds cen t re. P is to t h e im m e- R. Eigh t person s — K, L, M, N, O, P,
di ate left of M. Neit h er K n or L is an Q an d R — are seated in a straigh t lin e
(4) S and R imm ediate n eigh bou rs
im m ediate n eigh b ou r of M. S si ts sec- facing North bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
of L.
on d t o t h e righ t of M . L is to th e i m - sam e order.
m ediate righ t of S. R si ts th ir d t o t h e (5) Non e of th e gi ven op tion s is L sits th ird from th e left en d of
ri gh t of Q. L an d Q face th e sam e d i- corr ect th e lin e. On ly th ree persons sit between
recti on as th at of M. Q sit s secon d to Di r ect i on s (7 6 –8 1 ) : Stu d y t h e L an d R.
t h e r i gh t of J . B oth t h e i m m ed iat e following information carefu lly an d an - O sits to th e im m ediate left of Q.
n eigh bou rs of Q face th e sam e d irec- swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : On ly on e person sits between M an d
ti on . Both th e im m edi ate n eigh bou rs (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er Q. P sits th ird to th e left of N. L is n ot
of M face t h e sam e di rection . (AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 2.0 1. 201 5) an im m ediate n eigh bou r of K.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
82. Wh at is th e position of Q with 85. Wh at is th e position of D with re- 89. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
respect to P? spect to S? in a certain way based on th e giv-
(1) Secon d to th e left (1) Secon d to th e righ t en seatin g arran gem en t an d so
(2) Th ird to th e left (2) Th ird to th e righ t form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e
(3) Secon d to th e righ t (3) Th ird to th e left t h at d oes n ot b el on g t o t h at
(4) Th ird to th e righ t (4) Im mediate righ t grou p ?
(5) Fifth to th e left (5) Fou rth to th e left (1) B (2) D
83. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- (3) E (4) A
86. Wh o sits th ird to th e righ t of Q?
r esen t s p erson s seat ed at t h e (5) C
two extrem e en ds of th e lin e? (1) B (2) P
(3) A 90. Wh o am on gst th e followin g are
(1) L, K (2) Q, R
(4) Oth er th an th ose given as op- im m ediate n eigh bou rs of E ?
(3) Q, N (4) O, N
(5) O, R tions (1) D, H (2) D, F
Di r ect i on s (8 4 –8 8 ) : Stu dy th e (5) R (3) C, G (4) A, G
following information carefu lly an d an - (5) A, C
87. How m an y person s in th e given
swer th e qu estion s given below : 91. Which of th e following statemen ts
(OI CL Speci al i st Of f i cer (Fi n an ce) arran gem en t face th e cen tre? is tru e regardin g F as per th e giv-
Ex am . 03. 05.20 15) (1) More th an fou r en seatin g arran gem en t ?
Eigh t person s — A, B, C, D, P, Q,
(2) On e (3) Th r ee (1) A i s on e of t h e im m ed i at e
R an d S — are sittin g arou n d a circu -
lar table with equ al distan ces between (4) Two (5) Fou r n eigh bou rs of F.
each oth er (bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e (2) F faces th e cen tre.
88. Wh o sits exactly between B an d (3) Non e of th e given option s is
sam e order). Som e of th em face ou t- th e on e wh o sits to th e im m ediate
side an d som e oth ers face th e cen tre. tru e
left of R, wh en cou n ted from th e
NOT E : Facin g th e sam e direction righ t of B? (4) On l y th ree person s si t be-
m ean s if on e faces th e cen tre th en th e (1) D (2) A tween F an d D.
oth er also faces th e cen tre an d vice– (5) F sits th ird to th e left of H.
versa. Facin g th e opposite direction s (3) P (4) R
m ean s if on e faces th e cen tre th en th e 92. Wh at is H’s position with respect
(5) Q
ot h er faces ou t sid e an d vi ce-versa. to C ?
Di rect i on s (8 9–93) : Stu dy th e fol-
Im m ediate n eigh bou rs face th e sam e lowing information carefu lly and answer (1) Fifth to th e left
direction m ean s if on e n eigh bou r fac-
th e qu estion s given below : (2) Fou rth to th e righ t
es th e cen tre th en th e oth er n eigh bou r
also faces th e cen tre an d vice–versa. (3) Th ird to th e righ t
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 05.03.2016)
Im m edi at e n eigh bou rs face th e (4) Secon d to th e righ t
opposite direction s m eans if on e neigh- Eigh t person s n am ely, A, B, C, D, (5) Th ird to th e left
bou r faces th e cen tre th en th e oth er E, F, G an d H are sittin g arou n d a cir - 93. Wh o is sittin g to th e im m ediate
n eigh bou r faces ou tside an d vice–ver - cu lar area at equ al distan ces between
righ t of G ?
sa. each oth er, bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
P sits to th e im m ediate righ t of C. sam e order. Som e people face th e cen - (1) A (2) H
On ly th ree person s sit between P an d tre wh ile som e face ou tside (i.e. in a (3) D (4) F
A. R sits th ird to th e left of A. Neith er direction opposite to th e cen tre.) (5) E
A n or C is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of l C sits secon d to th e left of G. G Di r ect i on s6 (9 4 –9 8 ) : Stu dy th e
B. D sits to th e im m ediate left of B. Q faces th e cen tre. Both th e im m e- following information carefu lly an d an -
sits secon d to th e left of D. Th e im m e-
diate neighbou rs of C face ou tside. swer th e qu estion s given below :
diate n eigh bou rs of A face th e sam e
direction . l D sits th ird to th e righ t of C.
Th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of B (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 05.03.2016)
l B sits th ird to th e righ t of H. H is
face opposite direction s. S sits secon d neith er an im mediate neigh bou r of Twelve person s are sittin g in two
to th e righ t of P. Th e im m ediate n eigh - parallel rows con tain in g six person s
C n or D.
bou rs of C face th e sam e direction . S each , in su ch a way th at th ere is equ al
l Both th e imm ediate n eighbou rs of distance between adjacen t person s. In
faces ou tside.
A face ou tside. row-1, S, T, U, V, W an d X are seated
84. Fou r of th e followin g five are alik e
in a certain way based on th e giv- l E faces sam e direction as H (i.e. an d all of th em are facin g sou th , bu t
en si t t i n g ar ran gem en t an d so if H faces th e cen tre th en E also n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order -I. In
form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e faces th e cen tre an d vice-versa.) row-2, M, N, O, P, Q an d R are seated
th at does not belong to that grou p? l Im m ediate n eigh bou rs of E face an d all of th em are facin g n orth , bu t
(1) P (2) Q op p osi t e d i r ect i on s (i .e. i f on e n ot n ecessar i l y i n t h e sam e or d er.
n eigh bou r faces th e cen tre th en Therefore, in th e given seating arran ge-
(3) D (4) B
th e oth er faces ou tside an d vice- m en t, each m em ber seated in a row
(5) A faces an other m em ber of th e oth er row.
versa.)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
T sits th ird to th e left of X. X does wh ile som e face th e ou tside (i.e. in a Twelve people are sittin g in two
n ot sit at an y extrem e en ds of th e line. direction opposite to th e cen tre). parallel rows containing six people each,
P sits secon d to the left of th e on e who J sits th ird to th e righ t of M. M in su ch a way th at th ere is equ al dis-
faces T. Only two persons sit between faces ou t si de. On l y p erson si t s be- tan ce between adj acen t p er son s. In
P and M. V sits second to the right of S. tween J an d N. row-1 B, C, D, E, F an d G are seated
S is n ot an immediate n eighbou r of T. O an d all of th em are facin g sou th . In
On ly th ree person s sit between Q
sits second to the left or R. Q is n eith er row-2 P, Q, R, S, T an d U are seated
an d P. O is n ot an im m ediate n eigh -
an imm ediate neighbou r of M nor R. U and all of th em are facin g n orth . There-
bou r of J .
is not an im mediate neighbou r of S. fore, in th e given seatin g arran gemen t,
Both th e imm ediate n eighbou rs of each m em b er seated in a r ow faces
94. Fou r of th e following five are alik e L face th e cen tre. L is n ot an im m edi- an ot h er m em b er of t h e ot h er r ow.
in a certain way based on th e giv- ate n eigh bou r of O. (Please Note : Non e of th e in form ation
en arran gem en t an d h en ce form Both th e imm ediate n eighbou rs of given is n ecessari ly in th e sam e or -
a grou p. Wh ich on e of th em does K face cen tre. der.)
n ot belon g to th at grou p ? Both th e imm ediate n eighbou rs of R sits secon d to th e ri gh t of S.
(1) N (2) O M face a direction opposite to th at of On ly on e person sits between R an d
(3) R (4) U O (i.e. if O faces th e cen tre th en both U. C sits to th e im m ediate righ t of th e
th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of M face on e wh o faces U. Only two persons sit
(5) T
ou tside an d vice-versa.) between C an d F. Q sits fou rth to th e
95. Wh at is th e p osit ion of P with left of T. G is an im mediate neigh bou r
respect to Q ? is tru e regardin g I as per th e giv- of the on e wh o faces T. D does n ot face
(1) Fou rth to th e righ t en arran gem en t? R. B sits th ird to th e righ t of D. E is to
(2) Th ird to th e left the im m ediate righ t of B. G does not
(1) P i s on e of t h e i m m ed iat e
face P.
(3) Secon d to th e righ t n eigh bou rs of I.
104. Wh o amongst the following is fac-
(4) Secon d to th e left (2) I faces th e cen tre.
in g C?
(3) I sits th ird to th e left of L.
(5) Th ird to th e righ t (1) U (2) S
96. Wh o amongst the following is fac- tween I an d N. (3) P (4) R
in g N ? (5) Non e of th e given option s is (5) T
tru e 105. Which of th e following statemen ts
(1) S (2) T
100. Wh o is sittin g to im m ediate righ t is tru e regardin g P?
(3) W (4) V
of L? (1) E is an immediate neighbou r
(5) X of th e one who faces P.
(1) K (2) M
97. Which of th e following statemen ts (2) Only on e person sits between
(3) I (4) P
is tru e regardin g W? P an d T.
(5) J
(1) T i s on e of t h e i m m ed iat e 101. Wh at is O’s position with respect (3) P sits to th e im m ediate righ t
n eigh bou rs of W. to K? of U.
(2) Only on e person sits between (1) Fifth to th e righ t (4) Non e of th e given statemen ts
(2) Secon d to th e righ t is tru e.
W an d V.
(3) Th ird to th e righ t (5) Q is an im mediate n eighbou r
(3) U sits to secon d to th e righ t of P.
(4) To th e im m ediate left
of W. 106. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
(4) W faces on e of th e im m edi- in a certain way based on th e giv-
102. Wh o am on gst th e followin g are en arran gem en t an d h en ce form
ate n eigh bou rs of M. im m ediate n eigh bou rs of N? a grou p. Wh ich of th em does n ot
(5) Non e of th e given statemen ts (1) P, M (2) L, M belon g to th at grou p?
is tu re
(3) O, P (4) I, O (1) F (2) D
98. Wh o amongst the following is fac-
(5) I, K (3) S (4) T
in g U ? (5) G
(1) R (2) P in a certain way based on th e giv- 107. Wh at is th e position of B with
(3) O (4) Q en arran gem en t an d so form a respect to C?
(5) M grou p. Wh ich is th e on e that does (1) Secon d to th e righ t
Di r ect i on s (9 9 –1 0 3 ) : Stu dy th e n ot belon g to th at grou p? (2) Secon d to th e left
following information carefu lly an d an - (1) J (2) P (3) Fou rth to th e righ t
swer th e qu estion s given below : (3) O (4) L (4) Im mediate righ t
(LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer (5) Th ird to th e left
(5) K
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 06.03.2016) 108. Wh o amongst the following is fac-
Di r ect i on s (1 0 4 –10 8 ) : Stu dy th e
Eigh t person s — I, J , K, L, M, N, following information carefu lly an d an - in g Q?
O an d P — are sittin g arou n d a circu - (1) E (2) B
lar area at equ al distan ce between each (3) F (4) C
oth er bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 06.03.2016) (5) D
ord er. Som e peop le face t h e cen tr e
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
161. (5) 162. (1) 163. (5) 164. (5) 341. (5) 342. (3) 343. (3) 344. (2)
SHORT ANSWERS
165. (2) 166. (1) 167. (5) 168. (2) 345. (5) 346. (5) 347. (4) 348. (5)
NATIONALISED BANKS 169. (4) 170. (3) 171. (1) 172. (5) 349. (3) 350. (1) 351. (4) 352. (4)
& IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS 173. (1) 174. (5) 175. (1) 176. (3) 353. (2) 354. (5) 355. (5) 356. (4)
177. (1) 178. (2) 179. (5) 180. (1) 357. (1) 358. (2) 359. (3) 360. (5)
1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (5) 4. (4) 181. (2) 182. (3) 183. (1) 184. (3) 361. (5) 362. (5) 363. (3) 364. (3)
5. (3) 6. (4) 7. (2) 8. (4) 185. (4) 186. (5) 187. (1) 188. (2) 365. (1) 366. (3) 367. (2) 368. (3)
9. (4) 10. (1) 11. (5) 12. (4) 189. (2) 190. (5) 191. (4) 192. (2) 369. (5) 370. (1) 371. (4) 372. (4)
13. (3) 14. (3) 15. (3) 16. (3) 193. (2) 194. (5) 195. (4) 196. (3) 373. (2) 374. (1) 375. (1) 376. (4)
17. (1) 1 8 . (5) 19. (1) 20. (3) 197. (1) 198. (5) 199. (3) 200. (1) 377. (5) 378. (4) 3 7 9 . (5) 3 8 0 . (1)
21. (2) 22. (4) 23. (4) 24. (4) 201. (3) 202. (4) 203. (3) 204. (2) 381. (3) 3 8 2 . (3) 3 8 3 . (3) 384. (2)
25. (4) 26. (1) 27. (5) 28. (2) 205. (4) 206. (5) 207. (3) 208. (1) 385. (5) 386. (2) 387. (4) 388. (3)
29. (1) 30. (2) 31. (4) 32. (2) 209. (5) 210. (4) 211. (5) 212. (4) 389. (1) 390. (5) 391. (1) 392. (5)
33. (2) 34. (3) 35. (2) 36. (1) 213. (2) 214. (3) 215. (4) 216. (3) 393. (2) 394. (4) 395. (3) 396. (1)
37. (2) 38. (4) 39. (2) 40. (5) 217. (4) 218. (1) 219. (4) 220. (5) 397. (2) 398. (3) 399. (1) 400. (2)
41. (3) 42. (4) 43. (5) 44. (3) 221. (1) 222. (5) 223. (3) 224. (3) 401. (2) 402. (3) 403. (1) 404. (3)
45. (3) 46. (2) 47. (3) 48. (1) 225. (1) 226. (5) 227. (1) 228. (3) 405. (4) 406. (1) 407. (2) 408. (5)
49. (2) 50. (4) 51. (5) 52. (1) 229. (3) 230. (2) 231. (3) 232. (3) 409. (4) 410. (5) 411. (4) 412. (2)
53. (3) 54. (4) 55. (3) 56. (2) 233. (3) 234. (4) 235. (2) 236. (1) 413. (5) 414. (2) 415. (3) 416. (3)
57. (3) 58. (3) 59. (5) 60. (4) 237. (5) 238. (4) 239. (2) 240. (2) 417. (1) 418. (3) 419. (4) 420. (1)
61. (2) 62. (5) 63. (2) 64. (5) 241. (4) 242. (5) 243. (3) 244. (1) 421. (4) 422. (3) 423. (1) 424. (2)
65. (1) 66. (4) 67. (4) 68. (5) 245. (2) 246. (4) 247. (3) 248. (2) 425. (2) 426. (5) 427. (4) 428. (1)
69. (1) 70. (4) 71. (4) 72. (5) 249. (1) 250. (1) 251. (3) 252. (1) 429. (2) 430. (3) 431. (5) 432. (3)
73. (1) 74. (1) 75. (2) 76. (3) 253. (5) 254. (3) 255. (4) 256. (2) 433. (2) 434. (4) 435. (1) 436. (5)
77. (2) 78. (4) 79. (3) 80. (3) 257. (5) 258. (3) 259. (2) 260. (5) 437. (3) 438. (2) 439. (1) 440. (4)
81. (1) 82. (3) 83. (4) 84. (1) 261. (1) 262. (4) 263. (4) 264. (5) 441. (4) 442. (3) 443. (2) 444. (3)
85. (3) 86. (5) 87. (3) 88. (3) 265. (1) 266. (2) 267. (4) 268. (1) 445. (1) 446. (1) 447. (2) 448. (4)
89. (5) 90. (1) 91. (2) 92. (4) 269. (2) 270. (3) 271. (3) 272. (3) 449. (3) 450. (5) 451. (2) 452. (4)
93. (2) 94. (1) 95. (4) 96. (3) 273. (3) 274. (4) 275. (2) 276. (4) 453. (5) 454. (3) 455. (1) 456. (4)
97. (5) 98. (2) 99. (4) 100. (5) 277. (5) 278. (5) 279. (4) 280. (4) 457. (1) 458. (2) 459. (1) 460. (4)
101. (4) 102. (3) 103. (2) 104. (5) 281. (2) 282. (3) 283. (3) 284. (1) 461. (2) 462. (1) 463. (2) 464. (5)
105. (1) 106. (3) 107. (2) 108. (4) 285. (2) 286. (3) 287. (4) 288. (4) 465. (4) 466. (4) 467. (2) 468. (1)
109. (4) 110. (1) 111. (5) 112. (1) 289. (1) 290. (3) 291. (3) 292. (5) 469. (3) 470. (4) 471. (4) 472. (3)
113. (2) 114. (3) 115. (5) 116. (5) 293. (2) 294. (4) 295. (4) 296. (2) 473. (1) 474. (3) 475. (1) 476. (5)
117. (3) 118. (5) 119. (2) 120. (3) 297. (5) 298. (3) 299. (5) 300. (4) 477. (1) 478. (4) 479. (5) 480. (2)
121. (1) 122. (5) 123. (4) 124. (5) 301. (4) 302. (3) 303. (2) 304. (3) 481. (3) 482. (5) 483. (4) 484. (3)
125. (3) 126. (1) 127. (5) 128. (4) 305. (2) 306. (1) 307. (3) 308. (4) 485. (2) 486. (1) 487. (2) 488. (5)
129. (1) 130. (3) 131. (2) 132. (2) 309. (2) 310. (5) 311. (3) 312. (3) 489. (1) 490. (1) 491. (5) 492. (3)
133. (2) 134. (5) 135. (3) 136. (1) 313. (4) 31 4. (4) 315. (2) 316. (5) 493. (2) 494. (5) 495. (4) 496. (1)
137. (5) 138. (2) 139. (3) 140. (2) 317. (3) 318. (5) 319. (2) 320. (1) 497. (4) 498. (4) 499. (3) 500. (5)
141. (3) 142. (1) 143. (4) 144. (4) 321. (5) 322. (4) 323. (4) 324. (5) 501. (4) 502. (5) 503. (3) 504. (1)
145. (2) 146. (4) 147. (2) 148. (1) 325. (2) 326. (4) 327. (3) 328. (2) 505. (2) 506. (3) 507. (5) 508. (5)
149. (2) 150. (4) 151. (1) 152. (5) 329. (2) 330. (1) 331. (4) 332. (2) 509. (4) 510. (4) 511. (2) 512. (1)
153. (3) 154. (2) 155. (1) 156. (1) 333. (5) 334. (1) 335. (2) 336. (5) 513. (2) 514. (3) 515. (1) 516. (3)
157. (2) 158. (4) 159. (3) 160. (2) 337. (2) 338. (2) 339. (3) 340. (4) 517. (2) 518. (1) 519. (5) 520. (4)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
521. (2) 522. (1) 523. (1) 524. (2) 689. (5) 690. (4) 691. (5) 692. (1) 129. (2) 130. (5) 131. (2) 132. (1)
525. (3) 526. (5) 527. (3) 528. (3) 693. (2) 694. (5) 695. (2) 696. (3) 133. (4) 134. (3) 135. (5) 136. (4)
529. (2) 530. (3) 531. (4) 532. (4) 137. (2) 138. (2) 139. (4) 140. (4)
697. (4) 698. (5) 699. (1) 700. (2)
533. (5) 534. (2) 535. (3) 536. (2) 141. (2) 142. (1) 143. (5) 144. (3)
701. (1) 702. (5) 703. (4) 704. (2)
537. (4) 538. (4) 539. (3) 540. (5) 145. (1) 146. (3) 147. (4) 148. (2)
705. (3) 706. (4) 707. (3) 708. (1)
541. (4) 542. (4) 543. (1) 544. (2) 149. (1) 150. (5) 151. (2) 152. (4)
709. (2) 710. (5) 711. (1) 712. (2)
545. (3) 546. (3) 547. (3) 548. (4) 153. (1) 154. (3) 155. (5) 156. (2)
713. (4) 714. (3) 715. (5) 716. (3)
549. (2) 550. (1) 551. (2) 552. (1) 157. (1) 158. (4) 159. (3) 160. (5)
717. (1) 7 1 8 . (4) 719. (2) 720. (5)
553. (3) 554. (1) 555. (4) 556. (3) 161. (5) 162. (2) 163. (3) 164. (4)
721. (3) 722. (2) 723. (5) 724. (1)
557. (1) 558. (4) 559. (2) 560. (5) 165. (1) 166. (5) 167. (2) 168. (1)
725. (4) 726. (2)
561. (2) 562. (4) 563. (1) 564. (5) 169. (4) 170. (3) 171. (5) 172. (4)
565. (3) 566. (2) 567. (3) 568. (1) SBI PO EXAMS 173. (1) 174. (2) 175. (3) 176. (4)
569. (5) 570. (2) 571. (4) 572. (3) 1. (4) 2. (2) 3. (1) 4. (2) 177. (5) 178. (3) 179. (2) 180. (1)
573. (2) 574. (3) 575. (2) 576. (1) 5. (3) 6. (4) 7. (1) 8. (2) 181. (2) 182. (2) 183. (5) 184. (4)
577. (3) 578. (4) 579. (5) 580. (1) 9. (3) 10. (1) 11. (4) 12. (5) 185. (3) 186. (5) 187. (4) 188. (1)
581. (2) 582. (2) 583. (3) 584. (1) 13. (5) 14. (2) 15. (1) 16. (1) 189. (2) 190. (3)
585. (4) 586. (5) 587. (3) 588. (2) 17. (4) 18. (2) 19. (4) 20. (3) RBI GRADE–B/
589. (3) 590. (5) 591. (4) 592. (2) 21. (1) 22. (2) 23. (4) 24. (1)
NABARD GRADE–A
593. (3) 594. (1) 595. (4) 596. (2) 25. (1) 26. (3) 27. (1) 28. (3)
OFFICER EXAMS
597. (5) 598. (3) 599. (1) 600. (5) 29. (5) 30. (1) 31. (2) 32. (3)
601. (2) 602. (4) 603. (5) 604. (2) 33. (4) 34. (3) 35. (2) 36. (5) 1. (1) 2. (4) 3. (3) 4. (2)
605. (4) 606. (4) 607. (2) 608. (5) 37. (1) 38. (3) 39. (3) 40. (4) 5. (4) 6. (3) 7. (5) 8. (1)
609. (3) 610. (1) 611. (3) 612. (1) 41. (3) 42. (1) 43. (2) 44. (5) 9. (4) 10. (2) 11. (5) 12. (3)
613. (4) 614. (3) 615. (2) 616. (2) 45. (2) 46. (2) 47. (1) 48. (5) 13. (3) 14. (5) 15. (2) 16. (5)
617. (5) 618. (1) 619. (1) 620. (4) 49. (3) 50. (5) 51. (2) 52. (3) 17. (3) 18. (5) 19. (5) 20. (3)
53. (1) 54. (4) 55. (3) 56. (2) 21. (2) 22. (5) 23. (2) 24. (2)
621. (1) 622. (1) 623. (2) 624. (2)
57. (5) 58. (4) 59. (2) 60. (4) 25. (4) 26. (2) 27. (4) 28. (1)
625. (5) 626. (2) 627. (1) 628. (2)
61. (1) 62. (2) 63. (2) 64. (3) 29. (1) 30. (5) 31. (1) 32. (2)
629. (5) 630. (1) 631. (1) 632. (4)
65. (5) 66. (4) 67. (5) 68. (1) 33. (5) 34. (4) 35. (2) 36. (2)
633. (1) 634. (1) 635. (2) 636. (2)
69. (4) 70. (3) 71. (5) 72. (2) 37. (2) 38. (5) 39. (4) 40. (2)
637. (5) 638. (2) 639. (1) 640. (2) 73. (2) 74. (4) 75. (3) 76. (2) 41. (4) 42. (1) 43. (2) 44. (4)
641. (5) 642. (1) 643. (3) 644. (4) 77. (1) 78. (2) 79. (3) 80. (1) 45. (3) 46. (2) 47. (5) 48. (3)
645. (2) 646. (4) 647. (1) 648. (3) 81. (4) 82. (2) 83. (2) 84. (5) 49. (1) 50. (4) 51. (4) 52. (2)
649. (5) 650. (5) 651. (4) 652. (3) 85. (1) 86. (3) 87. (4) 88. (2) 53. (1) 54. (1) 55. (4) 56. (5)
89. (1) 90. (3) 91. (1) 92. (4) 57. (3) 58. (4) 59. (1) 60. (4)
653. (2) 654. (1) 655. (1) 656. (3)
61. (2) 62. (5) 63. (3) 64. (2)
657. (4) 658. (2) 659. (5) 660. (2) 93. (2) 94. (5) 95. (3) 96. (1)
65. (5) 66. (5) 67. (2) 68. (4)
661. (4) 662. (3) 663. (1) 664. (5) 97. (4) 98. (1) 99. (3) 100. (2)
69. (4) 70. (3) 71. (4) 72. (3)
101. (1) 102. (4) 103. (2) 104. (3)
665. (1) 666. (3) 667. (4) 668. (5) 73. (3) 74. (4) 75. (1) 76. (4)
105. (4) 106. (1) 107. (5) 108. (2)
669. (2) 670. (2) 671. (4) 672. (1) 77. (2) 78. (3) 79. (1) 80. (5)
109. (4) 110. (4) 111. (1) 112. (4)
673. (3) 674. (5) 675. (3) 676. (5) 81. (3) 82. (1) 83. (2) 84. (3)
113. (2) 114. (3) 115. (5) 116. (1) 85. (4) 86. (2) 87. (5) 88. (1)
677. (1) 678. (4) 679. (2) 680. (4)
117. (2) 118. (4) 119. (1) 120. (5) 89. (2) 90. (3) 91. (4) 92. (3)
681. (5) 682. (3) 683. (1) 684. (2)
121. (3) 122. (2) 123. (2) 124. (4) 93. (5) 94. (2) 95. (4) 96. (1)
685. (1) 686. (2) 687. (4) 688. (3)
125. (1) 126. (5) 127. (3) 128. (2) 97. (3)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
4. (4) W is 2n d from t h e left en d an d
INSURANCE EXAMS G is 2n d fr om th e ri gh t en d.
L 13th 17th 20 R
1. (3) 2. (5) 3. (2) 4. (1) Similarly.
E Gir ls I
F 12 R M P G N is 7th fr om th e left en d an d $
5. (4) 6. (3) 7. (2) 8. (4) T Gir ls H
21st T is 7t h from th e ri gh t en d.
9. (2) 10. (4) 11. (3) 12. (1) 10th to left of Pin k y @ is 3rd fr om th e left en d an d F
13. (2) 14. (4) 15. (3) 16. (3) Total n u m ber of gir ls is 3r d from th e ri gh t en d.
17. (1) 18. (3) 19. (4) 20. (1) = 12 + 1 + 3 + 1 + 5 + 1 + 20 B is 1 1th fr om t h e left en d an d
= 43 2 is 11t h from th e ri gh t en d.
21. (4) 22. (5) 23. (2) 24. (3)
(5 -7 ) : Sit ti n g ar ran gem en t of eigh t = is 1 4th fr om t h e left en d an d
25. (1) 26. (1) 27. (2) 28. (3) D is 14t h from th e ri gh t en d.
fr i en d s :
29. (5) 30. (2) 31. (3) 32. (2) Th erefor e, requ ired an swer
33. (4) 34. (2) 35. (3) 36. (2) R  $ F2D
37. (1) 38. (5) 39. (5) 40. (3) 11. (5) & 5 L –3 2
T U  N   P
41. (2) 42. (1) 43. (3) 44. (4)
45. (1) 46. (3) 47. (2) 48. (4) A 5 2 –3 D 2 E
49. (2) 50. (4) 51. (1) 52. (3) 5 –3
  V  2   M
2
V Q
53. (1) 54. (3) 55. (2) 56. (3) 5 –3 2
V  F  7   4
57. (3) 58. (1) 59. (2) 60. (1)
Bu t,
61. (1) 62. (4) 63. (2) 64. (4) W S 5 –4 3
65. (3) 66. (5) 67. (2) 68. (1) L  D   B  =
69. (3) 70. (5) 71. (1) 72. (4) P 12. (4) Nu mbers immediately preced-
in g t h e sym b ols  1 , 9, 2, 7
73. (2) 74. (5) 75. (3) 76. (1) 5. (3) V i s t o t h e i m m ed i at e l eft (1 + 9 + 2 + 7) × 2 = 38
77. (5) 78. (4) 79. (2) 80. (1) of W. 13. (3)
81. (3) 82. (2) 83. (4) 84. (5) V is b etween T an d W.
V is th i rd to th e left of S.
85. (2) 86. (1) 87. (3) 88. (4) Let t er Sym b ol Nu m b er
6. (4) S is b etween P an d Q.
89. (3) 90. (1) 91. (4) 92. (5) or or
S is to t h e im m edi ate righ t of P.
93. (2) 94. (4) 95. (3) 96. (2) Sym b ol Sym b ol
S is secon d to th e left of U.
97. (1) 98. (5) 99. (3) 100. (5) 7. (2) U is th e n eigh b ou r of Q or R.
Su ch com bin ation s are :
101. (4) 102. (1) 103. (2) 104. (3) W is b etween P an d V.
105. (2) 106. (5) 107. (4) 108. (1) T is b etween R an d V. W@ 1 , V$7
8. (4) Kam al wh en sh ifted to h er left 14. (3) Accordin g to qu estion n ew ar -
EXPLANATIONS b y 4 p l aces sh e becom es 1 0 t h r an gem en t of el em en ts wou l d
fr om t h e left. It m ean s sh e was be :
15 th from th e l eft or igin all y.
NATIONALISED BANKS 9 B L P  D =
3 places to th e ri gh t of Kam al ’s
& IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS origin al position m ean s 18th from
th e l eft.
A M£2E# 7 $ V5GF4
Nu m ber of Su jata fr om th e righ t B

1. (1) en d = 40 – 18 + 1 = 23 Middle
9. (4) P > R, S, T, U 15. (3 ) Sym b ol s i m m ed i at el y p r e-
P > Q > R, S, T, U ceded by a n u m b er, i.e.,
2 . (3 ) Moh an > Su resh Th erefor e, P i s t h e tal lest. (A)  & , , £, #  4
Su resh ’s ran k i s 7 th from top. (1 0 -1 5 ) : (i ) Th er e are 28 elem en ts in Letter s i m m ediat ely followed by
th e given sequ en ce. a sym b ol, i.e.,
Thu s,
(i i) Th ere are 13 let ter s. (B)  W, D, V,  3
(i ii) Th ere ar e 7 di git s. Letters im m ediately preceded by
(i v) Th ere are 8 sym bol s. a n u m b er or sym b ol
10. (1) C is 6th from th e left en d an d  C, P, D , E, M , F  6
7 is 6th fr om th e ri gh t en d. Letter s i m m ediat ely followed by
Th e ran k of Moh an cou ld be first 1 is 4th fr om th e left en d an d 4 a lett er or sym b ol
to si xt h . is 4th fr om th e righ t en d. 3 is  Y, W, C, P, L, D , M , V, F  9
3 . (5 ) Non e of th ese 8t h from th e left en d an d V is Fi ve l ett ers are com m on , t h er e-
8t h from th e ri gh t en d. for e,
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
(C)  (9 + 6) – 5 = 10 28. (2) 36. (1)
Ascending order of (A), (B) and (C)
7 7 7
B <A<C D P 6 5 D J 2 @
16.(3) Su dh ak ar is fifteen th from th e B B B B 5
7
9
7
$
7
4
left en d 2nd 5t h  2n d 5th 7 7 7
% 8 M T
from fr om fr om fr om
1 5t h 2 0t h 1 8t h left left r igh t right 37 .(2)
LE FT S llll S lll S 5 2 3 6 9 7 8
2 2n d Similarly, 2 3 5 6 7 8 9
Total n u m ber of stu den ts 7 @ R F 38 .(4) 2 8 4 3 7 1

= 20 + 22 – 1 = 41 B B B B 8 7 4 3 2 1
17.(1) 23 6 < 6 52 7t h 9t h  7t h 9t h
from from fr om fr om 39. (2)
84 3 > 3 68
left left r ight r igh t
56 6 < 6 85 Nu m ber Sym bol Con son an t
35 8 < 8 73 2 9. (1) 432  2 34, 851  1 58, 7 19
47 8 < 8 94  9 17, 643  3 46, 287  Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
Descen di n g ord er 782 ti on : 7  I
89 4 > 87 3 > 68 5 > 6 52 > 3 68 91 7 > 7 8 2 > 346 > 234 > 1 58 40. (5 ) 8 th to th e left of 2 1st fr om
left m ean s 1 3th fr om left en d,
4 th  i .e., U.
65 2 > 2 36 Mid dle digit 41. (3)
(1 8 -2 2 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t 30. (2 ) 3 rd t o t h e righ t of 1 2th fr om
Nu m ber Con son an t Sym bol
th e l eft en d im plies t h at th e el e-
T R M Q m en t is 1 5th fr om left en d.
U P V W Su ch com b in at ion are :
Requ i red an swer A
18 .(5) T is to the im mediate right of 31. (4 ) 6 th t o t h e righ t of 1 8th fr om 5 T 6 , 8 B Y
R. th e righ t en d im p lies th at th e el- 42. (4 ) New arr an gem en t
19.(1) M an d V are si tti n g opp osi te em en t is 12 th from r igh t.
each oth er. Requ i red an swer  M
20.(3) P is far away fr om Q. 32. (2)
21.(2) P is to im m edi ate left of V. 11th from right end
22.(4) P is sitt in g op posite to R. Consonan t Nu mber Symbol
43. (5)
Th er e ar e t wo su ch com b i n a-
2 –4
4 2 1 5 7 9 3 6 8 W Q N
2 3. (4) ti on s : P 8 # an d N 4  2 –4
V  6
33. (2) I
2
8
–4
7
24. (4) Lett er Nu mber Symbol 2 –4
Symbol Consonant Nu mber P 9 #
Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a- –2 4
D K U
ti on : H 9« Th er e ar e t wo su ch com b i n a-
25. (4) 44. (3)
ti on s : % K 3 an d @N 4
+5 +5 +5 +5
4 4 4 3 4 1 2 Q
K   7   J    34. (3 ) 10 th from left en d is I an d +5 +5 +5 +5
# K H T
4 4 4 8t h from righ t en d is N.
P  @  H   M A
+5
%
+5
@
+5
W
+5
6
D   2   4   9
4 4 4
I 9 P8 # A2 B $ K M 6 W @N 9 2 8 4 1 6 3 7 5
26. (1) 45. (3) 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2
35. (2) B   –3
 K   2
Nu mber or Symbol Symbol Letter (4 6 –5 1 ) : Sitti n g arran gem en t
2 3
Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a- J   9   3
A
ti on : 9 H F
2 3 D G
N  @
3 3
27. (5) $   7, @  T, 2 3
3 3
9   M ,   ?, 4   T   N F C
2
Bu t, E   3
3
Bu t, 8   1   % B
 % E
H
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
46. (2) F Su ch com bin ation s are :
79. (3) Nu m ber Vowel Nu m ber
47. (3) CE
48. (1) AE $KI , AR U , VD Su ch com bin ation s are :
49. (2) D
9AF , 3IK
50. (4) E 2 3
68. (5) K 
 L 
 $
51. (5 ) B oth III an d IV 2 3
P 
 2 
 3 80. (3) 6 4 3 8 2 1 7 9
(5 2 – 5 6 ) : 2 3
2 
 J 
 @ 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9
Accord in g to age 2 3
Sou rav > Rah u l > An u j > Ku n al >
L 
 3 
 I
3 2 81. (1) R > P ....... (i)
Harish 4 
 D 
 
Q > S > T ....... (i i)
Accordi n g to h ei gh t
69. (1) According to qu estion, the n ew Now, Q > S > T > R > P
Ku n al > Rah u l > Sou rav > Hari sh
sequ en ce wil l be : (8 2 – 8 6 ) : Si tti n g arr an gem en t
> Anu j
52. (1) Sou rav HT # E $ K I L% P AJ RU VD D
53. (3) Ku n al
54. (4) Sou rav M T
9th fr om left
55. (3) Anu j
56. (2) Harish 70. (4 ) 5 19 91 5; 378 87 3;
436 63 4; 624 42 6; P
57. (3) 7 3 4 6 2 8 5 89 339 8;
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Secon d sm al lest n u m b er
= 426 62 4 K
(5 8 – 6 2 ) : Si tti n g arr an gem en t 71. (4 ) 5 19 429; 378 288; R
436 34 6; 624 53 4;
Ash win i W
89 380 3;
M eeta Secon d h igh est n u m b er
Rani 82. (3) M
83. (4 ) KW
= 53462 4
84. (1) W
Pr iya 72. (5 ) 5 19 159; 378 738; 85. (3) D
Su dh a 436 34 6; 624 26 4; 86. (5 ) Non e of th ese
M u k ta 893 98 3;
Geet a Hi gh est n u m ber = 983 89 3 8 7. (3) 5 9 7 2 8 3 4
73. (1) 5th to th e left of th e 16th from 9 8 7 5 4 3 2
58. (3) Mu k ta
left m ean s 1 1th from l eft i.e., B. (8 8 –9 2 ) : Si tti n g arr an gem en t
59. (5) Non e of th ese
60. (4) Geeta-Su dh a 7 4 .(1) Nu mber Symbol Consonan t
R
61. (2) Su dh a-Ran i-Geeta Th er e is n o su ch com bin ation .
62. (5) Both (i) an d (iii) W
63. (2) 7 5 . (2) Nu mber Consonant Letter
P
Nu m ber Symbol Vowel T h er e i s o n l y o n e s u c h
com b in ation : 1WU

Su ch com b in ation is : 6 #E ,
76. (3) 7t h t o t h e righ t of 1 4th fr om Q
64. (5 ) 5 th t o t h e righ t of 1 3th fr om t h e r i gh t m ean s 7 t h fr om t h e
the righ t en d m eans 8th from th e ri gh t , i.e. N. T
ri gh t, i.e., J . 77. (2)
65. (1) V
5 6 7
E 9 3 U
4 4 4 D
5
F
6
K
7
V
S
T 7 L @ 5 6 7
4 4 4 2 B M 88. (3) Q
# K 3 A
4 4 4
89. (5 ) Non e of th ese
6 $ % 2 2 4 90. (1) T
7 8 . (4) D # E
66. (4) 3r d t o t h e left of 1 0th fr om 2

4
8 91. (2) PT
th e left en d m ean s 7th from t h e 2 4 92. (4) PW
B J A
left, i.e., $. 2 5
M I W
2 4 93. (2) 7 5 2 4 6 9 3
67. (4) Sym bol Let t er Nu m ber G N 2 3 4 5 6 7 9
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
(9 4 -9 8 ) : Si ttin g ar ran gem en t (1 0 9 –1 1 3 ) : Sit tin g arran gem en t 124. (5) A, Q > T > P, B
P is n ot th e sh or test.
V A, Q > T > P > B
E
Q Ei th er A or Q i s t h e tal lest.
C D S
125. (3) 8 4 2 9 5 1 6
P
W
B H 1 2 4 5 6 8 9
R
T
126. (1) 8 5 3 4 1 2 7 9
109. (4) W
A 5 8 4 3 2 1 9 7
G 110. (1) T
F 111. (5 ) Non e of th ese (1 2 7 –1 3 1 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t
112. (1) R
M
94. (1) F 113. (2) T
D H
95. (4) HD 114. (3) 6 8 3 7 9 4 1
96. (3 ) Th ir d t o t h e righ t
9 8 7 6 4 3 1
97. (5) H B P
98. (2 ) To t h e im m edi ate left (1 1 5 –1 1 9 ) : Sit tin g arran gem en t
B A T
99. (4) 5 2 3 6 1 9 8 4
G E R
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9
127. (5) D an d M are respecti vel y t h e
100. (5) R > M, T fi rst an d secon d to th e l eft of B.
F H 128. (4) M is th i rd to t h e righ t of T.
P>N
129. (1) P is to th e im m edi ate left of
No rel ati on can be est abli sh ed. H.
(1 0 1 –1 0 5 ) : Si ttin g arr an gem en t A C
130. (3) M is secon d to th e left of B.
D 131. (2) M is secon d to th e left of B.
G
F E
116. (5 ) Non e of th ese 132. (2) 5 9 3 4 1 6 2
117. (3) F 9 6 5 4 3 2 1
118. (5 ) Non e of th ese (1 3 3 –1 3 7 ) : Sit tin g arran gem en t
D H 119. (2) F
R
120. (3) 5 2 6 1 9 8 3
K W
B C
1 2 3 5 6 8 9
A
121. (1) 4 3 9 1 6 5 2
101. (4) BD 9 6 5 4 3 2 1 A T
102. (3) B 122. (5) Posit ion of P from t h e righ t
103. (2) G = 18 – 5 = 13 th
Posit ion of P from th e left M B
104. (5) On ly (A) an d (C)
= 30 – 1 3 + 1 = 18 th
105. (1) F
10
106. (3) 5 R M H D
8 4 6 9 3 7 123. (4)
15th 133. (2) T is to th e im m edi ate left of
9 8 7 6 5 4 3
R’s posit ion from t h e righ t en d W.
10th 4th = 15 + 1 0 + 1 = 2 6th 134. (5) R is th i rd to th e left of M.
107. (2) W R Th erefor e, R’s positi on from t h e 135. (3) K is th i rd to th e left of H.
left en d 136. (1) H is to im m edi ate left of D.
Nu m ber of b oys between R an d
= 35 – 2 6 + 1 = 1 0th 137. (5) R is sit tin g b etween W an d K.
W
Th e posit ion of R m ay be t o t h e
= 30 – (10 + 4) = 16 ri gh t of M. In th is case h is posi- 138. (2) 5 3 2 6 9 7 1 8
108. (4) D > A, E ti on from th e left en d wou ld be
1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9
C>B = 35 – 5 + 1 = 3 1st
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
139. (3) Accor d i n g t o qu est i on , t h e 154. (2 ) R is th i rd to th e righ t of W. 167. (5) V is sit tin g between R an d T.
n ew n u m ber of wou ld be : 168. (2) Z is secon d to th e ri gh t of T.
155. (1) 15 10
M R 169. (4 ) P is secon d to th e ri gh t of S.
3 6 5 4 8 9 1 2
27t h 11t h Al so, P i s sixt h of th e l eft of S.
nk, ¡ l srigh
nw
l j kt M’s p osit ion fr om th e left en d of 170. (3) S is to th e im m edi ate left of
2n d from
th e r ow = (40–27) + 1 = 14 th Z.
(1 4 0 –1 4 4 ) : Sitti n g arr an gem en t.
156. (1) Accord in g to qu estion 171. (1) R i s secon d t o t h e ri gh t of
W.
B 1 4 2 7 8 3 5 9 172. (5 ) Non e of th ese
H
K 157. (2) T > Q > P, R, S
R
C P, R, Q > S 16t h
I L
E Now, T > Q > P, R > S G B R E
(1 5 8 –1 6 2 ) : Sit tin g arran gem en t H 18t h
A 10t h F
B T T
F
A C R’s p osi tion fr om th e left
G
D = 25 – 1 6 + 1 =10 th
D Th u s, th ere are 7 ch i ldren b e-
140. (2 ) H is secon d to th e ri gh t of K. E tween R an d B.
141. (3 ) G is th i rd to th e righ t of H.
173. (1) 5 3 9 8 1 6
142. (1 ) A is fou rth to th e left of E. 9 8 6 5 3 1
F G
143. (4 ) B is fou rth to th e ri gh t of D. (1 7 4 – 1 7 8 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t
H
144. (4 ) D is sit tin g b etween F an d G.
158. (4 ) A is sit tin g b etween B an d E. T
145. (2) 159. (3 ) C is th i rd to th e righ t of H.
W Q
5 3 1 4 6 8 160. (2 ) E is to th e im m edi ate righ t
8 6 5 4 3 1 of A.
161. (5 ) H is fou rth to th e r igh t or left
of B. P R
146. (4) New n u m b er 162. (1 ) H is to th e im m ed iate left of
G.
1 9 5 7 8 3 2 4 S V
163. (5) 8 9 1 5 4 3 2 6
5 3 2 1 6 4 8 9 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 U
147. (2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 164. (5) B > E, D 174. (5) In n on e of p ai r s t h e t h i r d
11 A/ C > B > E, D person i s si tt in g b et ween t h e
4t h St u den t s
A/ C fi rst an d t h e secon d per son s.
148. (1) T R
5t h A, C > B > E, D 175. (1) Q is to th e im m edi ate left of
Nu m ber of stu d en t s b etween R 165. (2) Accordin g to qu estion T.
an d T = 20 – (4 + 5) = 11 176. (3 ) U is secon d to th e ri gh t of P.
6 7 5 9 8 3 4 1 177. (1 ) R is th ird to th e left of W.
149. (2) D > C > E, B, A
(1 5 0 –1 5 4 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t 178. (2) P is fou rth to th e left of R.
4th fr om the r igh t end
166. (1)
V
Q 12th 179. (5) 2 5 4 9 8 3
R T
Z 18th
P Th u s, t h er e ar e 4 0 – (1 2 +1 8 )
9 8 5 4 3 2
boys b etween R an d T.
S 40 – 30 = 10 boys
W (1 6 7 – 1 7 1 ) : Si tti n g arr an gem en t
(1 8 0 –1 8 4 ) : Si ttin g Arr an gem en t
R T
D
T S V
C G
Y
150. (4 ) V is sit tin g b etween Z an d Q. Z R B F
151. (1 ) Q is secon d to th e ri gh t of Z.
152. (5 ) Y is sit tin g t o t h e i m m ediate
ri gh t of T. P Q A E
153. (3 ) T is th ird to th e left of S. H
W
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
180. (1) B is th i rd to t h e righ t of G. (1 9 9 – 2 0 6 ) : Si tti n g arr an gem en t 209. (5) Th ere is n o person b etween T
181. (2) D is sit tin g between G an d C. an d V.
182. (3) F is th i rd to righ t of A. Bank er 210. (4) Ex cept in UT, in all oth ers t h e
S fi rst per son is sit tin g t o th e i m -
183. (1) G is to th e im m ediate left of D. Lawyer Pilot
T Q m ediat e l eft of th e secon d per -
184. (3) A is fou rth to th e left of G.
son .
(1 8 5 –1 8 9 ) : Si ttin g arr an gem en t 211. (5) Q is fou rth to th e left of S.
B Ar ch itect Cr ick eter
P V 212. (4) R an d S ar e seated at th e t wo
F E ext rem es.
213. (2) S is secon d to th e ri gh t of T.
H W Z T is secon d to th e ri gh t of Q.
G/ D
Pr ofessor Doctor U is secon d to th e ri gh t of V.
R
(2 1 4 – 2 1 8 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t
G/ D A
T
C 199. (3) Th e i m m ed iat e n eigh bou rs of
185. (4 ) Eith er D or G i s secon d t o t h e D oct or (Z) are Cri ck et (V) an d U A
left of A. Bu sin essm an (R).
186. (5 ) F is th ird to th e left of C. 200. (1) Bu sin essman (R) is third to the
187. (1 ) C is th i rd to t h e left of E or left of Pilot (Q).
fi fth to th e ri gh t of E. 201. (3) Th e Cr ick eter (V) si ts th i rd to
188. (2 ) E is secon d to th e ri gh t of A. th e r igh t of Pr ofessor (W).
189. (2 ) G m ay be ad jacen t to C. 202. (4) The Bu sin essm an (R) is an im -
C V
(1 9 0 –1 9 7 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t m ed iate n eigh bou r of th e Profes-
sor W.
Fem ale
S 203. (3) Th ere are two p eop le – Law- B
Femal e yer T an d Ar ch it ect P – between
W Z Male 2 1 4 . (3 ) B an d C are n ot facin g t h e
th e B an k er S an d t h e Professor cen t r e.
W, wh en cou n ted in an ti-clock - 215. (4 ) T is th ird to th e left or righ t of
M al e T R
wi se directi on from t h e B an k er B.
Female S. 216. (3 ) V is secon d to th e l eft of C or
204. (2) Q is a Pil ot fou rt h t o t h e righ t of C.
V 217. (4 ) Opti on (4) is cor rect.
Y Male 205. (4 ) Z is a D octor.
Femal e Q 218. (1 ) A is secon d to th e left of U.
206. (5) S th e Ban k er, sits ex actl y b e-
Fem ale (2 1 9 –2 2 1 ) :
tween T an d Q.
Y is wife of V.
W is wife of Z. (2 0 7 –2 0 8 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t , , ,Y > ,
190. (5) T is th i rd to t h e righ t of Z. V > X>U >Y > ,
191. (4) W, th e wi fe of Z i s an im m ed i- B
at e n eigh bou r of S. V > X > U >Y >Z > W
192. (2) Y is th e wi fe of V. F E 219. (4) V is t h e h eaviest.
193. (2) V, a m al e i s to th e i m m ediate 220. (5) V > X > U > Y > Z > W
left of R an d Z, a m ale i s t o t h e
im m edi ate ri gh t of R.
194. (5) Al l t h e statem en t s are tru e. 58 k g 35 k g
195. (4) W an d Y are im m ediate n eigh - U or Y weigh m ore th an 35 k g
bou rs of T. D C an d l ess th an 5 8 k g.
196. (3) Wh en cou n t ed in an ti clock - 221. (1) Z is h eavier t h an on ly W.
wi se dir ect ion , R an d Z are si t- (2 2 2 -2 2 6 ) :
A
ti n g b etween V an d S.
197. (1) Q si t s ex act l y b et ween V an d (Female) F B (Female) D (Female)
207. (3) Th ere are th ree person s b e-
Y. tween F an d E if we go an t iclock -
198. (5) wi se from F to E.
8 2 4 6 208. (1 ) C is sit tin g t o t h e i m m ediate (Male) G H (Male)
1×3 3×3 left of E.
2 2 2 2
(2 0 9 – 2 1 3 ) :
R Q V T U S (Male) C E (Male)
A (Female)
4 3 9 1 2 3
H is h u sban d of A. C is h u sban d
Requ ir ed differen ce = 9 – 1 = 8 of D. E i s h u sb an d of B.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
222. (5) Op tion (5) is tru e. 237. (5 ) T an d U sit at th e ex trem e 246. (4) Except in AF, in all others th e
223. (3) E is h u sb an d of B. en ds of t h e lin e. fi rst per son is secon d to th e left
(2 3 8 – 2 4 3 ) : Si tti n g arr an gem en t of th e secon d person .
224. (3) Two person s
247. (3) Th ree person s – A, C an d G
225. (1) D is wife of C. – sit between F an d E.
(Fem ale)
226. (5 ) Secon d t o t h e r igh t. A 248. (2) C sit s exactly in th e m idd le
(2 2 7 –2 3 2 ) : Si tti n g arr an gem en t (Male) (M ale) of th e lin e.
H F 2 4 9 . (1) E is th i rd to t h e righ t of A.
T
(2 5 0 –2 5 6 ) :
P L
(Fem ale) (Fem ale)
C G Q
M O P R
P T
Y
S N
(Male) E D (Male)
R Q Y W Q S
B
(Fem ale)
227. (1 ) R is secon d to th e ri gh t of M.
228. (3 ) Two A is wife of H. R T
B is wife of F. WV S
V
T 238. (4 ) G is a fem ale wh o sit s secon d
T to ri gh t of B.
S L
P L 239. (2 ) H sit s t h ir d to th e l eft of B. 250. (1 ) Non e
240. (2 ) Tw o p er son s D an d G si t 251. (3 ) R si ts secon d to th e left of Y.
R M O M between B an d F wh en cou n t ed 252. (1 ) Y si ts fou rth to th e left of V.
i n a n t i - c l o c k w i s e d i r ec t i o n 253. (5 ) Q is to im m edi ate righ t of R.
from B . 254. (3 ) Excep t V, all oth ers are si t-
Q S N N
241. (4 ) G is a fem ale wh il e all oth ers ti n g in th e m i ddle of th e sides.
R Q ar e m ales. 255. (4 ) Y si ts th i rd t o t h e righ t of W.
P 242. (5 ) Fem al e m em b ers ar e A, G, B 256. (2 ) Y sit s b etween T an d Q.
O
an d C. (2 5 7 –2 6 1 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t
243. (3) Two
229. (3) Except TS, in all oth ers th ere
is on e fr ien d b etween th e two. O
230. (2 ) O is fi fth to th e ri gh t of M in A R L
th e an ti clock wise di rection . A
H B
231. (3) S is secon d to th e left of Q. H F
Si m il arly, N is secon d to left of M P
L.
232. (3) L is to th e im m edi ate left of
T. GC GC
Q N
(2 3 3 – 2 3 7 ) :
257. (5) P is to im m ediate righ t of N.
L T Z V Y X W U R
E I E 258. (3 ) I f we cou n t an t i -cl ock wi se
G D D fr om L t o Q, t h en th r ee per son s–
F F
T H
T B E O, R, M – ar e seat ed between L
an d Q.
233. (3 ) Z is fou rth to th e left of W. 259. (2) N is th e im m edi ate left of P.
244. (1) Man av’s ran k from th e t op
234. (4) V is secon d to th e ri gh t of T. 260. (5 ) Except in ROL, in al l oth ers
= 15 – 4 = 11 th
235. (2) Ex cept in XV, i n all ot h ers t h e t h i rd p erson i s seat ed b e-
Mavan ’s ran k from th e b ott om tween th e first an d th e secon d
fi rst person i s to th e i m m ediate
ri gh t of th e secon d person . = 20 – 1 1 + 1 = 10 th person s. In ROL, th e secon d per -
(2 4 5 – 2 4 9 ) : son is seated between th e fir st
236. (1 ) Non e
an d t h e th i rd per son s.
D F A C G E B
Z Y X W V U T 261. (1) Except in LP, in all oth ers th e
Right
L R
Left
fi rst person i s to th e i m m ediate

E T Z V Y X W U I
G left of t h e secon d person . In LP,
F
T H th e first person is to th e im m edi-
245. (2) D sit s at t h e extr em e left of
T at e ri gh t of th e secon d person .
th e l in e.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
(2 6 2 -2 6 6 ) : 273. (3) St atem en t (3) is tru e. Captain s of Au stralia (P) and En-
274. (4) H is a Teach er. glan d (R) are im m ediate n eigh -
L Z A X C Y B R bou rs.
E I 275. (2) D, Doctor is th ird to th e left
F G of Ban k er E. Th r ee p eop l e si t b et w een W
T H and Q.
T 276. (4) Doctor D , sits bet ween F, Ar -
ch itect an d A, Bu sin essm an . X sit s secon d to t h e righ t of S.
262. (4) X an d C are sit tin g exact ly in 287. (4) T is th e In d ian Cap tai n .
277. (5) G is a cler k .
th e m idd le of t h e lin e.
(2 7 8 -2 8 2 ) : 288. (4) Q i s t h e Cap t ai n of West
263. (4 ) X is secon d to th e ri gh t of Z. In d i es.
264. (5) Ex cept in XA, in all oth ers th e Q is secon d to th e ri gh t of R.
St d 5
fi rst person i s to th e i m m ediate C (2 8 9 –2 9 5 ) :
left of t h e secon d person . In XA, St d 7
th e first person is to th e im m edi- F B St d 3 Pi lot
at e ri gh t of th e secon d person . G
Ar ch it ect Engineer
265. (1) On ly on e person X, i s seat ed B C
between A an d C. St d 2 D A St d 4
266. (2) A is to th e im m edi ate left of
X. Z is to th e im m edi ate left of A. Ban k er D H Doctor
Si m il arl y, Y i s to th e i m m ediate
E H
left of B. St d 6 St d 8
(2 6 7 -2 7 2) : Si t t i n g ar ran gem en t G E F
St d 1 Polit ician Teacher
A
Bu sin essm an
(Wife of Q)
U
Female 278. (5 ) Non e is tru e. 289. (1) A is a B u si n essm an .
Male, Lecturer
Q T (Wife of V) 279. (4 ) B st u dies i n Std 3. 290. (3 ) E is th e Politi cian . F is sec-
(Wife of S)
Female
280. (4 ) Th er e are th ree stu d en t s b e- on d t o t h e righ t of E.
Female
Scientist, t ween A an d D wh en cou n ted 291. (3 ) D oct or (H ) sit s ex act ly be-
P V Male fr om th e left h an d si de of A. tween th e Teach er (F) an d t h e
281. (2 ) D st u dies i n Std 2. En gin eer (C).
Male, Doctor Lawyer, Male 282. (3) E an d H are im mediate n eigh - 292. (5) Doctor (H) sits secon d t o t h e
S R righ t of Bu si n essm an (A).
bou rs of G.
J (2 8 3 –2 8 8 ) : 293. (2) G is a Pilot.
(Wife of R) 294. (4) On ly th e com bin ation E-Poli-
Female ti cian is correct.
Captain of
Pak ist an 295. (4 ) E is th e Politi cian .
267. (4) P is to t h e im m ediate left of S. Captain of
New Zealand
S (2 9 6 – 3 0 0 ) :
268. (1 ) J is th ird to th e left of T. Sri Lank an
W V Captain
269. (2 ) T is th e wi fe of V. Uco Bank
Sou t h Afr ica
270. (3) Wi ves of Q an d V are im m e- F

Capt ain of
Dena Bank
diate n eigh bou r s. Indi an C G B ank
X T Capt ain
271. (3) Ex cep t i n UTV, in al l oth ers of India
t h e t h i rd p erson is si tt i n g b e-
tween th e first an d th e secon d Punjab E H Canara
Captain R Q Captain of
p er son s. In U TV , t h e secon d West Indies Nat ional Bank
of England P
person is sittin g between th e first Bank
Au str alian
an d t h e th i rd per son s. Captain D A
272. (3) R is a lawyer. J i s wife of R. Orient al B ank Bank of
of Com mer ce B Mahar ashtra
(2 7 3 -2 7 7 ) : Sit tin g arran gem en t 283. (3) Th ere ar e t wo per son s – Q Syndicat e
Bank
an d P – bet ween T an d R, t h e
A captain of Englan d when cou nted
B u sin essm an 296. (2) Except in A-Canara Ban k pair,
in cl ock wise di rection fr om T.
G
in al l ot h er s t h e fir st p erson is
D 284. (1) P is th e Captain of Au stralian secon d t o t h e left of th e secon d
Cl er k D oct or team . p er son .
285. (2) 297. (5) B is th e represen tat ive fr om
E F
B an k er Ar ch it ect 3 4 5 6 W Syn dicat e Ban k .
V X T R
S
3
R
4
V
5
P
6 X C sits th ird to th e ri gh t of H.
B H Th e r ep r esen t a t i ve fr om t h e
286. (3 ) R is th e Captain of En glan d.
Sh opk eep er Teach er Den a Ban k , C is to th e im m ed i-
C W is im m edi ate n ei gh b ou r of S ate ri gh t of th e r epr esen tat ive
E n gin eer or X. fr om t h e UCO Ban k , F.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
A is secon d to th e left of G, t h e 308. (4 ) B is si tti n g secon d to th e left 321. (5 ) F faces V.
represen t ati ve from Ban k of In - of A. 322. (4) T sits exactly between P an d
dia. 309. (2 ) G is sit tin g t o t h e i m m ediate Q.
A, th e represen t ati ve from Ban k left of E. 323. (4) V > Q > R
of Mah arash t ra an d B, th e rep- 310. (5 ) F is th ird to th e left of B.
resen tative from Syn dicate Ban k T > R an d S > V
311. (3 ) Two
ar e i m m ed i at e n ei gh b ou r s of Now, S > V > Q > R
each oth er. C
298. (3) H , t h e r ep r esen t at i ve fr om C T
Can ar a B an k an d A, th e r epr e- B (3 2 4 -3 2 8 ) :
F D
sen tati ve fr om B an k of Mah a- G
rash t ra, si t b etween B, th e rep- H E
resen tative from Syn dicate Ban k N
an d G, th e r epr esen tative fr om
G B
Ban k of In di a. A A W E
E A C
299. (5) D is th e represen tat ive fr om E
Or ien tal Ban k from Com m erce. S
300. (4) E, t h e r ep r esen t at i ve fr om D F
D B
Pu n jab Nation al Ban k sits sec- G
on d t o t h e left fr om B, th e rep- F 324. (5 ) C is sit tin g op posite to A.
r es en t a t i v e f r o m Sy n d i c a t e 325. (2) B is n ext to E in clock wi se
Bank . W direction .
301. (4) An n ie’s ran k from th e t op (3 1 2 -3 1 6 ) : P S 326. (4 ) A an d G are si tti n g on t h e
6+7 = 13 th sam e side an d A is to th e righ t
An n ie’s ran k from th e b ott om Y V of G.
 3 5 – 13 + 1 = 23 rd 327. (3 ) F is sit tin g op posite to E.
(3 0 2 -3 0 6 ) : T 328. (2 ) E is sit tin g op posite to F.
R Q
C F G D H E (3 2 9 –3 3 3 ) :
L R 312. (3) T sits secon d to th e l eft of Q.
E I
F G 313. (4 ) T is th i rd to th e righ t of V. R
Row-1
T L
H 314. (4) R, W, V an d Y are si tti n g in I E
T G
F
th e m iddl e of t h e sides of th e t a- H
T T
302. (3) G is th i rd to th e left of E. bl e. S i s sitt in g at th e cor n er. V T Q R P S
303. (2) C an d E are stan di n g at t h e 315. (2 ) WP an d TR r epr esen t n eigh - E B A C D F
ex trem e en d s of t h e lin e. b ou r s. Th er e ar e t wo p er son s L R
I
E
304. (3) G is stan din g secon d t o t h e between Q an d W as well as R F
G
H
ri gh t of C. an d S. Now, we h ave t o ch oose T T
305. (2 ) Excep t i n GE, i n all ot h ers su ch pair in wh ich th ere wou ld Row-2
th ere is on ly on e p erson between b e t h r ee p er son s b et ween t h e
two. 329. (2) To person s – A an d C – are
th e two.
seated b etween B an d D.
306. (1 ) on e 316. (5) Non e of t h e st at em en t s i s
tru e. 330. (1) V and B are opposite diago-
C F G D H E n ally. Th erefore, P is related to F.
(3 1 7 – 3 2 2 ) :
331. (4) V sit s at on e of th e ex trem e
L en ds of t h e lin e.
R E
I
C D E F G H G
F 332. (2) V an d S are at ext rem e en ds
T of th e Row-1.
H
(3 0 7 -3 1 1 ) : Sit tin g arran gem en t T P T Q V S R 333. (5) T faces B.
C C D E F A B (3 3 4 -3 4 0 ) :
L R
E
F I
G F G ROW-1
T H R L
T I E
G F
317. (3) R an d P sit at ext rem e en ds H
A D B F C E A
T
E of th e rows. T
318. (5 ) S faces A.
L
T P S R Q V R
D 319. (2 ) Two p erson s – Q an d V – are I
B seated b etween T an d S
E G
F
H
307. (3) A an d E are facin g opposi te to 320. (1 ) Th er e ar e t wo p er son s b e- T T
th e cen tr e. tween P an d V. ROW-1
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
334. (1 ) T faces D. 350. (1) Bh arat sit s th ird to t h e l eft of 365. (1) 8 1 9 4 3 2 7 5
335. (2) T an d A are sittin g at extrem e Ali.
351. (4) Peter is th i rd to th e righ t of 3 2 7 5 8 1 9 4
en ds of t h e rows.
336. (5 ) D is far away fr om R. Meen al. 366. (3)
337. (2) Except S, all oth er are sitt in g 352. (4 ) H ar leen si t s secon d t o th e
ri gh t of Ketan . Con son ant Sym bol Nu m ber
at th e extr em e en d s of t h e rows.
353. (2) Bh arat an d Ru m ia are im m e-
338. (2 ) Two p erson s – P an d S – are Su ch com bin ation s are :
di ate n eigh bou rs of Har leen .
seated b etween R an d T.
354. (5) No on e sits between Peter an d E%9 ; 6  8 ;
339. (3 ) E faces Q. Ali.
340. (4) D and F are im mediate n eigh - 355. (5) Shik h a an d Bharat are im me-
bou rs of B. 2 4
di ate n ei gh b ou r s of Meen al. 367. (2) D   %   M
(3 4 1 – 3 4 2 ) : Aj ay > Poon am > Ben (3 5 6 –3 6 2 ) : 2 4
Kim > Sh reya K   4  #
4t h 2 n d 7t h 1 st 3r d 5t h 6 th 2 4
Kim > Sh reya > Aj ay > Poon am >Ben V W W   Z   7
S Q T P R
87 % 70% 6 5% 2 4
Righ t
6   8  
left
341. (5) Poon am scored t h e secon d
2 4
lowest n ark s. 6   F   E
342. (3) Sh reya m ay h ave scored 82% 356. (4) S li ves on th e 4t h floor.
m ark s. 357. (1) T li ves on th e 1st floor.
368. (3) Nu m ber Consonant Consonant
(3 4 3 -3 4 8 ) : 358. (2) V li ves on th e 2n d floor an d
P lives on th e 5t h floor. Su ch com bin ation s are :
359. (3) S is sit tin g at th e extr em e left
4M$ ; 2F1
Righ t
Left
en d.
R Q P S T 360. (5) Ex cep t i n t h e case of Q – 6 th 6 6 6
floor, in all others th e floor n u m - 3 6 9 . (5) 3 $ F I
C D B E A ber is on e m ore th an t h e actu al 6 6 6
K E B @
Ri ght
fl oor n u m ber. In case of Q, t h e

Left
6 6 6
floor nu m ber is on e less th an th e 4 9 H
actu al floor n u m ber. 3 7 0 . (1) Accordin g to the qu estion , th e
343. (3) Two p erson s – P an d S – are 361. (5) S lives on the fou rth floor an d n ew sequ en ce will be :
seated b etween Q an d T. h e si ts at th e ext rem e l eft en d. R3KA4MDE92F1BU H 5 I7WZ68NPQ
344. (2) E x c ep t S, a l l o t h er s a r e 362. (5) P  1st floor
seated at t h e en d s. Q  2n d floor 10th from right end
345. (5) P an d B are sit tin g exact ly in R  3r d floor 3 7 1 . (4) 4th to th e left of th e 13th from
th e m idd le of rows. S  4t h floor th e left en d m ean s 9th from t h e
346. (5) D a n d E a r e i m m ed i a t e T  5t h floor left en d, i.e., D.
n eigh bou rs of B. V  6t h floor
B sits exactl y i n t h e m idd le of 372. (4) Sym b ol Sym bol Con son an t
W  7t h floor
th e row. (3 6 3 –3 6 4 ) : Su ch com bin ation s are :
P faces B. Th e r an k of Sm eer from th e t op
A % , 1 V , 2 $ W
Ei th er Q or S i s an i m m ediate  10th
n eigh bou r of P, wh o faces B. Th e ran k of An jali from th e t op 373. (2)
347. (4 ) R an d A ar e si tti n g opp osi te  4th Con son an t Vowel Sym bol
diagonally. Total n u m ber of girl s = 3 + 7 – 1
=9 Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
348. (5 ) E faces S.
(3 4 9 – 3 5 5 ) : Total n u m ber of boys ti on : H A %
= 5 + 21 – 1 = 25
363. (3) Total n u m ber of stu den ts 374. (1)
Ketan Pet er Ali
= 9 + 25 = 34 1 2
364. (3) I 
 L 
@
4t h 2 Gir ls, 3 Boys 1 2
2 Gir ls, 1 Boy 10th A 
 H 
 %
A S
Ru m ia Sh ik h a K 
 F 
1
 E
2
Am on g gir ls, An jal i’s ran k i s 3 rd
from th e top . So, b efor e An j al i 1 2
Q 
 J 
1
th ere ar e t wo girl s an d on e boy.
1 2
Amon g boys, Sam eer’s ran k is 5th V   T
 
Harleen M een al fr om th e top . So, th ere are th r ee
Bh ar at
b oys an d t wo gi r l s i n b et ween 375. (1 ) 6 th t o t h e righ t of 1 5th fr om
349. (3) Except H arleen , all ot h ers sit An jali an d Sam eer. t h e r i gh t m ean s 9 t h fr om t h e
in th e m i ddl e of t h e sides. ri gh t, i.e., Q.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
4
401. (2) 8t h t o t h e left of 1 7th fr om
376. (4) B L 387. (4) Letter Number Letter th e l eft m ean s 9th fr om th e left
4 Su ch com bin ation s are : en d, i.e., %.
G 7
402. (3)
Similarly, W2H ; P1A ; A4Q
388. (3) 9 th to r igh t of t h e 16th fr om Sym bol Conson ant Letter
4
A F
the righ t en d m eans 7th from th e Su ch com bin ation s are :
4 ri gh t an d, i.e., U.
% K
389. (1) 6t h t o l eft of th e 1 6th fr om # KE , %M P
377. (5 ) Accor din g to qu est ion s, t h e
th e left m ean s 10th from th e left,
n ew sequ en ce wi ll be 403. (1) Accor d i n g t o qu est i on , t h e
i.e., ©.
# B G @I L H A % ©D F K E J Q H V T U $ W n ew sequ en ce wou ld be :
5t h t o t h e left of 11 th from t h e 2 2
390. (5) 5 
 N 
 I B 5 J R 1 K E M P A D F 4 9 U W 6 H 3 Z 7 N I 2
left m ean s 6th from t h e left, i.e., 11 t h fr om ri gh t

2 2
L. 9 
 U 
 $
378. (4) H 
2
 A 

2 404. (3) Let ter Nu mber Symbol
5 5 5 2 2 Su ch com bin ation s are :

6   L   %   E 7 
 G 
#
5
@  H   F   Q
5 5 D 
2
 P 
 T
3 R1# , H# 
379. (5 ) 3 86  9 36; 752 67 2
391. (1) Number Vowel Consonant 405. (4) E –2
#
+1
K
961  7 91; 573 85 3
Th ere is n o su ch com b in ation . –2 +1
839  4 89 P % M
392. (5) 5th to th e left of th e 18th from
Sm all est n u m ber  489 left end means 13th from the left, –2 +1
F A D
380. (1 ) 3 86  6 83; 752 25 7 i.e., P. +2 –1
961  1 69; 573 37 5 393. (2) Accord i n g to qu esti on , n ew Z N 7
839  9 38 sequ en ce wou ld be 3
–2
6
+1
H
Secon d largest n u m b er B2MEJR5NDIP4T 3 9FU16HJA7GQ
 6 83  3 86 406. (1) 832  8 23; 719  79 1;
381. (3 ) 3 86  3 68; 752 72 5 12th from right end 654  6 45; 967  97 6;
961  9 16; 573 53 7 394. (4) 481  4 18
839  8 93 Th ird h i gh est n u m ber  7 91
Number Consonant Letter
Largest n u m b er 7 + 9 = 16
 9 16  9 + 6 = 15 Su ch com bin ation s are : 407. (2) Secon d lowest n u m ber  654
382. (3 ) H igh est n u m ber  5 19 2ME ; 9FU ; 6HJ 6 + 4 = 10
Lowest n u m ber  1 75 408. (5) 832  3 82; 719  17 9;
395. (3) 9t h t o t h e righ t of th e 20 th 654  5 64; 967  69 7;
Requ i red su n  1 + 7 = 8 fr om th e ri gh t en d m ean s 11 th
383. (3) Second highest nu mber  437 481  8 41
fr om th e ri gh t en d, i.e., 1.
384. (2 ) On e 84 1 – 697 = 1 44
396. (1) Symbol Consonant Letter 409. (4) 832  2 38; 719  91 7;
Number Consonant Symbol Th ere is n o su ch com b in ation . 654  4 56; 967  7 69; 4 81
 184
Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a- 397. (2) Consonant Number Vowel
Lowest n u m ber  1 84
ti on : 9T . Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a- 8 + 4 = 12
ti on :  R 4 A 410. (5) 12 th to th e left of 2 1st fr om
2 –3 th e l eft m ean s 9th fr om t h e left,
385. (5) T B 9
398. (3) Letter Symbol Number i .e., F.
2 –3
P A K Su c h com b i n at i on s ar e : 411. (4) According to the qu estion, n ew
2 –3 sequ en ce wou ld be :
4 I A J @7 , E $3
2 –3 B @D A ©F % R H E N $ U WPT V # YI
U 8  399. (1) 8 t h t o t h e Left of th e 1 7 t h
2
–2
%
+3
H from th e left end m eans 9th from 15t h fr om t he r igh t en d
th e left, i.e., @.
412. (2)
400. (2)
386. (2) D 7
T
+7
6
+7
Q Sym bol Consonant Vowel
7 +7 +7 M%RAT#J@D©I F NE$WUH KBQ
5 B L V
7 +7 +7 Su ch com bin ation i s : @D A
E W 1 U 11th from the right end
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
413. (5) Asteri sk (H) is in b etween E 438. (2)
6 6 6
an d N. 423. (1) J 5 R 7
6 6 6
Sym bol Con sonant Nu m ber
E 9 U A
2 –4 Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
414. (2) 5 6 2 6 6 6
M I 3 B
2 –3
W P U ti on : %R3
2 –4 424. (2) Nu m ber Con son an t Nu m ber
9 D 439. (1) According to qu estion the new
Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a- sequ en ce wou ld be :
2 –4
# T
ti on : 8V# BMR3JKDF6 9 W4NP2Y5QZ7G
2 –4
U 3 $
425. (2) 10 th t o th e r igh t of 19t h fr om
t h e r i gh t m ean s 9 t h fr om t h e 12th from the right end
415. (3) Con son an t Sym bol Nu m ber
ri gh t, i.e., T.
Su ch com bin ation s are : 426. (5) Accor d i n g t o qu est i on , t h e 440. (4) Lett er Nu m ber Let ter
F % 2 , N $1 n ew sequ en ce wou ld be : Su ch com bin ation s are :
F4J2EMP5W 9IQR6UH.....
416. (3) Let ter Nu m ber Symbol F69 , W4 , P2$
Su ch com bin ation s are : 14t h from left 441. (4)
B4@ , T8 427. (4) Nu m ber Sym bol Let t er 7 7 7

M         Y
417. (1) Accor d i n g t o qu est i on , t h e Su ch com bin ation s are :
7 7 7
n ew sequ en ce wou ld be : R   F   E   I
4J , 9@I , 7 A 7 7 7
4t h t o left of A J   9   2   Z
428. (1) 813  1 83 ; 47 9 7 49 ;
442. (3 ) H igh est n u m ber  8 46
R43M K EF5 A JN18UDBP6IW7QZ 564  6 54; 385  8 35 ;
Requ i red su m  8 + 4 = 12
792  9 72
443. (2 ) 52 8  2 58; 73 9  37 9;
9t h fr om t h e left Lowest Nu m ber  1 83  8 13
84 6  4 86; 49 2  94 2;
418. (3) Accor d i n g t o qu est i on , t h e 429. (2) Secon d Lowest Nu m b er
37 5  73 5;
n ew sequ en ce wou ld be :  4 7 9 Secon d lowest n u m ber  379
R % M @K E F A # J N U © D B
430. (3) Secon d Hi gh est Nu m b er 444. (3 ) 52 8  8 25; 73 9  93 7;
P I W Q H Z
7t h t o th e r igh t of 1 8th from t h e  792 ; 7 +2 = 9 84 6  6 48; 49 2  29 4;
ri gh t en d m ean s 11 th from t h e 431. (5) Consonant Number Consonant 37 5  57 3;
ri gh t en d, i.e., U. Th ird h i gh est n u m ber  6 48
419. (4) Su ch com bin ation s are :
445. (1)
Sym bol Consonant Lett er H3R , K2P , N4W , V9J
Con sonant Consonan t Symbol
Su ch com bin ation s are : 432. (3)
@KE , # JN , DB Th ere is n o su ch com b in ation .
+6 +6 +6
3 K N Q 446. (1) According to qu estion, the n ew
+6 +6 +6 sequ en ce wou ld be :
2 4 % P W U
420. (1) J   A   1 +6
2 3 +6 +6
M 5 @ V W 7 I R P3 9 B A 4 H D 5 M E 2 T 8 U Q N 1 V 6 K F
3   R   %
2 –3 433. (2) Accor d i n g t o qu est i on , t h e
8     1
2 –3 n ew sequ en ce wou ld be : 15t h fr om th e left en d
#   N   A
2 3 447. (2)
   W   Q H 3R MA K2P 5EN 4W FQ 1U V9JID 78
Symbol Nu mber Conson ant

421. (4) Sym bol Nu m ber Lett er 11t h fr om r igh t
Su ch com bin ation s are : 434. (4) 6th to th e left of the 14th from Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
th e l eft m ean s 8th fr om th e left
F5A . 18U . P6I an d, i.e., K. ti on : $4H
+2 –3 435. (1) Conson ant Num ber Sym bol 1 –3

422. (3)   2  
 4 448. (4) T  2
Th ere is n o su ch com b in ation .
+2 –3 1 –3
P   W  
 M 436. (5) Th ird h igh est n u m b er Q N
–2 +3 1 –3
R 
 I   6 6 4 7 3 9 R
+2 –3 437. (3) 6th to th e left of th e 20th from 1 +3
R   U  
 Q 6 V K
th e left en d m ean s 14th from th e
+2 –3 1 –3
V   G  
 8 left en d, i.e., W. % T E
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
449. (3) 9t h t o t h e righ t of 2 2n d fr om 474. (3) 4 2 6 1 3 8
th e r igh t en d m ean s 1 3th fr om 461. (2) Lett er Nu m ber Lett er
+1 +1 +1 +2 +2 +1
th e r igh t en d, i.e., T. Th is is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
ti on : 72F . 5 3 7 3 5 9
450. (5) Nu mber Symbol Letter
475. (1 ) 7 th to th e righ t of th e 19 th
462. (1) di git from t h e righ t en d m ean s
Nu mber Conson ant Symbol 12 th from th e r igh t en d, i.e., 3.
7@I , 5 M , 476. (5 ) 3 94  9 34; 632  36 2;
Th ere is n o su ch com b in ation . 783  8 73; 576  75 6;
2%T , 8 U , 6 # K 463. (2) 6th to th e left of th e 14th from 895  9 85
th e left en d m ean s 8th from t h e Secon d Hi gh est Nu m b er
451. (2) Secon d h igh est n u m b er left en d, i.e., 1.
464. (5)  9 34  3 94
746 477. (1) 8 1 9 4 3 2 7 5
 7 46 ; 373 +7 7 7
2 4 D I 6
3 2 7 5 8 1 9 4
Th ird h i gh est n u m ber  5 19 +7 7 7
3 T B
Requ i red di fferen ce 2 –4
+7 7 7
 5 19 – 3 73 = 1 46 H E U 7 478. (4) T  
 E  
 R
452. (4 ) 5 19  9 15; 328  82 3; 2 –4
U 
 4  
 @
3 –5
746  6 47; 495  59 4; 465. (4) H D 3 2 –4
6 
 D  
 V
837  7 38 –3 5
J I –2 +4
Lowest n u m ber  5 94 J 
 1   K
–3 5
453. (5 ) 5 19  9 51; 328  83 2; V I % 2 –4
N 
  
 
746  6 74; 495  54 9; 3 –6
N 8 D
837  7 83 479. (5)
3 –5
Secon d h igh est n u m ber  8 32 B 2 6
Nu m ber or
454. (3) Second highest nu mber  746 Letter Nu m ber
466. (4) Even digit 5 Even digit Sym bol
Requ ir ed differen ce  7 – 4 = 3
455. (1 ) 5 19  6 18; 328  42 7; Su ch com bin ation s are : Su ch com bin ation s are :
746  8 45; 495  59 4; 858 ; 854 ; 652 M 3# ; U54 ; 16  ;
837  9 36
Secon d l owest n u m ber  5 94 467. (2) 6 1 3 2 4 D8 ; N7
Requ i red su m = 9 + 4 = 13 1 2 3 4 6
480. (2)
456. (4) According to qu estion, the n ew 468. (1) 5t h to th e left of th e 20t h di g-
sequ en ce wou ld be : +6 +6 +6
it fr om th e left m ean s 1 5th fr om R   $   4   8
H PK E F RU W G M I B Q Z N V J th e l eft i.e., 3. +6 +6 +6
T  @  I   H
14t h fr om t h e r i gh t en d 469. (3) Per fect Squ are 2 +6 +6 +6 N
1 
 F   6  
457. (1) Su ch com bin ation s are : 481. (3)
92 ; 12
7 7 7 Nu m ber Sym bol Letter
P   R   M  
470. (4) Accor d i n g t o qu est i on , t h e
7 7 7 n ew sequ en ce wou ld be :
K   U   5   N Su c h com b i n at i on s ar e :
7 7 7 9 9 3 5 9 5 5 5 31 1 7 7 5 1 1 3 3#R ; 8 H
%   W   Q   8
482. (5) 7t h t o t h e left of 2 0th fr om
458. (2) Lett er Nu m ber Sym bol 9th fr om th e r igh t
th e left en d m ean s 13th from th e
471. (4) According to the qu estion, th e
Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a- left en d, i.e., F.
n ew sequ en ce wou ld be :
(4 8 3 -4 8 9 ) :
ti on : Z6 1 3 9 5 1 5 1 5 5 3 9 9 3 1 5 7 7
(H’s m ot h er )
459. (1) 7th to th e left of the 20th from 7th fr om th e r ight en d B
(M al e)
th e left en d m ean s 13th from th e D C (M al e)
left, i.e., U. 472. (3) Odd digit 2 Odd digit
460. (4) (H u sban d
Su ch com bin ation s are : of H ) A E (D’s
Nu m ber Con sonan t Nu m ber D au gh t er )
923 ; 321
Su ch com bin ation s are : H
(Fem ale) G
473. (1) Per fect Squ are 1 (Fem ale)
F
FR1 , WG2 , QZ6 (Fem ale)
Th ere is n o su ch com b in ation .
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
483. (4 ) A’s wife i s H. H’s m oth er is 493. (2 ) Th e p erson from Pu n jab Na- 505. (2) R is secon d to th e right of V.
B. Th erefore, B is th e m oth er - ti on al B an k , Q faces A. 506. (3) Except TP, in all oth er pairs,
in -law of A. A i s secon d t o t h e B is from B an k of Mah arash t ra on e person is ju st opposite to
ri gh t of B. an d h e is a im mediate n eigh bou r th e oth er person .
484. (3 ) E is th e dau gh ter of D. of A. 507. (5 ) P is sit tin g t o t h e i m m ediate
485. (2 ) A is th e fath er of F an d G. G A faces th e person wh o sits sec- ri gh t of W. Q i s sitt in g sec-
i s th e m ot h er of C. Th erefore, on d to th e l eft of R. on d t o t h e righ t of P.
C i s th e gr an dch i ld of A. A i s A is from Den a Ban k . 508. (5 ) On ly P i s si tti n g between U
th ird to th e ri gh t of C. A sits third from th e left an d sec- an d W, wh en cou n ted fr om
486. (1) D is brot h er -in -law of A. A is on d from th e r igh t. th e l eft si de of U.
fath er of F an d G. Th erefore, D 494. (5 ) S is seat ed bet ween R an d
is m ater n al u n cle of G. Th ere is 509. (4) V is sit tin g exact ly b etween T
Q, th e p erson from Pu n jab Na- an d S.
on ly on e person between G an d tion al Ban k .
D is clock wise di rection . (5 1 0 –5 1 4 ) :
495. (4) Person s at t h e extrem e en ds :
487. (2) Ex cep t C, all oth ers ar e fe-
C fr om Can ar a B an k ; D fr om G A E B H C F D R
m ales. L
Or ien tal Ban k of Com m er ce; P E I
488. (5 ) B is th e m oth er of H.
fr om Syn d i cate B an k ; R fr om F G
C is t h e n ep h ew of E. T H
UCO B an k .
A is th e h u sban d of H . A is th i rd T
496. (1 ) S from In di an Ban k faces B
to th e left of H. Bot h th e n eigh -
fr om Ban k of M ah arash tr a.
bou rs of C are fem ales. 510. (4 ) E is th ird to th e left of C.
F an d G are dau gh t ers of H. 497. (4 ) P faces th e im m ed iat e n eigh -
bou r of A from Den a Ban k . 511. (2) Si xth from t h e righ t en d
489. (1) B sits to th e im m edi ate left of
B faces th e im mediate n eigh bou r E
C. B is gran dm oth er of F.
of Q from Pu n jab Nation al Ban k . C is th i rd to t h e righ t of E.
(4 9 0 –4 9 2 ) :
Si m i l ar l y, D faces i m m ed i at e 512. (1) G an d D ar e sitti n g at t h e ex-
B, D, F > C > A, E
n ei gh b ou r o f S fr o m I n d i an tr em e en ds of lin e.
B > D > F > C > A, E
Bank . 513. (2) E is th e im m ediate n eighbou r
B >D >F > C> E> A
498. (4) Except Q, all oth ers are seat- of B. In al l oth er s, th e fi rst per -
Score of F = 81
ed at t h e ex tr em e en d s of th e son i s t h ir d t o th e r igh t of t h e
Score of E = 62
lines. secon d person .
490. (1 ) C scored m ore th an 6 2 an d
less th an 8 1. 499. (3) P is from Syn d icate Ban k . 514. (3)
62 < 7 0 < 81 500. (5) C is from Can ara Ban k . G A E B H C F D
491. (5 ) D’s scor e was m ore th an 8 1. (5 0 1 –5 0 4 ) : S > Q
B scored th e m axim u m m ark s.
T, P > R
Th ree people, B, D an d F scor ed
T, P > R > S > Q H G F E D C B A
m ore t h an C.
B scored m ore th an 8 1 m ark s. T >P>R> S> Q > U
501. (4 ) U is th e l igh test. Th e posit ion of C i s u n ch an ged.
492. (3 ) Scor e of F = 81
502. (5 ) P is th e secon d h eaviest. 515. (1) B > A > C, D, E
Socre of B = 8 1 + 13 = 94
Th er efor e, scor e of D = m or e 503. (3 ) Q an d U are ligh ter th an S. C >D > E
th an 81 an d less th an 94 5 0 4 . (1) B >A >C > D > E
81 < 8 9 < 94 A an d B are ol der th an C.
9th
(4 9 3 – 5 0 0 ) : 516. (3)
7th
Gir ls 9t h
S M R 12th 15th
Or ien t al B an k
R
Can ara B an k
of Com m er ce
D en a B an k
I
L
11t h B C A
E 7t h
G
F Ei gh t gir ls are stan di n g t o t h e
H Total n u m ber of ch i ldr en
T ri gh t of Meen a.
T
(5 0 5 –5 0 9 ) : = 12 + 7 – 1 = 18
(5 1 7 –5 2 1 ) :
T
C A B D L R S P T X Q W R
V Q E I
P Q S R
F G
T H
T
Pu n jab Nat ion al
Syn dicat e B an k
S U
R
In dian Ban k
L 517. (2) R S P T X Q W
I
Ban k
UCO Ban k
E
G
F
H R P
T
T
W X W T S R Q P
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
518. (1 ) Fou r people – T, X, Q an d W 529. (2) Th e ran k of Su n etra from th e (5 3 9 -5 4 1 ) :
– sit to th e ri gh t of P. top = 8th
519. (5 ) W is at th e ex trem e r igh t en d > S>
Th e ran k of Su jit from th e top 6 =
of th e lin e. 8 + 5 = 13th
>S> T> R
520. (4) R an d P are im m ediate n eigh - Th erefore, Su jit’s ran k from th e
bou r of S. bottom = 40 – 13 + 1 = 28th Ei th er P or Q i s of 15 8 cm .
521. (2 ) Fou r th per son from t h e righ t 530. (3) From statem en t I 539. (3) It is clear that T is sh ort er
en d  T th an S.
Secon d t o t h e r igh t of T  Q LEFT 6 T | | Q J | | 6 RIGHT
540. (5) Q is eit h er 158 cm h i gh or
(5 2 2 –5 2 6 ) : Th ere are seven person s in th e m ore th an 15 8 cm .
B line. 541. (4) Ei th er t h ree or fou r person s
From statem en t II ar e sh or ter th an Q.
E D
P>Q >S> T> R
LEFT Q R Q S S RIGHT
or, Q > P > S > T > R
(5 4 2 -5 4 6) : Si t t i n g ar ran gem en t
H G No an swer.
(5 3 1 –5 3 3 ) : (Wife of Q)
U
C>B > E Male, Lect ur er Female
Q T (Wife of V)
F C , > A> , Female
(Wife of S)
Scient ist ,
A C >B >A > E> D Female
P V Male
522. (1 ) F is an im m ediate n eigh bou r  
of both A an d H. 87% 7 2%
Male, Doct or Lawyer, Male
523. (1 ) F is ju st opposit e to D. C is 531. (4 ) Th ree people – C, B an d A – S R
ju st opp osi te to E. Sim i lar ly, H scored m ore th an E in th e Ex-
is ju st opp osi te to G. amination. J
(Wife of R)
524. (2) A is to the im mediate left of C. 532. (4) B > A > E Female
525. (3) D is to the immediate right of G.  
526. (5) Non e of th e statemen ts is tru e. 87% 72% 542. (4) P is to t h e im m ediate left of S.
D is an immediate neighbou r of B. A scored 81 % m ark s. 543. (1 ) J is th ird to th e left of T.
A is ju st op posite to B. 533. (5 ) C scor ed m or e t h an 8 7 % 544. (2 ) T is th e wi fe of V.
C sits th ird to th e ri gh t of H. m ark s. 545. (3) Wi ves of Q an d V are im m e-
Ei th er t wo or fou r p er son s sit (5 3 4 –5 3 8 ) : diate n eigh bou r s.
between H an d D.
546. (3) Ex cep t i n UTV, in al l oth ers
(5 2 7 –5 2 8 ) : Row-1 t h e t h i rd p erson is si tt i n g b e-
Th e ran k of Sm eer from th e top R L tween th e first an d th e secon d
I E person s. In UTV, th e secon d per -
 10th G
H D B A C F son i s sitt in g bet ween t h e fir st
Th e ran k of An jali from th e top 
T T an d t h e th i rd per son s.
4th
(5 4 7 – 5 5 0 ) :
Total n u m ber of girls L R S Q P R
E I
=3 +7 –1 =9 G L T Z V Y X W U R
F E I
Total n u m ber of boys Row-2 H G
T T F
T H
= 5 + 21 – 1 = 25 T
527. (3) Total n u m ber of stu den ts 534. (2 ) C faces P. B si ts secon d to 547. (3 ) Z is fou rth to th e left of W.
= 9 + 25 = 34 th e ri gh t of C. 548. (4) V is secon d to th e ri gh t of T.
528. (3) 535. (3) Except Q, all oth er s ar e seat- 549. (2) Ex cept in XV, i n all ot h ers
4t h 2 Gir ls, 3 Boys 10th
ed at ex trem e en ds of th e l in es. fi rst person i s to th e i m m ediate
2 Gir ls, 1 Boy
A S 536. (2 ) C sit s t h ir d to th e l eft of D. ri gh t of th e secon d person .
Am on g girls, An jali’s ran k is 3rd P faces C.
from th e top . So, b efor e An j al i A is an immediate neighbou r of C. L Z Y X W V U T R
th ere are two girls an d on e boy. E T Z V Y X W U I
P faces C an d Q is an im m edi ate G
Amon g boys, Sam eer’s ran k is 5th F
n eigh b ou r of P. T H
from th e top. So, th ere are th ree T
537. (4 ) D faces R.
b oys an d t wo gi r l s i n b et ween
Anjali and Sam eer. 538. (4 ) S faces B. 550. (1) None
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
(5 5 1 –5 5 5 ) : 560. (5) E lik es red colou r. 571. (4)
A sits ex act ly b etween E an d F.
ROW-1
(5 6 1 –5 6 5 ) :
RIGHT
LEFT
RIGHT
LEFT
E D C A B F H
G F C E D A B
D
F E D C B A
Q S P R V T
RIGHT
LEFT
(5 7 2 -5 7 6 ) :
C A
C F G D H E
ROW-2 L R
E I
551. (2) A faces R. D si ts secon d to
B E/ F
F G
th e ri gh t of A. T H
552. (1) B sits secon d to th e l eft of C. E/ F T
A sit s t o t h e im m ediate righ t of 572. (3) G is th i rd to th e left of E.
B. 561. (2) C is th i rd to th e left of D. 573. (2) C an d E are stan di n g at t h e
V faces B. 562. (4) H is sit tin g to th e i m m ediate ex trem e en d s of t h e lin e.
ri gh t of G. 574. (3) G is stan din g secon d t o t h e
A an d F are im m ed iat e n eigh -
bou rs of B. 563. (1 ) B a n d G a r e i m m ed i at e ri gh t of C.
n eigh bou rs of C. 575. (2 ) Excep t i n GE, i n all ot h ers
V faces B . R an d T ar e im m ed i-
564. (5) Ei th er E or F i s sitt in g th i rd th ere is on ly on e p erson between
at e n eigh bou rs of V.
to th e left of G. th e two.
553. (3) C faces P.
565. (3) T h er e a r e t h r ee p eo p l e 576. (1)
554. (1) V sit s exactly between T an d between B an d D.
R. C F G D H E
555. (4) Ex cept C, all oth ers are seat- 566. (2) N
ed at ex trem e en ds of th e l in es. O
Q/ T
(5 5 6 -5 6 0 ) : C D E F G H
White (5 7 7 –5 8 1 ) :
M
B Q/ T
Pu r ple
C H Or an ge Row–2
P R
R En gi neer L
Scien tist
Doctor
I
E
Pil ot
Blu e D G Yellow S G
F
H
N is sittin g third to th e righ t of R. T
T
E (5 6 7 -5 7 1 ) : X W Y Z
F Black
Red
A
Gr een Row-1 G H F E
R
556. (3 ) Th ere ar e fou r per son s – G, L
Engi neer
RIGHT
Scien ti st
LEFT
I
Doctor
F, A an d E – b etween H an d D, if E
G
Pilot
we go cl ock wise from H to D. F

F C E D A B H
557. (1) H an d F are im m ediate n eigh - T
T
bou rs of G. Row–1
F lik es b lack colou r. T R P U S Q
RIGHT
LEFT
558. (4 ) H li k es or an ge col ou r. E i s 577. (3 ) X an d Z sit at th e ex trem e

fou rt h to th e l eft or righ t of H. en ds of t h e Row–2.
559. (2) G an d E sit at t h e ext rem e en ds
E Row-2
of th e Row–1.
B
D F 567. (3) F an d B are sit tin g at th e ex- 578. (4 ) H i s a Pi l ot . G si t s t o t h e
C H
tr em e en ds of Row-1. im m ed iat e left of H.
568. (1) S is th i rd to t h e righ t of R. 579. (5) W (Doctor) an d Z (Pi lot ) are
C D G G im m ed iat e n eigh bou rs of Y.
569. (5) Except in EU, in all others on e
person is ju st opposite to the oth - 580. (1) Y sits secon d to th e l eft of X.
E FH er person . F faces Y.
B
A 570. (2) A is secon d to th e left of E. Th e En gi n eer of on e r ow faces
A th e Scien cti st of an oth er row.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
581. (2) Z faces E. H i n t er ch an ged 593. (3) D represen ts Son y Compan y. 606. (4) G is si tti n g bet ween B an d
positi on wit h Z. So, H faces E. 594. (1) B is th i rd to th e left of C. C.
(5 8 2 -5 8 7 ) : 595. (4) 607. (2) A is sit tin g to th e i m m ediate
left of D.
J H F K I E L G
E
608. (5 ) C is th ird to righ t of D.
F H is th i rd to righ t of C.
D D F E is th i rd to righ t of G.
B
582. (2) E a n d G a r e i m m ed i a t e 609. (3 ) Th er e are th ree p erson s – A,
n eigh bou r s of L. D, B – b etween F an d G.
583. (3) Fi ve per son s – F, K, I, E an d
L – are stan din g b etween H an d C C G G 610. (1) B A
G. D A
584. (1) J is facin g sou th an d h e is at
C B F I
th e extr em e en d.
E H
585. (4 ) E is fou rth to th e ri gh t of H. H
B
586. (5) Ex cep t I, all oth ers are fac- A D G H H
in g Nort h . A
587. (3) L is th i rd to t h e righ t of K. E
C
(5 8 8 -5 9 2 ) : 596. (2) Ex cep t AE, in all ot h er s on e E I G
person is si tti n g j u st op posi te to F
L V P W Q S R T R th e secon d p erson .
E I (6 1 1 –6 1 5 ) :
F G 597. (5) Al l statem en ts are tru e.
T H (5 9 8 -6 0 2 ) : M Z L J W Y K X
T Floor Person Destin ation
588. (2) R is fou r th to th e ri gh t of P. Nu m ber
589. (3) Except in TR, in all oth ers th e 7 V Jaipu r 611. (3) M, J , Y, K an d X are faci n g
fi rst person i s to th e i m m ediate 6 Q Mu mbai Sou th.
left of th e secon d person . 5 U Patna 612. (1) Th ere are th ree person s (L,
590. (5) 4 P Delhi J , W) between Z an d Y.
3 T Kolk ata 613. (4) J is to th e im m edi ate left of
L V P W Q S R T R
2 R Ban galore W.
E I
1 S Ch en nai 614. (3) Ex cep t L, all oth ers are fac-
F G
H in g Sou th .
T W V Q 598. (3 ) V lives on th e topm ost floor.
T S R P 615. (2) M is stan din g at on e of t h e
T 599. (1 ) Except R, all oth ers li ve on
od d n u m b ered fl oor s. en ds.
591. (4) Q sit s exactly in th e m idd le (6 1 6 –6 2 1 ) :
600. (5 ) P is tr avel lin g t o D elh i.
of th e lin e.
601. (2) Fou r person s live between th e Doctor
592. (2) P sit s t o t h e im m edi ate left
fl oors of Q an d S. V
of W. Pilot
(5 9 3 -5 9 7 ) : 602. (4 ) P li ves on th e fl oor im m ed i-
Q S
at ely above th e fl oor of T. En gin eer
(6 0 3 -6 0 5 ) :
Apple Lawyer
F Q >R> T
T P
M
Sony P, U > Q Man ager

icr
om
D B 63k g 50k g
ax
W U Teach er
P/ U P/ U Q R T S Chef R
Motorola
Reliance
C G Ar ch it ect
603. (5) Ei th er P or U i s t h e h eaviest.
604. (2) T is h eavier th an S b u t l igh t- 616. (2) V is th e Doctor.
er th an R. 617. (5) U sits between R an d P (Man -
605. (4) Q > R > T ager).
E H 618. (1) W is ch ef.
LG Nokia  
619. (1) Except th e pair SU, in all oth -
A 63 k g 50 k g
Samsung er p ai r s t h e t wo p er son s ar e
So, R m ay weigh 5 8 k g. im m ediate n eigh bou rs.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
620. (4) W sits second to the right of Q. 631. (1) Except th e pair SU, in all oth - P an d Q face th e sam e direct ion .
621. (1) er p ai r s t h e t wo p er son s ar e N an d J face th e sam e d irection .
im m ediate n eigh bou rs. Q an d L face th e sam e di recti on .
632. (4) W sit s secon d t o t h e righ t of 641. (5) Wh en cou nted from the right
V
Q. of Q, two persons – M and J – are
V 633. (1) sittin g exactly between Q and O.
U
Q S W 642. (1) N is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
V of both P an d Q.
V 643. (3) N faces towards th e cen tre.
U
T T P P Q S W L sits th ird to th e righ t of N.
644. (4) K and N are im mediate neigh-
bou rs of P.
(6 4 5 –6 4 9 ) :
W U T T P P
S Q
R Row–1
R R L
I E
W U G
S Q H F
(6 2 2 –6 2 7 ) : R M T
T J N K L
R
S V Q T L W V X Z Y R
(6 3 4 –6 3 9 ) : E I
G
F H
S V Q T T T
Row–2
R P U 645. (2) V is facin g N.

646. (4) M faces on e of th e im m edi-
622. (1) U is sit tin g to th e i m m ediate ate n eigh bou rs of Z.
l ef t o f Q . P s i t s b et w een V R P U L is an immediate neighbou r of M.
an d U.
634. (1) U is sittin g to th e im m ediate Two person s – L an d K – sit be-
623. (2) P sit s exactly in th e m idd le
left of Q. P sits between V an d U. tween M an d N.
of th e lin e.
635. (2) P sits exactly in th e m iddle of 647. (1) K is facin g X.
624. (2) S faces Nort h .
th e lin e. 648. (3) Z is to th e im mediate left of Y.
S is at on e of th e en d s. 649. (5) Except N, all oth ers sit at th e
636. (2) S faces North .
U sit s to im m ed iat e l eft of P. extrem e en ds of th e rows.
S is at on e of th e en ds.
625. (5) S an d T are sit tin g at th e t wo (6 5 0 –6 5 4 ) :
ex trem e en d s of t h e lin e. U sits to im m ediate left of P.
637. (5) S an d T are sittin g at th e two Row–1
626. (2) V sits second to the right of S. R L
627. (1) U an d T are im m ediate n eigh - extrem e en ds of th e lin e. I E
G F
bou rs of Q. 638. (2) V sits second to th e right of S. H T
T C D B E F
(6 2 8 –6 3 3 ) : 639. (1) U an d T are im m ediate n eigh -
bou rs of Q. L U S R V T R
I
(6 4 0 –6 4 4 ) : E G
Doctor F H
V K T T
Pilot Row–2
Q S L P 650. (5) E is facin g V.
En gin eer 651. (4) U is facin g C.
Lawyer 652. (3) D is sittin g th ird to th e righ t
T P of F.
Man ager O N 653. (2) B sits exactly in th e m iddle
of th e lin e.
W U Teach er B faces R. R i s an i m m ed iat e
Chef n eigh bou r of both S an d V.
R J Q
Ar ch it ect On ly E sits between B an d F.
M
654. (1) R sits second to the right of U.
640. (2) K an d L face t h e sam e d i-
628.(2) V is th e Doctor. S sits to th e im m ediate left of R.
rection .
629. (5) U sits between R an d P (Man - Q an d M face th e opposit e d i- V sits to th e im m ediate left of T.
ager). recti on s. E sits to th e im m ediate left of B.
630. (1) W is ch ef. D sits to th e im m ediate left of C.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
(6 5 5 –6 5 9 ) : 665. (1) G is facin g V. 678. (4) Except PO, in all oth er pairs,
R 666. (3) T faces H. th e two person s are im m ediate
Row–2 L
I T sits at th e extrem e left en d of n eigh bou rs of each oth er. Th ere
E
G th e row. is on e person between O an d P.
F
H
T U sits th ird to th e righ t of T. 679. (2) C sits th ird to th e left of B.
T U R T S V
667. (4) D s i t s t h i r d t o t h e l ef t (6 8 0 -6 8 4 ) :
M J L N K R of F. Row-2
L 668. (5) Except U, all oth ers are seat-
I
E R
Tech n i cian
Pr ofessor
Leader
L
Doctor
G ed at t h e ex tr em e en d s of th e
F
H
I E
Row–1 r ows.
T
T G F
669. (2) W is facin g F. H
655. (1) U is facin g M. T
(6 7 0 -6 7 4 ) : T
656. (3) Ex cep t in th e p air M an d L, X W Z Y
in al l ot h er pairs th e fi rst per - M H E F G
son sits to th e im m ed iate left of
M ’s S L M ’s R
Tech n i ci an
th e secon d p erson . L
Pr ofessor
br oth er dau gh ter E I
Leader
Doctor
M sits secon d to th e l eft of L. G
657. (4) U sits th ird to th e righ t of S. F
M ’s Q T M ’s T H
658. (2) N sits second from the right end. T
sister fath er
On ly two person s– J an d L – sit Row-1
between N an d M.
M ’s K J M ’s 680. (4) W is a Leader. X (Tech n ician )
N faces im m ediate n eigh bou r of son
wife an d Z (Professor) are im m ediate
T or V. R
n eigh bou rs of W.
L sits to th e im m ediate left of N. M ’s
681. (5) H is th e Leader of Row-1. H
659. (5) L is facin g T. m oth er
sits at th e extrem e left en d of th e
(6 6 0 –6 6 4 ) : r ow.
D ’s Dau gh ter 670. (2) S is th e broth er of M.
671. (4) L is th e dau gh ter of M. 682. (3) Y sit s to th e im m ediate left
D’s Brot h er P of Z.
C J is th e son of M.
R Tech n ician of Row-1, G faces th e
D’s Mot her L is secon d to th e righ t of J .
Doctor of Row-2, Y.
672. (1) K is th e wife of M.
Q S 673. (3) M’s fath er T is sittin g to th e X faces H.
D’s Sist er D’s Son im m ediate righ t of M’s son J . H is a Leader.
Only th ree persons are sittin g be- 683. (1) E faces W. If E in terch an ges
E p l a ce w i t h X , t h en X w o u l d
F D’s Fat h er tween S an d J .
D’s Hu sban d D face W.
M’s wife K is sittin g ju st opposite
660. (2) S is th e gran dson of R. to M’s dau gh ter L. 684. (2) G an d H sit at th e ex trem e
P is th e dau gh ter of D. E sits third 674. (5) Q is th e sister of M. en ds of th e Row-1.
to th e left of P. X an d Y sit at th e extrem e en ds
(6 7 5 –6 7 9 ) :
R is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of of th e Row-2.
both P an d S. (6 8 5 -6 8 9 ) :
L
661. (4) C is th e broth er of D. R Row-2 E
662. (3) Q sits second to th e right of P. I W
F
R sits secon d to the righ t of E. G T Y
D sits secon d to the righ t of Q. H P
663. (1) S is th e son of D. T M L O N P
E sits to th e imm ediate left of S. E C D A B R
E is th e father of D. L I
664. (5) Q is th e sister of D. E G Q S
P is th e dau gh ter of D. F H
Th erefore, Q is th e au n t of P. T Row-1 T
(6 6 5 -6 6 9 ) :
675. (3) L sits to th e im m ediate righ t R Z
Row–1
R L
of O.
I
E On ly on e person sits between P X
G
F
H T an d O. 685. (1) Both R an d W face ou tside.
T H F G E D
In all oth er pairs, both th e per -
T W V U X O faces on e of t h e i m m ed iat e son s face opposite direction s.
L R
I n eigh bou rs of C or A. 686. (2) Wh en cou n ted from th e left
E
G
F
H
676. (5) N is facin g A. of X, S an d Z are sittin g between
T
Row–2 T 677. (1) E is facin g M. X an d P.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
687. (4) W a n d Q a r e i m m ed i a t e 697. (4) R and V are immediate neigh- 706. (4) N is sittin g secon d to th e left
n eigh bou rs of Y. bou rs of P. of L.
688. (3) Q is secon d to th e left of W. Ei th er t wo or fou r p er son s sit 707. (3) On ly th ree person s sits be-
689. (5) P an d Z are imm ediate neigh - between P an d S. tween R an d S.
bou rs of S. Q sits secon d to th e left of R.
P sits at th e cor n er.
S faces towards th e cen tre. R is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of
Th r ee p er son s si t b et ween S 698. (5) V sits fifth to th e left or th ird both M an d N.
and Q. to th e righ t of Q. 708. (1) On ly th ree person s are sit-
X sits secon d to th e left of S. 699. (1) Except Q, all oth ers are seat- t i n g b et ween R an d S ei t h er
(6 9 0 -6 93 ) : ed in th e m iddle of th e sides. clock wise or an ticlock wise.
W Y U S T V Z X 700. (2) Q sits secon d to th e left of 709. (2 ) R si t s secon d t o t h e l eft
W. of O.
(7 0 1 –7 0 5 ) : 710. (5) Except M, all others are seat-
690. (4) W and X are seated at th e two ed in th e m iddle of th e sides.
ext rem e en d s of t h e l i n e. Y i s R Row–1 L (7 1 1 –7 1 5 ) :
im m ediate n eigh bou r of W an d I
Z is im m ediate n eigh bou r of X. E
G Row -1
691. (5) Two person s – V an d Z – are H O J L K N M F
T R L
seated between T an d X. T I
G E
692. (1) W Y U S T V Z X H F
R T O N M R P Q T
L W Z U V Y X
I
Z Y X W V U T S E L A D B E F C R
693. (2) V si t s ex ac t l y b et w een Z
G
F Row–2 E I
and T. H G
T F
T H
T T
15th 19th Row -2
14 7 701. (1) O, M, W an d X are sittin g at
694. (5) N N th e extrem e en ds of th e lin es. 711. (1) M faces im mediate neighbou r
8th 702. (5) K faces V. of both D an d E.
Total n u m ber of ch ildren in th e 703. (4) K faces on e of th e im m ediate F sits exactly between E and C.
row n eigh bou rs of U or Y. O is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of
= 19 + 8 – 1 = 26 R.
V sits exactly between U an d Y.
D J is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of 712. (2) M faces B. O sits secon d to
695. (2)
both O an d L. th e righ t of M.
B/ G B/ G
704. (2) K sits to th e im m ediate righ t 713. (4) O an d Q are sit tin g at t h e
of N. extrem e en ds of Row–1.
Y faces N. V is an i m m ed i at e A and C are sittin g at the extrem e
H E en ds of Row–2.
n eigh bou r of Y.
O an d L are im m ediate n ei gh - 714. (3) Except PQ, in all oth er pairs
bou rs of J . th e first person sits to th e im m e-
F C diate left of th e secon d person .
Two person s – L an d K – sit be-
A tween N an d J . 715. (5) R faces E.
A is to th e im m ediate righ t of 705. (3) U faces L. Y sits secon d to (7 1 6 –7 2 0 ) :
(6 9 6 –7 0 0 ) : th e righ t of U.
R (7 0 6 –7 1 0 ) : Pin k
U P R
S Br own
L P M S Bl u e
S V O N
Gr een Pu rpl e
Q O
Red Q P
Oran ge
Q W T
T Wh ite
696. (3) Wh en cou n ted from the righ t
of R, th ree person s – P, V an d W N M
716. (3) O lik es green colou r.
– are seated between R an d T. R
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
717. (1) 726. (2) Ex cep t W, Z pai r, in all ot h - 11. (4) According to qu estion the new
ers, on e p erson is si tt in g j u st or der of di gits wou ld be :
T op posite to th e ot h er person .
R
M S
M S SBI PO EXAMS
(1 –4 ) : Th e arran gem en t of boys
N O an d gi rls : (1 2 –1 6 ) :
N R
(i) Th ere ar e altoget h er 27 el e-
m en ts in th e sequ en ce.
Q P
O Q (ii) Th ere are 16 let ter s.
(iii) Th er e are 7 di git s.
T
(iv) Th ere ar e 4 sym bol s.
P (v) Th e m idd le elem en t of th e se-
Posit ion of S rem ain s u n ch an ged. 1. (4) T h e gi r l C 6 i s f a c i n g t h e qu en ce is 8.
718. (4) N lik es pu r ple colou r. boy B 4 .
719. (2) Ex cep t QR, in all oth ers, on e 12. (5) ;
person is si tti n g j u st op posi te to 2. (2) Th e fol l owi n g pai rs of b oys
th e oth er person . an d girls are at th e extrem e en ds:
720. (5) S is sitt in g ex act ly between R B 3 C4, B 5 C5, B 3 C5, B 5 C4
an d N. 3. (1) B 1 i s t o t h e i m m ed i at e l eft
(7 2 1 –7 2 6 ) : Su ch com bin ation s are :
of B 4 .
Red ; ; ; ;
4. (2) B 6 i s faci n g C2 .
U
V (5 –8 ) : On t h e basis of given i n - Th u s, th ere ar e fi ve su ch con so-
Or an ge W
form ation an d con clu sion s as well as n an ts.
Silver
su b-con clu sion s drawn from th em we 13. (5)
can con st ru ct t h e foll owi n g ch ar t. 2 3
3 R F
Book Per son
Z Y 2 3
Ph ysi cs C % U 8
Blu e Gr een
English A 8
2
H
3
2
Ch emistry D
2 3
T Zoology F I # 7
Pink Hist ory B Bu t,
X Math em atics E –2 –3
H 8 U
Pu rple
5. (3) B does h ave book on Histor y. 14. (2) According to qu estion the new
721. (3)
sequ en ce wou ld be :
X 6. (4) Th e b ook of Ph ysics is k ept
on th e top. M K 3 $ RE 5 B % TAJ 8 PH
U FN2 I S# U 3 7 D 4
Y W 7. (1) B does h ave book on Histor y.
V W 8. (2) Zool ogy book i s t h ird fr om
th e bottom .
Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
9. (3)
Z Y ti on :
Z V 15. (1)
6 6 6
S R U B A
T
S U
X
It is clear th at D is th i rd t o t h e 6 6 6
T K F 8 I
left of E.
Th e p osit ion s of W an d Z wou ld 16. (1) ; ;
rem ai n u n ch an ged. 10. (1)
722. (2) W is sittin g fou rth to th e righ t 17. (4) In order to solve t h i s qu es-
or left of S. ti on , we m u st k n ow th e positi on
723. (5) Al l t h e statem en t s are tru e. of eit h er Ravin a or Moh in i fr om
724. (1) X lik es Pu r ple colou r. both th e en d s.
725. (4) T lik es Pin k colou r. Y is si t- C is the second from th e top when 18. (2) Accord in g to qu estion
ti n g exactly bet ween W an d T. Y th ey are arr an ged i n d escen di n g B>C ...(i)
li k es Gr een colou r. or der of th eir weigh t from top. An d, C > A > D ...(ii)
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Fr om both th e statem en ts (2 6 -2 8 ) : Si tti n g arr an gem en t of 34. (3) New sequ en ce
B >C> A>D P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, an d W
B A M 3 D 2 E K 9 F N I T 4 1 U W .....
(1 9 –2 3 ) : P
(i) Th ere ar e altoget h er 23 el e- Q R 1 2 th from th e le ft
m en ts in th e given sequ en ce.
(ii) Th ere are 20 let ter s i n th e se- 35. (2)
Let t er Nu m ber Con son an t
qu en ce. W T
(iii) Th ere ar e 9 digits in th e se- Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
qu en ce. ti on :
(iv) Th ere are 4 sym bols in th e se- S V  7R
qu en ce. V
(v) Th e m idd le elem en t of th e se-
26. (3) S i s to t h e i m m edi at e ri gh t
qu en ce is A. 36. (5) D 3
K 5
3
of W. 
 

19. (4) 3 5
27. (1) R an d V are n ot n eigh b ou r s. 4  N 
 U
3 5
28. (3) Q i s t o t h e i m m ed i at e l eft 8 
 J 
 
of W. 3 5
F 
 K 
 N
; ; 29. (5) Accordin g t o qu est ion . 3 6
5 
   %
T h u s , t h er e a r e t h r ee s u c h 589  5 59  9 55
Vowels. 362  3 32  2 33 37. (1) 7t h t o t h e righ t of 1 8th fr om
20. (3) 554  5 24  4 25 th e r igh t en d m ean s 1 1th fr om
371  3 41  1 43 ri gh t en d  H
442  4 12  2 14 38. (3) M > Q > N > P, T
Su ch com bin ation s are : Ei th er P or T secu r es th e least
Descen din g order:
m ark s.
; 95 5 > 42 5 > > 214 > 1 43
Th u s, th ere are two su ch con so-  39. (3) 4 2 5 1 6 9 8
n an ts. Middle Nu m ber
21. (1) 1 2 4 5 6 8 9
23
40. (4) 8t h t o t h e righ t of th e 11 th

fr om th e righ t en d m ean s th i rd
Last digit fr om th e ri gh t en d, i.e., $.
30. (1) Accor d i n g t o qu est i on , t h e
n ew sequ en ce wou ld be : 41. (3) Sym bol Consonan t Lett er
NOPQ RSTU V WX YZAB Su ch com bin ation s are :
C D E FG H I J KL M
22. (2) % J 2, Y4
9th to the righ t of 17th letter from
th e r igh t m ean s (1 7 – 9) = 8 th 42. (1) Th e n ew arr an gem en t
letter from th e r igh t. B K # M AR%J D E N @W ©
8t h l ett er from ri gh t  F. PTI V FH Q HY$ L Z
31. (2) 43. (2) Nu m ber Sym bol Nu m ber

Bu t, Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
After sh i fti n g h is place
ti on : N @7
23. (4) 7t h t o t h e righ t of 2 0th fr om
th e r igh t m ean s 13 th from t h e 44. (5)
righ t. Total Nu m ber of boys i n th e r ow
+5 +5 T
= (16 + 18) – 1= 33 K +5 3 D +5 W
+5 % +5 +5 © +5 V
32. (3) 5 8 3 1 6 4 9 # N
+5 J +5 +5 9 +5 F
1 3 4 5 6 8 9 M @
24. (1) Th ere m ay b e m an y assu m p-
33. (4) an d +5
t i on s an d h en ce m an y set s of Let ter Symbol –3
45. (2) J 3 D
an swer s.
+3 –5
25. (1) A E I O I 6 P
Symbol Letter
+5
A –3 5 R
CCH L M M NPST Su ch com bin ation s are : –3 +5
  Y H $
A E –3 +5
#D , $F , %V T © V
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
(4 6 –5 1 ) : Si tti n g arr an gem en t 60. (4) P an d D sit at ext rem e en ds (7 3 –7 7 ) :
of th e rows.
D
F 61. (1 ) A faces S. Doctor
G 62. (2 ) Two p erson s – S an d T – are Scien tist F
Fin an cial
seati n g b etween V an d R. H G An alyst
E 63. (2) P faces t h e per son wh o si ts
secon d t o t h e left of A. S faces Pr ofessor K J Lawyer
A th e person wh o sits secon d to th e
left of B . Sim i larly, T faces E wh o
L E Ch ar ter ed
H si ts secon d to th e left of D. En gin eer Accou n tan t
64. (3 ) F faces V wh o sit s secon d to M
Colu mn ist
C th e ri gh t of T.
I 65. (5 ) A faces th e im m ed iat e n eigh - 73. (2) Fin an cial An alyst G i s sitt in g
bou r of T. B faces th e i m m ediate secon d t o t h e righ t of E.
B
n eigh b ou r of T. F faces th e i m - 74. (4 ) K is th e pr ofessor.
46. (2) C is fou rth to th e left of F. m ediat e n eigh bou r of P. C faces
75. (3) Ch ar tered Accou n t an t E is
47. (1) F is secon d to righ t of G. the immediate neighbou r of V. Bu t
si tti n g j u st op posi te to Scien ti st
48. (5) According to qu estion option (5) E faces t h e per son wh o is sec-
H.
is tru e. on d t o t h e righ t of Q.
Co l u m n i st M i s s i t t i n g j u st
49. (3) I is fou r th to th e left. (6 6 –7 2 ) :
op posi te of Doct or F.
50. (5) According to qu estion option (5) Pr esid en t L aw y er J i s n ot si t t i n g j u st
so l
is tru e.
vi ci a
A op posite to En gin eer L.

r
Ad a n
51. (2) F is to the im mediate left of E. Fin an cial Analyst G is sitting ju st

D G Vice-
n
Fi
Pr esid en t op posite of En gin eer L.

5 9 1 6 4 8 2 3
52. (3) 9 8 6 5 4 3 2 1 Lawyer J is sit tin g j u st opp osi te
M an ager
H B of Professor K.
(5 3 –5 7 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t Com pan y 76. (2) En gin eer L i s secon d t o t h e
Secr et ar y ri gh t of Sci en ti st H.
F 77. (1) Lawyer J is secon d to th e left
F C
G E Gr ou p M an agin g of th e D oct or F.
Leader E D ir ect or Ch art er ed Accou n t an t E is an
Ch air m an im m ed iat e n eigh bou r of Lawyer
B K 66. (4 ) D , th e Fin an ci al Advi sor si ts J an d Col u m n ist M.
th ird to th e left of E. Scien tist H si ts exactly between
67. (5 ) Ex cep t i n B–Man agi n g D irec- Doctor F an d Professor K.
H C tor, in all ot h ers th e first p erson On ly t h ree p erson s – E, J , G or
is to the im mediate left of th e sec- L, K, H – si t b etween Doctor F
D A on d person . an d Colu m n ist M.
68. (1) A is t h e Presiden t of th e Com - (7 8 –8 2 ) :
53. (1) C is fou rth to th e left of G. pan y.
54. (4) E is th i rd to th e left of B. 69. (4) Th e Grou p Lead er F is th e D
55. (3) G is th i rd to t h e righ t of K. im m ed iat e n eigh bou r of H , t h e E F
56. (2) G is to im m ediate righ t of F. Man ager or E, t h e Ch ai rm an .
57. (5) F is sit tin g between G an d E. G sits secon d to th e l eft of D.
58. (4 ) D > A, B, E > C Th e i m m ed i at e n ei gh b ou r s of
Grou p Leader, F are Ch air m an E B G
Now, B , E > C > D > A
an d M an ager H.
59. (2) 5 2 6 3 1 8 7
Th e Ch airm an E, is t o th e im m e-
       A
diate left of Man agin g Director C. H
6 1 5 4 2 7 8 Th e Grou p Leader F si ts secon d C
1 <2 < 4 <5 <6 <7 < 8 to th e righ t of th e Fin an cial Advi-
(6 0 –6 5 ) : sor D. 78. (2 ) E is to th e im m ed iate left of
70. (3 ) B is th e Com pan y Secr etary D.
R L of th e Com pan y. 79. (3 ) Th ree person s – C, A an d G
I E
G F 71. (5 ) E, th e Ch ai rm an an d F, t h e – are seated bet ween H an d F if
H T
T P V S T R Q Gr ou p Leader sit between C, t h e we go an ti clock wi se fr om H to F.
L
C F A E B D RI M an agi n g D ir ect or an d H , t h e 80. (1 ) A is th i rd to th e righ t of D.
E G Man ager. 81. (4) B is sittin g ju st opposite to G.
F H
T T 82. (3 ) G is secon d to th e ri gh t of D.
72. (2 ) F is th e Gr ou p Leader.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
(8 3 –8 9 ) : 90. (3) P an d K face th e cen t re wh i le
N, O, I, J an d M face ou t war d. NORTH
IV
T 91. (1) J is th ir d t o r igh t of N. J is
III fou rt h t o left of N.
EAST
X W I 92. (4) K is secon d to th e r igh t an d
fi fth to th e left of M. P O M L S Q R N
93. (2) P is sit tin g exactly between 110. (4) L is i n fr on t of M.
M an d K. 111. (1) Th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of
V R U VII
94. (5) P is secon d to th e r igh t an d O are M an d P.
fi fth to th e left of J . 112. (4) Two p erson s – S an d Q – are
95. (3) Th ree person s – P, K an d N st an d in g between R an d L.
V Y VI – are si tti n g between M an d O if 113. (2) L is stan di n g to th e im m ed i-
II
we m ove clock wise fr om M. at e l eft of S.
S
VIII 96. (1) N an d O are seated between 114. (3) Ex cep t M , all oth ers are fac-
83. (2) V is sitt in g th i rd to th e righ t K an d I. in g n ort h .
of T. V stu d ies in Stan dar d II. Only two persons, P an d K are 115. (5) L stan di n g i s exactly between
84. (5 ) Th e per son stu dyi n g in Stan - facin g th e cen tr e. O an d Q.
dard VII is sit tin g j u st opp osi te J an d O are n eigh bou rs of I. 116. (1) O is fifth to th e left of R.
to R. U stu dies in St an d ard VII. (9 7 -1 0 2 ) : (1 17 –1 2 2) :
85. (1) R an d S are im m edi ate n eigh -
bou r s of V. R stu d ies i n Stan - T
dard V an d S stu dies in Stan dard
R S
VIII.
86. (3 ) W is th i rd to th e righ t of S.
R P V W U S T Q
W is fifth to th e left of S. 97. (4) P, W, S an d Q face Nort h .
87. (4) 98. (1) U is to th e im m edi ate left of V P
S.
T
T 99. (3) Th er e ar e t wo p er son s – V
S an d W – b etween P an d U. Q U
X W U 100. (2) R an d Q are stan di n g at t h e
ex trem e en d s. W
101. (1) P is th i rd to t h e righ t of U. 117. (2) Q is sittin g to th e im m ediate

RR U V 102. (4) P a n d W a r e i m m ed i a t e left of V.
n eigh bou rs of V. 118. (4) Th ree persons are sittin g be-
(1 0 3 –1 0 9 ) : tween T an d W.
119. (1) Q is sittin g exactly between
V YW W an d V.
Y NORTH
120. (5)
S
X
V
88. (2) V stu dies in St an d ard II. W T
is si tti n g fou rth to th e ri gh t of V. K L N O H J I M U W
89. (1 ) X st u di es on Stan dar d III. T SOUTH R S
is si ttin g b etween X an d W.
(9 0 -9 6 ) : 103. (2 ) N is facin g sou th . Th erefor e,
J is th i rd to th e left of N.
P T V PP
104. (3) Th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of
L are K an d N.
M 105. (4 ) Two p erson s – H an d J – are
K
st an d in g between I an d O. Q U
106. (1) O is to th e im m edi ate left of S Q
H. W
107. (5 ) Excep t K, all oth ers are fac- R
J
N in g sou t h . K faces n ort h .
108. (2 ) O is sit tin g ex act ly between L 121. (3) P is sittin g th ird to th e righ t
an d J . of R.
109. (4 ) L is to th e fou r th of J . Rem em ber, R is facin g ou t side
I O (1 1 0 –1 1 6 ) : th e cen tre.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
122. (2) Q is sittin g ju st opposite to A sit s secon d to t h e righ t of F. 140. (4) O sits exactly between S and T.
S. C sits to the im mediate left of F. 141. (2) P, N an d O face th e cen tr e.
(1 2 3 –1 2 8 ) : F faces ou t sid e. 1 4 2 .(1) P sits secon d to th e righ t of N.
T 130. (5) Fi ve p erson s – B , G, C, F an d 143. (5) Except O, all oth ers face ou t-
A – face ou t sid e. sid e.
R S
131. (2) C is t h ir d t o th e l eft or fifth 144. (3) T faces ou t sid e.
to th e ri gh t of A. Q sit s b etween N an d T.
132. (1) E sit s exactly between G an d S sit s secon d to t h e righ t of T.
V P C. N an d Q sit between T an d R.
133. (4) A sit s t o t h e im m edi ate left 145. (3) T faces ou tsid e. M i s th ir d
of B. to the righ t or fifth to th e left of T.
134. (3) Except H, all oth er s face ou t- (1 4 6 – 1 5 0 ) :
Q U sid e.
W (1 3 5 –1 3 9 ) : Row – 2
123. (2 ) Q is sit tin g t o t h e i m m ediate R
L
Gazan ia
Or chi d
Row –2
Dah li a
I
Peony
left of V.
Rose
E
R
L
G
F
Don al d
Bat m an
Nod dy
124. (4 ) Th ree person s are sit tin g b e- I H
Tom
Osw al
E T
Du ck
tween T an d W. G T
F
H T S R Q P
T
125. (1 ) Q is si tti n g exactly between T
W an d V. R T Q P S M K N L J
126. (5) R
Plu m er ia
L
Daffodi l
K J N M L
Sp i d er m an
I
Dai sy
Tu lip
E
Li l y
R
Su p er m an
V L F G
Ben –1 0
Dext er
E T H
T
J er r y
G
U F T
W T
H
Row – 1
R S T
Row –1
146. (3) P lik es Peon y. Q is an im m e-
135. (5) R an d L are sittin g at th e ex- diate n eigh bou r of P. Q lik es Ga-
T V PP trem e en ds of th e two lin es. zania.
136. (4) T lik es Don ald Du ck . 147. (4) S lik es Rose.
148. (2) L faces Q.
137. (1) N lik es Spiderm an . J an d M
are im m ediate n eigh bou rs of N. J lik es Dai sy. L i s an i m m ediate
Q U n eigh b ou r of J .
S Q
M lik es J erry.
W Q li k es Gazan ia.
R 138. (2) Q lik es Tom . T lik es Dah lia. T faces M.
127. (3 ) P is si tti n g t h ir d t o t h e righ t 139. (3) L faces S. 149. (1) P an d J are sittin g at th e ex-
of R. Q lik es Tom . trem e en ds of th e two rows.
Rem em ber, R is facin g ou tsi de Q is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of 150. (5) N lik es Tu li p.
th e cen tr e. both P an d T. (1 5 1 –1 5 5 ) :
128. (2) Q is sittin g ju st opposite to S. K lik es Su perm an . K is an imm e-
F C E N P Q O D
(1 2 9 –1 3 4 ) : diate n eigh bou r of both J an d R.
B L lik es Dexter. L faces S.
(1 4 0 –1 4 5 : 151. (2) D an d F ar e si t t i n g at t h e
A H ex trem e en d s of t h e lin e.
P 152. (4) N an d Q are im mediate neigh-
bou rs of P.
M
R C is sittin g fou rth to the left of Q.
D G
There are fou r person s between
D and E.
153. (1) O is sitt in g th i rd to th e righ t
S N of N.
F 154. (3) C is sitt in g fou rth to th e left
E
of Q.
155. (5) Ex cep t i n t h e p air NQ, i n all
C O ot h er s t h er e ar e t wo p er son s
Q
129. (2) Ei th er t wo (D an d A) or fou r between t h e given pai r of per -
(C, E, G an d H) per son s si t b e- son s.
tween F an d B. T
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
(1 5 6 –1 6 0 ) : 165. (1) H sits secon d to th e left of G. S sits secon d to th e left of R.
(1 6 6 – 1 7 0 ) : Three persons sit between S and T.
T
L L F G M N H E O R Eith er two or fou r person s sit be-
O E I
P F G tween S an d N.
T H
T 1 7 9 . (2) P is secon d to th e righ t of N.
166. (5 ) L is secon d to th e left of G. 1 8 0 . (1) Two person s - N an d R - face
R S 1 6 7 . (2) On ly two person s sit bet ween ou tside.
N an d O.
(1 8 1 -1 8 5 ) :
Three persons sit to the right of N.
E sit s secon d to t h e righ t of N. Car
M an d H are im m ed iat e n eigh - A
N M
bou rs of N. Bik e Bik e
G E
Q 1 6 8 . (1 ) L is sitti n g at th e ex trem e left
en d of t h e lin e.
156. (2) S faces th e cen tre. T is sit-
1 6 9 . (4) O is to the immediate right of E.
tin g secon d to th e righ t of S. Car D B Car
1 7 0 . (3 ) F an d G sit exactl y between
T is sittin g ju st opposite to Q. M an d L.
Th er e ar e on l y t h r ee p er son s (1 7 1 – 1 7 5 ) :
between T an d Q.
T an d M face th e sam e direction , L O I H P J Q N G R
I Bik e H F
Bik e
E
i.e, towards th e cen tre . F G
T H C
157. (1) Th ree person s – P, Q an d R – T Car
face ou tside, i.e., opposite to th e 1 7 1 . (5 ) G is sit tin g at th e ex trem e
1 81 . (2) Except E, all others drive cars.
cen t re. ri gh t en d of t h e lin e. 182. (2)
158. (4) Except Q, all oth ers face to- 1 7 2 . (4 ) Two p erson s - Q an d N - are
wards th e cen tre. si tti n g b etween J an d G. A
159. (3) M sits exactly between S an d 1 7 3 . (1) P is sitting third to the left of N. A
1 7 4 . (2) Q is an im m ediate n eigh b ou r B H
Q when cou nted from the left of S. G E
160. (5) R faces ou tside, i.e., opposite of N. Q i s sitt in g to th e im m ed i-
to th e cen tre. M is sittin g th ird at e l eft of N.
to th e left of R. N and G are sitting to the right of Q.
J an d N are im m ed iat e n eigh - C D BG
(1 6 1 –1 6 5 ) : bou rs of Q.
B J is sittin g to th e imm ediate righ t
of Q. H F
F G 1 7 5 . (3 ) Th ree p erson s - J , Q an d N - D F
C
ar e seated b etween P an d G.
E
(1 7 6 – 1 8 0 ) :
Th e p osit ion of on ly F rem ai n s
A E T u n ch an ged.
183. (5 ) E an d H dri ve b ik es.
N P 184. (4 ) D dr ives a car.
G an d H are im m ed iat e n eigh -
D H bou rs of D.
H sits to the immediate right of D.
C 185. (3 ) F is secon d to th e l eft of E.
R U
161. (5) Five person s - B, G, E, D an d (1 8 6 –1 9 0 ) :
F - face towar ds th e cen tr e.
1 6 2 . (2) H sits th ird to th e left of A. Row –2
R
On ly on e person sits between A L
Don al d
Bat m an
Nod dy
I
Tom
Osw al
E
Duck
an d B. Q O G
F
H
Im m ediate n eighbou rs of A are F T
T
an d D. S R T Q P S
Eith er two or fou r person s sit be- 176. (4) Except N, all oth ers face th e K J N M L
Sp i der m an
tween A an d G. R
Su p er m an
cen t re. L
Ben –1 0
I
163. (3) Except H, all oth ers face th e
Dext er
E G
J er ry
cen t re. 1 7 7 . (5) S sits secon d to th e left of U. F H

T T
164. (4) H faces ou tside. E is to im - 1 7 8 . (3) Q an d O are imm ediate neigh -
m ediate left of H. Row –1
bou rs of S.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
186. (5) R an d L are sit tin g at th e ex- 190. (3) L faces S.
20. (3) VOWEL CONSONANT
tr em e en ds of th e two l in es. Q lik es Tom .
187. (4) T lik es Don ald Du ck . Q is an i m m ediate n ei gh bou r of Su ch com bin ation s are :
188. (1) N lik es Spi derm an . J an d M both P an d T.
ar e i m m ed iat e n eigh bou rs of N. EK , UR
K lik es Su perm an . K is an imm e-
M lik es J err y. diate n eigh bou r of both J an d R. 21. (2)
189. (2) Q lik es Tom . L lik es Dex ter. L faces S.
Nu m eral Symbol Conson ant
RBI GRADE–B/ NABARD GRADE–A
9# J
OFFICER EXAMS
22. (5) NUMERAL SYMBOL
1. (1) Th er e ar e 1 2 l et ter s an d 4 11. (5)
sym bols i n t h e above sequ en ce.
5$ , 9# , 7% , 6
 Requ ir ed an swer 12 + 4 = 16 A
2. (4) Accor din g t o qu estion , th r ee A 23. (2)
di git s are th ere i n t h e sequ en ce B 4 4 4
each of wh ich is im mediately pre- E H H 5 L I T
ceded as wel l as foll owed by let- 4 4 4
t er s. $ 4 9 Q
3. (3) Letters between ‘C’an d ‘5’ C C B G 4 4 4
M E 3 #
D ZY M K S
24. (2)

D F
Mi ddl e Lett er F 5 7 6 9 2 4 8 3
D
4. (2) Th e d igi ts already pr esen t in G 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
th e sequ en ce : E
7, 9, 2, 3 an d 5. 25. (4)
Th ere ar e fou r sym bol s. 12. (3) Ex cep t GE, in all ot h er s on e
Requ ir ed an swer per son is sitt in g ju st op posite to
=1+2+3+4+5+6+7 +8+ th e secon d p erson .
9 = 45 13. (4) Accou n tan t F i s t h ir d t o t h e
5. (4) 7t h t o th e l eft of 8t h el em en t left of Libr ari an A. 26. (2 ) 5 17  7 15
fr om th e righ t m ean s 15th fr om (1 4 -1 8 ) : 325  5 23
th e r igh t or 7 th from l eft . B u t Si t t i n g ar ran gem en t 639  9 36
7t h fr om t h e l eft in terch an ges 841  1 48
pl ace wit h t h e fou rth from t h e 792  2 97
left. Th erefor e, r equ ired an swer Descen din g order.
wi ll be ‘C’.`
(6 -1 3 ) : 93 6 > 71 5 > > 297 > 1 48
52  Last digit
Librarian
A
27. (4) Accordin g to qu estion
Lawyer 517  1 57
E H Doctor
325  2 35
14. (5) All (i), (ii) an d (iii) 639  3 69
C B En gin eer 15. (2 ) S U an d P Q 841  4 81
Arch itect
16. (5 ) Non e of th ese 792  9 72
F Accoun tan t 17. (3) On ly (iii) 15 7 < < 369 < 4 81 < 9 72
D
Pain ter G
18. (5 ) Non e of th ese 2 5
Teacher 19. (5 ) 5  3 rd from left, H 3 rd
fr om righ t
6. (3) D is a Pain ter. 517  5 71
F  10th from left, 2 10th from
7. (5 ) H is a D octor. 325  3 52
right
8. (1 ) E is a lawyer. E is th i rd to 639  6 93
K  6 th from left, @ 6 th fr om
th e l eft of G. right 841  8 14
9. (4 ) On ly Accou n tan t F is si tti n g J  2 n d from left, 6  2n d fr om 792  7 29
between En gin eer B an d Teach - right 81 4 > > 693 > 571 > 3 52
er G. $  4 th from l eft , 1  5th fr om
10. (2) G is a Teach er. 29
right
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
 39. (4) 50. (4) Accor d i n g t o qu est i on , t h e
Fi rst digit 2 5 n ew sequ en ce wou ld be :
5   J   1
29. (1 ) New sequ en ce 2 5 YA @DF #R NM©W P J EZ  QB
7   T   J
4th t o left of M 2 5
8   N  @ 14th from left
2 5
3   2   $
DIH $ K E L B @A R M F % J £ C G 5 1 . (4) D > C > B, A
2 5
6   D   F
7th fr om r igh t 4 0. (2) Sixth to th e righ t of 14th from E
th e righ t en d m ean s 8th from C, m ay h ave en t ered th e cl ass
righ t. after E an d D.
30. (5) Sym bol Con sonant an d
Th e sequ en ce of E i s n ot clear.
It is n ot cl ear wh eth er B en ter ed
Consonant Symbol
th e class b efore or aft er A.
Su ch com bin ation s are : A defin it ely en tered t h e class af-
4 1. (4) ter D.
H  , $ K , B @ , F % No Con son an t Con son an t Sym b ol 52. (2 ) Kevi n ’s ran k from th e t op
31. (1) Fi fth to th e r igh t of 13t h from Su ch com bin ation s are :  1 6 + 7 = 23 rd
t h e r i gh t m ean s 8 t h fr om t h e Kevin ’s ran k from th e b ott om
righ t. 7W% , 3D$ , UH@ 42 – 2 3 + 1 = 20 th
8t h from ri gh t  % 4 2. (1) 8t h t o t h e left of 1 6th fr om (5 3 –5 7 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t
32. (2) left m ean s 8th from t h e left.
Super visor
Vowel Conson ant Conson ant R4 T M 7 W % J 9 5 I M
Accou n t ant
N L
Su ch com bin ation i s : AR M Doct or
8 th fr om left
43. (2) 9 2 5 4 7 1 6 Paint er
Sh
3 –1
33. (5) K 
 L 
 3 1 2 4 5 6 7 9 P
o
R
pk
3 –1
F 
 £ 
 J
ee
3 1 44. (4) K > B > W > F > J
pe
R 
 6 
 1 W is t h e t h i rd h eavi est am on g
r
3 1 Crick et er
I 
 $ 
  them . O S
3 2 45. (3) 7t h t o t h e righ t of 1 9th fr om Repor ter
@ 
 M 
 A th e r igh t en d m ean s 1 2th fr om T
Teach er
th e r igh t en d, i.e., Z.
34. (4)
3 5 53. (1 ) O is a r eporter.
15t h 19t h
46. (2) D H A 54. (1 ) S is th i rd to th e righ t of R.
J | | S | | | R 3 5
J W E 55. (4 ) Fou r per son s - R, O, T an d
5th
S.
Total n u m b er of ch il dren i n t h e 3 5
5 6 2 56. (5 ) Sh op k eeper an d Doctor are
row = 19 + 5 –1 = 23 3 5 im m ediate n eigh bou rs.
Sh weta’s position from righ t en d $ 9 B
57. (3 ) Th e d oct or is sit tin g ex act ly
= 23–15+1=9 th 3 5
b et w een t h e Su p er vi sor an d
R M 3
35. (2) .... N | | R | | | | S ..... Sh opk eeper.
47. (5) Sym bol Con son an t Let ter 58. (4) 458  8 54
36. (2) Su ch com bin ation s are : 374 473
Number Vowel Vowelor Symbol or Number @D F , # RN , WP , 654 456
Th ere is on l y su ch com bin ation : 487 784
$H U 568 865
5I#
Letter Nu mber Sym bol 86 5 > 85 4 > 78 4 > 473 > 4 56
48. (3)
6 6 +6
3 7. (2) T 9 B $ Su ch com bin ation s are : 473 374
6 6 +6 59. (1) 458 548
M 5 2 6 F3# , B7 $
6 6 +6 374 734
% 1 3 F
49. (1) 654 564
38. (5) 487 847
+6 +6 +6 +6
No Nu m ber Con son an t No con son an t 8 
# 
 W 
5 
7 568 658
+6 +6 +6 +6
Su ch com bin ation s are : @
N 
  H
  548 < 564 < 658 < 734 <
+6 +6 +6 +6
T M 7 , % J 9 , PB 2 , U H @ D 
1 
 J 
6 
U 847
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
564 654 (7 3 – 7 5 ) : Si t t i n g ar r an gem en t 78. (3) Y an d V are im m ediate n eigh -
(6 0 –6 5 ) : bou rs of T.
T T sits secon d to th e righ t of X.
S S is fath er of T.
K M
U A 79. (1) U faces ou t sid e.
80. (5) X is fath er of S. Th erefore, Y
wou ld be m ot h er of S.
Q T W i s t h e wi fe of S an d h en ce
dau gh t er -in -law of Y.
T is th i rd to th e left of W.
(8 1 -8 3 ) :
P L
R C V > >P > > >
60. (4) M is secon d to th e left of L. T> R
61. (2 ) P s i t s ex a c t l y b et w een B Q >S > > > >
Q and R. Now,
62. (5) Q faces T an d b oth are si t- 73. (3 ) V is secon d to th e l eft of C or Q > S > P > T > R >U
ti n g in th e m i ddle of th e sides. fou rt h t o t h e righ t of C.
63. (3) P an d Q. 74. (4 ) Opti on (4) is cor rect.
75. (1 ) A is secon d to th e left of U. 68 k g 35 k g
64. (2) Q wou l d sit to t h e im m ediate
ri gh t of K. (7 6 –8 0 ) : 81. (3) Descen din g order of weigh ts
65. (5) Ex cep t R, al l oth ers are seat- Q >S>P> T> R> U
ed at th e corn er s. Brother 82. (1) R is h eavier t h an on ly U.
(6 6 –7 0 ) : of U 83. (2) S wei gh s 68 k g. P is li gh t er
T Hu sband th an S.
Female of U (8 4 –8 6 ) :
LEFT RIGHT Y V
E P
R
A Q Wife Q T
Father
of S
X Z of T
B T
Row-1
Row-2
Daughter S W
W U of W
C S Wife
of S S
P Z
Father
F V of T
V
D R 76. (4) X is t h e fat h er of S. 84. (3) V an d S are imm ediate n eigh -

RIGHT LEFT Wh en cou n ted fr om th e righ t of bou rs of P.
T, on l y Y si ts b etween T an d X.
85. (4) Q is sittin g fou rth to th e left
66. (5) F is faci n g V. 77. (2) Wh en cou n t ed from th e r igh t
or fou rth to th e righ t of Z.
of Y, th en X sits ex actl y b etween
67. (2) Two p erson s - A an d B. 86. (2) W i s si ttin g secon d to t h e l eft
Y an d W.
68. (4) E an d R at t h e left en ds of of R.
th e r ows. B an d S are th ird fr om
(8 7 –9 1 ) :
th e l eft en d.
F is secon d from th e r igh t en d.
In Row-2, Q is secon d from t h e R
L
ri gh t en d. I
Biocon
Vadilal
E
Nok ia
Am u l
Cipla
69. (4) T faces B. G

F
70. (3 ) E an d D ar e sit t in g at th e H
en ds of t h e row-1.
T
T
(7 1 – 7 2 ) : J G I K H
Su dh a > Bh arat , Ab h ish ek
Kar an > Rah u l Y W V X U
Dan a > Paru l = Su d h a R
Sam su ng
L
Flipk ar t
Karan > Rah u l > Dan a > Paru l =

Havells
I
In digo
Su dh a > Abh ish ek > B h ar at E

G
Tata
71. (4) Dan a is t h e th i rd h eaviest. F

H
72. (3) Bh arat weigh s m in im u m . T
T
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
87. (5) K is to th e im m ediate left of 1. (3) O sit s exactly between M an d 10. (4)
th e person from Vadilal. N wh en cou n ted from th e righ t
W is to th e im m ediate left of th e of M.
person from Tata. 2. (5) Th ree per son s sit between S Su ch com bin ation s are :
Sim ilarly, X is to th e im m ediate an d O.
left of th e person from Flipk art. ; ;
O is an En gi n eer.
88. (1) Y is from In digo. S is a Doctor. Th u s, th ere are th r ee su ch Vow-
89. (2) I is from Vadilal. V faces I. N is an Au th or. He sit s t o th e i m - el s.
90. (3) Two p er son s sit between G 11. (3)
an d th e person from Cipla. m ediat e l eft of T, th e Teach er.
Th e person from Havells faces G. 3. (2) P is a D esi gn er.
G is an im m ediate n eigh bou r of 4. (1) Except in th e pair N – Teach - Su ch com bin ation s are :
J from Biocon . er, in all oth er pairs th e first per -
G sits to th e imm ediate righ t of I. son sits secon d to th e left of th e ;
91. (4) Person s sitting at th e extrem e secon d person . N sits to th e im - Th u s, th ere are two su ch con so-
en ds of both th e rows :
m ediate left of Teach er, T. n an ts.
J (Biocon ) an d H (Cipla)
Y (In digo) an d U (Flipk art) 5. (4) R is a J ou rn alist. 12. (1)
(9 2 – 9 7 ) : 6. (3) Hi ra > J aya ...(i)
B u sin essm an
(H) (J)
A Mohan > Pritam ...(ii)
Cler k (M) (P)
G D D oct or Lalit = Jaya ....(iii)
(L) (J)
Jayant > Hira ....(iv)
E F (Jt) (H) 13. (2)
B an k er Ar ch it ect
Fr om all th e st atem en ts
Jayant > Hira > Jaya = Lalit ...(v)
B H an d, Moh an > Prit am ...(vi)
Sh op k eep er Teach er
Op t i o n (1 )
C
En gin eer Th ere is n o relation between Jaya
an d Prit am . Bu t,
92. (3) E is an im m ediate n eigh bou r
of Clerk an d Sh opk eeper. Op t i o n (2 )
E is an Arch itect. Th er e i s n o r el at i on b et ween 14. (4) 7t h t o t h e righ t of 2 0th fr om
Clerk G is an im m ediate n eigh - Pr itam an d Lali t. th e r igh t m ean s 13 th from t h e
bou r of Ban k er E. Op t i o n (3 ) righ t.
H is a Teach er. It is clear th at Lalit is poorer th an
Sh opk eeper B sits secon d to th e Hira.
left of Teach er H. Op t i o n (4 )
93. (5) H is a Teach er. Th er e i s n o r el at i on b et ween
94. (2) Doctor D is th i rd to th e left Moh an an d J ayan t.
of Ban k er E. 15. (3 ) S > Q > P > B > A
7. (2) Leader sh i p or der
95. (4) Doctor D sit s between Arch i-  On ly (b ) or (c)
Ham ida  u pto 2 k m
tect F an d Bu sin essm an A. 16. (3) Neet a is 2 2n d fr om t h e t op
J en n y  u pto 4 k m
96. (1) G is a Cler k . an d Kal yan i s 22 + 5 = 27 th from
97. (3 ) Cl erk G is t o t h e im m ediate Mary  u pto 6 k m
th e t op an d 34t h from th e bot-
ri gh t of th e Bu sin essm an A. Rah im a  u pto 8 k m
tom wh o passed the exam in ation .
Roh in i  u pto 10 k m
Th erefore, t otal n u m ber of st u -
INSURANCE EXAMS Si ta  u pto 12 k m den ts wh o p assed t h e exam in a-
(1 –5 ) : Ham ida  u pto 14 k m tion.
J en n y  u tp 16 k m = 27 + 34 – 1 = 60
Policeman  M ary wou ld tak e th e leader -
Th erefore, t otal n u m ber of st u -
Q sh ip at t h e en d of 16t h k m .
den ts in th e class
Jou r nalist 8. (4) In order to solve t h i s qu es-
Doct or 60
R S ti on , we m u st k n ow th e positi on
of eit h er Ravin a or Moh in i fr om = × 5 = 75
4
Singer both th e en d s.
Designer 13th 16th
M 9. (2) Accord in g to qu estion 17. (1)
P
B>C ...(i) B
An d, C > A > D ...(ii) 17th
O T
Engineer Teacher Fr om both th e statem en ts Total n u m ber of boys i n th e r ow
N B >C> A>D = 16 + 17 – 1 = 32
Author
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
18. (3) Secon d h alf m ean s 68 veh i- 32. (2 ) R = 3
+4
cl es. M –R = 7 42. (1) G 2 +3
Ar ran gem en t of cars an d sccot e-  M = 7 + 3 = 10
rs +3 +4
K –M = 2 8 P J
2 + 3 + 4 + 5 ........... + 1 6 + 1
 K = 2 + 10 = 12 +3 +4
= 1 36  U G
Th e valu e of letter i s in creasi n g
2 + 3 + 4 + 5 ..... + 11 + 3 = 68 +3 +4
fr om th e righ t to th e left.
9 + 1 3 + 14 + 1 5 + 16 + 1 = 68  2 S
Th e n u m ber of scooters in t h e 43. (3) EA F T ..... H 2 A 9 .... M B
secon d h alf of th e row. 8G6  86 6; 3DJ 339;
= 9 + 12 + 13 + 1 4 + 15 = 63 F4C 542; 7HB 771; Consonan t Vowel Con son an t
4E6 446; B8I 188;
19. (4) D \ B  D > B Th ere is on l y on e su ch vowel :
Descen di n g order of n u m b ers :
E / A  E < A DIP
86 6 > 771 > 542 > 446 > 3 39
C is n ot t h e h eaviest. > 1 88
20. (1) +3 +9
Th ird Nu m ber  5 42 44. (4) E 1 +5 P G
14th 30th 34. (2)
16 10 –3 –5 –9
Q M 645  54 6; 869 968; B V H
M’s posit ion from t h e righ t en d 458 854; 347 743;

  
= 40 – 3 0 + 1 = 11 th 981 189; 792 297
Descen di n g order of n u m b ers : Con secu ti ve sym bol s are given .
21. (4) H is th i rd to t h e righ t of B.
45. (1) Aft er t h r ee op er at i on s t h e
22. (5) K a n d P a r e i m m ed i a t e 96 8 > 854 > 743 > 546 > 2 97
n eigh bou rs of D. > 1 89
23. (2) D is th i rd to t h e righ t of W. Fou rth Nu m ber  546 L3 SH 9M 2H  ID8  1 N TE
24. (3) K is secon d to th e left of P. A F7 l n J U 6 K G CVQ 4
Righ t P S Q R U T Left
25. (1) Q i s t o t h e i m m ed i at e l eft R 5V T A B
of B. 46. (3) P
26. (1) % 2
R
4
5 Left A B E C F D Righ t T R
F
2
N
3
 35. (3) Q is faci n g E.
2 3 36. (2) P an d D.
I W H
37. (1) F faces U, wh o is to th e i m -
2 3
U $ P m ediat e l eft of R.
2 3 38. (5) Ex cep t i n Q U D , i n all oth er
2 V 7
gr ou p s th ere is on e p erson b e- S U
tween th e first an d th e secon d
27. (2) Nu m ber Symbol Letter Q
person s an d th e secon d p erson
is facin g th e t h ir d person . 47. (2)
Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
39. (5) Ex cep t i n RUCF, in al l oth ers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
ti on : 1%D th e first person i s j u st opp osi te
of th e fou r th p erson an d th e sec- 5th fr om t h e r igh t
28. (3) 6t h t o t h e righ t of 1 3th fr om
th e left m ean s 19th from th e left, on d person is ju st opposite of th e 48. (4 ) After in terch an ge
i .e., W. th ird per son . In RUCF, t h e fir st 1st  14th
29. (5) 5th to th e left of th e 18th from p er son i s j u st op p osi t e of t h e 2n d  13th
th e left m ean s 13th from th e left, th ird person an d th e secon d per - 3rd  12th
i.e. 3. son i s ju st opp osit e of t h e fou r th 4th  11th
30. (2) p er son . 5th  10th
40. (3) Th ree person s — E, C an d F 6th  9th
Conson an t Nu m ber Vowel 7th  8th
— are stan din g between B an d D.
Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a- 8th  7th
41. (2) Nu m ber Consonan t 9th  6th
ti on : N3A
31. (3) According to qu estion , th e new (4 9 –5 3 ) :
an d Consonant Sym bol
sequ en ce wou ld be : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
U Q A X W Z F D I L O V S
9 7 4 8 3 5 7 6 3 8 5 4 Su ch com b i n at i on s ar e : F ;
8D ; G ; 2M ; 3L ; C ; 4R ; 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
N B M C R G Y K H P T J E
nk; hfr
6th avom
ksj l th
sNB
ek
righ t 5V ;
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
49. (2 ) Th e valu e of S is 13. If th ere 5 8. (1) M u k es h i s o p p o s i t e t o (6 3 –6 8 ) :
wi ll be a Vowel fol lowin g it, th en Pr ak ash .
it s valu e wi ll be 14 Q
Now, 13 + 14 = 27 h
as La M
50. (4) I = 9; N = 1 4; R = 18 ak lit J
9 + 1 4 + 19 = 41
Pr
51. (1) 7 14 21
pa
7 7 P
D ee
F N K N
Pr iti
13 19 25
6 6
S G J Pa L
n ka K
j esh
6 12 18 M uk O
6 6
Z V R
63. (2) M faces ou tside. P si ts t o t h e
10 16 22 59. (2) h im m ed iat e left of M.
k as La
6 6 Pr a l it Q sits secon d to th e l eft of N.
L M H
L faces ou tside an d J faces t o-
52. (3) wards th e cen tr e.
pa
D ee
O sit s th ird to th e l eft of M.

Q X W Z F F L V S N B Pr iti 64. (4) L sit s secon d t o t h e righ t of
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 K.
Pa 65. (3) K, L, M, N an d Q face ou t-
n ka h
j k es sid e.
M C R G Y K H P T J Mu
66. (5) L sit s b etween P an d O.
24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 67. (2) K is sitt in g th i rd to th e righ t
Deepa is sit tin g opposite to Pr i-
C U S T O M ti. of Q.
      60. (1) 68. (1) Except O, all oth er s face ou t-
26 +7 + 1 8 + 40 + 7 + 24 = 1 22 sid e.
53. (1) R (6 9 –7 5 ) :
L
E X A M I N A T I O N E I
F D B A E C G P
           H
T Q
26 4 3 16 9 14 3 24 9 11 14 T M
2 6+4+3+16+9+14 +3 +24 +9 +1 1+14
= 1 27 Hou se A is in th e m i ddl e.
61. (1) B an d E will get t h ei r ran k in
on ly on e way. K
7t h 22nd R
54. (3) Th e r em ai n in g fou r person s can
S V be ran k ed in 4! ways
12th Nu m ber of arran gem en ts
Total n u m ber of boys i n th e r ow = 4! = 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 = 24
= 12 + 22 – 1 = 33 J S
62. (4) C
55. (2) F
L
R
Grandfather
L D
Daughter
I E
Mother
Father
E 69. (3) Fi ve person s - M, S, L, J , an d

Son
G
F H Q - face ou tsi de
T T A B 70. (5) M is sitting third to the left of L.
Gr an d fat h er occu pi ed th e cen - 71. (1) Ex cep t P, al l oth ers face ou t-
Or sid e.
tr al p lace.
56. (3 ) Total n u m b er of t rees i n t h e 72. (4) Q sit s exactly between K an d
C D P when one moves clock wise from L.
row = 7 + 14 – 1 = 20
57. (3) 73. (2) R is th i rd to t h e righ t of Q.
74. (5) M is sitt in g secon d to th e left
F A
L R of S.
M N Q P O I
E 75. (3) P sits to th e im m ed iat e left M.
G
F H E B J sits secon d to th e l eft of Q.
T T J and S are imm ediate neigh bou rs
A is th ir d t o t h e r igh t or l eft of F. of L.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
(7 6 –8 1 ) : (8 9 –9 3 ) : (9 9 – 1 0 3 ) :
C
M
G
D B I N
H F
O P
F E
E C
K J
A G L
D A
99. (3) M a n d O a r e i m m ed i a t e
H J B n eigh bou rs of I.
I faces ou tsi de
76. (1) H is th i rd to th e left of E. 89. (3) Except E, all oth ers face ou t- Eith er on e or five person (s) si t(s)
77. (5) C is th i rd to t h e righ t of G. sid e. between I an d N.
78. (4) A is fifth to t h e righ t of E. 90. (1) H an d D are imm ediate neigh- 100. (5) J is sittin g to th e im m ediate
79. (2) F is secon d to th e left of H. bou rs of E. righ t of L.
80. (1) F is to t h e im m edi ate righ t of 91. (4) G and C are imm ediate n eigh - 101. (4) O is sittin g to th e im m ediate
D. left of K.
bou rs of F.
81. (3) A is sit tin g between H an d F. 102. (1) P and M are imm ediate n eigh -
F faces ou tside.
(8 2 – 8 3 ) : bou rs of N.
F sits secon d to th e left of H. 103. (2) Ex cep t P, all oth ers face t h e
R 92. (5) H sits th ird to th e left or fifth cen tr e. P faces ou t sid e.
L
O Q L M P K R N I (1 0 4 -1 0 8 ) :
E
G to th e righ t of C.
F
H 93. (2) H is sittin g to th e im m ediate
T
T
righ t of G.
82. (2) Q sit s th ird to th e l eft of P. (9 4 –9 8 ) :
83. (4) O an d N are seat ed at t h e
two extr em e en d s of t h e lin e. Row–1
(8 4 –8 8 ) : R L
I E
G
C H F
T V X S W T U T
P S
L Q O P R N M R
E I
G
F H
Q
T T
R
Row–2 104. (3) P is faci n g C.
105. (2) C faces P. B an d G ar e i m -
94. (4) Except U, all oth ers are seat- m ediate n eigh bou rs of C.
B A ed away from extrem e en ds. On ly U sits between P an d T.
95. (3) P is sittin g secon d to th e righ t P s i t s t o t h e i m m ed i at e l eft
D of U.
of Q.
R an d U are im m ed iat e n eigh -
84. (5) Ex cep t A, al l oth ers face ou t- 96. (2) T is facin g N. bou rs of P.
sid e. 97. (1) Two person s – X, S – sit be- 106. (5) Ex cep t G, all oth ers are si t-
85. (2) D sits th ird to th e ri gh t of S. tween W an d V. ti n g at t h e extr em e en ds of t h e
86. (1) B sits th ird to th e ri gh t of Q. U sits secon d to th e left of W. r ows.
87. (3) A, C an d R face th e cen tr e. W faces R. R i s an i m m ed iate 107. (4) B is sit tin g to th e i m m ediate
88. (4) P sits to the imm ediate left of R. ri gh t of C.
n eigh bou r of both P an d N.
R si t s b et w een B an d P wh en 108. (1) E is faci n g Q.
98. (5) M is facin g U.
cou n t ed from t h e righ t of B. ppp
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
MODEL EXERCISES
Di r ect i on s (1 -4 ) : Read th e fol- 7. Wh ich of the followin g is th e ligh t- Di r ect i on s (1 3 -1 7 ) : Stu dy th e
lowing information carefu lly and answer est in weigh t? followin g in form ation carefu lly to an -
th ese qu estion s. (1) D (2) E swer th ese qu estion s.
Six boys A, B, C, D, E an d F are (3) F (4) G (I) M, N, P, Q, S and T are six m em -
m arch in g in a lin e. Th ey are arran ged bers of a grou p in wh ich th ere
(5) Non e of th ese
accordin g to th eir h eigh t, th e tallest are th ree fem ale m em bers. Fe-
bein g at th e back an d th e sh ortest in 8. Wh ich of th e followin g represen ts
m ales work in th ree depart-
fron t. t h e d esc en d i n g o r d er o f t h e
men ts Accou nts, Admin istration
• F is between B an d A weigh ts of th e rin gs ?
an d Person n el an d sit in th ree
• E is sh orter than D bu t taller than (1) D, E, H, G an d F differen t floors Ist, IIn d an d
C wh o is taller th an A. (2) F, D, G, E an d H IIIrd . Person s wor k i n g i n th e
• E an d F h ave two boys between (3) H, F, G, D an d E sam e departmen t are not on th e
them . (4) E, G, H, D an d F sam e floor. On each floor, two
• A is n ot th e shortest am ong th em . (5) Non e of th ese person s work .
1. Wh ere is E ? 9. F i v e n ew l y b o r n b a b i es w er e (II) No two ladies work in th e sam e
(1) Between A an d B weigh ed by th e doctor. In h er re- department or on the sam e floor.
(2) Between C an d A N an d S work in th e sam e, de-
port, sh e stated th at ch ild A is
(3) Between D an d C partm en t bu t n ot in Person n el.
ligh ter th an ch ild B. Ch ild C is
(4) In fron t of C Q work s in Adm in istra-
ligh ter th an ch ild D. Ch ild B is
(5) Non e of th ese tion . S and M are on th e 1st an d
ligh ter th an ch ild D, bu t h eavier
2. Wh o is th e tallest? IIr d fl oors r esp ect i vel y an d
th an ch ild E. Wh ich ch ild is th e
(1) B (2) D work in th e sam e departm en t.
h eaviest ?
(3) F (4) A Q, a lady, does n ot work on IIn d
(1) E (2) D
(5) Non e of th ese floor. P, a m an , work s on 1st
3. If we st ar t cou n t i n g fr om t h e (3) C (4) A floor.
sh ortest, wh ich boy is fou rth on e (5) Non e of th ese 13. Wh ich of th e followin g grou ps of
in th e lin e? 10. A, B, C, D an d E wh en arran ged person s is fem ales ?
(1) E (2) A i n d escen d i n g or d er of t h ei r (1) SQT (2) QMT
(3) D (4) C weigh t from th e top, A becom es (3) QPT
(5) Non e of th ese th ird E, is between D an d A wh ile (4) Data in adequ ate
4. Wh o is th e sh ortest ? C an d D are n ot at th e top. Wh o (5) Non e of th ese
(1) C (2) D am on g th em is th e secon d ? 14. T work s in wh ich departm en t ?
(3) B (4) F (1) C (2) B (1) Accou n ts
(5) Non e of th ese (3) E (2) Administration
Di rect i on s (5-8) : A goldsmith h as (4) Data inadequ ate (3) Personn el
five gold rin gs, each h avin g a differen t (5) Non e of th ese
weigh t. Th ey are labelled as D, E, F, (4) Accou n ts or Person n el
11. Th irty-six veh icles are park ed in (5) Non e of th ese
G an d H. Th eir pecu liarities are given
in th e followin g 5 statem en ts. a park in g lot in a sin gle row. Af- 15. Wh ich of t h e fol lowin g pairs of
St at em en t 1 Rin g D weigh s twice t er t h e fi r st car, t h er e i s on e person s work s on IIn d floor ?
as m u ch as rin g E. scoot er. Aft er t h e secon d car, (1) PT (2) SM
St at em en t 2 Rin g E weigh s fou r th ere are two scooters. After th e (3) QN (4) Non e of th ese
and a h alf tim es as m u ch as rin g F. th ird car, th ere are th ree scoot- (5) All of th ese
St at em en t 3 Rin g F weigh s h alf ers and so on . Work ou t the n u m - 16. If T is t ran sfer red to Accou n t s
as m u ch as rin g G. ber of scooters in th e secon d h alf an d S is tran sferred to Adm in is-
St at em en t 4 Rin g G weigh s h alf of th e row. tration , wh o is to be tran sferred
as m u ch as rin g H. (1) 10 (2) 12 to Personn el to main tain the origi-
St at em en t 5 Rin g H weigh s less (3) 15 (4) 17 nal distribu tion of females on each
th an rin g D bu t m ore th an rin g F. (5) Non e of th ese floor ?
5. If th ese rin gs are sold accordin g 12. In a row at a bu s stop, A is 7th (1) P (2) N
to th eir weigh ts, wh ich rin g will (3) Q
from th e left an d B is 9th from
fetch th e h igh est valu e in ru pees?
the right. Both of them interchange (4) Data inadequ ate
(1) D (2) G
th ei r p osit ion s an d t h u s A b e- (5) Non e of th ese
(3) F (4) H
com es l l t h fr om t h e l eft . H ow 17. Wh ich of t h e fol lowin g pairs of
(5) Non e of th ese
m an y peopl e ar e t h ere in t h at persons work s in Adm in istration?
6. Rin g H is h eavier to wh ich of th e
row ? (1) QP (2) QN
followin g two rin gs ?
(1) GE (2) GF (1) 18 (2) 19 (3) SP
(3) DF (4) DE (3) 20 (4) 21 (4) Data inadequ ate
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di r ect i on s (18 -20 ) : Read the fol- (1) 4th (2) 14th (viii) Th e st u d en t i s si t t i n g on t h e
l owi n g st at em en ts t o an swer t h ese (3) 8th (4) 15th righ tm ost corn er of th e ben ch .
qu estions. (5) Non e of th ese (ix) Th e doctor is m arried to C. C is
Nin e crick et fan s are watch in g a Di r ect i on s (2 4 -2 6 ) : Read th e in - th e secon d m ost in telligen t of th e
m atch in a stadiu m. Seated in one row, form ation given below to an swer th ese grou p followed by h er h u sban d.
th ey are J , K, L, M, N, O, P, Q an d R. qu estions. (x) Th e least in telligen t of th e grou p
L is at th e righ t of M an d at th ird place (i) Th ere is a grou p of five girls is sittin g on th e im m ediate righ t
at th e righ t of N. K is at on e en d of th e (ii) Kamini is secon d in height bu t of D, followed by th e m ost in tel-
row. Q is im m ediately n ext to O an d P. you n ger th an Ru pa. ligent.
O is at th e th ird place at th e left of K. (iii) Pooja is taller than Monik a bu t (xi) Th ere are as m an y m ore in telli-
J is righ t n ext to left of O. you n ger in age. gen t person s th an th e en gin eer
18. Wh o is sittin g in th e cen tre of th e (iv) Ru pa an d Mon ik a are of th e as th ere are less in telligen t.
row? sam e age bu t Ru pa is tallest (xii) On t h e b en ch , fol l owed b y D ,
(1) L (2) O am on g them . th ere are th ree fem ales sittin g in
(3) J (4) Q (v) Neelam is taller than Pooja and su ccession .
(5) Non e of th ese elder to Ru pa. (xiii) Th e psych ologist is a fem ale.
19. Wh o is at th e oth er en d of th e 24. If t h ey are ar ran ged i n th e as- (xiv) Th e stu d en t i s m or e in t elligen t
row? cen ding order of h eigh t, then wh o th an th e arch itect, wh o is m ore
(1) R (2) J will be in th e th ird position ? in telligen t th an on ly on e person ,
(3) P (4) N (1) Monik a F.
(5) Non e of th ese (2) Mon ik a or Ru pa (xv) Neith er A n or G is a fem ale.
20. Which of th e following statements (3) Ru pa 27. Wh o is sittin g on th e im m ediate
is tru e ? (4) Non e of th ese righ t of D?
(1) R an d P are n eigh bou rs (5) All of th ese (1) F (2) E
(2) Th ere is on e person between 25. If th ey are ar ran ged in th e d e- (3) C (4) Can ’t say
L an d O scendin g order of th eir ages, th en (5) Non e of th ese
(3) M is at on e extrem e en d wh o will be in th e th ird position ? 28. Wh ich two are sittin g togeth er?
(4) N is two seats away from J (1) Mon ik a or Ru pa (1) D an d E
(5) Non e of th ese (2) Monik a (2) E an d A
21. A, B, C, D, E an d F are sittin g (3) Kamini (3) Teach er an d bu sin essm an
arou n d a rou n d table. A i s be- (4) Non e of th ese (4) En gin eer an d doctor
tween E an d F, E is opposite D, (5) All of th ese
an d C i s n ot i n ei t h er of t h e (5) Non e of th ese
26. To an swer th e qu estion “wh o is 29. Th e en gin eer is n ot m ore in telli-
n eigh bou rin g seats of E. Wh o is t h e y o u n gest p er s o n i n t h e
opposite to B ? gen t th an
grou p”, wh ich of th e given state-
(1) F (2) C (1) stu den t (2) arch itect
m en ts is su perflu ou s?
(3) D (4) Non e of th ese (3) teach er (4) bu sinessm an
(1) Only (i) (2) On ly (v)
(3) On ly (ii) (4) Either (i) or (iv)
22. Seven m en -A, B, C, D, E, F an d 30. Wh ich of th ese can n ot be a m ar -
(5) Non e of th ese
G are stan din g in a qu eu e in th at ried cou ple?
Di r ect i on s (2 7 -3 1) : Read th e in -
order. Each on e is wearin g a cap form ation given below an d an swer th e (1) A-F (2) A-C
of differen t colou r -violet, in digo, qu estion s th at follow. (3) G-F (4) Non e of th ese
blu e, green , yellow, oran ge an d (5) Non e of th ese
(i) Th er e i s a grou p of seven per -
red. D is able to see in fron t of 31. Wh ich of th ese represen ts th e
son s A, B, C, D, E, F an d G.
h im green an d blu e, bu t n ot vio- correct order of in telligen ce (in
(ii) Th ere are fou r m ales, th ree fe-
let. F can see violet an d yellow, th e decreasin g sequ en ce) ?
m ales, two m arried cou ples an d
bu t n ot red,. G can see caps of (1) EBF (2) CDF
th ree u n m arried person s in th e
all th e colou rs oth er than oran ge.
grou p. (3) ECB
If E is wearin g an in digo colou red
(iii) Th e seven person s are seated in (4) Non e of th e above
cap, th en th e colou r of th e cap
a row on th e ben ch . (5) All of th ese
worn by F is
(iv) Th ei r p rofessi on s are en gin eer, 32. In a class of 35 stu den ts, Kiran
(1) Blu e (2) Violet
teacher, doctor, psychologist, bu si- i s pl aced 7 th fr om th e b ot tom
(3) Red (4) Oran ge
n essman, architect and stu dent. wh er eas M oh an i s p l aced 9 t h
(5) Non e of th ese
(v) B is n ot m arried an d an oth er from th e top. Soh an is placed ex-
23. In a qu eu e of ch ildren , Kash ish
person , th e psych ologist, is th e a c t l y i n b et w een K i r a n a n d
is fifth from th e left an d Mon a is m ost in telligent. Moh an.
sixth from th e righ t. Wh en th ey
(vi) Th e en gin eer is m arr ied to t h e Wh at i s Ki r an ’s p osi t i on fr om
in terch an ge th eir places am on g
teach er, wh o is th e least in telli- Soh an ?
t h em sel ves, Kash i sh b ecom es
gen t of th e grou p. (1) 13th (2) nth
t h i r t een t h fr om th e left . Th en ,
(vii) D is an arch itect. He is sittin g on (3) 10th (4) 9th
what will be Mon a’s position from
th e leftm ost corn er (5) Non e of th ese
th e righ t?
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Di rect i on s (3 3 -3 4 ) : There are six higher th an Su dh a. Mam ta scored 44. Wh ich pair occu pies th e m iddle
steps on a staircase leadin g from th e between Pu ja an d Su dh a.” Wh o position of th e rows?
grou n d floor to th e first floor. Den ote scored lowest in the exam in ation? (1) Rak esh , Nayan
th e first step by 1, secon d by 2, an d (1) Pu ja (2) Kavita (2) Su resh , Prabh a
so on . Th ere are fou r people P, Q, R (3) Mamta (4) Su dha (3) Veen a, Vish n u
an d S. No two people can be on th e (5) Non e of th ese (4) Ujjwal, J yoti
sam e step. 40. Sa m a n t r em em b er s t h at h i s (5) Non e of th ese
I . P is two steps below R. broth er’s birth day is after fifteen th 45. Wh o is facin g J yoti?
II . Q is on th e n ext step to S. bu t before eigh teen th of Febru - (1) Ujjwal
III. R is two steps below S. ;
ary, wh ereas h is sister rem em - (2) Amit
33. If P is on th e first step, on wh ich bers th at h er broth er’s birth day (3) Am it or Ujwal
step is Q? is after sixteen th bu t before n in e- (4) Su resh
(1) Th ird (2) Fou rth teenth of Febru ary. On which date
(5) Non e of th ese
(3) Fifth (4) Sixth of Febru ary is Sam an t’s broth er’s
46. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs are
(5) Non e of th ese birth day?
sittin g diagonally opposite?
34. If P is on th e first step, wh ich of (1) 18 t h (2) 1 6 t h
(1) Rak esh , Alk a
th e followin g is tru e? (3) 1 9 t h (4) 1 7 t h
(2) Am it, Alk a
(1) Q is on th e secon d step (5) Non e of th ese
(3) Nayan , Rak esh
(2) R is on th e fou rth step 41. In a class of 40 ch ildren , Su n ita’s
(4) Su resh, Nayan
(3) S is on a lower step th an R ran k is eigh th from th e top. Su jit
is five ran k s below Su n ita. Wh at (5) Non e of th ese
(4) Step fou r is em pty
is Su jit’s ran k from bottom ? 47. Which of th e followin g is Prabh a’s
(5) Non e of th ese position?
Di rect i on s (35-3 8) : Stu dy the fol- (1) 26 (2) 27
(3) 28 (4) 29 (1) Between J yoti an d Nayan
lowi n g i n for m ati on t o an swer t h ese
(5) Non e of th ese (2) Im m ediate left of Nayan
qu estion s. A Black sm ith h as five iron
42. Th er e ar e 3 0 pl an ts of Ch ik u , (3) Facin g Su resh
articles A, B, C, D an d E, each h avin g
Gu ava, Sitafal an d Man go i n a (4) Secon d to th e righ t of Alk a
a differen t weigh t.
row. Th ere is on e pair of Man go (5) Non e of th ese
I . A weigh s twice as m u ch as B.
plan ts after Ch ik u and Gu ava and 48. Five sen ior citizen s are livin g in a
II . B weigh s fou r an d a half times
Man go plants are followed by on e mu lti-storied bu ilding. Mr Bh agat
as m u ch as C.
Ch ik u an d on e Sitafal plan t an d lives in a flat above Mr Ash ok an ,
III. C weigh s h alf as m u ch as D.
so on . If th e row begin s with a Mr Lok esh lives in a flat below
IV. D weigh s h alf as m u ch as E.
plan t of Ch ik u , th en wh ich of th e Mr Gau rav, Mr Ash ok an lives in
V . E weigh s less than A bu t m ore a flat above Mr Gau rav an d Mr
followin g will be in th e last of th e
th an C. Rak esh lives in a flat below Mr
row?
35. Wh ich of the followin g is the h igh- Lok esh . Wh o lives in th e topm ost
(1) Chik u (2) Gu ava
est in weigh t? flat?
(3) Mango (4) Sitafal
(1) A (2) B (1) Mr Bh agat (2) Mr Gau rav
(5) Non e of th ese
(3) C (4) D (3) Mr Lok esh (4) Mr Rak esh
43. Moh an is th irteen th from th e left
en d in a row of ch ildren . Prabir
36. E is h eavier th an wh ich of th e fol- 49. Kittu is in between Moh an an d
is twelfth from th e righ t en d an d
lowin g two articles? Soh an . Raju is to the left of Sohan
eigh teen th from th e left end. How
(1) D, B (2) D, C m an y ch il dren ar e towar ds t h e an d Sh y am i s t o t h e r i gh t of
(3) A, C (4) A, B righ t of Moh an in th at row? Moh an . If all of th e frien ds are
(5) Non e of th ese (1) 12 (2) 17 sittin g facin g North , th en wh o is
37. Wh ich of th e followin g articles is (3) 18 (4) Non e of th ese on th eir extrem e righ t?
th e h eaviest in weigh t? (5) Non e of th ese (1) Kittu (2) Sohan
(1) A (2) B D i r ec t i o n s (4 4 -4 7 ) : An sw er (3) Mohan (4) Shyam
(3) C (4) D th ese qu estion s based on th e in form a- (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese tion given . 50. Am on g five boys, Vin eet is taller
38. Wh ich of th e followin g represen ts Five boys Am it, Su resh , Vish n u , th an Man ick , bu t n ot as tall as
th e descen din g order of weigh t Ujjwal an d Rak esh are sittin g in a row Ravi. J acob is taller than Dilip bu t
of th e Article? faci n g sou th . Fi ve gi rl s Al k a, J yot i, sh orter th an Man ick . Wh o is
(1) A, B, E, D, C Veen a, Prabh a an d Nayan are sittin g th e tallest in th eir grou p?
(2) B, D, E, A, C in fr on t of t h em in a row, each on e (1) Ravi (2) Man ick
(3) E, C, D, A, B facin g on e of th em . All th ese are n ot (3) Vin eet (4) Dilip
(4) C, A, D, B, E n ecessarily in th e sam e serial order. (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese Vish n u is facin g Veen a. Su resh an d 51. Person s X, Y, Z an d Q live in red,
39. Five stu den ts participated in th e Rak esh are n ot facin g Prabh a. Am it is green , yell ow or bl u e col ou red
sch olarship exam ination . “Su dh a at on e of th e en ds. Nayan is fou rth to h ou ses placed in a sequ en ce on a
scored h igh er th an Pu ja. Kavita th e righ t of Alk a an d is facin g Rak esh . street. Z lives in a yellow h ou se.
scor ed l ower t h an Su m a b u t J yoti is between Alk a an d Veen a. The green h ou se isadjacen t to th e
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
blu e h ou se. X does n ot live adja- (1) Secon d to th e left Q an d R in terch an ge places so as
cen t to Z. Th e yellow h ou se is in (2) Secon d to th e righ t to be lik e T an d V th en wh ich of
b et w een t h e gr een a n d r ed (3) Fou rth to th e righ t th e followin g is tru e?
h ou se. Th e colou r of the h ou se in (4) Th ird to th e righ t (1) S is th ird to th e righ t of R
wh ich X lives is (5) Non e of th ese (2) T is secon d to th e left of R
(1) yellow (2) green 57. Ages are to be com pu ted in whole (3) Q is fou rth to th e righ t of T
(3) red (4) Non e of th ese nu mbers only and n o two persons (4) S is secon d to th e left of R
(5) All of th ese are of th e sam e age. Mah esh is a (5) Non e of th ese
52. Eigh t frien ds, n am ely P, Q, R, S, year older th an Vik as. Vik as is 62. Five boys are stan din g in a lin e
T, U, V an d W are sittin g arou n d two years older than J agan. Jagan facin g th e wall. Each boy is ei-
a circu lar table facin g towards th e is a year you n ger th an Su resh . th er wearin g red, green , yellow,
cen tre. Q is sittin g between V an d w h i t e or b l u e d r ess. Th e b oy
Su resh is two years you nger th an
S. W is th ird to th e left of Q an d dressed in yellow is n ot stan din g
M ah esh . Ak m al i s t w o y ear s at an y en d of th e lin e. Th e boy
secon d to th e righ t of P R is sit- you n ger th an J agan .
tin g between P an d V. Q an d T dressed in red is n ot stan din g at
Wh ich of th e followin g is in th e an y en d of th e lin e. Wh at colou r
are n ot sittin g opposite to each
order from the oldest to the you ng- dress h as been worn by th e boy
oth er. Wh o is sittin g th ird to th e
est? wh o is stan din g to th e righ t side
left of S?
(1) M ah es h , V i k a s , J a ga n , of th e boy dressed in yellow?
(1) T (2) P
Su resh, Ak m al (1) Wh ite (2) Green
(3) U (4) S
(2) M a h es h , V i k a s , Su r es h , (3) Blu e
(5) Non e of th ese
Ak m al, J agan (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
53. Six ch ildren B, D, C, M, J an d K (5) Non e of th ese
(3) M a h es h , V i k a s , Su r es h ,
are split in to two grou ps of th ree 63. Five sh irts are placed on a sh elf
J agan, Ak mal
each an d are m ade to stan d in in a h eap. Red sh irt is above th e
two rows in su ch a way th at a (4) Mahesh, J agan, Vik as, Ak mal,
Su resh Blu e sh irt an d Green sh irt is be-
ch ild in on e row is exactly facin g low th e Oran ge sh irt. Blu e sh irt
a ch ild in th e oth er row. M is n ot (5) Non e of th ese
i s ab ove t h e Or an ge sh ir t an d
at th e en ds of an y row an d is to 58. Th ere are five differen t h ou ses A Wh i te sh irt is below th e Gr een
th e righ t of J , wh o is facin g C. K to E in a row. A is to th e righ t of sh irt. Th e colou r of th e sh irt be-
is to th e left of D, wh o is facin g B; E is to th e left of C an d righ t of tween Red an d Oran ge sh irts is
M. Wh ich of th e followin g grou ps A; B is to th e righ t of D. Wh ich of (1) Wh ite (2) Green
of ch ildren are in th e sam e row? th e h ou ses is in th e m iddle? (3) Blu e (4) Red
(1) MJ K (2) BMD (1) D (2) B (5) Non e of th ese
(3) BDC (4) Non e of th ese (3) A (4) E 64. Five person s are stan din g in a line
(5) All of th ese (5) Non e of th ese in a ceremon y. On e of the two per -
54. If ever y even n u m b er ed l et t er 59. A seven m em ber pan el is sittin g sons standing at the extreme en ds
starting from B is replaced by odd in a row, so th at i s a Gen er al M an ager an d t h e
n u m bers 3, 5, 7, ... etc respec- (i) A is in between D an d F oth er on e i s a Sen i or Man ager.
tively, th en which letter/ digit will (ii) C is in between F an d G Th e Depu ty Gen eral Man ager is
be 3rd to th e righ t of th e letter/ stan din g to th e righ t of th e Assis-
(iii) G is in between C an d E tan t Gen eral Man ager. A Depu ty
digit wh ich is 10th from th e righ t? (iv) D is in between B an d A .
(1) 23 (2) 11 Man ager is to th e left of th e Se-
Wh o is sittin g in th e m iddle? n ior Manager. Th e Assistan t Gen -
(3) 22 (4) Non e of th ese
(1) G (2) F eral Man ager is stan ding between
(5) 24 t h e Gen er al M an ager an d t h e
(3) C (4) B
55. In a qu eu e, Sadiq is 14th from Depu ty Gen eral Man ager. Cou n t-
(5) Non e of th ese
the fron t an d J oseph is 17th from in g from th e left, wh at is th e po-
60. Fou r girls are sittin g on ch airs for
th e en d, wh ile J an e is in between sition of th e Depu ty Gen eral Man -
Sad iq an d J osep h . If Sad iq b e a grou p ph otograph .
ager?
ah ead of J oseph an d th ere be 48 (i) Sh eela is to th e left of Ran i,
(1) First (2) Th ird
person s in th e qu eu e, h ow m an y (ii) Meen a is, to th e righ t of Ran i, (3) Secon d (4) Fifth
person s are th ere between Sadiq (iii) Rita is in between Ran i an d (5) Non e of th ese
an d J an e? Meen a. 65. Five frien ds n am ely L, M, N, R
(1) 5 (2) 6 Wh o wou ld be secon d from th e an d S are stan din g in a row fac-
(3) 7 (4) 8 left in th e ph otograph ? in g sou th , bu t n ot n ecessarily in
(5) Non e of th ese (1) Meen a (2) Sheela th e sam e order.
56. (i) Six frien ds A, B, C, D, E an d (3) Rani (4) Rita On ly M is between L an d S.
F are seated in a circle facin g (5) Non e of th ese • N is to th e im m ediate righ t of S.
each oth er. 61. P, Q, R, S, T, U an d V are sittin g • R is to th e im m ediate left of L.
(ii) A is between D an d B an d F is in a circle facin g th e cen tre. S, Wh o is occu pyin g th e m iddle po-
between C an d E. wh o is secon d to th e righ t h an d sition in th e row?
(iii) C is th e th ird to th e left of B. side of R, is n ot to th e im m ediate (1) L (2) M
Wh ich of th e followin g is th e ri gh t to V. U is n ot b etween V (3) S (4) R
position of in A relation to F? an d T. P is between R an d Q. If (5) Non e of th ese
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
66. Gu rm eet is taller th an J eet bu t 69. In th e given arran gem en t, if two T sits to im m ediate left of on e of
n ot as tall as Geeta. Mon a is tall- person s com e an d sit to th e im - h is n eigh bou rs.
er th an Gu rm eet bu t n ot as tall m ediate left of Q, h ow man y per - W faces th e sam e direction as R
as Nen e. Geeta is sh orter th an son s will sit between R an d O? (i.e. if R faces th e cen tre, th en W also
Mon a. Wh o am on gst th em is th e (1) Two (2) Th r ee faces cen tre an d vice–versa.)
tallest ? (3) Fou r (4) More th an fou r 74. Wh at is R’s position with respect
(1) Gu rm eet (2) Mona (5) On e to W?
(3) Nen e (4) J eet 70. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits (1) Secon d to th e left
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed th ird to th e righ t of R?
Di rect i on s (67 -68 ) : Stu dy the fol- (2) Secon d to th e righ t
(1) S (2) Q
lowing information carefu lly and answer (3) Fou rth to th e righ t
th e qu estion s given below : options (4) Fifth to th e righ t
Six person s - C, D, E, F, G an d H (4) N
- are stan din g in a straigh t lin e facin g (5) Th ird to th e righ t
(5) M
n orth bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e 75. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
order. D is stan din g second to th e righ t 71. How m an y persons face n orth as r egar d i n g U as p er t h e gi ven
of F. C is stan din g fou rth to th e left of per th e given arran gem en t? arran gement?
H. H is n ot stan din g at an y extrem e (1) Two (2) Th r ee (1) Non e of th e given option s is
en ds of th e lin e. E is stan din g secon d (3) Fou r (4) More th an fou r tru e
to th e righ t of D. (2) O n l y t h r ee p er so n s s i t
67. Wh o am on g t h e fol l owi n g ar e (5) On e
between U an d Q.
stan din g at th e extrem e en ds of 72. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
in a certain way based u pon th eir (3) U faces th e cen tre
th e lin e ?
(1) DE (2) CF seatin g arrangem ent an d so form (4) S i s on e of t h e i m m ed i at e
(3) GC (4) CE a grou p. Wh ich of th e followin g n eigh bou rs of U.
(5) EG does n ot belon g to th e grou p? (5) U sits th ird to th e left of T.
68. Who among the following is stand- 76. Wh o am on gst th e foll owin g sit
(1) QO (2) MR
ing th ird to th e righ t of F ? exactly between R an d V wh en
(3) NR (4) OS cou n ted from th e righ t of R?
(1) H (2) C
(3) E (4) G (5) PS (1) P, U (2) U, W
(5) D 73. How m an y person s sit between (3) P, Q (4) Q, T
Di r ect i on s (69–73) : Stu dy th e fol- S an d N as per th e given arran ge- (5) S, T
lowing information carefu lly and answer men t? 77. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
th e qu estion s given below : (1) None (2) Two in a certain way based on th e giv-
Eigh t person s — M, N, O, P, Q, (3) More th an th ree en seatin g arran gem en t an d so
R, S an d T — are sittin g in a straigh t form a grou p. Wh ich is th e on e
(4) On e (5) Th r ee
lin e with equ al distances between each t h at d oes n ot b el on g t o t h at
Di r ect i on s (7 4 –7 9 ) : Stu dy t h e grou p?
oth er, bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d
order. Som e of th em are facin g n orth (1) W (2) P
an d som e are facin g Sou th . (3) U (4) Q
Eigh t person s – P, Q, R, S, T, U,
l M sits at one of the extreme ends of (5) S
V and W – are sittin g arou nd a circu lar
the line. Only three persons sit be- 78. Wh o am on gst th e followin g are
area at equ al distan ce between each
tween M and S. Q sits exactly be-
oth er bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of T ?
tween M and S.
ord er. Som e peop le face t h e cen tr e
l T sits th ird to th e righ t of Q. N is (1) S, V (2) U, V
w h i l e som e face ou t si d e (i .e. i n a
an im mediate n eighbou r of T an d direction opposite to th e cen tre). (3) R, S (4) P, R
faces sou th . O sits secon d to th e (5) V, W
righ t of R. O is n ot an im m ediate Q sits secon ds to th e righ t of T. T
faces ou tsi de. On l y two per son s sit 79. Wh o is sittin g to th e im m ediate
n eigh bou r of S.
between Q an d W. left of V?
l Im m ediate n eigh bou rs of S face
opp osi te di recti on s (i.e. i f on e Both th e imm ediate n eighbou rs of
Q faces th e cen tre. (1) W (2) P
n eigh bou r faces n orth th en th e
Both th e imm ediate n eighbou rs of (3) T (4) Q
oth er n eigh bou r faces sou th an d
vi ce-ver sa). Im m ed i at e n ei gh - R fa c e o u t si d e. R i s n ei t h er a n (5) S
bou rs of R face opposite direc- im m ediate n eigh bou r of Q n or V. Di rect i on s (80 –84 ) : Stu dy the fol-
tion s (i.e. if on e n eigh bou r faces On ly two person s sit between R lowing information carefu lly and answer
n orth th en th e oth er n eigh bou r a n d V . S si t s s ec on d t o t h e l ef t th e qu estion s given below :
faces sou th an d vice-versa). of P. Ni n e per son s – P, Q, R, S, T, U,
l M an d P face th e sam e direction Im m ediate n eigh bou rs of W face V, W an d 6 X – are seated in a straigh t
as Q (i.e. If Q faces n orth th en M sam e direction (i.e. If on e n eigh bou r lin e facing n orth bu t n ot n ecessarily in
an d P also face n orth an d vice- faces th e cen tre t h en th e oth er also th e sam e order. T sits fou rth t o th e
v er s a. ) B o t h t h e i m m ed i at e faces cen tre an d vice–versa.)
n eigh bou rs of Q face sou th . left of W.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
Neith er T n or W sit s at th e ex- 86. If all th e letters are dropped from
tr em e en ds of t h e lin e. th e ar ran gem en t, wh i ch of t h e EXPLANATIONS
On ly on e per son si ts between X followin g will be th e n in th from
an d R. th e righ t en d?
Neith er X n or R is an im m ediate (1 – 4 ) :
n eigh b ou r of W. (1) # (2) @ D >E>C>A>F>B
P sit s secon d to t h e righ t of X. (3) © (4) 6 Back Fr ont
On ly two per son s sit between P (5) Non e of th ese 1. (3) E is between D an d C.
an d S. 87. Fou r of th e following five are alik e 2. (2) D is th e tallest.
Q is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r in a certain way based on th eir 3. (4) C is th e fou rth cou n tin g from
of S or P. p o si t i on s in the above th e sh ortest.
V is n ot an im m ediate n eigh bou r arrangement and so form a grou p. 4. (3) B is th e sh ortest in th e row.
of X. Wh ich is th e on e th at does n ot 5. (1) Rin g D is th e h eaviest, h en ce
80. Wh at is th e position of V with belon g to th e grou p? will fetch m axim u m price.
(1) AJ HS (2) G©M% 6. (2) G an d F.
respect to Q?
7. (3) Rin g F is th e ligh test.
(1) Fifth to th e righ t (3) TB@F (4) 5D L7 8. (1) Th e correct order is given by
(2) Imm ediate n eighbou r (5) %54D D E H G an d F
88. H ow m an y su ch n u m ber s ar e (9 ) :
th ere in th e above arran gem en t, Th e order in wh ich th ey stan d
(4) Th ird to th e righ t each of wh ich is im mediately pre- accordin g to th eir h eigh t is given
(5) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as ceded by a vowel an d also im m e- below.
options diately followed by a con son an t? Tallest D E C A F B Sh or t est
81. Which of th e following represents (1) None (2) On e
per son s seat ed at two extr em e (3) Two (4) Th r ee
en ds of th e lin e? 9. (2) On th e basis of in form ation ,
(5) More th an th ree w e con cl u de t h at D i s t h e
(1) S, R (2) Q, S
(3) R, P (4) X, Q h eaviest, h owever we can n ot say
(5) V, X
SHORT ANSWERS an yth in g abou t th e ch ild wh o is
lightest.
82. How m an y person s are seat ed (1 0 ) :
1.(3) 2.(2) 3.(4) 4.(3)
between R an d P? On th e basis of in form ation given
5.(1) 6.(2) 7.(3) 8.(1) i n t h e qu est i on w e con cl u d e
(1) On e (2) Two
following
(3) Th r ee (4) Fou r 9.(2) 10.(1) 11.(3) 12.(2) D = 2E ...(i)
(5) None E = 4.5 F ...(ii)
83. If T i s r el at ed t o V an d Q i s 13.(1) 14.(3) 15.(4) 16.(3)
related to P in a certain way, to G
17.(4) 18.(3) 19.(4) 20 .(2) F= ...(iii)
wh ich of th e followin g wou ld X 2
be related to followin g th e sam e 21 .(1) 22 .(3) 23 .(3) 24 .(4) H
pattern ? G= ...(iv)
2
(1) Q (2) T 25 .(4) 26 .(1) 27 .(1) 28 .(4) Su ppose H = 4, th en G = 2, F
(3) R (4) S 29 .(4) 30 .(4) 31.(2) 32.(3) = 1 E = 4.5 & D = 9.
(5) W Now, we see th at au to m atically,
84. Wh o am on gst th e followin g sits 33.(4) 34.(4) 35.(3) 36.(2) con dition (v) is com plied with .
ex act l y i n t h e m i d d l e of t h e Hen ce, order of th ei r weigh t in
person s wh o sit s seven th from 37.(1) 38.(1) 39.(1) 40.(4) decreasin g order is as below
th e left an d th e person wh o sits 41.(3) 42.(3) 43.(4) 44.(3) D E H G F
sixth from th e righ t?
(1) P (2) Q 45.(4) 46.(1) 47.(2) 48.(1)
10. (1) I f al l t h e fi ve p er son s ar e
(3) T (4) S 49.(4) 50.(1) 51.(4) 52.(3) arran ged in descen din g order of
(5) V th eir weigh t, th e followin g order
Di r ect i on s (8 5 –8 8 ) : St u dy th e 53.(4) 54.(4) 55.(4) 56.(4) is obtain ed.
foll owin g arran gem en t carefu lly an d BCAED
57.(3) 58.(3) 59.(2) 60.(3)
an swer th e qu estion s given below : 1 2 3 4 5
A $ H H J R S 2 & ! T 6 @Q B K F G 61.(2) 62.(4) 63.(3) 64.(2) Hen ce, C is on th e secon d place.
UM I ©# %E 4 N5 9 D 3 L W7 11. (3) In th e secon d h alf of th e row,
65.(2) 66.(3) 67.(4) 68.(1)
85. What shou ld come in place of th e t h er e ar e 1 8 veh i cl es. T h u s,
qu estion m ark (?) in th e follow- 69.(2) 70.(5) 71.(3) 72.(1) n u m ber of scooters are 15.
in g seri es b ased on th e ab ove 12. (2) Total n u m ber of people in th e
arran gement? 73.(4) 74.(1) 75.(2) 76.(2) row
H H 2 RST !TB BKM ? 77.(3) 78.(4) 79.(5) 80.(5) = (9 + 11 ) – 1 = 19
13. (1) SQT is a grou p of fem ale.
(1) © # E (2) M I % 81.(2) 82.(3) 83.(4) 84.(1) 14. (3) T w o r k s i n p er s o n n el
(3) # % N (4) I © 4 departm en t.
85.(4) 86.(2) 87.(4) 88.(2)
(5) Non e of th ese 15. (4) NT work on th e IIn d floor.
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
16. (3) Q m u st b e t r an sfer r ed t o 26. (1) Only (i) 43. (4) Prabir is twelfth from righ t en d
personn el to m ain tain the origin al 27. (1) Fi r i st i n g on t h e i m m ed i at e an d eigh teen th from left. Hen ce,
distribu tion of fem ales on each righ t of D. total n u m ber of stu den ts.
floor. 28. (4) En gin eer an d drictor are sit- = (18 + 12) – 1 = 30 – 1 = 29
17. (4) Departm ent of P is not k nown , tin g togeth er.  Nu m b er of st u d en t s t o t h e
as per in form ation , on ly Q work s 29. (4) Th e en gin eer is n ot m ore in - righ t of Moh an
in Administration. telligen t th an bu sinessman . = 29 – 13 = 16
(1 8 -2 0 ) : 30. (4) Accordin g to in form ation op- 44. (3) Veena an d Vishnu occu pies the
On th e basis of th e in form ation tion (4) is tru e. m iddle position .
give i n th e qu estion we get th e 31. (2) CD F r ep r esen t s th e corr ect 45. (4) Su resh is facin g J yoti.
order of all th e n in e person s as order of in telligen ce. 46. (1) Rak esh and Alk a are sitting di-
below 32. (3) Moh an ’s position = 9th from agon ally opposite.
NRM LJ OPQ K th e top. 47. (2 ) Prabh a is im m ediate left of
18. (3) J is sittin g in the middle of th e Kiran ’s position = (35 –7 + 1 =) Nayan.
r ow. 29th from th e top 48. (1) Mr Bh agat
19. (4) N is at th e ot h er en d of th e
r ow. FG 9  29 IJ Mr Ash ok an
Mr Gau rav
20. (2) Th ere is on e person between
Soh an ’s position = H 2 K Mr Lok esh
L an d Q. 19th from th e top Mr Rak esh
2 1 . (1) The sitting order of the six per - Hen ce, Kiran ’s p osition is 10th So, Mr Bhagat lives in the top most
son s is given below. Th u s, F is from Soh an ’s position . flat.
opposite to B. (3 3 -3 4 ) : 49. (4) Raju , Soh an , Kitt u , Moh an ,
C Steps of fou r people are as fol- Shyam.
lowing So, Shyam is on the extreme righ t.
B D (5 0 -5 4 ) :
Q
Accordin g to given in form ation ,
S
th eir seatin g plan is as followin g
R
P Am it Su r esh Vish n u Ujjwal Rak esh
33. (4) If P is on first step th en Q is
E F
on sixth step.
A 34. (4) If P is on first step th en step Alk a Jyot i Veen a Pr abh a Nayan
22. (3) On th e basis of in form ation fou r is em pty.
given in th e qu estion, th e colou rs (3 5 -3 8 ) : 50. (1) Accordin g to th e given in for -
of cap of all th e seven person s is Let C weigh s x k g. m ation , th ey can be arran ged in
given as u n der B weigh s 4.5 x k g. th e followin g man n er.
A Green or Blu e A weigh s 9 x k g. Ravi > V i n eet > M an i ck >
B Green or Blu e D weigh s 2 × k g. J acob > Dilip
C Yellow E weigh s 4. x k g. So, Ravi is tallest in th eir grou p.
D Violet 35. (3) C is th e ligh test in weigh t 51. (4)
E In digo Red 36. (2) E is h eavier th an D an d C.
F Red 37. (1) A is th e h eaviest in weigh t. Red Yellow Gr een Blu e
23. (3) 38. (1) Th e descen din g order is
Z X
A>B >E >D >E
Kailash 5th 6th Mon a 39. (1) According to given information, So, X lives in blu e h ou se.
In t er ch an ge Su m a > Kavita > Su dh a > Mam ta 52. (3) Accordin g to figu re U is sittin g
Aft er 13t h > Pu ja th ird to left of S.
Kash ish
So, Pu ja scored th e lowest mark s.
Hen ce, th erefore 8 stu den ts be- 40. (4 ) Accor d i n g t o Sam an t , h i s T
tween th em . brother’s birthday can be on 16th S W
(2 4 -2 6 ) : or 17th Febru ary.
On th e basis of in form ation given Accordin g to th e sister of Samant,
in th e qu estion s followin g table Q U
their broth er’s birth day can be on
can be m ade. 17th or 18th Febru ary.
Hei gh t Age So, fr om b ot h t h e stat em en t s, V P
Ru pa Neelam Sam an t’s brother’s birth day is on R
Kam in i Ru pa = Mon ik a 17th Febru ary.
41. (3) Su n ita’s ran k is 8th from top. 53. (4) Accordin g to qu estion ,
Neelam
Su jit’s ran k is 13th from top. Row 1 = B M J
Pooja Kam in i
Su jit’s ran k from bottom . Row 2 = K D C
Mon ik a Pooja
= 40 – 13 + 1 = 28th 54. (4) Th e sequ en ce is
24. (4) Neelam will be at th e th ird po- 42. (3) A 3 C 5 E 7 G 9 I 11 K 13 M 15 O
sition. 2C 2G 2M 1C 1S = 8 17 Q 19 S 21 U 23 W 25 Y 27
25. (4) Since, position s of Kamini an d 2C 2G 2M 1C 1S = 8 10 t h letter from righ t = Q
Pooja k eeps verifyin g. Hen ce, ei- 2C 2G 2M 1C 1S = 8 So, 3 rd digit to righ t = 21
ther Kam in i or Pooja will be in th e 2C 2G 2M = 6 55. (4) Nu m ber of person s between
th ird position . 30 Sadiq an d J oseph
SITTING ARRANGEMENT
= 48 – (14 + 17) = 17 64. (2) 74. (1) R sits secon d to th e left of W.
As, J an e is in between Sadiq an d General Asst . Depu ty Depu ty Senior 75. (2) U faces ou tside.
J oseph . Manager General General Manager Manager R an d W are im m ediate n eigh -
So, th ere are 8 person s between Manager Manager bou rs of U.
Sadiq an d J an e. Accor d in g t o qu est i on , D ep u t y U sits secon d to th e left of T.
56. (4) Ar ran gin g t h e data given in Gen eral Man ager is third from th e 76. (2) Wh en cou n ted from th e righ t
statem en ts. So th e position of A left en d. of R, two person s U an d W sit
in relation to F is third to th e righ t. 65. (2) N S M L R between R an d V.
So, M is occu pyin g th e m idd le 77. (3) Except U, all oth ers face th e
F
position in th e row. cen t re.
E 78. (4) P an d R are im m ediate n eigh -
C 66. (3) Geeta > Gu rm eet > J eet bou rs of T.
Nen e > Mon a > Gu rm eet 79. (5) S is sittin g to th e im m ediate
Mon a > Geeta left of V.
D
(8 0 –8 4 ) :
B Th erefore, Nen e is th e tallest.
A (6 7 –6 8 ) : Q R T X U P W V S R
L
I
57. (3) Mah esh > Vik as E
R G
1 yr
L F
I H
Vik as > J agan E T
G T
2 yr F H
T 80. (5) V sits seventh to the right of Q.
Su resh > J agan T 81. (2) Q an d S ar e seat ed at two
1 yr extrem e en ds of th e lin e.
Mah esh > Su resh 82. (3) Th ree person s – T, X an d U –
2 yr 67. (4) C an d E are stan din g at th e
are seated between R an d P.
J agan > Ak m al extrem e en ds of th e lin e.
83. (4) T sits fifth to th e left of V.
2 yr 68. (1) H is standing third to the right
Q sits fifth to th e left of P.
Com binin g all five equ ation s, of F. X sits fifth to th e left of S.
(6 9 –7 3 ) :
Mah esh > Vik as > Su resh > 84. (1) Seven th from th e left 6  W
J agan > Ak m al Q
M O R S T N P Fifth from th e righ t 6  U
58. (3) D B A E C
P sits exactly between U an d W.
So, h ou se A is in th e m iddle.
59. (2) B D A F C G E 85. (4)
So, F is sittin g in th e m iddle. +3 +4 +5 +6
69. (2) If two m ore person s are seat- H R ! B I
60. (3)
ed t o th e im m edi at e left of Q,
Sh eela Ran i Rita Meen a
th en th r ee person s will sit be- +3 +4 +5 +6
Secon d from th e left is Ran i. S T K ©
61. (2) Accordin g to figu re tween R an d O.
70. (5) R faces sou th . M sits th ird +3 +4 +5 +6
T is secon d to th e left of R. 2 T B M 4
to th e righ t of R.
U
V 71. (3) Fou r person s — M, Q, T an d 86. (2) Accord i n g t o qu est i on , t h e
P – face n orth .
Q 72. (1) Q is the immediate neighbou r $ 2 & ! 6 @ © # % 4 5 9 3 7
S
of O. In all oth ers, th ere are two
person s between th e given pair.
P 9t h fr om t he r i gh t en d
73. (4) Only T sits between S an d N.
R (7 4 –7 9 ) : 87. (4)
I f Q an d R i n t er ch an ge t h ei r
places an d T an d V in ter ch an ge T 4 –2 4
th eir places. A J H S
4 –2 4
U
R P G M %
4 –2 4
T B @ F
R
S 2 2 2
5 D L 7
P V 4 –2 4
Q U Q % 5 4 D
T is secon d to th e left of R. 88. (2)
62. (4) Th e data given in th e qu estion Vow el Number Consonant
is n ot su fficien t.
63. (3) Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin a-
S
Red Blu e Oran ge Green Wh ite W tion :
So, blu e sh irt is between red an d
oran ge sh irts. V E4N qqq
INPUR-OUTPUT
INPUT-OUTPUT
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS
Di r ec t i o n s (1 -4 ) : Given an in pu t , a codin g m ach i n e (3) n u m ber again st ser ial ap propri ate an swer m ark
gen er ates p ass cod es for si x b atch es every day as fol- you r
lows : (4) you r an swer n u m ber m ar k ser i al ap p rop r iat e
(Sy n d i cat e Ban k Po Ex am .1 0. 10. 200 4) agai n st
I n pu t : ‘you sh ou ld k n ow abou t typ e of qu est ion s’ (5) Non e of th ese
Pass Code : Di r ec t i o n s (5 –9 ) : St u dy th e followin g in for m ati on
Batch I : you qu estion s sh ou ld of k n ow type abou t carefu ll y an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
Batch II : abou t you t ype qu esti on s k n ow sh ou ld of (Cor p or at i on Ban k PO Ex am . 09. 07. 200 6)
Batch III : abou t of you sh ou ld type k n ow qu est ion s. Gi ven an in pu t li n e, a cod in g m ach i n e rear ran ges
An d so on ti ll th e si xth bat ch th e i n pu t followin g certain steps as expl ain ed b elow.
Th e first batch begin s work at 10.00 a.m . Each bat ch I n pu t : 47 desert go 56 th ere oft en 32 12
work s for on e h ou r. Th er e i s a rest per iod of on e h ou r St ep I : 47 desert go 56 th ere oft en 32 12
after th e fou r th batch ’s work is over.
St ep I I : th ere 47 desert go 56 oft en 32 12
1 . If th e i n pu t on a day is ‘eigh t frien ds are si tti n g in
St ep I I I : th ere 12 oft en 47 desert go 56 32
th e circle’, th en wh at will be th e pass code for t h e
batch at 3.0 0 p .m . ? St ep I V : th ere 12 oft en 32 47 desert go 56
(1) th e circle i n frien ds ar e sitti n g eigh t St ep V : th ere 12 oft en 32 go 47 d esert 56
(2) ci rcl e sitti n g are th e i n eigh t fr ien ds Ar ran gem en t in Step V is th e fin al arr an gem en t an d
(3) si tti n g frien ds th e are cir cle in eigh t St ep V is th e l ast step.
(4) ci rcl e frien ds sit tin g eigh t ar e i n t h e In each of t h e fol lowin g qu esti on s th e r earr an gem en t
(5) Non e of th ese is don e fol lowi n g t h e sam e ru les as exp lain ed i n th e ab ove
2 . Aj ay was to att en d th e batch at 4.0 0 p .m . on a d ay i ll u str ati on .
wi th a p ass cod e ‘sen ten ce awarded by h i gh cou rt 5 . If th e fou rt h step of in p u t is ‘won der fu l 22 seash ore
was execu ted’. However, h e was com pel led to work 36 48 fin e 6 2 m or n in g’, wh at was t h e first step ?
in th e batch at 12 n oon on t h at day. Wh at was h is (1) fi n e 48 won d er fu l 22 seash or e 3 6 6 2 m or n i n g
pass cod e t h en ?
(2) fi n e 48 won der fu l 22 36 seash ore 62 m or n i n g
(1) award ed sen t en ce execu ted h i gh by cou r t was
(3) fi n e 48 seash or e won der fu l 2 2 3 6 m or n i n g 62
(2) was execu ted by awarded cou r t h igh sen ten ce
(4) fi n e 48 seash ore won der fu l 36 22 m or n i n g 62
(3) by h i gh was sen ten ce cou r t awar ded execu t ed
(4) h i gh sen t en ce awar ded execu t ed cou rt was by (5 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
(5) Non e of th ese 6 . Wh at will be th e t h ird st ep for th e followin g in pu t ?
3 . Wh at wil l be th e in pu t on a day on wh ich pass I n pu t : p aper com m on 3 6 51 pen ci l 2 8 test 66
code for th e im m ed iate pr e-r est h ou r b atch is ‘an - (1) test 28 paper p en cil com m on 36 51 66
swer -sh eet i n for m ation you r th e on fi ll u p’ ? (2) test 28 pen cil 66 pap er com m on 36 51
(1) fi ll u p you r in for m ati on on th e an swer sh eet (3) test 66 pen cil pap er 28 com m on 51 36
(2) fi ll an swersh eet u p th e you r on in for m ati on (4) test 28 pen cil pap er com m on 36 51 66
(3) in for m ati on you r u p an swersh eet on fil l t h e (5 ) Non e of th ese
(4) in for m ati on u p on th e fil l an swersh eet you r
7 . If St ep II of an In pu t is ‘waive 14 avail abl e ti m e 38
(5) Non e of th ese 46 pr obat ion 85 ’, h ow m an y m ore st eps wil l b e r e-
4 . Th e p ass cod e for th e 6th batch on a d ay was ‘m ark qu ired t o com p lete th e arran gem en t ?
you r an swer again st ap propr iat e ser ial n u m b er ’.
(1 ) Th r ee (2 ) Fou r (3 ) Fi ve
Wh at was th e in pu t pr ovi ded to th e m ach i n e on
th at day ? (4 ) Two (5 ) Non e of th ese
(1) n u m ber agai n st appr opri ate seri al an swer m ark 8 . Wh ich step will be th e last step for t h e in pu t “27
you r sp ort s 4 8 televisi on com m en tar y 18 h ou se 36 ”?
(2) n u m ber you r again st m ark app rop riate an swer (1) IV (2) V (3) VI
ser ial (4) VII (5 ) Non e of th ese
INPUR-OUTPUT
9 . Wh at will be th e fou rt h step of an in p u t h avin g fir st 1 5 . Setp IV of an i n pu t i s : year 14 team 22 63 54 goal
step as “n u m ber gam e 54 2 3 always lack in g 16 75” ? h ou se
(1) n u m ber 1 6 l ack in g 23 gam e always 54 75 Wh ich of th e followin g st eps wil l b e t h e l ast ?
(2) n u m ber 1 6 l ack in g 23 always 54 gam e 75 (1 ) IX (2) VIII (3) VII
(3) n u m ber 1 6 l ack in g 23 gam e 5 4 always 75 (4) VI (5) Non e of th ese
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed 1 6 . In pu t : bag fu l l 3 2 8 4 2 7 coin n ew 56
(5) Non e of th ese (1 ) Seven (2) Eigh t (3) Fi ve
Di r ect i on s (1 0 –1 6 ) : St u dy th e followin g in for m ati on (4) Si x (5) Non e of th ese
carefu ll y an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s : Di r ect i on s (1 7 –2 2 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
(Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO Ex am . 21. 12. 200 8) ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
A wor d an d n u m b er ar r an gem en t m ach i n e wh en (PNB Agr i cu l t ur e Of f i c er Ex am . 0 4. 01. 200 9)
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
t h em fol l ow i n g a p ar t i cu l ar r u l e i n each st ep . Th e given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
followin g is an il lu st rat ion of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t. th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
I n p u t : bask et 83 32 all tu r n 76 5 1 n ow in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t.
St ep I : tu r n b ask et 83 3 2 all 76 5 1 n ow In p u t : pu t over th ere 39 56 n ow 28 84
St ep II : t u r n 32 bask et 83 al l 7 6 5 1 n ow St ep I : th ere pu t over 39 56 n ow 28 84
St ep III : t u r n 32 n ow bask et 83 all 76 51 St ep II : th ere 28 pu t over 39 56 n ow 84
St ep IV : t u r n 32 n ow 51 bask et 83 all 76 St ep III : th ere 28 pu t 39 over 56 n ow 84
St ep V : tu r n 3 2 n ow 51 b ask et 76 83 all an d Step III is th e l ast st ep of t h e above
St ep VI : t u r n 32 n ow 51 bask et 76 all 83 input.
an d Step VI is th e last step of th e r ear ran gem en t of As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
th e above i n pu t. ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate
As per t h e ru les foll owed i n t h e above step s, fin d ou t st ep for th e given i n pu t.
in each of t h e fol lowin g qu esti on s th e appr opri ate st ep 1 7 . In pu t : bag cover 43 32 tyr e 5 1 sh ip 25
for t h e given i n pu t.
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step V of th e above
1 0 . In pu t : 2 0 ask n ever 3 5 6 2 8 4 t all grass in pu t ?
Wh ich of th e followin g steps wi ll be th e last b u t on e ? (1) tyre 2 5 sh ip 32 bag cover 43 51
(1 ) V (2) VI (3) IV (2) tyre 2 5 sh ip 32 cover 43 b ag 51
(4) VII (5) Non e of th ese (3 ) tyr e 25 sh ip 32 cover b ag 43 51
1 1 . St ep II of an i n pu t i s : wi n dow 1 4 victory 63 52 24 (4) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
task for
(5) Non e of th ese
Wh ich of th e followin g i s d efi n it ely th e in pu t ?
1 8 . St ep II of an i n pu t i s : party 23 81 68 53 cal l all
(1) vi ctory 63 win dow 14 52 24 task for
i n vi t e
(2) 63 vi ctory win dow 14 52 24 task for
Wh ich of th e followin g is defin i tel y t h e i n pu t?
(3) vi ctory 63 win dow 52 14 24 task for
(1) 81 23 par ty 68 53 cal l al l i n vi te
(2) 81 68 53 cal l all in vite 23 par ty
(5) Non e of th ese
(3) 81 68 53 cal l all 23 in vi te par ty
1 2 . St ep III of an in p u t is : yes 1 5 u ltr a 9 6 73 52 h om e
r est
How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete (5) Non e of th ese
th e r ear ran gem en t ? 1 9 . St ep III of an in p u t is : m in e 17 lam p 8 6 5 1 3 4 h ow
(1 ) Th r ee (2) Fi ve (3) Fou r day
(4) Two (5) Non e of th ese Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g st ep s wi ll b e t h e l ast bu t
on e ?
1 3 . Input : 49 box store 84 63 on door 37
(1) VII (2) VIII (3 ) IX
Wh i ch of th e foll owin g wi l l be Step V of th e ab ove
in pu t ? (4) VI (5) Non e of th ese
(1) st ore 37 on 49 door 6 3 b ox 84 2 0 . In pu t : h eigh t wor ld 9 6 7 3 age old 51 65
(2) st ore 37 on 49 door b ox 84 63 How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e
(3) st ore 37 on 49 box 84 63 door r ear r an gem en t ?
(4) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep (1 ) Fi ve (2) Si x (3 ) Seven
(5) Non e of th ese (4) Fou r (5 ) Non e of th ese
1 4 . In pu t : slow wh eel 32 57 h igh l ak e 12 46 2 1 . St ep III of an in pu t is :
H ow m an y st ep s wi l l b e r equ i r ed t o com p l et e t h e year 15 tim e 5 2 39 64 sou n d byte
rearr an gem en t ? Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be th e last b u t on e step ?
(1 ) Fi ve (2) Si x (3) Seven (1 ) VII (2) VIII (3) V
(4) Eigh t (5) Non e of th ese (4) VI (5) Non e of th ese
INPUR-OUTPUT
2 2 . St ep II of an i n pu t is : 2 8 . St ep II of an i n pu t is :
vi ctory 1 2 5 4 4 1 u l tra set 32 li n e 76 ask 12 32 begin over join 42
How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete
th e r ear ran gem en t ? th e r ear ran gem en t ?
(1 ) Th r ee (2) Fou r (3) Fi ve (1 ) Fou r (2) Fi ve (3) Si x
(4) Si x (5) Non e of th ese (4) Th r ee (5) Non e of th ese
Di r ec t i o n s (2 3 –2 8 ) : A wor d an d n u m b er arr an ge- Di r ect i on s (2 9 –3 4 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
m en t m ach in e wh en gi ven an in p u t l in e of wor ds an d ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
n u m bers rearran ges th em fol lowin g a par ticu lar ru le in (Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 21. 06. 200 9)
each step . Th e fol lowi n g is an ill u str ati on of in pu t an d A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
r ear r an gem en t . given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
(I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO Ex am . 05. 04. 200 9) th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
Input : go now 52 38 17 for again 65 in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t.
Step I : 65 go now 52 38 17 for again In p u t : sh op 17 table 20 53 oven desk 39
Step II : 65 again go now 52 38 17 for St ep I : 17 sh op tab le 20 5 3 oven desk 39
Step III : 65 again 52 go now 38 17 for St ep II : 17 table sh op 20 5 3 oven desk 39
Step IV : 65 again 52 for go now 38 17 St ep III : 17 table 20 sh op 5 3 oven desk 39
Step V : 65 again 52 for 38 go now 17
Step IV : 17 table 20 sh op 3 9 5 3 oven desk
Step VI : 65 again 52 for 38 go 17 now
Step V : 17 table 20 sh op 3 9 oven 53 desk
As per th e r u le followed in th e above steps, fin d ou t
an d Step V i s t h e last st ep of th e rearran gem en t.
in each of t h e fol lowi n g qu estion s th e ap prop riate
As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
st ep for th e given i n pu t.
ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate
23. In pu t :
h om e t u r f 39 24 86 44 roll over
2 9 . St ep II of an i n pu t is :
Wh ich of th e followin g st eps wil l b e t h e l ast ?
15 yes 6 2 5 1 48 talk n ow gon e
(1 ) X (2) IX (3) VIII
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step VI ?
(4) VII (5) Non e of th ese
(1) 15 yes 4 8 t alk 51 n ow gon e 62
24. St ep II of an i n pu t is :
(2) 15 yes 4 8 t alk 51 62 n ow gon e
94 car 86 wi n dow sh u t 52 31 h ou se
(3) 15 yes 4 8 t alk 51 n ow 62 gon e
(4) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
(1) 94 car wi n dow 8 6 sh u t 52 31 h ou se
(5) Non e of th ese
(2) 86 wi n dow 94 car sh u t 52 31 h ou se
3 0 . St ep III of an in pu t is :
(3) car sh u t win dow 86 52 31 h ou se 94
21 vi ctor y 3 0 j oin t 64 47 all gon e
How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete
(5) Non e of th ese
th e r ear ran gem en t ?
25. St ep IV of an i n pu t is :
(1) Th r ee (2 ) Fou r (3 ) Fi ve
58 box 4 7 d ew 15 21 town p ot
(4 ) Six (5 ) Non e of th ese
Wh ich of th e followin g st eps wil l b e t h e l ast ?
3 1 . In pu t : 89 b in d 32 goal h ou se 6 1 1 2 j oy
(1 ) VII (2) VI (3) VIII
How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e
(4) IX (5) Non e of th ese ar ran gem en t ?
26. In pu t : (1) Fou r (2 ) Fi ve (3 ) Six
sh ow 51 36 n ew far 81 46 goal (4 ) Seven (5 ) Non e of th ese
Wh i ch of th e followin g step s wi ll b e th e last b u t on e ?
3 2 . In pu t :
(1 ) VII (2) VIII (3) VI
save 2 1 4 3 7 8 th em ear ly 3 6 for
(4) V (5) Non e of th ese
Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g st ep s wi ll b e t h e l ast bu t
27. In pu t : on e ?
bu y win task 52 38 43 door 12 (1) VI (2 ) VII (3 ) VIII
Wh ich of th e followin g will be step IV? (4) V (5 ) Non e of th ese
(1) 52 bu y 4 3 d oor 38 task 1 2 win 3 3 . In pu t : desi re 59 63 all few 38 46 zon e
(2) 52 bu y 4 3 d oor 38 task win 12 How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e
(3) 52 bu y 4 3 d oor task win 38 12 rearr an gem en t ?
(4) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep (1 ) Fou r (2 ) Fi ve (3 ) Six
(5) Non e of th ese (4 ) Seven (5 ) Non e of th ese
INPUR-OUTPUT
3 4 . In pu t : win 92 task 7 3 5 9 h ou se ran ge 34 Di r ect i on s (4 0 –4 6 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
Wh ich of th e followin g will be st ep IV of t h e above ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e given qu est ion s.
in pu t ? (Cor p or at i on Ban k PO Ex am . 2 2. 11. 200 9)
(1 ) 3 4 win 5 9 t ask 73 ran ge 92 h ou se A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
(2 ) 3 4 win 9 2 5 9 t ask 73 h ou se ran ge given an in pu t l in e of wor d s an d n u m b ers r earr n ages
(3 ) 3 4 win 9 2 t ask 73 59 h ou se ran ge th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
(4 ) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t.
(5) Non e of th ese In p u t : joy far 3 5 2 7 16 96 h eigh t st ar
Di r ect i on s (3 5 –3 9 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a- St ep I : 96 joy far 3 5 27 16 h eigh t st ar
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
St ep II : 96 far joy 3 5 27 16 h eigh t st ar
(An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 05. 07. 200 9)
St ep III : 96 far 35 joy 27 16 h eigh t st ar
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges St ep IV : 96 far 35 h eigh t joy 2 7 16 st ar
th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow- St ep V : 96 far 35 h eigh t 27 joy 16 st ar
in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t. an d Step V i s t h e last st ep of th e rearran gem en t.
In p u t : base 35 or gon e 62 49 87 ah ead As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
St ep I : 87 base 3 5 or gon e 62 49 ah ead ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate
St ep II : 87 ah ead base 3 5 or gon e 62 49 st ep for th e given i n pu t.
St ep III : 87 ah ead 62 base 3 5 or gon e 49 4 0 . In pu t : organ ise 1 9 1 2 st abl e r oom 35 72 h ou se
St ep IV : 87 ah ead 62 base 4 9 3 5 or gon e How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e
St ep V : 87 h ead 62 base 49 gon e 35 or ar ran gem en t ?
an d Step V i s t h e last st ep of th e rearran gem en t. (1 ) Fi ve (2) Si x (3) Seven
As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d (4) Fou r (5) Non e of th ese
4 1 . In pu t : b ak e n ever store 51 26 33 age 49
3 5 . In pu t : h ow was you r stay 56 25 36 64 Wh ich of th e followin g will be step V ?
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step VI ? (1) 51 age 4 9 b ak e 33 n ever 26 store
(1) 64 h ow 5 6 was you r st ay 25 36 (2) 51 age 4 9 b ak e n ever store 26 33
(2) 64 h ow 5 6 stay 36 was 25 you r (3) 51 age b ak e n ever store 26 33 49
(3) 64 h ow 5 6 stay 36 was you r 25 (4) 51 bak e n ever stor e 2 6 3 3 age 49
(4) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep (5) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
(5) Non e of th ese 4 2 . In pu t : always go th er e 3 9 6 2 4 7 ti m e 24
3 6 . In pu t : power fail n ow 5 2 2 4 75 gate 34 Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g st ep s wi ll b e t h e l ast bu t
Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g st ep s wi ll b e t h e l ast bu t on e ?
on e ? (1 ) VI (2) VII (3) VIII
(1) IV (2) V (3 ) VI (4) IX (5) Non e of th ese
(4 ) VII (5 ) Non e of th ese
4 3 . St ep II of an i n pu t i s : 67 ask 34 12 46 for m y date
3 7 . St ep III of an in p u t is : 91 car 8 5 1 4 27 few n ew
h ou se
Wh ich of th e followin g i s d efi n it ely th e in pu t ? (1) 34 12 46 for m y date ask 67
(1) 85 14 91 car few n ew h ou se (2) 34 12 46 for m y date 6 7 ask
(2) car 9 1 8 5 1 4 27 few n ew h ou se (3) 12 34 67 ask 46 for m y date
(3) car 8 5 1 4 2 7 few n ew h ou se 91 (4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese 4 4 . St ep III of an in p u t i s : 84 for 56 29 17 won loss
3 8 . St ep II of an i n pu t i s : 75 down 1 6 2 4 far m eager 62 gam e
sk y Wh ich of th e followin g st eps wil l b e t h e l ast ?
How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete (1 ) VIII (2) IX (3) VII
(1) Fou r (2 ) Fi ve (3 ) Six
4 5 . St ep III of an in p u t is : 8 6 b ox 63 18 gear card 51
(4 ) Seven (5 ) Non e of th ese
n ew
3 9 . In pu t : 14 3 5 wh en th ey cam e 61 48 h om e
th e arr an gem en t ?
r earr an gem en t ?
(1) Th r ee (2 ) Two (3 ) Fou r
(1) Fou r (2 ) Fi ve (3 ) Six
(4 ) Seven (5 ) Non e of th ese (4 ) Fi ve (5 ) Non e of th ese
INPUR-OUTPUT
4 6 . St ep IV of an i n pu t is : 59 ben d 46 card 14 2 7 win (2) 32 st ati on 46 m arch 7 3 8 1 go for
n ow (3) 32 st ati on 46 m arch 7 3 go 8 1 for
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step VII ? (4) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
(1) 59 ben d 46 card n ow 2 7 win 14 (5) Non e of t h ese)
(2) 59 ben d 46 card 27 n ow win 14 Di r ect i on s (5 2 –5 6 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
(3) 59 ben d 46 card 27 n ow 1 4 win ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
(4) 59 ben d 46 card 27 14 wi n n ow (I n di an Ban k PO Ex am . 1 7. 10. 201 0)
(5) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
Di r ect i on s (4 7 –5 1 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a- given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e given qu est ion s. th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
(I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t.
Of f i c er Ex am . 03. 01. 201 0) In p u t : day 74 n i gh t 36 25 6 8 al l for
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en St ep I : al l d ay 74 n igh t 3 6 2 5 6 8 for
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges St ep II : al l 7 4 d ay n igh t 3 6 2 5 6 8 for
th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow- St ep III : al l 7 4 d ay 68 n igh t 3 6 2 5 for
in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t. St ep IV : al l 7 4 d ay 68 for n igh t 36 25
In p u t : cu p for h ot 34 69 72 t ea 27 St ep V : al l 7 4 d ay 68 for 36 n igh t 25
St ep I : 27 cu p for h ot 34 69 7 2 t ea an d Step V is t h e last step of th e r earr an gem en t of
St ep II : 27 tea cu p for h ot 34 69 72 th e above i n pu t.
St ep III : 27 tea 34 cu p for h ot 69 72 As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
St ep IV : 27 tea 34 h ot cu p for 69 72 ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate
St ep V : 27 tea 34 h ot 6 9 cu p for 72 st ep for th e given i n pu t.
Step VI : 27 tea 34 h ot 6 9 for cu p 72 5 2 . In pu t : war 52 an d peace 43 16 n ow 24
St ep VII : 27 tea 34 h ot 6 9 for 7 2 cu p an d St ep VII How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e
is th e l ast st ep of t h e rearran gem en t. r ear r an gem en t ?
As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d (1 ) Fou r (2 ) Fi ve (3) Si x
ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate (4) Seven (5 ) Non e of th ese
st ep for th e given i n pu t. 5 3 . St ep III of an In p u t : b on d 86 goal 12 3 3 l ik e h i gh
4 7 . In pu t : k in d 12 96 h eart wat er 59 4 2 yes 46
How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e Wh ich of th e foll owin g will be st ep VII ?
r earr an gem en t ? (1) bon d 8 6 goal 46 lik e 1 2 33 h i gh
(1) Th r ee (2) Fou r (3) Fi ve (2) bon d 8 6 goal 46 h igh l ik e 33 12
(4) Si x (5) Non e of th ese (3) bon d 86 goal 46 h i gh 33 l ik e 12
4 8 . In pu t : ju n gle 43 m od e 2 5 b ask et 3 9 t arget 19 (4) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g st ep s wi ll b e t h e l ast bu t (5) Non e of th ese
on e ? 5 4 . St ep II of an In pu t i s : car 7 3 1 8 2 5 wear 49 lon g for
(1 ) VII (2) VIII (3) IX Wh ich of th e followin g i s d efi n it ely th e in pu t ?
(4) VI (5) Non e of th ese (1) 18 25 wear 49 l on g for car 73
4 9 . St ep III of an in p u t is : 1 2 worl d 3 1 ask cart ball 87 (2) 73 18 car 2 5 wear 49 lon g for
75
(3) 18 73 25 car wear 49 lon g for
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll defin it ely be th e in pu t ?
(1) 31 ask cart ball 87 75 wor ld 12
(5) Non e of th ese
(2) 31 ask cart ball 87 75 12 wor ld
5 5 . In pu t : m in d n ew 27 3 5 1 9 5 9 own tower
(3) 31 ask 12 world car t b all 87 75
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed on e ?
(5) Non e of th ese (1 ) VI (2) IV (3) V
5 0 . St ep II of an i n pu t i s : 24 year 56 43 l ast part 64
over
5 6 . St ep IV of an In pu t : dear 6 3 few 5 1 1 6 2 9 yes n ow
th e arran gem en t ?
(1 ) Fi ve (2) Si x (3) Seven
(1 ) Fou r (2 ) Fi ve (3) Th r ee
(4) Fou r (5) Non e of th ese
(4) Two (5) Non e of th ese
5 1 . St ep III of an in p u t is : 3 2 stat ion 46 81 73 m ar ch
D i r e c t i o n s (5 7 – 6 1 ) : St u d y t h e f o l l o w i n g
go for
in tor m at ion car efu lly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i c er
(1) 32 st ati on 46 m arch 7 3 go for 81 Ex am . 2 4 .0 1 . 2 01 0 )
INPUR-OUTPUT
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges ou t i n each of th e followin g qu est ion s t h e appr opr i-
th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow- at e step for th e given i n pu t.
in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t. 6 2 . In pu t : glass fu ll 15 37 wat er n ow 85 67
In p u t : rose pet al 29 32 8 6 goal 41 toll Wh ich of th e followin g will be st ep VI of t h e above
St ep I : 29 rose pet al 32 8 6 goal 41 toll in pu t ?
Step II : 29 toll rose p etal 32 86 goal 41 (1 ) water 85 n ow 6 7 fu ll glass 15 37
Step III : 29 toll 32 rose petal 86 goal 41 (2 ) water 85 n ow 6 7 glass fu ll 15 37
Step IV : 29 toll 32 rose 41 petal 86 goal (3 ) water 85 n ow 6 7 glass 37 fu ll 15
5 7 . In pu t : m an 79 over 63 li k e 43 j oy 15 (4 ) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e (5 ) Non e of th ese
r earr an gem en t ? 6 3 . St ep II of an i n pu t is :
(1 ) Si x (2) Seven (3) Eigh t u l tra 73 12 16 m ai l sort 39 k i te
(4) Nin e (5) Non e of th ese Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g st ep s wi ll b e t h e l ast bu t
5 8 . St ep II of an In pu t: 27 wor ld go 57 48 stem 35 k i te on e ?
How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete (1) VIII (2 ) IX (3 ) VII
th e r ear ran gem en t ? (4 ) VI (5 ) Non e of th ese
(1 ) Fi ve (2) Fou r (3) Th r ee 6 4 . St ep III of an in pu t is :
(4) Si x (5) Non e of th ese wi n 75 voice 15 39 store gap 26
5 9 . In pu t : 94 j oin for 8 1 styl e h om e 32 48 Wh ich of th e followin g i s d efi n it ely th e in pu t ?
Wh ich of th e followin g st eps wil l b e t h e l ast ? (1) voice 15 win 75 39 store gap 26
(1 ) VI (2) V (3) VII (2) voice win 75 15 39 store gap 26
(4) IX (5) Non e of th ese (3) 15 75 wi n voice stor e gap 26
6 0 . St ep III of an In p u t : 1 8 tower 38 bask et 82 76 h all (4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
n ew (5) Non e of th ese
Wh ich of th e followin g st eps wil l b e step VII ? 6 5 . St ep II of an i n pu t is :
(1) 18 tower 38 h all 7 6 n ew bask et 82 tu be 83 4 9 3 4 garden flower r at 56
(2) 18 tower 38 n ew 76 h all 82 b ask et How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete
(3) 18 tower 38 h al l 7 6 n ew 8 2 b ask et th e r ear ran gem en t ?
(4) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep (1) Fou r (2 ) Fi ve (3 ) Six
(5) Non e of t h ese M em or y ) (4 ) Th r ee (5 ) Non e of th ese
6 1 . St ep III of an In p u t i s : 15 yes 24 80 today n ever go 6 6 . In p u t :
59 h u n t for 94 37 good 2 9 48 book
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll defin it ely be th e in pu t ? How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e
(1) 24 80 tod ay n ever go 59 1 5 yes r earr an gem en t ?
(2) 24 80 tod ay yes n ever go 59 15 (1) Fou r (2 ) Fi ve (3 ) Six
(3) 24 15 yes 80 today n ever go 59 (4 ) Seven (5 ) Non e of th ese
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed Di r ect i on s (6 7 -7 2 ) : St u dy th e foll owi n g in for m a-
(5) Non e of th ese ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
Di r ect i on s (6 2 -6 6 ) : A word an d n u m ber arr an ge- (Cor p or at i on Ban k PO Ex am . 0 9. 05. 201 0)
m en t m ach in e wh en gi ven an in p u t l in e of wor ds an d A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
n u m bers rearran ges th em fol lowin g a par ticu lar ru le in given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
each step. Th e foll owin g is an i ll u str at ion of an i n p u t th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
an d rearr an gem en t. in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t.
(Al l ah abad Ban k PO Ex am . 2 1.0 2. 201 0) In p u t : gon e 93 over 46 84 n ow for 31
In p u t : 17 pu t sh ow on 39 27 85 gold St ep I : 31 gon e 93 over 46 84 n ow for
Step I : sh ow 17 pu t on 39 27 85 gold St ep II : 31 over gon e 93 46 84 n ow for
Step II : sh ow 85 17 pu t on 39 27 gold St ep III : 31 over 46 gon e 93 84 n ow for
Step III : sh ow 85 pu t 17 on 39 27 gold St ep IV : 31 over 46 n ow gon e 9 3 8 4 for
Step IV : sh ow 85 pu t 39 17 on 27 gold St ep V : 31 over 46 n ow 84 gon e 9 3 for
Step V : sh ow 85 pu t 39 on 17 27 gold an d Step V is t h e last step of th e r earr an gem en t of
Step VI : sh ow 85 pu t 39 on 27 17 gold th e above i n pu t.
Step VII : sh ow 85 p u t 39 on 27 gold 17 As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
an d step VII is th e l ast st ep of th e rearran gem en t of t h e ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate
ab ove in pu t. st ep for th e given i n pu t.
INPUR-OUTPUT
6 7 . St ep III of an In p u t : 1 5 wi n dow 2 9 9 3 8 6 sail tower As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
bu y ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step VI ? st ep for th e given i n pu t.
(1) 15 wi n dow 29 tower 86 sai l 9 3 b u y 7 3 . In pu t : train 59 47 2 5 over bu rden 6 3 sk y
(2) 15 wi n dow 29 tower 86 93 sai l b u y Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g st ep s wi ll b e t h e l ast bu t
(3) 15 wi n dow 29 tower 93 86 sai l b u y on e ?
(1 ) VI (2) V (3) IV
(4) Th ere wil l b e n o su ch step.
7 4 . In pu t : service 46 58 96 over t h er e desk 15
6 8 . In pu t : station h u rry 39 67 al l m en 85 59
(1) desk 15 over servi ce 46 58 96 th ere
rearr an gem en t ?
(2) desk 15 over 4 6 servi ce th ere 58 96
(1 ) Fou r (2) Fi ve (3) Si x
(3) desk 15 over 4 6 servi ce 58 th ere 96
(4) Th r ee (5 ) Non e of th ese
(4) desk 15 over 4 6 servi ce 58 96 th ere
6 9 . St ep II of an i n pu t is : 49 zon e car b att ery 56 87 71 (5) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
d own
7 5 . St ep II of an i n pu t is :
Wh ich of th e followin g i s d efi n it ely th e in pu t ? below 12 93 h ou se floor 6 9 57 task
(1) car 4 9 battery zon e 5 6 87 71 down Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll defin it ely be th e in pu t ?
(2) zon e 49 car bat ter y 5 6 87 71 down (1) 93 h ou se 69 57 below t ask floor 12
(3) battery car 49 zon e 5 6 87 71 down (2) 93 h ou se bel ow 69 5 7 t ask floor 12
(4) Can n ot be deter m in ed. (3) 93 h ou se floor 69 5 7 t ask bel ow 12
(5 ) Non e of th ese (4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
7 0 . In pu t : n ews 79 53 gl ory for 46 29 task (5) Non e of th ese
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step IV ? 7 6 . St ep III of an in pu t is :
(1) 29 task 4 6 n ews 53 glory 7 9 for ar t 2 4 day 8 3 7 1 5 4 star power
(2) 29 task 46 n ews 53 79 gl ory for Wh ich of th e followin g st eps wil l b e t h e l ast ?
(3) 29 task 4 6 n ews 79 53 glor y for (1 ) V (2) VIII (3) IX
(4) 29 n ews 7 9 5 3 gl ory for 46 task (4) VII (5) Non e of th ese
(5 ) Non e of th ese 7 7 . St ep II of an i n pu t is :
cold 17 wave 6 9 n ever desk 52 43
7 1 . St ep III of an in p u t is : 27 tu be 34 gas ch am ber r ow
74 53 How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete
(1 ) Si x (2) Fi ve (3) Fou r
on e ?
(4) Th r ee (5) Non e of th ese
(1 ) VI (2) VII (3) VIII
Di r ec t i on s (7 8 – 8 2 ) : St u dy th e foll owi n g in for m a-
(4) V (5 ) Non e of th ese
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
7 2 . St ep II of an i n pu t i s : 19 year 85 74 n ear gon e 26 (Ban k Of Bar od a PO Ex am . 30. 05. 201 0)
st or e
How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
th e r ear ran gem en t ? th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
(1 ) Th r ee (2) Fou r (3) Two in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t.
(4) Fi ve (5 ) Non e of th ese In p u t : n i n e p oll 19 34 12 69 h ou r call
Di r ec t i o n s (7 3 –7 7 ) : St u dy th e foll owi n g in for m a- St ep I : call n in e poll 1 9 3 4 1 2 69 h ou r
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s : St ep II : call 1 2 n in e pol l 1 9 3 4 69 h ou r
(Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO Ex am . 16. 05. 201 0) St ep III : call 1 2 h ou r n in e p oll 19 34 69
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en St ep IV : call 1 2 h ou r 19 n in e p oll 34 69
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges St ep V : call 1 2 h ou r 19 n in e 3 4 poll 69
th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow- an d Step V is t h e last step of th e r earr an gem en t of
in g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d rearr an gem en t. th e above i n pu t.
In p u t : 96 gain 6 3 forest 3 8 7 8 d eep h ou se As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
Step I : deep 96 gain 63 for est 38 78 h ou se ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate
Step II : deep 38 9 6 gain 63 for est 78 h ou se st ep for th e given i n pu t.
Step III : deep 38 forest gain 96 63 78 h ou se 7 8 . St ep II of an i n pu t i s : ben d 15 wil l care 46 53 29
Step IV : deep 38 forest 63 gain 96 78 h ou se t h en
Step V : deep 38 forest 63 gain 78 96 h ou se How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete
th e rear ran gem en t?
Step VI : deep 38 forest 63 gain 78 h ou se 96
(1) Fi ve (2 ) Th r ee (3 ) Fou r
an d Step VI is th e last step of th e r ear ran gem en t of
(4 ) Six (5 ) Non e of th ese
th e above i n pu t.
INPUR-OUTPUT
7 9 . In pu t : lan d 6 2 clear over 41 37 again 56 8 4 . How m an y steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e
Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g st ep s wi ll b e t h e l ast bu t ar ran gem en t ?
on e ? (1) X (2 ) VIII (3 ) IX
(1) VIII (2 ) IX (3 ) VII (4 ) VII (5 ) Non e of th ese
8 5 . Wh ich of th e foll owin g wou l d b e Step IV ?
(4 ) VI (5 ) Non e of th ese
(1) th an 20 th an 3 0 equ al 40 an y n u m b er less an d
8 0 . St ep II of an i n pu t is : desk 12 year victor 86 71
m ore does n ot
st ore 65
(2) th an 20 an y n u m ber less th an 3 0 an d m ore does
Wh ich of th e foll owin g will be st ep VII ? n ot equ al 40
(1 ) d esk 12 store 65 year 7 1 vi ctory 86 (3) 20 30 40 th an th an equ al n u m ber an y less an d
(2) desk 12 store 65 7 1 year vi ctory 86 m ore does n ot
(3 ) d esk 12 store 65 year victory 86 71 (4) 20 th an 30 th an 4 0 equ al n u m ber an y less an d
m ore does n ot
(4 ) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
(5) Non e of th ese
8 6 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou l d b e th e Step II ?
8 1 . In pu t : ear n 39 23 48 station 1 9 b egi n d ay
(1) 20 th an 30 t h an an y n u m b er less an d m ore does
How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e n ot equ al 40
rearr an gem en t ? (2) th an 20 th an 3 0 equ al 40 an y n u m b er less an d
(1) Fi ve (2 ) Seven (3 ) Eigh t m ore does n ot
(4 ) Six (5 ) Non e of th ese (3) th an 20 th an 30 an y n u m b er less an d m ore does
8 2 . St ep III of an in p u t i s : an d 25 ju n gl e 9 3 84 k i te n ot equ al 40
m ore 36 (4) th an 20 th an 30 an y n u m b er less an d m ore does
n ot 40 equ al
(5) Non e of th ese
(1 ) 9 3 8 4 k i te m or e an d 36 2 5 j u n gle
8 7 . Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou l d b e on 8t h p osi tion fr om
(2 ) 9 3 8 4 an d 2 5 k ite ju n gle m ore 36 left side in Step V ?
(3 ) j u n gle 9 3 an d 84 25 k ite m ore 36 (1) an y (2 ) n ot (3 ) 40
(4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed (4 ) n u m b er (5 ) Non e of th ese
(5 ) Non e of th ese Di r ec t i o n s (8 8 – 9 4 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
Di r ec t i o n s (8 3 –8 7 ) : St u dy th e foll owi n g in for m a- ti on to an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
ti on car efu l ly to an swer th e given qu est ion s. (Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 31. 10. 201 0)
(Cen t r al Ban k Of I n d i a PO Ex am . 25. 07. 201 0) A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l-
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges lu str ati on of in p u t an d rearran gem en t.
th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l- In p u t : m i x 1 2 i n for m 35 are 20 wi th 47 given
lu str ati on of i n pu t an d r earran gem en t , step s —
St ep I : ar e for m m i x 1 2 i n 35 20 wi th 47 given
I n pu t : wh y i s 2 5 b igger th an 14 bu t sm al ler th an 32 St ep II : ar e for m gi ven in m ix 12 35 20 wi th 47
St ep I : t h an 14 wh y is 25 bi gger b u t sm al ler th an 32 St ep III : ar e for m gi ven in m ix wi th 12 35 20 47
St ep I I : t h an 14 is 25 wh y bi gger b u t sm al ler th an 32 St ep IV : ar e for m gi ven in m ix wi th 47 35 12 20
St ep I I I : th an 14 is 25 th an 32 wh y bigger bu t sm aller St ep V : ar e for m gi ven in m ix wi th 47 35 20 12
St ep I V : th an 14 is 25 th an 3 2 wh y sm al ler bi gger b u t an d Step V i s t h e last st ep of th e ar ran gem en t of
St ep V : t h an 14 is 25 th an 3 2 wh y sm aller bu t b igger th e above in pu t as th e in ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed.
an d step V is t h e last step of th e r earr an gem en t of As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
t h e above i n p u t as th e in ten d ed r earr an gem en t i s ob -
st eps for t h e given i n pu t.
t ai n ed .
I n pu t fo r t h e q u est i o n s
As per t h e ru les foll owed i n t h e above step s, in d i-
In pu t : Wh en 11 given fin e 37 provide zero 90 over
cate th e an swer in each of t h e fol lowin g qu esti on s wi th 45 is 29 team 89
respect to t h e app rop riate step for t h e given i n pu t. 8 8 . Wh ich of th e foll owi n g wou l d b e t h e Step I ?
I n pu t fo r t h e q u est i o n s (1) Fi n e given wh en 11 37 pr ovi de zero 90 over 45
an y n u m b er l ess th an 30 an d m ore t h an 20 does is 29 team 89
n ot equ al 40 (2) Fi n e wh en 11 gi ven 37 pr ovi de zero 90 over 45
8 3 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er wou ld be th e followin g ou tpu t ? is 29 team 89
th an 20 an y n u m ber less th an 3 0 an d m ore does (3) Zero wh en 1 1 gi ven fi n e 37 provid e 90 over 45 is
n ot equ al 40 29 team 89
(4) Fi n e given wh en 90 89 11 37 pr ovid e zero over
(1) III (2 ) IV (3) V
45 is 29 team
(4 ) VI (5 ) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
INPUR-OUTPUT
8 9 . Wh ich word/ n u m ber wou ld be on 4th position (from 9 5 . Wh ich of th e fol lowin g wou ld be t h e secon d st ep
left) in Step II ? after th e r ear ran gem en t ?
(1 ) Given (2 ) is (3) wh en (1) 93 82 46 24 13 safe r oad jam h alt cross
(4 ) 11 (5) Non e of th ese (2) 93 82 46 24 road safe 13 jam h alt cross
9 0 . How m an y steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e (3) 93 82 24 road safe 13 jam 4 6 h alt cross
ar ran gem en t ? (4) 93 24 82 road safe 13 jam h alt 46 cross
(1) V (2 ) VI (3) VII (5) Non e of th ese
(4 ) VIII (5) Non e of th ese 9 6 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e fi n al arr an ge-
9 1 . In St ep IV, wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g wor d / n u m ber m en t ?
wou ld be on 8t h p osit ion (from left) ? (1) 93 82 46 24 13 safe r oad jam h alt cross
(1) zer o (2 ) wh en (3) 1 1 (2) 93 82 46 13 24 safe r oad jam h alt cross
(4 ) pr ovi de (5) Non e of th ese (3) 13 24 46 82 93 safe r oad jam h alt cross
9 2 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er wou ld be th e followin g ou tpu t ? (4) 93 82 46 24 13 cross h al t j am r oad safe
Fi n e given i s over provid e t eam wh en 1 1 3 7 zero 90 (5) safe road jam h alt cr oss 93 82 46 24 13
45 29 89
9 7 . Wh ich of th e followin g will be st ep VI of t h e above
(1) IV (2 ) III (3) II
in pu t ?
(1) 93 24 82 road safe 13 jam h alt 46 cross
9 3 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be Step V ?
(2) 93 82 24 road safe 13 jam 4 6 h alt cross
(1) Fi n e given i s over provid e t eam wh en zero 90 89
(3) 93 82 46 24 road safe 13 jam h alt cross
45 37 11 29
(4) 93 82 46 24 13 safe r oad jam h alt cross
(2) Fi n e given i s over provid e t eam wh en zero 11 37
90 45 29 89 (5) Th ere wil l b e n o su ch step as i t gets arr an ged
befor e st ep VI
(3) Fi n e given i s over provid e t eam wh en 1 1 37 zero
90 45 29 89 9 8 . In st ep III, wh ich of th e foll owi n g wou ld b e t h e th i rd
(4) Fi n e given i s over provid e t eam wh en zero 11 29 word/ n u m b er from t h e l eft ?
37 45 89 90 (1) 8 2 (2 ) 46 (3 ) J am
(5) Non e of th ese (4 ) 13 (5 ) Road
9 4 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e fi n al arr an ge- 9 9 . Wh ich st ep wou l d b e t h e fol lowin g ou t pu t ?
m en t ? 93 24 82 road safe 13 jam h alt 46 cross
(1) Zero wh en team provide over is given fin e 90 89 (1) I (2 ) II (3 ) III
45 37 29 11 (4 ) IV (5 ) VI
(2) Fi n e given i s over provid e t eam wh en zero 90 89 Di r ec t i o n s (1 0 0 –1 0 4 ) : Stu d y th e foll owi n g i n for -
45 37 29 11 m ation t o an swer th e given qu esti on s :
(3) Fi n e given i s over provid e t eam wh en zero 90 89 (PNB M an agem en t T r ai n ee Ex am . 2 8. 11. 201 0)
45 37 11 29 A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
(4) Fi n e given i s over provid e t eam wh en zero 11 29 given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
37 45 89 90 th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l-
(5) Non e of th ese lu str ati on of in p u t an d rearran gem en t.
Di r ec t i o n s (9 5 -9 9 ) : St u dy th e foll owi n g in for m a- (All n u m b ers in th ese qu esti on s are two d igit n u m -
ti on car efu lly an d an swer t h e qu esti on s wh i ch fol low : b er s)
(Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 14. 11. 201 0) In p u t : 16 today 32 wai tin g 21 ar e 1 1 p eop le 4 6 b u s
A wor d an d n u m ber rearran gem en t m ach in e wh en 66 lon g
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges St ep I : 16 today 32 wai tin g 2 1 1 1 p eop le 4 6 b u s 66
th em foll owi n g a p art icu l ar ru l e. Foll owi n g is an illu str a- lon g are
ti on of in pu t an d th e rearran gem en t.
St ep II : 16 today 32 wai tin g 2 1 people 46 bu s 66 lon g
In p u t : fl igh t 3 7 d elay an 53 87 h ou r 19 by 46 11 are
St ep I : 87 fl igh t 3 7 d elay 53 h ou r 19 by 46 an St ep III : 16 today 32 wai tin g 2 1 people 46 66 lon g b u s
St ep II : 87 53 fl igh t 3 7 d elay h ou r 19 46 by an 11 are
St ep III 87 53 46 fl igh t 3 7 h ou r 19 del ay by an St ep IV : today 32 wai tin g 2 1 people 46 66 lon g 1 6 b u s
St ep IV : 87 53 46 37 h ou r 19 fligh t del ay by an 11 are
St ep V : 87 53 46 37 19 h ou r fligh t del ay by an St ep V : today 32 waiti n g people 46 66 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
St ep V i s th e last step of th e ar ran gem en t of t h e 11 are
ab ove in pu t as th e in ten ded rearr an gem en t i s ob- St ep VI : today 32 waiti n g 46 66 p eop le 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
t ai n ed . 11 are
As per t h e ru les followed i n t h e above st eps, an - St ep VII : today waiti n g 46 66 32 p eop le 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
swer t h e fol lowi n g qu est i on s b ased u pon t h e in - 11 are
put : St ep VIII : wai tin g 46 66 today 32 people 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
24 cr oss 82 road 9 3 safe 13 jam h alt 46 11 are
INPUR-OUTPUT
St ep IX : waiti n g 66 46 tod ay 32 p eop le 21 lon g 1 6 b u s St ep VI i s th e l ast step of th e r earran gem en t . As
11 are per t h e r u les foll owed in th e above st eps, fin d ou t in each
St ep X : 66 waiti n g 46 tod ay 32 p eop le 21 lon g 1 6 b u s of th e followin g qu est ion s t h e app ropr iat e step s for t h e
1 1 ar e gi ven in p u t. I n pu t for t h e q u est i on s.
St ep X is th e l ast St ep of t h e arr an gem en t of t h e I n pu t : 6 7 h ot su n 1 9 best 8 3 i c e 4 9 ace 7 7 c u t 3 7
ab ove in p u t as th e i n t en ded arr an gem en t i s ob - 1 0 5 . How m an y steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e
t ai n ed . ar ran gem en t ?
Now, an swer th e qu est ion s b ased on th e foll owi n g (1 ) X (2) VIII (3)IX
in pu t : (4) VII (5) Non e of th ese
I nput : 2 3 y o u 1 3 wak e 8 1 m e 4 3 bef or e 7 2 go 3 4
1 0 6 . Wh ich St ep n u m b er wou ld be th e followin g ou tpu t?
up
19 37 49 ace best h ot su n i ce cu t 67 77 83
1 0 0 . Wh ich of th ese wor ds / n u m bers wou l d b e fou r th
(from left side) i n St ep IV for th e in pu t ? (1) II (2) VI (3)V
(1 ) m e (2 ) 43 (3 ) 81 (4) IV (5) Non e of th ese
(4 ) wak e (5 ) Non e of th ese 1 0 7 . Wh ich of th e foll owi n g wou l d b e t h e Step I ?
1 0 1 . Th e followin g stan ds for wh ich step of th e r earran ge- (1) 19 37 49 h ot su n b est ice ace cu t 67 77 83
m en t ? (2) 83 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace 77 cu t 37 19
y o u w ak e 8 1 4 3 7 2 3 4 u p m e 2 3 go 1 3 befo r e (3) 19 67 ace best h ot su n i ce 49 77 cu t 37 83
(1 ) St ep IX (2 ) St ep IV (3 ) St ep VI (4) 19 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace 77 cu t 37 83
(4 ) Step V (5 ) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
1 0 2 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g wou ld be Step II for th e above 1 0 8 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e fi n al arr an ge-
in pu t ? m en t ?
(1) 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 72 34 u p go 1 3 b efore (1) 67 77 83 ace best cu t h ot i ce su n 19 37 49
(2) 23 you 1 3 wak e 81 m e 43 72 go 34 u p b efore
(2) 19 37 49 ace best cu t h ot i ce su n 67 77 83
(3) 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 72 go 34 u p before 13
(3) 19 37 49 67 77 83 ace best cu t h ot ice su n
(4) 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 72 go 34 u p 1 3 b efore
(4) 19 37 49 ace ice b est cu t h ot su n 67 77 83
1 0 3 . How m an y Steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e (5) Non e of th ese
rearr an gem en t for th e ab ove in pu t ? 1 0 9 . In St ep IV, wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g wor d / n u m ber
(1) X (2 ) XI (3 ) VIII wou ld be on 7th positi on (fr om th e righ t) ?
(4 ) VII (5 ) Non e of th ese (1) su n (2) b est (3) 6 7
1 0 4 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e l ast bu t o n e (4) cu t (5) Non e of th ese
st ep for t h e in pu t ? Di r ec t i on s (1 1 0 -1 1 4 ) : St u dy th e followin g i n for -
(1) you 8 1 7 2 wak e u p 43 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
(2) you 8 1 7 2 wak e 43 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore (Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO
(3) you wak e 81 72 43 u p 34 m e 23 go 13 b efore Ex am . 26 .12 .20 10 (I st si t t i n g)
(4) 81 you 7 2 wak e 43 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
(5 ) Non e of th ese given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
Di r ect i on s (1 0 5 – 1 0 9 ) : St u dy th e followin g i n for - th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l-
m ation t o an swer th e given qu esti on s : lu str ati on of i n pu t an d rearran gem en t. (Sin gle di git n u m -
(Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a Ex am . 1 9. 12. 201 0) bers are pr eced ed by a zero. All oth er n u m b ers ar e t wo
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en di git n u m bers).
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges In p u t : ar e 7 4 82 we 02 10 savin g 56 ou r own 43 l ives.
th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l- St ep I : we ar e 74 02 10 savin g 5 6 ou r own 43 lives 8 2.
lu str ati on of in p u t an d rearran gem en t. St ep II : we savin g ar e 0 2 1 0 5 6 ou r own 43 lives 7 4 8 2.
In p u t : 52 peak 91 sn ow freeze 4 6 cold 15 h i gh 31 73 St ep III : we savin g own are 02 10 ou r 43 lives 56 7 4 8 2.
t r ek St ep IV : we savin g own ou r are 02 10 lives 43 56 7 4 8 2.
St ep I : 15 5 2 peak sn ow fr eeze 46 col d h i gh 3 1 73 St ep V : we savin g own ou r lives are 02 10 43 56 7 4 8 2.
tr ek 91
St ep V i s th e last step of th e ar ran gem en t of t h e
St ep II : 15 31 52 peak sn ow freeze 46 cold h igh tr ek ab ove in p u t as th e i n t en ded arr an gem en t i s ob -
73 91 t ai n ed .
St ep III : 15 31 46 peak sn ow freeze cold h igh tr ek 52
1 1 0 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be st ep IV for th e fol-
73 91
lowin g in pu t ?
St ep IV : 15 31 46 col d p eak sn ow freeze h igh tr ek 52
In p u t : 19 th ere is 81 27 h op e 45 for 3 3 on e 49 b ett er
73 91
day 0 8.
St ep V : 15 31 46 col d freeze p eak sn ow h igh tr ek 52
73 91 (1) th ere on e is h ope for 19 27 bett er day 08 33 45
49 8 1.
St ep VI : 15 31 46 col d freeze h igh peak sn ow tr ek 52
73 91 (2) th ere on e is h ope 1 9 2 7 for bett er day 08 33 45
49 8 1.
INPUR-OUTPUT
(3) th ere on e is h ope 1 9 2 7 for bett er day 81 49 45 (Sin gle d igi t n u m b ers are pr eceded by a zero. All
33 0 8. ot h er n u m ber s are t wo digit n u m b ers.)
(4) th ere on e is h ope for 19 27 bett er day 08 33 49 In p u t : wh en 19 will you 0 7 be 40 com in g 62 h om e
45 8 1. 10 0 89
(5) th ere is on e h ope 1 9 2 7 for bett er day 08 33 49 St ep I : be wh en 1 9 will you 0 7 40 com in g 62 h om e
45 8 1. 10 0 89
Di r ec t i o n s (1 1 1 - 1 1 2 ) : Th e followin g are th e steps St ep II : be 07 wh en 1 9 will you 40 com in g 62 h om e
I, II, III, IV an d V of an in pu t r epr esen ted b y A, B, C, D 10 0 89
an d E bu t n ot n ecessaril y in th is ord er. Rearran ge th em St ep III be 07 com in g wh en 19 will you 4 0 62 h om e
in th e order of th e step s an d th en an swer t h e given qu es- 10 0 89
t ion s. St ep IV : be 07 com in g 19 wh en will you 4 0 62 h om e
I n p u t : ab ide th e 11 32 laws 50 93 17 of cou n tless 21 10 0 89
n atu r e. St ep V : be 07 com in g 19 h om e wh en wi ll you 40 62
(A) th e of n atu r e abid e 1 1 laws 17 cou n tl ess 21 32 10 0 89
50 9 3. St ep VI : be 07 com in g 19 h om e 4 0 wh en wi ll you 62
(B ) th e of n atu r e l aws ab ide 11 cou n tl ess 17 21 32 10 0 89
50 9 3. St ep VII : be 07 com in g 19 h om e 4 0 wh en 62 wil l you
(C) th e abide 11 32 laws 50 1 7 of cou n tless 2 1 n a- 10 0 89
tu re 9 3. St ep VIII : be 0 7 com in g 1 9 h om e 4 0 wh en 6 2 wil l 89
(D ) th e of n atu r e l aws cou n tl ess ab ide 11 17 21 32 you 1 00
50 9 3.
St ep VIII is th e l ast st ep of t h e arr an gem en t of t h e
(E) th e of ab ide 11 32 laws 1 7 cou n tless 21 n atu re ab ove in p u t as th e i n t en ded arr an gem en t i s ob -
50 9 3. t ai n ed .
1 1 1 . Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step II ? As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps. Fi n d
(1) A (2) B (3) C ou t i n each of th e followin g qu est ion s t h e appr opr i-
(4) D (5) E at e steps for t h e given i n pu t.
1 1 2 . Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step IV ? I n pu t fo r t h e q u est i o n s
(1) A (2) B (3) C (1 1 5 – 1 1 8 ) :
(4) D (5) E In p u t : n ext 57 p rob lem 82 14 tren d 02 pu r ch ase growth
Di r ec t i o n s (1 1 3 –1 1 4 ) : Th ese qu estion s are based 41
on th e followin g in pu t : 1 1 5 . How m an y steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e
In p u t : 50 62 th e b est 67 bargai n 4 2 i n stor es 17 89 ar ran gem en t ?
n ow 7 5 avail abl e. (1) V (2) VI (3) VIII
1 1 3 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be St ep III for th e i n - (4) VII (5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
pu t ? 1 1 6 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e fi n al arr an ge-
(1) th e stor es 5 0 6 2 b est 67 bargain 4 2 i n 1 7 n ow m en t ?
avail abl e 7 5 8 9. (1) gr owt h 02 n ext 14 prob lem 41 pu rch ase 57 82
(2) th e stores n ow in 50 best bargain 42 17 avai l- t r en d .
ab le 62 6 7 7 5 8 9. (2) gr owt h n ext problem pu rch ase tr en d 02 14 41
(3) th e stores n ow 50 62 best bargain 42 in 1 7 avai l- 57 8 2.
ab le 67 7 5 8 9. (3) growth 02 n ext 14 probl em 41 pu rch ase 57 t ren d
(4) th e stores n ow 50 62 bargain best 42 in 1 7 avai l- 82 .
ab le 67 7 5 8 9. (4) gr owt h 8 2 n ext 57 pu r ch ase 41 prob lem 14 n ext
(5) th e stores n ow in 50 bargain best 42 17 avai l- 02 .
ab le 62 6 7 7 5 8 9. (5) Non e of t h ese)
1 1 4 . Wh i ch of t h e word s/ n u m ber s below wou l d be at 1 1 7 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be step I ?
th e fift h posit ion (from th e left en d ) i n Step V of t h e
(1) 41 pu rch ase 02 tr en d 1 4 8 2 p rob lem 57 n ext
in pu t ?
gr owt h .
(1) i n (2 ) best (3 ) 17
(2) growt h 02 n ex t 5 7 pr ob lem 82 14 t ren d p u r -
(4 ) bargain (5 ) 42
ch ase 4 1.
Di r ec t i on s (1 1 5 –1 2 1 ) : St u dy th e followin g i n for -
(3) 41 gr owt h n ext 57 problem 8 2 1 4 tr en d 02 pu r -
m ation car efu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s wh ich follow :
ch ase.
(I n di an Ban k PO Ex am . 0 2.0 1.2 011 (I st si t t i n g)
(4) growt h n ext 5 7 p robl em 8 2 14 tr en d 02 p u r -
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en ch ase 4 1.
(5) gr owt h n ext 57 pu rch ase 82 14 tren d 02 prob-
th em foll owi n g a p art icu l ar ru l e. Foll owi n g is an illu str a-
lem 4 1.
ti on of in pu t an d th e rearran gem en t.
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 1 8 . Wh ich word / n u m b er wou ld be at th e six th p osi- 1 2 3 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s fi fth fr om th e left en d of
ti on from th e l eft en d i n St ep III ? st ep V in th e above arran gem en t ?
(1) Pu r ch ase (2 ) 14 (3 ) pr obl em (1) k it e (2) r op es (3) st ron g
(4 ) 41 (5 ) t ren d (4) 3 5 (5) Non e of th ese
(1 1 9 – 1 2 1 ) : 1 2 4 . Wh at is th e posit ion of ‘in ’i n step IV ?
In p u t : ju st 14 an d val u e 22 ti m e 05 15 (1) Fou rt h fr om th e left en d
1 1 9 . Wh ich word/ n u m b er wou ld be at posi tion 5 fr om (2) Th ird from t h e righ t en d
th e r igh t en d i n Step III ?
(3) Secon d fr om th e left en d
(1) an d (2 ) 15
(4) Th ird fr om t h e left en d
(3 ) ju st (4 ) 14
(5) Fi fth fr om t h e left en d
(5 ) ti m e
1 2 5 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s t h e last step (fi n al ou tpu t)
1 2 0 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be step II of th e ar -
of th e given in pu t ?
ran gem en t ?
(1) am ple blu e i n k ite st ron g ropes 77 57 47 35 33
(1) an d j u st valu e 14 22 tim e 0 5 1 5.
19 12
(2) an d 5 ju st 1 4 valu e 22 tim e 1 5.
(2) am ple blu e i n k ite ropes str on g 12 19 33 35 47
(3) an d 0 5 j u st 14 tim e 1 5 2 2 valu e.
57 77
(4) an d j u st valu e tim e 1 4 2 2 0 5 1 5.
(3) st ron g ropes k i te in blu e am ple 77 57 47 35 33
(5) Non e of th ese 19 12
1 2 1 . How m an y steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e
(4) am ple blu e i n k ite ropes str on g 57 77 47 35 33
ar ran gem en t an d wh ich wou ld be th e last step ?
19 12
(1) St ep IV : an d 0 5 j u st 14 ti m e 15 valu e 2 2.
(5) Non e of th ese
(2) St ep V : an d 0 5 j u st 14 tim e 1 5 valu e 2 2.
1 2 6 . How m an y st eps are n eed ed to com plete th is ar -
(3) St ep V : 22 an d 15 ju st 1 4 t im e 05 ju st.
ran gem en t ?
(4) St ep VI: an d 0 5 j u st 14 tim e 1 5 valu e 2 2.
(1) V (2) III (3) IV
(5) Non e of th ese
(4) VI (5) Non e of th ese
Di r ect i on s (1 2 2 -1 2 6 ) : St u dy th e followin g i n for -
m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s : Di r ect i on s (1 2 7 –1 3 1 ) : Stu d y foll owi n g in for m ati on
to an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
(Un i on Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 0 9. 01. 200 1)
(Cor p or at i on Ban k PO Ex am . 1 6. 01. 201 1)
A wor d an d n u m ber ar ran gem en t m ach i n e, wh en
gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m b ers, i t rearr an ges A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l- gi ven an in p u t lin e of words rearr an ges t h em followin g a
lu str ati on of in p u t an d rearran gem en t. parti cu l ar r u le. Th e fol lowin g is an ill u st rat ion of in p u t
In p u t : 2 5 93 as h i ll stam p b ol t 45 3 4 63 t ot al 1 3 an d rearr an gem en t.
al ter ri se In p u t : age r oad own wi re tire in k p en u n i dice eat
St ep I : al ter 25 93 as h il l stam p b olt 45 34 63 tot al St ep I : u n i age r oad own wire tir e i n k pen eat di ce
ri se 13 St ep II : u n i own age road wire tir e i n k eat pen di ce
St ep II : al ter as 93 h il l st am p bolt 45 3 4 6 3 t otal ri se St ep III : u n i own i n k age wi re t ire eat r oad pen di ce
25 13 St ep IV : u n i own i n k eat age wi re tir e r oad pen di ce
St ep III : al ter as bol t 9 3 h i ll stam p 45 6 3 t otal ri se 34 An d step fou r i s t h e last step of th e rearr an ge-
25 13 m en t .
St ep IV : al ter as bol t h ill 93 stam p 63 t otal r ise 45 34
25 13
St ep V : al ter as bol t h ill rise 9 3 stam p total 63 45 34 st eps for t h e given i n pu t.
25 13
In pu t for th e qu estion s
St ep VI : al ter as bol t h ill rise stam p total 93 63 45 34
25 13 In p u t : gem stat ace cast om i t fan rat e u n cu t er a i n -
pu t
St ep VI is t h e last step of th e ab ove ar ran gem en t as
th e i n ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed. 1 2 7 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e fi n al arr an ge-
As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d m en t ?
ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate (1) cast gem fan rate stat u n cu t om i t i n pu t er a ace
st eps for t h e given i n pu t. (2) u n cu t om i t i n pu t er a ace cast fan gem rate st at
In p u t : ropes 12 33 str on g 35 19 in blu e am ple k i te (3) u n cu t om i t i n pu t er a ace stat rate gem fan cast
47 77 57 (4) u n cu t om i t i n pu t er a ace stat fan gem rate cast
1 2 2 . Wh at is th e positi on of ‘47 ’i n st ep III ? (5) Non e of th ese
(1) Fi fth fr om t h e left en d 1 2 8 . In St ep III, wh ich of th e followin g word wou ld be at
(2) Seven th from t h e left en d 6t h p osi tion from th e l eft ?
(3) Si xth fr om t h e left en d (1) r at e (2) ace (3) st at
(4) Si xth from t h e righ t en d (4) gem (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Seven th from th e r igh t en d
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 2 9 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er wou ld be th e followin g ou tpu t ? 1 3 4 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e l ast st ep for
u n cu t om i t gem stat ace r ate era in pu t fan cast th e i n pu t?
(1) II (2) III (3) V (1 ) am iss equ al op en u n i qu e 98 86 84 77 53 13 11
base can qu i ck start
(4) IV (5) Non e of th ese
(2 ) am iss equ al op en u n i qu e 98 84 86 77 53 13 11
1 3 0 . In st ep IV of t h e rearran gem en t, if om i t is relat ed to base can qu i ck start
er a an d r at e is rel ated to fan in a cer tain way, to
wh ich of th e followin g wou ld ac e b e r elated to, fol- can b ase qu i ck start
lowin g t h e sam e p att er n ?
(1) r at e (2) in pu t (3) st at base can qu i ck start
(4) gem (5) Non e of th ese (5 ) Non e of th ese
1 3 1 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou l d b e St ep VII ? 1 3 5 . How m an y Steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e
(1) Un cu t om i t i n pu t er a ace stat rate gem fan cast ar ran gem en t for th e above i n pu t?
(2) Un cu t om i t i n pu t er a ace rat e st at fan gem cast (1 ) VII (2) III (3) V
(3) Un cu t om i t i n pu t er a ace cast fan gem rate st at (4 ) IV (5 ) Non e of th ese
(4) Un cu t om i t i n pu t er a stat ace rate gem fan cast 1 3 6 . Th e followin g stan ds for wh ich step of th e r earran ge-
m en t ?
(5) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep as th e in p u t get s r e-
am i ss eq u al op en u n i qu e 9 8 8 4 7 7 8 6 1 3 5 3 1 1
ar ran ged before step VII base can qu i ck st ar t
Di r ec t i o n s (1 3 2 – 1 3 9 ) : Stu d y th e foll owi n g i n for - (1 ) St ep III (2 ) Step V (3 ) St ep VI
m ation t o an swer th e given qu esti on s : (4 ) St ep IV (5 ) Non e of th ese
(UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 30. 01. 201 1) Di r ec t i on s (1 3 7 -1 3 9 ) : Gi ven below are fi ve steps
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en in a ju m bled order in th e for m of (A), (B), (C), (D) an d (E)
given an i n p u t li n e of wor d an d n u m ber s rearr an ges for an i n pu t. Arran ge th em accordin g to th e order in wh ich
th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l- th ey sh ou ld app ear based on th e exam ple given . Th en
lu str ati on of i n pu t an d rearran gem en t. (All n u m bers in an swer th e qu estion s th at follow.
th ese qu est ion s are t wo digit n u m ber s) (1) ar rival on 1 6 4 4 2 8 66 fin i sh m at ch
I n pu t : li ved 18 a 1 2 on ce 93 u p on 32 tim e 46 wolf (2) ar rival on 6 6 4 4 2 8 16 fin i sh m at ch
St ep I % a lived 18 1 2 on ce 93 u p on 32 46 t im e wolf (3) ar rival 16 44 28 on 6 6 fin i sh m at ch
St ep II %a on ce 1 8 12 93 u p on 32 46 lived t im e wolf (4) ar rival on 66 44 1 6 2 8 fin i sh m at ch
St ep III%a on ce u pon 18 12 93 32 46 lived t im e wolf (5) ar rival on 66 16 4 4 2 8 fin i sh m at ch
1 3 7 . Wh ich of th e followin g will be St ep I I ?
St ep IV%a on ce u pon 93 18 12 32 46 lived t im e wolf
(1) A (2) B (3) C
St ep V % a on ce u pon 93 46 18 12 32 lived t im e wolf
(4) D (5) E
St ep VI%a on ce u pon 93 46 32 18 12 lived t im e wolf
1 3 8 . Wh ich of th e followin g will be St ep I I I ?
St ep VI i s t h e last St ep of th e arr an gem en t of t h e (1) A (2) B (3) C
ab ove in p u t as th e i n t en ded arr an gem en t i s ob -
(4) D (5) E
t ai n ed .
1 3 9 . Wh ich of th e followin g will be St ep I ?
Di r ec t i o n s (1 3 2 – 1 3 6 ) : Now, an swer th e qu es-
(1) A (2) B (3) C
ti on s based on th e followin g in pu t :
(4) D (5) E
I n pu t : u n i qu e 8 4 c an 7 7 open 8 6 qu i ck 1 3 base
Di r ec t i o n s (1 4 0 -1 4 4 ) : Stu d y th e foll owi n g i n for -
5 3 am i ss 1 1 equ al 9 8 st ar t m ation t o an swer th e given qu esti on s —
1 3 2 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g wou ld be Step II for th e above (Al l ah abad Ban k PO Ex am . 17. 04. 201 1)
In pu t ? A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
(1) am i ss equ al u n iqu e 8 4 7 7 op en 8 6 qu i ck 1 3 given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
base 53 11 9 8 can start th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l-
(2) am i ss equ al op en u n i qu e 8 4 77 8 6 qu i ck 1 3 lu str ati on of in p u t an d rearran gem en t.
base 53 11 9 8 can start I n pu t : su m 28 h ave 19 96 48 lu ck n ice 78 rope
(3) am iss equ al op en u n i qu e 84 77 86 13 53 11 98 St ep I : h ave su m 28 19 48 lu ck n ice 78 rope 96
base can qu i ck start St ep I I : lu ck h ave su m 2 8 1 9 4 8 n ice rope 9 6 78
(4) am iss u n iqu e 84 77 open 86 13 base 53 11 equ al St ep I I I : n i ce lu ck h ave su m 28 19 rope 96 78 48
98 can qu ick start St ep I V : rope n ice l u ck h ave su m 19 96 78 4 8 28
(5 ) Non e of th ese St ep V : su m rop e n i ce lu ck h ave 96 78 48 2 8 19
1 3 3 . Wh i ch of th ese words/ n u m ber s wou ld be fifth (from An d Step V i s t h e last st ep of th e rearran gem en t.
ri gh t si de) in St ep III for th e i n pu t? As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
(1 ) 53 (2 ) 11 (3 ) equ al
st eps for th e i n pu t given below :
(4 ) 98 (5 ) Non e of th ese
I n pu t : 4 9 l ast zen 1 6 8 2 y et can v ast 3 3 ai m 8 7 5 4
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 4 0 . How m an y steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e 1 4 6 . Wh ich St ep n u m b er wou ld be th e followin g ou tpu t?
ar ran gem en t ? 19 37 49 ace best h ot su n i ce cu t 67 77 83
(1 ) IV (2) V (3 ) VI (1) II (2) VI (3) V
(4) VII (5 ) Non e of th ese (4) IV (5) Non e of th ese
1 4 1 . Wh ich Step n u m ber wou ld be t h e foll owi n g ou tpu t ? 1 4 7 . Wh ich of th e foll owi n g wou l d b e t h e Step I ?
vast last can aim zen 16 yet 3 3 87 82 54 49 (1) 19 37 49 h ot su n b est ice ace cu t 67 77 83
(1 ) III (2) II (3 ) VII (2) 83 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace 77 cu t 37 19
(4 ) IV (5 ) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep (3) 19 67 ace best h ot su n i ce 49 77 cu t 37 83
1 4 2 . Wh ich of th e foll owi n g wou l d b e t h e Step I ? (4) 19 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace 77 cu t 37 83
(1) ai m 4 9 can zen 16 yet vast 33 54 87 82 (5) Non e of th ese
(2) vast last can aim zen 16 yet 33 87 82 54 49 1 4 8 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e fi n al arr an ge-
m en t ?
(3) zen 4 9 last 16 82 yet can vast 33 aim 54 87
(4) ai m 4 9 l ast zen 8 2 yet can vast 3 3 87 54 16
(5) Non e of th ese
(3) 19 37 49 67 77 83 ace best cu t h ot ice su n
1 4 3 . In St ep V wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g w or d / n u m b er
(4) 19 37 49 ace ice b est cu t h ot su n 67 77 83
wou ld be on th e 6th posit ion (fr om th e righ t) ?
(5) Non e of th ese
(1 ) 87 (2 ) 16 (3 ) 33
1 4 9 . In St ep IV, wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g wor d / n u m ber
(4 ) zen (5 ) aim wou ld be on 7th positi on (fr om th e righ t) ?
1 4 4 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e fi n al arr an ge- (1) su n (2) b est (3) 6 7
m en t ?
(4) cu t (5) Non e of th ese
(1 ) zen yet vast last can ai m 16 33 49 54 82 87 Di r ec t i on s (1 5 0 –1 5 4 ) : St u dy th e followin g i n for -
(2 ) aim can last vast yet zen 16 33 49 54 82 87 m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
(3 ) aim can last vast yet zen 87 82 54 49 33 16 (I BPS Sp eci al i st Of f i cer CWE Ex am . 11. 03. 201 2)
(4 ) zen yet vast last can ai m 87 82 54 49 33 16 A word an d n u m b er ar ran gem en t m ach i n e wh en
(5 ) Non e of th ese given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
Di r ect i on s (1 4 5 – 1 4 9 ) : St u dy th e followin g i n for - th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
m ation t o an swer th e given qu esti on s : in g is an il lu st rati on of in p u t an d r earr an gem en t . (All
th e n u m b ers given in th e arr an gem en t are two di git n u m -
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE Ex am . 18. 09. 201 1)
b er s).
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en In p u t : gon e over 35 69 test 7 2 park 27
St ep I : 27 gon e over 35 69 test 72 park
St ep II : 27 test gon e over 3 5 6 9 72 park
lu str ati on of in p u t an d rearran gem en t.
St ep III : 27 test 3 5 gon e over 6 9 72 park
In p u t : 52 peak 91 sn ow freeze 4 6 cold 15 h i gh 31 73
St ep IV : 27 test 3 5 p ark gon e over 69 72
t r ek
St ep V : 27 test 3 5 p ark 69 gon e over 72
St ep I : 15 5 2 peak sn ow fr eeze 46 col d h i gh 3 1 73
tr ek 91 St ep VI : 27 test 3 5 p ark 69 over gon e 72
St ep VII : 27 test 3 5 p ark 69 over 72 gon e
St ep II : 15 31 52 peak sn ow freeze 46 cold h igh tr ek
73 91 an d Step VII is th e last step of th e r ear ran gem en t
of th e above in pu t as th e d esi red arr an gem en t is
St ep III : 15 31 46 peak sn ow freeze cold h igh tr ek 52
obt ai n ed .
73 91
St ep IV : 15 31 46 col d p eak sn ow freeze h igh tr ek 52 ou t i n each of th e followin g qu est ion s th e appr o-
73 91 pr iat e step for th e given i n pu t.
St ep V : 15 31 46 col d freeze p eak sn ow h igh tr ek 52 1 5 0 . In pu t : 86 open sh u t door 3 1 4 9 always 45
73 91 How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e
St ep VI : 15 31 46 col d freeze h igh peak sn ow tr ek 52 r ear r an gem en t ?
73 91 (1 ) Fi ve (2 ) Six (3 ) Seven
St ep VI i s th e l ast step of th e r earran gem en t . As (4 ) Fou r (5 ) Non e of th ese
per t h e r u les foll owed in th e above st eps, fin d ou t in each 1 5 1 . St ep III of an in p u t: 25 yes 3 7 en em y joy d efeat 52
of th e followin g qu est ion s t h e app ropr iat e step s for t h e 46
gi ven in p u t. I n pu t for t h e q u est i on s. Wh ich of th e followin g is defin i tel y t h e i n pu t?
I n pu t : 6 7 h ot su n 1 9 best 8 3 i c e 4 9 ace 7 7 c u t 3 7 (1 ) en em y 25 joy d efeat yes 52 37 46
1 4 5 . How m an y steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e (2 ) 3 7 en em y 25 joy yes defeat 52 46
ar ran gem en t ? (3 ) en em y joy d efeat 25 52 yes 46 37
(1 ) X (2) VIII (3) IX (4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
(4) VII (5) Non e of th ese (5 ) Non e of th ese
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 5 2 . St ep II of an In pu t : 18 win 71 34 n ow i f vi ctory 61 1 5 7 . How m an y elem en ts (words or n u m ber s) are th ere
How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete between ‘feet’ an d ‘32 ’ as t h ey app ear i n t h e last
th e rear ran gem en t? st ep of th e ou tpu t?
(1 ) Th r ee (2 ) Fou r (3 ) Fi ve (1 ) On e (2) Th r ee (3 ) Fou r
(4 ) Six (5 ) M ore th an six (4 ) Fi ve (5 ) Seven
1 5 3 . In pu t : wh er e 4 7 5 9 12 ar e t h ey goi n g 39 1 5 8 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g rep resen t s th e p osit ion of
Wh i ch of th e fol lowi n g st ep s wi ll b e t h e l ast bu t ‘wh y’ in th e fou rt h step ?
on e? (1 ) Eigh t h from th e left (2 ) Fifth fr om th e righ t
(1 ) VII (2 ) IV (3) V (3) Si xth fr om th e left (4 ) Fift h fr om th e left
(4 ) VIII (5 ) Non e of th ese (5 ) Seven th fr om th e left
1 5 4 . St ep II of an i n pu t: 33 stor e 8 1 7 5 fu ll of goods 52 Di r ec t i o n s (1 5 9 – 1 6 1 ) : Stu d y th e foll owi n g i n for -
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step VI ? m ation t o an swer th e given qu esti on s :
(1) 33 store 52 of 7 5 8 1 fu ll goods (I BPS Sp eci al i st Of f i cer CWE Ex am . 17. 03. 201 3)
(2 ) 3 3 stor e 5 2 of 75 fu ll 81 goods A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
(3 ) 3 3 stor e 5 2 of 75 goods 81 fu ll
(4 ) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
(All n u m b ers in th ese qu esti on s are two d igit n u m -
Di r ect i on s (1 5 5 –1 5 8 ) : St u dy th e followin g i n for - b er s)
m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
In p u t : 16 today 32 wai tin g 21 ar e 1 1 p eop le 4 6 b u s
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE Ex am . 1 7. 06. 201 2) 66 lon g
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en St ep I : 16 today 32 wai tin g 2 1 1 1 p eop le 4 6 b u s 66
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges lon g are
th em foll owi n g a part icu lar ru le in each st ep. Th e fol-
St ep II : 16 today 32 wai tin g 2 1 people 46 bu s 66 lon g
lowin g i s an il lu stration of in pu t an d r ear ran gem en t. (All
11 are
th e n u m b ers ar e two d igi t n u m b ers).
St ep III : 16 today 32 wai tin g 2 1 people 46 66 lon g b u s
In p u t : tall 48 13 r ise al t 9 9 7 6 3 2 wise jar h i gh 28
11 are
56 bar n
St ep IV : today 32 wai tin g 2 1 people 46 66 lon g 1 6 b u s
St ep I : 13 tall 48 rise 9 9 7 6 32 wi se jar h i gh 28 56
11 are
bar n alt
St ep V : today 32 waiti n g people 46 66 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
St ep II : 28 13 tall 48 rise 9 9 76 32 wi se jar h i gh 56
11 are
al t bar n
St ep VI : today 32 waiti n g 46 66 p eop le 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
St ep III : 32 28 13 tal l 4 8 r ise 99 76 wise j ar 5 6 alt
11 are
bar n h i gh
St ep VII : today waiti n g 46 66 32 p eop le 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
St ep IV : 48 32 28 13 tall rise 99 76 wi se 56 alt bar n
11 are
h i gh j ar
St ep VIII : wai tin g 46 66 today 32 people 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
St ep V : 56 48 32 28 13 tall 99 7 6 wise al t b ar n h i gh
11 are
jar ri se
St ep IX : waiti n g 66 46 tod ay 32 p eop le 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
St ep VI : 76 56 48 32 28 13 99 wise al t b ar n h igh j ar
11 are
ri se tall
St ep X : 66 waiti n g 46 tod ay 32 p eop le 21 lon g 1 6 b u s
St ep VII : 99 76 56 48 32 28 13 alt bar n h igh jar ri se
1 1 ar e
tall wi se
St ep X is th e l ast St ep of t h e arr an gem en t of t h e
an d Step VII is th e l ast step of t h e above i n pu t, as
ab ove in p u t as th e i n t en ded arr an gem en t i s ob -
th e d esi red arr an gem en t is obtain ed.
t ai n ed .
Now, an swer th e qu est ion s b ased on th e foll owi n g
in pu t :
I nput : 2 3 y o u 1 3 wak e 8 1 m e 4 3 bef or e 7 2 go 3 4
I n pu t : 8 4 wh y si t 1 4 3 2 n ot best i n k f eet 5 1 2 7
up
v ai n 6 8 9 2
1 5 9 . Wh ich of th ese wor ds / n u m bers wou l d b e fou r th
(Al l t h e n u m ber s ar e t wo di gi t s n u m ber s).
(from left side) i n St ep IV for th e in pu t ?
1 5 5 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er is th e followin g ou tpu t?
(1 ) m e (2 ) 43 (3 ) 81
32 27 14 84 wh y si t n ot 51 vai n 9 2 6 8 feet best i n k
(4 ) wak e (5 ) Non e of th ese
(1) St ep V (2) St ep VI (3) St ep IV
1 6 0 . Th e followin g stan ds for wh ich step of th e r earran ge-
(4) St ep III (5) Th ere is n o su ch st ep m en t ?
1 5 6 . Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou l d b e at 5t h p osi tion fr om y o u w ak e 8 1 4 3 7 2 3 4 u p m e 2 3 go 1 3 befo r e
th e ri gh t in Step V ?
(1 ) St ep IX (2 ) St ep IV (3 ) St ep VI
(1) 1 4 (2 ) 92 (3) feet
(4 ) Step V (5 ) Non e of th ese
(4) b est (5) wh y
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 6 1 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g wou ld be Step II for th e above Di r ect i on s (1 6 7 -1 7 1 ) : St u d y th e fol lowin g in for -
in pu t ? m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below :
(1) 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 72 34 u p go 1 3 b efore (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I , 26. 10. 201 3)
(2) 23 you 1 3 wak e 81 m e 43 72 go 34 u p b efore A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
(3) 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 72 go 34 u p before 13 given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
(4) 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 72 go 34 u p 1 3 b efore th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
in g i s an il lu stat ion of in p u t an d var iou s step s r earr an ge-
m en t. (Al l t h e n u m ber s ar e t wo digit n u m b ers).
Di r ec t i on s (1 6 2 –1 6 6 ) : St u dy th e followin g i n for -
In p u t : 11 day 3 4 n igh t 9 3 pace 27 easy 4 4 j oy
m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below :
Step I : 93 11 day 3 4 n igh t pace 27 easy 4 4 j oy
(I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO On l i n e Ex am , 01. 09. 201 3)
Step II : 93 11 34 n i gh t pace 2 7 easy 44 joy d ay
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges Step III : 93 44 11 34 n i gh t pace 2 7 easy joy d ay
th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow- Step IV : 93 44 11 34 n i gh t pace 2 7 j oy day easy
in g i s an i llu stat ion of in pu t an d vari ou s steps of rear - Step V : 93 44 34 11 n i gh t pace 2 7 j oy day easy
ran gem en t. (All th e n u m b ers ar e t wo digi t n u m b ers). Step VI : 93 44 34 11 n i gh t pace 2 7 d ay easy j oy
In p u t : m or e p resen ce requ i red 1 2 4 2 7 0 for 6 3 3 7 Step VII : 93 44 34 27 11 n i gh t pace d ay easy j oy
good work 28 Step VIII : 93 44 34 27 11 pace d ay easy j oy n igh t
Step I %for 7 0 m ore p r esen ce r equ ir ed 12 42 6 3 3 7 Step IX : 93 44 34 27 11 day easy joy n i gh t pace
good work 28
An d Step IX is th e last step of th e r earr an gem en t
Step II %good 63 for 70 m or e pr esen ce requ i red 12 42 as th e desir ed arran gem en t is obt ain ed. As per ru l es
37 work 28 followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d ou t in each of t h e
Step III %m ore 42 good 63 for 70 pr esen ce requ ir ed 12 qu est ion s t h e appr opr iat e step for t h e given i n pu t.
37 work 28 I n pu t fo r t h e qu est i on s :
Step IV %pr esen ce 37 m or e 4 2 good 63 for 70 requ ir ed cl ass 2 5 war 1 5 r ac e 7 3 h eap 5 8 j u st 8 8 t ak e 3 8
12 work 28
1 6 7 . Wh at is th e positi on of ‘war’ in t h e Step ‘VII’ ?
Step V %requ i red 28 presen ce 3 7 m ore 42 good 6 3 for
(1) Seven th from t h e left en d
70 12 work
(2) Ei gh t h from th e r igh t en d
Step VI %work 12 requ ir ed 28 presen ce 3 7 m ore 42 good
63 for 70 (3) Fi fth fr om t h e left en d
An d Step VI is th e last step of th e r ear ran gem en t (4) Fi fth from t h e righ t en d
as th e d esir ed arr an gem en t is obtain ed. (5) Si xth fr om t h e left en d
As per ru les followed in th e ab ove steps, fi n d ou t in 1 6 8 . Wh ich of th e followin g is th e n in th fr om th e righ t in
each of t h e qu esti on s th e ap prop riate step for t h e Step VI ?
gi ven in pu t. (1 ) r ace (2) 2 5 (3) war
I n pu r fo r t h e qu est i on s : (4) 5 8 (5) 1 5
m on ey 48 24 18 wan ted for i n vestm en t 65 90 1 6 9 . Wh at is t h e position of ‘15’ in th e St ep ‘IX’ ?
lock cred it 32 (1) Seven th from t h e left en d
1 6 2 . Wh ich step n u m b er is t h e fol lowin g ou t pu t ? (2) Ei gh t h fr om th e left en d
lock 32 i n vestm en t 48 for 65 credit 90 m on ey 24 (3) Fi fth from t h e righ t en d
18 wan t ed (4) Seven th from th e r igh t en d
(1 ) Step II (2 ) Step III (3 ) Step IV (5) Ei gh t h from th e r igh t en d
(4 ) Step V (5 ) Th er e i s n o su ch st ep 1 7 0 . How m an y St eps are requ i red to com plete th i s ar -
1 6 3 . Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou l d b e fou rt h from th e left r an gem en t ?
in step IV ? (1 ) El even (2) Twel ve (3) Ten
(1) for (2 ) 48 (3) 65 (4) Nin e (5) Non e of th ese
(4 ) 32 (5) cr ed i t 1 7 1 . Wh ich of th e followin g represen ts th e Step X ?
1 6 4 . Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou ld b e secon d to th e righ t (1) 88 73 58 38 25 war 15 race t ak e class h eap ju st
of th e fifth el em en t fr om t h e left in st ep V ? (2) 88 73 58 38 25 15 class h eap ju st r ace tak e war
(1) for (2) 6 5 (3) 4 8 (3) 88 73 58 38 25 15 war class h eap ju st race tak e
(4) i n vest m en t (5) 3 2 (4) 88 73 58 38 25 15 war tak e class h eap ju st race
1 6 5 . H ow m an y el em en t s (wor d s/ n u m b er s) ar e t h er e (5) Th ere is n o su ch St ep
between “for” an d “1 8” i n step III ? Di r ec t i o n s (1 7 2 –1 7 7 ) : Stu d y th e foll owi n g i n for -
(1) Fou r (2 ) Th r ee (3 ) Six m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below :
(4 ) Seven (5 ) Fi ve (I DBI Ban k Of f i cer Ex am , 22. 08. 201 4)
1 6 6 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g rep resen t s th e p osit ion of Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach i n e is
“cred it” in st ep V? gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it arr an ges
(1) Th ird fr om t h e righ t (2 ) Fift h fr om th e left th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l-
(3 ) Sixt h fr om th e left (4 ) Fou r th from t h e righ t l u st rati on of in p u t an d r ear ran gem en t : (All th e n u m -
(5) Si xth fr om t h e righ t bers are two d igi t n u m b ers).
INPUR-OUTPUT
In p u t : n i ce 54 vi de ru n 11 wh y 9 7 68 ai m 37 A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
gu n 81 given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
Step I : wh y n ice 54 vide r u n 97 6 8 aim 37 gu n th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
81 11 in g i s an il lu stration of i n pu t an d vari ou s st eps of rear -
Step II : vid e wh y n i ce 54 r u n 97 6 8 aim gu n 81 ran gem en t. (All th e n u m b ers ar e t wo digi t n u m b ers).
11 37 In p u t %sou r bu r den m ade n ew 13 25 38 poi n t 67 98
Step III : ru n vi de wh y n ice 9 7 6 8 ai m gu n 8 1 1 1 37 50 weak t o fin d 44 83
54 Step I : bu rden sou r m ade n ew 25 38 poi n t 67 50 to
Step IV : n ice r u n vi de wh y 97 aim gu n 81 1 1 3 7 54 fi n d 4 4 8 3 weak 98
68 Step II : 13 25 bu r den fi n d sou r m ade n ew 38 poi n t 67
Step V : gu n n i ce ru n vide wh y 97 ai m 1 1 3 7 54 50 44 to weak 83 98
68 81 Step III : 13 25 38 bu rden fin d m ad e n ew poi n t 50 44
Step VI : aim gu n n ice ru n vide wh y 11 37 5 4 68 sou r t o weak 67 83 98
81 97 Step IV : 13 25 38 44 bu r den fin d m ade n ew p oin t sou r
to weak 50 67 8 3 98
St ep VI is t h e last step of th e ab ove ar ran gem en t as
th e i n ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed. An d Step IV is th e last step of th e r earr an gem en t
as th e d esir ed arr an gem en t is obtain ed.
ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate As per ru les followed in th e ab ove steps, fi n d ou t in
st eps for t h e given i n pu t. each of t h e qu esti on s th e ap prop riate step for t h e
gi ven in pu t.
In p u t : 63 4 5 fog 13 8 8 can i n k 76 51 you h an g
27 ai r en d In p u t : water is requ i red 12 41 65 for all 27 33 89 to
75 90 su r vive li fe
1 7 2 . H ow m an y st ep s ar e r equ i r ed t o com p l et e t h i s
1 7 8 . Wh ich word/ n u m b er wou ld be fou rth to th e left of
ar ran gem en t ?
th e seven th elem en t from th e ri gh t in th e St ep III ?
(1 ) VI (2) VII (3) V
(1) r equ i red (2) i s (3) 4 1
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (5) Non e of th ese
(4) 6 5 (5) for
1 7 3 . H ow m an y el em en t s (wor d s/ n u m b er s) ar e t h er e
between ‘in k ’ an d ‘45 ’ as th ey app ear in th e St ep
between ‘all ’ an d ‘65’ as th ey appear in Step IV ?
V?
(1) Si x (2) Eigh t (3) Fi ve
(1) Eigh t (2) Fi ve (3) Si x
(4) Seven (5) Fou r
(4) Fou r (5) Seven
1 8 0 . At wh ich of th e followin g p osi tion ‘requ ired’ wou ld
1 7 4 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er wou ld be th e followin g ou tpu t ? ap pear from th e r igh t in th e Step II ?
fog h an g in k you 6 3 8 8 can 7 6 air en d 13 27 45 51 (1) El even t h (2) Ten t h (3) Nin t h
(1) V (2) VI (3) IV (4) Ei gh t h (5) Seven t h
(4) III (5) Non e of th ese 1 8 1 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g rep resen t s th e p osit ion of
1 7 5 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th i rd to th e righ t of ‘for’ in th e Step I ?
fi fth from t h e left en d i n Step III ? (1) Si xth from left (2) Ni n th fr om righ t
(1) 7 6 (2) 5 1 (3) can (3) Seven th from left (4) El even th fr om righ t
(4) 8 8 (5) ai r (5) Ei gh t h from left
1 7 6 . Wh at wil l b e th e p osi tion of ‘can ’ in Step II ? Di r ec t i o n s (1 8 2 –1 8 7 ) : Stu d y th e foll owi n g i n for -
(1) Ei gh t h from left (2) Seven t h from righ t m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below :
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I V, 18. 10. 201 4)
(3) Si xth fr om righ t (4) Seven th from left
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach i n e is
(5) Ni n th fr om righ t
gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it arr an ges
1 7 7 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be Step V ? th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l-
(1) h an g fog en d you i n k 76 can 88 ai r 1 3 27 l u st rati on of in p u t an d r ear ran gem en t : (All th e n u m -
45 5 1 63 bers are two d igi t n u m b ers).
(2) en d fog 88 can 76 h an g in k you 13 27 air In p u t : bik e 51 ride 37 11 du k e 58 damp line 75 tent 84
45 5 1 63 Step I : 84 51 ri de 3 7 1 1 d u k e 58 dam p lin e 75 ten t
(3) en d fog h an g in k you 88 can 76 ai r 1 3 27 b ik e
45 5 1 63 Step II : 75 84 51 rid e 3 7 1 1 d u k e 58 li n e t en t bi k e
(4) en d fog 51 6 3 h an g i n k 88 you 76 can air d am p
13 2 7 45 Step III : 58 75 84 51 rid e 3 7 1 1 l in e ten t b ik e dam p
(5) Th ere is n o su ch st ep duk e
Step IV : 51 58 75 84 rid e 3 7 1 1 t en t bi k e d am p du k e
Di r ect i on s (1 7 8 -1 8 1 ) : St u d y th e fol lowin g in for -
l in e
m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below :
Step V : 37 51 58 75 84 11 ten t b ik e dam p d u k e li n e
(SI DBI Of f i cer Ex am , 0 3. 09. 201 4)
r id e
INPUR-OUTPUT
Step VI : 11 37 51 58 75 84 bik e d am p du k e l in e ri de Step 6 V % 56 47 32 28 12 talk 9 9 7 5 wise at be h i gh
t en t jok e ri se
St ep VI is t h e last step of th e ab ove ar ran gem en t as Step 6 VI % 75 56 47 32 28 12 99 wise at b e h igh jok e
th e i n ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed. ri se talk
As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d Step 6 VII % 99 75 56 47 32 28 12 at b e h igh jok e rise talk
ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate wi se
st eps for t h e given i n pu t. Step 6 VII i s th e l ast step of t h e above r ear ran gem en t
In p u t : fi n d 64 b elt 28 54 lam p 1 7 give flat 6 9 real 95 as th e d esir ed arr an gem en t is obtain ed.
1 8 2 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou l d b e th e Step III ? As per t h e ru l es fol lowed i n t h e given steps, fi n d
(1) 54 64 69 95 28 lam p 17 real belt fi n d flat gi ve ou t t h e appr opr iat e steps for t h e given i n pu t.
(2) 69 95 64 28 58 lam p 17 gi ve flat real belt fi n d In p u t % 83 why sat 14 32 n o be ink feet 50 27 vain 67 92
(3) 64 69 95 28 54 lam p 17 gi ve real belt fin d fl at 1 8 8 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er is th e followin g ou tpu t?
(4) 54 64 69 95 28 give lam p 17 real fl at fin d belt 32 27 14 83 wh y sat n o 5 0 vain 67 92 be feet
(5) Non e of th ese in k
1 8 3 . Wh at wil l b e th e p osi tion of t h e ‘lam p’ in th e St ep (1) Step 6 V (2) Step 6 VI (3) Step 6 IV
IV ?
(4 ) Step 6 I
(1) Si xth fr om t h e left en d
(5) Oth er th an th ose given as option s
(2) Seven th from t h e left en d
1 8 9 . Wh ich word/ n u m ber wou ld be at fifth position from
(3) Fi fth from t h e righ t en d
th e righ t in Step V?
(4) Si xth fr om t h e left en d
(1) 1 4 (2) 9 2 (3) feet
(5) Fi fth fr om t h e left en d
(4) b e (5) sat
between “28” an d “69” as th ey ap pear i n t h e Step I ? 1 9 0 . How m an y elem en ts (words or n u m ber s) are th ere
between ‘feet’ an d ‘32 ’ as t h ey app ear i n t h e last
(1 ) Si x (2) Seven (3) Fou r
st ep of th e ou tpu t?
(4) Fi ve (5) Th r ee
(1) On e (2 ) Th ree (3) Fou r
1 8 5 . At wh ich of th e followin g p osi tion “real ” wou l d ap-
pear from t h e righ t i n t h e Step V ? (4) Five (5) Two
(1) Seven t h (2) Six t h (3) Fift h 1 9 1 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g rep resen t s th e p osit ion of
(4) Fou r t h (5) Non e of th ese ‘wh y’ in th e fou r th step?
1 8 6 . Wh ich wor d/ n u m ber wou l d b e th e secon d to t h e (1) Eigh th from th e left (2 ) Fifth from th e righ t
left of th e fifth elem en t fr om th e ri gh t in th e St ep (3) Sixth from th e left (4) Fifth from th e left
III ? (5) Sixth from th e righ t
(1) 5 4 (2) 1 7 (3) give Di r ect i on s (1 9 2 –1 9 5 ) : Stu dy th e followin g in for m a-
(4) 2 8 (5) l am p tion carefu lly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below :
1 8 7 . Wh ich Step n u m ber wou ld be t h e foll owi n g ou tpu t ? (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer (M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.02.2016)
28 54 64 69 95 17 r eal belt fin d fl at give lam p Wh en a word an d n u m ber arragem en t m ach in e is giv-
(1) St ep V (2) St ep IV (3) St ep III en an in pu t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it arran ges th em
(4) St ep II (5) St ep VI followin g a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an illu stration
of in pu t an d rearran gem en t.
Di r ect i on s6 (1 8 8 -1 9 1 ) : St u dy th e followin g i n for -
m ation carefu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below : (All th e n u m bers are two digit n u m bers)
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V M ai n Ex am . 31.10.2015) I n pu t % 23 k in etic am ou n t 64 n atu re 71 58 opiu m ver -
dict 96 elderly 15
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach i n e is
gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m b ers, i t rearr an ges Step 6 I : opiu m 23 k in etic am ou n t 64 n atu re 71 verdict
th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow- 96 elderly 15 58
in g is an il lu st rati on of in p u t an d r earr an gem en t . (All Step 6 II : elderly opiu m 23 k in etic amou n t n atu re 71 ver -
th e n u m bers are two di git n u m ber s) dict 96 15 58 64
In p u t % talk 47 12 r ise at 99 75 32 wi se j ok e h i gh 28 Step 6 III : am ou n t eld er ly opi u m 2 3 k i n eti c n atu re 7 1
56 be verdict 15 58 84 96
Step 6 I % 12 talk 47 r ise 99 75 32 wi se jok e h i gh 28 56 Step 6 IV : 15 am ou n t elderly opiu m 23 k in etic n atu re 71
be at 58 64 96 verdict
Step 6 II % 28 12 talk 4 7 r ise 99 75 32 wi se j ok e h i gh 56 Step 6 V : 23 15 am ou n t elderly opiu m k in etic 71 58 64
at be 96 verdict n atu re
Step 6 III % 32 28 12 tal k 4 7 r ise 99 75 wise j ok e 56 at be Step 6 VI : 71 23 15 am ou n t elderly opiu m 58 84 96 ver -
h igh dict n atu re k in etic
Step 6 IV % 47 32 28 12 tal k r ise 99 75 wise 5 6 at be h i gh Step VI is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as th e
j ok e in ten ded arran gem en t is obtain ed.
INPUR-OUTPUT
As per th e ru les followed in th e given steps, fin d ou t th e 1 9 6 . If in th e step II, ‘absorb’ in terch an ges its position
appropriate steps for th e given in pu t. with ‘86’an d ‘39’also in terch an ges its position with
In pu t 6 %
6 adverb 59 36 salien t 81 idiom s bak ery 14 lau n ch ‘vaccin e’ th en wh ich elem en t will be seven th to th e
47 u m pire 62 left of ‘25’?
1 9 2 . Wh ich elem en ts com e exactly between ‘59’an d ‘bak - (1) 39 (2) ab sorb (3) 86
ery’in Step II of th e given in pu t? (4) 64 (5) vaccin e
(1) On ly ‘lau n ch ’ 1 9 7 . Wh ich of th e followin g com bin ation s represen ts th e
(2) On ly ‘62’ first two an d th e last two elem en ts in th e step IV of
(3) On ly ‘idiom s’ th e given in pu t ?
(4) Both ‘81’ an d ‘salien t’ (1) earlier, 86, vaccin e, 71
(5) Both ‘adverb’ an d ‘36’ (2) 39, absorb, earlier, 12
1 9 3 . Wh ich of th e followin g com bin ation s represen ts th e (3) offen se, 25, 12, absorb
first two an d th e last elem en ts of th e Step VI of th e (4) 25, m align , garage, 86
given in pu t?
(5) 71, offen se, garage, 12
(1) 81, 59, lau n ch , bak ery
1 9 8 . In wh ich step are th e elem en ts ‘absorb 86 25 vac-
(2) 81, 62, salien t, lau n ch cin e’fou n d in th e sam e order ?
(3) 50, 47, bak ery, salien t (1) Th i rd (2) Fi ft h
(4) 62, 14, idiom s, u m pire
(3) Fou r th (4) Six th
(5) 62, 81, u m pire, lau n ch
(5) Th e given order of elem en ts is n ot fou n d in an y
1 9 4 . If in th e Step III, ‘idiom s’ in terch an ges its position
step
with ‘81’an d ‘salien t’ also in terch an ges its position
with ‘14’th en wh ich elem en t will be th ird to th e left 1 9 9 . Wh ich elem en ts com e exactly between ‘25’an d ‘m a-
of ‘47’? lign ’in step III of th e given in pu t ?
(1) 14 (2) salien t (3) idi om s (1) Both ‘64’an d ‘vaccin e’
(4) 81 (5) ad verb (2) On ly ‘39’
1 9 5 . In wh ich step are th e elem en ts ‘bak ery lau n ch 47 (3) Both ‘86’ an d ‘earlier’
14’ fou n d in th e sam e order? (4) On ly ‘garage’
(1) Six th (2) Th i rd (3) Fou r th (5) On ly ‘offen se’
(4) Th e given order of elem en ts is n ot fou n d in an y 2 0 0 . Wh ich elem en t is th ird to th e left of th e on e wh ich is
step seven th from th e left en d in Step VI of th e given in -
(5) Fi ft h pu t ?
Di r ect i on s6 (1 9 6 –2 0 0 ) : Stu dy th e followin g in for m a- (1) earli er (2) 71 (3) m al ign
tion carefu ly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below : (4) offen se (5) 25
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer (I T) CWE 14.02.2016)
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is SBI PO EXAMS
given an in pu t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it rearran ges
th em followin g a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an illu s- Di r ect i o n s (1 –5 ) : St u d y th e foll owin g in for m at ion
tration of in pu t an d r earran gem en t : carefu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
(All th e n u m bers are two-digit n u m bers.) (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO Ex am . 1 6. 07. 200 0)
In p u t % baffled 46 iceberg 19 n ation u n real 75 28 k id- A word arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en gi ven an i n p u t
n ey 63 aban don 94 li n e of word s r ear ran ges it in every step foll owin g a cer -
Step 6 I : aban don baffled 46 iceberg 19 u n real 75 28 tain ru le. Foll owi n g is an i llu str ation of an i n pu t li n e of
k idn ey 63 94 n ation words an d vari ou s steps of rearran gem en t:
Step 6 II : iceberg aban don baffl ed 49 19 u n real 75 28 I n pu t : gon e are tak e en ou gh brou gh t st ati on
63 94 n ation k idn ey St ep I : t ak e gon e are en ou gh brou gh t st ati on
Step 6 III : u n real iceberg ab an d on 46 19 7 5 2 8 6 3 94 St ep I I : t ak e are gon e en ou gh brou gh t st ati on
n ation k idn ey baffled
St ep I I I : t ak e are st ati on gon e en ou gh br ou gh t
Step 6 IV : 75 u n real iceberg aban don 46 19 63 94 n ation
St ep I V : t ak e are st ati on b rou gh t gon e en ou gh
k idn ey baffled 28
An d, Step IV is th e l ast st ep for th is in pu t. Now fi n d
Step 6 V : 63 75 u n real iceberg aban don 19 94 n at ion
ou t appr opri ate st ep in each of th e foll owi n g qu estion s
k idn ey baffled 28 46
followin g t h e above ru l e.
Step 6 VI : 19 63 75 u n real iceberg aban don n ation k id-
n ey baffled 28 46 94 1 . I n pu t : car on star qu ick dem an d fat.
Step VI is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as th e Wh at will be th e t h ird st ep for th is i n pu t?
in ten ded arran gem en t is obtain ed. (1 ) star car qu ick dem an d on fat
As per th e ru les followed in th e given steps, fin d ou t th e (2 ) star qu ick car dem an d on fat
appropriate steps for th e given in pu t. (3 ) star car d em an d qu ick on fat
In pu t : offen se 71 vaccin e 12 39 garage absorb 86 earli- (4 ) star car qu ick on dem an d fat
er 25 m align 64 (5 ) Non e of th ese
INPUR-OUTPUT
2 . If St ep III is ‘u l tra barrack save en ou gh p arty lyin g”. 8 . H ow m an y step s wi ll be requ i r ed to get th e fi n al
wh ich of th e followin g wou l d b e th e In pu t? ou tpu t from th e followin g i n pu t?
(1) u l tra en ou gh party save b arr ack lyi n g I n pu t :
(2) u l tra bar rack en ou gh p art y save lyi n g 39 88 16 2 45 0 3 86 72 29
(3) u l tra en ou gh barrack save party lyi n g (1 ) Two (2) Th r ee (3 ) Fou r
(4) en ou gh u l tra barrack save party lyi n g (4) Si x (5 ) Non e of th ese
(5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed 9 . Wh at sh ou ld be th e last step of th e foll owin g i n pu t?
3 . It St ep IV of i n pu t i s ‘violet for sou r h ei gh t jou r n ey I n pu t :
m ed iu m ’. 15 8 2 79 348 28 32 6 2 36
wh ich of th e followin g wou l d b e Step II of th at i n pu t? (1 ) 3 48 28 326 158 27 9 2 36
(1) viol et jou r n ey h eigh t for sou r m edi u m (2 ) 3 48 28 326 236 15 8 2 79
(2) vi olet for sou r jou r n ey h eigh t m edi u m (3 ) 3 48 28 326 158 27 9 3 26
(3) vi olet for j ou r n ey h ei gh t sou r m edi u m (4 ) 3 48 28 158 326 23 6 2 79
(4) vi olet for sou r h ei gh t jou r n ey m edi u m (5 ) Non e of th ese
(5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed 1 0 . If th e first st ep of an in pu t i s “785 19 8 32 42 6 3 73
4 . If St ep III of an in p u t is ‘warden exam i n at ion town 9 6 49 ”, th en wh ich of th e fol lowin g steps wi ll b e
in k gard en rest ore’. Wh at step wou ld be ‘warden i n k “7 85 32 4 26 49 198 373 96 ”?
town gard en restor e exam i n at ion ’? (1 ) Th i rd (2) Fou r t h (3 ) Fifth
(1) I (2) II (3 ) IV (4) Secon d (5 ) Non e of th ese
(4) V (5 ) Non e of th ese 1 1 . Below is gi ven th e secon d step of an in p u t. Wh at
4 . I n pu t : i n k h u rr y yet for th e victor y. wi ll be i ts fou rth step?
Wh ich of th e followin g will be th e l ast step of t h e St ep I I :
ab ove in pu t? 29 8 12 12 8 3 6 21 2 1 85
(1 ) IIIrd (2) IVt h (3 ) Vth (1 ) 2 98 12 212 12 8 3 6 1 85
(4) VIt h (5 ) Non e of th ese (2 ) 2 98 12 212 36 12 8 1 85
Di r ec t i o n s (6 –1 2 ) : St u dy th e followin g in for m ati on (3 ) 2 98 12 36 212 12 8 1 85
to an swer th e qu est ion s given below : (4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
(SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 2 0. 08. 200 0) (5 ) Non e of th ese
A n u m ber ar ran gem en t m ach in e wh en given an in p u t 1 2 . Below is given th e th ird step of an i n pu t. Wh at wi ll
of n u m bers, rearran ges t h em fol lowin g a par ticu lar ru le be it s secon d step?
in each step . Th e fol lowi n g is an illu str ati on of in pu t an d St ep I I I :
st eps of rearran gem en t.
38 7 4 2 2 36 1 85 92 64
I n put : 4 8 245 182 26 99 542 378 297
(1 ) 3 87 4 2 1 85 236 92 64
St ep I : 542 4 8 245 182 26 99 378 297
St ep II : 542 2 6 4 8 245 182 99 378 297
(2 ) 3 87 4 2 9 2 1 85 2 36 64
St ep III : 542 2 6 378 48 245 182 99 297 (3 ) 3 87 4 2 1 85 92 2 36 64
St ep IV : 542 2 6 378 48 297 245 182 99 (4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
St ep V : 542 2 6 378 48 297 99 245 182 (5 ) Non e of th ese
Th is is th e fin al arr an gem en t an d step V is th e last Di r ect i on s (1 3 –1 7 ) : Read th e followin g in for m ati on
st ep for th i s i n pu t. carefu ll y an d an swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
6 . Wh at wil l t h e fou r th step for an in p u t wh ose secon d (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 1 1. 02. 200 1)
st ep i s given below : A wor d-n u m b er arr an gem en t m ach i n e wh en gi ven
St ep II : 765 42 183 289 542 65 110 350 an in pu t as set of word -n u m bers rearr an ges th em fol-
(1) 76 5 4 2 5 42 350 183 28 9 6 5 1 10 lowin g a parti cu l ar r u le an d gen erates step wise ou tpu ts
(2) 76 5 4 2 5 42 65 1 10 183 28 9 3 50 ti ll th e rearran gem en t i s com pl ete followin g th at ru l e.
(3) 76 5 4 2 5 42 65 1 83 289 11 0 3 50 Followin g i s an il lu stration of i n pu t an d step s of r e-
ar ran gem en t till th e l ast step.
(4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
I nput : pou r ask 57 dear 39 fi gh t 17 28
St ep I : ask pou r 57 dear 39 fi gh t 17 28
7 . Wh at sh ou ld b e t h e t h ir d st ep of th e fol lowi n g in pu t?
St ep I I : ask 57 pou r dear 39 fi gh t 17 28
I n pu t :
St ep I I I : ask 57 dear pou r 39 fi gh t 17 28
23 9 123 5 8 3 61 49 5 37
St ep I V : ask 57 dear 39 p ou r fi gh t 17 28
(1 ) 4 95 37 361 12 3 2 39 58
St ep V : ask 57 dear 39 figh t p ou r 17 28
(2 ) 4 95 37 58 361 12 3 2 39
St ep VI : ask 57 dear 39 figh t 2 8 pou r 17
(3 ) 4 95 37 58 123 36 1 2 39
an d St ep VI is t h e last ou tpu t.
(4 ) 4 95 37 361 23 9 1 23 58
As per t h e r u le followed in th e ab ove st eps fin d ou t
th e an swer to each of th e foll owi n g qu estion s :z
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 3 . It St ep II of an i n pu t is “cu t 9 7 3 8 en d for 29 46 1 9 . If th e p ass cod e for th e bat ch at 1.0 0 p .m . on a d ay
down ”, wh ich of th e foll owin g will be th e last step? was ‘back go h ere people wh o settl e wan t to’.
(1) V (2 ) IV (3 ) VI Wh at was th e pass cod e for bat ch at 3 .00 p.m . on
(4 ) VII (5 ) Non e of th ese th at day ?
1 4 . If th e IVth step of an i n pu t i s “ago 85 eli te 79 exi le (1) back go h er e p eop le t o wan t settl e wh o
fat 2 6 41 ” wh ich of th e foll owi n g will defin itel y t h e (2) back go h er e p eop le sett le wh o wan t to
IIn d step of ou tpu t of th e i n pu t? (3 ) b ack go h er e p eop le set tle to wan t wh o
(1 ) ago 85 79 elit e fat 41 26 exi le (4 ) can n ot b e d eter m in ed
(2 ) ago 8 5 exil e el ite 41 26 fat 79 (5 ) n on e of th ese
(3 ) ago 8 5 2 6 exile 41 el ite 79 fat 2 0 . Wh at wi ll b e th e p ass code for t h e batch at 3 .0 0
(4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed p .m . if in p u t i s ‘fou r of th e fol lowi n g five for m a
(5 ) Non e of th ese gr ou p’?
1 5 . If th e Ist step of an in pu t is “car 17 vas tiger 92 87 (1) a five followin g for m gr ou p th e of fou r
li k e 52” wh ich of th e followin g will be th e IVth step? (2) a five followin g for m fou r grou p t h e of
(1 ) car 9 2 l ik e 87 ti ger 52 17 vas (3) a five followin g for m fou r of t h e grou p
(2 ) car 9 2 l ik e 87 17 vas tiger 52 (4) a five followin g for m fou r grou p of t h e
(3 ) car 9 2 l ik e 87 ti ger 17 vas 52 (5) n on e of th ese
(4 ) car 9 2 l ik e 17 vas ti ger 87 52 Di r ect i on s (2 1 –2 3 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
ti on to an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
(SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO Ex am . 0 7. 08. 201 1)
1 6 . I n pu t :
A wor d an d n u m b er arran gem en t m ach i n e wh en gi v-
zeal for 49 31 h igh 22 track 12 en an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m bers rearran ges th em
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be th e IIIrd step? followin g a par ticu lar r u le in each step . Th e foll owi n g is
(1 ) for 49 h igh 31 tr ack 22 zeal 12 an il lu stration of in pu t an d r ear ran gem en t. (All th e n u m -
(2 ) for 49 h igh 31 zeal 22 track 12 ber s ar e two digi ts n u m ber s an d are arr an ged as p er som e
(3 ) for 49 h igh zeal 31 22 track 12 logic based on th e val u e of th e n u m ber.)
(4 ) for 49 h igh 31 tr ack zeal 22 12 I n p u t : wi n 5 6 3 2 9 3 bat for 46 h im 28 1 1 give ch an ce
(5 ) Non e of th ese St ep I : 93 56 32 bat for 4 6 h im 2 8 1 1 give ch an ce win
1 7 . I n pu t : St ep I I : 11 93 56 32 bat for 4 6 2 8 give ch an ce wi n h im
19 feat 34 28 d og bag tak e 43 St ep I I I : 56 1 1 9 3 3 2 b at for 46 28 ch an ce win h im gi ve
Wh ich of th e followin g st eps wou ld be “bag 4 3 d og St ep I V : 28 56 11 93 32 bat 46 ch an ce win h im give for
19 feat 34 2 8 t ak e”? St ep V : 46 28 56 11 93 32 bat wi n h im give for ch an ce
(1 ) IIn d (2 ) IVth St ep VI : 32 46 28 56 11 93 win h i m give for ch an ce b at
(3 ) Ist an d Step VI is th e last Step of th e ar ran gem en t of
th e above in pu t as th e in ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed.
(4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
As per t h e ru les followed in th e above steps, fi n d
Di r ec t i o n s (1 8 –2 0 ) : Gi ven an in p u t, a m ach in e gen - st eps for t h e given i n pu t,
er at es p ass cod es for th e si x bat ch es each d ay as fol-
In pu t for t h e qu esti on s :
l ows :
I n pu t : fu n 8 9 at t h e 2 8 1 6 base cam p 3 5 5 3
(SBI PO Ex am . 0 9.0 1. 200 5)
h er e 6 8
I n pu t : th ese icon s wer e t ak en ou t from th e sea.
(All th e n u m ber s given in th e arran gem en t ar e t wo
Pass Codes : di git n u m bers.)
Bat ch I : fr om sea th e ou t t ak en were icon s th ese 2 1 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou l d b e th e Step II ?
Bat ch I I : for m icon s t h ese were tak en ou t th e sea (1) 89 fu n at 2 8 16 base cam p 35 53 h er e 6 8 t h e
Bat ch I I I : fr om icon s ou t sea th e t ak en were th ese (2) 35 53 28 68 1 6 8 9 t h e h ere fu n cam p base at
Bat ch I V : fr om icon s ou t sea th ese wer e t ak en th e, (3) 16 89 at fu n 28 cam p b ase 35 53 68 th e h ere
an d so on . (4) 53 28 68 16 89 35 t h e h er e fu n cam p base at
Fi rst batch starts at 10 .00 a.m . an d each b atch i s for (5) Non e of th ese
on e h ou r. Th ere is a rest p eriod of on e h ou r after th e en d 2 2 . Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou l d b e at 7t h p osi tion fr om
of th e fou rt h b atch . th e left in Step IV ?
1 8 . Th e p ass cod e for th e fir st bat ch on a day was ‘h e so (1) b ase (2) at (3) 3 5
u sed to sel l t h e su rp lu s it em s’.
(4 ) t h e (5) 5 3
Wh at was th e in p u t on th at day ?
2 3 . Wh ich step n u m b er wou ld b e t h e fol lowin g ou t pu t ?
(1) h e it em s su r plu s t h e sel l to u sed so
53 28 68 16 89 at 35 t h e h er e fu n cam p base
(2) so u sed to sell th e su rp lu s item s h e
(1) Th ere wil l b e n o su ch st ep
(3) it em s su rplu s t h e sel l t o u sed so h e (2) Ill (3) II
(4) can n ot b e d eter m in ed (4) V (5) IV
(5) n on e of th ese
INPUR-OUTPUT
Di r ec t i o n s (2 4 –2 8 ) : St u dy th e gi ven in for m ati on Di r ect i on s (2 9 –3 5 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
an d an swer t h e fol lowin g qu esti on s : ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below :
(SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer Ex am 28. 04. 201 3) (SBI Speci al i st Of f i cer (Law Of f i c er : M M GS Scal e-I I )
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach i n e is On l i n e Ex am , 19. 04. 201 4)
gi ven an in pu t lin e of word s an d n u m ber s,, it arr an ges A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l- given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
l u str at ion of i n p u t an d r earr an gem en t : (Al l t h e n u m - th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
ber s ar e t wo di gi t n u m ber s) in g i s an il lu stration of i n pu t an d vari ou s st eps of rear -
I nput : 4 0 m ade bu t t er 2 3 3 7 coo k i es sal t ex t r a 5 2 ran gem en t. (All th e n u m b ers ar e t wo digi t n u m b ers).
8 6 9 2 fel l n ow 1 9 I n pu t : scr een 31 awar d 93 bl in d 57 t r oop 19
St ep I : bu tter 1 9 40 m ad e 2 3 3 7 cook ies salt ext ra St ep I : 93 scr een 31 awar d bl in d 57 t r oop 19
52 86 92 fel l n ow St ep II : 93 awar d scr een 31 bl in d 57 t r oop 19
St ep II : cook i es 23 bu tt er 1 9 4 0 m ade 37 salt ext ra St ep III : 93 awar d 57 scr een 31 bl in d t r oop 19
52 86 92 fel l n ow St ep IV : 93 awar d 57 bl in d scr een 31 t r oop 19
St ep III : ext ra 3 7 cook ies 23 bu t ter 19 40 m ade salt St ep V : 93 awar d 57 blin d 31 scr een tr oop 19
52 86 92 fel l n ow St ep VI : 93 awar d 57 bl in d 31 scr een 19 t r oop
St ep IV : fel l 40 ex tra 37 cook ies 2 3 bu tter 19 m ade salt An d Step VI is th e last step of th e r earr an gem en t
52 86 92 n ow as th e d esir ed arr an gem en t is obtain ed.
St ep V : m ad e 52 fell 40 ext ra 3 7 cook ies 23 bu t ter 19 As per ru les followed in th e ab ove steps, fi n d ou t in
salt 86 9 2 n ow each of t h e qu esti on s th e ap prop riate step for t h e
St ep VI : n ow 86 m ade 52 fel l 40 ex tra 37 cook i es 23 gi ven in pu t.
bu tter 19 salt 92 I n pu t : vit al 5 4 car d s 7 2 h el p 2 4 wal l 6 6 l am p 4 9
St ep VII : sal t 92 n ow 8 6 m ade 52 fel l 40 ex tra 37 cook - 2 9 . How m an y st eps wou ld be requ ir ed to com p let e t h e
ies 2 3 b u tt er 19 rearr an gem en t ?
St ep VII is th e last step of th e ab ove ar ran gem en t (1 ) Eigh t (2 ) Six (3 ) Seven
as th e in ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed. (4 ) Ni n e (5 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
As per t h e ru l es fol lowed i n t h e given steps, fi n d 3 0 . H ow m an y el em en t s (wor d s/ n u m b er s) ar e t h er e
ou t t h e appr opr iat e steps for t h e given i n pu t. between “lam p” an d “66 ” as t h ey app ear in Step V ?
I nput : 3 2 pr ou d gi r l beau t i fu l 4 8 5 5 9 7 r i c h f am i l y (1 ) Fi ve (2 ) Six (3) Fou r
6 1 7 2 1 7 n i c e l i fe (4 ) Seven (5) Th r ee
2 4 . How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e 3 1 . Wh ich step n u m b er is t h e fol lowin g ou t pu t ?
gi ven in pu t ? 72 cards 66 h elp 54 l am p vi tal 24 wall 49
(1 ) Fi ve (2) Si x (3) Seven (1) Step III (2) Step IV (3) Step V
(4) Eigh t (5) Nin e (4) Step VI (5) Th ere is n o su ch st ep
2 5 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s th e t h ir d elem en t from t h e 3 2 . Wh i ch wor d / n u m b er wou l d b e t o t h e i m m ed i at e
left en d of step VI ? r igh t of th e fou r th el em en t fr om th e r igh t en d i n
(1) beau ti fu l (2) l ife (3) 6 1 St ep III ?
(4) n i ce (5) 1 7 (1) h el p (2 ) wall (3 ) 24
2 6 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s step III of th e given i n - (4 ) lam p (5 ) 54
put ? 3 3 . In th e fi n al step “6 6” is rel ated t o “l am p” an d “7 2” is
(1) pr ou d 72 gir l 48 fam ily 32 beau ti fu l 17 55 97 related to “h el p” in a cer tain way, th en “cards” is
ri ch 61 n ice li fe relat ed to
(2) li fe 55 girl 48 fam ily 32 beau ti fu l 17 prou d 97 (1) vi tal (2 ) 66 (3 ) 49
ri ch 6 1 7 2 n i ce (4 ) wall (5) 5 4
(3) gi rl 48 fam i ly 32 b eau tifu l 17 p rou d 5 5 97 ri ch 3 4 . At wh at position of “wal l” wou ld com e fr om th e left
61 7 2 n ice li fe en d in th e Step V?
(4) fam il y 32 beau t ifu l 17 pr ou d gir l 4 8 5 5 97 ri ch (1) Nin t h (2 ) Eigh th (3) Six t h
61 7 2 n ice li fe
(4 ) Seven th (5) Fift h
(5) gi rl 48 l ife 55 fam ily 32 beau ti fu l 17 prou d 97
3 5 . Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou l d b e at th e seven th posi-
ri ch 6 1 7 2 n i ce
ti on from th e r igh t en d in t h e Step VI ?
2 7 . Wh at is th e positi on of “n i ce” fr om th e left en d in
(1) 5 4 (2 ) lam p (3 ) car ds
th e fi n al step?
(4 ) h elp (5) 6 6
(1 ) Fift h (2) Six t h (3) Seven t h
Di r ect i on s (3 6 –4 2 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
(4) Ei gh t h (5) Nin t h
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below :
2 8 . Wh ich el em en t i s t h ir d t o th e r igh t of ‘fam ily’in St ep (SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i c er On l i n e Ex am , 21. 06. 201 4)
V?
(1) beau ti fu l (2) 1 7 (3) pr ou d given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
(4) 9 7 (5) 3 2
INPUR-OUTPUT
th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow- In p u t : jar eigh t til l 31 68 73 i f aft er 98 16 2 5 on
in g i s an il lu stration of i n pu t an d vari ou s st eps of rear - St ep I : after j ar eigh t ti ll 31 68 7 3 if 98 25 on 16
ran gem en t. (All th e n u m b ers ar e t wo digi t n u m b ers). St ep II : after eigh t j ar ti ll 31 68 7 3 if 98 on 2 5 16
Input : sweet 46 n ice 36 fr ien d 26 h elp 96 br igh t 76 k in d 66 St ep III : after eigh t i f jar t ill 6 8 7 3 98 on 31 2 5 16
St ep I : sweet 46 n ice 36 fr ien d 26 h elp br igh t 76 k in d 66 96
St ep II : sweet n ice 46 36 fr ien d 26 h elp br igh t k in d 66 76 96
St ep IV : after eigh t i f jar on til l 7 3 98 68 31 2 5 16
St ep I II : sweet n ice k in d 46 36 fr ien d 26 h elp br igh t 66 76 96 St ep V : after eigh t i f jar on til l 9 8 73 68 31 2 5 16
St ep IV : sweet n ice k in d h elp 36 fr ien d 26 br igh t 46 66 76 96 St ep V i s t h e l ast st ep of th e ab ove arr an gem en t as
St ep V : sweet n ice k in d h elp fr ien d 26 br igh t 36 46 66 76 96
th e i n ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed.
St ep VI : sweet n ice k in d h elp fr ien d br igh t 26 36 46 66 76 96
An d Step VI is th e last step of th e r earr an gem en t ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate
as th e d esir ed arr an gem en t is obtain ed. st eps for t h e given i n pu t.
As per ru les followed in th e ab ove steps, fi n d ou t in In p u t : si te grid 19 53 22 call art m ai n 3 5 6 6 fi ll 93
each of t h e qu esti on s th e ap prop riate step for t h e
4 3 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er wou ld be th e followin g ou tpu t ?
gi ven in pu t.
ar t call fil l grid si te m ain 66 93 53 35 22 19
I n pu t : arr ow 9 8 p ai n t 5 8 l am b 3 8 each 7 8 gr eat 1 8
m ost 4 8 r en t 8 8 (1) II (2) III (3) V
3 6 . Wh ich word / n u m b er wou ld be fifth t o t h e l eft of (4) IV (5) Non e of th ese
th e sixth el em en t from th e r igh t in th e St ep V? 4 4 . Wh at will be th e p osi tion of ‘5 3’ in Step IV ?
(1 ) gr eat (2 ) arr ow (3 ) lam b (1) Secon d from th e r igh t en d
(4 ) 38 (5 ) 48 (2) Ei gh t h fr om th e left en d
3 7 . Wh i ch of th e followin g r epresen ts t h e position of “58” (3) Fi fth from t h e righ t en d
in th e St ep IV? (4) Th ird from t h e righ t en d
(1) Ei gh t h from left (2 ) Th ir d fr om righ t (5) Non e of th ese
(3 ) Nin t h from left (4 ) Eleven t h from left 4 5 . Wh ich of th e followin g is fou rt h fr om th e left en d of
(5 ) Fift h fr om righ t St ep III ?
3 8 . H ow m an y el em en t s (wor d s/ n u m b er s) ar e t h er e (1) 5 3 (2) gri d (3) si t e
between “m ost” an d “78” as th ey app ear in th e St ep (4) fi ll (5) Non e of th ese
VI? 4 6 . How m an y st eps are n eed ed to com plete th is ar -
(1 ) Eigh t (2 ) Seven (3 ) Ni n e ran gem en t ?
(4 ) Fi ve (5 ) Fou r (1) V (2) IV (3) VII
3 9 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er is th e followin g ou tpu t? (4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (5) Non e of th ese
ren t pain t m ost ar row 58 lam b 3 8 each great 18 48 4 7 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e fi n al arr an ge-
78 88 98 m en t of th e ab ove in pu t ?
(1) Th ere is n o su ch st ep (1) ar t call fil l grid m ain 9 3 site 66 53 35 22 19
(2) St ep II (3) St ep V (2) ar t call gri d fill m ain site 93 66 53 35 22 19
(4) St ep VI (5) St ep III (3) ar t call fil l grid m ain site 93 66 53 35 22 19
4 0 . Wh ich elem en t (wor d/ n u m ber) wou ld be at t h e elev- (4) ar t call fil l grid m ain site 93 66 53 35 19 22
en th position from th e r igh t i n th e Step III? (5) Non e of th ese
(1) l am b (2 ) arr ow (3 ) 58 4 8 . Wh ich of th e foll owin g wou l d b e Step II ?
(4 ) 38 (5 ) each (1) ar t call sit e grid 53 m ai n 3 5 6 6 fill 93 22 19
4 1 . Wh ich elem en t (wor d/ n u m ber) wou ld be at t h e six th (2) ar t call sit e grid 53 m ai n 3 5 6 6 fill 22 19 93
posit ion fr om th e left i n t h e Step VI? (3) ar t call sit e grid m ain 5 3 3 5 6 6 fill 93 22 19
(1) 1 8 (2 ) arr ow (3 ) great (4) ar t call sit e grid 53 m ai n 3 5 fill 66 93 22 19
(4 ) each (5) 3 8 (5) Non e of th ese
4 2 . At wh i ch of t h e fol lowin g p osi ti on s “great” wou l d 4 9 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou l d b e secon d t o t h e righ t
ap pear from th e left in th e St ep V? of th e seven th from t h e r igh t en d of Step IV ?
(1) Fift h (2 ) Six th (3 ) Fou r th (1) m ai n (2) 6 6 (3) si t e
(4 ) Secon d (5) Th ir d (4) gri d (5) 9 3
Di r ect i on s (4 3 –5 0 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a- 5 0 . H ow m an y el em en t s (wor d s/ n u m b er s) ar e t h er e
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below : between ‘fil l’an d ‘35 ’as t h ey ap pear in th e Step III ?
(SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer On l i n e Ex am , 28. 06. 201 4) (1) Seven (2) Si x (3) Fi ve
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach i n e is (4) Fou r (5) Eigh t
gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it arr an ges D i r e c t i o n s (5 1 –5 5 ) : St u d y t h e f o l l o w i n g
th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l- i n for m at i on carefu l ly an d an swer t h e qu est i on s given
l u st rati on of in p u t an d r ear ran gem en t : (All th e n u m - below :
bers are two d igi t n u m b ers).
(SBI M an agem en t Ex ec ut i v e Ex am , 19. 09. 201 4)
INPUR-OUTPUT
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach i n e is (Al l t h e n u m ber s ar e t wo di gi t n u m ber s)
gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it arr an ges I n pu t : i n it iat ors 32 67 of 40 th e com pan y 2 0 are
th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l- 18 96 h u m b le
l u st rati on of in p u t an d r ear ran gem en t : (All th e n u m - St ep I : 21 i n it iat or s 3 2 67 of 4 0 t h e compan y ar e 96 h u mbl e 18
bers are two d igi t n u m b ers). St ep II : comp an y 2 1 in iti at or s 3 2 67 of 40 th e 9 6 h u m ble 18 ar e
In p u t : m ore vi vid assu r e 33 65 7 6 from d irect 94 St ep III : 40 com pan y 21 i n it iator s 67 of th e 96 h u mb le 18 ar e 32
14 2 3 oth er St ep IV : in iti ator s 40 comp an y 2 1 67 of th e 96 18 ar e 32 h u mb le
St ep I : assu r e m ore vivi d 33 65 76 from di rect 94 St ep V : 96 i n it iat or s 4 0 com pan y 21 of th e 18 ar e 32 h u mbl e 67
23 oth er 14 St ep VI : th e 96 i n it iator s 40 comp an y 21 18 ar e 32 h u mb le 6 7 of
St ep II : assu r e dir ect m ore vivid 33 6 5 76 from 94 St ep VI is t h e last step of th e ab ove ar ran gem en t as
ot h er 2 3 14 th e i n ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed.
St ep III : assu r e dir ect from m ore vi vid 6 5 7 6 94 As per t h e ru les foll owed i n t h e given step s, fin d ou t
ot h er 33 2 3 14 th e appr opri ate st eps for t h e given i n pu t.
St ep IV : assu r e dir ect fr om m ore vi vid 76 9 4 oth er I n pu t : p aren tin g 1 6 3 6 an d r aisin g 44 ch ildr en 21
65 3 3 2 3 14 is 89 ver y 9 5 d em an di n g 7 2 j ob 65
St ep V : assu r e d irect from m or e oth er vivi d 9 4 76 5 6 . In wh i ch step are th e el em en ts ‘95 job 16 an d’fou n d
65 3 3 2 3 14 in th e sam e or der ?
St ep V i s t h e l ast st ep of th e ab ove arr an gem en t as (1) Th e given or der of elem en ts is n ot fou n d i n an y
th e i n ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed. st ep
As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d (2) Fift h (3) Fou r t h
ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate (4) Secon d (5) Th ir d
st eps for t h e given i n pu t. 5 7 . Wh at is th e positi on of th e ‘7 2’ from th e r igh t en d
In p u t : watch gu id e h el p sk y 18 5 4 26 37 away in th e fou rt h step ?
pr ess 7 6 42 85 d eci de (1) Fift h (2) Ei gh t h (3) Nin t h
5 1 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e Step III ? (4) Seven t h (5) Six t h
(1) away decide watch gu i de h elp sk y 5 4 37 5 8 . Wh i ch el em en t is fifth to th e left of th e elem en t wh ich
pr ess 7 6 42 85 2 6 18 is ten th from t h e left en d of t h e th i rd step ?
(2) away deci de gu ide watch h elp sk y 54 press (1) r ai sin g (2) p ar en ti n g (3) i s
76 4 2 85 37 2 6 18 (4) 7 2 (5) job
(3) away decide h elp gu i de watch sk y 54 press 5 9 . How m an y steps wil l be requ ir ed t o com p lete t h e
42 7 6 37 85 2 6 18 gi ven ar ran gem en t based on th e gi ven in pu t ?
(4) away decid e gu id e h el p wat ch 54 sk y press (1) Ten (2) Eigh t (3) Si x
76 42 85 3 7 2 6 18 (4) Nin e (5) Seven
(5) Non e of th ese 6 0 . Wh ich el em en t is ex actl y between ‘paren t in g’ an d
5 2 . H ow m an y el em en t s (wor d s/ n u m b er s) ar e t h er e ‘rai sin g’ i n t h e secon d st ep of t h e gi ven arr an ge-
between ‘gu id e’ an d ‘p ress’ as th ey app ear i n t h e m en t ?
St ep IV ? (1) 9 5 (2) 1 6 (3) 4 4
(1) On e (2) Two (3) Th r ee (4) 2 1 (5) 3 6
(4) Fou r (5) Non e 6 1 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s th e t h ir d l ast step of t h e
5 3 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th i rd to th e righ t of ar ran gem en t based on th e gi ven in pu t ?
th e eigth fr om th e righ t en d of th e St ep V? (1) 72 4 4 2 1 par en ti n g is raisin g ch i ldren 89
(1) wat ch (2) 7 6 (3) p r ess very 95 an d j ob dem an din g 16 3 6 65
(4) 4 2 (5) 5 4 (2) 72 p aren tin g 44 is 21 ch ildr en raisin g 89
5 4 . Wh at wil l be th e p osi tion of ‘sk y’ fr om th e left en d very 95 an d 1 6 dem an di n g 36 job 65
in th e Step III ? (3) paren tin g 7 2 is 44 ch ild ren 2 1 rai sin g 89
(1) Fift h (2) Fou r t h very 95 16 an d 36 dem an din g 65 j ob
(3) Six t h (4) Ei gh t h (5 ) Seven th (4) paren tin g job i s dem an d in g ch ildr en raisi n g
5 5 . Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g el em en t s (wor d / n u m b er ) 89 very 95 1 6 an d 36 21 4 4 6 5 72
wou ld be ten th from th e r igh t en d i n t h e Step IV ? (5) paren tin g is 72 44 ch il dren raisin g 2 1 89
(1) wat ch (2) sk y (3) 54 very 95 16 an d 36 6 5 dem an di n g j ob
(4) p r ess (5) 7 6 Di r ec t i o n s (6 2 –6 7 ) : St u dy th e foll owi n g in for m a-
Di r ec t i o n s (5 6 –6 1 ) : St u dy th e foll owi n g in for m a- ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below :
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below : (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e Ex am , 30. 11. 201 4)
(SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e Ex am , 29. 11. 201 4) Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach i n e is
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach i n e is gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it arr an ges
gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it arr an ges th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l-
th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l- lu str ati on of in p u t an d rearran gem en t.
lu str ati on of in p u t an d rearran gem en t. (Al l t h e n u m ber s ar e t wo di gi t n u m ber s)
INPUR-OUTPUT
I nput : 14 3 6 m et h od ology 21 of r esearch 59 Di r ect i on s (6 8 –7 2 ) : Stu dy th e followin g in for m ation
cr u ci al 98 very 6 2 is carefu lly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below :
St ep I : 98 1 4 36 m et h od ology 21 of r esearch 59 (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecut i v e Ex am . 19.09.2014)
cr u cial ver y i s 62 Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is
St ep I I : 98 very 1 4 36 m et h od ology 21 of 59 given an in pu t lin e of word s an d n u m bers, it arran ges
cr u ci al is r esearch 62 th em followin g a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an illu s-
St ep I I I : 59 9 8 very 1 4 m et h odology 21 of cr u ci al tration of in pu t an d r earran gem en t : (All th e n u m bers ar e
is r esearch 6 2 36 two digit n u m bers).
St ep I V : 59 9 8 very of 14 21 cr u ci al is m eth od- In p u t : m ore vivid assu re 33 65 76 from direct 94
ol ogy r esearch 6 2 36 14 23 oth er
St ep V : 21 5 9 9 8 ver y of cru cial is m eth od ology Step I : assu re m ore vivid 33 65 76 from direct 94
research 62 3 6 14 23 oth er 14
St ep VI : 21 5 9 98 very of is cr u ci al m et h od ology Step II : assu re direct m ore vivid 33 65 76 from 94
research 62 3 6 14 oth er 23 14
St ep VI is th e last step of t h e ab ove arran gem en t as Step III : assu re direct from m ore vivid 65 76 94
th e i n ten ded ar ran gem en t h as been obtain ed. oth er 33 23 14
As per th e r u les followed in th e gi ven st eps fin d ou t Step IV : assu re direct from m ore vivid 76 94 oth er
th e appr opri ate st eps for t h e given i n pu t. 65 33 23 14
I nput % 65 work in 23 to be 1 3 89 m an aged 48 Step V : assu re direct from m ore oth er vivid 94 76
97 load 34 h ealth y 55 style 65 33 23 14
Step V is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as
6 2 . Wh ich el em en t i s exactly bet ween ‘style’an d ‘b e’in
th e in ten ded arran gem en t is obtain ed.
secon d in last step of th e given arran gem en t ?
As per th e ru les followed in th e above steps, fin d ou t
(1) wor k (2) h eal th y (3) 2 3
in each of th e followin g qu estion s th e appropriate steps
(4) load (5) b e for th e given in pu t.
6 3 . Wh at is th e positi on of ‘48 ’from th e r igh t en d i n t h e In p u t : watch gu ide h elp sk y 18 54 26 37 away
th ird step ? press 76 42 85 decide
(1) six t h (2) seven t h (3) fift h 6 8 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e Step III ?
(4) n in t h (5) ei gh t h (1) away decide watch gu ide h elp sk y 54 37
6 4 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s fi fth st ep of th e arr an ge- press 76 42 85 26 18
m en t b ased on th e given in pu t ? (2) away decide gu ide watch h elp sk y 54 press
(1) 48 6 5 97 to m an aged in 2 3 b e 13 load 76 42 85 37 26 18
h ealth y style work 8 9 5 5 34 (3) away decide h elp gu ide watch sk y 54 press 42
(2) 48 work 65 styl e 97 in 2 3 b e 13 load 76 37 85 26 18
h ealth y 89 m an aged 5 5 t o 34 (4) away decide gu ide h elp watch 54 sk y press
(3) 48 6 5 97 wor k style in 2 3 b e 13 load 76 42 85 37 26 18
h ealth y m an aged to 8 9 5 5 34 (5) Non e of th ese
(4) 34 4 8 55 65 89 9 7 wor k style in 23 b e 13 6 9 . How m an y elem en ts (words/ n u m bers) are th ere be-
load h ealt h y m an aged to tween ‘gu ide’an d ‘press’as th ey appear in th e Step
(5) 89 5 5 34 wor k style in 2 3 b e 13 load IV ?
h ealt h y m an aged to 48 6 5 97 (1) On e (2) Two (3) Th ree
6 5 . In wh ich step are th e elem en ts ‘be 13 h ealth y i n ’ (4) Fou r (5) Non e
fou n d in th e sam e or der ? 7 0 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th ird to th e righ t of
(1) t h i r d th e eigth from th e righ t en d of th e Step V?
(2) six t h (1) wat ch (2) 76 (3) pr ess
(3) fou r t h (4) 42 (5) 54
(4) th e given or der of elem en ts is n ot fou n d i n an y 7 1 . Wh at will be th e position of ‘sk y’from th e left en d in
st ep th e Step III ?
(5) fift h (1) Fi ft h (2) Fou r th (3) Six th
6 6 . How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e (4) Ei gh th (5) Seven t h
gi ven ar ran gem en t based on th e gi ven in pu t ? 7 2 . Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g el em en t s (wor d / n u m b er )
(1) eigh t (2) t en (3) seven wou ld be ten th fr om th e righ t en d in th e Step IV ?
(4) n i n e (5) si x (1) wat ch (2) sk y (3) 54
6 7 . Wh ich el em en t i s eigh th to l eft of th e elem en t wh i ch (4) pr ess (5) 76
is twelft h from th e left en d of th e th ird last step ? Di r ect i on s (7 3 –7 8 ) : Stu dy th e followin g in for m ation
(1) 9 7 (2) 2 3 (3) wor k carefu lly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below :
(4) styl e (5) t o (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e Ex am . 29.11.2014)
INPUR-OUTPUT
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is Di r ect i on s (7 9 –8 4 ) : Stu dy th e followin g in for m ation
given an in pu t lin e of word s an d n u m bers, it arran ges carefu lly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below :
th em followin g a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an illu s- (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e Ex am . 30.11.2014)
tration of in pu t an d rearran gem en t. Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is
(Al l t h e n u m ber s ar e t wo di gi t n u m ber s) given an in pu t lin e of word s an d n u m bers, it arran ges
I n pu t : in itiators 32 67 of 40 th e com pan y 20 are 18 th em followin g a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an illu s-
96 h u m ble tration of in pu t an d rearran gem en t.
St ep I : 21 in itiators 32 67 of 40 th e com pan y (Al l t h e n u m ber s ar e t wo di gi t n u m ber s)
are 96 h u m ble 18 I n pu t : 14 36 m eth odology 21 of research 59
St ep I I : com pan y 21 in itiators 32 67 of 40 th e cru cial 98 very 62 is
96 h u m ble 18 are St ep I : 98 14 36 m eth odology 21 of research 59
St ep I I I : 40 com pan y 21 in itiators 67 of th e 96 cru cial very is 62
h u m ble 18 are 32 St ep I I : 98 very 14 36 m eth odology 21 of 59
St ep I V : in itiators 40 com pan y 21 67 of th e 96 cru cial is research 62
18 are 32 h u m ble St ep I I I : 59 98 very 14 m eth odology 21 of cru cial
St ep V : 96 in itiators 40 com pan y 21 of th e 18 is research 62 36
are 32 h u m ble 67 St ep I V : 59 98 very of 14 21 cru cial is m eth odol-
St ep VI : th e 96 in itiators 40 com pan y 21 18 are ogy research 62 36
32 h u m ble 67 of St ep V : 21 59 98 very of cru cial is m eth odology
Step VI is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as research 62 36 14
th e in ten ded arran gem en t is obtain ed. St ep VI : 21 59 98 very of is cru cial m eth odology
As per th e ru les followed in th e given steps, fin d ou t research 62 36 14
th e appropriate steps for th e given in pu t. Step VI is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as th e
I n pu t : paren tin g 16 36 an d raisin g 44 ch ildren 21 is in ten ded arran gem en t h as been obtain ed.
89 very 95 dem an din g 72 job 65 As per th e ru les followed in th e given steps fin d ou t
7 3 . In which step are th e elem en ts ‘95 job 16 and’fou n d th e appropriate steps for th e given in pu t.
in the same order ? I n pu t %65 work in 23 to be 13 89 m an aged 48 97
(1) Th e given order of elem en ts is n ot fou n d in an y load 34 h ealth y 55 style
step 7 9 . Wh ich elem en t is exactly between ‘style’ an d ‘be’ in
(2) Fi ft h (3) Fou r th secon d in last step of th e given arran gem en t ?
(4) Secon d (5) Th i rd (1) wor k (2) h eal th y (3) 2 3
7 4 . Wh at is th e position of th e ‘72’from th e righ t en d in
(4) load (5) b e
th e fou rth step ?
8 0 . Wh at is th e position of ‘48’from th e righ t en d in th e
(1) Fi ft h (2) Ei gh th (3) Ni n t h
th ird step ?
(4) Seven t h (5) Six th
(1) six th (2) seven t h (3) fifth
7 5 . Wh ich elem en t is fifth to th e left of th e elem en t wh ich
is ten th from th e left en d of th e th ir d step ? (4) n i n t h (5) ei gh th
(1) raisi n g (2) paren ti n g (3) is 8 1 . Wh ich of th e followin g is fifth step of th e arran ge-
(4) 72 (5) job m en t based on th e given in pu t ?
7 6 . How m an y steps will be requ ired to com plete th e giv- (1) 48 6 5 97 to m an aged in 2 3 b e 13 load
h ealth y style work 8 9 5 5 34
en arran gem en t based on th e given in pu t ?
(1) Ten (2) Ei gh t (3) Six (2) 48 work 65 styl e 97 in 2 3 b e 13 load
(4) Ni n e (5) Seven h ealth y 89 m an aged 5 5 t o 34
7 7 . Wh ich el em en t is ex actl y between ‘paren t in g’ an d (3) 48 6 5 97 wor k style in 2 3 b e 13 load
‘raisin g’in th e secon d step of th e given arran gem en t ? h ealth y m an aged to 8 9 5 5 34
(1) 95 (2) 16 (3) 44
(4) 34 4 8 55 65 89 9 7 wor k style in 23 b e 13
(4) 21 (5) 36
load h ealt h y m an aged to
7 8 . Which of the following is the third last step of the ar -
rangement based on the given inpu t ? (5) 89 5 5 34 wor k style in 2 3 b e 13 load
(1) 72 44 21 paren tin g is raisin g ch ildren 89 h ealt h y m an aged to 48 6 5 97
very 95 an d job dem an din g 16 36 65 8 2 . In wh ich step are t h e elem en ts ‘be 13 h ealth y in ’
(2) 72 paren tin g 44 is 21 ch ildren raisin g 89 fou n d in th e sam e order ?
very 95 an d 16 dem an din g 36 job 65 (1) th ir d (2) six th
(3) paren tin g 72 is 44 ch ildren 21 raisin g 89
very 95 16 an d 36 dem an din g 65 job (3) fou r th
(4) paren tin g job is dem an din g ch ildren raisin g (4) th e given order of elem en ts is n ot fou n d in an y
89 very 95 16 an d 36 21 44 65 72 step
(5) paren tin g is 72 44 ch ildren raisin g 21 89
(5) fifth
very 95 16 an d 36 65 dem an din g job
INPUR-OUTPUT
8 3 . How m an y steps wil l be requ ir ed t o com plete t h e 5 . St ep II of an i n pu t is :
given arran gem en t based on th e given in pu t ? war 5 8 b ox cart 33 49 st ar 24
(1) ei gh t (2) t en (3) seven Wh ich of th e followin g st eps wil l b e t h e l ast ?
(4) n i n e (5) six (1) V (2) VI (3) IV
8 4 . Wh ich elem en t is eigh th to left of th e elem en t wh ich (4) VII (5) Non e of th ese
is twelfth fr om th e left en d of th e th ir d last step ? 6 . In pu t : sh ower fall wat er 3 4 5 1 6 7 98 goal
(1) 9 7 (2) 2 3 (3) wor k How m an y steps wil l be requ ir ed t o com p lete t h e
(4) styl e (5) t o r earr an gem en t ?
(1) Th r ee (2) Fou r (3) Si x
RBI GRADE–B/NABARD (4) Fi ve (5) Non e of th ese
Di r ect i on s (7 -1 1 ) : St u dy th e foll owi n g in for m a-
GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS ti on to an swer th e gi ven qu est ion s:
Di r ect i on s (1 –6 ) : A wor d an d n u m b er arr an gem en t (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer Ex am . 1 1. 10. 200 9)
m ach i n e wh en gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m - A wor d an d n u m b er arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
bers rear ran ges th em foll owi n g a p arti cu l ar ru l e in each given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
st ep. Th e followin g i s an i llu str ati on of i n pu t an d rear - th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l-
r an gem en t . lu str ati on of i n pu t an d rearran gem en t. (Sin gle di git n u m -
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer Ex am . 1 1. 10. 200 9) bers are pr eced ed by a zero. All oth er n u m b ers ar e t wo
I nput : bu t 3 2 7 1 glor y fair sou th 65 84 di git n u m ber s)
St ep I : sou th bu t 3 2 7 1 gl ory fair 65 84 I npu t : good 18 t o r aise 02 12 m oney 28 for 57 char it y 09.
St ep I : t o good 18 r aise 02 12 m oney 28 for char it y 09 57.
St ep II : sou th 84 bu t 3 2 71 gl ory fair 65
St ep II : t o r aise good 18 02 12 m oney for char it y 09 28 57.
St ep III : sou th 84 gl ory bu t 32 71 fair 65
St ep I II : t o r aise m oney good 02 12 for char it y 09 18 28 57.
St ep IV : sou th 84 gl ory 71 bu t 32 fair 65 St ep IV : t o r aise m oney good 02 for char it y 09 12 18 28 57.
St ep V : sou th 84 gl ory 71 fai r b u t 32 65 St ep V : t o r aise m oney good for char it y 02 09 12 18 28 57.
St ep VI : sou th 84 gl ory 71 fai r 6 5 b u t 32 Set ep V is t h e l ast St ep of t he ar r angem en t of t he above inpu t
an d Step VI is th e last step of th e rearr an gem en t. as t h e i nt ended ar r angem en t i s obt ained.
As per t h e ru les followed in th e above steps, fi n d Di r ec t i o n s (7 -8 ) : Th ese qu est ion s are based on
ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate th e foll owin g i n pu t:
st ep for th e given i n pu t. I n pu t : al way s 1 9 gi v e 2 1 8 4 fo r 6 2 1 4 w or t h y c au se.
1 . St ep III of an in pu t is : 7 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou l d b e step III for t h e
year 92 u lt ra 15 2 3 stri ve h ou se 39 ab ove in pu t?
How m an y m ore step s will be requ i red to com plete (1) worth y give for always 1 9 1 4 cau se 8 4 6 2 2 1.
th e r ear ran gem en t ? (2 ) wort h y give for always 14 19 cau se 2 1 6 2 8 4.
(1) Th r ee (2) Fou r (3) Two (3 ) always give for wort h y 19 14 cau se 2 1 6 2 8 4.
(4) Fi ve (5) Non e of th ese (4 ) wort h y give for always 19 14 cau se 2 1 6 2 8 4.
2 . In pu t : an y h ow 49 24 far wide 34 69 (5 ) always give for cau se 1 9 1 4 worth y 2 1 6 2 8 4.
Wh i ch of th e followin g step s wi ll b e th e last b u t on e ? 8 . H ow m an y steps wou l d be n eed ed t o com pl et e
(1) VI (2) VII (3) V th e arran gem en t for t h e above i n pu t?
(4) VIII (5) Non e of th ese (1) VI (2) V
3 . St ep II of an i n pu t is : (3 ) IV (4) VII (5 ) Non e of th ese
town 74 p air 15 31 n i ce j ob 42 Di r ect i o n s (9 -1 1 ) : Th ese qu est ion s ar e based
Wh ich of th e followin g i s d efi n it ely th e in pu t ? on th e followin g i n pu t:
(1) pair 15 3 1 t own n i ce job 42 74 I n pu t : 5 0 6 2 t i ps on 6 7 h ow can 4 2 st ay y ou n g
(2) pair 15 t own 31 74 n i ce j ob 42 1 7 8 9 for ev er 0 3 .
(3) pair 15 t own 74 31 n i ce j ob 42 9 . Th e followin g st an ds for wh ich step of th e arr an ge-
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed m en t? you n g tip s stay 50 on h ow can 4 2 17 for -
(5) Non e of th ese ever 03 6 2 6 7 8 9.
4 . In pu t : play over 49 3 7 1 2 m atch n ow 81 (1) St ep III (2 ) Step V (3 ) St ep VI
Wh ich of th e followin g wi ll be step IV ? (4 ) St ep IV (5) Non e of th ese
(1) pl ay 81 over 4 9 3 7 m atch n ow 1 0 . Wh ich of th e word s/ n u m bers bel ow wou ld be at
th e fift h posit ion (from th e ri gh t en d) in Step V of
(2) pl ay 8 over 49 37 12 m atch n ow
th e i n pu t?
(3) pl ay 8 1 over 49 n ow 37 m at ch 12
(1) forever (2) 4 2 (3 ) 50
(4) Th ere wi ll be n o su ch st ep
(4) you n g (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 1 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e l ast step for 16. Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou ld b e at t h e 5th positi on
th e i n pu t? fr om th e righ t in th e last step ?
(1) you n g tip s stay on h ow forever can 03 17 42 (1) gem (2) 6 3 (3) 5 6
50 62 67 8 9. (4) 8 5 (5) d oes
(2) you n g tip s stay on h ow forever can 89 67 62 Di r ect i on s (1 7 –2 2 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
50 42 17 0 3. ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below :
(3) can forever h ow on st ay tip s forever 89 67 62 (RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ On l i n e Ex am . 25. 08. 201 3)
50 42 17 0 3. A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
(4) you n g tip s stay on h ow forever can 03 17 42 given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
50 67 62 8 9. th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
in g i s an i llu stat ion of in pu t an d vari ou s steps of rear -
(5) can forever h ow on stay t ips you n g 03 17 42
ran gem en t. (All th e n u m b ers ar e t wo digi t n u m b ers).
50 62 67 8 9.
I n pu t : plan m or e vacat i on 35 56 92 n ice h oli day
Di r ect i on s (1 2 –1 6 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a- t ou r s84 61 12
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s : St ep I : 92 plan m or e vacat ion 35 56 n ice t ou r s 84
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer ’s Ex am . 18. 12. 201 1) 61 12 h oli day
A wor d an d n u m b er ar r an gem en t m ach i n e wh en St ep II : 92 84 plan vacat ion 35 56 n ice t ou r s 61
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges 12 m or eh oli day
th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow- St ep III : 92 84 61 plan vacat ion 35 56 t ou r s 12
in g is an il lu st rati on of in p u t an d r earr an gem en t . (All n icem or eh oli day
th e n u m b ers are two d igi ts n u m b ers.) St ep IV : 92 84 61 56 vacat ion 35 t ou r s 12 plan
I nput : gat e 20 86 ju st n ot 71 for 67 38 bak e su n 55 n icem or eh oli day
St ep I : bak e gat e 20 j u st n ot 71 for 67 38 su n 55 86 St ep V : 92 84 61 56 35 vacat ion 12 t ou r s
plan n ice m or e h oli day
St ep II : for bak e gat e 20 ju st n ot 67 38 su n 55 86 71
St ep VI : 92 84 61 56 35 12vacat ion t ou r s
St ep III : gat e for bak e 20 ju st n ot 38 su n 55 86 71 67 plan n ice m or e h oli day
St ep IV : ju st gat e for bak e 20 n ot 38 su n 86 71 67 55 An d Step VI is th e last step of th e r earr an gem en t
St ep V : n ot ju st gat e for bak e 20 su n 86 71 67 55 38 as th e d esir ed arr an gem en t is obtain ed.
St ep VI : su n n ot ju st gat e for bak e 86 71 67 55 38 20 As per ru les followed in th e ab ove steps, fi n d ou t in
an d Step VI is th e last step of t h e above i n pu t as t h e each of t h e qu esti on s th e ap prop riate step for t h e
desired arran gem en t is reach ed. gi ven in pu t.
As per t h e ru les foll owed i n t h e above step s, fin d ou t I n pu t : hard work pays 96 42 in 79 long
in each of t h e fol lowin g qu esti on s th e appr opri ate st ep run 18 25 57
for t h e given i n pu t. 1 7 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er is th e followin g ou tpu t?
I n pu t : 3 1 r i se gem 1 5 9 2 4 7 ai m bi g 2 5 do es 5 6 n ot 96 79 57 42 work ru n 18 25 pays l on g in h ard
8 5 6 3 wi t h m o on (1 ) St ep II (2 ) St ep III (3 ) Step IV
1 2 . How m an y steps will be requ i red to com plet e t h e (4 ) Step V (5 ) Th er e i s n o su ch st ep
r earr an gem en t ? 1 8 . H ow m an y el em en t s (wor d s/ n u m b er s) ar e t h er e
(1) Eigh t (2) Si x (3) Seven between “work ” an d “i n ” as th ey appear i n Step III?
(4) Fi ve (5) Non e of th ese (1) Si x (2 ) Fi ve (3 ) Seven
1 3 .Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou l d b e at 7t h p osi tion fr om (4 ) Fou r (5 ) Th r ee
th e left in Step IV ? 1 9 . Wh ich of th e followin g represen t s t h e position s of
(1) r ise (2) ai m (3) bi g ‘p ays’i n t h e Step II?
(4) 1 5 (5) 4 7 (1) Seven t h from righ t (2) Si xth from left
(3) Ei gh t h fr om righ t (4) Fou rt h from left
1 4 . Wh ich step n u m b er is t h e fol lowin g ou t pu t ?
(5) Fi fth from left
ri se n ot m oon gem d oes bi g aim 1 5 with 92 85 63
2 0 . Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou l d b e at th e seven th posi-
56 47 31 25
ti on from t h e righ t i n t h e Set p IV?
(1) St ep V (2) St ep VII
(1) wor k (2) r u n (3) l on g
(3) St ep IV (4) St ep VIII
(4) 1 8 (5) 2 5
(5) Th ere is n o su ch st ep
2 1 . Wh ich word / n u m ber wou l d be at th e n i n t h posi -
1 5 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g rep resen t s th e p osit ion of ti on from th e l eft in th e St ep V?
‘9 2’ in th e VIth step? (1) l on g (2 ) 18 (3 ) pays
(1) Ni n th fr om th e left (4 ) 25 (5) i n
(2) Fi fth fr om t h e righ t 2 2 . Wh ich word/ n u m ber wou l d b e t h ir d t o th e left of
(3) Si xth fr om t h e righ t th e fou rt h elem en t from t h e righ t i n t h e Step III?
(4) Ni n th fr om t h e righ t (1) p ays (2 ) 42 (3 ) r u n
(5) Seven t h from th e left (4 ) 18 (5) wor k
INPUR-OUTPUT
Di r ect i on s (2 3 –2 7 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a- Step I : 19 bear 24 bin ders brave 17 bu t 68 bailer 35
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below : 74 be
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ad e ‘B’ Ph ase-I Ex am , 03. 08. 201 4) Step II : 47 19 bear 24 bin ders brave 17 68 bailer 35
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en be bu t
given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges Step III : 86 47 19 24 bin ders brave 17 bailer 35 be
th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow- bu t bear
in g i s an il lu stration of i n pu t an d vari ou s st eps of rear - Step IV : 53 86 47 19 24 bin ders 17 bailer be bu t bear
ran gem en t. (All th e n u m b ers ar e t wo digi t n u m b ers). br ave
I n pu t % 10 sea 25 57 41 rose giraffe 85 h ot 3 2 lost 77 Step V : 42 53 86 47 19 bin ders 17 be bu t bear brave
99 beard cost palm bai ler
St ep I : 10 beard 25 57 41 rose giraffe 85 h ot 32 lost Step VI : 71 42 53 86 47 19 be bu t bear brave bailer
77 cost pal m sea 99 bi n ders
Step VI is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as
St ep I I : 10 25 beard cost 5 7 4 1 giraffe h ot 32 lost 77
palm rose sea 85 99
As per th e ru les followed in th e given steps, fin d ou t
St ep I I I : 10 25 32 beard cost gi raffe 57 4 1 h ot lost palm
th e appropriate steps for th e given in pu t.
rose sea 77 85 99
In pu t: tyr e 71 tou gh en 59 tip 82 1 3 th an k s to 68
St ep I V : 10 25 32 41 beard cost giraffe h ot l ost palm table 46
rose sea 57 77 85 99 2 8 . If in th e last step, ‘1’ i s added to each of th e odd
An d Step IV is th e last step of th e r earr an gem en t n u m bers an d ‘2’is su btracted from each of th e even
as th e d esir ed arr an gem en t is obtain ed. n u m bers, th en h ow m an y n u m bers m u ltiple of ‘4’
As per ru les followed in th e ab ove steps, fi n d ou t in will be for m ed?
each of t h e qu esti on s th e ap prop riate step for t h e (1) Two (2) Th ree (3) More th an th ree
gi ven in pu t. (4) Non e (5) On e
I n pu t : 31 11 win ar m b lan k et zeb ra 24 81 ch ip team 2 9 . If in step III, ‘28’ in terch an ges its position with ‘ta-
sl ip 6 2 5 5 d awn 91 78 ble’an d ‘59’ also in terch an ges its position with ‘tip’
2 3 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g rep resen t s th e p osit ion of th en wh ich of elem en t will be to th e im m ediate left
“slip ” i n th e Step III? of ‘46’?
(1) Ni n th fr om righ t (2) Ei gh t h from left (1) ‘28’ (2) ‘to’ (3) ‘tab le’
(3 ) Ei gh t h from righ t (4) Seven th from left (4) ‘tip’ (5) ‘59’
(5) Si xth from left 3 0 . Wh ich of th e followin g com bin ation s represen ts th e
th ird an d th e n in th elem en t in secon d last step of
2 4 . H ow m an y el em en t s (wor d s/ n u m b er s) ar e t h er e
th e given in pu t from th e left en d?
between “dawn ” an d “81 ” as th ey app ear i n St ep
(1) ‘95’an d ‘tip’ (2) ‘table’an d ‘86’
IV?
(3) ‘17’an d ‘to’ (4) ‘86’an d ‘tip’
(1) Fi ve (2) Si x (3) Seven
(5) ‘tyre’an d ‘17’
(4) Fou r (5) Eigh t 3 1 . Wh i ch el em en t com es ex act l y b et ween ‘5 9 ’ an d
2 5 . Wh i ch elem en t (word / n u m ber) wou ld b e at t h e n i n th ‘th an k s’ in Step II of th e given in pu t?
posit ion fr om th e left i n t h e Step II? (1) tou gh en (2) 46 (3) 13
(1) 6 2 (2) sl ip (3) 5 5 (4) tab le (5) 68
(4) t eam (5) d awn 3 2 . Wh ich elem en t is th ird to th e righ t of th e on e wh ich
2 6 . At wh i ch of t h e fol l owin g p osi t i on “d awn ” wou l d is eigh th from th e righ t en d in Step IV?
ap pear from th e r igh t in th e Step III? (1) 13 (2) tip (3) t h an k s
(1) Ten t h (2) Nin t h (3) Seven t h (4) t o (5) 46
(4) Fift h (5) Ei gh t h Di r ect i on s (3 3 –3 4 ) : Stu dy th e following in for mation
2 7 . Wh ich word/ n u m ber wou l d b e t h ir d t o th e left of carefu lly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below:
th e sixth el em en t from th e r igh t i n t h e Step III? (NABARD Of f i cer Gr ade ‘A’ On l i n e Ex am . 01.03.2015)
(1) d awn (2) 5 5 (3) ch i p Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is

given an in pu t lin e of word s an d n u m bers, it arran ges
(4) sl ip (5) 6 2
th em followin g a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an illu s-
Di r ect i on s (2 8 – 3 2 ) : Stu dy th e followin g in for m a- tration of in pu t an d rearran gem en t:
tion carefu lly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below : (All th e n u m bers are two-digit n u m bers)
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I Ex am . 21.11.2015) In p u t : 32 preven t 46 a 62 m ish ap 54 by carefu ln ess
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is 93
given an in pu t lin e of word s an d n u m bers, it arran ges Step I : 93 32 46 a 62 m ish ap 54 by carefu ln ess pre-
th em followin g. a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an il- ven t
lu stration of in pu t an d r earran gem en t : Step II : 62 93 32 46 a 54 by carefu ln ess preven t m is-
(All th e n u m bers are two digit n u m bers). h ap
In p u t : bear 24 bin ders brave 91 17 bu t 68 bailer 35 Step III : 54 62 93 32 46 a by preven t m ish ap carefu l-
be 74 n ess
INPUR-OUTPUT
Step IV : 46 54 62 93 32 a preven t m ish ap carefu ln ess 5 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s th e l ast st ep for th e fol-
by lowin g in pu t ?
Step V : 32 46 54 62 93 preven t m ish ap carefu ln ess In pu t : 473 , 4 42, 735 , 5 42, 36 7, 234 , 5 49
by a (1) 23 4, 442, 54 2, 473 , 7 35, 367 , 5 49
Step V is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as (2) 23 4, 442, 54 2, 735 , 4 73, 367 , 5 49
th e in ten ded arran gem en t is obtain ed. As per th e ru les
(3) 23 4, 442, 54 2, 473 , 3 67, 735 , 5 49
followed in th e given steps, fin d ou t th e appropriate steps
(4) 23 4, 442, 54 2, 735 , 3 67, 473 , 5 49
for th e given in pu t.
In pu t : regu lar 46 exercise 31 29 m u st for 54 all 83 Di r ect i on s (6 –1 3 ) : St u dy t h e fol lowin g i n for m a-
91 n ow ti on an d an swer th e qu est ion s gi ven :
3 3 . Wh ich elem ent is seven th to left of th e elem en t wh ich (Un i t ed I n di a I n su r an ce AO Ex am . 27. 03. 201 1 )
is eleven th from th e left en d of th e last step ? Wh en a word arr an gem en t m ach in e is given an i n -
(1) 83 (2) 54 (3) all pu t l in e of wor ds, it ar ran ges th em foll owi n g a parti cu l ar
(4) 46 (5) regu l ar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i llu str ati on of i n pu t an d rear -
3 4 . Which elem en t is exactly between ‘31’and ‘for’in th ird ran gem en t :
step of the given arran gemen t ? In p u t : gr ow after seen cr aft preach h elp
(1) 29 (2) 54 (3) m u st St ep I : gr ow seen cr aft pr each h elp aft er
(4) 91 (5) regu l ar St ep II : gr ow seen pr each h elp aft er craft
St ep III : seen preach h el p after cr aft gr ow
INSURANCE EXAMS St ep IV : seen preach after craft grow h elp
St ep V : seen after craft grow h el p p reach
Di r ec t i o n s (1 –5 ) : A n u m ber ar ran gem en t m ach in e,
St ep VI : after craft grow h elp preach seen
wh en given a parti cu lar i n pu t, rearran ges it followin g a
part icu l ar r u le. Th e foll owin g i s th e il lu str at ion of t h e St ep VI is t h e last step of th e ab ove ar ran gem en t as
in pu t an d th e stages of arran gem en t : th e i n ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed.
(Or i en t al I n sur an c e AO Ex am . 09. 05. 201 0 ) As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
ou t i n each of th e followin g qu est ion s t h e appr opr i-
In p u t : 24 5, 316, 43 6, 519 , 8 68, 710 , 6 89
at e steps for t h e given i n pu t.
Step I : 71 0, 316, 43 6, 519 , 8 68, 245 , 6 89
(6 –9 ) :
Step II : 71 0, 316, 24 5, 519 , 8 68, 436 , 6 89
In pu t : dare a beach n u l l wr ap steel
Step III : 71 0, 316, 24 5, 436 , 8 68, 519 , 6 89
6 . How m an y st eps wil l b e r equ ired t o reach th e i n -
Step IV : 71 0, 316, 24 5, 436 , 5 19, 868 , 6 89 ten ded ar ran gem en t for th e given in pu t ?
St ep IV i s t h e last st ep of i n pu t. (1) V (2 ) VII (3) VI
1 . If 65 5, 436 ,764 , 7 99, 97 7, 572 , 3 33 i s t h e in p u t (4 ) IV (5 ) Non e of th ese
wh ich of th e followin g steps wi ll be ‘33 3, 4 36, 57 2, 7 . Wh ich on e of th e foll owi n g wi ll be st ep II for t h e
65 5, 9 77, 76 4, 7 99’ ? gi ven in pu t?
(1) II (2) III (1 ) d are n u l l wrap st eel beach a
(3) IV (4) I (2 ) d are n u ll wrap st eel a beach
2 . How m an y steps wi ll b e requ ir ed to get t h e fin al (3 ) d are n u ll steel wrap a beach
ou tpu t fr om th e followin g in pu t ? (4 ) a beach dare n u ll wrap steel
In pu t : 544 , 6 53, 325 , 6 88, 46 1, 231 , 8 57 (5 ) Non e of th ese
(1) 5 (2) 4 8 . Wh ich of th e followin g will be secon d fr om th e left
(3) 3 (4) 6 en d of st ep V ?
3 . For t h e given i n pu t, wh i ch of th e followin g wi ll be (1) beach (2 ) steel (3) a
th ird step ? (4 ) wr ap (5) Non e of th ese
In pu t : 236 , 5 22, 824 , 7 65, 62 2, 463 , 3 58 9 . Wh ich of th e followin g will be fou rth fr om t h e righ t
(1) 52 2, 236, 76 5, 824 , 6 22, 463 , 3 58 en d of st ep III ?
(2) 52 2, 622, 23 6, 824 , 7 65, 463 , 3 58 (1 ) wr ap (2) a (3 ) b each
(3) 52 2, 622, 23 6, 765 , 8 24, 463 , 3 58 (3 ) steel (5) Non e of th ese
(4) 52 2, 622, 23 6, 463 , 8 24, 765 , 3 58 Di r ec t i o n s (1 0 –1 3 ) : Followin g are step s of an i n -
4 . If followin g is th e secon d step for an in pu t, wh at pu t. Rear ran ge th em an d an swer th e qu esti on s :
wi ll be th e fou rt h step ? (Un i t ed I n di a I n su r an ce AO Ex am . 27. 03. 201 1 )
St ep II : 62 0, 415 , 34 4, 537 , 7 87, 634 , 9 77 (A) m etal offer ar ran ge b lu e k i te
(1) 62 0, 415, 34 4, 537, 63 4, 787, 9 77 (B ) arran ge blu e k ite m et al offer
(2) 62 0, 415, 34 4, 634 , 5 37, 787 , 9 77 (C) k ite m et al offer arran ge bl u e
(3) 62 0, 415, 34 4, 634 , 7 87, 537 , 9 77 (D ) offer ar ran ge blu e k i te m et al
(4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (E) k ite m et al blu e offer ar ran ge
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 0 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s step III ? Di r ec t i o n s (1 9 –2 3 ) : St u dy th e foll owi n g in for m a-
(1) A (2) B (3) C ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
(4) D (5) E (Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e AO Ex am . 26. 05. 201 3)
1 1 . Wh ich of th e followin g is fi rst from t h e righ t en d of A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en
st ep II ? given an i n p u t l i n e of wor ds an d n u m b er s r earr an ges
(1 ) ar ran ge (2) k it e (3 ) m et al th em fol lowi n g a p art icu lar ru l e i n each st ep. Th e follow-
(4) b lu e (5) Non e of th ese in g is an il lu st rati on of in p u t an d r earr an gem en t . (All
1 2 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s step V? th e n u m b ers ar e two d igi t n u m b ers).
(1) A (2) B (3) C In pu t : t en t 13 wh eat 21 ask 63 st eal 49 h an d 54 vast 85
(4) D (5) E St ep I : 85 wh eat t en t 13 21 ask 63 st eal 49 h an d 54 vast
1 3 . Wh ich of th e followin g is step IV ? St ep II : 63 vast 85 wh eat t en t 13 21 ask st eal 49 h an d 54
(1) A (2) B (3) C St ep III : 54 t en t 63 vast 85 wh eat 13 21 ask st eal 49 h an d
St ep IV : 49 st eal 54 t en t 63 vast 85 wh eat 13 21 ask h an d
(4) D (5) E
St ep V : 21 h an d 49 st eal 54 t en t 63 vast 85 wh eat 13 ask
Di r ect i on s (1 4 –1 8 ) : A l ett er/ l et t er com b in at ion
arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en gi ven an i n p u t of l et ters/ St ep VI : 13 ask 21 h an d 49 st eal 54 t en t 63 vast 85 wh eat
letter com bi n at ion s r ear ran ges th em foll owi n g a parti c- an d Step VI is th e l ast step of t h e above i n pu t, as
u l ar ru le in each step. Th e fol lowin g is an ill u st rati on of th e d esi red arr an gem en t is obtain ed.
th e i n pu t an d th e steps of rearran gem en t. As per th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fi n d
(Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y Ex am . 08. 04. 201 2) ou t in each of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propr iate
In pu t : Goin g bu t for crep t t e l igh t sir st ep for th e given i n pu t.
St ep I : Cr ept goin g bu t for t e l igh t sir I n pu t : st ore 95 clean 56 tap e 1 5 b reak 28 feet 35
wait 69 i ce 71
St ep II : Cr ept goin g li gh t bu t for t e sir
1 9 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er is th e followin g ou tpu t?
St ep III : Cr ept goin g li gh t bu t for sir te
(Step III is th e l ast step for th i s in pu t .) 35 feet 56 ice 69 store 71 tap e 9 5 wait clean 15
br eak 28
As per t h e ru les foll owed i n t h e above step s, fin d ou t
in th e given qu est ion s t h e app rop riate step for t h e given (1) St ep V (2) St ep III
input. (3) St ep VI (4) St ep IV
1 4 . In pu t : t h e in car as h e m ay m e (5) Th ere is n o su ch st ep
Wh ich of th e followin g will be th e t h ir d st ep for th is 2 0 . Wh ich word/ n u m ber wou ld be at sixth position from
in pu t ? th e r igh t i n Step IV ?
(1) car t h e in as h e m ay m e (1 ) 15 (2) wai t (3) clean
(2) car m ay th e as in h e m e (4 ) 95 (5) 2 8
(3) car as m ay h e t h e in m e 2 1 . How m an y elem en ts (words/ n u m ers) are th er e b e-
(4) car m ay th e in as h e m e tween ‘feet’ an d ‘15’ as th ey ap pear i n t h e secon d
last step of t h e ou t pu t ?
1 5 . If th e secon d step of an in p u t is ‘clever rem an d wi n -
dow sales b atch ti ger n ever ’ wh ich of th e foll owi n g (1) Si x (2) Seven (3) Fi ve
st eps wou ld be last st ep of th at in pu t ? (4) Eigh t (5) Nin e
(1) IV (2) V 2 2 . Wh ich of t h e foll owin g rep resen t s th e p osit ion of
(3) VI (4) VII ‘wait ’ i n t h e t h ir d Step ?
1 6 . If th e i n pu t is ‘t ru e se vet o be n u k e m y lik e,’wh i ch (1 ) Nin t h fr om th e left
of th e foll owi n g will be th e IV step ? (2 ) Sixt h fr om th e left
(1) veto tru e n u k e li k e se be m y (3 ) Eigh th from t h e righ t
(2) be m y se li k e tru e veto n u k e (4 ) Seven th from t h e righ t
(3) li k e n u k e t ru e veto be se m y (5) Ten th fr om t h e righ t
(4) be m y li k e se tru e veto n u k e 2 3 . Wh ich wor d/ n u m b er wou ld b e at seven th positi on
1 7 . In pu t : ‘m or e figh ts cats cou gh sou gh act s i dea’. fr om th e left i n t h e Step VI ?
Wh ich of th e followin g step s wou l d b e th e l ast st ep (1 ) i ce (2 ) store (3 ) tape
for t h is in pu t ? (4 ) 71 (5) 6 9
(1) IV (2) V Di r ect i on s (2 4 –2 9 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
(3) VI (4) VII t ion car efu ll y an d an swer t h e qu est ion s gi ven b elow :
1 8 . In h ow m an y steps th e fol lowin g in p u t be fu ll y ar - Wh en a n u m b er an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e is
ran ged ? gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it arr an ges
In pu t : am is goes t o t h e b ar aft er din n er everyd ay
(1) Fou r (2) Fi ve
(NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
(3) Si x (4) Seven (AO) Ex am , 10. 01. 201 5)
INPUR-OUTPUT
(AII th e n u m ber s are two di git n u m ber s) (3) 8 4
I nput : 36 24 m ain tain 87 safe d ist an ce 60 12 wi th (4) Both den sity an d con cept
ot h er 98 cars (5) Th ere is n o el em en t
St ep I : cars 3 6 24 m ain tain 87 safe distan ce 6 0 with 2 7 . Wh at is th e positi on of ‘weigh t’from t h e left of ‘5 6’
ot h er 98 12 in th e t h ir d step of th e gi ven ar ran gem en t ?
St ep I I : 24 cars 36 m ai n tain 8 7 safe 60 wi th oth er (1) Six t h (2) Fou r t h (3) Nin t h
98 12 distan ce (4) Seven t h (5) Fift h
St ep I I I : m ain t ain 24 cars 87 safe 60 wi th oth er 98 2 8 . In wh ich st ep of t h e given arr an gem en t are th e el e-
12 di stan ce 36 m en ts ‘to 49 74 u n der stood’ fou n d in th e sam e or -
St ep I V : 60 m ain tain 24 car s 87 safe wit h 9 8 12 di s- der ?
tan ce 36 oth er (1) Fou r t h (2) Secon d (3) Th ir d
St ep V : safe 60 m ai n tain 24 cars with 9 8 12 di s- (4) Fift h
tan ce 36 oth er 87 (5) Th e given or der of elem en ts is n ot fou n d i s an y
St ep VI : 98 safe 60 m ain tai n 2 4 cars 12 distan ce 36 st ep
ot h er 87 wi th 2 9 . Wh ich of th e followin g i s th e t h ir d l ast step of t h e
St ep VI is t h e last step of th e ab ove ar ran gem en t as gi ven ar ran gem en t ?
th e i n ten ded ar ran gem en t is obtain ed. (1) to 56 con cept 34 an d wei gh t 93 84 u n der stood
As per t h e ru les foll owed i n t h e given step s, fin d ou t 14 be 49 den si ty 74
th e appr opri ate st eps for t h e given i n pu t. (2) to den si ty con cept be an d weigh t 9 3 8 4 u n der -
I n pu t : weigh t 34 9 3 an d 14 den sit y 8 4 con cept to st ood 14 34 49 56 74
49 74 be u n der stood 56 (3) 1 4 34 49 56 7 4 weigh t 93 84 u n der st ood t o
2 4 . Wh ich elem en t is seven t h t o th e r igh t of th e el e- den si ty con cep t b e an d
m en t wh i ch is eleven t h from th e r igh t en d of t h e (4) to den sit y con cept b e an d 1 4 34 49 56 74 weigh t
last step of th e given arran gem en t ? 93 84 u n der stood
(1) 7 4 (2) t o (3) u n d erst ood (5) to 74 con cep t 4 9 1 4 an d weigh t 93 84 u n der -
(4) 5 6 (5) d en sit y st ood be 34 den si ty 56
2 5 . Wh at is th e positi on of ‘con cep t’ from t h e r igh t en d Di r ect i on s (3 0 –3 4 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a-
of th e secon d l ast step of t h e given arran gem en t ? t ion car efu ll y an d an swer t h e qu est ion s gi ven b elow :
(1) Ei gh t h (2) El even t h (3) Nin t h Wh en a n u m b er an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e is
(4) Seven t h (5) Ten t h gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it arr an ges
2 6 . Wh ich elem en t i s/ are exactly bet ween ‘93’ an d ‘t o’ th em fol lowin g a p art icu lar ru le. Th e followin g i s an i l-
in th e fou rt h step of th e given ar ran gem en t ? lu str ati on of in p u t an d rearran gem en t.
(1) Both den sit y an d 84 (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer (AO) On l i n e
(2) d en sit y Ex am , 1 1.0 1.2 01 5)
(All th e n u m ber s are two di git n u m ber s)

In p u t : t al k 48 1 3 r ose an d 9 9 76 32 west ju g h eigh t 28 56 b an g
Step I : 13 t al k 4 8 r ose 9 9 76 32 west ju g h eigh t 2 8 56 b an g an d
Step II : 2 8 13 t al k 4 8 r ose 9 9 76 32 west ju g h eigh t 56 an d b an g
Step III : 3 2 28 1 3 t al k 4 8 r ose 9 9 76 west ju g 56 an d b an g h eigh t
Step IV : 4 8 32 28 13 t al k r ose 9 9 76 west 56 an d b an g h eigh t ju g
Step V : 5 6 48 32 28 13 t al k 9 9 76 west an d b an g h eigh t ju g r ose
Step VI : 7 6 56 48 32 28 13 99 west an d b an g h eigh t ju g r ose t al k
Step VII : 9 9 76 56 48 32 28 13 an d b an g h eigh t ju g r ose t al k west
St ep VII is th e last step of th e above ar ran gem en t as th e in ten ded arr an gem en t is obtain ed.
As per th e r u les foll owed in th e given st eps, fin d ou t th e appr opr iat e st eps for t h e given i n pu t.
In p u t : 84 wh y si t 14 32 n ot best i n k feet 51 27 vai n 68 92
3 0 . Wh ich elem en t (s) is/ are exactly between ‘wh y’ an d (3 ) 5 1 32 27 14 68 sit wh y feet n ot 84 92 best i n k
‘5 1’ in th e St ep III ? vai n
(1) si t (2) Both ‘n ot ’an d ‘vai n ’ (4 ) 5 1 3 2 27 14 vain sit wh y 92 68 feet best n ot i n k
(3) Both ‘si t’ an d ‘n ot’ (4) n ot 84
(5) Th ere is n o el em en t (5 ) 5 1 3 2 2 7 14 84 wh y sit vai n 6 8 9 2 best feet i n k
3 1 . Wh ich of t h e fol lowin g is t h e Step IV of t h e given n ot
ar ran gem en t ? 3 2 . Wh at is th e positi on of ‘in k ’ to th e left of ‘best’ in
(1 ) 5 1 32 27 14 si t wh y 8 4 feet 68 92 best n ot i n k th e Step II ?
vai n (1 ) Fifth (2 ) Fou r th (3) Six t h
(2 ) 6 8 5 1 32 27 14 si t wh y vain 92 n ot feet best i n k (4 ) Th i rd (5) Seven t h
84
INPUR-OUTPUT
3 3 . Wh ich el em en t i s sixt h t o th e l eft of th e th irt een th 3 9 . In St ep IV, wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g wor d / n u m b er
el em en t from th e left in th e Step V ? wou ld be on 7t h p osit ion fr om th e ri gh t ?
(1 ) 84 (2 ) vain (3 ) 92 (1) su n (2) b est (3) 6 7
(4 ) wh y (5 ) 14 (4) cu t (5) Non e of th ese
3 4 . In wh ich st ep of t h e given arr an gem en t are elem en ts Di r ect i on s6(40 – 44) : Stu dy th e followin g in for m a-
‘2 7 1 4 wh y vain best’ ap pear i n t h e sam e or der ? tion carefu lly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below :
(1 ) Fou r th (2 ) Six th (3 ) Fifth (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
(4 ) Th i rd (5 ) Secon d (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 22.03.2015)
Di r ect i on s (3 5 –3 9 ) : Stu d y t h e foll owi n g in for m a- Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is
ti on carefu l ly an d an swer th e qu est ion s given below : given an in pu t lin e of word s an d n u m bers, it arran ges
(NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er th em followin g a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an illu s-
(AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 2.0 1. 201 5) tration of in pu t an d rearran gem en t.
A wor d an d n u m ber arr an gem en t m ach in e wh en (All th e n u m bers are two-digit n u m bers)
gi ven an in p u t lin e of words an d n u m b er rearran ges th em I n pu t : 2 4 m et h od 8 7 6 7 of dat a 3 4 col l ect i on 4 5
followin g a par ticu lar r u le. Th e foll owi n g is an i llu str a- 1 2 speci fi ed n ow
ti on of ou tp u t an d rearran gem en t.
Step I : 12 m eth od 87 67 of data 34 collection 45 spec-
In p u t : 52 peak 91 sn ow freeze 4 6 cold 15 h i gh 31 73 ified n ow 24
t r ek
Step II : 34 12 m eth od 87 67 of data collection speci-
Step I : 15 52 peak sn ow freeze 4 6 cold h i gh 31 73 fied n ow 24 45
tr ek 91
Step III : 67 34 12 m eth od of data collection specified
Step II : 15 31 52 peak sn ow freeze 46 cold h igh tr ek n ow 24 45 87
73 91
Step IV : collecti on 67 34 12 m eth od of specified n ow
Step III : 15 31 46 peak sn ow freeze cold h igh tr ek 52 24 45 87 data
73 91
Step V : m eth od collection 67 34 12 of specified 24 45
Step IV : 15 31 46 col d p eak sn ow freeze h igh tr ek 52 87 data n ow
73 91
Step VI : of m eth od collection 67 34 12 24 45 87 data
Step V : 15 31 46 col d freeze p eak sn ow h igh tr ek 52
n ow specified
73 91
Step VI is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as th e
Step VI : 15 31 46 cold fr eeze h igh peak sn ow tr ek 52
in ten ded arran gem en t is obtain ed.
73 91
St ep VI i s t h e last st ep of th e rearran gem en t. As p er
th e appropriate steps for th e given in pu t.
th e r u les followed in th e ab ove st eps, fin d ou t in each
I n pu t : ch em i cal 6 8 1 1 r eact i on 8 7 i s 2 1 h ar d t o 5 3
of th e fol lowin g qu est ion s th e ap propri ate step s for
9 2 det ect
th e given i n pu t. In pu t for th e qu est ion s.
4 0 . In wh ich step are th e elem en ts ‘to 92 detect 21’fou n d
In pu t : 67 h ot su n 1 9 b est 83 ice 49 ace 7 7 cu t 37
in th e sam e order?
3 5 . How m an y steps wou ld be n eed ed to com plet e t h e
(1) Six th (2) Secon d
r earr an gem en t ?
(1) X (2) VIII (3) IX
st ep .
(4) Th i rd (5) Fi ft h
3 6 . Wh ich st ep n u m b er wou ld be th e followin g ou tpu t ?
4 1 . Wh at is th e position of ‘21’from th e righ t en d in th e
19 37 49 ace best h ot su n i ce cu t 67 77 83
last step?
(1) II (2) VI (3) V
(1) Ten t h (2) Ei gh th (3) Fi ft h
(4) IV (5) Non e of th ese
3 7 . Wh ich of th e foll owi n g wou l d b e t h e Step I ?
4 2 . In wh ich step are th e elem en ts ‘87 53 11 reaction ’
(1) 19 37 49 h ot su n b est ice ace cu t 67 77 83 fou n d in th e sam e order?
(2) 83 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace 77 cu t 37 19 (1) Six th (2) Fi ft h (3) Fou r th
(3) 19 67 ace best h ot su n i ce 49 77 cu t 37 83 (4) Fou rth an d Fifth
(4) 19 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace 77 cu t 37 83 (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese 4 3 . Wh ich elem en t is fifth to th e left of th e elem en t wh ich
3 8 . Wh ich of th e followin g wou ld be th e fi n al arr an ge- is n in th from th e left en d of th e fou rth step?
m en t ? (1) 11 (2) 87 (3) 53
(1) 67 77 83 ace best cu t h ot i ce su n 19 37 49 (4) reacti on (5) ch em ical
(2) 19 37 49 ace best cu t h ot i ce su n 67 77 83 4 4 . Wh ich elem en t is exactly between ‘ch em ical’an d ‘87’
(3) 19 37 49 67 77 83 ace best cu t h ot ice su n in th e secon d step of th e given arran gem en t?
(4) 19 37 49 ace ice b est cu t h ot su n 67 77 83 (1) 53 (2) h ar d (3) reacti on
(5) Non e of th ese (4) is (5) 68
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 6 5 . (5) 1 6 6 . (4) 1 6 7 . (5) 1 6 8 . (2)
SHORT ANSWERS
1 6 9 . (4) 1 7 0 . (1) 1 7 1 . (3) 1 7 2 . (2)
NATIONALISED BANKS & 1 7 3 . (5) 1 7 4 . (3) 1 7 5 . (1) 1 7 6 . (4)
IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS 1 7 7 . (3) 1 7 8 . (2) 1 7 9 . (4) 1 8 0 . (1)

1 8 1 . (3) 1 8 2 . (3) 1 8 3 . (1) 1 8 4 . (4)
1 . (4) 2 . (5) 3 . (1) 4 . (1)
1 8 5 . (2) 1 8 6 . (5) 1 8 7 . (1) 1 8 8 . (5)
5 . (5) 6 . (4) 7 . (2) 8 . (3)
1 8 9 . (4) 1 9 0 . (2) 1 9 1 . (3) 1 9 2 . (4)
9 . (3) 1 0 . (3) 1 1 . (1) 1 2 . (3)
1 9 3 . (1) 1 9 4 . (3) 1 9 5 . (2) 1 9 6 . (3)
1 3 . (1) 1 4 . (1) 1 5 . (3) 1 6 . (4)
1 9 7 . (5) 1 9 8 . (2) 1 9 9 . (1) 2 0 0 . (4)
1 7 . (3) 1 8 . (4) 1 9 . (4) 2 0 . (2)
2 1 . (3) 2 2 . (3) 2 3 . (5) 2 4 . (2) SBI PO EXAMS
2 5 . (2) 2 6 . (3) 2 7 . (5) 2 8 . (1)
2 9 . (3) 3 0 . (5) 3 1 . (3) 3 2 . (5) 1 . (1) 2 . (5) 3 . (5) 4 . (1)
3 3 . (2) 3 4 . (5) 3 5 . (4) 3 6 . (3) 5 . (3) 6 . (3) 7 . (4) 8 . (5)
3 7 . (4) 3 8 . (1) 3 9 . (3) 4 0 . (4) 9 . (1) 1 0 . (2) 1 1 . (2) 1 2 . (4)
4 1 . (1) 4 2 . (5) 4 3 . (4) 4 4 . (4) 1 3 . (1) 1 4 . (4) 1 5 . (2) 1 6 . (3)
4 5 . (1) 4 6 . (5) 4 7 . (3) 4 8 . (5) 1 7 . (5) 1 8 . (5) 1 9 . (5) 2 0 . (5)
4 9 . (4) 5 0 . (4) 5 1 . (3) 5 2 . (3) 2 1 . (5) 2 2 . (3) 2 3 . (4) 2 4 . (3)
5 3 . (3) 5 4 . (4) 5 5 . (5) 5 6 . (3) 2 5 . (4) 2 6 . (3) 2 7 . (1) 2 8 . (2)
5 7 . (5) 5 8 . (1) 5 9 . (1) 6 0 . (2) 2 9 . (3) 3 0 . (1) 3 1 . (4) 3 2 . (2)
6 1 . (4) 6 2 . (4) 6 3 . (4) 6 4 . (4) 3 3 . (5) 3 4 . (2) 3 5 . (4) 3 6 . (3)
6 5 . (1) 6 6 . (1) 6 7 . (1) 6 8 . (2) 3 7 . (4) 3 8 . (1) 3 9 . (5) 4 0 . (2)
6 9 . (4) 7 0 . (2) 7 1 . (4) 7 2 . (2) 4 1 . (4) 4 2 . (1) 4 3 . (4) 4 4 . (5)
7 3 . (2) 7 4 . (5) 7 5 . (3) 7 6 . (4) 4 5 . (3) 4 6 . (1) 4 7 . (3) 4 8 . (1)
7 7 . (3) 7 8 . (3) 7 9 . (5) 8 0 . (4) 4 9 . (5) 5 0 . (2) 5 1 . (2) 5 2 . (4)
8 1 . (1) 8 2 . (4) 8 3 . (5) 8 4 . (2) 5 3 . (5) 5 4 . (3) 5 5 . (1) 5 6 . (2)
8 5 . (5) 8 6 . (3) 8 7 . (2) 8 8 . (1) 5 7 . (4) 5 8 . (1) 5 9 . (2) 6 0 . (5)
8 9 . (5) 9 0 . (3) 9 1 . (1) 9 2 . (2) 6 1 . (3) 6 2 . (4) 6 3 . (5) 6 4 . (3)
9 3 . (5) 9 4 . (2) 9 5 . (3) 9 6 . (1) 6 5 . (2) 6 6 . (1) 6 7 . (3) 6 8 . (2)
9 7 . (5) 9 8 . (2) 9 9 . (1) 1 0 0 . (1) 6 9 . (4) 7 0 . (5) 7 1 . (3) 7 2 . (1)
1 0 1 . (4) 1 0 2 . (4) 1 0 3 . (5) 1 0 4 . (2) 7 3 . (2) 7 4 . (4) 7 5 . (1) 7 6 . (2)
1 0 5 . (4) 1 0 6 . (3) 1 0 7 . (4) 1 0 8 . (2) 7 7 . (5) 7 8 . (3) 7 9 . (4) 8 0 . (5)
1 0 9 . (1) 1 1 0 . (2) 1 1 1 . (5) 1 1 2 . (2)
8 1 . (3) 8 2 . (2) 8 3 . (1) 8 4 . (3)
1 1 3 . (3) 1 1 4 . (2) 1 1 5 . (4) 1 1 6 . (3)
1 1 7 . (4) 1 1 8 . (3) 1 1 9 . (4) 1 2 0 . (2) RBI GRADE–B/NABARD
1 2 1 . (1) 1 2 2 . (4) 1 2 3 . (2) 1 2 4 . (4) GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS
1 2 5 . (5) 1 2 6 . (1) 1 2 7 . (3) 1 2 8 . (1)
1 2 9 . (1) 1 3 0 . (4) 1 3 1 . (5) 1 3 2 . (5) 1 . (2) 2 . (3) 3 . (4) 4 . (4)
1 3 3 . (4) 1 3 4 . (1) 1 3 5 . (5) 1 3 6 . (4) 5 . (2) 6 . (4) 7 . (4) 8 . (3)
1 3 7 . (1) 1 3 8 . (5) 1 3 9 . (3) 1 4 0 . (3) 9 . (1) 1 0 . (2) 1 1 . (1) 1 2 . (1)
1 4 1 . (4) 1 4 2 . (5) 1 4 3 . (2) 1 4 4 . (4) 1 3 . (4) 1 4 . (2) 1 5 . (3) 1 6 . (3)
1 4 5 . (4) 1 4 6 . (3) 1 4 7 . (4) 1 4 8 . (2) 1 7 . (3) 1 8 . (1) 1 9 . (4) 2 0 . (2)
1 4 9 . (1) 1 5 0 . (2) 1 5 1 . (4) 1 5 2 . (2) 2 1 . (3) 2 2 . (2) 2 3 . (4) 2 4 . (2)
1 5 3 . (5) 1 5 4 . (3) 1 5 5 . (5) 1 5 6 . (4) 2 5 . (1) 2 6 . (3) 2 7 . (5) 2 8 . (2)
1 5 7 . (2) 1 5 8 . (3) 1 5 9 . (1) 1 6 0 . (4) 2 9 . (1) 3 0 . (4) 3 1 . (3) 3 2 . (5)
1 6 1 . (4) 1 6 2 . (3) 1 6 3 . (2) 1 6 4 . (1) 3 3 . (2) 3 4 . (1)
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 .(4 ) Th e b atch at 3 .00 pm is V
INSURANCE EXAMS Passcode for Batch V
7 2 4 1 3 5 6
1 . (2) 2 . (1) 3 . (3) 4 . (2) ci rcl e frien ds si ttin g eigh t are i n t h e
5 . (1) 6 . (3) 7 . (2) 8 . (3) 2 .(5 ) B atch at 4.00 pm is B atch VI.
9 . (4) 1 0 . (1) 1 1 . (4) 1 2 . (2) sentence awarded by high court was executed.
6 7 5 2 3 4 1
1 3 . (4) 1 4 . (2) 1 5 . (1) 1 6 . (3)
At 12 n oon Bat ch III starts. Passcod e :
1 7 . (3) 1 8 . (2) 1 9 . (1) 2 0 . (3)
4 6 1 2 5 3 7
2 1 . (4) 2 2 . (2) 2 3 . (5) 2 4 . (5) was sentence executed high by court awarded
2 5 . (2) 2 6 . (3) 2 7 . (4) 2 8 . (2) 3 . (1 ) Pr e-r est h ou r b atch i s IV.
2 9 . (1) 3 0 . (3) 3 1 . (5) 3 2 . (1) Passcode for Batch IV (1.00 pm to 2.00 pm)
7 4 3 6 5 1 2
3 3 . (4) 3 4 . (2) 3 5 . (4) 3 6 . (3)
an swer sh eet in for m at ion you r t h e on fill u p
3 7 . (4) 3 8 . (2) 3 9 . (1) 4 0 . (2) Th erefor e, In p u t
4 1 . (5) 4 2 . (4) 4 3 . (1) 4 4 . (3) fi ll u p you r i n for m ation on th e an swersh eet.
4 .(1 ) Passco de for Bat ch VI
EXPLANATIONS 6 7 5 2 3 4 1
m ar k y ou r an sw er again st ap pr opr iat e ser ial n u m b er
I nput
NATIONALISED BANKS & n u m ber again st app rop riate ser ial an swer m ark
IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS you r
(5 –9 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d
(1 -4 ) : After carefu l an alysis of t h e given in pu t an d variou s steps of r ear ran gem en t we can con cl u de th at in
passcode we m ay con cl u de th at in th e fi rst step t h e fir st each step on e word or a n u m b er is rearran ged. Th e wor ds
word is l eft in tact an d on e wor d from th e last is placed in ar e arran ged in th e r everse ord er of th e En glish alph a-
th e sam e ord er from t h e left al ter n at ely. In th e secon d bets wh i le th e n u m ber s are arr an ged in ascen di n g ord er
st ep th e last word is placed at th e fi rst posit ion an d th en alt er n at ely.
t h e fi rst word is p l aced an d t h en secon d l ast wor d i s 5 . (5)It is n ot possi ble to det er m in e th e pr evi ou s step.
pl aced followed by secon d word. Th ese two steps ar e r e- 6 . (4)In pu t : pap er com m on 36 51 pen cil 28 test 66
peated alter n at ely to gen er ate th e p asscodes for th e su b- St ep I : test p aper com m on 36 51 p en cil 28 66
sequ en t b atch es. St ep II : test 28 pap er com m on 36 51 pen cil 66
In pu t : St ep III : t est 28 pen cil paper com m on 36 51 66
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 . (2)Step II : waive 14 available time 38 46 probation 85
you sh ou ld k n ow ab ou t type of qu estion s Step III : waive 14 tim e available 38 46 probation 85
Pass cod e for Bat ch I (1 0.0 0 am t o 1 1.0 0 am ) Step IV : waive 14 tim e 38 available 46 probation 85
1 7 2 6 3 5 4 Step V : waive 14 tim e 38 probation available 46 85
Step VI : waive 14 tim e 38 probation 46 available 85
you qu estion s sh ou ld of k n ow type abou t
Th erefor e, fou r m ore steps wil l b e r equ ired.
Pass code for B atch II (1 1.0 0 am to 12 .00 n oon )
8 . (3)In pu t : 27 sp orts 48 televi sion com m en tary 18
4 1 5 7 3 2 6
h ou se 36
ab ou t you t ype qu esti on s k n ow sh ou ld of St ep I : television 2 7 sport s 4 8 com m en tary 18
Pass cod e for B atch III (11 .00 am to 12.00 n oon ) h ou se 36
4 6 1 2 5 3 7 St ep II : television 1 8 2 7 sp ort s 4 8 com m en tary
ab ou t of you sh ou l d t ype k n ow qu estion s h ou se 36
Pass code for B atch IV (1 .00 pm to 2.0 0 p m ) St ep III : television 1 8 sport s 2 7 4 8 com m en tary
h ou se 36
7 4 3 6 5 1 2
St ep IV : television 1 8 sport s 2 7 h ou se 48 com -
qu est ion s ab ou t k n ow of typ e you sh ou ld
m en tary 36
2.00 pm to 3 .00 pm –Rest St ep V : television 18 sports 27 h ou se 36 48 com -
Passcode for B atch V (3.00 pm to 4.0 0 p m ) m en t ar y
7 2 4 1 3 5 6 St ep VI : television 1 8 sport s 2 7 h ou se 36 com -
questions should about you know type of m en tary 48
Passcode for Batch VI (4 .00 pm to 5.0 0 p m ) 9 . (3)St ep I : n u m ber gam e 54 23 always lack in g 16 75
of qu est ion s type sh ou ld k n ow abou t you St ep II : n u m ber 1 6 gam e 54 23 al ways lack i n g 75
6 7 5 2 3 4 1 St ep III : n u m b er 16 lack in g gam e 54 23 always 75
St ep IV : n u m ber 1 6 l ack in g 23 gam e 5 4 always 75
INPUR-OUTPUT
(1 0 – 1 6 ) : After carefu l an alysi s of t h e given steps 1 9 . (4 ) St ep III : m i n e 17 lam p 86 51 34 h ow d ay
an d fin al st ep it is evid en t th at th e wor ds are ar ran ged in St ep IV : m i n e 17 lam p 34 86 51 h ow d ay
rever se alph abetical ord er an d th e n u m bers are arr an ged St ep V : m i n e 17 lam p 34 h ow 8 6 51 d ay
in ascen din g order.
St ep VI : m i n e 17 lam p 34 h ow 5 1 86 d ay
1 0 . (3 ) In p u t : 20 ask n ever 3 5 62 84 tall grass
St ep VII : m i n e 17 lam p 34 h ow 5 1 day 86
St ep I : tall 20 ask n ever 35 62 84 grass
2 0 . (2 ) In pu t : h ei gh t world 96 7 3 age ol d 51 65
St ep II : tall 20 n ever ask 35 62 84 grass
St ep I : world h ei gh t 93 73 age ol d 51 65
St ep III : tall 20 n ever 35 ask 62 84 grass
St ep II : world 51 h eigh t 96 73 age old 65
St ep IV : tall 20 n ever 35 grass ask 62 84
St ep III : world 51 old h eigh t 96 73 age 65
St ep V : tall 20 n ever 35 grass 6 2 ask 84
St ep IV : world 51 old 6 5 h ei gh t 96 73 age
1 1 . (1 ) Op tion (1 ) In pu t : Victory 63 wi n do w 1 452 24 +
St ep V : world 51 old 6 5 h ei gh t 73 96 age
task for
St ep VI : world 51 old 6 5 h ei gh t 73 age 96
St ep I : Wi n dow Vict ory 63 1 4 5 2 24 task for
2 1 . (3 ) St ep III : year 15 tim e 52 39 64 sou n d byte
St ep II : Wi n dow 14 Vi ctory 6 352 24 task for
St ep IV : year 15 tim e 39 52 64 sou n d byte
1 2 . (3 ) St ep III : yes 15 u l tra 96 73 52 h om e rest
St ep V : year 15 t im e 39 sou n d 52 6 4 byte
St ep IV : yes 15 u l tra 52 96 73 h om e rest
St ep VI : year 15 tim e 39 sou n d 52 byte 64
St ep V : yes 15 u l tra 52 rest 9 6 73 h om e
2 2 . (3 )
St ep VI : yes 15 u l tra 52 rest 7 3 96 h om e
St ep II : vi ctory 12 54 4 1 u lt ra set 32 li n e
St ep VII : yes 15 u l tra 52 rest 7 3 h om e 96
St ep III : vi ctory 12 u lt ra 5 4 41 set 3 2 li n e
1 3 . (1 ) In p u t : 49 box stor e 84 63 on door 37
St ep IV : vi ctory 12 u ltr a 32 5 4 4 1 set li n e
St ep I : st ore 49 box 84 63 on door 37
St ep V : vi ctory 12 u lt ra 3 2 set 54 4 1 li n e
St ep II : st ore 37 49 box 84 63 on door
St ep VI : vi ctory 12 u lt ra 3 2 set 41 5 4 li n e
St ep III : st ore 37 on 49 box 84 63 door
St ep VII : vi ctory 12 u lt ra 3 2 set 41 l in e 54
St ep IV : st ore 37 on 49 door b ox 84 63
St ep V : st ore 37 on 49 door 6 3 b ox 84 (2 3 –2 8 ) :
After carefu l an al ysi s of in pu t an d vari ou s steps of
1 4 . (1 ) In p u t : sl ow wh eel 3 2 57 h i gh lak e 12 46
r ear ran gem en t it is evi den t t h at in each st ep on e
St ep I : wh eel slow 3 2 57 h i gh lak e 12 46
n u m ber or word is rearran ged . Th e n u m bers ar e ar -
St ep II : wh eel 12 slow 32 57 h i gh l ak e 46 ran ged i n d escen di n g ord er an d th e words ar e ar -
St ep III : wh eel 12 slow 32 lak e 57 h igh 46 ran ged i n alph abet ical order.
St ep IV : wh eel 12 sl ow 32 l ak e 46 57 h i gh 2 3 . (5) In p u t : h om e t u r f 39 24 86 44 roll over
St ep V : wh eel 12 slow 32 lak e 46 h igh 57 St ep I : 86 h om e t u r f 39 24 44 roll over
1 5 . (3 ) St ep IV : year 14 team 2 2 63 54 goal h ou se St ep II : 86 h om e 4 4 t u r f 39 24 roll over
St ep V : year 1 4 t eam 22 h ou se 63 5 4 goal St ep III : 86 h om e 4 4 over tu r f 3 9 24 roll
St ep VI : year 1 4 t eam 22 h ou se 54 6 3 goal St ep IV : 86 h om e 4 4 over 39 tu r f 24 roll
St ep VII : year 1 4 t eam 22 h ou se 54 goal 63 St ep V : 86 h om e 4 4 over 39 rol l tu r f 24
1 6 . (4 ) In p u t : bag fu ll 32 84 27 coi n n ew 56 St ep VI : 86 h om e 4 4 over 39 rol l 24 tu r f
St ep I : n ew b ag fu l l 32 84 27 coin 56 2 4 . (2) Let’s th e option (2) in p u t
St ep II : n ew 2 7 b ag fu ll 32 84 coin 56 2 5 . (2) St ep IV : 58 box 4 7 d ew 15 21 town p ot
St ep III : n ew 2 7 fu ll bag 3 2 8 4 coin 56 St ep V : 58 box 4 7 d ew 21 15 town p ot
St ep IV : n ew 2 7 fu ll 32 bag 8 4 coin 56 St ep VI : 58 box 4 7 d ew 21 pot 15 town
St ep V : n ew 2 7 fu ll 32 coi n b ag 84 56 2 6 . (3) In p u t : sh ow 51 36 n ew far 81 46 goal
St ep VI : n ew 2 7 fu ll 32 coi n 5 6 b ag 84 St ep I : 81 sh ow 51 36 n ew far 46 goal
(1 7 – 2 2 ) : After an al ysi n g th e var iou s step s of ar - St ep II : 81 far sh ow 51 36 n ew 46 goal
ran gem en t i t is eviden t th at word s are arran ged i n t h e St ep III : 81 far 5 1 sh ow 36 n ew 46 goal
r ever se al ph ab et i cal or d er wh i l e t h e n u m ber s ar e ar -
St ep IV : 81 far 5 1 goal sh ow 3 6 n ew 46
ran ged i n ascen din g order.
St ep V : 81 far 5 1 goal 46 sh ow 3 6 n ew
1 7 . (3 ) In p u t : bag cover 43 3 2 tyr e 51 sh ip 25
St ep VI : 81 far 5 1 goal 46 n ew sh ow 36
St ep I : tyre b ag cover 43 3 2 51 sh ip 25
St ep VII : 81 far 5 1 goal 46 n ew 36 sh ow
St ep II : tyre 2 5 bag cover 4 3 32 5 1 sh ip
2 7 . (5) In p u t : bu y win task 52 38 43 door 12
St ep III : tyre 25 sh i p bag cover 43 32 51
St ep I : 52 bu y win task 38 43 door 12
St ep IV : tyre 2 5 sh i p 32 bag cover 43 51
St ep II : 52 bu y 4 3 win t ask 38 door 12
St ep V : tyre 2 5 sh i p 32 cover bag 43 51
St ep III : 52 bu y 4 3 d oor win task 38 12
1 8 . (4 ) Fr om th e gi ven step i t i s n ot possibl e t o d eter -
m i n e t h e in pu t. St ep IV : 52 bu y 4 3 d oor 38 win task 12
INPUR-OUTPUT
2 8 . (1) St ep II : 76 ask 12 32 begin over join 42 St ep I V : 6 4 h ow 56 st ay
St ep III : 76 ask 42 12 32 begin over join 36 was you r 2 5
St ep IV : 76 ask 42 begin 12 32 over join St ep V : 6 4 h ow 56 st ay
St ep V : 76 ask 42 begin 32 12 over join 36 was 25 you r
St ep VI : 76 ask 42 begin 32 joi n 12 over St ep V is th e l ast step.
(2 9 -3 4 ) : 3 6 . (3)
After carefu l, an alysis of th e gi ven in pu t an d variou s I nput : p ower fail n ow 5 2
st eps of arr an gem en t i t i s eviden t th at on e n u m b er 24 75 gat e 3 4
an d on e wor d ar e ar ran ged al ter n at el y. Th e n u m - St ep I : 7 5 p ower fail n ow
bers are arr an ged in ascen di n g ord er wh i le t h e wor ds
52 24 gat e 3 4
ar e arran ged in reverse alph abetical order.
St ep I I : 7 5 fail p ower n ow
2 9 .(3) St ep II : 15 yes 6 2 5 1 48 talk n ow gon e
St ep III : 15 yes 4 8 6 2 51 talk n ow gon e 52 24 gat e 3 4
St ep IV : 15 yes 4 8 t alk 62 51 n ow gon e St ep I I I : 7 5 fail 52 p ower
St ep V : 15 yes 4 8 t alk 51 62 n ow gon e n ow 2 4 gat e 3 4
St ep VI : 15 yes 4 8 t alk 51 n ow 62 gon e St ep I V : 7 5 fail 52 gat e
3 0 . (5) St ep III : 21 vi ctor y 3 0 j oin t 64 47 all gon e p ower n ow 24 34
St ep IV : 21 vi ctor y 3 0 j oin t 47 64 all gon e St ep V : 7 5 fail 52 gat e
St ep V : 21 vi ctor y 3 0 j oin t 47 gon e 6 4 all 34 p ower n ow 2 4
3 1 . (3) St ep VI : 7 5 fail 52 gat e
In p u t : 89 bin d 3 2 goal h ou se 61 1 2 j oy 34 n ow p ower 2 4
St ep I : 12 89 bin d 3 2 goal h ou se 6 1 j oy St ep VI I : 75 fail 5 2 gat e
St ep II : 12 joy 89 bi n d 3 2 goal h ou se 61 34 n ow 24 power
St ep III : 12 joy 32 89 bin d goal h ou se 61 3 7 . (4 ) From th e given step it is n ot p ossibl e t o d eter -
St ep IV : 12 joy 32 h ou se 89 bin d goal 61 m i n e t h e in pu t.
St ep V : 12 joy 32 h ou se 61 89 bin d goal 3 8 . (1)
St ep VI : 12 joy 32 h ou se 61 goal 89 bi n d St ep I I : 7 5 d own 1 6 24
3 2 .(5) In p u t : save 2 1 4 3 7 8 th em ear ly 3 6 for far m eager 6 2 sk y
St ep I : 21 save 4 3 7 8 th em ear ly 3 6 for St ep I I I : 7 5 d own 6 2 16
St ep II : 21 th em save 43 78 ear ly 3 6 for 24 far m eager sk y
St ep III : 21 th em 3 6 save 43 78 earl y for St ep I V : 7 5 d own 6 2 eager
St ep IV : 21 th em 3 6 save 43 for 78 ear ly 16 24 far m sk y
3 3 .(2 ) In p u t : desire 59 63 all few 3 8 46 zon e St ep V : 7 5 d own 6 2 eager
St ep I : 38 desire 59 63 all few 46 zon e 24 16 far m sk y
St ep II : 38 zon e d esi re 5 9 6 3 all few 46 St ep VI : 7 5 d own 6 2 eager
St ep III : 38 zon e 4 6 d esir e 5 9 6 3 al l few 24 far m 1 6 sk y
St ep IV : 38 zon e 4 6 few d esi re 59 6 3 all 3 9 . (3)
St ep V : 38 zon e 4 6 few 5 9 d esi re 6 3 all I nput : 14 35 wh en t h ey
3 4 . (5) In p u t : wi n 9 2 t ask 73 59 h ou se ran ge 34 cam e 6 1 48 h om e
St ep I : 34 wi n 9 2 t ask 73 59 h ou se ran ge St ep I : 6 1 14 35 wh en
St ep II : 34 wi n 5 9 9 2 t ask 73 h ou se ran ge t h ey cam e 4 8 h om e
St ep III : 34 wi n 5 9 t ask 92 73 h ou se ran ge St ep I I : 6 1 cam e 1 4 35
St ep IV : 34 wi n 5 9 t ask 73 92 h ou se ran ge wh en t h ey 48 h om e
(3 5 –3 9 ) : Fr om th e an alysis of given in p u t an d var i- St ep I I I : 6 1 cam e 4 8 14
ou s step s of rearr an gem en t, it is evi den t t h at alt er n ately
35 wh en t h ey h om e
on e n u m ber an d on e word are arr an ged. Th e n u m bers
get arran ged in descen di n g ord er an d th e words get ar - St ep I V : 6 1 cam e 4 8 h om e
ran ged as p er diction ar y. 14 35 wh en t h ey
3 5 . (4) St ep V : 6 1 cam e 4 8 h om e
I nput : h ow was you r st ay 35 14 wh en t h ey
56 25 36 64 St ep VI : 6 1 cam e 4 8 h om e
St ep I : 6 4 h ow was you r 35 t h ey 14 wh en
st ay 5 6 25 36 (4 0 –4 6 ) : After car efu l an alysis of th e In pu t an d variou s
St ep I I : 6 4 h ow 56 was st eps of rearran gem en t i t i s evid en t th at i n each st ep
you r st ay 25 36 on e n u m ber or word is rearran ged. Th e n u m ber s are
St ep I I I : 6 4 h ow 56 st ay rearr an ged i n d escen di n g ord er wh il e t h e word s are
rearr an ged accordi n g to diction ar y.
was you r 25 36
INPUR-OUTPUT
4 0 . (4) 5 1 . (3) St ep III : 32 st ati on 46 81 7 3 m arch go for
In p u t : or gan ise 19 12 st able room 35 72 h ou se St ep IV : 32 st ati on 46 m arch 8 1 7 3 go for
Step I : 72 or gan ise 19 12 stable room 35 h ou se St ep V : 32 st ation 4 6 m arch 7 3 8 1 go for
Step II : 72 h ou se or gan ise 19 12 stable room 35 St ep VI : 32 st ati on 46 m arch 7 3 go 8 1 for
Step III : 72 h ou se 35 or gan ise 19 12 stable room (5 2 -5 6 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e given In pu t an d
Step IV : 72 h ou se 35 or gan ise 19 room 1 2 stab le variou s step s of r ear ran gem en t it is evi den t th at in
4 1 . (1) Inpu t : bak e n ever store 5 1 2 6 3 3 age 49 th e first st ep on e wor d i s r ear ran ged an d in th e sec-
St ep I : 51 bak e n ever stor e 2 6 3 3 age 49 on d step on e n u m ber is rearr an ged. Th ese two steps
are con t in u ed alt er n at ely t il l all th e wor ds get ar -
St ep II : 51 age b ak e n ever store 26 33 49
ran ged i n al ph abet ical order an d all th e n u m ber s get
St ep III : 51 age 4 9 b ak e n ever store 26 33
ar ran ged in descen din g order.
St ep IV : 51 age 4 9 b ak e 33 n ever store 26 5 2 . (3)
St ep V : 51 age 4 9 b ak e 33 n ever 26 store In p u t : war 52 an d p eace 4 3 16 n ow 24
4 2 . (5) In p u t : al ways go t h er e 39 62 47 ti m e 24 St ep I : an d war 52 peace 4 3 16 n ow 24
Step I : 62 al ways go t h ere 39 47 ti m e 24 St ep II : an d 52 war p eace 43 1 6 n ow 24
Step II : 62 al ways 4 7 go th ere 39 ti m e 24 St ep III : an d 52 n ow war peace 4 3 1 6 24
Step III : 62 al ways 4 7 go 39 th ere ti m e 24
St ep IV : an d 52 n ow 43 war p eace 1 6 24
Step IV : 62 al ways 4 7 go 39 th ere 24 ti m e
St ep V : an d 52 n ow 43 peace war 1 6 24
4 3 . (4 ) Fr om t h e given Steps we can n ot d et er m i n e t h e
St ep VI : an d 52 n ow 43 peace 24 war 16
In p u t .
5 3 . (3) St ep III : bon d 86 goal 12 33 li k e h igh 46
4 4 . (4) Step III : 84 for 5 6 2 9 17 won l oss gam e
St ep IV : b on d 8 6 goal 4 6 12 33 l ik e h i gh
Step IV : 84 for 5 6 gam e 29 17 won loss
St ep V : bon d 86 goal 4 6 h igh 1 2 33 li k e
Step V : 84 for 5 6 gam e 29 loss 1 7 won
St ep VI : b on d 8 6 goal 4 6 h igh 33 12 li k e
4 5 . (1) Step III : 86 box 6 3 1 8 gear car d 5 1 n ew
St ep VII : bon d 86 goal 4 6 h igh 3 3 lik e 12
Step IV : 86 box 6 3 card 18 gear 5 1 n ew
5 4 . (4 ) It i s n ot p ossibl e t o d eter m i n e th e in p u t from an y
Step V : 86 box 6 3 card 51 18 gear n ew
gi ven step.
Step VI : 86 box 6 3 card 51 gear 1 8 n ew
5 5 . (5)
4 6 . (5) Step IV : 59 ben d 46 card 14 27 wi n n ow
In p u t : m i n d n ew 2 7 35 19 59 own tower
Step V : 59 ben d 46 card 27 14 wi n n ow
St ep I : m i n d 59 n ew 27 35 19 own tower
Step VI : 59 ben d 46 card 27 n ow 1 4 win
St ep II : m i n d 59 n ew 35 27 19 own tower
(4 7 – 5 1 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of th e in pu t an d
St ep III : m i n d 59 n ew 35 own 27 19 tower
var iou s st eps of r earr an gem en t , i t is cl ear t h at i n th e
fi rst step on e n u m ber is rearran ged an d i n t h e secon d St ep IV : m i n d 59 n ew 35 own 27 tower 19
st ep on e wor d i s r earr an ged. Th ese two st eps ar e con ti n - 5 6 . (3)
u ed t ill all th e n u m bers get ar ran ged in ascen d in g ord er St ep IV : dear 63 few 51 16 2 9 yes n ow
an d all th e wor ds get ar ran ged in rever se order of alph a- St ep V : dear 63 few 51 n ow 16 29 yes
b et s. St ep VI : dear 63 few 51 n ow 2 9 1 6 yes
4 7 . (3) St ep VII : dear 63 few 51 n ow 29 yes 16
In p u t : k i n d 12 9 6 h eart water 59 4 2 yes (5 7 -6 1 ) : After carefu l an alysis of t h e In p u t an d var -
St ep I : 12 k i n d 9 6 h ear t water 59 4 2 yes iou s steps of rear ran gem en t , i t i s evid en t th at i n t h e fir st
St ep II : 12 yes k i n d 96 h ear t water 59 42 st ep on e n u m ber is ar ran ged an d i n t h e secon d step on e
St ep III : 12 yes 42 k i n d 96 h eart wat er 59 word is arr an ged. Th ese two st eps ar e con ti n u ed alter -
St ep IV : 12 yes 42 water k in d 9 6 h ear t 59 n atel y t ill all th e n u m b ers get arran ged in ascen din g or -
St ep V : 12 yes 4 2 water 59 k i n d 96 h eart der an d all th e words get ar ran ged in alp h ab eti cal ord er
bu t in rever se order.
4 8 . (5)
5 7 . (5) In p u t : m an 7 9 over 63 lik e 43 joy 15
In p u t : ju n gl e 43 m ode 25 b ask et 39 target 19
St ep I : 15 m an 79 over 63 l ik e 43 j oy
St ep I : 19 ju n gle 43 m ode 2 5 b ask et 39 t arget
St ep II : 19 target ju n gl e 43 m ode 25 bask et 39
St ep II : 15 over m an 79 63 l ik e 43 j oy
St ep III : 19 target 2 5 j u n gle 4 3 m ode bask et 39
St ep III : 15 over 43 m an 79 63 l ik e j oy
St ep IV : 19 target 25 m ode j u n gle 43 bask et 39
St ep IV : 15 over 43 m an 63 79 l ik e j oy
St ep V : 19 target 2 5 m ode 39 ju n gle 4 3 b ask et
St ep V : 15 over 43 m an 63 l ik e 79 j oy
4 9 . (4) Fr om th e gi ven step i t i s n ot possibl e t o d eter - 5 8 . (1)
m i n e t h e In pu t. St ep II : 27 world go 57 48 st em 35 k i te
5 0 . (4) St ep II : 24 year 5 6 4 3 last par t 64 over St ep III : 27 worl d 3 5 go 57 4 8 stem k i te
St ep III : 24 year 4 3 5 6 last par t 64 over St ep IV : 27 worl d 3 5 stem go 57 48 k i te
St ep IV : 24 year 4 3 p art 56 last 64 over St ep V : 27 worl d 3 5 stem 48 go 57 k i te
St ep V : 24 year 43 par t 56 over last 64 St ep VI : 27 worl d 3 5 stem 48 k it e go 57
St ep VI : 24 year 4 3 p art 56 over 64 last St ep VII : 27 worl d 3 5 stem 4 8 k ite 5 7 go
INPUR-OUTPUT
5 9 . (1) 6 8 . (2) I npu t : st ati on h u rr y 3 9 67 al l m en 8 6 59
In p u t : 94 j oin for 81 st yle h om e 3 2 48 St ep I : 39 stat ion h u rry 67 all m en 8 6 59
St ep I : 32 9 4 join for 81 style h om e 48 St ep II : 39 stati on 59 h u rr y 6 7 all m en 86
St ep II : 32 styl e 94 join for 8 1 h om e 48 St ep III : 39 st ation 5 9 m en h u r ry 6 7 all 86
St ep III : 32 styl e 48 94 join for 81 h om e St ep IV : 39 st ation 5 9 m en 67 h u rr y all 86
St ep IV : 32 style 48 join 94 for 81 h om e St ep V : 39 st ation 5 9 m en 67 h u rr y 8 6 all
St ep V : 32 styl e 4 8 joi n 81 9 4 for h om e 6 9 . (4 ) It is n ot possib le to det er m in e th e In pu t fr om
St ep VI : 32 styl e 48 join 81 h om e 94 for an y gi ven step.
6 0 . (2) 7 0 . (2) In pu t : n ews 7 9 5 3 glory for 4 6 29 task
St ep III : 18 t ower 38 bask et 8 2 76 h al l n ew St ep I : 29 n ews 7 9 5 3 gl ory for 46 task
St ep IV : 18 t ower 38 n ew bask et 82 76 h all
St ep II : 29 task n ews 79 53 glory for 46
St ep V : 18 t ower 38 n ew 7 6 bask et 82 h all
St ep III : 29 task 49 n ews 79 53 glor y for
St ep VI : 18 t ower 38 n ew 76 h all b ask et 82
St ep IV : 29 task 49 n ews 53 79 glor y for
St ep VII : 18 t ower 38 n ew 7 6 h al l 82 b ask et
7 1 . (4) St ep III : 2 7 tu be 34 gas ch am b er r ow 74 53
6 1 . (4 ) From th e gi ven st ep, In p u t can n ot be det er m in ed. St ep IV : 27 tu be 34 row gas ch am ber 74 53
(6 2 –6 6 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d St ep V : 27 tu be 34 row 53 gas ch am b er 74
variou s step s of r ear ran gem en t it is evi den t th at in St ep VI : 27 tu be 34 row 53 gas 7 4 ch am b er
th e first st ep on e wor d i s r ear ran ged an d in th e sec- 7 2 . (2) St ep II : 19 year 85 74 n ear gon e 26 store
on d step on e n u m ber is rearr an ged. Th ese two steps
St ep III : 19 year 26 85 74 n ear gon e store
ar e r epeated al ter n at ely u n t il all th e words ar e ar -
St ep IV : 19 year 26 st ore 85 74 n ear gon e
ran ged alp h abet icall y in th e r everse ord er an d all
th e n u m b ers are ar ran ged in descen din g order. St ep V : 19 year 26 store 7 4 8 5 n ear gon e
6 2 . (4) In p u t : gl ass fu ll 15 37 water n ow 8 5 67 St ep VI : 19 year 26 st ore 74 n ear 85 gon e
St ep I : water glass fu ll 15 37 n ow 8 5 67 (7 3 -7 7 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e gi ven in pu t an d
St ep II : water 8 5 glass fu l l 15 37 n ow 67 variou s steps of r ear ran gem en t , i t i s cl ear th at in
St ep III : water 8 5 n ow gl ass fu ll 15 3 7 67 th e first step on e word is r ear ran ged an d i n t h e
secon d st ep on e n u m ber is rearran ged. Th ese t wo
St ep IV : water 8 5 n ow 67 glass fu ll 1 5 37
st eps ar e con ti n u ed alter n atel y t ill all th e wor ds
St ep V : water 8 5 n ow 67 glass 37 fu l l 15
get r ear r an ged i n alp h ab et i cal or d er an d al l t h e
St ep V is th e l ast step.
n u m bers get rearran ged i n ascen din g order.
6 3 . (4) St ep II : u l tra 7 3 1 2 16 m ail sort 39 k i te
7 3 . (2) In p u t : tr ain 59 47 25 over b u rden 6 3 sk y
St ep III : u l tra 7 3 sort 1 2 16 m ail 39 k i te
St ep I : bu rden tr ain 59 47 25 over 6 3 sk y
St ep IV : u l tra 7 3 sor t 39 12 16 m ail k i te
Step II : bu rden 25 tr ain 59 47 over 6 3 sk y
St ep V : u l tra 7 3 sort 3 9 m ai l 12 16 k i te
St ep III : bu rden 25 over train 59 4 7 6 3 sk y
St ep VI : u l tra 7 3 sort 3 9 m ai l 16 12 k i te
Step IV : bu rden 25 over 47 train 5 9 6 3 sk y
St ep VII : u l tra 7 3 sort 3 9 m ai l 16 k it e 12
Step V : bu rden 25 over 47 sk y train 59 63
6 4 . (4 ) From th e gi ven st ep, In p u t can n ot be det er m in ed.
Step VI : bu rden 25 over 47 sk y 59 train 63
6 5 . (1) St ep II : tu be 83 49 34 garden flower rat 56
7 4 . (5) In p u t : servi ce 46 58 96 over th ere desk 15
St ep III : tu be 83 r at 49 34 gard en fl ower 56
St ep IV : tu be 83 r at 56 49 3 4 gar den flower St ep I : desk ser vice 4 6 58 96 over th ere 15
St ep V : tu be 83 r at 56 garden 49 34 flower Step II : desk 15 ser vice 46 58 96 over th ere
St ep VI : tu be 83 rat 56 gar den 49 flower 34 Step III : desk 15 over servi ce 46 58 96 th ere
6 6 . (1) In p u t : h u n t for 9 4 37 good 29 48 book Step IV : desk 15 over 4 6 servi ce 58 96 th ere
St ep I : h u n t 94 for 37 good 29 48 book Step V : desk 15 over 4 6 servi ce 58 th ere 96
St ep II : h u n t 94 good for 3 7 29 48 book 7 5 . (3) In pu t — 93 h ou se floor 69 57 t ask below 12
St ep III : h u n t 94 good 48 for 37 29 book
St ep IV : h u n t 94 good 48 for 37 book 29 12
Step I : below 93 h ou se floor 69 5 7 t ask
(6 7 -7 2 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e gi ven in pu t an d
var iou s steps of r earran gem en t it becom es cl ear t h at Step II : below 12 93 h ou se floor 6 957 task
in th e fi rst st ep on e n u m ber is rearr an ged an d in 7 6 . (4) Step III : ar t 2 4 day 8 3 7 1 5 4 star power
th e secon d step on e word is rearran ged. Th ese t wo Step IV : ar t 2 4 day 5 4 8 3 7 1 star power
st eps ar e con ti n u ed alter n at ely ti ll all th e n u m bers Step V : ar t 2 4 day 5 4 p ower 8 3 71 st ar
get r ear ran ged in ascen d in g or der an d al l t h e wor ds Step VI : ar t 2 4 day 5 4 p ower 7 1 83 st ar
get r ear ran ged in reverse alph abet ical order. Step VII : ar t 2 4 day 5 4 p ower 7 1 st ar 83
6 7 . (1) St ep III : 15 wi n dow 2 9 93 86 sail tower b u y 7 7 . (3) Step II : cold 17 wave 6 9 n ever desk 52 43
St ep IV : 15 win dow 29 tower 93 86 sai l b u y
Step III : cold 17 desk wave 69 n ever 52 43
St ep V : 15 wi n dow 29 tower 86 93 sai l b u y
Step IV : cold 17 desk 4 3 wave 69 n ever 52
St ep VI : 15 win dow 29 tower 86 sai l 9 3 b u y
Step V : cold 17 desk 4 3 n ever wave 69 52
Even t u all y, Step IV is th e l ast step.
Step VI : cold 17 desk 4 3 n ever 52 wave 69
INPUR-OUTPUT
(7 8 –8 2 ) : After car efu l an alysis of th e In pu t an d variou s 8 3 . (5) It is st ep I.
st eps of rearran gem en t i t i s evid en t th at i n each st ep 8 4 . (2) Ei gh t st eps wou ld be requ ir ed to com p let e t h e
on e n u m ber or word is rearran ged. Th ese t wo steps ar ran gem en t .
ar e con t in u ed alter n atel y t ill al l t h e word s get rear - 8 5 . (5) Th ere is n o su ch op tion .
ran ged i n al ph abet ical order an d all th e n u m ber s get 8 6 . (3) Op tion (3) i s step III.
rearr an ged i n ascen di n g order. 8 7 . (2) Th e wor d ‘n ot’ wou l d b e on 8th p osi ti on fr om
7 8 . (3) St ep II: ben d 1 5 will car e 4 6 5 3 29 th en left i n Step V.
Step III : ben d 1 5 care wil l 4 6 5 3 29 th en (8 8 – 9 4 ) :
Step IV : ben d 1 5 care 29 wil l 4 6 53 th en Fi rst of all , t h e wor ds get rearran ged i n al ph abet i-
Step V : ben d 1 5 care 29 th en will 46 53 cal or der an d t wo word s are r ear ran ged in each
st ep. Th en , th e n u bm er s are rear ran ged in descen d-
Step VI : ben d 1 5 care 29 th en 4 6 wi ll 53
in g order.
7 9 . (5) In p u t : lan d 62 clear over 41 37 again 56 I n p u t : wh en 11 given fin e 37 pr ovi de zero 90 over
Step I : again lan d 6 2 clear over 41 37 56 45 is 29 team 89
Step II : again 37 lan d 6 2 clear over 41 56 St ep I : fi n e given wh en 11 37 pr ovi de zero 90 over
Step III : again 37 clear lan d 6 2 over 41 56 45 is 29 team 89
Step IV : again 37 clear 41 lan d 62 over 56 St ep I I : fi n e given i s over wh en 11 37 provide zero 90
45 29 team 89
Step V : again 37 clear 41 lan d 56 62 over
St ep I I I : fi n e given i s over pr ovi de team wh en 11 37
Step VI : again 37 clear 41 lan d 56 over 62
zero 90 45 29 89
St ep V i s t h e last bu t on e step. St ep I V : fi n e given is over p rovi de team wh en zero 11
8 0 . (4) Step II : desk 12 year vi ctor 86 71 store 65 37 90 45 29 89
Step III : desk 12 stor e year victor 86 71 65 St ep V : fi n e given is over p rovi de team wh en zero 90
Step IV : desk 12 stor e 6 5 year victor 86 71 89 11 37 45 29
Step V : desk 12 stor e 6 5 vi ctor year 86 71 St ep VI : fi n e given is over p rovi de team wh en zero 90
89 45 37 11 29
Step VI : desk 12 stor e 6 5 vi ctor 7 1 year 86
St ep VI I : fi n e given is over p rovi de team wh en zero 90
8 1 . (1) In p u t : ear n 39 2 3 4 8 stati on 19 begi n d ay 89 45 37 29 11
Step I : begin ear n 3 9 2 3 48 st ati on 1 9 d ay 8 8 . (1) St ep I : fin e given wh en 11 37 provid e zero 90
Step II : begin 19 ear n 3 9 23 48 st ation d ay over 4 5 i s 2 9 team 89
Step III : begin 19 day ear n 3 9 2 3 4 8 st ati on 8 9 . (5 ) over 9 0 . (3) VII
Step IV : begin 19 day 23 ear n 3 9 4 8 st ati on 9 1 . (1 ) zero 9 2 . (2) III
Step V : begin 19 day 23 ear n 3 9 stati on 48 9 3 . (5) St ep V : fin e gi ven i s over p rovide team wh en
8 2 . (4) It is n ot possi ble to det er m in e th e In pu t from an y zero 90 89 11 37 45 29
gi ven step. 9 4 . (2) St ep VII : fin e given is over pr ovi de team wh en
zero 90 89 45 37 29 11
(8 3 –8 7 ) : First of al l t h e n u m ber s an d th ei r p recedi n g
(9 5 -9 9 ) :
letters are arr an ged. Th e n u m bers are arr an ged in
In each step on e n u m ber an d on e wor d are r e-ar -
ascen din g order.
ran ged. Th e n u m ber s are arran ged from th e left in
Th en , th e words ar e arran ged i n alph abet ical b u t descen di n g order an d th e words ar e ar ran ged fr om
in reverse order. th e r igh t i n alph abet ical order.
I nput : an y n u m ber l ess th an 3 0 an d m or e th an 20 In p u t : 24 cr oss 82 road 9 3 safe 13 jam h alt 46
does n ot equ al 40 St ep I : 93 24 82 road safe 13 jam h alt 46 cross
St ep I : th an 20 an y n u m ber less t h an 30 an d m ore St ep II : 93 82 24 road safe 13 jam 4 6 h alt cross
does n ot equ al 40 St ep III : 93 82 46 24 road safe 13 jam h alt cross
St ep I I : th an 20 t h an 30 an y n u m ber l ess an d m ore St ep IV : 93 82 46 24 13 safe r oad jam h alt cross
does n ot equ al 40
St ep I I I : th an 20 t h an 30 equ al 40 an y n u m ber less 9 5 . (3) St ep II : 93 82 24 road safe 13 jam 4 6 h alt cross
an d m ore does n ot 9 6 . (1) Op tion (1) i s t h e fin al arran gem en t.
St ep I V : th an 20 t h an 30 equ al 40 n u m ber an y less 9 7 . (5) Th ere wil l b e n o su ch step.
an d m ore does n ot 9 8 . (2) Th ird n u m ber fr om th e left i s 4 6.
St ep V : th an 20 t h an 3 0 equ al 40 n u m ber n ot an y 9 9 . (1) It is st ep I.
less an d m or e does (1 0 0 -1 0 4 ) :
St ep VI : th an 20 t h an 30 equ al 40 n u m ber n ot m ore After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given in pu t an d var i-
ou s step s of rearr an gem en t it is evi den t th at wor ds
an y l ess an d does
an d n u m bers are rearr an ged from ri gh t to left. In
St ep VI I : th an 20 t h an 30 equ al 40 n u m ber n ot m ore t h e fi r st st ep on e wor d i s r ear r an ged an d in th e
less an y an d does secon d st ep on e n u m ber is rearran ged. Th e wor ds
St ep VI I I : th an 20 t h an 30 equ al 40 n u m ber n ot m ore ar e r earr an ged in alp h abetical ord er an d th e n u m -
less does an y an d bers are arr an ged in ascen di n g order from righ t to
St ep VIII is th e l ast step. l eft .
INPUR-OUTPUT
In p u t : 23 you 1 3 wak e 81 m e 43 before 72 go 34 u p 1 1 1 . (5) E is th e Step II.
St ep I : 23 you 1 3 wak e 81 m e 43 72 go 34 u p b efore 1 1 2 . (2) B is th e Step IV.
St ep II : 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 7 2 go 34 u p 13 b efore (1 1 3 – 1 1 4 ) :
St ep III : 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 72 34 u p go 1 3 b efore In p u t : 50 62 th e b est 67 bargai n 4 2 i n stor es 17 89
St ep IV : you wak e 81 m e 43 72 34 u p 23 go 1 3 b efore n ow 7 5 avai lab le
St ep V : you wak e 81 43 72 34 u p m e 23 go 1 3 b efore St ep I : th e 5 0 6 2 best 67 bar gai n 4 2 i n st ores 1 7 n ow
St ep VI : you wak e 81 43 72 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore 75 avail abl e 89
St ep VII : you wak e 81 72 43 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore St ep II : th e stor es 5 0 6 2 b est 67 bargain 4 2 i n 1 7 n ow
St ep VIII : you 8 1 7 2 wak e 43 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore available 75 89
St ep IX : 81 you 7 2 wak e 43 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore St ep III : th e stores n ow 50 62 best b argain 42 in 17
1 0 0 . (1) m e avail abl e 67 7 5 89
1 0 1 . (4) It is st ep V. St ep IV : th e stores n ow best 5 0 bargain 42 in 17 avai l-
1 0 2 . (4) Op tion (4) is step II. ab le 62 67 7 5 89
1 0 3 . (5) Ni n e Step s. St ep V : th e stores n ow in best bargain 42 17 avai lab le
1 0 4 . (2) Op tion (4) is last bu t on e step. 50 62 6 7 75 89
(1 0 5 – 1 0 9 ) : Th ere ar e six n u m b ers an d six wor ds 1 1 3 . (3) Op tion (3) i s Step III.
i n t h e i n p u t . Th e t h r ee n u m b er s ar e p l aced i n t h e 1 1 4 . (2) ‘b est ’ wi ll be at th e fifth posi tion from th e left
begin n in g an d t h e rem ain in g th r ee n u m ber s ar e p laced en d i n St ep V.
i n th e last . Th e n u m bers are r earr an ged i n ascen d in g (1 1 5 -1 2 1 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d
or der. Th e six wor ds are rearr an ged in alph abetical ord er vari ou s st ep s of r ear r an gem en t i t is evid en t th at
in th e m i ddl e. wor d s an d n u m b er s ar e r ear r an ged al t er n at el y.
In p u t : 67 h ot su n 1 9 b est 83 ice 4 9 ace 7 7 cu t 37 Worl d ar e ar ran ged i n al ph ab et ical ord er an d t h e
St ep I : 19 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace 77 cu t 37 83 n u m bers are arr an ged i n ascen di n g order.
Step II : 19 37 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace cu t 77 83 (1 1 5 -1 1 8 ) :
Step III : 19 37 49 h ot su n b est ice ace cu t 67 77 83 In p u t : n ex t 57 pr ob lem 8 2 1 4 tr en d 0 2 p u r ch ase
Step IV : 19 37 49 ace h ot su n best i ce cu t 67 77 83 gr owt h 41
Step V : 19 37 49 ace best h ot su n i ce cu t 67 77 83 Step I : gr owt h n ext 57 problem 8 2 1 4 t ren d 02 pu r -
Step VI : 19 37 49 ace best cu t h ot su n ice 67 77 83 ch ase 41
Step VII :1 9 3 7 49 ace b est cu t h ot i ce su n 67 77 83 Step II : gr owt h 0 2 n ext 57 problem 8 2 1 4 tr en d pu r -
1 0 5 .(4) Sev en s t ep s a r e n eed ed t o c o m p l et e t h e ch ase 41
ar ran gem en t . Step III : gr owt h 0 2 n ext 14 57 problem 8 2 tr en d pu r -
1 0 6 .(3) It is St ep V. ch ase 41
1 0 7 .(4) Op tion (4 ) i s St ep I. Step IV : gr owt h 0 2 n ext 14 problem 5 7 8 2 tr en d pu r -
1 0 8 .(2) Op tion (2) i s t h e fin al arran gem en t. ch ase 41
1 0 9 .(1) In St ep IV ‘su n ’wou l d be seven th from th e r igh t. Step V : gr owt h 0 2 n ext 14 problem 4 1 57 82 tren d
(1 1 0 – 1 1 4 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e given in p u t p u r ch ase
an d variou s st eps of rear ran gem en t i t is eviden t th at Step VI : gr owt h 0 2 n ext 14 problem 4 1 pu r ch ase 57
in each step on e word an d on e n u m b er get rear - 82 tren d
r an ged . Wor d s are ar ran ged fr om t h e left in re- Step VII : gr owt h 0 2 n ext 14 problem 4 1 pu r ch ase 57
verse al ph abeti cal or der an d t h e n u m b ers ar e ar - tr en d 82
ran ged from th e ri gh t in descen din g order.
St ep VII is th e l ast step of arran gem en t.
1 1 0 . (2)
1 1 5 .(4 ) VII
In p u t : 19 th ere is 81 27 h op e 45 for 3 3 on e 49 b ett er
day 08 1 1 6 .(3 ) Option (3) is th e fin al arr an gem en t.
St ep I : th ere 19 is 27 h op e 45 for 3 3 on e 49 b ett er 1 1 7 .(4 ) Opti on (4) is th e St ep I.
day 0 8 81 1 1 8 .(3 ) Th e word ‘p rob lem ’ i s si xth fr om th e left en d in
St ep II : th ere on e 1 9 i s 2 7 h ope 45 for 33 better d ay St ep III.
08 4 9 81 (1 1 9 -1 2 1 ) :
St ep III : th ere on e i s 1 9 2 7 h ope for 33 better d ay 08 In p u t : ju st 1 4 an d valu e 2 2 t im e 05 15
45 49 81 Step I : an d ju st 14 valu e 2 2 t im e 05 15
St ep IV : th ere on e i s h ope 19 27 for better d ay 08 33 Step II : an d 05 ju st 14 valu e 2 2 ti m e 15
45 49 81 Step III: an d 05 ju st 14 t im e valu e 22 15
(1 1 1 – 1 1 2 ) : Step IV: an d 05 ju st 14 t im e 15 val u e 22
St ep I : C 1 1 9 .(4 ) Th e n u m b er ‘14 ’is at th e fifth posit ion from t h e
St ep II : E ri gh t in Step III.
St ep III : A 1 2 0 .(2 ) Option (2) is th e Step II.
St ep IV : B 1 2 1 .(1 ) Fou r steps are requ i red to com plete th e arr an ge-
St ep V : D m en t .
INPUR-OUTPUT
(1 2 2 –1 2 6 ) : alp h abeti cal or der an d t h e wor ds b egin n i n g wit h
con son an ts are rearran ged from th e r igh t in th e r e-
In p u t : ropes 12 3 3 st ron g 3 5 19 in blu e ample k ite verse al ph abet ical order.
47 77 57 (1 3 2 -1 3 6 ) :
I n p u t : u n iqu e 84 can 77 op en 86 qu ick 1 3 base 53
Step I : am ple rop es 33 str on g 35 19 in blu e am iss 11 equ al 98 start
k i te 47 77 57 12 St ep I : am iss u n iqu e 8 4 can 77 open 86 13 base 53 11
equ al 98 qu i ck start
Step II : am ple blu e r opes 33 stron g 35 in k i te St ep I I : am iss equ al u n i qu e 84 77 open 8 6 1 3 base 53
47 77 57 19 12 11 98 can qu ick start
St ep I I I : am i ss equ al open u n iqu e 8 4 77 8 6
Step III : am ple bl u e rop es str on g 35 k ite 47 77 57 33 13 53 11 98 base can qu i ck start
19 12 St ep I V : am i ss equ al open u n iqu e 9 8 84 7 7
86 13 53 11 base can qu i ck start
Step IV : am ple blu e i n k ite ropes str on g 47 7 7 57 St ep V : am iss equ al op en u n i qu e 98 86 84 77 13 53 11
base can qu i ck start
35 33 19 12
St ep VI : am i ss equ al open u n iqu e 9 8 86 8 4
Step V : am ple bl u e in k it e r opes st ron g 7 7 n 57 47 35
77 53 13 11 base can qu i ck start
33 19 12
1 3 2 . (5) Non e of th ese
1 3 3 . (4) 98 wou ld be fifth from t h e righ t i n step III.
1 2 2 .(4) 47 is six th from t h e righ t en d an d ei gh th fr om
th e l eft en d i n Step III. 1 3 4 . (1) Op tion (1) is th e last step.
1 2 3 .(2) The word ‘ropes’is fifth from th e left end in Step V. 1 3 5 . (5) Si x steps
1 2 4 .(4 ) Th e word ‘in ’is t h ir d from th e left en d in Step IV. 1 3 6 . (4) It is step IV.
1 2 5 .(5 ) Step V is th e last step. (1 3 7 -1 3 9 ) :
1 2 6 .(1) Fi ve step s are n eeded to com plete th e arr an ge- St ep I : (C) arri val 16 44 28 on 66 fin i sh m at ch
m en t . St ep I I : (A) arri val on 16 44 28 66 fin i sh m at ch
(1 2 7 -1 3 1 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d St ep I I I : (E) arri val on 66 16 44 28 fin i sh m at ch
var iou s st ep s of rear r an gem en t, i t i s evid en t t h at St ep I V : (D ) arri val on 66 44 16 28 fin i sh m at ch
t wo wor d s ar e rearr an ge in each step. Th e word s St ep V : (B ) arri val on 66 44 28 16 fin i sh m at ch
st art in g wi th Vowels ar e ar ran ged fr om th e left in 1 3 7 . (1 ) A is th e step II.
t h e r ever se alp h abeti cal ord er an d wor ds start in g 1 3 8 . (5 ) E is th e step III.
wi th con son an ts ar e ar ran ged from t h e righ t i n al-
1 3 9 . (3 ) C is th e st ep I.
ph abetical order.
(1 4 0 –1 4 4 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d
In p u t : gem stat ace cast om i t fan r ate u n cu t era
variou s step s of r ear ran gem en t it is evi den t th at wor ds
in pu t
h ave been r earr an ged in th e rever se alp h abetical ord er
Step I : u n cu t gem stat ace om it fan r ate er a in p u t an d th e n u m bers h ave been r ear ran ged in d escen di n g
cast or der. In t h e first step th e word wh ich wi ll appear fir st in
Step II : u n cu t om it gem stat ace rat e era i n pu t fan a di cti on ary is p laced at th e ext rem e left posit ion an d
cast th e h igh est n u m ber is pl aced at th e extr em e righ t posi-
Step III : u n cu t om it in pu t st at ace r ate era gem fan ti on . In th e secon d step , th e word wh ich wi ll appear at
cast th e secon d p lace i s p laced at t h e ext rem e l eft positi on
Step IV : u n cu t om it in p u t er a stat ace rate gem fan an d t h e secon d h igh est n u m b er is placed at th e ex trem e
cast ri gh t posit ion . Si m il ar rear ran gem en t is carr ied on ti ll
Step V : u n cu t om it in pu t er a ace st at rate gem fan we get th e fin al ou tpu t.
st at In p u t : 49 l ast zen 1 6 82 yet can vast 3 3 aim 87 54
1 2 7 .(3) Op tion (3) i s t h e fin al arran gem en t. St ep I : ai m 4 9 last zen 16 8 2 yet can vast 3 3 5 4 87
1 2 8 .(1) Th e word ‘rate’ is at six th place from th e left in St ep II : can aim 4 9 last zen 16 yet vast 33 5 4 87 82
th e Step III. St ep III : last can aim 49 zen 16 yet vast 33 8 7 82
1 2 9 .(1) It is Step II. 54
1 3 0 .(4 ) Th er e i s on e word between ‘om it’an d ‘era’. Th er e- St ep IV : vast last can aim zen 16 yet 3 3 87 82 5 4 49
fore, ‘ace’ wou ld be rel ated t o ‘gem ’. St ep V : yet vast l ast can ai m zen 16 87 82 54 4 9 33
1 3 1 .(5 ) Step V is th e last step. St ep VI : zen yet vast l ast can aim 87 82 5 4 49 33 16
(1 3 2 -1 3 9 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d 1 4 0 . (3) Si x step s.
variou s st eps of r ear ran gem en t, it is eviden t th at 1 4 1 . (4) Th is is step IV.
t h e n u m b es ar e r ear r an ged i n t h e m i d dl e in de- 1 4 2 . (5) Non e of th ese
scen d in g ord er an d wor ds are arr an ged in alph a-
1 4 3 . (2) ‘1 6’ is at t h e six th positi on from th e r igh t.
betical order from th e l eft an d ri gh t . Th e word s b e-
gi n n i n g wit h vowel s are rearran ged from th e left in 1 4 4 . (4) Op tion (4) i s t h e fin al arran gem en t.
INPUR-OUTPUT
(1 4 5 –1 4 9 ) : Th ere ar e six n u m bers an d six wor ds in m oved to th e ri gh t en d. In th e secon d st ep th e sec-
th e i n pu t . Th e th r ee n u m b ers ar e p laced i n t h e begi n n i n g on d l owest n u m b er is m oved t o th e l eft en d an d t h e
an d t h e rem ain i n g th r ee n u m b ers ar e p laced in t h e last. word wh ich wil l com e secon d in th e alp h abet ical
Th e n u m b ers are rearr an ged in ascen d in g ord er. Th e six or der is m oved to th e righ t en d . Th e procedu re is
words ar e r earr an ged in alp h ab eti cal or der in th e m i ddl e. con ti n u ed t ill all th e n u m b ers an d word s get rear -
In p u t : 67 h ot su n 1 9 b est 83 ice 4 9 ace 7 7 cu t 37 ran ged accordi n gl y.
St ep I : 19 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace 77 cu t 37 83 In pu t : 84 wh y sit 14 32 n ot best in k feet 51 27 vain 68 92
Step II : 19 37 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace cu t 77 83 St ep I : 14 84 wh y sit 32 n ot in k feet 51 27 vain 68 92 best
Step III : 19 37 49 h ot su n b est ice ace cu t 67 77 83 St ep II : 27 14 84 wh y sit 32 n ot in k 51 vai n 68 92 best feet
Step IV : 19 37 49 ace h ot su n best i ce cu t 67 77 83 St ep III : 32 27 14 84 wh y sit n ot 51 vain 68 92 best feet i n k
Step V : 19 37 49 ace best h ot su n i ce cu t 67 77 83 St ep IV : 51 32 27 14 84 wh y sit vai n 68 92 best feet in k n ot
St ep V : 68 51 32 27 14 84 wh y vain 92 best feet in k n ot sit
Step VI : 19 37 49 ace best cu t h ot su n ice 67 77 83
St ep VI : 84 68 51 32 27 14 wh y 92 best feet in k n ot sit vain
Step VII :1 9 3 7 49 ace b est cu t h ot i ce su n 67 77 83
St ep VII : 92 84 68 51 32 27 14 best feet in k n ot sit vai n wh y
1 4 5 .(4) Sev en s t ep s a r e n eed ed t o c o m p l et e t h e
ar ran gem en t . 1 5 5 . (5) Th ere is n o su ch step.
1 4 6 .(3) It is St ep V. 1 5 6 . (4) Th e word ‘best’ is at th e fi fth posit ion from t h e
ri gh t in Step V.
1 4 7 .(4) Op tion (4 ) i s St ep I.
1 5 7 . (2 ) Th ere ar e t h r ee elem en ts – 27 , 1 4 an d best –
1 4 8 .(2) Op tion (2) i s t h e fin al arran gem en t.
between ‘feet’ an d ‘3 2’ in t h e last step of th e ou t-
1 4 9 .(1) In St ep IV ‘su n ’wou l d be seven th from th e r igh t. put.
(1 5 0 –1 5 4 ) : Fr om th e gi ven in pu t an d variou s steps of 1 5 8 . (3) Th e word ‘wh y’ is sixt h from th e left an d n in th
r ear ran gem en t i t i s evi d en t t h at in th e fir st step
fr om th e righ t in th e Step IV.
on e n u m ber i s r ear ran ged an d in th e n ext step on e
word is r ear ran ged . Th ese two step s are con t in u ed (1 5 9 -1 6 1 ) :
al t er n at el y t i l l al l t h e n u m b er s get ar r an ged i n After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given in pu t an d var i-
ascen d i n g or d er an d t h e wor d s get ar r an ged i n ou s step s of rearr an gem en t it is evi den t th at wor ds
rever se alph abetical order. an d n u m bers are rearr an ged from ri gh t to left. In
1 5 0 . (2) In p u t : 86 op en sh u t door 31 49 always 45 t h e fi r st st ep on e wor d i s r ear r an ged an d in th e
Step I : 31 86 open sh u t door 49 always 45 secon d st ep on e n u m ber is rearran ged. Th e wor ds
ar e r earr an ged in alp h abetical ord er an d th e n u m -
Step II : 31 sh u t 8 6 open door 49 always 45
bers are arr an ged in ascen di n g order from righ t to
Step III : 31 sh u t 4 5 8 6 open door 4 9 always l eft .
St ep IV : 31 sh u t 4 5 open 86 door 49 always In p u t : 23 you 1 3 wak e 81 m e 43 before 72 go 34 u p
Step V : 31 sh u t 4 5 open 49 86 door always St ep I : 23 you 1 3 wak e 81 m e 43 72 go 34 u p b efore
Step VI : 31 sh u t 4 5 open 49 door 8 6 always St ep II : 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 7 2 go 34 u p 13 b efore
1 5 1 . (4) It is n ot possi ble to det er m in e th e In pu t fr om St ep III : 23 you wak e 81 m e 43 72 34 u p go 1 3 b efore
an y gi ven step.
St ep IV : you wak e 81 m e 43 72 34 u p 23 go 1 3 b efore
1 5 2 . (2) Step II :18 wi n 71 34 n ow i f victory 61
St ep V : you wak e 81 43 72 34 u p m e 23 go 1 3 b efore
Step III : 18 win 34 7 1 n ow i f victory 61
St ep VI : you wak e 81 43 72 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore
Step IV : 18 wi n 34 vi ctory 71 n ow if 61
St ep VII : you wak e 81 72 43 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore
Step V : 18 wi n 34 vi ctory 61 71 n ow if
St ep VIII : you 8 1 7 2 wak e 43 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore
Step VI : 18 wi n 34 vi ctory 61 n ow 71 if
St ep IX : 81 you 7 2 wak e 43 u p 34 m e 23 go 1 3 b efore
1 5 3 . (5) In p u t : wh ere 47 59 12 are th ey goi n g 39
1 5 9 . (1) m e
Step I : 12 wh ere 47 59 are th ey goi n g 39
1 6 0 . (4) It is st ep V.
Step II : 12 wh ere 39 47 59 ar e t h ey goi n g
1 6 1 . (4) Op tion (4) is step II.
Step III : 12 wh ere 39 th ey 4 7 59 are goi n g
(1 6 2 -1 6 6 ) :
Step IV : 12 wh ere 39 th ey 4 7 goin g 5 9 are
After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given in pu t an d var i-
1 5 4 . (3) Step II :33 store 81 75 fu ll of goods 52
ou s steps of rearr an gem en t i t i s eviden t th at in each
Step III : 33 store 52 81 7 5 fu ll of goods st ep on e wor d an d a n u m ber are rearran ged . In t h e
Step IV : 33 store 52 of 8 1 7 5 fu ll goods fi rst st ep t h e wor d wh ich com es th e first in En gli sh
Step V : 33 store 52 of 7 5 8 1 fu ll goods al ph abeti cal series an d t h e h igh est n u m ber m ove
Step VI : 33 store 52 of 7 5 good s 81 fu ll to t h e extr em e left posi ti on s. In t h e secon d step,
(1 5 5 –1 5 8 ) : th e word wh ich com es to secon d in En glish alph a-
After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given in pu t an d var i- betical ser ies an d th e secon d h igh est n u m ber are
ou s steps of rearr an gem en t i t i s eviden t th at in each m oved to th e ex trem e l eft positi on s. Th e sam e pr o-
st ep on e n u m ber an d on e wor d are rear ran ged . Th e cedu r e i s con ti n u ed t ill al l t h e wor ds are arr an ged
lowest n u m b er i s m oved t o t h e left en d wh il e t h e in th e r ever se alp h ab eti cal ord er from l eft to righ t
word wh i ch will com e fir st in alp h ab etical ord er is an d all t h e n u m ber s get arran ged i n ascen din g or -
d er.
INPUR-OUTPUT
In p u t %m on ey 48 24 18 wan ted for i n vestm en t 65 90 (1 7 2 -1 7 7 ) : Aft er carefu l an alysi s of th e in pu t an d vari ou s
lock cred it 32 st ep s of r ear r an gem en t , i t i s evi d en t t h at t w o
Step I %cr edi t 90 m on ey 48 24 18 wan ted for in vest- el em en t s – o n e w o r d a n d o n e n u m b er – ar e
m en t 6 5 l ock 32 rearr an ged in each st ep. Th e word wh i ch com es in
Step II %for 6 5 credi t 9 0 m on ey 4 8 2 4 1 8 wan ted i n - t h e l ast as p er d i ct ion ar y or d er i s m oved t o t h e
vestm en t lock 32 ex trem e l eft en d an d t h e lowest n u m ber is m oved
Step III %in vestm en t 4 8 for 65 credit 90 m on ey 24 18 to th e extr em e ri gh t en d, in th e first step . In t h e
wan ted lock 32 n ext step , t h e wor d wh ich com es secon d last as p er
di cti on ar y order i s m oved to th e extr em e left en d
Step IV %lock 32 in vest m en t 4 8 for 6 5 cred it 90 m on ey
an d t h e secon d l owest n u m b er i s m oved t o t h e
24 18 wan t ed
ex t r em e r i gh t p osi t i on . Th e sam e p r oced u r e i s
Step V %m on ey 24 lock 32 in vestm en t 48 for 6 5 cred it
c on t i n u ed t i l l a l l t h e w o r d s get ar r a n ged i n
90 18 wan t ed
d i ct i on ar y or d er fr om l eft t o r i gh t an d al l t h e
Step VI %wan ted 18 m on ey 24 lock 3 2 i n vestm en t 48 n u m bers get rear r an ged i n ascen di n g ord er after
for 6 5 cred it 90 th e word s.
An d, Step VI is th e last step for t h e given i n pu t. In p u t : 63 4 5 fog 13 88 can in k 7 6 51 you h an g
1 6 2 . (3) Th is is step IV. 27 air en d
1 6 3 . (2) Fou rt h from left in Step IV  4 8 Step I : you 63 4 5 fog 88 can in k 76 51 h an g 27
1 6 4 . (1) Fi fth el em en t from th e l eft in th e St ep V i n - ai r en d 13
vestm en t Step II : in k you 63 4 5 fog 88 can 76 5 1 h an g air
Secon d t o th e r igh t of ‘in vestm en t ’ for en d 1 3 27
1 6 5 . (5 ) Th er e are five el em en ts (6 5, credit, 90 , m on ey, Step III : h an g in k you 63 fog 88 can 7 6 51 air en d
24 ) b etween ‘for’ an d ‘18 ’ i n t h e Step III. 13 2 7 45
1 6 6 . (4 ) Fou r th from th e r igh t. Step IV : fog h an g i n k you 6 3 88 can 7 6 air en d 13
(1 6 7 -1 7 1 ) : 27 4 5 51
After car efu l an al ysis of th e given in pu t an d variou s Step V : en d fog h an g in k you 88 can 76 air 1 3 27
st eps of rearran gem en t, it i s evid en t th at in t h e fir st 45 5 1 63
st ep th e h i gh est n u m b er is placed at th e ex trem e Step VI : can en d fog h an g i n k you 8 8 air 13 2 7 45
left positi on an d in th e secon d step th e word wh i ch 51 6 3 76
com es first in th e alp h ab eti cal ord er is pl aced at Step VII : air can en d fog h an g in k you 13 2 7 45
t h e ex t r em e r i gh t p osi t i on . In t h e n ex t st ep t h e 51 6 3 7 6 88
secon d h i gh est n u m b er i s p l aced at t h e secon d
1 7 2 . (2) Seven steps are requ i red to com plete th e arran ge-
posit ion from t h e l eft . After th at step th e word wh i ch
m en t .
com es secon d in th e alph abetical ord er i s p laced at
t h e ex t r em e r i gh t p osi t i on . Th ese t wo st ep s ar e 1 7 3 . (5) Th ere ar e seven el em en ts (you , 88 , can , 76, ai r,
con t i n u ed al t er n at el y t i l l al l t h e n u m b er s get 13 , 27 ) between ‘in k ’ an d ‘45 ’ in St ep V.
ar ran ged in th e descen din g order fr om th e left an d 1 7 4 . (3) Th is is Step IV.
all th e words get arran ged in alph abetical ord er after 1 7 5 . (1) Th ird to th e ri gh t of fi fth fr om th e left en d m ean s
th e n u m ber s. eigh t h fr om t h e left or seven th from t h e r igh t as
In pu t %cl ass 25 war 15 r ace 73 h eap 58 j u st 88 t ak e 38 th ere ar e 1 4 elem en t s.
St ep I %88 cl ass 25 war 15 r ace 73 h eap 58 j u st t ak e 38 Ei gh t h fr om th e left in Step III  76
St ep II %88 25 war 15 r ace 73 h eap 58 j u st t ak e 38 class 1 7 6 . (4 ) Th e elem en t ‘can ’ is seven t h from th e left en d in
St ep III %88 73 25 war 15 r ace h eap 58 j u st t ak e 38 class th e St ep II.
St ep IV %88 73 25 war 15 r ace 58 ju st t ak e 38 cl ass h eap Th e el em en t ‘can ’ is eigh th fr om t h e righ t en d in
St ep V %88 73 58 25 war 15 r ace ju st t ak e 38 cl ass h eap th e st ep II.
St ep VI %88 73 58 25 war 15 r ace t ak e 38 class h eap ju st 1 7 7 . (3 ) Opti on (3) is St ep V.
St ep VII %88 73 58 38 25 war 15 r ace t ak e class h eap ju st (1 7 8 -1 8 1 ) :
St ep VIII %88 73 58 38 25 war 15 t ak e class h eap j u st r ace After car efu l an al ysis of th e given in pu t an d variou s
St ep IX %88 73 58 38 25 15 war t ak e class h eap j u st r ace steps of rear ran gem en t, i t is evi den t t h at in each
St ep X %88 73 58 38 25 15 war clas h eap ju st r ace t ak e step fou r el em en ts (t wo wor d s an d two n u m bers)
St ep XI %88 73 58 38 25 15 cl ass h eap j u st r ace t ak e war ar e r ear ran ged. In th e first step th e lowest n u m b er
An d, Step XI is th e l ast step. i s p l aced at t h e ex t r em e l eft p osi t i on wh i l e t h e
h i gh est n u m b er i s p l aced at t h e ex t r em e r i gh t
1 6 7 . (5 ) Th e word ‘war’ is six th from th e l eft en d in st ep
posit ion . Again , t h e word wh ich com es fir st i n t h e
VIII.
diction ary order is placed at th e secon d position from
1 6 8 . (2) ‘2 5’ is th e n i n th fr om t h e righ t in Step VI. left an d th e word wh i ch com es last i s pl aced at t h e
1 6 9 . (4 ) ‘15’ is seven t h fr om th e righ t en d in Step IX. secon d p osi tion fr om th e ri gh t . In t h e secon d step,
1 7 0 . (1 ) El even St ep s wer e r equ i r ed t o com p l et e t h e th e secon d lowest n u m ber is pl aced at th e secon d
ar ran gem en t . posi tion from th e left an d th e secon d h igh est n u m ber
1 7 1 . (3 ) Opti on (3) is th e St ep X. is placed at th e secon d posi tion from th e righ t. Again ,
INPUR-OUTPUT
th e word wh ich com es secon d in th e diction ary ord er 1 8 6 . (5) Secon d t o t h e l eft of th e fift h elem en t from t h e
is pl aced at th e fou r th positi on from t h e l eft an d t h e righ t m ean s seven th from th e righ t en d or six th from
word wh ich com es secon d last i n th e diction ary order th e l eft en d as th ere ar e t wel ve elem en t s.
is pl aced at th e fou r th posi tion from th e ri gh t . Th e Seven th from th e r igh t en d i n t h e Step III “lam p”
sam e procedu re is con t in u ed till al l t h e word s get 1 8 7 . (1 ) Th is is th e St ep V.
ar ran ged in th e di cti on ary ord er aft er fou r n u m bers
(1 8 8 -1 9 1 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e in pu t an d vari-
wh ich ar e i n ascen din g order. Th e rem ain in g fou r
ou s steps of rearran gem en t, it is eviden t th at in each
n u m bers also get arran ged in ascen d in g or der aft er
step two elem en ts (on e word an d on e n u m ber) are
th e eigh t word s.
rearran ged. In th e first step th e lowest n u m ber moves
In p u t : water is requ ir ed 12 41 6 5 for all 27 33 89 to t o t h e ex t r em e l eft posi t ion an d t h e word wh i ch
75 90 su r vive li fe com es first in th e alph abetical order m oves to th e
Step I %12 all i s requ i red 41 65 for 2 7 3 3 89 t o 75 extrem e righ t position . In th e secon d step, th e sec-
su rvive l ife wat er 90 on d lowest n u m ber m oves to th e extrem e left posi-
Step II %12 27 al l for i s r equ ired 4 1 6 5 33 75 su rvi ve tion wh ile th e word wh ich com es secon d in th e al-
li fe to wat er 89 90 ph ab etical order m oves to th e extrem e righ t p osi-
Step III %12 27 33 all for i s requ i red 41 65 life su rvi ve to tion . Th e sam e procedu re is con tin u ed til l all th e
water 75 89 90 n u m bers get rearran ged in descen din g order an d all
th e words get rearran ged in alph abetical order after
Step IV %12 27 33 41 all for is li fe requ ired su rvi ve to
th e n u m bers.
water 65 75 89 90
In pu t % 83 wh y sat 14 32 n o be in k feet 50 27 vain 67 92
1 7 8 .(2) Fou rt h to th e l eft of th e seven th elem en t fr om
St ep6 I % 14 83 wh y sat 32 n o in k feet 50 27 vain 67 92 be
th e r igh t m ean s el even th from t h e r igh t or sixth fr om
St ep6 II % 27 14 83 wh y sat 32 n o in k 50 vain 67 92 be feet
th e l eft , i.e, ‘is’.
St ep6 III % 32 27 14 83 wh y sat n o 50 vain 67 92 be feet i n k
1 7 9 .(4) Th ere ar e seven el em en ts (for, is, l ife, r equ ired,
St ep6 IV % 50 32 27 14 83 wh y sat vain 67 92 be feet i n k n o
su rvi ve, to, water ) b etween ‘all’ an d ‘65’ in Step IV.
St ep6 V % 67 50 32 27 14 83 wh y vai n 92 be feet in k n o sat
1 8 0 .(1) El even t h
St ep6 VI % 83 67 50 32 27 14 wh y 92 be feet i n k n o sat vain
1 8 1 .(3) Seven t h from th e left
St ep6 VII % 92 83 67 50 32 27 14 be feet in k n o sat vai n wh y
(1 8 2 –1 8 7 ) :
1 8 8 . (5) Th is i s t h e Step III.
After car efu l an al ysis of th e i n pu t an d vari ou s steps
1 8 9 . (4) Th e elem en t ‘be’i s at th e fifth posit ion from t h e
of rearr an gem en t, it is evid en t th at in each two el-
ri gh t in th e Step V.
em en t s (on e n u m ber an d on e wor d) are rearran ged.
Th e word wh ich com es fir st as per th e or der in a 1 9 0 . (2) Th ere ar e t h ree elem en t s (27 , 1 4, be) between
di cti on ary is m oved to th e ext rem e r igh t positi on ‘3 2’ an d ‘feet’ in th e last Step.
wh ile th e h igh est n u m ber is m oved to th e ex trem e 1 9 1 . (3) Th e elem en t ‘wh y’ i s at t h e sixt h p osi tion fr om
left position i n t h e step I. In th e n ext st ep, th e word th e l eft in th e Step IV.
wh ich com es secon d as per t h e ord er i n a di cti o- (1 9 2 –1 9 5 ) : After carefu l an alysis of the given in pu t an d
n ary is placed at th e ex trem e r igh t p osi tion an d t h e variou s steps of rerran gem en t, it is eviden t that rear -
secon d h i gh est n u m ber i s p laced at th e ext r em e ran gem ent is based on th e odd an d the even n u m -
left positi on . Th e sam e proced u re is con tin u ed ti ll bers as well as th e words beginn ing with vowel an d
all th e wor ds get rearran ged in d icti on ary ord er from conson ant. In th e first step th e word wh ich com es
th e l eft to th e ri gh t after th e n u m bers an d th e n u m - last in the alphabetical order an d begin nin g with a
bers get rearran ged i n ascen din g order from th e left vowel m oves to th e extreme left position an d th e low-
to th e r igh t. est even nu m ber m oves to the extrem e righ t position .
In p u t : fi n d 64 b elt 28 54 lam p 1 7 give flat 6 9 real 95 In the secon d step the word which com es secon d last
Step I : 95 fi n d 6 4 2 8 5 4 lam p 17 give fl at 69 real belt in the alph abetical order an d begin nin g with a vowel
Step II : 69 95 64 28 54 lam p 17 gi ve flat real belt fi n d m oves to th e extreme left position wh ile th e secon d
lowest even nu m ber m oves to the extreme right posi-
Step III : 64 69 95 28 54 lam p 17 gi ve real belt fin d fl at
tion . In the th ird step th e word wh ich comes first in
Step IV : 54 64 69 95 28 lam p 17 real belt fi n d flat gi ve th e alph abetical order an d begin n in g with a vowel
Step V : 28 54 64 69 95 17 r eal belt fin d fl at give lam p m oves to th e extrem e left position and th e h ighest
Step VI : 17 28 54 64 69 95 b elt fi n d flat gi ve lam p real even n u mber m oves to the extreme right position .
1 8 2 . (3 ) Op tion (3) is th e Step III. The process of rearrangemen t chan ges from th e Step
1 8 3 . (1 ) Th e elem en t “l am p ” i s at th e sixt h p osit ion fr om IV onwards. In th e fou rth step th e lowest odd n u m -
th e l eft in th e St ep IV. Its posit ion fr om t h e righ t ber moves to th e extrem e left position wh ile th e word
en d is seven t h . beginn ing with a con son ant an d wh ich com es last in
th e alph abetical order m oves to th e ex trem e r igh t
1 8 4 . (4 ) Th er e are five el em en ts (5 4, lam p, 17, give, flat)
position . In th e fifth step the secon d lowest odd n u m -
between “28 ” an d “69” as th ey app ear in th e St ep I.
ber moves to th e extrem e left position and th e word
1 8 5 . (2) El em en t “real” wou ld appear at th e si xth posi- beginn ing with a consonan t an d which com es at th e
ti on from th e r igh t in th e St ep V. second last position in th e alph abetical order m oves
INPUR-OUTPUT
to the extrem e righ t position . In th e sixth an d last In p u t % offen se 71 vaccin e 12 39 garage absorb 86 ear -
step th e h igh est odd n u m ber m oves to th e extrem e lier 25 m align 64
left position and th e word beginn ing with a con so- Step 6 I : absorb offen se 71 12 39 garage 86 earlier 25
n an t an d wh ich com es first in th e alph abetical order m align 64 vaccin e
m oves to the extreme right position . Step II : earlier absorb offen se 71 12 39 garage 86 25
In pu t 6%6 adverb 59 36 salien t 81 idiom s bak ery 14 lau n ch 64 vaccin e m align
47 u m pire 62 Step 6 III : offen se earlier absorb 71 12 39 86 25 64 vac-
cin e m align garage
Step 6 I : u m pire adverb 59 36 salien t 81 idiom s bak ery
Step 6 IV : 71 offen se earlier absorb 39 86 25 64 vaccin e
lau n ch 47 62 14
m align garage 12
Step II : i d i om s u m p i r e ad ver b 5 9 sal i en t 8 1 b ak er y
lau n ch 47 62 14 36 Step 6 V : 39 71 offen se earlier absorb 86 25 vaccin e m a-
lign garage 12 64
St ep 6 III : adver b i di om s u m pi r e 59 sal ien t 81 b ak er y
Step 6 VI : 25 39 71 offen se earlier absorb vaccin e m align
lau n ch 47 14 36 62
garage 12 64 86
Step 6 IV : 47 adverb idiom s u m pire 59 81 bak ery lau n ch 1 9 6 . (3) In Step II, seven th to th e left of 25  absorb
14 36 62 salien t
Bu t ‘absorb’ in terch an ges position with 6 ‘86’.
Step 6 V : 59 47 adverb idiom s u m pire 81 bak ery 14 36 62 1 9 7 . (5) First two elem en ts in Step IV  71, offen se
salien t lau n ch
Last two elem en ts in Step IV 6  garage, 12
Step 6 VI : 81 59 47 adverb idiom s u m pire 14 36 62 salien t 1 9 8 . (2) Th e elem en ts ‘absorb 86 25 vaccin e’are fou n d in
lau n ch bak ery th e sam e order in th e Step V.
1 9 2 . (4) Th e elem en ts ‘81’an d ‘salien t’com e between ‘59’ 1 9 9 . (1) Th e elem en ts ‘64’an d ‘vaccin e’com e exactly be-
an d ‘bak ery’in th e Step II. tween ‘25’ an d ‘m align ’ in th e Step III.
1 9 3 . (1) First two elem en ts of Step VI  81, 59
2 0 0 . (4) 7th from th e left en d in th e Step VI  vaccin e
Th e last two elem en ts of Step VI 6  lau n ch , bak ery 3rd to th e left of ‘vaccin e’
1 9 4 . (3) In th e Step III, th ird to th e left of ‘47’is ‘81’. Bu t  offen se
‘81’ in terch an ges position s with ‘idiom s’. Th erefore,
‘idiom s’wou ld be th ird to th e left of ‘47’in th e Step
III.
SBI PO EXAMS
1 9 5 . (2) The elemen ts ‘bak ery lau nch 47 14’are fou n d in (1 –5 ) : On carefu l an al ysi s of th e gi ven in pu t an d
the same order in th e Step III. var iou s st eps i t i s evi den t th at fi r st of all word s h ave
(1 9 6 –2 0 0 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e given in pu t an d been m ar k ed as th ey appear i n a di cti on ary, from 1 to 6
variou s steps of rearran gem en t it is eviden t th at on ly an d th en th e fir st t h r ee wor ds h ave been ar r an ged i n
words are rearran ged till Step III. From Step IV an d al ph abet ical or der wh ile th e fou rt h , fifth an d six th wor ds
on wards on ly n u m bers are rearran ged. Two elem en ts h ave been arran ged th ou gh i n alph abetical order b u t in
are rearran ged in each step. rever se order. In on e step on ly on e word is arr an ged an d
In Step I, th e word begin n in g with a vowel an d wh ich th e sequ en ce 6, 1, 5, 2, 4, 3 is foll owed.
com es first in th e alph abetical order m oves to th e I n pu t :
extrem e left position wh ile th e word begin n in g with 4 1 6 3 2 5
a con son an t an d wh ich com es last in th e alph abet- gon ear e tak e en ou gh br ou gh t stati on
ical order m oves to th e extrem e righ t position .
St ep I :
In Step II, th e word beginn in g with a vowel an d wh ich 6 4 1 3 2 5
com es secon d in th e alph abetical order m oves to th e
t ak e gon e ar e en ou gh b rou gh t st ati on
extrem e left position wh ile th e word begin n in g with
a con son an t an d wh ich com es secon d last in t h e St ep I I :
alph abetical order m oves to th e extrem e righ t posi- 6 1 4 3 2 5
tion . t ak e ar e gon e en ou gh brou gh t st ati on
In Step III, word begin n in g with a vowel an d wh ich St ep I I I :
com es l ast in th e alph abetical order m oves to th e 6 1 5 4 3 2
extrem e left position wh ile th e word begin n in g with t ak e ar e stat ion gon e en ou gh b rou gh t
a con son an t an d wh ich com es first in th e alph abet- St ep I V:
ical order m oves to th e extrem e righ t position .
6 1 5 2 4 3
In Step IV, th e h igh est odd n u m ber m oves to th e
t ak e ar estat ion b rou gh t gon e en ou gh
extrem e left position wh ile th e lowest even n u m ber
m oves to th e extrem e righ t position . 1 . (1)
In Step V, th e secon d h igh est odd n u m ber m oves to I n pu t :
th e extrem e left position an d th e secon d lowest even 1 4 6 5 2 3
n u m ber m oves to th e extrem e righ t position . car on st ar qu ick d em an d fat
In Step VI, th e lowest odd n u m ber m oves to th e ex- St ep I :
t rem e l eft p osit i on an d th e h i gh est even n u m ber 6 1 4 5 2 3
m oves to th e extrem e righ t position . st ar car on qu ick d em an d fat
INPUR-OUTPUT
St ep II : 6 . (3)
6 1 5 4 2 3 8 1 4 5 7 2 3 6
st ar car qu ick on d em an d fat St ep II : 76 5 4 2 18 3 28 9 54 2 6 5 11 0 35 0
St ep III : St ep III : 76 5 4 2 54 2 18 3 28 9 6 5 11 0 35 0
6 1 5 2 4 3 8 1 7 2 4 5 3 6
st ar car qu ick d em an d on fat St ep IV : 76 5 4 2 54 2 6 5 18 3 28 9 11 0 35 0
Even t u all y t h is is th e last step for t h e given i n pu t. 7 . (4)
2 . (5 ) From th e gi ven st ep it i s n ot possib le t o d eter -
4 3 2 5 6 1
m i n e t h e in pu t.
In pu t : 23 9 12 3 5 8 36 1 49 5 3 7
3 . (5 ) From th e latter step we can n ot d eter m in e p revi-
ou s step. St ep I : 49 5 23 9 12 3 5 8 36 1 3 7
4 . (1) St ep I I I : St ep II : 49 5 3 7 23 9 12 3 5 8 36 1
6 1 5 3 2 4 St ep III : 4 95 3 7 36 1 23 9 12 3 5 8
war den exam in at ion t own in k gar den r est or e 8 . (5)
Gi v en st ep 2 4 5 7 6 3 1
6 3 5 2 4 1 In pu t : 3 9 8 8 16 2 45 0 38 6 7 2 2 9
war den in k t own gar den r est or e exam in at ion
St ep I : 45 0 3 9 8 8 16 2 38 6 7 2 2 9
In th is step on ly on e word h as been arr an ged an d h en ce
th is cou ld b e step I. St ep II : 45 0 2 9 3 9 8 8 16 2 38 6 7 2
5 . (3)I n pu t : St ep III : 45 0 2 9 38 6 3 9 8 8 16 2 7 2
3 2 6 1 4 5 St ep IV : 45 0 2 9 38 6 3 9 16 2 8 8 7 2
in k h u r r y yet for t h e vict or y St ep V : 45 0 2 9 38 6 3 9 16 2 7 2 8 8
St ep I : 9 . (1) 2 4 6 1 5 3
6 3 2 1 4 5 In pu t : 15 8 27 9 34 8 2 8 32 6 23 6
yet in k h u r r y for t h e vict or y St ep I : 34 8 15 8 27 9 2 8 32 6 23 6
St ep I I : St ep II : 34 8 2 8 15 8 27 9 32 6 23 6
6 1 3 2 4 5 St ep III : 34 8 2 8 32 6 15 8 27 9 23 6
yet for in k h u r r y t h e vict or y 1 0 . (2) 7 4 1 6 5 3 2
St ep I I I : St ep I: 78 5 19 8 3 2 42 6 37 3 96 49
6 1 5 3 2 4 St ep II: 78 5 3 2 19 8 42 6 37 3 96 49
yet for vict or y in k h u r r y t h e
St ep III: 78 5 3 2 42 6 19 8 37 3 96 49
St ep I V :
St ep IV: 78 5 3 2 42 6 4 9 19 8 37 3 9 6
6 1 5 2 3 4
1 1 . (2) 6 1 3 2 5 4
yet for vict or y h u r r y in k t h e
St ep II : 29 8 1 2 12 8 3 6 21 2 18 5
St ep V :
6 1 5 2 4 3 St ep III : 29 8 1 2 21 2 12 8 3 6 18 5
yet for vict or y h u r r y t h e in k St ep IV : 29 8 1 2 21 2 3 6 12 8 18 5
Th u s, st ep V is th e l ast st ep for th i s i n pu t. 1 2 . (4)It is n ot possi ble to det er m in e th e pr evi ou s step.
(6 –1 2 ) : Aft er car efu l observati on of th e gi ven (1 3 –1 7 ) : Aft er carefu l an alysi s of th e given i n p u t
in pu t of n u m ber s an d var iou s step s of r earr an gem en t it an d variou s steps of r ear ran gem en t it is evi den t th at in
is eviden t t h at th ere are two alter n at in g series of n u m - th e first step on e word is arr an ged in alph abetical ord er
bers in th e fin al step : on e i n d escen d in g ord er an d sec- an d i n t h e secon d step on e n u m b er, wh ich is th e h i gh est
on d i n t h e ascen di n g ord er. Ou t of 8 n u m ber th e fou r am on g th e gi ven n u m ber s, is placed aft er th e fi rst wor d.
h i gh est n u m b ers ar e arran ged in descen di n g order an d In th e fin al st ep all th e words get arran ged i n al ph abet i-
th e r em ai n in g fou r n u m ber s i n ascen din g order. In on e cal order wh ile th e n u m b ers ar e arran ged in descen di n g
st ep on l y on e n u m b er is rear ran ged an d t h e r em ain i n g or der alt er n atel y.
n u m bers are wri tten i n t h e sam e or der. t ill al l th e 8 n u m -
1 3 . (1) St ep I I :
bers are rearran ged.
Assign di git s on e to eigh t t o each n u m ber in su ch cu t 9 7 3 8 en d for 29 46 down
a m an n er th at t h e lowest n u m ber is gi ven th e valu e of 1 St ep I I I :
an d t h e h igh est n u m ber t h e val u e of 8. cu t 9 7 d own 38 en d for 29 46
        St ep I V :
In p u t 4 8 24 5 18 2 2 6 9 9 54 2 37 8 29 7 cu t 9 7 d own 46 38 en d for 29
St ep I 8 2 5 4 1 3 7 6 St ep V :
St ep II 8 1 2 5 4 3 7 6 cu t 9 7 d own 46 en d 3 8 for 29
St ep III 8 1 7 2 5 4 3 6 Th is is th e last step.
St ep IV 8 1 7 2 6 5 4 3
1 4 . (4) It is n ot possi ble to det er m in e th e pr evi ou s step.
St ep V 8 1 7 2 6 3 5 4
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 5 . (2) St ep I : Bat ch V : 3 .0 0 pm t o 4 .0 0 pm
car 17 vas tiger 9 2 8 7 li k e 52 6 2 5 8 1 7 4 3
St ep I I : b ack go h er e p eopl e wh o to wan t sett l e
car 9 2 17 vas t iger 8 7 li k e 52 2 0 . (5 ) I n p u t
St ep I I I : 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
car 9 2 li k e 17 vas ti ger 87 52 fou r of t h e foll owin g five for m a gr ou p
St ep I V : Bat ch V : 3 .0 0 pm t o 4 .0 0 pm
car 9 2 li k e 87 17 vas tiger 52 6 2 5 8 1 7 4 3
1 6 . (3) I n pu t : for m of five gr ou p fou r a foll owin g t h e
zeal for 49 31 h igh 22 track 12 (2 1 –2 3 ) : After carefu l an alysi s of t h e given in p u t
an d vari ou s steps of rearran gem en t i t i s eviden t th at on e
St ep I :
word an d on e n u m ber are arr an ged i n each step. Th e
for zeal 49 31 h igh 22 track 12
n u m bers are arr an ged from th e l eft an d t h e word s are
St ep I I : ar ran ged fr om t h e righ t. In th e first step th e word wh i ch
for 49 zeal 31 h igh 22 track 12 com es l ast i n t h e d ict ion ar y i s sh i fted t o t h e ext r em e
St ep I I I : ri gh t wh i le t h e h igh est n u m ber i s sh ifted to th e ex trem e
for 49 h i gh zeal 31 22 track 12 left. In th e secon d step th e word wh ich app ear s at t h e
1 7 . (5) I n pu t : secon d last positi on i n d ict ion ary ord er is m oved t o t h e
19 feat 34 28 d og bag tak e 43 ex trem e righ t wh il e t h e lowest n u m ber is sh ifted t o t h e
St ep I : ex trem e l eft posit ion . Th e sam e pr oced u re is followed to
bag 1 9 feat 34 28 dog tak e 43 get th e fin al ou tpu t.
St ep I I : In pu t %fu n 89 at t h e 28 16 base cam p 35 53 h er e 68
bag 4 3 1 9 feat 34 28 dog tak e St ep I %89 fu n at 28 16 base cam p 35 53 h er e 68 t h e
St ep I I I : b ag 43 d og 19 feat 3 4 28 tak e St ep II %16 89 fu n at 28 base cam p 35 53 68 t h e h er e
(1 8 –2 5 ) : St ep III %68 16 89 at 28 base cam p 35 53 t h e h er e fu n
I NPUT : St ep IV %28 68 16 89 at base 35 53 t h e h er e fu n cam p
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 St ep V %53 28 68 16 89 at 35 t h e h er e fu n cam p base
t h ese i con s wer e t ak en ou t from t h e sea St ep VI %35 53 28 68 16 89 t h e h er e fu n cam p base at
Pass Cod es 2 1 . (5) Non e of th ese
Bat ch I : 1 0 .0 0 am t o 1 1 .0 0 am 2 2 . (3) 35 wou ld be at 7th positon from th e left in Step IV.
6 8 7 5 4 3 2 1 2 3 . (4 ) Th is is St ep V.
from sea t h e ou t t ak en wer e i con s t h ese
(2 4 –2 8 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d
Bat ch I I : 1 1 .0 0 am t o 1 2 .0 0 n o on variou s step s of r earr an gem en t, it is evi den t th at in
6 2 1 3 4 5 7 8 each step on e ward an d on e n u m b er are rearran ged.
from i con s t h ese wer e t ak en ou t t h e sea Th e wor d wh i ch com es fir st i n t h e d i ct i on ar y i s
Bat ch I I I : 1 2 .0 0 n oon t o 1 .0 0 p m . pl aced at t h e extr em e left positi on foll owed b y t h e
6 2 5 8 7 4 3 1 lowest n u m ber. In th e secon d st ep, th e word wh i ch
from i con s ou t sea t h e t ak en wer e t h ese com es secon d in t h e d i ct i on ar y i s p l aced at t h e
Bat ch I V : 1 .0 0 pm t o 2 .0 0 pm ex trem e left posit ion followed by th e secon d l owest
6 2 5 8 1 3 4 7 n u m ber. Th e sam e p rocess is con t in u ed til l al l t h e
from i con s ou t sea t h ese wer e t ak en t h e words get rearr an ged in th e reverse order of En gli sh
Rest H ou r : 2 .0 0 p m t o 3 .0 0 pm al p h ab et an d al l t h e n u m b er s get r ear r an ged i n
Bat ch V : 3 .0 0 pm t o 4 .0 0 pm descen din g order.
6 2 5 8 1 7 4 3 I n pu t : 32 pr ou d gir l b eau t ifu l 4 8 5 5 97 ri ch fam i ly 61
from i con s ou t sea t h ese t h e t ak en wer e 72 17 n ice li fe
Bat ch VI : 4 .0 0 pm t o 5 .0 0 pm St ep I : beau t ifu l 17 32 prou d gir l 4 8 55 97 ri ch fam i ly
6 2 5 8 1 7 3 4 61 72 n ice li fe
from i con s ou t sea t h ese t h e wer et ak enSt ep I I : fam il y 32 beau t ifu l 17 pr ou d gir l 4 8 5 5 97 ri ch
1 8 . (5 ) Bat ch I : 1 0 .0 0 am t o 1 1 .0 0 am 61 72 n ice li fe
6 8 7 5 4 3 2 1 St ep I I I : gi rl 48 fam i ly 32 b eau tifu l 17 p rou d 5 5 97 ri ch
h e so u sed to sel l t h e su r p lu s i tem s 61 72 n ice li fe
Th ere for e, In p u t St ep I V: li fe 55 girl 48 fam ily 32 beau ti fu l 17 prou d 97
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ri ch 6 1 7 2 n i ce
i tem s su r p lu s t h e sel l to he u sed so St ep V: n i ce 61 l ife 55 gi rl 48 fam i ly 32 beau tifu l 17
1 9 . (5 ) Bat ch I V : 1 .0 0 pm t o 2 .0 0 pm pr ou d 97 ri ch 72
6 2 5 8 1 3 4 7
St ep VI : p r ou d 7 2 n i ce 6 1 l i fe 5 5 gi r l 4 8 fam i l y 3 2
b ack go h er e p eopl e wh o sett l e wan t t o
beau t ifu l 17 97 ri ch
INPUR-OUTPUT
St ep VI I : ri ch 97 p rou d 7 2 n i ce 61 life 55 gi rl 48 fam i ly ‘n ice’.
32 beau ti fu l 17 2 6 . (3) Op tion (3 ) i s t h e step III of t h e given i n pu t.
2 4 . (3) Seven steps will be r equ i red to com ptete th e gi ven 2 7 . (1) Th e posi ti on of ‘n i ce’ from th e l eft en d i n th e
input. fi n al st ep i s fift h .
2 5 . (4) Th e t h ird el em en t from th e l eft en d of St ep VI is 2 8 . (2) ‘1 7’ is t h ir d t o t h e righ t of ‘fam i ly’ in St ep V.
(2 9 –3 5 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e given in p u t an d variou s step s of r e-arran gem en t , i t i s evid en t th at i n each st ep
on e n u m b er or a word get re-ar ran ged. In th e first step, th e h igh est n u m ber m oves to th e extr em e left p osi tion .
In th e secon d step th e word wh i ch com es first i n t h e d ict ion ary m oves to th e secon d posit ion fr om th e left.
Th ese two st eps ar e r epeated al ter n at ely til l all th e n u m ber s get rearran ged in descen din g order an d th e wor ds
in al ph abet ical order.
In p u t : vi tal 5 4 car d s 7 2 h el p 24 wal l 66 l am p 49
St ep I : 7 2 vi tal 54 car d s h el p 24 wal l 66 l am p 49
St ep II : 7 2 car d s vi tal 5 4 h el p 24 wal l 66 l am p 49
St ep III : 7 2 car d s 6 6 vi tal 54 h el p 24 wal l l am p 49
St ep IV : 7 2 car d s 6 6 h el p vi tal 54 24 wal l l am p 49
St ep V : 7 2 car d s 6 6 h el p 54 vi tal 24 wal l l am p 49
St ep VI : 7 2 car d s 6 6 h el p 54 l am p vi tal 24 wal l 49
St ep VII : 7 2 car d s 6 6 h el p 54 l am p 49 vi tal 24 wal l
An d, Step VII is th e l ast step.
2 9 . (3 ) Seven st eps wou ld be requ i red to com plete th e rearran gem en t.
3 0 . (1 ) Th ere ar e five el em en ts (h elp, 54 , vi tal , 2 4, wal l) b etween “6 6” an d “lam p” in th e St ep V.
3 1 . (4) Th is is Step VI.
3 2 . (2 ) Fou r th elem en t fr om th e ri gh t en d i n th e Step III  2 4
Im m ed iat e t o t h e r igh t of “24”  wall
3 3 . (5 ) Th er e are two el em en ts bet ween “66” an d “l am p ” i n th e fin al Step . Sim i larl y, th ere are two elem en ts between
“7 2” an d “h elp ” i n t h e fin al Step.
So, “car ds” wou ld be rel ated t o “54 ”.
3 4 . (2 ) Th e elem en t “wall ” wou l d com e at th e ei gh t h p osi tion fr om th e left en d in th e St ep V.
3 5 . (4 ) Th e elem en t “h elp ” wou ld be at th e seven th positi on from t h e r igh t en d in th e Step VI.
(3 6 –4 1 ) : After carefu l an alysis of t h e in p u t an d var iou s steps of rearr an gem en t, it is evid en t th at in each st ep
on e word an d on e n u m b er are rearran ged. Th e word wh ich com es l ast in th e di cti on ary ord er is m oved t o t h e
ex trem e left posit ion wh ile th e h i gh est n u m ber is m oved to th e ext rem e r igh t p osi tion in th e Step I. In th e n ext
st ep, th e word wh i ch com es at th e secon d posit ion in diction ar y order i s p laced at t h e secon d positi on from t h e
left an d th e secon d h igh est n u m ber is pl aced at th e secon d position from th e r igh t . Su ch pr ocedu r e i s con ti n -
u ed t ill all th e word s get r ear ran ged in di ction ar y order b u t in r everse m an n er an d all th e n u m bers get rear -
ran ged after th e word s i n ascen din g order.
In p u t : ar row 98 pain t 5 8 lam b 38 each 78 great 18 m ost 48 ren t 88
St ep I : ren t arr ow pain t 5 8 lam b 38 each 78 great 18 m ost 48 88 98
St ep II : ren t pai n t ar row 5 8 lam b 38 each 78 great 18 m ost 48 88 98
St ep III : ren t pai n t m ost ar row 58 lam b 38 each gr eat 18 4 8 78 88 98
St ep IV : ren t pai n t m ost lam b arr ow 38 each great 18 48 5 8 78 88 98
St ep V : ren t pai n t m ost lam b great ar row 38 each 18 48 5 8 78 88 98
St ep VI : ren t pai n t m ost lam b great each ar row 18 38 48 5 8 78 88 98
3 6 . (3) 5t h t o th e l eft of th e si xth fr om th e righ t m ean s 4 0 . (2 ) 1 1th fr om t h e righ t m ean s 4th from t h e left.
11 th from th e r igh t, i .e., 4 th from th e l eft as th ere 4t h from th e l eft in Step III is “ar row”.
ar e 1 4 elem en t s. 4 1 . (4) In th e Step VI, “each ” i s at th e sixt h p osit ion fr om
4t h from th e left in th e Step V  lam b th e l eft.
3 7 . (4 ) Th e posi tion of ‘58’ in Step IV i s eleven th fr om 4 2 . (1 ) In St ep V, “gr eat” is at th e fifth posit ion from t h e
th e left an d fou rth fr om r igh t. l eft .
3 8 . (1 ) Th er e ar e eigh t elem en ts (l am b , great, each , ar - (4 3 –5 0 ) : After car efu l an alysis of th e in pu t an d variou s
row, 18, 38 , 48 , 5 8) bet ween “m ost” an d “78 ” i n t h e steps of rear ran gem en t, i t is evi den t t h at in each
St ep VI. st ep two elem en ts – on e n u m b er an d on e word – are
3 9 . (5) Th is is Step III. rearr an ged. Th e word wh ich com es fi rst in th e di c-
ti on ary ord er i s m oved t o t h e ext rem e left positi on
INPUR-OUTPUT
wh ile th e l owest n u m ber i s m oved t o th e ex trem e St ep IV : ar t call fil l grid si te m ain 66 93 53 35 22 19
r igh t p osit ion in t h e Step I. In t h e n ex t st ep , th e St ep V : ar t call fil l grid m ain site 93 66 53 35 22 19
word wh ich com es secon d i n t h e dicton ary ord er is 4 3 . (4) Th is is Step IV.
pl aced at th e secon d p osi tion from th e left wh il e t h e 4 4 . (5 ) ‘53’ is fou rth fr om th e ri gh t or n in th from t h e
secon d lowest n u m b er i s p laced at t h e secon d posi- left in Step IV.
ti on from th e r igh t. Th e sam e pr ocedu r e i s con ti n - 4 5 . (3 ) ‘Sit e’ is fou r th from t h e left en d i n Step III.
u ed t ill al l th e word s get rearran ged in di cti on ary 4 6 . (1 ) Five steps are n eeded to com plete th e arr an ge-
or der from t h e left an d t h e n u m b ers get r earr an ged m en t .
in descen din g order after th e word s. 4 7 . (3 ) Option (3) is th e fin al arr an gem en t.
In p u t : si te gri d 1 9 53 22 call art m ain 35 66 fil l 93 4 8 . (1 ) Option (1) th e Step II.
St ep I : ar t site gri d 5 3 2 2 call m ai n 3 5 6 6 fill 93 19 4 9 . (5 ) Seven th from t h e r igh t en d of Step IV  m ain
St ep II : ar t call sit e grid 53 m ai n 35 6 6 fill 93 22 19 Secon d t o th e r igh t of ‘m ai n ’ in Step IV  9 3
St ep III : ar t call fil l site gr id 5 3 m ain 66 93 35 22 19 5 0 . (2 ) Th ere ar e six elem en t s (sit e, grid , 5 3, m ain , 6 6,
93 ) b etween ‘fi ll’ an d ‘3 5’ in Step III.
(5 1 –5 5 ) : After car efu l an al ysi s of th e i n pu t an d vari ou s st eps of rearran gem en t , i t i s evid en t th at i n each step t wo
el em en ts – on e n u m ber an d on e word – are rearran ged. Th e word wh ich com es first in th e d ict ion ary or d er is
m oved to th e ex trem e left posit ion wh ile th e lowest n u m b er is m oved t o t h e ext rem e ri gh t posit ion in th e St ep
I. In th e n ext step, th e wor d wh ich com es secon d i n t h e dicton ary ord er is placed at th e secon d p osi t ion fr om
th e l eft wh i le th e secon d lowest n u m b er i s p laced at th e secon d posit ion from t h e righ t. Th e sam e pr ocedu re is
con ti n u ed ti ll all th e word s get r ear ran ged in di cti on ar y order from th e l eft an d th e n u m b ers get rearr an ged in
descen din g order after th e word s.
I n p u t : watch gu ide h elp sk y 18 54 2 6 37 away press 76 4 2 8 5 d eci de
St ep I : away wat ch gu ide h elp sk y 54 26 37 p ress 7 6 42 85 d ecid e 18
St ep I I : away decide watch gu id e h el p sk y 54 3 7 press 76 42 8 5 2 6 18
St ep I I I : away decid e gu id e wat ch h elp sk y 54 p ress 76 42 85 37 2 6 18
St ep I V : away decide gu id e h el p watch sk y 5 4 press 76 85 42 37 2 6 18
St ep V : away decide gu id e h elp p ress watch sk y 7 6 8 5 54 42 3 7 2 6 18
St ep VI : away decide gu id e h el p p ress sk y watch 85 7 6 54 42 37 2 6 18
5 1 . (2) Op tion (2) is th e Step 6 III.
5 2 . (4) Th ere ar e fou r elem en ts (Words/ Nu m ber s) bet ween ‘gu id e’ an d ‘p ress’ in th e Step IV.
5 3 . (5) Th ird to th e ri gh t of th e eigh th from th e r igh t m ean s fift h from th e ri gh t en d.
Fi fth fr om t h e righ t en d in Step V  5 4
5 4 . (3) Six t h
5 5 . (1) Ten th from t h e righ t en d in th e Step IV 6  wat ch
(5 6 –6 1 ) :
After carefu l an al ysi s of th e given i n pu t an d vari ou s st eps of rearran gem en t, it i s evid en t th at two elem en ts
(n u m b ers or wor ds) ar e rearr an ged in each st ep. In th e fi rst st ep th e lowest n u m ber m oves to th e ext r em e righ t
posit ion wh i le th e secon d lowest n u m b er m oves t o t h e extr em e left position . In th e secon d st ep, th e first word
in al ph ab eti cal or der m oves to th e ex trem e r igh t p osi tion wh ile th e secon d word in al ph ab eti cal or der m oves to
th e extr em e left p osi tion . Th ese t wo steps are con tin u ed al ter n at ely to com plete th e rearran gem en t.
In p u t : paren tin g 16 36 an d r aisin g 4 4 ch ild ren 2 1 is 89 very 9 5 dem an d in g 72 job 65
St ep I : 21 paren ti n g 3 6 an d rai sin g 44 ch il dren is 8 9 very 95 dem an din g 72 j ob 65 16
St ep II : ch ild ren 21 p aren ti n g 36 rai sin g 4 4 ch ild ren i s 89 ver y 95 dem an din g 7 2 job 6 5 16 an d
St ep III : 44 ch ild ren 21 p aren tin g raisin g is 89 ver y 95 dem an di n g 7 2 job 65 1 6 an d 36
St ep IV : is 44 ch ild ren 21 paren tin g raisi n g 89 ver y 95 7 2 job 65 1 6 an d 36 d em an di n g
St ep V : 72 is 44 ch i ldr en 21 par en t in g raisin g 89 very 9 5 job 16 an d 3 6 dem an d in g 65
St ep VI : paren tin g 72 i s 44 ch il dren 21 raisin g 89 very 9 5 16 an d 3 6 dem an din g 65 j ob
St ep VII : 95 par en ti n g 7 2 is 4 4 ch ild ren 2 1 rai sin g very 16 an d 36 d em an di n g 6 5 job 89
St ep VIII : very 95 p aren ti n g 72 is 4 4 ch i ldr en 2 1 16 an d 3 6 dem an d in g 6 5 job 89 rai si n g
5 6 . (2) ‘9 5 j ob 16 an d’ ap pear i n th e sam e or der in th e St ep V.
5 7 . (4) Th e p osit ion of ‘7 2’from th e r igh t en d i n t h e Step IV is seven t h .
5 8 . (1) 10 th from th e l eft en d in th e Step III  d em an di n g
5t h t o t h e left of ‘d em an di n g’  r aisi n g
5 9 . (2) Ei gh t st eps wou ld be requ ir ed to com p let e t h e given arran gem en t.
INPUR-OUTPUT
6 0 . (5) ‘3 6’ is exactly between ‘par en t in g’an d ‘rai sin g’ in th e Step II.
6 1 . (3) Th ird last step m eans Step VI. Option (3) is Step VI.
(6 2 –6 7 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d vari ou s st eps of rearr an gem en t i t i s evid en t th at t wo
el em en ts (n u m bers or wor ds) ar e r earr an ged in each step . In th e first step th e h i gh est n u m ber m oves to th e ex trem e
left posi tion wh il e t h e secon d h igh est n u m ber m oves t o th e extr em e ri gh t positi on . In th e secon d step th e word
wh ich com es last i n d ict ion ary ord er is m oved t o t h e secon d positi on from t h e left wh ile th e word wh i ch com es
secon d from th e last is m oved to th e secon d posit ion fr om t h e righ t. In th e t h ird st ep th e th ird h i gh est n u m b er is
m oved to th e ex trem e left posit ion wh ile th e fou rt h h igh est n u m ber is m oved to th e ex trem e r igh t p osi tion . In t h e
fou rt h step th e word wh i ch com es th ir d from th e l ast in diction ar y order i s m oved to th e fou r th posi ti on t h e from t h e
left wh ile t h e wor d wh i ch com es fou r th fr om th e l ast is m oved to th e fou r th posit ion from t h e righ t . Th e sam e
pr ocedu re is con ti n u ed ti ll all th e n u m bers an d wor ds get rearran ged.
I n pu t : 65 wor k i n 23 to be 13 89 m anaged 48 97 load 34 heal t h y 55 st yl e
St ep I : 97 65 wor k i n 23 to be 13 m anaged 48 load 34 heal t h y 55 st yl e 89
St ep I I : 97 wor k 65 in 23 be 13 m anaged 48 load 34 heal t h y 55 st yl e t o 89
St ep I I I : 65 97 wor k i n 23 be 13 m anaged 48 load 34 heal t h y st yl e to 89 55
St ep I V : 65 97 wor k st yl e i n 23 be 13 48 load 34 heal t h y m anaged t o 89 55
St ep V : 48 65 97 wor k st yl e i n 23 be 13 load heal t h y m anaged to 89 55 34
St ep VI : 48 65 97 wor k st yl e load 23 be 13 heal t h y in m anaged to 89 55 34
St ep VI I : 23 48 65 97 wor k st yl e load be heal t h y i n m anaged to 89 55 34 13
St ep VI I I : 23 48 65 97 wor k st yl e load heal t h y be i n m anaged to 89 55 34 13
6 2 . (4 ) Th e elem en t ‘load’is ex act ly b etween ‘style’an d 6 6 . (1) Ei gh t St eps wou ld be requ ir ed to com p let e t h e
‘b e’ in th e secon d last step, i.e., Step VII. gi ven ar ran gem en t.
6 3 . (5 ) Th e posi tion of ‘48’in th e St ep III is eigh th fr om 6 7 . (3 ) Th ird last Step m ean s Step VI.
th e r igh t en d. 12 th from th e l eft en d in Step VI m an aged
6 4 . (3 ) Opti on (3) is St ep V. 8t h t o t h e left of ‘m an aged ’ work
6 5 . (2 ) Th e elem en t s ‘be 1 3 h eal th y in ’ are fou n d i n t h e T RI CK
sam e ord er in t h e Step VI.
8t h t o t h e l eft of 12 th from th e l eft m ean s 4th fr om
th e l eft.
(6 8 – 7 2 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e in pu t an d variou s steps of rearran gem en t, it is eviden t th at in each step two
elem en ts – on e n u m ber an d on e word – are rearran ged. Th e word wh ich com es first in th e diction ary or der is
m oved to th e extrem e left position wh ile th e lowest n u m ber is m oved to th e extrem e righ t position in th e Step I.
In th e n ext step, th e word wh ich com es secon d in th e dicton ary order is placed at th e secon d position from th e
left wh ile th e secon d lowest n u m ber is pl aced at th e secon d posit ion from th e righ t. Th e sam e proced u re is
con tin u ed till all th e words get rearran ged in diction ary order from th e left an d th e n u m bers get rearran ged in
descen din g order after th e words.
I n pu t : watch gu ide h elp sk y 18 54 26 37 away press 76 42 85 decide
St ep I : away watch gu ide h elp sk y 54 26 37 press 76 42 85 decide 18
St ep I I : away decide watch gu ide h elp sk y 54 37 press 76 42 85 26 18
St ep I I I : away decide gu ide watch h elp sk y 54 press 76 42 85 37 26 18
St ep I V : away decide gu ide h elp watch sk y 54 press 76 85 42 37 26 18
St ep V : away decide gu ide h elp press watch sk y 76 85 54 42 37 26 18
St ep VI : away decide gu ide h elp press sk y watch 85 76 54 42 37 26 18
6 8 . (2) Option (2) is th e Step 6 III.
6 9 . (4) Th ere are fou r elem en ts (Words/ Nu m bers) between ‘gu ide’ an d ‘press’ in th e Step IV.
7 0 . (5) Th ird to th e righ t of th e eigh th from th e righ t m ean s fifth from th e righ t en d.
Fifth from th e righ t en d in Step V  54
7 1 . (3) Six th
7 2 . (1) Ten th from th e righ t en d in th e Step IV 6  watch
(7 3 –7 8 ) :
After carefu l an al ysi s of th e given i n pu t an d vari ou s st eps of rearran gem en t, it i s evid en t th at two elem en ts
(n u m b ers or wor ds) ar e rearr an ged in each st ep. In th e fi rst st ep th e lowest n u m ber m oves to th e ext r em e righ t
posit ion wh i le th e secon d lowest n u m b er m oves t o t h e extr em e left position . In th e secon d st ep, th e first word
in al ph ab eti cal or der m oves to th e ex trem e r igh t p osi tion wh ile th e secon d word in al ph ab eti cal or der m oves to
th e extr em e left p osi tion . Th ese t wo steps are con tin u ed al ter n at ely to com plete th e rearran gem en t.
INPUR-OUTPUT
In p u t : paren tin g 16 36 an d r aisin g 4 4 ch ild ren 2 1 is 89 very 9 5 dem an d in g 72 job 65
St ep I : 21 paren ti n g 3 6 an d rai sin g 44 ch il dren is 8 9 very 95 dem an din g 72 j ob 65 16
St ep II : ch ild ren 21 p aren ti n g 36 rai sin g 4 4 ch ild ren i s 89 ver y 95 dem an din g 7 2 job 6 5 16 an d
St ep III : 44 ch ild ren 21 p aren tin g raisin g is 89 ver y 95 dem an di n g 7 2 job 65 1 6 an d 36
St ep IV : is 44 ch ild ren 21 paren tin g raisi n g 89 ver y 95 7 2 job 65 1 6 an d 36 d em an di n g
St ep V : 72 is 44 ch i ldr en 21 par en t in g raisin g 89 very 9 5 job 16 an d 3 6 dem an d in g 65
St ep VI : paren tin g 72 i s 44 ch il dren 21 raisin g 89 very 9 5 16 an d 3 6 dem an din g 65 j ob
St ep VII : 95 par en ti n g 7 2 is 4 4 ch ild ren 2 1 rai sin g very 16 an d 36 d em an di n g 6 5 job 89
St ep VIII : very 95 p aren ti n g 72 is 44 ch i ldr en 21 16 an d 36 dem an d in g 65 job 89 rai si n g
7 3 . (2) ‘9 5 j ob 16 an d’ ap pear i n th e sam e or der in th e St ep V.
7 4 . (4) Th e p osit ion of ‘7 2’from th e r igh t en d i n t h e Step IV is seven t h .
7 5 . (1) 10 th from th e l eft en d in th e Step III  d em an di n g
5t h t o t h e left of ‘d em an di n g’  r aisi n g
7 6 . (2) Eigh t steps wou ld be requ ired to com plete th e given arran gem en t.
7 7 . (5) ‘36’ is exactly between ‘paren tin g’an d ‘raisin g’ in th e Step II.
7 8 . (3) Th ird last step m ean s Step VI. Option (3) is Step VI.
(7 9 – 8 4 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e given in pu t an d variou s steps of rearran gem en t it is eviden t th at two
elem en ts (n u m bers or words) are rearran ged in each step. In th e first step th e h igh est n u m ber m oves to th e extrem e
left position wh ile th e secon d h igh est n u m ber m oves to th e extrem e righ t position . In th e secon d step th e word wh ich
com es last in diction ary order is m oved to th e secon d position from th e left wh ile th e word wh ich com es secon d from
th e last is m oved to th e secon d position from th e righ t. In th e th ird step th e th ird h igh est n u m ber is m oved to th e
extrem e left position wh ile th e fou rth h igh est n u m ber is m oved to th e extrem e righ t position . In th e fou rth step th e
word wh ich com es th ird from th e last in diction ary order is m oved to th e fou rth position th e from th e left wh ile th e
word wh ich com es fou rth from th e last is m oved to th e fou rth position from th e righ t. Th e sam e procedu re is con tin -
u ed till all th e n u m bers an d words get rearran ged.
I n pu t : 65 wor k i n 23 to be 13 89 m anaged 48 97 load 34 heal t h y 55 st yl e
St ep I : 97 65 wor k i n 23 to be 13 m anaged 48 load 34 heal t h y 55 st yl e 89
St ep I I : 97 wor k 65 in 23 be 13 m anaged 48 load 34 heal t h y 55 st yl e t o 89
St ep I I I : 65 97 wor k i n 23 be 13 m anaged 48 load 34 heal t h y st yl e to 89 55
St ep I V : 65 97 wor k st yl e i n 23 be 13 48 load 34 heal t h y managed t o 89 55
St ep V : 48 65 97 wor k st yl e i n 23 be 13 load healthy managed to 89 55 34
St ep VI : 48 65 97 wor k st yl e load 23 be 13 heal t h y in m anaged to 89 55 34
St ep VI I : 23 48 65 97 wor k st yl e load be heal t h y i n m anaged to 89 55 34 13
St ep VI I I : 23 48 65 97 wor k st yl e load heal t h y be i n m anaged to 89 55 34 13
7 9 . (4) Th e elem en t ‘load’ is exactly between ‘style’ an d 8 3 . (1) Eigh t Steps wou ld be requ ired to com plete th e
‘be’ in th e secon d last step, i.e., Step VII. given arr an gem en t.
8 0 . (5) Th e position of ‘48’in th e Step III is eigh th from 8 4 . (3) Th ird last Step m ean s Step VI.
th e righ t en d. 12th from th e left en d in Step VI  m an aged
8 1 . (3) Option (3) is Step V.
8th to th e left of ‘m an aged’  work
8 2 . (2) Th e elem en ts ‘be 13 h ealth y in ’ are fou n d in th e
T RI CK
sam e order in th e Step VI.
8th to th e left of 12th from th e left m ean s 4th from
th e left.
RBI GRADE–B/ NABARD GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS

(1 –6 ) : St ep IV : year 92 u lt ra 39 1 5 2 3 stri ve h ou se
After car efu l an al ysis of th e given in pu t an d variou s St ep V : year 92 u lt ra 39 stri ve 15 23 h ou se
steps of rear ran gem en t, i t is evi den t t h at in each St ep VI : year 92 u lt ra 39 stri ve 23 15 h ou se
st ep on e word or n u m b er is rearran ged. In t h e fir st St ep VII: year 92 u ltr a 39 st rive 23 h ou se 15
st ep on e word i s arran ged an d in th e secon d st ep
Fou r m or e st ep s wil l be r equ ir ed t o com p lete
on e n u m ber i s arran ged. Word s are arr an ged alph a-
th e rear ran gem en t.
beticall y bu t i n r everse ord er wh i le n u m bers ar e ar -
2 . (3 ) In pu t : an y h ow 49 24 far wi de 34 69
ran ged in descen di n g order.
St ep I : wi de an y h ow 4 9 2 4 far 34 69
1 . (2 )
St ep II : wi de 69 an y h ow 4 9 2 4 far 34
St ep III : year 92 u ltr a 15 23 st rive h ou se 39
St ep III : wi de 69 h ow an y 4 9 2 4 far 34
INPUR-OUTPUT
St ep IV : wi de 69 h ow 49 an y 2 4 far 34 St ep IV : you n g tip s stay on h ow can 4 2 1 7 forever 03
St ep V : wi de 69 h ow 49 far an y 24 34 50 62 67 89
St ep VI : wi de 69 h ow 49 far 3 4 an y 24 St ep V : you n g tip s stay on h ow forever can 17 03 42
3 . (4 ) From th e given st ep in p u t can n ot be det er m in ed. 50 62 67 89
4 . (4 ) In p u t : pl ay over 49 37 12 m at ch n ow 81 St ep VI : you n g tip s stay on h ow forever can 03 17 42
St ep I : pl ay 8 1 over 49 37 12 m atch n ow 50 62 67 89
St ep II : pl ay 8 1 over 49 n ow 37 12 m at ch 9 . (1 ) It i s Step III.
St ep III : pl ay 8 1 over 49 n ow 37 m at ch 12 1 0 . (2 ) 4 2 is at th e fifth posit ion from t h e righ t en d in
St ep III is th e last step. St ep V.
5 . (2 ) St ep II : war 5 8 b ox cart 33 49 st ar 24 1 1 . (1 ) Opti on (1) is th e last step.
St ep III : war 5 8 star box cart 33 49 24 (1 2 –1 6 ) : After carefu l an alysis of t h e given in pu t an d
St ep IV : war 5 8 star 49 box cart 33 24 var iou s st eps of r ear ran gem en t it is evid en t t h at
St ep V : war 5 8 star 49 car t b ox 33 24 in each step on e word an d on e n u m b er are rear -
St ep VI : war 5 8 star 49 car t 3 3 b ox 24 ran ged. Th e wor ds are rearran ged from left i n al-
6 . (4) ph abetical order an d t h e n u m bers ar e r earr an ged
In p u t : sh ower fall wat er 3 4 51 67 98 goal fr om th e ri gh t in descen din g order b u t i n t h e fin al
St ep I : water sh ower fall 3 4 5 1 6 7 98 goal st ep th e wor ds get rearran ged i n alph abet ical or -
St ep II : water 98 sh ower fal l 3 4 5 1 67 goal der i n rever se m an n er th e n u m ber s appear i n d e-
St ep III : water 98 sh ower 67 fal l 3 4 51 goal scen di n g order.
St ep IV : water 98 sh ower 67 goal fall 34 51 In p u t : 31 r ise gem 15 92 4 7 aim bi g 25 does
St ep V : water 98 sh ower 67 goal 5 1 fall 34 56 n ot 85 63 with m oon
(7 –1 1 ) : St ep I : ai m 31 rise gem 15 47 bi g 2 5 does 56
After car efu l an al ysis of th e given in pu t an d variou s n ot 85 63 wi th m oon 92
st eps of arr an gem en t i t i s evid en t th at i n each set p on e St ep II : bi g aim 31 r ise gem 15 47 2 5 does 56
word an d on e n u m ber ar e r ear ran ged. Th e word s ar e r e- n ot 63 wit h m oon 9 2 85
ar ran ged from t h e left in alp h ab et ical ord er bu t i n r e- St ep III : does bi g aim 31 r ise gem 15 47 2 5 56
verse order wh ile th e n u m ber s ar e r earr an ged i n descen d- n ot with m oon 9 2 8 5 63
in g order from th e r igh t. St ep IV : gem does b ig ai m 31 rise 15 47 25 n ot
(7 –8 ) : wi th m oon 92 85 6 3 56
In p u t : al ways 1 9 give 21 84 for 62 14 worth y cau se St ep V : m oon gem d oes b ig aim 3 1 rise 1 5 25
St ep I : worth y al ways 1 9 give 21 for 62 14 cau se 84 n ot wit h 92 85 63 5 6 47
St ep II : worth y gi ve always 19 21 for 14 cau se 62 84 St ep VI : n ot m oon gem d oes bi g aim r ise 1 5 25
St ep III : worth y gi ve for al ways 19 14 cau se 21 62 84 wi th 92 8 5 63 56 4 7 31
St ep IV : worth y gi ve for cau se always 14 19 21 62 84 St ep VII : ri se n ot m oon gem does big aim 15 wi th
7 . (4 ) Op tion (4) i s t h e Step III. 92 8 5 63 56 47 3 1 25
8 . (3 ) Fou r steps are n eeded to com plete th e arr an ge- St ep VIII : wit h rise n ot m oon gem does big aim
m en t . 92 8 5 6 3 56 47 3 1 2 5 15
(9 –1 1 ) :
1 2 . (1 ) Eigh t
In p u t : 50 62 ti ps on 67 h ow can 42 st ay you n g 17
1 3 . (4) ‘1 5’ is at t h e 7th positi on from t h e left in St ep
89 forever 03
IV
St ep I : you n g 50 62 ti ps on 6 7 h ow can 42 st ay 17
forever 03 89 1 4 . (2 ) It i s Step VII.
St ep II : you n g tip s 5 0 6 2 on h ow can 42 stay 17 for - 1 5 . (3) ‘9 2’ i s at t h e si xt h p osit i on fr om t h e ri gh t i n
ever 03 67 89 St ep VI.
St ep III : you n g ti ps stay 50 on h ow can 42 1 7 forev- 1 6 . (3 ) ‘5 6’i s at th e fifth p osit ion from th e righ t i n St ep
er 03 62 67 89 th e l ast step.
(1 7 –2 2 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e given in p u t an d variou s step s of r e-arran gem en t , i t i s evid en t th at i n each st ep
on e n u m ber an d on e wor d are rear ran ged. In th e fir st st ep th e h igh est n u m ber m oves to th e ext rem e left
posit ion wh i le th e word wh i ch com es first i n t h e alp h abetical ord er m oves to t h e ext rem e r igh t p osit ion . In t h e
n ext step th e secon d h igh est n u m ber m oves to th e secon d position from th e l eft an d th e word wh i ch com es
secon d in th e alph abetical order m oves to secon d p osi tion fr om th e ri gh t. Th e sam e pr oced u re is con t i n u ed ti ll
al l t h e n u m b ers get arran ged i n descen di n g ord er from th e l eft an d t h e word s get arr an ged in alph abetical
or der from t h e r igh t.
In p u t : h ar d wor k p ays 9 6 42 in 79 l on g r u n 18 25 57
St ep I : 9 6 wor k p ays 4 2 in 79 l on g r u n 1 8 2 5 5 7 h ar d
St ep II : 9 6 7 9 wor k p ays 4 2 l on g r u n 1 8 25 5 7 i n h ar d
St ep III : 9 6 7 9 57 wor k p ays 4 2 ru n 18 25 l on g i n h ar d
St ep IV : 9 6 7 9 57 42 wor k r u n 1 8 25 p ays l on g i n h ar d
St ep V : 9 6 7 9 57 42 25 wor k 1 8 r u n p ays l on g i n h ar d
St ep VI : 9 6 7 9 57 42 25 18 wor k r u n p ays l on g i n h ar d
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 7 . (3 ) Th is is Step IV. n u m ber m oves to th e extrem e left p osi tion an d i ts
1 8 . (1 ) Th ere ar e six elem en t s (pays, 4 2, ru n , 18 , 2 5, di git s ar e i n terch an ged wh il e t h e wor d wh ich con -
lon g) bet ween ‘wor k ’ an d ‘in ’i n t h e Step III. tain s least n u m ber of letters, m oves to th e ex trem e
ri gh t positi on . In th e secon d step , t h e secon d h igh -
1 9 . (4) Th e wor d ‘p ays’ is fou rt h fr om th e left i n th e
est n u m ber m oves t o t h e extr em e left posi tion an d
St ep II. i ts d i gi ts ar e i n t er ch an ged wh il e t h e word wh ich
2 0 . (2 ) Th e wor d ‘r u n ’ is seven th from t h e r igh t i n t h e con tain s th e secon d lowest n u m ber of l ett ers m oves
St ep IV. to th e ex trem e righ t posi tion . Th e sam e p rocedu re
2 1 . (3) Th e word ‘pays’is ninth from th e left in the Step V. is con ti n u ed ti ll all th e n u m b ers an d words get r e-
2 2 . (2) Fou rth elem en t from the righ t in the Step III  25 ar ran ged followin g t h e r u le m en ti on ed above.
(2 8 –3 2 ) :
Th ird to th e l eft of 25  4 2
I nput : t yr e 71 t ou gh en 5 9 ti p 8 2 13 t h an k s to 6 8
(2 3 -2 7 ) :
table 46
After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given in pu t an d var i- St ep I : 28 tyre 71 tou gh en 5 9 ti p 1 3 t h an k s 68 tab le
ou s step s of r ear ran gem en t , it is evi d en t th at in each 46 to
st ep fou r elem en ts (t wo wor ds an d two n u m bers) ar e r e- St ep II : 17 28 tyr e t ou gh en 59 13 th an k s 68 tab le 46
ar ran ged . In th e first step th e lowest n u m b er i s p laced to t ip
at th e ext r em e l eft p osit ion wh i l e th e h igh est n u m ber
St ep III : 86 17 28 tou gh en 5 9 1 3 t h an k s tabl e 4 6 t o t ip
is pl aced at th e extrem e righ t position . Again , th e word
t yr e
wh i ch com es fir st in t h e di ct i on ar y ord er is p laced at
St ep IV : 95 86 17 28 tou gh en 13 t h an k s 46 to tip tyre
th e secon d posi tion from left an d th e word wh i ch com es
tab le
last is p laced at th e secon d posit ion from t h e righ t. In
Step V : 64 95 86 17 28 tou gh en 13 to tip tyre table
th e secon d step , t h e secon d lowest n u m b er i s p laced at
th an k s
th e secon d posi tion from th e l eft an d t h e secon d h igh -
Step VI : 31 6 4 9 5 86 17 2 8 t o ti p t yr e t ab le th an k s
est n u m b er i s p laced at t h e secon d posi t ion fr om th e
tou gh en
ri gh t . Again , t h e word wh ich com es secon d in th e di c-
ti on ary order i s p laced at t h e fou rth posit ion from t h e 2 8 . (2) 31 + 1 = 32 ; 6 4 – 2 = 6 2;
left an d th e word wh ich com es secon d l ast in th e di c- 95 + 1 = 96 ; 8 6 – 2 = 8 4;
ti on ary order i s p laced at t h e fou rth posit ion from t h e 17 + 1 = 18 ; 2 8 – 2 = 2 6;
ri gh t . Th e sam e pr ocedu r e i s con t in u ed till al l t h e wor ds Th e n u m b ers 32, 84 an d 9 6 are m u lt ipl es of 4.
get arran ged in th e d ict ion ary ord er aft er fou r n u m bers 2 9 . (1)
wh ich are in ascen din g or der. Th e r em ain i n g fou r n u m -
bers also get arran ged i n ascen di n g ord er after t h e eigh t Step III : 86 17 28 t ough 59 13 t han k s table 46 t o t ip t yr e
word s.
In pu t % 31 11 win ar m b lan k et zeb ra 24 81 ch ip team
sl ip 6 2 5 5 d awn 91 78
Step I % 11 ar m 3 1 wi n b lan k et 24 81 ch ip t eam sl ip 62 ‘2 8’ will be to th e im m ed iat e l eft of ‘46 ’.
55 dawn 78 zeb ra 91 3 0 . (4) Secon d last step m ean s Step V :
Step II % 11 24 ar m blan k et 31 ch ip team slip 62 55 dawn 3r d elem en t from th e l eft in Step V  8 6
78 win zebra 81 91 9t h elem en t from th e l eft in Step V  t ip
Step III %1 1 2 4 3 1 ar m b lan k et ch ip sli p 62 55 dawn 3 1 . (3) Th e elem en t ‘13 ’com es ex act ly b etween ‘59 ’an d
team win zeb ra 78 81 91 ‘t h an k s’ in Step II.
Step IV %1 1 2 4 3 1 5 5 ar m blan k et ch ip dawn slip team 3 2 . (5) 8t h from th e r igh t en d i n Step IV  t ou gh en
wi n zebra 62 78 81 91 Th ird to th e ri gh t of ‘tou gh en ’  4 6
(3 3 – 3 4 ) : After carefu l an alysis of t h e given in pu t an d
2 3 . (4) Th e p osi tion of “slip ” in th e Step III is seven th
fr om th e left. vari ou s step s of rear ran gem en t it is clear th at in
each step t wo elem en t s are rearran ged . Th e h igh -
2 4 . (2) Th ere are si x elem en ts (slip , team , wi n , zebr a,
est n u m b er m oves t o t h e ext rem e l eft positi on wh i le
62 78 ) b etween “dawn ” an d “81” in Step IV.
th e word wh i ch wou l d appear last in th e En gli sh
2 5 . (1) “6 2” is at th e n in th positi on from t h e l eft in St ep alp h ab et ical or d er i s m oved to t h e ex t rem e ri gh t
II.
posit ion in th e first step . In th e secon d step , t h e
2 6 . (3) In th e St ep III “d awn ” is at th e seven th positi on secon d h i gh est n u m b er i s m oved t o t h e ext r em e
fr om t h e righ t. l eft p osit i on wh il e t h e word wh ich wou l d app ear
2 7 . (5) Si xth elem en t from th e ri gh t in th e Step III  secon d l ast i n t h e En gl i sh al ph ab et i cal ord er i s
t eam m oved to th e ex trem e r igh t p osit ion . Th e sam e pr o-
Th ird to th e l eft of “t eam ” 6 2 cedu r e is con ti n u ed ti ll all th e n u m bers get rear -
(2 8 -3 2 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e gi ven in pu t an d ran ged i n ascen din g order fr om left t o r igh t an d t h e
variou s step s of r ear ran gem en t it is evi den t th at in word s get rear ran ged i n th e En gl ish al ph ab et ical
each st ep two el em en t s (on e word an d on e n u m - or der aft er th e n u m bers b u t in th e reverse order.
b er ) ar e r earr an ged. In th e fi rst st ep t h e h igh est
INPUR-OUTPUT
I n pu t : regu lar 46 exercise 31 29 m u st for 54 all 83 St ep III : 23 4 44 2 54 2 47 3 36 7 73 5 54 9
91 n ow St ep IV : 23 4 44 2 54 2 47 3 73 5 36 7 54 9
St ep I : 91 46 exercise 31 29 m u st for 54 all 83 n ow (6 –1 3 ) : Aft er car efu l an alysi s of th e gi ven in pu t
regu l ar an d vari ou s steps of rearran gem en t i t i s eviden t th at all
St ep I I : 83 91 46 exercise 31 29 m u st for 54 all reg- th e word s get arran ged i n alph abetical order from left to
u lar n ow
ri gh t in th e fi n al step. Th e word wh ich appears fir st in
St ep I I I : 54 83 9 1 46 exercise 31 29 for all regu lar
al ph abet ical or der m oves to th e extr em e righ t positi on
n ow m u st
an d t h en it m oves towards left step wise.
St ep I V : 46 54 83 91 exercise 31 29 all regu lar n ow
m u st for (6 –9 ) :
St ep V : 31 46 54 83 91 29 all regu lar n ow m u st for In pu t : dar e a beach n u l l wrap steel
ex er ci se Step I : d are beach n u l l wrap st eel a
St ep VI : 29 31 46 54 83 91 regu lar n ow m u st for ex- Step II : d are n u ll wrap steel a beach
ercise all
Step III : n u l l wrap steel a b each dare
3 3 . (2) Eleven th elem en t from th e left in th e last step 
Step IV : wrap st eel a beach d are n u ll
ex er ci se
Seven th to th e left of “exercise”  54 Step V : wrap a beach d are n u ll steel
T RI CK Step VI : a beach dare n u l l st eel wr ap
Seven th to th e left of eleven th from th e left in th e St ep VI is th e last step.
last step im plies fou rth from th e left (11–7 = 4) 6 . (3) Si x step s will be requ ir ed to reach t h e in t en d ed
Fou rth from th e left in th e last step  54 ar ran gem en t for th e given i n pu t.
3 4 . (1 ) ‘29’ is exactl y b etween ‘31 ’an d ‘for’ in t h e th i rd 7 . (2) Op tion (2 ) i s t h e sam e as step II.
step . 8 . (3) Th e word ‘a’is secon d from th e left en d of Step V.
9 . (4) Th e word ‘steel ’ i s fou r th from t h e r igh t en d of
INSURANCE EXAMS st ep III.
(1 0 –1 3 ) :
1 . (2)
(E) : Step I : k i te m et al blu e offer ar ran ge
16 13 17 25 23 14
(C) : St ep II : k i te m et al offer arran ge bl u e
In p u t : 65 5 43 6 76 4 79 9 97 7 57 2 9 3 33
(A) : Step III : m etal offer arr an ge b lu e k i te
St ep I : 33 3 43 6 76 4 79 9 97 7 57 2 65 5
(D ) : St ep IV : offer ar ran ge b lu e k i te m et al
St ep II : 33 3 43 6 57 2 79 9 97 7 76 4 65 5
(B ) : Step V : ar ran ge blu e k i te m et al offer
St ep III : 33 3 43 6 57 2 65 5 97 7 76 4 79 9
1 0 . (1) (A) i s t h e Step III.
2. (1)
1 1 . (4) Th e word ‘bl u e’is th e fi rst from t h e righ t en d of
13 14 10 22 11 6
St ep II.
In p u t : 54 4 65 3 32 5 68 8 46 1 23 1 20
1 2 . (2 ) (B) is th e St ep V.
85 7
1 3 . (4) (D) is th e St ep IV.
St ep I : 23 1 65 3 32 5 68 8 46 1 54 4 85 7
St ep II : 23 1 32 5 65 3 68 8 46 1 54 4 85 7 (1 4 –1 8 ) : After carefu l observation of t h e given i n pu t an d
variou s step s of r ear ran gem en t it is evi den t th at in
St ep III : 23 1 32 5 46 1 68 8 65 3 54 4 85 7
each step on e word is rearran ged . Th e word s are
St ep IV : 23 1 32 5 46 1 54 4 65 3 68 8 85 7 rearr an ged as p er alp h abetical ord er an d th e n u m -
St ep V : 23 1 32 5 46 1 54 4 65 3 85 7 68 8 ber of letters in th e wor d.
3. (3) 1 1 9 14 18 10 13 1 4 . (2)
In p u t : 23 6 52 2 82 4 76 5 62 2 46 3 16 In p u t : th e in car as h e m ay m e
35 8 St ep I : car th e i n as h e m ay m e
St ep I : 52 2 23 6 82 4 76 5 62 2 46 3 35 8 St ep II : car m ay t h e in as h e m e
St ep II : 52 2 62 2 82 4 76 5 23 6 46 3 35 8 St ep III : car m ay t h e as i n h e m e
Step III : 52 2 62 2 23 6 76 5 82 4 46 3 35 8 1 5 . (1)
4 . (2) St ep II : cl ever r em an d wi n dow sales bat ch tiger
8 10 11 15 22 13 n ever
In pu t : 62 0 41 5 34 4 53 7 78 7 63 4 23 97 7 St ep III : cl ever r em an d wi n dow b atch sal es tiger
St ep III : 6 20 4 15 3 44 63 4 78 7 5 37 97 7 n ever
St ep IV : 6 20 41 5 3 44 63 4 53 7 7 87 97 7 St ep IV : clever r em an d wi n d ow b at ch n ever sales
5 . (1) t iger
14 10 15 11 16 9 1 6 . (3)
In pu t : 47 3 44 2 73 5 54 2 36 7 23 4 18 54 9 In p u t : tr u e se veto be n u k e m y li k e
St ep I : 23 4 44 2 73 5 54 2 36 7 47 3 54 9 St ep I : li k e tru e se vet o be n u k e m y
St ep II : 23 4 44 2 54 2 73 5 36 7 47 3 54 9 St ep II : li k e n u k e tru e se vet o b e m y
INPUR-OUTPUT
St ep III : li k e n u k e tru e veto se b e m y (2 4 –2 9 ) :
St ep IV : li k e n u k e tru e veto b e se m y After car efu l an al ysis of th e gi ven in pu t an d var -
St ep V : li k e n u k e tru e veto b e m y se i ou s step s of r ear an gem en t , i t i s evi den t t h at i n each
1 7 . (3) st ep two elem en ts (on e word an d on e n u m ber) are rear -
ran ged. In t h e step I, th e word wh ich com es fir st i n t h e
In p u t : m ore fi gh t s cat s cou gh sou gh acts id ea
d icti on ary or d er i s p laced at t h e ex t rem e left posit ion
St ep I : fi gh t s m or e cat s cou gh sou gh acts id ea wh ile th e l owest n u m b er is placed at th e ex trem e righ t
St ep II : fi gh t s cou gh m ore cat s sou gh acts id ea p osi t i on . In t h e st ep II, t h e secon d lowest n u m b er i s
St ep III : fi gh t s cou gh sou gh m ore cats acts id ea pl aced at th e extr em e left p osi tion wh ile th e word wh i ch
St ep IV : fi gh t s cou gh sou gh acts m ore cats id ea com es secon d i n th e di ct ion ar y or der is pl aced at th e
ex tr em e ri gh t posi ti on . Th ese two st ep s ar e con t in u ed
St ep V : fi gh t s cou gh sou gh act s cat s m ore id ea
al ter n at ely to com plete th e rearran gem en t.
St ep VI : fi gh t s cou gh sou gh acts cats id ea m ore
In p u t : weigh t 3 4 9 3 an d 14 d en sity 84 con cept to
1 8 . (2) 49 74 be u n der stood 56
In p u t : am is goes to th e bar after d in n er everyd ay St ep I : an d weigh t 34 93 den sity 84 con cept to 49
St ep I : everyday am is goes to th e bar after d in n er 74 be u n der stood 56 14
St ep II : everyday di n n er am i s goes t o th e bar aft er St ep II : 34 an d weigh t 93 den sity 84 con cept to 49
St ep III : everyday di n n er aft er am i s goes to th e b ar 74 u n der stood 56 14 be
St ep IV : everyday di n n er aft er am i s goes bar to t h e St ep III : con cept 34 an d weigh t 93 den si ty 84 to 74
St ep V : everyday d in n er aft er am i s goes b ar th e to u n der stood 56 14 be 49
(1 9 -2 3 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e given in pu t an d St ep IV : 56 con cep t 3 4 an d weigh t 93 84 to 74 u n der -
st ood 14 be 49 den si ty
variou s step s of r e-ar ran gem en t it is evi den t th at
in each step on e n u m b er an d on e word are rear - St ep V : to 5 6 con cept 34 an d wei gh t 9 3 84 u n der -
ran ged. In t h e fi rst step th e h igh est n u m ber an d st ood 14 be 49 den si ty 74
th e word th at com es i n t h e last i n alph abet ical or - St ep VI : 84 to 56 con cep t 3 4 an d wei gh t 93 14 be 49
der m ove to th e ex trem e l eft positi on . In th e n ext den sit y 7 4 i n der stood
st ep th e secon d h i gh est n u m ber an d th e word th at St ep VII : weigh t 8 4 t o 5 6 con cept 34 an d 14 be 49 den -
com es last bu t on e in al ph abet ical or der m ove to si ty 7 4 u n derstood 93
t h e ext rem e left p osi ti on . Th e sam e pr ocedu re i s 2 4 . (5) El even th el em en t from th e r igh t i n th e l ast St ep
con ti n u ed ti ll all th e n u m bers get arr an ged i n as-  56
cen di n g ord er an d all th e word s i n alph abet ical or - Seven th to th e ri gh t of 56  d en si ty
d er.
TRICK
In pu t : st ore 95 clean 56 t ape 15 br eak 28 feet 35 wait
69 ice 71 Seven t h t o t h e r i gh t of el even t h fr om t h e r i gh t
St ep I : 95 wait store clean 56 t ape 15 br eak 28 feet m ean s fou rth fr om th e ri gh t (11 –7 = 4 ).
35 69 ice 71 Fou rt h from th e ri gh t  d en si ty
St ep II : 71 t ap e 95 wait st or e cl ean 5 6 15 br eak 28 2 5 . (2) Th e p osit ion of ‘con cept’ fr om t h e righ t en d of
feet 35 6 9 i ce th e secon d l ast St ep is eleven t h .
St ep III : 69 st ore 71 tap e 9 5 wait cl ean 56 15 break 28 2 6 . (3) St ep IV : ....... 9 3 8 4 to ....
feet 3 5 i ce 2 7 . (4) Th e p osit ion of ‘weigh t’ from t h e left of ‘5 6’ in
St ep IV : 56 ice 69 st ore 71 tape 9 5 wait cl ean 15 break th e t h ir d step is seven t h .
28 feet 35 2 8 . (2) Th e elem en t s ‘to 49 47 u n derst ood ’ are fou n d
St ep V : 35 feet 56 i ce 69 store 71 tap e 95 wait clean in th e sam e ord er in th e Step II.
15 break 28 2 9 . (1) St ep VII is th e last Step. Step V is th e th ird last
St ep VI : 28 clean 3 5 feet 56 ice 69 store 71 t ap e 95 St ep. Opt ion (1 ) i s st ep V.
wait 15 break (3 0 –3 4 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d
variou s st eps of r ear ran gem en t, it is eviden t th at
St ep VII : 15 br eak 28 cl ean 35 feet 5 6 i ce 69 store 71
two elem en t s (on e n u m ber an d on e word ) are rear -
tape 9 5 wait
r an ged in each st ep . In t h e fir st step, t h e l owest
An d, Step VII i s th e l ast st ep of t h e above i n - n u m ber is m oved to th e ex trem e l eft posit ion wh i le
put. th e word wh ich com es fir st in alp h ab etical ord er is
1 9 . (1 ) Th e gi ven ou tpu t is th e St ep V. m oved to th e ex trem e r igh t p osit ion . In t h e secon d
2 0 . (3 ) ‘Clean ’i s at t h e sixt h p osi tion fr om th e righ t in st ep th e secon d lowest n u m ber i s m oved to th e ex-
st ep IV. tr em e left posit ion an d sim ilarly, t h e word wh i ch
2 1 . (4 ) Th er e are eigh t elem en t s. com es secon d in th e al ph abet ical or der is m oved to
th e extrem e righ t position . Th e sam e procedu re is
2 2 . (2 ) ‘wait ’i s t h e sixt h from th e l eft in th e th ird Step.
con ti n u ed ti ll all th e n u m bers get rearr an ged i n d e-
2 3 . (5) ‘6 9’ is at seven th posit ion fr om th e left i n t h e scen d in g ord er from th e l eft an d al l t h e word s get
St ep VI. rearr an ged in alph abetical ord er aft er t h e n u m ber s.
INPUR-OUTPUT
STEP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
In p u t 84 wh y si t 14 32 n ot b est in k feet 51 27 vai n 68 92
Step I 14 84 wh y si t 32 n ot in k feet 51 27 vai n 68 92 b est
Step II 27 14 84 wh y si t 32 n ot in k 51 vai n 68 92 b est feet
Step III 32 27 14 84 wh y si t n ot 51 vai n 68 92 b est feet in k
Step IV 51 32 27 14 84 wh y si t vai n 68 92 b est feet in k n ot
Step V 68 51 32 27 14 84 wh y vai n 92 b est feet in k n ot si t
Step VI 84 68 51 32 27 14 wh y 9 2 b est feet in k n ot si t vai n
Step VII 92 84 68 51 32 27 14 b est feet in k n ot si t vai n wh y
3 0 . (3) In St ep III, ‘sit’ an d ‘n ot’ ar e t h er e b etween ‘wh y’ bers ar e rearran ged u pto Step III an d th en words are
an d ‘5 1’ rearran ged. In th e first step th e lowest an d th e sec-
3 1 . (5) Op tion (5) is t h e Step IV. on d lowest n u m bers are pl aced at th e extr em e l eft
an d righ t position s respectively. In the secon d step
3 2 . (1) Th e word ‘in k ’ is fifth to t h e left of ‘best ’ i n t h e
th e th ird lowest an d th e fou rth lowest n u m bers are
St ep II.
placed at th e extrem e left an d righ t position s respec-
3 3 . (4) 13 th from th e l eft in Step V  n ot
tively. In the th ird step, th e secon d high est an d th e
6t h t o t h e l eft of ‘n ot’ in Step V  wh y h igh est n u m bers are placed at th e extrem e left an d
3 4 . (2) Th e el em en ts ‘27 14 wh y vain best’appear in t h e righ t position s respectively. In th e fou rth step th e
sam e ord er in Step VI. words wh ich appear at th e first an d th e secon d posi-
(3 5 –3 9 ) : After carefu l an al ysi s of t h e given i n pu t an d tion s in alphbetical order are placed at th e extrem e
variou s st eps of r ear ran gem en t, it is eviden t th at left an d righ t position s respectively. Similarly, in th e
on ly n u m ber s ar e r ear ran ged u p to step III. Th en , secon d step, th e words wh ich appear at th e th ird an d
on e wor d i s r ear r an ged i n each st ep aft er t h r ee th e fou rth position s in alph abetical order are placed
n u m b er s i n t h e En gl i sh al p h ab et i cal or d er. Th e at th e extrem e left an d righ t position s respectively.
h i gh est n u m b er is placed at th e ex trem e r igh t p o- Th e sam e procedu re is con tin u ed in th e n ext step (s).
si tion wh il e th e l owest n u m ber is pl aced at th e ex- I n pu t : ch em ical 6 8 1 1 r eaction 87 is 21 h ard to 53
tr em e left p osit ion in th e fi rst step. In t h e n ex t st ep 92 detect
th e secon d h i gh est an d t h e secon d l owest n u m bers
St ep I : 11 chemical 68 reaction 87 is hard to 53 92
ar e r ear ran ged. In th e fin al ou tpu t t h e th ree sm al l-
detect 21
er n u m bers get arr an ged from t h e left in ascen d-
St ep I I : 5 3 1 1 ch em ical r eact ion 87 is h ard to 92
i n g or d er an d t h e t h r ee l ar ger n u m b er s get ar -
detect 21 68
ran ged after al l t h e word s i n ascen din g order. Th e
words are rearr an ged i n alph abetical order. St ep I I I : 8 7 5 3 1 1 ch em i cal react ion is h ar d t o d e-
tect 21 68 92
In p u t : 67 h ot su n 1 9 b est 83 ice 4 9 ace 7 7 cu t 37
St ep I V : ch em ical 8 7 5 3 1 1 react ion is h ard to 21
Step I : 19 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace 77 cu t 37 83
68 92 detect
Step II : 19 37 67 h ot su n b est ice 4 9 ace cu t 77 83
St ep V : h ard ch em ical 8 7 5 3 11 react ion to 21 68
Step III : 19 37 49 h ot su n b est ice ace cu t 67 77 83 92 det ect is
Step IV : 19 37 49 ace h ot su n b est ice cu t 67 77 83 St ep VI : r eaction h ard ch em ical 87 53 11 21 68 92
Step V : 19 37 49 ace best h ot su n i ce cu t 67 77 83 detect is to
Step VI : 19 37 49 ace best cu t h ot su n i ce 67 77 83 4 0 . (2 ) Th e elem en ts ‘to 92 detect 21’ ar e fou n d i n th e
Step VII : 19 37 49 ace best cu t h ot ice su n 67 77 83 sam e order in th e Step II.
3 5 . (4) Seven steps wou ld b e n eed ed to com p let e th e r e- 4 1 . (5) Th e p osi tion of ‘21’ fr om th e ri gh t en d i n t h e
ar ran gem en t . last Step i s Sixt h .
3 6 . (3) It is St ep V. 4 2 . (4) Th e elem en ts ‘8 7 5 3 1 1 r eaction ’ are fou n d in
3 7 . (4) Op tion (4 ) i s St ep I. th e sam e ord er in both th e fou rt h an d fifth step s.
3 8 . (2) Op tion (2) i s t h e fin al arran gem en t. 4 3 . (1) 5 th to th e left of 9 th from t h e left an d m ean s 4 th
3 9 . (1) Th e word ‘su n ’ i s at th e 7 th p osi ti on fr om th e fr om t h e left en d.
ri gh t in th e Step IV.
4t h elem en ts fr om t h e left en d i n t h e step IV  1 1
(4 0 -4 4 ) :
After carefu l an alysis of th e given in pu t an d variou s 4 4 . (3) Th e elem en t ‘r eaction ’ i s exact ly bet ween ‘ch em i-
steps of rearran gem en t it is eviden t th at on ly n u m - cal’ an d ‘8 7’i n t h e step II.
ppp
INPUR-OUTPUT
MODEL EXERCISES
Di r ect i o n s (1 -3 ) : A wor d ar ran gem en t m ach i n e, 4 . If Step II of an in pu t is “cu t 97 38 en d for 2 9 46
wh en given a particu lar in pu t, rearran ges it followin g a down ”, wh ich of th e followin g will be th e last step?
particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is th e illu stration of th e in pu t (1) VI (2) IV (3) V
an d th e steps of arran gem en t (4) VII (5) Non e of th ese
In pu t : pu t pock et h an d watch h e for th em 5 . If th e Step I of an in pu t is “car 17 vas tiger 92 87 lik e
Step I : pu t for h e watch h an d pock et th em 52”, wh ich of th e followin g will be th e Step IV? (1) car
92 lik e 87 tiger 17 vas 52 (2) car 92 lik e 87 17 vas
Step II : pu t h e for watch pock et h an d th em
tiger 52
Step III : pu t h an d pock et watch for h e th em
(3) car 92 lik e 87 tiger 52 17 vas
Step IV: pu t pock et h an d watch for h e th em (4) car 92 lik e 17 vas tiger 87 52
An d so on goes th e m ach in e. Stu dy th e logic an d (5) Non e of th ese
an swer th e qu estion s th at follow. 6 . In pu t: zeal for 49 31 h igh t 22 track 12. Wh ich of th e
1 . If step III of a given in pu t be ‘fly sk y birds m y su fu r followin g will be th e Step III?
say’, wh at is th e seven th step of th e in pu t? (1) for 49 h igh zeal 31 22 track 12
(1) fly sk y birds m y su fu r say (2) for 49 h igh 31 zeal 22 track 12
(2) fly birds sk y m y fu r su say (3) for 49 h igh 31 track 22 zeal 12
(3) fly fu r su m y birds sk y say (4) for 49 h igh 31 track zeal 22 12
(4) fly su fu r m y sk y birds say (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese 7 . In pu t : 19 feet 34 28 dog bag 43. “Bag 43 dog 19 feet
34 28” wou ld be th e Step
2 . If step VII of an in pu t is ‘slow ran dh u rwa pat h ak dig
(1) I (2) IV
vi’, wh at is step V of th at in pu t?
(1) slow dig h ak pat dh u rwa ran vi (3) II (4) Non e of th ese
(2) slow h ak dig pat ran dh u rwa vi Di r ect i on s (8 –1 2 ) : Stu dy th e followin g in for m ation
carefu lly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below :
(3) slow dh u rwa ran pat dig h ak vi
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is
(4) slow ran dh u rwa pat h ak dig vi given an in pu t lin e of words an d n u m bers, it rearran ges
(5) Non e of th ese th em followin g a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an illu s-
3 . Given th e followin g tration of in pu t an d variou s steps rearran gem en t.
In p u t : an a dh ir raj ran san rah aji (All th e n u m bers are two digit n u m bers)
Wh at step will be th e followin g arran gem en t? I n pu t : 25 93 as h ill stam p bolt 45 34 63 total 13 alter rise
Arran gem en t : an a san rah ran dh ir raj aji St ep I : alter 25 93 as hill stamp bolt 45 34 63 total rise 13
(1) IV (2) V (3) VI St ep I I : alter as 93 hill stamp bolt 45 34 63 total rise 25 13
(4) VIII (5) Non e of th ese St ep I II : alter as bolt 93 hill stamp 45 63 total rise 34 25 13
Di r ect i on s (4 -7 ) : Read t h e foll owi n g in for m ati on St ep IV: alter as bolt h ill 93 stamp 63 total rise 45 34 25 13
carefu lly to an swer th ese qu estion s. St ep V : alter as bolt h ill rise 93 stam p total 63 45 34 25 13
A word n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e wh en given , St ep VI : alter as bolt h ill rise stam p total 93 63 45 34 25 13
an in pu t as set of words-n u m bers, rearran ges th em Step VI is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as
followin g a particu lar ru le an d gen erates stepwise ou tpu t th e in ten ded arran gem en t is obtain ed.
till th e rearran gem en t is com pleted followin g th at ru le. As per th e ru les followed in given steps, fin d ou t th e
Fol lowin g i s an i l lu st r at ion of i n p u t an d st eps of appropriate steps for th e given in pu t.
rearran gem en t till th e last step. I n pu t for qu est i on s :
In p u t : pou r ask 57 dear 39 figh t 17 28 I n pu t : ropes 12 33 stron g 35 19 in blu e am ple k ite 47
Step I : ask pou r 57 dear 39 figh t 17 28 77 57
Step II : ask 57 pou r dear 39 figh t 17 28 8 . Wh ich elem en t is sixth to th e righ t of th e ten th for m
th e righ t en d of th e last step of th e given arran ge-
Step III : ask 57 dear pou r 39 figh t 17 28
m en t ?
Step IV: ask 57 dear 39 pou r figh t 17 28 (1) 47 (2) 35 (3) 57
Step V : ask 57 dear 39 figh t pou r 17 28 (4) 33 (5) 77
Step VI: ask 57 dear 39 figh t 28 pou r 17 an d Step VI 9 . Wh at is th e position of th e ‘ropes’from th e righ t en d
is th e last ou tpu t. of th e secon d last step of th e given arran gem en t ?
As per th e ru le followed in th e above steps, fin d ou t (1) Ten t h (2) Ei gh th (3) Eleven t h
th e an swer to each of th e followin g qu estion s. (4) Seven t h (5) Ni n t h
INPUR-OUTPUT
1 0 . Wh ich elem en t(s) is/ are exatly between ‘stron g’an d 1 5 . Wh ich of th e followin g com bin ation s represen ts th e
‘47’ in th e th ird step of th e given arran gem en t ? first two an d th e last two elem en ts in th e Step V of
(1) ‘k ite’ th e given in pu t?
(2) Both ‘in ’an d ‘k ite’ (1) 41, train an d om its, 36
(3) Both ‘35’an d ‘k ite’ (2) 12, lak es an d 36, elect
(4) 77 (3) 12, lak es an d om its, 36
(5) Both ‘blu e’an d ‘35’ (4) lak es, 41 an d 36, elect
1 1 . Wh at is th e position of ‘blu e’from th e left of ‘stron g’ (5) lak es, 41 an d 59, om its
in th e fou rth step of th e given arran gem en t ? 1 6 . Wh ich elem en t is fou rth to th e righ t of th e on e wh ich
(1) Fi ft h (2) Th i rd (3) Secon d is n i n th from t h e righ t i n th e Step V of th e given
in p u t?
(1) yard s (2) 36 (3) 85
1 2 . In wh ich step of th e given arran gem en t are th e ele-
(4) el ect (5) 12
m en ts ‘35 k ite 47 77’fou n d in th e sam e order ?
1 7 . In wh ich step are th e elem en ts ‘train 85 yards 59’
(1) Step III (2) Step II
fou n d in th e sam e order?
(3) Step IV (4) Step V
(1) Th i rd (2) Fou r th
(3) Secon d (4) Fi ft h
step
Di r ect i on s (1 3 –1 7 ) : Stu dy th e followin g in for m ation
step
carefu lly an d an swer th e qu estion s given below :
Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is
given an in pu t lin e of word s an d n u m bers, it arran ges
SHORT ANSWERS
th em followin g a particu lar ru le. Th e followin g is an illu s-
tration of in pu t an d rearran gem en t. (All th e n u m bers are 1.(1) 2.(2) 3.(3) 4.(3) 5.(2)
two digit n u m bers) 6.(1) 7.(4) 8 .(2 ) 9 .(5 ) 1 0 .(3 )
In p u t : 41 sprain 10 early 97 n oble 26 65 an k le
deat h 1 1 .(4 ) 1 2 .(1 ) 1 3 .(3 ) 1 4 .(5 ) 1 5 .(2 )
Step I : 97 41 10 early n oble 26 65 an k le death 1 6 .(1 ) 1 7 .(4 )
sp rain
Step II : n obl e 97 41 10 early 26 an k le d eath
sprain 65
EXPLANATIONS
Step III : 41 n oble 97 10 26 an k le death sprain 65
1 . (1) fly sk y birds m y su fu r say
ear ly
Step IV : death 41 n oble 97 10 an k le sprain 65
early 26 St ep
Step V : 10 death 41 n oble 97 sprain 65 early 26 III. Fly sk y bir ds m ay su fu r say
an k le
Step V is th e last step of th e above arran gem en t as IV. Fly bi r ds sk y m ay fu r su say
V. Fly su fu r m ay sk y bi r ds say
th e appropriate steps for th e given in pu t. VI. Fly fu r su m ay bi r ds sk y say
In pu t: om its 36 59 yards 41 elect train 12 lak es
85 VII. Fly sk y bir ds m ay su fu r say
1 3 . Wh ich elem en t com es exactly between ‘85’an d ‘lak es’
in th e Step III of th e given in pu t? 2 . (2) slow hak dig pat ran dhu rwa vi
(1) 59 (2) yard s (3) el ect
(4) om i ts (5) tr ai n St ep
1 4 . If in th e first step, ‘59’in terch an ges its position with
V. Slow h ak dig pat r an dh u r wa vi
‘lak es’an d ‘om its’also in terch an ges its position with
‘12’th en wh ich elem en t will be to th e im m ediate left VI. Slow dig h ak pat dhu r wa r an vi
of ‘41’?
(1) 59 (2) om i ts (3) 12 VII. Slow r an dh u r wa pat hak dig vi
(4) el ect (5) lak es
INPUR-OUTPUT
3 . (3) VI Step II : am ple blu e ropes 33 stron g 35 in k ite 47 77
57 19 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Step III : am ple blu e in ropes stron g 35 k ite 47 77 57
In pu t : an a dh ir r aj r ah san r ah aji 33 19 12
Step IV : am ple blu e in k ite ropes stron g 47 77 57 35
St ep : I : an a r ah san r ah r aj dh ir aji
33 19 12
St ep : II : an a san r ah r ah dh i r r aj aji Step V : am ple blu e in k ite ropes stron g 77 57 47 35
33 19 12
St ep : III : an a r aj dh ir r ah r ah san aji 8 . (2) 10th from th e righ t en d of th e last step  k ite
6th to th e righ t of ‘k ite’  35
St ep : IV : an a dh ir r aj r ah san r ah aji
9 . (5) Th e position of ‘ropes’ from th e righ t en d of th e
St ep : V : an a r ah san r ah r aj dh ir aji secon d last step is n in th .
1 0 . (3) In Step III, th e elem en ts ‘3 5, k ite’ li e b et ween
St ep : VI : an a san r ah r ah dh i r r aj aji ‘stron g’an d ‘47’.
1 1 . (4) In th e fou rth step ‘blu e’ is fou rth t o th e left of
(4 -7 ) : ‘st ron g’.
Aft er carefu l stu dy of th e given in pu t an d vari ou s 1 2 . (1) Th e el em en ts ‘35 k i te 4 7 7 7’ are fou n d in t h e
steps of rearr an gem en t , we m ay con clu de th at in sam e order in th e Step III.
th e first step on e word wh ich com es first in dictio- (1 3 –1 7 ) :
n ary is placed at th e first position from th e left an d After car efu l an al ysis of th e given in pu t an d variou s
oth er ter m s are k ept as th ey are. In th e secon d step, st eps of rearr an gem en t, it is evi den t t h at in th e fi rst st ep
th e h igh est n u m ber is pl aced at t h e secon d place th e h igh est n u m ber m oves to th e ext rem e l eft positi on
k eepin g rest of th e ter m s as th ey are an d th e sam e wh ile th e word wh i ch com es l ast in th e alph abet ical or -
process is con tin u ed till th e rearran gem en t en ds. der m oves t o th e extr em e ri gh t posit ion . In th e secon d
4 . (3) Step II : cu t 97 38 en d for 29 46 down st ep th e word wh ich com es secon d last i n th e alph abet-
Step III : cu t 97 down 38 en d for 29 46 ical ord er m oves t o t h e extr em e left positi on wh il e t h e
Step IV: cu t 97 down 46 38 en d for 29 secon d h igh est n u m ber m oves to th e extr em e righ t posi-
Step V : cu t 97 down 46 en d 38 for 29 ti on . Th ese two st ep s ar e con t in u ed al ter n at el y ti ll all
Hen ce, step V is th e last step. th e n u m b ers an d t h e word s get rearran ged.
5 . (2) Step I:car 17 vas tiger 92 87 lik e 52 In p u t : om its 36 59 yards 41 elect train 12 lak es
Step II : car 92 17 vas tiger 87 lik e 52 85
Step III : car 92 lik e 17 vas tiger 87 52 Step I : 85 om its 36 59 41 elect train 12 lak es
Step IV: car 92 lik e 87 17 vas tiger 52 yard s
6 . (1) In p u t :zeal for 49 31 h igh 22 track 12 Step II : train 85 om its 36 41 elect 12 lak es yards
Step I : for zeal 49 31 h igh 22 track 12 59
Step II : for 49 zeal 31 h igh 22 track 12 Step III : 41 train 85 36 elect 12 lak es yards 59
Step III : for 49 h igh zeal 31 22 track 12 om i ts
7 . (4) In pu t :19 feet 34 28 dog bag 43 Step IV : lak es 41 train 85 elect 12 yards 59 om its
36
Step I : bag 19 feet 34 28 dog 43
Step V : 12 lak es 41 train 85 yards 59 om its 36
Step II : bag 43 19 feet 34 28 dog
el ect
Step III : bag 43 dog 19 feet 34 28
1 3 . (3) Th e elem en t ‘el ect ’ com es ex act ly bet ween ‘8 5’
(8 –1 2 ) : After carefu l an alysis of th e given in pu t an d var -
an d ‘lak es’ in th e Step III.
iou s steps of rearran gem en t, it is eviden t th at in each
Step III : .... 85 36 elect 12 lak es ...
step two elem en ts (a word an d a n u m ber) are rear -
ran ged accordin g to a certain ru le. In th e first step, 1 4 . (5)
th e word wh ich com es first as per th e diction ary or - St ep I : 85 om its 3 6 59 41 el ect t rai n 1 2 lak es
der is m oved to th e extrem e left position wh ile th e yar d s
lowest n u m ber is m oved to th e extrem e righ t posi- After in t erch an gin g t h e p osi tion of elem en ts :
tion . In th e secon d step, th e word wh ich com es sec- St ep I : 85 12 3 6 l ak es 41 el ect t rain om it s 59
on d as per th e diction ary order is m oved to th e sec- yar d s
on d position from th e left wh ile th e secon d lowest Now, th e elem en t ‘lak es’ is to th e im m ed iate left of
n u m ber is m oved to th e secon d posit ion from th e ‘41 ’.
righ t. Th e sam e procedu re is con tin u ed till all th e 1 5 . (2) First two elem en ts in th e Step V  12, lak es
words get rearran ged as per th e diction ary order from
Last two elem en ts in th e Step V  36, elect
left to righ t an d all th e n u m bers get rearran ged after
1 6 . (1) 9th from th e righ t in th e Step V  lak es
th e words in descen din g order.
4th to the r i gh t ‘l a k es ’
In pu t : ropes 12 33 stron g 35 19 in blu e am ple k ite  yards
47 77 57 1 7 . (4) Th e elem en ts ‘tr ain 85 yards 59’ ar e fou n d in
Step I : am ple ropes 33 stron g 35 19 in blu e k ite 47 th e sam e order in th e Step V.
77 57 12 qqq
SYLLOGISM
SYLLOGISM
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS Al l p layers are sp ectator s.
Di r ec t i o n s (1 -5 ) : In each of t h e I. Som e win dows are fan s. Som e spect ator s ar e th eat res.
qu estion s below are given th ree state- Som e th eatr es are dr am as.
II. Som e win dows are r oom s.
m en ts followed by fou r con clu sion s III. Som e fan s ar e green . Con cl u si on s :
n u m bered I, II, III an d IV. You h ave IV. No green is fan . I . Som e dram as are sp ectator s.
to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e II . Som e players ar e dr am as.
(1 ) On ly I follows
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
(2 ) On ly III follows III. Som e th eatr es are player s.
from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all
the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich (3 ) On ly IV follows IV. Al l spect ators are player s.
of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol- (4 ) On ly II an d IV foll ow (1 ) On ly II follows
lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e- (5) All follow (2) Non e foll ows
gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. 4. St at em en t s : (3 ) On ly II an d IV foll ow
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09. 02. 200 3) Som e tab lets ar e r ain s. (4 ) On ly I an d III foll ow
1. St at em en t s : Al l d ogs ar e r ain s. (5) All follow
Som e b oxes are t rees. Al l rain s ar e ch air s.
Som e trees are h orses. I. Som e ch ai rs are tab let s.
Som e bu ck ets ar e water s.
Al l h orses are fr u it s. II. All d ogs ar e ch air s.
Al l water s are p apers. Som e p a-
Con cl u si on s : III. Som e tablets are dogs.
pers are wood s.
I. Som e fru its ar e b oxes. IV. Som e tablets are ch air s.
(1) All follow Con cl u si on s :
II. Som e fr u its ar e t rees.
(2 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow I . Som e woods are water s.
III. Som e h orses are b oxes.
(3 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow II . Som e bu ck ets ar e wood s.
IV. No fr u it box.
(1) Non e foll ows (4 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow III. Som e papers are bu ck et s.
(2 ) On ly ei th er II or IV follows (5 ) Non e of th ese IV. Som e woods are bu ck et s.
(3 ) On ly ei th er I or IV an d II fol- 5. St at em en t s : (1) Non e foll ows
low No m an is sk y. (2 ) On ly II follows
(4 ) On ly eit h er I or III an d IV fol- No sk y is road. (3 ) On ly III follows
low Som e m en ar e r oad s. (4 ) On ly IV follows
(5 ) Non e of th ese Con cl u si on s : (5 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow
2. St at em en t s : I. No road i s m an .
Al l flowers ar e b u ses. II. No r oad is sk y.
Som e rin gs are ph on es.
Som e bu ses are cat s. III. Som e sk ies are m en .
Som e ph on es are com pu ter s.
Al l cats are ti ger s. IV. All roads are m en .
(1) Non e foll ows Som e com pu t ers ar e stat ion s.
Con cl u si on s :
(2 ) On ly I follows Con cl u si on s :
I. Som e tigers ar e b u ses.
(3 ) On ly I an d III foll ow I . Som e stat ion s are r in gs.
II. Som e ti ger s are flower s.
(4 ) On ly II an d III foll ow II . Som e ph on es ar e stat ion s.
III. Som e cats are flower s.
IV. Som e bu ses are ti ger s. (5 ) Non e of th ese III. Som e com pu t ers ar e r in gs.
(1) Non e foll ows Di r ec t i o n s (6 -1 0 ) : In each of t h e IV. Al l r in gs ar e stat ion s.
qu estion s below are given th ree state- (1) Non e foll ows
(2 ) On ly I an d II foll ow m en ts followed by fou r con clu sion s
(3 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow n u m bered I, II, III an d IV. You h ave (2 ) On ly I an d II foll ow
(4 ) On ly I an d IV foll ow to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e (3 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
(5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce (4 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
3. St at em en t s : from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all (5) All follow
the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich
Al l fan s ar e r oom s. 9. St at em en t s :
of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol-
No room i s green . lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e- Al l leaves ar e i n k s. No in k i s
Som e win dows ar e green . gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. bru sh .
Con cl u si on s : (Sy n d i cat e Ban k PO Al l cak es are bru sh es.
Ex am . 1 0 . 1 0 . 2 0 0 4 )
SYLLOGISM
Con cl u si on s : Con cu ssi on s : Con cl u si on s :
I. Som e cak es are leaves. I. Som e p en s ar e tables. I. Som e cu p s are bin ocu lar s.
II . Som e in k s ar e cak es. II. Som e paper s are pen s. II. Som e sp oon s are cam eras.
III. Som e i n k s ar e leaves. III. No p en is t abl e. III. Som e cu ps are cam eras.
IV. Som e cak es are bru sh es. (1) All follow (1 ) On ly I follows
(1) All follow (2 ) On ly ei th er I or III follows (2 ) On ly II follows
(2 ) On ly I an d II foll ow (3 ) On ly II follows (3 ) On ly III follows
(3 ) On ly II an d III foll ow (4 ) On ly eit h er I or III an d II fol- (4 ) On ly eit h er I or II follows
(4 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow low (5 ) Non e of th ese
(5 ) Non e of th ese (5 ) Non e of th ese 17. St at em en t s :
10. St at em en t s : 13. St at em en t s : Al l h otel s are airp ort s.
Al l n eedl es are th r ead s. Al l ch ai n s are cycles. Al l airp orts ar e b elt s.
Al l t h reads ar e b oxes.
Som e cycles are wh eel s. Som e b elt s are h ook s.
Al l t rees ar e b oxes.
Al l wh eels are m ir ror s. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : I. Som e bel ts are h otel s.
I . No n eedle is tree.
I. Som e cycl es are m ir ror s. II. Som e ai rpor ts are h otel s.
II . Som e trees are th r ead s.
II. Som e wh eels ar e ch ain s. III. Som e h ook s ar e b elt s.
III. Som e box es are n eedles.
IV. Som e trees are n eedles. III. Som e m irrors are cycles. (1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow
(1 ) On ly eit h er I or IV follows (1) Non e foll ows (2 ) On ly I an d III foll ow
(2 ) On ly ei th er I or IV an d II fol- (2 ) On ly I follows (3 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
low (3 ) On ly II follows (4 ) On ly III foll ow
(3 ) On ly III follows (4 ) On ly I an d III foll ow (5) All follow
(4) Non e foll ows (5) All follow Di r ect i on s (1 8 –2 2 ) : In each of
(5 ) On ly eit h er I or IV an d III fol- 14. St at em en t s : t h e qu est i on s bel ow ar e gi ven fou r
low Som e box es are h am m er s. st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree Con cl u -
Di r ec t i o n s (1 1 –1 7 ) : In each of Som e h am m ers ar e b ead s. si on s n u m bered I, II an d III. You h ave
th e qu estion s below are given th r ee to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e
Al l b ead s ar e r in gs.
statem en ts fol lowed by th e th ree Con - even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
cl u si on s n u m ber ed, I II an d III. You Con cl u si on s :
h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to I. Som e rin gs are h am m er s.
be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i- II. Som e h am m er s are b oxes. of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol-
an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s. III. Som e r in gs ar e b oxes.
Read all th e Con clu sion s and th en de- lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e-
(1) Non e foll ows gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s.
ci de wh i ch of th e given Con clu sion s
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- (2 ) On ly I follows (Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a PO
m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own (3 ) On ly II an d III foll ow Ex am . 2 5 . 0 5 . 2 0 0 8 )
facts. (4 ) On ly I an d II foll ow 18. St at em en t s :
(Cor p or at i on Ban k PO (5) All follow Som e plates are sp oon s.
Ex am . 0 9 . 0 7 . 2 0 0 6 )
15. St at em en t s : Al l sp oon s are fork s.
Al l j ack ets ar e t rou ser s. Al l fork s ar e b owl s.
Som e ten ts are bu ild in gs.
No tr ou ser i s sh ir t. Som e bowl s are u ten sil s.
Som e b u il din gs ar e ch air s.
Som e sh ir ts are cap s. Con cl u si on s :
Som e ch ai rs are win dows.
Con cl u si on s : I . Som e plates ar e b owl s.
Con cl u si on s :
I. Som e cap s are jack et s. II . Al l sp oon s are b owl s.
I. Som e win d ows ar e b u ild in gs.
II. Som e win dows are t en t s. II. Som e sh irt s are jack et s. III. Som e fork s are u ten sil s.
III. Som e ch air s are t en t s. III. Som e tr ou sers are jack et s. (1) On ly I follows
(1) Non e foll ows (1 ) On ly I follows (2) On ly II follows
(2 ) On ly I an d II foll ow (2 ) On ly II follows (3) On ly I an d III foll ow
(3 ) On ly II an d III foll ow (3 ) On ly III follows (4) On ly I an d II foll ow
(4 ) On ly I an d III foll ow (4) All follow (5) Non e of th ese
(5) All follow (5 ) Non e of th ese 19. St at em en t s :
12. St at em en t s : 16. St at em en t s : Som e b ook s are files.
Al l t abl es are board s. Som e cam eras are bin ocu lar s. Al l files ar e d iscs.
Al l p en s are board s. All bin ocu l ars are spoon s. Som e discs are board s.
Al l b oar ds are paper s. Som e spoon s are cu p s. Al l b oar ds are k eys.
SYLLOGISM
Con cl u si on s : I, II an d III. You h ave to tak e t h e th r ee Con cl u si on s :
I . Som e book s are k eys. gi ven st atem en t s t o b e tru e even if I. Som e n ai ls are h am m er s.
II . No book i s k ey. th ey seem to be at var ian ce from com - II. Som e swords ar e k n ives.
m on ly k n own facts an d th en d eci de
III. Som e discs are k eys. III. No n ail is h am m er.
wh ich of th e gi ven con cl u sion s logi-
(1) On ly III follows (1) Non e follows
cally follows from th e th ree given state-
(2) On ly I an d III foll ow m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own (2) On ly eit h er I or III follows
(3) Ei th er I or II an d III foll ow facts. Th en decide wh ich of an swers (3) On ly II follows
(4) All follow (1 ), (2), (3), (4 ) an d (5) is th e correct (4) On ly III follows
(5) Non e of th ese an swer. (5) On ly I follows
20. St at em en t s : (I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO 27. St at em en t s :
Ex am . 1 5 . 0 6 . 2 0 0 8 )
Al l bu ses ar e tr ain s. Som e fru its ar e t rees.
Som e t rai n s are car s. 2 3 . St at em en t s : Al l t rees ar e j u n gles .
No car is scooter. Som e t abl es are ju gs. Al l j u n gles ar e r oad s.
Al l scooter ar e j eep s. Som e ju gs are pot s. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : Al l p ots are pl ates. I. Al l fru i ts are ju n gl es
I . Som e car s ar e b u ses. Con cl u si on s : II. Som e roads are fr u it s.
II . Al l j eep s ar e scooter s. I . Som e p lat es are ju gs. III. Som e j u n gl es are fr u it s.
III. No jeep i s t rai n . II . Som e pot s are tab let s. (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
(1) On ly I follows III. Som e plat es are tab let s. (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
(2) On ly II follows (1) Non e follows (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
(3) On ly III follows (2) On l y I follows (4) Al l foll ow
(4) On ly eit h er I or III follows (3) On ly II follows (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e follows (4) On ly III follows 28. St at em en t s :
21. St at em en t s : (5) On ly II an d III foll ow Som e book s are pen s.
All cu r tain s ar e pi llows. 24. St at em en t s : Som e pen s ar e d esk s.
No pi llow i s m att ress. Al l ch air s are r in gs. Som e desk ar e r ack s.
Som e m at tresses are bed s. Som e rin gs are st ick s. Con cl u si on s :
Al l b eds ar e sofas. Al l stick s are bran ch es. I. Som e rack s are pen s.
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : II. Som e desk s ar e b ook s.
I . No bed is pi llow. I . Som e bran ch es are ch air s. III. Som e r ack s are b ook s.
II . Som e m at tresses ar e sofas. II . Som e bran ch es are r in gs. (1) On ly I follows
III. Som e bed s are pil lows. III. Som e sti ck s are ch air s. (2) On ly II follows
(1) On ly eit h er I or III follows (1) Non e follows (3) On ly III follows
(2) On ly II follows (2) On l y I follows (4) Non e follows
(3) On ly II an d ei th er I or III fol- (3) On ly II follows (5) All follow
low (4) On ly III follows 29. St at em en t s :
(4) On ly I an d II foll ow (5) On ly I an d II foll ow No room s is h ou se.
(5) All follow 25. St at em en t s : No h ou se is bu il din g.
22. St at em en t s : Al l bu lbs ar e ch air s. Som e b u ild in gs are h u t s.
Som e pu l ses are gr ain s. Al l ch ai rs are tables. Con clu si on s :
Som e grai n s are spr ou t s. Al l t abl es are m ir ror s. I. Som e h u ts ar e r oom s.
Al l sp rou ts are n u t s. Con clu si on s : II. Som e h u ts are h ou ses.
No fr u it is n u t. I. Som e m ir ror s are b u lb s. III. Som e h u ts are bu ild in gs.
Con cl u si on s : II. Som e tables ar e b u lb s. (1) On ly I follows
I. Som e n u ts ar e pu lses. III. All ch air s are m ir ror s. (2) On ly II follows
II . Som e n u ts ar e gr ain s. (3) On ly III follows
(1) On ly I an d II foll ow
III. No fr u it is sp rou t. (4) Non e follows
(2) On ly I an d III foll ow
(1) On ly II an d III foll ow (5) Al l foll ow
(3) On ly II an d III foll ow
(2) On ly I an d II foll ow Di r ec t i on s (3 0 – 3 5 ) : In each
(4) Al l foll ow
(3) On ly eith er I or II follows of th e qu est ion s below ar e given fou r
(5) Non e of th ese
(4) Non e follows st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u -
26. St at em en t s : si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You
(5) Non e of th ese
Al l k n ives are h am m er s. h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
Di r ect i on s (2 3-2 9 ) : In each qu es-
No h am m er i s swor d. be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
ti on bel ow are th r ee statem en ts fol-
Som e swords ar e n ail s. an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
lowed by th ree con clu sion s n u m bered
SYLLOGISM
Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de- Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er I or II
ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s I. Som e m ou n tain s ar e r oad s. follows.
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- II. Som e bu i ldi n gs ar e tr u ck s. Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eith er I n or
m en ts disregard in g com m on ly fact s. III. Som e ri ver s are r oad s. II fol lows.
(An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 1 4. 09. 200 8) Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II
IV. Som e tru ck s ar e ri ver s.
30. St at em en t s : (1) Non e follows follow.
Som e rob ots ar e m ach in es. (2) On ly I follows 36. St at em en t s :
Som e com pu ters are both robots (3) On ly II follows Som e sch ool s ar e coll eges.
an d m ach in es. (4) On ly III follows Som e coll eges ar e u n iversi ties.
Som e an i m als are m ach in es. (5) All follow Al l u n iver siti es are i n sti tu tes.
Som e toys are an i m al s. 34. St at em en t s : Al l i n sti tu t es are classes.
Con cl u si on s : Al l tables are r ou n d. Con cl u si on s :
I. Som e toys are r obots Som e h ill s are r ou n d. I . Som e col leges are classes.
II. Som e toys are m ach in es. Som e rivers ar e h ill s. II . Al l u n iversities are classes.
Al l r ivers are con ical. 37. St at em en t s :
III. Som e an im al s ar e com pu t-
er s. Con cl u si on s : Som e u m b rel las are rain coat s.
IV. Som e r obot s are n ot toys. I. Som e ri vers ar e r ou n d. Al l r ain coats are sh irt s.
II. Som e h il ls are con ical. No sh i rt is a bl azer.
(1) Non e follows
III. Som e rivers are both h ills an d Som e blazers ar e su it s.
rou nd. Con cl u si on s :
IV. Som e tabl es are con ical. I . Som e sh i rts are u m brellas.
(4) On ly III follows
(1) Non e follows II . Som e su i ts are rain coat s.
(5) On ly eit h er I or IV foll ow
(2) On ly II follows 38. St at em en t s :
31. St at em en t s : (3) On ly I an d III foll ow Som e com pu t ers are board s.
All su n s ar e star s. (4) On ly II an d III foll ow Som e boards are ch alk s.
Al l m oon s ar e star s. (5) All follow Al l ch alk s are b u lb s.
Som e plan et s are su n s. 35. St at em en t s : No bu lb i s a tu be-l igh t.
Som e star s are gases. Al l sh ar k s are fi sh es. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : Som e fish es ar e b ird s. I . Som e bu l bs are com pu ter s.
I. Som e stars are plan et s. Al l b ird s ar e t rees. II . No ch alk is a t u bel igh t.
II. Som e su n s are gases. Al l t rees are in sect s. 39. St at em en t s :
III. No m oon i s a pl an et. Con cl u si on s : Al l doors ar e fl oor s.
IV. Som e gases ar e m oon s. I. Som e in sects are sh ark s. Som e floors ar e t iles.
II. Som e sh ark s ar e t rees. Al l ti les ar e pain t s.
III. All in sect s are b ird s. Som e pai n ts are st on es.
All book s are diaries.
IV. Som e bi rds are sh ark s. Con cl u si on s :
Som e diaries are pen s.
(1) Non e follows I . Som e floors are pain t s.
Som e pen s are drawer s.
(2) On ly II follows
Al l d rawers are ch air s. II . Som e d oor s are t iles.
(3) On ly I an d IV foll ow
Con cl u si on s : 40. St at em en t s :
Som e leaves are petal s.
I. Som e dr awer s are diaries. (5) All follow
Som e petals are flower s.
II. Som e ch air s are pen s. Di r ec t i o n s (3 6 –4 3 ) : In each
Al l flowers are fr u it s.
III. Som e p en s ar e b ook s. qu estion below are fou r statements fol-
lowed by two con clu sion s n u m bered I Som e fru i ts are n u t s.
IV. Som e diaries are b ook s.
an d II. You h ave to t ak e th e fou r gi v- Con cl u si on s :
(1) Non e follows
en st atem en t s t o be tr u e even if th ey I . Som e n u t s are flower s.
(2) On ly II follows seem to be at vari an ce from com m on - II . No n u t is fl ower.
(3) On ly II an d III foll ow ly k n own facts an d th en decide wh i ch 41. St at em en t s :
(4) On ly II an d IV foll ow of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol-
Al l p ictu res ar e p ain t in gs.
(5) All follow lows from th e fou r st atem en t s d isr e-
gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. All pain tin gs are ph ot ograp h s.
33. St at em en t s : Som e ph otograph s are design s.
(Ban k Of Bar od a Spec i al i st Of f i c er
Som e bu i ldi n gs ar e ri ver s. Ex am . 0 5 . 1 0 . 2 0 0 8 ) Som e desi gn s ar e m ovies.
Som e m ou n tain s are both bu ild- Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u - Con cl u si on s :
in gs an d ri ver s. si on I follows. I . Som e pain tin gs are design s.
Som e roads are bu ild in gs. Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u - II . Som e ph otograp h s are m ov-
Al l roads ar e tr u ck s. si on II fol lows. ies.
SYLLOGISM
42. St at em en t s : 46. St at em en t s : 50. St at em en t s :
Som e tab let s ar e capsu les. Som e pots are bu ck et s. Al l tables are sofas.
Al l capsu les ar e syru p s. Al l bu ck ets are tu b s. Al l sofas are bed s.
Som e syr u ps are m edicin es. Al l t u bs ar e d ru m s. Al l beds are m at s.
Al l m edi cin es are powder s. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : I. Som e dru m s are pot s. I. Som e m at s are sofas.
I . Som e syru ps are powder s. II. All tu b s are bu ck et s. II. Som e beds are tables.
II . Som e syru ps are tab let s. III. Som e d ru m s are bu ck et s. III. Som e m ats are tables.
43. St at em en t s : (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
Som e r oom s are flat s. (2) On ly II follows
Al l fl ats are bu il din gs. (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
Som e b u il din gs are bu n glows. (4) On ly I an d III foll ow
(4) All follow
Al l b u n glows are apartm en t s. (5) All follow
Con cl u si on s : (5) Non e of th ese
Di r ect i on s (5 1 –5 7 ) : In each of
I . Som e flat s are bu n glows. 47. St at em en t s : t h e qu est i on s bel ow ar e gi ven fou r
II . Som e apartm en ts ar e b u il d- Al l pi n s are bags. st atem en ts fol lowed b y Fou r Con cl u -
ings. Al l ch al k s are bags. si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You
Di r ect i on s (4 4 –5 0 ) : In each of Al l n eedl es are bags. h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
th e qu estion s below are given th r ee be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
Con cl u si on s :
s t a t em en t s f o l l o w ed b y t h r ee an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
I. Som e n eedles are pin s. Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de-
con clu sion s n u m bered I, II an d III. You
h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to II. Som e ch alk s are n eedles. ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s
b e t r u e even i f th ey seem t o b e at III. No n eedle is pi n . logicall y follows from t h e given stat e-
varian ce from comm on ly k n own facts. (1) On ly I follows m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own
Read al l th e con cl u si on s an d t h en facts.
decide wh ich of th e given con clu si on s (Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 1 5. 03. 200 9)
l o gi c al l y fo l l o w s fr om t h e gi v en (3) On ly eit h er I or III follows
st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y (4) On l y ei t h er I or I I an d I II Som e roses are flower s.
k n own fact s. follow
Som e flower s are bu d s.
(Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce (5) Non e of th ese
Al l b u ds are leaves.
PO Ex am . 2 1 .1 2 .2 0 08 ) 48. St at em en t s : Al l l eaves are pl an t s.
44. St at em en t s : Som e bu ses are tr u ck s. Con cl u si on s :
Al l pi n s are rod s.
Som e tru ck s ar e b oat s. I . Som e plan ts are flower s.
Som e r ods ar e ch ain s.
No boat is jeep. II . Som e roses are bu d s.
Al l ch ai n s are h am m er s.
Con cl u si on s : III. No leaves ar e r oses.
Con cl u si on s :
I. Som e jeeps ar e b u ses. IV. No roses are bu d s.
I . Som e pin s are h am m er s.
II . Som e h am m er s are rod s. II. Som e boats ar e b u ses. (1) On ly I follows
III. No pi n is h am m er. III. Som e jeeps ar e tr u ck s. (2) On ly I an d II foll ow
(1) On ly I follows (1) Non e follows (3) On ly I an d eith er II or IV fol-
(2) On ly I follows low
(3) On ly II follows (4) On ly eit h er II or IV follows
(5) Non e of th ese
(4) On l y ei t h er I or I II an d II (4) On ly III follows
follow 52. St at em en t s :
(5) Non e of th ese Som e book s are jou r n al s.
45. St at em en t s : Al l j ou rn als ar e paper s.
Al l flowers ar e t rees.
Som e book s are paper s. Som e p apers are car ds
Al l t rees are ju n gles. Al l cards ar e board s.
Som e pap ers ar e d esk s.
No ju n gle is h il l. Con cl u si on s :
Som e desk s are ch air s.
Con cl u si on s : I . Som e pap ers ar e b ook s.
Con cl u si on s :
I. No flower is h il l. II . Som e pap ers are board s.
I. Som e book s ar e d esk s.
II. Som e pap ers ar e ch air s. II. No t ree is h il l. III. Som e boards ar e j ou r n al s.
III. Som e book s ar e ch air s. III. Som e ju n gl es are flower s. IV. Som e boards ar e b ook s.
(1) Non e follows (1) Non e follows (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
(2) On ly I follows (2) On ly I an d II foll ow (2) On ly I follows
(3) On ly II follows (3) On ly I an d III foll ow (3) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
(4) On ly III follows (4) On ly II an d III foll ow (4) All follow
(5) On ly I an d II foll ow (5) All follow (5) Non e of th ese
SYLLOGISM
53. St at em en t s : (1) Non e follows (3) On ly II foll ow
Som e grapes are ap ples. (2) On ly I an d II foll ow (4) On ly II an d III foll ow
Som e appl es are ban an as. (3) On ly II an d III foll ow (5) Non e of th ese
Al l ban an as are gu avas. (4) On ly I, II an d III foll ow 60. St at em en t s
No gu ava is pom egran at e. (5) Non e of th ese Al l b en ch es are ri ver s.
Con cl u si on s : 57. St at em en t s : Al l ri ver s are p on d s.
I . No gr apes ar e p om egran ates. Som e sweets are ch ocol ates. Som e p on d s are h ill s.
II . Som e gu avas are gr apes. Som e ch ocol ates ar e m in t s. Con clu si on s
III. Som e gu avas are ap ples. Som e m in ts are food. I. Som e pon ds are ben ch es.
IV. No b an an as ar e p om egr an - Som e food is diet. II. Som e h il ls are ben ch es.
ates. III. Som e r iver s are ben ch es.
Con cl u si on s :
(1) Non e follows (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
I . No sweet s are diet.
II . No food is ch ocol ates. (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
(3) Ei th er I or III follows
III. Som e sweets are diet. (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
(4) Both III an d IV foll ow
IV. Som e sweets are food. (4) Al l I, II, an d III foll ow
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) Non e follows (5) Non e of th ese
(2) Ei th er I or III follows 61. St at em en t s
Som e d oor s are wall s.
(3) On ly III an d IV foll ow Som e rin gs are ban gles.
Al l walls ar e fl oor s.
(4) On ly II an d III foll ow Som e ban gles ar e b ead s.
Al l fl oor s are r oom s.
(5) Non e of th ese Som e beads are fl owers
Som e room s are win dows.
Di r ec t i o n s (5 8 –6 3 ) : In each of Con clu si on s
Con cl u si on s :
th e qu estion s below are given th r ee I. Som e flowers ar e r in gs.
I . Al l wall s ar e r oom s.
st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree con cl u - II. Som e fl ower s are ban gles.
II . Som e r oom s are d oor s. si on s n u m ber ed I, II & III. You h ave III. No rin g is fl ower.
III. Som e r oom s are wall s. to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e (1) On ly I follows
IV. Som e floors ar e d oor s. even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
(2) On ly II foll ow
(1) Non e follows from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all
the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich (3) On ly III foll ow
(3) On ly II an d III foll ow of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol- (4) On ly eit h er I or III follows
(4) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e- (5) Non e of th ese
(5) All follow gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. 62. St at em en t s
(PNB Agr i c ul t u r e Of f i c er Som e bat s are dogs.
Ex am . 0 4 . 0 1 . 2 0 0 9 ) Al l d ogs are ti ger s.
Som e spoon s ar e fork s.
58. St at em en t s Som e t igers are rat s.
Som e fork s are b owl s.
Al l h ou ses are wi n dow. Con clu si on s
Al l bowls ar e pl ates.
Al l r oad s are win dows. I. Som e rat s are bat s.
Som e plates ar e u ten sil s.
Al l toys are win dows. II. Som e ti ger s are bat s.
Con cl u si on s :
Con clu si on s III. Som e rats are dogs.
I . Som e u ten sil s are fork s.
I. Som e t oys ar e h ou ses. (1) Non e follows
II . Som e plates ar e fork s.
III. Som e plates are sp oon s. II. Som e roads are h ou ses. (2) On ly I an d II foll ow
IV. Som e u ten si ls are sp oon s. III. Som e r oad s are toys. (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
(1) On ly I follows (1) All follow (4) On ly I an d III foll ow
(2) On ly II follows (2) On ly I an d II foll ow (5) Al l I, II an d III foll ow
(3) On ly I an d III foll ow (3) On ly II an d III foll ow 63.St at em en t s
(4) On ly II an d IV foll ow (4) On ly I an d III foll ow Som e ch ai rs are pen s.
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese Al l p en s ar e b ook s.
56. St at em en t s : 59. St at em en t s Som e b ook s are wall s.
Al l ch ai rs are tables. Al l ch ai rs are fr u it s. Con clu si on s
Al l tables are d esk s. No fr u it is n ai l. I. Som e wall s are pen s.
Som e desk s are ben ch es. Som e n ai ls are h am m er s. II. Som e book s are ch air s.
Som e d esk s are sofas. Con clu si on s III. Som e walls ar e ch air s.
Con cl u si on s : I. Som e h am m ers ar e fr u it s. (1) Non e follows
I . Som e ben ch es ar e sofas. II. Som e n ails are fr u it s. (2) On ly I foll ow
II . Som e sofas are tables. III. Som e fru i ts are ch air s. (3) On ly II foll ow
III. Som e ben ch es ar e tables. (1) On ly I foll ow (4) On ly I an d II foll ow
IV. No ch air is ben ch . (2) On ly III foll ow (5) On ly II an d III foll ow
SYLLOGISM
Di r ect i on s (6 4 –6 9 ) : In each of 67. St at em en t s : 70. St at em en t s :
t h e qu est i on s bel ow ar e gi ven fou r Al l h ill s ar e r oad s. Al l win d ows ar e d oor s.
st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r Con cl u - Al l roads ar e st on es. Al l bu ildi n gs are door s.
si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You
Al l ston es are ju n gles. Al l d oor s ar e b oat s.
h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i- Al l j u n gles are ri ver s. Con cl u si on s :
an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s. Con cl u si on s : I . Al l win d ows ar e b oat s.
Read all th e Con clu sion s and th en de- I . Som e rivers are st on es.
II . All bu i ldin gs are boats.
ci de wh i ch of th e given Con clu sion s II . Som e ju n gles ar e h ill s.
III. Som e b oat s are d oor s.
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- III. Som e ston es ar e h ill s.
m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
IV. Al l r ivers are ju n gles.
facts. (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
(UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 2 2.0 3. 200 9)
(2) On ly II an d III foll ow (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
64. St at em en t s : (4) All follow
(3) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
Al l p en s ar e b ook s. (5) Non e of th ese
(4) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow
Al l book s ar e ch air s. 71. St at em en t s :
(5) All follow
Som e ch airs ar e d esk s. Som e desk s are ch air s.
Som e desk s are tables.
Al l n eedl es are th r ead s. Som e ch ai rs are pen s.
Con cl u si on s :
Som e th r ead s are cloth es. Som e pen s are drawer s.
I . Som e tab les are ch air s.
No cl oth is room . Con cl u si on s :
II . Som e desk s are pen s.
Al l room s ar e h ou ses. I . Som e drawers ar e d esk s.
III. Som e ch ai rs are pen s.
Con cl u si on s : II . Som e drawers ar e ch air s.
IV. Al l p en s are ch air s.
I . Som e h ou ses are n eedles. III. No dr awer i s ch ai r.
II . Som e room s are th r ead s. (1) Non e follows
III. No h ou se is n eedl e.
(3) On ly I an d IV foll ow (2) On ly II follows
IV. Som e cloth es are n eedles.
(4) On ly III an d IV foll ow (3) On ly III follows
(1) On ly I follows
(5) Non e of th ese (4) On ly eit h er II or III follows
65. St at em en t s : (5) On ly I an d eit h er II or III fol-
(3) On ly eit h er I or III follows
Som e train s ar e b u ses. low
(4) On ly IV follows
Som e bu ses are tr u ck s. 72. St at em en t s :
(5) Non e of th ese
Som e tru ck s ar e b oat s. Al l flowers ar e t rees.
Som e boats are car s. Som e trees are h ou ses.
Som e bags are toys.
Con cl u si on s : Al l h ou ses are wh eel s.
Al l t oys ar e cu rt ain s.
I . Som e tru ck s are tr ain s. Con cl u si on s :
Som e cu rt ain s are wall s.
II . Som e cars ar e tr u ck s. I . Som e wh eels ar e t rees.
Al l wall s ar e r oofs.
III. Som e b oat s are b u ses. II . Som e trees are flower s.
Con cl u si on s :
IV. Som e boats are tr ain s.
I . Som e roofs are cu rt ain s. III. Som e wh eels are flower s.
(1) Non e follows
II . Som e wal ls are toys. (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
III. Som e wal ls are bags. (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
IV. Som e cu r tain s are bags. (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
(4) On ly IV follows
(1) On ly I, II an d III foll ow (4) Al l I, II an d III foll ow
(5) On ly III an d IV foll ow
(2) On ly I, II an d IV foll ow (5) Non e of th ese
(3) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow 73. St at em en t s :
Som e ch ai n s are ban gles.
(4) All follow
Som e ban gles ar e r in gs. Som e radi os are teleph on es.
(5) Non e of th ese
Al l r in gs ar e t yres. Al l t elep h on es are m ir ror s.
Di r ec t i o n s (7 0 –7 5 ) : In each of
Al l tyres ar e tables. th e qu estion s below are given th r ee Al l m irr ors ar e d esk s.
Con cl u si on s : st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree con cl u - Con clu si on s
I . Som e tabl es are ban gles. si on s n u m bered I, II an d III. You h ave I . Som e rad ios ar e d esk s.
II . Som e tyr es are ban gles. to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e II . Som e radi os are m ir ror s.
III. Som e tab les are ch ain s. even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
III. Som e desk s are tel eph on es.
IV. Som e tyr es are ch ain s. from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all
the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
(1) On ly I foll ow (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
(2) On ly I an d II foll ow lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e- (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
(3) On ly I an d III foll ow gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. (4) All follow
(4) On ly I, II an d III foll ow (I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese Ex am . 0 5. 0 4. 20 09 )
SYLLOGISM
74. St at em en t s : Con clu si on s : from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all
Al l fu rn i tu r es are ju n gles. I. Som e train s are st on es. the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich
No ju n gle is road. II. Som e cars are st on es. of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol-
lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e-
Som e r oad s are h ill s. III. Som e t rai n s are ri ver s.
gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s.
Con cl u si on s : (1) Non e foll ows
(An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 05. 07. 200 9)
I . Som e roads are fu r n it u res. (2 ) On ly I follows
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y Con cl u -
II . Som e ju n gles are fu r n it u res. (3 ) On ly II follows
si on I follows.
III. Som e h il ls are ju n gles. (4 ) On ly III follows
Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y Con cl u -
(1) On ly I follows (5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow si on II fol lows.
(2) On ly II follows 78. St at em en t s : Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei th er Con -
(3) On ly III follows Al l d esk s ar e r oom s. cl u si on I or II fol lows.
(4) On ly I an d II foll ow Som e r oom s are h all s. Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er Con -
(5) Non e of th ese Al l h alls ar e leaves. cl u si on I n or II fol lows.
75. St at em en t s : Con clu si on s : Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bot h Con cl u -
Al l b rick s are st on es. I. Som e leaves ar e d esk s. si on s I an d II follow.
Som e ston es ar e r ock s. II. Som e h alls ar e d esk s. 81. St at em en t s :
Al l rock s are m ou n tain s. III. Som e leaves are r oom s. Al l ben ch es are cot s.
Con cl u si on s : (1) Non e foll ows No cot is lam p.
I . Som e m ou n tain s are ston es. (2 ) On ly I follows Som e lam ps are can dles.
II . Som e m ou n tain s ar e b rick s. (3 ) On ly II follows Con cl u si on s :
III. Som e ston es are br ick s. (4 ) On ly III follows I . Som e cot s are ben ch es.
(1) On ly I follows (5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow II . Som e can dles are cot s.
(2) On ly III follows 79. St at em en t s : 82. St at em en t s :
(3) On ly I an d III foll ow Som e b ags ar e pl ates. Som e cat s are dogs.
(4) All follow Som e plates are ch air s. Al l d ogs ar e goat s.
(5) Non e of th ese Al l ch ai rs are tables. Al l goat s ar e wall s.
Di r ect i on s (7 6 –8 0 ) : In each of Con clu si on s : Con cl u si on s :
th e qu estion s below are given th r ee I. Som e tab les are pl ates. I . Som e wal ls are dogs.
st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree Con cl u - II. Som e ch air s are bags. II . Som e wal ls are cat s.
si on s n u m bered I, II an d III. You h ave 83. St at em en t s :
III. No ch ai r is bag.
to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e
(1 ) On ly I follows Som e bu i ldi n gs ar e sofas.
(2 ) On ly eit h er II or III follows Som e sofas are ben ch es.
the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich (3 ) On ly I an d eit h er II or III fol- Som e ben ch es ar e tables.
of th e given con cl u si on s logically follow Con cl u si on s :
lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e- (4 ) On ly III follows I . Som e tab les ar e sofas.
gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. (5 ) Non e of th ese II . No table is sofa.
(Un i t ed Ban k Of I n d i a PO 80. St at em en t s : 84. St at em en t s :
Ex am . 2 1. 0 6. 20 09 )
All bu il din gs are m irrors. Al l rats are bat s.
76. St at em en t s : Som e m ir ror s are pen s. Som e bat s ar e d esk s.
Som e b ook s are t rees. No pen i s p aper. Al l desk s ar e ch air s.
Al l t rees ar e r oad s. Con clu si on s : Con cl u si on s :
Al l roads ar e wh eel s. I. Som e pap ers are bu ild in gs. I . Som e desk s are rat s.
Con cl u si on s : II. Som e pen s are bu ild in gs. II . Som e ch ai rs are rat s.
I. Som e wh eels ar e b ook s. III. Som e p aper s are m ir ror s. 85. St at em en t s :
II. Som e roads ar e b ook s. (1) Non e foll ows Som e r oad s are p on d s.
III. Som e wh eel s are t rees. (2 ) On ly I follows Al l pon ds ar e st ores.
(1 ) On l y I an d II foll ow (3 ) On ly II follows Som e stor es are bags.
(2 ) On ly II an d III foll ow (4 ) On ly III follows Con cl u si on s :
(3 ) On ly I an d III foll ow (5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow I . Som e bags ar e p on d s.
(4) All follow Di r ect i on s (8 1 –8 5 ) : In each of II . Som e stores ar e r oad s.
(5 ) Non e of th ese th e qu estion s below are given th r ee Di r ec t i o n s (8 6 -9 0 ) : In each
77. St at em en t s : st at em en ts foll owed b y t wo con cl u - qu est ion below are th ree st atem en ts
Al l ston es are ri ver s. si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. You h ave to followed by th r ee con clu sion s n u m -
Al l r ivers are car s. tak e th e given statem en t s to be tr u e bered I, II an d III. You h ave to tak e
Som e cars ar e tr ain s. even if t h ey seem t o b e a at var ian ce th e t h ree gi ven statem en t s t o be tr u e
SYLLOGISM
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce Con cl u si on s : II . Som e book s are poster s.
from com m on ly k n own facts an d th en I . Som e wal ls are tables. III. Som e tab lets ar e d ru m s.
decide wh ich of th e given con clu si on s II . Som e win d ows ar e tables. (1) Non e follows
logicall y foll ows from t h e th r ee given
III. Som e doors are tables. (2) On ly I follows
st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y
(1) Non e foll ows (3) On ly II follows
k n own facts. Th en decide wh ich of th e
an swers (1), (2), (3), (4) an d (5 ) i s t h e (2 ) On ly I follows (4) On ly III follows
correct an swer. (3 ) On ly II follows (5) On ly I an d II foll ow
(PNB Speci al i st Of f i cer 's (4 ) On ly III follows 93. St at em en t s :
Ex am . 1 6. 0 8. 20 09 ) (5 ) On ly II an d III follow. Som e box es are toys.
86. St at em en t s : 90. St at em en t s : Som e toys ar e n ail s.
Al l d esk s are pil lar s. Som e sofas are glasses. Som e n ai ls are st ores.
Som e pil lars ar e t en t s. Al l gl asses are pen s. Som e stores ar e sh op s.
Al l t en t s are bu ck et s. Som e p en s ar e h ou ses. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : I . Som e sh ops are toys.
I . Som e bu ck et s are pil lar s. I . Som e h ou ses are glasses. II . Som e n ail s are b oxes.
II . Som e bu ck ets ar e d esk s. II. Som e pen s are sofas. III. No sh op i s toy.
III. Som e t en t s are d esk s. III. Som e h ou ses are sofas. (1) On ly I follows
(1) Non e foll ows (2) On ly III follows
(1) Non e foll ows
(2 ) On ly I follows (3) On ly eit h er I or III follows
(3 ) On ly II follows (4) On ly II follows
(3 ) On ly II follows
(4 ) On ly III follows (5) Non e of th ese
(4 ) On ly III follows
(5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow 94. St at em en t s :
(5 ) On ly I an d III foll ow Di r ec t i o n s (9 1 –9 7 ) : In each of Al l d oor s are win dows.
87. St at em en t s : t h e qu est i on s bel ow ar e gi ven fou r No wi n dow i s h ou se.
Som e ch airs are h otel s. st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree con cl u - Som e h ou ses are b u il din gs.
Som e h otels are ju gs. si on s n u m bered I, II an d III. You h ave
Al l b u ild in gs are sk ies.
Som e ju gs are bask et s. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all I . Som e sk ies are d oor s.
I . Som e j u gs ar e ch air s. the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich II . Som e sk i es are h ou ses.
II . Som e bask ets ar e ch air s. of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol- III. Som e bu i ldi n gs ar e d oor s.
III. No bask et i s ch ai r. lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e- (1 ) On ly I follows
gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. (2 ) On ly II follows
(1) Non e foll ows
(Cor p or at i on Ban k PO (3 ) On ly III follows
(2 ) On ly I follows Ex am . 2 2 . 1 1 . 2 0 0 9 )
(3 ) On ly II follows (4 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
(4 ) On ly III follows Al l ch ai rs are k eys.
(5 ) On ly eit h er II or III follows Al l k eys ar e b all oon s.
Al l ri ver s are wall s.
88. St at em en t s : Som e b all oon s ar e m irros.
Al l walls ar e st on es.
Al l p apers are k n ives. Som e m ir rors ar e d esk s.
Al l ston es are cloth es.
Som e k n ives are pin s. Con cl u si on s :
Al l clot h es ar e t rees.
Al l p in s are wh eel s. I . Som e desk s are k eys.
Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : II . Som e bal loon s are ch air s.
I . Som e trees are st on es.
I. Som e wh eels are k n ives. III. Som e m ir ror s ar e b all oon s.
II . Som e clot h es ar e ri ver s.
II . Som e k n i ves are paper s. (1) On ly I follows
III. Al l wall s are cloth es.
III. Som e wh eels are paper s. (1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow
(1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow (2 ) On ly I an d III foll ow
(2 ) On ly I an d III foll ow (3 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
(5) Al l I, II an d III foll ow
(3 ) On ly II an d III foll ow (4 ) All I, II an d III foll ow
(4 ) All I, II an d III foll ow (5 ) Non e of th ese
Som e dru m s are poster s.
(5 ) Non e of th ese 96. St at em en t s :
Al l p osters are win dows.
89. St at em en t s : Som e let ter s are glasses.
Som e win dows are tab let s.
Al l tables are d oor s. Som e glasses ar e pl ates.
Al l t abl ets ar e b ook s.
Al l pl ates are b u ses.
No door i s win dow. Con cl u si on s :
Al l b u ses are car s.
Som e win dows ar e wall s. I . Som e win dows ar e d ru m s.
SYLLOGISM
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : Di r ec t i o n s (1 0 3 –1 0 7 ) : In each
I . Som e car s are let ter s. I. Som e t ram s are b u ses. of th e qu est ion s below ar e given fou r
II . Som e car s are glasses. II. Som e tr am s are h otel s. st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree con cl u -
III. Som e bu ses are glasses. si on s n u m bered I, II an d III. You h ave
III. Som e clou d s are car s.
(1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow (1) Non e foll ows
(2 ) On ly I an d III foll ow (2 ) On ly I follows from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all
(3 ) On ly II follows (3 ) On ly II follows the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich
(4 ) On ly III follows (4 ) On ly III follows of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol-
(5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow (5 ) On ly I an d III foll ow lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e-
97. St at em en t s : 100. St at em en t s : gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s.
Al l b ook s are pen s. (Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i c er
Al l flowers ar e b ook s.
Ex am . 2 4 . 0 1 . 2 0 1 0 )
Som e pen s ar e r opes. Al l b ook s are car pet s.
Al l r opes ar e d iscs. Som e car pet s are k eys.
Som e p en s ar e tables.
Som e discs are br ick s. Som e k eys ar e l ock s.
Al l tables ar e u m br ellas.
Con cl usi on s: Con cl u si on s :
Som e u m b rel las are st ick s.
I . Som e bri ck s ar e r opes. I. Som e k eys ar e b ook s. Al l stick s are cap s.
II . Som e d iscs are b ook s. II. Som e k eys are flower s. Con cl u si on s :
III. Som e b rick s are pen s. III. Som e l ock s ar e b ook s. I . Som e caps ar e u m brellas.
(1) Non e foll ows (1 ) On ly I follows II . Som e u m br ell as are pen s.
(2 ) On ly I follows (2 ) On ly II follows III. Som e stick s are pen s.
(3 ) On ly II follows (3 ) On ly III follows (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
(4 ) On ly I an d II foll ow (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
(5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
(5) Non e foll ows (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
Di r ec t i o n s (9 8 –1 0 2 ) : In each
101. St at em en t s : (4) Al l I, II an d III foll ow
of th e qu est ion s below ar e given fou r
Al l b oxes are cu p s. (5) Non e of th ese
st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree con cl u -
si on s n u m bered I, II an d III. You h ave Al l ch ai rs are cu p s. 104. St at em en t s :
to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e Al l cu ps are m ir ror s. Al l ch equ es ar e n otes.
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce Al l t abl es are m ir ror s. Al l n otes ar e t yres.
from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all Con cl u si on s : Al l t yres ar e b ook s.
the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich I. Som e tab les are ch air s. Al l b ook s are rod s.
II. Som e m ir ror s are b oxes. Con cl u si on s :
gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. III. Som e m irrors are ch air s. I . Som e rod s ar e n otes.
(I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g (1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow II . Som e b ook s are t yres.
Of f i cer Ex am . 0 3. 01 .2 01 0) (2 ) On ly I an d III foll ow III. Som e tyr es are ch equ es.
98. St at em en t s : (3 ) On ly II follows (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
Som e vill ages are t own s. (4 ) On ly III follows (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
Som e town s are h u t s. (5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
Al l h u ts are ri ver s. 102. St at em en t s : (4) Al l I, II an d III foll ow
Som e rivers ar e t en t s. Som e pin s are n eedles. (5) Non e of th ese
Con cl u si on s : Al l n eed les ar e r opes. 105. St at em en t s :
I. Som e t en t s are t own s. Som e rop es are bu ck et s. Som e l an es are p oles.
II. Som e ri vers ar e t own s. Al l b u ck ets ar e t rees. Al l p oles ar e sk ies.
III. Som e h u ts ar e vill ages. Con cl u si on s : Som e sk ies are b oxes.
(1) Non e follows I. Som e bu ck et s are pin s. No box is bottl e.
(2) On ly I follows II. Som e rop es are pin s. Con cl u si on s :
(3) On ly II follows III. No bu ck et is pi n . I . Som e bot tles ar e l an es.
(4) On ly III follows (1 ) On ly eit h er I or III an d II fol- II . Som e b oxes are p oles.
(5) On ly II an d III foll ow low III. No bot tle is lan e.
99. St at em en t s : (2 ) On ly ei th er I or III follows (1) Non e follows
Al l h otel s are b u ses. (3 ) On ly II follows (2) On ly I follows
Som e bu ses are car s. (4 ) On ly eit h er I or II an d III fol- (3) On ly II follows
Al l cars ar e t ram s. low (4) On ly III follows
Som e tram s are cl ou d s. (5 ) Non e of th ese (5) On ly eit h er I or III follows
SYLLOGISM
106. St at em en t s : 109. St at em en t s : III. Som e glasses ar e ch air s.
Al l r oad s ar e b u ses. Som e bed s are m ir ror s. IV. Som e glasses ar e t en t s.
Som e bu ses are car s. Som e m ir rors ar e d oll s. (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
Som e car s are days. Som e dol ls are ch equ es. (2 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
Al l d ays are n i gh t s. Som e ch equ es are pin s. (3 ) On ly I an d III foll ow
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : (4 ) On ly I an d IV foll ow
I . Som e n igh ts ar e b u ses. 1 . Som e pin s ar e d oll s. (5 ) Non e of th ese
II . Som e n igh ts are car s. II . Som e ch equ es are bed s. Di r ect i on s (1 1 3 -1 1 8 ) : In each
III. Som e days ar e b u ses. III. Som e ch equ es are m ir ror s. of th e qu est ion s below ar e given fou r
(1) Non e follows IV. Som e dol ls are bed s. st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u -
(2) On ly I follows si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You
(1) Non e foll ows
(3) On ly II follows h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
(2 ) On ly I follows be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
(4) On ly III follows (3 ) On ly II follows an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
(5) On ly I an d II foll ow (4 ) On ly III follows Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de-
107. St at em en t s : (5 ) On ly IV follows ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s
Som e seeds are flower s. logicall y follows from t h e given stat e-
Al l flowers ar e t rees. m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own
Al l ch ocolat es are h ol der s.
Al l tr ees ar e leaves. facts.
No h ol der is lam p.
Som e leaves ar e b ran ch es. (Cor p or at i on Ban k PO
Som e l am p s are d esk s. Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 )
Con cl u si on s :
Al l d esk s are pen s. 113. St at em en t s :
I . Som e bran ch es are flower s.
Con cl u si on s : Al l r ock ets ar e p oles.
II . Som e leaves ar e seed s.
I . Som e pen s are h ol der s. Som e p oles are t ram s.
III. Som e leaves are flower s.
(1) On ly I an d II foll ow II . Som e d esk s are l am p s. Som e t ram s are r opes.
(2) On ly I an d III foll ow III. No pen is h older. Al l r opes ar e t en t s.
(3) On ly II an d III foll ow IV. Som e pen s are ch ocol ates. Con cl u si on s :
(4) Al l I, II an d III foll ow (1 ) On ly I follows I. Som e t en t s are t ram s.
(5) Non e of th ese (2 ) On ly II follows II. Som e rop es are rock et s.
Di r ect i on s (1 0 8 -1 1 2 ) : In each (3 ) On ly III follows III. Som e t ram s are rock et s.
of th e qu est ion s below ar e given fou r (4 ) On ly ei th er I or III follows IV. Som e pol es are rock et s.
st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u - (5 ) On ly eit h er I or III an d II fol- (1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow
si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You low (2 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to 111. St at em en t s : (3 ) On ly I an d III foll ow
be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
Al l glasses ar e r oom s. (4 ) On ly I an d IV foll ow
an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de- Som e room s are pl an es. (5 ) Non e of th ese
ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s Al l pl an es are d u ck s. 114. St at em en t s :
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- Som e du ck s are lan t ern s. Al l d ial s are m ir ror s.
m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own Con cl u si on s : Al l m irr ors are sp oon s.
facts.
I . Som e lan ter n s are pl an es. Som e spoon s ar e d eck s.
(Al l ah abad Ban k PO
Ex am . 2 1 . 0 2 . 2 0 1 0 ) II . Som e d u ck s are r oom s. Som e deck s are ch air s.
108. St at em en t s : III. Som e room s are glasses. Con cl u si on s :
Som e pen cil s are win dows. IV. Som e du ck s are glasses. I. Som e deck s are m ir ror s.
Al l win d ows ar e r oad s. (1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow II. Som e sp oon s ar e d ial s.
Som e roads are cu p s. (2 ) On ly II an d III foll ow III. Som e d eck s ar e d ial s.
Al l cu ps are ch ain s. (3 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow IV. Som e ch airs ar e sp oon s.
Con cl u si on s : (4 ) All I, II, III an d IV foll ow (1) Non e foll ows
I . Som e ch ai n s are pen cil s. (5 ) Non e of th ese (2 ) On ly I follows
II . Som e cu p s are pen cil s. 112. St at em en t s : (3 ) On ly II follows
III. Som e ch ai n s are win dows. Som e ch airs ar e t en t s. (4 ) On ly III follows
IV. Som e roads are pen cil s. Som e ten ts are ju gs. (5 ) On ly IV follows
(1) Non e foll ows Al l ju gs are glasses. 115. St at em en t s :
(2 ) On ly II follows Al l gl asses are pot s. Som e h ou ses are for est s.
(3 ) On ly IV follows Con cl u si on s : Al l forests ar e t rees.
(4 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow I . Som e pot s ar e t en t s. Som e t rees are h ill s.
(5 ) On ly III follows II . Som e p ots ar e ch air s. Al l h ill s ar e b u ses.
SYLLOGISM
Con cl u si on s : Di r ect i on s : (1 19 –1 2 3 ) : In each Con cl u si on s :
I. Som e b u ses are t rees. of th e qu esti on s below ar e given th r ee I . Som e glasses are m ir ror s.
II. Som e tr ees are h ou ses. st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree con cl u - II . Som e ch airs are tables.
III. Som e h i lls ar e h ou ses. si on s n u m bered I, II an d III. You h ave III. Som e m irr ors ar e tables.
IV. Som e bu ses are for est s. to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
(1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
(2 ) On ly I, II an d IV foll ow (3) On ly I an d III foll ow
(3 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow (4) Al l I, II an d III foll ow
(4 ) All I, II, III an d IV foll ow lows from th e given stat em en ts, di s- (5) Non e of th ese
(5 ) Non e of th ese regard in g com m on ly k n own fact s. 123. St at em en t s :
116. St at em en t s : (Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO Al l calcu lators are boxes.
Som e lak es are ri ver s. Ex am . 1 6. 0 5. 20 10 ) Al l b oxes are tap s.
Som e rivers are m ou n t ain s. 119. St at em en t s : Som e tap s ar e m ach in es.
Som e m ou n tain s ar e book s. Som e car rot s ar e b rin jal s. Con cl u si on s :
Som e book s are paper s. Som e bri n jals are ap ples.
Con cl u si on s : I . Som e m ach in es are b oxes.
Al l appl es are ban an as. II . Som e tap s are calcu lator s.
I. Som e book s are ri ver s. Con cl u si on s :
II. Som e papers ar e l ak es. III. Som e boxes are cal cu lator s.
I . Som e appl es are car rot s. (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
III. Som e m ou n t ain s are l ak es.
II . Som e ban an as ar e br in jals.
IV. No paper is lak e. (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
III. Som e ban an as are car rot s.
(1) Non e foll ows (3) On ly II an d III foll ow
(1) On ly I follows
(2 ) On ly ei th er II or IV follows (4) Al l I, II an d III foll ow
(3 ) On ly II follows (5) Non e of th ese
(4 ) On ly IV follows Di r ec t i on s (1 2 4 –1 2 8 ) : In each
(5 ) On ly ei th er II or IV an d III (4) On ly eit h er II or III follows of th e qu est ion s below ar e given fou r
follow. (5) Non e of th ese st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u -
117. St at em en t s : 120. St at em en t s : si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You
Som e tigers are h orses. Al l k eys ar e l ock s. h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
Al l h orses are goat s. Al l l ock s are ban gles. be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
Al l ban gl es are car s. an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
Al l goat s are dogs.
Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de-
Som e dogs are cat s. Con cl u si on s :
ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s
Con cl u si on s : I . Som e car s ar e l ock s. logicall y follows from t h e given stat e-
I. Som e cats ar e ti ger s. II . Som e ban gles are k eys. m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own
II. Som e dogs are h orses. III. Som e car s are k eys. facts.
III. Som e goats ar e ti ger s. (1) On ly I follows (Ban k Of Bar oda PO
IV. Som e cats are h orses. (2) On ly I an d II foll ow Ex am . 3 0. 0 5. 20 10 )
(1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow (3) On ly I an d III foll ow 124. St at em en t s :
(2 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow (4) On ly II an d III foll ow Som e tools are radios.
(3 ) On ly II an d III foll ow (5) Al l I, II an d III foll ow Som e rad ios ar e p on d s.
(4 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow 121. St at em en t s : Som e pon ds are m ir ror s.
(5 ) Non e of th ese Al l fru i ts are leaves. Al l m irr ors are ch alk s.
118. St at em en t s : Con cl u si on s :
Som e leaves ar e t rees.
Al l n otebook s are pen s.
No tr ee i s h ou se. I . Som e m ir rors ar e t ool s.
No pen i s t abl e.
Con cl u si on s : II . Som e ch alk s ar e p on d s.
Som e tab les ar e d esk s.
I . Som e h ou ses are fr u it s. III. Som e p on d s are t ool s.
Al l d esk s ar e t an k s.
II . Som e trees are fr u it s. IV. Som e ch alk s are radios.
Con cl u si on s :
III. No h ou se is fru i t. (1) Non e foll ows
I. Som e tan k s are pen s.
II. Som e desk s are n oteb ook s. (1) On ly I follows (2 ) On ly I follows
III. Som e tan k s ar e tables. (2) On ly II follows (3 ) On ly II follows
IV. No tan k is p en (3) On ly III follows (4 ) On ly III follows
(1 ) On ly I follows (4) On ly eit h er I or III follows (5 ) On ly IV follows
(2 ) On ly III follows (5) Non e follows 125. St at em en t s :
(3 ) On ly IV follows 122. St at em en t s : Al l ch air s are sofas.
(4 ) On ly eit h er I or IV follows Al l t abl es are m ir ror s. Al l sofas ar e b ook s.
(5 ) On ly eit h er I or IV an d III fol- Som e m irr ors ar e ch air s. Al l b ook s are n et s.
low Al l ch ai rs are glasses. Al l n ets are gar den s.
SYLLOGISM
Con cl u si on s : Di r ec t i o n s (1 2 9 –1 3 8 ) : In each Con cl u si on s :
I . Som e n et s ar e sofas. qu estion below are eith er t wo or th ree I . Al l sh ir ts wh ich are cap s are
II . Som e gar den s ar e b ook s. st at em en ts foll owed b y t wo con cl u - p aper s.
si on s I an d II. You h ave to tak e t h e
III. Som e n ets ar e ch air s. II . Som e sh ir ts are cap s.
two or t h ree given st atem en ts to be
IV. Al l b ook s are gar den s. tru e an d th en d ecid e wh ich of t h e giv- 135. St at em en t s :
(1 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow en con clu sion s logi cal ly fol lows fr om 10 % sh oes ar e ch ap pal s.
(2 ) On ly I, III an d IV foll ow th e t wo/ th ree given stat em en ts, di s- 5% ch app als are paper s.
(3 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow regardin g t h e com m on ly k n own facts. 99 % p apers are pen s.
(4 ) All I, II, III an d IV foll ow (Cen t r al Ban k Of I n d i a PO
Con cl u si on s :
Ex am . 2 5. 0 7. 20 10 )
(5 ) Non e of th ese I. Som e sh oes are paper s.
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -
126. St at em en t s : II. Som e sh oes are pen s.
si on I follows.
Al l m on k eys are par rot s. Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u - 136. St at em en t s :
No par rot is crow. si on II fol lows. Al l A are Z.
Som e crows are h orses. Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er con - Al l Z are X.
Al l h orses are ti ger s. cl u si on I or II fol lows. Al l Y are A.
Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei t h er con - Con cl u si on s :
I . Som e tigers are par rot s. cl u si on I n or II fol lows.
I. All A are Y.
II . Som e crows are m on k eys. Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bot h con cl u -
II. All Y are X.
III. No ti ger is parrot. si on s I an d II follow.
129. St at em en t s : 137. St at em en t s :
IV. Som e h orses are par rot s.
No table is wood. Som e wat er is col d.
(1) Non e foll ows
Som e woods are ch air s. No cold is m il k .
Al l ch ai rs are st on es. Som e m il k i s water.
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
I. No ston e is t abl e. I. Som e water th at is cold is m ilk .
(5 ) On ly ei th er I or III follows
II. Som e st on es are wood. II. Some milk that is water is cold.
Al l h ou ses are r oom s.
Al l l ett ers ar e b lack . Som e waste i s wh it e.
Al l r oom s are bask et s.
Al l b lack are blu e. Som e wh i te i s water.
Al l b ask ets ar e t yres.
No bl u e i s green . Som e wat er i s wast e.
Som e tyres are lan t ern s.
Con cl u si on s :
I . No letter i s green . I. Som e wast e wh ich is wh i te is
I. Som e l an t ern s are r oom s.
II . Most blu e ar e b lack . wat er.
II. Som e tyres are h ou ses.
131. St at em en t s : II. Som e wat er i s n eit h er waste
III. Som e t ires ar e r oom s.
Som e fru i ts are m an goes. n or wh it e.
IV. All h ou ses are bask et s.
Som e m an goes are red. Di r ect i on s (1 3 9 –1 4 3 ) : In each
(1 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
Al l r ed are vegetables. qu est ion below are th ree st atem en ts
(2 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow
Con cl u si on s : followed by two conclu sions n u m bered
(3 ) On ly I, III an d IV foll ow
I. No fr u it is red. I an d II. You h ave to tak e t h e th r ee
(4 ) All I, II, III an d IV foll ow II. Som e fru its are red. given st at em en t s t o be tr u e even i f
(5 ) Non e of th ese 132. St at em en t s : th ey seem to be at var ian ce from com -
128. St at em en t s : Som e eyes are ear s. m on ly k n own facts an d th en d eci de
Som e tractor s are b u ses. Som e ear s ar e h an d s. wh ich of th e gi ven con cl u sion s logi-
Al l bu ses ar e tr ain s. cally follows from th e th ree statem en ts
Con cl u si on s :
Som e train s ar e b oat s. di sregard in g com m on ly k n own fact s.
I . No h an d i s an eye.
Al l b oat s ar e sh ip s. (Sy n d i cat e Ban k PO
II . Som e eyes ar e h an d s.
Ex am . 2 9. 0 8. 20 10 )
I. Som e b oat s are b u ses. Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -
Som e book s are pen s.
si on I follows.
II. Som e sh ips ar e b u ses. Som e pen s are pen cil s.
III. Som e tr ain s are tractor s. Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u -
Som e pen cil s are bu t ton s.
si on II fol lows.
IV. Som e sh ips are tr ain s. Con cl u si on s :
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei th er con -
(1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow I . Som e bu t ton s are pen s. cl u si on I or con cl u si on II fol lows.
(2 ) On ly I an d III foll ow II . Som e pen cils ar e b ook s.
Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er con -
(3 ) On ly I an d IV foll ow 134. St at em en t s : cl u si on I n or con cl u si on II foll ows..
(4 ) On ly II an d IV foll ow Som e caps ar e sh irt s.
Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bot h con cl u -
(5 ) Non e of th ese Al l sh ir ts are paper s. si on I an d con clu sion II follow.
SYLLOGISM
139. St at em en t s : Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if both con cl u - Con cl u si on s :
Al l k eys ar e l ock s. si on s I an d II follow. I . Som e pin s are pen s.
No lock i s a door. 144. St at em en t s : II . No pi n i s a pen .
Al l d oor s are win dows. Al l sh or es are beach es. (1 4 9 -1 5 1 ) : St at em en t s :
Con cl u si on s : Som e beach es ar e coast s. Al l D ’s are A’s.
I . No k ey is a door. Al l ban k s ar e coast s. Al l A’s are C’s.
II . Som e win dows ar e l ock s. Con cl u si on s : 149. Con cl u si on s :
140. St at em en t s : I . Som e ban k s are beach es. I . Som e C’s are D’s.
Al l d ist ricts are ci ties. II . No ban k is sh or e. II . Som e A’s are D’s.
Al l stat es are ci ties. 145. St at em en t s :
Som e cit ies are cou n t ries. Som e part ies ar e celebrat ion s.
Al l D ’s are C’s.
Con cl u si on s : Al l celeb rat ion s ar e occasion s.
Som e D ’s are n ot A’s.
I . Som e states are di str ict s. No occasion is a fest ival.
II . Som e cou n tr ies are st ates. 151. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s :
141. St at em en t s : I . Al l A’s are D’s.
I . No celeb rat ion is a fest ival.
Al l b ook s ar e p ages. II . Al l C’s are A’s.
II . Som e occasion s are par ties.
Al l l ibraries are b ook s. (1 5 2 -1 5 3 ) : St at em en t s :
Al l word s ar e p ages. Al l d oor s are win dows.
Al l sp ort s are gam es.
Con cl u si on s : Som e win dows ar e clip s.
Al l Olym pics ar e gam es.
I . Al l word s ar e b ook s. 152. Con cl u si on s :
Al l p lays ar e Olym pics.
II . Al l l ibraries are p ages. I. Som e clip s are d oor s.
Con cl u si on s :
142. St at em en t s : II . Som e win dows ar e d oor s.
I . Som e gam es are n ot p lays.
Al l sh ip s are aer opl an es.
II . Som e sports ar e p lays.
Al l tr u ck s are sh ip s. 153. Con cl u si on s :
Al l cars are tr u ck s. I . Som e cl ips, if th ey are doors,
Som e electi on s ar e p oll s.
Con cl u si on s : th ey are al so win dows.
Al l p oll s are resu lt s.
I . Som e sh ip s are n ot car s. II . Al l clip s wh ich are n ot wi n -
Al l resu l ts are win s.
II . Al l cars are aeropl an es. dows are also n ot d oor s.
Con cl u si on s :
143. St at em en t s : (1 5 4 -1 5 5 ) : St at em en t s
I . Som e win s ar e elect ion s.
Som e clou ds ar e ash es. No sh oe i s a ch appal.
Som e ash es are parti cles. II . Al l p oll s are win s.
Som e ch appals are san dal s.
Al l p arti cles are elem en t s. Di r ect i o n s (1 4 8 –1 5 7 ) : In each
of th e qu est ion s/ set of qu est ion s b e- 154. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s : I . Som e san dal s ar e n ot ch ap-
low are given t wo statem en t s followed
I . No parti cle is a clou d. pals.
by two con cl u si on s n u m ber ed I an d
II . Som e elem en t s are ash es. II. You h ave to assu m e everyth i n g in II . San dals wh ich are n ot ch ap-
Di r ec t i o n s (1 4 4 –1 4 7 ) : In each th e stat em en ts to be tru e even if th ey pals are sh oes.
of th e qu esti on s below ar e given th r ee seem to be at vari an ce from com m on - 155. Con cl u si on s :
st at em en ts foll owed b y t wo con cl u - ly k n own facts an d th en decide wh i ch
si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. You h ave to I . No san dal is a sh oe.
of th e t wo given con clu sion s l ogi cal ly
tak e th e given statem en t s to be tr u e II . San dals wh i ch are ch app als
follows from th e in for m at ion given in
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce ar e n ot sh oes.
th e statem en t.
from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all 156. St at em en t s :
(Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 3 1. 10. 201 0)
the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich Som e pai n ts are red.
of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol- Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u -
si on I follows. All red wh ich are p ain ts are yel-
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u - low.
(Pun j ab Nat i on al Ban k Sp eci al i st si on II follows. Con cl u si on s :
Of f i cer Ex am . 2 4. 10 .2 01 0) Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er con - I . Som e pai n ts are yellow.
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u - cl u si on I or con cl u si on II fol lows. II . Som e yel low are red.
si on I follows. Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er con - 157. St at em en t s :
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u - cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows. Al l seats ar e h ot.
si on II fol lows. Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth con cl u - Al l belts ar e h ot.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er con clu - si on s I an d II follow. Con cl u si on s :
si on I or II fol lows. 148. St at em en t s :
I . Som e seat s are b elt s.
Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er con - Som e pin s ar e clip s.
cl u si on I n or II fol lows. II . Al l h ot ar e ei t h er seat s or
Som e cli ps are pen s. bel ts.
SYLLOGISM
Di r ec t i on s (1 5 8 -1 6 7 ) : In each 163. Con cl u si on s : 168. Con cl u si on s :
gr ou p of qu est i on s, b el ow ar e fou r I . Som e equ i p m en t s ar e st a- I . Al l Treasu res i f t h ey are al so
st at em en ts foll owed b y t wo con cl u - pl er s. Ban gl es th ey are also n eces-
si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. You h ave to II . No m ach in e i s a stapler. saril y Or n am en t s.
tak e th e fou r given stat em en ts to be II . Al l Neck l aces i f t h ey are al so
tr u e even if th ey seem to be at var i- Colou rs th ey are also n eces-
1 . Som e staplers are m ach in es.
an ce from com m on l y k n own facts an d sarily Pictu res.
th en decide wh ich of th e gi ven con - II . Al l t h ose p rin t ers wh ich ar e-
m ach i n es ar e al so equ i p - 169. Con cl u si on s :
clu sion s logically follows from th e fou r
m en ts. I . Al l Or n am en t s w h i ch ar e
st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y
Neck l aces ar e n ecessar i l y
k n own fact s. 165. Con cl u si on s :
Ban gles.
(Un i t ed Ban k Of I n d i a PO I . Al l co m p u t er s ar e equ i p -
II . No Colou r i s Treasu r e.
Ex am . 1 4. 1 1. 20 10 ) m en ts.
Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u - II . No com pu ter is a pri n ter.
si on I follows. I . Som e Colou rs are Neck laces.
(1 6 6 -1 6 7 ) :
II . Som e Orn am en ts are Neck -
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u - St at em en t s :
laces.
si on II fol lows. Som e rivers are m ou n t ain s.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er con clu - All m ou n tain s are plat eau s.
si on I or con clu si on II fol lows. I . So m e T r ea s u r es a r e n o t
No pl ateau i s a sea. Ban gles.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er con - Som e seas ar e ri ver s.
cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows. II . So m e Tr ea su r es t h at a r e
166. Con cl u si on s : Ban gl es are also Neck l aces.
1 . No m ou n tain is a sea. Di r ect i on s (1 7 2 –1 7 6 ) : In each
si on I an d con clu sion II follow.
II . Som e seas ar e m ou n t ain s. qu est ion below are two/ t h ree stat e-
(1 5 8 -1 6 0 ) : m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s
St at em en t s : n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to tak e
I . Som e ri vers wh ich are pl a-
Som e pain ts are bru sh es. th e given st atem en ts to be t ru e even
teau s ar e n ot seas.
Al l b ru sh es are varn i sh es. if th ey seem t o be at varian ce fr om
II . Som e plateau s are n ot rivers. com m on ly k n own facts an d th en d e-
Al l colou rs are varn i sh es.
Di r ect i on s (1 6 8 –1 7 1 ) : Th ese ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s
No varn i sh i s a can vas. qu estions are based on six statemen ts. logically follow (s) from th e statem en ts
158. Con cl u si on s : For each qu est ion , t wo con clu sion s di sregard in g com m on ly k n own fact s.
I . No can vas is a b ru sh . n u m bered I an d II are gi ven . You h ave (Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a
II . Som e pai n ts are varn i sh es. to t ak e gi ven stat em en t s to be tr u e Ex am . 1 9. 1 2. 20 10 )
159. Con cl u si on s : even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce Gi v e an swer (1 ) : if on ly con clu -
I . No pain t is can vas. from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all si on I follows.
the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich Gi v e an swer (2 ) : if on ly con clu -
II . No colou r is can vas.
of th e given con clu si on s logicall y an d si on II fol lows.
160. Con cl u si on s : defin it ely follows from th e given state-
I . Al l varn ish es are col ou r s. Gi v e an swer (3 ) : if ei th er con -
m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own
cl u si on I or con cl u si on II fol lows.
II . Som e bru sh es ar e can vases. facts.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) : if n eith er con -
(1 6 1 -1 6 2 ) : (PNB M an agem en t Tr ai n ee
cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows.
St at em en t s : Ex am . 2 8. 1 1. 20 10 )
Gi v e an swer (5 ) : if bot h con -
Al l ri ver s are win d s. Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -
cl u si on I an d con clu sion II follow.
Al l clou ds are ri ver s. si on I foll ows.
Al l ocean s are ri ver s. Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u -
Som e pen cil s are eraser s.
si on I I foll ows.
Al l win d s ar e b reeze Al l p en ci ls are sh arpen er s.
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei t h er con -
161. Con cl u si on s : Al l er asers are n ot sh arpen er s.
cl u si on I or con cl u si on II fol lows.
I . Som e ocean s are n ot br eeze. Con c l u si on s :
Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei t h er con -
II . No clou d is an ocean . I . Al l erasers can be pen cil s.
162. Con cl u si on s : II . Som e sh ar pen er s are er as-
I . Al l r ivers are br eeze. si on s I an d II follow. er s.
II . Som e win ds are n ot cl ou d s. St at em en t s : 173. St at em en t s :
(1 6 3 -1 6 5 ) : Som e Neck laces are Ban gles. Al l gases ar e solid s.
St at em en t s : Al l B an gles are Or n am en t s. All solid s are liqu i ds.
Al l stap ler s ar e p rin ter s. Som e Orn am en ts are Treasu res. Con cl u si on s :
Som e prin ter s are m ach in es. No Tr easu re is Pictu r e. I . Al l gases are liqu id s.
Al l com pu ter s are m ach in es. Al l Colou rs ar e Pict u res. II . At least som e l iqu i ds are sol-
Al l m ach in es are equ ip m en t s. Som e Pictu r es are Neck l aces. id s.
SYLLOGISM
174. St at em en t s : (1 7 9 –1 8 0 ) : St at em en t s : 185. Con cl u si on s :
Som e n otes are coin s. Al l stick s are pl an t s. I . Al l b u ild in gs b ein g flats is a
No coi n i s a car d. Al l p lan ts are in sect s. possibility.
Con c l u si on s : Al l i n sects are am ph ib ian s. II . Al l apart m en ts bei n g b u il d-
I . Al l card s can b e n otes. 179. Con cl u si on s : in gs is a p ossibi lit y.
I . At least some amph ibian s are (1 8 6 -1 8 7 ) : St at em en t s:
II . Som e n otes are n eith er coin s
n or card s. plan ts. Som e ocean s are seas.
175. St at em en t s : II . Al l stick s are in sect s. Al l ocean s are ri ver s.
Al l r in gs ar e n eck l aces. 180. Con cl u si on s : No ri ver is a can al.
All th ose n eck laces wh ich are not I . All am p h ibi an s are stick s. 186. Con cl u si on s :
ri n gs ar e earr in gs. II . All plan ts are am ph ibian s. I . A l l r i v er s c a n n ev er b e
No earri n g is a b racelet. ocean s.
(1 8 1 – 1 8 3 ) : St at em en t s :
Con c l u si on s : II . Al l can als bei n g ocean s is a
Al l apart m en ts are h u t s.
possibility.
I . Som e b r acel et s ar e n eck - No h u t is a bu il din g.
laces. Al l b u ild in gs are cott ages. I . No ocean is a can al.
II . No ri n g is a b racelet. 181. Con cl u si on s : II . At least som e seas are ri ver s.
176. St at em en t s : I . No cottage i s an apart m en t. (1 8 8 -1 8 9 ) : St at em en t s :
Al l silver are gol d. II . Som e cot t ages ar e ap ar t - No day i s n igh t.
All alu m in iu m are gold. m en ts.
Al l n igh ts are n oon .
Som e si lver are alu m in iu m . 182. Con cl u si on s :
No n oon is an even in g.
Con c l u si on s : I . No ap art m en t is a cot tage.
I . Som e gol d i s b oth si lver an d II . Som e bu il din gs bei n g apar t-
I . No day is n oon .
alu miniu m. m en ts is a p ossibi lit y.
II . No day is an even in g.
II . All gold can be alu m in iu m . 183. Con cl u si on s :
Di r ec t i o n s (1 7 7 –1 8 3 ) : In each I . Som e cot tages b ein g apar t-
I . No even i n gs are n i gh t s.
qu est ion below are th ree st atem en ts m en ts is a p ossibi lit y.
followed by two conclu sions n u m bered II . Al l d ays bein g n oon i s a pos-
II . No cottage i s a h u t.
I an d II. You h ave to tak e t h e th r ee sibility.
Di r ec t i on s (1 8 4 –1 9 1 ) : In each
given st at em en t s t o be tr u e even i f (1 9 0 – 1 9 1 ) : St at em en t s :
qu est ion below are two/ t h ree stat e-
th ey seem to be at var ian ce from com - Som e pap ers are board s.
m en ts, followed by two con clu sion s
m on ly k n own facts an d th en d eci de No board is a car d.
n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to tak e
wh ich of th e gi ven con cl u sion s logi- 190. Con cl u si on s :
th e t wo/ th ree given stat em en ts to be
cally follows from th e th ree statem en ts
tr u e even if th ey seem to be at var i- I . No card is a p aper.
di sregard in g com m on ly k n own fact s.
an ce from com m on l y k n own facts an d II . Som e pap ers ar e card s.
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO
Ex am . 1 3. 0 3. 20 11 )
th en decide wh ich of th e gi ven con - 191. Con cl u si on s :
clu sions logically follows from the given I . Al l cards bein g papers is a
Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u -
st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y possibility.
si on I follows.
k n own fact s.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u - II . Al l b oar ds bei n g pap ers is a
(Al l ah abad Ban k PO Ex am . possibility.
si on II fol lows.
1 7.0 4.2 0 11 ) Di r ec t i on s (1 9 2 –1 9 6 ) : In each
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er con clu -
si on I or con clu si on II fol lows. Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u - qu est ion below are two/ t h ree stat e-
si on I follows. m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er con -
cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows. Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u - n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to tak e
si on II fol lows. th e t wo/ th ree given stat em en ts to be
si on I an d con clu sion II follow. Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eit h er con - tr u e even if th ey seem to be at var i-
cl u si on I or con cl u si on II fol lows. an ce from com m on l y k n own facts an d
(1 7 7 –1 7 8 ) : St at em en t s:
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er con - th en decide wh ich of th e gi ven con -
Som e star s are m oon s. clu sion s logically follows from th e giv-
cl u si on I n or con cl u si on II foll ows.·
Al l m oon s are plan et s. en st atem en t s d isregar din g com m on -
No pl an et i s u n iverse. ly k n own fact s.
si on I an d con clu sion II follow,
177. Con cl u si on s : (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE
(1 8 4 – 1 8 5 ) : St at em en t s : Ex am . 1 8. 0 9. 20 11 )
I . All moons being stars is a pos-
sibility. All bu il din gs are h ou ses. Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -
II . No u n iverse is star. No h ou se is an ap art m en t. si on I foll ows
178. Con cl u si on s : Al l apar tm en ts ar e flat s. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y con cl u -
I . At l east som e p l an et s ar e 184. Con cl u si on s : si on I I foll ows.
st ar s. I. No fl at is a h ou se. Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er con -
II . No m oon is u n iverse. II. No b u il din g is an ap art m en t. cl u si on I or con clu sion I I foll ows.
SYLLOGISM
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei t h er con - 197. St at em en t s : 202. St at em en t s :
cl u si on I n or con clu sion I I foll ows. Al l ston es are peb bles. No ban k is a sch ool.
Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bo t h con cl u - Al l p ebb les ar e r ock s. Som e sch ool s ar e coll eges.
si on I an d con clu sion II follow. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s :
(1 9 2 – 1 9 3 ) : St at em en t s : I . Som e col leges are defin itely
I . Al l st on es are r ock s.
Al l gl i der s ar e par ach u t es. n ot sch ool s.
II . Al l r ock s are peb bles.
No p ar ach u t e i s an ai r pl an e. II . Al l b an k s b ein g colleges is a
Al l ai r pl an es ar e h el i c opt er s. possibility.
Al l k i n gs ar e ru ler s.
192. Con cl u si on s : 203. St at em en t s :
Som e ru l ers are qu een s.
I . No h elicopt er i s a gl ider. Som e cart s are trol leys.
II . All parach u tes bein g h elicop- Con cl u si on s : Al l b ask ets ar e t rol leys.
ters is a p ossibi lit y. I. Som e k in gs are qu een s. Con cl u si on s :
193. Con cl u si on s : II. Atleast som e qu een s are ru l- I . At l east som e b ask et s ar e
I . No gl ider i s an airp lan e. er s. carts
II . Al l glid ers bei n g h el icopters 199. St at em en t s : II . Al l t rol leys are bask et s.
is a possibi lit y. Som e gar den s ar e p ark s. Di r ect i on s (2 0 4 -2 0 5 ) :
194. St at em en t s : Som e p ark s are areas. St at em en t s :
Som e m ail s are ch at s. Con cl u si on s : Al l fru i ts are vegetables.
Al l u pdates ar e ch at s. I. At least som e ar eas ar e p ark s. Al l vegetab les are pl an t s.
Con cl u si on s : II. No gard en is an area. No pl an t is a root.
I . Al l m ail s b ein g u pdates is a 200. St at em en t s : 204. Con cl u si on s :
possibility. I . Al l fru i ts are pl an t s.
No letter i s a fax.
II . No u p dat e is a m ai l. II . No root is a veget abl e.
Al l m essages ar e faxes.
(1 9 5 – 1 9 6 ) : St at em en t s : 205. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s :
No st on e i s a m et al . I . No fr u it is a root.
I. No m essage i s a letter.
So m e m et al s ar e paper s. II . At least som e r oot s are vege-
II. At least som e faxes are m es-
Al l paper s ar e gl ass. tabl es.
sages.
I . No gl ass is a m etal. Som e cal cu l ators are ph on es.
Som e boards are pl ain s.
II . At least som e glass i s m etal. No ph on e is an er aser.
No plain is a squ ar e.
I. Al l st on es b ei n g gl ass is a Con cl u si on s :
I . No calcu lat or i s an eraser
possibility. I. Al l squ ares are board s.
II . Som e cal cu l ator s are d efi -
II . No st on e is a p aper. II. All plain s are board s.
n i tely n ot p h on es.
Di r ec t i on s (1 9 7 -2 0 1 ) : In each Di r ec t i on s (2 0 2 -2 0 6 ) : In each
Di r ect i on s (2 0 7 –2 1 1 ) : In each
of th e qu estion s below, two statem ents qu estion / grou p of qu estion s below are
are given followed by t wo con cl u sion s two/ th r ee statem en ts foll owed by two of th e followin g qu estion s t wo/ th r ee
n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to tak e st atem en ts are given fol lowed b y t wo
con cl u sion s n u m bered I an d II. You
th e t wo stat em en ts to be tru e even if Con cl u sion s n u m bered I an d II. You
h ave to tak e th e two/ th ree given state-
th ey seem to be at varian ce from t h e h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
m en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to
com m on ly k n own facts an d th en d e- be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
be at vari an ce fr om com m on ly k n own
ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
facts an d th en decide wh ich of th e giv- Read both th e con cl u si on s an d th en
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- en con clu sion s logi cal ly fol lows fr om
m en t s d i sr egar d i n g t h e com m on l y decide wh ich of th e given con clu si on s
th e given statem ents disregarding com- logically an d defin itely follows from th e
k n own fact s. m on ly k n own fact s. gi ven statem en ts disregar di n g com -
(I BPS RRBs Of f i ce Assi st an t CWE
Ex am . 0 9. 0 9. 20 12 )
(I DBI Ban k Of f i c er Ex am .1 6. 09. 201 2) m on ly k n own fact s.
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) If on l y con cl u - (I BPS Sp eci al i st Of f i cer CWE
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y con cl u -
si on I follows. si on I follows Ex am . 1 7 . 0 3 . 2 0 1 3 )
Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u - Gi v e an sw er (2 ) If on l y con cl u - 207. St at em en t s

si on II fol lows. si on II follows Al l bean s ar e pu lses.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er con - Gi v e an sw er (3 ) If ei th er con -
Al l pu lses are crop s.
cl u si on I or II fol lows. cl u si on I or con clu sion II follows
No cr op is seed.
Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei t h er con - Gi v e an sw er (4 ) If n ei th er con -
cl u si on I n or II fol lows. cl u si on I n or con cl u si on II foll ow Con cl u si on s :
Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bo t h con cl u - Gi v e an sw er (5 ) If bot h con cl u - I . Al l cr ops ar e pu lses.
si on s I an d II follow. si on I an d con cl u si on II foll ow II . Al l b ean s ar e crop s.
SYLLOGISM
(1) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows 211. St at em en t s 214. St at em en t s :
(2) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- Al l bean s ar e pu lses. Som e pen cil s are pen s.
cl u sion II follows Al l pu lses are crop s. No pen is er aser.
(3) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con -
No crop i s a seed. Al l sh arp en ers are eraser s.
cl u sion II follows
(4) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
I . No seed i s a bean . I . No er aser i s a pen ci l.
(5) B o t h C o n c l u s i o n I a n d
Con clu sion II follow II . No bean is a p u lse.
II . All pencils can never be sh arp-
208. St at em en t s (1) Both Con clu sion I an d Con -
en ers.
No fru it is vegetab le cl u si on II foll ow
(2 1 5 -2 1 6 ) :
Al l p otatoes are vegetables. (2) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- St at em en t s :
Som e fru its are ap ples. cl u sion II follows Som e stars are plan et s.
Con cl u si on s : (3) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
I . Som e appl es are pot atoes Som e plan ets ar e m oon s.
II . Som e pot atoes bein g fr u its is No m oon i s a su n .
a possi bility. cl u sion II follows
(1) Both Con clu sion I an d Con - (5) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
Di r ec t i on s (2 1 2 -2 1 6 ) : In each I . No st ar i s a su n .
cl u si on II foll ow
qu esti on bel ow are two or th r ee stat e- II . All pl an et s bei n g su n s i s a
(2) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s possibility.
cl u sion II follows 216. Con cl u si on s :
th e t wo given stat em en ts to be tr u e
(4) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce I . Al l su n s bei n g stars is a pos-
(5) Nei t h er Con c l u si on I n or from com m on ly k n own facts an d th en sibility.
Con clu sion II fol lows decide wh ich of th e given con clu si on s
209. St at em en t s logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- II . Som e stars are plan et s.
All book s ar e jou rn als. m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own Di r ect i on s (2 1 7 -2 2 1 ) %In each
facts. of th e qu est ion below ar e gi ven fou r
All diar ies are j ou rn als.
(I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u -
Con cl u si on s :
On l i n e Ex am , 01. 09. 201 3) si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You
I . All jou rn als are book s.
Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u - h ave to assu me everything in the state-
II . Som e diar ies bein g book s is
si on I follows. m en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to
a possi bility. be at vari an ce fr om com m on ly k n own
(1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con - Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u -
si on II fol lows. facts an d t h en d eci de wh ich of th e
cl u sion II follows fou r given con clu sion s logically follows
(2) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows from the statements disregardin g com -
si on I or con clu si on II fol lows.
(3) Both Con clu sion I an d Con - m on ly k n own facts an d select th e ap-
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er con -
cl u si on II foll ow pr opr iate an swer.
(4) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T
Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bot h con cl u - CWE-I I I , 2 6. 10 .2 01 3)
si on I an d con clu sion II follow. 217. St at em en t s
(2 1 2 -2 1 3 ) : Som e n u m b ers ar e di git s.
210. St at em en t s
St at em en t s :
No fr u it is a veget abl e. Al l di git s ar e alph abet s.
No cow is a bu l l. No al ph abet is a vowel.
Al l p otatoes are vegetables.
Som e fru its are ap ples. All bu lls are an im als. Al l con son an ts are vowel s.
Con cl u si on s : Som e an im als are m am m als. Con clu si on s
I . No fru it is a potat o. 212. Con cl u si on s : I . No di git is a vowel.
II . A t l ea s t s o m e a p p l es a r e II . No al ph ab et is a con son an t.
fr u i ts. I . At least som e m am m al s are
animals. III. No vowel is a n u m ber.
(1) Both Con clu sion I an d Con -
IV. Al l vowels are n u m ber s.
cl u si on II foll ow II . Som e mam m als being bu lls is
(2) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con - (1) On ly I an d III foll ow
a possi bility.
cl u sion II follows (2) On ly II an d IV foll ow
(3) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows (3) On ly I an d II foll ow
I . At l east som e an i m al s ar e (4) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
(4) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con-
cl u sion II follows bu lls. (5) On ly I, II an d eith er III or IV
(5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows II . No an im al i s a cow. follow
SYLLOGISM
218. St at em en t s Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
Al l d ocu m en t s are files. I . At l east so m e l et t er s a r e I . Som e cap s are jack et s.
Som e fil es are paper s. gr ad es. II . Som e sh ir ts are jack et s.
Al l p apers are certi ficates. II . At l eas t som e s co r es a r e Di r ect i on s (2 2 6 –2 3 1 ) : In each
No cer tificate i s a m an u scrip t. gr ad es. qu est ion below are th ree st atem en ts
Con clu si on s III. At least som e ch aracter s are followed by two conclu sions n u m bered
m ark s. I an d II. You h ave to tak e t h e given
I . At least som e docu m en ts are
IV. Som e ch aracter s are let ter s. statemen ts to be tru e even if th ey seem
p aper s.
(1) On ly II an d IV foll ow t o b e at var i an ce fr om com m on l y
II . No man u script is a docu men t.
(2) On ly IV follows k n own facts an d th en deci de wh i ch
III. At least som e cert ifi cates are of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol-
fil es. (3) On ly I an d III foll ow
IV. No paper is a d ocu m en t. (4) Al l I, II, III an d IV foll ow
(1) On ly I, II an d IV foll ow (5) Non e follows (BOB M an i pal Sch ool of Ban k i n g
(2) On ly II an d III foll ow Di r ect i on s (2 2 2 –2 2 5 ) : In each Of f i c er On l i n e Ex am , 1 4. 08. 201 4)
of th e qu estion s below, t h ree stat e- Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -
m en ts ar e gi ven followed by two con - si on I follows.
(4) On ly III follows cl u si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. You h ave
(5) Non e of th ese Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y con cl u -
to tak e th e th ree statem en ts to be tru e
si on II fol lows.
219. St at em en t s even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
fr om th e com m on ly k n own fact s an d Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er con clu -
No gr ou p is peopl e.
th en decide wh ich of th e gi ven con - si on I or II fol lows.
Al l people ar e an im al s.
clu sion s logically follows from th e giv- Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei th er con -
All an im als are plan ts. en st atem en ts disr egardi n g th e com - cl u si on I n or II fol lows.
Al l pl an t s are r oot s. m on ly k n own fact s. Gi v e an swer (5 ) if bot h con cl u -
Con clu si on s (Cor p or at i on Ban k SO si on s I an d II follow.
I . No gr ou p is a p lan t. (M ar k et i n g) Ex am , 2 2. 02 .2 01 4)
(2 2 6 –2 2 7 ) : St at em en t s
II . Al l p eop le are pl an t s. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on l y con cl u -
No bottle is jar.
si on I follows.
III. At l east som e gr ou p s ar e Al l can s are jar s.
plan ts. Al l can s ar e t u m b ler s.
si on II fol lows.
IV. Al l p lan ts are gr ou p s. 226. Con clu si on s
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei t h er con -
(1) On ly II follows cl u si on I or II fol lows. I . Al l t u m b ler s are jar s.
(2) On ly I an d IV foll ow Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei t h er con - II . Al l b ott les bei n g tu m blers is
(3) On ly II an d III foll ow cl u si on I n or II fol lows. a possi bility.
(4) On ly III an d IV foll ow Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bo t h con cl u - 227. Con clu si on s
(5) Non e of th ese si on s I an d II follow. I . At least som e can s are bot-
220. St at em en t s (2 2 2 -2 2 3 ) : tles.
St at em en t s : II . No tu m bl er i s a bottl e.
Som e jobs ar e vacan cies.
Al l d iam on ds ar e st on es. (2 2 8 –2 2 9 ) :
Al l j obs ar e work s.
Al l ston es are gem s.
No work is a t rad e. St at em en t s
No gem i s a diam on d.
Al l p rofessi on s ar e tr ades. Som e prin ts are design s.
Con clu si on s Al l d esi gn s are copies.
I . Al l gem s are st on es.
I . At least som e work s are jobs. Al l copi es are m otifs.
II . Al l d iam on d s are gem s.
II . No vacan cy is a t rad e. 228. Con clu si on s
III. No pr ofession i s a wor k . I . No gem i s a diam on d. I. At least som e pr in t s ar e m o-
IV. At least som e wor k s are pr o- II . No di am on d is a ston e. ti fs.
fessi on s. 224. St at em en t s : II . Al l d esi gn s are m otifs.
(1) Al l I, II, III an d IV foll ow No day i s n igh t. 229. Con clu si on s
(2) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow Al l n i gh t s are n oon s. I . At l east som e cop i es ar e
No n oon is even in g. pr in ts.
Con cl u si on s : II . Al l m oti fs bei n g pri n ts is a
(4) Non e follows
I . No day is n oon . possibility.
II . No n i gh t is even in g. (2 3 0 –2 31) :
225. St at em en t s : St at em en t s
Al l m ark s ar e gr ades.
Al l j ack ets ar e t rou ser s. Al l clou ds are vap ou r s.
No gr ade is a scor e.
No tr ou ser i s sh ir t. No vapou r is gas.
Al l l ett ers are scores.
Som e sh ir ts are cap s. Al l gases ar e r ain s.
Al l scor es are ch aracter s.
SYLLOGISM
230. Con clu si on s 236. Con cl u si on s : 242. Con cl u si on s :
I . All r ain s b ei n g cl ou d s i s a I . Al l t rap s are design s. I . All su bstances bein g reagen ts
possibility. II . At least some traps are ideas. is a possibi lit y.
II . No cl ou d is gas. 237. Con cl u si on s : II . At l east som e el em en t s ar e
231. Con clu si on s I . Al l d esign s bei n g trap is a reagen ts.
I . Som e rain s are n ot vapou rs. possibility. 243. Con cl u si on s :
II . Al l vapou rs are cl ou d s. II . No design is plan . I . Al l su bst an ces bei n g ch em i-
Di r ect i on s (2 3 2 –2 3 7 ) : In each Di r ec t i o n s (2 3 8 –2 4 4 ) : In each cals is a p ossibi lit y.
qu est ion below are th ree st atem en ts of th e qu est ion s b elow are given t wo II . No su bst an ce is a reagen t.
followed by two conclu sions n u m bered or th ree st atem en t s foll owed b y t wo 244. St at em en t s :
I an d II. You h ave to tak e t h e th r ee con cl u sion s n u m bered I an d II. You Som e com pu t ers are k eyboard s.
given st at em en t s t o be tr u e even i f h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to Som e k eyboards ar e scan n er s.
th ey seem to be at var ian ce from com - be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i- Con cl u si on s :
m on ly k n own facts an d th en d eci de an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
I . No scan n er is a com p u ter.
wh ich of th e gi ven con cl u sion s logi- Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de-
II . At least som e com p u ter s are
cally fol lows from th e two statem en ts ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s
scan n ers.
di sregard in g com m on ly k n own fact s. logicall y follows from t h e given stat e-
(I DBI Ban k Of f i c er m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own Di r ect i on s (2 4 5 -2 4 9 ) : In each
Ex am , 2 2. 0 8. 20 14 ) facts. qu est ion below are th ree st atem en ts
Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u - (SI DBI Of f i c er
followed by two conclu sions n u m bered
si on I follows. Ex am , 0 3. 0 9. 20 14 ) I an d II. You h ave to tak e t h e given
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y Con cl u - statemen ts to be tru e even if th ey seem
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u -
si on I follows. t o b e at var i an ce fr om com m on l y
si on II fol lows.
k n own facts an d th en deci de wh i ch
Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er con - Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y Con cl u -
cl u si on I or con cl u si on II fol lows. si on II fol lows.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er con - Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei th er Con -
cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows. cl u si on I or II fol lows.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth con cl u - Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er Con - CWE, 06 .0 9.2 01 4)
si on I an d con clu sion II follow. cl u si on I n or II fol lows. Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y Con cl u -
(2 3 2 –2 3 3 ) : Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bot h Con cl u - si on I follows.
St at em en t s : si on s I an d II follow. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y Con cl u -
No paper is book . (2 3 8 -2 3 9 ) : St at em en t s si on II fol lows.
Al l b ook s ar e word s. Al l sh ap es are figu res. Gi v e an swer (3 ) if ei th er Con -
No wor d i s l etter. No fi gu r e i s d igi t. cl u si on I or II fol lows.
232. Con cl u si on s : Som e digi ts are n u m ber s. Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei th er Con -
I . No let ter is book . 238. Con cl u si on s : cl u si on I or II fol lows.
II . Al l l ett ers bein g paper is a I . At least som e n u m bers are fig- Gi v e an swer (5 ) if bot h Con cl u -
possibility. u r es. si on s I an d II follow.
233. Con cl u si on s : II . Al l n u m b ers bein g sh ape is a (2 4 5 -2 4 6 ) :
I . No letter i s p aper. possibility. St at em en t s
II . Som e pap ers are defin itely 239. Con cl u si on s : Al l erasers are sh arpen er s.
n ot word s. I . No n u m ber is a sh ap e. Al l sh arp en ers are pen cil s.
(2 3 4 -2 3 5 ) : St at em en t s : II . No sh ape is a d igi t. Som e pen cil s are pen s.
Al l an swers are qu est ion s. (2 4 0 -2 4 1 ) : St at em en t s : 245. Con clu si on s
Al l d ou b ts are an swer s. No m agn et is i n su lat or. I . At least som e sh arp en ers are
Som e dou b ts are reason s. All con du ct ors are in su lators. pen s.
234. Con cl u si on s : Al l r esi stors are con du ctor s. II. No sh ar pen er i s a pen .
I . All dou bts are qu estion s. 240. Con cl u si on s : 246. Con clu si on s
II . Al l an wers are dou bt s. I . At least som e m agn et s are re- I . No er aser i s a pen .
235. Con cl u si on s : sistors. II . Al l p en ci ls are sh arpen er s.
I . Al l r eason s bei n g qu estion s II . Al l r esi stors are in su lator s. 247. St at em en t s
is a possibi lit y. 241. Con cl u si on s : Al l r ailways ar e tr ain s.
II . All an swers bein g r eason s is I . No m agn et i s a con du ctor. No tr ain is station .
a possi bility. II . All in su lators are con du ctors. Som e station s are pl atform s.
(2 3 6 –2 3 7 ) : St at em en t s : (2 4 2 -2 4 3 ) : St at em en t s Con clu si on s
Som e t rap s are p lan s. Som e reagen ts are ch em i cal s. I . Al l r ailways bein g pl atform s is a
Al l p lan s ar e i deas. Al l ch em i cal s are elem en t s. possibility.
No idea i s d esign . Som e elem en ts are su b stan ces. II . No railway is station .
SYLLOGISM
(2 4 8 -2 4 9 ) : St at em en t s (1) Al l speech es bein g talk s is a Gi v e an swer (1 ) If ei th er Con cl u -
Al l win ters are su m m er s. possibility. si on I or con clu sion II follows
Som e su m m er s are spr in gs. (2) No ad dress is lectu r e. Gi v e an swer (2 ) If b oth Con cl u -
No sp rin g is an au tu m n . (3) At least som e sp eech es are si on I an d Con cl u si on II foll ow
248. Con clu si on s classes Gi v e an swer (3 ) If on ly Con cl u -
(4) No lectu r e i s sp eech . si on II follows
I . At least som e win t ers are su m -
m ers. (5) So m e a d d r es s es a r e n o t Gi v e an swer (4 ) If n eit h er Con -
talk s. cl u si on I n or Con clu sion II follows
II . Som e au t u m n s bein g su m m ers
is a possibi lit y. Gi v e an swer (5 ) If on ly Con cl u -
si on I follows
249. Con clu si on s Al l sh el ter s are den s.
I . Al l su m m ers can n ever b e au - Som e d en s ar e h ou ses.
Al l d rivers ar e swim m er s.
tu mn. All h ou ses ar e bu ildin gs. Som e swim m er s are ath l etes.
II . At least som e su m m ers are wi n - No bu ild in g is n est. No at h lete i s a ban k er.
t er s. (1) So m e b u i l d i n gs a r e n o t Con clu si on s
Di r ec t i on s (2 5 0 -2 5 5 ) : In each n est s. I . All swi m m ers bein g ban k ers
of th e followin g qu estion s are given (2) At least som e bu ild in g are
fou r stat em en ts fol lowed by five con - is a possibi lit y.
h ou ses. II . No dr iver i s a ban k er.
clu sions given as five alternative choic-
(3) At least som e den s are bu ild- (2 5 7 -2 5 8 ) : St at em en t s :
es. You h ave to assu m e every th i n g in
ings. Al l fr ogs are am ph i bian s.
th e stat em en ts to be tru e even if th ey
seem to be at vari an ce from com m on - (4) Al l sh elt ers ar e h ou ses. Som e t u rt les are am ph i bian s.
ly k n own facts an d th en decide wh i ch (5) At least som e h ou ses are n ot Al l t u rt les ar e r ept iles.
of th e gi ven con clu sion s d oes n ot log- n est s. 257. Con cl u si on s :
ically follows from th e inform ation giv- 254. St at em en t s I . Atleast som e amphibian s are
en in the statements disregarding com - Som e en ds ar e t erm i n al s. reptil es
m on ly k n own facts. Th e con cl u si on Al l t erm i n al s are stop s. II . No fr og is a tu rtl e.
wh ich does n ot foll ow is you r an swer. Al l stop s ar e p ost s. 258. Con cl u si on s :
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T I . Al l frogs bein g tu r tl es is a
Al l p osts ar e l ocat ion s.
CWE-I V, 18. 10 .2 01 4) possibility.
(1) All term in als bein g location s
250. St at em en t s II . No rep til e i s a frog.
is a possibi lit y.
Al l r ivers are ocean s. 259. St at em en t s :
(2) No term i n al is en d.
Al l ocean s are p on d s. Al l k in gs ar e warr ior s.
(3) At least some en ds are stops.
No pon d i s stream . Som e d u k es are k in gs.
(4) Som e en ds ar e l ocat ion s.
Al l stream s are can al s. Con cl u si on s :
(5) At least som e posts are ter -
(1) At least som e rivers ar e n ot I . Al l k in gs ar e d u k es.
m in als.
str eam s. II . Atleast som e d u k es are war -
(2) Som e can als are n ot ri ver s. riors.
Al l ci ties are t own s. (2 6 0 -2 6 1 ) : St at em en t s :
(3) Al l ri ver s are p on d s.
(4) No ocean is st ream . Al l t own s ar e vill ages. Som e plan ts ar e t rees.
(5) All rivers being canal is a pos- Al l villages ar e d istr ict s. Al l t rees ar e weed s.
sibility. Al l lan es ar e ci ties. Al l weeds ar e sh ru b s.
251. St at em en t s (1) Al l t own s ar e d istr ict s. 260. Con cl u si on s :
Al l colou rs are bru sh es. (2) Al l l an es ar e t own s. I . Al l pl an t s are weed s.
Al l p ain ts are bru sh es. (3) Al l cities b ein g vill ages is a II . Som e plan ts ar e weed s.
Al l colou rs are in k s. possibility. 261. Con cl u si on s :
Al l in k s are dyes. (4) All lan es can n ever be town s. I . Al l tr ees ar e sh ru b s.
(1) At l east som e b r u sh es ar e (5) Al l citi es are di str ict s. II . Al l sh ru bs bei n g plan ts is a
pain ts. Di r ect i o n s (2 5 6 – 2 6 1 ) : In th ese possibility.
(2) Al l colou rs are dyes. qu est ion s, t wo/ th r ee statem en ts fol- Di r ect i on s (2 6 2 – 2 6 7 ) : In th ese
(3) Som e pai n ts are n ot b ru sh - lowed by two con clu sion s n u m bered I qu estion s, two/ th ree statem en ts fol-
es. an d II h ave been given . You h ave to lowed by two con clu sion s n u m bered I
tak e th e given statem en t s to be tr u e an d II h ave been given . You h ave to
(4) At least som e in k s are bru sh -
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e
es.
fr om th e com m on ly k n own fact s an d even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
(5) At least som e dyes are in k s. from th e com m on ly k n own facts an d
th en decide wh ich of th e gi ven con -
252. St at em en t s th en decide wh ich of th e given con clu -
clu sion s logically follows from th e giv-
No tal k i s speech . en st atem en t s d isregradin g com m on - sion s logically follows from th e given
Al l l ect u res ar e t alk s. ly k n own fact s. st atem en t s di sr egr adi n g com m on l y
Al l addresses are speech es. (Ban k of Bar od a J un i or M an agem en t k n own facts.
Al l classes are ad dresses. Gr ad e/ Scal e-I Ex am , 18 .0 4.2 01 5) (BOB J un i or M an agem en t
Gr ade/ Scal e–I Ex am . 18.04.2015)
SYLLOGISM
Gi v e an swer (1 ) If eith er Con clu - sion s logically follows from th e 271. Con clusi on s
sion I or con clu sion II follows given st atem en t s di sr egar di n g I . All wood b ein g m etals is a
Gi v e an swer (2 ) If both Con clu - com m only k n own facts.) possibility.
sion I an d Con clu sion II follow No k ite is a bird. II . No ore is a m etal.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) If on ly Con clu - All reptiles are birds. 272. Con clusi on s
sion II follows All k ites are am ph ibian s. I . At l east som e m et al s ar e
Gi v e an swer (4 ) If n eith er Con - All am ph ibian s are plan ts. wood.
clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows (1) All am ph ibians bein g birds is II . All plastics bein g wood is a
Gi v e an swer (5 ) If on ly Con clu - a possibility. possibility.
sion I follows (2) All plan ts bein g reptiles is a Di rect i on s (2 7 3–2 7 7 ) : In each of
262. St at em en t s : possibility. th e qu estion s given below two/ th ree
All drivers are swim m ers. (3) At l east som e r ep t i l es ar e statem en ts followed by two Con clu -
Som e swim m ers are ath letes. amphibians. sion s nu m bered I and II h ave been giv-
No ath lete is a ban k er. (4) All k ites are plan ts. en . You h ave to tak e the two/ th ree giv-
(5) At least som e plan ts are rep- en statem en ts to be tru e even if th ey
Con clusi on s
tiles seem to be at varian ce from com mon ly
I . All swim m ers bein g ban k ers k n own facts an d th en decide wh ich of
is a possibility. th e given Con clu sion s logically follows
CWE 12.0 9.2015)
II . No driver is a ban k er. from th e given statem en ts disregard-
Di r ect i on s (2 6 9 –2 7 2) : In each of
(2 6 3 -2 6 4 ) : St at em en t s : in g com m on ly k n own facts.
the following qu estions three statements
All frogs are am ph ibian s. (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
followed by two Conclu sions nu m bered
(Pr el i m i n ar y ) 0 3. 10 .2 01 5)
Som e tu rtles are am ph ibian s. I an d II h ave been given . You h ave to
tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu -
All tu rtles are reptiles.
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce sion II follows
from th e com m on ly k n own facts an d Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu -
I . Atleast som e amphibian s are
t h en d ec i d e w h i c h of t h e gi v en sion I follows
reptiles
Con clu sion s logically follows from th e Gi ve an swer (3) if both th e Con-
II . No frog is a tu rtle. gi ven st a t em en t s , d i s r ega r d i n g clu sion I an d Conclu sion II follow
264. Con cl u si on s : com m on ly k n own facts. Gi v e an swer (4 ) if eith er Con clu -
I . Al l frogs bein g tu r tl es is a (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I sion I or Con clu sion II follows
possibility. CWE 12.0 9.2015)
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if n eith er Con -
II . No reptile is a frog. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con - clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows
265. St at em en t s : clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow
All k in gs are warriors. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if n eith er Con -
All races are sprin ts.
clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows
Som e du k es are k in gs. Som e races are con tests.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er Con clu -
Con cl u si on s : sion I or Con clu sion II follows Con cl u si on s :
I . All k in gs are du k es. Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu - I . Som e con tests are sprin ts.
II . Atleast som e du k es are war - sion I follows II . All con tests are sprin ts.
riors. Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu - 274. St at em en t s :
(2 6 6 -2 6 7 ) : St at em en t s : sion II follows No ban k is a lock er.
Som e plan ts are trees. (2 69 -2 7 0 ) : St at em en t s All ban k s are stores.
All trees are weeds. Som e ratios are percen t. No store is pan el.
All weeds are sh ru bs. All percen t are fraction s. Con cl u si on s :
266. Con cl u si on s : No fraction is a section . I . No store is a lock er.
I . All plan ts are weeds. 269. Con clusi on s II . No pan el is a ban k .
II . Som e plan ts are weeds. I . No section is a percen t. (2 7 5 –2 7 6 ) : St at em en t s :
267. Con cl u si on s : II . All ratios bein g fraction s is a Som e strik es are h its.
I . All trees are sh ru bs. possibility No strik e is a raid.
II. All sh ru bs bein g plan ts is a 270. Con clusi on s All attack s are raids.
possibility. I . All section s bein g ratios is a 275. Con cl u si on s :
268. Which of the followin g is definite- possibility. I . Some hits are defin itely n ot raids.
ly tru e if th e st atem en ts given II . At least som e fraction s are II . A l l h i t s b ei n g st r i k es i s a
below are con sidered to be tru e? ratios. possibility.
(You h ave to tak e the given state- (2 71 -2 72 ) : St at em en t s 276. Con cl u si on s :
m en ts t o b e t r u e even i f t h ey
All m etals are plastics. I . No attack is a strik e.
seem to be at variance from com -
m on ly k n own facts an d th en de- All plastics are ores. II . A l l a t t a c k s b ei n g h i t s i s a
cide wh ich of th e given Con clu - Som e ores are wood. possibility.
SYLLOGISM
277. St at em en t s : 282. St at em en t s 287. St at em en t s
Som e equ ation s are formu lae. All No u n it is a part. No qu eu e is a lin e.
equ ation s are term s. All parts are item s.
Som e qu eu es are rows.
All term s are sym bols. Som e item s are elem en ts. Con clusi on s
Con cl u si on s : Con clusi on s I . No row is a lin e.
I . All equ ation s are sym bols. I . No u n it is an elem en t. II . Som e rows are lin es.
II . No sym bol is a form u la. II . At least som e u n its are item s. Di r ect i on s (2 8 8 -2 9 2 ) : In each of
Di r ect i on s (2 7 8 –2 8 2 ) : In each Di rect i on s (2 8 3–2 8 7 ) : In each of t h e fol l owi n g qu est i on s, t wo/ t h r ee
of th e followin g qu estion s, two or three th e followin g qu estion s two or th ree statem en ts followed by two Con clu -
statem en ts followed by two Con clu - statem en ts followed by two Con clu - sion s n u m bered I an d II are given. You
sion s nu m bered I and II h ave been giv- sion s n u m bered I an d II are given. You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
en . You h ave to tak e th e given State- h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at vari-
m en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at varian ce from th e com m on ly k n own facts
b e at var i an ce fr om t h e com m on l y an ce from th e com m on ly k n own facts and then decide which of the given Con-
k n own facts an d th en decide wh ich of and then decide which of the given Con- clu sion s logically follows from th e giv-
th e given Con clu sion s logically follows clu sion s logically follows from th e given statemen ts disregardin g com m on ly
from th e given statem en ts disregard- en statemen ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own facts.
in g com m on ly k n own facts. k n own facts.
(Pr el i m i n ar y ) 1 0. 10 .2 01 5
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
I st Si t t i n g)
(Pr el i m i n ar y .) 04 .1 0.2 01 5)
(Pr el i m i n ar y ) 0 4. 10 .2 01 5) Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu -
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con - sion I follows
clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows.
clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu -
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu - sion II follows
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu - sion I or Con clu sion II follows.
sion I or Con clu sion II follows Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er Con clu -
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu - sion I or Con clu sion II follows.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if n eith er Con - sion I follows.
clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er Con -
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if both th e Con - clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu - clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow. Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both th e Con -
sion I follows Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu - clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu - sion II follows. 288. St at em en t s
sion II follows (2 8 3 –2 8 4 ) : St at em en t s Som e slides are ph otos.
(2 7 8–2 7 9 ) : St at em en t s Som e task s are h u r dles. All ph otos are im ages.
All calls are m ails. Al l h u rdl es are job s. All im ages are creation s.
Som e m ails are posts. Som e job s ar e work s. Con clusi on s
Som e posts are letters. 283. Con clusi on s I . At l east som e i m ages ar e
278. Con clusi on s I . All work s being hu rdles is a pos- slides.
I . All posts bein g calls is a possibil- sibility. II . All ph otos are creation s.
ity. II . At least som e work s are task s. 289. St at em en t s
II . No letter is a m ail. 284. Con clusi on s No space is a gap.
279. Con clusi on s I . Som e jobs are task s. All fissu res are gaps.
II . All jobs are task s. No gap is a crack .
I . All m ails are calls.
285. St at em en t s Con clusi on s
II . No call is a letter.
I . No space is crack .
280. St at em en t s Som e problem s are solu tion s.
II . No fissu re is a crack .
Som e veh icles are cars. No solu tion is a trick . 290. St at em en t s
Som e cars are tru ck s. All ru les are trick s. No loss is a profit.
All tru ck s are sedan s. Con clusi on s Som e profits are gain s.
Con clusi on s I . No ru le is a solu tion . Con clusi on s
I . All veh i cles b ei n g sed an s i s a II . Som e problem s are definitely not I . No gain is a loss.
possibility. trick s. II . Som e gain s are losses.
II . At least som e cars are sedan s. 286. St at em en t s (2 91 -2 92 ) : St at em en t s
281. St at em en t s All m in isters are dean s. All poin ts are views.
Som e bridges are roads. Som e dean s are h eads. No view is an idea.
No road is u n derpass. Som e ideas are th ou gh ts.
Som e h eads are prin cipals.
Con clusi on s 291. Con clusi on s
Con clusi on s
I . Som e bridges are u n derpasses. I . Som e th ou gh ts bein g poin ts
I . No prin cipal is a m in ister.
is a possibility.
II . No bridge is an u n derpass. II . Al l h eads bein g m i n i sters is a
II . No view is a th ou gh t.
possibility.
SYLLOGISM
292. Con clusi on s 297. St at em en t s : 301. Con cl u si on s :
I . A t l ea st s om e i d ea s a r e I . All dots bein g poin ts is a pos-
poin ts. All season s are win ters. sibility.
II . All th ou gh ts bein g ideas is a Som e win ters are au tu m n s. II . At l eas t som e p oi n t s a r e
possibility. m ark s.
All au tu m n s are falls.
Di r ect i on s (2 9 3 –2 9 7) : In each of 3 0 2 . Which of the followin g is definite-
t h e fol l owi n g qu est i on s, t wo/ t h r ee Con cl u si on s : ly tru e if th e statem en ts given
statem en ts followed by two Con clu - below are con sidered to be tru e ?
I . At least som e falls are win ters.
sion s nu m bered I and II h ave been giv- (You h ave to tak e the given state-
en . You h ave to tak e th e given state- II . At least som e au tu m n s are sea- m en ts t o b e t r u e even i f t h ey
m en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to son s. seem to be at variance from com -
b e at var i an ce fr om t h e com m on l y Di r ect i on s (2 9 8 –3 0 1 ) : In each m on ly k n own facts an d th en de-
k n own facts an d th en decide wh ich of cide wh ich of th e given con clu -
of th e followin g qu estion s two or th ree
th e given Con clu sion s logically follows sion s logically follows from th e
statem en ts followed by two Con clu -
from th e given statem en ts disregard- given st atem en t s di sr egar di n g
in g com m on ly k n own facts. sion s n u m bered I an d II are given. You
com m only k n own facts.)
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
be tru e even if th ey seem to be at vari- All farm s are h ou ses.
(Pr el i m i n ar y ) 1 0. 10 .2 01 5)
an ce from th e com m on ly k n own facts All h ou ses are ju n gles.
Gi ve an swer (1 ) if both th e Con-
and then decide which of the given Con- No ju n gle is a ran ch .
clu sion I an d Conclu sion II follow
clu sion s logically follows from th e giv- All ran ch es are estates.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con -
en statemen ts disregardin g com m on ly (1) No ju n gle is an estate
clu sion I or Con clu sion II follows
k n own facts. (2) No ju n gle is a farm
(I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I (3) All estates bein g h ou ses is a
CWE 13.0 9.2015) possibility
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu -
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con - (4) No farm is a ran ch .
sion I follows
clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow (5) All ran ch es bein g h ou ses is a
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu - possibility
sion II follows Gi v e an swer (2 ) if n eith er Con -
(2 9 3 –2 9 4 ) : St at em en t s : CWE 13.0 9.2015)
No grou n d is a soil. Di r ect i on s6 (3 0 3 -3 0 7 ) : In each
sion I follows of th e followin g qu estion s th ree state-
All soils are basin s. Gi v e an swer (4 ) if eith er Con clu - m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s
Som e basin s are deltas. sion I or Con clu sion II follows n u m bered I an d II h ave been given .
293. Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu - You h ave to con sider th e given state-
sion II follows m en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to
I . No delta is a soil. b e at var i an ce wi t h t h e com m on l y
(2 9 8 -2 9 9 ) :
II . Som e grou n ds bein g deltas is a k n own facts an d th en decide wh ich of
St at em en t s :
possibility. th e given con clu sion s logically follows
Som e letters are digits. from th e given statem en ts disregard-
294. Con cl u si on s : All digits are n u m bers. in g com m on ly k n own facts.
I . At least som e soils are deltas. All sym bols are n u m bers. (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
II . All basin s are soils. 298. Con cl u si on s : M ai n Ex am . 31.10.2015)
I . At least som e letters are n u m - Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con -
b er s. clu sion s I an d II follow
All policies are decision s. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu -
II . All sym bols bein g digits is a
No decision is a verdict. possibility. sion I or Con clu sion II follows
No verdict is a resu lt. 299. Con cl u si on s : Gi v e an swer (3 ) if n eith er Con -
I . No letter is a sym bol. clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows
Con cl u si on s :
II . All l et t er s bei n g d igi ts i s a Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu -
I . All resu lts being policies is a pos- sion I follows
possibility.
sibility. Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu -
(3 0 0 -3 0 1 ) :
II . No verdict is a policy. sion II follows
St at em en t s :
296. St at em en t s : 303. St at em en t s %
No poin t is a spot.
No m eetin g is an argu m en t.
Som e calcu lators are m ach in es. All spots are m ark s.
All debates are argu m en ts.
No calcu lator is a ph on e. No m ark is a dot.
Som e debates are figh ts.
I . All poin ts bei n g m ark s is a
I . Som e m ach in es are ph on es. I . No figh t is a m eetin g.
possibility.
II . No m ach in e is a ph on e. II . Som e figh ts are m eetin gs.
II . No spot is a dot.
SYLLOGISM
304. St at em en t s % (3 0 8 –30 9 ) : St at em en t s 313. Con clusi on s
All h an ds are lim bs. All crafts are projects. I . No fare is a tariff.
All lim bs are fin gers. Som e projects are m ission s. II . No cost is a fare.
Som e fin gers are th u m bs. No m ission is a gu ide. 314. Con clusi on s
Con cl u si on s : 308. Con clusi on s I . Atleast som e p rices are tar -
I . Som e th u m bs bein g lim bs is I . Som e projects are gu ides. i ffs.
a possibility. II . All t ari ffs b ei n g p ri ces i s a
II . No project is a gu ide.
II . All h an ds are fin gers. possibility.
309. Con clusi on s
305. St at em en t s % 315. St at em en t s
I . No gu ide is a craft.
All team s are participan ts. No proof is an eviden ce.
II . At l east som e m i ssi on s ar e
All m em bers are team s. No proof is an in dication .
cr afts.
No m em ber is a captain . Con clusi on s
(3 1 0 –31 1 ) : St at em en t s
Con cl u si on s : I . All in dication s bein g evidenc-
Som e ou tpu ts are resu lts.
I . Atleast som e participan ts are es is a possibility.
All ou tpu ts are produ cts.
m em b ers. II . No eviden ce is an in dication .
All produ cts are yields.
II . All team s bein g captain s is a (3 1 6–3 1 7 ) : St at em en t s
310. Con clusi on s
possibility. Som e tests are exam s.
I . No produ ct is a resu lt.
306. St at em en t s % No exam is a ch allen ge.
II . All yields are produ cts. Som e ch allen ges are win s.
Som e slopes are m ou n tain s.
311. Con clusi on s 316. Con clusi on s
No m ou n tain is a river.
Som e rivers are pon ds. I . All ou tpu ts are yields. I . No test is a win .
Con cl u si on s : II . All resu lts bein g yields is a II . Atleast som e tests are win s.
I . All pon ds bein g mou n tains is possibility. 317. Con clusi on s
a possibility. 312. St at em en t s I . All tests can n ever be ch al-
II . All slopes bein g ri vers i s a No price is a rate. len ges.
possibility. All rates are expen ses. II . No win is an exam .
307. St at em en t s % Con clusi on s
No gate is a door. I . No expen se is a price.
SBI PO EXAMS
All doors are walls. II . All prices bein g expen ses is a 1. If both th e st atem en t s “All pen s
No wall is a ceilin g. possibility. ar e erasers” an d “Som e er asers
Con cl u si on s : Di r ect i on s6 (3 1 3 –3 1 7 ) : In each ar e p in s” are tru e th en wh i ch of
I . At least som e gates are ceil- of th e followin g qu estion s, two or three t h e f o l l o w i n g s t a t em en t s i s
ings. statem en ts followed by two Con clu - defi n i t el y t r ue?
II . No ceilin g is a door. sion s nu m bered I and II h ave been giv- (1) Som e pin s are pen s.
Di rect i on s (3 0 8–3 1 2 ) : In each of en . You h ave to tak e th e given state- (2) Al l er asers are pen s.
th e followin g qu estion s, two or th ree m en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to (3) No pi n is pen .
statem en ts followed by two Con clu - b e at var i an ce fr om t h e com m on l y (4) Som e p en s ar e pi n s
sion s nu m bered I and II h ave been giv- k n own facts an d th en decide wh ich of (5) Non e of th ese
en . You h ave to tak e th e given state- th e given Con clu sion s logically follows (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 2 0. 08. 200 0)
m en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to from th e given statem en ts disregard-
b e at var i an ce fr om t h e com m on l y Di r ec t i o n s (2 –6 ) : In each of t h e
in g com m on ly k n own facts. qu esti on s bel ow t h ere are th ree stat e-
k n own facts an d th en decide wh ich of
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu - m en ts followed by fou r con clu sion s
th e given Con clu sion s logically follows
from th e given statem en ts disregard- sion I follows n u m bered I, II, III an d IV. You h ave
in g com m on ly k n own facts. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu - to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer sion I or Con clu sion II follows even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
(M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.0 2.2016) Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu - from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con - sion II follows the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich
clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol-
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu - lows from th e given stat em en ts, di s-
clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows regard in g com m on ly k n own fact s.
sion I or Con clu sion II follows
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both th e Con - (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow Ex am . 2 1. 0 7. 20 02 )
(3 1 3–3 1 4 ) : St at em en t s 2. St at em en t s :
sion I follows All fares are prices. Som e fru i ts are flower s.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu - Som e prices are costs. No fl ower is a boat.
sion II follows All costs are tariffs. Al l boats ar e ri ver s.
SYLLOGISM
Con cl u si on s : 6. St at em en t s : 9. St at em en t s :
I . Som e fru its are ri ver s. Som e cru el an im als ar e paper s. Som e Cat s are Rat s.
II . Som e rivers ar e b oat s. No paper is tree. Som e Rat s are An t s.
III. Som e rivers are fr u it s. Al l t rees are ways. Som e An t s ar e Flies.
IV. Som e flowers ar e fr u it s. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
(1) Al l of t h e above I . No cr u el an i m al is tr ee I . Som e Fli es are Cat s.
(2) II an d IV on ly II . Som e ways are trees II . Som e Flies are n ot An t s.
(3) I an d III on ly III. So m e p a p er s a r e c r u el III. No Rat is Fl y.
anim als
(4) II an d III on ly IV. No Cat i s Fl y.
IV. Som e cru el an im als are trees.
(5) Non e of th ese (1) On ly I an d IV foll ow
(1) I an d II on ly
3. St at em en t s : (2) II, III an d IV on ly (2) On ly II follows
Som e bu ses are h orses. (3) On ly eith er I or IV an d III (3) On ly I an d III foll ow
Al l h orses are goat s. (4) I, II an d III on ly (4) On ly I or IV follows
Al l goat s are dogs. (5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
Con cl u si on s : D i r ec t i o n s (7 –1 1 ) : I n each 10. St at em en t s :
I . Som e dogs ar e b u ses. qu esti on s bel ow t h ere are th ree stat e- Al l Ch al k s are Du ster s.
II . Som e d ogs ar e h orses. m en ts followed by fou r con clu sion s Som e Ch alk s are Board s.
n u m bered I, II, III an d IV. You h ave
III. Som e dogs ar e goat s. Som e Du ster s are Pen s.
IV. Som e b u ses are goat s. even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce Con cl u si on s :
(1 ) Non e of th e above from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all I . Som e Pen s ar e Ch alk s.
(2 ) I an d II on ly the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich II . Som e Du st ers ar e Board s.
(3 ) II an d III on ly of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol- III. Som e Pen s ar e Board s.
lows from th e given stat em en ts, di s-
(4 ) III an d IV on ly IV. Al l Ch al k s are Pen s.
regard in g com m on ly k n own fact s.
(5 ) All of t h e above (SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO (1) Ei th er I or IV follows
4. St at em en t s : Ex am . 1 4. 0 2. 19 99 ) (2) On ly II & III foll ow
Som e ch ai rs are b u il din gs. 7. St at em en t s : (3) Ei th er I or IV & foll ow
Al l b u ild in gs are veh i cles. No Cl ou d is Bir d. (4) On ly II follows
Som e veh icl es are tr u ck s. Som e Goats are Bi rds.. (5) Non e of th ese
Co n cl u si on s : Al l Cars ar e Goat s. 11. St at em en t s :
I . Som e ch airs ar e t ru ck s Con cl u si on s : Som e Bags ar e B ook s.
II . Som e ch ai rs are veh icl es I. No Car i s Clou d. Al l B ook s ar e B oxes.
III. Som e veh i cles are bu il din gs II. Som e Car s are B ird s. No Box i s B oar d.
IV. No tr u ck is ch air III. No Bir d i s Car Con cl u si on s :
IV. Som e Cl ou ds ar e Goat s.
(1) Non e of t h e above I . Som e Bags are n ot Board s.
(2) II an d III on ly II . Som e Bags ar e n ot B oxes.
(2) On ly eit h er II or III follows
(3) Ei th er on ly I or II an d III an d III. Al l B ags ar e B oxes.
(3) On ly I follows
IV IV. No Bag i s B oar d.
(4) On ly I an d eit h er II or III fol-
(4) Ei th er on ly I or IV an d II an d (1) On ly I follows
low
III (2) I an d ei th er II or III foll ow
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) Al l of t h e above (3) On ly IV follows
5. St at em en t s : (4) On ly II follows
Al l Grap es are Ban an as.
Al l d oor s are win dows. All Potatoes are Ban an as. (5) Non e of th ese
Al l h ou ses are win dows. Som e Ban an as are Man goes. Di r ect i on s (1 2 –1 6 ) : In each of
Som e win dows ar e soap s. Con cl u si on s : th e qu estion s below are given th r ee
Con cl u si on s : I . No Grape is Man go. st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u -
I . Som e d oor s are h ou ses II . Som e Pot atoes are n ot Man - si on s n u m ber ed I, II III an d IV. You
II . Som e h ou ses are soaps goes. h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
III. Som e soaps are doors III. Som e Grapes ar e Potatoes. be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
IV. All M an goes ar e Gr apes. an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
IV. Al l soaps ar e wi n dows
(1) Non e of t h e above (1) On ly I follows
(2) I on ly (2) Ei th er I or III follows
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e-
(3) I an d III on ly (3) On ly II & III foll ow
m en ts, disregardin g com mon ly k n own
(4) II an d IV on ly (4) On ly I, II an d III foll ow facts.
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) Al l of t h e above (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 1 1. 02. 200 1)
SYLLOGISM
12. St at em en t s : 16. St at em en t s : 19. St at em en t s :
Som e bri ck s ar e t rees. No tab le is fru i t. Al l b rick s are flower s.
Al l t rees are pen s. No fr u it is wi n dow. Som e h ou ses are flower s.
Al l p en s ar e b oat s. Al l win d ows are ch air s. Al l p en s are h ou ses.
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
I . Som e boats are br ick s. I . No wi n dow i s t abl e. I . Som e h ou ses are br ick s.
II . Som e p en s ar e br ick s. II . No ch air is fru i t. II . Som e pen s are flower s.
III. Som e tr ees ar e br ick s. III. No ch air is tabl e. III. Som e flowers ar e br ick s.
IV. Som e br ick s ar e b oat s. IV. Al l ch ai rs are win dows. IV. No pen is fl ower.
(1) Non e follows (1) Non e follows (1) On l y ei t h er II or IV an d III
(2) All follow follow
(2) All follow
(3) On ly I an d II foll ow (2 ) On ly ei th er II or IV an d I fol-
(4) On ly III an d IV foll ow low
(5) Non e of th ese (3 ) On ly eit h er I or III an d IV fol-
(5) Non e of th ese
13. St at em en t s : low
Al l cu ps are tables. (4) Non e foll ows
th e qu estion s below are given th r ee
No tab le is water. (5) All follow
st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u -
Som e waters are cloth es. si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You 20. St at em en t s :
Con cl u si on s : h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to Al l l ion s ar e d u ck s.
I . No cl oth is cu p. be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i- No du ck i s h orse.
II . No cloth is tabl e. an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s. Al l h orses are fr u it s.
III. Som e clot h es ar e water s. Read al l th e con cl u si on s an d t h en Con cl u si on s :
IV. Som e waters are cu p s. decide wh ich of th e given con clu si on s I . No li on i s h orse.
(1) Non e follows l o gi c a l l y f o l l o w s f r o m t h e gi v en II . Som e fru its are h orses.
(2) All follow st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y
III. Som e d u ck s are l ion s.
(3) On ly III follows k n own fact s.
IV. Som e lion s are h orses.
(4) On ly I an d II foll ow (SBI Ban k PO Ex am . 18. 05. 200 3)
(1) All follow
(5) Non e of th ese 17. St at em en t s :
(2) On ly eit h er I or II an d both
14. St at em en t s : Som e dogs are rat s.
III & IV foll ow
Som e flower s are rod s. Al l r ats ar e t rees.
(3) On ly eit h er I or IV an d both
Som e rod s ar e d oor s. Som e trees are n ot dogs. II & III foll ow
Som e doors are h ou ses. Con cl u si on s : (4) On ly eith er I or IV an d II fol-
Con cl u si on s : I . Som e trees are dogs. low
I . Som e h ou ses are flower s. II. All dogs are t rees. (5) Non e of th ese
II . Som e doors are flower s. III. Al l rats are dogs. 21. St at em en t s :
III. Som e flowers ar e d oor s. IV. No tree i s dog. Som e m ou n tain s are ri ver s.
IV. No h ou se is fl ower. (1) Non e follows Som e rivers ar e r oad s.
(1) On ly I an d IV foll ow (2) On ly I follows Som e roads are win dows.
(2) On ly II an d III foll ow (3) On ly I an d II foll ow Con cl u si on s :
(3) On ly eith er I or II follows (4) On ly II an d III foll ow I . Som e win dows ar e r oad s.
(4) On ly eith er I or IV follows (5) All follow II . Som e rivers are m ou n t ain s.
(5) Non e of th ese 18. St at em en t s : III. Som e roads are m ou n tain s.
15. St at em en t s : IV. Som e win d ows ar e ri ver s.
Som e boys ar e r ain s.
Al l t ru ck s are van s. (1) All follow
Al l rain s ar e cl ou d s.
Al l van s are car s. (2) On ly I an d II foll ow
Som e clou ds are car s.
Al l cars are tr ain s.
Con cl u si on s : (3) On ly III an d IV foll ow
Con cl u si on s :
I . Som e clou ds are boys. (4) On ly I an d IV foll ow
I . Al l t rai n s are tr u ck s.
II . Som e car s are boys. (5) Non e follows
II . Al l cars are tr u ck s.
III. Som e car s ar e r ain s. Di r ect i on s (2 2 –2 6 ) : In each of
III. Al l t ru ck s are tr ain s. th e qu estion s below are given th r ee
IV. Al l van s are tr ain s. IV. Som e rai n s are boys.
st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u -
(1) All follow (1) Non e follows
(2) On ly I an d II foll ow (2) On ly IV follows h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
(3) On ly II an d III foll ow (3) On ly I follows be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
(4) On ly II an d IV foll ow (4) Both I an d IV foll ow an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
(5) Non e of th ese (5) All follow Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de-
SYLLOGISM
ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- I . Som e fru i ts are ju n gles. I . Som e flowers ar e fr u it s.
m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own II . Som e b u ses are b ook s. II . Som e cli ps are fr u it s.
facts.
III. Som e bu ses are ju n gles. III. Som e clip s are gates.
(SBI PO Ex am . 0 9.0 1. 200 5)
IV. Al l fr u it s are b u ses. IV. No an y flower i s fru i t.
(1) All follow (1) On ly I follows
Al l t rai n s are ri ver s.
(2) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow (2) On ly I an d IV foll ow
Som e rivers are h ou ses.
(3) On ly I, II an d III foll ow (3) On ly II an d IV foll ow
Al l h ou ses are l ak es.
(4) On ly I, II an d IV foll ow
Con cl u si on s : (4) On ly I an d III foll ow
(5) Non e of th ese
I . Som e lak es are tr ain s. (5) Non e of th ese
II . Som e h ou ses are tr ain s. 29. St at em en t s :
Som e pen s ar e r oom s.
III. No tr ain is lak e. No can dle is bel l.
Som e room s are cat s.
IV. Som e h ou ses are ri ver s. Som e sh oes are b ell s.
Som e cat s are win dows.
(1) Non e follows Al l tables are sh oes.
Con cl u si on s :
(2) On ly IV follows Con cl u si on s :
I . Som e win dows ar e r oom s.
(3) On ly eit h er I or III follows I . Som e tab les ar e b ell s.
II . Som e cat s are pen s.
(4) On ly eit h er I or III an d IV fol- II . No table is bel l.
III. Som e pen s are win dows.
low III. Som e sh oe are can dles.
IV. Som e pen s are cat s.
(5) All follow IV. No sh oes is can dl e.
(1) All follow
23. St at em en t s : (1) On ly I an d IV foll ow
(2) On ly I follows
Som e tigers ar e goat s. (2) On ly I an d II foll ow
No goat i s rat. (3) On ly III an d IV foll ow
Al l dogs are rat s. (4) On ly II follows
Con cl u si on s : (5) Non e follows
(5) Non e of th ese
I . No ti ger is rat. Di r ec t i o n s (2 7 –3 1 ) : I n each
qu est ion bel ow are gi ven som e stat e-
II . No dog is goat. Som e fil m s are cl ou d s.
m en ts followed by fou r con clu sion s
III. Som e d ogs ar e ti ger s. n u m bered I, II, III an d IV. You h ave Al l r ats are cl ou d s.
IV. Som e r ats ar e ti ger s. to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e Som e clou ds are ch air s.
(1) On ly eith er I or IV an d II fol- even if t h ey seem at vari an ce from Con cl u si on s :
low com m on ly k n own fact s. Read al l t h e I . No fi lm i s ch ai r.
(2) On ly eit h er I or IV an d III fol- con clu sion s an d th en deci de wh ich of
II . Som e rat s ar e film s.
low th e given con clu sion s logically follows
fr om th e two gi ven statem en t s, d isr e- III. Som e clou ds are rat s.
gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. IV. Som e ch ai rs are rat s.
(4) On ly eith er I or IV follows
(SBI PO Ex am . 2 6.1 1. 200 6) (1) On ly I an d III foll ow
(5) Non e follows
27. St at em en t s : (2) Ei th er II or IV follows
Som e ice ar e r in gs. (3) No an y con clu sion foll ows
Som e trees are flower s.
No ri n g i s p ain t. (4) On ly IV follows
Som e roads are flower s.
Som e rin gs are gol d. (5) Non e of th ese
Al l r oad s ar e veh i cles.
Con cl u si on s :
I . No an y gold is p ain t. Som e l ice ar e sl ates.
I . Som e veh i cles are t rees.
II . No an y i ce is gol d. Al l slat es are ap ples.
II . Som e veh icl es are flower s.
III. Som e rin gs are pain t s. No ap ple is car.
III. Som e r oad s are t rees.
Con cl u si on s :
IV. Al l veh i cles ar e r oad s. IV. Al l gold s ar e r in gs.
I . Som e cars ar e sl ates.
(1) Non e follows (1) On ly I an d III foll ow
II . Som e lice are car s.
(2) On ly I an d II foll ow (2) On ly I an d II foll ow
(3) On ly II follows III. Som e appl es are lice.
(4) On ly I, III an d IV foll ow IV. No car is lice.
(5) All follow (1) No an y con clu sion foll ows
(5) Non e of th ese
25. St at em en t s : (2) On ly II follows
Al l j u n gles ar e b u ses. (3) On ly III follows
Al l gates are flower s.
Al l b ook s ar e b u ses. (4) Ei th er II or IV an d III foll ow
Som e gat es are fr u it s.
Al l fr u it s are b ook s. (5) Non e of th ese
Som e flowers ar e clip s.
SYLLOGISM
D i r ec t i o n s (3 2 –3 7 ): I n each 35. St at em en t s 38. St at em en t s :
qu est ion bel ow are given th r ee stat e- Al l r ods are br ick s. Al l d esk s are pen cil s.
m en ts followed by fou r con cl u -sion s- Som e bri ck s ar e r opes. Al l p en ci ls are win dows.
I, II, III an d IV. You h ave to tak e t h e Al l r opes ar e d oor s. Al l win d ows ar e d oor s.
given st at em en t s t o be tr u e even i f Con clu si on s Al l d oor s ar e wall s.
th ey seem to be at var ian ce with com -
I . Som e rod s ar e d oor s. Con cl u si on s :
m on ly k n own facts. Read all th e con -
II . Som e doors are br ick s. I . Som e wal ls are win dows.
clu sion s an d th en deci de wh i ch of th e
gi ven con cl u si on s logically follow (s) III. Som e rods ar e n ot d oor s. II . Al l d esk s ar e d oor s.
fr om th e given statem en t s di sregar d- IV. Al l d oor s ar e r opes. III. Som e d oor s are d esk s.
in g com m on l y k n own fact s. (1) On ly I an d II foll ow IV. Som e win dows ar e d esk s.
(SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO (2) On ly I, II an d III foll ow (1) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
Ex am . 0 7. 01. 200 7) (3) On ly eith er I or III ad II fol- (2) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow
32. St at em en t s low
(3) On ly I, III an d IV foll ow
Som e book s are pen s. (4) On ly eit h er I or III an d IV fol-
low (4) On ly I, II an d IV foll ow
Al l p en s are ch air s. (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
Som e ch airs are tables. 39. St at em en t s :
36. St at em en t s
Con clu si on s Som e box es are tab let s.
Som e book s are pen s.
I . Som e book s are ch air s. Som e pen s are wat ch es. Som e tab let s are toys.
II . Som e ch airs ar e b ook s. Al l watch es are radios. Al l toys are ju n gles.
III. Al l t abl es are ch air s. Con clu si on s Som e ju n gles ar e t rees.
IV. Som e tab les are ch air s. I . Som e radi os are wat ch es. Con cl u si on s :
(1) All follow II . Som e r adi os are pen s. I . Som e trees are tab let s.
(2) On ly I, II, an d III foll ow III. Som e wat ch es ar e b ook s. II . Som e tab let s are ju n gles.
(3) On ly I, II an d IV foll ow IV. Som e book s are wat ch es. III. Som e ju n gles are toys.
(4) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow (1) All follow IV. Som e toys ar e b oxes.
(5) Non e of th ese (2) On ly I an d III foll ow (1) Non e follows
33. St at em en t s (3) On ly II an d IV foll ow (2) On ly I follows
Al l cars ar e j eep s. (4) On ly I an d IV foll ow (3) On ly II follows
Al l j eep s ar e b u ses. (5) Non e of th ese (4) On ly II an d III foll ow
37. St at em en t s (5) On ly IV follows
Al l bu ses ar e tr u ck s.
Al l t own s ar e vill ages. 40. St at em en t s :
Con clu si on s
No vil lage i s forest. Al l b lad es are tr ain s.
I . Al l tr u ck s are b u ses.
Som e forests ar e ri ver s. Som e t rai n s are rod s.
II . Al l b u ses ar e j eep s.
Con clu si on s Al l r ods are paper s.
III. Al l j eep s are car s. I . Som e for est s ar e vill ages. Som e papers are win dows.
IV. Al l cars are tr u ck s. II . Som e forests are n ot vil lages. Con cl u si on s :
(1) Non e follows III. Som e rivers are n ot vill ages. I . Som e win d ows ar e bl ades.
(2) All follow IV. Al l vill ages ar e t own s. II . Som e pap ers are tr ain s.
(3) On ly III an d IV foll ow (1) All follow III. Som e train s are bl ades.
(4) On ly IV follows (2) On ly eith er I or II follows IV. Som e pap ers are bl ades.
(5) Non e of th ese (3) On ly eit h er I or II an d III fol- (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
34. St at em en t s low
Som e trees are flower s. (4) Non e follows
Som e flower s are pen cil s. (5) Non e of th ese
Som e pen cils ar e tables. (5) Non e of th ese
t h e qu est i on s bel ow ar e gi ven fou r
Con clu si on s st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u - 41. St at em en t s :
I . Som e tabl es are flower s. si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You Som e ch ain s ar e r in gs.
II . Som e pen cils ar e t rees. h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to Som e rin gs are ban gles.
III. Som e tab les ar e t rees. be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i- Som e ban gles ar e h an d s.
IV. Som e trees are pen cil s. Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de- Som e h an ds are ear s.
(1) All follow ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s Con cl u si on s :
(2) Non e follows logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- I . Som e ear s are ban gles.
(3) On ly I an d III foll ow m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own II . Som e ban gles ar e ch ain s.
facts. III. Som e h an d s are r in gs.
(4) On ly II an d IV foll ow
(5) Non e of th ese IV. No ch ain is ban gl e.
Ex am . 2 7. 07. 200 8)
SYLLOGISM
(1) Non e follows II . Som e n ets ar e tr ain s. 48. St at em en t s :
(2) On ly II follows III. Som e bran ch es are tr ain s. Al l ston es are h am m er s.
(3) On ly IV follows IV. Som e dresses ar e tr ain s. No h am m er is rin g.
(4) On ly eit h er II or IV follows (1) On ly I an d III foll ow Som e r in gs are d oor s.
(5) On ly III follows (2) On ly II an d III foll ow Al l d oor s are win dows.
42. St at em en t s : (3) On ly I an d IV foll ow
Con cl u si on s :
Al l b ook s ar e card s. (4) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow
I . Som e win d ows ar e st on es.
Som e car ds are ben ch es. (5) Non e of th ese
II . Som e win dows ar e r in gs.
Al l b en ch es are ch air s. 45. St at em en t s :
III. No wi n dow i s ston e.
Som e ch airs are tables. Som e pen cils ar e k ites.
Som e k ites are d esk s. IV. Som e rin gs are st on es.
Con cl u si on s :
Al l d esk s are ju n gles. (1) On ly I follows
I . Som e ch airs ar e card s.
II . Som e tab les are ch air s. All ju n gles are m ou n tain s. (2) On ly II follows
III. Som e card s are b ook s. Con cl usi on s: (3) On ly III follows
IV. Som e ch ai rs are ben ch es. I . Som e m ou n tain s are pen ci ls. (4) On ly eit h er I or III follows
(1) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow II . Som e ju n gles are pen cil s. (5) On ly eit h er I or III an d II fol-
low
(2) On ly I, II an d III foll ow III. Som e m ou n tain s ar e d esk s.
(3) On ly I, III an d IV foll ow IV. Som e ju n gles are k ites.
(4) All follow (1 ) On ly I an d III foll ow st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u -
(5) Non e of th ese (2 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You
43. St at em en t s : (3 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
Al l d oll s are m at s. (4 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
No m at is sofa. (5 ) Non e of th ese an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
Som e sofas are r oom s. Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de-
Al l r oom s ar e h ill s. ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s
Al l paper s are clip s. logicall y follows from t h e given stat e-
Con cl u si on s : Som e cli ps are board s. m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own
I . Som e h ill s are d oll s.
Som e boards ar e l an es. facts.
II . Som e r oom s are d oll s.
Al l l an es ar e r oad s. (SBI & Rur al Busi n ess PO
III. Som e room s are m at s. Ex am . 1 8. 04. 201 0)
Con cl usi on s:
IV. Som e h il ls are m at s. 49. St at em en t s :
I . Som e roads are board s.
(1) Non e follows Al l cu ps are bot tles.
II . Som e l an es are clip s.
(2) On ly I follows Som e bot tles are ju gs.
III. Som e boards are paper s.
(3) On ly II follows No ju g i s p lat e.
IV. Som e r oad s are clip s.
(4) On ly III follows Som e plates are tables.
(5) On ly IV follows (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
(2) On ly I an d III foll ow Con cl u si on s :
(3) On ly I, II an d III foll ow I . Som e tabl es are bot tles.
st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u - II . Som e p lat es are cu p s.
(4) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow
si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You III. No table is bottl e.
(5) Non e of th ese
h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to IV. Som e ju gs are cu p s.
be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i- (1 ) On ly I follows
Al l p en s are cl ock s.
an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s. (2 ) On ly II follows
Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de- Som e clock s ar e t yres.
ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s Som e tyr es are wh eel s.
(4 ) On ly IV follows
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- Som e wh eels ar e b u ses.
m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own (5 ) On ly ei th er I or III follows
Con cl u si on s :
facts. 50. St at em en t s :
I . Som e b u ses are t yres.
(SBI Assoc i at es Ban k Po Som e ch ai rs are h an dles.
Ex am . 07 .03 .20 10 II . Som e wh eels are cl ock s.
Al l h an dl es are pot s.
44. St at em en t s : III. Som e wh eel are pen s.
Al l pots are m at s.
Som e t rai n s are car s. IV. Som e bu ses are cl ock s.
Som e m at s ar e b u ses.
Al l cars ar e b ran ch es. (1) Non e follows
Con cl usi on s:
Al l b ran ch es are n et s. (2) On ly I follows
I . Som e bu ses are h an dles.
Som e n et s are dresses. (3) On ly II follows II . Som e m ats ar e ch air s.
Con cl u si on s : (4) On ly III follows III. No bu s is h an dl e.
I . Som e dresses are car s. (5) On ly IV follows IV. Som e m at s are h an dles.
SYLLOGISM
(1 ) On ly I, II an d IV foll ow Di r ec t i o n s (5 4 –5 9 ) : In each Con cl u si on s :
(2 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow qu est ion below are two/ t h ree stat e- I . All teach ers as well as all pro-
(3 ) On ly eit h er I or III an d II fol- m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s fessors b ei n g l ectu r ers i s a
n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to tak e possibility.
low
(4 ) On ly eit h er I or III an d IV fol- II . All th ose teach ers wh o are lec-
tr u e even if th ey seem to be at var i-
low an ce from com m on l y k n own facts an d tu rer s ar e also pr ofessor s.
(5 ) On ly ei th er I or III an d II an d th en decide wh ich of th e gi ven con - 59. Con cl u si on s :
IV foll ow clu sion s logically follows from th e giv- I . No pr ofessor is a lect u rer.
51. St at em en t s : en st atem en t s d isregar din g com m on - II . All lectu rers b ein g professors
Al l bi rds ar e h orses. ly k n own fact s. is a possibi lit y.
Al l h orses are ti ger s. Gi v e an swer (1 ) : if on l y con clu - Di r ec t i o n s (6 0 –6 4 ) : In each of
si on I fol lows. t h e qu est i on s bel ow ar e gi ven fou r
Som e tigers ar e l ion s.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) : if on l y con clu - st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r con cl u -
Som e lion s are m on k eys. si on II fol lows. si on s n u m ber ed I, II, III an d IV. You
Con cl u si on s : (SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
I . Som e tigers are h orses. Ex am . 0 7. 08. 201 1)
II . Som e m on k eys ar e b ird s. Gi v e an sw er (3 ) : if ei t h er con - an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s.
III. Som e tigers ar e b ird s. cl u -sion I or con clu sion II fol lows. Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de-
IV. Som e m on k eys ar e h orses. Gi v e an swer (4 ) : if n ei t h er con - ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s
cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows. logicall y follows from t h e given stat e-
(1 ) On ly I an d III foll ow
Gi v e an swer (5 ) : i f both con cl u - m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own
(2 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
si on I an d con clu sion II follow. facts.
54. St at em en t s : (SBI PO Pr el i m i n ar y (Ti r e-I )
(4 ) All I, II, III an d IV foll ow Al l r in gs are cir cles. Ex am . 2 7. 04. 200 8)
(5 ) Non e of th ese Al l squ ares ar e r in gs. 60. St at em en t s :
52. St at em en t s : No el lip se i s a ci rcl e. Som e b ags ar e tr u n k s.
Som e ben ch es ar e wall s. Con cl u si on s : Al l t ru n k s are sh irt s.
Al l walls ar e h ou ses. I . Som e rin gs bein g el lipses is a
Som e sh i rts ar e b ook s.
Som e h ou ses are ju n gles. possibility.
Al l b ook s ar e sh op s.
Al l j u n gles ar e r oad s. I I . A t l ea s t s o m e c i r c l es a r e
squ ares. Con cl u si on s :
Con cl u si on s :
55. St at em en t s : I . Som e sh ops are bags.
I. Som e roads are ben ch es.
No h ou se is an ap art m en t. II . Som e book s are bags.
II. Som e ju n gles are wall s.
Som e bu ngalows are apartmen ts. III. Som e sh ops are sh irt s.
III. Som e h ou ses are ben ch es.
Con cl u si on s : IV. Som e sh ir ts are bags.
IV. Som e roads are h ou ses.
I . No h ou se is a b u n galow: (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
(1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow
II . Al l bu n galows ar e h ou ses. (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
56. St at em en t s : (3) On ly III an d IV foll ow
(3 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow
Som e gases are liqu id s. (4) On ly II an d IV foll ow
Al l l iqu ids ar e water. (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
I . All gases bein g water is a pos- Al l p en s are ch air s.
Som e sti ck s ar e l am p s. sibility.
Som e flowers ar e l am p s. Al l flowers are ch air s.
II . Al l su ch gases wh ich ar e n ot
Som e lam ps are dresses. water can n ever be liqu id s. Al l ch ai rs are tr u ck s.
Al l d resses are sh irt s. 57. St at em en t s : Al l tr ees ar e tr u ck s.
Con cl u si on s : Al l m in u t es are secon d s. Con cl u si on s :
I . Som e sh i rts are st ick s. Al l secon ds ar e h ou r s. I . Som e t ru ck s are pen s.
II . Som e sh ir ts are flower s. No secon d i s a day. II . Som e tru ck s are ch air s.
III. Som e flowers ar e st ick s. Con cl u si on s : III. Som e trees are pen s.
IV. Som e dresses ar e st ick s. I . No day is an h ou r. IV. Som e trees are ch air s.
(1) Non e follows II . At least som e h ou rs are m i n - (1) On ly I an d III foll ow
u tes. (2) On ly I an d II foll ow
(2) On ly I follows
Di r ec t i o n s (5 8 –5 9 ) : (3) On ly III an d IV foll ow
58. St at em en t s : (4) On ly II an d IV foll ow
Som e t each er s ar e p r ofessor s.
(5) On ly IV follows (5) Non e of th ese
Som e lectu r ers ar e t each er s.
SYLLOGISM
62. St at em en t s : Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u - 70. St at em en t s :
Al l d esk s are pil lar s. si on I follows Al l p en s ar e b ook s.
Som e pil lars ar e t own s. Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly con cl u - Al l book s ar e ch air s.
Al l t own s are ben ch es. si on II follows Som e ch airs ar e d esk s.
Som e ben ch es are car s. Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er I or II Som e desk s are tables.
Con cl u si on s : foll ows Con cl u si on s :
I . Som e car s ar e t own s. Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er I n or II I . Som e tab les are ch air s.
II . Som e ben ch es ar e d esk s. foll ows II . Som e desk s are pen s.
III. Som e ben ch es are pil lar s. Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II III. Som e ch ai rs are pen s.
IV. Som e car s are pil lar s. follow IV. Al l p en s are ch air s.
(1) Non e follows
Di r ec t i o n s (6 5 -6 9 ) : (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
(2) On ly I follows
St at em en t s : (2) On ly I an d III foll ow
(4) On ly III follows Som e squ ares are cir cles. (3) On ly I an d IV foll ow
(5) On ly IV follows No ci rcle is a trian gl e. (4) On ly III an d IV foll ow
63. St at em en t s : No li n e is a squ ar e. (5) Non e of th ese
Al l stati on s ar e h ou ses. 65. Con cl u si on s : 71. St at em en t s :
No h ou se is garden . I . Al l squ ares can n ever be tr i- Som e train s ar e b u ses.
Som e gard en s ar e ri ver s. an gles. Som e bu ses are tr u ck s.
Al l ri ver s are p on d s. II . Som e lin es are cir cles. Som e tru ck s ar e b oat s.
Con cl u si on s : 66. Con cl u si on s : Som e boats are car s.
I . Som e pon ds are gar den s. I . No tr ian gle is a squ ar e. Con cl u si on s :
II . Som e pon d s are stat ion s. I . Som e tru ck s are tr ain s.
II . No li n e is a ci rcl e.
III. Som e pon ds are h ou ses. II . Som e cars ar e tr u ck s.
Di r ect i on s (3 3 -3 4 )
IV. No pon d is station . III. Som e b oat s are b u ses.
(1) On ly I follows St at em en t s :
Al l son gs ar e p oem s. IV. Som e boats are tr ain s.
(2) On ly eit h er II or IV follows
Al l poem s ar e rh ym es. (1) Non e follows
(4) On ly I an d IV foll ow No rh ym e is a p aragrap h .
(5) Non e of th ese (3) On ly III follows
64. St at em en t s : (4) On ly IV follows
I. No son g i s a paragrap h .
Som e towers ar e l an es. (5) On ly III an d IV foll ow
II . No poem is a paragrap h .
Som e l an es are r oad s. 72. St at em en t s :
Som e roads are ri ver s. Al l h ill s ar e r oad s.
I . Al l rh ym es are p oem s.
Som e rivers are ju n gles. Al l roads ar e st on es.
II . Al l son gs ar e rh ym es.
Con cl u si on s : Al l ston es are ju n gles.
I . Som e ju n gles ar e r oad s. 69. St at em en t s : Al l j u n gles are ri ver s.
II . Som e r oad s are l an es. Som e dews ar e d rop s. Con cl u si on s :
III. Som e ju n gles ar e tower s. Al l dr ops ar e st on es. I . Som e rivers are st on es.
IV. No ju n gle is road. Con cl u si on s : II . Som e ju n gles ar e h ill s.
(1) On ly I follows I . A t l ea s t s o m e d ew s a r e III. Som e ston es ar e h ill s.
(2) On ly II follows ston es. IV. Al l r ivers are ju n gles.
(3) On ly eith er I or IV follows II . A t l ea s t s o m e s t o n es a r e (1) On ly I an d II foll ow
(4) On ly IV follows drops. (2) On ly II an d III foll ow
(5) On ly eith er I or IV an d II fol- Di r ect i on s (7 0 –7 4 ) : In each of (3) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
low t h e qu est i on s bel ow ar e gi ven fou r
Di r ec t i o n s (6 5 –6 9 ) : In each of (4) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow
st atem en ts fol lowed b y fou r Con cl u -
th e qu est ion s b elow, t wo/ th r ee stat e- (5) All follow
m en ts ar e given followed by con cl u - 73. St at em en t s :
h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
sion s/ grou p of con clu sions n u m bered Som e book s are pen s.
I an d II. You h ave to assu m e al l t h e Som e pen s are glasses.
statemen ts to be tru e even if th ey seem Som e glasses ar e pl ates.
Read all t h e Con cl u sion s an d t h en
to be at varian ce from t h e com m on ly
decide wh ich of the given Con clu sion s Som e plat es are bot tles.
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- Con cl u si on s :
of th e given t wo con clu sion s l ogi cal ly
follows from th e in for m at ion given in m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own I . Som e bot tles ar e b ook s.
th e st atem en t s. facts. II . Som e glasses ar e b ook s.
(SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e III. Som e plat es are glasses.
Ex am 2 8 .0 4 .2 0 13 ) Ex am , 2 3. 0 2. 20 14 ) IV. Som e bot tles are pen s.
SYLLOGISM
(1) On ly I an d II foll ow 77. St at em en t s : (1) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
(2) On ly III follows Som e trad es are exp ort s. (2) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
(3) On ly I, II an d III foll ow Al l b u si n esses are tr ades. (3) Th ere is possibility th at som e
(4) On ly III an d IV foll ow Con cl u si on s : fl u tes ar e b an jos.
(5) On ly IV follows I . At least som e bu si n esses are (4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con -
74. St at em en t s : exp or ts. cl u sion II follows
Som e petals are flower s. II . Al l b u si n esses bein g ex por ts (5) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
is a possibi lit y. low
Al l flowers ar e d esk s.
(7 8 -7 9 ) : 82. St at em en t s :
Som e d esk s are card s.
St at em en t s : Som e pin s are n eedles.
Al l cards ar e tr ain s.
Som e cou n tr ies ar e t own s. Al l n eed les ae sword s.
Con cl u si on s :
Al l cou n tri es are di str ict s. Som e swords are k n ives.
I . Som e desk s are flower s.
Con cl u si on s :
II . Som e desk s are petal s. Al l d istr ict s are vill ages.
I . Al l swor d s b ei n g p i n s i s a
III. Som e pet als ar e card s. 78. Con cl u si on s :
possibility.
IV. Som e desk s are tr ain s. I . At least som e town s are vi l-
II . No n eele bein g k n ife i s a pos-
(1) On ly I an d IV foll ow lages.
sibility.
(2) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow II . Al l cou n t ries are vill ages.
(3) On ly III an d IV foll ow 79. Con cl u si on s :
(4) On ly I, II an d III foll ow I . At l east som e d i st r i cts ar e (3) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con -
(5) On ly I, II an d IV foll ow town s. cl u sion II follows
Di r ec t i o n s (7 5 -7 9 ) : In each II . Al l t own s ar e vill ages. (4) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con-
qu esti on bel ow are two or th r ee stat e- D i r ec t i o n s (8 0 -8 4 ) : I n each cl u sion II follows
m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s qu est ion bel ow are given th r ee stat e- (5) Th ere is possibility th at som e
n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to tak e m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s pi n s are k n ives.
th e given st atem en ts to be t ru e even n u m bered I an d II. You h ave t o as- 83. St at em en t s :
if th ey seem t o be at varian ce fr om su m e everyth in g in th e statem en ts to
Som e sch em es ar e offer s.
com m on ly k n own facts an d th en d e- be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i-
ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s Som e offers are di scou n t s.
an ce from com m on l y k n own facts an d
logicall y follows from t h e given stat e- th en decide wh ich of th e gi ven con - No di scou n t is a loan .
m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own cl u si on s logically follows from th e i n - Con cl u si on s :
facts. form ation gi ven in th e st atem en t s. I . Th ose offers wh ich are di s-
(SBI Sp eci al i st Of f i c er (SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer cou n t s can n ever b e l oan s.
(L aw Of f i cer : M M GS Scal e-I I ) On l i n e Ex am , 21. 06. 201 4) II . Som e l oan s ar e d efi n i t el y
On l i n e Ex am , 19. 04. 201 4) sch em es.
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u - (1) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
No star i s a con e.
si on I follows.
Som e con es are tr ian gles. (2) Th ere is possib ili ty th at all
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y con cl u - sch em es are loan s
si on II fol lows. Al l k ites an d star s.
Con cl u si on s : (3) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
Gi v e an swer (3 ) : if ei th er con -
I . Al l star s ar e k ites. (4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con -
cl u si on I or II fol lows.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei th er con - II . At least som e t rian gles an d
(5) Neith er Con clu sion n or Con -
cl u si on I or II fol lows. st ar s.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if bot h con cl u - (1) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
si on s I an d II follow. (2) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
No car i s h otel.
(7 5 -7 6 ) : (3) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con -
Al l l odges are h otel s.
St at em en t s : cl u si on II fol lows.
No lod ge is h ou se.
Al l cr ops ar e fi eld s. (4) Th ere is possibility th at som e
Con cl u si on s :
No yi eld is a fiel d. st ars ar e tr ian gles.
I . Som e h ou ses are n ot lodges.
Al l field s are h arvest s. (5) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con-
cl u si on II fol lows. II . No lodge is car.
(1) Th ere is possib ili ty th at all
I . No fi eld is a crop. 81. St at em en t s :
h ou ses are car s.
II . Al l crop s b ein g h arvest is a Al l dr u m s ar e ban jos.
possibility. Som e dru m s are gu i tar s.
76. Con cl u si on s : No ban jo is a flu t e.
I . Al l h arvest s bein g yi eld is a Con cl u si on s : cl u sion II follows
possibility. I . Som e gu it ars ar e fl u tes. (5) Both Con clu sion I an d Con -
II . Al l h arvests ar e fi eld s. II . No gu itar i s flu t e. cl u si on II foll ow
SYLLOGISM
Di r ec t i o n s (8 5 –8 9 ) : In each 88. St at em en t s Con cl usi on s %
qu est ion given bel ow are given th r ee Som e pin s ar e n ail s. I . So m e t er r i t o r i es ar e n o t
st atem en t s foll owed by two Con cl u - Al l n ails are h am m er s. regi on s.
si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. You h ave to
Al l h am m ers are n eedles. II . At least som e con strain t s are
assu m e everyth i n g i n t h e stat em en t
to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at Con clu si on s territ ories.
varian ce from com m on ly k n own facts I . Al l n eedl es are pin s. 91. St at em en t s %
an d t h en decid e wh ich of t h e given II . Al l n ail s are n eedles. Al l vapou rs ar e d rop let s.
Con clu sion s logical ly follows from th e (1) Al l pi n s are h am m er s. Som e clou ds are vap ou r s.
in for m at ion gi ven in th e st atem en ts
(2) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows Con cl usi on s %
di sregard in g com m on ly k n own fact s.
(SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer (3) On l y Con clu ision II foll ows I . Som e clou ds ar e d rop let s.
On l i n e Ex am , 28. 06. 201 4) (4) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con - II . No dr opl et i s clou d.
85. St at em en t s : cl u sion II follows 92. St at em en t s %
Al l p apers are wood. (5) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- Al l m ist ak es ar e flaws.
Som e wood ar e m etal s. cl u sion II follows Al l correcti on s ar e solu t ion s.
Al l m etals are glasses. 89. St at em en t s
No fl aw is solu tion .
Con clu si on s Al l leaves are r oot s.
Con clu si on s%
I . At least som e gl asses are wood. No root i s a tree.
I . Som e flaws are solu t ion s.
II . Som e glasses ar e m etal s. Al l tr ees ar e bu sh es.
II . No correcti on is flaw.
(1) Th ere is possibility th at som e Con clu si on s
paper s are glasses. 93. St at em en t s %
I . No leaf b ein g a tree is a possib il-
(2) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows Al l zeroes are n u m ber s.
ity.
(3) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows Al l di git s ar e alph abet s.
II . Som e bu sh es are n ot leaves.
(4) Both Con clu sion I an d Con - (1) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows No al ph abet is n u m ber.
cl u si on II foll ow (2) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows Con cl usi on s %
(5) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- I . No n u m ber i s d igi t.
cl u sion II follows II . No zero i s d igi t.
86. St at em en t s Di r ec t i on s (9 4 –9 9 ) : In each
Som e ston es ar e r ock s. cl u sion II follows qu estion given b elow t wo/ th r ee state-
Som e rock s are diam on d s. m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s
Som e diam on d s are gem s. cl u si on II foll ow n u m bered I an d II h ave been given .
Con clu si on s Di r ec t i o n s (9 0 -9 3 ) : In each You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts
I . Som e gem s ar e st on es. qu es t i on b el ow ar e t w o or t h r ee to be tr u e if th ey seem to be at var i-
II . Al l d iam on ds ar e st on es. s t a t em en t s f o l l o w ed by t wo an ce from th e com m on ly k n own facts
(1) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- con cl u sion s n u m bered I an d II. You an d t h en decid e wh ich of t h e given
cl u sion II follows h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to con clu sion s logical ly follows from th e
(2) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows b e t r u e even i f th ey seem t o b e at gi ven statem en ts disregar di n g com -
(3) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows varian ce from com m on ly k n own facts m on ly k n own fact s.
(4) All ston es b ei n g gem s i s a an d t h en decid e wh ich of t h e given (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
possibility con clu sion s logical ly follows from th e Ex am , 2 9. 1 1. 20 14 )
(5) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con - gi v en s t a t em en t s d i s r ega r d i n g (9 4 –9 5 ) :
cl u sion II follows com m on ly k n own fact s. St at em en t s :
87. St at em en t s (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e Al l b u gs ar e worm s.
Ex am , 1 9. 0 9. 20 14 )
Al l d ays are n i gh t s. Som e worm s are m oth s.
Al l even i n gs ar e n i gh t s. No m oth i s a fl y.
si on I follows.
All n igh ts are m orn in gs. 94. Con cl u si on s :
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y con cl u -
Con clu si on s I . No fl y is a wor m .
si on II fol lows.
I . All days bein g m orn ings is a pos- II . All moth s bein g bu gs is a pos-
sibility.
si on I or II fol lows. sibility.
II . Som e m orn in gs are even in gs.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei th er con - (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con -
cl u si on I or II fol lows. cl u sion II follows
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if bot h con cl u - (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
cl u si on II foll ow
si on s I an d II follow. low
cl u sion II follows 90. St at em en t s % (3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con-
(4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows Al l t erri tor ies ar e li m it s. cl u sion II follows
(5) Th ere is possi bil ity th at n o Al l li m its are con str ain t s. (4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
day is m orn in g. No region is con str ain t. (5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
SYLLOGISM
95. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : Co cl u si on s :
I . Al l worm s are bu gs. I . A t l ea s t s om e p o l es a r e I . Som e celebr ation s are rejec-
II . No bu g i s a fl y. clock s. tions.
(1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con - II . Al l t ower s b ein g watch es is II . Al l cel eb r at i on s ar e r ej ec-
cl u sion II follows a possi bility. tions.
(2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con - (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol-
low cl u sion II follows lows
(3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
low low
(3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- (3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II
cl u sion II follows foll ows
(4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows (4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
(9 6 –9 7 ) : (5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
St at em en t s : (5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
Di r ect i on s (1 0 0 –1 0 5 ) : In each 103. St at em en t s :
No m agic is a t rick . qu estion given b elow t wo/ th r ee state-
Al l ch ar m s are tr ick s. m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s Al l grad es are scales.
Al l h oax es are ch arm s. n u m bered I an d II h ave been given . Al l scal es are cat egories.
You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts Con cl u si on s :
to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at I . Al l grad es are cat egories.
I . No m agic is a h oax.
varian ce fr om th e com m on ly k n own II . Al l categor ies are scales.
II . No ch arm is a m agi c. facts an d th en decide wh ich of th e giv-
(1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol-
(1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con - en con clu sion s logi cal ly fol lows fr om
lows
cl u sion II follows th e given statem ents disregarding com-
m on ly k n own fact s. (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
(2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
(SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e low
low
Ex am , 3 0. 1 1. 20 14 ) (3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II
(1 0 0 –1 0 1 ) : St at em en t s % foll ows
Som e pri ces ar e cost s. (4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
Som e costs are am ou n t s. (5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
Al l am ou n ts ar e expen ses. (1 0 4 -1 0 5 ) :
100. Con cl u si on s : St at em en t s :
I . Al l h oax es are tr ick s.
I . At least som e am ou n t s are Som e m et als are paper s.
II . Al l t rick s are ch arm s. p r i ces. Al l p apers are al loys.
(1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con - II . Al l am ou n ts bei n g prices is No al loy is a wood.
cl u sion II follows a possi bility. 104. Con cl u si on s :
(2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol-
low I . Al l woods bein g m etals is a
lows
possibility.
(3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
cl u sion II follows II . Al l m etal s b ein g woods is a
low
possibility.
(4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows (3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II
(5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows foll ows
lows
98. St at em en t s : (4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
Som e stars are plan et s. (5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
low
No pl an et is a m oon . 101. Con cl u si on s :
(3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II
Con cl u si on s : I . Atl east som e exp en ses ar e
foll ows
I . No star i s a m oon . cost s.
II . No exp en se i s a cost.
II . Som e star s are m oon s. (5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
(1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con - 105. St at em en t s :
lows
cl u sion II follows I . No paper is a wood.
(2) Both Con clu sions I and II follow II . At least som e m eals ar e al-
low loys.
(3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- foll ows (1) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol-
cl u sion II follows lows
(4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows (5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
(5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows 102. St at em en t s : low
99. St at em en t s : All in vitat ion s are rejection s. (3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II
Al l watch es are cl ock s. Som e i n vi t at i on s ar e cel eb r a- foll ows
Som e clock s are tower s. tions. (4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
Al l tower s are p oles. No reject ion is an at traction . (5) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
SYLLOGISM
Di r ect i on s (1 0 6 -1 0 9 ) : In each Di r ect i on s (1 1 0 –1 1 5 ) : In each 113. Con cl u si on s :
qu es t i on b el ow ar e t w o or t h r ee qu estion given below two/ th ree state- I . All h oaxes are trick s.
statements followed by two conclu sions m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s II . All trick s are ch arm s.
n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to tak e n u m bered I an d II h ave been given . (1) Eith er Con clu sion I or Con -
th e given statem en ts to be tru e even if You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts clu sion II follows
t h ey seem t o b e at var i an ce fr om to be tru e if th ey seem to be at vari-
com monly k n own facts and then decide (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
an ce from th e com m on ly k n own facts
wh ich of the given conclu sions logically low
an d t h en decid e wh ich of t h e given
fol l ows fr om t h e gi ven st at em en t s (3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con-
con clu sion s logically follows from th e
disregardin g com m on ly k n own facts. clu sion II follows
gi ven statem en ts disregar di n g com -
(SBI M an agem en t Ex ecut i v e (4) On ly Con clu sion II follows
m on ly k n own facts.
Ex am . 19. 09.20 14) (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e (5) On ly Con clu sion I follows
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly con clu - Ex am . 29. 11.20 14)
sion I follows. Som e stars are plan ets.
(1 1 0 –1 1 1 ) :
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly con clu - No plan et is a m oon .
St at em en t s :
sion II follows. Con cl u si on s :
All bu gs are worm s.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er con - I . No star is a m oon .
Som e worm s are m oth s.
clu sion I or II follows. II . Som e stars are m oon s.
No m oth is a fly.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er con - 110. Con cl u si on s : (1) Eith er Con clu sion I or Con -
clu sion I or II follows. I . No fly is a worm . clu sion II follows
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both con clu - II . All moth s bein g bu gs is a pos- (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
sion s I an d II follow. low
sibility.
106. St at em en t s % (3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con-
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or Con -
All territories are lim its. clu sion II follows
clu sion II follows
(4) On ly Con clu sion II follows
All limits are con strain ts. (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol-
low (5) On ly Con clu sion I follows
No region is con strain t.
(3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- 115. St at em en t s :
Con cl usi on s %
clu sion II follows All watch es are clock s.
I . Som e t er r i t o r i es ar e n o t (4) On ly Con clu sion II follows Som e clock s are towers.
region s. (5) On ly Con clu sion I follows All towers are poles.
II . At least som e con strain ts are 111. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
I . All worm s are bu gs.
territories. I . A t l ea st s om e p ol es a r e
II . No bu g is a fly. clock s.
107. St at em en t s %
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or Con - II . All towers bein g watch es is a
All vapou rs are droplets.
clu sion II follows possibility.
Som e clou ds are vapou rs. (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- (1) Eith er Con clu sion I or Con -
Con cl usi on s % low clu sion II follows
I . Som e clou ds are droplets. (3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con-
clu sion II follows
II . No droplet is clou d. low
108. St at em en t s % (3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con-
(5) On ly Con clu sion I follows
clu sion II follows
All m istak es are flaws. (1 1 2 –1 1 3 ) :
All correction s are solu tion s. St at em en t s :
No m agic is a trick . (5) On ly Con clu sion I follows
No flaw is solu tion .
All ch arm s are trick s. Di r ect i on s (1 1 6 –1 2 1 ) : In each
Con cl usi on s% All h oaxes are ch arm s. qu estion given below two/ th ree state-
I . Som e flaws are solu tion s. 112. Con cl u si on s : m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s
II . No correction is flaw. I . No m agic is a h oax. n u m bered I an d II h ave been given .
II . No ch arm is a m agic. You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts
109. St at em en t s % to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or Con -
All zeroes are n u m bers. clu sion II follows varian ce from th e com m on ly k n own
All digits are alph abets. (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- facts an d th en decide wh ich of th e giv-
No alph abet is n u m ber. low en con clu sion s logically follows from
(3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- th e given statem ents disregarding com-
Con cl usi on s % clu sion II follows m on ly k n own facts.
I . No n u m ber is digit. (4) On ly Con clu sion II follows (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
II . No zero is digit. (5) On ly Con clu sion I follows Ex am . 30. 11.20 14)
SYLLOGISM
(1 1 6 –1 1 7 ) : St at em en t s % (1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II fol- Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er Con clu -
lows sion I or Con clu sion II follows
Som e prices are costs.
(2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er Con -
Som e costs are am ou n ts. low clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows
All am ou n ts are expen ses.
(3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both th e Con -
follows clu sion s I an d II follow
I . At least som e am ou n ts are
(4) On ly Con clu sion II follows (1 2 2–1 2 3 ) : St at em en t s
pr ices.
(5) On ly Con clu sion I follows All m agazines are jou rn als.
II . All am ou nts bein g prices is a
possibility. (1 2 0 -1 2 1 ) : Som e jou rn als are periodicals.
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II fol- All periodicals are bu lletein s.
St at em en t s :
lows 122. Con clusi on s
(2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- Som e m etals are papers.
I . Som e periodicals are definite-
low All papers are alloys. ly n ot jou rn als.
(3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II No alloy is a wood.
II . All per iodi cals bein g m aga-
follows 220. Con cl u si on s :
zin es is a possibility.
I . All woods bein g m etals is a
(4) On ly Con clu sion II follows 123. Con clusi on s
possibility.
(5) On ly Con clu sion I follows I . At least som e bu lletein s are
II . All m etals bein g woods is a
117. Con cl u si on s : jou rnals.
possibility.
I . Atl east som e exp en ses ar e (1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II fol- II . No bu lletein is a m agazin e.
cost s. lows 124. St at em en t s
II . No expen se is a cost. (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- All tu rn s are loops.
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II follow No loop is a ben d.
lows (3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II Som e ben ds are cu rves.
(2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- follows Con clusi on s
low
(4) On ly Con clu sion II follows I . At l eas t som e cu r ves ar e
loops.
follows (5) On ly Con clu sion I follows
II . No ben d is a tu rn .
(4) On ly Con clu sion II follows 221. St at em en t s :
(5) On ly Con clu sion I follows I . No paper is a wood.
No cou n try is a village.
118. St at em en t s : II . At least som e m eal s are al-
loys. All villages are districts.
All in vitation s are rejection s. (1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II fol- Con clusi on s
Some invitations are celebrations. lows I . All cou n tries are districts.
No rejection is an attraction . (2) Both Con clu sions I and II fol- II . All districts are villages.
Cocl u si on s : low 126. St at em en t s
I . Som e celebration s are rejec- (3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II All progress are growth .
tions. follows All developm en ts are growth .
II . Al l cel eb r at i on s ar e r ej ec- (4) On ly Con clu sion II follows No growth is an evolu tion .
tions. Con clusi on s
(5) On ly Con clu sion I follows
(1) Eith er Con clu sion I or II fol-
Di r ect i on s (1 2 2 –1 2 6 ) : In each I . All developm ents being progress
lows
qu estion given below two or th ree state- is a possibility.
m en t s fol lowed by t wo Con clu sion s II . No evolu tion is a progress.
low
n u m bered I an d II h ave been given .
(3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II Di r ect i on s6 (1 2 7 – 1 3 1 ) : In each
You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts
follows to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at of th e followin g qu estion s, two/ th ree
varian ce from th e com m on ly k n own st at em en ts foll owed b y t wo con cl u -
facts an d th en decide wh ich of th e fol- sion s nu m bered I and II h ave been giv-
(5) On ly Con clu sion I follows en . You h ave to tak e th e given state-
lowin g Con clu si on s logicall y foll ows
119. St at em en t s : from th e given statem en ts, disregard- m en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to
in g com m on ly k n own facts. be at var ian ce form th e cdom m on ly
All grades are scales.
All scales are categories. th e given con clu sion s logically follows
On l i n e Ex am . 20.06.2015)
Con cl u si on s : from th e given statem en ts disregard-
in g com m on ly k n own facts.
I . All grades are categories. sion I follows
II . All categories are scales. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu - On l i n e Ex am . 21.06.2015)
sion II follows
SYLLOGISM
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu - th e given statem ents disregarding com- II . Som e glasses bein g san ds is
sion I follows m on ly k n own facts. a possibility.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu - (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary )
sion II follows On l i n e Ex am . 27.06.2015) 134. St at em en t s
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er Con clu - Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu - Som e m ovies are film s.
sion I or Con clu sion II follows. sion I follows No film is a sh ow.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if both th e Con - Gi v e an swer (2 ) if n eith er Con -
All sh ows are pictu res.
clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if n eith er Con - Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu - Con clusi on s
clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows sion II follows I . At l east som e p i ct u r es ar e
(1 2 7 – 1 2 8 ) : Gi v e an swer (4 ) if both Con clu -
film s.
St at em en t s : sion I an d Con clu sion II follow
Som e win s are troph ies. Gi v e an swer (5 ) if eith er Con - II . No sh ow is a m ovie.
Som e troph ies are cu ps. clu sion I or Con clu sion II follows (1 3 5 – 1 3 6 ) :
No cu p is a prize. 132. St at em en t s St at em en t s
127. Con clusi on s No factory is an in du stry. Som e actors are sin gers.
I . Atleast som e cu ps are win s. All work sh ops are in du stries.
All sin gers are dan cers.
II . All prizes bein g troph ies is a Som e plan ts are work sh ops.
Som e dan cers are players.
possibility. Con clusi on s
135. Con clusi on s
128. Con clusi on s I . No work sh op is a factory.
I . All actors bein g dan cers is a
I . No troph y is a prize. II . Atleast some plants are indu s-
possibility.
II . No prize is a win . tr ies.
II . All dan cers are sin gers.
129. St at em en t s 133. St at em en t s
Som e san ds are particles. 136. Con clusi on s
No layer is a coat.
All coats are deposits. Som e particles are glasses. I . Atleast som e dan cers are ac-
All deposits are sh eets. Con clusi on s tor s.
Con clusi on s I . Som e glasses are d efi n i tely II . No player is an actor.
I . All coats are sh eets. n ot particles.
II . All deposits can n ever be lay-
er s.
RBI GRADE–B/NABARD GRADE–A
130. St at em en t s OFFICER EXAMS
Som e flats are apartm en ts. Di r ec t i o n s (1 -5 ) : In each of t h e (2 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
No apartm en t is a h all. qu est ion s below are gi ven fou r stat e- (3 ) On ly III follows
Som e h alls are room s. m en ts followed by th r ee con clu sion s (4) All follow
Con clusi on s n u m bered I, II an d III. You h ave to (5) Non e foll ows
tak e th e given statem en t s to be tr u e 2 . St at em en t s :
I . Atleast som e room s are flats.
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce Al l li on s ar e ti ger s.
II . No apartm en t is a room . from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all
Al l t iger s are leop ard s.
131. St at em en t s the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich
Som e leopar ds are wolves.
Som e codes are secrets. No wolf is elep h an t.
All secrets are pu zzles. gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. Con cl u si on s :
Con clusi on s I : No el eph an t is lion .
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer Ex am . 200 7)
II : Som e wol ves ar e l ion s.
I . All secrets bein g cod es is a 1 . St at em en t s :
III : Som e leop ard s are l ion s.
possibility. Som e leaves are flower s.
No fl ower i s fru i t.
II . Atleast some pu zzles are coses. (2 ) On ly II follows
Som e fru its ar e b ran ch es.
Di rect i on s6(1 32 – 1 36 ) : In each Som e bran ch es are stem s.
(4 ) On ly I an d Il l foll ow
of th e followin g qu estion s, two/ th ree Con cl u si on s :
st at em en ts foll owed b y t wo con cl u - (5) All follow
I : Som e leaves ar e stem s. 3 . St at em en t s :
sion s nu m bered I and II h ave been giv-
II : Al l l eaves are eit h er stem s Som e caps ar e u m brellas.
en . You h ave to tak e th e given state-
or fr u it s. Som e u m b rel las are rain coat s.
be at varian ce from com m on ly k n own III : All stem s are eith er br an ch - Al l r ain coat s are trou ser s.
facts an d th en decide wh ich of th e gives or fr u it s.
Al l t rou ser s are jack et s.
en con clu sion s logically follows from (1 ) On ly I follows
SYLLOGISM
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : 1 0 . St at em en t s :
I : Som e rain coats are cap s. I. Som e fru its ar e b oxes. No m an is sk y.
II : Som e trou sers are u m brel- II. Som e fr u its ar e t rees. No sk y is road.
las. III. Som e h orses are b oxes. Som e m en ar e r oad s.
III : Al l r ain coats are jack et s. IV. No fr u it box. Con cl u si on s :
(1) Non e foll ows I. No road i s m an .
(1) Non e follows
(2 ) On ly I an d II foll ow II. No r oad is sk y.
(2) On ly eit h er II or IV follows
(3 ) On ly II an d III foll ow III. Som e sk ies are m en .
(3) On ly eith er I or IV an d II fol-
(4 ) On ly I an d III foll ow IV. All roads are m en .
low
(5 ) Non e of th ese (1) Non e foll ows
(4) On ly eit h er I or III an d IV fol-
4 . St at em en t s : (2 ) On ly I follows
low
Som e fan s are cooler s. (3 ) On ly I an d III foll ow
Som e cooler s ar e m ach in es. (4 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
7 . St at em en t s : (5 ) Non e of th ese
Som e m ach in es are com pu ter s. Al l flowers ar e b u ses. Di r ec t i o n s (1 1 –1 6 ) : In each
Al l com pu ter s are tel evision s. Som e bu ses are cat s. qu estion below are fou r statements fol-
Con clu si on s lowed by fou r con cl u si on s n u m ber ed
Al l cats are ti ger s.
I : Som e t el evi si on s ar e m a- I, II, III an d IV. You h ave to tak e t h e
Con cl u si on s :
ch in es. fou r given stat em en ts to be tru e even
I. Som e tigers ar e b u ses. if th ey seem t o be at varian ce fr om
II : Som e m ach in es are fan s.
II. Som e ti ger s are flower s. com m on ly k n own facts an d th en d e-
III : No m ach in e i s fan .
III. Som e cats are flower s. ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s
(1) Non e foll ows
IV. Som e bu ses are ti ger s. logically follows from th e fou r given
(2 ) On ly I follows st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y
(3 ) On ly eit h er II or III follows (1) Non e foll ows
k n own facts. Th en decide wh ich of th e
(4 ) On ly I an d eit h er II or III fol- (2 ) On ly I an d II foll ow an swers (1), (2 ), (3), (4) an d (5) is cor -
low (3 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow r ect .
(5) All follow (4 ) On ly I an d IV foll ow (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er
Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 )
5 . St at em en t s : (5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
Al l k eys ar e stap ler s. 8 . St at em en t s :
Al l b elt s are rol ler s.
Al l stapl ers ar e bl ades. Al l fan s ar e r oom s.
Som e roll ers ar e wh eel s.
Som e eraser s are sh arpen er s. No room i s green .
Al l wh eels are m at s.
Som e sh arpen er s are k eys. Som e win dows ar e green . Som e m at s are car s.
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
I : Som e sh arpen er s are k eys. I. Som e win dows are fan s. I. Som e m at s are rol ler s.
II : Al l k eys are bl ades. II. Som e win dows are r oom s. II. Som e m at s are b elt s.
III : Som e eraser s are k eys. III. Som e fan s ar e green . III. Som e cars are rol ler s.
(1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow IV. No green is fan . IV. Som e rol ler s are b elt s.
(2 ) On ly I follows (1 ) On ly I follows (1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow
(3 ) On ly II follows (2 ) On ly III follows (2 ) On ly I, III an d IV foll ow
(4) All follow (3 ) On ly I an d IV foll ow
(3 ) On ly IV follows
(5 ) Non e of th ese (4 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow
(4 ) On ly II an d IV foll ow
Di r ect i on s (6 -1 0 ) : In each of t h e (5 ) Non e of th ese
(5) All follow
qu estion s below are given th ree state- 12. St at em en t s :
m en ts followed by fou r con clu sion s 9 . St at em en t s :
Som e t yres are r ain s.
n u m bered I, II, III an d IV. You h ave Som e tab lets ar e r ain s.
Som e rai n s are flower s.
to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e Al l d ogs ar e r ain s.
Al l flowers are ju n gles.
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce Al l rain s ar e ch air s.
from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all Al l j u n gles ar e t u bes.
Con cl u si on s : Con clu si on s
of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol- I. Som e ch ai rs are tab let s. I. Som e ju n gles ar e t yres.
lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e- II. All d ogs ar e ch air s. II. Som e tu bes ar e r ain s.
gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. III. Som e tablets are dogs. III. Som e j u n gles ar e r ain s.
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er IV. Som e tablets are ch air s. IV. Som e tu b es are flower s.
Ex am . 200 8) (1) All follow (1 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow
6 . St at em en t s : (2 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow (2 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow
Som e b oxes are t rees. (3 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow (3 ) On ly I, III an d IV foll ow
Som e trees are h orses. (4 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow (4) All follow
Al l h orses are fr u it s. (5 ) Non e of th ese
SYLLOGISM
13. St at em en t s : Con cl u si on s : 21. St at em en t s :
Al l desk s ar e ch air s. I. Som e pai n ts are cables. No paper is book .
Al l ch ai rs are tables. II. Som e wi res ar e b u lb s. Som e book s are li braries.
Al l tables are b oxes. III. Som e b ru sh es ar e wires. Con cl u si on s :
Al l boxes ar e tr u n k s. IV. Som e cables ar e b u lb s. I . Al l l ibraries b ein g b ook s is a
(1) Non e foll ows possibility.
Con cl u si on s :
(2 ) On ly I an d II foll ow II . No li brary i s p aper.
I. Som e tru n k s are tables.
(3 ) On ly II follows 22. St at em en t s :
II . Al l ch air s are b oxes. (4 ) On ly III follows All h ills are m ou n tain s.
III. Som e b oxes are d esk s. (5 ) On ly IV follows Al l m ou n tain s are rock s.
IV. Al l desk s ar e tr u n k s. D i r ec t i o n s (1 7 -2 2 ) : I n each Co n cl u si o n s :
(1) On ly I, II an d III foll ow qu est ion below are two/ t h ree stat e- I . Al l t h ose r ock s w h i ch ar e
(2) On ly I, II an d IV foll ow m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s m ou n tai n s are also h ills.
(3 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow II . Al l h ill s ar e r ock s.
(4) All follow tr u e even if th ey seem to be at var i- Di r ec t i o n s (2 3 -2 8 ) : In each
(5) Non e of th ese an ce from com m on l y k n own facts an d qu esti on bel ow are two or th r ee stat e-
th en decide wh ich of th e gi ven con - m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s
clu sions logically follows from the given n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to tak e
Som e b ird s are goat s. st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y th e t wo given stat em en ts to be tr u e
Som e goats are h orses. k n own fact s. even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
Som e h or ses ar e l ion s. (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer ’s from com m on ly k n own facts an d th en
Ex am . 1 8. 1 2. 20 11 ) decide wh ich of th e given con clu si on s
Som e lion s are ti ger s.
Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly con cl u - logicall y follows from t h e given stat e-
Con cl u si on s : m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own
si on I follows.
I. Som e tigers ar e goat s. Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u - facts.
II. No ti ger is goat. si on II fol lows. (RBI Of f i cer Gr ad e ‘B’
III. Som e l ion s ar e b ird s. Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei th er con cl u - Ex am . 2 5. 0 8. 20 13 )
IV. No l ion is bir d. si on I or con clu si on II fol lows. Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -

Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er con - si on I follows.
(1 ) On ly eit h er I or II follows
cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows. Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u -
(2 ) On ly eit h er III or IV follows
Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bot h con cl u - si on II fol lows.
(3 ) On ly eit h er I or II an d eith er si on I an d con clu sion II follow. Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei th er con -
III or IV foll ow (1 7 -1 8 ): cl u si on I or II fol lows.
(4 ) On ly I an d II foll ow St at em en t s : Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n eith er con -
(5) Non e of th ese Som e colou rs ar e pain t s. cl u si on I n or II fol lows.
15. St at em en t s : Al l colou rs are varn i sh es. Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if bot h con cl u -
Al l p apers are bot tles. No var n ish i s dye. si on s I an d II follow.
Al l bottl es are cu p s. 17. Con cl u si on s : (2 3 -2 4 ) :
Som e cu p s are ju gs. I . No p ain t is dye. St at em en t s :
Som e j u gs ar e pl ates. II . Al l p ain ts bein g varn ish es is Som e per fu m es are scen t s.
a possi bility. No scen t is a bar.
Con cl u si on s :
I. Som e p lat es are cu p s. No perfu m e i s a can .
I . Som e var n ish es are pain t s.
II. Som e pl ates are bot tles. 23. Con cl u si on s :
II . No dye is colou r.
III Som e cu ps are paper s. I . Al l scen ts can n ever be can s.
(1 9 -2 0 ) :
II . Som e bar s are can s.
IV. Som e bottl es are paper s. St at em en t s :
Al l squ ares are tr ian gles. 24. Con cl u si on s :
No tr ian gle is ci rcl e. I . Som e can s ar e scen t s.
Al l circl es are rectan gles. II . Som e bar s ar e p erfu m es.
(4) On ly II an d IV foll ow
I . No rectan gle is squ ar e. No sh op i s a factor y.
II . All rectan gles bein g squ are is Som e fact ori es are in du st ries.
16. St at em en t s : a possi bility. Al l i n du str ies ar e m ach in es.
Al l b u lb s ar e wires. 20. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
No wi re i s cabl e. I . No squ ar e is ci rcl e.
I . No in du stry is a sh op.
Som e cabl es are bru sh es. II . A t l ea s t s o m e c i r c l es a r e
II . At least som e m ach i n es are
Al l b ru sh es ar e p ain ts squ ares.
fact or ies.
SYLLOGISM
(2 6 -2 7 ) : (3 1 -3 2 ) : 36. St at em en t s :
St at em en t s : St at em en t s : Som e com ics are book s.
Al l classes ar e d iam on d s. No ai m is vi sion . All com ics are n ovels.
Al l vision s are ob ject ives. No n ovel is an article.
No di am on d i s stor e.
No obj ect ive is goal. Con cl u si on s :
Al l r oom s are classes. I Som e n ovels are book s.
26. Con cl u si on s : II . All articles bein g book s is a
I . Al l goal s b ein g ai m i s a pos-
I . Al l room s are diam on d s. possibility.
sibility.
II . At least som e d iam on d s are 37. St at em en t s :
II . Al l aim s bein g obj ect ive is a
cl asses. No liqu id is flu id.
possibility.
27. Con cl u si on s : All solids are liqu ids.
All gases are solids.
I . Som e stor es are classes. I . No goal i s vision .
Con cl u si on s :
II . No room is a stor e. II . Al l objectives are vision s. I . Atleast some solids are flu ids.
28. St at em en t s : (3 3 -3 4 ) : II . All gases are liqu ids.
Som e prizes are win n er s. St at em en t s : Di r ec t i o n s (3 8 –4 3 ) : I n t h ese
Al l win n ers ar e stu d en t s. Al l year s are ages. qu est ion s, t wo/ th r ee statem en ts fol-
Con cl u si on s : Som e years are eras. lowed by two con clu sion s n u m bered I
Al l eras are di stan ces. an d II h ave been given . You h ave to
I . At least som e win ners are priz-
33. Con cl u si on s : tak e th e given statem en t s to be tr u e
es.
II . At l east som e st u d en t s ar e I . At least som e d ist an ces are
fr om th e com m on ly k n own fact s an d
win n ers. ages.
th en decide wh ich of th e gi ven con -
II . Som e eras are defin i tel y n ot clu sion s logically follows from th e giv-
D i r ec t i o n s (2 9 -3 4 ) : I n each
year s. en st atem en t s d isregar din g com m on -
qu est ion below are th ree st atem en ts
followed by two conclu sions n u m bered 34. Con cl u si on s :
ly k n own fact s.
I an d II. You h ave to tak e t h e given I . At least som e eras are ages.
statemen ts to be tru e even if th ey seem II . All distan ces b ein g years i s a
On l i n e Ex am . 01.03.2015)
t o b e at var i an ce fr om com m on l y possibility.
Di r ect i on s (3 5 – 3 6 ) : In each of Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly Con cl u -
th e followi n g qu est ion s, t h ree st ate- si on I follows
lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e- m en t s fol lowed by t wo Con clu sion s Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly Con cl u -
n u m bered I an d II h ave been given . si on II follows
You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er Con -
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ad e ‘B’ Ph ase-I
Ex am , 0 3. 0 8. 20 14 ) to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at cl u si on I or II follows
varian ce from com m on ly k n own facts Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er Con -
and then decide which of the given Con- cl u si on I n or II follows
si on I follows.
clu sion s logically follows from th e giv- Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth Con cl u -
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on l y con cl u - en statemen ts disregardin g com m on ly si on s I an d II foll ow
si on II fol lows. k n own facts. 38. St at em en t s :
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er con clu - (RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I
All dan cers are perform ers.
si on I or II fol lows. Ex am . 21. 11.20 15)
All perform ers are sin gers.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n ei th er con - Gi v e an swer (1 ) if eith er Con clu -
Con cl u si on s :
cl u si on I n or II fol lows. sion I or Con clu sion II follows
I . All dan cers are sin gers.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if bot h con cl u - Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu -
sion s I follows II . At l east som e si n ger s ar e
si on s I an d II follow.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if both th e Con - dan cer s.
(2 9 -3 0 ) :
clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follows (3 9 – 4 0 ) :
St at em en t s : St at em en t s :
Al l t rian gl es are squ ares. sion II follows Som e pigeon s are woodpeck ers.
No squ ar e is rectan gl e. Gi v e an swer (5 ) if n eith er Con - All eagles are woodpeck ers.
Som e rectan gles ar e con es. clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows 39. Con cl u si on s :
29. Con cl u si on s : 35. St at em en t s : I . Atleast som e eagles are pi-
I . Som e con es are rectan gles. No h ou r is a day. geon s.
II . Al l con es are rectan gles. All m on th s are days. II . No eagle is a pigeon .
Som e h ou rs are calen dars. 40. Con cl u si on s :
Con clusi on s I . Al l wood p eck er s b ei n g p i -
I . No tr ian gle is rectan gl e.
I . No m on th is an h ou r. geon s is a possibility.
II . Som e con es bein g triangles is II . All calen dars bein g days is a
a possi bility. II . Some eagles are defin itely n ot
possibility. pigeon s.
SYLLOGISM
(4 1 – 4 2 ) : (1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol-
St at em en t s : (2 ) On ly II an d III foll ow lows from th e given stat em en ts, di s-
All sh ows are plays. regard in g com m on ly k n own fact s.
(3 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow
Som e sh ows are m ovies. (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e
(4) Non e foll ows
No m ovies is th eatre. Of f i c er (AAO) Ex am . 200 6 )
I . All th eatres bein g play is a Som e fru i ts are flower s.
possibility. Al l b ran ch es are flower s. No fl ower is a boat.
II . All m ovies are sh ows. Al l flowers are leaves.
Al l boats ar e ri ver s.
Con cl u si on s :
I . All m ovies are plays. I. Al l br an ch es ar e leaves.
I. Som e fru its are ri ver s.
II . Som e shows are definitely not II. All leaves ar e b ran ch es.
II. Som e ri vers ar e b oat s.
th eat res. III. All flower s are bran ch es.
III. Som e r ivers are fr u it s.
43. St at em en t s : IV. Som e leaves ar e b ran ch es.
Som e floors are walls. IV. Som e fl owers are fr u it s.
No door is a wall. (2 ) On ly I an d IV foll ow (1 ) All of t h e above
Con cl u si on s : (3) All follow (2 ) II an d IV on ly
I . Som e floors are doors. (4) Non e foll ows (3 ) I an d III on ly
II . No floor is a door. (4 ) II an d III on ly
4. St at em en t s : (5 ) Non e of th ese
INSURANCE EXAMS Som e h ou ses are offices. 7. St at em en t s :
Di r ec t i o n s (1 -5 ) : In each of t h e Som e offices are sch ool s. Som e bu ses are h orses.
following qu estion s two statem en ts fol- Con cl u si on s : Al l h orses are goat s.
lowed by fou r con cl u si on s n u m ber ed I. Som e sch ools ar e h ou ses. Al l goat s are dogs.
I, II, III an d IV are given . You h ave to II. Som e offices are h ou ses. Con cl u si on s :
tak e th e two given st atem en ts to be III. No h ou se i s sch ool. I. Som e dogs ar e b u ses.
tr u e even if th ey seem to be at var i- IV. Som e sch ool s are offices. II. Som e dogs are h orses.
(1 ) On ly II an d III foll ow III. Som e d ogs ar e goat s.
(2 ) On ly I an d IV foll ow IV. Som e bu ses ar e goat s.
logicall y foll ows from t h e statem en t s. (3 ) On ly eit h er III or IV an d I fol- (1 ) Non e of th e above
low
(LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er (2 ) I an d II on ly
(4 ) On ly II an d IV an d ei th er I or
(AAO) Ex am . 2 4.0 4. 200 5 ) (3 ) II an d III on ly
III foll ow
1. St at em en t s : (4 ) III an d IV on ly
No cat is wi n dow. 5. St at em en t s : (5 ) All of t h e above
Al l win d ows ar e d oor s. Som e n ew sp ap er s ar e m aga- 8. St at em en t s :
Con cl u si on s : zines. Som e ch ai rs are b u il din gs.
I. Som e doors are win dows. Al l m agazi n es are book s. Al l b u ild in gs are veh i cles.
II. Som e doors are cat s. Con cl u si on s : Som e veh icl es are tr u ck s.
III. No door is cat. I. Al l book s ar e m agazin es. Co n cl u si on s :
(1 ) On ly eit h er II or III follows II. Som e book s are m agazin es. I. Som e ch airs ar e t ru ck s
III. Som e book s are n ewspapers. II. Som e ch air s are veh icl es
(2) On ly eit h er II or III an d I fol-
low IV. Som e n ewspapers are book s. III. Som e veh i cles ar e b u il din gs
(1 ) On ly I, II an d III foll ow IV. No tr u ck is ch air
(2 ) On ly II, III an d IV foll ow (1 ) Non e of th e above
(4) Non e foll ows
(3 ) On ly III an d IV foll ow (2 ) II an d III on ly
(4) Non e foll ows (3 ) Eith er on l y I or II an d III an d
2. St at em en t s : (5 ) Non e of th ese IV
Al l Aerop lan es ar e t rain s. Di r ec t i o n s (6 -1 0 ) : In each of t h e (4 ) Eith er on ly I or IV an d II an d
Som e train s are ch air s. qu esti on s bel ow t h ere are th ree stat e- III
Con cl u si on s : m en ts followed by fou r con clu sion s
(5 ) All of t h e above
n u m bered I, II, III an d IV. You h ave
I. Som e Aeroplan es ar e ch air s. 9. St at em en t s :
II. Som e ch airs are Aeropl an es. even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce Al l d oor s are win dows.
III. Som e ch ai rs are tr ain s. from com m on ly k n own facts. Read all Al l h ou ses are win dows.
IV. Som e train s are Aeropl an es. the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich Som e win dows ar e soap s.
SYLLOGISM
Con cl u si on s : (1) Non e follows 16. St at em en t s :
I. Som e d oor s are h ou ses (2) On ly I follows Al l b ook s ar e t en t s.
II. Som e h ou ses are soaps (3) On ly I an d II foll ow Som e t en t s are l ak es.
III. Som e soap s are doors (4) On ly II an d III foll ow Al l l ak es ar e p on d s.
IV. All soaps are wi n dows (5) All follow Con cl u si on s :
(1 ) Non e of th e above 13. St at em en t s : I. Som e p on d s are b ook s.
(2 ) I on ly Som e p en s ar e tables.
II. Som e pon ds ar e t en t s.
(3 ) I an d III on ly Al l t abl es are in k s.
III. Som e l ak es ar e b ook s.
(4 ) II an d IV on ly Som e i n k s ar e ap ples.
(1) Non e foll ows
(5 ) All of t h e above Con cl u si on s :
10. St at em en t s : I . Som e appl es are pen s.
II . Som e app les are tables. (3 ) On ly II follows
Som e cru el an im als ar e paper s.
III. Som e in k s are pen s. (4 ) On ly III follows
No paper is tree.
(1) Non e follows (5 ) On ly II an d III foll ow
Al l t rees are ways.
(2) On ly I follows 17. St at em en t s :
Con cl u si on s :
I. No cr u el an i m al is tr ee (3) On ly II follows Al l p ict u res ar e wall s.
II. Som e ways are trees (4) On ly III follows Som e wall s are r oom s.
III. Som e papers ar e cru el an i- (5) Non e of th ese Som e room s are win dows.
mals 14. St at em en t s : Con cl u si on s :
IV. Som e cru el an im als are trees. Al l fru i ts are vegetables. I. Som e win dows ar e wall s.
(1 ) I an d II on ly Al l p en s are vegetables. II. Som e win dows are pict u res.
(2 ) II, III an d IV on ly Al l vegetab les ar e r ain s. III. Som e r oom s ar e wall s.
(3 ) On ly eit h er I or IV an d III Con cl u si on s : (1) Non e foll ows
(4 ) I, II an d III on ly I . Al l fr u it s are r ain s.
(5 ) Non e of th ese II . Al l p en s ar e r ain s.
Di r ect i on s (1 1 -1 5 ) : In each of III. Som e rai n s are vegetables.
th e qu estion s below t h er e are th r ee (1) Non e follows
st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree con cl u - (2) On ly I an d II foll ow
si on s n u m bered I, II an d III. Read all 18. St at em en t s :
the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich (4) On ly I an d III foll ow Al l b ask ets are m ar bles.
of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol- (5) All follow Som e m arb les ar e st ick s.
lows from th e gi ven st atem en t s. 15. St at em en t s : No st ick is garden .
(LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Con cl u si on s :
Som e flowers ar e sk ies.
Of f i c er Ex am . 200 8 ) I. Som e gar den s are bask et s.
Som e sk ies are r oom s.
11. St at em en t s : Som e room s are win dows. II. Som e st ick s are bask et s.
Al l d ogs ar e b ird s. Con cl u si on s : III. No gar den is bask et.
Som e b ird s are t rees. I . Som e win dows ar e sk ies. (1 ) On ly I follows
No h ou se is tree. II . Som e room s are flower s. (2 ) On ly III follows
Con cl u si on s : III. No sk y is wi n dow. (3 ) On ly ei th er I or III follows
I . Som e h ou ses are dogs. (1) On ly I follows (4 ) On ly II follows
II . Som e bir ds are dogs. (2) On ly eith er I or II follows
III. Som e trees are dogs. (3) On ly eit h er II or III follows
(1) On ly I follows (4) On ly eit h er I or III follows
(2) On ly III follows Som e b u lb s are t u bes.
(5) Non e of th ese
(3) On ly II follows Som e t u bes are wires.
Di r ec t i o n s (1 6 –2 0 ) : In each of
(4) On ly II an d III foll ow th e qu estion s below are given th r ee Som e wires are l am p s.
(5) Non e of th ese st atem en ts foll owed b y t h ree con cl u - Con cl u si on s :
12. St at em en t s : si on s n u m bered I, II an d III. You h ave I. Som e l am p s are t u bes.
to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e II. Som e wi res ar e b u lb s.
Al l goats ar e ti ger s.
Som e tigers are h orses. III. Som e l am ps ar e b u lb s.
Al l h orses are jack al s. the con clu sions and th en decide wh ich (1) Non e foll ows
Con cl u si on s : of th e given con cl u si on s logically fol- (2 ) On ly III follows
I . Som e jack als ar e ti ger s. lows from th e given st atem en ts d isr e- (3 ) On ly II follows
II . Som e jack als ar e goat s. gardi n g com m on l y k n own fact s. (4 ) On ly I follows
III. Som e h or ses ar e goat s. (New I n di a Assu r an ce AO
Ex am . 2 5. 1 0. 20 09 )
SYLLOGISM
20. St at em en t s : 24. (A) Looti n g is a crim e. 29. St at em en t s :
Al l b u il din gs are ri ver s. (B) Som e cr ook ed p eop l e ar e 1 . B r ow n i s r ed an d b l u e i s
Al l r ivers are ju n gles. crim in als. gr een .
All ju n gles are m ou n tain s. (C) Al l t h ose i n vol ved in looti n g 2 . Gr een is pin k an d yell ow is
Con cl u si on s : are crim in als. r ed .
I. Som e m ou n tain s are ri ver s. (D) Som e crook ed peopl e ar e i n - Con cl u si on s :
II . Som e j u n gl es are bu il din gs. volved in lootin g. I . Yellow i s b rown .
III. Som e m ou n tain s ar e b u il d- (E) All crim inals are look ed down II . Pi n k is blu e.
ings. in societ y.
(1 ) On ly I an d II foll ow (F) Som e crook ed p eople are n ot
crim in als. 1 . Merch an ts wh o d o n ot own
(2 ) On ly I an d III foll ow cars do n ot h ave b icycles ei-
(1) ADF (2) CFB
(3 ) On ly II an d III foll ow th er.
(3) ABF (4) CDB
(4 ) All I, II an d III foll ow 2 . Th ose wh o do n ot h ave b i-
25. (A) Som e wom en are th ose wh o
(5 ) Non e of th ese cycles h ave tr icycles.
ar e su ccessfu l in life.
Di r ect i on s (2 1 –2 5 ) : Each qu es- Con cl u si on s :
(B) Som e m en ar e t h ose w h o
ti on con t ain s six or seven statem en ts I . Som e m erch an t s h ave on ly
h ave pati en ce.
followed by fou r sets of com bin ation s tr icycles.
of th ree. Ch oose th e set in wh ich t h e (C) No m an is a wom an .
(D) Al l t h ose wh o h ave pat ien ce II . No on e h as b oth , th e car an d
st atem en t s are logically rel ated.
ar e su ccessfu l in life. th e t ricycles.
(E) Som e wh o ar e su ccessfu l in Di r ec t i o n s (3 1 –3 6 ) : In each of
Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 )
li fe are m en . th e qu esti on s below, th ree statem en ts
21. (A) Al l b ook s ar e h avi n g p ages.
(F) Som e m en ar e n ot t h ose are ar e given foll owed by con cl u si on s /
(B) Al l k in gs ar e h avi n g p ages. grou p of con clu sion s n u m bered I an d
su ccessfu l in life.
(C) Al l k in gs ar e b ook s. II. You h ave to assu m e al l t h e stat e-
(1) ACF (2) DBF
(D) Som e h eavy th in gs are h av- m en t s to be t ru e even i f th ey seem
in g p ages. (3) AEC (4) BDE
to be at vari an ce fr om th e com m on ly
(E) So m e h ea v y t h i n gs a r e Di r ec t i o n s (2 6 –3 0 ) : In qu es-
book s. ti on s gi ven below, st atem en ts 1 an d
of th e given t wo con clu sion s l ogi cal ly
(F) Som e b ook s are h eavy. 2 are followed by con clu sion s I an d
follows from th e in for m at ion given in
II. Tak in g t h e stat em en ts to be righ t
(G) Som e h eavy th in gs are h av- th e st atem en t s.
al th ou gh th ey m ay seem at var ian ce
in g p ages. (Un i t ed I n di a I n su r an ce AO
wi th com m on l y accep ted facts, m ark
(1) ABC (2) FAD you r an swers as u n der : Ex am . 2 7. 0 3. 20 11 )
(3) DFA (4) AEG (Or i en t al I n su r an ce AO Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -
22. (A) No at h letes ar e vegetar ian s. Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 ) si on I follows.
(B) All cri ck et p layers are ath - (1 ) If on ly con clu sion I fol lows. Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u -
letes. si on II follows
(2 ) If on ly con clu sion II fol lows.
(C) Som e ath l etes p lay cri ck et. Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei th er con -
(3 ) If b oth I an d II fol lows.
(D) Som e crick et players are veg- cl u si on I or con cl u si on II fol lows.
(4 ) Neit h er I n or II follows
etari an s.
26. St at em en t s : Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er con -
(E) No cr i ck et p l ayer i s a veg- cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows.
etarian . 1 . Al l h an d s ar e m ach in es.
2 . Al l m ach i n es ar e wh eel s. Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth con cl u -
(F) Al l ath l etes ar e vegetar ian s.
Con cl u si on s : si on s I an d II follow.
(1) ABE (2) CDA
I . Al l wh eel s are h an d s. (3 1 –3 2 ) : St at em en t s :
(3) CEB (4) BEF
II . Al l h an ds ar e wh eel s. Al l p en s ar e b ook s.
23. (A) All gran d -m oth ers cook well.
27. St at em en t s : Som e b ook s are p ages.
(B) No m an i s a gr an d -m oth er.
1 . Som e b u ds ar e leaves. Al l pages ar e paper s.
(C) Som e m en do n ot cook wel l.
2 . Som e leaves are red. 31. Con cl u si on s :
(D) Al l t h ose wh o cook wel l are
m en . Con cl u si on s : I . No pap er is a pen .
(E) No on e wh o cook s well is a I . Som e b u ds ar e red. II . At least som e pages are pen s.
man. II . Som e leaves ar e n ot bu d s. 32. Con cl u si on s :
(F) Al l t h ose wh o cook wel l are 28. St at em en t s : I. Al l book s ar e paper s.
gran d-moth ers. 1 . Som e ston es are sh ell s. II. Som e book s are paper s.
(G) Som e m en ar e n ot gr an d - 2 . Al l sh el ls are pearl s. (3 3 –3 4 ) : St at em en t s :
m oth er s. Con cl u si on s : Som e D s are Gs.
(1) BFE (2) BEG I . Som e ston es are pearl s. Al l Gs ar e Ks.
(3) ADB (4) FDG II . Al l p ear ls are sh ell s. Al l Ks ar e Ls.
SYLLOGISM
33. Con cl u si on s : 40. St at em en t s : Con cl u si on s :
I. At least som e D s ar e Ls. I . Al l Pl an es are Tyres. I . No m an is wom an
II. Al l Gs are Ls. II . Al l Tyres are en gin es. II . No boy i s m an
34. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : III. Som e m en are wom en
I. At least som e Ks ar e D s. I . No En gin e is a plan e IV. Som e b oys ar e m en .
II. Al l D s are Ls. II . No tyr e i s a plan e (1) All follow
(3 5 –3 6 ) St at em en t s : 41. St at em en t s : (2) Non e follows
Som e fil es are fol der s. I . Som e cart oon s are fu n n y. (3) On ly IV an d eith er I or III fol-
Al l folders are pock et s. II . Som e car toon s are sil ly low
No pock et i s a bag. Con cl u si on s : (4) On ly I an d III foll ow
35. Con cl u si on s : I . Al l fu n n y are car toon s
I. Al l p ock ets ar e files. II . Som e sil ly are car toon s No Man ager i s a teach er.
II. All files are bags. Di r ec t i o n s (4 2 –4 6 ) : In each Al l t each er s ar e r esearch er s.
36. Con cl u si on s : qu est ion below are gi ven two stat e- Con cl u si on s :
I. At least som e bags are fol der s. m en ts followed by fou r con clu sion s
I . No resear ch er i s a teach er.
II. All fol ders ar e files. n u m bered I, II, III an d IV. You h ave
to tak e th e two gi ven st atem en ts to II . No resear ch er i s a m an ager.
D i r ec t i o n s (3 7 -4 1 ) : I n each
qu est ion below are gi ven two stat e- be tru e even i f th ey seem to b e at var i- III. Som e teach er s are research -
m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s an ce fr om com m on l y k n own fact s. er s.
n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to tak e Read all t h e con clu sion s an d th en de- IV. Som e research er s are t each -
th e t wo given stat em en ts to be tr u e ci de wh i ch of th e given con clu sion s er s.
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce logically follows/ foll ow from th e t wo
(1) Non e follows
for com m on ly k n own facts an d th en gi ven statem en ts disregar di n g com -
m on ly k n own fact s. (2) All follow
decide wh ich of th e given con clu si on s
(Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y (3) On ly II follows
logi cal ly foll ows from t h e two given
statem en t s. Read both th e statem en ts Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 ) (4) On ly III an d IV foll ow
an d give an swer as :
Som e m en ar e h om e-m ak er s. Al l h ou ses are r oom s.
(1 ) If on ly Con clu sion I follows
Som e h om e-m ak ers ar e wom en . Al l r oom s are win dows.
(2 ) If on ly Con clu sion II follows
(3 ) If eith er I or II follows
I . Som e m en ar e wom en . I . Al l win d ows ar e r oom s.
(4 ) If n eigh ter I n or II follows
II . Som e wom en are m en . II . Al l room s ar e h ou ses.
(Gen er al I n su r an ce Cor p or at i on
III. All wom en are h om e-m ak ers.
AAO Ex am . 1 1. 12. 201 1 ) III. Al l h ou ses are win dows.
IV. Al l h om e-m ak ers are m en .
37. St at em en t s : IV. Som e win d ows ar e h ou ses.
(1) All follow
I . Some Art work s are paintings. (1) Non e follows
(2) Non e foll ows
II . All pain tings are Master piec- (2) On ly I an d II foll ow
es. (3) On ly III an d IV foll ow
(4 ) On ly II an d IV follow.
Con cl u si on s : (4) On ly II follows
I . Al l M ast er pieces ar e p ain t-
Al l sch olar s ar e t each er s. Di r ect i on s (4 7 –5 2 ) : In qu es-
in gs
Som e teach er s are research er s. ti on s gi ven bel ow, st atem en t 1 an d 2
II . Som e Master pieces ar e Art
Con cl u si on s : ar e followed by con clu sion s I an d II.
wor k s.
Tak in g t h e stat em en ts to be tru e al-
38. St at em en t s : I . Al l sch olar s ar e r esearch er s.
th ou gh t h ey ap pear at varian ce wi th
I . Som e m en are Gen iu s. II . Som e sch olar s are research -
com m on ly accept ed fact s, m ark you r
II . No broth er i s Gen iu s. er s.
an swer as u n der :
Con cl u si on s : III. Som e research er s are t each -
(Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e AAO
er s.
I . Som e broth ers are m en . Ex am . 0 3 . 0 6 . 2 0 1 2 )
IV. Som e teach er s are sch olar s.
II . Som e broth ers are n ot m en . (1) On l y con cl u si on I fol l ow s
(1) Non e foll ows
39. St at em en t s : fr om th e statem en t s.
I . Al l pan ts ar e sk irt s. (2) On l y con cl u si on II fol l ows
(3) All follow
II . No sh irt is a sk ir t. fr om th e statem en t s.
(4 ) On ly III fol lows.
Con cl u si on s : (3) Both I an d II foll ow from t h e
I . Som e sk i rts ar e p an t s. statem en ts.
Som e m en are boys.
II . Al l sh irt s are p an t s. (4) Neith er I n or II fol lows.
No boy is a wom an .
SYLLOGISM
47. St at em en t s : (1) On l y con cl u si on I fol l ow s Di r ec t i o n s (5 9 –6 4 ) : In each
1 . Al l rats are dogs. fr om th e statem en t s. grou p of qu estions below are two/ three
2 . Som e dogs ar e b u ll s. (2) On l y con cl u si on II fol l ows st at em en ts foll owed b y t wo con cl u -
Con cl u si on s : fr om th e statem en t s. si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. You h ave to
tak e th e given statem en t s to be tr u e
I . Som e rat s ar e b u ll s. (3) Both I an d II foll ow from t h e
II . No bu ll i s a dog. statem en ts.
from com m on ly k n own facts an d th en
48. St at em en t s : (4) Neith er I n or II fol lows. decide wh ich of th e given con clu si on s
1 . Al l wom en are doctor s. 53. St at em en t s : logicall y foll ows from th e t wo/ th r ee
2 . Al l d oct ors are n u rses. 1 . Al l rats are dogs. st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y
Con cl u si on s : 2 . Som e dogs ar e b u ll s. k n own fact s.
I . Al l n u rses are wom en . Con cl u si on s : (Un i t ed I n di a I n sur an ce AO
II . Som e n u r ses ar e wom en . I . Som e rat s ar e b u ll s. Ex am . 2 6. 0 5. 20 13 )
49. St at em en t s : II . No bu ll i s a dog. Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -

si on I follows.
1 . Som e t rees are b ird s. 54. St at em en t s :
2 . Al l bi rds ar e sn ail s. 1 . Al l wom en are doctor s.
si on II follows
Con cl u si on s : 2 . Al l d oct ors are n u rses.
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei th er con -
I . Som e sn ails ar e t rees. Con cl u si on s : cl u si on I or con cl u si on II fol lows.
II . Som e bir ds are n ot t rees. I . Al l n u rses are wom en . Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er con -
50. St at em en t s : II . Som e n u r ses ar e wom en . cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows.
1 . A is tall er th an B bu t sh ort er 55. St at em en t s : Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth con cl u -
th an C an d D wh o i s t all er 1 . Som e t rees are b ird s. si on s I an d II follow.
th an E.
2 . Al l bi rds ar e sn ail s. 59. St at em en t s :
2 . E is tall er th an A bu t sh ort er
Con cl u si on s : Al l pen s are n ib s.
th an C wh o is tal ler th an D.
I . Som e sn ails ar e t rees. Al l n i bs are in k s.
Con cl u si on s :
II . Som e bir ds are n ot t rees. No in k is colou r.
I . B is t h e sh ortest.
56. St at em en t s : Con cl u si on s :
II . C is th e tal lest.
1 . A is tall er th an B bu t sh ort er I . Al l in k s are n ib s.
th an C an d D wh o i s t all er II . Al l pen s are in k s.
1 . On ly those stu den ts were ad-
th an E. 60. St at em en t s :
m it ted t o col lege wh o wer e
ei t h er h o c k ey p l a y er s o r 2 . E is tall er th an A bu t sh ort er Al l pen s are n ib s.
d an cers. th an C wh o is tal ler th an D. Al l n i bs are in k s.
2 . Al l p layers were sin ger s. Con cl u si on s : No in k is colou r.
Con cl u si on s : I . B is t h e sh ortest. Con cl u si on s :
I . Al l sin gers were adm itt ed to II . C is th e tal lest. I . No colou r is n i b.
th e college. 57. St at em en t s : II. No colou r is pen .
II . Som e si n gers were h ock ey- 1 . On ly those stu den ts were ad- 61. St at em en t s :
pl ayers as wel l. m it ted t o col lege wh o wer e No dr eam is project.
52. St at em en t s : ei t h er h o c k ey p l a y er s o r Al l ven tu res ar e p rojects..
1 . Al l t h e can cer patien ts were d an cers. Con cl u si on s :
cu r ed. 2 . Al l p layers were sin ger s. I . No ven tu re i s d ream .
2 . Al l t h e cu red p ati en ts gr ew Con cl u si on s : II . Al l p roj ect s ar e ven t u res.
fat. I . Al l sin gers were adm itt ed to 62. St at em en t s :
Con cl u si on s : th e college. No road i s way.
I . Al l can cer pati en t s grew fat. II . Som e si n gers were h ock ey- Al l ways ar e p ath s.
II . Patien ts su fferin g from ot h - pl ayers as wel l. No pat h i s b ridge.
er di seases wer e n ot cu red. 58. St at em en t s : Con cl u si on s :
Di r ect i on s (5 3 –5 8 ) : In qu es- 1 . Al l t h e can cer patien ts were I . Som e bri dges ar e r oad s.
ti on s gi ven bel ow, st atem en t 1 an d 2 cu r ed. II . Al l p ath s ar e r oad s.
ar e followed by con clu sion s I an d II. 2 . Al l t h e cu red p ati en ts gr ew
Tak in g t h e stat em en ts to be tru e al- (6 3 –6 4 ) :
fat.
th ou gh t h ey ap pear at varian ce wi th St at em en t s :
Con cl u si on s :
com m on ly accept ed fact s, m ark you r Som e n u m b ers ar e di git s.
an swer as u n der : I . Al l can cer pati en t s grew fat.
No digit is alph abet.
(Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e AAO II . Patien ts su fferin g from ot h - Al l alph abets are let ter s.
Ex am . 0 3. 0 6. 20 12 ) er di seases wer e n ot
SYLLOGISM
63. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol-
I . No letter i s d igi t. I. Al l p ages ar e arti cles. lows
II . Som e lett ers ar e di git s. II . At l east som e ar t i cl es ar e (2) Neith er con clu sion I n or II
64. Con cl u si on s : m ar k ers. foll ows
I . Som e let ter s are n u m ber s. 69. St at em en t s : (3) Both con clu sions I an d II fol-
II . Al l n u m b ers can n ever b e al- Som e fru its are ap ples. low
ph ab et s. Al l appl es are gu avas. (4) On l y con clu sion I follows
Di r ec t i o n s (6 5 –6 9 ) : In each of No gu ava is a ban an a. (5) On ly con clu si on II follows
th e qu estion s b elow are given t wo or Con cl u si on s : 72. St at em en t s :
m or e statem en ts followed by two con - I. Al l fru i ts are ban an as. Al l h osts ar e gu est s.
cl u si on s n u m ber ed I an d II. You h ave Al l visi tors ar e h ost s.
II. No appl e i s a ban an a.
to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e Som e visi tor s are in vi tees.
70. In each of t h e fol lowi n g qu es-
even if t h ey seem t o b e a at var ian ce
ti on s two st atem en ts are given Co n cl u si o n I : No visit or is a
an d t h ese st at em en t s ar e fol - gu est.
lowed by two con cl u si on s n u m - Con cl u si on II : All h osts are vis-
of th e given con clsion s logically fol-
bered (1) an d (2). You h ave to itors.
tak e th e given two statem en ts to (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol-
be tru e even if th ey seem to be lows
(L I C Assi st an t Ad m i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
a t va r i an ce f r om c om m o n l y
(AAO) Ex am . 1 2.0 5. 201 3) (2) Neith er con clu sion I n or II
k n own facts. Read th e con cl u -
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u - foll ows
si on s an d th en decide wh i ch of
si on I follows. th e gi ven con clu sion s logi cal ly (3) Both con clu sions I an d II fol-
Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u - fol lows from t h e two given state- low
si on II follows m en ts, d isr egardi n g com m on ly (4) On l y con clu sion I follows
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei th er con - k n own fact s. (5) On ly con clu si on II follows
cl u si on I or con cl u si on II fol lows. St at em en t s : 73. St at em en t s :
Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n ei th er con - Som e m an goes ar e yellow. Som e Al l gadgets ar e i n st ru m en t s.
cl u si on I n or con clu sion II fol lows. ti xo are m an goes. Som e in stru m en t s are devices.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth con cl u - Con cl u si on s : Al l d evi ces ar e t ool s.
si on s I an d II follow. 1 . Som e m an goes ar e green . Con clu si on I : Atleast some tools
65. St at em en t s : 2 . Ti xo is a yellow. are in st ru m en ts.
No book i s a page. (1) On l y (1) con cl u sion foll ows Co n cl u si on I I : All tools bei n g
Al l p ages are m ar k er s. (2) On l y (2) con cl u sion foll ows gadgets is a p ossibi lit y.
Al l m ark ers ar e arti cles. (3) Ei th er (1) or (2) follows (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol-
Con cl u si on s : (4) Neith er (1) n or (2 ) follows lows
I . Al l m ar k er s can n ever b e (NI CL (GI C) AO (Fi n an c e) (2) Neith er con clu sion I n or II
book s. Ex am , 1 5. 1 2. 20 13 ) foll ows
II . Al l b ook s ar e d efi n it ely art i- Di r ec t i on s (7 1 –7 6 ) : In t h ese (3) Both con clu sions I an d II fol-
cl es. qu esti on s, two/ t h ree stat em en ts follow
66. St at em en t s : lowed by two con clu sion s n u m bered I (4) On l y con clu sion I follows
Som e fru its are ap ples. an d II h ave been given . You h ave to (5) On ly con clu si on II follows
Al l appl es are gu avas. tak e th e given statem en t s to be tr u e
No gu ava is a ban an a. even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
fr om th e com m on ly k n own fact s an d No cu p is a m edal.
Con cl u si on s : Al l m edal s are trop h ies.
th en decide wh ich th e gi ven con cl u -
I. Al l gu avas are fr u it s. si on s logicall y follows from t h e given No tr oph y i s a sh iel d.
II. Som e gu avas ar e fr u it s. st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y Con cl u si on I : Som e sh ields be-
67. St at em en t s : k n own fact s. in g cu ps is a p ossibi lit y.
Al l l ock s are k eys. (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er Co n cl u si on I I : No tr oph y is a
Som e k eys are pock et s. (AO) Ex am , 10. 01. 201 5) cu p.
Con cl u si on s : 71. St at em en t s : (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol-
I. No pock et is lock . Al l h osts ar e gu est s. lows
II. At l east som e p ock et s ar e Al l visi tors ar e h ost s. (2) Neith er con clu sion I n or II
k eys. Som e visi tor s are in vi tees. foll ows
68. St at em en t s : Con c l u si on I : At l east som e (3) Both con clu sions I an d II fol-
No book s is a page. gu est s are i n vi tees. low
Al l p ages are m ar k er s. Co n cl u si on I I : All in vi tees b e- (4) On l y con clu sion I follows
in g h osts is a possibi lit y. (5) On ly con clu si on II follows
Al l m ark ers ar e arti cles.
SYLLOGISM
75. St at em en t s : 78. St at em en t s (3) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
No cu p is a m edal. Som e p lan es are sh i p. (4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
Al l m edal s are trop h ies. No sh ip is a r adar. (5) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II fol-
No tr oph y i s a sh iel d. Al l cars are radar s. lows
Co n cl u si o n I : All trop h ies are Con cl u si on s : 82. Con cl u si on s :
m edals. I . No car is sh i p. I . At least som e warri ors are sol-
Co n cl u si o n I I : No sh ield is a di er s.
II . All radars bein g plan e is a pos-
m edal. sibility. II . Al l figh ter s ar e sold ier s.
(1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol- (1) Both Con clu sion s I an d II fol- (1) Both Con clu sion s I an d II fol-
lows low
low
(2) Neith er con clu sion I n or II (2) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol-
foll ows lows
lows
(3) Both con clu sions I an d II fol- (3) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows
low (4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows
(4) On l y con clu sion I follows (5) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II fol-
(5) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II follows
(5) On ly con clu si on II follows
lows
76. St at em en t s : Di r ect i on s (8 3 –9 0 ) : In each of
(7 9 -8 0 ) : St at em en t s t h ese qu est i on s, t h r ee/ fou r st at e-
Som e d ream s ar e aim s.
Al l alph abets are let ter s. m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s
Som e aim s are obj ect ives.
Al l l ett ers are di git s. n u m bered I an d II h ave been given .
Con cl u si on I : All objectives be-
No digit is a n u m ber. You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts
in g dream s is a possib ility. Con -
c l u si o n I I : No ob j ect i ve i s a 79. Con cl u si on s : to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at
dream . I . No al ph abet is a d igi t. varian ce fr om th e com m on ly k n own
facts an d t h en d eci de wh ich of th e
(1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol- II . Al l al ph abets ar e d igit s.
lows gi ven con cl u si on s l ogi cal l y fol l ows
(1) Both Con clu sion s I an d II fol- fr om th e given statem en t s di sregar d-
(2) Neith er con clu sion I n or II low in g com m on l y k n own fact s.
foll ows (2) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol- (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
(3) Both con clu sions I an d II follows (AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 2.0 1. 201 5)
low (3) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows 83. St at em en t s :
(4) On l y con clu sion I follows (4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows Al l alph abets are let ter s.
(5) On ly con clu si on II follows (5) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II fol- Al l l ett ers are di git s.
Di r ec t i on s (7 7 –8 2 ) : In t h ese lows No digit is a n u m ber.
qu esti on s, two/ t h ree stat em en ts fol-
80. Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s %
lowed by two Con cl u si on s n u m ber ed
I an d II h ave b een given . You h ave to I . No n u m ber i s an alph abet. I . No al ph ab et is a n u m ber.
tak e th e given statem en t s to be tr u e II . Al l n u m bers bei n g let ters is a II . Al l al ph abets ar e d igit s.
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce possibility. (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol-
fr om th e com m on ly k n own fact s an d (1) Both Con clu sion s I an d II follows
th en decide wh ich th e gi ven Con cl u - low (2) Neit h er con clu sion I n or II fol-
si on s logicall y follows from t h e given (2) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II follows
st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y lows (3) Both con clu sion s I an d II fol-
k n own fact s. low
(NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er (4) On ly con clu sion I fol lows.
(AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 1.0 1. 201 5)
(5) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II fol- (5) On ly con clu si on II follows
77. St at em en t s 84. St at em en t s :
lows
No con e is t rian gl e. Al l fru i ts are flower s.
(8 1 -8 2 ) : St at em en t s
Al l t rian gl es are squ ares. No fl ower i s sweet.
Som e troops ar e sold ier s.
Con cl u si on s : Som e sweets ar e d essert s.
I . Al l con es b ein g squ ares is a Al l sold ier s ar e figh ter s.
Con cl u si on s %
possibility. No fi gh ter i s a war rior.
I . Som e desser ts are flower s.
II . Al l squ ares are tr ian gles. 81. Con cl u si on s :
II . No desser t i s fl ower.
(1) Both Con clu sion s I an d II fol- I . Al l warri ors bein g tr oops is a (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol-
low possibility.
lows
(2) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol- II . A t l ea s t so m e f i gh t er s a r e (2) Neith er con cl u sion I n or II fol-
lows tr oops. lows
(3) On ly Con cl u sion I foll ows (1) Both Con clu sion s I an d II fol- (3) Both con clu sion s I an d II fol-
(4) On l y Con clu si on II foll ows low low
(5) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II fol- (2) Ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol- (4) On l y con clu sion I follows
lows lows (5) On ly con clu si on II follows
SYLLOGISM
85. St at em en t s : (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol- Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu -
Som e pl an es are sh ip s. lows sion II follows
No sh ip is a r adar. (2) Neith er con cl u sion I n or II fol- Gi v e an swer (4 ) if both th e Con -
lows clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow
All cars ar e radar s.
(3) Both con clu sion s I an d II fol- Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu -
Con cl u si on s % sion I follows
low
I . No car is a sh i p. (9 1 –9 2 ) :
(4) On l y con clu sion I follows
II . Al l radars bein g plan es is a St at em en t s:
possibility. (5) On ly con clu si on II follows
Som e room s are stores.
(1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol- 89. St at em en t s :
All stores are godown s.
lows Al l cu ps ar e b owl s. All godown s are wareh ou ses.
(2) Neith er con cl u sion I n or II fol- Al l b owl s ar e t rays. 91. Con cl u si on s :
lows Som e trays are pl ates. I . All room s are godown s.
(3) Both con clu sion s I an d II fol- No plate is spoon . II . All stores are wareh ou ses.
low Con cl u si on s % 92. Con cl u si on s :
(4) On l y con clu sion I follows I . Som e bowls are pl ates. I . All warehou ses bein g rooms is
(5) On ly con clu si on II follows II . Som e cu ps ar e sp oon s. a possibility.
86. St at em en t s : (1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol- II . At l east som e god ow n s ar e
lows rooms.
Al l l ock s are k eys.
(2) Neith er con cl u sion I n or II fol- 93. St at em en t s:
Al l k eys ar e d oor s.
lows All k itten s are cu bs.
Som e doors are win dows. No k itten is a pu ppy.
Som e win d ows ar e fl oor s. (3) Both con clu sion s I an d II fol-
low Con cl usi on s :
Con cl u si on s % I . All pu ppies bein g cu bs is a
I . Som e k eys are win dows. possibility.
II . No fl oor is door. II . All cu bs are k itten s.
90. St at em en t s : (9 4 –9 5 ) :
(1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol-
lows Al l b ook s are pen s. St at em en t s :
(2) Neith er con cl u sion I n or II fol- Som e pen s ar e d esk s. No sea is a lak e.
lows Som e desk s are ch air s. Som e lak es are rivers.
(3) Both con clu sion s I an d II fol- Som e ch airs ar e t abl es All rivers are ocean s.
low Con cl u si on s % 94. Con cl u si on s :
(4) On l y con clu sion I follows I . Som e tab les ar e d esk s. I . No sea is a river.
(5) On ly con clu si on II follows II . Som e ch ai rs are pen s. II . All ocean s are lak es.
(1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol- 95. Con cl u si on s :
lows I . Atleast som e ocean s are lak es
Al l rats are cat s.
(2) Neith er con cl u sion I n or II fol- II . All rivers are lak es.
No cow is cat.
lows Di r ect i on s (9 6 –9 8 ) : In each of
Al l dogs are cows.
(3) Both con clu sion s I an d II fol- th e followi n g qu est ion s, t h ree st ate-
Con cl u si on s % m en t s fol lowed by t wo Con clu sion s
low
I . No dog is rat. n u m bered I an d II are given . You h ave
II . No dog is cat. to tak e th e given statem en ts to be tru e
(1) Ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol- even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce
Di r ect i on s (91 -9 5) : In each of th e from th e com m on ly k n own facts an d
lows
qu estions given below two/ th ree state- th en decide wh ich of th e given con clu -
(2) Neith er con cl u sion I n or II fol- m en t s fol l owed by two con cl u si on s sion s logically follows from th e given
lows n u m bered I an d II h ave been given . st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y
(3) Both con clu sion s I an d II fol- You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts k n own facts.
low to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at (OI CL Speci al i st Of f i cer (Fi n an ce)
(4) On l y con clu sion I follows varian ce from com m on ly k n own facts Ex am . 03. 05.20 15)
(5) On ly con clu si on II follows an d then decide which of th e given con- Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con -
88. St at em en t s : clu sion s logically follows from th e giv- clu sion s an d conclu sion II follow
en statemen ts disregardin g com m on ly Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu -
Som e towers are pil lar s.
k n own facts. sion I or Con clu sion II follows
Som e p illars are bu il din gs. (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
Al l bu ildi n gs are flat s. Gi v e an swer (3 ) if on ly Con clu -
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 22.03.2015) sion I follows
No fl at i s h ou se. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if n eith er Con - Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu -
Con cl u si on s % clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows sion II follows
I . No bu i ldi n g is h ou se. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu - Gi v e an swer (5 ) if n eith er Con -
II . Som e towers are h ou ses. sion I or Con clu sion II follows clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows
SYLLOGISM
(9 6 –9 7 ) : St at em en t s Con cl u si on s : 105. Con cl u si on s :
Som e villages are cities. I . All legu m es are crops.
I . Atleast som e pu ppies are k ittens.
All cities are ocean s. II . All pu lses can never be crops.
II . No pu ppy is a k itten . 106. Con cl u si on s :
No ocean is a town .
101. St at em en t s : I . All crops bein g pu lses is a
96. Con cl u si on s : All papers are m ills. possibility.
I . All cities bein g villages is a pos- II . Atleast som e grain s ar e le-
All m ills are factories.
sibility. gu mes.
Con cl u si on s :
II . No town is a village. 107. St at em en t s :
97. Con cl u si on s : I . All m ills are papers. Som e ocean s are rivers.
I . Atleast som e ocean s are villag- II . All papers are factories. All ocean s are waterfalls.
es. (1 0 2 –1 0 3 ) : Con cl u si on s :
II . No city is a town . St at em en t s : I . All rivers are waterfalls.
No perfu m e is a fragran ce. II . Som e rivers are waterfalls.
98. St at em en t s
Som e perfu m es are deodoran ts. 108. St at em en t s:
Som e ston es are rock s. Som e cu rtain s are pillows.
All deodoran ts are cologn es.
No rock is a h ill. All pillows are blan k ets.
All h ills are m ou ntains. All blan k ets are doorm ats.
Con cl u si on s : I . Atl east som e perfu m es are co- Con cl u si on s :
I . Som e ston es are m ou n tain s. logn es. I . All doorm ats bein g cu rtain s
II . No fragran ce is a deodoran t. is a possibility.
II . All m ou n tain s are rock s.
II . Al l cu r t ai n s can n ever b e
Di r ect i on s (9 9 – 1 0 3 ) : In each of 103. Con cl u si on s :
blan k ets.
th e followin g qu estion s, two or th ree I . Atleast som e deodoran ts are n ot
statem en ts followed by two Con clu - fr agran ces.
SHORT ANSWERS
II . All fragran ces bein g cologn es is
en . You h ave t o assu m e t h e gi ven
a possibility
statemen ts to be tru e even if th ey seem
Di r ect i on s (1 0 4 –10 8 ) : In each of
NATIONALISED BANKS
to be at varian ce from th e com m on ly
t h e fol l owi n g qu est i on s, t wo/ t h r ee & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS
st at em en ts foll owed b y t wo con cl u -
th e given Con clu sion s logically follows 1. (3) 2. (4) 3. (3) 4. (5)
from th e given statem en ts disregard- en . You h ave to tak e th e given state-
in g com m on ly k n own facts. 5. (5) 6. (2) 7. (3) 8. (1)
(LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer b e at var i an ce fr om t h e com m on l y 9. (4) 10. (5) 11. (1) 12. (4)
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 05.03.2016) k n own facts an d th en decide wh ich of 13. (4) 14. (4) 15. (3) 16. (2)
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if eith er Con - th e given con clu sion s logically follow
from th e given statem en ts disregard- 17. (5) 1 8 . (4) 19. (3) 20. (5)
clu sion I or Con clu sion II follows
in g com m on ly k n own facts. 21. (3) 22. (1) 23. (2) 24. (3)
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if n eith er Con - (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
25. (4) 26. (2) 27. (3) 28. (4)
clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 06.03.2016)
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if eith er Con clu - 29. (3) 30. (5) 31. (2) 32. (4)
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if both Con clu -
sion I or Con clu sion II follows 33. (3) 34. (2) 35. (1) 36. (5)
sion I an d Con clu sion II follow Gi v e an swer (2 ) if n eith er Con -
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu - clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows 37. (1) 38. (2) 39. (1) 40. (3)
sion I follows Gi v e an swer (3 ) if both th e Con - 41. (4) 42. (5) 43. (2) 44. (4)
clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu - 45. (1) 46. (2) 47. (3) 48. (1)
sion II follows sion I follows 49. (5) 50. (5) 51. (3) 52. (1)
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu - 53. (4) 54. (5) 55. (2) 56. (1)
sion II follows
Som e stan ds are rack s. 57. (2) 58. (5) 59. (2) 60. (2)
No rack is a box. 61. (4) 62. (1) 63. (3) 64. (4)
No cream is a lotion .
All boxes are carton s. Som e lotion s are perfu m es. 65. (1) 66. (2) 67. (3) 68. (3)
69. (5) 70. (4) 71. (4) 72. (1)
I . All stan ds can n ever be boxes. I . All perfu m es are lotion s.
II. No cream is a perfu m e. 73. (4) 74. (2) 75. (3) 76. (4)
II . All rack s bein g carton s is a pos- (1 0 5 –1 0 6 ) : 77. (3) 78. (4) 79. (3) 80. (1)
sibility. St at em en t s:
81. (1) 82. (5) 83. (3) 84. (4)
100. St at em en t s : All legu m es are pu lses.
Som e pu lses are grain s. 85. (2) 86. (2) 87. (5) 88. (1)
All k itten s are tu rtles.
No grain is a crop. 89. (4) 90. (3) 91. (4) 92. (2)
Som e tu rtles are pu ppies.
SYLLOGISM
93. (3) 94. (2) 95. (4) 96. (5) 277. (2) 278. (4) 279. (3) 280. (1)
RBI GRADE–B/
97. (1) 98. (3) 99. (2) 100. (5) 281. (2) 282. (5) 283. (3) 284. (3)
101. (5) 102. (1) 103. (1) 104. (4) 285. (4) 286. (5) 287. (2) 288. (5)
NABARD GRADE–A
105. (5) 106. (3) 107. (3) 108. (3) 289. (2) 290. (3) 291. (1) 292. (2) OFFICER EXAMS
109. (1) 110. (5) 111. (2) 112. (4) 293. (5) 294. (4) 295. (5) 296. (2)
1. (5) 2. (3) 3. (3) 4. (4)
113. (4) 114. (3) 115. (1) 116. (2) 297. (1) 298. (1) 299. (5) 300. (3)
5. (3) 6. (3) 7. (4) 8. (3)
117. (3) 118. (5) 119. (2) 120. (5) 301. (5) 302. (4) 303. (2) 304. (1)
9. (5) 10. (5) 11. (3) 12. (2)
121. (4) 122. (3) 123. (3) 124. (3) 305. (4) 306. (3) 307. (5) 308. (2)
13. (4) 14. (3) 15. (1) 16. (2)
125. (4) 126. (5) 127. (2) 128. (5) 309. (5) 310. (3) 311. (1) 312. (5)
17. (2) 18. (5) 19. (4) 20. (1)
129. (2) 130. (5) 131. (3) 132. (3) 313. (4) 31 4. (5) 315. (4) 316. (2)
21. (1) 22. (5) 23. (1) 24. (4)
133. (4) 134. (5) 135. (4) 136. (2) 317. (1)
25. (2) 26. (5) 27. (2) 28. (5)
137. (4) 138. (4) 139. (1) 140. (4)
SBI PO EXAMS 29. (1) 30. (5) 31. (4) 32. (1)
141. (2) 142. (2) 143. (2) 144. (4)
1. (5) 2. (2) 3. (5) 4. (4) 33. (1) 34. (5) 35. (3) 36. (3)
145. (5) 146. (4) 147. (2) 148. (3)
5. (1) 6. (3) 7. (5) 8. (5) 37. (4) 38. (5) 39. (3) 40. (5)
149. (5) 150. (1) 151. (4) 152. (2)
9. (5) 10. (4) 11. (2) 12. (2) 41. (1) 42. (2) 43. (4)
153. (4) 154. (4) 155. (4) 156. (5)
13. (3) 14. (4) 15. (5) 16. (1)
157. (4) 158. (5) 159. (2) 160. (4)
17. (2) 18. (4) 19. (1) 20. (5) INSURANCE EXAMS
161. (4) 162. (1) 163. (4) 164. (2)
21. (2) 22. (4) 23. (1) 24. (3) 1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (2) 4. (4)
165. (1) 166. (1) 167. (1) 168. (4)
25. (2) 26. (5) 27. (5) 28. (1) 5. (2) 6. (2) 7. (5) 8. (4)
169. (4) 170. (2) 171. (4) 172. (2)
29. (5) 30. (5) 31. (4) 32. (3)
173. (5) 174. (4) 175. (4) 176. (1) 9. (1) 10. (3) 11. (3) 12. (2)
33. (4) 34. (2) 35. (3) 36. (5)
177. (4) 178. (5) 179. (5) 180. (2) 13. (4) 14. (5) 15. (4) 16. (3)
37. (5) 38. (5) 39. (4) 40. (2)
181. (4) 182. (4) 183. (4) 184. (2) 17. (4) 18. (3) 19. (1) 20. (4)
41. (4) 42. (4) 43. (1) 44. (2)
185. (4) 186. (1) 187. (5) 188. (4) 21. (4) 22. (1) 23. (1) 24. (4)
45. (3) 46. (5) 47. (1) 48. (5)
189. (1) 190. (3) 191. (2) 192. (4) 25. (4) 26. (2) 27. (4) 28. (1)
49. (5) 50. (5) 51. (1) 52. (3)
193. (1) 194. (1) 195. (2) 196. (4) 29. (4) 30. (3) 31. (4) 32. (2)
53. (1) 54. (2) 55. (4) 56. (1)
197. (1) 198. (2) 199. (1) 200. (5) 33. (5) 34. (1) 35. (4) 36. (4)
57. (2) 58. (1) 59. (2) 60. (3)
201. (4) 202. (5) 203. (4) 204. (5) 61. (2) 62. (4) 63. (5) 64. (5) 37. (2) 38. (4) 39. (1) 40. (4)
205. (1) 206. (4) 207. (1) 208. (5) 65. (4) 66. (4) 67. (5) 68. (2) 41. (4) 42. (2) 43. (2) 44. (3)
209. (5) 210. (1) 211. (3) 212. (5) 69. (5) 70. (4) 71. (1) 72. (3) 45. (4) 46. (3) 47. (4) 48. (2)
213. (1) 214. (4) 215. (4) 216. (2) 73. (2) 74. (5) 75. (2) 76. (4) 49. (1) 50. (3) 51. (2) 52. (1)
217. (3) 218. (4) 219. (1) 220. (5) 77. (4) 78. (5) 79. (1) 80. (4) 53. (4) 54. (2) 55. (1) 56. (3)
221. (2) 222. (2) 223. (1) 224. (2) 81. (4) 82. (1) 83. (4) 84. (5) 57. (2) 58. (1) 59. (2) 60. (1)
225. (4) 226. (2) 227. (4) 228. (5) 85. (4) 86. (1) 87. (2) 88. (3)
61. (1) 62. (4) 63. (3) 64. (2)
229. (5) 230. (2) 231. (1) 232. (1) 89. (5) 90. (5) 91. (1) 92. (2)
65. (1) 66. (2) 67. (2) 68. (5)
233. (2) 234. (1) 235. (5) 236. (2) 93. (5) 94. (4) 95. (3) 96. (2)
69. (2) 70. (4) 71. (3) 72. (2)
237. (5) 238. (1) 239. (2) 240. (2) 97. (5) 98. (1) 99. (2) 100. (4)
73. (4) 74. (2) 75. (5) 76. (2)
241. (1) 242. (2) 243. (4) 244. (3) 101. (5) 102. (5) 103. (5) 104. (3)
77. (3) 78. (1) 79. (4) 80. (3)
245. (3) 246. (4) 247. (2) 248. (5) 105. (2) 106. (5) 107. (1) 108. (2)
249. (5) 250. (5) 251. (3) 252. (1) 109. (5) 110. (4) 111. (3) 112. (2) 81. (1) 82. (5) 83. (3) 84. (1)
253. (4) 254. (2) 255. (4) 256. (4) 113. (5) 114. (1) 115. (2) 116. (4) 85. (4) 86. (2) 87. (5) 88. (4)
257. (5) 258. (5) 259. (3) 260. (3) 117. (5) 118. (5) 119. (5) 120. (3) 89. (2) 90. (2) 91. (3) 92. (4)
261. (2) 262. (4) 263. (5) 264. (5) 121. (2) 122. (2) 123. (1) 124. (2) 93. (5) 94. (1) 95. (5) 96. (3)
265. (3) 266. (3) 267. (2) 268. (4) 125. (4) 126. (5) 127. (2) 128. (5) 97. (1) 98. (5) 99. (3) 100. (1)
269. (1) 270. (1) 271. (4) 272. (5) 129. (4) 130. (5) 131. (4) 132. (4) 101. (5) 102. (4) 103. (3) 104. (2)
273. (2) 274. (1) 275. (3) 276. (3) 133. (3) 134. (2) 135. (1) 136. (1) 105. (5) 106. (3) 107. (5) 108. (4)
SYLLOGISM
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on
EXPLANATIONS wou ld be : wou ld be :
‘No fan i s green ’. “Som e rai n s are ch airs”.
NATIONALISED BANKS Con cl u si on IV is t h e Con ver se of Th u s, Con cl u si on s I, II an d IV
th e derived Con cl u sion . follow.
& IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS 5. (5) First an d secon d Prem ises are
Un iversal Negative (E-t ype).
1. (3) First an d secon d Prem ises are
Th ird Prem ise is Part icu lar Affir -
Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type).
m ative (I-type).
Th ird Prem ise i s Un iversal Affi r -
m ative (A-type). We k n ow th at, Som e r oads ar e m en . (Con ver se of
Th ir d Pr em ise)
E + I  O 1 -t ype Con cl u si on
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on No m en is sk y.
wou ld be :
We k n ow th at,
‘Som e wi n dows are n ot room s’.
I + E  O-typ e Con clu si on
We k n ow th at,
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on
I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on wou ld be :
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on ‘Som e roads are n ot sk ies.’
wou ld be :
“Som e trees are fru its”. We k n ow th at,
Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of E + I  O 1 -t ype Con cl u si on
th e derived Con cl u sion .
Con cl u si on I an d I V for m wou ld be :
Com plem en tary Pair.
‘Som e wi n dows are n ot fan s’. We k n ow th at,
Th erefore, ei th er Con clu sion I or
4. (5) Fi rst Prem ise is Parti cu lar Af- E + I  O 1 -t ype Con cl u si on
IV an d II follow.
fi rm at ive (I-type). Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on
2. (4) Fi rst an d t h ir d Prem ises are
Secon d an d th ir d Prem ises are wou ld be :
Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e). ‘Som e m en are n ot sk ies’.
Secon d Prem ise is Par ticu lar Af-
fi rm at ive (I-type). Con cl u sion II i s con versel of t h e
secon d pr em ise.
6. (2) Al l p layed are spectator s.
We k n ow th at,
I + A  I - typ e Con cl u si on
We k n ow th at, Som e spectators ar e t h eatres.
I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on A + I  No Con cl u si on
wou ld be :
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on Again, no Con clu sion follows from
‘Som e tablets are ch airs’.
wou ld be : th e t wo Par ticu lar Prem ises.
Th is is th e Con clu sion IV.
Som e bu ses are tigers’. 7. (3) Som e bu ck ets ar e water.
Con clu sion I is th e Con ver se of
Th is is th e Con clu sion IV. th is Conclu sion .
Th u s, Con clu sion s I an d IV fol- Al l waters are paper s.
low. I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on
3. (3) Fi rst Prem ise i s Un iversal Af- “Som e bu ck ets are pap ers”.
firm ative (A-t ype). We k n ow th at, Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is
Secon d Pr em i se i s U n i ver sal A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on Conclu sion .
Negati ve (E-type). Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on 8. (1) All th e th ree Prem ises are Par -
Th ird Prem ise is Part icu lar Affir - wou ld be : ticu lar Affirm at ive.
m ative (I-type). ‘All dogs are ch airs’. No Con clu sion foll ows from t h e
Th u s is th e Con clu sion II. Parti cu l ar Prem ises.
9. (4) Al l Leaves are in k s
We k n ow th at,
A + E  E-type Con clu sion . We k n ow th at,
I + A  I— typ e Con clu si on No in k is bru sh
SYLLOGISM
A + E  E-typ e Con clu si on 13. (4) Fi rst an d t h ir d Prem ises are Som e cam eras are bin ocu lar s.
“No l eaves are bru sh es.” Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
Al l cak es are bru sh es. Secon d Prem ise is Par ticu lar Af-
fi rm at ive (I-type).
Som e cycles are wh eel s. All bin ocu l ars are spoon s.
I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on
Con cl u si on : Som e cam eras are
sp oon s.
No br u sh is leaf. Al l wh eels are m ir ror s. Con cl u sion II i s con verse of th is
A + E  E-typ e Con clu si on I + A  I-type Con clu sion . Conclu sion .
“No cak e is leaf.” Conclu sion : Some cycles are mir - 17. (5) First an d secon d Prem ises are
Al l cak es are bru sh es. rors. Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
Th is i s Con clu si on I. Th i rd Prem i se i s Particu lar affir -
Con clu sion III is con verse of t h is m ative (I-type).
Conclu sion . Al l h otel s are airp ort s.
Th erefor e, Con clu sion s I an d III
follow.
No br u sh is in k .
A + E  E-typ e Con clu si on
Par t i cu l ar Affi r m at i ve (I- t yp e). Al l airp orts ar e b elt s.
“No cak e is in k .” Th ird Prem ise i s Un iversal Affi r - A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on
Con cl u sion III is th e Con ver se of m ative (A-type).
th e fi rst Pr em ise. Con cl u sion : Al l h otel s are b elt s.
Som e h am m ers ar e b ead s.
Con cl u si on IV is t h e im p licati on Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is
of th e th ird Prem ise. Conclu sion .
10. (5) Al l n eed les are th reads Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
Al l b ead s ar e r in gs. fi rst Prem ise.
I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on Con cl u si on II I i s Con ver se of
Con clu sion : Som e h am m ers are th ird Prem ise.
Al l th reads are box es rin gs. (1 8 –2 2 ) :
A + A  A–typ e Con clu si on Con cl u si on I i s con verse of th is (i) Al l spoon s are fork s  Un iver -
A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on Conclu sion . sal Affi rm ati ve (A–typ e).
“All n eedles ar e b oxes” Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e (ii) Som e plat es are spoon s  Par -
Con cl u sion III is th e con ver se of fi rst Prem ise.
ticu lar Affirm ative (I–type).
th is Conclu sion . 15. (3) Fi rst Prem ise i s Un iversal Af-
(iii) No b ook is k ey  Un iversal Neg-
C o n c l u s i o n s I a n d I V f or m . firm ative (A-t ype).
at ive (E–type).
Com pl em en tar y p air. Th erefor e, Secon d Pr em i se i s U n i ver sal
eit h er Con clu sion I or IV follows. Negati ve (E-type). (iv) Som e book s are n ot k eys  Par -
Th ird Prem ise is Part icu lar Affir - ticu lar Negat ive (O–typ e).
11. (1) No con cl u si on fol l ows fr om
Parti cu l ar Prem ises. m ative (I-type). 18. (4) Som e plat es ar e spoon s.
12. (4) All th e th ree Prem ises are Un i- Al l j ack ets ar e t rou ser s.
versal Affir m ati ve (A-type).
Al l p en s are board s. All spoon s ar e for k s.
No tr ou ser i s sh ir t. I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on

A + E  E-type “Som e plates ar e fork s.”
Al l b oar ds are paper s. Con cl u si on : No jack et i s sh ir t. Som e pl at es ar e for k s.
A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on No tr ou ser i s sh ir t.
Con clu sion : All pen s are papers.
Con cl u sion II i s con verse of th is Al l for k s ar e bow l s.
Conclu sion . I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
Al l t abl es are board s. Som e sh ir ts are cap s.
E + I  O 1 -t ype Con clu sion . “Som e plates ar e bowls.”
Con cl u sion : Som e cap s ar e n ot Th is i s Con clu si on I.
tr ou sers. All spoon s ar e for k s.
Al l b oar ds are paper s. Con cl u sion III is con verse of t h e
Con clu sion : All tables ar e p a- fi rst Prem ise. All for k s ar e bow ls.
p er s. 16. (2) Fi rst an d t h ir d Prem ises are A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on
Con cl u si on s I an d I I I for m Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type).
“All spoon s are bowls.”
Com pl em en tar y Pair. Th erefor e, Secon d Pr em i se i s Un iversal Af-
eit h er Con clu sion I or III follows. firm ative (A-t ype). Th is is Con clu sion II.
SYLLOGISM
A+ E  E–typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on s I an d I I I for m
19. (3) Som e book s ar e fil es.
“No sp rou t i s fr u it .” Com pl em en tar y Pair. Th erefor e,
Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is ei th er I or III fol lows.
Al l fi les ar e di scs. Conclu sion .
27. (3) Som e fr u i t s ar e t r ees.
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on (2 3 –2 9 ) :
“Som e book s are di scs.” Al l pots are plates  Un iversal
Al l t r ees ar e j u n gl es.
Affirm ative (A-t ype).
Som e discs ar e boar ds. Som e ju gs ar e p ots  Parti cu l ar I + A  I-type of Con clu sion .
Affirm at ive (I-typ e). “Som e fru its are ju n gles.”
No h am m er is sword  Un iver - Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is
All boar ds ar e k eys. sal Negat ive (E-type). Conclu sion .
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on Som e h am m ers ar e n ot swor ds
Som e fr u it s ar e ju n gles.
“Som e di scs ar e k eys.”  Particu lar Negat ive (O-typ e).
Th is is Con clu sion III. 23. (2) Som e ju gs ar e pot s. All ju n gles ar e r oads.
Con cl u sion s I an d II form Com -
I + A  I- t ype of Con clu sion .
p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefor e, ei - All pot s ar e plat es.
th er I or II fol lows. “Som e fru its ar e roads.”
I + A  I-type of Con clu sion . Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is
20. (5) Som e t r ain s ar e car s. “Som e ju gs are plates.” Conclu sion .
Con cl u si on I i s con verse of th is 28. (4) All th e th ree Prem ises are Par -
Conclu sion . ti cu l ar Affi rm ative (I- t ype).
No car i s scoot er.
No Con clu sion foll ows from t h e
I + E  O–typ e of Con cl u si on 24. (3) Som e r in gs ar e st i ck s.
two Parti cu l ar Prem ises.
“Som e trains are n ot scooters.”
Al l st i ck s ar e br an ch es. 29. (3) No h ou se is bu ildin g.
No car i s scoot er.
I + A  I-type of Con clu sion .
Al l scoot er s ar e j eeps. “Som e ri n gs are br an ch es.” Som e bu ildin gs ar e h u t s.
E + A  O 1 –t ype of Con cl u - Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is E-I  O 1 -t ype of Con clu si on
sion Conclu sion . “Som e h u t s are n ot h ou ses.”
“Som e jeeps are n ot cars.” Con cl u sion III is Con verse of t h e
25. (4) Al l bu lbs ar e ch ai r s.
th ird Prem ise.
21. (3) Al l cu r t ain s ar e pi ll ow s.
Al l ch air s ar e t ables. (3 0 –3 5 ) :
(i) Al l su n s are st ars  Un iversal
A + A  A - typ e of Con cl u -
No pi ll ow is m at t r ess. Affirm at ive (A–typ e).
sion .
A + E  E–typ e of Con cl u si on (ii) Som e robots are m achines  Par -
“All bu l bs are tab les.”
“No cu rt ain is m attr ess.” Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is
(iii) No m oon i s a plan et  Un iversal
Som e m at t r esses ar e beds. Conclu sion .
Negati ve (E–type).
Al l bu lbs ar e t abl es. (iv) Som e m oon s are n ot plan et s 
Particu lar Negat ive (O–type).
Al l beds ar e sofas.
Al l t ables ar e m i r r or s. 30. (5 ) Al l th e fou r Prem ises ar e Par -
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on ticu lar Affirmative. No Con clu sion
A + A  A-t ype of Con clu sion .
“Som e m attr esses are sofas.” follows from th e two Parti cu l ar
Th is is Con clu sion II. “All bu lb s are m irr ors.”
Prem i ses.
Con clu sion s I an d III form Com - Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is Con cl u sion s I an d IV form Com -
pl em en t Pair. Th er efore, eit h er I Conclu sion . p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefor e, ei -
or III follows. Al l ch ai r s ar e t abl es. th er Con clu sion I or IV fol lows.
22. (1) Som e gr ai n s ar e spr ou t s. 31. (2) Some planets are su n s.
Al l t ables ar e m i r r or s.
A + A  A- type of Con clu sion .
Al l spr ou t s ar e n u t s. All su ns are st ar s.
“All ch airs ar e m irr ors.”
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
Th is is Con clu sion III. “Som e pl an ets are st ars.”
“Som e gr ain s ar e n u ts.”
26. (2) Al l k n i ves ar e h am m er s. Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
Conclu sion . Conclu sion .
No h am m er i s swor d. 32. (4) Som e pens ar e dr awer s.
Al l spr ou t s ar e n u t s.
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u sion .
“No k n ife is sword .” All drawer s ar e chair s.
No n u t i s fr u it .
SYLLOGISM
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
41. (4) All pict u r es ar e paint ings.
“Som e pen s are ch airs.” “Som e colleges ar e classes.”
Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is Th is i s Con clu si on I.
Conclu sion . All paint in gs ar e ph otogr aphs.
37. (1) Some u m brellas ar e raincoat s.
Con cl u si on IV is t h e Con ver se of
th e fi rst Pr em ise. A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
“All pictu res are ph otograph s.”
33. (3) Som e bu ildin gs ar e roads. All rain coats ar e shirts.
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on 42. (5) Som e t ablets ar e capsu les.
All roads ar e tr u ck s. “Som e u m brellas are sh i rts.”
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is
Conclu sion . All capsu les ar e syr u ps.
“Som e bu i ldi n g are tru ck s.”
Th is is Con clu sion II. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
All rain coats ar e sh ir ts.
34. (2) Som e h ills ar e rivers. “Som e cap su l es are syr u ps.”
Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is
No shirt is a blazer. Conclu sion .
All rivers ar e conical.
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Som e syru ps ar e m edicines.
“Som e h ills are con ical.” “No r ain coat is a blazer.”
Th is is Con clu sion II. No shirt is a blazer. All m edicines ar e powders.
35. (1) Som e fishes ar e bir ds.
I+ A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
Some blazers are su it s. “Som e syru p s ar e p owd ers.”
All bir ds ar e tr ees.
E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on 43. (2) Some r oom s ar e flat s.
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e su its ar e n ot sh i rts.”
“Som e fish es ar e tr ees.”
All bir ds ar e tr ees. 38. (2) Som e boar ds ar e chalk s.
All flat s ar e bu ildings.
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
All tr ees ar e in sects. All ch alk s ar e bu lbs. “Som e r oom s are bu il din gs.”
A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on
I + A  I - typ e of Con cl u si on
“All bird s are in sects.” Som e bu ildin gs ar e bu nglows.
“Som e boards ar e bu lbs.”
(3 6 – 4 3 ) :
(i) Al l u n iversi ties are in st itu tes  All chalk s are bu lbs.
Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e). All bu nglows ar e apar t men ts.
(ii) Som e sch ools are colleges  Par - I+ A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e). No bu lb is a tu be-light .
“Some bu ildin gs are apartments.”
(iii) No bu lb is t u be-li gh t  Un iver - A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
sal Negat ive (E-type). Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is
“No ch alk is a t u be-li gh t .” Conclu sion .
(iv) Som e bu lb s are n ot tu be-l igh ts
 Particu lar Negat ive (O-typ e). Th is is Con clu sion II. (4 4 – 5 0 ) :
(i) All pin s are rods  Un iversal Af-
36. (5) Som e colleges ar e u niversit ies. 39. (1) Som e floors ar e t iles.
firm ative (A-t ype).
(ii) So m e r o d s a r e c h a i n s 
All tiles ar e paint s. Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type).
All u niversit ies ar e in stitu tes.
(iii) No pin is h am m er  Un iversal
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on Negati ve (E-type).
“Som e colleges are in stitu tes.” “Som e fl oor s are pai n ts.” (iv) Som e p i n s ar e n ot h am m er s
All u niversit ies ar e in stit u tes. Th is i s Con clu si on I.  Par ticu l ar Negati ve (O-typ e).
40. (3) Some petals are flowers. 44. (4) Som e r ods ar e ch ains.
All in st it u tes ar e classes.
All chains ar e hammers.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on All flower s ar e fr u its. I + A  I- type of Con clu si on
“All u n iversities are classes.”
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on “Som e rod s are h am m ers.”
Th is is Con clu sion II.
“Som e petal s are fru its.” Con cl u sion II i s con verse of th is
Som e colleges ar e in stit u tes. Con cl u sion s I an d II form Com - Conclu sion .
p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefor e, ei - Con cl u si on s I an d I I I for m
th er Con clu sion I or II fol lows. Com pl em en tar y Pair. Th erefor e,
All in st it u tes ar e classes. ei th er I or III fol lows.
SYLLOGISM
45. (1 ) Al l t h e t h r ee Pr em i ses ar e “All tab les ar e b eds.” I + A  I- t ype of con cl u si on
Particu lar Affirmative. Th erefore, Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of “Som e book s are pap ers”.
n o Con clu si on follows. th is Conclu sion . Con clu sion I i s cover se of th is
46. (2) Some pots ar e bu ck ets. All sofas ar e beds. Conclu sion .
All bu ck et s ar e tu bs. Som e paper s ar e car ds.

All beds ar e mat s.
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
“Som e pot s are t u bs.” “All sofas are m ats.”
All bu ck ets ar e tu bs. Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is All car ds ar e boar ds.
Conclu sion . I + A  I- t ype of con cl u si on
All tu bs are dr u m s. All tables ar e beds. “Som e paper s are boards”.
A + A  A-type of Con clu sion . Th is is con clu sion II.
“All bu ck ets ar e dr u m s.” All beds ar e mat s. 53. (4) Som e apples ar e ban an as.
Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
Conclu sion . “All tab les ar e m ats.”
Som e pots are t u bs. (5 1 –5 7 ) :
Al l ban an as ar e gu avas.
(i) Al l l eaves are plan ts  Un iver -
All tu bs ar e dru m s. I + A  I- t ype of Con clu sion .
sal Affirm at ive (A-type)
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on “Som e ap ples are gu avas.”
(ii) Som e roses are flowers  Par - Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is
“Som e pots are dr u m s”.
ticu lars Affi rm at ive (I-typ e). Conclu sion .
Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is
Conclu sion . (iii) No leaves ar e roses  Un iver -
Al l ban an as ar e gu avas.
47. (3 ) No two Prem ises are ali gn ed. sal Negative (E-typ e)
Therefore, no Con clu sion follows. (iv) Som e l eaves ar e n ot r oses 
Con cl u si on s I an d I I I for m Part icu lar Negati ve (O-t ype)
Com pl em en tar y Pair. Th erefor e, No gu ava i s pom egr an at e.
ei th er I or III fol lows. 51. (3) Som e flow er s ar e bu ds.
A + E  E- type of Con clu sion
48. (1) Some t ru cks are boat s. “No ban an a is pom egr an at e”.
Th is is con clu sion IV.
No boat is jeep. Al l bu ds ar e leaves.
54. (5) Som e door s ar e w all s.
I + E  O-type of Con clu si on I + A  I-typ e of con cl u si on
“Som e tr u ck s are n ot jeeps.” “Som e fl owers are leaves.”
49. (5) All fl ower s ar e tr ees. Al l bu ds ar e leaves. Al l wall s ar e fl oor s.

All tr ees ar e ju n gles. I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e doors are fl oor s”
A + A  A-type of Con clu si on Con clu sion IV is con verse of t h is
Al l leaves ar e pl an t s.
“All flower s ar e j u n gles.” Conclu sion .
Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is A + A  A- t ype of con cl u si on
Conclu sion . “All bu d s are plan ts”. Al l wall s ar e floor s.
All flowers are ju ngles. Som e flow er s ar e l eaves.
No ju n gle is h ill. Al l floor s ar e r oom s.

A + E  E-type of Con clu si on A + A  A- type of Con clu si on
Al l leaves ar e plan t s.
“No flower i s h ill .” “All wal ls are room s”.
Th is i s Con clu si on I. I + A  I-type of Con clu sion s Th is i s con clu si on I.
“Som e fl owers are plan ts”. Con clu sion III is con verse of t h is
Al l tr ees ar e ju n gles. Conclu sion .
Con cl u si on I i s con ver se of
No ju n gle is h i ll. th is Con clu sion s. Som e door s ar e floor s.
Con cl u si on I I an d I V for m
A + E  E-type of Con clu si on
com pl em en tar y p air. Th erefor e,
“No t rees i s h ill ”. ei th er II or IV fol lows.
Th is is Con clu sion II. Al l fl oor s ar e r oom s.
50. (5) All tables ar e sofas. 52. (1) Som e book s ar e j ou r n al s. I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e doors are room s”.
All sofas ar e beds. Con cl u sion II i s con verse of th is
A + A  A-type of Con clu si on Al l jou r n al s ar e paper s. con clu sion .
SYLLOGISM
Con clu sion I is th e Con ver se of I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
55. (2) Som e for k s ar e b owls.
th is Conclu sion . “Som e ban gl es are tab les.”
Con cl u sion III is th e Con ver se of Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is
th e fi rst Pr em ise. Conclu sion .
All bow ls ar e plat es. 61. (4) All th e th ree Prem ises are Par -
All rings are tyres.
ticu lar Affirmative. No Con clu sion
I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on follows from th e two Parti cu l ar
“Som e for k s are plates”. Prem i ses. All tyres are tables.
Con cl u sion II i s con verse of th is Con clu sion s I an d III form Com -
Conclu sion . p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefor e, ei - A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
th er Con clu sion I or III fol lows. “All rin gs are tab les.”
56. (1) All ch air s ar e t ables.
62. (1) Some bats ar e dogs. 67. (3) All hills are roads.
All t ables ar e desk s. All dogs are t igers.

All roads are stones.
A + A  A- type of Con clu si on A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on “All h ills ar e st on es.”
“All ch airs are desk s”.
“Som e bats are tigers.” Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is
57. (2) Al l t h e fou r pr em i ses are Par -
ticu lar Affirm at ive. 63. (3) Som e chair s ar e pens. Conclu sion .
No Con clu sion follows from Par - All hills are stones.
ti cu l ar Prem ises.
Con cl u si on s I an d I I I for m All pens ar e book s.
Com plem en tary Pair. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on All stones are jungles.
Th erefore, eith er I or III follows “Som e ch airs ar e book s.” A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
(5 8 – 6 3 ) : Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of “All h ills are ju n gles.”
(i) Al l h ou ses are win d ows  Un i- th is Conclu sion . Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is
versal Affir m ati ve (A-type). (6 4 –6 9 ) : Conclu sion .
(ii) Som e toys are h ou ses  Parti c- (i) Al l p en s are book s  Un iversal
All stones are jungles.
u lar Affirm at ive (I-t ype). Affirm ative (A-t ype).
(iii) No fru i t is n ai l  Un i versal Neg- (ii) Som e ch airs are desk s  Par -
ative (E-type). ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e). All jungles are rivers.
(iv) Som e fru i ts are n ot n ails  Par - (iii) No cl oth i s r oom  Un i ver sal
A + A  A-type of Con clu sion .
ticu l ar Negat ive (O-t ype). Negati ve (E-type).
“All ston es are rivers.”
58. (5) All hou ses ar e windows. (iv) Som e cloth s ar e n ot room s 
Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e).
Conclu sion
64. (4) All pens are books.
Som e windows are r oads. 68. (3) Some threads are clothes.
A + I  No Con cl u si on
All books are chairs.
59. (2) All chair s ar e fru it s. A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
No cloth is room.
I + E  O-type of Con cl u si on
“All pen s are ch airs.”
“Som e th reads are n ot room s.”
No fru it is nail. Th is is Con clu sion IV.
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is No cloth is room.
Conclu sion .
“No ch ai r i s n ail .”
65. (1) Al l t h e fou r Pr em i ses are Par -
No fru it is n ail. All rooms are houses.
ticu lar Affirmative. No Con clu sion
follows from Particu lar Prem ises. E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e h ou ses ar e n ot clot h es.”
Som e n ails ar e h am m er s. 66. (2) Some bangles are rings.
Con clu sion s I an d III form Com -
E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con clu sion . p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefor e, ei -
“Som e h am m er s are n ot fru its.” All rings are tyres. th er Con clu sion I or III fol lows.
Con cl u sion III is th e Con ver se of I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on 69. (5) Some bags are toys.
th e fi rst Pr em ise.
“Som e ban gl es are tyres.”
60. (2) All benches are r iver s. Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is All toys are curtains.
Conclu sion .
All rivers ar e ponds. Some bangles are tyres. “Som e bags are cu rtain s.”
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on Con clu sion IV is Con verse of th is
Conclu sion
“All ben ch es ar e pon ds.” All tyres are tables.
SYLLOGISM
Some curtains are walls. “Som e rad ios ar e desk s”. A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on
Th is i s Con clu si on I. “All trees are wh eels.”
All telephones are mirrors. Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t.
All walls are roofs.
77. (3) All st on es ar e r iver s.
“Som e cu rtain s are roofs.” All mirrors are desks.
Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on All r i ver s ar e car s.
Conclu sion . “All teleph on es ar e desk s”. A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on
(7 0 –7 5 ) : Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t. “All ston es ar e cars.”
(i) Al l win d ows are doors  Un i- Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
74. (2) All furnitures are jungles.
versal Affirm ative (A-typ e)
78. (4) Som e r oom s ar e h allls.
(ii) Som e desk s are ch airs  Par -
ticu lars Affi rm at ive (I-typ e). No jungle is road.
All h alls ar e leaves.
(iii) No dr awer is ch air  Un iversal A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
Negative (E-typ e) I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
“No fu rn itu r e i s r oad .”
(iv) Som e drawer s ar e n ot ch airs  “Som e room s are leaves.”
Part icu lar Negati ve (O-t ype) No jungle is road. Con cl u si on III is Con ver se of i t.
70. (4) All windows are doors. 79. (3) Som e plat es ar e ch air s.
Some roads are hills.
E + I  O 1 - typ e of Con cl u si on All ch air s ar e t ables.
All doors are boats.
“Som e h il ls are n ot ju n gles”. I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
“All win d ows ar e boats”. “Som e pl ates are tab les.”
fi rst Prem ise.
Th is i s Con clu si on I. Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t.
75. (3) Some stones are rocks. Con clu si on s II an d III form Com -
All buildings are doors.
p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefor e, ei -
th er II or III fol lows.
All rocks are mountains.
All doors are boats. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on 80. (1) Som e m ir r or s ar e pen s.
A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on “Som e ston es are m ou n t ain s”.
“All bu ildin gs are boats”. Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. No pen is p aper.
Th is is Con clu sion II. Con cl u sion III is Con verse of t h e
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of t h e I + E  O–typ e of Con cl u si on
fi rst Prem ise.
th ird Prem ise. “Som e m ir ror s are n ot pap ers.”
(7 6 –8 0 ) :
71. (4) Con clu si on s II an d III for m (8 1 –8 5 ) :
(i) Al l tr ees ar e roads  Un iversal
Com plem en tary Pair. (i) Al l b en ch es ar e cots  Un iver -
Th erefor e, eith er II or III fol lows. sal Affi rm ati ve (A–typ e).
(ii) Som e book s are tr ees Part icu -
72. (1) Some trees are houses. lar Affi rm ative (I–t ype). (ii) Som e lam p s are can d les Par -
(iii) No pen is paper Un iversal Neg- ticu lar Affirm ative (I–type).
at ive (E–type). (iii) No cot i s l am p Un iversal Neg-
All houses are wheels. (iv) Som e pen s are n ot papers Par - at ive (E–type).
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on ticu lar Negat ive (O–typ e). (iv) Som e cot s are n ot lam ps Par -
“Som e trees are wh eels”. ticu lar Negat ive (O–typ e).
76. (4) Som e book s ar e t r ees.
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e 81. (1) All ben ch es ar e cot s.
fi rst Prem ise. All t r ees ar e r oads.
73. (4) Some radios are telephones. No cot is l am p.
“Som e book s are roads.”
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. A + E  E–typ e of Con cl u si on
All telephones are mirrors. Som e book s ar e r oads. “No b en ch i s l am p .”
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on No cot is lam p.
“Som e radios ar e m irr ors”. All r oads ar e w h eels.
Th is is Con clu sion II. I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
Some radios are mirrors. “Som e book s are wh eel s” Som e lam ps ar e can dles.
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. E + I  O 1 –t ype of Con cl u si on
All t r ees ar e r oads. “Som e can dl es are n ot cots.”
All mirrors are desks.
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of t h e
All r oads ar e w h eels. fi rst Prem ise.
SYLLOGISM
82. (5) Som e cat s ar e dogs. 87. (5) Al l t h e th r ee Prem ises are
Some win dows ar e t ablets.
Al l dogs ar e goat s. two Parti cu l ar Prem ises. All tablets ar e books.
Con cl u sion s II an d III form
I + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
“Som e cats are goats”. Com pl em en tar y Pair. Th erefor e,
ei th er II or III fol lows. “Som e wi n dows are book s.”.
Al l dogs ar e goat s. 93. (3) Al l t h e fou r Pr em i ses are Par -
88. (1) Som e k n ives ar e pin s.
ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).
No Con clu sion foll ows from t wo
Al l goat s ar e w al l s.
All pin s ar e w h eels. Parti cu l ar Prem ises.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on Con clu sion s I an d III form Com -
“All d ogs ar e walls.” I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. “Som e k n ives are wh eels”.
th er I or III fol lows.
Som e cat s ar e goat s.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e 94. (2) All door s ar e windows.
fi rst Prem ise.
Al l goat s ar e w all s. 89. (4) Al l t ables ar e door s.
Now win dow is hou se.
“Som e cats are walls”. A + E E– type of Con clu si on
No door is win dow .
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. “No d oor is h ou se.”
A + E  E - typ e of Con cl u si on
83. (3) All th e th ree Prem ises are Par -
“No table is win dow”. Som e h ou ses are bu ildings.
No Con clu sion foll ows from t h e Con cl u sion III is Con verse of t h e
two Parti cu l ar Prem ises. fi rst Prem ise.
All bu ildin gs are sk ies.
Con cl u sion s I an d II form Com - 90. (3) Som e sofas ar e gl asses.
plem en tary Pair. I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
Th erefore, ei th er Con clu sion I or “Som e h ou ses ar e sk ies.”
II fol lows. Al l glasses ar e pen s. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
84. (4) Som e bat s ar e desk s. I + A  I - typ e of Con cl u si on
95. (4) All rivers are walls.
“Som e sofas ar e p en s”.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
Al l desk s ar e ch ai r s. All walls ar e st ones.
(9 1 –9 7 ) :
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on (i) Al l ch ai rs are k eys  Un iversal A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
“Som e bats are ch airs.” Affirm ative (A-t ype).
“All rivers are ston es.”
85. (2) Som e r oads ar e pon ds. (ii) Som e b al l oon s are m i r ror s 
Part icu lar Affirm at ive (I-type). All river s ar e st on es.
(iii) No wi n dow i s h ou se  Un iver -
Al l pon ds ar e st or es. sal Negative (E-typ e).
All ston es ar e clot hes.
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on (iv) Som e win d ows ar e n ot h ou ses
 Par ticu l ar Negati ve (O-typ e). A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
“Som e roads are stores.”
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. 91. (4) All chairs ar e k eys. “All rivers ar e clot h es”.
(8 6 -9 0 ) : Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
(i) A l l d es k s a r e p i l l a r s  All walls ar e ston es.
Un iver sal Affirm ati ve (A–t ype). All k eys ar e balloon s.
(ii) Som e pill ars ar e ten ts  A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type). All ston es ar e clot hes.
“All ch airs are balloon s”.
(iii) No door is win dow  A + A A-type of Con clu si on
Un iversal Negative (E-t ype).
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of t h e “All wall s are clot h es”.
(iv) Som e doors are n ot win d ows 
th ird Prem ise. It is Con clu sion III.
86. (2) Som e pi ll ar s ar e t en t s. 92. (2) Som e dr u m s ar e post ers. All ston es ar e clot hes.
All posters are win dows. All clot hes ar e t rees.

Al l t en t s ar e bu ck et s.
I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on I + A  I-type of Con clu si on A + A A-type of Con clu si on
“Som e pil lar s are bu ck ets”. “Som e dr u m s ar e win d ows”. “All ston es are tr ees.”
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t.
SYLLOGISM
96. (5) Som e glasses ar e plates. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. A + A  A- t ype of Con cl u si on
Al l ch ai r s ar e cu ps. “All n ot es are book s”.
All t yr es ar e b ook s.
All plates ar e bu ses. Al l cu ps ar e m i r r or s.
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e gl asses are bu ses.” “All ch airs ar e m irr ors.” All b ook s ar e r ods.
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t. Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t. A + A  A- t ype of Con cl u si on
All plates ar e bu ses. “All t yres are r ods”.
102. (1) Som e pi n s ar e n eedl es.
Al l n ot es ar e book s.
All bu ses ar e car s. Al l n eedl es ar e r opes.
A + A  A-type of Con clu si on I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
Al l book s ar e r ods.
“All plates ar e cars.” “Som e pi n s are ropes.”
A + A  A- t ypes of Con cl u si on
Some glasses ar e bu ses. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
“All n otes are r ods”.
Som e r opes ar e bu ck et s. Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t.
All bu ses ar e car s.
All bu ck et s ar e t r ees. Al l ch equ es ar e t yr es.
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
“Som e gl asses are car s” I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
Con clu sion II is Con ver se of i t. “Som e ropes are tr ees.”
Al l t yr es ar e book s.
Con cl u si on s I an d I I I for m
97. (1) Som e pen s ar e ropes. Com p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefore A + A  A- t ype of Con cl u si on
ei th er I or III fol lows. “All ch equ es ar e book s”.
(1 0 3 -1 0 7 ) : Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
All ropes ar e discs. th ird Prem ise.
(i) Al l t abl es are u m brellas  Un i-
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on versal Affir m ati ve (A-type).
“Som e pen s are di scs.” 105. (5) Som e l an es ar e poles.
(ii) Som e p en s ar e tables  Parti c-
(9 8 -1 0 2 ) : u l ars Affi rm at ive (I-type).
(i) Al l h u ts are rivers  Un iversal (iii) No box is bottle  Universal Neg- Al l pol es ar e sk i es.
Affirm ative (A-t ype). ative (E-type). I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on
(ii) Som e vill ages are t own s  Par - (iv) Som e boxes are n ot bot tles 
ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e). “Som e lan es are sk ies”.
(iii) No bu ck et is p in  Un i versal Som e sk ies ar e boxes.
Negati ve (E-type). 103. (1) Som e pen s ar e t ables.
(iv) Som e b u ck ets are n ot p in s 
Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e). No box i s bot t le.
Al l t ables ar e u m br ell as.
I + E  O- t ype of Con cl u si on
98. (3) Som e t own s ar e h u t s. I + A  I- t ype of Con clu sion . “Som e sk ies are n ot b ott les”.
“Som e pen s are u m b rel las”. Con clu sion s I an d III form Com -
All h u t s ar e r iver s.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefor e, ei -
I + A -t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e town s are rivers.” Som e u m br el las ar e st ick s. th er I or III fol lows.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. 106. (3) Som e car s ar e days.
99. (2) Som e bu ses ar e car s. All st ick s ar e caps.
Al l car s ar e t r am s. I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on All days ar e n igh t s.
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on “Som e u m brellas ar e caps.” I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e bu ses are tr am s.” Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. “Som e cars are n igh ts”.
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
104. (4) Al l ch equ es ar e n ot es.
100. (5) Al l fl ow er s ar e book s. 107. (3) Som e seeds ar e fl ow er s.
Al l book s ar e car pet s. Al l n ot es ar e t yr es.

A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on A + A  A- t ype of Con cl u si on Al l fl ow er s ar e t r ees.
“All flower s ar e carp ets.” “All ch equ es ar e tyres”. I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t. “Som e seeds are tr ees”.
101. (5) Al l b oxes ar e cu ps.
All n ot es ar e t yr es. Al l flow er s ar e t r ees.
Al l cu ps ar e m i r r or s.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
All t yr es ar e b ook s. Al l t r ees ar e l eaves.
“All boxes are m irr ors.”
SYLLOGISM
A + A  A- t ype of Con cl u si on “Som e room s are du ck s.” Som e t r ees are h ills.
“All flower s are leaves”. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t. Con clu sion III is Con verse of first
Prem i se. All hills ar e bu ses.
Som e seeds ar e t r ees.
112. (4) Some t ent s ar e ju gs. I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
“Som e tr ees are bu ses.”
Al l t r ees ar e leaves. Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t.
All ju gs ar e glasses.
I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on 116. (2) All th e fou r Prem ises are Par -
“Som e seeds are leaves”. I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on ti cu lar Affi rm at ive. No Con cl u -
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. “Som e ten ts ar e glasses”. si on foll ows fr om th e two Par -
Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of i t. ti cu l ar Prem ises.
(1 0 8 –1 1 2 ) :
Co n c l u s i o n s I I an d I V fo r m
(i) All win dows are roads  Un iver - Som e t en ts ar e glasses. Com plem en tary Pair. Th erefore,
sal Affirm ati ve (A-type).
eit h er Con clu si on II or IV fol -
(ii) Som e pen cils are windowsPar - lows.
ticu lar Affirm ati ve (I-t ype) All glasses are pots.
(iii) No h older i s l am p  Un iversal I + A  I-type of Con clu sion . 117. (3) Some t igers ar e hor ses.
Negative (E-typ e) “Som e ten ts ar e p ots”.
(iv) Som e h ol der s are n ot lam ps  Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. All horses ar e goat s.
All ju gs ar e glasses. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
108. (3) Som e pen ci l s ar e w i n dows.
“Som e tigers ar e goats.”
All glasses are pots. Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t.
Al l wi n dow s ar e r oads.
A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on Som e t iger s ar e goats.
“Som e pen ci ls are roads”. “All ju gs ar e p ots”.
Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of i t. (1 1 3 –1 1 8 ) :
All goat s ar e dogs.
(i) Al l r ock ets are poles  Un iver -
Som e r oads are cu ps. sal Affirm ati ve (A-type). I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
(ii) Som e poles are tram s  Part icu - “Som e ti gers ar e d ogs.”
All cu ps ar e ch ains. lar Affi rm ati ve (I-typ e). All horses ar e goat s.
(iii) No pen is table  Un iversal Nega-
ti ve (E-t ype).
“Som e roads are ch ain s”. All goats are dogs.
(iv) Som e pen s are n ot tab les  Par -
109. (1 ) Al l th e fou r Prem ises ar e Par - ticu l ar Negat ive (O-t ype).
t i cu l ar Affi r m ati ve (I-t ype). No A + A A-typ e of Con cl u si on
Con clu sion follows from th e t wo 113.(4) Som e t ram s ar e ropes. “All h or ses ar e d ogs.”
Parti cu l ar Prem ises. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
110. (5) All ch ocolates ar e holders. 118. (5) All notebook s ar e pen s.
All ropes ar e t ent s.
No h older is lamp. No pen is table.
“Som e tr am s are ten ts.”
A + E  E–typ e of Con cl u si on Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
“No ch ocolat e is lam p”. Con clu sion IV is Con verse of th e “No n otebook is table.”
Som e lam ps ar e desk s. fi rst Prem ise.
No pen is table.
1 14 . (3) All dials are m ir ror s.
All desks ar e pens. Som e t ables ar e desk s.
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on All m irr ors are spoons. E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e lam ps ar e p en s.” A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on “Som e desk s are n ot p en s.”
Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of
“All d ials ar e sp oon s.” Som e t ables ar e desk s.
th ird Prem ise.
Con cl u si on s I an d III Com p le-
m en tary Pair. Th er efore, eit h er I 115. (1) Some h ou ses are for ests. All desk s are t ank s.
or III follows.
111. (2) Som e r oom s ar e planes. All for est s ar e tr ees. “Som e tab les ar e tan k s.”
I + A  I- type of Con clu si on Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t.
All planes ar e du ck s. “Som e h ou ses ar e tr ees.” Con cl u si on s I an d I V for m
Com plem en tary Pair. Th erefore,
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
ei th er I or IV fol lows.
SYLLOGISM
(1 1 9 –1 2 3 ) : No par rot is cr ow.
123. (3) All calcu lator s ar e boxes.
(i) Al l apples are ban an as  Un i-
(ii) Som e carrots are brinjals  Par - All boxes ar e t aps. Som e cr ows ar e hor ses.
ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e). A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
(iii) No tr ee is h ou se  Un i ver sal “All calcu lators are taps.” “Som e h or ses ar e n ot parr ots”.
Negati ve (E-type). Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. Som e cr ows ar e hor ses.
(iv) Som e t rees are n ot h ou ses  Con cl u si on III i s Con ver se of
Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e). fi rst Prem ise.
(1 2 4 –1 2 8 ) : All horses are t igers.
119. (2) Some br in jals are apples. (i) All m i rrors are ch alk s  Un iver -
“Som e crows are tigers.”
All apples ar e ban anas. (ii) Som e tools are radios  Parti c-
Con clu sion s I an d III form Com -
u lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on pl em en tary Pai r. Th erefore, ei-
(iii) No par rot is crow  Un iversal th er I or III fol lows.
“Som e b rin jals are ban an as.” Negative (E-typ e).
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. (iv) Som e parr ots ar e n ot crows  127. (2) All hou ses ar e r ooms.
120. (5) All k eys ar e lock s. Part icu lar Negat ive (O-typ e).
124. (3) Some ponds ar e m irr or s. All rooms ar e bask et s.
All lock s ar e bangles. A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
“All h ou ses ar e b ask ets.”
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on All mir r ors ar e ch alk s.
Th is is Con clu sion IV.
“All k eys ar e b an gles.” I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. “Som e pon ds are ch alk s.” All rooms ar e bask et s.
All lock s ar e bangles. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.

125. (4) All ch airs are sofas. All bask ets ar e tyr es.
All ban gles ar e cars. A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
All sofas are books.
“All room s are tyres.”
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t.
“All l ock s are cars.” All book s ar e n et s.
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. A + A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u - All hou ses ar e bask ets.
All keys ar e bangles. sion

“All ch airs ar e n ets.”
All bask ets ar e t yr es.
All bangles are car s. A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
All sofas ar e book s. “All h ou ses are tyres.”
“All k eys ar e cars.”
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t. All book s ar e n et s. 128. (5) Som e t ract or s ar e bu ses.
121. (4) Som e leaves ar e tr ees.
“All sofas are n ets.”
All bu ses are t rain s.
No t r ee is h ou se. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
All book s ar e net s. “Som e tractors are train s.”
I + E  O-type of Con clu si on
“Som e leaves ar e n ot h ou ses.”
Con clu sion s I an d III form Com - All net s ar e gar den s. Som e t rain s ar e boats.
pl em en tary Pai r. Th erefore, ei-
th er I or III fol lows.
“All book s are gard en s.” All boats ar e ships.
122. (3) Som e m ir r or s ar e ch airs. Th is is Con clu sion IV.
“Som e train s ar e sh ips.”
All chairs are glasses. 126. (5) All m onk eys ar e parr ot s. Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of i t.
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on (1 2 9 –1 3 8 ) :
“Som e m ir ror s are glasses.” (i) Al l ch ai rs are st on es  Un iver -
No parr ot is crow. sal Affirm ati ve (A-type).
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on (ii) Som e wood are ch airs  Parti c-
Con cl u si on III i s Con ver se of
fi rst Prem ise. “No m on k ey i s crow.” u lar Affirm at ive (I-t ype).
SYLLOGISM
(iii) No tab le i s wood  Un i versal
134. (5) Som e caps ar e sh ir ts. 139. (1) All k eys ar e lock s.
Negati ve (E-type).
(iv) Some tables are n ot wood  Par -
ticu l ar Negat ive (O-t ype). All shir ts ar e papers. No lock is a door.
129. (2) No t abl e is w ood. A + E  E-type of Con cl u -
sion
“Som e caps are pap ers.”
“No k ey is a d oor.”
Som e w ood ar e ch air s. Con clu sion I is tru e.
Th is i s Con clu si on I.
E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
fi rst Prem ise. 140. (4) All distr icts are cit ies.
“Som e ch air s are n ot tables”
135. (4) Less than 100% mean s ‘some’.
Som e w ood ar e ch ai r s. Th erefore, all th e th ree Pr em ises
Som e cit ies are cou nt ries.
are Particu lar Affirmative (I-type).
No Con clu sion foll ows from t h e A + I  No Con cl u si on
Al l ch ai r s ar e st on es. 141. (2) All libraries are book s.
“Som e wood are st on es” 136. (2) Al l A ar e Z.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. All book s ar e pages.
130. (5) Al l let t er s ar e bl ack . Al l Z ar e X . A + A  A-type of Con clu sion
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on “All lib rar ies are pages.”
“All A ar e X.” Th is is Con clu sion II.
Al l black ar e blu e.
142. (2) All tr u ck s ar e sh ips.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on All Y ar e A.
“All let ter s are blu e”
Al l black ar e blu e. All ships ar e aer oplanes.
All A ar e Z.
A + A  A-type of Con clu sion
“All tru ck s ar e aeroplan es.”
No bl u e i s gr een .
All Z ar e X . All cars are t ru ck s.
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
“No b lack i s green ” A + A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u -
sion .
Al l let t er s ar e bl u e. All tr u ck s ar e ships.
“All Y ar e X.”
Th is is Con clu sion II. A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
“All cars ar e sh ips.”
No bl u e i s gr een . 137. (4) Som e wat er is cold.
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on All cars ar e t r u cks.
“No l ett er i s green ”
No cold is m ilk .
Th is i s Con clu si on I. All tr u ck s ar e aer oplanes.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on
secon d Pr em ise. “Som e water are n ot m ilk .” A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
“All car s are aeroplan es.”
131. (3) Som e m an goes ar e r ed. No cold is m ilk . Th is is Con clu sion II.
143. (2) Som e ash es ar e particles.
Al l r ed ar e veget ables. Som e m ilk is wat er.
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
All par ticles ar e elements.
“Som e m an goes are vegetables.” “Som e water are n ot cold .”
Con cl u sion s I an d II form Com - I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
138. (4) Al l t h e t h r ee Pr em i ses ar e
pl em en tary Pai r. Th erefore, ei- Particu lar Affirmative (I-type). No “Som e ash es are el em en ts.”
th er Con clu sion I or II fol lows. Con clu sion follows from th e two Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
132. (3) Both th e Pr em ises are Par - Parti cu l ar Prem ises. (1 4 4 –1 4 7 ) :
t icu l ar Affir m at ive (I-t yp e). No (1 3 9 – 1 4 3 ) : (i) Al l sh or es are beach es
Con clu sion follows from th e two (i) Al l k eys are lock s  Un iversal  U n i ver sal Affi r m at i ve (A-
Parti cu l ar Prem ises. Affirm ative (A-t ype). type).
Con cl u sion s I an d II form Com - (ii) Som e cities are cou n tries Par - (ii) Som e beach es are coast s  Par -
pl em en tary Pai r. Th erefore, ei- ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).
th er Con clu sion I or II fol lows. (iii) No occasion s is a festival  Un i-
(iii) No lock is a d oor  Un iversal
133. (4) Al l t h e t h r ee Pr em i ses ar e versal Negative (E-t ype).
Negati ve (E-type).
Particu lar Affirmative (I-type). No (iv) Som e occasion ar e n ot fest ivals
(iv) Som e lock s are n ot doors Par -
Con clu sion follows from th e two  Particu lar Negat ive (O-typ e).
Parti cu l ar Prem ises. ticu l ar Negat ive (O-t ype).
SYLLOGISM
144. (4) All shor es are beach es. 149. (5) Con cl u sion I is Con ver se of I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
th e derived Con cl u sion . “Som e p ain ts are var n ish es.” (A)
Som e beach es ar e coast s. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
All bru shes ar e var nishes.
fi rst Prem ise.
150. (1 ) Con cl u si on I is th e derived
145. (5)
Conclu sion . No var nish is a canvas.
Som e part ies ar e celebr at ion s. 151. (4) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con - A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
cl u si on II fol lows. “No b ru sh is a can vas.” (B)
All celebr at ion s ar e occasion s. (1 5 2 – 1 5 3 ) :
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on All colou r s ar e var n ish es.
All door s ar e windows.
“Som e parti es are occasion s”
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. No var n ish is a can vas.
Som e win dows ar e clips.
All celebrations ar e occasions. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
A + I  No Con cl u si on “No colou r is a can vas”. (C)
152. (2 ) Con clu sion II is Con ver se of 158. (5) Con cl u sion I is Con ver se of
No occasion is a fest ival. th e fi rst Pr em ise.
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Con clu sion (B).
153. (4) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con - Con clu sion II is Con clu sion (A).
“No celeb rat ion is a fest ival” cl u si on II fol lows.
Th is i s Con clu si on I. 159. (2) Con cl u sion II i s Con cl u si on
(1 5 4 – 1 5 5 ) : (C).
146. (4) All plays ar e Olym pics. 160. (4) Non e fol lows.
No shoe is a ch appal.
(1 6 1 -1 6 2 ) :
All Olym pics ar e gam es. All ri vers ar e win ds.
A + A  A-type of Con clu si on Some chappals ar e san dals.
“All plays are gam es.” E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
All winds ar e br eeze.
147. (2) Som e elect ions ar e polls. “Som e san dals are n ot sh oes”.
A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
154. (4) Neith er Conclu sion I n or Con -
cl u si on II fol lows. “All rivers ar e b reeze”. (A)
All polls ar e resu lt s.
155. (4) Neith er Conclu sion I n or Con - All clou ds are r iver s.
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on cl u si on II fol lows.
“Som e el ect ion s ar e r esu lts.”
156. (5) Som e pain ts ar e r ed. All rivers ar e winds.
All polls ar e resu lts.
All red pain ts ar e yellow. “All clou ds are wi n ds”. (B)
All r esu lt s ar e wins.
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on All oceans ar e r iver s.
A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
“Som e pai n ts are yellow.”
“All p oll s are win s.”
Th is is Con clu sion II. All rivers ar e win ds.
(1 4 8 – 157) : A + A  A-type of Con clu sion .
secon d Pr em ise.
(i) All D’s are A’s  Un iversal Affir - “All ocean s are wi n ds”. (C)
m ative (A-type). 157. (4) All seats are hot .
All clou ds are win ds.
(ii) Som e p in s ar e cl ips  Part icu -
lar Affi rm ati ve (I-typ e).
Som e hot are belt s.
(iii) No pin is a pen  Un iversal Neg- All winds ar e br eeze.
ative (E-type). A + I  No Con cl u si on
(1 5 8 -1 6 7 ) : A + A  A-type of Con clu sion .
(iv) Som e pin s ar e n ot p en s  Par -
“All clou ds ar e b reeze”. (D)
ticu l ar Negat ive (O-t ype). (i) All bru sh es are varn ish es  Uni-
148. (3) Both th e Pr em ises are Par - versal Affir m ati ve (A-type). All oceans ar e win ds.
ti cu l ar Affi arm ati ve (I-t ype). No (ii) Som e pain ts are bru sh es  Par -
con clu sion follows from th e t wo ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).
parti cu l ar Prem ises. (iii) No varn ish i s a can vas  Un i- All winds are br eeze.
Con cl u sion s I an d II form Com - versal Negative (E-t ype). A + A  A-type of Con clu sion .
pl em en tary Pai r. Th erefore, ei- (iv) Som e varn ish es are n ot can vas- “All ocean s ar e b reeze”. (E)
th er I or II fol lows. es  Par t i cu l ar Negat i ve (O- 161. (4) Non e fol lows.
(1 4 9 – 151) : type). 162. (1) Conclu sion I is Conclu sion (A).
(1 5 8 -1 6 0 ) : (1 6 3 -1 6 5 ) :
All D’s, A’s.
Som e pain ts are br u sh es. All com pu t er s ar e m achines.
All A’s, C’s.
“All D’s are C’s”. All bru shes ar e var n ish es. All m achines ar e equ ipm ents.
SYLLOGISM
A + A  A-type of Con clu sion . I + A  I-type of Con clu si on A + I  No Con cl u sion .
“All com pu t ers are equ ip m en ts”. (A) “Som e Neck laces are Or n am en ts.”
Som e n eck laces ar e ear r in gs.
(A)
Som e pr in ters ar e m ach in es.
Som e Or n am ent s ar e Tr easu res.
No ear r in g i s a br acel et .
All m achines ar e equ ipm ents.
No Tr easu r e is Pict u r e. I + E O–typ e of Con cl u si on
I + A  I-type of Con clu sion . I + E  O-type of Con clu si on “So m e n ec k l a c es a r e n o t
“Som e pr in t ers are equ ip m en ts”. (B) “Som e Orn am en ts are n ot Pi ctu res.” br acel ets.”
163. (4) Non e fol lows. (B)
176. (1) Som e sil ver ar e al u m i n i u m .
164. (2) No Treasu r e is Pictu r e.
rs
te
m en ts
in
i n es
Pr Some Pict u r es ar e Neck laces. Al l al u m i n i u m ar e gol d.

M ach
E qu ip
E + I  O 1 -type of Con clu si on I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on

“Som e Neck laces ar e n ot Trea- “Som e si lver ar e gold .”
su res.” (C)
Con clu sion II follows. Con clu sion I is Con ver se of t h e
168. (4) Non e of th e Con cl u si on s fol-
fi rst an d th e secon d Prem ises.
165 . (1) Conclu sion I is Conclu sion (A). lows.
169. (4) Neither Conclu sion I not Con- (1 7 7 -1 8 3 ) :
(1 6 6 -1 6 7 ) :
cl u si on II fol lows. (i) All m oon s are plan ets  Un iver -
Som e r iver s ar e m ou nt ains. 170. (2 ) Con clu sion II is Con ver se of sal Affi rm ati ve (A–typ e).
Con clu sion A. (ii) Som e stars are m oon s  Parti c-
171. (4) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con - u lar Affirm at ive (I-t ype).
All m ou nt ains ar e plateau s.
cl u si on II fol lows. (iii) No pl an et is u n iverse  Un iver -
I + A  I-type of Con clu sion . (1 7 2 -1 7 6 ) : sal Negat ive (E-type).
“Som e rivers are pl ateau s”. (A) (i) All p en ci ls are sh ar pen ers  (iv) Som e plan et s ar e n ot u n i ver se
Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e). Particu l ar Negative (O–type).
All m ou nt ains ar e plateau s.
(ii) Som e p en ci l s ar e er aser s  (1 7 7 -1 7 8 ) :
(iii) No coi n i s car d  Un i ver sal Som e st ar s ar e m oon s.
No plat eau is a sea.
Negati ve (E-type).
A + E  E-type of Con clu sion . (iv) Som e coi n s ar e n ot car d s 
“No m ou n t ain is a sea”. (B) Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e). Al l m oon s ar e plan et s.
Some r iver s ar e plat eau s. 172. (2) Som e er aser s ar e pen cils. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e st ars are pl an ets”. (A)
All m oon s ar e plan et s.
No plat eau is a sea. All pen cils ar e sh ar pen er s.
I + E  O-type of Con clu sion . I + A I-typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e rivers are n ot seas.” (C) “Som e er asers are sh arpen er s” No plan et is u n iver se.
Con cl u si on II is Con vesse of i t.
No pl at eau is a sea. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
173. (5) Al l gases ar e soli ds. “No m oon is u n i ver se”. (B)
Som e seas ar e r iver s. Al l sol ids ar e liqu ids. Som e st ar s ar e pl an et s

E + I  O 1 - typ e of con cl u si on A + A A-typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e ri ver s are n ot plateau s”. (D) “Al l gases are li qu id s.”
It is Con cl u si on I. No pl an et i s u n i ver se.
166. (1) Conclu sion I is Conclu sion (B).
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on
167. (1) Con clu sion I follows.
Secon d Pr em ise. “Som e stars are n ot u n iverse”.
(1 6 8 –1 7 1 ) :
174. (4) Som e n ot es ar e coin s. (C)
(i) All Ban gl es ar e Or n am en t s 
177. (4 ) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II
No coin is a car d. follows.
(ii) Som e Neck laces are Ban gl es 
I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on 178. (5 ) Con cl u si on I is Con ver se of
Particu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type).
“Som e n ot es are n ot cards.” Con clu sion (A).
(iii) No Tr easu re is Pict u re  Un i- 175. (4) Sec o n d Pr em i s e c a n b e Con clu sion II is Con cl u sion (B).
versal Negative (E-t ype). wr itten as : (1 7 9 -1 8 0 ) :
(iv) Som e Treasu res are n ot Pictu res Som e n eck laces ar e earr in gs.
 Particu lar Negat ive (O-typ e). Al l st ick s ar e plan t s.
Al l r i n gs ar e n eck l aces.
Som e Neck laces are Bangles.
Al l plan t s ar e in sect s.
All Ban gles ar e Or nam ents. Som e n eck l aces ar e ear r i n gs.
SYLLOGISM
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on No h ou se is an apar tm ent . (1 9 0 -1 9 1 ) :
“All sti ck s are in sects”. (A) Som e paper s ar e boar ds.
All plan t s ar e in sect s. All apar tm ent ar e flat s.
E + A  O 1 -type of Con clu si on No boar d is a car d.
All in sect s ar e am ph ibian s. “Som e flats are n ot h ou ses.” (B ) I + E  O-type of Con clu si on
“Som e papers are n ot cards.” (A)
No bu i l di n g i s an apar t m en t .
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on 190. (3) Con cl u si on s I an d II for m
“All p lan ts are am ph ibian s.”. (B) Com plem en tary Pair. Th erefore,
Al l apar t m en t s ar e flat s. ei th er I or II fol lows.
Al l st ick s ar e i n sect s. 191. (2) Som et im es, Par ticu lar Affi r -
E + A  O 1 -type of Con clu si on
m at i ve Pr em i se i s con si d er ed
“Som e flats are n ot bu ildi n gs.”
sam e as t h e Un i ver sal Affirm a-
Al l in sect s ar e am ph i bi an s. (C)
t i ve. Th er efor e, Con cl u si on II
184. (2) Conclu sion A is Con clu sion II. m ay be tru e.
185. (4) Non e fol lows.
“Al l sti ck s are am p h ibian s”. (C) (1 9 2 –1 9 6 ) :
(1 8 6 – 1 8 7 ) :
179. (5 ) Con cl u si on I is Con ver se of (i) Al l gl i d er s ar e p ar ach u t es 
Con clu sion (B). Some seas are ocean s. Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
(ii) Som e m ails are ch ats  Particu -
Con clu si on II is Con clu sion (A)
lar Affir m at ive (I-t ype).
180. (2)Conclusion II is Conclu sion (B). All oceans ar e rivers. (iii) No ston e is m etal  Un iversal
(1 8 1 -1 8 3 ) : I + A  I-type of Con clu si on Negat ive (E-typ e).
All apar t m en t s ar e h u t s. “Som e seas are ri ver s.” (A) (iv) Som e ston es are n ot m etal s 
All oceans ar e r iver s. Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e).
(1 9 2 – 1 9 3 ) :
No h u t is a bu ildin g. All gl ider s ar e par achu t es
No r iver is a can al.
“No apart m en t is a bu ildi n g”. (A) “No ocean is a can al.” (B ) No par achu t es is an air plan e.
No h u t is a bu i ldi n g. Som e seas ar e r iver s. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
“No glid er is an airpl an e.”(A)
Al l bu ildi n gs ar e cot tages. No r iver is a can al. No parach u te is an air plan e.
I + E  O 1 -type of Con clu si on
E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e can al s ar e n ot seas.” (C)
“Some cottages are n ot h u ts.” (B)
186. (1) Al l ocean s are ri ver s. All airplanes ar e h elicopter s.
181. (4 ) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II
It s con verse “ Som e ri vers are
follows. E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
ocean s”, is tru e.
182. (4 ) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II “So m e h el i c o p t er s a r e n o t
Th u s, Con clu sion I is tru e.
follows. parach u tes.”(B)
187. (5) Con cl u si on B is Con cl u si on
183. (4 ) Neith er Con clu sion I n or II I. No glider is an airplan e.
follows. Con clu sion A is Con clu sion II.
(1 8 4 -1 9 1 ) : (1 8 8 -1 8 9 ) :
(i) Al l b u il din g are h ou ses  Un i- All airplanes ar e h elicopter s.
No day is night .
versal Affir m ati ve (A-type). E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
(ii) Som e ocean s are seas  Parti c- Som e h el icopters ar e n ot gli d-
u lar Affirm at ive (I-t ype). All night s ar e n oon. er s.” (C)
(iii) No hou se is an apartm en t  Un i- E + A  O 1 -type of Con clu si on 192. (4) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con -
versal Negative (E-t ype). “Som e n oon are n ot days.” (A) cl u si on II fol lows.
(iv) Som e h ou ses are n ot apartm ents Al l gliders are parach u tes.
All nights are noon.
 Parti cu l ar Negative (O-t ype).
(1 8 4 –1 8 5 ) :
No n oon is an evenin g. Par ach u tes
All bu ildin gs ar e hou ses. A + E  E–type of Con clu si on s
Gli der s te
“No n igh t is an everin g.” (B ) c hu
188. (4) Non e fol lows. ra Gli der s
No h ou se is an apar tm ent . Pa
189. (1) Con cl u sion I is Con ver se of
A + E  E-type of Con clu si on Con clu sion B.
(1) (2)
“No bu ilding is an apartmen t.” (A)
SYLLOGISM
No parach u t e i s an airp lan e. Al l u pdates ar e ch at s. A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
“All ston es are rock s.”
Ch ats Th is i s Con clu si on I.
Parachu te t es 198. (2) All k in gs are ru ler s.
at s
Airplane d a
Up
Ch
Up dat es
Som e r u ler s ar e qu een s.
(3) (4) (5)
Al l airpl an es are h el icop ter s. Now com bin e th e figu res (3) an d
(5) Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
secon d Pr em ise.
199. (1) Both th e Pr em ises are Par -
Helicopt er s ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).
s No Con clu sion foll ows from t h e
Air plan es s s Ch at
t er ai l two Parti cu l ar Prem ises.
op Airp lanes M Con clu sion I is Con ver se of t h e
ic
el
H es fi rst Prem ise.
d at
(4 ) (5 )
Up 200. (5) Al l m essages ar e faxes.
Now, Com b in e fi gu r es (2) an d (3 ).
Th u s, al l m ail s bein g u p dat es is
a possi bility. No fax i s a let t er.
Parachu tes (1 9 5 –1 9 6 ) : A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
Air pl an e No ston e is a m etal. “No m essage is a let ter.”
Glider s Th is i s Con clu si on I.
Som e m etals ar e papers. secon d Pr em ise.
Com bi n e figu res (3 ) an d (5)
E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on 201. (4) Som e boar d s ar e plains.
“Som e papers are n ot ston es.”(A)
Helicopt er s
Som e m etals are paper s.
Par ach u t e No plain is a squ ar e.
Air pl anes I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on
All papers ar e glass. “Som e boards ar e n ot squ ares”.
No parach u te can b e a h el icopter. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on (2 0 2 –2 0 6 ) :
193. (1) Conclu sion I is Conclu sion (A). “Som e m etal s ar e glasses.”(B) (i) Al l b ask ets ar e t rol leys  Un i-
No gl ider i s an ai rpl an e an d all 195. (2) Con cl u si on II is Con ver se of ver sal Affir m ati ve ( A&typ e).
ai rplan es ar e som e h el icop ter s. Con clu sion (B). (ii) Some sch ools are colleges  Par -
Th er efor e, n o gl i d er can b e a ticu lar Affi rm ative (I&type).
196. (4) No ston e is a m etal . (iii) No ban k is a sch ool  Un iversal
h elicopter.
Negat ive ( E–type).
194. (1) All u pdates ar e chats. (iv) Som e ban k s are n ot sch ool s 
Som e m etals ar e gl asses. Particu lar Negative ( O–type).
E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
Som e ch ats ar e m ai ls. 202. (5) No bank is a sch ool.
A + I  No Con cl u si on “Som e glasses are n ot ston es”.
Som e m ail s are ch at s. (1 9 7 –2 0 1 ) :
(i) All ston es are pebbles  Un iver - Som e sch ools ar e colleges.
sal Affirm ati ve (A-type). E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
Ma (ii) Som e ru lers are qu een s  Par - “Som e col leges are n ot ban k s.”
ils
ls
ticu lar Affirm ati ve (I-t ype)

s
ai
s
at
at
M
(iii) No l et ter i s a fax  Un iver sal

Ch
es
Ch
Bank s
Negative (E-typ e) l l eg
(1) (2) (iv) Som e letters are not faxes  Par - C o
ticu lar Negat ive (O-type)
197. (1) All st ones ar e pebbles.
Mail s
s
at
It im plies t h at som e of t h e ‘col-

Ch
All pebbles ar e r ock s. l eges’ are ou t si d e t h e l i m it of

(3) ‘bank s’.
SYLLOGISM
It m ay al so be r epr esen ted as : 205. (1 ) Con cl u si on I is th e Con cl u - 208. (5) Som e apples are fru it s.
si on R.
Colleges No root is a veget abl e.
Therefore, Conclu sion II does not
No fru it is veget able.
follow.
206. (4) I + E O–typ e of Con cl u si on
Ban k s “So m e a p p l es ar e n ot
Som e calcu lat or s ar e ph on es.
vegetables.”
Al l potatoes ar e vegetables.
It i m plies th at al l th e ‘ban k s’are
No ph one is an eraser.
som e ‘colleges’.
The derived Con clu sion may also I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on
No veget able i s fru it.
be represen ted as : “Som e cal cu l ator s are n ot eras-
er s”. A + E E–typ e of Con cl u si on
Th e fi rst Prem ise can b e i llu s- “No potat o i s fr u it ”.
Colleges Bank s trat ed wit h th e h elp of ven n -dia- Nei t h er Co n c l u si on I n or I I
gr am s : follows.
C 209. (5) All diar ies ar e jou r nals.

Al l t h e ‘col leges’are ou tsid e t h e C P
lim it of ‘Ban k s’. P
or
Th er efor e, “Som e col l eges ar e Some jour nals ar e books.
defin it ely n ot sch ool s.”
A + I No Con clu si on
Again , “All ban k s bei n g col leges P
is a p ossibi lity”.
Th u s, bot h t h e Con clu sion s fol- C J ou
or rna
ls
low. Book s
203. (4) Al l bask ets are tr olleys. Therefore, Conclu sion II does not
Diar ies
follow.
(2 0 7 -2 1 1 ) :
(i) Al l b ean s are pu l ses  Un iver -
Som e t rol leys ar e car ts. Fr om t h e ab ove d i agr am i t i s
cl ear th at “Som e di ari es bei n g
A + I  No Con cl u si on (ii) So m e f r u i t s a r e a p p l es  book s is a p ossibil ity”.
(2 0 4 –2 0 5 ) : Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type).
210. (1)
(iii) No cr op i s seed  Un i ver sal
All fr u it s ar e vegetabl es. Negati ve (E-type). Al l potatoes ar e vegetables.
(iv) Som e cr op s ar e n ot seed s 
All vegetables ar e plan ts. No veget able i s fru it.
207. (1) All beans are pu lses.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on A + E E-typ e of Con cl u si on
“All fr u its are plan ts”(P) “No potat o i s fr u it .”
All pu lses ar e cr ops. Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t.
All vegetables ar e plan ts.
A + A A–typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
th ird Prem ise.
“All bean s are cr ops.”
No plant is a root. Th is i s Con clu si on II 211. (3) All beans are pu lses.
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Al l bean s ar e cr ops.
“No veget able is root.”(Q)
All pu lses ar e cr ops.
All fru its are plan ts. No cr op is a seed. A + A A-typ e of Con cl u si on
A + E E–typ e of Con cl u si on “All bean s are cr ops.”
No plan t is a r oot. “No b ean is a seed .” Al l bean s ar e cr ops.
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on All pu lses ar e cr ops
“No fru it is a root .”(R)
No cr op is a seed.
204. (5) Con cl u sion I is th e Con cl u -
si on P. No cr op i s a seed. A + E E-typ e of Con cl u si on
Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of A + E E–typ e of Con cl u si on “No b ean is a seed .”
Con clu sion Q. “No pu lse is a seed .” Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t.
SYLLOGISM
Fr om t h e diagram s II an d IV, it A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
No seed is a bean.
is clear th at “Som e mam m als be- “No con son an t is an alph abet ”.
in g b u ll s i s a possi bil ity”. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
213. (1 ) Con clu sion I i s t h e Con ver se
All beans are pu lses. of th e secon d Prem ise. Som e n u m ber s ar e alphabet s.
E + A O1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
214. (4) Som e pen cils ar e pen s.
“Som e pu lses are n ot seeds.” No alphabet is a vowel.
(2 1 2 –2 1 6 ) :
I + E  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
(i) Al l b u ll s are an i m al s  Un iver -
sal Affirm ati ve (A-type). No pen i s eraser. “Som e vowels ar e n ot n u m b ers.”
(ii) Som e pen cil s ar e pen s  Part ic- I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on 218. (4) Som e fi les ar e papers.
u l ar Affi rm ative (I-typ e). “So m e p en c i l s ar e n ot
(iii) No cow is a bu ll  Universal Neg- er aser s”.(P)
ative (E-type). All shar pen er s ar e er aser s.
(iv) Som e cows ar e n ot b u ll s  Par - Al l papers ar e certi ficates.
ti cu l ar Negative (O t ype). I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on
(2 1 2 –2 1 3 ) : “Som e fi les are certi ficates.
No er aser is pen.
No cow is a bu ll. Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t.
“No sh arp en er i s a pen ”.(Q) All papers are cert ificates.
(2 1 5 –2 1 6 ) :
All bu lls are ani m als.
Some planets ar e m oons.
E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on No cert ificat e is a m an u scr ipt.
“Som e an im als ar e n ot cows”.(P) A + E  E–typ e of Con cl u si on
All bu lls are ani m als. “No p aper is a m an u scr ipt .”
No moon is a su n.
I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on 219. (1) No gr ou p is peopl e.
“Som e plan et s are n ot su n ”.
Som e anim al s ar e m am m als.
215. (4) Non e follows
A + I  No Con cl u si on 216. (2) Con clu sion II is th e Con verse All people are ani m als.
212. (5 ) Con clu sion I i s t h e Con ver se of th e fi rst Prem ise. E + A  O 1 –t ype of Con cl u si on
of th e th ird Prem ise. (2 1 7 -2 2 1 ) : “Som e an i m al s are n ot grou ps.”
“All bu lls are anim als”. – its ven n (i) A l l d i gi t s a r e a l p h a b et s 
diagram s. Un i versal Affir m ati ve (A–t ype) All people are ani m als.
(ii) Som e n u m b er s ar e d i gi t s 
Ani m als Part icu l ar Affirm ative (I–typ e).
Ani m als, (iii) N o a l p h a b et i s a v o w el  All an im als ar e plan ts.
Bu l ls an d Un iversal Negative (E–type).
A + A  A– t ype of Con lcu si on
(iv) Som e alp h ab ets are n ot vowels
Bu l ls  Particu lar Negat ive (O–type).
“All peop le are plan ts.”
217. (3) Som e n u m bers ar e digits.
I II Al l people ar e plan ts.
Ven n d i agr am s of t h e t h i r d
Prem i se. All digits ar e alph abets. Al l plan ts ar e root s.
“Som e n u m bers are alp h ab ets.”
al s “All people are roots.”
im
al s
An ; All di gits ar e alph abets.

m
All an im als ar e plan ts.

m
Ma
III No alph abet is a vowel. All pl an ts are r oots.

A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
“No d igi t i s a vowel ”. “All an im als are roots.”
Ani mals Mammals
Ani - 220. (5) Som e vacan cies ar e j obs.
M am - Al l con sonan ts ar e vowels.
m als m als
_
Al l jobs are wor k s.
IV V No vowel is an alph abet. I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
SYLLOGISM
“Som e vacan cies ar e work s.” 222. (2) Con cl u sion II i s Con cl u si on I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on
(P). “Som e tu m bl ers are jars.” (Q)
Al l jobs are wor k s.
223. (1) Co n cl u s i on I i s t h e t h i r d
Prem i se. Som e j ar s cans.
No work is a t r ade. 224. (2) No day is ni ght .
A + E  E–typ e of Con cl u si on Al l can s ar e t u m bler s.
“No job i s t rade”. Al l n i gh ts ar e n oon s. I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on
All pr ofession s are trades. E + A  O 1 –type of Con clu si on “Som e jars are tu m blers.” (R)
“Som e n oon s are n ot d ays.”
No bott le i s jar.
No trade is a wor k . Al l n igh t s are nooon s.
A + E  E–typ e of Con cl u si on
“No p rofession is a work ”. No noon is even in g. Som e jars ar e tu m blers.
Th is is Con clu sion III.
A + E  E–type of Con clu si on E + I  O 1 – typ e of Con cl u si on
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of t h e
“No n igh t i s even in g.” “Som e tu m b lers are n ot bot tles.”
secon d Pr em ise.
Th is is Con clu sion II. (S)
221. (2) All marks are gr ades. I t s v en n di agr am s
225. (4) All jack ets are tr ou ser s.
No grade is a scor e. Tu m bler s

No tr ou ser is sh irt . b l er s
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Tu m Bot t les ; B ot t l es
“No m ark is a score”. A + E  E–type of Con clu si on
“No jack et i s sh irt .”
All letters are scor es.
No tr ou ser is shi rt.
I II
All scor es are character s. 226. (2) Ven n d i agr am I I su p p or t s
Som e sh irts are caps. Con clu sion II.
Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of i t. E + I  O 1 –type of Con clu sion s 227. (4) Con cl u si on (P)  No can is
(2 2 2 -2 2 5 ) : “Som e cap s are n ot tr ou sers.”. bottl e. Th erefore, n on e fol lows.
(i) Al l d iam on d s are ston es  Un i- No jack et is sh ir t. (2 2 8 –2 2 9 ) :
(ii) Som e sh i rts ar e caps  Particu - Som e pri nt s ar e design s.
Som e sh irts are caps.
(iii) No gem i s d iam on d  Un iversal
Negati ve (E-type). E + I  O 1 –type of Con clu si on All design s ar e copies.
(iv) Som e gem s are n ot di am on ds  “Som e caps are n ot j ack ets.”
I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on
Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e). (2 2 6 –2 3 1 ) :
(i) Al l can s ar e j ars  Un iversal “Som e pr in t s ar e copi es.” (P)
(2 2 2 -2 2 3 ) :
Affirm at ive (A–typ e). Al l designs ar e copies.
Al l diam on ds are st ones.
(ii) Som e pr i n t s ar e d esi gn s 
Par ticu lar Affir m ati ve (I–typ e).
Al l st ones ar e gem s. (iii) No bot tle is jar  Un iversal
Al l copies ar e m otifs.
(iv) Som e bott les ar e n ot j ars  A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on
“Al l diam on ds are gem s”.(P) Particu lar Negat ive (O–type). “All design s ar e m oti fs.” (Q)
All st ones ar e gem s. (2 2 6 –2 2 7 ) :
Som e pri nt s ar e copies.
Al l can s ar e j ar s.
No gem is diam on d.
A + E  E – type of Con clu si on All copies ar e m otifs.
No jar is bott le.
“No ston e is diam on d.”(Q) I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on
A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on
No gem is diam on d. “No can is b ott le.” (P) “Som e pr in t s ar e m oti fs.” (R)
228. (5) Con clu sion (R) is Con clu si on
Som e t u m blers ar e can s. I.
Al l diam on ds are st ones. Con clu si on (Q) is con clu sion II.
E + A  O 1 – type of Con clu si on 229. (5) Th e Con verse of Con cl u si on
All can s ar e jars.
“Som e st on es are n ot gem s.”(R) (P) i s Con cl u si on I.
SYLLOGISM
Ven n d iagram s of Con clu sion (R) A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on Th erefor e, Con clu sion I is tru e.
“No b ook is let ter”. (Q) Si m ilarly, on th e b asi s of Con -
232. (1) Con cl u sion I is Con ver se of clu sion (Q), we can say th at Con -
Mot ifs ; Con clu sion (Q). cl u si on II also fol lows.
233. (2) Ven n d i agr am s of t h e Pr e- (2 3 6 -2 3 7 ) :
I m ises
Som e traps are plan s.
M otifs
All plan s ar e ideas.
; Paper Book Wor ds
M otifs
“Som e traps are id eas”. (P)
It is clear th at Con clu si on II is Al l plan s ar e id eas.
II III tru e.
Ven n diagram II su pports Con - (2 3 4 -2 3 5 ) :
cl u sion II. No idea i s design .
(2 3 0 –2 3 1 ) : Al l dou bt s ar e an sw er s.
Al l cl ou ds ar e vapou r s. “No pl an is desi gn ”. (Q)
Al l an swer s ar e qu est ion s.
Som e t r aps ar e p lan s.
A + A  A - type of Con clu si on
No vapou r i s gas. “Al l dou bts are qu estion s”. (P)
No plan is desi gn .
A + E  E – typ e of Cu n cl u si on Som e reason s ar e dou bts.
“No cl ou d is gas”.(P) I + E  O - typ e of Con cl u si on
“Some traps are n ot design s.” (R)
No vapou r i s gas. 236. (2) Con clu sion II is Con cl u si on
All dou bts are answers.
I + A  I - typ e of Con cl u si on (P).
“Som e reason s are an swers”. (Q) 237. (5) Con clu sion II is Con ver se of
All gases ar e rain s. Conclu sion (Q).
Som e reason s ar e dou bts.
E + A  O 1 – typ e of Cu n cl u si on Ven n diagram s of Con clu sion (R)
“Som e rai n s are n ot vapou rs.” (Q)
No cl ou d i s gas. All dou bts are qu estion s.
I + A  I- t ype of Con cl u si on Traps Design
“Some reason s are qu estions”. (R) or
All gases ar e rain s. 234. (1) Con cl u si on I i s sam e as th at
of Con clu sion (P).
E + A  O 1 – typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e rain s ar e n ot clou ds.” (R) 235. (5) Som e reason s ar e qu estion s
230. (2) Con cl u si on (P) is Con cl u si on — Con clu sion (R) Tr aps
II . It s Ven n diagram s
231. (1) Con clu sion (R) is Con clu si on
I. D esign
(2 3 2 -2 3 7 ) : Reason s Qu est i on s
(i) Al l b ook s ar e word s  Un i-
(ii) Som e dou b ts are reason s 
Particu lar Affirm ative (I-type).
(iii) No paper is book Un iver - Th er efore, Con clu sion I also fol-
Reason s
sal Negat ive (E-type). lows.
(iv) Som e pap ers ar e n ot book s (2 3 8 –2 4 4 ) :
or
 Par t i cu l ar Negat i ve (O- Qu est i on s (i ) Al l sh ap es are figu res  Un i-
type). v er s a l Af fi r m at i ve
(2 3 2 -2 3 3 ) : (A–type).
No paper is book . (ii ) Som e digi ts are n u m ber sa
Pa r t i c u l a r Affi r m at i ve
Qu est ion s
Al l book s ar e wor ds. (I–type).

E + A  O 1 – typ e of Con cl u si on (ii i) No figu re is digit  Un iversal
Reason s
“Som e words are n ot papers”. (P) Negati ve (E-type).
or (iv) Som e figu res ar e n ot digits 
All book s are wor ds.
Pa r t i c u l a r N eg a t i v e
(O–type).
No wor d is lett er.
SYLLOGISM
(2 3 8 -2 3 9 ) : (2 4 2 -2 4 3 ) : 247. (2) Al l r ail ways ar e t r ain s.
All shapes ar e fi gu r es. Some reagents are chemicals.
No t r ain is st at ion .
No figu r e is digit. All chemicals ar e element s. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on “No railway is station .”
“No sh ape is digit”. (P) “Some reagents are elements”. (P) Th is is Con clu sion II.
No figu r e is digit. No tr ain is station .
All chem icals ar e elem ent s.
Som e digi ts are n u m bers. Som e stations are platfor m s.

Som e elem ent s ar e su bstan ces. E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
A + I  No Con cl u si on “Som e plat form s are n ot trai n s.”
“Som e n u m b ers are n ot figu res.”
242. (2 ) Con cl u si on II is th e Con ver se (2 4 8 -2 4 9 ) :
(Q)
of th e Con clu sion (P).
No sh ape is digit . 243. (4) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- All wint er s ar e su m m er s.
cl u si on II fol lows.
244. (3) Both th e Pr em ises are Par -
Som e digi ts are n u m bers. ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e). Som e su m m ers ar e spr in gs.
No Con clu sion foll ows from t h e A + I  No Con cl u si on
E + I  O 1 -t ype of Coclu si on
“Som e n u m bers are n ot sh apes.”
Som e su m m ers ar e spr in gs.
(R)
238. (1) Conclu sion (Q) : “Some n u m - th er Con clu sion I or Con cl u si on
bers are n ot figu res.” II fol lows. No sprin g is an au tu m n .
It im plies th at som e n u mbers are (2 4 5 -2 4 9 ) : I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on
figu res. So, Con clu sion I follows. (i) Al l er aser s ar e sh ar p en er s  “Som e su m m er s are n ot au t u -
Con clu si on (R) : “Som e n u m b ers Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e). m u n s” (P).
ar e n ot sh apes.” (ii) Som e pen cils are pen s  Par tic- 248. (5) Con cl u si on I i s t h e Im p lica-
So, Con clu sion II does n ot follow. u lar Affirm at ive (I-t ype). ti on of th e fir st Prem ise.
239. (2) Con cl u si on II is th e Con cl u - (iii) No er aser is a pen  Un iversal Con clu sion (P) states th at “Som e
si on (P). Negati ve (E-type). su m m ers are n ot au tu m n s.”
(2 4 0 -2 4 1 ) : (iv) Som e er aser s ar e n ot p en s  It m ay m ean th at som e au tu m n s
Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e). ar e su m m er s.
All condu ctors are in su lator s.
(2 4 5 -2 4 6 ) : 249. (5) Con cl u si on (P) st at es t h at
som e su mm ers are n ot au tu m ns.
All erasers ar e sh arpen er s.
Th erefore, all su m m ers can n ev-
No in su lator is m agnet. er be au tu m n .
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of
“No con du ctor is m agn et”. (P) All shar pen er s ar e pen cils. th e fi rst Pr em ise.
A + A  A - typ e of Con cl u si on (2 5 0 –2 5 5 ) :
Al l r esist ors ar e con du ctor s. (i ) All r ivers are ocean s  Un i-
“All erasers ar e p en cils.” (P)
All sh arpen er s ar e pen cils. (i i) Som e en ds are term in als 
No con du ctor is m agn et. Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type).
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on (i ii) No pon d is str eam  Un i-
Som e pen cils ar e pen s. versal Negative (E-t ype).
“No r esistor s are m agn et.” (Q)
A + I  No Con cl u si on (i v) Som e pon d s are n ot stream s
All r esistors are conductors.  Par ticu lar Negative (O-type).
All er asers are pen cils.
250. (5) Al l r i ver s ar e ocean s
All conductors are insulator s.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on Som e pen cils ar e pen s. Al l ocean s ar e pon ds.
“Al l resistor s is in su l ators.” (R) A + I No Con clu si on A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on
240. (2) Con cl u si on (Q) : “No resist or 245. (3 ) Con cl u si on s I an d II for m “All rivers are pon ds.” (P)
is m agn et .” Com plem en tory Pair. Th erefore, Th is is Opt ion (3 ).
So, Con cl u sion I does n ot foll ow. ei th er Con cl u si on I or Con cl u - Al l ocean s ar e pon ds.
Con clu si on II is Con clu sion (R). si on II fol lows.
241. (1) Con cl u si on I i s t h e Con ver se 246. (4) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con -
of Con clu sion (P). cl u si on II fol lows. No pon d is st r eam .
SYLLOGISM
A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on
Al l t er m in al s ar e st ops.
“No ocean i s stream .” (Q) “No l ectu re is speech .” (P)
Th is is Opt ion (4 ). Th is i s Opti on (4)
No pon d is st ream . Al l st ops ar e p ost s.
All classes ar e addresses.
A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on
“Al l term in als are p osts.”(Q)
All str eam s ar e can als.
All addr esses ar e speeches. Op tion (5) is Con verse of i t.
“Som e can al s are n ot pon ds.” (R) A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on Al l t er m in al s ar e post s.
“All classes are sp eech es.” (Q)
Al l r i ver s ar e pon ds.
Op tion (3) is Con verse of i t.
Al l post s ar e l ocat ion s.
Al l addr esses ar e speech es.
No pon d is st r eam . A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on
A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on No speech is t al k . “All term in al s are location s.” (R)
“No r iver i s stream .” (S) Th is is Opt ion (1 ).
If n o ri ver is str eam , som e ri v- A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on
“No addr ess is talk .” (R) Som e en d s ar e st ops.
er s wou ld al so be n ot str eam s.
Th u s, Op tion (1 ) i s vali d. If su ppor ts Opt ion (5).`
No coean is str eam . Al l addr esses ar e speech es. Al l st ops ar e post s.
All str eam s ar e can als. No speech is l ect u r e. “Som e en ds are posts.” (S)
E + A  O 1 – typ e of Con cl u si on A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on Som e en ds ar e t er m in als.
“Som e can als ar e n ot ocean s.” (T) “No addr ess is lectu re.” (S)
No river is stream . Th i s is Con clu sion (2).
Al l t er m in al s ar e locat ion s.
253. (4) Som e den s ar e houses.
All str eam s ar e can als. “Som e en d s are locati on s.” (T)
E + A  O 1 – typ e of Con cl u si on Th is is Opt ion (4 ).
All h ouses are bu ildin gs.
“Som e can als ar e n ot rivers.” (U)
255. (4) Al l ci t ies ar e t own s.
Th is is Opt ion (2 ). I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e den s are bu i ldi n gs”. (P)
251. (3) Al l col ou r s ar e in k s.
Th i s is Con clu sion (3). Al l t own s ar e vill ages.
All h ouses are bu lidin gs. A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on
Al l in k s ar e d yes. “All citi es are vi llages.” (P)
A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on Th is is Opt ion (3 ).
“All colou rs ar e d yes.” (P) No bu ilding is n est .
Al l t own s ar e vil lages.
Th is i s Opti on (2) A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on
Som e ink s ar e colou r s. “No h ou se is n est.” (Q)
It su pports Opt ion (5 ). Al l vi llages ar e di st r ict s.
All colou r s ar e br u shes. No n est is hou se. A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on
I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on “All town s are distri cts.” (Q)
“Som e in k s are br u sh es.” (Q) Th is is Opt ion (1 ).
All h ouses are bu ildin gs.
Th is is Opt ion (4 ). Al l ci t ies ar e t own s.
Som e b r u sh es ar e colou r s.
“Som e bu i ldi n gs are n ot n ests.”
(R) Al l t own s ar e d ist r ict s.
Al l col ou r s ar e in k s. Th is is Opt ion (1 ). A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on
I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on Op t i on (2 ) i s Con ver se of t h e “All citi es are distri cts.” (R)
“Som e br u sh es are in k s.” (R) th ird Prem ise.
Th is is Opt ion (5 ).
Op t i on (1 ) i s Con ver se of t h e 254. (2) Som e en ds ar e t er m in als.
secon d Pr em ise. All lan es ar e cities.
Op t i on (5 ) i s Con ver se of t h e
fou rth Pr em ise. Al l t er m in al s ar e st ops.
All cities ar e t own s.
252. (1) Al l lect u r es ar e t al k s. I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e en ds are stops.” (P) “All lan es are town s.” (S)
No t alk is sp eech . Th is is Opt ion (3 ). Th is is Opt ion (2 ).
SYLLOGISM
(2 5 6 –2 6 1 ) : Com bi n e diagram s II an d V (2 6 2 – 2 6 7 ) :
(i) All drivers are swimmers  Uni- (i) All drivers are swimm ers  Uni-
versal Affi rm ative (A–t ype). Tu rt l es versal Affirm ative (A–type).
(ii) Som e swi m m ers are at h letes  (ii) Som e swim m ers are ath letes 
Par ticu lar Affir m ati ve (I–typ e). Particu lar Affirm ative (I–type).
(iii) N o a t h l et e i s a b a n k er  Am ph ibian s
(iii) N o a t h l et e i s a b a n k er 
Un iverssal Negative (E–t ype). Un iverssal Negative (E–type).
(iv) Som e ath let es are n ot ban k ers (iv) Some ath letes are not bank ers 
Particu l ar Negative (O–type). Fr ogs Particu lar Negative (O–type).
256. (4)
262. (4)
Som e swim m er s ar e ath letes.
Som e swim m er s ar e ath letes.
Th u s, All fr ogs bein gs tu rtl es is

No at hl ete is a ban k er.
a possi bility. No at hl ete is a ban k er.
I + E  O – t ype of Con cl u si on
259. (3) Som e du k es ar e k in gs. I + E  O – t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e swim m ers ar e n ot ban k -
er s.” “Som e swim m ers ar e n ot ban k -
er s.”
(2 5 7 –2 5 8 ) :
(2 6 3 – 2 6 4 ) :
Som e am ph ibians ar e t u r t les. Al l k in gs are warr ior s.
Som e am ph ibians ar e t u r t les.
I + A  I – t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e du k es are warri ors.”
All t u rt les are r ept iles. Th is is Con clu sion II.
(2 6 0 –2 6 1 ) : All t u rt les are r ept iles.
I + E  I – t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e am ph ibian s are repti les.” Som e plant s ar e tr ees. I + E  I – t ype of Con cl u si on
(P) “Som e am ph ibian s are repti les.”
257. (5) Con clu sion (P) is Con clu sion (P)
I. 263. (5) Conclu sion (P) is Conclu sion I.
Al l tr ees ar e weeds.
258. (5) Ven n diagram s of “All frogs 264. (5) Ven n diagram s of “All frogs
are am phibian s.” I + A  I – t ype of Con cl u si on are am phibian s.”
“Som e pl an t s are weeds.” (P)
Al l tr ees ar e weeds. Amphibian s
Amphibian s Amphibian s Amphibian s
Fr ogs Fr ogs
Al l weeds ar e sh ru bs.
Fr ogs A + A  A – t ype of Con cl u si on Fr ogs
“All trees are sh r u bs.” (Q)
I II Som e plant s are weeds. I II
Ven n diagram s of “Som e tu rtl es Ven n diagram s of “Som e tu rtl es
ar e am ph i bian s” : ar e am ph i bian s” :
All weeds are sh ru bs.
ns
ns
s
ia
s
ia
i an
ib
i an
ib
ph
“Som e pl an t s ar e sh ru bs.” (R)

ph
Tu rt les Tu r tles
ib
Tu rt les Tu r tles
ib
Am
Am
ph
260. (3) Con clu sion (P) is Con clu sion

ph
Am
Am
II .
261. (2) Conclu sion (Q) is Con clu sion
II III I. II III
Venn diagram s of Con clu sion (R)
Tu r t les Plan ts
Tu r t les
Sh ru bs
Plan t s Sh r u bs Plan t s Sh ru bs
Am ph ibian s Am ph ibian s
I II III
From statem en t III it is clear th at
“sh ru bs bei n g plan ts is a p ossi-
IV bility.” IV
SYLLOGISM
Com bi n e diagram s II an d V 268. (4) D i a gr a m I I I s u p p o r t s t h e
(i) Al l r epti les ar e bi rds  Un iversal Con clu sion II.
Tu rt l es Affirm at ive (A–typ e). 270. (1) Venn diagram s of “Some ratios
(ii) So m e r ep t i l es a r e b i r d s  ar e n ot section s” :
Am ph ibian s (iii) No k i t e i s a b i r d  U n i ver sal Rat ios
Negati ve (E–type). t i os
Ra
(iv) So m e k i t es a r e n o t b i r d s 
or
Fr ogs Particu lar Negat ive (O–type). io ns Section s
ct
All r eptiles ar e bir ds. Se
I II
No bir d i s a k it e. or
Th u s, All fr ogs bein gs tu rtl es is
“No r ept ile is a k ite”.
a possi bility.
Al l k it es ar e am ph ibian s.
265. (3) Som e du k es ar e k in gs. Ratios Sections
Al l am ph ibi an s ar e plan t s.
Al l k in gs are warr ior s. “All k it es are plan ts.” III
Th is is opt ion (4 ). D i a gr a m I I s u p p o r t s t h e
(2 6 9 -2 7 0 ) : Con clu sion I.
“Som e du k es are warri ors.”
Some ratios are per cent . Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of
th e Con clu sion (P).
(2 6 6 – 2 6 7 ) :
(2 7 1 –2 7 2 ) :
Som e plant s ar e tr ees. All per cent ar e fractions.
Al l m etals ar e pl astics.
“Som e ratios are fraction s.” (P)
Al l tr ees ar e weeds. All per cent ar e fract ion s. Al l plastics ar e or es.
I + A  I – t ype of Con cl u si on A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e pl an t s are weeds.” (P) No fract ion is a sect i on.
“All m et als are or es.” (P)
Al l tr ees ar e weeds. “No p ercen t is a sect ion .” (Q) 271. (4) Ven n diagram s of “Al l m etals
ar e or es” :
Some r atios are fr actions.
Al l weeds ar e sh ru bs. Or es Metals

A + A  A – t ype of Con cl u si on No fract ion is a sect ion. or
“All trees are sh r u bs.” (Q) I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on Metals
Som e plant s are weeds. “Som e ratios are n ot section s.” (R) Or es
269. (1) Con cl u si on I i s t h e Con ver se
of th e Con clu sion (Q). I II
Ven n diagrams of “Som e ratios are Ven n d iagram s of “Som e ores are
Al l weeds are sh ru bs. fracti on s”: wood” :
Rat ios
“Som e pl an t s ar e sh ru bs.” (R) Fr es
ac es Or
266. (3) Con clu sion (P) is Con clu sion
Rat ios ti o Or
II . ns Fr actions
or or Wood
267. (2) Conclu sion (Q) is Conclusion I.
od
Venn diagram s of Con clu sion (R) Wo
I II
III IV
Sh ru bs Plan ts
Fr actions
Plan t s Sh r u bs Plan t s Sh ru bs Wood
Ratios
I II III Or es
or 6
From statem en t III it is clear th at
or 6
“sh ru bs bei n g plan ts is a p ossi-
bility.” III
V
SYLLOGISM
Com bi n e diagram s II an d IV : (2 7 3 –2 7 7 ) : or
(i) All races are sprin ts Un iversal
Affirm ative (A–type).
(ii) Som e races are con tests  Par - Hits
Metals; Or es
(iii) No ban k is a lock er  Un iversal
Wood Negative (E–type). Strikes
(iv) Som e ban k s are n ot lock ers 
Particu lar Negative (O–type).
273. (2) Som e con tests ar e races.
VI
T h i s d i a gr a m s u p p o r t s t h e All races ar e spr in ts. III
Con clu sion I. I + A  I – type of Con clu sion Diagram II su pports th e Con clu -
272. (5) Ven n diagram s of “All plastics “Som e con tests are sprin ts”. sion II.
ar e or es” : Th is is Con clu sion I. 276. (3) Con clu sion I is th e Con clu -
274. (1) No lock er is a bank . sion (Q).
Or es Or es Ven n diagram s of “Som e h its are
n ot attack s” :
Pl astics All ban k s ar e stores.
E + A  O1 – type of Conclu sion Hit s
6 or 6
Plastics “Som e stores are n ot lock ers”.
Att ack s
s
Hit s or
ck
All ban k s ar e stores.
ta
I II
At
Ven n d iagram s of “Som e ores are No stor e is a panel. I II
wood” :
A + E  E – type of Conclu sion or
“No ban k is a pan el”.
Or es Con clu sion II is th e Con verse of
it.
Or es Wood Wood (2 7 5 –2 7 6 ) : Som e h it s ar e stri k es. Hit s Att ack s
or
III No str ik e is a r aid.

IV I + E  O – type of Conclu sion III
“Som e h its are n ot raids”. (P) Diagram II supports the Conclusion II.
Wood Al l attack s ar e r ai ds. 277. (2)
Som e for m u lae ar e equ ation s.
Or es No raid i s a st rik e.
or 6 A + E  E – type of Conclu sion
Al l equ at ion s ar e ter m s.
“No attack is a strik e”. (Q)
I + A  I – type of Con clu sion
V No at tack i s a st rik e.
“Som e form u lae are term s”.
Com bi n e d iagram s II an d V : All equ at ion s ar e ter ms.
Som e str ik es ar e h its.
E + I  O1 – type of Conclu sion
Wood “Som e hits are not attack s”. (R) All ter ms ar e symbols.
275. (3) Con clu sion I is th e Con clu -
Plastics A + A  A – type of Conclu sion
sion (P).
Ven n diagram s of “All equ ation s are sym bols”.
“Som e strik es are h its”: Th is is Con clu sion I.
Or es
Som e for m u l ae ar e ter m s.
H it s Str ik es
s
i ke or Hit s Al l ter m s ar e sym bols.
VI tr
S
T h i s d i a gr a m s u p p o r t s t h e I + A  I – type of Con clu sion
Con clu sion II. “Som e form u lae are sym bols”.
I II
SYLLOGISM
(2 7 8 –2 7 9 ) : are cars” : Th erefore, all veh icles bein g se-
Al l call s are m ails. dan s is a possibility. Th u s, Con -
Car s clu sion I also follows.
s
Som e m ail s ar e post s. le s
h ic cle 281. (2) Som e br idges ar e roads.
Car s or hi
A + I  No Con clu sion Ve Ve
Ven n Diagram Meth od :
No r oad is u nderpass.
M ails Mails I II I + E  O – type of Con clu sion
ls or “Som e br i dges ar e n ot u n d er -
Calls Posts or al Posts
C passes”.
Veh icl es Con clu sion I an d Con clu sion II
I II form Com plemen tary Pair. There-
278. (4) Ven n diagram s of “All calls
Car s fore, eith er Con clu sion I or Con -
are m ails” : clu sion II follows.
No u n it is a part .
III 282. (5)
Mails
Venn diagram s of “Some cars are
tru ck s” : Al l par ts are item s.
Cal ls or
E + A  O1 – type of Con clu sion
Trucks Car s
Cal ls “Som e item s are n ot u n its.”
Car s k s or Cars or Trucks Venn diagram s of “Some items are
uc
III IV Tr n ot u n its” :
Venn diagram s of “Some mails are IV V VI
posts” : It em s
After com b in in g t h e ven n di a-
Mails Posts gram s II an d V, we get : It em s ts or Unit s
ni
U
ls
Posts or Post s or Mails

ai
Tr ucks
M
Cars I II
V VI VII
or
After com b in in g t h e ven n di a- Veh icles
gram s IV an d VI, we get :
Unit s Items
Mails, Calls
VII
Posts III
Ven n diagram s of “All tru ck s are
sedan s” : Ven n diagram s I an d II su pport
th e Con clu sion II, bu t Ven n dia-
gram III con tradicts it. However,
Sedans Sedans ‘at least’is mentioned in the Con -
Th erefore, Con clu sion I follows.
279. (3) Neither Conclu sion I nor Con- clu sion II, so th ere is possibility
Tru ck s or th at the Con clu sion is Valid.
clu sion II follows.
(2 8 3 –2 8 7 ) :
280. (1) Som e cars are tr u ck s. Tru ck s
(i) Al l m in i sters are dean s  Un i-
All tr u ck s ar e sedans. VIII IX versal Affi rm ative (A–t ype).
I + A I – type of Con clu sion (ii) Som e j obs ar e work s  Part icu -
“Som e cars are sedan s.” After com b in in g t h e ven n di a-
lar Affi rm ative (I–t ype).
Th is is Con clu sion II gram s VII an d IX, we get :
(iii) No solu ti on is a tr ick  Un iver -
Ven n Diagram Meth od : sal Negative (E–t ype).
Sedans, Tru cks (iv) Som e solu tion s are n ot tri ck s 
Sedan s Car s Particu lar Negat ive (O–type).
(2 8 3 –2 8 4 ) :
ks Veh icles
uc Cars Som e task s are h u r dles.
Tr
All h u r dles ar e jobs.
Ven n diagram s of “Some veh icles X “Som e task s are jobs.” (P)
SYLLOGISM
2 83 . (3) Ven n diagram s of “All h u r - A + I  No Con cl u si on (iv) Som e sp aces ar e n ot gap s 
dl es are jobs” : Ven n d iagram s of “All m in i sters Particu lar Negative (O-type).
ar e dean s” : 288. (5) Some slides ar e photos.
J obs J obs
D ean s
M in ist er s
H u r d les or
or All photos ar e images.
H u r d les M in ist er s
I + A  I–type of Con clu sion
I II D ean s “Som e slides are im ages”.
Venn diagram s of “Some jobs are Con clu sion I is Con verse of it.
I II
work s” : All photos ar e images.
Ven n diagram s of “Som e dean s
J obs ar e h eads” :
J obs Wor k s or Wor k s Dean s All images ar e creations.

A + A  A-type of Con clu sion
Dean s Heads or Heads
“All ph otos are creation s”.
III IV Th is is Con clu sion II.
or
III IV 289. (2) All fissu r es ar e gaps.
Wor k s or
J obs No gap is a cr ack.

H eads
A + E  E-type of Con clu sion
D ean s “No fissu re is a crack ”.
V Th is is Con clu sion II.
After com bin in g th e Ven n di a- All fissu r es ar e gaps.
gr am s II an d IV, we get
V
After com bi n in g th e Ven n di a- No gap is a space.
J ob s
gr am s II an d IV, we get :
“No fissu re is a space”.
Wor k s Deans,
Ministers 290. (3) No loss is a profi t.
H u r dl es
Heads
VI Som e profi t s ar e gai ns.
Ven n diagram VI su pp ort s t h e E + I  O1 – type of Conclu sion
Con clu sion I. “Som e gain s are n ot losses”.
284. (3) Con clu sion I is th e Con verse Con clu sion s I an d II form Com -
VI pl em en tary Pai r. Th erefore, ei-
Ven n diagram VI su pp ort s t h e th er Con clu sion I or Con clu sion
285. (4) Al l r u les ar e t r ick s. Con clu sion II. II follows.
(2 9 1 -2 9 2 ) :
287. (2) Som e r ows ar e qu eu es.
No t r i ck i s a sol u t i on . Al l poin ts ar e views.
A + E  E–type of Con clu sion
No qu eu e is a lin e.
“No ru le is a solu tion .”
Th is is th e Con clu sion I. I + E  O–type of Con clu sion No view is an i dea.
“Som e rows are n ot lin es.”
A + E  E – type of Conclu sion
Con clu sion s I an d II form Com -
Som e p r ob lem s ar e sol u t i on s. “No point is an idea”. (P)
th er Con clu sion I or Con clu sion No view is an idea.
No solu t ion is a t r ick . II follows.
I + E  O–type of Con clu sion (2 8 8 -2 9 2 ) :
“Some problems are not trick s.” (i) All ph otos are im ages  Un iver -
Som e ideas ar e th ou gh ts
Th is is th e Con clu sion II. sal Affirm ative (A-type).
(ii) Som e slides are ph otos  Par - E + I  O1 – type of Conclu sion
286. (5) Al l m in ist er s ar e dean s.
ticu lar Affirm ative (I-type). “Some thou ghts are not views”. (Q)
(iii) No space is a gap  Un iversal E + I  O1 –type of Conclu sion .
Som e d ean s ar e h eads. Negative (E-type). ‘‘Some thoughts are not points’’. (R)
SYLLOGISM
291. (1) Ven n d i a gr am s o f “Som e 293. (5) Ven n diagram s of “Som e ba- Ven n diagram s of “Som e basin s
th ou gh ts are n ot poin ts”. sin s are n ot grou n ds” : are deltas”:
Basin s
Th ou gh t s Basin s
s
ts
in
ns
gh
s
or Gr ou n ds
as
ou
si
nd
h Point s l t a or Delta
B
T Poin t s
Ba
or De
ou
Gr
I II III IV
I II or
or or
Del ta
Point s Thoughts Basin s Gr ou n ds
Basin s
III III
Diagram I su pports Con clu sion I. Ven n diagram s of “Som e basin s
292. (2) Con cl u si on (P) con t r ad i ct s are deltas”. V
Con clu sion I. After com bi n in g th e Ven n di a-
Venn diagrams of “Some ideas are Basin s
gram s II an d V, we get :
s
si n
th ou gh ts” : or
s
Deltas
ta
Ba
el
Deltas
D
Ideas
Th
IV V Soils
Ideas Th ou gh ts
ou
or
gh
or
st
Del tas
I II Basins
or
Basin s
VI
Th ou gh ts
Ideas Ven n d iagram VI su p por ts t h e

VI Con clu sion I.
After com bi n in g th e Ven n di a-
295. (5) All pol ici es are decision s.
gram s II an d VI, we get :
III
Diagram II su pports Con clu sion Deltas
II . No decision is a ver dict .
Basin s
(2 9 3 –2 9 7 ) : A + E  E–type of Con clu sion
(i) All soils are basin s Un iversal Gr ou n ds “No policy is a verdict.”
Affirm ative (A–type). Con clu sion II is th e Con verse of
(ii) Som e basin s are deltas  Par - it.
Ven n diagram s of all t h e th ree
(iii) No grou n d is a soil  Un iversal
VII Prem ises :
Negative (E–type).
(iv) Som e grou n ds are n ot soils  Ven n diagram VII su pports th e
Decisions
Particu lar Negative (O–type). Conclu sion II.
294. (4) Ven n diagram s of “All soils Policies Verdict Result
(2 9 3 –2 9 4 ) :
are basin s” :
No gr ou n d is a soil .
Basins Soils 296. (2)
Som e m ach in es are calcu lat ors.
Al l soi ls are basin s. Soils or
E + A  O1 – type of Con clu sion Basin s No calcu lat or is a ph one.

“Som e basin s are n ot grou n ds”. I II
SYLLOGISM
I + E  O–type of Con clu sion (2 9 8 -3 0 1 ) : After com bin in g th e Ven n dia-
(i) All digits are nu m bers  Un iver - gram s II an d III, we get :
“Some machines are n ot phones.”
sal Affirm ative (A-type).
Con clu sion s I an d II form Com - (ii) Som e letters are digits  Partic- Digits,
pl em en tary Pai r. Th erefore, ei- u lar Affirm ative (I-type). Nu m ber s
th er Con clu sion I or Con clu sion
(iii) No poin t is a spot  Un iversal
II follows.
Negative (E-type).
Som e win ters ar e au tu m n s. (iv) Some poin ts are not spots  Par - Sym bols
ticu lar Negative (O-type).
297. (1) (2 9 8 -2 9 9 ) :
All au t u m n s ar e fal ls.
Some lett er s ar e digits.
I + A  I – type of Con clu sion V
Ven n Diagram V su pp orts th e
“Som e win ters are falls.” All digits ar e nu mbers.
Conclu sion II.
Con clu sion I is th e Con verse of I + A  I-type of Con clu sion 299. (5) Ven n diagram s of “Som e let-
it. “Som e letters are n u m bers”. (P) ters are digits”:
Venn diagrams of “All season s are 298. (1) Conclu sion I is the Conclu sion
(P).
win ters” :
Ven n diagram s of “All digits are
Digi t s
n u m bers” :
Wi n t er s Seasons
Season s or Nu m ber s
I
or
Wi nt er s Digits
I II Digit s
Ven n diagram s of “Som e win ters

Lett ers
are au tu m n s” :
I
Win ter s
or
rs
ns
te
or Au tu mn s
m
II
in
tu
W
or
Au
Digits,
III IV
Num ber s Letters
or
Au t u m n s
Digits
II
Ven n diagram s of “All sym bols
Wint er s are n u m bers” :
III
Nu m ber s
Ven n d iagram II su pp or ts t h e
V
Conclu sion II.
After com bi n in g th e Ven n di a- Sym bols (3 0 0 -3 0 1 ) : No point is a spot.
gr am s II an d V, we get :
Au t u m n s All spots ar e mar ks.

Season s III E + A  O1 - type of Con clu sion
or “Som e m ark s are n ot poin ts.” (P)
Win t er s Al l spots ar e m ar k s.
Symbols,
VI Num ber s No m ark i s a dot.
A + E  E - type of Con clu sion
Ven n diagram VI su pp ort s t h e
“No spot is a dot.” (Q)
Con clu sion II.
IV
SYLLOGISM
300. (3) Ven n d i a gr am s o f “Som e (iii) No m em ber is a captain 6  After com bi n in g th e Ven n di a-
m ark s are n ot poin ts” : Un iversal Negative6 (E-type). gram s II an d V, we get :
(iv) Som e m em bers are n ot cap-
tain s 6 6 Particu lar Negative Finger s
(O-type).
Poin t s Thu m bs
303. (2)
All debates ar e argu m en t s.
Lim bs
I
No argu m ent is a m eet in g. Th u s, Con clu sion I also follows.
or
305. (4)
A + E  E – type of Con clu sion
Mar k s Al l m em bers ar e team s.
“No debate is a m eetin g”.
Som e figh ts ar e debat es.
Poin ts Al l team s ar e par ticipan ts.
All debates ar e argu m en ts. A + A  A – type of Con clu sion
1All m embers are participan ts2-
I + A  I-types of Con clu sion
Con clu sion I is Con verse of it.
“Som e figh ts are argu m en ts”-
II Con clu sion I an d Con clu sion II No capt ai n i s a mem ber.
or form Com plemen tary Pair. There-
fore, eith er Con clu sion I or Con - All m em bers are part icipan ts.
clu sion II follows. E + A  O1 – type of Con clu sion
Mar k s Poin ts “Som e participan ts are n ot cap-
304. (1) All h ands ar e li m bs.
tains”.
III All li m bs are fin ger s. No capt ain is a m em ber.
Ven n d iagram II su pp or ts t h e A + A  A–type of Con clu sion
Con clu sion I. “All h an ds are fin gers”- Al l m em bers ar e t eam s.
301. (5) Ven n diagram s I an d II given
Th is is Con clu sion II. E + A  O1 – type of Con clu sion
in the an swer to Qu estion Nu m -
ber 14 su pport th e Conclu sion II. Ven n diagram s of ‘All lim bs are 1Som e team s are n ot captain s2 -
302. (4) fin gers’ : Ven n diagram s of ‘Som e team s
are n ot captain s’:
Al l far m s are h ou ses. rs
n ge Fin gers
i s
F Team
Lim bs or
Al l h ou ses ar e ju n gles. Team s
s or Captain s
Lim bs a in
A + A  A - type of Con clu sion pt
“All farm s are ju n gles”. Ca
I II I
Al l h ou ses ar e ju n gles. II
Ven n diagram s of ‘Som e fin gers
are th u m bs’:
No ju n gl e is a r anch . Team s Captain s
A + E  E - type of Con clu sion or 6
Fin gers Th u m b
“No h ou se is a ran ch ”.
All far m s ar e ju n gles.
Fr om Ven n diagram s I an d 6 II,
some (not all) team s are captain s.
III 306. (3)
No ju n gle i s a r an ch .
or Som e slopes ar e m ou n tain s.
A + E  E - type of Con clu sion
“No farm is a ran ch ”.
Th is is option (4). Th u m bs Fin gers
No m ou nt ai n i s a ri ver.
(3 0 3 –3 0 7 ) : I + E  O – type of Con clu sion
Fin ger s Thu m bs
(i) All h an ds are lim bs6 6 Un i- 6 or 6
versal Affirm ative6(A-type). “Som e Slopes are n ot rivers.”
(ii) Som e fin gers are th u m bs6  Ven n diagram s of ‘Som e slopes
Particu lar Affirmative6(I-type). IV V
are n ot rivers’:
SYLLOGISM
(iii) No mission is gu ide6 Universal
Slop es
River s Negative (E–type).
Slopes Pr ojects
or River s (iv) Some m ission s are not gu ides 6 Mission s
Crafts
(3 0 8 –3 0 9 ) :
I
II
Som e pr ojects ar e m ission s. VI
Slopes Th is ven n diagram su pports th e

River s No m issi on i s a gu ide.
or 6 Conclu sion II.
I + E  O–type of Con clu sion . (3 1 0 –3 1 1 ) :
“Som e projects are n ot gu ides”.
III Some resu lts are ou tpu ts.
308. (2) Conclu sion I and Con clu sion
From Ven n diagram s I an d II, it I I for m Com p l em en t ar y Pai r.
is clear th at ‘Som e slopes are riv- Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
er s’.
All ou tpu ts ar e pr oducts.
Con clu sion II follows.
No mountain is a river. 309. (5) Ven n diagram s of “All crafts I + A  I–type of Con clu sion
are projects” : “Som e resu lts are produ cts.”(P)
Some r iver s ar e ponds. All ou t pu t s are produ ct s.
E + I  O1 – type of Con clu sion Pr ojects Pr oj ects
1Som e ponds are not mou n tain s2-
All pr odu ct s ar e yi elds.
Ven n diagram s of ‘Som e pon ds Crafts
are n ot m ou n tain s’: A + A  A–type of Con clu sion
6 or 6 “All ou tpu ts are yields.” (Q)
s Cr afts
Pon d
ns
Pon ds I Som e r esu lts ar e produ cts.

II
t ai
or M
un
Venn diagrams of “Some projects

Al l pr odu cts are yields.
Mo
are missions” :
I II I + A  I–type of Con clu sion
s M “Som e resu lts are yields.” (R)
i ss
ct io 310. (3) Neither Conclu sion I nor Con-
oje ns
or 6
Pon ds Mou n tain s Pr clu sion II follows.
III sion (Q).
Ven n diagram s of “Som e resu lts
III
Pr oject s are yields” :
Fr om Ven n diagram s I an d 6 II,
som e pon ds are m ou n tain s.
Mi ssions Resu lt s
307. (5) No gate is a door.
lt s
Yi e
or l ds
u
Yields
es
R
All door s ar e wal ls. 6 or 6

E + A  O1 – type of Con clu sion IV
“Som e walls are n ot gates”.
I II
or
Al l door s ar e wall s. or
No wall is a ceilin g. Missions

Yields
“No door is a ceilin g”. Pr ojects
Resu lt s
Con clu sion II is Con verse of it:
(3 0 8 –3 1 2 ) :
(i) All crafts are projects6  Un iver -
V III
sal Affirm ative (A–type).
(ii) Som e projects are m ission s6  After com bin in g ven n diagram s Ven n diagram III su pp ort s t h e
Particu lar Affirm ative (I–type). II an d III, we get : Conclu sion II.
SYLLOGISM
312. (5) No price is a rate. (3 1 6 –3 1 7 ) : POSSI BL E VENN-DI AGRAM S
Som e t ests ar e exam s.
All rates ar e expenses.
E + A  O1 – type of Con clu sion No exam is a ch al len ge. ;
“Som e expen ses are n ot prices.”
I + E  O – type of Con clu sion
Its ven n diagram s :
“Som e tests are n ot ch allen ges”
(P)
Expenses
No exam is a ch al len ge.
ses
Pr ices
p en
Prices
6 or 6
Ex
Som e ch al len ges ar e wi ns.

I II E + I  O1 – type of Con clu sion
“Som e win s are n ot exam s.” (Q) 2. (2) Fi r st Pr em i se i s Par t i cu l ar
316. (2) Conclu sion I and Con clu sion Affirm at ive (I-typ e).
I I for m Com p l em en t ar y Pai r. Secon d Pr em i se i s U n i ver sal
Expenses Pr ices Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or Negati ve (E-type).
or 6 Con clu sion II follows. T h i r d Pr em i s e i s U n i v er s a l
317. (1) Venn diagram s of “Some tests Affirm ative (A-t ype).
III
are n ot ch allen ges” :
Ven n d iagr am II su p p or t s t h e
Conclu sion II. Tests
(3 1 3 –3 1 4 ) : es
Tests ng or
Som e pri ces ar e cost s. ll e Challenges
a We k n ow th at,
Ch
I + E  O-typ e con clu si on
All cost s are t ari ffs. Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
I II wou ld be :
I + A  I - type of Con clu sion
“Som e prices are tariffs.” (P) “Som e fl owers are n ot boats”.
313. (4) Fr om t wo Affi r m at i ve Pr e- Again,
m ises, n o Negative Con clu sion
can be derived. Tests Ch al len ges
Th erefore, n eith er Con clu sion I or 6
n or Con clu sion II follows.
III
sion (P). Th u s, it is clear th at all tests can We k n ow th at
Ven n diagram s of “Som e prices n ever be ch allen ges. E + A  O 1 -t ype con cl u si on
are tariffs” : Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
wou ld be :
Tariffs
SBI PO EXAMS “Som e rivers ar e n ot flowers”.
Con clu sion II is th e con versi on
s
Pr ices
r i f f or Pr ices
1. (5) Fi rst Prem ise i s Un iversal Af- of th e th ird prem ise.
Ta firm ative (A-t ype).
Con clu sion IV is th e con versi on
Secon d Prem ise is Par ticu lar Af- of th e fi rst prem ise.
I fi rm at ive (I-type). Th er efor e, on l y Con cl u si on s II
II
B ot h t h e Prem ises ar e alr ead y an d IV foll ow
ali gn ed . Th u s, 3. (5) Fi r st Pr em i se i s Par t i cu l ar
Pr ices Affirm at ive (I-typ e).
Secon d Pr em i se i s U n i ver sal
or 6 Tar iffs Affirm ative (A-t ype).
Th ird Prem ise is al so Un iversal
Affirm ative.
III We k n ow th at
Ven n diagram III su pp ort s t h e A + I  No con cl u sion .
Conclu sion II. Now l ook for an y Con versi on or
315. (4) No Con clu sion follows from Implications.
two Negative Prem ises. Th ere is n o su ch Con clu sion .
SYLLOGISM
We k n ow th at, T h i r d Pr em i s e i s Pa r t i c u l a r
All grapes are bananas.
I + A  I-type con clu sion . Affirm at ive (I-typ e).
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
wou ld be : Some bananas are mangoes.
“Som e bu ses are goats”.
A + I  No con cl u sion .
Al l pot at oes ar e ban an as.
We k n ow th at,
A + I  No con cl u si on
6. (3) Fi r st Pr em i se i s Par t i cu l ar Som e ban an as are m an goes.
Affirm at ive (I-typ e).
Secon d Pr em i se i s U n i ver sal A + I  No con cl u sion .
We k n ow th at,
Negati ve (E-type). 9. (5) Si n ce al l t h e th r ee prem ises
A + A  A-typ e con clu si on
T h i r d Pr em i s e i s U n i v er s a l are Particu lar -Affirm ative no con -
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on cl u si on can b e d er i ved f r om
wou ld be : Affirm ative (A-t ype).
them .
“All h or ses ar e d ogs”. 10. (4)
Con cl u si on II is t h e con ver se of
th is con clu son . All ch alk s are du ster s.
Again,
We k n ow th at, Some du ster s are pen s.
I + E  O-typ e con clu si on
A + I  No con cl u si on
wou ld be : Some boar ds ar e chalk s. (conver sion of II)
We k n ow th at, “Som e cr u el an i m al s ar e n ot
I + A  I-typ e con clu si on t r ees”.
All ch alk s ar e dusters.
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on I + A  I type con clu sion .
wou ld be : i.e. Som e b oard s are du ster s.
“Som e bu ses ar e d ogs”. Con clu sion II is th e con versi on
Con clu sion I is th e con ver se of of ou r d eri ved con clu sion .
th is conclu sion . We k n ow th at, 11. (2) We can al i gn t h e p r em i ses
Con cl u sion III is th e con ver se of E + A  O 1 -t ype con cl u si on as :
th e th ird pr em ise.
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on Some bags ar e books.
Th er efor e, al l t h e con cl u si on s wou ld be :
follow.
“Som e ways are n ot pap ers”.
4. (4) Fi rst an d t h ir d Prem ises are
Con c-lu sion III i s th e con verse of All books ar e boxes.
th e fi rst pr em ise. No bo x i s boar d.
Con cl u si on s I an d I V for m I +A+ E
com pl em en tar y p air. Th erefor e, or (I + A) + E = I + E  O type
eit h er Con clu sion I or IV follows. con clu sion .
7. (5) We can arran ge th e given pre- i.e., som e b ags are n ot board s.
m i ses as:
Again,
No cl ou d is b i r d.
We k n ow th at,
I + A  I-typ e con clu si on
Th erefor e, con clu sion s I an d ei-
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on Some birds are goat s.
th er II or III follow.
wou ld be :
12. (2) First Prem i se is Parti cu lar Af-
“Som e ch airs ar e veh icles.” fi rm at ive (I-type).
Some goat s ar e car s.
Th is is th e Con clu sion II. Secon d an d th ir d Prem ises are
Con cl u sion III is th e con ver se of E + I  O 1 t ype con cl u si on Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
th e secon d prem ise. O1 + I  No con cl u si on
(A)
Con cl u si on s I an d I V for m Now look for an y con versi on an d
com pl em en tar y p air. Th erefor e, im plication . There is n o su ch con-
eit h er Con clu sion I or IV follows. clu sion .
5. (1) First an d secon d Premises are 8. (5) We can arran ge th e given pre-
Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e). m i ses as : We k n ow th at,
SYLLOGISM
I + A  I-type con clu sion . (A)
wou ld be : ;
“Som e br ick s ar e p en s”.
Con cl u si on II is t h e con ver se of
We k n ow th at,
th is d erived con cl u sion .
A + E  E-type con clu sion .
;
(B) Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
wou ld be :
“No cu p i s water ”.
(B)
We k n ow th at,
A + A  A– t ype con clu sion .
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on 15. (5) All th e th ree Prem ises are Uni-
wou ld be : versal Affir m ati ve (A-type).
We k n ow th at,
“All trees are boats.” E + I  O 1 -t ype con cl u si on (A)
(C) Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on

wou ld be :
“Som e cloth es are n ot tab les.”
We k n ow th at,
(C) A + A  A-typ e con clu si on
We k n ow th at, Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
I + A  A-typ e con clu si on wou ld be :
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on “All tru ck s ar e cars.”
wou ld be : We k n ow th at,
“Som e bri ck s ar e boats”. (B)
E + I  O 1 -t ype con cl u si on
Th is is th e con clu sion IV. Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
Con clu sion I is th e con ver se of wou ld be :
th is conclu sion . “Som e cl oth es are n ot cu ps.”
Con cl u sion III is th e con ver se of We k n ow th at,
Con cl u sion III is th e con ver se of
th e fi rst Pr em ise. th e th ird Pr em ise. A + A  A-typ e con clu si on
Thu s, all the fou r con clu sion s fol- Ven n -di agr am Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
low. wou ld be :
Ven n -di agr am “All van s are train s.”
Th is is th e con clu sion IV.
(C)
an d,
We k n ow th at,
A + A  A-typ e con clu si on
Th u s ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
wou ld be :
“All tru ck s are train s.”
14. (4) All th e th ree Prem ises are Par -
Th is is t h e con clu sion III.
ticu lar Affirm ati ve (I-t ype)
Th u s, only con clu sion s III an d IV
We k n ow t h at fr om Par t i cu l ar
follow.
Pr em i ses n o con clu sion can be
Ven n -di agr am
d er ived .
Con cl u sion s I an d IV form com -
plem en tary pair. Th erefore eith er
con cl u sion I or IV fol lows.
13. (3 ) Fi rst Prem ise is th e Un i versal Ven n -di agr am
Secon d Pr em i se i s t h e Un iversal
Negati ve (E-type). ;
Th ird Prem ise is th e Parti cu l ar
Affirm at ive (I-typ e).
SYLLOGISM
16. (1) First an d secon d Prem ises are 21. (2) Al l t h e t h r ee Pr em i ses ar e
Un iversal Negative (E-t ype). Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type).
Th ird Prem ise i s Un iversal Affi r - We k n ow th at n o Con clu si on fol-
m ative (A-type). lows from two or m ore Particu lar
Prem i ses.
We k n ow th at,
A + I  No Con cl u si on Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of
th e Fi rst Pr em ise.
We k n ow th at, th e Th ird Pr em ise.
E + A  O 1 - type con cl u sion . 22. (4) Fir st an d th i rd Prem ises are
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on Un i ver sal Affi r m at i ve (A-t yp e).
wou ld be : We k n ow th at, Secon d Prem ises is Particu lar Af-
“Som e ch air s ar e n ot fru its.” A + I  No Con cl u si on fi rm at ive (I-type).
Ven n -di agr am Con cl u sion III is th e Con ver se of
Som e r iver s ar e h ou ses.
Con clu sion s II an d IV form Com -
p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefor e, ei - All h ou ses ar e lak es
th er Con clu sion II or IV fol lows. We k n ow t h at, I + A  I - type
20. (5) Fi rst an d Th ir d Prem ises are Conclu sion
17. (2) First Pr em ise is Particu lar Af- Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e). Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
fi rm at ive (I-type). Secon d Pr em i se i s U n i ver sal wou ld be :
Secon d Pr em i se i s Un iversal Af- Negati ve (E-type). “Som e rivers ar e lak es.”
firm ative (A-t ype). Con clu sion I an d III form com ple-
Th ird Pr em i se is Part icu lar Neg- m en tary p air. Th er efore, eit h er I
ati ve (O-typ e). or III follows.
Con cl u si on IV is con verse of t h e
We k n ow th at, secon d Pr em ise.
A + E  E-typ e Con clu si on 23. (1) First Pr em ise is Particu lar Af-
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on fi rm at ive (I-type).
We k n ow th at, wou ld be : Secon d Pr em i se i s U n i ver sal
I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on “No l ion is h orse.” Negati ve (E-type).
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on Th erefor e, Con clu sion I fol lows. Th ird Prem ise i s Un iversal Affi r -
wou ld be : m ative (A-type).
“Som e dogs are tr ees”.
Som e t iger s ar e goat s.
th is Conclu sion .
18. (4) Fi rst an d Th ir d Prem ises are We k n ow th at, No goat i s r at .
E + A  O 1 -t ype Con cl u si on
Secon d Pr em i se i s Un iversal Af- We k n ow t h at , I + E  O-type
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on Conclu sion .
firm ative (A-t ype).
wou ld be :
‘Som e fr u it s are n ot du ck s’.
wou ld be :
“Som e tigers ar e n ot r ats.”
Al l dogs ar e r at s.
We k n ow th at,
We k n ow th at, No r at i s goat .
E + A  O 1 -t ype Con cl u si on
wou ld be :
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on We k n ow t h at , A + E  E-type
“Som e boys are clou ds.” Conclu sion
wou ld be :
‘Som e fr u it s are n ot li on s’. Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on
th is Conclu sion .
Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of wou ld be :
Con cl u si on IV is t h e Con ver se of
th e Th ird Pr em ise. “No d og i s goat ”.
Con cl u sion III is th e Con ver se of Th is is th e Con clu sion II.
19. (1) Fi rst an d Th ir d Prem ises are
Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e). Con clu sion I and IV form comple-
Th erefor e, Con clu sion s I, II an d m en tary p air. Th er efore, eit h er I
III follow.
fi rm at ive (I-type). or IV fol lows.
SYLLOGISM
24. (3) First an d secon d Premises are We k n ow th at
Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type). I + E  O typ e con clu si on
Th ird Prem ise i s Un iversal Affi r - Th er efor e, ou r d eri ved con clu -
m ative (A-type). si on wou l d be :
Som e fl ow er s ar e r oads “ Som e gold are pai n ts”.
Si m il arl y, we can tak e t h e fir st
an d t h e secon d prem ises. Th u s,
Al l r oads ar e veh icles
Som e ice ar e rin gs.
We k n ow that, I + A  I-type Con -
clu sion T h e s h a d ed p or t i on i m p l i es
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on dou btfu l proposition .
wou ld be : No rin g is pain t. Con cl u si on s I an d I I for m
“Som e fl owers are Veh icles”. com pl em en tar y p air. Th erefor e,
We k n ow th at,
Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of ei th er con cl u si on I or II fol lows.
I + E  O type con clu sion .
th is Conclu sion . Si m il arly, con clu sion s III an d IV
25. (2) All the th ree Premises are Uni- for m com plem en tary pair. Th ere-
wou ld be : fore, eit h er con cl u si on III or IV
“Som e ice are n ot pai n ts”. follows.
Al l fr u it s ar e book s.
30. (5 ) All t h e th r ee p rem ises ar e Af-
28. (1) fir m ati ve an d h en ce th e Negat ive
con cl u sion i s i n valid . Th erefor e,
Al l book s ar e bu ses.
con cl u si on I does n ot follow.
We k n ow t h at , A + A  A-type
Conclu sion
wou ld be :
“All fru its are bu ses”.
Con clu sion II is th e Con vers of For con cl u sion I th e first an d th e
th e secon d Prem ise. secon d prem ises are relevan t. We
Con cl u sion III is th e Con ver se of can ali gn th ese prem ises by con -
th e fi rst Pr em ise. verti n g t h e secon d pr em ise an d
26. (5) All th e three Premises are par - ch an gin g th e or der of t h e p re-
ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e). m ises. Con clu sion III is th e con version of th e
We k n ow th at n o Con clu si on fol- secon d pr em ise.
lows from Parti cu l ar Prem ises. Som e fr u i t s ar e gat es.
31. (4)
27. (5)
Al l gat es ar e flower s.
We k n ow th at,
I + A  I type con clu sion .
wou ld be : For con clu sion III th e first an d
th e secon d prem ises are relevan t.
Th e sh ad ed p or ti on r ep resen t s “Som e fr u it s ar e flowers”.
B ot h t h e p rem ises ar e alr ead y
dou btfu l proposition . Con clu sion I is t h e con ver sion of align ed.
Si n ce t wo of th e p r em i ses ar e ou r derived con cl u sion .
Par ticu lar, th e Un i versal con clu - Si n ce all th e p rem ises ar e Affi r - Som e lice ar e slates.
si on s can be di scarded. Th er e- m ative, n o Negative con cl u si on
fore, con clu sion s I, II an d IV are can be derived from th em . Th ere-
invalid. All slates are apples.
fore, con clu sion IV is in vali d.
For conclu sion III, th e second and
29. (5) Fr om th e fir st two prem ises We k n ow th at
th e t h ir d p rem ises ar e r elevan t.
we can derive t h e con clu sion : I + A  I type con clu sion .
We can align the premises by con -
ver t i n g t h e t h i r d p r em i se an d “Som e sh oes ar e n ot can dles” Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
ch an gin g th e or der of t h e p re- No can dle is b ell . wou ld be
m i ses. Th u s, “Som e li ce are app les”.
Con cl u si on III is th e con versi on
Som e gold ar e r in gs.
Som e b ell s ar e sh oes of th e d eri ved con clu sion .
C o n c l u si o n s I I a n d I V fo r m
We k n ow th at,
No rin g is p ain t. complementary pair. Hence eith er
E + I  O 1 t ype con clu sion .
con cl u si on II or IV fol lows.
SYLLOGISM
32. (3) Fi rst an d t h ir d p rem ises are “All jeeps are tru ck s”. Co n cl u si on : Som e pen s ar e r a-
Particu lar Affirm ative, i.e. I-type. Th erefore, only con clu sion IV fol- dios.
Secon d pr em i se i s Un iversal Af- lows. Th u s, ou r requ ir ed an swer Con clu sion II is th e con versi on
firm ative (A-t ype). is opti on (4). of th is con clu sion .
VENN - DI AGRAM Th erefore, on ly conclu sion s I an d
II follow.
VENN-DI AGRAM
We k n ow th at,
I + A  I - typ e con cl u si on
Th er efor e, ou r d eri ved con clu -
si on wou l d b e:
“Som e book s are ch air s” 37. (5) First prem i se  Un iver sal Af-
Th is is th e con cl u si on I. firm ative (A-t ype).
Secon d prem ise  Universal Neg-
Con clu sion II is th e con versi on
ative (E-type).
of ou r d eri ved con clu sion . 34. (2) All th e three premises are Par - Th ird prem ise  Particu lar Affir -
Two ou t of t h ree pr em i ses ar e t i cu l ar Affi r m at i ve (I - t y p e). m ative (I-type).
Particu lar an d h en ce, Un iversal Th erefore, n o con cl u si on can be Now,
conclu sion is invalid. That is, con- derived from t h ese p rem ises.
cl u si on III does n ot follow. Now look for an y con version and/
Con clu sion IV is th e con ver -sion or im plication :
of th e th ird prem ise. Th ere is n o su ch con clu sion .
Th erefore, on ly con cl u sion s I, II
35. (3) Fi rst prem ise i s Un iversal Af- We k n ow th at,
an d IV follow.
firm ative (A-t ype). A + E  E-typ e con clu si on
33. (4) All the th ree premises are Uni-
Secon d p rem ise is Par ticu lar Af- Con cl u si on :
fi rm at ive (I-type). No town i s forest.
Th ird prem ise i s Un iversal Affi r - Th ere is n o su ch con clu sion .
m ative (A-type).
We k n ow th at,
A + A  A-typ e con clu si on We k n ow th at,
Th erefore, ou r r equ ired con cl u - E + I  O 1 – typ e con cl u si on
We k n ow th at,
si on wou l d b e: Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on
I + A  I-typ e con clu si on wou ld b e:
“All cars ar e bu ses.”
Co n c l u si o n : Som e b r i ck s ar e “ Som e r ivers are n ot vi llages.”
Th ere is n o su ch con clu sion .
doors. Th is is t h e con clu sion III.
Now,
It is con ver sion of con cl u sion II. Again,
Con clu sion s I an d III form com -
plem en tary pair. Th erefore eith er
con cl u si on I or III fol lows.
Th erefore, ou r requ ir ed an swer
Al l bu ses ar e tr u ck s. is opti on (3). We k n ow th at,
We k n ow th at, 36. (5) First an d secon d premises are E + I  O 1 – typ e con cl u si on
A + A  A- t ype con cl u si on Particu lar Affirm ative, i.e. I-type. Con clu si on :
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on Th ird prem ise i s Un iversal Affi r - Som e rivers are n ot t own s.
wou ld b e: m ative (A-type). Th ere is n o su ch con clu sion .
“All car s are tru ck s”. Con clu sion I is t h e con ver sion of Con clu sion II is th e con versi on
Th is is th e con clu sion IV. th e th ird pr em ise. of th e secon d prem ise.
Again, Secon d an d th ir d p rem ises are Th erefore, Con clu sion s II an d III
relevan t for th e con cl u sion II. follow.
Thu s, (3 8 –4 3 ) :
Al l d esk s ar e p en cils  Un iver -
Som e wall s are win d ows  Par -
We k n ow th at, No ch ain is ban gle 
A + A  A – typ e con cl u si on Un iversal Negative (E-t ype).
Th u s, ou r d er i ved con cl u si on We k n ow th at,
Som e ch ain s are n ot b an gles 
wou ld b e: I + A  I-typ e con clu si on Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e).
SYLLOGISM
38. (5) Al l desk s ar e pen ci ls. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on 45. (3) Som e k ites ar e desk s.
“Som e cards are ch air s”
Al l pen cil s ar e wi n dow s. th is Conclu sion . All desk s ar e ju n gles.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
th e fou r th Prem ise.
“All desk s are win d ows”. “Som e k i tes ar e j u n gles”.
Con cl u sion III is th e Con ver se of Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of i t.
Con clu sion IV is Con verse of th is th e fi rst Pr em ise.
Conclu sion . Con cl u si on IV is t h e Con ver se of All desk s ar e ju ngles.
All pencils ar e windows. th e th ird Pr em ise.
43. (1) Al l dol l s ar e m at s. All ju ngles ar e mou ntains.
All windows ar e doors. A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
“All pen cils ar e doors.” “All desk s are m ou n tai n s.”.
No m at is sofa.
Al l desk s ar e w i n dows. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
46. (5) Some boar ds are lanes.
“No doll is sofa”.
No m at i s sofa.
Al l wi n dow s ar e door s.
All lanes ar e roads.
“All d esk s are d oor s” I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
Th is is Con clu sion II. Conclu sion Som e sofas ar e r oom s. “Som e board s are roads.”.
III is Con verse of this Conclu sion . E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t.
Al l wi n dow s ar e door s. “Som e room s are n ot m ats.” 47. (1) Al l pens are cl ock s.
Som e sofas ar e r oom s.
Al l door s ar e wall s. Som e clock s ar e tyres.
“All win d ows ar e walls.” Al l r oom s ar e h i l ls. A + I No Con clu sion
Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
Conclu sion . 48. (5) All ston es ar e ham m er s.
“Som e sofas are h i lls.”
39. (4) Som e t abl et s ar e t oys. (4 4 –4 8 ) :
(i) Al l cars ar e b ran ch es  Un i- No h am m er is rin g.
versal Affir m ati ve (A-type). A + E  E-type of Con clu si on
Al l t oys ar e ju n gl es. (ii) Som e t rai n s are car s  Par - “No ston e i s r in g.”
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on ticu lar Affirm at ive (I-typ e).
Some r ings ar e doors.
“Som e tab let s are ju n gles”. (iii) No h am m er is rin g  Un iver -
Th is is Con clu sion II. sal Negative (E-typ e).
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of t h e (iv) Som e h am m er s ar e n ot rin gs All door s ar e windows.
th ird Prem ise.  Particu lar Negative (O-type).
40. (2) Som e t r ain s ar e r ods. 44. (2) Som e t rain s ar e car s. “Som e ri n gs ar e win d ows”.
Al l car s ar e br an ches. Com pl em en tar y Pair. Th erefor e,
All r ods ar e paper s.
ei th er I or III fol lows.
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on (4 9 –5 3 ) :
“Som e train s ar e b ran ch es”.
“Som e tr ain s are pap ers”. (i) All cu ps are bottles  Un iver -
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t. sal Affirm ati ve (A-type).
Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is
Conclu sion . All car s ar e br anches. (ii) Som e bot tles are ju gs  Par -
Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is ti cu lar Affi rm at ive (I-t ype).
Conclu sion . (iii) No ju g i s p lat e  Un iversal
All br anches ar e nets. Negat ive (E-typ e).
41. (4) All th e fou r Prem ises are Par -
(iv) Som e ju gs are n ot pl ates 
t i cu l ar Affi r m ati ve (I-t ype). No A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
Con clu sion follows from Particu - “All car s ar e n ets”.
lar Prem ises. 49. (5) Som e bot tles ar e ju gs.
Con clu sion s II an d IV form Com -
Some trains ar e br anches.
p lem en tar y Pai r. Th erefor e, ei - No ju g is plat e.
th er II or IV fol lows.
All br anches ar e nets. I + E  O-type of Con clu si on
42. (4) Som e car ds ar e ben ch es. I + A  I-type of Con clu si on “Som e bot tles are n ot plates.”
“Som e tr ain s ar e n ets”. Con cl u si on s I an d I I I for m
Com pl em en tar y Pair. Th erefor e,
Con clu sion II is Con verse of i t.
Al l ben ch es ar e ch air s. ei th er I or III fol lows.
SYLLOGISM
(iv) Som e elli pses are n ot cir clesa (5 8 –5 9 ) :
50. (5) Some chair s ar e h an dles.
 Par t i cu l ar Negat i ve (O-
type).
or s
All han dles ar e pot s.
Teachers
ess
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on 54. (2) All squ ar es ar e rings.
s
r er
f
or
Pr o
“Som e ch airs ar e p ots.” ct u
Le
All han dles ar e pot s. All rings ar e cir cles.
All pot s ar e m at s. “All squ ares ar e circles.”
A + A  A-type of Con clu si on Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
“All h an dl es are m ats.” Pr ofessor s,
Al l r i n gs ar e cir cles. Lectu r er s
Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of i t. Teach er s or
Som e chair s ar e pot s.
No cir cle i s an el li pse.
All pot s ar e m at s. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on “No r in g is an ell ipse”
55. (4) or s
“Som e ch airs ar e m ats.” ss
ofe Teach er s,
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. No h ou se is an apar tm en t. Pr Lectu r er s
Com pl em en tar y Pair. Th erefor e,
ei th er I or III fol lows. Som e ap ar t m en t s ar e b u n galow s.
51. (1) All bir ds ar e hor ses. E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on Remember that No Conclu sion fol-
“Som e bu n galows ar e n ot h ou s- lows from th e two Par ticu lar Pre-
es” m ises.
All horses are t igers.
58. (1 ) Con clu sion I m ay be tru e.
A + A  I-type of Con clu si on 56. (1) Som e gases ar e liqu ids. 59. (2 ) Con cl u si on II m ay be tru e.
“All bir ds are tigers.” (6 0 –6 4 ) :
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t. (i ) All t ru n k s are sh i rts  Un iver -
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of t h e All liqu ids ar e wat er
secon d Pr em ise. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on (i i) Som e bags are tru n k s  Par -
52. (3) Som e bench es ar e walls. “Som e gases are water ”. ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).
Th erefore, Con clu sion I m ay be (i ii) No pon d i s stat ion  Un iver -
tru e. sal Negat ive (E-type).
All walls ar e hou ses. (i v) Som e p on d s ar e n ot station s
Fr om Affi r m at i ve Pr em i ses we
I + A I– type of Conclu sion  Particu lar Negat ive (O-typ e).
can n ot derive Negative Con cl u -
“Som e ben ch es are h ou ses.” sion . 60. (3) Som e bags ar e tr u nk s.
57. (2) All m inu t es ar e seconds.
Some h ou ses are ju ngles.
All tr u nk s are shirt s.
All ju n gles ar e r oads. All seconds are h our s. I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on
“Som e bags are sh i rts.”
I + A I–type of Con clu si on A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
Con clu sion IV is Con verse of th is
“Som e h ou ses ar e roads.” “All m in u tes are h ou rs”. Conclu sion .
Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of i t. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
Som e shirt s ar e book s.
53. (1) Some lam ps are dr esses. No day i s a secon d.
All dresses ar e shir ts. All book s ar e shops.

Al l secon ds ar e h ou r s.
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on I + A  I-type of Con clu sion .
“Som e lam ps are sh i rts.” E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on “Som e sh i rts ar e sh ops.”
(5 4 –5 7 ) : “Som e h ou rs are n ot d ays.” Con cl u sion III is Con verse of th is
(i) A l l r i n gs a r e c i r c l es a  Al l m i nu t es ar e secon ds. Conclu sion .
Universal Affirm ative (A-type). 61. (2) All pens ar e chair s.
(ii) Som e gases ar e l i qu i d s 
Particu lar Affirm ative (I-type). No secon d i s a day.
(iii) N o el l i p s e i s a c i r c l e  All chairs ar e tr u cks.
Un iversal Negat ive (E-t ype). “No m i n u t e i s a day”. A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on
SYLLOGISM
“All pen s are tru ck s.” I + E  O-type of Con clu si on cir cl es are ou tsid e t h e l im it of
Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is “Som e squ ares are n ot tri an gles”. (P) lines.
Conclu sion . or, “All li n es ar e circles”.
No lin e i s a squ ar e.
All flower s ar e ch airs.
Som e squ ar es ar e cir cles.
(C) Cir cl es Lin es
All chairs ar e t ru ck s. E + I  O 1 -type of Con clu si on
A + A  A-type Con clu sion . “Som e cir cles are n ot lin es.” (Q)
“All flower s are tru ck s.” 65. (4) Th e Con cl u si on (P) does n ot
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e im ply th at “All squ ares can n ever No cir cle is lin e.
th ird Prem ise. be tr ian gles”. T h i s d i a gr a m c o n t r a d i c t s
Som e squar es ar e n ot t ri an gl es. Con clu sion II.
62. (4) Som e pillars are t owns. 66. (4) Neit h er Con clu sion I n or II
follows.
Tr iangles
Squ ares
All towns ar e ben ches. (6 7 -6 8 ) :
I + A  I-type Con clu sion . (A) Al l son gs are poem s.
“Som e pil lar s are ben ch es.”
Con cl u sion III is Con verse of th is
Al l poem s ar e rh ym es.
Conclu sion . It im pl ies, th at som e squ ares are
trian gles. A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
63. (5) All st at ions ar e h ou ses.
“All son gs are rh ym es”. (P)
Squ ar es All poem s ar e rh ym es.
No h ou se is gar den .
A + E  E-type Con clu sion . (B) Tr ian gles No rhym es is a par agraph
“No stat ion is gar den .”
Some gar dens ar e r iver s. “No p oem is a p aragraph ”. (Q)
I t i m p l i es t h at som e p ar t s of Al l son gs are rhym es.

All rivers ar e ponds. squ ar es are ou tsid e t h e lim it of
I + A  I-type Con clu sion . trian gles.
No rh ym e is a paragr aph.
“Som e garden s are pon ds.” Or, “All tr ian gles ar e squ ares”.
Conclu sion . “No son g is a p aragraph ”. (R)
Con clu sion s II an d IV form Com - 67. (5) Con clu sion I i s Con clu sion
(C) Squ ar es Trian gles (R).
plem en tary Pair. Th erefore, eith er
II or IV fol lows. Con clu sion II is Con clu si on (Q).
64. (5) Al l t h e fou r Pr em i ses are Par - 68. (2) Con cl u sion II i s Con cl u si on
ticu lar Affirmative. No Con clu sion (P).
No squ ar e i s t rian gl e.
fol lows from th e t wo Par ti cu lar Now, tak e Con cl u sion (Q). 69. (5) Som e dews ar e dr ops.
Prem i ses.
secon d Pr em ise. Al l dr ops ar e ston es.
Ci rcles
Con cl u sion s I an d IV form Com - Li nes I + A  I -type of Con clu si on

plem en tary Pair. Th erefore, eith er (A) “Som e dews are ston es”.
I or IV fol lows. Th is is Con clu sion I.
(6 5 –6 9 ) Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
(i) All son gs are poem s  Un iversal It im pli es th at som e cir cles are secon d Pr em ise.
Affirm ative (A-t ype). lines. (7 0 –7 4 ) :
(ii) Som e sq u ar es ar e ci r cl es  (i) Al l p en s are book s  Un i-
Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type). versal Affir m ati ve (A-type).
(iii) N o c i r c l e i s a t r i a n gl e 
Cir cl es
(ii) Som e ch ai r s ar e d esk s 
Un iversal Negative (E-t ype). Par t i cu l ar Af fi r m at i v e (I -
(iv) Som e circl es are n ot trian gles  Li nes type).
Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e). (iii) No cloth is room  Un iver -
(B)
(6 5 -6 6 ) : sal Negat ive (E-type).
(iv) Som e cloth s ar e n ot room s
Som e squ ar es ar e cir cles.
 Par t i cu l ar Negat i ve (O-
type).
I t i m p l i es t h at som e p ar t s of
No cir cle i s a tr iangle.
SYLLOGISM
70. (4) All pens are book s. (7 5 -7 9 ) :
Som e t own s ar e distr icts.
(i) Al l cr ops ar e fi eld s  Un iversal
Affirm at ive (A–typ e).
All book s ar e ch airs. (ii) So m e t r ad es a r e ex p or t s  All distr ict s ar e villages.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on Par ticu lar Affir m ati ve (I–typ e).
“All pen s are ch airs.” I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
(iii) No yield is a fi eld  Un iversal
Th is is Con clu sion IV. “Som e town s are vi llages”. (R)
Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is 78. (5 ) C o n c l u s i o n (R) i s t h e
(iv) Som e yi el d s are n ot fi el d s  Con clu sion I.
Conclu sion .
Particu lar Negat ive (O–type). Con slu sion (Q) is the Conclu sion
ticu lar Affirmative. No Con clu sion (7 5 –7 6 ) : II .
follows from th e two Parti cu l ar Al l cr ops are fiel ds. 79. (1) Con cl u si on I i s t h e Con ver se
Prem i ses. of Con clu sion (P).
72. (3) All hills are r oads. (8 0 -8 4 ) :
No fiel d is a yi eld. (i) Al l k i tes ar e st ars  Un iversal
Affir m at ive (A – t ype).
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on (ii) Som e con es ar e trian gles  Par -
All r oads ar e st ones. “No crop is a yield ”.(P)
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on ticu lar Affirm ati ve (I-t ype)
“All h ills ar e st on es.” No yield is a fi eld. (iii) No st ar is a con e  Un iversal
Con clu sion III is Con verse of th is Negative (E-typ e)
Conclu sion . (iv) Som e stars ar e n ot con es  Par -
Al l fields ar e h arvests. ticu lar Negat ive (O-type)
All hills are st ones.
E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on 80. (4) All k ites are st ar s.
“Som e h arvests are n ot yiel ds.” (Q)
All st ones ar e jungles. No st ar is a con e.
Al l cr ops ar e fiel ds.
A + E  E-type of Con clu sion .
“No k ite is a con e.”
“All h ills are ju n gles.”
Con cl u sion II i s Con verse of th is Al l fields ar e h arvests. No k ite is a con e.
Conclu sion . A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
All st ones ar e jungles. “All crops are h ar vests.” (R) Som e con es ar e tr iangles.
75. (2) Con cl u sion I does n ot follow. E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
Con cl u si on (R) su p p or t s “Som e tri an gles are n ot k i tes.”
All ju ngles are rivers. Con clu sion II.
76. (4 ) Nei t h er Con cl u si on I n or No star is a cone.
Con clu sion II follows.
“All ston es are rivers.”
Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is Con sl u sion (Q) : Som e h ar vests Som e con es ar e tr iangles.
Conclu sion ar e n ot yield s. E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
73. (2) All th e fou r Prem ises are Par - Th u s, Con cl u sion (Q) does n ot “Som e tri an gles are n ot st ars.”
t icu l ar Affir m at ive (I-t yp e). No su p port Con cl u sion I. Som e (n ot all) tri an gles ar e n ot
Con clu sion follows from th e two 77. (4) All bu si ness are tr ades. st ars. Th erefore, t h er e is som e
Parti cu l ar Prem ises. possib ili ty th at som e star s are
Con cl u sion III is th e Con ver se trian gles.
of th e th ird Prem ise. “Som e trian gles are n ot star s” 
Som e trades ar e expor ts.
74. (5) Som e pet al s ar e fl ower s. It s Ven n diagram wou ld be :
(7 8 –7 9 ) :
s
All flower s ar e desk s. Tri angles

gl e
All cou n tr ies are di str icts. Stars

i an
“Som e pet als ar e desk s.”

St ar s
Tr

th is Conclu sion . All di str icts are vil lages.
Som e desk s ar e car ds. I + A  I-Typ e of Con cl u si on It im plies th at som e trian gles are
“Som e town s ar e d ist ricts”. (P) stars an d also all stars trian gles.
All car ds are tr ai ns. All cou n tr ies are di str icts. 81. (4) Al l dr u m s are ban jos.
“Som e desk s are train s”.
Th is is Con clu sion IV. All di str icts are vil lages. No banj o is a flu te.
Con clu sion I is th e Con ver se of A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
th e secon d Prem ise. “Som e cou n t ries are vill ages”. (Q) “No dr u m is a fl u te.”
SYLLOGISM
84. (5) Al l lodges ar e h otels. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
Som e gu it ar s ar e dru m s.
“Som e pin s are h am m ers.”
No hot el is car. Al l n ai ls ar e h am m ers.
Al l dr u m s are ban jos. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
“No l odge i s a car”
Th is is Con clu sion II. Al l h am m er s ar e n eedles.
“Som e gu itars are ban jos.”
No lodge is h ou se : A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
Som e gu it ar s ar e ban jos. It s Con versi on wou ld be “All n ail s are n eed les.”
“No h ou se is lodge.” Th is is Con clu sion II.
If n o h ou se is l odge, th en som e
No banj o is a flu te. h ou ses ar e also n ot lodges. Som e pin s ar e h am m er s.
I + E  O-type of Con clu sion . Th erefore, Con clu si on I also fol-
lows.
“Som e gu i tar s are n ot flu tes.”
(8 5 –8 9 ) :
Con cl u sion s I an d II form Com - Al l h am m er s ar e n eedles.
(i) Al l paper s are wood  Un i-
plem en tary Pair. So, eit h er Con - versal Affir m ati ve (A-type). I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
cl u sion I or Con clu si on II fol- (ii) Som e wood are m etals  Par - “Som e pin s are n eed les.”
lows. ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).
89. (5) All leaves are r oots.
82. (1) Som e pin s are n eedles. (iii) No root is a t ree  Un iver -
sal Negat ive (E-type).
(iv) Som e roots are n ot tr ees 
Al l n eedles ar e swor ds. Particu lar Negative (O-type). No r oot is a tr ee.
I + A  I-type of Con clu sion . 85. (4) Som e wood are m etals. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
“No l eaf is a t ree.”
“Som e pi n s are swords.”
Al l n eedles are swor ds.
No r oot is a tr ee.
Al l m etals are glasses.
Som e swor ds ar e k n ives. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
A + I  No Con cl u si on “Som e wood are glasses.”
Con cl u si on I i s Con verse of th is Al l tr ees ar e bu shes.
Ven n D i agr am s of Pr em i se :
Som e p in s ar e sword s. Conclu sion . A + E  O1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e “Som e bu sh es are n ot roots.”
th ird Prem ise.
Pi ns No leaf is a t r ee.
86. (1) All th e three Premises are Par -
Sw ticu lar Affirmative. No Con clu sion
Pi ns or Swor ds follows from th e two Parti cu l ar
d s or Prem i ses. Al l t r ees ar e bu shes.
87. (2) All days are n igh ts. E + A  O1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e bu sh es ar e n ot leaves.”
Swor ds (9 0 –9 3 ) :
All n igh ts are m or n in gs. (i) Al l terr it or ies ar e li m i ts 
U n i v er s a l A ffi r m at i ve
Pi ns A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
(A-type).
or “Al l days ar e m or n in gs.”
(ii) Som e clou ds are vap ou r s 
Pa r t i c u l a r Affi r m at i ve
All eveni ngs ar e n igh ts. (I-type).
Th erefor e, all swords bein g pi n s (iii) No regi on i s con st r ai n t 
is a possibi lit y. Un iversal Negat ive (E-typ e)
Th u s, on ly Con clu sion I foll ows. (iv) Som e region s ar e n ot con -
83. (4) All n igh ts are m or n in gs. straints Particu lar Negative
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on (O-type)
Som e offer s are di scou n t s.
“All even in gs ar e m orn in gs.” 90. (5) Al l terr itor ies are lim i ts.
No discou n t is a l oan .
I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on 88. (3) Som e pins are n ail s. Al l lim its ar e con str ain ts.
“Som e offer s are n ot loan s.” A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
Neith er Con clu sion I nor Conclu - ‘‘Al l terri tories are con strain t s’’.
si on II fol lows. It s Con verse is Con cl u sion II.
Al l n ai ls ar e h am m er s.
SYLLOGISM
Al l lim its ar e con str ain ts. All zer oes ar e n u m ber s.
or
No con st rain t is region .
No nu m ber is digit.
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Wor m s
1No li m it is region . 2
1No zer o i s d igit . 2 Mot hs
All t err it or ies ar e con st r ain t s. It is Con clu sion II.
All di gits ar e alph abets.
No con st rain t i s r egion .
V
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Com bi n e d iagram s II an d V :
No alph abet is zer o .
1No terri tory is region 2
A + E  E- t ype of con cl u si on
If ‘‘No t err itory is regi on ’’, Wor m s
1No digit is zero. 2 Bu gs
th en ‘‘Som e territories wou ld also
(9 4 –9 9 ) :
be n ot region s’’.
(i) Al l b u gs are wor m s  Un iver -
So, Con cl u si on I also fol lows. Mot hs
sal Affi rm ati ve (A–typ e).
91. (1)
(ii) Som e star s are plan ets  Par -
Som e clou ds ar e vapou r s. ticu lar Affirm ative (I–type).
(iii) No plan et is a m oon  Un iver -
sal Negative (E–t ype). VI
(iv) Som e pl an ets are n ot m oon s  Th is diagr am su p por ts Con cl u -
All vapou rs are dr oplets.
Particu lar Negat ive (O–type). si on II.
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on (9 4 –9 5 ) : 95. (3) Neith er Con clu sion I n or Con -
“Som e clou ds ar e d ropl ets.” cl u si on II fol lows.
Th is i s Con clu si on I. Al l bu gs ar e wor m s. (9 6 –9 7 ) :
92. (2) Al l h oaxes are char m s.
Al l m istak es are flaws .
Som e wor m s are m oth s.
No flaw i s solu tion . Al l ch ar m s ar e tr ick s.
Som e wor m s ar e m ot hs. A + A  A – typ e of Con cl u si on
“All h oaxes ar e t rick s.” (P)
1No 6m istak e is solu t ion ’’.
Al l ch ar m s ar e tr ick s.
Al l cor r ection s ar e solu tion s. No m oth is a fl y.
I + E  O–typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e wor m s are n ot fl ies.” (P) No tri ck i s a m agic.
No solu tion is flaw. 94. (4) Ven n diagram s of th e first two
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Pr em i ses : A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on
“No ch ar m i s a m agic.” (Q)
1No correcti on is flaw 2 (A) Al l b u gs ar e worm s.
Th is is Con clu sion II. All h oaxes ar e tr ick s.
93. (5) Wor m s Wor ms
Al l zer oes ar e n u m ber s. No tri ck is a m agic.
Bu gs OR
Bugs
“No h oax is a m agic.” (R)
No nu m ber i s alph abet. 96. (2) Con cl u si on I i s t h e Con ver se
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on I II of Con clu sion (R).
Con clu sion II is th e Con cl u si on
1No zer o i s alph abet .” (Q).
(B) Som e worm s are m oth s.
All digits ar e alphabets. 97. (5) Conclu sion I is th e Conclu sion
M ot hs (P).
Wor m s 98. (1) Som e stars ar e plan ets.

No alphabet is nu mber. M ot h s Wor m s
OR
A + E E-typ e of Con cl u si on No plan et i s a m oon .
1No di git is n u m ber. 2 I + E  O–typ e of Con cl u si on
It s con verse is Con cl u si on I. III IV
SYLLOGISM
“Som e stars are n ot m oon s.” Com bi n e diagram s II an d IV (C) Al l am ou n ts ar e expen ses.
plem en tary Pair. Th erefore, eith er Expenses
Con cl u sion I or II fol lows. Clocks Expenses
s
nt
99. (2) Som e clock s ar e t ower s. ou
Am
Towers
Amount s
Al l towers are poles.
Wat ches VII VIII
“Som e clock s ar e poles.” Com bi n e diagram s II an d V.
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. VI
Ven n di agr am s Th is diagr am su p por ts Con cl u - Pr i ces
(A) Al l watch es are cl ock s. si on II. cost s
(1 0 0 –1 0 5 ) :
Clock s (i) Al l am ou n ts ar e expen ses  Un i- Am ou n t s
Wat ch es (i i) Som e pri ces ar e cost s  Particu -
(iii) No alloy is wood  Universal Neg-
ative (E-type). Th is diagr am su p por ts Con cl u -
I (i v) Som e all oys ar e n ot wood  Par - si on II.
ticu l ar Negat ive (O-t ype). 101. (5)Con cl u si on I i s t h e Con ver se
or
(1 0 0 –1 0 1 ) : of th e Con clu sion (P).
102. (5)
Clocks Som e cost s ar e am ou nt s.
Som e celebr at ions are invit at ions.
Wat ches
All am ou n ts are exp en ses.

All in vitations ar e r eject ion s.
II I + A  I - typ e of Con cl u si on
‘‘Som e cost s ar e expen ses.’’(P) I + A  I - typ e of Con cl u si on
(B) Som e clock s are tower s.
‘‘Som e celebrations are rejections.’’
100. (4)Ven n Di agr am s
(A) Som e pri ces ar e cost s.
Clock s All in vitation s ar e reject ion s.
Towers Pr ices
Pr ices Cost s Cost s

No r ejection is an att raction.
III
I II
or ‘‘No in vitation is an attraction .’’
Cost s
103. (5) All grades are scales.
Clock s
Pr ices
All scales ar e categories.

Tower s
III A + A  A - typ e of Con cl u si on
(B) Som e costs are am ou n t s. ‘‘All gr ades ar e categor ies’’
cost s
IV (1 0 4 –1 0 5 ) :
s
ts
Some metals are paper s.

nt
or
ou n
ou
cost s
Am
Am
Tower s All paper s ar e alloys.

IV V
I + A  A - type of Con clu sion .
Am ou n t s ‘‘Som e m etals are all oys.’’(P)
Clock s
cost s All paper s ar e alloys.
V VI No alloy is a wood.
SYLLOGISM
A + E  E - type of Con clu sion . 107. (1) (ii) Som e stars are plan ets  Par -
‘‘No paper i s a wood.’’(Q) ticu lar Affirm ative (I–type).
Som e clou ds ar e vapou r s.
(iii) No plan et is a m oon  Un iver -
Som e m etals ar e paper s. sal Negative (E–t ype).
(iv) Some planets are n ot m oons 
All vapou rs are dr oplets.
No paper is a wood. I + A  I-type of Con clu sion (1 1 0 –1 1 1 ) :
“Som e clou ds are droplets.”
I + E  O - type of Con clu sion . Al l bu gs ar e wor m s.
Th is is Con clu sion I.
‘‘Som e m et als ar e n ot woods.’’(R) 108. (2)
Some metals are alloys. Al l m istak es are flaws .
Som e wor m s are m oth s.
No flaw i s solu tion .
No all oy is a wood. Som e wor m s ar e m ot hs.
I + E  O - typ e of Con cl u si on 1No6 mistak e is solu tion’’.
‘‘Som e m etals ar e n ot woods.’’(S)
104. (3)Neith er Con clu sion I n or II fol- Al l cor r ection s ar e solu tion s. No m oth is a fl y.
lows. I + E  O–typ e of Con cl u si on
105. (2)Conclu sion I is Conclu sion (Q). “Som e wor m s are n ot fl ies.” (P)
Con clu sion II is Con cl u sion (P). No solu tion is flaw.
110. (4) Ven n d i agr am s of t h e fi r st
(1 0 6 –1 0 9 ) : A + E  E-type of Con clu sion two Prem i ses :
(i) Al l terr it or ies ar e li m i ts  1No correction is flaw 2 (A) Al l b u gs ar e worm s.
U n i v er s a l Affi r m at i ve This is Con clu sion II.
(A-type). 109. (5)
Wor m s Wor ms
(ii) Som e clou ds are vapou rs 
Pa r t i c u l a r Affi r m at i ve All zer oes ar e n u m ber s. Bu gs OR
(I-type). Bugs
(iii) No regi on i s con st r ai n t 
Un iversal Negative (E-type) No nu m ber is alph abet.
I II
(iv) Som e region s ar e n ot con - A + E  E-type of Con clu sion
straints Particu lar Negative 1No zero is alph abet.”
(O-type) (B) Som e worm s are m oth s.
All digits ar e alphabets. M ot hs
106. (5) Al l terr itor ies are lim i ts.
Wor m s M ot h s Wor m s
OR
Al l lim its ar e con str ain ts. No alphabet is nu mber.
A + A  A-type of Con clu sion A + E E-type of Con clu sion
‘‘All territories are con straints’’. III IV
1No digit is n u m ber. 2
Its Con verse is Con clu sion II. Its con verse is Con clu sion I. or
Al l lim its ar e con str ain ts. All zer oes ar e n u m ber s.
Wor m s
No con st rain t is region .
No nu m ber is digit. Mot hs
1No lim it is region . 2 A + E  E-type of Con clu sion
1No zero is digit. 2
All t err it or ies ar e con st r ain t s. V
It is Con clu sion II. Com bi n e d iagram s II an d V :
All di gits ar e alph abets. Wor m s
No con st rain t i s r egion . Bu gs
No alph abet is zer o . Mot hs
1No territory is region 2
A + E  E- type of conclu sion
If ‘‘No territory is region ’’,
1No digit is zero. 2
th en ‘‘Som e territories wou ld also VI
(1 1 0 –1 1 5 ) :
be n ot region s’’.
(i) Al l b u gs are wor m s  Un iver - Th is diagram su pports Con cl u -
So, Con clu sion I also follows.
sal Affi rm ati ve (A–typ e). si on II.
SYLLOGISM
111. (3) Neither Conclu sion I n or Con- (1 1 6 – 1 1 7 ) :
cl u si on II fol lows. or
Som e cost s ar e am ou nt s.
(1 1 2 –1 1 3 ) :
Clocks
Al l h oaxes are char m s.
Wat ches All am ou n ts are exp en ses.
II ‘‘Som e cost s ar e expen ses.’’ (P)
“All h oaxes ar e t rick s.” (P) (B) Som e clock s are tower s. 116. (4) Ven n Di agr am s
(A) Som e pri ces ar e cost s.
Clock s
Pr ices
Towers
Pr ices Cost s Cost s
No tri ck i s a m agic.
III
“No ch ar m i s a m agic.” (Q) I II
or
All h oaxes ar e tr ick s. Cost s
Clock s
Pr ices
No tri ck is a m agic.
A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on Tower s
“No h oax is a m agic.” (R) III
112. (2) Con cl u si on I i s t h e Con ver se (B) Som e costs are am ou n ts.
of Con clu sion (R).
IV cost s
Con clu sion II is th e Con cl u si on
or
s
(Q).
ts
nt
ou n
ou
113. (5) Con cl u sion I is th e Con cl u - cost s
Am
Am
si on (P). Tower s
114. (1) Som e stars ar e plan ets. IV V

Clock s
Am oun t s
No plan et i s a m oon .
cost s
“Som e stars are n ot m oon s.” V
Con cl u sion s I an d II form Com - Com bi n e diagram s II an d IV
VI
th er Con clu sion I or II fol lows. Clocks (C) All am ou n ts are expen ses.
115. (2) Som e clock s ar e t ower s. Expenses

Towers Expenses
ts
o un
Al l towers are poles. Am
Wat ches Amount s
“Som e clock s ar e poles.” VI
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. VII VIII
Th is diagr am su p por ts Con cl u -
Com bi n e diagram s II an d V.
Ven n di agr am s si on II.
(A) Al l watch es are cl ock s. (1 1 6 – 1 1 7 ) : Pr i ces
(i) All am ou n ts are exp en ses  cost s
Clock s Un iversal Affirm ative (A-type).
(ii) Som e prices are costs  Par - Am ou n t s
Wat ch es ticu lar Affirm ative (I-type).
(iii) No alloy is wood  Un iversal
Negative (E-type).
(iv) Some alloys are not wood  Par - Th is diagr am su p por ts Con cl u -
I si on II.
ticu lar Negative (O-type).
SYLLOGISM
117. (5) Con clu sion I is th e Con verse 120. (3) Neith er Con clu si on I n or II Diagram II contradicts Conclusion I.
of th e Con clu sion (P). follows.
118. (5) 121. (2) Con cl u si on I is Con cl u si on
(Q).
ls
Som e celebr at ions are invit at ions. Con clu sion II is Conclu sion (P).
r na
(1 2 2 –1 2 6 ) :
Magazines
J ou
(i) Al l j ou r n al s ar e p er i od i cal s 
All in vitations ar e r eject ion s. Un iver sal Affirm ati ve (A–t ype).
(ii) Som e jou r n al s are per iodi cal s 
I + A  I - typ e of Con cl u si on Par ticu lar Affir m ati ve (I–typ e).
‘‘Som e celebrations are rejections.’’ (iii) No jou rn al i s a period ical  Un i-
Th is i s Con clu si on I. versal Negative (E–t ype). IV
(iv) Som e jou rn als are n ot periodicals
All in vitation s ar e reject ion s. or
 Par ticu l ar Negati ve (O–typ e).
(1 2 2 –1 2 3 ) :
Some jour nals ar e per iodicals. Jou r nals
No r ejection is an att raction.
‘‘No in vitation is an attraction .’’ All periodicals ar e bu lleteins.
119. (5)
All grades are scales. “Som e jou rn al s are bu l letein s.” (P) Magazin es
122. (2) Venn diagrams of “Some jou r -
n als are peri odi cals.”
V
All scales ar e categories.
A + A  A - typ e of Con cl u si on Com bi n e d iagram s II an d V :
‘‘All gr ades ar e categor ies’’
Th is i s Con clu si on I. Jou r nals,
J ou r nals Magazines
(1 2 0 – 1 2 1 ) : Peri odical s
Some metals are paper s.
Per iodicals
I
All paper s ar e alloys.
I + A  A - type of Con clu sion . or
‘‘Som e m etal s ar e all oys.’’ (P) Th is diagram su pports Con cl u -
Jou r nals si on II.
All paper s ar e alloys.
123. (1) Con clu sion I is th e Con verse
of Con clu sion (P).
No alloy is a wood. Periodicals
124. (2) Al l tu r n s ar e l oops.
A + E  E - type of Con clu sion .
‘‘No paper i s a wood.’’ (Q)
No loop is a ben d.
Som e m etals ar e paper s.
II
or “No t u rn is a b en d .”
No paper is a wood. Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of
I + E  O - type of Con clu sion . it.
Periodicals
‘‘Some metals are not woods.’’(R) No loop is a ben d.
Some metals are alloys.
Jou r nals
Som e ben ds ar e cu rves.
No all oy is a wood. E + I  O 1 – typ e of Con cl u si on
I + E  O - typ e of Con cl u si on “Som e cu rves are n ot loops.”
‘‘Some metals are not woods.’’(S) III It s ven n diagram s
SYLLOGISM
127. (2) Venn diagram s of Con clu sion
Pr ogress (P) :
Cu r ves Loops
Gr owth
II
I
“Ven n diagram s of “All develop-
or m en ts ar e growth ” :
I
or
Curves
th
ow
Developments Trophies
Loops
Gr
Pr izes
III
II or
or
Gr owth II
or
Cu r ves Loops
Developm en ts
III
IV
Diagram III con tradicts th e Con -
cl u si on I. Com bi n e diagram s II an d IV :
125. (4) No cou nt ry is a village. III

Gr owt h
Ven n diagram II su pports Con clu -
sion II.
All villages ar e distr icts. Pr ogr ess 128. (5) Neither Conclu sion I nor Con-
E + A  O 1 – typ e of Con cl u si on clu sion II follows.
Devel opm en t s
“Som e di st r ict s ar e n ot cou n - 129. (4) No layer is a coat.
tr ies.”
126. (5) All pr ogr esses ar e gr owth. Th i s diagram su ggests th at all Al l coats ar e deposi ts.
developm en ts bein g progress is
a possibility. E + A  O1 - type of Con clu sion
“Som e deposits are n ot layers”
No gr owth is an evolution. (1 2 7 – 1 2 8 ) :
‘All deposits can n ever be layers”
A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on (i) All coats are deposits  Un iver - im plies th e Con clu sion derived
“No p rogr ess is an evolu t ion .” sal Affirm ative (A - type). above. Th erefore, Con clu sion II
Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of (ii) Som e win s are troph ies  Par - follows.
it.
ticu lar Affirm ative (I - type). All coat s ar e deposit s.
Ven n diagram s of “All progress-
es are growth ” : (iii) No cu p is a prize  Un iversal
Negative (E - type). Al l deposi ts ar e sh eet s.
(iv) Som e cu ps are n ot prizes  Par - A + A  A - type of Con clu sion
wt h
ticu lar Negative (O - type). “All coats are sh eets”.

(1 2 7 – 1 2 8 ) :
Gr o
Pr ogr esses Th is is Con clu sion I.

130. (5)
Som e tr oph ies are cu ps.
Som e fl at s ar e apart m en ts.
No cu p is a pri ze.
I
I + E  O - type of Con clu sion No apar tm ent is a h all.
or
“Som e troph ies are not prizes”. (P) I + E  O - type of Con clu sion
SYLLOGISM
“Som e flats are n ot h alls.” (iii) No factory is an in du stry  Uni- Ven n diagram s of “Som e san ds
are particles”:
No apartm en t is a hall. versal Negative (E - type).
(iv) Som e factories are n ot in du stries
Som e halls ar e r oom s.  Particu lar Negative (O - type).
E + I  O1 - type of Con clu sion 132 . (4) Par ticles
“Some rooms are not apartments”.
All wor k shops ar e in du st ries.
Neith er Con clu sion I n or Con clu -
sion II follows.
131. (4) Som e codes ar e secr ets. No in du str y is a factor y. IV
A + E  E - type of Con clu sion or
“No work sh op is a factory”.
Al l secr ets ar e pu zzl es. Part icles
I + A  I - type of Con clu sion
Som e plan ts ar e work sh ops.
“Som e codes are pu zzles”.
San ds
Con clu sion II is Con verse of it.
Ven n diagram s of “Som e codes are All wor k shops ar e in du st ries.
secr et s”. I + A  I-type of Con clu sion
“Som e plan ts are in du stries”.
Th is is Con clu sion II. V
or
Th u s, both Con clu sion s I an d II
follow.
San ds
1 3 3. (3) Ven n diagram s of “Some par -
ticles are glasses”:
Part icles
I
or Glasses
VI
Codes After com bin in g th e diagram s III
an d VI, we get
I
Secrets It im plies th at San ds
(i) Som e particles are glasses.
(ii) Som e particles are n ot glasses. Par ticles
Th erefore, Con clu sion I does n ot
follow. Glasses
II
Glasses
or
Secrets Part icles

Th er efor e, som e gl asses b ein g
san ds is a possibility.
Codes Th u s, Con clu sion II follows.
II 134. (2) Som e m ovies ar e film s.
It im plies th at : All particles are
glasses.
No film i s a sh ow.
III Part icles I + E  O - type of Con clu sion
Ven n diagram II su pports Con clu - ‘‘Som e m ovies are n ot sh ows.’’
sion I.
No film i s a sh ow.
Th erefore, both th e Con clu sion s I Glasses
an d II follow.
(1 3 2 – 1 3 6 ) : All sh ows are pictu res.
(i) All work sh ops are in du stries  E + A  O1 - type of Con clu sion
Un iversal Affirm ative (A - type). III “Som e pictu res are n ot film s”.
(ii) Som e plan ts are work sh ops  It im plies th at : All glasses are Th u s, n eith er Con clu sion I n or II
Particu lar Affirm ative (I - type). follows.
particles.
SYLLOGISM
(1 3 5 – 1 3 6 ) : 1 3 5. (1) Con clu sion (P) is the Conclu - Th erefore, ei th er Con clu sion I or
sion I. IV an d II follow.
Some actors ar e singers. Th e Con verse of “All sin gers are 7. (4 ) First an d th ir d Prem ises are
dan cers” wou ld be : Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
All singer s are dancers. “Som e dan cers are sin gers”.
Therefore, Conclu sion II does not
I + A  I - type of Con clu sion fi rm at ive (I-type).
follow.
“Som e actors are dan cers”. (P). 1 3 6 . (1) Con clu sion I is th e Con verse
RBI GRADE–B/
NABARD GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS We k n ow th at,
1. (5 ) First, th ird an d fou rth Pr e- 4. (4 ) First, secon d an d th ird Pr e-
m i ses ar e Part icu l ar Affirm ati ve m i ses ar e Part icu l ar Affirm ati ve Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on
(I-type). (I-type.) wou ld be :
Secon d Prem ise is Universal Neg- Fou rth Pr em i se i s Un iversal Af- Som e bu ses are tigers’.
ative (E-type). firm ative (A-t ype). Th is is th e Con clu sion IV.
Som e leaves ar e flower s. Con clu sion I is th e Con ver se of
Som e m achines ar e compu ters.
Th u s, Con clu sion s I an d IV fol-
No flower is fru it. All compu t er s ar e televisions. low.
I + E  O-typ e Con clu si on
I+ A  I-typ e Con clu si on 8. (3)  R
‘Som e leaves ar e n ot fru its’.
Som e m ach in es are tel evision s. G W
2. (3) First an d secon d Prem ises are F
Con cl u si on I i s con verse of th is
Conclu sion .
Th ird Prem ise is Part icu lar Affir -
Con clu si on s II an d III form Com -
m ative (I-type). No green is fan . So, on ly IV fol-
Fou rth Prem ise is Un iversal Neg- th er II or III fol lows. low.
ative (E-type).
5. (3) First an d secon d Prem ises are 9. (5) First Prem i se is Parti cu lar Af-
All lions ar e tiger s. Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e). fi rm at ive (I-type).
Th i rd an d fou r t h Pr em i ses ar e Secon d an d th ir d Prem ises are
Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type). Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
All tiger s ar e leopar ds.
A+ A  A-type Con clu sion All k eys ar e st apler s.
Con clu sion III is con verse of t h is
Conclu sion .
All staplers are blades.
Par t i cu l ar Affi r m at i ve (I- t yp e). Con clu sion : Al l k eys are b lades. We k n ow th at,
Th ird an d Fou rt h Prem ises are I + A  I - typ e Con cl u si on
Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e). Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on
Som e u m br ellas ar e r aincoat s. Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type). wou ld be :
Th ird Prem ise i s Un iversal Affi r - ‘Som e tablets are ch airs’.
m ative (A-type). Th is is th e Con clu sion IV.
All rain coat s ar e tr ou sers. Con clu sion I is th e Con ver se of
I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on th is Conclu sion .
‘Som e u m b rel las ar e t rou sers’.
Con cl u sion II i s con verse of th is
Conclu sion .
We k n ow th at,
All rain coats ar e tr ou sers. I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on We k n ow th at,
wou ld be : A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on
All tr ou sers are jack et s.
“Som e trees are fru its”. Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on
A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on Con cl u si on II is t h e Con ver se of wou ld be :
Al l r ain coats are jack et s. th e derived Con cl u sion . ‘All dogs are ch airs’.
Th is is Con clu sion III. Con cl u si on I an d I V for m Th u s is th e Con clu sion II.
Com plem en tary Pair.
SYLLOGISM
12. (2) Some r ains are flowers. ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).
All flower s ar e ju ngles. two Parti cu l ar Prem ises.
Con cl u si on s I an d I I for m
We k n ow th at, I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on Com pl em en tar y Pair. Th erefor e,
I + A  I— typ e Con clu si on “Som e r ain s are ju n gles.” ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol lows.
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on Con cl u si on III is Con ver se of i t. Sim il arly, Con clu sion s III an d IV
wou ld be : for m Com plem en tary Pair. Th ere-
All flowers are ju ngles.
“Som e rai n s are ch airs”. fore, eit h er Con cl u si on III or IV
Th u s, Con cl u si on s I, II an d IV follows.
follow. All ju n gles ar e tu bes. 15. (1) All paper s ar e bottles.
10. (5) First an d secon d Prem ises are A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
Un iversal Negative (E-t ype). “All flowers ar e tu bes.” All bot tles are cu ps.
Th ird Prem ise is Part icu lar Affir - Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of i t.
m ative (I-type). A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
Some r ains are ju ngles. “All pap ers ar e cu ps.”
Som e r oads ar e m en . (Con ver se of Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t.
Th ir d Pr em ise) Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of t h e
All ju n gles ar e tu bes.
fi rst Prem ise.
No m en is sk y.
16. (2) All bu lbs ar e wir es.
We k n ow th at, “Som e rain s are tu bes.”
I + E  O-typ e Con clu si on Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on No wire is cable.
13. (4) All desk s ar e ch airs.
wou ld be : A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
‘Som e roads are n ot sk ies.’ “No b u lb is cable.”
All chair s ar e tables.
Som cables ar e br u sh es.
“All desk s are tab les.”
Al l br u sh es ar e pain t s.
All chair s ar e tables.
“Som e cables are pai n ts.”
We k n ow th at,
All tables are boxes. Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t.
E + I  O 1 -t ype Con cl u si on
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
Th u s, ou r d er i ved Con cl u si on fi rst Prem ise.
wou ld be : “All ch airs are boxes.”
(1 7 –2 2 ) :
‘Som e m en are n ot sk ies’. (i) Al l col ou r s ar e var n i sh es 
Con cl u sion II i s con versel of t h e All tables are boxes. Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
secon d pr em ise. (ii) So m e col ou r s a r e p ai n t s 
(1 1 -1 6 ) : Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type).
All boxes ar e t r u n k s.
(i) All belts are rollers  Un iver - (iii) No t rian gle is circle  Un iversal
sal Affirm ati ve (A-type). Negati ve (E-type).
“All tabl es are tru n k s.”
(ii) Som e r oll ers ar e wh eel s  (iv) Som e trian gles are n ot circles 
Particu lar Affirm ative (I-type). Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e).
(iii) No wir e i s cable  Un iversal All desks ar e t ables. (1 7 – 1 8 ) :
Negati ve (E-type).
Som e pai nt s ar e colou r s.
(iv) Som e wires are n ot cab les 
All tables ar e boxes.
Part icu lar Negati ve (O-t ype)
A+ A  A-type of Con clu si on
11. (3) Som e r ollers ar e wheels. “All desk s are boxes.” Al l col ou r s ar e var n ishes.
Con cl u si on III is Con ver se of i t. I + A  I-t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e pain ts are varn ish es.”(P)
All wh eels ar e m ats. All desk s ar e boxes.
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on Al l col ou r s ar e var n ishes.
“Som e rol ler s are m ats.” All boxes ar e t r u n k s.
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. A+ A  A-type of Con clu si on No var ni sh is dye.
Con cl u si on IV is Con verse of t h e “All desk s are tru n k s.”
fi rst Prem ise. A + E  E-t ype of Con cl u si on
Th is is Con clu sion IV.
SYLLOGISM
“No colou r i s d ye.” (Q) (2 3 –2 4 ) : 26. (5) Con clu sion (R) is the Con clu -
si on I.
Som e pain ts ar e var nish es. Som e per fu m es ar e scen t s.
fi rst Prem ise.
27. (2) Con cl u sion Q is th e Con cl u -
No var nish is dye. No scen t i s a bar.
si on II.
I + E  O-type of Con clu sion .
I + E  O-t ype of Con cl u si on
“Som e per fu m es are n ot bars.” (P) 28. (5) Som e pri zes ar e win n er s.
“Som e pain t s are n ot dye.” (R)
17. (2) Som e pai n ts are varn i sh es. Som e scen ts are per fu m es.
Th erefor e, Con clu sion II is pos-
All wi nn ers are stu den ts.
sible.
No per fu m e i s a can . I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
18. (5 ) Con cl u si on I is Con ver se of
Con clu sion (P). “Som e pri zes ar e stu den ts”.
I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on Con clu sion I is Con ver se of t h e
Con clu sion II is Con verse of Con - “Som e scen ts ar e n ot can s.”(Q) fi rst Prem ise.
clu sion (Q). 23. (1 ) Con cl u si on (Q) su p port s t h e Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e
(1 9 –2 0 ) : Con clu sion I. secon d Pr em ise.
All squares ar e t riangles. 24. (4 ) Neit h er I n or II fol lows. (2 9 -3 4 ) :
25. (2) (i) All tri an gl es are squ ar es  Un i-
No sh op is a factor y. versal Affi rm ative (A–type).
No tr iangle is cir cle. (ii) Som e r ect an gl es ar e con es 
Par ticu lar Affirm ati ve (I–type).
“No squ are is circle.” (P) Som e factori es ar e in du str ies. (iii) No squ ar e is rectan gl e  Un i-
E + I  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on versal Negative (E–type).
No tr iangle i s cir cle. “Som e in du stri es are n ot sh ops”. (iv) Som e squ ares are n ot rectan gles
 Parti cu lar Negat ive (O–type).
Som e fact or ies are in du st ries. (2 9 -3 0 ) :
All cir cles ar e r ectangles.
All tr ian gles ar e squ ares.
E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on All in du st ries are m ach in es.
“So m e r ec t a n gl es a r e n o t I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
trian gles.”(Q) “Som e factor ies ar e m ach i n es.” No squ ar e is rectan gle.
No squ ar e is cir cle. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. A + E  E – typ e of Con cl u si on
(2 6 –2 7 ) : “No t rian gl e i s r ect an gle”. (P)
All classes ar e diamonds. No squ ar e i s r ect an gle.
All cir cles ar e r ectangles.
E + A  O 1 - -typ e of Con cl u si on
“So m e r ec t a n gl es a r e n o t No diamond is st ore. Som e r ect an gles ar e con es.
squ ares.” (R) A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
“No class is st ore”. (P) E + I  O 1 – typ e of Con cl u si on
19. (4 ) Non e fol lows.
“Som e con es are n ot squ ar es”. (Q)
20. (1 ) Con clu sion I is con ver se of All r ooms ar e classes.
Con clu sion (P). No t r i an gl e is r ect an gle.
21. (1) No paper is book .
No class is stor e.
A + E  E-type of Con clu sion . Som e r ect an gles ar e con es.
Som e book s ar e li brar ies. “No r oom is st ore”.(Q) E + I  O 1 – typ e of Con cl u si on
E + I  O 1 - typ e of Con cl u si on All r ooms ar e classes. “Som e con es ar e n ot t rian gl es.” (R)
“Som e li braries ar e n ot pap ers.” 29. (1) Con cl u sion I is Con ver se of
Con cl u si on I m ay b e d er i ved th e th ird Pr em ise.
fr om th e secon d Prem ise. All classes ar e diamonds. 30. (5) Con clu sion I is Conclu sion (P).
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on (R)
22. (5) All h ill s ar e m ou n tain s. Som e con es are n ot tr ian gles.
“Al l room s are diam on ds”. (R)
I t s Ven n di agr am s
No st ore is room .
All m ou n tain s ar e r ock s.
A + A  A- t ype of Con cl u si on
All r oom s ar e cl asses. Con es Tr ian gles
“All h il ls are rock s.”
It is Con clu sion II. E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con clu sion .
Con clu si on I also follows. “Som e classes are n ot stores”.(S)
I
SYLLOGISM
OR I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on A + E  E–type of Con clu sion
“Som e ages are distan ces.” (R) “No m on th is an h ou r.”
Con es 33. (1 ) Con clu sion I i s t h e Con ver se Th is is Con clu sion I.
of Con clu sion (R).
Som e calendar s ar e h ou rs.
Tr ian gles
Ven n diagram s of Prem ise :
“Som e years ar e eras.”
No h ou r is a day.
II I + E  O–type of Con clu sion
Years “Som e calen dars are n ot days.”
OR or Ven n diagram s of “Som e calen -
dars are n ot days.” :
I
Cal en dar s
Con es Trian gles
rs
Year s Er as
da
D ays or D ays
en
al
Er as Year s
C
III or
Di agr am s I an d II su p port Con - I II
cl u sion II. II I II Or
(3 1 -3 2 ) : Fr om t h e ven n di agram s, i t is
evi den t th at Con clu si on II is n ot
No aim is vi sion .
valid.
34. (5) Con cl u si on I is Con cl u si on Cal en dars Days
(P).
All visi ons are object ives.
Con verse of Con clu sion (Q) i s:
E + A  O 1 – typ e of con cl u si on “Som e distan ces ar e years.” III
“Som e obj ect ives ar e n ot aim s”. It s ven n di agr am s wou ld be : Ven n diagram II states th at “All
(P) days are calen dars.”
It can also be represen ted as :
All visions are object ives.
D ist an ces Year s Calen dar s

No object ive is goal.
I Days
“No vi sion s i s goal ”. (Q)
or
31. (4) Fr om Negative Prem ises, Af-
fir m ati ve Con cl u si on d oes n ot Year s i.e., All calen dars are days.
follow. Distances Th erefore, Con clu sion II also fol-
32. (1 ) Con cl u si on I is Con ver se of lows.
Year s Distance
th e Con clu sion (Q).
or 36. (3) Som e book s ar e com ics.
(3 3 -3 4 ) :
Som e eras ar e years. II III
All com ics are n ovels.
Ven n diagram III su pp orts Con -
I + A  I–type of Conclu sion
cl u sion II.
All year s ar e ages. “Some book s are novels.”
(3 5 –3 7 ) :
I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on Con clu sion I is th e con ver se of
(i) Al l m on th s are d ays  Un iver -
it.
“Som e er as are ages.” (P) sal Affi rm ati ve (A–typ e).
(ii) Som e h ou r s ar e cal en d ar s  All com ics ar e novels.
Som e year s ar e er as.
(iii) No h ou r i s a day  Un iversal
Negati ve (E–type). No novel is an ar ticle.
Al l er as ar e di st an ces.
(iv) Som e h ou rs ar e n ot days  Par - A + E  E–type of Conclu sion
ticu lar Negat ive (O–typ e). “No comics is an article.”
“Som e years ar e d ist an ces.” (Q)
35. (3) All m on th s ar e days. Some books ar e novels.
Som e ages ar e er as.
No day is an h ou r. No novel is an article.

Al l er as ar e di st an ces.
SYLLOGISM
I + E  O–type of Conclu sion (3 9 –4 0 ) :
Som e sh ows ar e m ovi es.
“Some book s are n ot articles.” Al l eagl es ar e woodpeck er s.
Ven n di agr am of “Som e b ook s
ar e n ot art icl es” :
Som e woodpeck ers are pigeon s. No m ovies is th eatr e.
Book s A + I  No Con cl u si on I + E  O–typ e of Con cl u si on

39. (3) Con cl u si on s I an d II for m “Som e sh ows are n ot t h eat res.”
Book s Art icles or Arti cles Com plem en tary Pair. Th erefore, (Q)
either Conclu sion I or Conclu sion
II follows. Som e plays ar e m ovi es.
40. (5) Ven n Diagram s of “Som e p i-
I II
geon s are woodp eck ers” :
or No m ovies is th eatr e.
rs “Som e plays are n ot th eat res.” (R)
Pigeon s ke
ec 41. (1) Ven n diagram s of Con clu sion
B ook s Ar t icles dp (R) :
oo
W
I
III
or
Ven n d iagr am II su p p or t s t h e Plays Theat res
Con clu sion II.
37. (4) Al l gases ar e solid s. Woodpeck er s
I
Pigeon s or
Al l sol ids ar e liqu i ds.
A + A  A–type of Con clu sion Pl ays
“All gases are liqu ids.”
Th is is Con clu sion II. II
Th eatr es
Al l sol ids ar e liqu i ds. or
No liqu i d i s flu i d. Pigeon s

A + E  E–type of Con clu sion II
“No solid is flu id.” Woodp eck er s
(3 8 –4 3 ) : or
(i) Al l sh ows ar e pl ays  Un iversal
(ii) Som e sh ows are m ovies  Par - Pl ays
III Th eat res
(iii) No door is a wall  Un iversal Accor d i n g t o d i agr am III, “Al l
Negati ve (E–type). woodp eck ers bei n g pigeon s is a III
(iv) Som e doors are n ot walls  Par - possibility.”
ticu lar Negat ive (O–typ e). Ei th er “Som e eagles are p igea- Diagram II su pports th e Con clu -
38. (5) on s” or “No eagle is a pi geon ” is si on I.
t r u e. Th er efor e, “Som e eagl es 42. (2) Conclu sion II is Conclu sion Q.
All dan ces ar e per for m er s. ar e d efi n it ely n ot p igeon s.”
(4 1 –4 2 ) : 43. (4) No door i s a wall.
All per for m ers ar e sin ger s. Som e m ovies ar e sh ows.
Som e wal ls ar e floors.
“All dan cer s ar e sin gers.” Al l sh ows are plays.
Th is i s Con clu si on I. E + I  O1 – type of Con clu sion
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. “Som e floors are n ot doors.”
“Som e m ovies are plays.” (P)
SYLLOGISM
9. (1) First an d secon d Premises are
INSURANCE EXAMS Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
Th ird Prem ise is Parti cu lar Af-
1. (1) No cat is wi n dow (E). fi rm at ive (I-type).
We k n ow th at,
Al l win d ows are doors. (A) I + E  O-typ e con clu si on
E + A  O 1 -t ype Con cl u si on Th u s, ou r d er ived con cl u si on
wou ld be :
“Som e doors are n ot cats”. We k n ow th at,
“Som e fl owers are n ot boats”.
Co n cl u si on s I I a n d I I I fo r m A + I  No con cl u si on
Again,
com pl em en tary pair. 10. (3) First Pr em ise is Particu lar Af-
2. (3) Al l aerop lan es are tr ain s. (A) fi rm at ive (I-type).
Negati ve (E-type).
Th ird Pr em i se is Un iversal Af-
We k n ow th at firm ative (A-t ype).
Som e trai n s are ch airs. (I)
E + A  O 1 -t ype con cl u si on
Th u s, ou r d er ived con cl u si on
Con cl u sion III is con verse of t h e wou ld be :
secon d Pr em ise.
“Som e rivers ar e n ot flowers”.
Con clu sion IV is con ver se of t h e Con clu sion II is th e con versi on
fi rst Prem ise. of th e th ird prem ise. We k n ow th at,
3. (2) Al l b ran ch es ar e flowers. (A) Con clu sion IV is th e con versi on I + E  O-typ e con clu si on
of th e fi rst prem ise. Th u s, ou r d er ived con cl u si on
wou ld be :
Th er efor e, on ly Con clu si on s II
“Som e cr u el an i m al s ar e n ot
an d IV foll ow
t r ees”.
7. (5) Accor din g t o foll owi n g ven n -
Al l flowers are leaves. (A) d i agr am al l con cl u ssi on s ar e
A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on tru e.
“All bran ch es are leaves”.
Con clu sion IV is con ver se of t h e We k n ow th at,
der ived Con clu sion s. B H G D E + A  O 1 -t ype con cl u si on
4. (4) No Con clu sion follows fr om Th u s, ou r d er ived con cl u si on
th e Parti cu l ar Prem ises. wou ld be :
Con cl u si on II is con verse of t h e “Som e ways are n ot pap ers”.
fi rst Prem ise. Con cl u sion III is th e con ver se of
Wh ere H = H orses
Con clu sion IV is con ver se of t h e th e fi rst pr em ise.
G = Goats ; D = Dogs ; B = B u ses Con cl u si on s I an d I V for m
secon d Pr em ise.
8. (4) Fi rst an d t h ir d Prem ises are com pl em en tar y p air. Th erefor e,
C o n c l u si o n s I a n d I I I f o r m
Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type). eith er Con clu sion I or IV follows.
com pl em en tary pair.
Secon d Pr em i se i s Un iversal Af- 11. (3) Fi rst Prem ise i s Un iversal Af-
5. (2)
firm ative (A-t ype). firm ative (A-t ype).
Som e n ewspap ers are m agazin es. (I)
Secon d Prem i se is Particu lar Af-
fi rm at ive (I-type).
Th ird Premise is Un iversal Nega-
Al l m agazin es ar e b ook s. (A) ti ve (E-t ype).
I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on No h ou se is tree.
“Som e n ewsp apers are book s.” We k n ow th at,
Con clu sion III is con verse of th is I + A  I-typ e con clu si on
Conclu sion . Th u s, ou r d er ived con cl u si on Som e t rees are b ird s.
Con cl u si on II is con verse of t h e wou ld be : E + I  O 1 -t ype con cl u si on
secon d Pr em ise. “Som e ch airs ar e veh icles.” “Som e bi rds are n ot h ou se”
6. (2) First Pr em ise is Particu lar Af- Th is is th e Con clu sion II. Con cl u si on II is con verse of t h e
fi rm at ive (I-type). Con cl u sion III is th e con ver se of fi rst Prem ise.
Secon d Pr em i se i s U n i ver sal th e secon d prem ise. 12. (2) Fi rst an d Th ir d Prem ises are
Negati ve (E-type). Con cl u si on s I an d I V for m Un i versal Affirm ative (A-typ e).
Th ird Pr em i se is Un iversal Af- com pl em en tar y p air. Th erefor e, Secon d Prem i se is Particu lar Af-
firm ative (A-t ype). eith er Con clu sion I or IV follows. fi rm at ive (I-type).
SYLLOGISM
Som e tigers are h orses. 18. (3) Som e m ar bl es ar e st ick s. 24. (4)
D. Som e cr ook ed peopl e ar e involved in looti ng.
Al l h orses are jack al s. No st ick is gar den . C. All those i nvol ved i n l ooting ar e cr i m inals.
I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on I + E  O – type of Con clu si on I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
“Som e ti ger s ar e j ack als”. “Some m arbles are not garden s.” “Som e crook ed people are crim i-
Con clu sion I is th e con ver se of C o n c l u si o n s I a n d I I I f o r m nals.”
th is d erived con cl u sion . Com plem en tary Pair. Th erefore, Th is i s Stat em en t (B)
13. (4) Fi rst an d t h ir d Prem ises are ei th er I or III fol lows. 25. (4)
Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type). 19. (1 ) Al l t h e th r ee Pr em i ses ar e B. Som e m en ar e th ose wh o h ave pati en ce.
Secon d Pr em i se i s Un iversal Af- Part icu lar Affirm ati ve (I-type).
firm ative (A-t ype). No Con clu sion foll ows from t h e D. Al l th ose wh o h ave pati en ce ar e su ccessfu l in l ife
Som e p en s ar e tables. two Parti cu l ar Prem ises. I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
20. (4 ) Al l bu il din g ar e r iver s. “Som e are m en wh o are su ccess-
fu l i n l ife”.
It s con verse is St atem en t (E).
Al l t abl es are in k s.
I + A  I-typ e Con clu si on Al l r i ver s ar e ju n gles. 26. (2) Al l h an ds ar e m ach i n es.
“Som e pen s are i n k s.” A + A  A–type of Con clu si on
Con clu sion III is con verse of th is “All bu ildin gs are ju n gles.”
derived con cl u sion . Al l m ach i n es ar e w h eel s.
14. (5) All the th ree Premises are Uni- A + A  A-type of Con clu si on
versal Affir m ati ve (A-type). Al l ri ver s ar e j u n gles. “All h an ds are wh eels”.
Al l p en s are vegetables. Th is i s Con clu si on II
27. (4) B ot h t h e Pr em ises ar e Par -
Al l ju n gl es ar e m ou n t ai n s. t icu l ar Affir m at ive (I-t yp e). No
A + A  A–type of Con clu si on Con clu sion follows from th e two
Al l vegetab les ar e r ain s. Parti cu l ar Prem ises.
“All r iver s ar e m ou n t ain s.”
A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. 28. (1) Som e st on es ar e sh el l s.
“All p en s ar e rain s”.
Th is is th e Con clu sion II. Al l bu il din gs ar e ju ngl es.
Al l fru i ts are vegetables. Al l sh ell s ar e pear l s.
Al l ju n gl es ar e m ou n t ai n s. I + A  I – type of Con clu si on
“Som e st on es are pearls”.
A + A  A–type of Con clu si on Th is is Con clu sion I
Al l vegetab les ar e r ain s. “All bu ildin gs are m ou n tain s.”
A + A  A-typ e Con clu si on Con cl u sion III is Con verse of i t.
“All p en s ar e rain s”.
21. (4) E . Som e h eavy t h i n gs ar e book s. Br own B r own ,
Th is is th e Con cl u si on I. 29. (4) Red or Red
Con cl u sion III is con verse of t h e
th ird Prem ise. A. All b ook s ar e h avi n g pages.
15. (4) All th e three Premises are Par - I + A  I-type of Con clu si on
ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e). “Som e h eavy th i n gs ar e h avi n g Yellow,
We k n ow th at n o con clu sion fol- Red Yellow or
pages.” Red
l ows fr om t h e Par t i cu l ar Pr e- Th is is Statem en t (D) or (G).
m ises. 22. (1)
C o n c l u si o n s I a n d I I I f o r m
Com plem en tary Pair. Th erefore, E. Al l cr i ck et p layers ar e at h let es.
n
ei th er I or III fol lows.

k
G r ee
k
B lu e Gr een ,
n
Pi
Pi
16. (3) Som e t en t s ar e l ak es. A. No at h let es ar e veget ari an s. or Blu e

“No crick et pl ayer s are vegetar -
Al l lak es ar e pon ds. ians”.
I + A  I-type of Con clu si on Th is is Statem en t (E).
Pi n ken ,
B lu e,
“Som e ten ts are pon ds.” 23. (1)
Gr e
B lu e Gr een ,
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. or or Pin k
F. All t h ose w h o cook w ell ar e gr an d m ot h er s.
17. (4) Al l pict u r es ar e w all s.
B . No gr an d m ot h er i s a m an .
Neith er I n or II fol lows.
30. (3) On ly th ose m er ch an ts h ave
Som e w al l s ar e r oom s. tricycle wh o do n ot h ave car an d
“No on e wh o cook s wel l i s a bi cycl es.
A + I  No Con cl u si on man”.
Con clu sion III is Con verse of th e Th erefore, som e m erch an ts h ave
Th is is Statem en t (E). on ly t ricycles.
secon d Pr em ise.
SYLLOGISM
(3 1 –3 6 ) : A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on (4 2 –4 6 ) :
(i) Al l p en s are book s  Un iversal “No fold er is a b ag.” (B) (i) Al l sch olars ar e teach ers 
Affirm ative (A-t ype). Some files ar e pock et s. Universal Affirm ative (A-type).
(ii) Som e b ook s are p ages  Par - (ii) Som e m en are h om e-m ak ers
ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).  Par t i cu l ar Affir m ati ve (I-
type).
(iii) No pock et i s a bag  Un iversal No pock et is a bag.
(iii) No boy is a wom an  Un i ver -
Negati ve (E-type). I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on sal Negat ive (E-type).
(iv) Som e pock ets ar e n ot b ags  “Som e fil es are n ot b ags.” (C) (iv) Som e boys are n ot wom en 
Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e). 35. (4) N ei t h er C on cl u s i o n I n o r Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e).
(3 1 –3 2 ) : Con clu sion II follows. 42. (2) Both t h e Prem ises ar e Parti c-
Some book s ar e pages. 36. (4) N ei t h er C on cl u s i o n I n o r u lar Affirm ative (I-type). No Con -
Con clu sion II follows. clu sion follows from th e two Par -
(3 7 –4 1 ) : ti cu l ar Prem ises.
(i) All pain tin gs are m aster p iec- 43. (2)
All pages ar e paper s. es  Universal Affirm ative (A-
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on type). All sch olars are teach er s.
“Som e book s are pap ers.” (ii) Som e ar t wor k s are pain ti n gs
31. (4) Neither Con clu sion I nor Con -  Part icu lar Affir m at ive (I-
cl u si on II fol lows. type). Som e teachers are r esear ch er s.
32. (2) Con cl u si on II is sam e as t h e (iii) No broth er i s gen iu s  Un i- A + I  No Con cl u si on
der ived Con clu si on . versal Negative (E-t ype). Con clu sion III is Con verse of th e
(3 3 –3 4 ) : (iv) Som e broth ers are n ot gen iu s secon d Pr em ise.
 Par t i cu l ar Negat i ve (O- Con clu sion IV is Con verse of th e
Som e Ds are Gs. type). fi rst Prem ise.
37. (2)
44. (3) Som e m en are boys.
Som e ar t w or k s ar e pain t i n gs.
All Gs ar e Ks.
“Som e Ds are Ka.” (A) No boy is a wom an .
Al l pai n t in gs ar e m ast er pieces. I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on
All Gs ar e Ks.
I + A  I-type of Con clu sion . “Som e m en are n ot wom en .”
“Som e art work s are m aster piec- Con clu sion IV is Con verse of th e
es.” fi rst Prem ise.
All Ks ar e Ls. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. Con clu sion s I an d III form Com -
38. (4) No br ot h er is gen iu s. pl em en tary Pai r. Th erefore, ei-
“All Gs are Ls.” (B) th er Con clu sion I or III fol lows.
Som e Ds are Ks. 45. (4)
Som e gen iu s ar e m en . No manager is a teacher.

All Ks ar e Ls. E + I  O 1 –t ype of Con cl u si on
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on “Som e m en are n ot br oth ers.” All teacher s ar e r esear cher s.
“Som e Ds are Ls.” (C) 39. (1) Al l pan t s ar e sk ir t s. E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
33. (5) Both Con clu sion s I an d II fol- “Som e r esearch ers are n ot m an -
low. ager s.”
Con clu sion I is Con clu sion (C). Con cl u sion III is th e im plication
Con clu sion II is Con cl u sion (B). No sk i r t i s a sh ir t . of th e secon d Prem ise.
34. (1) Con cl u sion I is Con ver se of A + E  E–typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on IV i s t h e Con ver se
Con clu sion (A). “No pan t is a sh irt .” of th e secon d Prem ise.
(3 5 –3 6 ) : Con clu sion I is Con ver se of t h e
fi rst Prem ise. 46. (3) All houses are r ooms.
Som e files are folder s.
40. (4) Al l plan es are tyr es.
All r ooms ar e windows.
All folders are pock ets. A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on Al l tyr es ar e engi nes. “All h ou ses ar e win d ows.”
“Som e fi les are pock ets.” (A) A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on Th is is Con clu sion III.
All folders are pock ets. “All plan es ar e en gi n es.” Con clu sion IV is Con verse of this
41. (4) Both t h e Prem ises ar e Parti c- Conclu sion .
u l ar Affi rm ative. No Con cl u si on (4 7 –5 2 ) :
No pock et is a bag. follows from th e two Parti cu l ar (i) All rats are dogs  Un iversal
Prem i ses. Affirmative ( A&type).
SYLLOGISM
(ii) So m e d o gs a r e b u l l s  54. (2) Al l wom en ar e doctor s. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
Particu lar Affirm ative (I&type). “No n ib is col ou r ”.
(iii) No bu l l i s a dog  Un iversal Con cl u st ion I is Con verse of i t.
Negat ive ( E–type). Al l doctors are nu rses. 61. (1) All ven tur es are pr oject.
(iv) Som e bu ll s are n ot dogs  A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
Particu lar Negative ( O–type). “All wom en are n u r ses”.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. No pr oject is dr eam.
47. (4) All r at s ar e dogs.
55. (1) Som e t rees ar e bir ds. A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on
“No ven t u re is dr eam ”.
Som e dogs ar e bu l ls. Th is i s Con clu si on I.
A + I  No Con cl u si on All bir ds ar e sn ails. 62. (4) No r oad is a way.

48. (2) Al l wom en ar e doctor s. I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e trees are sn ails”.
Con clu sion I is Con ver se of i t. All ways are path s.
56. (3) Fr om both th e statem en ts E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
Al l doctors are nu rses. C >D >E > A> B “Som e pat h s are n ot roads”.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on Both th e con clu sions are correct.
“All wom en are n u r ses”. 57. (2) Pl ayers for m a part of sin g- All ways are path s.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t. er s an d h ock ey-p l ayer s ar e a
p ar t of p l ayer s. Th er efor e, al l
49. (1) Som e t rees ar e bir ds.
sin gers were n ot adm itted to th e No path is bridge.
college.
On ly Con clu sion II is tru e.
58. (1) “No way is bri dge”.
All bir ds ar e sn ails. (6 3 -6 4 ) :
I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on All t h e can cer pat ien t s wer e cu r ed.
“Som e trees are sn ails”. Som e nu m bers are digits.
50. (3) Fr om both th e statem en ts
All t h e cu r ed pati en ts gr ew fat . No digit is alphabet .
C >D >E > A> B
Both th e con clu sions are correct. A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on
I + E  O-typ e of Con cl u si on
51. (2) Pl ayers for m a part of sin g- “Al l t h e can cer p art i en t s grew
fat”. “Som e n u m bers are n ot alph a-
er s an d h ock ey-p l ayer s ar e a bets”. (P)
p ar t of p l ayer s. Th er efor e, al l Th is i s Con clu si on I.
sin gers were n ot adm itted to th e (5 9 –6 4 ) : No digit is alph abet.
college. (i) Al l p en s ar e n ibs  Un iver -
On ly Con clu sion II is tru e. sal Affirm ati ve (A-type).
52. (1) All alph abet s ar e let ter s.
(ii) Som e n u m b ers ar e di git s 
All t h e can cer pat ien t s wer e cu r ed. Particu lar Affirm ative (I-type). E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
(iii) No in k is colou r  Un iversal “Som e lett ers are n ot di gits.” (Q)
Negati ve (E-type). 63. (3) Con cl u si on s I an d I I for m
(iv) Som e in k s ar e n ot colou rs  Com plem en tary Pair. Th erefore,
All t h e cu r ed pati en ts gr ew fat . ei th er Con cl u si on I or II fol lows.
A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on 64. (2 ) Con cl u si on P  ‘Som e n u m -
59.(2) All pens are nibs. bers are n ot al ph ab ets’.
“All th e can cer parti en t s gr ew fat ”.
Th is i s Con clu si on I. Th is im pl ies th at ‘Al l n u m bers
can n ever be al ph abet s.
(5 3 –5 8 ) : All nibs are ink s. (6 5 –6 9 ) :
(i) All rats are dogs  Un iversal A + A  A-typ e of Con cl u si on (i) All pages ar e m ark ers  Un i-
Affirmative ( A&type). “All pen s ar e i n k s.” versal Affir m ati ve (A-type).
(ii) So m e d o gs a r e b u l l s  Th is is Con clu sion II.
(ii) Som e fru its are apples  Par -
Particu lar Affirm ative (I&type). Al l n ibs ar e in k s. ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e).
(iii) No bu l l i s a dog  Un iversal
(iii) No book i s a page  Un iver -
Negat ive ( E–type).
sal Negat ive (E-type).
(iv) Som e bu ll s are n ot dogs  No in k is colou r. (iv) Som e book s are n ot pages 
Particu lar Negative ( O–type). A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e).
53 (4) All r at s ar e dogs. “No n ib is col ou r ”.
65. (1) No book is a page
60. (1) All n ibs ar e in k s.
Som e dogs ar e bu l ls. All pages ar e m ar k er s.

No in k is colou r. E + A  O 1 -t ype of Con cl u si on
SYLLOGISM
“Som e m ark ers are n ot book s.” (7 1 –7 2 ) : “Som e troph i es are n ot cu ps.” (P)
This Conclu sion im plies th at “All Som e i nvit ees are visit or s. Al l m edals ar e tr oph ies.
m ark ers can n ever be book s.”
All pages ar e m ar k er s.
Al l vi sit ors ar e host s. No tr oph y is a shi eld.
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on A + E  E–typ e of Con cl u si on
All m ar k er s ar e ar ticles. “Som e in vitees are h osts.” (P) “No m edal is a sh i eld.” (Q)
A + A  A - typ e of Con cl u si on
All visit ors ar e h osts. 74. (2) Neith er Con clu si on I n or II
“All pages are ar ticles”.
follows.
66. (2) Som e fru its ar e apples. 75. (5) Con clu sion II i s th e con verse
All h osts are gu est s. of Con clu sion (Q).
76. (2) Both th e Prem ises are Par -
All apples ar e gu avas. A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on t i cu l ar Affir m ati ve (I–t yp e). No
“All visi tor s are gu ests.” (Q) Con clu sion follows from th e t wo
Som e in vit ees ar e h osts. Parti cu l ar Prem ises.
“Som e fr u it s are gu avas”.
(7 7 –8 2 ) :
Con cl u sti on II is Con verse of i t.
(i) Al l t rian gles are squ ares  Un i-
All apples are gu avas. versal Affir m at ve (A-t ype).
All h ost s ar e gu ests.
(ii) Som e pl an es are sh i p  Part icu -
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on lar Affi rm ati ve (I-typ e).
No gu ava is a banana. “Som e in vitees are gu ests.” (R) (iii) No con e i s r tian gle  Un iversal
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on 71. (3) Con cl u si on I i s t h e Con ver se Negati ve (E-type).
of Con clu sion (R). (iv) Som e con es are n ot tr ian gles 
“No appl e is a ban an a.”
Ven n Diagram s of “Som e in vitees Par ticu lar Negative (O-typ e).
67. (2) All lock s ar e k eys. ar e h ost s”
77. (3) No con e is t rian gle.
Some k eys ar e pock ets. Host s All t r ian gles ar e squ ares.
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e E + A  O 1 - typ e of Con cl u si on
I “Som e squ ar es are n ot con es”.
secon d Pr em ise.
or It s ven n diagram s
68. (5) All pages ar e m ar k er s.
Host s
All m ar k er s ar e ar ticles. Squar es Cones
Host s or
“All pages are ar ticles.”
Con cl u si on II is Con verse of t h e II III
secon d Pr em ise. I
Diagram III su pp orts con clu sion
69. (2) All apples are gu avas. II . or
72. (2) Neith er Con clu si on I n or II
follows. Squ ares
No gu ava is a banana. 73. (4)
A + E  E-typ e of Con cl u si on Som e i nstr u m en t s ar e devices. Cones
“No appl e is a ban an a.”
70. (4) Both th e Pr em ises are Par - Al l devices ar e t ools.
ticu lar Affirm ative (I-typ e). I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
No Con clu sion foll ows from t h e “Som e i n str u m en ts are t ools.” II
two Parti cu l ar Prem ises. Con clu sion I is th e Con ver se of or
(7 1 –7 6 ) : th is Conclu sion .
(i) Al l h ost s are gu ests  Un iversal (7 4 –7 5 ) :
(ii) Som e visitors are in vit ees  Par - No cu p is a m edal. Squ ares Cones
(iii) No cu p i s a m edal  Un iversal
Negati ve (E–type). Al l m edals ar e tr oph ies. III
(iv) Som e cu ps are n ot medals  Par - E + A  O 1 – typ e of con cl u si on Diagram II su pports Con clu sion I.
ticu lar Negat ive (O–typ e).
SYLLOGISM
78. (1) Som e planes ar e shi p. 79. (4) Con clu sion (P) is Conclu sion II. 8 2 . (5) Neit h er Conclu sion I n or II
80. (3) Con clu sion I i s Con verse of fol l ows.
Con clu sion (R). (83 –90) :
No sh ip i s a radar. (i ) Al l al p h ab et s ar e l et t er s 
(8 1 –8 2 ) :
I + E  O - typ e of Con cl u si on Un iver sal Affirm at i ve (A–t ype).
“Som e pl an es ar e n ot rad ars”. Som e tr oops ar e soldier s. (i i ) Som e wi n dow s ar e fl oor s 
Al l car s ar e r adar s. Part icu lar Affir m at ive (I–t ype).
All soldiers are figh ter s. (i i i ) No di git is a n u m ber  Un i-
versal Negat i ve (E–t ype).
No radar i s a sh ip.
“Som e troops are fi gh t ers”. (P)
(i v) Som e digi t s are not nu m bers
Part i cu lar Negat ive (O–t ype).
“No car is a sh ip ”. All soldiers ar e figh ter s.
Th is i s Con clu si on I. 8 3 . (3) All alphabets ar e let ter s.
Ven n diagram s of “Som e p lan es
ar e n ot rad ars”. No figh ter is a war rior.
All letters are digits.
A + E  E - typ e of Con cl u si on A + A  A – t ype of concl u si on
“No soldi er is a warr ior”. (Q) “All alph abet s are digit s.”
Planes Radars
Som e t r oop s ar e figh t er s. Th is i s Concl u si on I I.
Al l letters ar e digit s.
No figh t er is a w ar r i or.
I I + E  O - typ e of Con cl u si on No digi t is a n u m ber.
or “Som e tr oop s are n ot war riors”. (R) A + E  E – t ype of concl u si on
81. (1) Ven n diagram s of Con cl u si on “No l et t er i s a nu m ber.”
Plan es
(R)
All alph abet s ar e digits.
Radars
No digit is a nu m ber.
Troops War riors
A + E  E–t ype of concl u si on
“No al phabet is a nu m ber.”
II Th is i s Conclu si on I.
or
8 4 . (1) Al l fru its ar e flower s.
I
or
Plan es Radars No flower is a sweet.
Troops
“No fru i t is sweet .”
III
Ven n diagram II su pports Con clu - No flower i s sweet .
si on II. War rior s
(7 9 –8 0 ) :
Som e sweet s ar e desser t s.
All alphabet s ar e let t er s.
E + I  O 1 – t ype of concl u si on
“Som e desser t s ar e n ot fl ow-
All let t er s ar e digit s. II ers.”
A + A  A - typ e of Con cl u si on or
“All alph abets ar e di gits”. (P) No fru it i s sweet.
Al l letters ar e digit s.
Som e sweet s ar e desser ts.
Troops War rior s
No digi t is a n u m ber. E + I  O 1 –t ype of conclu si on
“Som e desser t s are not fru it s.”
“No l ett er is a n u m b er”. (Q) Con clu sions I and I I form Com -
II pl em en t ar y Pair. Th erefore, ei-
All alph abet s ar e digi ts. or t h er Conclu si on I or II follows.
Venn D iagram II su pport s Con-
cl u si on I. 8 5 . (4) Som e plane ar e sh ips.
No digit is a nu m ber.
A + E  E - typ e of Con cl u si on Con cl u si on I I i s Con ver se of
“No alph abet is a n u m ber”. (R) Conclu si on (P).
No sh ip i s a radar.
SYLLOGISM
I +E  O – t ype of concl u si on Som e t rays ar e plates. E + A  O1 – type of Con clu sion
“Som e planes are not radars.” “Som e cu bs are n ot pu ppies.”
Ven n diagram s of “Som e cu bs are
Al l car s ar e r adar s. No plate is spoon . n ot pu ppies” :
I + E  O–t ype of concl u si on
No radar i s a sh ip. Cu bs
“Som e t rays are not spoons.”
Pu
bs
p
or
pi
u
9 0 . (2) All books are pens.
C
Pu p p ies
es
“No car is a ship.”
Th is conclu sion I.
Some pens ar e desks. I
8 6 . (2) Al l lock s ar e k eys. II
A + I No concl u si on or
(9 1 –9 2 ) :
Al l k eys ar e door s. Som e r oom s ar e st or es.
A + A  A-t ype of concl u si on Cu bs Pu ppies
“All l ock s ar e doors.” Al l st or es ar e godown s.
All k eys ar e doors. I + A  I-type of Con clu sion I II
“Som e room s are godown s.” (P) Accordin g to ven n diagram II, all
All stor es ar e godowns. pu ppies are cu bs. Th erefore, Con -
Som e doors are wi ndows. clu sion I follows.
A + I No concl u si on (9 4 –9 5 ) :
All godown s ar e war ehou ses.
Neit her Concl u si on I nor I I fol- No sea is a lak e.
A + A  A–type of Con clu sion
lows.
“All stores are wareh ou ses.” (Q)
8 7 . (5) All rats ar e cats. Som e lak es are ri vers.
Som e room s ar e godown s.
E + I  O1 – type of Con clu sion
“Som e rivers are n ot seas.” (P)
All godown s ar e war ehou ses.
No cat is cow. Som e l ak es ar e r iver s.
“Som e rooms are wareh ou ses.” (R)
“No rat is cow.” Al l r i ver s ar e ocean s.
91. (3) Conclu sion II is the Conlusion
All dogs ar e cows. (Q). I + A  I – type of Con clu sion
92. (4) Ven n diagram s of “Some room s “Som e lak es are ocean s”. (Q)
are wareh ou ses”. : 94. (1) Neither Conclu sion I nor Con-
No cow is cat.
War e- clu sion II follows.
A + E  E–t ype of concl u si on h ou ses 95. (5) Con clu sion I is th e Con verse
“No dog is cat .”
s
s es
om
or of th e Con clu sion (Q).

h ou -
Room s
e
Th is i s Concl u si on I I.
Wa r
Ro
(9 6 — 9 7 ) :
8 8 . (4) Som e pillar s are bu ildin gs. (i) All cities are ocean s  Un iversal
I II Affirm ative (A–type).
Al l bu ildi ngs are flat s. or (ii) Som e villages are cities  Partic-
I + A  I –t ype of concl u si on u lar Affirm ative (I–type).
Room s
“Som e pil lars ar e flat s.” (iii) No ocean is a town  Un iversal
Negative (E–type).
Al l bu ildin gs are flat s. War eh ou ses
(iv) Som e ocean s ar e n ot town s 
No flat is h ou se.
(9 6 –9 7 ) : Som e villages are cities.
A + E  E–t ype of concl u si on III
“No bu il ding is hou se.” Accordin g to ven n diagram III, all
Th is i s Conclu si on I. wareh ou ses are room s. Th erefore,
all wareh ou ses bein g room s is a
All cities ar e ocean s.
8 9 . (2) All cu ps are bowls. possibility. Th is is Con clu sion I. I + A  I – typ e of Con cl u si on
Con clu sion II is th e Con verse of “Som e vil lages are ocean s.” (P)
th e Conclu sion (P).
All bowls ar e tr ays. All cit ies are ocean s.
93. (5) No pu p py is a k it t en .
A + A  A–t ype of concl u si on
“All cu ps ar e t r ays.” Al l k it t en s ar e cu bs. No ocean i s a t own .
SYLLOGISM
A + E  E – type Con clu sion (9 9 –1 0 1 ) : A + A  A–typ e of Con cl u si on
“No city is a town .” (Q) (i) All boxes are carton s6  Un iver - “All papers are factor ies”.
sal Affirm ative (A-type). Th is is Con clu sion II.
Som e vill ages ar e oceans.
(ii) Some stan ds are rack s6 Partic- (1 0 2 –1 0 3 ) :
u lar Affirm ative (I-type). Som e per fu m es ar e deodoran ts.
No ocean is a town .
(iii) No rack i s a box 6  Un iversal
“Som e villages are n ot town s.” (R) Negative (E-type). Al l deodoran ts ar e colognes.
96. (3) Ven n diagram s of “Som e vi l- (iv) Some rack s are n ot boxes6 Par - I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
lages ar e citi es” : ticu lar Negative (O-type). “Som e per fu m es are cologn es”. (P)
99. (3) Som e st an ds ar e r ack s. Som e deodoran ts ar e per fu m es.
No per fu m e is a fr agran ce.

Villages Citi es No rack is a box.
I + E  O–type of Con cl u si on I + E  O–typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e st an d s are n ot boxes”. ‘‘Som e deodoran ts are n ot fr a-
gr an ces”. (Q)
Therefore, Con clu sion I follows.
I Som e colognes ar e per fu m es.
No rack is a box.
or
All boxes ar e car tons. No per fu m e is a fr agran ce.
Villages E + A  O 1 –t ype of Con cl u si on I + E  O – typ e of Con cl u si on
“Som e carton s are n ot rack s”. “Som e cologn es are n ot fragranc-
es”. (R)
Cities Ven n diagram s of “Som e carton s
ar e n ot rack s” :
si on (P).
s Car ton s
t on sion (Q).
II
C ar Rack s or
Rack s Venn diagrams of “Some cologn es
or
ar e n ot fragran ces” :
Cities Cologn es
I II
s
or ne es
Villages l og nc or
Co gr
a
a
Fr
Car ton s Rack s I II

III or
Ven n d i agr am I I su p p or t s t h e
Con clu sion I. III
of Con clu sion (P). Cologn es Fragr ances
Con clu sion II.
Con clu sion II is sam e as th at of
Conclu sion (Q). 100. (1) Al l k it ten s ar e tu r tles.
98. (5) Som e ston es are r ock s. III

Som e t u r tles ar e pu ppies. Ven n d iagr am II su p p or t s t h e
No rock s is a h ill . Con clu sion II.
I + E  O – typ e of Con cl u si on A + I  No Con cl u si on (1 0 4 –1 0 8 ) :
Con cl u sion I an d Con clu si on II (i) All legu mes are pu lses  Univer -
“Som e ston es are not h ills.” form Com plemen tary Pair. There- sal Affirm ative (A-type).
No r ock is a h ill. fore, eith er Con clu sion I or Con -
(ii) Som e l ot ion s are per fu m es 
cl u si on II fol lows.
Particu lar Affirm ative (I-type).
All h ills ar e m ou n tain s. 101. (5) Al l papers ar e m ills.
(iii) No cream is a lotion  Un iversal
E + A  O1 – type of Conclu sion Negative (E-type).
“Some mou n tains are n ot rock s.” Al l m il ls ar e fact ories.
SYLLOGISM
(iv) Som e cream s are n ot lotion s  Ven n d iagr am II su p p or t s t h e
Particu lar Negative (O-type). Con clu sion I.
104. (2) Venn diagrams of “All legu mes are
pu lses” :
No cr eam is a lot ion .
Pu lses Pu lses “Al l pi llows are doorm at s”.
Som e lotion s are per fu m es.
Legu mes or
E + I  O 1 –t ype of Con cl u si on
“So m e p er f u m es a r e n o t Legu m es
cr eam s”.
Neith er Con clu sion I nor Conclu - IV V I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on
si on II fol lows. “Som e cu r tain s are d oor m ats”.
(1 0 5 -1 0 6 ) : Ven n diagram s of “Som e pu lses
Venn diagram s of “Some cu rtain s
are grain s”:
ar e b lan k ets”:
or
Pu lses
I + E  O–typ e of Con cl u si on Pu lses Gr ain s or Gr ain s

“Some pu lses are n ot crops”. (P)
105. (5) Venn diagrams of “Some pu ls-
es ar e n ot crops” : VI VII
or
or After com bi n in g th e Ven n di a-

gram s V an d VII, we get:
Ven n diagrams III contradicts th e

Con clu sion II.
Venn diagram s of “Some cu rtain s
Th e above ven n diagram s sh ow are doorm at s”:
t h at “Al l p u l ses can n ever b e
crop s”.
Th erefore, Con clu sion II follows.
106. (3) Venn diagrams of “Some pu ls- Ven n d iagram IX su p por ts t h e
es are n ot crops” : Conclu sion II.
107. (5)
“Som e ri ver s ar e waterfalls”.
or
or
108. (4)
Ven n d iagr am V su p p or t s t h e
I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on Con clu sion I.
“Som e cu rtain s are bl an k ets”. ppp
SYLLOGISM
MODEL EXERCISES
Di r ect i on s (1 -5 ) : In th ese qu es- 7. St at em en t s Di r ec t i o n s (1 1 -2 0 ) : In t h ese
ti on s, th er e are t wo st at em en t s fol- All Sh ares are deben tu res. qu estions, you are given two statem ents
lowed by two con clu sion s A an d B. You A an d B followed by two con clu sion s
No deben tu re is an equ ity.
h ave to tak e th e statem en ts to be tru e (I) an d (II). You h ave to tak e th e two
even if th ey seem to be at vari an ce Con clusi on s
from com m on ly k n own facts an d th en I . No equ ity is a sh are.
t o b e at var i an ce fr om com m on l y
decide wh ich of th e con clu sion s logi- II . Som e deben tu res are sh ares. k n own facts. You are to decide wh ich
cally follows. Ch oose
III. No sh are is an equ ity. ; of th e given con clu sion s defin itely fol-
(1) If on ly A follows
(1) On ly I follows lows from th e given statem en ts.
(2) If on ly B follows
(2) On ly II follows In dicate you r an swer as
(3) If both A an d B follow
(3) All follow (1) If on ly con clu sion I follows
(4) If n eith er A n or B follows
(4) On ly III follows (2) If on ly con clu sion II follows
(5) Non e of th ese
1. All ch airs are h ou ses. (5) Non e of th ese (3) If both I an d II follow
Som e sh oes are h ou ses. 8. St at em en t s (4) If n eith er I n or II follows
A : Som e ch airs are sh oes. All n ets are jets. (5) Non e of th ese
B : Som e sh oes are ch airs. All jets are sets. 11. St at em en t s
2. All m en are dogs. Con clusi on s A : Som e book s are cars .
All dogs are cats. I . All jets are n ets. Som e cars are boxes
A : All m en are cats. II . Som e sets are n either n ets nor B : Con cl u si on s
B : All cats are m en . jet s. I . Som e book s are boxes
3. All m en are m arried. III. No set is a n et. II . Som e boxes are book s.
Som e m en are edu cated. (1) On ly I follows 12. St at em en t s
A : Som e m arried are edu cated. (2) On ly III follows A : All goats are parrots.
B : Som e edu cated are m arried. B : All parrots are crows.
4. All boys are girls.
(4) Non e follows Con clusi on s
No girl is a fath er.
(5) Non e of th ese I . All crows are goats.
A : All girls are boys.
9. St at em en t s II . All goats are crows.
B : No boy is a fath er.
All cities are town s. 13. St at em en t s
5. All boys are rivers.
Som e rivers are girls Som e cities are villages. A : Som e papers are pen s.
A : Som e girls are boys. Con clusi on s B : Som e pen cils are pen s.
B : Som e boys are girls. I . All villages are town s. Con clusi on s
Di r ect i on s (6 -1 0 ) : In th ese qu es- II . No village is a town . I . Som e pen s are pen cils.
ti on s, th er e are t wo st at em en t s fol- III. Som e villages are town s. II . Som e pen s are papery.
lowed by th ree con clu sion s n u m bered (1) On ly III follows 14. St at em en t s
I, II an d III. You h ave to tak e th e given
(2) On ly I follows B : Som e k in gs are qu een s.
t o b e at var i an ce fr om com m on l y (3) On ly II follows A : All qu een s are beau tifu l.
k n own facts an d th en decide wh ich of (4) Non e of th e above Con cl u si on s ,
th e given con clu sion logically follows (5) All of th e above I . All k in gs are beau tifu l.
from th e given statem en ts. II . All qu een s are k in gs.
10. St at em en t s
Som e tables are ch airs.
Som e years are decades.
Som e ch airs are beds. A : Som e h en s are crows.
All cen tu ries are decades.
Con clusi on s B : All crows are h orses.
Con clusi on s
I . Som e tables are beds. Con clusi on s
I . Som e cen tu ries are years.
II . No bed is eith er a ch air or a I . Som e h orses are h en s
II . Som e decades are years.
III. No cen tu ry is a year. table. II . Som e h en s are h orses.
(1) On ly eith er I or III an d II fol- III. All beds are ch airs. 16. St at em en t s
low (1) On ly eith er 1 or II follows A : All book s are pen cils
(2) Both II & III follow (2) On ly III follows B : All pen cils are flowers.
(3) On ly I follows (3) On ly II follows Con clusi on s
(4) On ly II follows (4) Non e follows I . All book s are flowers.
(5) Non e of th ese (5) All of th e above II . Som e pen cils are n ot book s.
SYLLOGISM
17. St at em en t s 26. Som e book s are h ook s. Di rect i on s (36-39 ) : In these qu es-
A : Som e book s are pen cils. All book s are fish . So, tion s, two statem en ts are followed by
B : Som e pen cils are pen s. I . Som e h ook s are fish . two con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II.
Con clusi on s II . Som e fish are h ook s. Assu m e t h e given statem en t s to b e
tru e, even if th ey seem to be at vari-
I. Som e book s are pen s 27. All pen s are gu n s.
an ce with com m on ly k n own facts an d
II. Som e pen s are book s. ; All gu n s are in k pots. So,
th en m ark you r an swer as
18. St at em en t s I . All pen s are in k pots.
(1) If on ly con clu sion I follows
A : All h orses are bu llock s. II . All in k pots are pen s.
(2) If on ly con clu sion II follows ‘
B : All bu llock s are parrots. 28. All P’s are Q’s.
(3) If both th e con clu sion s follow
Con clusi on s All Q’s are R’s. So,
(4) If n eith er I n or II follows
I . All h orses are parrots. I . All P’s are R’s.
(5) Non e of th ese
II . All parrots are h orses. II . Ail R’s are P’s.
36. St at em en t s
19. St at em en t s 29. Som e words are sh arp.
All players are sm ok ers.
A : All flowers are leaves. All swords are ru sty. So,
Som e sm ok ers are win e-addicts.
B : Som e leaves are birds. I . Som e ru sty th in gs are sh arp.
Con clusi on s
Con clusi on s II . Som e r u st y t h i n gs ar e n ot
sh arp. I . All sm ok ers are players.
I. Som e birds are flowers. II . Som e win e-addicts are sm ok -
30. All liqu or is water.
II. Som e leaves are flowers. er s.
No water is bitter. So,
I . No liqu or is bitter.
A : All win dows are doors. All wom en are m in isters.
II . No bitter th in gs is liqu or.
B : No door is wall. All m in isters are sim pleton .
Di r ec t i o n s (3 1 -3 5 ) : In t h ese
Con clusi on s Con du si on s
qu estions, there are two statem en ts fol-
I . No win dows is wall. lowed by two possible in feren ces A an d I . All wom en are sim pleton .
II . No wall is door. B. Assu m e th e statem en ts to be cor - II . All m in isters are sim pleton .
Di r ec t i o n s (2 1 -3 0 ) : In t h ese r ect even i f t h ey var y w i t h fact s. 38. St at em en t s
qu estion s, two statem en ts are given , Ch oose you r an swer as All cars are n ot train s.
followed by two in feren ces A an d B, (1) If on ly in feren ce A follows
All cars are fou r -wheeled vehicles.
Assu m e t h e st at em en t s t o be t ru e, (2) If on ly in feren ce B follows
m ark you r an swer as Con clusi on s
(3) If both th e in feren ce A an d B
(1) If on ly in feren ce I follows I . All trains are n ot fou r -wh eeled
follow
veh icles.
(2) If on ly in feren ce II follows (4) If n eit h er i n fer en ce A n or B
II . Som e train s are fou r -wh eeled
(3) If both I an d II follow follows
veh icles.
(4) If n eith er I n or II follows (5) Non e of th ese
39. St at em en t s
(5) Non e of th ese 31. All gradu ates are ch airs.
All jails are gu est h ou ses.
21. All m oth ers are au n ts. All ch airs are tables.
All gu est h ou ses are com fortable.
All au n ts are ladies. So, A : All gradu ates are tables.
Con clusi on s
I . All m oth ers are ladies. B : All tables are gradu ates.
I . All jails are com fortable.
II . All au n ts are m oth ers. 32. Every m in ister is a stu den t.
II . No jail is com fortable.
22. Som e doctors are fools. Every stu den t is in experien ced.
Di r ect i on s (4 0 -4 4 ) : In each of
Som e fools are rich . So, A : Every m in ist er i s in ex peri -
th e qu estion s below, th ere are two or
I . Som e doctors are rich . en ced .
th ree statem ents followed by fou r con -
II . Som e rich are doctors. B : Som e in experien ced are stu -
clu sions n u m bered I, II, III an d IV. You
den ts. ; . .
23. All goats are cows. h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
33. Som e birds are eleph an ts. be tru e even if th ey seem to be at vari-
Som e goats are lam bs. So,
Som e eleph an ts are wh ite. an ce with com m on ly k n own facts an d
I . All goats are lam bs.
A : Som e birds are wh ite. th en decide wh ich of th e given con clu -
II . Som e lam bs are cows.
B : Som e wh ite are birds. sion s logically follow(s) from th e given
24. All pedestrian s are poor. statem en ts.
34. No bat is ball.
All poor are h on est. So, 40. St at em en t s
No ball is wick et.
I . All h on est are pedestrian s. Som e sin gers are rock ers.
A : No bat is wick et.
II . All pedestrian s are h on est. All rock ers are western ers.
B : All wick ets are bats.
25. All rin gs are win gs. Con clusi on s
35. All fish are tortoise.
All win gs are k in gs. So, I . Som e rock ers are sin gers.
No tortoise is a crocodile.
I . All rin gs are k in gs. II . Som e western ers are rock ers.
A : No crocodile is a fish .
II . All k in gs are rin gs. B : No fish is a crocodile. III. Som e sin gers are western ers.
SYLLOGISM
IV. Some singers are not westerners. Con clusi on s (1) A an d C (2) B an d C
(1) I, II an d III follow I . Som e roses are sweaters. (3) only A (4) Non e of th ese
(2) 1, II an d IV follow II . Som e roses are n ot sweaters. (5) All of th ese
(3) II, III an d IV follow Il I. No k iller is a jack et. 48. A. All beau tifu l th in gs are sad.
(4) I, III an d IV follow IV. Som e jack ets are k illers. Sh e is beau tifu l. Sh e is sad.
(5) Non e of th ese (1) Eith er I or II an d III follow B . All n ice things are flat. TVs are
41. St at em en t s (2) Eith er III or IV an d II follow flat. TVs are n ice th in gs.
No In dian is an Asian . (3) Eith er II or III follows C. Potatoes are stem s. All stem s
(4) Eith er I or II an d eith er III or are fru its. Potatoes are fru its.
Som e Am erican s are In dian s.
IV follow (1) On ly C (2) A an d B
Con clusi on s
(5) Non e of th ese (3) On ly A (4) A an d C
I . Som e In dian s are n ot Asian s.
Di rect i on s (4 5-4 8) : Each of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
II . Som e Asian s are n ot Am eri-
qu estion s h as th ree grou ps of state- Di r ect i on s (4 9 -5 2 ) : In each of
can s.
m en ts m ark ed A, B , C. Iden tify t h e th ese qu estion s, two statem en ts are
III. So m e A m er i ca n s a r e n o t grou p(s) in wh ich th e information given given followed by two con clu sion s
Asians. is logical. n u m bered I an d II. Con sider th e two
IV. All Am ericans are Asian s. 45. A. To for gi ve i s d i vi n e. Di vi n e given statemen ts to be tru e even if they
(1) Eith er III or IV follows facts are rare. Forgiven ess is seem to be absu rd. Mark an swer as
(2) Eith er I or II follows rare. (1) if on ly con clu sion II follows
(3) I an d III follow B . Pep s i c on t a i n s a d d ed (2) if on ly con clu sion I follows
(4) Eith er II or III follows flavou r. Cok e con tain s per - (3) if eith er con clu sion I or II fol-
(5) Non e of th ese m i t t ed col ou r s. Pep si an d lows
Cok e are cold drin k s. (4) if n eith er con clu sion I n or II
42. St at em en t s
C. Som e beer is win e an d som e follows
Som e ch arts are darts. b eer i s vod k a. Al l w i n e i s
All darts are carts. 49. St at em en t s No coin is a dollar.
vodk a. All beer m u st be vodk a Red tok en is a coin .
Som e carts are sm arts. or win e.
Con clusi on s
Con clusi on s (1) A an d C (2) A an d B
I . Red tok en is n ot a dollar.
I . Som e ch arts are carts. (3) only A (4) on ly C
II . Red tok en m ay n ot be a dol-
II . Som e carts are darts. (5) Non e of th ese lar.
III. Som e darts are sm arts. 46. A. Sen sex crash es on M on day,
50. St at em en t All bu lbs are birds.
IV. Som e sm arts are ch arts. Wed n esd a y a n d F r i d a y .
Som e birds are bu tterflies.
(1) I an d III follow Nasdaq rises high on Tu esday,
T h u r s d ay a n d Sat u r d a y . Con clusi on s
(2) II an d III follow I . All bu tterflies are bu lbs.
Sen sex fol l ows t h e Nasd aq
(3) I an d II follow m ovem ent. II . Som e bu lbs are bu tterflies.
(4) I, III an d IV follow B . Mt. Everest, the h igh est peak , 51. St at em en t s All lam ps are poles.
(5) Non e of th ese is taller than th e secon d high - Som e poles are pipes.
43. St at em en t s est peak in Ch in a. Mt. Everest Con clusi on s
Som e big are sm all. m a y b e h i gh er t h a n M t .
I . Som e lam ps are pipes.
Su n fest.
No sm all is large. II . Som e pipes are poles.
C. On th e h igh way, goin g from
Som e large are tin y. 52. St a t e m e n t Som e t a n k s a r e
East to West, town A com es
Con clusi on s after town B. Town C com es pon ds.
I . Som e large are n ot big. after town D. Town s C an d A Som e pon ds are bu ck ets
II . No big is large. com e after town B. Con clusi on s
III. Som e sm all are n ot tin y. (1) on ly B (2) B an d C I . Som e bu ck ets are pon ds.
IV. Som e big are n ot tin y. (3) on ly C (4) A an d C II . Som e tan k s are bu ck ets.
(1) On ly I follows (5) Non e of th ese Di r ect i on (5 3 -5 7 ) : In each of th e
(2) On ly II follows 47. A. Som e su bstan ces are crystal- q u es t i on s b el o w a r e gi v en t h r ee
(3) On ly III follows l i n e. M ar b l e i s cr yst al l i n e. s t at em en t s f o l l o w ed by t wo
Marble is a su bstan ce. Con clu sion s n u m bered I an d II. You
(4) Non e follows
B . All greyhou nds are dogs. Some h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts to
(5) All of th ese b e t r u e even i f th ey seem t o b e at
d ogs ar e cows. Som e gr ey-
44. St at em en t s h ou n ds are dogs. varian ce from comm on ly k n own facts.
No k iller is a sweater. C. All lock s are k eys. Som e k eys Read all t h e Con cl u sion s an d t h en
No jack et is a sweater. do n ot open . Som e lock s do decide wh ich of the given Con clu sion s
Som e jack ets are roses. n ot open . l ogi c al l y f o l l o w s f r o m t h e gi ven
SYLLOGISM
st atem en t s di sr egar di n g com m on l y clu sions logically follows from the state- th e given statem ents disregarding com-
k n own facts. m en ts disregardin g com m on ly k n own m on ly k n own facts.
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu - facts. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if both th e Con -
sion I follows Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Con clu - clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu - sion I follows. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if eith er Con clu -
sion II follows Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Con clu - sion I or Con clu sion II follows
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er Con - sion II follows. Gi v e an swer (3 ) if n eith er Con -
clu sion I or Con clu sion II follows Gi ve an swer (3 ) if eith er Con clu - clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er Con - sion I or Con clu sion II follows. Gi v e an swer (4 ) if on ly Con clu -
clu sion n or Con clu sion II follows Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er Con - sion I follows
Gi ve an swer (5 ) If both th e Con - clu sion I n or Con clu sion II follows Gi v e an swer (5 ) if on ly Con clu -
clu sion s I an d II follow Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both th e Con - sion II follows
(5 3 –5 4 ) : clu sion I an d Con clu sion II follow
(6 3 –6 4 ) : St at em en t s
St at em en t s : (5 8 -5 9 ) :
St at em en t s: Som e pictu res are im ages.
All stick s are plan ts.
No n u m ber is a digit. All im ages are m em ories.
All plan ts are in sects. All digits are fraction s. Som e m em ories are sk etch es.
All in sects are am ph ibian s. Som e fraction s are in tegers. 63. Con clusi on s
53. Con cl u si on s : 58. Con cl u si on s :
I . All am ph ibian s are stick s. I . A l ea s t som e p i c t u r es ar e
I . Atleast som e digits are in tegers.
II . All plan ts are am ph ibian s. m em ories.
II . All n u m bers bein g in tegers is a
54. Con cl u si on s : possibility. II . Some m em ories are definitely n ot
I . At least some amphibian s are 59. Con cl u si on s : pictu res.
in sects I . All fraction s can n ever be n u m - 64. Con clusi on s
II . All stick s are in sects. b er s. I . All im ages are sk etch es.
55. St at em en t s : II . Som e in tegers are defin itely n ot II . All pictu res bein g sk etch es is a
All apartm en ts are h u ts. n u m bers. possibility.
60. St at em en t s: (6 5 –6 6 ) : St at em en t s
No h u t is a bu ildin g.
Som e secon ds are m in u tes. All All m ou n tains are peak s.
All bu ildin gs are cottages. m in u tes are h ou rs.
Som e peak s are rivers.
No m ou n tain is a valley.
I . No cottage is an apartm en t. I . Som e secon ds are h ou rs.
65. Con clusi on s
II . Som e cot t ages ar e ap ar t - II . All secon ds are h ou rs.
m en ts. (6 1 –6 2 ) : I . All rivers can never be mou ntains.
(5 6 –5 7 ) : St at em en t s : II . All m ou n tain s are rivers.
St at em en t s : All flaws are errors. 66. Con clusi on s
Som e errors are m istak es. I . No valley is a peak .
Som e stars are m oon s.
Som e m istak es are blu n ders.
All m oon s are plan ets. II . Atleast som e valleys are rivers.
No plan et is u n iverse. 67. St at em en t s
I . All flaws can n ever be m istak es.
56. Con cl u si on s : Som e h ou rs are m in u tes.
I . Atl east som e b l u n ders ar e er -
I . At l east som e p l an et s ar e Som e h ou rs are secon ds.
rors.
st ar s.
62. Con cl u si on s : Con clusi on s
II . No m oon is u n iverse.
I . All flaws bein g blu n ders is a pos- I . A t l ea st s om e sec o n d s ar e
sibility. minu tes.
I . Al l m oon s b ein g st ars is a
II . No error is a blu n der. II . No secon d is a m in u te.
possibility.
Di r ect i on (6 3 –68 ) : In each of th e
II . No u n iverse is a star. 68. St at em en t s
followin g qu estion s, two or th ree state-
Di r ect i on s (5 8 –6 2 ) : In each of m en t s fol lowed by t wo Con clu sion s All cars are tru ck s.
t h e fol l owi n g qu est i on s, t wo/ t h r een u m bered I an d II h ave been given .
st at em en ts foll owed b y t wo con cl u - All tru ck s are veh icles.
You h ave to tak e th e given statem en ts
sion s nu m bered I and II h ave been giv- to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at Con clusi on s
en . You h ave to tak e th e given state- varian ce from th e com m on ly k n own
m en ts to be tru e even if th ey seem to I . All veh icles ate tru ck s.
facts an d th en decide wh ich of th e giv-
be at varian ce from com m on ly k n own II . All cars are veh icles.
en Con clu sion s logically follows from
facts an d th en decide which of th e con -
SYLLOGISM
G T
SHORT ANSWERS B F
V
1.(4) 2.(1) 3.(3) 4.(2)
C
5.(4) 6.(1) 7.(3) 8.(3)
9.(1) 10.(4) 11.(4) 12.(2)
5. (4) Mi ddl e t erm s “rivers” i s n ot
13.(3) 14.(4) 15.(3) 16.(1) d i st r i b u t ed i n t h e Pr em i ses. Con cl u si on (III ) fol l ow s as
17.(4) 18.(1) 19.(2) 20 .(3) H en ce, n on e of con clu sion s of
“some villages are towns.” Hen ce,
m ediate in feren ce follows.
21 .(1) 22 .(2) 23 .(2) 24 .(2) option (1) is th e correct an swer.
R Con cl usi on 10. (4) M id d le ter m “ch ai r s” is n ot
25 .(1) 26 .(3) 27 .(1) 28 .(1) A–X
distribu ted. Hence no conclu sions
B–X
29 .(1) 30 .(3) 31.(1) 32.(3) B G of m ed i at e i n fer en ce fol l ow s.
33.(4) 34.(4) 35.(3) 36.(2) M o r eo v er , co n c l u s i o n I I I i s
imm ediate in ference and does not
37.(3) 38.(4) 39.(1) 40.(1)
H en c e h o v e c o n c l u si o n follow from statem en t 2.
41.(3) 42.(3) 43.(4) 44.(2) follows. 11. (4) B o t h t h e con cl u si on s a r e
45.(3) 46.(1) 47.(4) 48 .(4) 6. (1) Middle term s decades is n ot m ed i at e i n fer en ce an d d o n ot
d i st r i b u t ed h en ce, n o d efi n i t e follow as m iddle term “cars” is not
49 .(2) 50 .(4) 51.(1) 52.(2) con clu sion of m ediate in feren ce distribu ted in th e statem en ts.
53 .(2) 54 .(5) 55.(3) 56.(5) c a n b e d r a w n . H o w ever ,
12. (2) On ly con clu sion (II) follows.
con clu sion s (I) an d (III) m ak e a
57 .(1) 58 .(5) 59.(4) 60.(1) com plem en tary pair or in feren ce, 13. (3) Con clu sion (I) is im m ed iate
61 .(2) 62 .(1) 63.(4) 64.(5) h en ce ei th er (I) or (III) foll ows. in feren ce drawn from statem en t
Con cl u si on (I I ) i s i m m ed i at e (II). Con clu sion (II) is im m ediate
65 .(3) 66 .(5) 67.(2) 68.(5)
in feren ce drawn from statem en t in feren ce drawn from statem en t
I. Hen ce, option (1) is th e correct A. Both th e conclu sions are valid.
EXPLANATIONS an swer. 14. (4) Con clu sion (II) is im m ediate
7. (3) All sh ares are deben tu res can in ference and does n ot follow from
b e c o n ver t ed i n t o so m e th e statem en t (1). Con clu sion (I)
1. (4) M i d d l e t er m h ou ses i s n ot d eb en t u r es ar e sh ar s. H en ce,
d i st r i b u t ed i n t h e st at em en t s is m ediate in feren ce an d does n ot
conclu sion (II) follows. Now middle
h en ce, n on e of th e con cl u sion follow.
t er m i s d i st r i b u t ed i n t h e
follows. s t a t em en t , h en c e m ed i at e 15. (3) Fr om t h e fi gu r e, b ot h t h e
2. (1) F r om t h e f i gu r e d r aw n , i n fer en c e ca n b e d r aw n . con cl u si on s “Som e h orses ar e
con clu sion A follows. Con cl u si on (I ) & an d (I I ) ar e h en s” and “som e hens are horses”
negative con clu sion s which follow are valid.
C i f o n e o f t h e s t a t em en t s i n
D n egative. Hen ce, all follow. Hor ses
H C
M 8. (3) Con clu sion I does n ot follow
b ecau s e t h er e ar e som e j et s
wh ich are n ot n ets. Con clu sion II
is tru e from th e given figu re bu t
i t i s n ot t r u e i f al l t h e ci r cl es
3. (3) From th e figu re, we can say
con cide h en ce it does n ot follow.
th at som e m en are edu cated an d Con cl u sion III d oes n ot follow. 16. (1) On ly con clu sion (I) follows.
som e edu cated are m en . h en ce, Hen ce, n on e of th e con clu sion s 17. (4) Middle term “p en cils” is n ot
both of th em follow. follow. d i s t r i b u t ed . H en ce, n o n e o f
con clu sion s of m ediate in feren ce
M arried S follows.
Educat ed J
N 18. (1) F r o m t h e fi gu r e, on l y
con cl u si on (I) “Al l h or ses ar e
Men
parrots’is valid.
P
B
4. (2) Con clu sion A does n ot follow.
9. (1) From th e figu re, it is clear that H
Con clu sion B th at “No boy is a
con clu si on (I) d oes n ot fol l ow.
fath er” i s valid from th e figu re.
Al so, con cl u si on (I I) d oes n ot
Hen ce, on ly B follows.
follow.
SYLLOGISM
19. (2) Con cl u si on (I I ) i m m ed i at e 27. (1) On ly con clu sion (I) follows. Con cl u sion (1 ) i s tr u e from
in feren ce drawn from statem en t 28. (1) On ly con clu sion (I) follows. figu re (I) bu t false from (II) h en ce
A an d follows. Con clu sion (I) in 29. (1) If b ot h t h e st at em en t s ar e does not follow. Con clu sion (II) is
m ediate in feren ce bu t does n ot positive, Con clu sion i s always false from both th e figu res.
follow becau se middle term leaves Positive, h en ce, con clu sion (II) is 35. (3) If on e of t h e st at em en t s i s
i s n o t d i st r i b u t ed i n t h e r u l ed ou t . F r o m t h e f i gu r e, n ega t i v e, co n c l u si o n w i l l b e
statem en t. Con clu sion (I) “Some ru sty things n egat i ve b ot h t h e con cl u si on s
20. (3) Both the con clu sions are valid are sh arp” follow. follow.
from th e statem en ts. 36. (2) Con clu sion (I) is im m ed iate
Ru st y
in ference and does n ot follow from
D
W Wall Shar p statem en ts I. Con clu sion (II) is
im m ediate in feren ce drawn from
Swor d
statem en t II as I type proposition
can be con verted in to I type.
37. (3) Clearly, both th e con clu sion
21. (1) Conclu sion (I) “All moth ers are 30. (3) From th e figu re drawn on th e follow from th e statem en ts.
l ad i es” fol l ow fr om st at em en t . b asi s of st at em en t s, b ot h t h e 38. (4) Non e of t h e con cl u si on s i s
Con clu sion (II) does n ot follow. conclu sion s follow. defin itely tru e.
L W FWW FWW
A T
M
B T
L C C
22. (2) M i d d l e t er m “fool s” i s n ot 31. (1) Th is can be solved easily with

th e h elp of ven n -diagram s. 39. (1) C l ea r l y al l j ai l s ar e
d i st r i b u t ed i n t h e st at em en t s,
h en ce n on e of t h e con cl u sion s c om f o r t a b l e. H en c e, on l y
t ables
(m ediate in feren ce) follows from con clu sion I follow.
th e statem en ts. Chains
23. (2) Con clu sion (I) is im m ed iate C
gr aduate GH
in ference and does n ot follow form
J
st at em en t . Con cl u si on (II ) i s
m ed i at e i n fer en ce an d fol l ows
from th e diagram . Clearly, st atem en t A fol lows
an d B does n ot follow.
C 32. (3) From th e diagram , it is clear
L t h at ever y m i n i s t er is 40. (1) I follows from some singers are
i n ex p er i en ced an d so m e
G rock er s an d II fol lows from al l
in experien ced are stu den ts.
rock ers are western ers com bin -
In exper ien ced in g both th e statem en ts, we get
St u den t s th e con clu sion III.
24. (2) From th e figu re, con clu sion I 41. (3) Som e Am erican s are In dian s
d o es n ot f ol l ow s co n c l u si on Min ist er and n o Indian is an Asian im plies
follows from th e statem en ts. t h at som e Am er i can s ar e n ot
H on est Asians. Also, No Indian is an Asian
33. (4) N o n e o f t h e c o n cl u s i o n s im plies th at som e In dian are n ot
Poor follows as m iddle term eleph an ts Asians.
Ped i s n o t d i st r i b u t ed i n t h e 42. (3) Som e ch arts are darts + All
statem en ts.
darts are Carts
34. (4) As per ru le of syllogism, if both
th e statem en ts are n egative, n o  Som e ch arts are carts. Hen ce,
25. (1) On ly con clu sion (I) follows. m ediate in feren ce follows. Th is is I follows.
26. (3) From th e figu re, it can easily also clear from the venn -diagram . Again , All darts are Carts.
been con clu ded th at som e book s => Som e carts are darts. Hen ce,
are fish an d som e fish are book s. Bat Ball Bat Ball
II foll ows. All dar ts are carts +
F som e carts are sm arts, gives n o
H con clu sion . Hen ce, III does n ot
follows, Sim ilarly, we see th at IV
B
also does n ot follow.
43. (4) Non e of th e given con clu sion
Wicket (I) Wicket (II) follows.
SYLLOGISM
44. (2 ) Som e J ack et s ar e r oses  Clearly, TV m ay or m ay n ot be (5 3 -5 7 ) :
Som e r oses ar e .J ack et s. Now n ice th in gs. (i) All stick s are plants  Un iversal
som e r oses ar e j ack et s + No
jack et is a sweater = Som e roses Affirm ative (A - type)
are n ot sweaters. (ii) Som e st a r s a r e m o on s 
Hen ce, II follows. Also, III an d J V Particu lar Affirm ative (I - type)
form a com plementary pair ie, one Pot at oes
of th em is always tru e. Hen ce, ei- (iii) No h u t is a bu ildin g  Un iversal
th er III or IV follows. St ems Negative (E - type)
Fr u its
45. (3) On ly A h as statem en ts wh ich (iv) Som e h u ts are n ot bu ildin gs 
are logically related. Potatoes are stems + all stems are Particu lar Negative (O - type)
46. (1) On ly B is tru e. fru its (5 3 –5 4 ) :
47. (4) Accordin g to qu estion ,  Potatoes are fru its.
All st ick s are plants.
Hen ce, A an d C follows.
Su bstance Crystallin e
49. (2) Accordin g to qu estion ,
All plants ar e insects.
A + A  A – type of Con clu sion
Marble “All stick s are in sects”. (P)
Red tok en
Dollar All plants are insects.
Coin
(1) Marble m ay or m ay n ob be a All insects ar e amphibians.
su bstan ce. Hen se, (1) is false. I. Red tok en is n ot a dollar. A + A  A – type of Con clu sion
(2) All greyh ou n ds are dogs h ence II . Red tok en m ay not be a dollar.
som e greyh ou n ds will b e dogs. “All plan ts are am phibians”. (Q)
On ly con clu sion I follows.
Hen ce, (2) is tru e. All sticks ar e insects.
(3)
All insects ar e amphibians.
A + A  A – type of Con clu sion
Bu lbs
Lock s Do n ot Bu t t er flies “All stick s are am phibian s”.(R)
open 53. (2) C on c l u s i o n (Q ) i s t h e
Keys Bir ds Conclu sion II.
Som e lock s m ay or m ay not open . I. All bu tterflies are bu lbs of th e th ird Prem ise.
Hen ce (C) is false on ly option (B) II. Som e bu tterflies are bu lbs. Conclu sion (P) is the Conclu sion II.
fol l ow s b u t n on e of t h e al t er Neith er conclu sion I nor II follows.
n atives h as th is option . 55. (3) All apartm en ts ar e h u ts.
No hu t is a bu ildin g.
Sad
Lam ps
Pipes “No apartm en t is a bu ildin g”.
She Poles No h u t i s a bu ildi ng.
I. Som e lam ps are poles.

All bu ildin gs ar e cottages.
II. Som e poles are pipes.
Beau t ifu l On ly con clu sion II follows. E + A  O1 – type of Con clu sion
t hings 52. (2) Accordin g to qu estion , “Som e cottages are n ot h u ts”.
Con clu sion s I an d II form Com -
Clearly, (1) follows.
ie. all beau tifu l th in gs are sad + th er Con clu sion I or Con clu sion
sh e is beau tifu l = sh e is sad. II follows.
Tan ks Pon ds Bu ckets
(5 6 –5 7 ) :
Nice
t h in gs Som e star s ar e m oon s.
I. Som e bu ck ets are pon ds.
II. Som e tan k s are bu ck ets. All m oon s ar e plan ets.
On ly con clu sion I follows. I + A  I – type of Con clu sion
Flat
SYLLOGISM
“Som e stars are plan ets”. (P) 58. (5) Ven n diagram s of “All digits After com bi n in g th e Ven n di a-
are fraction s” : gram s, IV an d VII, we get :
All moons ar e planets.
Fr act ions Digit s
No planet is u niver se.
A + E  E – type of Con clu sion or
Digit s Fr act ions
“No m oon is u n iverse”. (Q)
Number s
Some stars ar e planets.
I II
No planet is univer se. Venn diagrams of “Some fractions
are in tegers” :
“Som e stars are n ot u n iverse”. (R) ns I nt egers
tio Th erefore, Con clu sion II follows.
56. (5) Con clu sion (P) is the Converse r ac
of th e Con clu sion I. F or 59. (4)
Fr actions
Con clu sion (Q) is the Conclu sion
rs
II . ge
I nt e Fr actions
57. (1) Ven n diagrams of “Som e stars
are m oon s”. III IV
Number s
St ar s Fr actions
Star s M oons or Moons

or
I nt egers
It can be illu strated as :
I II
V Fr act ions
or
After com bi n in g th e Ven n di a-
gram s II an d IV, we get :
M oons
I nt eger s Number s
Stars Digi ts
Th erefore, Con clu sion I does n ot
follow.
Fr acti ons
III
Con clu sion I.
Th erefore, Con clu sion I follows.
(5 8 –6 2 ) :
Venn diagrams of “Some fractions
(i) Al l d igi ts are fracti on s  Un iver - are n ot n u m bers” : Number s
sal Affi rm ati ve (A–typ e).
s
(ii) Som e fract i on s ar e i n t eger s 
i on
Par ticu lar Affir m ati ve (I–typ e). r act
F s
(iii) No n u m b er i s a digi t  Un iver sal
m ber
Negati ve (E–type). Nu or
It can be illu strated as :
(iv) Som e n u m ber s ar e n ot digits 
Particu lar Negat ive (O–type).
VI
(5 8 –5 9 ) : I nt eger s
Fr act ions
N o number is a di git . Fr act ions
Fr actions
Number s or
All di git s ar e fr act ions. Number s
or Number s
E + A  O1 -type of Con clu sion
“Som e fr act i on s are n ot n u m - VI I
bers.” Therefore, Conclu sion II does not
VI I I follow.
SYLLOGISM
60. (1) Hen ce, Con clu sion I does n ot fol- (6 3 –6 4 ) :
low.
Some seconds are minut es. Som e pict u r es are im ages.
Venn diagram s of “Some mistak es
are blu n ders’’:
All minutes ar e hours. Mi stak es

All im ages ar e m em or ies.
s
ke
I + A  I-type of Con clu sion
ta
or
is
rs
“Som e secon ds are h ou rs.”
de
Blunder s “Som e pictu res are m em ories.” (P)
un
63. (4) Conclu sion I is the Conclu sion
Bl
(6 1 –6 2 ) : (P).
VI I VI I I
All flaws are er ror s. Ven n diagrams of “Som e pictu res
Blunder s are m em ories” :
Some err or s ar e mistakes. Pict u r es

I + A  No Con clu sion Mist akes
s
re
es
tu
61. (2) Venn diagram of “All flaws are or
or i
or Mem ories
c
Pi
m
errors ’’ :
Me
Er ror s Er ror s IX I II
After com bin in g Ven n diagram s
Fl aws or IV an d VIII, we get : or
Fl aws Err or s
I II Mi stakes M em or ies
Ven n diagram s of “Som e errors
are m istak es” : Blunders
Pi ct u r es
Er ror s
rs
ro
Er
or
s
M i stakes
ke
ta
is
X III
M
III IV Th erefore, Con clu sion II follows.

62. (1) After com bin in g th e Ven n di-
Ven n diagram II con tradicts th e
agram s VI an d IX given i n th e
Mistakes an swer to Qu estion Nu m ber 44, Conclu sion II.
we get : Th er efor e, on l y Con cl u si on I
follows.
Err or s Bl unders 64. (5)
or
Mi st akes All images ar e memories.
Fl aws
After com bin in g Ven n diagram s Some memories ar e sketches.
II an d V, we get : A + I  No Con clu sion
Th erefore, Con clu sion I follows. Ven n diagrams of “Som e pictu res
Mist akes (6 3 –6 8 ) : are m em ories” :
(i) Al l m ou n t ai n s ar e p eak s 6 
Er r ors Un iversal Affirm ative (A–type). Pict u r es
(ii) So m e p ea k s a r e r i v er s 6 
es
ur
s
ie or M em or ies
Fl aws Particu lar Affirm ative (I–type). or
t
Pi c
em
(iii) No m ou n t a i n i s a val l ey 6  M
Un iversal Negative (E–type). I II

VI (iv) Som e m ou n tain s are n ot valleys
or
 Particu lar Negative (O–type).
SYLLOGISM
65. (3) Venn diagram s of “All mou n-
tains are peak s” : Val leys
M em or ies
Peak s Peak s Peak s
Pi ct u r es
M ou nt ains or
III
M ou n t ain s
Ven n diagram s of “Som e peak s
ar e r ivers” :
III I II
Peak s
Ven n diagram s of “Som e m em o- Ven n diagram s of “Som e peak s
ries are sk etch es” : are rivers” : Peak s River s or River s
M em or ies Peak s
i es IV V
or s Peak s River s or
em he or Sk et ch es River s
or
M etc
S k
River s
III IV
IV V
or Peak s
or
River s
Sk etch es
VI
Peak s
After com bin in g ven n diagram s
M em or ies II an d VI, we get :
V River s
VI Peaks
II an d IV, we get :
Valleys
III an d VI, we get :
Peak s, Mou n tain s
Sket ches
Memor ies
River s
VII
Pictu res Th is diagram su pports Con clu -
sion II.
67. (2) B o t h t h e Pr em i s es a r e
VI Particu lar Affirm ative (I–type).
No Con clu sion follows from th e
Th is diagram contradicts Conclu - two Particu lar Prem ises.
VII
sion I. Con clu sion I an d Con clu sion II
Th is diagram su pports Con clu - 66. (5) Ven n d i a gr am s o f “Som e form Com plem en tary Pair.
sion II. Th erefore, eith er Con clu sion I or
peak s are n ot valleys” :
Th erefore, on ly Conclu sion II fol- Con clu sion II follows.
lows. Peak s 68. (5) All car s ar e t ru ck s.
(6 5 –6 6 ) : s
eak or Valleys
ys
No vall ey i s a m ou nt ai n. P All tr u ck s ar e vehi cles.

le
l
Va
A + A  A–type of Con clu sion

All m ou n tain s ar e peak s. I II “All cars are veh icles.”
E + A  O1 – type of Con clu sion Th is is Con clu sion II.
or
“Som e peak s are n ot valleys.” qqq
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Di r ect i on s (1 1 -1 5 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS lowing information carefu lly and answer
Di r ect i on s (1 -5) : Stu dy the follow- A, B, C, D, E, F and G are seven (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO Ex am . 10.10.2004)
in g in form ation carefu lly an d an swer person s who travel to office everyday B, M, T, R, K, H an d D are travel-
th e qu estion s given below : by a particu lar train wh ich stops at five lin g in a train com partm en t with III-
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09.02.2003) stations— I, II, III, IV and V respectively tier sleeper berth . Each of th em h as a
P, Q, R, S, T, V and W are seven after it leaves base station. Three among differen t profession of En gin eer, Doc-
friends left for seven differen t destina- them get in th e train at th e base sta- t or, Ar ch i t ect , Ph ar m aci st, Lawyer,
tions-Delhi, Chen nai, Hyderabad, Ban- tion . D gets down at th e n ext station at J ou rn alist an d Path ologist. Th ey occu -
gal o r e, K ol k at a, Ch an d i gar h an d wh ich F gets down. B does not get down pied two lower berth s, th r ee m id dle
J aipu r— each on e on a differen t day of eith er with A or E. G alon e gets in at berth s an d two u pper berth s. B, th e
the week . R left for Jaipu r on Mon day. station III an d gets down with C after En gin eer is n ot on th e u pper berth .
On the last day of th e week the person one station. A travels between on ly two Th e Arch itect is th e on ly oth er person
left for Ban galore. T left th e n ext day of station s an d gets down at station V. wh o occu pies th e sam e type of berth
P wh o left for Chandigarh and on th e Non e of them gets in at station II. C as th at of B. M an d H are n ot on th e
previou s day of W. S left for Kolk ata on gets in with F bu t does not get in with m iddle berth an d th eir professions are
Fr i d ay . Q d i d n ot l eave for ei t h er eith er B or D. E gets in with two oth ers Path ologist an d Lawyer respectively. T
Hyderabad or Bangalore an d W left for and gets down alon e after D. B an d D is a Ph ar m acist. D is n eith er a J ou r -
Delhi. work in th e sam e office an d th ey get n al ist n or an Ar ch i tect . K occu p ies
1. On wh ich day of th e week did Q down togeth er at station III. Non e of sam e type of berth as th at of th e Doc-
leave? them gets down at station I. tor.
(1) Su nday (2) Satu rday 11. Wh at is D’s profession ?
6. At which station does E get down?
(3) Wedn esday (4 ) D a t a i n a d -
(1) II (2) III (1) Doctor (2) Engin eer
equ ate
(3) IV (4 ) D a t a i n a d - (3) Lawyer (4) Ph armacist
(5) Non e of th ese
equ ate (5) Data inadequ ate
2. Wh o left for Ban galore ?
(1) T (2) P (5) Non e of th ese 12. Wh ich of th e followin g grou p oc-
(3) V cu pies m iddle berth ?
7. At which station do C an d F get in?
(4) Data inadequ ate (1) DKR (2) DHT
(1) I
(5) Non e of th ese (3) HKT (4) DKT
(2) II
3. On wh ich day of th e week did T (5) Non e of th ese
(3) III
leave? 13. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a-
(1) Tu esday (2) Th u rsday tion of person -berth -profession is
(5) Non e of th ese correct ?
(3) Su nday (4) Wedn esday
8. At wh ich of th e followin g station s (1) R-Lower -J ou r nalist
(5) Non e of th ese
do B an d D get in ? (2) R-Lower -Arch itect
4. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a-
(1) I (2) Base station (3) D-Upper -Doctor
tion s of person -place is NOT cor -
rect ? (3) III (4 ) D a t a i n a d - (4) K-Upper -Lawyer
equ ate
(1) R— J aipu r (2) P— Ch an digarh (5) All correct
(5) Non e of th ese 14. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs oc-
(3) T— Hyderabad
9. After h ow m an y station s does E cu py th e lower berth ?
(4) V— Bangalore
get down ? (1) BD (2) BK
(5) All are correct
(1) On e (2) Two (3) BT
5. Wh o left on Tu esday ?
(3) Th ree (4) Fou r (4) Data inadequ ate
(1) P (2) W
(5) Five (5) Non e of th ese
(3) Q (4) V
10. E gets down after h ow m an y sta- 15. Wh o is th e Arch itect ?
(5) Non e of th ese
tion s at wh ich F gets down ? (1) D (2) H
Di r ect i on s (6 -1 0 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
lowing information carefu lly and answer (1) Next station (3) R
th e qu estion s given below : (2) Two (3) Th ree (4) Data inadequ ate
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09.02.2003) (4) Fou r (5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Di rect i on s (16 –2 0 ) : Stu dy th e fol- th e qu estion s below th e row of n u m - 25. 18 7 6
lowin g in form ation carefu lly to an swer bers are to be an swered. Th e opera- 140 85 49
th e qu estion s given below : tion s of n u m bers progress from left to
Wh at is th e su m of th e resu lt-
(Un i on Ban k of I n di a PO righ t.
an ts of th e two rows ?
Ex am . 2 7 .1 1 . 2 00 5 ) (Un i on Ban k of I n di a PO
(1) 104 (2) 55
Seven frien ds P,F, R, T, Q, N an d Ex am . 27. 11.20 05)
(3) 121 (4) 125
D are stu dyin g differen t specialization s Ru l es : (i) If an odd n u m ber is fol-
IT, Civil, HR, Mark etin g, Fin ance, Jou r - lowed by an oth er odd n u m ber wh ich (5) Non e of th ese
n alism an d Ph arm acy n ot n ecessarily is a perfect squ are th en th ey are to be 26. In a class, two-th ird of th e stu -
in th e sam e order. Each on e of th em add ed. den t s play footb all, h alf of th e
h ave lik in g for a differen t colou r red, remain in g play both football and
(ii) If an even n u m ber is followed
blu e, green , yellow, pin k , oran ge an d cri ck et an d th e r em ai n in g ten
by an odd n u m ber or an odd n u m ber
grey n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e or - stu den ts play on ly crick et. How
der. Th ree of th em are girls. is followed by an even n u m ber, th ey
many stu dents play both football
are to be m u ltiplied.
P lik es yellow colou r bu t does n ot an d crick et ?
stu dy IT or HR. Th e on e wh o stu dies (iii) If an even n u m ber is followed
(1) 30 (2) 10
Civil, lik es grey colou r an d is a girl. Q, by another even nu mber, th e first nu m-
wh o is sister of N, stu dies Mark etin g ber is to be divided by th e second n u m - (3) 40 (4) 20
and lik es pin k colou r. D’s specialistion b er. (5) Can n ot be determ ined
is in ph ar m acy an d lik es red colou r. (iv) If an even n u m ber wh ich is a (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
N, th e wife of R stu dies HR an d lik es m u l tipl e of 5 i s fol lowed by an odd Ex am . 09. 07.20 06)
green . F lik es grey an d R lik es oran ge, Di r ect i on s (2 7 –3 1 ) : St u dy th e
n u m ber wh ich is also a m u ltiple of 5,
th e one who lik es blu e stu dies Finance. following information carefu lly and an-
th en secon d mem ber is to be su btract-
16. Wh o is stu dyin g Civil En gin eer - swer th e qu estion s given below :
ed from th e first n u m ber.
in g ? (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
21. 248 8 25
(1) P Ex am . 09. 07.20 06)
(2) T 3 x 28
P, Q, R, S, T, V, W an d Z ar e
(3) F If x is t h e resu ltan t of th e first
eigh t frien ds stu dyin g in th ree differ -
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e
en t en gin eerin g colleges – A, B an d C
secon d row ?
(5) Non e of th ese i n t h r ee d i sci p l i n es – M ech an i cal ,
(1) 12 (2) 6 Electrical an d Electronics with not less
17. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s t h e
grou p of girls ? (3) 18 (4) 16 th an two an d n ot m ore th an th ree in
(1) F, D, N (2) F, Q, N (5) Non e of th ese an y col lege. Not m or e th an t h ree of
(3) Q, N, P 22. 24 3 18 2 th em stu dy in an y of th e th ree disci-
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed 17 81 14 8 plin es. W stu dies Electrical in college
(5) Non e of th ese B with on ly T wh o stu dies Mech an i-
Wh at is t h e produ ct of th e re-
18. Wh ich su bject is stu died by R ? cal. P an d Z do n ot stu dy in college C
su ltan ts of th e two rows ?
an d stu dy in sam e disciplin e bu t n ot
(1) Civil (2) Fin ance (1) 108 (2) 102
Electrical. R stu dies Mech anical in col-
(3) Jou rnalism (3) 98 (4) 128 lege C with V wh o stu dies Electrical.
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (5) Non e of th ese S st u d ies M ech an ical an d does n ot
(5) Non e of th ese 23. 50 15 6 stu d y i n th e sam e col lege wh ere R
19. Wh o is stu dyin g Jou rn alism ? stu dies. Q does n ot stu dy Electron ics.
n 125 2
(1) P (2) Q 27. Which of th e followin g com bina-
If n is th e resu ltan t of th e first
(3) R t i o n s o f co l l ege- st u d en t -
row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed secon d row ? specializaton is correct ?
(5) Non e of th ese (1) C-R-Electron ics
(1) 130 (2) 85
20. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- (2) A-Z-Electrical
(3) 170 (4) 470
tion s of person – colou r an d su b-
ject is correct ? (5) Non e of th ese (3) B-W-Electron ics
(1) Blu e–T–Mark etin g 24. 9 121 10 (4) B-W-Electrical
(2) Pin k –N–HR m 12 26 (5) B-Z-Electron ics
(3) Oran ge–R–Civil 28. In which of th e following colleges
If m is th e resu ltan t of th e first
(4) Blu e–T–Fin ance two stu den ts stu dy in Electrical
row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e
(5) Non e of th ese secon d row ? discipline ?
Di r ect i on s (2 1 –2 5 ) : In each of th e (1) 6 (2) 130 (1) A only
followin g qu estion s, two rows of n u m - (3) 13 (2) B on ly
bers are given . Th e resu ltan t n u m ber (3) C on ly
in each row is to be work ed ou t sepa- (4) Can n ot be determ ined
rately based on the followin g ru les an d (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
29. In which discipline does Q stu dy? 35. Wh o am on g th e followin g is in - 39. 22 27 7
(1) Electrical terviewed for com pan y F ? 7 9 14
(2) Mechan ical (1) Shailaja Wh at will be th e an swer i f th e
(3) Electrical or Mech an ical (2) Su jata resu ltan t of th e secon d row is di-
(3) Laxman vided by th e resu ltan t of th e first
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed row?
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese (1) 7 (2) 14
30. In wh ich of th e colleges at least
36. Wh ich can didate is in terviewed (3) 63 (4) 48
one stu den t stu dies in Mech ani-
by pan el V ? (5) Non e of th ese
cal disciplin e ?
(1) Harish (2) Laxman 40. 56 81 5
(1) A only
(3) Su jata (4) Shailaja p 21 88
(2) B on ly
(5) Non e of th ese If p is th e resu ltan t of th e first
(3) C on ly row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e
(4) Both A an d B secon d row?
th e followin g qu estion s, two rows of
(5) All A, B an d C nu mbers are given . The resu ltant nu m- (1) 17 (2) 19
31. S stu dies in wh ich college ? ber in each row is to be work ed ou t (3) 23 (4) 37
(1) A (2) B separately based on th e following ru les (5) Non e of th ese
(3) A or B an d th e qu est ion below t h e r ows of 41. 54 27 34
n u m bers are to be an swered. Th e op-
(4) Data inadequ ate 22 49 3
eration of n u m bers progresses from the
(5) Non e of th ese left to righ t. Wh at will be th e an swer i f th e
Di r ect i on s (3 2 –3 6 ) : Stu dy th e resu ltan t of secon d row is su b-
(An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 14.09.2008)
followin g in form ation carefu lly to an - tracted from th e resu ltan t of first
Ru l es : row ?
swer th ese qu estion s :
(I) If an odd n u m ber is followed (1) 74 (2) 38
(Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a PO
b y an ot h er com p osi t e od d
Ex am . 2 5 .0 5 . 2 00 8 ) (3) 52 (4) 186
n u m ber, th ey are to be mu lti-
Sev en c a n d i d a t es – H a r i s h , plied. (5) Non e of th ese
Samir, Nilesh, Shailaja, Nik ita, Laxm an (II) If an even number is followed Di r ect i on s (4 2 –4 6 ) : Stu dy th e
an d Su jata are– to be in terviewed for by an odd number, they are to followin g in form ation carefu lly to an -
selection as Train ee Officers by differ - be added. swer th ese qu estion s.
en t pan els I to VII for differen t com pa- (III) If an even n u mber is followed
(Ban k Of Bar oda Speci al i st Of f i cer
n ies A, B, C, D, E, F an d G n ot n eces- Ex am . 0 5 .1 0 . 2 00 8 )
by a n u m ber which is th e per -
sarily in th e sam e order. fect squ are, th e even n u m ber A, B, C, D, E, F an d G are m em -
Nilesh is in terviewed by pan el IV is to be su btracted from th e bers of a sports clu b an d h ave lik in g
for Com pan y A. Sam ir is in terviewed perfect squ are. for differen t gam es viz. Carrom , Table
by pan el III bu t n ot for com pan y C or Ten n is, Badm in ton , Bridge, Hock ey,
(IV) If an odd n u m ber is followed
D. Harish is in terviewed for com pan y Football an d Lawn Ten nis bu t n ot n ec-
by a prim e odd n u m ber, th e
B bu t n ot by pan el I or II. Nik ita is essarily in th e sam e order. Each on e
first n u m ber is to be divided
of th em h as lik in g for differen t m u si-
in terviewed by pan el VI for com pan y by th e secon d n u m ber.
cal in stru m en t viz. Sitar, Gu itar, Har -
E. Pan el VII con du cts th e in terview for (V) If an odd n u m ber is followed m on iu m, Flu te, Tabla, Ban jo and San -
com pan y F. Sh ailaja is in terviewed by by an even n u m ber, th e sec- toor n ot necessarily in th e sam e order.
pan el I bu t n ot for com pan y C. Pan el on d on e is to be su btracted
B lik es Carrom an d Banjo. E lik es
II does n ot in terview Laxm an . from th e first on e.
to play Bridge bu t n ot Harm on iu m or
32. Sh ailaja is in terviewed for wh ich 37. 14 11 9 Tabla. The one who plays Hock ey plays
com pan y ? 104 q 11 Sitar. F plays Gu itar bu t not Table Ten-
(1) A (2) G If q is th e resu ltan t of th e first n is or Lawn Ten n is. A plays Badm in -
(3) F (4) D row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e ton and Flu te. The on e wh o plays Lawn
(5) Non e of th ese secon d row? Ten n is does n ot play Tabla. C plays
33. Pan el II con du ct s in terview for (1) 1331 (2) 132 Harm on iu m an d G plays Hock ey.
wh ich com pan y ? (3) 5 (4) 11 42. Wh o plays San toor ?
(1) C (2) F (5) Non e of th ese (1) D (2) A
(3) G (4) B 38. 36 27 7 (3) E (4) D or E
m 15 124 (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
If m is th e resu ltan t of th e first 43. D plays wh ich gam e ?
34. Wh o am on g th e followin g is in -
row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e (1) Table Ten n is
terviewed for com pan y G ?
secon d row? (2) Lawn Ten n is
(1) Nikita (2) Samir
(1) 125 (2) 25 (3) Football
(3) Shailaja (4) Laxman
(3) 11 (4) 15 (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
(5) Non e of th ese
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
44. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- 50. Wh o work s in Delh i ? 56. Wh ich su bject does P lik e ?
tions of game-person-mu sical in - (1) H (2) M (1) History
stru m en t is defin itely correct ? (3) L (4) K (2) Biology
(1) Badm in ton – B – Flu te (5) Non e of th ese (3) Ch em istry
(2) Table Ten n is – E – San toor 51. Wh at is M’s m oth er ton gu e ? (4) Data in adequ ate
(3) Lawn Ten n is – D – Tabla (1) Bangla (5) Non e of th ese
(4) Table Ten n is – C – Tabla Di r ect i on s (5 7 –6 1 ) : Stu dy th e
(2) Marathi
(5) Non e of th ese (3) Telgu swer th e qu estion s given below :
45. Wh o plays Football ? (4) Can n ot be determ in ed (An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 05.07.2009)
(1) C (2) D (5) Non e of th ese P, Q, R, S, T an d M are six stu -
(3) G (4) F Di r ect i on s (5 2 –5 6 ) : Stu dy th e den ts of a sch ool, on e each stu dies in
(5) Non e of th ese following information carefu lly an d an - Class I-VI. Each of th em h as a favou -
swer th e qu estion s given below : rite colou r from red, black , blu e, yel-
46. Wh o plays Table Ten n is ?
(Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO low, pin k an d green , n ot n ecessarily
(1) C (2) F Ex am . 21. 06.20 09) in th e sam e order.
(3) D P, Q, R, S, T, V an d W are seven Q lik es black an d does n ot stu dy
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed stu den ts of a college. Each of th em has in Class IV or V. Th e on e wh o stu dies
(5) Non e of th ese a favou rite su bject from Physics, Ch em- in class IV does n ot lik e green . P stu d-
Di r ect i on (4 7 –5 1 ) : Stu dy th e fol- istry, En glish . Biology, History, Geog- ies in class II. M lik es blu e an d does
l owin g i n form ati on an d an swer th e raphy an d Ph ilosoph y, n ot n ecessarily not stu dy in class IV. Th e on e who lik es
qu estion s given below it. in th e sam e order. Each of th em also yellow stu dies in class VI. S lik es pin k
h as a favou rite sport from Football, and stu dies in class I. R does n ot stu dy
Crick et, Hock ey, Volleyball, Badm in - in class VI.
Seven m em bers H, I, J , K, L, M ton , Table Ten n is an d Bask etball n ot 57. In wh ich class does R stu dy ?
an d N are work in g in differen t cities n ecessarily in th e sam e order. (1) V (2) III
Ah m ed ab ad , B an gal or e, Ch en n ai ,
R lik es Ph ilosophy and h is favou - (3) IV
Hyderabad, Kolk ata, Delhi and Mu mbai
rite sport is Hock ey. Th e on e wh o lik es (4) Data inadequ ate
not necessarily in th e same order. Each
Footb al l l ik es En gl ish . T’s favou ri te (5) Non e of th ese
on e h as a d i fferen t m ot h er t on gu e sport is n ot Badm in ton or Table Ten -
Tamil, Kan nada, Telgu , Hindi, Marath i, 58. Wh ich colou r does R lik e ?
n is. V does n ot lik e eith er History or (1) Black (2) Yellow
Pu n jabi an d Ban gla n ot n ecessarily in Biology. The one whose favou rite sport
th e sam e order. (3) Green (4) Blu e
is Bask etball does n ot lik e Ph ysics. W
J wor k s i n B an gal or e an d h i s (5) Non e of th ese
lik es Ch em istry an d h is favou rite sport
m other tongu e is not Tam il or Marathi. 59. Wh ich colou r does P lik e ?
is Volleyball, S lik es Geograph y. Q’s
K’s m oth er ton gu e is Pu n jabi an d h e favou rite sport is Badm in ton . V does (1) Green (2) Yellow
work s in Ah m edabad. L an d M do n ot n ot lik e English and h is favou rite sport (3) Red
work in Ch enn ai and non e of th em has is not Bask etball. P’s favou rite sport is (4) Data inadequ ate
M ar ath i m ot h er t on gu e. I work s i n Crick et. Th e on e wh ose favou rite sport (5) Non e of th ese
Hyderabad an d h is m oth er ton gu e is is Badm in ton does n ot lik e Biology. 60. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a-
Telgu . Th e on e wh o work s in Delh i h as 52. Wh o lik es History ? tion s is correct ?
B an gl a m oth er t on gu e. N wor k s i n (1) P (2) R (1) P – II – Yellow
M u m b ai an d h i s m ot h er t on gu e i s (2) Q – III – Green
(3) Q (4) V
Hin di. L does n ot work in Kolk ata. (3) S – I – Black
47. Wh at is J ’s m oth er ton gu e ? (4) T – V – Yellow
53. Wh ose favou rite sport is Bask et-
(1) Telgu (2) Hindi (5) Non e of th ese
ball ?
(3) Bangla (4) Kannada 61. In wh ich class does M stu dy ?
(1) S (2) W
(5) Non e of th ese (1) IV (2) III
(3) Q
48. Wh o work s in Ch en n ai ? (3) II (4) V
(4) Data in adequ ate (5) Non e of th ese
(1) H (2) L (5) Non e of th ese Di r ect i on s (6 2 –6 6 ) : In each of
(3) M (4) L or M 54. Wh ich su bject does T lik e ? th e followin g qu estion s, two rows of
(5) Non e of th ese (1) Biology (2) Ph ysics n u m b er s ar e gi ven . Th e r esu l t an t
49. Wh ich of the following combin ation (3) Ch em istry n u m ber in each row is to be work ed
is correct ? (4) Data in adequ ate ou t separately based on th e followin g
(1) Marath i–I– Hyderabad ru les and the qu estion s below the rows
(5) Non e of th ese
(2) Tam il–M– Kolk ata of n u m bers are to be an swered. Th e
55. Wh at is Q’s favou rite sport ?
(3) Marath i–I– Chen nai operation s of n u m bers progress from
(1) Crick et (2) Table Ten n is left to righ t.
(4) Pu n jabi–K–– Delh i (3) Football (4) Badminton (I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese Of f i cer Ex am . 03.01.2 010)
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Ru l es : 66. 27 12 5 71. C belon gs to wh ich scale ?
(i) If an odd n u m ber is followed 28 64 k (1) I (2) II
b y an ot h er com p osi t e od d If th e resu ltan t of th e first row is (3) III (4) I or II
n u m ber, th ey are to be m u l- ‘k ’, wh at will be th e resu ltan t of (5) Non e of th ese
tiplied. th e secon d row ?
(ii) I f an even n u m b er i s fol - (1) 42 (2) 33 Di r ect i on s (7 2 –7 6 ) : Stu dy th e
l owed b y an od d n u m b er, (3) 108 (4) 92 following information carefu lly an d an -
th ey are to be added. swer th e qu estion s given below :
(5) Non e of th ese
(iii) I f an even n u m b er i s fol - (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
Di r ect i on s (6 7 –7 1 ) : Stu dy th e
lowed by a n u m ber wh ich is Ex am . 09. 05.20 10)
a p er fect squ ar e, t h e even A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d H are
n u m ber is to be su btracted eigh t stu den ts of a sch ool. Th ey stu dy
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer
from th e perfect squ are. in Stan dard VI, VII, an d VIII with n ot
Ex am . 24. 01.20 10)
(iv) If an odd n u m ber is followed m ore th an th ree in an y Stan dard. Each
by a prim e odd n u m ber, th e of th em h as a favou rite su bject from
eigh t person s work in g in th ree differ -
first n u m ber is to be divided Physics, Geograph y, English , Marath i,
ent departm en ts viz. Operation s, Sales
by th e secon d n u m ber. Math em atics, Ch em istry, Biology an d
adn Fin an ce of an organ isation with at Econ om ics bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
(v) If an odd n u m ber is followed least two an d n ot m ore th ree in an y sam e order.
by an even n u m ber, th e sec- departm en t. Th ey are in th ree differ -
on d on e is to be su btracted D lik es Chem istry an d stu dies in
en t scales viz. I, II an d III with at least
from th e first on e. Stan dard VIII with on ly H. B does n ot
two in an y on e scale.
stu dy in Stan dard VII. E an d A stu dy
Now work ou t the resu ltant nu m- Both the employees in Operations in th e sam e Stan dard bu t n ot with B,
bers for each row in each qu estion and departm en ts are in Scale II. D work s C an d F stu dy in th e sam e Stan dard
an swer th e qu estion below th e rows in Sales departm en t an d belon gs to Th ose wh o stu dy in Stan dard VI do
of n u m bers. Scale I. A work s in Fin an ce depart- not lik e Mathem atics or Biology. F lik es
62. 46 196 15 m en ts an d does n ot belon g to Scale I. Ph ysics. Th e on e wh o stu dies in Stan -
117 13 3 Two em ployees in Sales depart m en t dard VIII lik es En glish . C does n ot
Wh at is th e su m of th e resu lt- belon g to on e scale. F work s with on ly lik e Geograph y. A’s favou rite su bject
an t of th e two rows ? H in on e of th e departm en ts. C work s is Marath i an d G does n ot lik e Biology.
(1) 178 (2) 172 with E in on e of th e departm en ts. B 72. Wh ich su bject does H lik e ?
does n ot work with eith er C or A in th e (1) English (2) Marathi
(3) 168 (4) 188
sam e departm en t. G does n ot belon g (3) Scien ce
(5) Non e of th ese
to Scale III. E does not belong to Scale I.
63. 5 15 40 (4) Data in adequ ate
67. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- (5) Non e of th ese
m 26 3
tion s is correct ? 73. Wh at is G’s favou rite su bject ?
If th e resu ltan t of th e first row
(1) Operation – F – I (1) Biology (2) Ph ysics
is ‘m’, wh at will be th e resu ltan t
of th e secon d row ? (2) Operation – H – III (3) Marathi
(1) 9 (2) 6 (3) Sales – B – II (4) Data in adequ ate
(3) 27 (4) 3 (4) Fin an ce – E – III (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese (5) All are correct 74. Wh at is C’s favou rite su bject ?
64. 10 15 5 68. Wh ich of th e followin g grou ps of (1) Economics (2) Biology
em ployees work in sales depart- (3) English (4) Geograph y
14 11 p
m en t ?
If ‘p’ is th e resu ltan t of th e first (5) Data in adequ ate
(1) DBE (2) DBC
row, wh at will be th e resu ltan t 75. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a-
of th e secon d row ? (3) DBG tion s of stu den t-Stan dard. Su b-
(1) 6 (2) 81 (4) Data in adequ ate ject is correct ?
(3) 9 (4) 24 (5) Non e of th ese (1) C – VII – Econ om ics
(5) Non e of th ese 69. H belon gs to wh ich scale ? (2) D – VI – Ch em istry
65. 7 15 24 (1) I (2) II (3) G – VII – Ph ysics
(3) III (4) B – VIII – Math em atics
12 27 3
(4) Data in adequ ate (5) Non e is correct
Wh at will be th e differen ce be-
tween th e resu ltan ts of th e first (5) Non e of th ese 76. Wh ich of th e followin g grou p of
row an d th e secon d row ? 70. G belon gs to wh ich scale ? stu den ts stu dy in VII Stan dard?
(1) 94 (2) 68 (1) II (2) III (1) EAF (2) EGC
(3) 40 (4) 53 (3) I (4) I or II (3) EAG
(5) Non e of th ese (4) Data in adequ ate
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Di r ect i on s (7 7 –8 1 ) : Stu dy th e Di r ect i on s (8 2 –8 6 ) : Stu dy th e Teach in g an d Arch itectu re (n ot n eces-
following in formation to answer the giv- following in formation to answer the giv- sarily in th e sam e order). At least two
en qu estion s : en qu estion s : an d n ot m ore th an th ree frien ds h ad
(Cen t r al Ban k Of I n di a PO (Cen t r al Ban k Of I n di a PO stu died in th e sam e college.
Ex am . 25. 07.20 10) Ex am . 25. 07.20 10) C is an arch itect an d stu died in
(a) Six plays are to be organized from (i) In a fam ily of 6 person s, th ere college Y. E is not a bu sinessman. Only
M on d ay t o Su n d ay -On e p l ay are two cou ples. G am on gst th e seven frien ds stu died
each day with one day wh en there (ii) Th e Lawyer is th e h ead of t h e in college X alon g with E. F is an en gi-
is n o play. ‘No play’ day is n ot fam ily an d h as on ly two son s — n eer an d did n ot stu dy in college Y. B
Mon day or Su n day. M u k esh an d Rak esh — b ot h is an actor an d did n ot stu dy in th e
(b) Th e plays are h eld in sets of 3 Teach er s. sam e college as F. A did n ot stu dy in
plays each in su ch a way th at 3 (iii) Mrs. Reen a an d h er m oth er -in - college Z. Th ose wh o stu died in col-
plays are h eld with ou t an y break law both are Lawyers.
i.e. 3 plays are h eld in su ch a lege X are n eith er Fash ion Design ers
(iv) Mu k esh’s life is a Doctor and th ey n or teach ers. Non e of th ose stu died in
way, th at th ere is no ‘No play’day
h ave a son , Ajay. college Y is a teach er.
between th em bu t im m ediately
b efor e th is set or im m edi at el y 82. Which of the followin g is definite- 87. Who amon gst th e following h ave
after th is set it is ‘No play’day. ly a cou ple ?
stu died in college Z ?
(c) Play Z is h eld on 26th an d play X (1) Lawyer– Teach er.
(1) B, A (2) C, F
was h eld on 31 st of th e sam e (2) Doctor– Lawyer
(3) B, D, F (4) A, D
mon th. (3) Teach er – Teach er
(5) D, F
(d) Play B was n ot h eld im m ediately (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
after play A (bu t was h eld after 88. Wh ich of th e followin g grou ps
(5) Non e of th ese
A, n ot n ecessarily im m ediately) represen ts th e stu den ts of col-
83. W h a t i s t h e p r o f ess i o n o f
an d play M was h eld im m ediate- lege Y ?
Rak esh ’s wife ?
ly before Q. (1) C, E, G (2) A, C, D
(1) Teach er (2) Doctor
(e) All th e six plays were h eld in th e (3) A, B, C (4) D, B, C
sam e m on th . (3) Lawyer
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (5) Non e of th ese
77. Wh i ch p l ay was or gan i zed on
Mon day ? (5) Non e of th ese 89. Wh at is th e profession of F ?
(1) Z (2) M 84. H ow m an y m ale m em bers ar e (1) En gineerin g
(3) Q th ere in th e fam ily ? (2) Bu sin ess (3) Medicin es
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (1) Two (2) Th ree (4) Acting (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese (3) Fou r 90. Who amon gst th e followin g is in
78. Which day was play Z organized? (4) Can n ot be determ in ed th e profession of Medicin es ?
(1) Tu esday (5) Non e of th ese (1) E (2) G
(2) Mon day 85. Wh at is/ was Ajay’s Grandfather’s (3) A (4) D
(3) Wedn esday occu pation ? (5) Non e of th ese
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (1) Teach er
91. Wh at is th e profession of A ?
(5) Non e of th ese (2) Lawyer
(1) Teaching
79. Wh ich date was a ‘No play’day ? (3) Doctor
(2) Medicin es
(1) 26th (2) 28th (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
(3) Bu sin ess
(3) 29th (5) Non e of th ese
(4) Fashion Design in g
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed 86. Wh at is th e profession of Ajay ?
(1) Teach er (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
(2) lawyer 92. Wh ich of the followin g com bin a-
80. Wh ich of th e followin g is tru e ?
(3) Doctor tion s of person , college an d pro-
(1) Play B is h el d im m ediat ely
fession is defin itely correct ?
before play M (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
(2) Play Z is h eld after play B (5) Non e of th ese (1) E – X – Fash ion Design in g
(3) Th ere was a gap after 2 plays Di r ect i on s (8 7 –9 3 ) : Stu dy th e (2) F – X – En gin eerin g
an d th en 4 plays were organ ized following information carefu lly an d an - (3) A – Y – Bu sin essm an
(4) First play was organ ized on swer th e given qu estion s. (4) D – Z – Teach in g
th e 25th (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Play B was h eld on Friday Ex am . 29. 08.20 10)
93. Wh o am on gst th e followin g is a
81. Wh ich day was play Q organized? Seven frien ds A, B, C, D, E, F
teach er ?
(1) Friday (2) Wedn esday an d G stu died in colleges X, Y an d Z
an d are cu rren tly in differen t profes- (1) A (2) D
(3) Satu rday
sion s n amely, Medicin es, Fash ion de- (3) E (4) G
signing. En gin eering, Bu siness, Actin g, (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
D i r e c t i o n s (9 4 –9 6 ) : F ou r 98. Wh i ch p en i s H ar sh ’s p r efer - 102. Wh ich of th e followin g gam es is
frien ds Amrita, Deepa, Smita and Rhea en ce ? sch edu led to be h eld on Friday ?
com plete th eir Ph D in differen t n u m - (1) Lamy (1) Bask etball (2) Wrestlin g
ber of years. Th e on e wh o took m axi- (2) Poin ter (3) Swimming (4) Weightlifting
m u m time took eight years to complete (3) Lexi (5) Sprin ting
h er Ph D wh ile th e on e wh o took th e 103. Wh ich of th e followin g gam es is
least tim e took only th ree years to com - sch edu led to be held on Su nday?
plete it. Rhea took more tim e on ly than (5) Non e of th ese
99. Wh ich watch is Harsh ’s prefer - (1) Football (2) Wrestlin g
Am rita an d com pleted h er Ph D in five
years. Sm ita did n ot tak e lon ger tim e en ce ? (3) Bask etball (4) Cycling
th an Deepa to com plete h er Ph D. (1) Samay (5) Swimming
(Pun j ab Nat i on al Ban k Speci al i st (2) Fastrack 104. On wh ich of th e followin g days
Of f i cer Ex am . 24.10.2 010) is sprin tin g sch edu led ?
(3) Timex
94. How m an y years did Am rita tak e (1) Satu rday (2) Friday
to com plete h er Ph D ? (3) Wednesday (4) Monday
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) 8 (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
100. Wh o’s preferen ce is Swift ?
(2) 3 105. On wh ich of th e followin g days
(1) Harsh is weigh tliftin g sch edu led ?
(3) 4
(2) Amit (1) Monday (2) Tu esday
(4) Eith er 6 or 7
(3) Veen a (3) Wedn esday (4) Friday
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (5) Su nday
95. How m an y years did Sm ita tak e
to com plete h er Ph D ? (5) Non e of th ese 106. Sh ootin g is related to Bask etball
(1) 8 (2) 3 101. Wh ich watch is Veen a’s prefer - in th e sam e way as Wrestlin g is
en ce ? related to -
(3) 4 (4) 7
(1) Samay (1) Sprin ting (2) Football
(2) Fastrack (3) Shooting (4) Weightlifting
96. Wh o am on gst th e followin g took
th e m axim u m n u m ber of years (3) Titan (5) Boxing
to com plete Ph D ? (4) Can n ot be determ in ed Di r ect i on s (1 0 7 -1 1 1 ) : In each
(1) Amrita (2) Rh ea (5) Non e of th ese of th e followin g qu estion s, two rows of
Di rect i on s (1 02-106 ) : Stu dy the nu mbers are given . The resu ltant nu m-
(3) Smita (4) Deepa
following information carefu lly an d an - ber in each row is to be work ed ou t
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed separately based on th e following ru les
Di r ect i on s (9 7 –10 1 ) : Stu dy th e swer th e given qu estion s.
an d th e qu est ion below t h e r ows of
following in formation to answer the giv- (Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO
n u m bers are to be an swered. Th e op-
en qu estion s: Ex am . 14.11.2010)
eration of n u m bers progress from left
(Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 31.10.2010) In a sports even t, differen t games to righ t.
In a Grou p of 5, each person h as are sch edu led to be held on seven days, (Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO
an exclu sive an d differen t preferen ce starting on Monday and ending on Su n- Ex am . 14.11.2010)
(h as/ lik es) for a pen , a watch an d a day. Two gam es are sch edu led to be Ru l es :
car. Pen preferen ces are Park er, Lam y, h eld on Satu rday as well as on Su n day
(i) If an odd n u m ber is followed
Poin ter, Lexi an d Cello. Car preferen c- an d on e gam e on each of th e rem ain -
by a com posite odd n u m ber
es are Wagon R, Swift, Santro, Mica and in g five days. Th e gam es to be h eld in
(a n on prim e n u m ber), th ey
Cit y. Wat ch p refer en ces are Ti m ex , these seven days are : Bask etball, foot-
are to be m u ltiplied.
Titan , Fastrack , Sam ay an d Citizen . b al l , b ox i n g, sp r i n t i n g, swi m m i n g,
(ii) If an even n u mber is followed
Su m an h as Mica an d Park er bu t sh ootin g, weigh tliftin g, wrestlin g an d
by an odd n u m ber, wh ich is
does n ot prefer am on g watch es -Titan cycling, bu t not necessarily in the same
n ot a perfect squ are, th ey are
or Fastrack . Th e on e wh o h as Swift, ord er.
to be added.
lik es Fastrack . Mru du la has preferen ce Sh ootin g is sch edu led to be h eld (iii) If an even n u mber is followed
for City, Cello an d Citizen . Am it h as on Th u rsday. Boxin g an d cyclin g are by a n u m ber which is th e per -
preferen ce for Lam y an d Tim ex. Vee- sch edu led to be h eld on th e sam e day. fect squ are, th e even n u m ber
n a prefers Wagon R an d Lexi. Harsh ’s Wrestling is sch edu led to be h eld th ree is to be su btracted from th e
preferen ce for a watch is n ot Titan . days before bask etball, i.e. two sports perfect squ are.
97. Wh ich watch is Su m an ’s prefer - are sch edu led between wrestlin g an d
(iv) If an odd n u m ber is followed
en ce ? bask etball. Wrestling is n ot sch edu led by a prim e odd n u m ber, th e
(1) Titan to be h eld on Wedn esday. Weigh tlift- first n u m ber is to be divided
in g is sch edu led im m ediately after th e by th e secon d n u m ber.
(2) Fastrack
day boxin g is sch edu led. Football is
(3) Samay (v) If an odd n u m ber is followed
sch edu led im m ediately after th e day
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed by an even n u m ber, th e sec-
wrestlin g is sch edu led. Swim m in g is
(5) Non e of th ese on d on e is to be su btracted
n ot sch edu led on Mon day. from th e first on e,
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
[After th e operation on th e first 110. 16 64 7 Di rect i on s (117 -12 1) : Stu dy the
two n u m bers, th e r esu ltan t is to be 49 34 z followin g in form ati on t o an swer t h e
con sidered as th e n u m ber for apply- If z is th e resu ltan t of th e first given qu estion s :
in g operation between the second nu m- row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e (PNB Managem ent Tr ai n ee
ber (th e n u m ber obtain ed after per - secon d row. ? Ex am . 28. 11.20 10)
form in g op er at ion b et ween t h e fir st (1) 825 (2) 40 Seven frien ds – T, U, V, W, X, Y
an d secon d nu m bers given in the qu es- (3) 3.67 (4) 70
tion ) an d th e th ird n u m ber.] an d Z are stu den ts of a sch ool stu dy-
(5) 55 in g in differen t stan dards – VI, VII an d
For ex am pl e :
111. 27 12 3 VIII. Not less th an two an d n ot m ore
Con sider th e followin g qu estion :
p 9 5 th an three stu den ts stu dy in each stan-
38 64 7
If p is th e resu ltan t of th e first dard. Each of th em lik es to play a dif-
49 38 a row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e fer en t sp ort i n h is sp ar e t i m e, vi z,
If a is th e resu ltan t of th e first secon d row ? Carom , Badm in ton , Ch ess, Scrabble,
row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e (1) 50 (2) 9 Cards, Table Ten n is an d Bask etball,
secon d row? (3) 40 (4) 5 bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order.
(1) 363 (2) 44 (5) 8 X does n ot stu dy in stan dard VI
(3) 22 (4) 3 Di r ect i on s (112 –116) : Stu dy the an d lik es Table Ten n is. Th e on e wh o
(5) 31 following information to anwer th e given lik es Ch ess stu dies in stan dard VIII.
Here, after perform in g operation qu estion s : U stu dies in stan dard VII on ly with Y.
between th e first two n u m bers, (PNB Managem ent Tr ai n ee
V lik es Carom an d stu dies in th e sam e
i.e. 38 an d 64, th e resu ltan t ob- Ex am . 28. 11.20 10)
stan dard as W an d T. No on e stu dyin g
tain ed is 26. Now 26 is to be con - Six plays – A, B, C, D, E an d F
i n st an d ard VI l i k es Bad m in t on or
sidered for perform ing th e opera- are to be staged on six days of th e week
startin g from Mon day an d en din g on Cards. W does n ot lik e Bask etball an d
tion between 26 an d 7 (the n u m -
ber given in th e qu estion ). Th e Satu rday. Play C is staged on a Tu es- U does n ot lik e Cards.
an swer thu s obtained here wou ld day. Plays A, F an d B are staged on e 117. Wh ich sport does U lik e ?
be 33. Now 33 is to be con sid- after th e oth er in th e sam e order. Play (1) Table Ten n is (2) Badminton
ered as ‘a’an d operation s are to D i s n ot st aged on a M on d ay or a
(3) Bask etball (4) Carom
be performed in th e similar fash - Wedn esday.
112. How m an y plays are staged after (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
ion between th e n u m bers given
in th e secon d row. Th e an swer play A is staged ? 118. Wh o lik es to play Scrabble ?
obtain ed here after performing all (1) On e (2) Two (1) W (2) U
the operations wou ld be 363, thu s (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r (3) T (4) Z
(1) wou ld be th e correct an swer. (5) Can n ot be determ in ed (5) Non e of th ese
107. 12 21 6 113. Fou r of th e followin g five form a 119. Which of th e following represents
5 y 88 grou p based on th e days th at they the stu dents stu dying in standard
If y is th e resu ltan t of th e first are staged. Wh ich on e of th em
VIII ?
row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e does n ot belon g to th at grou p ?
(1) X, Y (2) Z, T
secon d row ? (1) EC (2) FD
(3) CA (4) AF (3) X, Z (4) U, Y
(1) 125 (2) 25
(3) 47 (4) 27 (5) BD (5) Non e of th ese
(5) 43 114. Wh ich play is staged immediately 120. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a-
108. 6 9 15 before th e day play E is staged ? t i on s of stu d en t – st an d ar d –
(1) B (2) A sport is cor r ect ?
x 12 11
(3) F (4) D (1) W – VIII – Scrabble
If x is th e resu ltan t of th e first
row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e (5) Th ere is n o su ch play staged (2) U – VI – Badm in ton
secon d row ? 115. If play D was staged on a Mon - (3) T – VI – Cards
(1) 33 (2) 45 day, wh ich of th e followin g plays
(4) Z – VIII – Ch ess
wou ld defin itely be staged on a
(3) 11 (4) 15 (5) Non e is correct
Satu rday (all th e oth er con ditions
(5) 3 given above rem ain th e sam e) ? 121. Wh ich sport does Y lik e ?
109. 18 37 5 (1) B (2) A (1) Scrabble (2) Cards
2 m 6 (3) E (4) E or B (3) Badminton (4) Ch ess
If m is th e resu ltan t of th e first (5) Can n ot be determ in ed (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
row, wh at is th e resu ltan t of th e 116. Wh ich play is staged on Th u rs-
secon d row? Di r ect i on s (122 –126) : Stu dy the
day ?
(1) 19 (2) 55 (1) B (2) E swer th e given qu estion s.
(3) 78 (4) 7 (3) D (4) F
(Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a
(5) 9 (5) Can n ot be determ in ed Ex am . 19. 12.20 10)
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Seven flights nam ely Jet Airways, Seven an i m at ed m ovi es– U p , Di rect i on s (132 -13 8) : Stu dy the
British Airways, Delta, Qu antas, Em ir - Fin ding Nem o, Ice Age, Aladdin , Sh ark following in formation to answer the giv-
ates, Lu fth an sa, Air In dia are sch ed- Tale, Beau ty an d th e Beast, Th e In - en qu estion s :
u led to fly to Lon don . Th ere is on ly credibles, were screen ed du ring a chil- (I n di an Ban k PO Exam . 02.01.2011
on e fl igh t to Lon d on on each of th e dren ’s work sh op not necessarily in th e (I st si t t i n g)
seven days of th e week , startin g from sam e order. Th e work sh op started on
Six lectu res are sch edu led in a
Mon day an d en din g on Su n day. Mon day an d en ded on Su n day. On ly
week startin g from Mon day an d en d-
Delta flies on Wedn esday. Air In - on e m ovie was screen ed on each day.
ing on Su n day of th e same week . Com -
dia flies th e day n ext to British Air - ‘B ea u t y an d t h e B eas t ’ w as
pu ter Scien ce is n ot on Tu esd ay or
ways. British Airways does n ot fly on screen ed on Wedn esday. ‘Th e In cred-
Satu rday. Psych ology is im m ediately
Mon day or Friday. Two airlin es fly be- ibles’was screen ed on th e fou rth day
after Organisation al Beh aviou r. Statis-
tween th e days Briti sh Ai rways an d after ‘Up’ was screen ed. ‘Ice Age’ was
screen ed before Th u rsday bu t n ot on tics is n ot on Friday an d th ere is on e
Em irates fly. Em irates does n ot fly on day gap b etween Stat istics an d Re-
Su n day. Qu an tas flies a day b efore Monday. ‘Shark Tale’and ‘Aladdin’were
n ot screen ed on Satu rday bu t ‘Sh ark search Meth ods. On e day prior to th e
Lu fthan sa. sch edu le of Econ om ics th ere is n o lec-
Tale’was screen ed before Satu rday.
122. On wh ich of th e followin g days tu re (as th at day is th e ‘off’ day an d
127. Fou r of the following five are sim -
does J et Airways fly ? Mon day is n ot th e ‘off’day.)
ilar on th e basis of th eir position
(1) Friday (2) Su nday in th e above arran gem en t an d 132. Wh ich of th e followin g is th e last
(3) Tu esday (4) Th u rsday h en ce form a grou p. Which of th e lectu re sch edu led ?
(5) Non e of th ese followin g does n ot belon g to th e (1) Statistic
123. H ow m an y fl igh t s fl y b et ween grou p ? (2) Research Meth ods
Lu fth an sa an d Delta ? (1) Up — Beau ty an d th e Beast (3) Psychology
(1) None (2) On e (2) Th e In credibles — Aladdin
(3) Two (4) Th r ee (3) Sh ark Tale — Fin din g Nem o
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) Five (4) Beau ty an d th e Beast — Th e
133. If Wedn esday is th e ‘off ’day, th e
124. Wh ich of th e following flights flies In cerdibles
code wou ld be 2 – 4, if Th u rsday
on Friday ? (5) Findin g Nemo — Aladdin
was th e ‘off ’day, th e code wou ld
(1) Air India (2) Qu antas 128. On w h i c h d a y w a s ‘I ce A ge’ be 3 – 3. Tak in g in to accou n t th e
(3) Emirates (4) Lu fthansa screen ed ?
‘off’ day wh ich of th e followin g
(1) Friday (2) Tu esday code is correct ?
(5) J et Airways
(3) Th u rsday (4) Su nday (1) 2 – 4 (2) 3 – 3
125. If Delta postp on es it s fligh t to
Su n day owin g to som e tech n ical (5) Non e of th ese
(3) 4 – 2
reason s an d all th e flights sch ed- 129. Wh ich m ovi e was screen ed on
u led for Th u rsday to Su n day are Satu rday ?
(5) Non e of th ese
n ow made to tak e off a day ah ead (1) Fin ding Nem o
134. Wh i ch lectu re i s sch edu led on
of th e sch edu le, wh ich of th e fol- (2) Up
Friday ?
lowin g fligh ts wou ld n ow fly on (3) Th e In credibles
Friday? (1) Economics
(4) Aladdin
(1) Lu fthansa (5) Non e of th ese (2) Psychology
(2) J et Airways 130. How m any m ovies were screen ed (3) Com pu ter Scien ce
(3) British Airways before ‘Sh ark Tale’? (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
(4) Air India (5) Qu antas (1) 6 (2) 4 (5) Non e of th ese
126. If Em irates is related to British (3) 2 (4) 3 135. How m an y lectu res were sch ed-
Airways an d Delta is related to (5) Non e of th ese u l ed b et ween Econ om i cs an d
Qu an tas in a certain way based 131. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- Psych ology ?
u pon th e given fligh t sch edu le, tion s is fal se with respect to th e (1) On e (2) Two
th en J et Airways will be related given in form ation ? (3) Th r ee
to wh ich of th e followin g based (1) ‘Up’was n ot screen ed on Fri- (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
u pon th e sam e relation sh ip ? day (5) Non e of th ese
(1) Lu fthansa (2) Qu antas (2) ‘Sh ark Tale’was screen ed im -
136. Wh ich day is Com pu ter Scien ce
(3) Delta (4) Air India m ediately after ‘Beau ty an d
sch edu led ?
(5) Non e of th ese th e Beast’
(1) Monday
Di r ect i on s (12 7–131) : Stu dy the (3) ‘Th e I n c r ed i b l es ’ w a s
screen ed on Su n day (2) Wedn esday
following in formation to answer the giv-
en qu estion s : (4) ‘F i n d i n g N em o ’ w a s n o t (3) Th u rsday
(Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO screen ed on Friday (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
Ex am . 26.12.2010 (I st si t t i n g) (5) All are false (5) Non e of th ese
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
137. Wh ich day is th e ‘off ’day ? (1) Bhopal (2) Chennai 145. Wh o am on gst th e seven r epre-
(1) Tu esday (2) Wednesday (3) Mu mbai (4) Delhi sentatives travelled on Satu rday?
(3) Friday (5) Non e of th ese (1) Shweta (2) Nita
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed 140. In wh ich of th e followin g cities (3) Richa
(5) Non e of th ese w a s co n f er en c e on B an k i n g (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
138. If som eon e wan ts to atten d on ly held ? (5) Non e of th ese
two lectu res ou t of Psych ology, (1) Chennai (2) Mu mbai 146. Wh ich on e of th e followin g com -
Research Meth ods an d Com pu t- (3) Delhi (4) Bhopal bin ations is tru e according to th e
er Sci en ce b u t wan t s t h e t wo (5) In dore given in form ation ?
days to be su ccessive (on e after 141. How m any con feren ces were h eld (1) Pau l – Thu rsday – Sou th Africa
th e ot h er) th en wh i ch lect u r e- between con feren ces on Mark et- (2) Sh weta – Wednesday – Fran ce
com bin ation m ay be selected ? in g an d Real Estate ? (3) Mohit – Monday – Sou th Africa
(1) Research Meth ods, Com pu t- (1) None (2) On e (4) Rich a – Friday – Au stralia:
er Scien ce (3) Two (4) Th r ee (5) Non e is tru e
(2) Psych ol ogy, Com pu t er Sci - (5) Fou r 147. To wh ich cou n try an d on wh ich
en ce 142. On wh ich of th e followin g days day did Nita travel ?
(3) Psych ology, Research Meth - was th e con feren ce on HR h eld ? (1) Wedn esday, Sou th Africa
ods (1) Monday (2) Tu esday (2) Friday, Au stralia
(4) An y two of th e th ree is possi- (3) Wednesday (4) Th u rsday (3) Thu rsday, Au stralia
ble (5) Friday (4) Tu esday, Au stralia
(5) With th e con dition of su cces- 143. Which of th e following con ferenc- (5) Non e of th ese
sive day it is n ot possible es was h eld on Mon day ? 148. Wh o was th e last on e to travel ?
Di r ect i on s (13 9–143) : Stu dy the (1) Bank ing (1) Samir (2) Richa
following information carefu lly an d an - (2) Management (3) Mohit (4) Shweta
swer th e given qu estion s.
(3) HR (4) Mark etin g (5) Non e of th ese
(Un i on Ban k Of I n di a PO
Ex am . 09 .01.20 01)
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed Di r ect i on s (14 9–153) : Stu dy the
Di r ect i on s (14 4–148) : Stu dy the following information carefu lly an d an -
Seven conferen ces on Mark eting,
following information carefu lly an d an - swer th e given qu estion s :
Fin an ce, HR, Real Estate, Hospitality,
swer th e qu estion s given below : (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
Man agem ent, and Bank ing were sch ed-
(Un i on Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 16 .01.20 11)
u led to be h eld in Mu m bai, Pu n e, Del-
Ex am . 09. 01.20 01) On e of th e seven su bjects, viz.,
h i, Hyd er abad , In d or e, B h op al an d
Seven represen tatives of a com - Math s, Zoology, B otan y, Ch em istr y,
Ch en n ai, on on e day in a week start-
pan y — Sam ir, Nita, Rich a, Sh weta, Physics, En glish and Statistics is tau ght
in g from Mon day an d en din g on Su n -
Gifty, Pau l an d Moh it — travelled to on on e day in a week star tin g from
day. Monday an d ending on Su nday. Chem-
th ree differen t cou n tries i.e. Sou th Af-
Con feren ce on H osp italit y was ri ca, Au str ali a an d Fran ce. Each of istry is tau gh t on Th u rsday. En glish is
h eld in Hyderabad on Friday. On ly on e th em travelled on differen t days of th e tau gh t th e day imm ediately next to th e
con feren ce was h eld between con fer - week (n o two person s travelled on th e day wh en Zoology is tau gh t. English is
en ce on Hospitality an d Fin an ce. Con - sam e day), startin g on Mon day an d n eith er tau gh t on Tu esday n or Satu r -
feren ce on Man agem en t was h eld im - en din g on Su n day. Min im u m two peo- day. On ly on e lectu re is h eld between
m ed iately after HR bu t im m ediat ely ple travelled to each cou ntry and Sou th Ch em istry an d Botan y. Two lectu res
before Ban k in g. Con feren ce on Man - Africa is the only cou n try to which three are sch edu led between Math s an d Zo-
agem en t was n ot h eld in In dore. Th e people travelled. ology. Statistics is n eith er tau gh t on
con feren ce h eld on Mon day was h eld Samir travelled to Sou th Africa on Monday n or Su n day.
in Delh i. On ly one con ference was h eld Monday. Pau l travelled to Au stralia bu t 149. On wh ich of th e followin g days
between con feren ces on Ban k in g an d n eith er on Tu esday n or on Satu rday. is Ph ysics tau gh t ?
th e con feren ce h eld in Mu m bai. Th e Moh it travelled on Su n day bu t n ot to (1) Monday (2) Tu esday
conference on HR was not h eld in Mu m- Fran ce. Th e on e wh o travelled to Au s- (3) Wednesday (4) Th u rsday
bai. Con feren ce in Pu n e was h eld im - tralia travelled on Tu esday and th e on e (5) Friday
m ediately before con feren ce in In dore. wh o travelled to Fran ce travelled on
150. How m an y su bjects are tau gh t
Conference on Real Estate was n ot held Satu rday. Gifty travelled on Wedn es-
between Botan y an d Zoology ?
on M on day. Con feren ce i n Ch en n ai day. Rich a travelled to Sou th Africa bu t
was not h eld after con feren ce in Mu m - n ot on Th u rsday. Nita did n ot travel to (1) None (2) On e
bai. Fran ce. (3) Two (4) Th r ee
139. If Delh i is related to Pu n e an d 144. If everyone’s trip is postpon ed by (5) Fou r
Ban k in g is related to Real Estate on e day, wh o will be travellin g 151. Wh ich of th e followin g su bjects
in a certain way, th en to wh ich on Wedn esday? is tau gh t on Satu rday ?
of th e followin g wou ld In dore be (1) Paul (2) Richa (1) Botany (2) Statistics
related to, following the sam e pat- (3) Nita (4) Gifty (3) Zoology (4) Maths
tern ? (5) Non e of th ese (5) Ph ysics
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
152. On wh ich of th e followin g days A grou p of seven frien ds; A, B, Ch em i cal M i s k ep t i n w h i t e
is statistics tau gh t ? C, D, E, F an d G work as Econ om ist, bottle. Ch em ical L is n ot k ept in green
(1) Tu esday (2) Wednesday Agricu ltu re Officer, IT Officer, Ter m i- bottle an d is k ept to th e im m ediate left
(3) Th u rsday (4) Friday n al Operator, Clerk , Forex Officer an d of th e violet bottle. Ch em ical O is k ept
Research An alyst, for Ban k s L, M, N, in th e blu e bottle an d is k ept exactly
P, Q, R an d S bu t n ot n ecessarily in between th e bottles con tainin g ch em i-
153. If Statistics is related to Zoology
th e sam e order. C work s for Ban k N cals L an d M. Th e red bottle is at th e
an d Ph ysics is related to Botan y
an d is n eith er a Research An alyst n or extrem e left en d. Th e bottles con tain -
in a certain way, th en to wh ich
a Clerk . E is an IT Officer an d work s in g ch em ical Q is n ot k ept at eith er of
of th e followin g wou ld Ch em istry
for Ban k R. A work s as Forex Officer th e en ds. Th e green bottle is k ept at
be related to, followin g th e sam e
an d does n ot work for Ban k L or Q. th e extrem e righ t en d. Ch em ical P is
pattern ?
Th e on e wh o is an Agricu ltu re Officer n ot k ept n ear th e wh ite bottle.
(1) Maths (2) Statistics work s for Ban k M. Th e on e wh o work s 162. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
(3) Ph ysics (4) English for Ban k L work s as a Ter m in al Oper - in a certain way based on th eir
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed ator. F work s for Ban k Q. G work s for position s in th e above arran ge-
Di r ect i on s (15 4–156) : Stu dy the Ban k P as a Research An alyst. D is ment and so form a grou p. Which
followin g in form ati on t o an swer t h e n ot an Agricu ltu re Officer. is th e on e th at does n ot belon g
given qu estion s : 157. Wh o am ongst th e following work s to th e grou p ?
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO as an Agricu ltu re Officer? (1) LM (2) LP
Ex am . 16 .01.20 11) (1) C (2) B (3) QO (4) LQ
A bu ildin g h as seven floors n u m - (3) F (4) D (5) NO
bered on e to seven , in su ch a way th at (5) Non e of th ese 163. Wh ich bottle con tain s ch em ical
th e grou n d floor is n u m bered on e, th e 158. Wh at is th e profession of C ? L?
floor above it, n u m ber two an d so on
(1) Term in al Operator (1) Pin k (2) Blu e
su ch th at th e topm ost floor is n u m -
bered seven . On e ou t of seven people (2) Agricu ltu re Officer (3) Red
viz. A, B, C, D, E, F an d G lives on (3) Econ om ist (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
each floor. A lives on fou rth floor. E (4) Can n ot be determ in ed (5) Non e of th ese
lives on th e floor imm ediately below F’s (5) Non e of th ese 164. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a-
floor. F does n ot live on th e secon d or 159. For wh ich ban k does B work ? tion s of ch em ical an d bottle is
th e seven th floor. (1) M (2) S cor r ect ?
C does n ot live on an odd n u m - (1) P - Red (2) N - Green
(3) L (4) Eith er M or S
bered floor. B does n ot live on a floor (3) P - Green (4) Q- Pin k
(5) Non e of th ese
im m ediately above or below C’s floor.
160. What is the profession of th e per - (5) Non e of th ese
D does n ot live on th e topm ost floor. G
son wh o work s for Ban k S ? 165. Wh ich bottle con tain s ch em ical
does n ot live on an y floor below E’s
(1) Clerk Q?
floor.
(2) Agricu ltu re Officer (1) Pin k (2) Green
154. Wh o lives on th e topm ost floor ?
(3) Term in al Operator (3) Violet
(1) B
(4) Forex Officer (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
(2) C
(3) E (4) G
161. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- 166. If all t h e six ch em icals are ar -
tion s of person , profession an d ran ged alphabetically from left to
155. Wh o lives imm ediately above D’s righ t, position s of h ow man y will
floor ? ban k is correct?
rem ain u n ch anged ?
(1) A (2) B (1) A - Forex Officer - M
(1) Non e (2) On e
(3) C (4) F (2) D - Clerk - L
(3) Two (4) Th r ee
(5) G (3) F-Agricu ltu re Officer -Q
(5) Fou r
156. Fou r of th e following five are alik e (4) B-Agricu ltu re Officer -S
167. Wh ich bottle con tain s ch em ical
in a certain way an d so form a (5) Non e of th ese
N?
grou p. Wh ich is th e on e that does Di r ect i on s (162 –168) : Stu dy the
(1) Green (2) Red
n ot belon g to th at grou p ? followin g in form ati on t o an swer t h e
given qu estion s : (3) Pin k
(1) F (2) D
(UCO Ban k PO Exam . 30.01.2011) (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
(3) B (4) G
Six ch em icals L, M, N, O, P an d (5) Non e of th ese
(5) C
Q are k ept in bottles of different colou rs 168. Wh i ch ch em i cal is k ept in t h e
Di r ect i on s (1 5 7–1 6 1) : Read th e
viz, green , red, blu e, wh ite, pin k an d bottle at th e extrem e righ t en d ?
foll owi n g p assage car efu ll y an d an -
swers th e qu estion s given below it. violet. n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e or - (1) P (2) N
(Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO
der. Th ere bottles are arran ged from (3) L
Ex am . 23. 01.20 11) left to righ t, again n ot n ecessarily in (4) Can n ot be determ in ed
th e sam e order.
(5) Non e of th ese
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Di rect i on s (1 69-175 ) : Stu dy the 174. A p l ay of wh at t i m e d u r at i on 180. On wh ich of th e followin g days
followin g in form ati on t o an swer t h e wou ld be staged on Th u rsday? i s t h e l ect u r e on Psy ch ol ogy
given qu estion s : (1) 2 h ou rs (2) 2½ h ou rs schedu led?
(UCO Ban k PO Exam . 30.01.2011) (3) 1 h ou r (4) 3 h ou rs (1) Friday (2) Monday
Six plays A, B, C, D, E an d F are (5) Can n ot be determ in ed (3) Tu esday (4) Th u rsday
to be staged startin g from Monday an d 175. Wh ich day wou ld be th e off day? (5) Non e of th ese
endin g on Su nday with one of the days (1) Tu esday (2) Mon day 181. Wh ich of th e followin g lectu re(s)
bein g an off day, n ot n ecessarily in th e (3) Friday (4) Satu rday
sam e order, Each of th e plays h as dif- is/ are sch edu led to be h eld be-
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed tween th e lectu res on Ch em istry
feren t tim e du ration : ½ h ou r, 1 h ou r,
Di r ect i on s (17 6–182) : Stu dy the an d Ph ysics?
1½ h ou rs, 2 h ou rs, 2 ½ h ou rs an d 3
h ou r s, again n ot n ecessari ly i n th e (1) No lectu re is sch edu led be-
swer th e given qu estion s.
sam e order. tween th ese two lectu res
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO
Su n day is n ot an off day an d a Ex am . 13 .03.20 11) (2) On ly Com pu ters
Play of ½ h ou r du ration is staged on Seven lectu res are sch edu led to (3) Compu ters an d Psych ology
th at day. Play A is staged im m ediately be h eld in a week . Th ere is on ly on e (4) Com pu ters and Biology
b efor e Play E. Th er e ar e t wo p lays lectu re on each of th e seven days of (5) English and Math em atics
staged between Play F wh ich is for 3 th e week , startin g from Mon day an d
h ou rs an d Pl ay C wh i ch i s for 1 ½ 182. How many lectu res are sch edu led
en din g on Su n day.
h ou rs. Th e off day is after th e stagin g to be h eld between En glish an d
Ch em ist ry is tau gh t ei t h er on
of Play E an d th ere are two days be- Wedn esday or on Satu rday. Th ree lec- Mathematics?
tween th e off day an d Play A. Play D tu res are sch edu led to be h eld between (1) None (2) On e
wh ich is for 2 h ou rs is n ot staged on Ch em istry an d En glish . Two lectu res (3) Two (4) Th r ee
Mon day. Th e play staged im m ediately are sch edu led to be h eld between En - (5) Five
before th e off day is of 3 h ou rs. Play A glish and Com pu ters. Lectu re on Ph ys-
is for less th an 2½ h ou rs. ics is sch edu led on th e day wh ich is
im m ediately n ext to th e day wh en lec- following information carefu lly an d an -
169. Wh at is th e tim e du ration of Play
tu re on Biology is sch edu led. Lectu re swer th e qu estion s given below :
B?
on Psych ology is sch edu led to be h eld (I BPS Bank PO/ M T CWE
(1) 2½ h ou rs (2) 2 h ou rs Ex am . 18. 09.20 11)
after Mathem atics (n ot n ecessarily im -
(3) 1 h ou r (4) ½ h ou r m ediately after Math em atics). Lectu re P, Q, R, S, T, V, W an d Z are
(5) Non e of th ese on Psych ology is n ot schedu led for Sat- travellin g to th ree destin ation s Delh i,
170. Wh ich day is th e off day? u rday or Su n day. Ch en n ai an d Hyderabad in th ree dif-
(1) Tu esday (2) Mon day 176. Wh ich of th e followin g lectu res fer en t veh i cl es – H on d a Ci t y, Swift
(3) Friday (4) Satu rday is sch edu led for Th u rsday? D’Zire an d Ford Ik on . Th ere are th ree
(1) Math ematics fem ales am on g th em on e in each car.
(2) English (3) Ph ysics Th ere are at least two person s in each
tion s of Play - Day - Tim e Du ra- (4) Biology (5) Compu ters car.
tion is cor r ect ? 177. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- R is n ot travellin g with Q an d W.
tion s of day- lectu re is correct? T, a m ale, is travellin g with on ly Z an d
(1) E - Wedn esday - 2 h ou rs
(1) Satu rday — Ph ysics th ey are n ot travellin g to Ch en n ai. P is
(2) A - Tu esday - 1 h ou r
(2) Monday — Biology travellin g in Hon da City to Hyderabad.
(3) C - Th u rsday - 1½ h ou rs
(3) Tu esday — English S is sister of P an d t ravels b y Ford
(4) F - Tu esday - 3 h ou rs
(4) Th u rsday — English Ik on . V an d R travel togeth er. W does
(5) Non e is correct
(5) Su nday — Compu ters n ot travel to Ch en n ai.
172. On wh ich day is Play D staged? 178. How many lectu res are sch edu led 183. Mem bers in wh ich car are trav-
(1) Wedn esday (2) Satu rday between Ch em istry an d Ph ysics? ellin g to Ch en n ai ?
(3) Tu esday (4) Friday (1) Non e (2) On e (1) Hon da City
(5) Can n ot be determ in ed (3) Two (4) Th r ee
(2) Swift D’Zire
173. How m an y plays are staged be- (5) Five
(3) Ford Ik on
fore th e off day? 179. If Ch em istry is related to Biology
(1) Two (2) On e and Psychology is related to Com- (4) Eith er Swift D’ Zire or Ford
pu ters in a cert ai n way b ased Ik on
(3) Five (4) Th ree
u pon th e given lectu re sch edu le, (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
th en Bi ology wil l be rel ated to 184. In wh ich car are fou r m em bers
Di r ect i on s (1 7 4 -1 7 5 ) : Keepin g which of the following based u pon
all th e oth er in form ation th e sam e, if travelling ?
th e sam e relation sh ip?
D is staged on Mon day, th en ____ (1) Non e (2) Hon da City
(1) English (2) Math ematics
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO (3) Swift D’zire (4) Ford Ik on
(3) Ph ysics (4) Ch em istry
Ex am . 13 .03.20 11) (5) Hon da City or Ford Ik on
(5) Non e of th ese
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
185. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- 191. In wh ich of th e followin g cars is lik es scu lptin g is from the State of Od-
tions represen ts th e three fem ale C travellin g? ish a. Th e person wh o lik es dancin g is
m em bers? (1) X (2) Y from the State of Gu jarat. F does not
(1) QSZ (2) WSZ (3) Z belong to Gu jarat, Odish a, Pu n jab or
(3) PSZ Rajasthan. F does not lik e singing, read-
(4) Eith er X or Y
ing or pain tin g. B does n ot belon g to
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (5) Data inadequ ate
Kerala, Odish a, Pu njab or Rajasth an .
(5) Non e of th ese 192. Passen gers in which car are trav- B does not lik e painting, travelling read-
186. Wh o is travellin g with W ? ellin g to Ch an digarh ? ing or sin gin g. C does n ot lik e scu lpt-
(1) On ly Q (2) On ly P (1) Y ing and he is not from Rajasthan or Pu n-
(3) Both P an d Q (2) X jab. Neith er D n or G belon gs to Pu n -
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (3) Eith er X or Y jab. A does not lik e readin g. Th e per -
(5) Non e of th ese (4) Data inadequ ate son from Kerala lik es singing.
187. Mem bers in wh ich of th e follow- (5) Non e of th ese 196. Wh o am on g th e followin g lik es
in g com bin ations are travelling in sin gin g ?
Di rect i on s (1 93-1 95) : Stu dy the
Hon da City? followin g in form ation carefu lly to an - (1) A (2) C
(1) PRS (2) PQW swer th e given qu estion s : (3) E (4) G
(3) PWS (I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO On l i n e (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
(4) Data inadequ ate Ex am , 01. 09.20 13) 197. Wh ich on e of th e followin g com -
(5) Non e of th ese Th ere are six people – P, Q, R, bin ations is tru e according to th e
Di r ect i on s (1 8 8 –1 9 2 ) : Stu dy S, T an d U – each h avin g d iffer en t given in form ation ?
the following in form ation carefu lly an d weigh t. P is h eavier th an U bu t ligh ter (1) A – Travellin g – Mah arash tra
an swer th e qu estion s given below : th an Q. T is h eavier th an R bu t ligh ter (2) C – Dan cin g – Gu jarat
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE th an P. Q is ligh ter th an S. R is n ot th e
(3) E – Readin g – Karn atak a
Ex am . 11. 03.20 12) li gh test. Th e secon d li gh test person
weigh s 5 2 k il ogram wh ile t h e t h i rd (4) D – Pottery Mak in g – Rajast-
eigh t frien ds travellin g in th ree differ - h eaviest is of 64 k ilogram . han
en t c a r s , vi z. X , Y a n d Z w i t h 193. Who am on g the followin g may be (5) All are tru e
at least two in on e car to th ree differ - of 58 k ilogram in weigh t ? 198. Wh o amon g the following belon gs
en t places, viz. Delh i, Ch andigarh an d (1) P (2) Q to th e State of Karn atak a ?
Agra. (1) B (2) D
(3) T (4) R
There is at least one female mem- (3) F (4) E
ber in each car. D is travellin g with G (5) U
194. How m an y person s are h eavier (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
to Delh i bu t n ot in car Y. A is travellin g
with on ly H in car Z bu t n ot to Ch andi- th an R ? 199. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a-
garh . C is n ot travellin g with eith er D (1) None (2) On e tion s is tru e abou t G ?
or E. F and D are stu dyin g in th e sam e (3) Two (4) Th r ee (1) Scu lptin g – Odish a
only girls’college. H, B and G are stu dy- (2) Pottery m ak in g
in g in th e sam e on ly boys’college. – Karnatak a
195. Wh ich of th e followin g m ay rep-
188. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g rep re- (3) Dan cin g – Gu jarat
resen t th e weigh t of Q ?
s en t s t h e gr ou p o f fem a l es
(1) 62 k g (2) 66 k g (4) Sin gin g – Kerala
among th em ?
(1) F, C, A (2) F, G, A (3) 60 k g (4) 58 k g (5) Travellin g – Karnatak a
(3) D, C, A (5) 56 k g 200. Th e person wh o belon gs to Pu n -
Di r ect i on s (1 9 6 -20 0 ) %Stu dy th e jab, lik es :
following information carefu lly an d an - (1) Travelling (2) Scu lpting
(5) Non e of th ese
swer th e qu estion s given below : (3) Painting
189. Wh ich of the followin g com bin a-
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I , (4) Pottery m ak in g
tion s is correct?
26.10. 2013)
(1) Delh i – X – C (5) Reading
Seven people – A, B, C, D, E, F
(2) Ch an digarh – X – F and G – are havin g different hobbies, Di r ec t i on s (2 0 1 -2 0 6 ) : St u d y
(3) Agra – Z – E vi z., Tr avel l i n g, Read i n g, D an ci n g, the following in form ation carefu lly an d
(4) Delh i – Y – E Painting, Scu lpting, Singing and Pottery an swer th e given qu est ion s :
(5) Non e of th ese mak ing, bu t not necessarily in the same (Cor p or at i on Ban k SO (M ar k et i n g)
order. Each of them belong to differen t Ex am , 2 2. 0 2. 20 14 )
190. In wh ich car are fou r of th em
travelling ? State, vi z., Pu n jab, Odi sh a, Kerala, Ei gh t peopl e – A, B, C, D, E, F,
(1) X or Z (2) Y Rajasth an , Mah arashtra, Gu jarat an d G an d H– are sittin g arou n d a circu lar
Karn atak a, bu t not n ecessarily in th e table facin g towar ds th e cen tre, b u t
(3) X or Y (4) Z
sam e order. A belon gs to Mah arash tra. n ot n ecessaril y i n th e sam e or der. All
(5) Non e of th ese of th em are at equ idi stan t. Each on e
D lik es pottery m ak in g. Th e person who
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
of t h em t each es d i ffer en t su b j ect s (2) On e of th e im m ediate n eigh - 211. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e
viz., En glish , Hi n di, Math em ati cs, Bi- bou rs of F teach es Biology al ik e in a cer tain way an d h en ce
ol ogy, Psych ol ogy, Ph ysi cs, Ch em i s- (3) E is sittin g exactly between form a gr ou p . Wh ich on e of t h e
tr y an d Accou n t s, b u t n ot n ecessari ly B an d th e person wh o teach - followin g does n ot belon g to that
in th e sam e order. es Math em ati cs gr ou p ?
Th e p er son w h o t each es Ac- (4) Th e p er son w h o t ea ch es (1) N (2) O
cou n ts, sits th ird to th e righ t of G. C Ch em i str y i s secon d t o t h e
is an im m ediate neigh bou r of G. Th e (3) Q (4) R
ri gh t of E
person wh o teach es Math em atics sits (5) P
secon d to th e left of C. B sits th ird to (5) Al l ar e tr u e
Di r ect i on s (2 1 2 –2 1 6 ) : Stu dy
th e righ t of H. H teach es n eith er Ac- 206. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e
al ik e in a certain way based on the following in form ation carefu lly an d
cou n ts n or Math em atics. On ly two per -
t h e gi ven si t ti n g ar r an gem en t an swer th e qu estion s given below :
son s sit between C an d th e person wh o
teach es Ph ysics. A an d F are im m edi- an d h en ce form a grou p. Wh i ch (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T
ate n eigh bou rs of each oth er. Neith er is th e on e t h at do es n o t b elon g CWE-I V, 18. 10 .2 01 4)
A n or F teach es Accou n ts. Th e person to th e grou p? Th ere are seven fri en d s – J , K,
wh o teach es English sits second to th e (1) CF (2) GA L, M, N, O an d P. Each on e of th em
righ t of A. Two person s sit between D h as d ifferen t profession vi z., Accou n -
(3) BD (4) EH
an d th e person who teach es Hin di. D tan t , Act or, Ath l et e, Ch oreograp h er,
does n ot teach Accou n ts. Th e person (5) BA
Doctor, En gi n eer an d Lawyer, bu t n ot
wh o teach es Psych ology is an im m edi- Di r ec t i on s (2 0 7 –2 1 1 ) : St u d y
n ecessar ily in th e sam e ord er. Th ey
ate neigh bou r of the person who teach - the following in form ation carefu lly an d
es Accou n ts. Th e person wh o teach es an swer th e qu estion s given below : were born in th e years 19 83, 198 4,
Ph ysics sits secon d to t h e left of A. (SI DBI Of f i cer Ex am . 0 3. 09. 201 4)
19 86, 198 7, 199 0, 1 992 an d 199 4,
On e of th e im m ediate n eigh bou rs of G A bu ildin g h as seven floors n u m - bu t n ot n ecessaril y i n t h e sam e or -
teach es Ch em istry. bered on e to seven in su ch a way th at d er. Th e Lawyer was b or n in 1 98 6
201. Wh o am on g th e followi n g teach - th e grou n d floor is n u m bered on e, th e wh ile th e At h lete was bor n i n 19 84. K
es Ch em i str y? fl oor ab ove it n u m ber two, an d so on is a d oct or an d h e was n ot born in t h e
(1) A (2) H su ch th at t h e topm ost fl oor is n u m - year 1 98 3 . P was b or n in t h e year
(3) D (4) G bered seven . Am on g t h e seven per - 19 92. P is n eit h er Ch oreograph er n or
(5) Non e of th ese son s L, M , N, O, P, Q an d R, each Actor. N was not bor n in the year 1994.
20 2. Wh at is t h e positi on of B wi th on e l ives on di fferen t fl oor. O lives on N is n ot an At h lete. L was bor n i n t h e
respect to th e p erson wh o teach - fi fth n u m bered floor. Th ree person s year 1990. L is n eith er Accou n tan t n or
es Psych ology? li ve between th e fl oor s of N an d Q. N Ch oreograph er. Doct or was n ot bor n
(1) Secon d to th e left li ves ab ove th e floor of O. P lives on in th e year 199 4. J is an En gin eer. J
(2) Th ird to th e righ t th e floor im m ed iately above th e floor was n ot bor n i n th e year 19 94. O is
(3) Th ird to th e left of R. On ly on e per son li ves between n ot a Ch oreograph er.
(4) Secon d t o t h e righ t th e floors of L an d P.
212. In wh ich year O was b orn ?
(5) Non e of th ese 207. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives
(1) 1983 (2) 1984
203. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n g sit s im m ed iat ely above M’s fl oor ?
ex act ly b etween th e p erson wh o (1) L (2) Q (3) 1990 (4) 1987
teach es B iol ogy an d t h e p erson (3) O (4) N (5) Non e of th ese
wh o t each es Ph ysics? (5) R 213. W h i c h of t h e fol l ow i n g
(1) Th e p er son w h o t ea ch es st atem en ts is NOT tru e on t h e
208. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives
Math em atics basis of information given above?
ex actl y b etween th e fl oors of O
(2) E (1) Accou n tan t was bor n i n t h e
an d Q ?
(3) Th e p erson wh o teach es Ac- year 19 92
(1) R (2) L
cou n ts
(3) N (4) M (2) E n gi n eer w as b or n i n t h e
(5) P year 19 83
(5) Th ere is n o su ch p erson
209. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives (3) Doctor war was bor n i n t h e
204. Wh i ch of th e foll oi n g su b ject s
does E teach ? on th e t opm ost fl oor ? year 19 87
(1) Ch emistry (2) Hindi (1) N (2) M (4) Ch oreogr aph er was born in
(3) Accou nts (4) English (3) L (4) Q th e year 19 90
(5) Non e of th ese (5) R (5) Al l ar e tr u e
205. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e- 210. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives 214. Wh o am on g t h e fol lowin g is a
m en ts is tr u e with regar d t o t h e on th e fou r th n u m b ered floor? Ch oreogr aph er ?
given sittin g arran gem en t? (1) M (2) Q (1) J (2) K
(1) The person who teach es Hin - (3) L (4) R (3) M (4) N
di is an im mediate n eigh bou r
(5) P (5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
of both H an d D.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
215. W h i c h of t h e fol l ow i n g 220. Wh o l ives on th e floor im m ed i- A l ives on an even n u m ber ed
c o m b i n a t i o n s o f F r i en d - at ely bel ow T ? floor. Th ere are two floors between th e
Pr o f es s i o n - Yea r o f B i r t h i s (1) S floors on wh ich D an d F live. F lives
correct ? (2) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as on a floor above D’s floor. D does n ot
(1) O – At h lete – 19 84 option s live on floor n u m ber 2. B does n ot live
(2) J – En gi n eer – 19 87 (3) Y on an odd n u m bered floor. C does n ot
(3) P – Lawyer – 19 94 live on an y of th e floors below F’s floor.
(4) Z (5) W
E does n ot live on a floor im m ediately
(4) L – Ch oreogr aph er – 19 90 221. How m an y peopl e l ive between
above or im m ediately below th e floor
(5) M – Actor – 19 92 th e floors on wh i ch Z an d T l ive?
on wh ich B lives.
216. Wh o am on g th e foll owi n g i s t h e (1) More t h an th r ee
225. Wh o am on gst th e followin g live
el dest ? (2) Th r ee on th e floors exactly between D
(1) Accou n tant (3) No on e (4) On e an d F ?
(2) Ch oreograph er (5) Two (1) E, B (2) C, B
(3) Doctor Di r ect i on s (2 2 2 - 2 2 4 ) : Stu dy (3) E, C (4) A, E
(4) Actor the following in form ation carefu lly an d
(5) B, A
(5) En gi n eer an swer th e given qu estion s :
226. On wh ich of th e followin g floors
Di rect i on s (2 1 7 –22 1 ) : Stu dy th e (Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO
Ex am . 14.11.2010)
does B live ?
In a seven storey bu ildin g, h av- (1) 6th (2) 4th
(Ban k of Bar od a J un i or M an agem en t in g floors n u m bered on e to seven , P, (3) 2n d (4) 5th
Gr ad e/ Scal e-I Ex am , 18 .0 4.2 01 5) Q, R, S, T an d V each live on a differ - (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
Ei gh t peopl e – S, T, U, V, W, X, ent floor. (The grou nd floor is nu mbered Di rect i on s (2 2 7 –2 3 2 ) : Stu dy th e
Y an d Z – li ve on sep arate floors of an floor n o.1, th e floor above it floor n o. 2 fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d
8 – floor bu ildin g. Grou n d floor is nu m- an d so on .) On e of th e floors in th e an swer th e qu estion s given below :
bered 1, fi rst fl oor is n u m ber ed 2 an d bu ildin g is vacan t. P lives on th e fifth (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I
so on u n t il th e top m ost floor is n u m - floor. No floor below fifth floor is va- CWE 12.0 9.2015)
bered 8. can t; also n o odd n u m bered floor is
Eigh t person s — K, L, M, N, O, P,
l Y lives on floor n u m b ered 1. On ly
vacan t. On ly S lives between T an d V.
Q and R — live on eigh t differen t floors
two p eop le live between Y an d T. T does n ot live on an odd n u m bered
of a bu ildin g bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
floor. T does n ot live on a floor im m e-
l S li ves i m m edi at el y above X. S sam e order. Th e lower m ost floor of
diately above or imm ediately below R’s
li ves on an even n u m b ered floor. th e bu ildin g in n u m bered one, th e on e
floor. Q does n ot live on th e bottom -
l On ly on e per son lives between X above th at is n u m bered two an d so on
m ost floor.
an d W. X lives above W. till the topmost floor is nu m bered eigh t.
222. Wh o lives on th e topm ost floor ?
l Z lives on an odd–n u m ber ed floor Each of th em also lik es a differen t su -
(1) Q (2) S perh ero n am ely, Batm an , Su perm an ,
ab ove S.
(3) R (4) V Captain Am erica, Th or, Hu lk , Wolver -
l V d oes n ot l i ve on t h e t op m ost
floor. (5) No on e as it is vacan t. in e, Nova an d Iron m an, bu t n ot n eces-
217. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e 223. On wh ich of th e followin g floors sarily in th e sam e order.
wi th respect t o th e given i n for - does R live ? l Th e on e wh o lik es Th or lives on
m ation ? (1) Seventh (2) Sixth an even n u m b er ed fl oor. On l y
(1) On l y on e p erson l i ves b e- (3) Th ird (4) Secon d three person s live between the on e
tween T an d X. (5) First wh o lik es Th or an d M.
(2) On ly two people live between 224. Wh ich of th e followin g floors is l On ly two person s live between M
T an d U. vacan t ? an d N. N d oes n ot l i ve on t h e
(3) W lives im m ediately above Y. (1) Seventh (2) Sixth l o w er m os t fl o o r . O n l y t h r ee
(4) Z lives on floor n u m ber ed 7. (3) Th ird (4) Secon d person s live between N an d th e
(5) U lives on an odd–nu m bered (5) Fou rth on e wh o lik es Hu lk .
floor. l O li ves im m ediately above K. O
Di r ect i on s (2 2 5–2 2 6) : Read th e
218. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g l ives following information carefu lly an d an - lives on an even n u m bered floor.
between U an d S ? swer th e qu estion s wh ich follow : K d oes n ot l i k e H u l k . K l i ves
(1) Z (2) V (I BPS Bank PO/ M T CWE n eith er on floor n u m bered th ree
Ex am . 18. 09.20 11) n or five.
(3) T (4) W
(5) No on e A, B, C, D, E an d F live on dif- l On ly two person s live between K
feren t floors in the sam e bu ildin g h av- an d th e on e wh o lik es Nova.
219. Wh o am on g th e followin g live on
in g six floors n u m bered on e to six (th e l On ly on e person lives between th e
fl oor n u m ber 5 ?
grou n d floor is n u m bered 1, th e floor on e wh o lik es Nova an d Iron m an .
(1) U (2) X
above it , n u m ber 2 an d so on an d th e Th e on e wh o lik e Iron m an lives
(3) V (4) T topm ost floor is n u m bered 6). below th e on e wh o lik es Nova.
(5) Z
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
l L lives im m ediately above Q. On ly Di rect i on s (2 3 3 –23 5 ) : Stu dy th e 237. Wh ich of th e followin g bu ildin gs
on e person lives between Q an d following information carefu lly an d an - h as th e secon d h igh est n u m ber
t h e o n e w h o l i k es C a p t a i n swer th e qu estion s given below : of floors ?
America. (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V (1) I (2) F
l Th e on e wh o lik es Wolverin e lives (Pr el i m i n ar y ) 0 3. 10 .2 01 5) (3) J (4) H
im m ediately above th e on e wh o Each of th e six bu ildin gs P, Q, R, (5) G
lik es Batman . S, T an d U h ou ses differen t n u m ber
238. How m an y floors does bu ildin g J
l P does n ot lik e Th or. K does n ot of offices. S h as m ore offices th an on ly
possibly h ave ?
lik e Su perman . T an d R. Q h as m ore n u m ber of offic-
es th an P bu t less th an U. R does n ot (1) 22 (2) 5
resen t th ose wh o lives im m edi- h ou se th e least n u m ber of offices. Th e (3) 11 (4) 35
ately above an d im m ediately be- bu ildin g wh ich h ou ses th e least n u m - (5) 12
low N? ber of offices h as 5 offices. Th e bu ild- Di r ect i on s (239 –241) : Stu dy the
(1) R, L in g wh ich h as secon d h igh est n u m ber following information carefu lly an d an -
of offices h as 23 offices. S h as 11 less swer th e qu estion s given below :
n u m ber of offices th an Q. (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
options
233. Wh ich of th e followin g bu ildin gs (Pr el i m i n ar y .) 04 .1 0.2 01 5)
(3) L, M (4) K, Q
h as th e secon d least n u m ber of Each of th e six bu ses–R, S, T, U,
(5) R, Q
offices ? V an d W– h as differen t n u m ber of oc-
228. Fou r of th e following five are alik e cu pan ts. T h as m ore n u m ber of occu -
in a certain way as per th e given (1) Q (2) U
pan ts th an R an d S bu t less th an V. U
arrangement and so form a grou p. (3) R (4) P
has less nu mber of occu pants than only
Wh ich of th e followin g does n ot (5) T W. S does n ot h ave th e lowest n u m ber
belon g to th at grou p? 234. Th e n u m ber of offices in P is an of occu pan ts. Th e bu s h avin g secon d
(1) K – Floor n u m bered Five even n u m ber wh ich is divisible lowest n u m ber of occu pan ts h as 20
(2) Q – Floor n u m bered Six b y 2 as wel l as 3 . H ow m an y occu pan ts an d th e bu s h avin g secon d
(3) L – Floor n u m bered Two offices does P h ave ? h igh est n u m ber of occu pan ts h as 64
(4) N – Floor n u m bered Seven (1) 20 (2) 24 occu pan ts. T h as 21 less n u m ber of
(5) R – Floor n u m bered Eigh t (3) 16 (4) 18 occu pan ts th an U.
229. Wh ich of th e followin g su perh e- (5) 12 239. Which of th e followin g bu ses has
roes does R lik e? 235. Which of the following is the nu m- t h i r d lowest n u m b er of occu -
(1) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as ber of offices in th e bu ildin g R ? pan ts?
options (1) 25 (2) 12 (1) S (2) T
(2) Su perman (3) 13 (4) 14 (3) R (4) U
(3) Nova (5) V
(5) 11
(4) Th or 240. If th e n u m ber of occu pan ts of
Di rect i on s (23 6 –23 8 ) : Stu dy th e
(5) Batman following information carefu lly an d an - bu s R is m ore th an 7 an d is an
230. Wh ich of th e followin g su perh e- swer th e qu estion s given below : odd n u m ber wh ich is divisible
roes does P lik e? by 3 bu t n ot 5, h ow m an y occu -
(1) Iron man (Pr el i m i n ar y ) 0 4. 10 .2 01 5) pan ts are th ere in bu s R?
(2) Wolverin e Each of th e six bu ildin gs — E, F, (1) 9 (2) 21
(3) Batman G, H, I an d J — h as differen t n u m ber (3) 15 (4) 27
(4) Captain Am erica of floors. On l y th ree bu il din gs h ave (5) 19
(5) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as m ore n u m ber of floors th an J . G h as
241. How m an y occu pan ts does bu s
options m ore n u m ber of floors th an I bu t less
th an E. I h as m ore n u m ber of floors V possibly h ave?
231. N lives on wh ich of th e followin g
floor nu m bers? th an J . F does n ot h ave th e least n u m - (1) 43 (2) 72
ber of floors. Th e bu ildin g h avin g least (3) 52 (4) 36
(1) Five (2) Th r ee
n u m b er of fl oors h as 5 fl oor s. Th e
(3) Seven (4) On e (5) 68
bu ildin g h avin g th ird h igh est n u m ber
(5) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as Di rect i on s (2 4 2 –24 6 ) : Stu dy th e
of floors h as 26 floors. F h as 14 floors
options following information carefu lly an d an -
less th an th e n u m ber of floors in I.
232. As per th e given arran gm en t, P swer th e qu estion s given below :
236. If th e n u m ber of floors in bu ild-
is related to Nova an d N is related (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
in g G is less th an 38 an d is an
to Wolverin e in a certain way. To odd nu m ber which is divisible by
(Pr el i m i n ar y .) 04 .1 0.2 01 5)
w h i ch of t h e f ol l ow i n g i s M 3 bu t not 7, how man y floors does Seven person s n am ely, M, N, O,
related to in th e sam e way? P, Q, R an d S h ave an an n iversary bu t
G h ave ?
(1) Su perman (2) Batman n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order, in
(1) 15 (2) 35
(3) Captain Am erica seven differen t m on th s (of th e sam e
(3) 9 (4) 27 year) n am ely Febru ary, March , April,
(4) Th or (5) Hulk
(5) 29
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
J u n e, Septem ber, October and Novem - 246. How m any person s have an an ni- 250. For h ow m an y days did R possi-
ber. Each of th em also lik es a differ - versary between th e m on th s in bly stay in In dia ?
en t flower n amely Rose, J asm in e, Lily, wh ich Q and M h ave an ann iver -
Marigold, Daffodil, Su n flower an d Or - (1) 56 (2) 41
sary?
ch id bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e (3) 33 (4) 25
ord er. (1) None (2) On e (5) 11
R has an ann iversary in the mon th (3) Th r ee (4) Two 251. Who amongst the following stayed
wh ich has more than 30 days. Only one (5) More th an th ree for th e secon d h igh est n u m ber
person has an an niversary between R Di rect i on s (247 -24 9) : Stu dy the
an d th e one who lik es Rose. Both S and of days ?
O h ave an an n iversary in on e of th e swer th e qu estion s given below : (1) U (2) T
months after the on e who lik es Rose. S (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V (3) Q (4) R
has an an niversary imm ediately before (Pr el i m i n ar y ) 1 0. 10 .2 01 5
O. The on e who lik es Lily has an ann i- (5) P
I st Si t t i n g)
versary in the month which has less than 252. If th e n u m ber of days for wh ich
Six sales person s – U, V, W, X,
30 days. On ly th ree person s have an Y, and Z – sell in su rance policies. Each Q stayed in In dia is less th an 60
an niversary between th e one who lik es of th em sold differen t n u m ber of poli- an d is an even n u m ber wh ich is
Lily and the one who lik es Orchid. On ly cies. U sold m ore policies th an both Y divisible by 3 bu t n ot by 4, for
two person s have an an niversary be- h ow m an y days did Q stay in In -
an d Z bu t less th an X.
tween S and th e on e who lik es Mari- dia?
Z sold m ore policies than only W.
gold. P h as an anniversary im mediately
X did n ot sell th e h igh est n u m ber of (1) 54 (2) 42
after the on e wh o lik es Marigold. On ly
policies. Th e th ird h igh est n u m ber of (3) 56 (4) 48
two person s h ave an an niversary be-
policies sold is equ al to 33. Th e least (5) 30
tween P and Q. M has an an niversary
n u m ber of policies sold is equ al to 11.
im mediately before th e one who lik es Di rect i on s (2 5 3 –2 5 9 ) : Stu dy the
Y sold 13 more policies th an that of W. following inform ation carefu lly and an-
Jasmin e. O does not lik e Su nflower.
247. Who am ong th e followin g did sell swer the qu estions given below :
242. Which of th e following represents exactly 33 policies ? (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I
th e m on th in which S h as an an - (1) X (2) Y CWE 13.0 9.2015)
n iversary? (3) Z (4) U Eigh t person s S, T, U, V, W, X, Y
(1) Can n ot be determ in ed (5) Can n ot be determ in ed an d Z live on eigh t differen t floors of a
248. Wh ich of th e followin g m ay rep- bu ilding bu t not necessarily in the same
(2) October
r esen t t h e n u m b er of p ol i ci es order. The lower m ost floor of th e bu ild-
(3) March in g is n u m bered on e, th e on e above
sold by Z ?
(4) April th at is n u m bered two an d so on e till
(1) 26 (2) 19
th e topm ost flooor is n u m bered eigh t.
(5) Septem ber (3) 9 (4) 36 Each of th em also work s at a differen t
243. Wh i ch of th e followin g does O (5) 28 ban k s n am ely, IDBI, SBI, HDFC, BOI,
lik e? 249. Who amon g th e followin g did sell PNB, TJ SB, Axis Ban k an d SVC, bu t
(1) Rose (2) Jasm in e less policies than on ly V ? n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order.
(1) U (2) Y l Z lives on an even n u m bered floor.
(3) Marigold (4) Daffodil
(3) X (4) Z On ly th ree person s live between
(5) Orch id Z an d th e on e wh o ork s at BOI.
244. As per the given arrangement, Lily (5) Can n ot be determ in ed W lives imm ediately below th e one
is related to April and Marigold is Di rect i on s (2 5 0 –25 2 ) : Stu dy th e wh o work s at BOI.
related to September following a following information carefu lly an d an - l On ly th ree person s live between
certain pattern, with wh ich of the swer th e qu estion s given below : W an d th e on e wh o work s at Axis
following is Orchid related to fol- (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V Bank .
lowin g th e same pattern? (Pr el i m i n ar y ) 1 0. 10 .2 01 5) l V lives im m ediately above T. V
Each of th e six person s P, Q, R, lives on an odd n u m bered floor.
(1) Febru ary (2) Ju ne T does n ot work at BOI.
S, T an d U h as lived in In dia for a dif-
(3) October (4) March feren t n u m ber of days. S h as stayed l On ly two person s live between T
(5) Novem ber for m ore n u m ber of days th an R bu t an d th e on e wh o work s at SBI.
225. Which of th e following represents l ess th an T. P h as stayed for m or e Th e on e wh o work s at SBI does
th e person s wh o h ave an an n i- n u m ber of days th an on ly U. T h as n ot n ot live on th e lower m ost floor.
versary in April an d Novem ber stayed for th e m ost n u m ber of days. l Th e on e wh o work s at SVC lives
respect ively? Th e on e stayed for th e secon d l east im m ediately above th e on e wh o
n u mber of days stayed for 14 days in work s at PNB. Th e on e wh o work s
(1) N, O (2) Q, M India. Th e on e who stayed for secon d at SVC live on an even n u m bered
(3) Q, O (4) N, M h igh est n u mber of days stayed for 47 floor bu t n ot on floor n u m bered
two.
(5) N, S days, S stayed for 15 days less than T.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
l On ly one person lives between th e For th e past th ree years th e Gov- 262. If in th e n u m ber 38564927, first
on e wh o work s at SVC an d th e ern m en t of State X h as been organ iz- al l t h e even d igit s are arr an ged
on e wh o work s at IDBI. ing awaren ess programs for th e Hoard- in ascen d in g ord er an d th en all
l X lives im m ediately ab ove S. X ings an d ban ners h ave been pu t across th e odd d igi ts are ar ran ged in
lives on an even n u m bered floor. the State prom oting women u pliftm en t ascen din g order wh ich di git wi ll
X does n ot work at TJ SB. an d gen der equ ality. be fou rt h from th e ri gh t en d?
l U does n ot work at PNB an d does Wh ich of th e followin g can n ot be (1) 3
n ot live on floor n u m bered fou r. con sequ en ce of th e steps tak en by th e (2) 5
253. Fou r of th e following five are alik e govern m en t of State X ?
(3) 4
in a certain way based on th e giv- (1) Th e rate of fem ale foeticid e in
(4) Ot h er th an th ose given op-
en arran gem en t an d h en ce th ey th e state h as cam e down from
tions
form a grou p. Wh ich on e of th e 280 cases per year to 30 cases
followin g does n ot belon g to th at per year (5) 6
grou p ? (2) D owr y an d dom esti c vi ol en ce 263. If ‘4’is su btracted from each odd
(1) S — Floor n u m bered two cases in th e State dropped by digit and ‘1’is added to each even
85% in th e last cou ple of years. digit in th e n u m ber 947 6582,
(2) T — Floor n u m bered eigh t
wh ich of th e followin g digits will
(3) W — Floor n u m bered six (3) Cases reported by wom en of th e
apear twice in th e n ew n u m ber
(4) Z — Floor n u m bered on e State regardin g ch ain sn atch in g
on th e roads h ave com e down th u s form ed?
(5) U — Floor n u m bered seven
by 40% in th e last two years. (1) On ly 2 (2) Both 1 an d 7
254. V work s at wh ich of th e follow-
(4) Two years ago minimu m 15% fee (3) Both 3 an d 5 (4) None
in g ban k s ?
exem ption was m ade m an dato- (5) On ly 1
(1) Axis Ban k (2) SVC
ry for girl ch ild in all pu blic an d (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer
(3) IDBI (4) SBI (M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.0 2.2016)
private sch ools of th e State.
(5) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as Di r ect i on s (26 4–278) : Stu dy the
(5) In all th e pu blic organ ization s of
options following information carefu lly an d an -
th e State, a m in i m u m of 10%
255. Wh ich of th e followin g pair rep- fem al e em p l oy ees h a s b een swer th e qu estion s given below :
resen t th ose wh o live im m ediate- m ade com pu lsory since th e past (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer
ly above an d im m ediately below two an d a h alf years. (M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.0 2.2016)
Z? (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I Eigh t person s – K, L, M, N, O, P,
(1) S, T (2) T, V CWE 13.0 9.2015) Q an d 6 R – live on eigh t differen t floors
(3) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as Di r ect i on s6(2 60 -26 1) : Stu dy the of a bu ildin g bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
options following information carefu lly an d an - sam e order. Th e lower m ost floor of th e
(4) S, V (5) X, Y swer th e qu estion s given below : b u i ld i n g is n u m b ered on e, t h e on e
256. W work s at wh ich of th e follow- L, M, N, O an d P are five differen t above th at is n u m bered two an d so on
in g ban k s ? poles, each of differen t len gth . O is till the topmost floor is nu m bered eigh t.
(1) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as n ot th e th ird sh ortest pole. N is bigger P lives on an even n u m bered floor
options th an on ly P. L is sh orter th an on ly on e bu t n ot on the topmost floor. On ly three
(2) PNB (3) Axis Ban k pole. Th e size of th e sh ortest pole is 7 person s live between L an d P. O lives
(4) BOI (5) SBI ft an d th at of th e secon d tallest pole is im m ediately below L. N lives im m edi-
13 ft. at el y b el ow P. K l i ves i m m ed i at el y
257. U lives on wh ich of th e followin g
260. Wh ich of th e followin g poles is above Q. Th ere are as m an y person s
floor n u m bers ?
between Q an d R as are th ere between
(1) On e (2) Seven th e th ird tallest?
R an d O.
(3) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as (1) M
264. If L an d P in terch an ges th eir po-
options (2) Can n ot be determ in ed sition s an d so do K an d M, th en
(4) Five (5) Two (3) N wh o will live between M an d L,
258. As per th e given arran gem en t, U (4) P as per th e n ew arran gem en t?
is related to PNB an d S is related (5) L (1) Q (2) O
t o HD FC in a cert ain way. To
261. Accordin g to th e given arran ge- (3) N (4) R
wh ich of th e followin g is V relat-
ment, wh ich of th e following com- (5) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as
ed to in th e sam e way ?
bin ation s of pole an d len gth is options
(1) SVC (2) SBI
correct? 265. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives
(3) IDBI
(1) N – 1 4 ft (2 ) P – 5 ft on th e floor n u m bered six?
(4) TJSB (5) Axis Ban k
(3) O – 1 2 ft (4 ) L – 13 ft (1) M (2) R
259. Stu dy th e followin g in form ation
(5) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as (3) Q (4) P
carefu lly an d an swer th e qu es-
tion wh ich follows : options (5) L
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
266. On wh ich of th e followin g floor (4) If 60 00 l ess cars were sold 273. Which of th e following cities does
n u m bers does M live? i n D ecem b er t h is year, th e P visit ?
(1) Eight (2) Six n u m ber of car s sol d wou ld (1) Berlin (2) Jak arta
(3) Th r ee (4) Seven h ave been sam e as t h at i n (3) Sydney (4) Madrid
Decem ber last year.
(5) Two (5) Miami
(5) Kellbah n defin itely sold less 274. Which of th e following statemen ts
267. As per t h e given arran gem en t,
th an 12,000 cars in Novem - is tru e abou t U ?
fou r of th e following five are alik e
ber th is year.
in a certain way an d so form a (1) All th e given statem en ts are
grou p. Wh ich on e of th e follow- tru e.
CWE 14.0 2.2016)
ing does n ot belon g to th e grou p? (2) U visits Berlin .
(1) MR (2) PN Di rect i on s (27 1 –27 6 ) : Stu dy th e
following information carefu lly an d an - (3) U visits a city on Satu rday.
(3) ML (4) LO (4) On ly th ree person s visit be-
(5) NK (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer (I T) tween U an d Q.
268. Wh o am on gst th e followin g live CWE 14.0 2.2016) (5) U visit s a cit y i m m edi at el y
exactly between K an d N? Seven frien ds n am ely, P, Q, R, S, before T.
(1) L, P (2) P, Q T, U an d V visit seven differen t cities 275. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
(3) Q, O (4) R, L n am el y , B er l i n , K a b u l , J ak a r t a , in a certain way an d th u s form a
(5) Q, R Madrid, Ch icago, Miam i an d Sydn ey, grou p as per th e given arran ge-
269. If ‘2’ is added to each odd digit bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order, ment. Wh ich of th e following does
and ‘1’ is su btracted from each starting from Mon day to Su nday (of the n ot belon g to th at grou p ?
ev en d i gi t i n t h e n u m b er sam e week .) (1) T – Th u rsday
‘2368547’, wh ich of the followin g Q visits a city on Wednesday. Only (2) P – Su n day
digits will appear twice in the n ew on e person visits between Q an d th e (3) Q – Wedn esday
n u m ber th u s form ed ? on e wh o visits Madrid. T visits im m e-
(4) R – Friday
diately after th e on e who visits Madrid.
(1) None (5) V – Mon day
On ly fou r person s visit between T an d
(2) Both 3 an d 5 th e on e wh o visits Sydn ey. On ly on e 276. Who amon gst th e followin g visits
(3) On ly 1 person visits between th e on e wh o vis- Kabu l ?
(4) Both 5 an d 7 its Sydn ey an d R. Th e on e wh o visits (1) P (2) R
(5) On ly 2 Berlin visits im m ediately before R. Th e (3) S (4) U
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer (I T) on e wh o visits Ch icago visits on on e of (5) Q
CWE 14.0 2.2016) th e days before th e on e wh o visits Ber - Di rect i on s6(27 7 –28 1 ) : Stu dy th e
270. Stu dy the given information care- lin bu t n ot on Wedn esday. More th an following information carefu lly an d an -
fu lly and an swer th e qu estion giv- th r ee p erson s visit between th e on e swer th e qu estion s given below :
en below : wh o visits Ch icago an d P. On ly two
person s visit between S an d th e on e
Carm ak ers Kellbah n ’s dom estic CWE 14.0 2.2016)
wh o visit s Miam i. On ly two person s
sales h ave su rged as th ey h ave Eigh t person s — P, Q, R, S, W, X,
visit between th e on e who visits Miam i
reported sales of 12,000 cars this Y an d Z — live on eigh t differen t floors
an d th e on e wh o visits J ak arta. V does
Decem ber. Th is n u m ber is m ore of a bu ildin g bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
n ot visit Berlin .
th an dou ble th e n u m ber of cars sam e order. Th e lower m ost floor of th e
271. On wh ich of th e followin g days
sold by th em in th e th ird qu arter b u i ld i n g is n u m b ered on e, t h e on e
does S visit a city ?
(October -Decem ber) pu t togeth - above th at is n u m bered two an d so on
(1) Su nday (2) Th u rsday till the topmost floor is nu m bered eigh t.
er last year.
(3) Tu esday (4) Satu rday P lives on an odd n u m bered floor
Wh ich of th e fol lowi n g can be
(5) Friday below th e floor n u m bered six. Y lives
con clu ded from th e given state-
m en t ? 272. As per th e given arran gem en t R im m ediately above P. On ly th ree per -
is related to th e on e wh o visits son s live between Y an d W. Th ere are
(1) If 6000 m ore cars were sold
J ak arta in a certain way an d T is as m an y person s between W an d R as
i n th e th ir d qu ar ter of l ast
related to th e on e wh o visits Mi- are th ere between R an d Y. Z lives on
year, th e two n u m bers wou ld
am i in th e sam e way. To wh ich an odd n u m bered floor below Y bu t
h ave becom e equ al.
of th e followin g is V related to in n ot on th e floor n u m bered th ree. On ly
(2) Kellbah n defin itely sold less th e sam e way ? on e person lives between Q an d X. Q
th an 6000 cars in Decem ber lives above X.
(1) Th e on e wh o visits Kabu l
last year.
(2) Th e on e wh o visits Sydn ey. 277. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives
(3) Addition of In ternational sales on th e floor n u m bered th ree ?
figu res wou ld h ave made per - (3) Th e on e wh o visits Madrid
(1) S (2) W
form an ce of last qu arter bet- (4) Th e on e wh o visits Berlin .
(3) X (4) P
ter. (5) Th e on e wh o visits Ch icago
(5) Q
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
278. As per t h e given arran gem en t, 282. On wh ich of th e followin g days Q l i ves on an even n u m b ered
fou r of th e following five are alik e does S visit a city ? floor. On ly two people live between th e
in a certain way, an d so form a (1) Su nday (2) Th u rsday flloors on wh ich Q an d V live. S lives
grou p. Wh ich on e of th e follow- (3) Tu esday (4) Satu rday on a floor im m ediately above th e floor
in g does not belon g to th e grou p ? on wh ich R lives. S does n ot live on an
(5) Friday
(1) W – Five (2) Y – On e odd n u mbered floor. P does n ot live on
283. As per th e given arran gem en t R
a floor wh ich is im m ediately above or
(3) S – Th ree (4) Q – Fou r is related to th e on e wh o visits
im m ediately below th e floor on wh ich
(5) X – Eigh t J ak arta in a certain way an d T is
T lives. P does n ot live on th e lower -
279. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives related to th e on e wh o visits Mi-
m ost floor i.e. floor n o. 1.
exactly between S an d X? am i in th e sam e way. To wh ich
of th e followin g is V related to in 288. Wh o am on gst th e followin g live
(1) On ly P (2) On ly Q on th e floors exactly between th e
th e sam e way ?
(3) Both Z an d R(4) No on e floors on wh ich Q an d V live ?
(1) Th e on e wh o visits Kabu l
(5) Both P an d Y (1) R, S (2) P, R
(2) Th e on e wh o visits Sydn ey.
280. If Q and Y interchan ge th eir plac- (3) S, T (4) P, T
(3) Th e on e wh o visits Madrid
es an d so do W an d S, th en wh o (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
will live between Q an d W as per (4) Th e on e wh o visits Berlin .
289. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives
th e n ew arran gem en t ? (5) Th e on e wh o visits Ch icago on floor n u m ber 5 ?
(1) P (2) X 284. Which of th e following cities does (1) P (2) Q
P visit ?
(3) R (4) S (3) T (4) V
(1) Berlin (2) Jak arta
(5) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
(3) Sydney (4) Madrid
options 290. On wh ich of th e followin g floors
(5) Miami
281. On wh ich of th e followin g floor does T live ?
n u m bers does R live ? 285. Which of th e following statemen ts
(1) 3rd (2) 5th
is tru e abou t U ?
(1) Two (2) Six (3) 1st (4) 4th
(1) All th e given statem en ts are
(3) Five (4) Seven (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
tru e.
(5) Th r ee 291. H ow m an y p eop l e l i ve on t h e
(2) U visits Berlin .
Di rect i on s (28 2 –28 7 ) : Stu dy th e floors above th e floor on wh ich P
(3) U visits a city on Satu rday.
following information carefu lly an d an - lives?
(4) On ly th ree person s visit be- (1) None (2) On e
tween U an d Q.
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer (I T) (3) Two (4) Th r ee
CWE 14.0 2.2016)
(5) U visit s a cit y i m m edi at el y
before T.
Seven frien ds n am ely, P, Q, R, S, Di r ec t i o n s (2 9 2 –2 9 6 ) : St u d y
T, U an d V visit seven differen t cities the following in form ation carefu lly an d
in a certain way an d th u s form a
n am el y , B er l i n , K a b u l , J ak a r t a , an swer th e qu estion s given below :
grou p as per th e given arran ge-
Madrid, Ch icago, Miam i an d Sydn ey, (BOB M an i pal Sch ool of Ban k i n g
ment. Wh ich of th e following does
bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order, n ot belon g to th at grou p ? Of f i c er On l i n e Ex am , 1 4. 08. 201 4)
starting from Mon day to Su nday (of the A bu ildin g h as seven floors, n u m -
(1) T – Th u rsday
sam e week .) bered on e to seven in su ch a way th at
(2) P – Su n day
Q visits a city on Wednesday. Only th e grou n d floor is n u m bered on e, th e
(3) Q – Wedn esday
on e person visits between Q an d th e fl oor above it n u m b ered t wo an d so
on e wh o visits Madrid. T visits im m e- (4) R – Friday on su ch th at the topm ost floor is nu m -
diately after th e on e who visits Madrid. (5) V – Mon day b er ed seven . On e of t h e seven p er -
On ly fou r person s visit between T an d 287. Who amon gst th e followin g visits son s, vi z, P, Q, R, S, T, U an d V, li ve
th e on e wh o visits Sydn ey. On ly on e Kabu l ? on each floor.
person visits between th e on e wh o vis- (1) P (2) R P lives on fou r th floor. Two per -
its Sydn ey an d R. Th e on e wh o visits (3) S (4) U son s live between t h e floors of P an d
Berlin visits im m ediately before R. Th e (5) Q R. Two per son s live between th e floors
on e wh o visits Ch icago visits on on e of Di r ect i on s (2 8 8 -2 9 1) : Read th e of Q an d S. Q lives on t h e floor im m e-
th e days before th e on e wh o visits Ber - following information carefu lly an d an - di ately below t h e V’s fl oor. Q does n ot
lin bu t n ot on Wedn esday. More th an swer th e qu estion s wh ich follow : li ve below t h e fll or of U an d S. Q lives
th r ee p erson s visit between th e on e (I DBI Ban k Of f i cer Ex am .16.09.2012)
on th e floor of P. T lives on t h e floor
wh o visits Ch icago an d P. On ly two im m ed iately above th e floor of R.
P, Q, R, S, T an d V live on differ -
person s visit between S an d th e on e en t floors in th e sam e bu ildin g h avin g 292. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives
wh o visit s Miam i. On ly two person s si x floors n u m bered on e to six (t h e on fi fth fl oor ?
visit between th e on e who visits Miam i grou n d floor is n u m bered 1, th e floor (1) T (2) S
an d th e on e wh o visits J ak arta. V does above it, n u m ber 2 an d so on an d th e (3) V (4) Q
n ot visit Berlin . topm ost floor is n u m bered 6). (5) U
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
293. How m an y person s l ive between the floor of Q. Th e person wh o is trav- 302. Wh o am on gst th e followin g h as
th e floors of V an d R ? elling to Kolk ata lives below Q. S does possibly travelled to 11 cou ntries?
(1) None (2) Two n ot l ive im m ed iately above or bel ow (1) P (2) R
(3) Five (4) Th r ee th e floor of P. V is n ot tr avelli n g to
(3) T (4) Q
Ch en n ai . Th e per son wh o is tr avel-
(5) On e (5) S
l i n g t o D el h i d oes n ot l i ve on t h e
294. Fou r of th e following five are alik e grou n d floor. 303. If it is given th at R h as travelled
in a certain way based on th e giv- to fou r cou n tries less th an th e
en arran gem en t an d h en ce th ey CWE, 06 .0 9.2 01 4) n u m ber of cou n tries travelled by
form a grou p. Wh ich on e of th e Q, th en to h ow m an y cou n tries
followin g does not belon g to th at h as U possibly travelled?
on th e t opm ost fl oor ?
grou p ? (1) 4 (2) 9
(1) U (2) Q
(1) Q (2) R (3) 3 (4) 6
(3) V (4) T
(3) V (4) U (5) 10
(5) S
(5) S
al ik e in a cer tain way an d h en ce SBI PO EXAMS
ex actl y b etween th e fl oors of U
th ey form a grou p based on t h e
an d V ? 1. Si x frien ds, A, B, C, D, E an d F
gi ven ar ran gem en t . Wh ich on e
(1) P (2) T j oi n ed an In sti t u t e in t h e year
of th e followin g d oes n ot belon g
(3) S (4) Q 19 93 b u t on di ffer en t days. On ly
to th at grou p?
(5) None E h as joi n ed before C an d aft er
(1) R (2) S D. C join ed im m ediat ely before A
296. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives (3) V (4) U an d im m ediat ely after B. F is n ot
im m ed iately above th e floor of
(5) T th e first or th e last person to join .
P?
299. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g trav- Wh o is th e first person join i n g
(1) Q (2) U th e In stit u te?
el s t o Delh i ?
(3) T (4) S (1) D (2) B
(1) T (2) U
(5) V (3) A
(3) S (4) R
Di r ect i on s (2 9 7 –3 0 1 ): Stu dy th e (4) Data in adequ ate
(5) P
following information carefu lly an d an - (5 ) Non e of th ese
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : 300. How m an y person s l ive between
th e person wh o i s t ravelli n g to (SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO
A bu ildin g h as seven floors n u m - Ex am . 1 6. 0 7. 20 00 )
Mu m bai an d S ?
bered on e to seven , in su ch a way th at 2. If th e d igit s on t h e dial of a clock
grou n d fl oor is n u m b ered on e, t h e (1) Th r ee (2) Fou r
are replaced by altern ate En glish
fl oor ab ove it, n u m ber t wo an d so on (3 ) On e (4 ) Two
al ph abet begin n in g wi th D su ch
su ch th at t h e topm ost fl oor is n u m - (5 ) Fi ve as D repl aces 1, F replaces 2 an d
bered seven . On e ou t of seven per - 301. Wh o am on g t h e fol lowin g does so on , t h en wh er e wi l l b e t h e
son s, viz., P, Q, R, S, T, U an d V lives l i ve on t h e fl oor i m m ed i at el y h ou r h an d at 1 9.4 5 O’clock ?
on each floor, bu t n ot n ecessari ly in ab ove th e floor of T ? (1 ) B etween O an d Q
th e sam e or der. Each on e of th em is
(1) S (2) Q (2 ) B etween N an d P
travelling to differen t places, viz., Ban -
galor e, Ch en n ai , Delh i , J aip u r, Kol k - (3) U (4) P (3 ) B etween P an d R
at a, Mu m bai an d Patn a, b u t n ot n ec- (5) V (4 ) B etween M an d O
essar ily in th e sam e order. Di r ect i on s (3 0 2 – 3 0 3 ) : Stu dy (5 ) Non e of th ese
Th ree person s live on th e floors the following in form ation carefu lly an d (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 2 0. 08. 200 0)
above th e floor of P. Th ere is on ly on e an swer th e qu estion s given below : Di r ec t i o n s (3 –7 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
p er son b et ween P an d t h e p er son (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I lowing information carefu lly and answer
travellin g to Ban galore. U lives im m e- CWE 12.0 9.2015) th e qu estion s given below :
di atel y below th e person wh o is trav- Each of th e six person s, P, Q, R, (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e
el lin g t o M u m b ai. Th e person wh o is S, T an d U h as travelled to differen t Ex am , 2 3. 0 2. 20 14 )
travelling to Mu m bai lives on an even n u m ber of cou n tries. R h as travelled In each of th e followin g qu estion s
n u m bered floor. P lives below the per - to m ore nu m ber of cou n tries th an only two r ows of n u m bers ar e given . Th e
son t ravelli n g to M u m b ai. Two per - S an d T. Q h as travelled to m ore n u m - resu l tan t n u m ber in each row is to be
son s are li vin g between th e person s ber of cou n tries th an U bu t less th an work ed ou t separately based on t h e
wh o are travel lin g to Ban galor e an d P. T is n ot th e person wh o h as trav- followin g ru les an d t h e qu estion b e-
Patna respectively. T lives im m ediate- elled to least nu m ber of cou ntries. Th e l ow t h e rows of n u m b er s are to b e
ly ab ove R. T i s n ot travel lin g to Pat- on e wh o h as travelled to secon d h igh - an swered. Th e oper ation s of n u m bers
n a. Two p erson s live b etween Q an d est n u m ber of cou n tries h as travelled pr ogr ess fr om left t o r igh t.
th e p erson t ravelli n g to Kol k ata. Th e to 8 cou n tries. Th e on e wh o h as trav- Ru l es : (i) If an odd n u m b er is
person wh o i s t ravell in g to Del h i is elled to th e least n u m ber of cou n tries followed by a two digit even n u m b er
n ot livin g imm ediately above or below h as travelled to on ly two cou n tries. th en th ey are t o b e added.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
(i i) If an odd n u m ber is fol lowed Di r ect i on s (8 –1 2 ) : St u dy t h e (2) F – X – Pu rp le
by a two digit odd n u m ber th en t h e following information carefu lly an d an - (3) G – Z – Black
secon d n u m ber is to b e su bt ract ed swer th e gi ven qu esti on s : (4) D – Z – Yell ow
fr om th e fi rst n u m ber. (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e (5) E – Y – Gr ey
(i ii) If an even n u m ber is followed Ex am , 2 3. 0 2. 20 14 )
Di r ect i on s (1 3 –1 5 ) : St u dy t h e
b y a n u m b er w h i ch i s a p er fect Ei gh t per son s – A, B, C, D, E,
squ ar e of a n u m ber th en t h e secon d following information carefu lly an d an -
F, G an d H – ar e t ravell in g in th r ee swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
n u m ber i s to be di vid ed by t h e fir st di fferen t Cars n am ely X, Y an d Z, b u t
n u m ber. (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
n ot n ecessar i l y i n t h e sam e or d er. Ex am , 3 0. 1 1. 20 14 )
(i v) If an even n u m ber is fol lowed Th ere are at least two person s i n each
by a two di git even n u m b er th en t h e Each of t h e six people U, V, W,
Car an d each Car h as p erson s of both
first n u m ber is to b e m u ltiplied by th e X, Y an d Z stayed for a differ en t n u m -
th e sexes. Ou t of eigh t p erson s th r ee
secon d n u m ber. ber of d ays in In d ia. X stayed for less
ar e fem ales. Al l of t h em li k e d ifferen t
n u m ber of days th an on ly V. Y stayed
(SBI PO Ex am . 0 9.0 1. 200 5) colou rs viz, Red, Green , Yellow, Blu e,
for m ore n u m ber of days t h an on ly
3. 15 11 20 400 Black , Wh ite, Grey an d Pu rple bu t n ot
two p eop le. U d id n ot st ay l ess th an
8 12 10 n ecessaril y i n th e sam e order. On e fe-
Y. W did n ot st ay for th e m i n im u m
If th e resu l tan t of t h e secon d m ale does n ot l ik e Gr ey or Wh it e co-
n u m ber of days. Th e on e wh o stayed
set of n u m bers is divided by th e r e- lou r. D is t ravell in g wi th G in th e Car
for t h e secon d lowest n u m ber of days
su l t an t of t h e fi r st set of n u m b er s Z. G l ik es Black colou r. Th e person s
st ayed for eigh t days. U st ayed for 17
wh at wil l b e th e ou tcom e ? wh o l ik e Red an d Pu rp le colou rs, are
days in In di a.
(1 ) 1 96 (2 ) 2 00 tr avellin g i n t h e sam e Car. E does n ot
13. Th e on e wh o stayed for th e m ax-
(3) 19 (4) 92 li k e Pu r ple colou r an d h e i s n ot trav-
el lin g wi th H i n th e sam e car. A does im u m n u m ber of days stayed for
(5 ) Non e of th ese 15 m ore days th an W. Wh i ch of
n ot l ik e pu r ple n or Red colou r. H is
4. 40 30 3600 th e followin g is possibly the nu m-
tr avelli n g i n t h e Car Y. B, C an d H are
15 24 17 ber of days for wh i ch it stayed
fem al es in th e gr ou p. B lik es Blu e co-
Wh at is th e su m of th e t wo lou r an d travel s with th e person wh o in In dia ?
resu l tan t n u m bers of th e set of n u m - lik es B lack col ou r. Red an d Green co- (1) 5 (2) 32
bers given above ? lou rs are li k ed by fem ale m em ber s. (3) 23 (4) 20
(1) 22 (2) 25 Th e p erson wh o is travel lin g wi th H, (5) 17
(3) 28 (4) 42 li k es Grey colou r. On e of th e person s 14. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
(5 ) Non e of th ese travellin g in Car Z lik es Yellow colou r. wi th resp ect to Z as per th e gi v-
5. 8 16 16 14 8. In wh ich of th e followin g Cars en in for m ation ?
13 11 12 144 on ly two person s are travel lin g? (1) Th e possible n u m ber of days
Wh at is t h e differ en ce between (1) Car X (2) Car Y for wh ich Z stayed in In d ia
th e r esu ltan t of th e first set of (3) Car Z is 14 days.
n u m bers an d th e secon d set of (4) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (2) Z st ayed for t h e m in im u m
n u m bers ? (5) Non e of th ese n u m ber of days.
(1 ) 2 22 (2 ) 2 10 9. Th e fem al e m em b er wh o is trav- (3) Non e of th e gi ven op tion s is
(3 ) 1 18 (4 ) 1 06 el lin g in th e Car X li k es wh i ch tru e
(5 ) Non e of th ese colou r ? (4) On ly two people st ayed for
6. 13 11 4 (1) Green (2) Blu e more nu mber of days th an Z.
17 13 12 (3) Yellow (4) Red (5) Z defin i tel y stayed for m ore
If th e r esu l tan t of t h e first set of (5) Non e of th ese n u m ber of d ays th an Y.
n u m bers is m u l tipl ied by th e r e- 15. Wh ich of th e followin g m ay be
10. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lik es
su ltan t of th e secon d set of n u m - th e possi ble n u m ber of days for
Yell ow colou r ?
bers, wh at wil l be th e ou tcom e ? wh ich Y stayed in In dia ?
(1) D (2) E
(1) 48 (2) 96 (1) 11 (2) 8
(3) A (4) F
(3) 69 (4) 75 (3) 19 (4) 5
(5 ) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese
11. Wh o am on g th e fol lowin g is/ are (5) 22
7. 19 15 12
tr avelli n g wi th fem ale m em b er Di r ect i on s (1 6 –2 1 ) : Stu dy th e
15 12 23 16 fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d
C?
If th e resu l tan t of th e secon d set an swer th e qu estion s given below :
(1) E an d G (2) A an d D
of n u m b er s i s su b tract ed fr om (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecut i v e
th e r esu ltan t of th e first set of (3) E an d F (4) D an d E
Ex am . 19. 09.20 14)
n u m bers wh at wi ll be th e ou t- (5) F an d G
com e ? A b u i l d i n g h as ei gh t fl oo r s,
n u m b er ed on e t o ei gh t i n su ch a
(1) 44 (2) 92 tions of Person-Car -Colou r is not
m a n n er t h at t h e gr ou n d fl o or i s
(3) 29 (4) 43 correct ?
n u m ber ed on e, th e floor above it is
(5 ) Non e of th ese (1) C – X – Red n u mbered two an d so on su ch th at th e
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
topm ost floor is n u m bered eigh t. on e 20. How m an y person s live between 25. Wh o am on g th e followin g lives on
of th e eigh t person s — P, Q, R, S, T, th e floors of W an d th e profes- floor No. 2 ?
U, V an d W — lives on each floor, bu t sor of Geograph y? (1) T (2) S
not necessarily in th e same order. Each (1) None (2) Two (3) V (4) R
on e of th em is a professor of differen t (5) W
(3) On e (4)Fou r
su b j ect s vi z, En gl i sh , Geogr ap h y , 26. Who among the following lives be-
St at i s t i c s , H i n d i , M a t h em a t i c s , (5) Th r ee
tween R an d U ?
Econ om ics, Sociology an d History bu t 21. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
(1) P (2) No–On e
n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e order. in a certain way an d h en ce form
(3) T (4) W
a gr o u p . Wh i c h o n e o f t h e
Three persons live between R an d (5) V
followin g does n ot belon g to that
U. R lives on an odd n u m bered floor. Di rect i on s (2 7–29 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
Neith er R n or U lives on th e grou n d grou p \ lowing information carefu lly and answer
floor. Th e professor of Sociology lives (1) Professor of Econ om ics th e qu estion s given below :
im m ediately below R. Th ree person s (2) Professor of Sociology (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
live between th e professor of Sociolo- (3) Professor of Hin di Ex am . 29. 11.20 14)
gy an d th e professor of History. P lives (4) Professor of History Each of th e six poles P, Q, R, S, T
im m ediately below U and im m ediately (5) Professor of En glish an d U h as a differen t h eigh t. P is tall-
above th e professor of Math em atics. er than on ly th ree poles. S is taller than
Q is n ot th e professor of Math em atics. T bu t sh orter than U. U is shorter th an
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d P. Q is n ot t h e tal l est . Th e secon d
V lives on fou rth n u m bered floor. V is
an swer th e qu estion s given below : sh ortest pole is 2 feet tall. Th e th ird
th e professor of Hin di . Th e professor
(SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e tallest pole is 5 feet tall.
of Econom ics lives on th e topmost floor.
Two person s live between V an d th e Ex am . 29. 11.20 14) 27. Wh ich of the followin g may be the
professor of En glish . R is n ot th e pro- Eigh t people P, Q, R, S, T, U, V possible h eigh t of pole U ?
fessor of En glish . S lives im m ediately an d W live on separate floors of an 8– (1) 7 Feet (2) 2 Feet
above th e professor of Statistics. floor bu ildin g. Grou n d floor is n u m - (3) 5 Feet (4) 3 Feet
Neith er S n or Q is th e professor bered–1, first floor is nu m bered– 2 an d (5) 1 Feet
of Econ om ics. W is n ot th e professor so on u n til th e topm ost floor is n u m - 28. Th e tallest pole is 11 feet taller
of Math em atics. bered 8. th an S. Wh ich of th e followin g
16. Wh o am on g th e followin g lives l P lives on floor n u m bered five. m ay be th e possible h eigh t of Q ?
exactly between th e floors of T On ly two people live between P (1) 4 Feet (2) 9 Feet
an d th e professor of Geograph y? an d Q. Q lives above P. (3) 13 Feet (4) 16 Feet
(1) P l V lives im m ediately above S. T (5) 17 Feet
(2) Professor of Sociology lives im m ediately above R. 29. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e
(3) Professor of Hin di l On ly on e person lives between with respect to th e given in for -
T an d W. m ation ?
(4) W
l T lives above W. U lives on an (1) On l y two poles are sh or ter
(5) Non e of th ese
odd n u m bered floor. th an Q.
17. Wh o am on g th e followin g lives on 22. How m an y people live between (2) Q’s h eigh t is defin itely less
th e topm ost floor?
the floors on wh ich S an d R live ? th an 2 Feet
(1) W (2) R (3) Non e of th e given option s is
(1) More th an fou r
(3) U (4) T tru e
(2) Fou r (3) Two
(5) V (4) S is th e secon d tallest pole
18. Wh o am on g th e followin g lives (5) T is th e sh ortest pole
23. Wh o lives on th e floor im m edi-
im mediately above the floor of the
ately above P ? Di r ect i on s (3 0 –3 2 ) : St u dy t h e
professor of Statistics?
(1) S (2) W fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d
(1) Professor of Geograph y
(3) R (4) U an swer th e qu estion s given below :
(2) Professor of Hin di (5) Other th an those given as op- (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
tions Ex am . 30. 11.20 14)
(3) Professor of Math em atics
24. Which of th e following statemen ts Each of t h e six people U, V, W,
(4) Professor of Sociology X, Y an d Z stayed for a differ en t n u m -
(5) Professor of History ber of d ays in In d ia. X stayed for less
information ?
19. Wh o am on g th e followin g lives on n u m ber of days th an on ly V. Y stayed
th ird n u m bered floor? (1) On l y on e p erson l i ves b e- for m ore n u m ber of days t h an on ly
tween W an d U two p eop le. U d id n ot st ay l ess th an
(1) Professor of Math em atics
(2) U lives on floor No.1 Y. W did n ot st ay for th e m i n im u m
(2) Professor of Geograph y (3) V lives on th e top m ost floor n u m ber of days. Th e on e wh o stayed
(3) Professor of En glish (4) On ly two people live between for t h e secon d lowest n u m ber of days
(4) Professor of Statistics T an d S st ayed for eigh t days. U st ayed for 17
(5) Professor of History (5) P lives im m ediately above W days in In di a.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
30. Th e on e wh o stayed for th e m ax- 34. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e person who lik es Tweety. Only on e per -
im u m n u m ber of days stayed for wi th respect t o th e given i n for - son lives between N an d R. R lives on
15 m ore days th an W. Wh i ch of m ation ? an even n u m bered floor an d does n ot
th e followin g is possibly the nu m- lik e Popeye. On ly th ree per son s live
(1) On l y on e p erson l i ves b e-
ber of days for wh i ch it stayed between th e person s wh o lik e Ch ipm -
tween E an d G n u k an d J etson respectively. Th e per -
in In dia ?
(2) A lives on a even n u m ber ed son wh o lik es Ch ipm n u k live on an y
(1) 5 (2) 32
floor above th e N’s floor. Th e person
(3) 23 (4) 20 floor
wh o lik es Ch ipm an u k does n ot live on
(5) 17 (3) A lives imm ediately below C th e topm ost floor. O does not lik e Chip-
31. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e (4) F lives on Floor n u m ber 5 m n u k or J etson . The person wh o lik es
wi th resp ect to Z as per th e gi v- Scooby Doo lives on th e floor im m edi-
(5) A lives imm ediately above H ately above th e floor of th e perosn wh o
en in for m ation ?
35. How m an y peopl e l ive between lik es Sim pson .
(1) Th e possible n u m ber of days the floors on wh ich D and C live ? 38. How many person s live between
for wh ich Z stayed in In d ia the floors on which S an d P live ?
(1) On e (2) More th an th ree
is 14 days. (1) Th r ee (2) Two
(3) Two
(2) Z st ayed for t h e m in im u m (3) Fou r (4) Five
n u m ber of days. (4) Th r ee (5) No on e (5) No On e
(3) Non e of th e gi ven op tion s is 36. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g l ives 39. Which of th e following statemen ts
between B an d G ? is/ are tru e accordin g to th e giv-
tru e
(1) No on e (2) C en inform ation ?
(4) On ly two people st ayed for
(1) Q lives on floor n u m bered 5
more nu mber of days th an Z. (3) E (4) H
an d h e does n ot lik e Popeye
(5) Z defin i tel y stayed for m ore (5) D (2) M lik es Scooby Doo an d h e
n u m ber of d ays th an Y. 37. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g l ives does n ot live on floor n u m -
32. Wh ich of th e followin g m ay be on Fl oor n u m ber 5 ? bered 4.
th e possi ble n u m ber of days for (3) O lik es Flin ston e an d h e lives
(1) G (2) A
wh ich Y stayed in In dia ? on th e topm ost floor
(3) F (4) D (4) On l y t w o p er son s l i ve b e-
(1) 11 (2) 8
(5) H t w een t h e fl oor s of Q an d
(3) 19 (4) 5
Di r ect i on s (3 8–42) : Stu dy the fol- R
(5) 22 (5) All th e statem en ts are tru e
lowing information carefu lly and answer
Di r ect i on s (3 3 –3 7 ) : St u dy t h e th e qu estion s given below : 40. Wh o am on g th e followin g lives on
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary ) th e floor im m ediately above th e
an swer th e qu estion s given below : On l i n e Ex am . 20.06.2015) floor of M ?
(SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e Seven person s – M, N, O, P, Q, R (1) N (2) R
Ex am . 30. 11.20 14) an d S – live on separate floors of a (3) S (4) O
Eigh t people – A, B C, D, E, F, G seven –storeyed bu ildin g, bu t n ot n ec- (5) No On e
an d H – live on separate floors of an 8 essarily in th e same order. Th e grou n d 41. Wh o am on g th e followin g lives
– floor bu ildin g. Grou n d floor is n u m - floor of th e bu ildin g is n u m bered 1, ex act l y b et ween t h e fl oor s on
bered 1, first floor is n u m bered 2 an d th e floor above it 2 an d so on u n til th e
wh ich S an d N live ?
so on u n til th e top m ost floor is n u m - topm ost fl oor is n u m b er ed 7 . Each
bered 8. C lives on Floor No. 3. On ly person lik es differn t cartoon ch arac- (1) P (2) R
one person lives between C and F. Only ters, viz, Chipm nu k , Flin ston e, Jetson , (3) M (4) Q
on e person lives between C an d G. E Popeye, Scoob y D oo, Si m p son an d (5) No on e
lives im m ediately above B. H lives im - Tweet y, b u t n ot n ecessar i l y i n t h e 42. Who among the followimg does lik e
m ediately above F. H lives on an y of sam e order. cartoon character Jetson ?
the floors below D. Only one person lives Th e person wh o lik es Popeye lives (1) R (2) P
between D an d A. D lives above A. on floor n u m bered 4. On ly two per - (3) N (4) Q
33. Wh o l ives on th e floor im m ed i- son s live between P an d th e on e wh o
(5) S
at ely bel ow D ? lik es Popeye. M does n ot live on th e
lower m ost floor. M lives on an y odd Di r ect i on s6 (4 3 – 4 7 ) : Stu dy th e
nu m bered floor below th e on e wh o lik es following information carefu lly an d an -
option s Popeye. S lives on an even n u m bered swer th e qu estion s given below :
(2) H (3) A floor bu t neith er imm ediately above n or (SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary )
im m ediately below th e floor of M. On ly On l i n e Ex am . 21.06.2015)
(4) G (5) C two person s live between M an d th e
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Seven p erson s A, B, C, D, K, L 46. If all th e person s are m ade to sit 49. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a-
an d M live on seven differen t floors of in alph abetical order from top to tion s is tru e with respect to th e
a bu ildin g bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e b ot t om , t h e p osi t i on s of h ow given arran gem en t ?
sam e order. Th e lower m ost floor of th e m an y p eop l e wi l l r em ai n u n -
(1) Geograph y - L
b u i ld i n g is n u m b ered on e, t h e on e ch an ged ?
above th at is n u m bered two an d so on (2) History - O
(1) None (2) Th r ee
till th e topm ost floor is n u m bered sev- (3) Com pu ter - P
(3) Two (4) On e
en . Each on e of th em also lik es differ - (4) Accou n ts - M
(5) Fou r
en t gam es n am ely–Sn ook er, Badm in - (5) Biology - K
ton, Ch ess, Lu do, Crick et, Hock ey an d 50. If all th e person s are m ade to sit
tion s is tru e with respect to th e
Polo (bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e in alph abetical order from top to
given arran gem en t ?
order.) b ot t om , t h e p osi t i on s of h ow
(1) Polo-C (2) Lu do-B m an y p erson s will rem ain u n -
On ly th ree person s live between
B an d K. B lives on on e of th e floors (3) Crick et-K (4) Snook er -A ch an ged ?
above K. K does n ot live on th e lower - (5) Ch ess-L (1) Fou r (2) Two
m ost floor.
Di r ect i on s6 (4 8 – 5 2 ) : Stu dy th e (3) None (4) On e
On ly on e person lives between B
following information carefu lly an d an - (5) Th r ee
an d th e on e wh o lik e Ch ess. Th e on e
swer the qu estion s given below : 51. Which of th e following statemen ts
wh o lik es Polo lives on on e of th e even
(SBI PO Ph ase–I (Pr el i m i n ary ) is tru e with respect to th e given
n u m bered floors above th e on e wh o
lik es Ch ess. On l i n e Ex am . 27.06.2015) arran gem en t ?
On ly two person s live between M Seven person s J , K, L, M, N, O (1) Th e on e wh o lik es Com pu ter
an d th e on e wh o lik es Ch ess. Th e on e an d P live on seven differen t floors of lives im m ediately below J .
wh o lik es Sn ook er lives im m ediately a bu ildin g bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e (2) O lik es History.
above M. sam e order. Th e lower m ost floor of (3) Non e of th e given option s is
A l ives i m m edi at el y above L. A th e bu ildin g is n u m bered 1, th e on e tru e.
does n ot lik e Ch ess. above th at is n u m bered 2 an d so on (4) On l y fou r p erson s l i ve b e-
Th e on e wh o lik es Lu do lives on till th e topm ost floor is n u m bered 7. tween M an d P.
on e of th e odd n u m bered floors below Each on e of th em also lik es a differen t (5) P lives im m ediately below N.
L. M does n ot lik e Lu do. D lives on on e su bject namely-English, History, Com-
52. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives
of the floors above C. Only one person m erce, Biology, Accou n ts, Geograph y
on th e floor n u m bered 2?
lives between the on e wh o lik es Crick - an d Com pu ter (bu t n ot n ecessarily in
et and th e one wh o lik es Hock ey. th e sam e order.) (1) K
D does n ot lik e Crick et. M does l J lives on an odd n u m bered floor (2) Th e on e wh o lik es En glish
n ot lik e Badm in ton . bu t n ot on th e floor n u m bered 3. (3) Th e on e wh o lik es Com pu ter
43. Wh ich of t h e fol l owi n g gam es Th e on e wh o lik es Accou n ts lives (4) M
does B lik e ? i m m edi at el y above J . On ly t wo (5) O
per son s live between M an d th e
(1) Sn ook er (2) Lu do Di r ec t i o n s (5 3 -5 9 ) %St u dy t h e
on e wh o lik es Accou n ts. following information carefu lly an d an -
(3) Polo (4) Badminton
l Th e on e wh o lik es History lives on swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
(5) Ch ess
on e of th e od d n u m bered floors (SBI Sp eci al i st Of f i c er
44. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives (L aw Of f i cer : M M GS Scal e-I I )
above M. On ly th ree person s live
on th e floor n u m bered 4 ? On l i n e Ex am , 19. 04. 201 4)
between L an d th e on e wh o lik es
(1) Th e on e wh o lik es Hock ey History. Th e on e wh o lik es Com - P, Q, R, S, T, U, V an d W live on
(2) Th e on e wh o lik es Ch ess di fferen t fl oor s in th e sam e bu i ldi n g
m erce lives im m ediately above L.
(3) A h avin g eigh t floor s n u m b ered on e to
l Th e on e wh o li k es En glish lives ei gh t (t h e grou n d floor is n u m ber ed
(4) L
im m edi at el y above t h e on e wh o 1, th e floor above it , n u m b er 2 an d so
(5) B lik es Com pu ter. P lives on an odd on an d t h e t op m ost fl oor i s n u m -
45. Which of th e following statemen ts b er ed 8).
n u m bered floor.
l On ly on e person lives between K Th er e ar e on l y t wo fl oor s b e-
arran gem en t ?
an d N. K lives on on e of th e floors tween th e fl oors on wh ich P an d R
(1) On l y t w o p er son s l i ve b e- live. R lives on an odd n u m bered floor.
above N. Neith er L n or J lik es Bi-
tween K an d M. Th er e ar e fou r fl oor s b et ween t h e
ology. N does n ot lik e Com m erce.
(2) Th e on e wh o l i k es H ock ey fl oor s on wh ich P an d W l ive. T lives
lives im m ediately above K. 48. Wh ich of th e followin g su bjects on a fl oor im m ediat ely above th e fl oor
(3) C lik es Ch ess does J lik e ? on wh ich U l ives. Th ere are on l y t wo
(4) C lives on an even n u m bered fl oor s b etween th e fl oor s on wh ich V
(1) Geograph y (2) Compu ter an d S live. V l ives on a floor above t h e
floor.
(3) Com merce (4) History fl oor of S. Q does n ot l ive on a floor
(5) Non e of th e given option s is im m ediately above or im m ediately be-
tru e. (5) English
low th e floor on wh ich R l ives.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
53. On wh ich of th e followin g floors 61. Wh at will be th e h eigh t of t h e 66. How m an y peopl e l ive between
does Q l ive ? th i rd tallest stat u e? the floors on wh ich S an d R live ?
(1) Fifth (2) Th ird (1) 13 feet (2) 10 feet (1) More th an fou r
(3) Secon d (4) Fou rth (3) 19 feet (4) 9 feet (2) Fou r (3) Two
(5) Sixth (5) 11 feet
54. Wh o am on gst th e followin g li ve 62. If th e expressions S = T > O > R
an d P < O < Z ar e t ru e, th en 67. Wh o l ives on th e floor im m ed i-
on th e fl oor s ex act ly between S
wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g i s n o t at ely above P ?
an d R ?
tru e? (1) S (2) W
(1) V, W an d Q (2) V, U an d W
(1) T > O (2) R < S (3) R (4) U
(3) U, V an d Q (4) T, U an d Q
(3) Z > R (4) P > T (5) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as
(5) U, Q an d W
(5) P < Z option s
55. Wh o am on gst th e followin g li ve
Di r ect i on s (6 3 –6 5 ) : St u dy t h e 68. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e-
on th e od d n u m b ered floor s ex-
following information carefu lly an d an - m en ts is tru e with respect to th e
cl u din g R ?
(1) U, W an d S (2) Q, V an d U given in form ation ?
(3) U, T an d S (4) T, W an d S On l i n e Ex am , 28. 06. 201 4) (1) On l y on e p erson l i ves b e-
(5) Non e of th ese In a bu i ldi n g h avi n g five floors tween W an d U
56. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g l ives above th e grou n d floor, E does n ot live (2) U lives on floor No.1
on th e t opm ost fl oor ? on th e t opm ost floor. A lives on t h e (3) V lives on th e top m ost floor
(1) T (2) P gr ou n d floor. Th er e are fou r floors b e-
(4) On ly two people live between
tween B an d A. Th e fl oor im m edi ately
(3) V (4) Q T an d S
below B’s floor i s vacan t. C l ives b e-
(5) W tween D an d E. D does n ot li ve on t h e (5) P l ives im m edi ately above W
57. On wh ich of th e followin g floors fl oor im m edi ately above A’s floor. 69. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives
does R l ive ? 63. Wh o lives im m ediately above A’s on fl oor No. 2 ?
(1) Fifth (2) First fl oor ? (1) T (2) S
(3) Seven th (4) Th ird (1) C (2) B
(3) V (4) R
(5) Ei th er th ird or fifth (3) E
(5) W
58. How m an y person s l ive between (4) Ei th er D or E
th e floors of T an d Q ? (5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed
between R an d U ?
(1) Five (2) Th r ee 64. Wh o li ves on t h e topm ost floor ?
(1) E (2) C (1) P (2) No–On e
(3) Two
(4) Ei th er t h ree or fou r (3) D (4) B (3) T (4) W
(5) Fou r (5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed (5) V
59. Wh o am on gst th e followin g li ve 65. Wh ich of th e followin g floors is Di r ect i on s (7 1 –7 5 ) : St u dy t h e
on th e fl oor im m ed iat ely above vacan t ? following information carefu lly an d an -
th e floor of W ? (1) Fou rth (2) Secon d swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
(1) U (2) R (3) Th ird (4) Fifth (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
(3) V (4) T (5) Can n ot b e deter m in ed Ex am , 3 0. 1 1. 20 14 )
(5) Non e of th ese Di r ect i on s (6 6 –7 0 ) : Stu d y t h e Ei gh t people – A, B C, D, E, F, G
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d an d H – live on separ ate fl oors of an 8
Di r ect i on s (6 0 -6 2 ) : Stu d y t h e
an swer th e qu estion s given below : – fl oor bu ildin g. Grou n d floor is n u m -
(SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e bered 1, fi rst fl oor is n u m ber ed 2 an d
Ex am , 2 9. 1 1. 20 14 )
(SBI Pr obat i on ar y Of f i cer so on u n til th e t op m ost fl oor is n u m -
Ei gh t peopl e P, Q, R, S, T, U, V
On l i n e Ex am , 21. 06. 201 4) bered 8. C l ives on Fl oor No. 3. On ly
an d W li ve on sep arat e floors of an 8–
Th ere ar e five statu es – L, M, N, fl oor bu ildi n g. Gr ou n d floor is n u m - one person lives between C and F. Only
O an d P – each of th em h avin g di ffer - b er ed –1 , fir st floor is n u m b er ed – 2 on e p erson lives b etween C an d G. E
en t h eigh t. Statu e L is sm al ler th an an d so on u n til th e t opm ost floor is lives im m edi ately above B. H lives im -
only statu e M. Statu e O is sm aller than n u m ber ed 8. m ediatel y ab ove F. H lives on an y of
stat u e N. St atu e O i s lon ger th an stat- l P lives on floor n u m bered five. th e floors bel ow D . On ly on e p erson
u e P. Th e h eigh t of t h e tal lest stat u e On ly two people li ve between P lives between D an d A. D lives above A.
is 20 feet. Th e h eigh t of th e secon d an d Q. Q lives above P. 71. Wh o l ives on th e floor im m ed i-
sm all est statu e is 11 feet. l V lives i m m ediatel y above S. T at ely bel ow D ?
60. Wh at will be th e h eigh t of st atu e li ves im m ed iately above R.
P? (1) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as
l On ly on e person li ves between
option s
(1) 13 feet (2) 15 feet T an d W.
(3) 9 feet (4) 12 feet (2) H (3) A
l T lives above W. U li ves on an
(5) 14 feet od d n u m b ered floor. (4) G (5) C
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
72. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e (2) More t h an th r ee 4. Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m -
wi th respect t o th e given i n for - (3) Two bered (A), (B), (C), (D) an d (E)
m ation ? (4) Th r ee (5) No on e m en ti on ed above wou ld con tr a-
(1) On l y on e p erson l i ves b e- 74. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g l ives dict the fact that imitation of prod-
tween E an d G between B an d G ? u ct s i s a su ccess fu l m a r k et
(2) A lives on a even n u m ber ed (1) No on e (2) C st rat egy ?
floor (1) A (2) C
(3) E (4) H
(3) A lives imm ediately below C (3) D (4) E
(5) D
(4) F lives on Floor n u m ber 5 (5) Both B an d E
75. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g l ives
(5) A lives imm ediately above H on Fl oor n u m ber 5 ? 5. ‘Compa nies must ad d such va l-
73. How m an y peopl e l ive between (1) G (2) A ues to their imitated products that
the floors on wh ich D and C live ?
(3) F (4) D not only distin guish their imita-
(1) On e tion but also add to customer sat-
(5) H
isfaction.’
RBI GRADE–B/NABARD Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m -
bered (A), (B), (C), (D) an d (E)
GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS m en t i on ed ab ove p r oves t h e
1. If it is possib le to m ak e a th r ee (C) No on e r em em bers th e in n ova- above st atem en t m ost approp ri-
di git n u m ber, wh ich i s a per fect t or s aft er som e t i m e b ecau se at ely ?
squ are of a two digit n u m ber from th ey did n ot tu rn th eir i dea in to (1) A
th e secon d, th ird, an d fift h d igi ts su ccess. On th e ot h er h an d t h e (2) Both A an d B
of th e n u m ber 3 850 692 , th e t wo
im itators di d wh at th ey h ad to (3) Both A an d E
di git n u m ber is you r an swer. If it
is n ot possi ble to m ak e su ch a ju st at th e righ t tim e. (4) Both A an d C
n u m ber, you r an swer i s (5 ), i.e., (D) Wh il e San fy in ven ted port ab le (5) Both B an d D
Non e of t h ese. MP3 players, it was Apple wh ich Di r ect i on s (6 –1 1 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
(1) 26 (2) 24 en abled MP3 players to play vid- lowing information carefu lly and answer
(3) 27 (4 )24 an d 26 both eos an d gam es at a fairly rea- th e qu estion s given below :
(5) Non e of th ese son able price, th u s captu rin g th e (RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er m ark et. Ex am . 21. 11.20 15)
Ex am . 200 8) (E) ‘Imovation’is a lot less risk y bu si- Seven people n am ely M, N, O, P,
Di r ec t i on s (2 –5 ) : Read th e fol- n ess ven tu r e. An i m it ator i s al- Q, R an d S lik e seven differen t gen res
lowin g in form ation and five statements ready equ ipp ed wit h t h e an al y- of m u sic n am ely Classical, Hip-h op,
gi ven below it car efu lly an d an swer si s of h ow m ark et received t h e
th e qu est ion s wh ich follow. Pop, J azz, Opera, Rock an d Electron -
in novation . ics bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer ’s
Ex am . 1 8. 1 2. 20 11 ) 2. Blind imita tion of a product can order. Each person also work s in th e
St eve J obs h i m self said it : “It ’s never be successful and sustain- sam e office bu t at a differen t position
sm art to tak e an ex istin g idea an d en - able. on th e basis of seniority n am ely Train -
h an ce it beau tifu lly.” App le d id it an d Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m - ee (TE), Assistan t Man ager (AM), Man -
so di d som e of th e m ost su ccessfu l bered (A), (B), (C), (D) an d (E) ager (MG), Sen ior Man ager (SM), Ch ief
br an d s worl dwi de. To be su ccessfu l, m en t i on ed ab ove p r oves t h e Man ager (CM), Execu tive Director (ED)
it is n ot essen ti al to in n ovate every above st atem en t m ost approp rian d Director (DR) bu t n ot n ecessarily
tim e. Old stu ff in n ew pack agin g helps at ely ? in th e sam e order. (Please Note: Th e
as wel l an d i s oft en r efer r ed t o as position s h ave been given in in creas-
‘im ovation ’wh i ch i s a com bi n ati on of (1) D (2) B
in g order of sen iority with TE bein g
inn ovation an d imitation . (3) C (4) E
th e ju nior m ost position wh ilst DR be-
(A) As an inn ovation is a stan dalon e (5) Both A an d C in g th e sen ior m ost position .)
pr odu ct i n t h e m ark et, it reaps 3. Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m - On ly on e person is sen ior th an O.
in all th e profit till the ‘imovators’ bered (A), (B), (C), (D) an d (E) Th e on e wh o is sen ior th an O lik es Hip-
im itate i t, ‘Im ovation ’, h owever, m en ti on ed above represen ts an
i s n ot p r ofi t ab l e as t h er e ar e Hop. On ly two people are ju n ior th an
adv an t age of i m itatin g an ex ist- R. M is ju n ior th an R an d lik es Elec-
m an y im i tat ed p rod u ct s i n t h e
m ark et at t h e sam e ti m e, al l r e- in g p rod u ct ? tron ica. M is n ot th e ju n ior m ost. Q is
du cin g each ot h er ’s profit s. (1) B ju n ior th an th e CM bu t sen ior th an th e
(B) Br an d X d u pl icat ed Br an d Y’s (2) Both B an d D on e wh o lik es J azz. Th e on e wh o lik es
m obil e ph on es with ex actl y t h e (3) E is n ot th e sen ior m ost. S lik es Classi-
sam e featu res an d sam e p ri ce cal. Th e on e wh o lik es Pop is sen ior
(4) Both C an d B
ran ge bu t failed to m ak e an i m - th an Q bu t n ot th e ED. P does n ot lik e
pact in th e m ark et. (5) Both A an d D
Pop.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
6. As per th e given arran gem en t, R im m ediately below th e on e wh o plays 16. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
is related to Opera an d Q is re- Roadrash . in a certain way an d so form a
lated to classical in a certain way. On l y two people live between E grou p. Wh ich on e of th e follow-
To wh ich of th e followin g is P re- an d th e one who plays Tek k en3. C lives ing does n ot belon g to th e grou p?
lated to in th e sam e way? im m ediately above th e on e wh o plays (1) A–Contra
(1) Pop (2) Jazz Tek k en 3. Th e on e wh o plays San (2) H–Castlevania
(3) Rock (4) Electron ica An dreas lives on an even n u m bered
(5) Hip-hop (3) F–Tek k en 3
floor below C.
7. Wh o am ongst th e following work s On ly two people live between th e (4) B–Dragon Qu est
as a MG? on e wh o plays San An dreas an d th e (5) C–Roadrash
(1) R (2) Q on e wh o plays Dragon Qu est. Th e on e Di r ect i on s (1 7 –2 1 ) : St u dy th e
(3) S (4) P wh o plays Metal Gear lives im mediate- following information carefu lly an d an -
(5) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as ly below B. B n eith er lives on th e top- swer th e qu estion s given below :
options m ost floor n or plays Roadrash . (RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I
8. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- F lives on odd n u m bered floor bu t Ex am . 21. 11.20 15)
resen ts th e people wh o h ave less n ot th e lower m ost floor. On ly two peo- Seven fligh ts are bou n d to fly to
experien ce th an P an d m ore ex- ple live between F an d th e on e wh o d i fferen t ci t i es vi z. D u b ai , Syd n ey,
perien ce th an Q? plays Residen t Evil. Lon d on , Par i s, Zu r i ch M ad r i d an d
(1) M, S (2) R, O On ly on e person lives between D Rom e from Mon day to Su n day of th e
(3) N, P (4) M, O an d th e on e wh o plays Con tra. H lives sam e week . Each fligh t departs at a
(5) N, 0 im m ediately below th e on e wh o plays differen t tim e viz. 4 pm , 5 pm , 6 pm ,
9. Wh o am ongst th e following work s Castlevania. 7 pm , 8 pm , 9 pm an d 10 pm in th e
as a TE? 12. Wh ich of t h e fol l owi n g gam es n igh t on th eir respective days. Non e
(1) P (2) N does D play? of th e in form ation given is n ecessarily
(3) R (4) S (1) San An dreas in th e sam e order.
(5) O
(2) Roadrash (3) Tek k en 3 Th e fl i gh t t o D u b ai d ep art s on
10. Wh ich com bi n at ion represen ts
(4) Metal Gear Wedn esday bu t n eith er at 5 n or at 8
the position at which N work s and
(5) Castlevan ia pm .
th e m u sic gen res th at h e lik es?
(1) CM-Rock (2) CM-Pop 13. How m an y people live between Th ere is on ly one day between th e
(3) SM-Classical (4) MG-Opera G an d t h e on e w h o p l a y s fligh t to Du bai an d th e fligh t wh ich
(5) MG-J azz Tek k en 3? departs at 10 pm .
11. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g m u si c (1) On e (2) None Th ere are on ly th ree days between
gen res does R lik e? (3) Two (4) Fou r th e fligh ts wh ich departs at 5 pm an d
(1) Electron ica (5) Five th e fligh t to Rom e.
(2) Pop (3) Rock 14. Which of th e following statemen ts Th e fligh t wh ich departs at 5 pm
(4) Hip-Hop (5) Jazz is TRUE with respect to th e giv- departs before th e Rom e bou n d fligh t.
Di r ect i on s (1 2 – 1 6 ) : Stu dy th e en inform ation ? Th e fligh t wh ich departs on Mon -
following information carefu lly an d an - (1) G plays Residen t Evil day n eith er departs at 5 pm n or does
swer th e qu estion s given below : if fly to Sydn ey.
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I
(2) C lives im mediately below th e
on e wh o plays Con tra Th e fligh t wh ich departs on Sat-
Ex am . 21. 11.20 15)
(3) All t h e gi ve st at em en t s ar e u rday leaves at a tim e before th e fligh t
Eigh t people A, B, C, D, E, F, G wh ich departs on Tu esday (i.e. if th e
tru e
an d H, live on eigh t differen t floors of Tu esday fligh t departs at 7 pm th en
bu i ldin g (b u t n ot n ecessarily in th e (4) B lives im m ediately above E.
th e fligh t on Satu rday departs at 6, 5
sam e order.) (5) On ly fou r people live between
or 4 pm .)
Th e lowerm ost floor of th e bu ild- F an d th e on e wh o play road-
in g is n u m bered on e, th e on e above rash . Th e fligh t to Lon don departs on
th at is n u m bered two, an d so on till th e day im m ediately before th e day on
15. Wh o am on gst th e followin g live
th e topm ost floor is n u m bered eigh t. wh ich th e 8 pm fligh t departs.
exactly between A an d th e on e
Each on e of th em pl ays a d iffer en t Th e fligh ts to Paris departs at 7
wh o plays Dragon Qu est?
gam e namely- San An dreas, Roadrash , pm .
Con t r a, Cast l evan i a, Resi d en t Evi l , (1) D, t h e on e wh o p lays Resi-
den t Evil Th ere is a differen ce of 2 h ou rs
Tek k en 3 , D r agon Qu est an d M et al
(2) D,B between th e Zu rich bou n d fligh t an d
Gear (bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e
order). th e Lon don bou n d fligh t (i.e. if a Lon -
(3) E,H
G lives on an even n u m bered floor don bou n d fligh t departs at 4 pm th en
(4) E, The one how plays Tek ken 3
above th e floor n u m bered two. On ly th e Zu rich bou n d fligh t departs at ei-
(5) F, Th e on e wh o plays Road- th er 2 pm or 6 pm on its respective
th ree people live between th e G an d
th e on e wh o plays Roadrash . E lives rash day).
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
17. Wh ich fligh t departs on th e day Di r ect i on s (2 3 -2 7 ) : St u dy t h e The lower most floor of the bu ilding
i m m ed i at el y aft er t h e d ay on followin g i n form ation carefu ll y t o an - is nu m bered one, th e one above that is
wh ich th e Paris bou n d fligh t de- swer t h e qu estion s given b elow : nu mbered two an d so on u n til the top-
parts? (RBI Of f i cer Gr ad e ‘B’ Ph ase-I most floor is nu mbered eigh t.
(1) Th e fligh t wh ich departs at 7 Ex am , 0 3. 0 8. 20 14 ) J lives on floor nu mbered six. On ly
pm . A bu ildin g h as seven floors n u m - on e person lives between J and L. O
(2) Th e fligh t wh ich departs on bered on e to seven , in su ch a way th at lives on the floor immediately below L.
Thu rsday. th e grou n d floor is n u m bered on e, th e On ly one person lives between O and P.
(3) Non e as t h e Par i s b ou n d fl oor ab ove it, n u m ber t wo an d so on O lives above P. K lives on an even n u m-
fligh t departs on Su n day su ch th at t h e topm ost fl oor is n u m - bered floor bu t not on th e floor nu m-
(4) Th e fligh t wh ich departs at 5 bered seven . On e of t h e seven peo- bered two. Only two person s live be-
pm pl e, viz, A, B , C, D, E, F an d G lives tween K and Q. Q does not live on the
(5) Th e Zu rich bou n d fligh t on each floor. A l ives on fou rt h floor. lower most floor. N lives on one of the
18. At wh at tim e d oes th e Sydn ey C lives on th e floor im m ediately below floors above Q.
bou n d fligh t departs B’s floor. Two people li ve bet ween t h e 28. Which of the following statements
(1) 9 pm (2) 10 pm fl oor s of D an d G. On e p eop le lives is tru e abou t M ?
(3) 6 pm (4) 5 pm between th e fl oors of G an d A. Fou r (1) K lives im mediately above M
(5) 4 pm p eop l e l ive b et ween t h e floors of C (2) All th e given statemen ts are
19. Wh ich fligh t depar ts ex act ly 1 an d F. tru e.
h ou r aft er t h e Syd n ey b ou n d 23. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives (3) Only two people live between
fligh t on its sch edu led day? on th e topm ost floor? M an d Q.
(1) Th e fligh t wh ich departs on (1) F (2) B (4) M lives on th e lowermost floor
Friday (3) G (4) D (5) M lives on an odd nu mbered
(2) Th e fligh t wh ich departs on (5) E
Th u rsday floor.
24. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives 29. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives
(3) Th e fligh t wh ich departs at
im m ed iat ely ab ove D’s floor? on th e floor n u m ber seven ?
10 pm
(1) G (2) E (1) P
(4) Th e Lon don bou n d fligh t
(3) F (4) A (2) Can n ot be determ in ed
(5) Th e Rom e bou n d fligh t
(5) C (3) O
20. Th e Du bai bou n d fligh t reach es
Du bai in 4 h ou rs after its start. 25. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g fi ve ar e (4) M
If t h e fl igh t st op s over at New al ik e in a cer tain way an d h en ce (5) N
Delhi at exactly half the total time, form a gr ou p . Wh ich on e of t h e
30. Fou r of t h e fol l owi n g five ar e
at wh at tim e wou ld th e fligh t ar - foll owi n g do est n o t b el on g t o
alik e in a certain way based on
rive in New Delh i? th at grou p?
th e given arran gem en t an d th u s
(1) 8 pm (2) 11 pm (1) B (2) D form a grou p. Wh ich of th e fol-
(3) 7 pm (4) 6 pm (3) G (4) E lowin g does n ot belon g to th at
(5) 12 midnigh t (5) F grou p ?
21. Wh ich of t h e fol l owi n g fl i gh t s 26. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives (1) PL (2) MQ
departs at 10 pm ? on th ird n u m ber ed floor? (3) OM (4) LN
(1) Th e fligh t wh ich departs on (1) E (2) F (5) QK
Friday
(3) G (4) C 31. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives
(2) Th e Zu rich bou n d fligh t
(5) D on th e floor n u m bered th ree ?
(3) Th e fligh t wh ich departs on
Friday 27. Wh o am on g t h e foll owi n g lives (1) O (2) P
ex actl y b etween th e fl oors of E (3) N (4) L
(4) Th e Paris bou n d fligh t
an d F? (5) Q
(5) Th e fligh t depen din g on th e
day im m ediately before th e (1) C (2) A 32. Wh o l ives exact ly between th e
Sydn ey bou n d fligh t (3) D (4) G floors on wh ich J an d L live ?
22. If ‘2’is added to each odd digit and (5) Non e of th ese (1) P (2) Q
‘1’ is su btracted from each even Di r ect i on s (2 8 – 3 3 ) : Stu dy th e (3) N (4) O
digi t in th e n u m b er 7243 651, following information carefu lly an d an -
which of the following numbers will (5) M
appear twice in the new nu mber 33. If P and L in terch ange their plac-
thu s formed? es, wh o will live between P an d
On l i n e Ex am . 01.03.2015)
(1) Both 5 & 3 (2) Both 3 & 7 M ?
(3) On ly 1 (4) On ly 9 Eight friends – J , K, L, M, N, O, P (1) J (2) No on e
(5) None and Q – live on eigh t differen t floors of a
(2) L (4) O
(Nabar d Of f i cer Gr ade ‘A’ bu ilding bu t not necessarily in the same
order. (5) Q
On l i n e Ex am . 01.03.2015)
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
(1) 42 (2) 56 C. Have secu red 60 % m ark s i n t h e
INSURANCE EXAMS (3) 70 (4) 84 Gr ou p Discu ssion .
(Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e Co. D . Have secu red 70 % m ark s i n t h e
Di r ect i on s (1 -5 ) : Th ese qu estion s AAO Ex am . 2 1. 04. 200 2 ) in terview.
are b ased on t h e followin g statem en t :
8. Six boys A, B , C, D , E an d F E . H ave good r ecor d of h is wor k
pl ay a gam e of car ds. Each on e perform an ce.
AAO Ex am . 2 1. 04. 200 2 )
h as a pack of 1 0 card s. F bor - F. Have good com m u n icati on sk i ll
A cu be of si de 1 0 cm is colou red rows 2 card s fr om A an d gives
red with a 2 cm wide green strip alon g an d gets alon g wel l with h is col-
away 5 to C wh o in h is tu rn gives
all th e sides on all t h e faces. Th e cu be leagu es.
3 to B wh ile B gives 6 to D wh o
is cu t i n to 12 5 sm all er cu b es of equ al p asses on 1 t o E. Wh i ch t wo G. Not b e m ore th an 4 0 year s an d
size. among th ese h ave an equ al n u m - l es s t h a n 3 0 y ea r s a s o n
Now an swer th e followin g qu estions ber of cards n ow? 1 1.03 .2 00 7
based on th e ab ove st atem en t : (1 ) C, E (2 ) A, B H . Have good academ ic record, with
1. H ow m an y cu b es h ave t h r ee (3 ) A, F (4 ) B, F an average of atleast 65% m ark s.
gr een faces each ? (Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e Co. However, in th e case of a can d i-
(1) 0 (2) 4 AAO Ex am . 2 1. 04. 200 2 ) date wh o –
(3) 6 (4) 8 9. I f A + B = 1 5 , B + C = 1 7 , I . Sati sfies all oth er con d ition s ex-
2. How m an y cu bes h ave on e face 2A > B + C an d A + D = 2C, th en cept (D) above bu t h as secu r ed
red an d an adjacen t face green ? (1 ) A > B > C > D 75 % m ark s i n th e writ ten test
(1) 0 (2) 4 (2 ) C > D > A > B an d 6 5% m ark s in th e Gr ou p
(3) 6 (4) 8 (3 ) D > C > A > B Di scu ssion , th e case is t o b e r e-
3. How m an y cu bes h ave at least (4 ) B > C > D > A ferr ed to th e Gen eral Man ager
on e face col ou red? (Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e Co. (Person n el)-GM (P) for t h e deci-
(1) 25 (2) 50 AAO Ex am . 2 1. 04. 200 2 ) sion .
(3) 98 (4 ) 1 25 Di r ect i on s (1 0 -1 4 ) : In each of th e J . Sat isfies all oth er criter ia except
4. How m an y cu bes are with ou t an y followin g series t wo ter m s h ave been (H) above bu t h as secu red an av-
colou r? pu t with in brack ets. Mark in you r an - er age of m ore t h an 60 % m ark s,
swer sh eet. th e case is to be referred t o t h e
(1) 0 (2) 1
(Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e Co. Man agin g Di rect or (MD ) of t h e
(3) 8 (4) 27 (AAO) Ex am . 1 1.0 3. 200 7 ) organ isation .
5. How m an y cu bes h ave at least (1) if bot h t h e brack et ed term s are
two gr een faces each ? Now r ead th e in for m at ion pr o-
righ t; vi ded in th e case of each can d idate in
(1) 8 (2) 44 (2) i f t h e fi r st b r ack et ed t er m i s each of th e qu estion s given below an d
(3) 63 (4) 71 ri gh t an d secon d i s wron g; decide on th e basis of t h e in form at ion
6. In a pile of readin g m aterial th ere (3) i f t h e fi r st b r ack et ed t er m i s provi ded an d b ased on th e above con -
are n ovels, story-book s, dram as wr on g an d th e secon d is r igh t; di tion s, wh i ch of th e cou rses of ac-
an d com i cs. Every n ovel h as a and
ti on you wou ld su ggest. Th ese cases
d ram a n ex t t o i t , ever y st ory- (4) if bot h t h e brack et ed term s are ar e given as on 11 .3.2007 (Rem em -
book h as a com ic n ext to i t an d wron g.
th ere is n o st ory-book n ext to a ber you are n ot to assu m e an yth i n g
10. 0, 3, 30, (6 5), 105 , (170), 2 52 wh ich is n ot provided in the qu estion ).
n ovel . If th ere be a n ovel at t h e
11. 6, (1 3), 22, (3 3), 46 , 61 , 7 8, 97
top an d t h e n u m ber of book s be 15. 3 4 year s ol d Ram esh h as se-
12. 2, (5 ), 14, 23 , (34), 4 7, 62 cu red 76% m ark s in th e wr itt en
40 , t h e order of t h e book s i n t h e
pi le is 13. 0, 3, 8, (2 8), 40 , (65), 1 28 test for pr om ot ion , 6 6% m ar k s
(1 ) n d s c (2 ) d n c s 14. 1, (3 ), 8 , 1 6, 28, 46, (6 8) in Gr ou p Discu ssion an d 6 7%
(3 ) c s d n (4 ) n s c d Di r ect i on s (1 5 -2 2 ) : Read th e fol- m ark s in th e in ter view. H e h as
lowin g i n for m at ion carefu lly an d an - good acad em i c recor d wit h an
swer th e qu estion s th at follow. Follow- aver age of 6 8 % m ar k s, good
AAO Ex am . 2 1. 04. 200 2 )
in g are th e con dit ion s for p rom oti on com m u n i cati on sk i ll an d get s
7. Th ere is a bu ildin g with 18 floors fr om J u n i or Officer ’s Cad re to Sen i or
exclu din g the grou nd floor n u m - al on g wel l with h is colleagu es.
Officer’s Cadre in an or gan i sat ion :
bered as G, 1, 2, ..., 18 . In or - Hi s work p er form an ce i s good
der to reach th e 3 rd fl oor on e an d h e h as com pleted 6 years
(AAO) Ex am . 1 1.0 3. 200 7 )
h as t o cl i m b 4 2 st ep s. If t h e in th e organ isation .
Th e can d idate m u st–
n u m b er of st ep s b etween an y (1) Pr om ote
A. Have com p let ed atl east 5 years
t wo fl oor s b e t h e sam e, h ow (2 ) Refer to MD
in th e organ isation .
m an y step s i n al l will on e h ave
B . Have secu red 65 % m ark s i n t h e (3 ) Refer t o GM (P)
to clim b i n ord er to reach t h e
9t h floor from th e 5t h floor? wr itt en t est for p rom otion . (4) Data in adequ ate
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
16. 34 years old Madh u h as secu red (1 ) Do n ot p rom ote lau n ch ed is consisten t with th e follow-
60 % m ark s i n th e writ ten test (2 ) Refer t o GM (P) in g condition s :
for prom otion , 72% m ark s in in - (3 ) Refer to MD (Gen er al I n su r an ce Cor p or at i on
t er v i ew a n d 6 9 % m a r k s i n AAO Ex am . 1 1. 12. 201 1 )
Grou p Discu ssion . Sh e h as good V is lau n ch ed before both Y an d Q
com m u n i cati on sk i ll an d get s 20. 38 years old Mah m u d h as se-
cu red 65% m ark s in th e wr itt en Q gets l au n ch ed after Z
al on g wel l with h er colleagu es.
test for pr om ot ion , 7 3% m ar k s T gets lau n ch ed b efore V bu t af-
Her r ecor d of work perfor m an ce
in in ter view an d 6 2% m ar k s in ter R
is good an d sh e h as com p let ed
6½ years in th e or gan isation . Gr ou p Di scu ssion . He h as good S gets l au n ch ed after V
record of h i s work per form an ce, R gets lau n ch ed before W
(1 ) Refer to MD
good com m u n icat ion sk ill s an d 23. Wh ich on e of th e followin g cou ld
(2 ) Do n ot p rom ote get s al on g wel l wi t h h i s col - be tr u e ?
(3) Pr om ote leagu es. He h as good academ ic (1) Y i s th e secon d p rodu ct to be
(4) Data in adequ ate recor d with an average of 6 1% lau nched
17. 3 1 y ear s ol d J ai r am secu r ed m ar k s an d h as com p l et ed 7
(2) R is th e th ird pr odu ct to be
67 % m ark s in wri tt en t est for years in th e organ isation .
lau nched
prom oti on , 72% m ark s in In t er - (1 ) Refer t o GM (P)
(3) Q is th e fou rth pr odu ct to be
vi ew an d 62% m ark s in Grou p (2 ) Refer to MD lau nched
D iscu ssi on . He h as good aca- (3) Pr om ote (4) S is th e fi fth pr odu ct to be
dem ic record wit h an average of (4 ) Do n ot p rom ote lau nched
67% m ark s an d good com m u n i-
21. 32 years old J ayan t h as a good 24. If Z is t h e seven t h p rodu ct to be
cation sk ill. He h as com pl eted 9 academ ic record wi th an aver - lau n ch ed, t h en wh ich on e of th e
years in the organisation. He gets age of 6 6% m ar k s. He h as se- followin g cou ld be tru e?
easily ann oyed an d irritated with cu r ed 6 7% m ark s in Grou p Di s- (1) W is th e fi fth pr odu ct to be
h i s coll eagu es an d h i s r ecord of cu ssion , 75% m ark s in in terview lau nched
work p erform an ce si n ce th e last an d 6 0% m ar k s i n writ ten test
two year s i s ju st average. (2) T is th e fou rth pr odu ct to be
for prom otion . He h as good com - lau nched
(1) Pr om ote m u n ication sk ill an d gets alon g
(3) R is th e secon d p rodu ct to
(2 )Refer to GM (P) well wit h h is coll eagu es. H e h as
be lau n ch ed
(3 ) Refer to MD good r ecord of h is wor k per for -
(4) V i s t h e 6 t h pr odu ct to b e
(4 ) Do n ot p rom ote m an ce an d h as com p l et ed 7
lau nched
years in th e organ isation .
18. 33 years ol d Ravi h as secu r ed 25. If Q i s t h e 5 th p r od u ct t o b e
63% mark s in Grou p Discu ssion, (1 ) Do n ot p rom ote
lau n ch ed th en each of th e fol-
7 1 % m ar k s i n I n t er vi ew an d (2 ) Refer to MD lowin g cou l d be tr u e except :
66 % m ark s in wri tt en t est for (3 ) Refer t o GM (P) (1) Z is th e fi rst pr odu ct to be
pr om oti on . Sh e h as good aca- (4) Data in adequ ate lau nched
dem ic record wit h an average of 22. 39 years old Su resh h as secu red (2) T is th e 2 n d produ ct to be
68 % m ark s an d h as good com - 66% m ark s in written prom otion lau nched
m u n i cation sk ill . Sh e gets alon g test an d h as a good acad em ic (3) V i s th e 3 rd p rod u ct to b e
well wit h h er colleagu es an d h as recor d with an average of 6 2% lau nched
good r ecord of h er wor k per for - m ar k s. H e h as secu r ed 6 5 %
(4) W is th e 4t h pr odu ct to be
m an ce. Sh e h as com p l et ed 6 m ar k s in Grou p Discu ssion an d lau nched
years in th e organ isation . 72 % m ark s in in ter view. H e h as
26. If S is t h e fift h p r od u ct t o b e
(1 ) Refer t o GM (P) good r ecord of h is wor k per for -
lau n ch ed, wh ich of th e follow-
(2 ) Do n ot Prom ote m an ce, gets well al on g wit h h is
in g is correct?
colleagu es an d has good comm u -
(3) Pr om ote (1) Q is th e secon d pr odu ct to
n ication sk ill. He h as com pl eted
(4) Data in adequ ate 6 years in th e or gan isation . be lau n ch ed
19. Di n esh h as secu red 7 0% m ar k s (1 ) Do n ot p rom ote (2) V is th e seven t h p rodu ct to
i n wr i t ten t est for p rom ot i on , be lau n ch ed
(2 ) Refer to MD
69% m ark s in Grou p Discu ssion (3) T is th e si xth pr odu ct to be
(3 ) Refer t o GM (P)
an d 72% m ark s in th e in terview. lau nched
He h as a good acad em i c r ecord (4) Pr om ote (4) Non e of th ese
wi th an average of 67 % m ark s. Di r ec t i o n s (2 3 -2 6 ) : A com pan y Di r ect i on s (2 7 -2 9 ) : Refer to th e
He h as good record of work per - lau n ch es eigh t produ cts– Q, R, S, T, followin g table. Given b elow ar e t h e
for m an ce an d get s al on g wel l U, V, W, Y, an d Z in on e of th e fou r wi n l oss h istor ies of fou r ten n is play-
with h is colleagu es. He h as good m etr os of In d ia. Th e pr od u ct s were er s i n t h ree set m atch es an d n u m b er
com m u n i cat i on sk i l l an d h as lau n ch ed on e after th e ot h er over t h e of m at ch es p layed.
c o m p l et ed 7 y ea r s i n t h e period of 6 m on th s in 20 06. Th e or -
(Gen er al I n su r an ce Cor p or at i on
organ isation . d er i n w h i c h t h e p r od u c t s w er e
AAO Ex am . 1 1. 12. 201 1 )
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
32. A bu s started from bu s st op P, 38. ‘A’wen t on tou r on 15th Au gu st,
P Q R S
d evelop ed en gin e t r ou b le an d wh ich was t h e t h ir d Su n d ay of
Won 2 -0 23 18 10 16 reach ed bu s stop Q, 40 m in u tes t h e m on t h an d cam e b ack on
Won 2 -1 13 16 13 14 l at e. Wh at i s t h e di st an ce be- 3 0t h Sep tem ber. So on wh ich
Lost 0 -2 8 13 16 13 tween th e b u s stop s P an d Q ? day of th e m on th did h e retu rn ?
Lost 1 -2 6 8 20 17 I . Th e en gine trou ble developed (1) Fou rth Su nday
27. I f a wi n car r i es an awar d of after tr avelli n g 40 k m s fr om (2) Fou rth Tu esday
Rs.15 00 an d a l oss of Rs.10 00 bu s stop P an d th e speed r e- (3) Fift h Th u r sday
wh ich is th e lar gest d iffer en ce 1 (4) Th ird Satu rday
in prize m on ey earn ed am on g th e du ced to th of t h e origi n al (Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y
4
fou r ? Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 )
sp eed .
(1) Rs. 70 00 (2) Rs. 1 40 00 39. If Th u rsday was th e d ay after
II . Th e en gine trou ble developed t h e d ay b efor e Yest er d ay fi ve
(3) Rs. 50 00 (4) Rs. 90 00
after tr avelli n g 40 k m s fr om days ago, wh at is th e least n u m -
28. As in th e case above, wh at is th e
bu s stop P in 2 h ou r s an d b er of days ago wh en Su n day
lowest average pri ze m on ey won
per m atch b y an y player ? 1 was t h ree days b efore th e d ay
t h e speed redu ced t o th after tom or row ?
(1) Rs. 11 35 (2) Rs. 13 00 4
(3) Rs. 11 95 (4) Rs. 11 50 (1) Two (2) Th r ee
of th e origin al speed.
29. As in th e case above, wh at is th e (3) Fou r (4) Five
33. Wh at is th e valu e of p rim e n u m -
h i gh est aver age p r i ze m on ey (Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y
ber x ? Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 )
won p er m at ch b y an y player ? I . x + y i s a two di git n u m ber > 40. Wh ich of th e followin g ex pres-
(1) Rs. 14 95 (2) Rs. 13 60 50 . si on s will n o t be t r u e i f th e ex-
(3) Rs. 14 60 (4) Rs. 14 10 II . y i s a two di git n u m ber. pr ession U< V < W < X < Y = Z
Di r ec t i o n s (3 0 -3 7 ) : 34. Wh at is t h e Tim e d ifferen ce in > A = B > C i s d efi n it ely tru e?
(Gen er al I n su r an ce Cor p or at i on Nairobi an d Mu m bai ? (1) Z > C (2) U < Y
AAO Ex am . 1 1. 12. 201 1 ) I . Th e d epartu re tim e at Nair o- (3) Y > V (4) Z < U
Fol l o w t h e gi v en I n st r u ct i on s : bi i s exactly 6 P.M. l ocal t im e (5 ) B < Y
Each Item h as a qu estion followed an d th e arrival tim e in M u m - (Un i t ed I n di a I n sur an ce AO
by two st atem en t s. b ai i s n ext d ay 3 AM local Ex am . 2 6. 0 5. 20 13 )
M ar k (1 ) if th e qu estion can be time. Di r ect i on s (4 1 –4 5 ) : Stu d y t h e
an swered by statem en t I alon e. II . Fl igh t t im e is si x h ou r s. following information carefu lly an d an -
M ar k (2 ) i f t h e qu estion can be 35. Su j ata i s t h e el d est d au gh t er. swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below :
an swered wi th th e h el p of II alon e. Wh at is t h e cu r ren t age of h er (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
M ar k (3 ) i f t h e qu estion can be fath er ? (AO) Ex am , 10. 01. 201 5)
an swered with th e h el p of b ot h t h e I . Cu rren t age of Su j ata is 25 Ei gh t peopl e J , K, L, M, N, O, P
st atem en ts bu t n ot wi th th e h elp of years an d cu rr en t age of h eran d Q li ve on sep arat e floors of an 8–
ei th er st atem en t it sel f. fl oor bu ildi n g. Gr ou n d floor is n u m -
si ster San geet a i s 2 0 year s.
M ar k (4 ) i f t h e qu estion can n ot II . San geet a’s cu r r en t age i s bered 1, fi rst fl oor is n u m ber ed 2 an d
be an swer ed wit h th e h elp of bot h t h e so on u n t il th e top m ost floor is n u m -
1 bered 8.
statem en ts. rd of fath er’s age five years
3 L lives on floor n u m ber 5. On ly
30. Th e average of t h ree qu otation s
for a parti cu l ar i tem is Rs.12 0. b efor e. on e p erson l ives b etween L an d O.
Is th e high est qu otation less than 36. Al k a h as t wo si st er s an d on e Q lives on an odd n u mbered floor.
or equ al to Rs. 13 9? br oth er. How m an y sisters does On ly one person lives between Q and J.
I . Th e l ow est qu ot at i on i s of San dh ya h ave ? On ly th r ee people live b etween P
Rs.9 0 . I . Alk a and Sandhya are Sisters. an d M . M lives below P. P does n ot
II . On e of th e qu ot ati on i s Rs. II . San dh ya h as on e broth er. li ve on th e top m ost floor.
12 5. K n eith er lives im m ediately above
37. Madh av li k es car X becau se i ts
31. How m any people, read both Eco- Q n or im m ed iately above O.
cost Rs. 5,0 0 ,0 0 0 i s ch eapest
n om ic Ti m es an d Fi n an cial Ex- in C segm en t an d Ragh av lik es 41. How m an y peopl e l ive between
p ress? c a r Y b ec a u s e i t s c o s t th e floors on which P an d J live ?
I . Ou t of 300 r eaders, 2 00 r ead Rs.7,00,000 is h igh est i n C seg- (1) Th r ee (2) Two
Fi n an cial Ex press, 220 read m en t. Wh i ch veh i cle wi ll b e se- (3) On e (4) None
Econ om ic Tim es an d 50 read lected by Kesh av ? (5) More t h an th r ee
In dian Ex press. I . Kesh av is look i n g for a car 42. On wh i ch of th e fol lowin g floor
II . Ou t of t otal 3 00 reader s 2 20 wh ich is average rep resen t a- n u m ber s d oes K l ive ?
r ead Econ om i c Tim es, 20 0 ti on of C segm en t. (1) 8 (2) 2
reads Fin an cial Ex press an d II . Kesh av’s bu d get i s ar ou n d (3) 4 (4) 3
50 read Nei th er.
Rs. 5,50,0 00 (5) 6
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
43. Wh ich of t h e fol lowi n g i s tr u e 48. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e- 54. If Wed n esday was th e ‘off’ day,
wi th resp ect to N as per th e gi v- m en ts is tru e wi th respect to T th e code wou ld b e 2–4. If Th u rs-
en in for m ation ? as per t h e given i n form ation ? day was t h e ‘off’ d ay, th e code
(1) T lives i m m ediatel y ab ove X wou ld be 3–3. Tak in g accou n t
(1) N lives im m edi ately above L.
(2 ) On ly th r ee p erson s live b e- th e ‘off’d ay, wh ich of th e foll ow-
(2) On ly five peopl e l ive bel ow in g code is corr ect ?
low T
N. (1) 2 – 4 (2 ) 3 – 3
(3 ) T lives on an odd n u m ber ed
(3) N lives on an odd n u m ber ed floor (3 ) 4 – 2
floor. (4 ) T li ves im m edi atl ey bel ow Z. (4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
(4) N lives on th e top m ost floor. (5 ) On ly th r ee p err on s lib e b e- (5 ) Non e of th ese
(5) On ly two people live between tween T an d U. Di rect i on s (5 5–5 9) : Stu dy the fol-
N an d K. 49. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g l ives lowing information carefu lly and answer
on th e fl oor im m ed iat ely bel ow th e qu estion s given below :
Z? (OI CL Speci al i st Of f i cer (Fi n an ce)
on fl oor n u m ber 1 ? Ex am . 03. 05.20 15)
(1) Z (2) V
(1) K (2) J Seven person s, n am ely A, B, C,
(3) S (4) Y
(3) M (4) Q D, E, F an d G will be participatin g in
(5) T
(5) P seven di fferen t acti vi ti es for an n u al
50. Wh o am on gst th e fol lowin g l ives
college festival n am ely, Bak in g, Dan c-
45. Wh o l ives on th e floor im m ed i- on th e floor n u m ber 5 ?
in g, Sin ging, Pain tin g, Actin g, Ru n ning
at ely bel ow O ? (1) V (2) S an d Mi m i n g (n ot n ecessar il y in t h e
(1) P (2) Q (3) X (4) U sam e order), from Mon day to Su n day
(3) J (4) K (5) W of th e sam e week ).
(5) N Di r ec t i o n s (5 1 -5 4 ) : Stu d y t h e F will participate on Wedn esday.
following information carefu lly an d an - On ly on e person will participate be-
Di r ec t i o n s (4 6 -5 0 ) : Stu d y t h e
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : tween F an d th e on e wh o will partici-
following information carefu lly an d an - (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er pate in Actin g. Th e on e participatin g
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : (AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 2.0 1. 201 5) in pain tin g will participate imm ediate-
(NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er Si x lectu res are sch ed u led in a ly before th e on e participatin g in Act-
(AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 1.0 1. 201 5) week star tin g from Mon day an d en d- in g. C will participate im m ediately be-
Ei gh t per son s - S, T, U, V, W, X, ing on Su n day of th e same week . Com - fore E. Neith er C n or E will participate
Y an d Z - li ve on sep arate floors of an pu ter Scien ce is n ot on Tu esd ay or in Actin g. On ly two person s will par -
ei gh t storeyed bu il din g. Grou n d floor Satu r day. Psych ology is im m edi ately ticipate between C an d th e on e wh o
is n u m bered 1, th e fl oor above it is after Organisation al Beh aviou r. Statis- will participate in Miming. The on e who
n u m bered 2 an d so on su ch th at t h e ti cs is n ot on Fr iday an d t h er e i s on e will participate in Bak in g will partici-
topm ost floor is n u m ber ed 8. day gap b etween Stat istics an d Re- pate after C (May or m ay n ot be im m e-
search M eth ods. On e d ay prior t o t h e diately after). B will participate im m e-
l T lives on floor n u m b er 6.
sch edu le of Econ om ics th ere is n o lec- diately after th e on e wh o will partici-
l W li ves on an even n u m b er ed tu re (as th at day is th e ‘off’ day an d pate in Ru n nin g. On ly two person s will
floor. Mon day i s n ot t h e ‘off’day). participate between G an d A. G will
l W lives im m ediatel y b elow t h e 51. Wh ich of th e foll owin g is th e last participate before A. B will n ot partic-
fl oor of X. lectu re sch edu led ? ipate in Sin gin g.
l On ly on e person li ves between (1) Statistics 55. Fou r of th e followin g five are alik e
S an d Z. (2) Research Meth ods in a certain way as per th e given
l S lives bel ow t h e floor of Z.
(3) Psych ology arr an gem en t an d h en ce for m a
(4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed grou p. Wh ich of th e following does
l U lives on t h e l ower m ost floor.
(5 ) Non e of th ese n ot belon g to th at grou p?
l S l ives im m ed iat el y b el ow th e
52. How m an y lectu r es wer e sch ed- (1) E – Satu rday
fl oor of T. u l ed b et ween Econ om i cs an d
l V does n ot l ive on th e topm ost Psych ology ? (2) G – Mon day
floor. (3) F – Tu esday
(1) On e
46. On wh i ch of th e fol lowin g floor (2 ) Two (4) A – Wedn esday
n u m ber s d oes V l ive ? (3 ) Th r ee (5) D – Th u rsday
(1) 2 (2) 3 (4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed 56. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep-
(3) 4 (4) 5 (5 ) Non e of th ese resen t th ose wh o will participate
53. Wh ich day i s Com pu ter Scien ce immediately before and immediate-
(5) 7
sch edu led ? ly after F?
47. How m an y person s l ive between (1) Monday
th e floors of T an d W ? (1) Oth er th an th ose given as op-
(2) Wed n esd ay
(1) Th r ee (2) Two tions
(3) Th u rsday
(2) A, C (3) B, D
(3 ) On e (4) Fou r (4 ) Can n ot b e d eter m in ed
(5 ) Non e (5 ) Non e of th ese (4) B, A (5) G, C
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
57. As per th e given arran gem en t, B 62. If all th e persons are made to live wh o lik es pin k . On ly two person s will
is related to pain tin g an d D is re- in alphabetical order from bottom atten d a weddin g between th e on e wh o
lated to Bak in g in a certain way. to top, the positions of how m an y lik es pin k an d th e on e wh o lik es yel-
To wh ich of th e followin g is A re- persons will remain u nchanged ? low. On ly th ree person s will atten d a
lated in th e sam e way? (1) More th an th ree wed din g bet ween th e on e wh o lik es
Pin k an d C. B will atten d a weddin g
(1) Ru nning (2) Dancing (2) None (3) On e im m edi ately after th e on e wh o lik es
(3) Oth er th an th ose given as op- (4) Two (5) Th r ee pin k . On l y on e person will atten d a
tions 63. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives weddin g between B an d A. D will at-
ten d a weddin g im m ediately before F.
(4) Acting (5) Miming im m ediately below E ?
On ly on e person will atten d a weddin g
58. On which of th e following days will (1) D (2) C between F an d the one wh o lik es green .
G participate? (3) G (4) I F lik es n eith er blu e n or oran ge. Th e
(5) H on e wh o lik es silver will atten d a wed-
(1) Monday (2) Satu rday
din g im m ediately before th e on e wh o
(3) Friday (4) Tu esday Di r ect i on s6 (6 4 –6 5 ) : Stu dy th e
lik es blu e.
(5) Th u rsday swer th e qu estion s given below : 66. On wh ich of th e followin g days
59. In wh ich of th e followin g activities (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer will G atten d a weddin g ?
will D participate? (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 05.03.2016) (1) Monday (2) Tu esday
(1) Oth er th an th ose given as op- Five person s n am ely, A, B, C, D (3) Satu rday (4) Th u rsday
an d E bu y differen t n u m ber of cook -
tions (5) Friday
ies. C bu ys m ore cook ies th an both B
(2) Painting (3) Singing an d E. D bu ys m ore cook ies th an B 67. Wh ich of th e followin g col ou rs
(4) Ru nning (5) Acting bu t less th an A an d E. A does n ot bu y does D lik e ?
th e m axim u m n u m ber of cook ies. E
Di r ect i on s6 (6 0 –6 3 ) : Stu dy th e does n ot bu y th e th ird h igh est n u m - (1) Silver (2) Blu e
following information carefu lly an d an - ber of cook ies. Th e on e wh o bu ys th e (3) Pink (4) Oran ge
swer th e qu estion s given below : m axim u m n u m ber of cook ies bu ys 20
(5) Red
cook ies.
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 05.03.2016) 68. Fou r of th e following five are alik e
64. Wh o am on gst th e followin g bu ys
Eigh t person s — B, C, D, E, F, G, in a certain way as per th e given
t h e secon d l ow est n u m b er of
arran gem en t an d h en ce form a
H an d I — live on eigh t differen t floors cook ies ? grou p. Wh i ch of t h e fol lowin g
of a bu ildin g bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e
(1) B (2) D does n ot belon g to th at grou p ?
sam e order. Th e lower m ost floor of th e
bu ild in g is n u m bered on e, th e floor (3) E (4) C (1) A–Pink (2) D–Blu e
above th at is n u m bered two an d so on (5) A
(3) C–Yellow (4) C–Silver
till the topmost floor is nu m bered eigh t. 65. If t h e d i ffer en ce b et w een t h e
D lives on the floor nu mbered 5. cook ies bou gh t by C an d A is 8, (5) E–Oran ge
Only two person s live between D an d th en wh ich of th e followin g m ay 69. As per th e given arran gem en t A
I. B lives imm ediately below I. Only fou r possibly represen t th e nu m ber of is related to Satu rday an d C is
person s live between B an d C. H lives cook ies bou gh t by E ? rel ated to Su n d ay i n a cert ain
immediately above C bu t not on the top- way. To wh ich of th e followin g is
(1) 12 (2) 8
m ost floor. F lives on an odd nu m bered
(3) 15 (4) 5 B related to in th e sam e way ?
floor. More th an two persons live be-
tween F and E. (5) 10 (1) Wednesday
60. Fou r of th e following five are alik e Di rect i on s (6 6–70) : Stu dy th e fol- (2) Tu esday (3) Friday
in a cer tai n way b ased on t h e lowing information carefu lly and answer (4) Monday (5) Th u rsday
ab ove ar ran gem en t an d h en ce th e qu estion s given below :
form a grou p. Wh ich on e of th em (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
resen t th ose wh o wi ll atten d a
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 05.03.2016)
does n ot belon g to th e grou p ? weddin g im m ediately before an d
Seven person s, n am ely, A, B, C,
(1) GF (2) EC D, E, F an d G lik e seven differen t co- im m ediately after E?
(3) ID (4) BC lou rs n am el y, Blu e, Green , Or an ge, (1) D, A (2) B, A
(5) HF Pin k , Silver, Red an d Yellow, bu t n ot (3) A, D (4) C, G
61. How m an y person s live between necessarily in the sam e order. They will
(5) G, A
also atten d a weddin g, n ot n ecessarily
I an d C ? Di rect i on s (7 1–74 ) : Stu dy the fol-
in t h e sam e ord er, from M on day to
(1) On e (2) Th r ee Su n day (of th e sam e week .) lowing information carefu lly and answer
E w i l l a t t en d a w ed d i n g o n th e qu estion s given below :
Wedn esday. On ly on e person will at- (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
(4) Two (5) None (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 06.03.2016)
ten d weddin g between E an d th e on e
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Eigh t person s J , K, L, M, N, O, P 75. If t h e d i ffer en ce b et w een t h e 78. Fou r of th e followin g five are lik e
an d Q live on eigh t differen t floors of a n u m ber of com petition s won by as per the given arran gement and
bu i ldin g, b u t n ot n ecessarily in th e B an d A is 16, th en wh ich of th e h en ce form a grou p. Which of th e
sam e order. Th e lower m ost floor of th e followin g m ay possibly represen t followin g does n ot belon g to th at
b u i ld i n g is n u m b ered on e, t h e on e th e n u m ber of com petition s won grou p?
above th at is n u m bered two an d so on by E? (1) M-BMW (2) Q-Au di
till the topmost floor is nu m bered eigh t. (1) 5 (2) 25 (3) S-Mer cedes (4) P-Fiat
P lives on th e floor n u m bered 3. (3) 7 (4) 14 (5) R-Jagu ar
On ly on e person lives between J an d
(5) 23 79. On wh ich of th e followin g days
P. On ly th ree person s live between M
76. Wh o am ong th e followin g won the will N atten d a screen in g?
an d J . O lives im m ediately above M.
secon d h igh est n u m ber of com - (1) Tu esday (2) Monday
Th ere are as m an y people between O
petition s? (3) Wednesday (4) Th u rsday
an d J as th ere are between P an d Q.
K lives on an even n u mbered floor. On ly (1) C (2) E (5) Su nday
th ree person s live between K an d L. K (3) D (4) B 80. Wh ich of th e followin g cars does
lives on an y floor above L. (5) A P lik e?
71. Fou r of th e following five are alik e Di rect i on s (7 7–81 ) : Stu dy the fol- (1) Audi (2) Nissan
in a certain way an d h en ce form lowing information carefu lly and answer (3) BMW (4) Fiat
a grou p. Wh ich on e of th em does th e qu estion s given below : (5) Can n ot be determ in ed
n ot belon g to th e grou p? (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer
81. As per th e given arran gem en t S
(1) LP (2) OK (AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 06.03.2016) is related to Th u rsday an d R is
(3) MO (4) KN Seven person s, n am ely M, N, O, rel ated to Su n d ay i n a cert ain
(5) NQ P, Q, R an d S lik e seven differen t cars way. To wh ich of th e followin g is
namely, Volk swagen, Au di, BMW, Mer - Q related to in th e sam e way?
72. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lives cedes, Nissan, J agu ar an d Fiat bu t not
im m ediately below N? (1) Satu rday (2) Monday
necessarily in the sam e order. They will
(1) Q (2) K (3) Wednesday (4) Friday
also atten d a screen in g n ot n ecessari-
(3) P (4) O ly in th e sam e order, from Mon day to (5) Tu esday
(5) No on e Su n day (of th e sam e week ).
73. If all th e people are m ade to live M will atten d a screen in g on Fri- SHORT ANSWERS
in alphabetical order from bottom d ay. On l y on e p er son wil l att en d a
to top, the positions of how m an y screen in g between M an d th e on e wh o NATIONALISED BANKS
people will rem ain u n ch an ged? li k es J agu ar. On ly two p erson s wi ll
atten d a screen in g between R an d th e & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS
(1) Two (2) On e
one who lik es J agu ar. Th e one who lik es
(3) None (4) Th r ee Nissan will atten d a screen in g im m e- 1.(2) 2.(3) 3.(4) 4.(5)
(5) More th an th ree diately before N. On ly two person s will 5.(1) 6.(3) 7.(4) 8.(4)
74. How m an y people live between attend a screenin g between the one who
lik es Nissan an d O. O does n ot lik e 9.(3) 10.(2) 11.(1) 12.(4)
Q an d P?
J agu ar. On ly on e person will atten d a 13.(2) 14.(5) 15.(3) 16.(3)
screen in g between th e on e wh o lik es 17.(2) 18.(5) 19.(1) 20.(4)
(3) None (4) Two Mercedes an d O. Q does n ot lik e Nis-
(5) More th an th ree san . S will atten d th e screen ing im m e- 21.(2) 22.(5) 23.(3) 24.(1)
Di rect i on s (7 5–76 ) : Stu dy the fol- diately before Q. On ly two person s will 25.(4) 26.(2) 27.(4) 28.(2)
lowing information carefu lly and answer atten d a screen in g between Q an d th e 29.(1) 30.(5) 31.(1) 32.(4)
th e qu estion s given below : on e wh o lik es Au di. On ly on e person
will atten d a screen in g between th e on e 33.(1) 34.(2) 35.(3) 36.(1)
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 06.03.2016) who lik es Volk swagen an d the on e wh o 37.(4) 38.(3) 39.(1) 40.(4)
lik es BMW. Th e on e wh o lik es BMW 41.(2) 4 2. (3) 43.(1) 4 4 . (5)
Five person s A, B, C, D an d E won
will attend th e screen in g before th e on e
differen t nu mber of com petition s. Only 45.(4) 46.(3) 47.(4) 48.(1)
wh o lik es Volk swagen . N does n ot lik e
two person s won m ore n u mber of com -
Au di. 49.(2) 50.(3) 51.(5) 52.(3)
petition s than E. B won more com peti-
tion s th an D bu t less th an A. C won 77. Wh ich of th e followin g pairs rep- 53.(1) 54.(5) 55.(4) 56.(2)
m ore com petition s th an D. C n eith er resen t th e person s wh o att en d
57.(3) 58.(5) 59.(1) 60.(5)
won th e m axim u m n u m ber of com pe- screen ing immediately before and
im m ediately after M? 61.(4) 62.(3) 63.(4) 64.(5)
tition s n or secon d lowest n u m ber of
com petitions. The one wh o won the sec- (1) R, P (2) N, O 65.(2) 66.(5) 67.(4) 68.(3)
ond lowest nu m ber of competition s won (3) N, P (4) Q, O 69.(2) 70.(3) 71.(3) 72.(1)
8 com petition s. (5) Q, N 73.(5) 74.(1) 75.(5) 76.(3)
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
77.(5) 78.(1) 79.(2) 80.(4) 265. (4) 266. (3) 267. (5) 268. (2) INSURANCE EXAMS
81.(3) 82.(1) 83.(3) 84.(2) 269. (4) 270. (5) 271. (4) 272. (5)
85.(4) 86.(4) 87.(5) 88.(3) 1. (1) 2. (1) 3. (3) 4. (4)
273. (3) 274. (2) 275. (1) 276. (2)
89.(1) 90.(1) 91.(4) 92.(4) 5. (1) 6. (1) 7. (2) 8. (4)
277. (4) 278. (3) 279. (5) 280. (1)
93.(2) 94.(2) 95.(5) 96.(4) 9. (3) 10. (4) 11. (1) 12. (3)
281. (2) 282. (4) 283. (5) 284. (3)
97.(3) 98.(2) 99.(2) 100.(1) 13. (2) 14. (3) 15. (3) 16. (2)
285. (2) 286. (1) 287. (2) 288. (1)
101.(3) 102.(1) 1 03 . (5) 1 04 . (4) 17. (4) 18. (3) 19. (4) 20. (2)
289. (4) 290. (3) 291. (1) 292. (5) 21. (1) 22. (2) 23. (4) 24. (1)
105.(5) 106.(2) 107.(3) 108.(5)
293. (3) 294. (1) 295. (4) 296. (2) 25. (4) 26. (4) 27. (1) 28. (3)
109.(4) 110.(1) 111.(2) 112.(3)
113.(2) 114.(5) 115.(4) 116.(4) 297. (3) 298. (1) 299. (5) 300. (2) 29. (2) 30. (3) 31. (2) 32. (2)
117.(2) 118.(1) 119.(3) 120.(4) 301. (4) 302. (1) 303. (4) 33. (4) 34. (3) 35. (3) 36. (1)
121.(2) 122.(3) 123.(4) 124.(1) 37. (3) 38. (3) 39. (2) 40. (4)
125.(5) 126.(4) 127.(5) 128.(2)
SBI PO EXAMS 41. (2) 42. (3) 43. (4) 44. (4)
129.(1) 130.(4) 131.(3) 132.(5) 1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (5) 4. (2) 45. (1) 46. (3) 47. (1) 48. (4)
133.(5) 134.(5) 135.(3) 136.(3) 49. (5) 50. (2) 51. (5) 52. (3)
5. (4) 6. (2) 7. (1) 8. (2)
137.(5) 138.(1) 139.(3) 140.(5) 53. (3) 54. (5) 55. (2) 56. (4)
9. (4) 10. (1) 11. (3) 12. (5)
141.(5) 142.(2) 143.(4) 144.(3) 57. (3) 58. (1) 59. (5) 60. (1)
13. (3) 14. (2) 15. (1) 16. (3)
145.(1) 146.(5) 147.(4) 148.(3) 61. (2) 62. (4) 63. (5) 64. (2)
17. (1) 18. (4) 19. (2) 20. (4)
149.(1) 150.(4) 151.(3) 152.(4) 65. (3) 66. (1) 67. (4) 68. (3)
21. (5) 22. (3) 23. (1) 24. (2)
153.(2) 154.(4) 155.(3) 156.(5) 69. (5) 70. (2) 71. (2) 72. (1)
25. (5) 26. (4) 27. (4) 28. (2)
157.(2) 158.(3) 159.(1) 160.(4) 73. (3) 74. (4) 75. (4) 76. (1)
29. (5) 30. (3) 31. (2) 32. (1)
161.(5) 162.(4) 163.(1) 164.(3) 77. (1) 78. (3) 79. (5) 80. (2)
33. (4) 34. (2) 35. (3) 36. (5)
165.(3) 166.(2) 167.(2) 168.(1) 81. (4)
37. (1) 38. (3) 39. (5) 40. (1)
169.(4) 170.(3) 171.(2) 172.(2)
41. (4) 42. (2) 43. (4) 44. (1)
173.(5) 174.(2) 175.(4) 176.(5) EXPLANATIONS
45. (2) 46. (3) 47. (5) 48. (4)
177.(1) 178.(3) 179.(1) 180.(3)
49. (1) 50. (2) 51. (3) 52. (5) NATIONALISED BANKS
181.(4) 182.(5) 183.(3) 184.(1)
185.(4) 186.(3) 187.(2) 188.(4) 53. (3) 54. (1) 55. (4) 56. (2) & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS
189.(5) 190.(5) 191.(2) 192.(1) 57. (1) 58. (5) 59. (3) 60. (3) (1 -5 ) : On th e b asi s of gi ven in form a-
193.(3) 194.(5) 195.(2) 196.(2) 61. (1) 62. (4) 63. (3) 64. (4) tion an d con clu sion s as well as
su b-con cl u si on s we can con -
197.(4) 198.(3) 199.(1) 200.(5) 65. (1) 66. (3) 67. (1) 68. (2)
st ru ct t h e fol lowin g ch art :
201.(2) 202.(4) 203.(1) 204.(3) 69. (5) 70. (4) 71. (4) 72. (2) Day Per son Ci t y
205.(2) 206.(5) 207.(4) 208.(2) 73. (3) 74. (5) 75. (1) Monday R Jaipu r
209.(1) 210.(3) 211.(5) 212.(2) Tu esday P Ch an digarh
213.(4) 214.(3) 215.(1) 216.(5) RBI GRADE–B/ Wed n esd ay T Hyd erab ad
217.(4) 218.(1) 219.(2) 220.(5) Th u rsday W Delhi
NABARD GRADE–A Friday S Kolk ata
221.(5) 222.(1) 223.(5) 224.(2)
OFFICER EXAMS Satu rday Q Ch en nai
225.(4) 226.(1) 227.(1) 228.(2) Su nday V Ban galore
229.(4) 230.(5) 231.(1) 232.(3) 1. (5) 2. (2) 3. (3) 4. (1)
1.(2) Q left on Satu rday.
233.(3) 234.(4) 235.(5) 236.(4) 5. (5) 6. (3) 7. (1) 8. (5)
2.(3) V left for B an galor e.
237. (5) 238. (1) 239. (2) 240. (1) 9. (4) 10. (2) 11. (5) 12. (4) 3.(4) T left on Wedn esday.
241. (3) 242. (2) 243. (4) 244. (5) 13. (2) 14. (5) 15. (3) 16. (1) 4.(5) Al l com b in ation s are cor rect.
245. (1) 246. (3) 247. (4) 248. (2) 17. (3) 18. (4) 19. (4) 20. (2) 5.(1) P left on Tu esday.
249. (3) 250. (4) 251. (2) 252. (1) 21. (5) 22. (1) 23. (2) 24. (5) (6 -1 0 ) : On t h e basis of given i n for -
253. (2) 254. (1) 255. (4) 256. (1) 25. (3) 26. (1) 27. (4) 28. (3) m ation and conclu sions as well
as su b-conclu sions drawn from
257. (5) 258. (3) 259. (3) 260. (1) 29. (5) 30. (3) 31. (1) 32. (2)
th em we can con str u ct th e fol-
261. (4) 262. (1) 263. (3) 264. (1) 33. (4) lowin g ch ar t :
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Per son Boardi n g Leav i n g (2 7 -3 1 ) :
248
St at i on St at i on 21. (2) = 3 1 [Con di tion (i ii)]
A IV V 8 Per son Col l ege Di sci pl i n e
B Base or I III 31 + 25 = 5 6 [Con dit ion (i )] P A Electr onics
C Base or I V Now, 3 × 56 = 1 68 Q B Electr ical
D Base or I III
[Condition (ii)] R C Mechanical
E Base IV
F Base or I II 168 S A Mechanical
G III V = 6 [Con dition (iii)]
28 T B Mechanical
6.(3) E get s d own at Station IV. V C Electr ical
22. (5) 24 × 3 = 72 [Con d iti on (ii )]
7.(4) C an d F get in eit h er at Base
W B Electr ical
Station or Stat ion I. 72
 4 [Con dition (iii)] Z A Electr onics
8.(4) B an d D get in eit h er at Base 18
Station or Stat ion I.
4 27. (4) B-W-Electrical
9.(3) E gets down aft er t h r ee sta-  2 [Condition (iii)]
ti on s (I, II an d III). 2 28. (2) B on ly
10.(2) E get s down aft er two station s Now, 29. (1) Electrical
at wh i ch F gets down . 30. (5 ) Al l A, B an d C
17 + 81 = 9 8 [Con dit ion (i )]
(1 1 -1 5 ) : On t h e basis of given i n for - 31. (1) A
m ation we can con stru ct t h e 98 (3 2 –3 6 ) :
 7 [Con dition (iii)]
followin g tabl e : 14
Can di dat e Pan el Com pan y
Per son Pr ofessi on Bert h 7 × 8 = 5 6 [Con dit ion (ii )]
Harish V B
B En gi n eer Lower Pr odu ct = 2 × 56 = 1 12
Samir III G
M Path ologist Up per 23. (3 ) 5 0 – 15 = 3 5 [Con diti on (iv)] Nilesh IV A
T Ph arm acist Middle 35 × 6 = 21 0 [Con d iti on (ii )] Shailaja I D
Now, Nikita VI E
R Arch itect Lower
21 0 – 125 = 85 [Con dit ion (iv)] Laxman VII F
K J ou rn alist Middle Su jata II C
85 × 2 = 17 0 [Con d iti on (ii )]
H Lawyer Up per
24. (1 ) 9 + 1 21 = 1 30 [Con dit ion (i )] 32. (4) D
D Doctor Middle
13 0 ÷ 10 = 1 3 [Con d iti on (iii )] 33. (1) C
11. (1 ) D oct or  m = 13 34. (2) Samir
12. (4 ) D KT 13 × 12 = 15 6 [Con dit ion (ii )] 35. (3) Laxman
13. (2) R-Lower -Arch itect 36. (1) Harish
156
14. (5 ) Non e of th ese  6 [Con dition (iii)] 37. (4) 14 + 11 = 25 [Ru le (ii )]
26 25 × 9 = 22 5 [Ru l e(i )]
15. (3) R
25. (4 )18 × 7 = 12 6 [Con d iti on (ii )] 22 5 – 104 = 121 [Ru le(iii )]
(1 6 -2 0 ) :
126 12 1 ÷ 11 = 11 [Ru le (iv)]
Frien d Speci ali sat - Fav ou r i t e = 2 1 [Con di tion (i ii)] 38. (3) 36 + 27 = 63 [Ru le (ii )]
6
i on Col o u r 63 ÷ 7 = 9 [Ru le (iv)]
Now, 140 – 85 = 55 [Con d iti on
P Jou rnalism Yellow 9 × 1 5 = 135 [Ru le (i )]
(iv)]
F Civil Gr ey 13 5 – 12 4 = 11 [Ru le (v)]
55 + 49 = 1 04 [Con dit ion (i )]
39. (1) 22 + 27 = 49 [Ru le (ii )]
R IT Oran ge Su m = 10 4 + 21 = 1 25 49 ÷ 7 = 7 [Ru le (iv)]
T Finan ce Blu e 2 7 × 9 = 6 3 [Ru le (i )]
26. (2) x stu den ts play football.
Q Mark etin g Pink 3 63 – 14 = 49 [Ru le (v)]
N HR Green 49 ÷ 7 = 7
2 40. (4) 81 – 56 = 2 5 [Ru l e (iii )]
D Ph arm acy Red Rem ai n in g stu d en t s = x  x
3 25 ÷ 5 = 5 [Ru le (iv)]
Gi r l s : Q, N an d F 5 × 2 1 = 125 [Ru le (i )]
3x  2 x 1
16. (3)F is stu dyi n g Civi l En gi n eer -   x 12 5 – 88 = 3 7 [Ru le (v)]
3 3
ing. 41. (2) 54 + 27 = 81 [Ru le (ii )]
17. (2 ) F, N an d Q ar e girl s. 1 81 – 34 = 47 [Ru le (v)]
Therefore, x play football an d 49 – 22 = 2 7 [Ru l e (iii )]
18. (5 ) R st u di es IT. 6
19. (1 ) P is st u dyi n g J ou rn alism . cri ck et . 27
9 [Ru le (iv)]
20. (4)Th e com b in ation Bl u e – T – 1 3
x = 10
Fi n an ce is cor rect. 6 47 – 9 = 38
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
(4 2 –4 6 ) : 57. (3 ) IV (7 2 –7 6 ) :
Mem ber Gam es In st r um en t St uden t Cl ass Fav ou r i t e
59. (1 ) Green
A Badminton Flu te Su bj ect
B Carrom Banjo A VII Marath i
61. (4) V
C Lawn Ten n is Harmoniu m 62. (3 ) 1 96 – 4 6 = 150 [Ru l e (iii )] B VI Geograph y
D Table Ten n is Tabla 15 0 + 15 = 1 65 [Ru le (ii)] C VI Econ omics
E Bridge Santoor D VIII Ch emistry
F Football Gu itar 117
9 [Ru le (iv)] E VII Biology
G Hock ey Sitar 13
F VI Ph ysi cs
42. (3) E 9 G VII Math em atics
3 [Ru le (iv)]
43. (1) Table Ten n is 3 H VIII English
44. (5) Non e of th ese Now, 1 65 + 3 = 1 68
63. (4 ) 5 ×15 = 75 [Ru le (i)] 72. (1) H lik es En glish .
45. (4) F 46. (3) D 73. (5) G’s favou rite su bject is Math -
75 – 4 0 = 35 [Ru le (v)]
(4 7 –5 1 ) : em atics.
35 – 2 6 = 9 [Ru le (v)]
M em b er Ci t y M ot h er 74. (1) C’s favou rit e su bj ect is Eco-
9 n om ics.
T on gu e 3 [Ru le (iv)]
3 75. (5) Non e is cor rect.
H Ch en n ai Mar at h i
64. (5 ) 1 0 + 15 = 25 [Ru le (ii)] 76. (3) A, E an d G stu dy is Stan dard
I H yd er ab ad Tel u gu
VIII.
J Ban gal or e Kan n ada 25
5 [Ru le (iv)] (7 7 –8 1 ) :
K Ah m edab ad Pu n j abi 5
14 + 1 1 = 25 [Ru le (ii)] Day Dat e Pl ay
L Del h i Ban gl a
M Kolk at a Tam il 25 Monday 25th A
5 [Ru le (iv)]
N M u m bai Hin di 5 Tu esday 26th Z
65. (2 ) 7 × 15 = 1 05 [Ru le (i)] Wed n esd ay 27th B
47. (4) Kann ada 10 5 – 24 = 81 [Ru le (v)] Th u rsday 28th No Pl ay
48. (1) H 12 + 2 7 = 39 [Ru le (ii)] Friday 29th M
49. (2) Tam il–M– Kolk ata
39 Satu rday 30th Q
50. (3) L  13 [Ru le (iv)]
51. (5) Non e of th ese 3 Su nday 31st X
(5 2 -5 6 ) : Now, 81 – 13 = 68
66. (5 ) 2 7 – 12 = 15 [Ru le (v)] 77. (5) Play A was organised on Mon -
St uden t Fov ou ri t e Fav ou r i t e day.
Su bj ect Spor t 15 78. (1) Play Z was organ ised on Tu es-
3 [Ru le (iv)]
P Biology Cr ick et 5 day.
Q Hist ory Badminton 64 – 2 8 = 36 [Ru le (iii)] 79. (2) 28 th was ‘No Pl ay’day.
R Ph ilosophy Hock ey 36 + 3 = 39 [Ru le (ii)] 80. (4) Fi rst Play was organ ised on
S Geograph y Bask etabll 25th .
(6 7 –7 1 ) : 81. (3) Play Q was organ i sed on Sat-
T English Football
Per son Depart m en t Scale u rday.
V Ph ysi cs Table Ten n is
(8 2 –8 6 ) :
W Ch emistry Volleyball A Finan ce III
(i) Th e m oth er of M u k esh an d
B Sales III
52. (3) Q 53. (1) S Rak esh i s t h e h ead of fam i ly
C Finan ce III
54. (5) Non e of th ese an d sh e is a lawyer.
D Sales I
55. (4) Badminton 56. (2) Biology (ii) Mu k esh is a teach er an d h is
E Finan ce III
wi fe is a d octor. Ajay i s son
(5 7 –6 1 ) : F Operation s II
of Mu k esh .
G Sales I
St uden t Cl ass Fav ou r i t e H Operation s II (iii) Rak esh is a teach er an d h is
Col ou r wi fe Mrs. Reen a i s a lawyer.
P II Green 67. (4 ) Th e com bin ation Fin an ce – E– 82. (1) Rak esh is a teach er an d h is
Q III Black III is correct. wi fe, Mr s. Reen a i s a lawyer.
R IV Red 68. (3 ) B , D an d G wor k i n Sales d e- 83. (3) Rak esh ’s wi fe i s a lawyer.
S I Pink partm en t. 84. (2) M al e M em b er s : M u k esh ,
T VI Yellow 69. (2 ) H belon gs t o scal e II. Rak esh an d Ajay.
M V Blu e 70. (3 ) G belon gs to scale I. 85. (4) There is n o in form ation abou t
71. (3 ) C bel on gs t o scale III. th e gran d fat h er of Ajay.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
86. (4) There is n o in form ation abou t (1 0 2-1 0 6 ) 112. (3) Th ree pl ays ar e staged aft er
th e p rofessi on of Ajay. pl ay A is st aged.
Day s Gam es
(8 7 –9 3 ) : 113. (2 ) Except th e gr ou p FD, in all
Monday Sprintin g
ot h er grou ps th e t wo plays are
Frien d Coll ege Pr ofessi on Tu esday Wrest lin g st aged on e after t h e oth er i n t h e
A Y Fash ion Disign er Wed n esd ay Football sam e order.
B Y Actor Th u rsday Sh ooting 114. (5) Pl ay E is st aged on Mon day.
C Y Arch itect Friday Bask etball 115. (4) E or B
D Z Teach er
Satu rday Boxin g, Cyclin g
E X Medicin e Day s Pl ay Pl ay
Su nday Weightlifting,
F Z En gi n eer Monday D D
Swimming
G X Bu sin essman Tu esday C C
102. (1) Bask etball Wed n esd ay A E
87. (5) D an d F h ave stu d ied in Col- 103. (5) Weigh liftin g an d swim m in g
lege Z. Th u rsday F A
104. (4) Mon day
88. (3) A, B an d C were stu den ts of 105. (5) Su nday Friday B F
College Y. 106. (2 ) Bask etball i s sch edu led i m - Satu rday E B
89. (1) F’s profession is En gineerin g. m ediat ely after Sh ooti n g. Sim i-
90. (1) E is in th e profession of Med- larly, Foot bal l is sch ed u led i m - 116. (4) Play F is staged on Th u rsday.
m ediatel y after Wr est lin g. (1 1 7 –1 2 1 ) :
icin es.
107. (3 ) 1 2 + 21 = 33 [Ru le (ii )]
91. (4) A is a Fash ion D esi gn er. Fr i en d St an dar d Spor t
33 – 6 = 27 [Ru le (v)]
92. (4) Th e com b i n at i on D – Z – 5 × 2 7 = 135 [Ru le (i )] T VI Bask etball
Teach in g is cor rect. 13 5 – 88 = 4 7 [Ru le (v)] U VII Badminton
93. (2) D is a Teach er. 108. (5) 9 – 6 = 3 [Ru l e (iii )]
V VI Carrom
(9 4 –9 6 ) : 3 × 1 5 = 45 [Ru le (i )]
W VI Scrabble
Am r i ta com p l et ed h er Ph D i n 45 – 12 = 33 [Ru le (v)]
th ree year s. X VIII Table Ten n is
33
Rh ea com p let ed h er Ph D in fi ve 3 [Ru le (iv)] Y VII Cards
11
year s. Z VIII Ch ess
109. (4 ) 1 8 + 37 = 55 [Ru le (ii )]
Sm ita com pleted h er Ph D i n af-
55 117. (2 ) U lik es B adm in ton .
ter five years six or seven year s. 11 [Ru le (iv)]
5 118. (1 ) W li k es to play Scrabbl e.
D eep a com p l et ed h er Ph D i n
ei gh t year s. 2 + 1 1 = 13 [Ru le (ii )] 119. (3 ) X an d Z stu dy in stan dard
13 – 6 = 7 [Ru le (v)] VIII.
94. (2) Am ri t a took th r ee year s t o
com pleted h er Ph D. 110. (1) 64 – 16 = 4 8 [Ru l e (iii )] 120. (4 ) Th e com b in ation Z – VIII –
95. (5) Sm ita took six or seven years 48 + 7 = 55 [Ru le (ii )] Ch ess is correct
to com pl ete h er Ph D. 49 – 34 = 15 [Ru le (v)] 121. (2 ) Y lik es Card s.
15 × 55 = 82 5 [Ru le (i )] (1 2 2 –1 2 6 ) :
96. (4) D eep a t ook ei gh t y ear s t o
111. (2 ) 2 7 – 12 = 1 5 [Ru le (v)]
com pl ete h er Ph D. Day s Fli gh t s
(9 7 –1 0 1 ) : 15 Monday Em irates
5 [Ru le (iv)]
3 Tu esday J et Ai rways
Per son Pen Car Wat ch 5 × 9 = 4 5 [Ru le (i )]
Wed n esd ay Delta
Su m an Par k er M ica Sam ay
45 Th u rsday British Airways
M r u du l a Cell o Ci t y Cit i zen 9 [Ru le (iv)]
5 Friday Air In dia
Am ir Lam y San t r o Ti m ex (1 1 2 –1 1 6 ) : Satu rday Qu an tas
Veen a Lexi Wagon R Tit an
Day s Play s Su nday Lu fth an sa
Har sh Poi n t er Swift
Fast r ack Monday E 122. (3) J et Airways fli es on Tu esday.
Tu esday C 123. (4) T h r ee f l i gh t s f l y b et w een
97. (3 ) Su m an l ik es Sam ay watch .
Wed n esd ay A Lu fth an sa an d Del ta
98. (2) Harsh lik es Poi n ter pen .
Th u rsday F 124. (1) Ai r In di a flies on Frid ay
99. (2 ) Harsh li k es Fastrack watch .
Friday B 125. (5) Qu an t as wil l fl y on Frid ay
100. (1 ) H arsh l ik es Swift car.
Satu rday D 126. (4) Th ere ar e t wo fligh ts between
101. (3 ) Veen a l ik es Titan watch .
Em irates an d Br iti sh Air ways.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
(1 2 7 –1 3 1 ) : (1 3 9 -1 4 3 ) : 151. (3) Zoology i s t au gh t on Satu r -
Day s Ci t y Su bj ect of day.
Day Mov i e
Con f er en c e 152. (4) Statist ics is tau gh t on Fri day.
Monday Up
M on day Delh i M ar k et i ng 153. (2 ) Zoology is tau gh t on th e n ext
Tu esday Ice Age d ay on St at i st i cs. St at i st i cs i s
Tu esday Ch en n ai HR
Wed n esd ay Beau t y an d tau gh t on th e n ext day of Ch em -
Wednesday Pu n e M an agem en t
th e B east ist ry.
Th u r sday I ndor e B ank i n g
Th u rsday Sh ark Tale (1 5 4 –1 5 6 ) :
Fr iday Hyder abad H ospi t al it y
Friday Th e In credibl es
Sat u r day M u m bai Real Est at e 7th G
Satu rday Findin g Nem o
Su nday Aladdin Su n d ay B h op al Fi n an ce 6th C
139. (3 ) Th er e i s on e d ay gap between 5th D
127. (5) ‘Fin d in g Nem o’ an d Al add in
con fer en ces h el d i n Del h i an d 4t h A
wer e scr een ed on con secu t i ve
Pu n e. Sim ilarly, th ere is on e con -
days. Bu t th ere is a gap of on e 3r d F
feren ce b etween con feren ces on
day between th e screen in g of oth - Ban k in g an d Real Estate. Th er e- 2nd E
er two film s. fore, In dor e wou ld be relat ed to 1st B
128. (2) ‘Ice Age’ was scr een ed on Mu mbai.
Tu esday. 140. (5) Th e con fer en ce on B an k in g 154. (4 ) G lives on th e topm ost floor.
was h eld in In dor e. 155. (3) C lives i m m ediately above D’s
129. (1) ‘Fin d in g Nem o’ was scren ed
141. (5) Fou r con fer en ces were h el d floor.
on Sat u rday.
between con feren ces on Mark et- 156. (5) F, D, B and G live on odd n u m -
130. (4) Th ree m ovies were scr een ed in g an d Real Estat e. bered floor. C li ves on even n u m -
before Sh ark Tal e. 142. (2) Th e con fer en ce on H R was bered floor.
131. (3) ‘Up’ was screen ed on Mon - h eld on Tu esday. (1 5 7 -1 6 1 ) :
day. 143. (4 ) Th e con feren ce on Mark eti n g
Frien d Ban k Post
‘Th e In credi bles’ was screen ed was h eld on Mon day.
(1 4 4 -1 4 8 ) : A S Forex Officer
on Fr iday.
‘Fin di n g Nem o’was screen ed on B M Agricu lt u re Officer
Day s Per son Cou n t r y
Satu rday. C N Econom ist
Monday Samir Sou th Africa
(1 3 2 -1 3 8 ) : Tu esday Nita Au stralia D L Ter m in al Op erat or
Wed n esd ay Gifty Fran ce E R IT Officer
Day s Lect u res
Th u rsday Paul Au stralia F Q Clerk
Monday Organisation al Friday Richa Sou th Africa G P Research An al yst
Beh aviou r Satu rday Shweta Fran ce 157. (2) B wor k s as an Agr i cu lt u r e
Tu esday Psychology Su nday Mohit Sou th Africa Officer.
Wed n esd ay Statistics 144. (3) Nita will travel on Wedn esday. 158. (3) C is an Econ om ist.
Th u rsday Com pu ter Scien ce 145. (1) Sh weta travelled on Satu rday. 159. (1) B wor k s for ban k M.
146. (5 ) Non e of t h e com bin ation s is 160. (4) A wor k s for ban k S an d h e is
Friday Research Meth ods
tru e. a For ex Officer.
Satu rday OFF 161. (5) Non e is t h ese.
147. (4 ) Nita tr avelled on Tu esd ay to
Su nday Econ omics Au stralia. (1 6 2 -1 6 8 ) :
132. (5 ) Econ om ics was t h e last lec- 148. (3 ) M oh it tr avelled on Su n day. L R
E N M O L Q P I
tu re. (1 4 9 –1 5 3 ) : F G
Wh ite
B lu e
Violet
Red
Gr een
Pin k
H
T T
133. (5 ) Th e cod e wou ld be 5-1. Day s Su bj ect
134. (5 ) Research Meth ods was orga- Monday Ph ysi cs 162. (4) Ex cept in LQ, i n all ot h ers
n i sed on Fr iday. Tu esday Botany th re is a gap of on e bottl e.
135. (3 ) Th ere were th r ee lect u res b e- Wed n esd ay Maths 163. (1) Ch em i cal L is i n Pin k bottl e.
tween Psych ology an d Econ om - Th u rsday Ch emistry 164. (3) P– Green is correct.
ics. Friday Statistics 165. (3) Chemical Q is in Violet bottle.
136. (3) Com pu ter Scien ce was sch ed- Satu rday Zoology
u l ed on Th u r sday. Su nday English N M O L Q P
137. (5 ) Satu rday was t h e Off Day. 166. (2)
149. (1) Ph ysi cs is tau gh t on Mon day. L M N O P Q
138. (1) He sh ou l d atten d Com pu t er 150. (4 ) Th ree su bjects ar e tau gh t b e-
Scien ce an d Resear ch Met h od s. tween Bot an y an d Zoology. 167. (2) Ch em i cal N is in Red bottl e.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
168. (1) Ch em i cal P i s k ep t i n t h e 182. (5 ) Fi ve lectu res. 194. (5) Fou r per son s – S, Q, P an d T
bottl e at t h e ext rem e r igh t. (1 8 3 -1 8 7 ) : – are h eavier th an R.
(1 6 9 -1 7 5 ) : 195. (2) Q is h eavier th an P an d P’s
Per son Sex Vehi cl e D est i n at i on weigh t is 64 k g. Th erefore, Q’s
Day s Pl ay Dur at i on P M ale Honda Ci t y Hyder abad weigh t m ay b e 6 6 k g.
1 Q M/ F Honda Ci t y Hyder abad
(1 9 6 -2 0 0 ) :
Monday C 1 Hou rs
2 R M ale For d Ik on Ch en n ai
Tu esday A 1 Hou r S Fem ale For d Ik on Ch en n ai Per son H obby St at e
T M ale Swift D ’zi r e Delh i A Pai n t in g M ah ar ash t r a
1 V M ale For d Ik on Ch en n ai
Wed n esd ay E 2 Hou rs B Dan ci n g Gu j ar at
2 W M/ F Honda Ci t y Hyder abad
C Si n gin g Ker al a
Th u rsday F 3 H ou rs Z Fem ale Swift D ’zi r e Delh i
D Pot t er y Rajast h an
Friday Off d ay
183. (3 ) R, S an d V are tr avelli n g to m ak i n g
Satu rday D 2 H ou rs
Ch en n ai in Car Ford Ik on . E Readi n g Pu n j ab
1 184. (1 ) Fou r m em bers ar e t ravelli n g F Tr avel l i n g Kar n at ak a
Su nday B H ou rs
2 in n o car. G Scu lpt in g Odi sh a
1 185. (4) S an d Z are fem ale m em bers.
169. (4) Du ration of Play B is Hou r.. Th e t h ird fem al e m em b er i s ei- 196. (2) C lik es sin gin g.
2 197. (4 ) Th e com b in at ion D – Pottery
th er P, Q or W.
170. (3) Fr iday is off day. Mak in g – Raj ast h an is cor rect.
186. (3 ) P an d Q are travel lin g wi th
171. (2) A — Tu esday — 1 Hou r is 198. (3 ) F bel on gs t o Karn atak a.
W.
cor rect .
187. (2) P, Q an d W are tr avelli n g in 199. (1) G – Scu l p ti n g – Odi sh a i s
172. (2) D is staged on Satu rday. cor rect .
Hon da Ci ty.
173. (5) Fou r plays were staged before 200. (5 ) E bel on gs t o Pu n j ab an d h e
(1 8 8 –1 9 2 ) :
th e off day. li k es readin g.
174. (2 ) If D is st aged on Mon d ay, Fr i en d Sex Car Dest i n at i on (2 0 1 -2 0 6 ) :
1 A Fem al e Z Agr a
Pl ay E of 2 H ou rs du rati on Accou n t s
2 B M al e Y Ch an di gar h
Ps
E
y
wi l b e staged on Th u r sday. C M/ F Y Ch an di gar h
si c
ch
B D
ol
y
175. (4) Now, Sat u rd ay wou l d b e t h e D Fem al e X Del h i
Ph
og
off day. E M/ F X Del h i
y
m a h e- ry
(1 7 6 -1 8 2 ) : F Fem al e X / Y Delh i or t i cs F H i st
em
t
Ch
Ma
Ch an di gar h
Day Lect u re G M al e X Del h i G En glish
A
Mon day Math ematices H M al e Z Agr a C
Tu esday Psychology 188. (4) Th e sex of C an d E i s n ot Hin di
Wednesday Chemist ry k n own . 201. (2) H teach es Ch em istr y.
Thu rsday Compu ter s 189. (5) Non e of t h e com bin ation s is 202. (4) D t each es Psych ol ogy. B i s
tru e. secon d t o t h e righ t of D.
Fr iday Biology
190. (5) F o u r o f t h em m a y b e 203. (1) A teaches Biology an d B teach-
Sat u rday Physics
tr avelli n g i n Car X. es Physics. F, who teaches Math e-
Su nday English matics is exactly between A and B.
191. (2) C is travel lin g i n Car Y.
192. (1) Th e p assen gers of Car Y are 204. (3) E teach es Accou n t s.
176. (5) The lectu re on Com pu ters was
h eld on Th u r sday. travellin g to Ch an digarh . 205. (2) Th e p erson wh o teach es Hi n -
(1 9 3 -1 9 5 ): Q > P > U di is C an d C i s an i m m ediate
177. (1 ) Th e com b in ation Satu r day –
n eigh b ou r of A an d G.
Ph ysi cs is cor rect. P>T > R
Im m edi ate n eigh bou rs of F are A
178. (3 ) Two l ect u res are sch edu l ed S>Q
an d B . A teach es Biology.
between Ch em istry an d Ph ysics. Now,
E is sittin g exactly between B an d
179. (1 ) Th ere is a gap of on e day b e-
S Q P T R U D, wh o t each es Psych ology.
tween th e l ectu res on Ch em i s-
H t each es Ch em istr y an d H i s
try an d Biology. Th erefore, Biol-
ogy i s r elated to En glish . secon d to th e l eft of E.
64 k g 52 k g 206. (5) Ex cep t i n t h e p air BA, i n all
180. (3 ) Th e l ect @u r e on Psych ology
was sch edu l ed on Tu esday. 193. (3) P > T > R ot h er s th e first p erson i s secon d
to th e r igh t of t h e secon d per -
181. (4 ) Th e l ect u !r es on Com p u ters  
son . In BA, t h e fi rst p er son i s
an d B iol ogy wer e h eld between 64 k g 52 k g secon d t o t h e left of th e secon d
th e l ect u res on Ch em i str y an d Th erefor e, T m ay b e of 5 8 k g. p er son .
Ph ysi cs.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
(2 0 7 -2 1 1 ) : 2 18 . (1) Z lives b etween U an d S. L lives on floor n u m b ered Fou r
219. (2) X lives on floor n u m b er 5.  (2 + 2)
Fl oor Nu m ber Per son
220. (5) W lives on th e fl oor im m ed i- N lives on floor n u m b erd Fi ve
7 N at ely bel ow T.  (7 – 2)
6 M 221. (5) Two p erson s – S an d X – li ve R lives on floor n u m b ered Six
5 O between the floors on wh ich Z an d  (8 – 2)
4 L T live. 229. (4) R lik es Th or.
(2 2 2 -2 2 4 ) : 230. (5) P lik es Hu l k .
3 Q
231. (1) N l i ves on fl oor n u m b er ed
2 P Fl oor Per son Five.
1 R 7 Q 232. (3) L lik es Nova and there are two
207. (4) N lives on th e fl oor im m ed i- 6 Vacant person s between L an d P.
at ely above th e fl oor of M. O lik es Wolverin e an d there are
5 P two person s between O an d N.
208. (2) L li ves ex actly b et ween t h e
fl oor of O an d Q. 4 T Sim ilarly, N lik es Captain Am eri-
209. (1) N lives on th e top m ost floor. 3 S ca and th ere are two persons be-
210. (3) L li ves on t h e fou r th n u m - tween N and M.
2 V (2 3 3 –2 3 5 ) :
bered floor.
211. (5) Ex cep t P, all oth ers li ve on 1 R P, Q, U > S > T, R
od d n u m b ered fl oor s. U >Q >P
222. (1) Q lives on th e top m ost floor. U >Q>P>S>R >T
(2 1 2 –2 1 6 ) :
223. (5) R lives on t h e fir st floor.   
Frien d Pr ofessi on Year of 224. (2 ) Sixt h floor is vacan t. 23 12 5
Bi r t h 233. (3) R h as th e secon d least n u m -
(2 2 5 –2 2 6 ) :
J En gi n eer 1983 ber of offices.
K Doctor 1987 No. Fl oor Per son 234. (4) P h as m ore th an 12 bu t less
L Actor 1990 6 Fifth Fl oor B th an 23 offi ces. 18 is divisible
5 Fou rth Floor C by both 2 an d 3.
M Ch oreograph er 1994
4 Th i rd Fl oor F 235. (5) R h as m ore th an 5 bu t less
N Lawyer 1986 th an 12 offices.
3 Secon d Fl oor E
O Athlete 1984 (2 3 6 –2 3 8 ) :
2 Fi rst Floor A
P Accou n tant 1992 1 Grou n d Floor D
, , >J > ,
212. (2 ) O is an Ath let e an d h e was
born in th e year 198 4. 225. (4 ) A an d E l ive on th e floor s ex-
E >G>I
actly between D an d F.
213. (4 ) M is a Ch oreograp h er an d h e
was b orn in th e year 199 4. 226. (1 ) B lives on Fift h Floor n u m - E >G>I >J > ,
214. (3 ) M is a Ch oreograph er. bered sixt h .
(2 2 7 –2 3 2 ) : E >G>I > J >F>H
215. (1) Th e com bi n at ion O – At h lete
– 1984 is correct.  
Fl oor Per son Fav ou r i t e
216. (5 ) J is an En gi n eer an d h e was 26 Floors 5 Floors
Nu m ber Su per h ero
born in th e year 1 983 . So, h e is F h as 26 – 14 = 12 floors
t h e el d est am on g t h e sev en 8 O Wolverin e
fri en ds. 236. (4) G h as secon d h igh est n u m -
7 K Batman
ber of floors.
(2 1 7 –2 2 1 ) : 6 R Th or
Th e probable n u m ber of floors G
Fl oor Nu m ber Per son 5 N Captain h as = 27, 30, 33
8 U Am erica 27 an d 33 are odd n u m bers an d
7 Z 4 L Nova both are divisible by 3.
6 S 3 Q Su perman 27 is given as an option .
5 X
2 M Iron man 237. (5) G h as t h e secon d h i gh est
4 T n u m ber of floors.
1 P Hulk
3 W
227. (1) R l ives i m m edi at l y ab ove N 238. (1) J m u st h ave m ore th an 12
2 V bu t less th an 26 floors.
1 Y wh ile L l ives im m ed iat ely bel ow
th e fl oor of N. (2 3 9 –2 4 1 ) :
217. (4 ) X li ves im m edi ately above T. 228. (2) V > T > R, S
Th ree per son s – Z, S an d X – li ve K lives on floor n u m bered Seven W > U > V > T > R, S
between T an d U.  (5 + 2) W >U >V >T>S>R
W lives im m edi ately above V. Q l ives on fl oor n u m ber ed Th ree 
U lives on floor n u m b er 8.  (6 – 3) 64 43 20
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
239. (2) Th e bu s T h as th e th ird low- (2 5 0 –2 5 2 ) : (2 6 0 -2 6 1 ) :
est n u m ber of occu pan ts. T>S>R > > > N > P
240. (1) Th e Bu s R h as less th an 20 > L > > N > P
, , , > P> U O > L > M > N > P
occu pan ts bu t m ore th an 7 oc-
cu pan ts. Q >T>S>R>P>U  
  13 feet 7 feet
Th e n u m bers between 7 an d 20,
260. (1) Pole M is th e th ird tallest.
divisible by 3 : 47 days 14 days 261. (4) Th e size of Pole L is 13 feet.
9, 12, 15, 18 S stayed for 47 – 15 = 32 days 262. (1) 3 8 5 6 4 9 2 7
15 is divisible by 5 also. 250. (4) R st ayed for m or e th an 14 Accordin g to qu estion ,
9 is an odd n u m ber. days bu t less than 32 days. Thu s,
2 4 6 8 3 5 7 9
Th erefore, option (1) is th e an - R stayed for 25 days.
swer. 251. (2) T stayed for th e secon d h igh -
4t h fr om t h e
241. (3) Th e Bu s V h as m ore th an 43 est n u m ber of days.
ri gh t en d
bu t less th an 64 occu pan ts. 252. (1) Q stayed for m ore th an 47
days. 263. (3)
(2 4 2 –2 4 6 ) :
Even nu mbers between 47 to 60 : 9 4 7 6 5 8 2
Mont h Per son Fl ower
 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58 -4 +1 -4 +1 -4 +1 +1
Febru ary Q Lily
54 is divisible by 3 bu t not by 4. 5 5 3 7 1 9 3
March R Su n flower
(2 5 3 -2 5 8 ) : (2 6 4 –2 6 8 ) :
April N Marigold
Ju ne P Rose Fl oor Per son Ban k Fl oor Nu m ber Per son
Septem ber M Orch id 8 X HDFC 8 K
October S Jasm in e 7 S SBI 7 Q
Novem ber O Daffodil 6 Z IDBI 6 P
5 V Axis Ban k 5 N
242. (2) S h as an an n iversary in th e 4 T SVC 4 R
m on th of October. 3 Y PNB 3 M
243. (4) O lik es Daffodil. 2 U BOI 2 L
244. (5) Q lik es Lily wh o h as an an n i- 1 W TJSB 1 O
versary in th e m on th of Febru - 264. (1)
ar y. 253. (2) S l i ves on fl oor n u m b er ed
seven . Fl oor Per son Aft er
Bu t, April is given with Lily.
7 –5 = 2 Nu m ber i nt erchange
Sim ilarly, N lik es Marigold wh o
T lives on floor n u m bered 8 K M
h as an an n iversary in th e m on th
of April. Bu t, Septem ber is given 4 – 5 = –1 7 Q Q
with Marigold. W lives on floor n u m bered on e. 6 P L
Th erefor e, Orch id is relat ed to 1 +5 =6 5 N N
Novem ber. Z lives on floor n u m bered six. 4 R R
245. (1) N h as an ann iversary in April. 6 –5 = 1 3 M K
O h as an an n iversary in Novem - U lives on floor n u m bered two. 2 L P
b er. 2 +5 =7 1 O O
246. (3) Th ree person s – R, N an d P – 254. (1) V work s at th e Axis Ban k . Now, Q lives between M an d L.
h ave an an n iversary between Q 255. (4) S lives im m ediately above Z. 265. (4) P lives on floor n u m bered six.
an d M. V lives im m ediately below Z.
266. (3) M l i ves on fl oor n u m b er ed
(2 4 7 -2 4 9 ) : 256. (1) W work s at th e TJ SB. th ree.
X > U > Y, Z 257. (5) U l i ves on fl oor n u m b er ed 267. (5) Two person s live between K
Z>W two. an d N. In all oth ers, on e person
X did n ot sell th e h igh est n u m - 258. (3) Y work s at th e PNB an d lives lives imm ediately above or below
im m ediately above U. th e secon d person .
ber of policies.
X work s at th e HDFC an d lives 268. (2) Q an d P live exactly between
V >X >U > Y>Z>W
im m ediately above S. K an d N.
   269. (4)
Z work s at t h e IDB I an d li ves
33 24 11 im m ediately above V.
247. (4) U sold exactly 33 policies. 2 3 6 8 5 4 7
259. (3) Obviously, option (3) cannot be
248. (2) Z sold m ore th an 11 bu t less a consequ ence of the awaren ess –1 +2 –1 –1 +2 –1 +2
th an 24 policies. program m e. It is related to im -
249. (3) X sold less policies th an on ly proved law an d order con dition 1 5 5 7 7 3 9
V. in the State X. Digits 5 an d 7 appear twice.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
270. (5) Fr om t h e st at em en t s i t i s X lives on floor n u m bered 5 an d 288. (1 ) S an d R live on th e floor s ex-
clear th at less t h an 6 000 cars 5 +3 =8 ac t l y b et w een t h e fl oo r s o n
were sol d in t h e t h i rd qu art er Bu t, S lives on floor n u m bered 2 wh ich Q an d V live.
(October -Decem ber) pu t togeth - an d 2 + 1 = 3 289. (4 ) V lives on Floor Nu m b er 5.
er last year. Bu t it is n ot clear
279. (5) P an d Y live between S an d 290. (3 ) T lives on Floor Nu m b er 1.
th at h ow m an y cars were sold in
X.
each m on th from October to De- 291. (1 ) P lives on th e topm ost floor.
cem ber last year. 280. (1)
(2 9 2 –2 9 6 ) :
After su rge in th e sales, 12,000 Fl oor Per son Aft er
cars were sold in Decem ber th is Fl oor n u m ber Per son
Nu m ber i nt erchange
year. Th erefor e, Kellb ah n d efi- 7 V
n itely sold less th an 12,000 cars 8 W S
6 Q
in Novem ber th is year. 7 Q Y
5 U
(2 7 1 –2 7 6 ) : 6 R R
4 P
Day Frien d Ci t y 5 X X
3 S
Monday V Madrid 4 Y Q
2 T
Tu esday T Chicago 3 P P
2 S W 1 R
Wednesday Q Miami
Th u rsday U Berlin 1 Z Z 292. (5) U lives on floor n u m b er five.
Friday R Kabu l Now, P will live between Q an d W. 293. (3) Fi ve per son s – Q, U, P, S an d
Satu rday S Jak arta 281. (2) R lives on floor n u m bered six. T – l ive between t h e floors of V
Su nday P Sydney (2 8 2 –2 8 7 ) : an d R.
271. (4) S visits J ak arta on Satu rday. 294. (1) Ex cep t Q, all oth ers li ve on
Day Frien d Ci t y
272. (5) R visit s Kabu l im m ediately od d n u m b ered fl oor s.
Monday V Madrid
before S wh o visits J ak arta. 295. (4) Q li ves ex actl y between th e
Tu esday T Chicago fl oors of U an d V.
T visits Ch icago im m ediately be-
fore Q wh o visits Miam i. Wednesday Q Miami 296. (2) U lives im m ediately above th e
V visits Madrid im m ediately be- Th u rsday U Berlin fl oor of P.
fore T wh o visits Ch icago. Friday R Kabu l (2 9 7 -2 9 8 ) :
273. (3) P visits Sydn ey on Su n day. Satu rday S Jak arta
274. (2) U visits Berlin on Th u rsday Fl oor Per son Dest i n at i on
Su nday P Sydney
im m ediately beofore R. Nu m ber
282. (4) S visits J ak arta on Satu rday.
Q visits Miam i im m ediately be- 7 V Jaipu r
fore U. 283. (5) R visit s Kabu l im m ediately
before S wh o visits J ak arta. 6 Q Mu mbai
275. (1) Except T – Th u rsday, all th e
T visits Ch icago im m ediately be- 5 U Patna
com bin ation s are correct.
fore Q wh o visits Miam i. 4 P Delhi
T visits Ch icago on Tu esday.
276. (2) R visits Kabu l on Friday. V visits Madrid im m ediately be- 3 T Kolk ata
fore T wh o visits Ch icago. 2 R Ban galore
(2 7 7 –2 8 1 ) :
284. (3) P visits Sydn ey on Su n day. 1 S Ch en nai
Fl oor Per son
285. (2) U visits Berlin on Th u rsday
Nu m ber 297. (3 ) V lives on th e topm ost floor.
im m ediately beofore R.
8 W
Q visits Miam i im m ediately be- 298. (1 ) Except R, all oth ers li ve on
7 Q fore U. od d n u m b ered fl oor s.
6 R 286. (1) Except T – Th u rsday, all th e 299. (5 ) P is tr avel lin g t o D elh i.
5 X com bin ation s are correct. 300. (2) Fou r person s live between th e
4 Y T visits Ch icago on Tu esday. fl oors of Q an d S.
3 P 287. (2) R visits Kabu l on Friday. 301. (4 ) P li ves on th e fl oor im m ed i-
2 S (2 8 8 –2 9 1 ) : at ely above th e fl oor of T.
1 Z
Fl oor No. Per son 302. (1) Q travelled to eigh t cou n tries.
277. (4) P l i ves on fl oor n u m b er ed Only P has travelled to more n u m -
th ree. 6 P
ber of cou n t ries th an Q.
278. (3) W lives on floor n u m bered 8 5 V
303. (4) R h as tr avelled t o 8 –4
an d 8 – 3 = 5. 4 S
= 4 cou n tri es
Y lives on floor n u m bered 4 an d 3 R
U h as travel led to m ore t h an fou r
4 –3 = 1 2 Q bu t l ess th an eigh t cou n t ries.
Q lives on floor n u m bered 7 an d 1 T So, U  5 , 6 or 7
7 –3 = 4
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
5. (4) Fi r st Set of Nu m ber s 8. (2 ) A an d H are tr avellin g i n t h e
SBI PO EXAMS 8 16 Car Y.
9. (4 ) C is th e fem al e m em b er in
1. (1) Accord in g to qu estion 16 th e Car X. Sh e lik es Red colou r.
 = 2 [Ru le (ii)]
D >E > C; B >C>A 8 10. (1 ) D li k es Yel low colou r.
an d F is n ot t h e first or l ast per - 2 16 11. (3) E an d F ar e travellin g with C.
son t o join . Now, 12. (5) Th e com bin ation E–Y–Grey is
16
 = 2 [Ru le (iii )] n ot correct.
2
E travels in Car X an d h e lik es
8 14 wh it e colou r.
8 × 1 4 = 112 [Ru le (iv)] (1 3 –1 5 ) :
Cl ear l y, D j oi n ed t h e in st i tu t e Sec on d Set of Nu m ber s V > X > U > Y > W > Z
fi rst. 13 11  
2. (3) Accord in g to qu estion 13 – 11 = 2 [Ru le (ii )] 17 days 8 days
2 12 13. (3) W stayed for 8 days.
2 × 1 2 = 24 [Ru le (iv)] V stayed for m axim u m n u m ber of
24 144 days.
144 15 + 8 = 23 days.
 = 6 [Ru le (iii )] 14. (2) Z st ay ed for t h e m i n i m u m
24
n u m ber of days.
Now, 1 12 – 6 = 1 06 15. (1) Y stayed for m ore th an 8 days
6. (2) Fi r st Set of Nu m ber s bu t l ess th an 17 days.
13 11 (1 6 –2 1 ) :
13 – 11 = 2 [Ru le (ii )]
2 4 Floor nu mber Person Su bject
11 : M : S 8 W Economics
4
19 : 45 : 00  = 2 [Ru le (iii)] 7 U English
2
– 12 : 00 : 00 6 P History
Sec on d Set of Nu m ber s
7 : 45 5 T Math ematics
17 13
19 .45 = 07.45 4 V Hindi
17 – 13 = 4 [Ru le (ii )]
3. (5) Fi r st Set of Nu m ber s 3 R Geograph y
4 12
15 11 2 S Sociology
4 × 1 2 = 48 [Ru le (iv)]
 1 5 – 11 = 4 [Ru le (ii )] Now, 48 × 2 = 96 1 Q Statistics
4 20 7. (1) Fi r st Set of Nu m ber s 16. (3) Professor of Hin di, V lives ex-
 4 × 20 = 80 [Ru le (iv)] 19 15 actly between the floors of T an d
80 400 19 – 15 = 4 [Ru le (ii )] professor of Geograph y R.
4 12 17. (1) Th e professor of Econ om ics
400
 = 5 [Ru l e (iii )] 4 × 1 2 = 48 [Ru le (iv)] W lives on th e topm ost floor.
80 18. (4) Professor of Sociology S lives
Sec on d Set of Nu m ber s Sec on d Set of Nu m ber s
immediately above the floor of pro-
15 12
8 12 fessor of Statistics Q.
15 + 12 = 27 [Ru le (i )]
8 × 1 2 = 96 [Ru le (iv)] 19. (2) Pr ofessor of Geogr ap h y R
27 23
96 10 lives on the third nu mbered floor.
27 – 23 = 4 [Ru le (ii )]
96 × 10 = 9 60 [Ru le (iv)]
4 16 20. (4) Fou r person s - U, P, T an d
960 V-live between the floors of W and
Now, = 1 92 16
5  = 4 [Ru le (iii )] th e professor of Geography R.
4
4. (2) Fi r st Set of Nu m ber s 21. (5) Except th e Professor of En -
Now, 48 – 4 = 44 gl i sh , al l ot h er s l i ve on even
40 30
(8 -1 2 ) : n u m bered floors.
40 × 30 = 1 200 [Ru le (iv)]
1200 3600 (2 2 –2 6 ) :
Per son Gen der Car Col ou r
A Male Y Gr ey Fl oor Nu m ber Per son
3600
 = 3 [Ru le (iii)] 8 Q
1200 B Female Z Blu e
7 V
Sec on d Set of Nu m ber s C Female X Red
6 S
15 24 D Male Z Yellow 5 P
15 + 24 = 39 [Ru le (i )] E Male X Wh ite 4 T
39 17 F Male X Pu rple 3 R
39 – 17 = 22 [Ru le (ii )] G Male Z Black 2 W
Now, 3 + 22 = 25
H Female Y Green 1 U
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
22. (3) Two people – P an d T – live 33. (4) G lives on th e fl oor im m ed i- 4 6 . (3) Th e position s of D an d K re-
between th e floors on which S an d at ely bel ow D. m ain u nch an ged.
R live.
23. (1) S lives on the floor im mediate- 34. (2) Two p erson s – B an d D – li ve 4 7 . (5) Th e com bin ation Ch ess - L is
ly above P. between E an d G. corr ect.
24. (2) W lives im m ediately above th e A lives im m edi ately above C. (4 8 – 5 2 ) :
floor of U.
U lives on floor n u m ber 1. F lives on floor n u m b er 1. Fl oor Per son Su bject
Q lives on th e top m ost floor. 35. (3) Two p erson s – G an d A – li ve Nu m ber
On ly on e person lives between T b et ween t h e fl oor s on wh i ch D
an d S. 7 P Biology
P lives im m ediately above T. an d C live.
6 K Accou n ts
25. (5) W lives on floor n u m ber 2. 36. (5) D lives between B an d G. 5 J History
26. (4) W lives between R an d U.
(2 7 –2 9 ) : 37. (1) G lives on floor n u m b er 5. 4 N English
(3 8 –4 2 ) : 3 M Compu ter
, > P > , ,
Fl oor Per son Cart oon 2 O Com merce
U >S>T
Nu m ber Ch aract er
1 L Geograph y
, >P>U >S>T 7 O Flinstone
R>Q>P>U >S>T 6 S Tweety 4 8 . (4 ) J li k es Histor y.
  5 Q Chipmunk 4 9 . (1 ) Th e com b in at ion Geograph y -
5 feet 2 feet 4 N Popeye L is cor rect.
27. (4) Th e h eigh t of pole U sh ou ld
3 M Scooby Doo 5 0. (2)
be m ore th an 2 feet bu t less th an
5 feet. 2 R Simpson
Fl oor Per son Alph abet i cal
28. (2) R is th e tallest Pole. 1 P J etson
Heigh t of R = (11 + 2) feet Nu m ber or der
38. (3) Fou r person s — Q, N, M an d
= 13 feet 7 P J
R — live between th e floors of S
Th e h eigh t of Q sh ou ld be m ore 6 K K
th an 5 feet bu t less th an 13 feet. an d P.
i.e. 9 feet. 39. (5) All th e statem en ts are tru e. 5 J L
29. (5) Fou r p ol es (P, U, S, T) ar e 40. (1) N lives on th e floor im m edi- 4 N M
sh orter th an Q. ately above th e floor on wh ich M
Q’s h eigh t is m ore th an 5 feet. 3 M N
lives.
Q is th e secon d tallest pole. 41. (4) Q li ves ex actly b etween th e 2 O O
(3 0 – 3 2 ) : floors on wh ich S an d N live. 1 L P
V > X > U > Y > W > Z 42. (2) P lik es cartoon ch aracter J et-
Th e posit ion s of K an d O r em ain
  son .
u n ch an ged.
17 days 8 days (4 3 – 4 7 ) :
5 1 . (3 ) Th e on e wh o li k es Com pu t er
30. (3) W stayed for 8 days. Floor No. Per son Games Alphabet ical li ves im m ed iately bel ow N.
V stayed for m axim u m n u m ber of
Order O lik es Com m erce.
days.
7 B Badminton A On ly t h ree p erson s live between
15 + 8 = 23 days.
31. (2) Z stayed for the minimu m nu m- 6 A Polo B P an d M.
ber of days. 5 L Chess C P lives on th e topm ost floor
32. (1) Y stayed for m ore th an 8 days 4 D Hock ey D
bu t l ess th an 17 days. 52. (5) O lives on the floor nu mbered 2.
(3 3 -3 7 ) : 3 K Snook er K (5 3 -5 9 ) :
2 M Cr ick et L
1 C Lu do M Floor Nu m ber Person
8 E
4 3 . (4) B lik es Badm inton 8 P
7 B 7 T
4 4 . (1) D lives on th e floor n u m bered
6 D 6 U
4. He lik es Hock ey.
5 G 5 R
4 5 . (2) K lives im m ediately above M.
4 A 4 V
D lik es Hock ey an d h e lives im -
3 C m ediately above K. 3 W
2 H C lik es Lu do an d h e lives on an 2 Q
1 F odd n u m bered floor. 1 S
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
53. (3) Q lives on th e floor n u m ber 2. (6 6 –7 0 ) : 69. (5) W lives on floor n u m b er 2.
54. (1 ) V, W an d Q l i ve on fl oor s 70. (4) W lives b etween R an d U.
ex actl y b etween th e fl oors of S (7 1 -7 5 ) :
an d R. 8 Q
55. (4) T  Floor Nu m ber 7 Fl oor Nu m ber Per son
7 V
W  Floor Nu m ber 3 8 E
6 S
S  Floor Nu m ber 1 7 B
5 P
56. (2) P lives on th e top m ost floor. 6 D
4 T
57. (1) R lives on t h e floor n u m b er 5 G
3 R
5. 4 A
2 W
58. (5) Fou r per son s – U, R, V an d 3 C
1 U
W – l ive between t h e floors of T 2 H
an d Q. 66. (3) Two p eopl e – P an d T – li ve 1 F
59. (3) V l i v es o n t h e f l o o r between th e floors on wh ich S
an d R live. 71. (4) G lives on th e fl oor im m ed i-
im m ed iately above th e floor of
67. (1) S lives on th e fl oor im m ed i- at ely bel ow D.
W.
at ely above P. 72. (2) Two p erson s – B an d D – li ve
(6 0 -6 2 ) : Statu e L is sm aller th an on ly between E an d G.
statu e M. Th erefore, M is th e tall- 68. (2) W li ves im m ed i at el y ab ove
A lives im m edi ately above C.
est st atu e. th e fl oor of U.
F lives on floor n u m b er 1.
U lives on floor n u m b er 1.
N >O > P 73. (3) Two p erson s – G an d A – li ve
Q lives on t h e top m ost floor. between th e floors on wh ich D
Now,
On ly on e person li ves between an d C live.
M > L > N > O > P T an d S. 74. (5) D lives b etween B an d G.
P lives im m edi ately above T. 75. (1) G lives on floor n u m b er 5.
20 feet 11 feet RBI GRADE–B/

60. (3 ) Statu e P is th e sm all est . Th e NABARD GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS
height of the secon d smallest stat-
u e O i s 11 feet. Th er efor e, t h e 7. (1) R wor k s as M an ager (MG).
1. (5 ) 3 8 5 0 6 9 2
h eigh t of st atu e of P wil l be less 8. (5) N an d O ar e m or e ex p er i -
th an 11 feet. 2. (2) Statem en t B en ced t h an Q bu t less exp er i-
61. (1) Th e t all est statu e is 20 feet 3. (3) Stat em en t E en ced th an P.
h i gh . Th erefore, t h e secon d tal l- 4. (1) Statem en t A 9. (4) S work s as Train ee (TE).
est statu e m ay be 1 9 feet, 18 feet 5. (5 ) Stat em en ts B an d D 10. (2) N wor k s as Ch i ef M an ager
..... h igh . (6 –1 1 ) : (CM) an d lik es Pop.
Th erefore, t h e th ir d t all est stat- Posi t i on Per son Musi c 11. (5) R lik es J azz.
u e wi ll be less th an 19 feet an d (1 2 –1 6 ) :
m ore th an 11 feet h igh . Director (DR) P Hip–Hop
Execu tive Fl oor Per son Gam e
62. (4) S = T > O > R
Director (ED) O Opera 8 A Roadrash
P<O <Z 7 E Castlevan ia
Ch ief Man ager
S=T>O >P 6 H Residen t Evil
(CM) N Pop
Z >O > R Sen ior Manager 5 C Dragon Qu est
P<O >R (SM) Q Rock 4 G Tek k en 3
P is sm aller th an T. Man ager (MG) R Jazz 3 F Con tra
(6 3 –6 5 ) : Assistant 2 B San An dreas
5 Top / Fifth Floor B Man ager (AM) M Electronic 1 D Metal Gear
4 Fou rt h Fl oor Vacant Train ee (TE) S Classical 12. (4) D p l ays th e gam e of M etal
3 Th i rd Floor D Gear.
2 Secon d Floor C 6. (3) Th ere is a gap of two person s 13. (2) G h im self plays Tek k en 3.
1 Fir st Floor E between R an d th e on e wh o lik es
14. (5) G plays Tek k en 3.
op era. Sim i lar ly, th ere is a gap
Grou n d Floor A C lives immediately below th e one
of two p erson s between Q an d
63. (3) E lives im m ediately above A’s wh o plays Residen t Evil.
t h e on e w h o l i k es cl a ssi cal .
floor. B lives im m ediately above D.
Th er e is a gap of t wo p er son s
64. (4 ) B lives on th e topm ost floor. between P an d th e on e wh o lik es 15. (3) E an d H live between A an d
65. (1 ) Fou rt h floor i s vacan t. Rock . C (Dragon Qu est).
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
16. (1) Th ere are fou r p erson s be- (2 8 – 3 3 ) :  Nu m b er of steps bet ween t wo
tween A an d F, wh o lik es Con - Fl oor Nu m ber Per son 42
tra. fl oors   14
8 K 3
There are on ly two person s B an d
7 N
wh o lik es Dragon Qu est.
6 J
Sim ilarly, th ere are two person s
5 Q
between C–Roadrash .
4 L
H is im m ediately below th e per -
3 O
son wh o lik es Castlevan ia. Sim i-
2 M
larly, F lives im m ediately below
th e person wh o lik es Tek k en 3. 1 P
(1 7 –2 1 ) : 28. (3) K lives immediately above N.
L and O live between M and Q.
D ay Dest i n at i on Depar t u r e
M lives on floor number 2.
Ti m e  Nu m b er of steps
29. (5) N lives on floor number 7.
M on day M adr i d 10 PM = 14 × 4 = 56
30. (3) Excep t in pair OM, in all oth -
Tu esd ay Sydn ey 5 PM 8. (4) F = 10 + 2 = 12
er pairs th ere are two person s
Wedn esd ay Du bai 9 PM between t h e given pai r of per - an d A = 1 0 – 2 = 8
Th u r sday Lon don 6 PM son s. Now, F gives 5 cards to C
Fr i day Zu r i ch 8 PM 31. (1) O lives on floor n u m b er 3. F=12–5 = 7 an d C = 10 + 5 = 15
Sat u r day Rom e 4 PM 32. (2 ) Q lives bet ween t h e floors on
Now, C gives 3 cards to B
Su n day Par i s 7 PM wh ich J an d L live.
C = 1 5 – 3 = 1 2 an d
17. (3) Non e as Par is b ou n d fl igh t 33. (4) If P an d L i n ter ch an ge t h ei r
departs on Su n day. p l aces, O w i l l l i ve b et ween P B = 10 + 3 = 13
18. (4) Sydn ey bou n d fligh t departs an d M . Now, B gives 6 cards to D
at 5 PM. B=13–6 = 7 an d D
19. (4) Sydn ey bou n d fligh t departs INSURANCE EXAMS = 10 + 6 = 16
at 5 PM. Now, D gives on e card to E
1. (1) Th ere is n o cu b es wh i ch is
Lon don bou n d fligh t departs at pain t ed green on t h ree faces. D = 1 6 – 1 = 1 5 an d
6 PM. 2. (1) Th ere is n o cu b es wh i ch is
20. (2) Du bai bou n d flight departs at E = 10 + 1 = 11
pain t ed r ed an d gr een on adj a-
9 PM. cen t faces. Th erefor e, B an d F h ave equ al
Th e fligh t wou l d arrive i n New 3. (3) Th ere ar e n in e cen tr al cu b es n u m ber of card s.
Delh i at 11 PM. in each of t h e layers II, III an d 9. (3) 2A > B + C
21. (5) Madrid bou n d fligh t departs IV wh ich h ave n o face pai n ted. or, 2A > 17
at 10 PM. Th u s, th ere are 9 × 3 = 27 cu b es
22. (1) wh i ch are n ot pain t ed on an y 17
face. A> = 8 .5
7 2 4 3 6 5 1 2
Th erefore, total n u mber of cu bes
wh i ch h ave at l east on e face Let, A = 9 t h en , B = 6  C = 11
9 1 3 5 5 7 3 colou red = 1 25 – 27 = 28 A = 1 0 t h en , B = 5  C =12
(2 3 -2 7 ) : 4. (4) A s ex p l a i n ed ea r l i er , 2 7 A = 1 1 t h en , B = 4  C = 13
cu bes ar e with ou t an y colou r.
Floor Nu m ber 7 B A = 1 2 t h en , B = 3  C = 14
5. (1) Th er e ar e 8 cu b es w h i ch
Floor Nu m ber 6 C h ave at l east t wo gr een faces A = 1 3 t h en , B = 2  C = 15
Floor Nu m ber 5 D each .. A = 1 4 t h en , B = 1  C = 16
Floor Nu m ber 4 A 6. (1) Th e arrangement of book s will Tak e, C = 11
Floor Nu m ber 3 E be :
A + D = 2C
Novel - n
Floor Nu m ber 2 G 9 + D = 22
Drama - d
Floor Nu m ber 1 F Story-book - s  D = 22 – 9 = 12
23. (2 ) B lives on th e topm ost floor. Comic - c Th erefore, D > C > A > B
24. (5 ) C li ves im m edi ately above D’
floor. 7. (2) 10. (4) 3 + 27 = 30
25. (3) Ex cep t G, all oth er lives on 30 + 33 = 63 an d n ot 65
od d n u m b ered floor. 63 + 42 = 1 05
26. (1) E lives on Floor Nu m b er 3. 10 5 + 60 = 165 an d n ot 1 70
27. (4) G lives exactly between t h e 16 5 + 87 = 2 52
fl oors of E an d F.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
11. (1) 6 + 7 = 13 25. (4)
0 8 40 128
13 + 9 = 22
22 + 1 1 = 33 +8 +32 +88 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
33 + 1 3 = 46 R T V Z Q W Y S
+24 +56
46 + 1 5 = 61 Z R T V Q W Y S
61 + 1 7 = 78 +32
78 + 1 9 = 97 2 26. (4)
3 + 5 = 28
B ot h t h e t er m s gi ven w i t h i n 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
br ack ets ar e r igh t. 28 + 6 = 64 an d n ot 65
First brack eted t erm is righ t an d R T V W S Y Z Q
12. (3) 2 + 5 = 7 an d n ot 5
7 + 7 = 14 th e secon d ter m i s wron g. 27. (1) Earn ed pr ize m on ey
14 + 9 = 23 14. (3) 1 + 1 = 2 an d n ot 3 P  36 × 1 500 + 14 × 10 00
23 + 1 1 = 34 2 +6 = 8 = Rs. 680 00
34 + 1 3 = 47 8 + 8 = 16 Q  34 × 1 500 + 21 × 10 00
47 + 1 5 = 62 16 + 1 2 = 28 = Rs. 720 00
T h e fi r s t b r a c k et ed t er m i s 28 + 1 8 = 46
wr on g an d th e secon d is r igh t. R  23 × 1 500 + 36 × 10 00
46 + 2 2 = 68
13. (2) Th er e ar e t w o al t er n at i n g = Rs. 705 00
T h e fi r s t b r a c k et ed t er m i s
series : wr on g an d th e secon d is r igh t. S  30 × 1 500 + 30 × 10 00
= Rs. 750 00
(1 5 -2 2 ) :
 Requ i red di fferen ce
Can di dat es CRI T ERI A = 7500 0 – 680 00
= Rs. 70 00
A B C D or I E F G H or J
28. (3) Average pri ze m on ey
Ramesh 3 3 3 – 3 3 3 3 3 –
Madhu 3 × 3 3 – 3 3 3 NG – 68000
Jairan 3 3 3 3 – × × 3 3 – P = Rs. 13 60
50
Ravi 3 3 3 3 – 3 3 3 3 –
Din esh 3 3 3 3 – 3 3 NG 3 – 72000
Mahmu d 3 3 3 3 – 3 3 3 – 3 Q  = Rs. 13 09
55
Jayant 3 × 3 3 – 3 3 3 3 –
Su resh 3 3 3 3 – 3 3 3 – 3 70500
* NG = Not Given R = Rs. 11 95
59
15. (3) Ram esh sati sfi es cri ter ia A, (2 3 -2 6 ) : 75000

B, C, I, E, F, G an d H. Th erefore, S = Rs. 12 50
V > Y, Q 60
h i s case sh ou ld be r eferred to
Z>Q
Gen eral M an ager (Person n el ). 29. (2) Maxim u m average prize m on -
R>T > V
16. (2) T h er e i s n o i n f o r m a t i o n ey per m atch won
regard in g cr iter ion H. Sh e al so V>S
= Rs. 136 0 (P)
does n ot satisfy crit eri on B. R> W
30. (3 ) From both th e st atem en ts
17. (4) J a i r a m d o es n o t s a t i s f y Now,
cr iteria E an d F. Valu e of t h ree qu otati on s
R > T > V > Y, Q, S
18. (3) Ravi sat isfies all th e criter ia. = 120 × 3 = 3 60
Z>Q
19. (4) T h er e i s n o i n f o r m a t i o n R> W Third qu otation
regar din g crit eri on G. 23. (4 ) S m ay be th e fift h pr odu ct to 36 0 – (9 0 + 12 5)
20. (2) Mah m u d sati sfi es crieter ia be lau n ch ed. = 360 – 2 15 = 1 45
A, B, C, D, E, F, G an d J .
R > T > V > W > S ....... Z > Q Th e h igh est qu ot ati on is m ore
Th er efor e, h i s case sh ou l d b e
24. (1) th an Rs. 13 9.
r ef er r ed t o t h e M a n a gi n g
Di rector. 31. (2 ) Fr om statem en t II
21. (1) J a y a n t d o es n o t s a t i s f y 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Nu m ber of people wh o read both
cr iter ion B. R T V W Y S Z Q Econ om ic Ti m es an d Fin an ci al
22. (2) Su resh satisfies criter ia A, B, R W T V Y S Z Q Ex pr ess
C, D, E, F, G an d J .
R T V Y W S Z Q = (22 0 + 20 0) – (3 00 – 5 0)
Th er efor e, h i s case sh ou l d b e
referr ed to Man agin g Director. = 420 – 2 50 = 1 70
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
32. (2 ) From statem en t I 39. (2 ) Today is Th u rsday. Th u rsday T lives on floor n u m b er 6.
Th e t im e tak en to cover 40 k m + 5 + 1 + 1 = Th u rsd ay Fou r persons live between T and U.
is n ot k n own . Day after t om or row = Th u rsd ay 49. (5) T lives on th e floor im m ediate-
Fr om stat em en t II + 2 = Sat u rd ay ly bel ow Z.
If PQ = x k m th en th e distan ce Satu rd ay – 6 = Su n d ay 50. (2) S lives on floor n u m b er 5.
cover ed b y t h e trou bl ed en gi n e Now, 6 – 3 = 3 (5 1 -5 4 ) :
= (x – 40 ) k m
40. (4 ) U <V < W < X < Y = Z > A = B
>C Day Lect ur e
40
Usu al speed = 20 k m ph
2 Z is greater th an U. Monday Organisation al
(4 1 –4 5 ) : Beh aviou r
F x IJ h ou rs
Usu al tim e = G
H 20 K Fl oor Fl oor
Nu m ber
Per son Tu esday Psychology
Wed n esd ay Statistics
x 40 x Seven th Fl oor 8 N Th u rsday Com pu ter Scien ce
 2 h ou r s +
5 20 Sixth Floor 7 O
Friday Research Meth ods
Fifth Fl oor 6 P
40 2 Satu rday Off d ay
Fou rth Floor 5 L
60 3
Th i rd Fl oor 4 K Su nday Econ omics
x x 40 2 Secon d Fl oor 3 J 51. (5) Econ om ics i s th e l ast lectu re
 2
20 5 3 Fi rst Floor 2 M sch ed u led.
Grou n d Floor 1 Q 52. (3) Th ree lectu res were sch edu led
x  4 x  160 4
  41. (2) L a n d K l i ve b et w een t h e between Econ om ics an d Psych ol-
20 3
fl oors of P an d J . ogy.
 (–3x + 16 0) 3 = 80 53. (3) Com pu ter Scien ce was sch ed-
42. (3) K lives on floor n u m b er 4.
 9 x = 48 0 – 80 = 4 00 43. (4) N lives on th e top m ost floor. u l ed on Th u r sday.
400 1 Seven peopl e li ve bel ow N. 54. (5) Satu r day was off day. Th er e-
x= 44 km fore five lectu res were sch edu l ed
9 9 N lives on an even n u m bered floor,
i.e. floor n u m b er 8. before Satu r day an d on e lectu re
33. (4) From both th e statem en ts we was sch edu l ed after Satu rday.
can get several valu es of x. Th ree peopl e – O, P an d L – li ve
between N an d K. (5 5 –5 9 ) :
34. (3) If th e t im e is th e sam e th en
ar r i val t i m e w ou l d h ave b een 44. (4) Q lives on floor n u m b er 1. Day Per son Act i v i t y
12 .00 wh i le it i s 3 AM 45. (1) P lives on th e fl oor im m ed i-
Monday G Ru nning
 Tim e in t erval = 3 h ou r s. at ely bel ow O.
(4 6 – 5 0 ) : Tu esday B Dancin g
35. (3 ) From both th e st atem en ts
Let t h e fath er age be x year s. Fl oor Fl oor Per son Wed n esd ay F Miming
x 5 Nu m ber Th u rsday A Pain ting

25 Seven th Fl oor 8 Y
3 Friday D Acting
Sixth Floor 7 Z
 x = (2 5 × 3) + 5 = 80 years Satu rday C Singing
Fifth Fl oor 6 T
36. (1) Fr om statem en t I Su nday E Bak ing
Fou rth Floor 5 S
San dh ya h as two sister s.
37. (3 ) From both th e st atem en ts Th i rd Fl oor 4 V 55. (2) G par ticipated in Ru n n i n g on
Kesh av will select car X. Secon d Fl oor 3 X Mon day. In al l ot h er s, t h e person
38. (3) 15th Au gu st  Su n day Fi rst Floor 2 W participated on e d ay after th e giv-
Next Su n days  22nd, 29th Au - Grou n d Floor 1 U en day.
gu st; 56. (4) B p ar t i ci p at ed i m m ed i at el y
46. (3) V lives on floor n u m b er 4.
5t h , 12t h , 19th an d 2 6th Sep- before F an d A p art ici pated i m -
47. (1) Th ree person s - S, V an d X -
tem ber m ediat ely after F.
li ve b etween floors of T an d W.
30 th Sep tem ber  Th u r sd ay
48. (4) T lives im m edi ately above S. 57. (3) B participated in dan cin g two
Ot h er Th u rsdays i n Sept em b er
Fi ve person s - S, V, X, W an d U - days before th e on e wh o partici-
 2 , 9 , 1 6 an d 23
li ve bel ow T. pated in paintin g.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
Sim ilarly, D participated in Actin g (6 6 -7 0 ) : 72. (1) Q lives immediately below N.
two days before th e on e wh o par - Day Per son Col ou r 73. (3) Th e position of n o person will
ticipated in bak in g. rem ain u n ch an ged.
Monday G Pink
A participated in painting two days 74. (4) Two person s - J an d L - live
Tu esday B Silver
before t h e on e wh o part icipated between Q an d P.
in sin gin g. Wed n esd ay E Blu e
(7 5 -7 6 ) :
58. (1) G par ticipated in ru n n i n g on Th u rsday A Yellow , > E > ,
Mon day. Friday C Green A >B >D
59. (5) D p ar t i ci p at ed i n act i n g on Satu rday D Oran ge C>D
Fr iday. A>C>E>B >D
Su nday F Red
(6 0 – 6 3 ) : 
66. (1) G wou ld atten d a weddin g on
Fl oor Per son Al ph abet i cal Mon day. 8
Nu m ber Or der 67. (4) D lik es oran ge colou r. 75. (4) A won 8 + 16 = 24 com peti-
68. (3) A wou ld at ten d a weddin g on tions.
8 E I Th u r sd ay. Th e on e wh o l i k es Th erefore, E won m ore th an 8
7 H H Pin k col ou r wou ld atten d a wed- bu t less th an 24 com petition s. C
6 C G d in g t h r ee days befor e A, i.e., won th e secon d h igh est n u m ber
5 D F on Mon day. Sim il ar rel ation ex- of competition s an d h en ce E can -
4 G E ists b etween all ot h er com bin a- n ot won 23 com petition s. E won
3 F D ti on s ex cep t i n C-Yellow. possibly 14 com petition s.
2 I C 69. (5) A wou ld at ten d a weddin g on 76. (1) C w on t h e secon d h i gh est
1 B B Th u rsday. n u m ber of com petition s.
60. (1) G lives im m edi ately above F. Th u rsday 6 + 2 = Sat u rd ay (7 7 –8 1 ) :
In all ot h er s, on e, two or m ore C wou l d att en d a wedd i n g on Day Per son Car
person s l ive between th e given
Fr iday. Monday S M er ced es
pair of per son s.
Fr iday 6 + 2 = Su n d ay Tu esday Q BMW
61. (2) Th ree person s – D, G an d F
B wou l d att en d a wedd i n g on
– live between C an d I. Wed n esd ay O Fiat
Tu esday.
62. (4) Th e position s of two person s Th u rsday R Volk swagen
Tu esday 6 + 2 = Th u rsd ay
H an d B w ou l d r em a i n u n - Friday M Audi
70. (2) B wou l d at t en d a wedd i n g
ch anged. im m ed iat ely before E wh i le A Satu rday P Nissan
63. (5) H lives imm ediately below E. wou ld at ten d a weddi n g im m e-
Su nday N Jagu ar
(6 4 –6 5 ) : di ately aft er E.
77. (1) R atten ded screen in g im m e-
C > B, E (7 1 -7 4 ) :
diately before M wh ile P atten d-
A, E > D > B Fl oor Per son Alph abet i cal ed screen in g im m edi ately after
A does not bu y the maximum nu m- Nu m ber Or der M.
ber of Cook ies an d E does n ot bu y 78. (3) Th e com bin ation S-Mercedes
8 K Q
th e th ird h igh est n u m ber of cook - is correct.
7 N P
ies. 79. (5) N attended screen ing on Su n -
6 Q O
C >E >A > D > B day.
5 J N
80. (2) P lik es Nissan car.
 4 L M
20 81. (4) S atten ded screen in g on Mon -
3 P L
64. (2 ) D b u ys t h e secon d l owest day.
2 O K
Mon day + 3 = Th u rsd ay
n u m ber of cook ies.
1 M J R att en ded screen i n g on Th u r s-
65. (3) C bou gh t 20 cook ies. 71. (2) Th er e ar e fi ve p er son s b e- day.
Th erefor e, A bou gh t 2 0 – 8 tween O an d K. In all oth er p airs Th u rsd ay + 3 = Su n d ay
= 12 cook i es on e p er son l i ves i m m ed i at el y Q att en d ed screen i n g on Tu es-
E bou gh t m or e t h an 12 bu t less ab ove or bel ow th e secon d per - day.
son . Tu esd ay + 3 = Frid ay
th an 20 cook ies.
qqq
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
MODEL EXERCISES
Di r ect i on s (1 -7 ) : A m an age- (1) 12 (2) 10 ti cu l ar can di dat e was ex ch an ged in
m en t in sti tu te organ ises six on ce a (3) 8 (4) 6 en tirety with th e tim e sch edu le of an -
m on th lectu re series for you n g en tre- (5) Non e of th ese oth er can didate. Th e followin g alter -
pren eu r as per th e followin g sch edu le, 8. If 21st J u ly, 1999 is a Wedn es- ation s were m ade
with n o dates con flictin g day, wh at wou ld h ave been th e I . A’s place was tak en by G.
Mark et ing management Augu st thr ough Janu - d ay of t h e week on 2 1st J u ly, II . A in tu rn was accom m odated
ary 1947? in C’s place
Economics Apr il t hr ou gh Oct ober
(1) Monday (2) Su nday III. C in tu rn was accom m odated
Bu siness law Janu ary t hrough Sep- in E’s place
t ember (3) Th u rsday (4) Satu rday
(5) Non e of th ese IV. E took H’s place
Financial management Mar ch t hr ou gh June
V . H took G’s place
Accou nt ing Oct ober t hr ou gh Apr il 9. At an en qu iry office at a railway
11. Wh ich of th e followin g can -
Personnel management Oct ober t h r ou gh D e- station , a passen ger was told A
cember di dates fi n i sh ed t h e i n t er vi ews
train for Delhi has left 15 min ago,
1. Du rin g wh ich m on th are th e few- alon g with E ?
b u t aft er ever y 45 m i n a tr ai n
est lectu res given ? (1) A (2) C
leaves for Delh i. Th e n ext train
(1) Janu ary (2) Febru ary (3) D (4) F
will leave at 8.30 pm. At what time
(3) Ju ne (4) Septem ber was th is in form ation given to th e (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese passen ger? 12. Wh ich of th e followin g can di-
(1) 7.45 pm (2) 8.00 pm dates fin ish ed th e in terviews be-
2. Wh ich is th e largest n u m ber of
(3) 8.15 pm (4) 8.05 pm fore C ?
lectu res th at can be atten ded in
(5) Non e of th ese (1) B (2) D
a sin gle m on th ?
10. Fou r bells begin to toll togeth er (3) Both of th ese
(1) 7 (2) 6 (4) Non e of th ese
(3) 5 (4) 4 an d toll respectively at in tervals
of 6, 5, 7, 10 an d 12. How m an y (5) All of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese 13. If G an d A h ad to leave togeth er,
tim es th ey will toll togeth er in on e
3. Wh ich two series tak en togeth er h ou r ex cl u di n g t h e on e at th e th en h ow m u ch tim e did an y of
fill th e year with ou t a overleap? start ? th em h as to wait?
(1) Mark eting an d Finan cial man- (1) 7 tim es (2) 8 tim es (1) A h as to wait 10 m in
agem en t (3) 9 tim es (4) 11 tim es (2) G h as to wait 20 m in
(2) Person n el m an agem en t an d (5) Non e of th ese (3) Non e of th em h as to wait
Economics Di r ect i on s (1 1 -14 ) : Th ese qu es- (4) G h as to wait 30 m in
(3) Bu sin ess law an d Person n el tion s are based on th e followin g in for - (5) Non e of th ese
man agem ent mation. 14. Wh ich on e of th e followin g state-
(4) Bu siness law an d Accou n tin g A set of eigh t can didates A, B, C, m en ts is tru e?
(5) Non e of th ese D, E, F, G an d H are bein g in terviewed (1) G cou ld leave even before E’s
4. Du rin g h ow m an y m on th s of th e by two pan els of in terviewers : Pan el I first in terview was over
year mu st a stu dent atten d to h ear an d Pan el II— from 9.30 to 10.50 on a (2) F an d H left togeth er
particu lar day. Each pan el will spen d (3) D was th e on ly can didate wh o
all th e lectu res on Mark eting, Eco-
abou t 10 m in u tes per can didate an d cou ld give com pan y to E
n om ics an d Fin an cial m an age-
at n o tim e du rin g th e in terview pro- (4) All of th e above
men t?
cess will a pan el be with ou t any candi- (5) Non e of th ese
(1) 11 (2) 10
date. Th e origin al sch edu les of in ter - Di r ec t i o n s (1 5 -1 9 ) : St u d y
(3) 9 (4) 8 vi ews for t h e ei gh t can d i d at es ar e th e followin g in form ation carefu lly to
(5) Non e of th ese sh own in th e followin g table an swer th ese qu estion s.
5. How m any lectu re series last more Can didat e Panel-I Ti m e Panel-I I Ti m e I . Kam al i s avail ab l e at h om e
th an 6 m on th s? A 9.30 t o 9.40 10.20 t o 10.20 fr om 1 2 n oon t o 4 p m on
(1) 1 (2) 2 B 9.40 t o 9.50 10.20 t o 10.30 Tu esday, Th u rsday an d Su n -
(3) 3 (4) 4 C 9.50 t o 10.00 10.30 t o 10.40 day.
D 10.00 t o 10.10 10.40 t o 10.50 II . His you n ger broth er Navin is
(5) Non e of th ese
E 10.10 t o 10.20 9.30 t o 9.40
6. How m an y differen t series can be available at hom e on Mon day,
F 10.20 t o 10.30 9.40 t o 9.50
atten ded in Septem ber, October Thu rsday, Friday an d Su n day
G 10.30 t o 10.40 9.50 t o10.00
an d Novem ber? between 10 am an d 2 pm
H 10.40 t o 10.50 10.00 t o 10.10
(1) 2 (2) 3 III. Th e el d est b r ot h er Raj i v i s
Du e to requ ests from th e can di-
available between 9 am an d
(3) 4 (4) 5 dates, th e in terview sch edu le was al-
tered for several can didates. Th e al- 1 2 n oon on M on day,
(5) Non e of th ese
Wed n esd ay an d Th u rsd ay;
7 . How m an y di ffer en t lectu res teration s were m ade in su ch a way that an d 2 pm to 4 pm on Friday,
can be atten ded in J an u ary, when ever a ch an ge was m ade, th e tim e
sch edu le for both th e pan els of a par - Satu rday an d Su n day.
Febru ary an d March ?
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
15. At a tim e; on wh ich day of th e Wh at will be th e last day of th at 29. Fin d th e tim e between 3 an d 4 o’
week all th e th ree broth ers are month? clock wh en th e an gle between th e
available at h ome? (1) Fifth Th u rsday h ah as of a watch is two-th ird of a
(1) None (2) Fifth Wedn esday righ t an gle.
(2) Su nday (3) Fou rth Su n day 9
(3) Th u rsday (4) Fifth Friday (1) 10 m in past 3
11
(4) Can n ot be determ in ed (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese 23. Wh en Ran jeev was born , h is fa- 10
(2) 10 m in past 3
16. For h ow m an y d ays, on ly on e t h er was 3 2 yr ol der t h an h i s 11
broth er is available at a particu - broth er an d h is m oth er was 25
y r o l d er t h a n h i s s i s t er . I f 9
lar tim e in a week ? (3) 11 m in past 3.
Ran j eev’s b roth er is 6 yr old er 11
(1) On e (2) Two
th an Ran jeev an d h is m oth er is 3
(3) Th r ee (4) Fou r 10
yr you n ger th an h is fath er, h ow (4) 11 m in past 3.
(5) Non e of th ese old was Ran jeev’s sister wh en h e 11
17. On wh ich day(s) of th e week th e was born ? (5) Non e of th ese
you n gest an d th e eldest broth ers (1) 15 yr (2) 14 yr 30. A clock is set righ t at 5 am . If it
are available at h om e at th e sam e
(3) 7 yr (4) 10 yr loses 16 m in in 24 h , wh at will
tim e? be th e tru e tim e wh en th e clock
(5) Non e of th ese
(1) Only Mon day in dicates 10 am on th e 4 t h day?
(2) On ly Th u rsday 1
24. In 2 h , th e h ou r h and of a clock (1) 11.00 am (2) 8.00 am
(3) On ly Friday 2 (3) 10.00 am (4) 9.00 am
(4) Both Mon day an d Thu rsday rotates th rou gh an an gle of
(5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese (1) 90° (2) 140°
31. Ram ’s age was squ are of a n u m -
18. A girl earn s twice as m u ch in De- (3) 120° (4) 75° ber last year an d it will be cu be
cem b er as i n each of th e oth er (5) Non e of th ese of a n u m ber n ext year. How lon g
m on th s. Wh at part of h er en tire 25. In 27 March , 1995 was a Mon - m u st h e wait befor e h is age is
year’s earn in g does sh e earn in day, th en wh at days of th e week again th e cu be of a n u m ber?
Decem ber? was 1 Novem ber, 1995? (1) 39 yr (3) 10 yr
(1) 2/ 11 (2) 2/ 13 (1) Monday (2) Su nday (2) 38 yr (4) 64 yr
(3) 3/ 14 (4) 1/ 6 (3) Tu esday (4) Wednesday (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese (5) Non e of th ese 32. At a party, th ere are 43 person s
19. A watch is a m in u te slow at 1 pm 26. 16 J an u ary 1997 was a Th u rs- in all. Th e n u m ber of wom en is
on Tu esday an d 2 m in fast at 1 day. Wh at day of th e week was 4 two m ore than m en bu t th e n u m -
p m on Th u r sd ay. Wh en d i d i t J an u ary 2000? ber of ch ildren is 4 less than m en .
sh ow th e correct tim e? (1) Tu esday (2) Wednesday How many women are there in the
(1) 1.00 am on Wedn esday (3) Th u rsday (4) Friday party?
(2) 5.00 am on Wedn esday (5) Non e of th ese (1) 17 (2) 13
(3) 1.00 pm on Wedn esday 27. In a year 28th Febru ary in Tu es- (3) 11 (4) 25
(4) 5.00 pm on Wedn esday day; if th e leap year is exclu ded, (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese th en 28th March will be a 33. Six roads lead to a cou n try. Th ey
(1) Su nday (2) Tu esday m ay be in dicated by letters X, Y,
20. A clock gain in g 2 m in every h ou r
was synchronised at midnight with (3) Monday (4) Satu rday Z an d digits 1, 2, 3. Wh en th ere
a clock losin g 1 m in every h ou r. (5) Non e of th ese is a storm , Y i s block ed. Wh en
How m any m inu tes behin d will its 28. In a cl ass of 60 st u den t s, t h e th ere are floods, X, 1 an d 2 will
m in u te h an d be at eleven th e fol- n u m ber of boys an d girls partici- b e af fec t ed . W h en r oad 1 i s
lowing m orning? patin g in th e an n u al sports is in block ed, Z is also block ed. At a
(1) 23 (2) 27 th e ratio 3 : 2 respectively. Th e tim e, wh en th ere are floods an d
n u m ber of girls n ot partici- a storm , wh ich road can be u sed?
(3) 22 (4) Non e of th ese
pating in th e sports is 5 more th an (1) 3 (2) Z
(5) All of th ese
th e n u m ber of boys n ot partici- (3) Y (4) 2
21. Su ppose it is 3 o’ clock past 20 patin g in th e sports. If th e n u m -
min the an gle between the smaller (5) Non e of th ese
ber of boys participatin g in th e
an d bigger h an ds will be sports is 15, th en how m an y girls 34. If th e seven th day of a m on th is
(1) 20° (2) 30° are th ere in th e class? th ree days earli er t h an Fri day,
wh at day will it be on th e n in e-
(3) 11 0 ° (4) 120° (1) 20 (2) 30
teen th day of th e m on th ?
(5) Non e of th ese (3) 25
(1) Su nday (2) Monday
22. In a m on th of 31 days, th e th ird (4) Data in adequ ate
(3) Wednesday (4) Friday
Wed n esd ay fal l s on t h e 1 5 t h . (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
35. If the third day of a month is Mon - were organ ised b efore t h e r est day. from Hyderabad. R does n ot belon g to
day, wh ich of th e followin g will Rest day was between Plays Q an d T. Hyderabad or Ban galore. Delegate V
be th e fifth day, from 21st of th at Play R was organised im mediately after is from Patn a an d h e is sittin g secon d
month? t h e Pl ay P. S w a s or ga n i s ed o n to th e righ t of X. V is an im m ediate
(1) Wednesday (2) Monday Thu rsday. n eigh b ou r of P. W i s si tt i n g t o t h e
(3) Tu esday (4) Th u rsday 41. Wh ich of th e followin g Plays was im m ediate left of S. On ly on e person
(5) Non e of th ese organ ised im m ediately after th e is si ttin g between S an d th e p erson
36. My u n cle sh all visit m e after 64 Play S ? wh o belon gs to Kolk ata. Th e delegate
days of m y fath er’s birt h day. If fr om Kol k at a i s n ot an i m m ed i at e
(1) Q (2) U n eigh bou r of th e delegate from Patn a.
my father’s birthday falls on Tu es-
(3) T (4) P On ly two person s are sittin g between
day, wh at sh all be th e day on m y
(5) R Q an d th e delegate from Ban galore.
u n cle’s visit?
(1) Tu esday (2) Su nday 42. On wh ich of th e followin g days 46. Wh at is th e position of R with
(3) Wednesday (4) Monday was th e rest day ? respect to W ?
(5) Non e of th ese (1) Secon d to th e righ t
(1) Su nday (2) Tu esday
37. A work er may claim 15 for each (2) Th ird to th e righ t
(3) Monday (4) Th u rsday (3) Secon d to th e left
k m wh ich h e travels by taxi an d
(5) Satu rday (4) Th ird to th e left
5 for each k m wh ich h e drives
h is own car. If in on e week , h e 43. Wh ich of th e followin g Plays was (5) Im m ediate left
claim ed 500 for travellin g 80 organ ised in th e last ? 47. To wh ich of th e followin g cities
k m , h ow m an y k ilom eters did h e does S belon g ?
(1) P (2) R (1) Kolk ata
travel by taxi?
(3) U (4) S (2) Ban galore
(1) 10 (2) 20
(3) 30 (4) 80 (5) T (3) Hyderabad
(5) Non e of th ese 44. W h i c h of t h e f ol l o w i n g (4) Chandigarh
38. Th e n u m ber of boys in a class is com bin ation s of th e Day-Play is (5) Ot h er t h an t h ose gi ven as
th ree tim es th e n u m ber of girls. correct ? options
Wh ich on e of th e followin g n u m - 48. Who among the following is sitting
(1) Tu esday – T
bers can n ot repr esen t th e total exactly between th e delegate from
n u m ber of ch ildren in th e class? (2) Satu rday – R Hyderabad an d S ?
(1) 48 (2) 44 (3) Friday – S (1) Delegate from Ch en n ai
(3) 42 (4) 40 (2) V (3) T
(4) Mon day – U
(5) Non e of th ese (4) Delegate from Am ritsar
(5) Su n day – P (5) Delegate from Kolk ata
39. Ravi h as 3 m ore th an Ram u ,
bu t then Ram u wins on the horses 45. If S i s r el at ed t o Fr i d ay i n a 49. Which of th e following statemen ts
an d trebles h is m on ey, so th at h e certain way an d T is related to is tru e regardin g R ?
n ow h as 2 m ore th an th e origi- Tu esday in th e sam e way, th en (1) R belon gs to Ch an digarh
n al am ou n t of money that th e two P is related to (2) R is sittin g secon d to righ t of
b oy s h ad b et w een t h em . H ow (1) Su nday (2) Th u rsday P
m u ch m on ey did Ravi an d Ram u
(3) Monday (4) Wednesday (3) R is sittin g exactly between
h av e b et w een t h em b ef or e
t h e delegat e fr om Am ri t sar
Ram u ’s win ? (5) Satu rday an d T
(1) 9 (2) 11 Di r ect i on s (46–50) : Stu dy th e fol- (4) R is sittin g ju st opposite th e
(3) 13 (4) 15 lowing information carefu lly and answer delegate from Patn a
(5) Non e of th ese th e qu estion s given below : (5) Non e of th e given statem en ts
40. Sim plify an d fin d th e valu e of A’ is tru e
Eigh t delegates, viz., P, Q, R, S,
in th e equ ation given below 50. Wh o am on g th e followin g is sit-
T, V, W an d X, are from eigh t differen t
2 + 7 × l6 – (8 – 7)–(9 ÷ 3) = A tin g th ird to th e righ t of X ?
c i t i es v i z, H y d er ab a d , A m r i t s ar ,
(1) 116 (2) 150 Ch an digarh , Kolk ata, Ch en n ai, Delh i, (1) S
(3) 110 (4) 220 Pa t n a an d B a n ga l o r e b u t n o t (2) Delegate from Ch en n ai
(5) Non e of th ese
n ecessarily in th e sam e order. (3) Delegate from Ban galore
fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d All th e eigh t delegates are sittin g (4) V
an swer th e qu estion s given below : arou n d a circu lar table facin g towards (5) Delegate from Hyderabad
th e cen tre bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e Di r ect i on s (51–55) : Stu dy the fol-
Si x pl ays P, Q, R, S, T an d U
sam e order. P is sittin g fou rth to th e lowing information carefu lly and answer
were organ ised on six differen t days
left of S. P is from Delh i. X is n ot an th e qu estion s given below :
from Wedn esday to Tu esday with on e
im m ediate n eigh bou r of S. Delegate W
rest d ay, bu t n ot n ecessari ly in t h e Eigh t person s — P, Q, R, S, T, U,
is from Ch en n ai. S does n ot belon g to
sam e or d er. Rest d ay was n ot on V an d W — were bor n in th ree differ -
Am ritsar. Delegate from Ban galore is
Friday. Play Q was organ ised on th e en t m on th s (of th e sam e year) bu t n ot
sittin g th ird to th e righ t of th e delegate
first day an d th en th r ee m ore plays n ecessarily in th e sam e order, n am ely
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
March , J u n e an d Decem ber su ch th at Seven person s — A, B, C, D, E, F 60. How man y persons were appoin t-
not less than two person s and n ot more an d G — were appoin ted to a com pa- ed before G?
t h an t h ree p erson s wer e b or n in a n y on seven differen t days of th e sam e (1) Two (2) On e
m on th . Each of th em also lik es a dif- week startin g from Mon day to Su n day (3) Th r ee (4) Fou r
feren t fru it n am ely Gu ava, Peach , Ba- (bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e or -
(5) Non e, as G was appointed on
nana, Cherry, Man go, Orange, Kiwi and der). Each person also plays a differ -
Monday
Apple bu t n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e en t gam e n am ely- Cri ck et, H ock ey,
ord er. Football, Squ ash , Vol leybal l, Ten n is Di r ect i on s (61–66) : Stu dy the fol-
O n l y Q a n d W w er e b o r n i n an d Kh o-Kh o, bu t n ot n ecessarily in lowing information carefu lly and answer
March . R lik es Apple an d was born in th e sam e order. th e qu estion s given below :
th e sam e m on th as T. R was n ot born On ly two person s were appoin ted Seven frien ds n am ely A, B, C, D,
in Decem ber. Th e on e wh o lik es Man - after th e on e wh o plays Hock ey. E was E, F an d G learn seven differen t lan -
go was born in J u n e. T does n ot lik e appoin ted on on e of th e days after th e gu ages n am el y J a p an ese, H i n d i ,
Man go. U was n ot born in th e sam e one who plays Hock ey. On ly th ree per - Fren ch , Chinese, Spanish , English and
m on th as T. S lik es Ch erry an d born son s were appoin ted between E an d Germ an , n ot n ecessarily in th e sam e
in th e sam e m on th as U. V does n ot G. On ly on e person was appoin ted be- order, startin g from Mon day to Su n -
lik e Mango. The on e wh o lik es Kiwi and tween G an d the on e wh o plays Volley- day (of th e sam e week ).
th e on e wh o lik es Ban an a were born ball. A was appoin ted im m ediately af- F lear n s a lan gu age on Wedn es-
in th e sam e m on th . Th e on e wh o lik es ter th e on e wh o plays Volleyball. On ly day. On ly on e person learn s between
Kiwi was n ot born in th e sam e m on th th ree persons were appoin ted after th e
F and th e one who learns Spanish. Only
as W. U does n ot lik e Kiwi. Th e on e one who plays Kho-Kho. F was appoin t-
th ree person s learn between th e on e
wh o lik es Gu ava was born in the sam e ed imm ediately after C, bu t n ot on Fri-
wh o learn s Span ish an d B. Th e on e
m on th as P. Q does n ot lik e Peach . day. On ly two person s were appoin t-
51. As p er t h e gi ven ar r an gem en t ed between F an d th e on e wh o plays wh o learn s Fren ch learn s im m ediately
wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- Crick et. B was appoin ted im m ediately aft er B . On ly t wo person s learn be-
tions represen ts on ly the person s after th e on e wh o plays crick et. More tween th e on e wh o learn s Fren ch an d
wh o were born in Decem ber? th an two person s were appoin ted be- G. A learns im mediately before D. Only
(1) T, V (2) U, P, T tween D an d th e on e wh o plays Ten - th ree person s learn between th e on e
(3) V, U, S (4) P, T n is. F does n ot play Football. wh o learn s J apan ese an d th e on e wh o
(5) P, V, S 56. Wh o am on gst th e followin g was learn s En glish . F does n ot learn J apa-
52. As per t h e given arran gem en t, appoin ted on Wedn esday? n ese. E l ear n s befor e t h e on e wh o
wh ich of th e followin g person s (1) Th e on e wh o plays Kh o-Kh o learns En glish . On ly on e person learn s
represents the on e wh o was born (2) Th e on e wh o plays Crick et b et ween E an d th e on e wh o l earn s
in th e sam e m on th as th e on e (3) F (4) A Ch in ese. A does n ot learn Hin di.
wh o lik es Oran ge? (5) B 61. As per th e given arran gem en t, B
(1) W (2) P 57. Which of th e following statemen ts is related to th e on e wh o learn s
(3) R (4) T is tru e as per th e given arran ge- Fren ch in a certain way an d F is
(5) U men t?
r el at ed to t h e on e wh o l earn s
53. Which of th e following fru its does (1) Only one person was appoint-
Ch i n ese i n t h e sam e way. To
T lik e, as per th e given arran ge- ed between F an d th e on e
wh ich of the following is A related
men t? wh o plays Squ ash .
(2) On ly th ree person s were ap- to in th e sam e way?
(1) Oran ge (2) Gu ava
(3) Peach (4) Banana poin ted before C. (1) th e on e wh o learn s Germ an
(5) Oth er t h an t h ose gi ven as (3) A plays Ten n is.
(2) th e on e wh o learn s Hin di
options (4) B was appoin ted on Satu r -
54. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- day. (3) th e on e wh o learn s Japanese
tion s is correct, as per th e given (5) Non e of th e given option s is (4) th e on e wh o learn s En glish
arran gement? tru e
58. Th e person wh o plays Tenn is was (5) th e on e wh o learn s Span ish
(1) Decem ber — Peach
(2) J u n e — Oran ge appoin ted on wh ich of the follow- 62. Which of th e following statemen ts
(3) J u n e — Ban an a in g days? is/ are tru e abou t C?
(4) March — Gu ava (1) Th u rsday (2) Tu esday
(1) C learn s Hin di
(5) Decem ber — Ban an a (3) Su nday (4) Monday
55. Wh o am on gst th e followin g lik es (5) Satu rday (2) C learn s a lan gu age on Sat-
Peach , as per th e given arran ge- 59. Wh ich of th e followin g com bin a- u rday
men t? tion s will be definitely tru e as per (3) C learn s a lan gu age imm edi-
(1) P (2) V th e given arran gem en t? ately after F
(3) U (4) W (1) C — Squ ash
(2) Th u rsday — D (4) On ly two person s learn be-
(5) T
(3) Satu rday — Crick et tween C an d G
following information carefu lly an d an - (4) Mon day — Volleyball (5) All th e given statem en ts are
swer th e qu estion s given below : (5) F — Kh o-Kh o tru e
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
63. Fou r of th e following five are alik e arran ged in th e ascen din g order 70. H ow m an y cook i es d oes jar E
in a certain way an d th u s form a with in th e n u m ber from left to possibly h ave?
gr ou p as p er t h e gi v en righ t? (1) 22 (2) 11
a r r a n gem en t . Wh i c h o f t h e
(1) On e (2) More th an th ree (3) 5 (4) 19
followin g does n ot belon g to th at
(3) Th r ee (4) Two (5) 12
grou p?
(4) None
(1) D – Th u rsday SHORT ANSWERS
(2) F – Su n day Di r ect i on s (6 8 –7 0 ) : Stu dy t h e
(3) B – Friday fol l owi n g i n for m at ion carefu l ly an d
1.(2) 2.(4) 3.(2) 4.(1)
(4) A – Tu esday 5.(3) 6.(4) 7.(3) 8.(4)
Th er e are fi ve jars – A, B, C, D
(5) G – Mon day and E – each having differen t n u m bers
64. Which of th e followin g langu ages 9.(2) 10.(2) 11.(3) 12.(4)
of cook i es. J ar A h as m ore cook i es
does D l ear n ? th an jar E bu t less th an jar B. J ar D 13.(2) 14.(3) 15.(3) 16.(4)
(1) Spanish (2) Hindi h as m ore cook ies th an jar B. J ar D
d oes n ot h ave t h e m ost n u m ber of 17.(4) 18.(2) 19.(2) 20 .(4)
(3) Fren ch (4) J apan ese cook ies. Th e jar h avin g th e th ird least 21 .(1) 22 .(4) 23 .(4) 24 .(4)
(5) English n u m ber of cook ies h as 11 cook ies. Th e
jar havin g th e m ost n u mber of cook ies 25 .(4) 26 .(1) 27 .(2) 28 .(4)
65. Who amon gst the followin g learns
Germ an ? h as 24 cook ies. 29 .(2) 30 .(1) 31.(3) 32.(1)
68. Wh ich of th e followin g jars prob-
(1) E (2) A 3 3.(1) 3 4.(1) 3 5.(1) 3 6.(3)
ably h as 17 cook ies?
(3) G (4) D
(1) B (2) E 3 7.(1) 3 8.(3) 3 9.(3) 40 .(3)
(5) C
(3) Eith er ‘A’or ‘E’ 41.(4) 4 2. (1) 43.(3) 4 4 . (2)
66. On wh ich of th e followin g days
(4) D 45.(5) 46.(2) 47.(4) 48.(1)
does E learn a lan gu age?
(5) Eith er ‘C’or ‘B’ 49.(3) 50.(5) 51.(3) 52.(1)
(1) Th u rsday (2) Friday 69. Wh ich of th e followin g jars h as
53.(2) 54.(5) 55.(4) 56.(2)
(3) Monday (4) Su nday t h e secon d l ow est n u m b er of
cook ies? 57.(5) 58.(3) 59.(4) 60.(1)
(5) Tu esday
67. Th e positions of h ow m an y digits (1) D (2) A 61.(3) 62.(3) 63.(1) 64.(4)
will rem ain th e sam e if th e digits (3) E (4) C 65.(2) 66.(5) 67.(4) 68.(4)
in th e n u m ber 69852731 are re- (5) B 69.(2) 70.(3)
EXPLANATIONS
(1 - 7 ) : In form ation given in th e qu estion can be presen ted in th e table as below.
J an . Feb. Mar. Ap r. May June J ul y Au g. Sep. Oct . Nov . Dec.

Mm Mm Mm Mm Mm Mm
Ec Ec Ec Ec Ec Ec
B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1
Fm Fm Fm Fm
Ac Ac Ac Ac Ac Ac aC
Pm Pm Pm
1. (2) M on t h s Feb r u ar y an d J u l y 5. (3) T h r ee l ec t u r es - M a r k et i n g 8. (4) Cou n tin g th e n u m ber of days

h ave on l y t wo l ect u res. Mon t h m an agem en t , E con om i cs an d after 21st J u ly 1947 to 21 J u ly
available in option in Febru ary. Bu sin ess law last m ore th an 6 1999
Hen ce, option (2) is ou r an swer. months. = 52 years + 366 days.
2. (4) Maximu m fou r lectu res can be 6. (4) Tot al n u m b er of ser i es i n = (13 leap yr + 39 ordin ary years)
atten ded in a sin gle m on th . Sep t em b er , O c t ob er an d + 366 days
3. (2) Bu sin ess law lasts from J an . Novem b er i s 5 — M ar k et i n g, = (13 × 2 odd days + 39 odd days)
to Sep . an d Person n el m an age E c on o m i c s , A c c ou n t i n g, + 2 odd days
m en t lasts from Oct. to Dec. Per s o n n el m a n agem en t an d = 67 odd days = 4 odd days
4. (1) J an , March , April, May, Ju n e, Bu sin ess law.
ie, (7 – 4) = 3 days beyon d th e
J u ly, Au gu st, Sept., Oct ., Nov,. 7. (3) 8 d i ffer en t l ect u r es can b e
day on 21 J u ly 1999.
& Dec. In al l a st u d en t h as to at ten ded in J an u ary, Febr u ary
atten d lectu res for 11 m on th s. So, th e day was Satu rday.
an d March .
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
9. (2) Time interval of train is 45 min. 21. (1) In 1 m in , m in u te h an d travels Sin ce, n u m ber of boys n ot par -
Next train will leave at 8.30 pm . 6°. ticipatin g in sports is n ot given ,
It m ean s that earlier train h ad left  An gle travelled by min u te h an d we can n ot solve th e qu estion .
at 7.45 pm . Wh en th e information in 20 m in = 120° 29. (2) Two-third of righ t angle is 60°.
was gi ven i t was 1 5 m i n l at e. Now, 3h 20 m in = 200 m in Let two h an ds of watch m ak e
Hence, th e in formation was given 60° an gle in x m in .
1
at 8.00 pm. In 1 m in , h ou r h an d travels 1
2 x ×6 –x × = 60
10. (2) They will toll togeth er after th e 2
 An gle travelled by h ou r h an d
tim e calcu lated by tak in g LCM of in 200 m in = 100° 11 x
6, 5, 7, 10 an d 12 = 420 s or 7  Requ ired an gle = 120 – 100 =  = 60
m in. Hence, in 1 h or 60 m in th ey 2
20°
will toll 8 tim es exclu din g th e on e 22. (4) Th ird Wednesday falls on 15th 120
at th e start.  x =
of th e m on th . Fou rth Wedn esday 11
(1 1 - 1 9 ) : will fall on 22n d of th e m on th .
10
Th e revised sch edu le of in terview Fifth Wedn esday will fall on 29th = 10 m in
is given below of th e m on th . 11
Pan el -I Pan el -I I
Fifth Friday will fall on 31st of th e 10
mon th.  r equ i r ed t i m e = 10 m in
A 9.50 t o 10.00 10.30 t o 10.40 11
23. (4) Su ppose, past 3
B 9.40 t o 9.50 10.20 t o 10.30 Ran jeev’s age = x yr
C 10.00 t o 10.20 10.30 t o 10.00 30. (1) Time interval = 24 × 4 – 7 = 89 h
Ran jeev’s Broth er’s Age Tim e lost in 24 h = 16 m in
D 10.00 t o 10.10 10.40 t o 10.50 = x + 6 yr  Tim e m easu red by clock = 24h
E 10.40 t o 10.50 10.00 t o 10.140 Ran jeev’s Fath er’s Age – 16 m in
F 10.20 t o 10.30 9.40 t o 9.50 = x + 6 + 32
G 10.30 t o 9.40 10.1 0 t o10 .20 = x + 38 yr 44
= 23 h
H 10.30 t o 10.40 9.50 t o 10.00 Ran jeev’s Moth er’s Age 60
11. (3) E an d D fin ish ed th e in terview = x + 38 – 3 356
at 10.50 Ran jeev’s Sister’s Age = h
15
12. (4) C fi n i sh ed t h e i n t er vi ew at = x + 35 – 25
 Act u al t i m e wh en t h e clock
10.20 . B fin ish ed at 10.30 an d = x + 10 yr m easu re
fin ish ed at 1 0.50 . Hen ce, n on e 24. (4) In 1 h , h ou r h an d m oves by
30°. 24 15
of th em fin ish ed before C. 89 h = 89
13. (2) G fi n i sh es at 1 0 .2 0 an d A 356
1
fin ish es at 10.40. Hen ce G h as So, in 2 h, hou r hand moves = 90 h
2  Requ ired tim e
to wait for 20 m in .
14. (3) D an d E both leave at 10.50. 1 = 10 am + 1 h
15. (3) On Th u r sd ay al l t h e t h r ee by 30 × 2 = 75° = 11 am
2
broth ers are available. 31. (3) Go throu gh option s,
25. (4) Nu m b er of d ay b et w een 1 Ram ’s presen t age is 26 yr.
16. (4) For a m axim u m of fou r days Novem b er 19 95 an d 27 M ar ch
on ly on e broth er is available at a Last year, h is age was a per fect
199 5. squ are.
particu lar tim e in a week . 4 + 30 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 31 + 30
17. (4) On M on d ay an d Th u r sd ay Next year, h is age will be a per -
+ 31 + 1 = 219 days. fect cu be.
between 10 am to 12 n oon both
Navin an d Rajiv are available at 219 Next cu be n u m ber is 64.
Nu m ber of odd day = Requ ired n u m ber of years = 64 -
home. 7
18. (2) Let th e girls earn s .x in oth er =2 26 = 38 yr
m on t h . Th en , ear n i n g i n t h e 26. (1) 1 6 J a n u a r y 1 9 9 7 w as a 32. (1) By option ,
m on th of Decem ber = 2x. If wom en = 1 7, m en = 15 an d
Thu rsday.
 Th en Total an n u al salary ch ildren =11 So, total = 43
16 J an u ary 1998 was a Friday.
= 2x + 11x = 13x 33. (1) Wh en th ere is a storm , y is
16 J an u ary 1999 was a Satu rday.
block ed. Wh en th ere are floods,
2x 16 J an u ary 2000 was a Su n day.
X, 1 an d 2 are affected alon g with
 Requ ired ratio = 2 : 13  9 J an u ary 2000 and 2 J an u ary
13 x Z, So, w h en b ot h st or m an d
2000 were also on Su n day.
19. (2) Tim e from 1 pm on Tu esdayto floods are th ere, th en road 3 can
 4 J an u ary was a Tu esday.
1 pm on Th u rsday = 48 h be u sed.
Th e watch gain s (1 + 2) = 3 m in 27. (2) If 28 Febru ary is Tu esday an d
34. (1) 7th day will be Tu esday.
in 48 h . It will gain 1 m in in 16 h . i t i s n ot a l eap year. Th en , 7 1 4 t h d a y w i l l b e Tu es d a y .
Hen ce, it will be correct at 5 am March , 14 March 21 March an d So, 19th day will be Su n day.
on Wedn esday. 28 March are also Tu esday. 35. (1) 3rd day is Mon day.
20. (4) A s t h e gi ven cl o c k i s 28. (4) From th e in form ation given in 10th , 17th an d 24th will also be
syn ch ron ised with a clock losin g the qu estion, we can conclu de that Monday.
1 m in every h ou r, it will n ow lose ou t of 60 st u den t s, n u m ber of 5th day from 21st day is 26th day
3 m in per h ou r. b oys an d gi rl s p ar ti ci pati n g i n of th at m on th .
Hen ce, in 11 h it will lose 33 m in . sports are 15 an d 10 respectively. So, 26th day will be wedn esday.
ANALYTICAL PUZZLES
36. (3) If fat h er ’s b i r t h d ay fal l s on 46. (2) R is sittin g th ird to th e righ t (6 1 –6 6 ) :
Tu esday. of W. Day Frien d Lan guage
Th en , 7th , 1 4th ....... 63rd day 47. (4) S belon gs to Ch an digarh .
after fath er’s birth day will also fall Monday B Hindi
48. (1) Q i s fr om H y d er ab ad . Th e
on Tu esday. Tu esday E Fren ch
delegate from Ch en n ai W is sit-
H en ce, 6 4 t h d ay from fat h er ’s
tin g between Q an d S. Wednesday F English
birth day will fall on wedn esday.
37. (1) Let th e d istan ce covered by 49. (3) R belon gs to Kolk ata.
Th u rsday C Ch in ese
taxi = x k m R is sittin g secon d to th e left of
Let th e distan ce covered by car = P. Friday G Spanish
y km R is sittin g ju st opposite Q, th e Satu rday A Germ an
So, x + y = 80 .........(i) delegate from Hyderabad.
15x + 5y = 500 .......(ii) Su nday D J apan ese
50. (5) The delegate from Hyderabad
Solving both the equations x = 10 km 61. (3) B learn s Hin di lan gu age im -
Q is sittin g th ird to the right of X.
38. (3) Th e ratio of Boys : Girls = 3:1 m ed iat el y befor e t h e on e wh o
So, 42 is n ot possible as it is n ot (5 1 –5 5 ) :
learn s Fren ch lan gu age.
divisible by (3 + 1) = 4 Per son Mont h Frui t Sim ilarly, F learn s En glish lan -
39. (3) Go by option s, P Ju ne Mango gu age imm ediately before the one
If th e m on ey between Ravi an d wh o learn s Ch in ese lan gu age.
Q March Oran ge
Ram u = 13 A learns German lan gu age imm e-
R Ju ne Apple
Ravi Ram u diately before th e on e wh o learn s
Before Win 8 5 S D ecem ber Ch erry
J apanese lan gu age.
After win 5 × 3 = 15 = wh ich is T Ju ne Gu ava
62. (3) C learns Ch in ese lan gu age on
2 m ore th an th e origin al am ou n t. U D ecem ber Banana Thu rsday immediately after F who
40. (3) 2 + 7 × l6 – (8 – 7) – (9 ÷ 3) =A V D ecem ber Kiwi learn s English lan gu age.
2 + 7 × l6 –l – 3 =A W March Peach C learns Chinese langu age imm e-
2 + 112 – 4 = A 51. (3) S, U an d V w er e b or n i n diately before G.
A = 110 D ecem b er. 63. (1) D learns Japan ese langu age
(4 1 –4 5 ) : on Su n day (Th u rsday + 3).
52. (1) Q lik es Oran ge an d h e was F l ear n s En gl i sh l an gu age on
Day Pl ay
born in th e m on th of Mar ch . W Wedn esday (Su n day – 4).
Wednesday Q was also k n own in th e m on th of B learn s Hin di lan gu age on Mon -
Th u rsday S March . day (Friday – 4).
Friday P 53. (2) T lik es Gu ava. A l earn s Germ an lan gu age on
54. (5) U lik es Ban an a an d h e was Satu rday (Tu esday + 4).
Satu rday R G lear n s Span i sh l an gu age on
bor n in t h e m on th of Decem ber.
Su nday Rest Day 55. (4) W lik es Peach . Friday (Mon day + 4).
64. (4) D learn s J apan ese lan gu age
Monday T (5 6 –6 0 ) :
on Su n day.
Tu esday U Day Per son Gam e 65. (2) A learn s German langu age on
41. (4) Play P was organised after th e Monday D Volleyball Satu rday.
Play S. Tu esday A Football 66. (5) E learn s Fren ch lan gu age on
42. (1) Rest Day was on Su n day. Wednesday G Crick et Tu esday.
43. (3) Play U was organised in the last. Th u rsday B Kho-Kho 67. (4)
44. (2) Th e combination Satu rday - R Friday C Hock ey
is correct.
6 9 8 5 2 7 3 1
Satu rday F Squash
45. (5) Play S was organised one day Su nday E Ten nis 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9
before Friday, i.e., on Thu rsday.
56. (2) G was appoin ted on Wedn es- (6 8 –7 0 ) :
Play T was organised one day be-
day. He plays crick et.
fore Tu esday, i.e., on Monday. Sim- B >A>E
ilarly, Play P was organised one day 57. (5) F h im self plays squ ash .
D >B
before Satu rday, i.e., on Friday. Fou r p er son s w er e ap p oi n t ed
C>D >B >A>E
(4 6 –4 0 ) : before C.
A plays football.  
Del hi
Patna
P
Amr it sar B was appoin ted on Th u rsday. 24 11
V X
58. (3) E plays ten n is. He was ap- 68. (4) J ar D h as m ore th an 11 bu t
Kolk ata poin ted on Su n day. less th an 24 cook ies.
Hyderabad
Q R 69. (2) J ar A h as th e secon d lowest
59. (4) Monday – Volleyball combina-
tion is correct. n u m ber of cook ies.
W T 60. (1) Two persons – A and D – were
Chennai Bangal or e 70. (3) J ar E h as less th an 11 cook -
S
Chandigarh appoin ted before G. ies. qqq
ARGUMENTATION
ARGUMENTATION
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly argu m en t I
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS is stron g.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly argu m en t
Di r ect i on s (1 -5 ) : In m ak in g deci- 3. St at em en t : Shou ld there be com- II is stron g.
sion s abou t im portan t qu estion s, it is pu lsory m edical exam in ation of Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II is
desirable to be able to distin gu ish be- both th e m an an d th e wom an be- stron g.
tween ‘strong’argu m ents and ‘weak ’ar - fore th ey m arry each oth er ?
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II
gu ments. ‘Strong’argu men ts are those Argum en t s : I. No, this is an intru - is stron g.
wh ich are both im portan t an d directly sion to the privacy of an individu al Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II are
related to th e qu estion . ‘Weak ’ argu - an d h ence cannot be tolerated. stron g.
m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m in or I I . Yes, th is will su bstan tially re-
importance and also may not be directly 6. St at em en t : Sh ou ld th e adm is-
du ce th e risk of givin g birth to sion to profession al cou rses in
related to th e qu estion or m ay be rech ildren with seriou s ailm en ts. In dia be given on ly on m erit with-
lated to a trivial aspect of th e qu es-
4. St at em en t : Sh ou ld all th e dru gs ou t an y con cession to an y par -
tion.
paten t ed an d m an u factu red in ticu lar grou p of stu den ts ?
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09.02.2003) western cou n tries be first tr ied Ar gu m en t s : I. Yes, th is will im -
Each qu estion below is followed by ou t on sample basis before givin g prove th e qu ality of th e profes-
two argu m en ts n u m bered I an d II. You licen ce for sale to gen eral pu blic sionals as they will be able to com-
h ave to decide wh ich of th e argu m en t in In dia ? plete th e cou rses su ccessfu lly.
is a ‘stron g’argu m en t an d wh ich is a Ar gu m en t s : I . Yes, m an y su ch II . No, th is will k eep large n u m ber
‘weak ’argu m en t. dru gs requ ire differen t doses an d of socially and economically back -
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly argu m en t I du ration for Indian popu lation and ward stu den ts ou t of th e reach
is stron g. h en ce it is n ecessary. of th e profession al cou rses.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly argu m en t I I. No, th is is ju st n ot feasible an d 7. St at em en t : Sh ou l d th e st at e
II is stron g h en ce can n ot be im plm en ted. govern m en ts be allowed to retain
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II is 5. St at em en t : Sh ou ld all th e for - m ajor sh ares of th e cen tral taxes
stron g. eign bank s imm ediately be ask ed c o l l ec t ed i n t h e r esp ec t i v e
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II to close down th eir operation s in states ?
is stron g. In dia ? Ar gu m en t s : I. No, th e cen tral
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II are Ar gu m en t s : I . No, th is will h ave govern m en t sh ou ld receive th e
stron g. an ad ver se i m p act on In d i an m ajor sh are as m ost of th e de-
1. St at em en t : Shou ld there be capi- economy. vel op m en t al p r ogr am m es ar e
tal pu n ish m en t for th ose wh o are II. Yes, this is the only way to mak e fu n ded b y t h e cen t r al govern -
fou n d gu ilty of rape ch arges ? the Indian bank s su rvive and pros- m en t.
Ar gu m en t s : I . Yes, th is is th e per. II . Yes, m ost of t h e state gover n -
only way to elim in ate su ch atroci- ments are short of fu n ds and th ey
Di r ect i on s (6 -1 0) : In m ak ing deci-
ties on wom en . badly n eed m ore fu n ds.
sion s abou t im portan t qu estions, it is
I I . No, th is will lead to m ore vio- desirable to be able to distin gu ish be- 8. St at em en t : Sh ou ld all th e pri-
len ce as cu lprits may even k ill th e tween ‘strong’argu m ents and ‘weak ’ar - vate sector ban k s be im mediately
rape victim s. gu m ents. ‘Stron g’argu m en ts are th ose m erged wit h th e pu bl ic sector
which are both im portan t and directly ban k s ?
2. St at em en t : Sh ou ld all th e n on -
related to th e qu estion . ‘Week ’ argu - Ar gu m en t s : I. No, th e private
perform in g em ployees in the pu b-
m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m in or sector ban k s are profit m ak in g
l i c sect or b e com p u l sor i l y r e-
importance and also may not be directly en tities an d h en ce th ey sh ou ld
tren ch ed from service ?
related to the qu estion or m ay be re- n ot be m erged.
Ar gu m en t s : I . No, th is will give
lated to a trivial aspect of the qu estion . II . Yes, th is will safegu ard th e h ard
an u n ju st h an dle to th e m an age-
(Sy n di cat e Ban k PO Exam . 10.10.2004) earn ed m on ey of th e cu stom ers
m en t an d th ey m ay u se it in dis-
Each qu estion below is followed by an d t h ei r i n t er est s wil l b e se-
crim in ately.
cu r ed.
I I . Yes, th is will h elp in crease th e two argu m en ts n u m bered I an d II. You
h ave to decide wh ich of th e argu m en t 9. St at em en t : Sh ou ld the in ch arge
level of efficien cy of th ese organ i- of all th e police station s in th e
sat i on s an d t h ese wi ll becom e is a ‘stron g’argu m en t an d wh ich is a
‘weak ’argu m en t. cou n try be tran sferred every two
profitable establish men ts. years ?
ARGUMENTATION
Ar gu m en t s : I. No, th is will cre- II . No, government does n ot have decide the pay stru ctu re of its
ate lot of adm in istrative h assles expertise to h an dle su ch op- em ployees.
an d also will create lot of in con - eration s. II . No, th e work load an d respon -
ven ien ce to th e police officers. III. Yes, th is way gen eral pu blic sib il i ti es of cen t r al govern -
II . Yes, th is is th e on ly way to eradi- can be tak en ou t of the clu tch- m en t an d stat e govern m en t
cate th e nexu s between police ofes of th e p r i vat e t ran sp or t em ployees differ an d h en ce
ficers an d an ti social elem en ts. com pan ies. th ere sh ou ld be differen t pay
10. St at em en t : Sh ou ld the oil com - (1) On ly I is stron g stru ctu re.
pan ies be allowed to fix th e price (2) On ly I an d II are stron g III. Yes, all are gover n m en t em -
of petroleu m produ cts depen d- (3) On ly II an d III are stron g p l oy ees a n d h en c e t h ey
in g on m ark et con dition s ? sh ou ld be treated equ ally ir -
(4) All I, II an d III are stron g
Ar gu m en t s : I. Yes, th is is th e r esp ecti ve of t h ei r wor k i n g
(5) Non e of th ese
on ly way to m ak e th e oil com pa- wi th cen t ral govern m en t or
n ies com m ercially viable. 13. St at em en t : Shou ld the institu tes an y state govern m en t.
of h igh er learn in gs in In dia lik e
II . No, th is will pu t addition al bu r - (1) On ly I is stron g
IITs and IIMs be made totally free
den on th e retail prices of essen - (2) On ly I an d III are stron g
tial com m odities an d will cau se from govern m en t con trol ?
(3) On ly III is stron g
lot of h ardsh ips to th e m asses. Ar gu m en t s :
(4) On ly II an d III are stron g
Di r ect i on s (1 1 –1 5 ) : In m ak in g I . Yes, su ch in stitu tes in th e de-
veloped cou n tries are ru n by (5) Non e of th ese
decision s abou t im portan t qu estion s,
it is desirable to be able to distin gu ish n on -govern m en t agen cies. Di r ect i on s (1 6 -2 0 ) : In m ak in g
between ‘stron g’argu m ents an d ‘weak ’ I . No, govern m en t n eeds to reg- decision s abou t im portan t qu estion s,
ar gu m en t s. ‘St r on g’ ar gu m en ts ar e u late fu n ction s of th ese insti- it is desirable to be able to distin gu ish
th ose wh ich are both im portan t an d tu tes for n ation al in terest. between ‘stron g’argu m ents an d ‘weak ’
directly related to th e qu estion . ‘Weak ’ ar gu m en t s. ‘St r on g’ ar gu m en ts ar e
III. No, these in stitu tes are not ca-
argu m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m i- th ose wh ich are both im portan t an d
pable to tak e policy decision s
n or im portan ce an d also m ay n ot be directly related to th e qu estion . ‘Weak ’
for sm ooth fu n ctionin g.
directly related to th e qu estion or m ay argu m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m i-
(1) On ly I is stron g
be related to a trivial aspect of th e qu es- n or im portan ce an d also m ay n ot be
(2) On ly II is stron g directly related to th e qu estion or m ay
tion.
(3) On ly III is stron g be related to a trivial aspect of th e qu es-
(UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 22.03.2009)
(4) On ly I an d III are stron g tion.
11. St at em en t : Sh ou ld th e govern -
m en t deregu late th e retail prices (5) Non e of th ese (PNB Speci al i st Of f i cer 's
14. St at em en t : Sh ou ld th e parlia- Ex am . 16. 08.20 09)
of petrol, diesel an d cook in g gas
an d allow th e prices to be driven m en t election s in In dia be h eld Each qu estion below is followed
by m ark et con dition s? on a sin gle day th rou gh ou t th e by two argu m en ts n u m bered I an d II.
cou n try ? You h ave to decide wh ich of th e argu -
Ar gu m en t s :
Ar gu m en t s : m en t is a ‘stron g’argu m ent an d wh ich
I . Yes, th is will largely h elp th e is a ‘weak ’argu m en t.
oi l com p an i es t o sel l t h ei r I . Yes, th is is t h e on ly way to
h an dle su ch election s. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly argu m en t
produ cts at competitive price.
II . Yes, th is will h elp th e com - I is stron g.
II . No, th e gen eral pu blic cann ot
m ission to con cen trate on a Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly argu m en t
afford mark et driven prices of
sin gle day for election related II is stron g.
th ese produ cts.
III. Yes, gover n m en t n eed s t o issu es. Gi v e a n s w e r (3 ) i f ei t h er
stop su bsidizin g th ese prod- III. No, som e oth er cou ntries hold argu m en t I or argu m en t II is stron g.
u cts and ch an nelise th e m on - su ch el ect i on s spr ead over Gi v e a n s w e r (4 ) i f n ei t h er
ey for developm en tal projects. several days. argu m en t I n or argu m en t II is stron g.
(1) On ly I an d II are stron g (1) Non e is stron g Gi v e a n s w e r (5 ) i f b o t h
(2) On ly I an d III are stron g (2) On ly I is stron g argu m en ts I an d II are stron g.
(3) On ly II an d III are stron g (3) On ly II is stron g 16. Sh ou l d t h e Gover n m en t st op
(4) On ly III is stron g provi din g su bsi dy on k er osen e
(4) All I, II an d III are stron g
with im m ediate effect ?
(5) Non e of th ese (5) On ly I an d II are stron g
Ar gu m en t s :
12. St at em en t : Sh ou ld th e govern - 15. St at em en t : Sh ou ld th ere be a
common pay stru ctu re of th e cen- 1 . Yes, th is wi ll h el p Gover n -
m en t tak e over all t h e pr ivat e
tral governm en t an d all state gov- m en t redu ce its h u ge fiscal
passen ger tran sport com pan ies
ern m en t em ployees in th e cou n - defi cit.
across th e cou n try.
try ? II . No, th e poor people will n ot
Ar gu m en t s :
Ar gu m en t s : be able to bu y k erosen e at
I . Yes, th is sh ou ld be don e as
m ark et price for th eir daily
th e govern m en t ru n s th e rail- I . No, each st at e gover n m en t
n eeds.
ways. sh ou ld h ave th e freedom to
ARGUMENTATION
17. Sh o u l d the G o ver n m en t (1) Very few people ven tu red in to 23. Man y organ i zat ion s h ave been
su bstan tially in crease th e water bu yi n g properti es th is year resorti n g t o recru i tm en t based
tax to th e farm ers for th e fields owin g to exorbitan t prices set u pon perform an ce at gradu ate/
which are su pplied with water for by th e bu ilders. post-gradu ate level exam s rath -
irrigation? er than condu ctin g exam s for th e
(2) With th e ever in creasin g cost
Ar gu m en t s : sam e pu rpose.
of basic m aterials su ch as ce-
I . No, th e farm ers are even oth - Which of th e following statemen ts
m en t an d steel, th e profit of
erwise h ard pressed to m eet wou ld st r en gt h en th e argu men t
th e bu ilders h as gon e down given in th e above statem en t ?
th eir expen ditu re for cu ltivat- by 48 per cen t th is year.
in g th eir lan ds. (1) A recen t stu dy sh ows n o lin k
(3) Th e b u i l d er s h ave ear n ed of past perform an ce with th e
II . Yes, th e rich far m ers m ak e h u ge profit in a govern m ental per form an ce in recr u itm en t
h u ge profits, as the water tax
sch em e for bu ildin g low cost exam s.
for irrigation is con siderably
h ou sin g societies. (2) Th e gradu ate/ post-gradu ate
lower.
(4) In a repor t pu bl i sh ed b y a exam s are con sidered to be
18. Shou ld all th ose wh o are arrivin g
n ation al daily, th e m argin of severely deficien t in train in g
fr om ot h er cou n t r i es an d ar e in job related en viron m en t.
su ffer i n g fr om com m u n i cab l e profit earn ed by a bu ilder per
squ ar e foot i s as m u ch as (3) Organ isation s wh ich h ad u n -
d i seases b e sen t b ack t o t h e
ei gh t y p er cen t of i t s cost dertak en recru itm en t on th e
cou ntries which th ey came from ?
pr ice. basis of gradu ate/ post grad-
Ar gu m en t s : u ate exam s report a sign ifi-
I . Yes, th is is th e on ly way to (5) Th e bu ilders h ave to n eces- cant drop in the qu ality of th e
cu rb th e spread of com m u - sarily abide by th e decree of recru ited em ployees.
n icable diseases. th e govern m en t wh ich con - (4) Su ch policies wou ld add to u n-
II . No, this is ju st n ot advisable. t r ol s t h e p r i ces of t h e real em ploym ent am ong stu den ts
19. Sh o u l d al l t h os e seco n d ar y estat e. h avin g below average per for -
sch ools from wh ich less than fifty 22. Th e m in istry of sports h as been m an ce in gradu ation or post-
percen t stu den ts pass th e SSC advised by a com m ittee to tak e gradu ation.
exam in ation be closed down ? th e h igh est award in th e field of (5) Su ch policies cou ld save tim e,
Ar gu m en t s : sports back from two players who m on ey an d resou rces of th e
were allegedly-in volved in match organ isation wh ich are wast-
I . No, i n st ead t h ese sch ool s
fixing. ed in th e con du ct of recru it-
sh ou l d b e ad vised t o tak e
m en t exam in ations.
correcti ve m easu res t o i m - Which of th e following statemen ts
prove th e pass percen tage. wou ld weak en the argu m ent pu t 24. According to a recent govern ment
directive, all ban k bran ch es in
II . Yes, th is will deliver a stron g forward by th e com m ittee to th e
ru ral areas sh ou ld be compu ter -
m essage to all th e secon dary sports m in istry ? ized.
sch ools. (1) A good con du ct in th e past Which of th e following statemen ts
20. Sh ou ld th ere be a total ban on and a lack of evidence against wou ld weak en th e govern m en t’s
giving new licen ses to open liqu or t h e p l ayer s m ak e t h e case argu men t ?
sh op th rou gh ou t th e cou n try ? again st th em very weak . (1) Com p u t er i sat i on of b an k
Ar gu m en t s : (2) Th e m i n ist ry of spor ts h as bran ch es in u rban areas h as
I . Yes, th is will h elp decrease never declin ed the recommen- h elped in m ak in g th eir per -
in con su m ption of alcohol in dation s m ade by th e com m it- form an ce m ore efficien t an d
fu tu re, tee earlier. fast .
II. No, th e Govern m en t will earn (3) Tak in g th e award back from (2) Lack of sk illed an d qu alified
additional taxes by way of giv- th e players wou ld set a good m an power h as been su itably
in g n ew licen ses as th is will su bstitu ted by com pu ters in
exam ple to oth er players for
in crease th e sale of liqu or. ban k s.
avoidin g su ch action s in th e
Di rect i on s (21–24 ) : Read the fol- (3) N on - c om p u t er i sed b a n k
fu tu re.
lowin g statem en ts carefu lly an d an - bran ch es in th e ru ral areas
(4) Th ere h ave been past cases h ave been p r oved to b e as
swer th e qu estion s wh ich follow.
wh ere th e award h ad to be efficient as their com pu terized
(I n di an Ban k PO Exam . 02.01.2011
tak en back from th e players cou n terparts.
(I st si t t i n g)
owing to some miscondu ct lat- (4) Th e govern m en t h as i n t ro-
21. Real estate bu ilders h ave refu sed
er on . du ced a special test for com -
to brin g down th e property pric-
es as p roposed by t h e gover n - (5) Th e com m ittee is con stitu ted pu ter k nowledge in all recru it-
m en t th is year. of som e of th e m ost respect- m en t exam s for ban k s.
ed an d est eem ed m em ber s (5) Un em ploym en t in th e ru ral
Wh ich of the following argu men ts
from th e fields of sports an d areas cou ld be con trolled by
wou ld st ren gt h en the stance tak -
politics. train in g m ore an d m ore pro-
en by th e bu ilders ?
fession als in com pu ters.
ARGUMENTATION
25. Read th e followin g in form ation 27. St at em en t : It h as been report- tak en back from th e players
carefu lly an d an swer th e qu es- ed in a recen t stu dy th at in tak e owing to some miscondu ct lat-
tion wh ich follows. of m od er at e qu an t i t y of m i l k er on .
‘Paren ts sh ou ld m ak e stron g ef- ch ocol at e r ed u ces t h e r i sk of (5) Th e com m ittee is con stitu ted
forts to cu rtail th e extrem e fad su fferin g from cen tral n ervou s of som e of th e m ost respect-
for fash ion from th eir ch ildren ’s system related illn esses. ed an d est eem ed m em ber s
m in ds.’A research report. Wh ich Wh i ch of th e fol l owi n g wou l d from th e fields of sports an d
of th e followin g wou ld weak en weak en th e findin gs of the stu dy politics.
th e argu m en t pr esen ted i n th e reported in th e above statem en t? 29. Man y organ i zat ion s h ave been
report m ost appropriately ? (1) People gen erally prefer to eat resorti n g t o recru i tm en t based
(1) Excessive craze of fash ion is ch o col a t e w h en t h ey ar e u pon perform an ce at gradu ate/
detrim en tal to developm en t of you n g. post-gradu ate level exam s rath -
a you n gster’s person ality. (2) Maj ority of th ose n ot di ager than condu ctin g exam s for th e
(2) Following fashion is n ot harm- n osed with diseases related sam e pu rpose.
fu l bu t on ly till it is don e to t o cen t r al n er vou s syst em Which of th e following statemen ts
certain reason able lim its. h ave stayed away from eat- wou ld st r en gt h en th e argu men t
(3) More fash ion able th e person , in g ch ocolates in th eir lives. given in th e above statem en t ?
greater are h is/ h er ch an ces (3) Ch ocol at es con t ain cer tain (1) A recen t stu dy sh ows n o lin k
to su cceed in life. el em en ts wh ich stren gth en of past perform an ce with th e
(4) Fash ion tak es away th e tim e th e fu n ction s of th e cen tral per form an ce in recr u itm en t
spen t in con stru ctive activi- n ervou s system exam s.
ties by th e you n gsters. (4) Majori ty of th ose su ffer in g (2) Th e gradu ate/ post-gradu ate
(5 ) Man y sch ool s an d coll eges from cen tral n ervou s system exam s are con sidered to be
h ave u n iform s for th eir stu - related diseases are m iddle severely deficien t in train in g
den ts so as to discou rage th e aged. in job related en viron m en t.
cr aze of fash i on am on gst (5) M an y of t h ose w h o su ffer (3) Organ isation s wh ich h ad u n -
them . from diabetes also su ffer from dertak en recru itm en t on th e
(I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO other m ajor ailm ents. basis of gradu ate/ post grad-
Ex am . 22. 05.20 11) (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE u ate exam s report a sign ifi-
26. A very large n u m ber of tech n i- Ex am . 11. 03.20 12) cant drop in the qu ality of th e
cally qu alified you ng In dians are Di rect i on s (28–30 ) : Read the fol- recru ited em ployees.
com in g ou t of colleges every year lowin g statem en ts carefu lly an d an - (4) Su ch policies wou ld add to
th ou gh th ere are n ot en ou gh op- swer th e qu estion s wh ich follow. u n em p l oym en t am on g stu -
portu n ities for th em to get gain - (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE den ts h avin g below average
fu l em ploym en t. Ex am .1 7 .0 3 .2 0 13 ) perform an ce in gradu ation or
Wh ich of th e followin g con t r a- 28. Th e m in istry of sports h as been post-gradu ation.
di ct s th e views expressed in th e advised by a com m ittee to tak e (5) Su ch policies cou ld save tim e,
above statem en t? th e h igh est award in th e field of m on ey an d resou rces of th e
(1) Techn ically qu alified person s sports back from two players who organ isation wh ich are wast-
are far su perior to th ose with were allegedly-in volved in match ed in th e con du ct of recru it-
st an d ar d d egr ees l i k e B A/ fixing. m en t exam in ations.
B.Sc/ B.Com . etc. Which of th e following statemen ts 30. According to a recent govern ment
(2) The Governm ent h as n ot don e wou ld weak en the argu m ent pu t directive, all ban k bran ch es in
effective perspective plan n in g forward by th e com m ittee to th e ru ral areas sh ou ld be compu ter -
for en gaging tech n ically qu al- sports m in istry ? ized.
ified person n el wh ile au th o- (1) A good con du ct in th e past Which of th e following statemen ts
risin g th e settin g u p of tech - and a lack of evidence against wou ld weak en th e govern m en t’s
n ical colleges. t h e p l ayer s m ak e t h e case argu men t ?
(3) A h u ge gap exists between th e again st th em very weak . (1) Com p u t er i sat i on of b an k
level of com peten ce of tech - (2) Th e m i n ist ry of spor ts h as bran ch es in u rban areas has
n i cal l y qu al i fi ed grad u at es helped in mak in g their perfor -
never declin ed the recommen-
an d requ irement of the in du s- mance more efficien t and fast.
dation s m ade by th e com m it-
tr y. (2) Lack of sk illed an d qu alified
tee earlier.
(4) M aj or it y of th e tech n i call y m an power h as been su itably
(3) Tak in g th e award back from
qu alified person s are m igrat- su bstitu ted by com pu ters in
th e players wou ld set a good
in g from In dia to developed ban k s.
exam ple to oth er players for
cou n tries for better opportu - (3) N on - c om p u t er i sed b a n k
avoidin g su ch action s in th e
n ities. bran ch es in th e ru ral areas
fu tu re.
(5) Non e of th ese h ave been p r oved to b e as
(4) Th ere h ave been past cases
(I BPS Bank PO/ M T CWE efficient as their com pu terized
wh ere th e award h ad to be
Ex am . 18. 09.20 11) cou n terparts.
ARGUMENTATION
(4) Th e govern m en t h as i n t ro- (5) Th e New Com pan y Act has man y 35. St at em en t : Doctor s fou n d t h at
du ced a special test for com - drawback s an d corporate sector Com p an y M i s sel l i n g d r u gs
pu ter k nowledge in all recru it- m ay escape from th is respon si- wi th ou t test i n g t h e i m p or tan t
m en t exam s for ban k s. bility easily. aspects of t h e dru gs. Su ch p rac-
(5) Un em ploym en t in th e ru ral (SI DBI Of f i cer Ex am . 03.09.2014) ti ce t en d s t h e d oct or to n egate
areas cou ld be con trolled by 33. St at em en t : Com p an y G t erm i- th e u se of dru g.
train in g m ore an d m ore pro- n ates con tract wit h com pan y S. Wh i ch of t h e fol l ow i n g ar gu -
fession als in com pu ters. Com pan y G star ts bu yin g r aw m en t s w ou l d st r en gt h en t h e
31. St at em en t s : Teach ers teach re- m ater ial from Com pan y L. st an ce of t h e Com pan y M ?
agardi n g terrori st attack s from
book s in t h e col leges. Par en ts Wh ich of th e followin g m ay be (1) Th e com mercial produ ction of
object th is becau se at th is ten - th e m ost plau sible reason for th e an y d ru g is per m it ted aft er
der age if stu den ts stu dy abou t term i n at ion of th e con t ract ? it s r epeated tr ial an d verifi-
violen ce it will h ave n egative im - (1) Com pan y S was n ot pr ovi d- cation of resu l t.
pact on th e stu den ts. Teach ers in g t h e raw m ater ial of good (2) Som e oth er com p an i es ar e
say th at m ovies, television , so- qu ality. al so sel lin g t h e dru gs wh i ch
cial m edia etc. expose to violen ce (2) Com pan y G i s offer ed raw ar e sold by th e Com pan y M.
m ore th an th e lesson s tau gh t in m ater ial at bet ter discou n t (3) Som e p eop l e d o n ot agr ee
th e classes. fr om Com p an y L. wi th th e vi ew pu t forward by
Which of th e following statemen ts (3) Com p an y L even b ei n g a th e doctor s.
wou ld weak en th e paren ts’argu -
n ew en tr an t u sed an exten - (4) An y d ru g is pu t on test by
m en t ?
si ve m ark et i n g st rat egy t o th e p h arm aci st. Doctor s are
(1) It h as been proved th at electron -
sell it s goods to Com pan y G. n ot com peten t t o approve or
ic media do m u ch h arm th an th e
ben efits associated with th em (4) Com pan y G wan t ed to sh i ft di sap prove an y dru g.
(2) Teach er s t each som et h i n g i n t o n ew var i an t of fi n i sh ed (5) Doctors prom ote th ose dru gs
broad perspective an d also warn pr odu cts wh ich can be pr o- wh ich ar e very costly as th ey
stu den ts regardin g th e h arm fu l vi ded by on l y Com pan y L. h ave som e sh ar e i n t h e prof-
aspect of an y even t (5) Com pan y S was n ot look i n g it.
(3) Stu den ts of colleges are m atu re after th e p robl em s of Com - (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T
en ou gh to disti n gu ish between pan y G. CWE-I V, 18.10. 2014)
good an d bad th in gs (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T 36. Stu dy th e followin g in form ation
(4) Th er e ar e m an y ot h er fact or s CWE-I V, 18.10. 2014) an d an swer th e given qu estion .
wh ich sh ape the attitu de of a stu - 34. St at em en t s : Th e ou t break of Despite stron g opposite from th e
den t. th e food-bor n e i lln ess is cau s- social activists of village X, Pollu tion
(5) It is ou r du ty to acqu ain t stu - ing seriou s problem in day-to-day Con trol Board ren ewed th e licen se of
den ts abou t everyth in g wh eth er l i fest yl e. M an y d oct or s advi se a coal depot to operate coal h an din g
it is good or bad. peopl e t o r edu ce t h e con su m p- bar ely on e k ilom etr e away from th e
(SI DBI Of f i cer Ex am . 03.09.2014)
t i on of fast food . It wi ll l ower village.
32. St at em en t s : Th e Govern m en t down t h e h eal th p rob lem to a
h as en acted n ew Com pan y Act Which of th e following statemen ts
certai n exten t. su pports the decision of Pollu tion Con-
wh ich en visages th at com pan ies
sh ou ld sp en d at l east two p er (A) Accord in g to a su rvey abou t t h e trol Board to som e exten t?
cen t of th eir profit on th e activi- h eal t h i ssu es, p eop l e sh ou l d (1) Several crops were destroyed
ties related to Corporate Social improve th e qu ality of food. Bu sy du e to disposal of waste from
Responsibility. lifest yle an d in crease in th e con - th e coal depot in th e previ-
Which of th e following statemen ts su m pt ion of fast food is cau si n g
ou s year.
wou ld st r en gt h en the argu m en t m ou th fu l of diseases.
(2) Mainten an ce cost of roads in
given in th e above statem en t ? (B) Syn t h etic fert il izers an d pest i-
(1) It is th e du ty of en trepren eu rs to ci d es u sed i n veget ab l es an d village X h as in creased du e
sh ou lder th e social respon sibili- fr u i ts ar e equ al l y h ar m fu l for to tran sportation of coal.
ty an d th ey sh ou ld spen d som e con su mption . (3) Th e depot provides em ploy-
m on ey for th e deprived classes. Wh i ch of t h e t w o st at em en t s m en t for n early 70% of peo-
(2) Th e Govern men t sh ou ld tak e th e m en tion ed above wou ld weak en ple in th e n eigh bou ring area.
respon sibility for th e welfare of th e ar gu m en t given in th e par a- (4) Several complaints have been
deprived classes. gr aph ? filed again st th e depot in th e
(3) Man y com pan ies are already im -
(1) On ly (A) past for violating safety stan -
plemen tin g variou s program m es
to h elp th e n eedy people. (2) On ly (B) dar ds.
(4) The Govern ment shou ld increase (3) Eith er (A) or (B) (5) Nin e ou t of ten residen ts of
th e rate of tax on th e bigger com - (4) Nei th er (A) n or (B) village X su ffer from respira-
p an i es an d t h e ex t r a r even u e (5) Both (A) an d (B) tory problem s.
collected sh ou ld be spen t on th e (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T (I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I
deprived classes CWE-I V, 18.10. 2014) CWE 12.0 9.2015)
ARGUMENTATION
37. Stu dy th e followin g in form ation (1) In itial set u p cost for h ydro- (5) Ad equ at e t r ai n i n g was n ot
carefu lly an d an swer th e qu es- p on i cs i s ver y h i gh as t h e p r ovi d ed t o t h e em p l oyees
tion wh ich follows: n ecessary equ ipm en t an d in - t ran sfer r ed t o d i ffer en t de-
p u t s ar e t h r ee t i m es m or e partmen ts an d location s after
Nu m b er of death s du e to ABN
expen sive th an th at u sed in restru ctu rin g.
poison in g h as risen in village A from
tradition al meth ods. (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer
23 two years ago, to 67 th is year. Sin ce
th e n u m ber of patien ts is th e sam e, it (2) Disease cau sin g micro-organ- (M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.0 2.2016)
isms that are water -based can 40. Th is qu estion con sists of in for -
can be con clu ded th at th e n ew m edi-
en ter an d su bsist m u ch more
cation is th e respon sible factor for th e mation and two statements nu m-
easily in h ydropon ics based
death s. bered I an d II given below it. You
en viron m en t as com pared to
Which of th e following statemen ts h ave to decide wh ich of th e giv-
traditional farming.
weak en s t h e gi ven st at em en t s en s t at em en t s w ea k en s o r
(3) Rather th an u sin g on ly hydro-
th at th e n ew m edication is re- stren gthen s th e in form ation an d
p on i cs or on l y t r ad i t i on al
spon sible for in creased n u m ber decide th e appropriate an swer.
farm in g, m ost of th e farm ers
of fatalities? u se both simu ltan eou sly. I n for m at i on : Du e to in creased
(1) Wh ile azeth orin –1 was bein g cases of k idn appin g in its vicin i-
(4) Wi t h ou t soi l t o ser ve as a
u sed to treat ABN poison in g ty, sch ool M h as m ade it com -
bu ffer, if the h ydropon ics sys-
p u l sor y f or p a r en t s or l egal
sin ce 5 year s, azeth or i n –6 tem fails, plan t death occu rs
was in trodu ced last year af- very rapidly leadin g to loss of gu ardian s of th e stu den ts to give
70-85% crop. a du ly sign ed au th ority letter to
ter it obtain ed necessary clin-
ical approvals. th e person pick in g u p th e stu -
(5) Th e produ ction u sin g h ydro-
den ts from sch ool.
(2) PB released from a n ew fer - pon ics is very lim ited an d is
m ore efficien t for h ou se gar - I . M ost wor k i n g par en ts r el y on
tilizer being u sed by th e farm-
den s rath er th an large scale th eir dom estic h elp, for pick in g
ers of th e village th is years,
farm ing. u p th eir ch ild ren from sch ool,
wh en com b i n ed wit h AB N
(I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I wh o can easily coerced in to forg-
r en der s all t yp es of m ed i -
CWE 13.0 9.2015) ing or misu sing th e au th ority let-
cin es in effective to treat th e
ter for m on etary plan s.
di sease. 39. Stu dy th e followin g in form ation
an d an swer th e qu estion . II . Th ere is n o ph otograph on th e
(3) Du e to low awareness regard- au th ority letter m ak ing it difficu lt
in g th e disease, very low pa- In a recent performan ce appraisal
don e by Com pan y X, m ore th an 70% to iden tify th e person wh o comes
t ien t s h ave b een r ep ort in g to pick u p the ch ild.
th is disease for m an y years of t h e em p l oyees wer e fou n d t o b e
u n der perform in g. (1) Both statem en t I an d state-
wh ich proves th at th e actu al
“I think that the restru ctu ring done m en t II stren gth en th e in for -
n u m b er s cou l d b e m u ch
by th e com pan y in th e previou s year mation.
h igh er.
is resp on si ble for t h e u n der–per for - (2) Statem en t I stren gth en s th e
(4) Th e n ew m ed i ci n es i n t r o-
m an ce of th e em ployees”– HR Man agin form ation while statem ent II
du ced in village A for TQW weak en s th e in form ation .
er of Com pan y X.
an d RST poison in g h as been
Which of th e following statemen ts (3) B ot h st at em en t s I an d I I
su ccessfu l i n si gn i fi can t l y
weak en s t h e st at em en t of H R weak en th e in form ation .
b r in gi n g d own t h e fat ali t y
m an ager of Com pan y X? (4) Both statem en ts I an d II are
rat e.
(1) Th e in cen tives lin k ed to per - n eu tral statemen ts.
(5) A cem en t fact or y set u p 5
formance were abolished u pon (5) Statem en t I weak en s th e in -
years ago in th e village was restru ctu ring creating dissat-
respon sible for leach ing ABN form ation wh ile statem en t II
isfaction am on g em ployees. stren gth en s th e in form ation .
in th e soil as well as drin k -
ing water way above the dan - (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer
(2) After restru ctrin g th e decision
ger lim it. (M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.0 2.2016)
m ak i n g p ow er was t ak j en
(I BPS RRBs Of f i cer Scal e–I & I I away fr om em p loyees t h u s 41. Th is qu estion con sists of an in -
CWE 12.0 9.2015) d el ayi n g t h e wor k b y l on g for m ati on an d two statem en t s
38. Stu dy th e followin g in form ation h ou rs. n u m bered I an d II given below
carefu lly an d an swer th e qu es- (3) Th e n u m b er of p r oj ect s i n it. You h ave to decide wh ich of
tion wh ich follows : Com p an y X i n cr eased b y th e given statem en ts weak en / s
Farm ers sh ou ld u se h ydropon ics 60% this year thereby increas- or stren gth en / s th e given in for -
for farm in g. Hydropon ics is growin g in g th e bu rden on th e exist- m ation an d decide th e appropri-
plants in liqu id nu trient solu tion. Sin ce in g em ployees th is year. ate an swer.
it does n ot requ ire soil, farm ers can (4) After restr u ct u r in g t h e em - In form at i on : Exam in ation com-
save a large am ou n t of tim e by avoid- ployees were requ ired to re- m ittee of College X h as recom -
ing tillin g and de-weeding of their fields. port to m u ltiple bosses lead- m en ded th at th e n egative m ark -
Which of the followin g statemen ts does in g to am bigu ity at th e work in g in th e exam sh ou ld be r e-
n ot weak en th e given statem en t ? place. m oved.
ARGUMENTATION
I . Th e stu d en ts t en d t o give an - Ar gu m en t s : importance and also may not be directly
swers sim ply by gu essin g wh en I . Yes, privatisation will m ak e th ese related to th e qu estion s or m ay be re-
th ere is n o n egative m ark in g in institu tes financially healthy, com- lated to a trivial aspect of th e qu es-
th e exam . petitive and qu ality con sciou s. tion.
II . Sel ect i n g t h e b est can d i d at es II . Yes, privatisation is th e k ey of th e (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 11.02.2001)
from th e popu lation becom es dif- new era-can we su rvive withou t it? In each qu estion below a state-
ficu lt in th e absen ce of n egative 2. St at em en t : Sh ou ld vacation s of m en t i s fol lowed b y two argu m en ts
mark in g. cou rt ju dges be redu ced? n u m bered I an d II. You h ave to decide
(1) Both Statem en t I an d State- Ar gu m en t s : wh ich of th e argu m en ts is a ‘stron g’
m en t II weak en th e in form a- argu ment.
I . Yes, it will speed u p ju dicial pro-
tion. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly argu m en t
cess an d m an y people are lik ely
(2) Statem en t I stren gth en s th e to get ju stice in reason able tim e. I is stron g.
in form ation while statem ent II Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly argu m en t
I I . Yes, i t i s a si gn of B r i t i sh l ega-
weak en s th e in form ation . II is stron g
cy, wh y sh ou l d we car r y i t fu r -
(3) Statem en t I weak en s th e in - t h er ? Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II is
form ation wh ile statem en t II
3. St at em en t : Shou ld th e practice stron g.
stren gth en s th e in form ation .
of t r an sfer s of cl er i cal cad r es Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II
(4) Both Statem en t I an d State- em ployees from on e city to an - is stron g.
m en t I I ar e n eu t r al st at e- ot h er go ver n m en t of fi ces b e
m en ts. Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II
stopped? are stron g.
(5) B o t h St a t em en t I a n d I I Ar gu m en t s :
stren gth en th e in form ation . 6. Sh ou ld th e sch ool t each ers be
I . No, tran sfer of em ployees is a rou - n ecessarily in volved in th e cen -
CWE 14.0 2.2016) tine administrative matter and we su s activities?
m u st con tin u e it. Ar gu m en t s :
II . Yes, it in volves lot of gover n m en -
SBI PO EXAMS t al ex p en d i t u r e an d i n con ve-
I . No, th is will adversely affect
th e qu ality of teach i n g pro-
Di r ect i on s (1 –5 ) : In m ak in g de- n ien ce to m an y com pared to th e
gram me.
cision abou t im portan t qu estion s, it is ben efits it yields.
II . Yes, th e teach ers are th e best
desirable to be able to distin gu ish be- 4. St at em en t : Sh ou ld h igher qu al-
fit for th is job.
tween “Stron g” argu m ents an d “Weak ” ification be th e on ly criteria for
internal promotions in an y organ- 7. Sh ou ld In dia en gage in to a dia-
argu m en ts so far as th ey relate to th e
isation? logue with neighbou ring cou ntries
qu estions.“Strong”argu m ents are those
wh ich are both im portan t an d directly to stop cross border tension ?
Ar gu m en t s :
related to th e qu estion . “Weak ” argu - Ar gu m en t s :
I . Yes, wh y n ot? In fact on ly h igh er
m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m in or qu alification is m ore im portan t I . Yes, th is is t h e on ly way to
importance and also may not be directly th an oth er factors. redu ce th e cross border ter -
related to th e qu estion s or m ay be re- rorism an d stop loss of in n o-
II . No, qu ality of perform an ce an d
lated to a trivial aspect of th e qu escen t lives.
oth er factors are m ore im portan t
tions. II . No, n ei gh b ou r in g cou n tri es
than mere h igh er qu alification in
(SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 20.08.2000) can not be relied u pon in su ch
case of in tern al prom otion .
I n st r u ct i on s : Each qu estion be- m atters, they may still engage
5 . St at em en t : Sh ou ld In dian sci-
low is followed by two argu m en ts n u m - in su bversive activities.
en tists work in g abroad be called
b er ed I an d II. You h ave t o deci d e 8. Sh ou ld all th e u tility services be
back to In dia?
wh ich of th e argu m en ts is a “Stron g”
Ar gu m en t s : im m ediately brou gh t u n der es-
argu m en t an d which is a “Weak ” argu -
I . Yes, th ey m u st serve th e m oth - sen tial services to avoid frequ en t
m en t.
erlan d first an d forget abou t dis- agitation an d strik es by th e em -
coveries, h on ou rs, facilities an d ployees?
I is “stron g”.
all. Ar gu m en t s :
II is “stron g”. II . No, we h ave en ou gh talen t, let I . No, ot h erwise h ow th e em -
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II is th em stay wh ere th ey wan t. ployees m ay voice th eir griev-
“stron g”. Di r ect i on s (6 –1 0 ) : In m ak in g an ces an d dem an ds.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II decision s abou t im portan t qu estion s, II . Yes, t h e em p loyees are be-
is “stron g”, an d it is desirable to be able to distin gu ish comin g more and more greedy
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II between ‘stron g’argu m ents an d ‘weak ’ an d t h ey t ak e t h e gen er al
are “stron g”. argu m en ts so far as th ey relate to th e pu blic for a ride by strik in g
1. St at em en t : Sh ou ld govern m en t qu estion . ‘Strong’argu m ents are th ose work .
estab l ish ed h i gh er level In st i - wh ich are both im portan t an d directly 9. Sh ou l d al l t h e u n au t h or i sed
tu tes of Techn ology (IIT’s) be pri- related to th e qu estion . ‘Weak ’ argu - stru ctu res in the city be im medi-
vatised? m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m in or ately dem olished?
ARGUMENTATION
Ar gu m en t s : 12. Sh ou ld th ere be concen tration of argu men ts are those which are of minor
I . No, wh ere will th e people re- forei gn i n vestm en t in on l y few importance and also may not be directly
sidin g in su ch h ou ses live? States ? related to the qu estion or may be related
II . Yes, th is will give a clear mes- Argum en t s to a trivial aspect of the qu estion .
sage t o gen eral p u bl ic an d I . No. It is again st th e policy of (SBI Ban k PO Ex am . 18.05.2003)
t h ey wi ll r efr ai n fr om con - overall developm en t of cou n - Each qu estion below is followed
stru ctin g u nau thorised bu ild- tr y. by two argu m en ts n u m bered I an d II.
ings. II . Yes. Becau se a large n u m ber You h ave t o d eci d e w h i c h of t h e
10. Sh ou ld th e railways in In dia be of States lack in frastru ctu re argu m en t is a ‘stron g’ argu m en t an d
privatised in a ph ased m an n er to attract foreign in vestm en t. wh ich is a ‘weak ’argu m en t.
lik e oth er pu blic sector en terpris- 13. Sh ou ld th ere be a com plete ban Gi v e an swer (1) if on ly argu m en t
es?
o n o p en i n g u p o f n ew I is stron g.
Ar gu m en t s : m an agem en t edu cation al in stit- Gi v e an swer (2) if on ly argu m en t
I . Yes, th is is t h e on ly way to u tion s ? II is stron g.
brin g in com petitiven ess an d Argum en t s
provide better service to th e Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II
pu blic. I . Yes. Th ere are m ore in stitu - is stron g.
tion s th an requ ired an d there Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or
II . No, th is will pose a th reat to
is n o n eed to open u p n ew II is stron g.
n ation al secu rity of ou r cou n -
institu tion s.
try as m u ltin ation als will en - Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II
ter in to th e fray. II . No. We n eed m or e p r ofe- are stron g.
ssional m anagers in com in g
Di r ect i on s (1 1 –1 5 ) : In m ak in g 16. Sh ou ld all beggars on th e roads
decisions abou t im portan t qu estion s it days becau se th e fu tu re sce-
i n t h e b i g ci t i es i n I n d i a b e
is desirable to be able to distin gu ish n ario will be very com petitive.
forcibly sen t to villages ?
between ‘stron g’argu m ents an d ‘weak ’ 14. Sh ou ld private organ isation s be
Ar gu m en t s :
argu m en ts so far as th ey relate to th e al l ow ed t o car r y on secu r i t y
related research activities ? I . No, th is is grossly u n fair an d
qu estion . ‘Strong’argu m ents are th ose
wh ich are both im portan t an d directly these people will die of h u n -
Argum en t s
related to th e qu estion . ‘Weak ’ argu - ger if th ey are sent to villages.
I . No. Private organ isation s are
m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m in or easily vu ln erable to ou r en e- II. Yes, th ese people create a bad
importance and also may not be directly m i es a n d t h er efo r e, t h ey im pression of ou r cou n try in
related to th e qu estion or m ay be resh ou l d n ot be perm i tt ed to th e eyes of th e foreign ers wh o
lated to trivial aspect of th e qu estion . carry on su ch research es. visit ou r cou n try an d h en ce
(SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO sh ou ld be rem oved.
II. Yes. Th e Gover n m en t h as n ot
Ex am . 21. 07.20 02) 17. Sh ou ld all th e crimin als convicted
su fficien t resou rces to carry
Each qu estion below is followed on su ch research es an d th e f or c om m i t t i n g m u r d er b e
by two argu m en ts n u m bered I an d II. awarded capital pu n ish m en t ?
private organ isation s wou ld
You h ave t o d eci d e w h i c h of t h e Ar gu m en t s :
m anage necessary resou rces.
argu m en ts is a ‘stron g’argu m en t an d
15. Shou ld th ere be recru itmen t in I . Yes, th is will be a sign ifican t
wh ich is a ‘weak ’argu m en t.
b a n k s o n t h e b asi s of p a st step towards redu cin g cases
academ i c p er form an ces r at h er of m u rder in fu tu re.
I is stron g
t h an t h r o u gh co m p et i t i ve II. No, nobody has the right to tak e
examination s ? any person ’s life irrespective
II is stron g
Argum en t s of the acts of su ch individu als.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II is
stron g. I . Yes. It will be ben eficial for 18. Sh ou l d a l l t h e p r o f es s i on a l
t h ose can d i d at es w h o ar e colleges in In dia be en cou raged
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II
is stron g. u n able to bear th e expen ses to ru n th eir own cou rses with ou t
of com petitive exam ination s. affiliation to an y u n iversity ?
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II
are stron g. I I . No . Th e p ast a cad em i c Ar gu m en t s :
performan ce can not be m ade I . Yes, this is only way to create
11. Sh o u l d t h e t en u r e o f t h e
t h e b as i s of r ecr u i t m en t more opportu n ities for those
Presiden t be lon ger ?
becau se there is no u n iform ity who seek professional training.
Argum en t s
i n t h e assessm en t b y t h e
I . No. Th e President of In dia is II. No, th is will dilu te th e qu ality
u n iversities.
n on -ex ecu t ive h ead . Th er e- of profession al train in g as all
Di r ect i on s (16 –20 ) : In mak in g su ch col l eges m ay n ot b e
fore, th ere is no need to ex-
ten d h is ten u re. decisions abou t im portan t qu estion s, it equ i p p ed t o con d u ct su ch
is desirable to be able to distingu ish
II . Yes. I t w i l l p r ov i d e a n cou rses.
between ‘stron g’argu m ents an d ‘weak ’
op por tu n ity to Presiden t to 19. Sh ou l d t h er e b e a m ax i m u m
argu ments. ‘Strong’arguments are those
gu ide he Govern m en t to fu lfil ceilin g im posed on th e earn in gs
which are both im portan t and directly
th e lon g term objectives. of an individual in an organization?
r el a t ed t o t h e qu es t i o n . ‘Wea k ’
ARGUMENTATION
Ar gu m en t s : 22. Sh ou l d all th e in d irect tax es in I I I . No, th e pr act ical k n owled ge
I . Yes, th is will h elp equ itable In dia be com bin ed i n to a sin gle gain ed by In dian s b y work i n g in
distribu tion of earn in gs to all tax on all com m odi ties ? oth er cou n t r ies h el p In di a de-
th e em ployees. Ar gu m en t s : I . Yes, th is will con - velop its econ om y.
II. No, th e organ ization sh ou ld si der ably si m pl ify th e tax collec- (1 ) Non e is stron g
h ave free h an d to decide th e ti on m ech an i sm an d th e cost of (2 ) On ly I an d II ar e stron g
pay pack ets of its em ployees. collecti n g tax wil l also redu ce. (3 ) On ly III i s stron g
20. Sh ou l d t h er e be a com p u lsor y I I . Yes, th e m an u fact u rer s an d (4 ) On ly II an d III are stron g
m ilitary train in g for each college tr aders will be ben efited by th is (5 ) Al l are stron g
stu den t in In dia ? wh ich in tu r n will boost tax col- 25. Sh ou l d th ere be on ly few ban k s
Ar gu m en t s : lection . i n p l ace of n u m er ou s sm al l er
I . No, th is goes again st th e ba- I I I . No, n o ot h er cou n t r y h as ban k s in In dia ?
sic dem ocratic righ t of an in - ad opt ed su ch system . Ar gu m en t s : I . Yes, th is will h elp
d i vi d u al t o ch oose h i s/ h er (1 ) Non e is stron g secu r e th e i n vestor’s m on ey as
own program s. (2 ) On ly I an d III ar e stron g th ese big ban k s wil l b e ab le to
II. Yes, t h is is th e on ly way to (3 ) On ly II is stron g wi t h st an d in t er m i tt en t m ar k et
bu ild a stron g an d powerfu l (4 ) On ly II an d III are stron g related sh ock s.
nation. (5 ) Non e of th ese II . No, large nu mber of people will
Di r ec t i o n s (2 1 –2 5 ) : In m ak i n g lose th ei r j ob as after t h e m erger
23. Sh ou ld all t h e stu den ts grad u at-
decision s abou t im portan t qu estion s, m an y em p loyees wil l b e r edu n -
in g i n an y d iscipl in e desirou s of
it is desirable to be able to distin gu ish dan t.
pu rsu i n g post gr adu ati on of t h e
between ‘stron g’argu m ents an d ‘weak ’ I I I . Yes, th is will h elp con solidate
su bj ects of t h ei r ch oi ce b e al -
ar gu m en t s. ‘St r on g’ ar gu m en ts ar e th e en tir e b an k i n g in d u str y an d
lowed to en roll in th e post gradu -
th ose wh i ch are bot h i m portan t an d wil l lead to h eal th y com petiti on .
at e cou r ses ?
directly related to th e qu estion . ‘Weak ’ (1) Non e is stron g argu m en t
Ar gu m en t s : I . Yes, th e stu den ts
ar gu m en t s ar e t h ose wh ich ar e of m i- (2) On ly I an d III are st ron g ar -
ar e t h e b est ju dge of th eir cap a-
n or i m por tan ce an d also m ay n ot be gu men ts
bi lit ies an d t h ere sh ou l d n ot be
directly r elated to th e qu est ion or m ay (3) On ly II an d III ar e stron g ar -
r es t r i c t i o n s f o r j o i n i n g p os t
be r el at ed t o a tr ivial aspect of th e gu men ts
gradu at ion cou rses.
qu estion . (4) On ly I an d II are str on g argu -
I I . No, th e stu den ts n eed to stu dy
(SBI PO Ex am . 09.01.2005) ments
r el evan t su b j ect s i n gr ad u at e
Each qu estion below is fol lowed cou rses to en r oll in post grad u - (5) Al l are str on g ar gu m en t s.
by three argu m en ts n u mbered I, II an d at e cou r ses an d t h e st u d en t s Di r ect i on s (2 6 –3 0 ) : In m ak in g
III. You h ave t o d eci de wh ich of t h e m u st fu lfill su ch con dition s. decision abou t im portan t qu estion s, it
argu m en ts is a ‘stron g‘argu m en t’an d is desirable to be able to distin gu ish
I I I . No, t h er e are n ot en ou gh i n -
wh ich of th em i s ‘weak ar gu m en t ’. b et ween “St r o n g” ar gu m en t s an d
sti t u tes offeri n g p ost grad u at e
21. Sh ou ld th e in com e gen erated ou t cou rses wh ich can accom m odate “Weak ” argu m en ts so far as th ey re-
of agricu ltu ral activities be taxed? al l t h e gr ad u at es d esi r ou s of late to th e qu estion . “St r on g” ar gu -
Ar gu m en t s : I . No, far m er s are seek in g post gradu ate edu cat ion m en ts are th ose wh ich are both im -
ot h erwise su ffer in g from n atu r al of th eir own ch oice. portan t an d directly related to the qu es-
cal am it ies an d l ow yield cou p led t i on . “Weak ” ar gu m en t s ar e t h ose
(1 ) Non e is stron g
wi th low procu r em en t price an d which are of minor importan ce and also
(2 ) On ly I an d II ar e stron g m ay not be directly related to the qu es-
their incom e shou ld not be taxed.
(3 ) Al l are stron g tion or m ay be related to a trivial as-
I I . Yes, m aj ori ty of th e popu l a-
(4 ) On ly I an d III ar e stron g pect of th e qu estion .
ti on is dep en d en t on agr icu ltu re
(5 ) Non e of th ese (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
an d h en ce t h eir in com e sh ou ld
24. Sh ou ld th ere be com plete ban on Ex am . 07.01.2007)
be t axed t o au gm en t th e Govern -
m en t r esou rces. Indian profession als seek ing jobs I n st r u ct i on s : Each qu estion be-
elsewh ere after gettin g t h eir edu - low is followed by a statem en t an d two
I I I . Yes, m an y b ig far m ers ear n
cation in In dia ? argu ments nu m bered I and II. You have
m u ch m ore th an m aj ori ty of t h e
Ar gu m en t s : I . Yes, th i s i s t h e to decide wh ich of th e argu m en ts is a
service earn ers an d th ey sh ou ld
on ly way to su stai n p resen t rate “St r o n g” argu m en t an d wh ich is a
be taxed to rem ove th e di spar -
“Weak ” argu ment.
ity. of tech n ologi cal develop m en t In -
dia. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly argu m en t
(1 ) Al l are stron g
I is stron g.
(2 ) On ly II an d III are stron g I I . No, th e In dian s settled abroad
sen d h u ge am ou n t of foreign ex- Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly argu m en t
(3 ) On ly I i s stron g II is stron g.
ch an ge an d t h is con st itu te a sig-
(4 ) On ly I an d II are st ron g. Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II is
n i fican t par t of foreign exch an ge
(5 ) Non e of th ese r eser ve. stron g.
ARGUMENTATION
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II Each qu estion below is followed (B) Yes, on l y t h e b u i l d er s an d
is stron g. by th ree argu m en ts n u m bered (A), (B) devel oper s b en efit from t h e
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II an d (C). You h ave to decide wh ich of con s t r u ct i on of h i gh r i se
are stron g. th e argu m en ts is a ‘stron g’argu m en t bu ildings.
26. St at em en t : Sh ou ld th e h abit of an d wh ich is a ‘weak ’argu m en t. (C) Yes, th e Gover n m en t sh ou ld
late com in g in edu cation al in sti- 31. St at em en t : Sh ou ld th ere be a first provide adequ ate in fra-
tu tion s be ch eck ed? cap on drawin g grou n dwater for stru ctu re facilities to existin g
Ar gu m en t s : irrigation pu rposes in In dia ? bu ildin gs before allowin g th e
I . No. Un til it affects th e work . Ar gu m en t s : con stru ction of n ew h igh rise
II. Yes. Disciplin e m u st be m ain - (A) No, irrigation is of prim e im - bu ildings.
tain ed. portan ce for food produ ction (1) On ly (B) is stron g
27. St at em en t : Sh ou ld sen iority be in In dia an d it is h eavily de-
(2) On ly (C) is stron g
the on ly criterion for the promo- pen den t on gr ou n d water in(3) On ly (A) an d (C) are stron g
tion? m an y parts of th e cou n try.(4) On ly (A) is stron g
Ar gu m en t s : (B) Yes, water tables h ave gon e (5) Non e of th ese
down to alarmin gly low levels
I. No. All th e sen ior em ployees 34. St at em en t : Sh ou ld road repair
are n ot in terested in prom o- in som e parts of th e cou n try
work in big cities be carried ou t
wh ere irrigation is prim arily
tion. on ly late at n igh t ?
depen d en t on grou n d water,
II. Yes. Oth erwise senior em ploy- Ar gu m en t s :
which may lead to seriou s en -
ees do feel hu m iliated. (A) No, t h i s way t h e work wil l
viron m en tal consequ ences.
28. St at em en t : Sh ou ld ch ildren be n ever get com pleted.
(C) Yes, In dia ju st can n ot afford
p r ev en t ed c o m p l et el y fr o m (B) No, th ere will be u n n ecessary
to draw grou n dwater any fu r -
watch in g television ? u se of electricity.
th er as th e in ternational agen-
Ar gu m en t s : (C) Yes, th e com m u ters will face
ci es h ave cau t i on ed In d i a
I. No. We get vital in for m ation re- against it. lot of problem s du e to repair
gard i n g ed u cat i on t h r ou gh (1) On ly (A) an d (B) are stron g work du rin g th e day.
television . (1) Non e is stron g
(2) On ly (B) an d (C) are stron g
II. Yes. It h am pers th e stu dy of (2) On ly (A) is stron g
(3) On ly (A) an d (C) are stron g
children .
(3) On ly (C) is stron g
(4) All (A), (B) an d (C) are stron g
29. St at em en t : Sh ou ld trade u nions
(5) Non e of th ese (4) On ly (B) an d (C) are stron g
be ban n ed com pletely?
32. St at em en t : Sh ou l d t h ere b e(5) On ly (A) an d (B) are stron g
Ar gu m en t s :
35. St a t em en t : Sh o u l d al l t h e
com plet e ban on set tin g u p of
I . No. Th i s i s t h e o n l y w ay
th erm al power plan ts in In dia ?d eem ed u n i ver s i t i es be
th rou gh which em ployees can
Ar gu m en t s : derecognised an d attached to any
p u t t h ei r d em an d s b efor e
managem en t. (A) Yes, th is is t h e on ly way toof th e cen tral or state u n iversi-
ties in In dia ?
arrest fu rth er addition to en -
II. Yes. Em ployees get th eir ille-
gal demands fu lfilled th rou gh vironmental pollu tion. Ar gu m en t s :
th ese u n ion s. (B) No, th ere is a h u ge sh ortage(A) Yes, m an y of th ese deem ed
30. St at em en t : Sh ou ld wom en be of electricity in m ost parts of u n iversities do not conform to
given equ al opportu n ity in m at- th e cou n try an d h en ce gen - th e requ ired stan dar ds of a
ter of em ploym en t in every field? eration of electricity n eeds to fu l l -fl ed ged u n i ver si t y an d
be au gm en ted. h en ce th e level of edu cation
Ar gu m en t s :
(C) No, many developed cou ntries is com prom ised.
I. Yes. Th ey are equ ally capable.
(B) No, th ese deem ed u niversities
con t in u e to set u p th erm al
II. No. Th ey h ave t o sh ou l d er h ave been able to in trodu ce
h ou seh ol d r esp on si b i l i t i es power plants in their cou ntries.
(1) Non e is stron g inn ovative cou rses su itable to
t oo. t h e r equ ir em en t of var i ou s
Di r ect i on s (3 1 –3 5 ) : In m ak in g (2) On ly (A) is stron g
i n d u st r i es as t h ey ar e fr ee
decision s abou t im portan t qu estion s, (3) On ly (B) is stron g from strict Govern m en t con -
it is desirable to be able to distin gu ish (4) On ly (C) is stron g trols.
between ‘stron g’argu m ents an d ‘weak ’ (5) Only eith er (A) or (B) is stron g
(C) Yes, m an y su ch u n iversities
ar gu m en t s. ‘St r on g’ ar gu m en ts ar e 33. St at em en t : Sh ou ld th ere be a are basically m oney spinn in g
th ose wh ich are both im portan t an d restriction on the con stru ction of activities an d edu cation tak es
directly related to th e qu estion . ‘Weak ’ h igh rise bu ildin gs in big cities a back seat in th ese in stitu -
argu m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m i- in In dia. tions.
n or im portan ce an d also m ay n ot be
Ar gu m en t s : (1) On ly (A) an d (B) are stron g
directly related to th e qu estion or m ay
be related to a trivial aspect of th e qu es- (A) No, big cities in In dia do n ot(2) On ly (B) an d (C) are stron g
tion. have adequ ate open land plots (3) On ly (A) an d (C) are stron g
(SBI Associ at es Ban k Po to accom m odate th e growin g (4) All (A), (B) an d (C) are stron g
Ex am . 07.03.2010) popu lation.
(5) Non e of th ese
ARGUMENTATION
3 6 . St at em en t : Man y m ajor au to 38. St at em en t %Th e ren own ed car Di rect i on s (4 0 – 4 1 ) : Each of th e
m ak ers will in crease th e prices m ak er of th e Cou n try ‘X’h as ob- following qu estions con sists of a state-
of th eir veh icles by 7 per cen t served th at its n ew ‘Zip Zap’car m en t followed by two statem ents n u m -
is very m u ch in dem an d am on g bered I an d II given below it. You h ave
from n ext m on th , m ain ly to off-
to decide which of the given statements
set h igh er in pu t an d operation al th e cu stom ers. Car m ak er says
nu mbered I and II weak ens or strength-
cost s. th at it h as provided special type en s th e statem en t an d m ark th e ap-
Wh ich of the following argu men ts of seat belts in th e car. Th e seat propriate an swer.
wou ld weak en th e facts given in belts are provided even at the rear (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
th e statem en t ? en d of th e car. Ex am . 30. 11.20 14)
Wh ich of th e followin g is m ost 40. St at em en t %Th e world sh ou ld
(1) Th e largest au to mak er in th e
probable reason for th e in crease m ove towards u sin g bio-fu els in
cou n try, Veron tee h ad failed
in th e sell of Zip Zap cars? th e fu tu re as th ese are m ore en -
t o m ak e an y p r ofi t w h en
p ri ces for i t s veh i cl es wer e (1) The cu stomers are very m u ch viron m en t frien dly as com pared
i n cr eased b y al m ost 4 p er aware abou t th eir safety to regu lar fossil- fu els.
cen t (2) Zip Zap cars h ave special fa- I . Wh i l e b i o-fu el s cl ean er t o
cilities which are n ot available bu rn , th e process to produ ce
(2) Operation al an d in pu t costs th e fu el, in clu din g th e n ec-
in th e oth er cars.
con tin u e to be 85 per cen t of essar y m ach in er y l ead s t o
th e total costs of th e veh icles (3) Zip Zap car h as in corporated
very h igh carbon em ission
most sophisticate tech nology.
(3) Both in pu t an d operati on al II . As b i o-fu el s are m an u fac-
(4) Zip Zap car is fu el efficien t tu red from m aterials su ch as
c os t s w er e gr ad u a l l y i n -
creased by th e govern m en t to (5) Non e of th ese crop waste, m an u re an d oth -
(SBI M an agem en t Ex ecut i v e er by produ cts, th ese, u n lik e
avoid su dden transit losses to fossil-fu els, are easily ren ew-
th e com pan ies Ex am , 19. 09.20 14)
able.
(4) At any given tim e, a price rise 39. Th is qu estion consists of a state- (1) Statem en t I weak en s th e in -
of m ore th an 5 per cen t defi- m en t an d two con clu sion s n u m - form ation wh ile statements II
n itely leads to su bstantial de- bered I an d II given below it. A is a n atu ral statem en t.
crease in sales of th e veh icles con clu sion is som eth in g wh ich (2) B ot h st at em en t s I an d I I
(5) Rath er th an increasin g profit, can be directly dedu ced from th e weak en th e in form ation .
7 p er cen t pri ce ri se wou ld given in form ation in ligh t of th e
(3) Statem en t I stren gth en s th e
given facts. You h ave to decide
b r i n g i t at t h e sam e l evel in form ation wh ile statem en t
wh ich of th e given con clu sion s
wh ich existed before th e rise II weak en s th e statem en t.
logically follows from th e given (4) Statem en t I weak en s th e in -
in in pu t/ operation al costs.
statem en t an d select th e appro- form ation wh ile statem en t II
(SBI Speci al i st Of f i cer
priate an swer. stren gth en s th e statem en t.
(Law Of f i cer : M M GS Scal e-I I )
On l i n e Ex am , 19.04.2014)
St at em en t : At presen t 32% of (5) B ot h st at em en t s I an d I I
ou r villages receive 24 h ou rs elec- stren gth en th e in form ation .
37. St at em en t %Sou th African tu rtles
tricity an d in th e n ext two years,
k n own as Polk a tu rtl es, wh ich 41. St at em en t %Always rem ain in
th e state governm ent wou ld strive
h ave dots on th eir sk in , are fac- an air con dition ed en viron m en t
to add 16% m ore villages to th is
ing the threat of extin ction as they for better h ealth an d well-bein g.
list.
are u sed as pets by h u m an s. I . At presen t 60 % vi llages in th e I . Filters in the air -con ditioners
Wh i ch of t h e fol l ow i n g st ep s lower exposu re to allergy cre-
state h ave n o access to electrici- atin g pollen an d oth er ou t-
sh ou ld be tak en by th e Govern - ty at all.
m en t to save th ese tu rtles? door allergies.
II . Even aft er a cou p l e of year s,
II . Spen din g two m u ch tim e in
(1) Poach ers shou ld be prevented more than h alf of th e villages lack
an air -con dition ed en viron -
from poach in g th ese tu rtles access to 24 h ou rs electricity. m en t resu lt in gradu al in tol-
by th e forest gu ards. (1) On l y I I can b e con cl u d ed eran ce of body towards n at-
(2) Th e term of imprison m en t for from th e given in form ation . u ral tem peratu res.
p oach i n g of Pol k a t u r t l es (2) Only I can be con clu ded from (1) Statem en t I weak en s th e in -
sh ou ld be increased from fou r th e given in formation . form ation wh ile statements II
(3) Neith er I n or II can be con - is a n atu ral statem en t.
years to 10 years.
clu ded from th e given in for - (2) B ot h st at em en t s I an d I I
(3) Th e person s wh o m ak e th ese
mation. weak en th e in form ation .
tu rtles as their pets sh ou ld be (4) Both I an d II can be con clu d-
fin ed h eavily. (3) Statem en t 1 stren gth en s th e
ed from th e given i n form a-
(4) Th e Govern m ent sh ou ld tak e in form ation wh ile statem en t
tion II weak en s th e statem en t.
step to in crease th e breedin g (5) Eith er I or II can be con clu d- (4) Statem en t I weak en s th e in -
of Polk a tu rtles. ed from th e given i n form a- form ation wh ile statem en t II
(5) Non e of th ese tion. stren gth en s th e statem en t.
(SBI M an agem en t Ex ecut i v e (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e (5) B ot h st at em en t s I an d I I
Ex am , 19. 09.20 14) Ex am . 29. 11.20 14) stren gth en th e in form ation .
ARGUMENTATION
Ar gu m en t s :
RBI GRADE–B/NABARD I : Yes, gradu ates always p er -
GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS for m b et t er t h an t h e n on -
gr adu ates b y virt u e of th eir
h i gh er l evel of ed u cation .
Di r ect i on s (1 –5 ) : In m ak in g deci- II. No, we h ave been su pportin g
sion s abou t im portan t qu estion s, it is n on -violen ce on every step of II : No, th ere are qu ite a few peo-
desirable to be able to distin gu ish be- pl e wh o can n ot affor d t o r e-
ou r lives.
tween ‘strong’argu m ents and ‘weak ’ar - m ai n u n -em p l oyed t i l l t h e
4. St at em ent : Should the prestigious
gu m ents. ‘Stron g’argu men ts are th ose com pletion of gradu ation an d
people be met with special treat-
wh ich are both im portan t an d directly ar e cap ab l e of p er for m i n g
ment by law who have committed equ al ly wel l as t h e gradu ate
related to th e qu estion . ‘Weak ’ argu -
crime u nk nowingly? can did ates.
m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m in or
importance and also may not be directly Argum en t s 7. Sh ou l d t h e exam in ation b odi es
related to th e qu estion or m ay be re- I . Yes, becau se th e prestigiou s for al l u n iver sit y ex am in at ion s
lated to a trivial aspect of th e qu es- people do n ot commit crime in- perm it th e u se of calcu lat ors ?
tion. ten tionally. Ar gu m en t s :
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer Ex am .17.11.2002) II. No, it is ou r policy th at every- I : No, i t i s n ecessar y for t h e
I n st r u ct i on s : In each of th e fol- body is equ al before th e law. st u den ts to k n ow t h e m et h -
lowin g a qu estion is followed by two 5. St at em en t : Sh ou l d m u t u al od s of m an u al cal cu l ati on to
argu ments nu m bered I and II. You have fu n ds be brou gh t u n der stricter m ak e th eir con cept s clear.
to decide which argu ment is stron g and Govern m en t con trol ? II : Yes, m an u al calcu lation s are
wh ich argu m en t is weak . Ar gu m en t s : n o m ore requ ired with exten -
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly argu m en t I si ve u se of com pu ter s i n all
I . Yes, th at is on e of th e ways to
is stron g. fiel ds.
protect th e in terest of th e in -
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly argu m en t vest or s. 8. Sh ou l d t h e k n owled ge of Hin di
II is stron g.
II. No. Stricter Govern m en t con - lan gu age be m ade com pu lsory for
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er argu m en t al l t h e em p loyees of pu b lic sec-
trols are lik ey to be cou n ter -
I or II is stron g. tor organ izati on s ?
produ ctive.
Gi ve an swer (4) if neither argu ment Ar gu m en t s :
I n or II is stron g. Di r ect i on s (6 -1 0 ) : In m ak i n g
decision s abou t im portan t qu estion s, I : Yes, it i s n ecessary for deal-
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both th e argu - in g with peopl e from th e ed-
m en ts I an d II are stron g. it is desirable to be able to distin gu ish
b et w een “st r o n g” ar gu m en t s an d u cati on al ly back ward strata
1. St at em en t : Sh ou ld the existin g of t h e societ y.
“w eak ” ar gu m en t s. “St r on g” ar gu -
labou r laws be ch an ged in th e
m en ts m u st be both im por tan t an d II : No, i t i s n ot n ecessar y for
favou r of own ers ?
directly related to th e qu estion. “Weak ” every em ployee to h ave t h e
Argum en t s
ar gu m en t s m ay n ot be dir ectl y r elat- k nowledge of Hin di lan gu age.
I . Yes , b eca u se t h e ex i st i n g
ed to th e qu est ion an d m ay b e of m i- 9. Shou ld it be made com pu lsory for
labou r laws give m u ch m ore
n or i m portan ce or m ay be relat ed to al l th e pr ivate sect or or gan iza-
protection to em ployees th an
th e t rivial asp ect s of t h e qu estion . ti on s to reserve qu ota for social-
requ ired an d th u s produ ction
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer Ex am . 2007) ly back ward classes?
is redu ced.
II. No, becau se own er s wou l d Each qu estion below is fol lowed Ar gu m en t s :
ex pl oi t em pl oyees as before by two argu m en ts n u m b ered I an d II. I : No, th e private sector sh ou ld
wh en t h er e wer e n o l abou r You h ave to decide wh i ch of th e argu - n ot b e gover n ed by th e Gov-
laws. m en ts is a “str on g” ar gu m en t an d er n m en t r u les.
2. St at em en t : Sh ou ld In dia ac- wh ich is a “weak ” argu m en t. II : Yes, pri vat e sector organ iza-
qu i r e/ m an u fact u r e t h e l at est Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly argu m en t ti on s sh ou l d also con tr ibu te
n u clear weapon s ? I is stron g. in u pliftment of socially back -
Argum en t s Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly argu m en t ward classes.
I . Yes, th e en em ies of In dia are II is st ron g. 1 0 . Sh ou ld th e wom en be advised n ot
im provin g th eir weapon s con - Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f eith er argu - to tr avel alon e at n i gh t in vi ew of
tinu ou sly. m en t I or II is st ron g. the increasing inciden ces of rapes
II . No, it will be against ou r policy an d sexu al abu se ?
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eith er argu -
of m ain tain in g world peace. Ar gu m en t s :
m en t I n or II i s st ron g.
3. St at em en t : Sh ou ld an im al be I : No. i n st ead th e Gover n m en t
Gi v e an sw er (5 ) i f b oth argu -
k illed in th e n am e of laboratory shou ld tak e m easu res to con -
m en ts I an d II are st ron g.
experim en t ? tr ol su ch in ciden ces.
6. Sh ou ld gradu ation be m ade min -
Argum en t s II : Yes, it is d ifficu lt even for th e
imu m edu cational qu alification for
I. Yes, th ey are available in abu n - police d epartm en t to con tr ol
en try level jobs in an y pu blic sec-
dan ce. su ch cases.
tor organ ization ?
ARGUMENTATION
Di r ect i on s (1 1 –1 5 ) : In m ak in g 13. Sh ou ld th e Govern m en t ban ex- II . No, su ch stu den ts do n ot ch oose
decision s abou t im portan t qu estion s, port of all types of food grain s to contin u e their stu dies withou t
it is desirable to be able to distin gu ish for th e n ext on e year to tide over h avin g passed in all th e su bjects
b et w een “st r o n g” ar gu m en t s an d the u nprotected drou ght situ ation in HSC.
“weak ” argu m en ts. “Stron g” argu m en ts in th e th e cou n try ? (1) On ly I is stron g
m u st be both im portan t an d directly
Ar gu m en t s : (2) On ly II is stron g
related to th e qu estion . “Weak ” argu -
m en ts m ay n ot be directly related to I . Yes, th ere is n o oth er way to pro- (3) On ly III is stron g
th e qu estion an d m ay be of m in or im - vide food to its citizen du rin g th e (4) On ly eith er II or III an d I are
portan ce or may be related to th e trivial year. stron g
aspects of th e qu estion . II . No, th e Govern m en t d oes n ot (5) Non e of th ese
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer h ave its ju risdiction over private Di r ect i on s (1 6 -1 8 ) : Read th e
Ex am . 11. 10.20 09) exporters for ban n in g exporters. following information carefu lly an d an -
Each qu estion below is followed III. Yes, th e Gover n m en t sh ou ld n ot swer th e qu estion s wh ich follow :
by three argu m en ts n u mbered I, II an d allow th e exporters to export food (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer
III. You h ave to decide wh i ch of th e Ex am . 11. 10.20 09)
grain s an d procu re all th e food
argu men t(s) is/ are “stron g”. Ru lin g govern m en ts in th e west
gr ai n s h el d by su ch ex port er s
11. Sh ou ld th e Govern m en t restrict are bein g pu n ish ed by th e voters for
an d m ak e it available for h om e
u se of electricity for each h ou se- ever risin g u n em ploym en t rates. Th eir
consu m ption.
hold dependin g u pon the requ ire- parliam en t is abu zz with com paign s
m en t ? (1) On ly I an d II are stron g
m ar k ed b y cr it i ci sm of In d i a as an
Ar gu m en t s : (2) On ly II an d III are stron g ou tsou rcing hu b. In dia is seen by m any
I . Yes, th i s will h elp gover n m en t (3) On ly I an d III are stron g in th e west as a lan d of call cen tres
ti de over th e p rob lem of in ad- (4) All I, II an d III are stron gan d back offices with cheap labou r th at
equ ate gen eration of electricity. (5) Non e of th ese costs people in th e west, th eir jobs.
II . No, every citizen h as righ t to con - 14. Shou ld th ere be a comm on sylla- 16. W h i c h of t h e f ol l o w i n g
su m e electricity as per th eir re- statem en ts wou ld weak en th e
bu s for all su bjects in gradu ate
qu irem en t as th ey pay for u sin g argu ment given in the passage?
electricity. cou rses in al l t h e u n iver sit ies
across th e cou n try ? (1) Ou tsou rced jobs do n ot re-
III. No, th e Govern m en t d oes n ot qu i r e h i gh l y sk i l l ed an d
h ave th e m ach in ery to pu t su ch Ar gu m en t s :
qu alified em ployees.
a restriction on u se of electric- I . Yes, th is is th e only way to sprin g
(2) Nearly 34% of th e u n em -
ity. in u n iform ity in th e edu cat ion
ployed people wou ld secu re
(1) On ly I is stron g system in th e cou n try.
j ob s i n t h e west i f ou t -
(2) On ly II is stron g II . Yes, it will h elp stan dardise th e s ou r c ed j ob s w er e i n -
(3) On ly I an d II are stron g qu ality of gradu ation certificates sou rced by th eir organ isa-
(4) On ly II an d III are stron g bein g given by differen t u n iver - tions.
(5) All I, II an d III are stron g sities in th e cou n try. (3) After su fferin g h eavy loss-
12. Sh ou ld th e Govern m en t or der III. No, each u n iversity sh ou ld h ave es in th e election s th e gov-
closu re of all edu cational in stitu - th e au ton om y to decide its sylla- ern m en t s in th e west are
tion s for a m on th to avoid fast b u s based on th e sp eci fic r e- exp ect ed t o ch an ge t h ei r
spreadin g of th e contagiou s viral qu irem en t of th e u n iversity. decision on ou tsou rcin g to
in fection ? (1) Non e is stron g India.
Ar gu m en t s : (2) On ly I is stron g (4) Ou t sou r ci n g, a d yn am ic,
I . No, closu re of edu cation al in sti- two-way r el at ion sh ip h as
(3) On ly II is stron g
tu tion alon e is n ot th e solu tion created jobs an d growth in
for cu rbin g spread of viral in fec- (4) On ly I an d II are stron g
In dia as well as th e west.
tion. (5) On ly II an d III are stron g (5) Althou gh ou tsou rcing to In-
II . No, stu den ts will visit crowded 15. Sh ou ld all th ose stu den ts wh o dia allowed m an y com pa-
places lik e m alls, m ark ets, play- failed in on e or two su bjects in n i es i n west t o focu s on
grou n ds etc. i n m ore n u m bers HSC be allowed to tak e adm is- th eir core operation s, th ey
an d spread th e disease, as th ey sion in degree cou rses an d con - h eavi ly com p rom i sed th e
will have lot of spare tim e at th eir tin u e th eir stu dy su bject to th eir qu ality an d th e stan dards
disposal. s u c cess fu l l y p as si n g i n t h e of th eir back office jobs.
III. Yes, you n g p er son s ar e m or e su pplemen tary exam ination ? 17. Wh ich of th e followin g can be
pron e to get affected by th e viral a possi bl e reper cu ssi on of th e
Ar gu m en t s :
in fection an d h en ce th ey sh ou ld
I . Yes, th is will h elp th e stu den ts opposition to outsou rcing in the
rem ain in doors.
to com plete their edu cation with - west ?
(1) Non e is stron g
ou t a break of on e year. (1) J obs wh ich are cu rr en tly
(2) On ly I is stron g ou tsou rced to In dia wou ld
(3) On ly III is stron g II . Yes, t h is i s a for war d l ook i n g
strategy to h elp th e stu den ts an d be tran sfer red to an oth er
(4) On ly l an d II are stron g cou n try wh ich in all prob-
m otivate th em for high er stu dies.
(5) All I, II an d III are stron g ability wou ld be Ch in a.
ARGUMENTATION
(2) Call cen tres an d back of- Th e qu estion below is followed by (3) Repair work wh ich was don e
fi ces em p l oy ees i n In d i a two argu m en ts n u m bered I an d II. You twice earlier in th e bu ildin g
wou ld expect a salary at par h ave to decide wh ich of th e argu m en ts in City Y was com pleted in
with their western cou nter -
is a ‘stron g’argu m en t an d wh ich is a m in im u m possible tim e an d
par ts.
‘weak ’argu m en t. wi t h i n m i n i m u m p ossi b l e
(3) In -sou rcin g of jobs by th e
west wou l d r en d er t h ou - Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly argu m en t I bu dget.
san d s of In d i an s u n em - is stron g (4) Unlike City X, hu midity which
ployed. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly argu m en t is ver y detrim en t al t o con -
(4) If in -sou rced in th e west it- II is stron g st ru cti on m aterial su ch as
self, th e com pan ies wou ld
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II is iron , cem en t etc, is very h igh
n ot be able to em ploy pro-
fession als an d ex pert s of stron g. in City Y owin g to its proxim -
same qu ality as available in Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II ity to th e sea.
India. stron g. (5) Expen se of sam e repair work
(5) Th e west er n com p an i es Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II are if don e in both th e bu ildin g
which earlier ou tsou rced to
stron g. wou ld be mu ch higher in City
In dia wou ld ben efit fin an -
cially as offices wou ld n ot 19. Sh ou ld all th e power gen eration X as com p ar ed t o t h at i n
h ave to be set overseas. and distribu tion u nits in the State City Y.
18. Wh ich of th e followin g can be Y be h an ded over to th e private (NABARD Of f i cer Gr ade ‘A’
i n f er r ed ? (An i n fer en ce i s sector ? On l i n e Ex am . 01.03.2015)
somethin g which is n ot directly Ar gu m en t s :
stated bu t can be in ferred from
th e given facts) I . Yes, th e State Gover nm ent are INSURANCE EXAMS
(1) Un em ploym en t in In dia is n ot equ ipped to h an dle gen -
n ot as severe a problem as erat ion an d d i st r ib u t ion of Di r ect i on s (1 -5 ) : In m ak in g de-
th at in th e west electricity efficien tly an d it is cisions abou t im portan t qu estion s it is
(2) Em ployees work in g in th e n ot ben eficial too.
desirable to be able to distin gu ish be-
back offices an d call cen - II . Yes. Th e private com pan i es tween ‘stron g’ argu m en ts an d ‘weak ’
tres in th e west earn m u ch h an dle gen eration an d distri-
m ore th an th eir cou n ter - argu m en ts so far as th ey relate to th e
bu tion of electricity efficien t-
parts in In dia qu estion . ‘Strong’argu m ents are th ose
ly.
(3) Developin g cou n tries su ch wh ich are both im portan t an d directly
as Ch in a an d In dia do n ot 20. Two sim ilar bu ildin gs were con - related to th e qu estion . ‘Weak ’ argu -
ou tsou rce th eir back office stru cted in City X an d City Y by m en ts are th ose wh ich are of m in or
jobs at all to oth er cou n tries ‘Ash iyana’bu ilders ten years ago.
importance and also may not be directly
(4) Cou ntries wh ich do n ot ou t- While th e bu ildin g in City X con -
sou rce jobs do n ot face th e related to th e qu estion or m ay be re-
tin u es to be in good con dition ,
problem of u n em ploymen t lated to trivial aspect of th e qu estion .
th e on e in City Y h as al ready
(5) One of th e m ain reason s for (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e
st ar t ed t o ex p er i en ce cer t ai n
h igh u nem ploym en t rate in Of f i cer (AAO) Ex am . 2006 )
stru ctu ral problem s.
In dia is its clan of call cen -
Th e r esi d en t s of th e bu i l di n g Each qu estion below is followed by
tres an d back offices wh ich
u ndertak e ou tsou rced work con stru cted in City Y h ave de- two argu m en ts n u m bered I an d II. You
from th e west m an ded an explanation from th e h ave to decide wh ich of th e argu m en ts
Di r ect i on s (19 ) : In mak in g deci- bu ilder regardin g lack of u n ifor - is a ‘stron g’argu m en t an d wh ich is a
sion s abou t im portan t qu estions, it is m ity in con stru ction. ‘weak ’argu m en t.
desirable to be able to distin gu ish be- Which of the following statements Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly argu m en t I
tween ‘stron g’ argu m en ts an d ‘weak ’
wou ld su pport the builder to some is stron g
argu men ts so far as they relate to th e
extent ? Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly argu m en t
qu estion. ‘Strong’argu m en ts are th ose
which are both im portan t and directly (1) Cost of constru ction of bu ild- II is stron g
related to the qu estion s. ‘Weak ’ argu - in g in City X was h iger th an
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II is
m en ts are those wh ich are of minor im - that of City Y owing labou r
stron g.
portan ce an d also m ay n ot be directly costs in City X.
related to the qu estion s or m ay be re- Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II
(2) Min or repair work is always
lated to a trivial aspect of the qu estion . is stron g.
r equ i r ed t o b e d on e i n al l
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II are
Ex am , 03. 08.20 14)
bu ildin gs after m in im u m ten
years of con stru ction . stron g.
ARGUMENTATION
1. Sh ou ld th e ten u re of th e Presi- Argum en t s 9. Sh ou ld sex-edu cation be encou r -
den t be lon ger ? I. Yes. It wi l l b e ben efi ci al for aged in sch ools ?
Argum en t s those can didates wh o are u n - Argum en t s
I . No. Th e President of In dia is able to bear th e expen ses of I . No, it will distu rb the old stu dy
com petitive examinations. pattern of th e sch ool.
n on -ex ecu t ive h ead . Th er e-
II. No. Th e past academ ic per - II . Yes, it will give righ t in for m a-
fore, th ere is no need to ex-
form an ce cann ot be m ade th e tion at th e righ t tim e wh ich
ten d h is ten u re. wi l l h el p a ch i l d t o t ack l e
basis of recru itm en t becau se
II . Yes. It will provide an oppor - th ese k i n ds of probl em s in
th ere is n o u n iform ity in th e
tu nity to President to gu ide he fu tu re.
assessm en t by th e u n iversi-
Govern m en t to fu lfil th e lon g ties. 10. Sh ou ld foreign press m edia en -
term objectives. ter in In dia ?
Di r ect i on s (6 –1 0 ) : Th ese qu es-
2. Sh ou ld th ere be concen tration of Argum en t s
tion s are followed by th e argu m en ts
forei gn i n vestm en t in on l y few n u m bered as I an d II. You h ave to de- I . No, th ey will give better in for -
States? cide an d give an swer in th e followin g m ation wh ich can lead to ru -
inin g of India press in du stry.
Argum en t s way :
(Un i t ed I n di a I n sur an ce AAO
II . Yes, th ose wh i ch gi ve ex act
I . No. It is again st th e policy of an d tru e n ews will get better
Ex am .0 3 .0 6 .2 0 12 )
overall developm en t of cou n - respon se an d in th is way th e
tr y. (1) If on ly argu m en t I is stron g.
foreign press m edia h elp u s
(2) If on ly argu m en t II is stron g. for reach in g to depth of tru th -
II . Yes. Becau se a large n u m ber
(3) If both argu m ents I an d II are n ess.
of States lack in frastru ctu re
stron g. Di rect i on s (1 1–1 5) : Th ese qu es-
to attract foreign in vestm en t.
(4) If n eith er argu m en t I n or ar - tion s are followed by th e argu m en ts
3. Sh ou ld th ere be a com plete ban n u m bered as I an d II. You h ave to de-
gu m en t II is stron g.
on open in g u p of n ew m an age- cide an d give an swer in th e followin g
6. Sh ou ld Doctors form a u n ion ?
m en t edu cation al in stit-u tion s ? way :
Argum en t s
Argum en t s (Un i t ed I n di a I n sur an ce AAO
I . No, m edical is a n oble profes- Ex am .0 3 .0 6 .2 0 12 )
I . Yes. Th ere are m ore in stitu - sion an d form in g a u n ion is
tion s th an requ ired an d there (1) If on ly argu m en t I is stron g.
again st th e eth ics of th at pro-
is n o n eed to open u p n ew (2) If on ly argu m en t II is stron g.
fession .
institu tion s. (3) If both argu m ents I an d II are
II . Yes, even a little dem an d is
stron g.
II . No. We n eed m or e p r ofe- n ot paid atten tion u nless you
(4) If n eith er argu m en t I n or ar -
ssional m anagers in com in g presen t it as a u n ited grou p.
gu m en t II is stron g.
days becau se th e fu tu re sce- 7. Sh ou ld liberalization essential for
11. Sh ou ld Doctors form a u n ion ?
n ario will be very com petitive. In dia ?
Argum en t s
4. Sh ou ld private organ isation s be Argum en t s
I . No, m edical is a n oble profes-
allowed to carry on secu rity re- I . Yes, to feed h u ge popu lation sion an d form in g a u n ion is
lated research activities ? of India we requ ire latest tech- again st th e eth ics of th at pro-
Argum en t s n ology an d in sh ort tim e th is fession .
dem an d can on ly be fu lfilled II . Yes, even a little dem an d is
I. No. Private organ isation s are
by liberalization . n ot paid atten tion u nless you
easily vu ln erable to ou r en -
II . No, liberalization can n ot fight presen t it as a u n ited grou p.
em i es an d t h er efor e, t h ey
pover ty an d u n em ploym en t 12. Sh ou ld liberalization essential for
sh ou l d n ot be perm i tt ed to an d th ese problem s will in - In dia ?
carry on su ch research es. crease by th is way becau se Argum en t s
II. Yes. Th e Gover n m en t h as n ot advan ce tech n ology requ ires I . Yes, to feed h u ge popu lation
su fficien t resou rces to carry less in pu t an d m an power. of India we requ ire latest tech-
on su ch research es an d th e 8. Sh ou ld film -cen sorsh ip be abol- n ology an d in sh ort tim e th is
private organ isation s wou ld ish ed ? dem an d can on ly be fu lfilled
m anage necessary resou rces. Argum en t s by liberalization .
5. Shou ld th ere be recru itmen t in I . No, presen t tren d of abolish - II . No, liberalization can n ot fight
ban k s on th e basis of past aca- ing established th in gs sh ou ld pover ty an d u n em ploym en t
an d th ese problem s will in -
dem ic perform an ces rath er than be opposed.
crease by th is way becau se
t h r ou gh com pet i ti ve exam i n a- II . Yes, Art can n ot grow an d de- advan ce tech n ology requ ires
tions ? velop in a clim ate of con trol. less in pu t an d m an power.
ARGUMENTATION
13. Sh ou ld film -cen sorsh ip be abol- (3) Com p an y X plan s to exp an d
ish ed ? its m ark et globally th is year. SHORT ANSWERS
Argum en t s (4) Com pan y X u n derwen t a l ot
I . No, presen t tren d of abolish - of cr iticism for t h e said pr o- NATIONALISED BANKS
ing established th in gs sh ou ld posal an d also exp eri en ced & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS
be opposed. a drop of arou n d 10 p er cen t
II . Yes, Art can n ot grow an d de- cu stom ers in ju st on e week . 1 .(4) 2 .(2) 3 .(2) 4 .(1)
velop in a clim ate of con trol. (5) Com pan y Y, a ri val to com - 5 .(4) 6 .(2) 7 .(4) 8 .(4)
14. Sh ou ld sex-edu cation be encou r - pan y X setu p sh op in cou n - 9 .(4) 1 0 .(2) 1 1 .(2) 1 2 .(5)
aged in sch ools ? tr y Z ju st two m on th s back
1 3 .(2) 1 4 .(1) 1 5 .(3) 1 6 .(5)
Argum en t s an d h as in t rod u ced a n u m -
I . No, it will distu rb the old stu dy 1 7 .(1) 1 8 .(4) 1 9 .(1) 2 0 .(4)
ber of i n terest in g offer s for
pattern of th e sch ool. 2 1 .(2) 2 2 .(1) 2 3 .(5) 2 4 .(3)
cu stom er s.
II . Yes, it will give righ t in for m a- (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer 2 5 .(3) 2 6 .(4) 2 7 .(5) 2 8 .(1)
tion at th e righ t tim e wh ich (AO) Ex am , 10.01.2015) 2 9 .(5) 3 0 .(3) 3 1 .(2) 3 2 . (1)
wi l l h el p a ch i l d t o t ack l e
17. Th is qu estion con sists of an in - 3 3 .(3) 3 4 .(2) 3 5 .(1) 3 6 .(1)
th ese k i n ds of probl em s in
for m ati on an d two statem en t s 3 7 .(3) 3 8 .(3) 3 9 .(3) 4 0 .(3)
fu tu re.
n u m bered I an d II given below 4 1 .(1)
15. Sh ou ld foreign press m edia en -
it. You h ave to decide wh ich of
ter in In dia ?
th e given statem en ts weak en (s) SBI PO EXAMS
Argum en t s
or strength en (s) th e inform ation
I . No, th ey will give better in for - 1. (4) 2. (1) 3. (4) 4. (4)
an d decide th e appropriate an -
m ation wh ich can lead to ru - 5. (4) 6. (4) 7. (1) 8. (4)
swer I n for m at i on : Accordin g to
inin g of India press in du stry. 9. (2) 10. (4) 11. (4) 12. (1)
a report naval ship ‘Aqu aEmp’met
II . Yes, th ose wh i ch gi ve ex act
with th e fatal acciden t owin g to 13. (2) 14. (4) 15. (4) 16. (1)
and tru e news will get better
th e fact th at it was agein g an d 17. (1) 18. (4) 19. (4) 20. (1)
respon se and in th is way th e
foreign press m edia help u s n early two decades old. 21. (2) 22. (5) 23. (5) 24. (1)
for reach in g to depth of tru th - I . The accident took place when th e
25. (1) 26. (2) 27. (4) 28. (1)
n ess. seam an at th e artil lery section
29. (1) 30. (1) 31. (1) 32. (3)
16. Read th e fol lowin g in form ati on acciden tly m isfi red th e m issile
h i t t i n g cer t ai n cr u ci al en gi n e 33. (4) 34. (3) 35. (3) 36. (4)
ti on wh i ch fol lows. m ach in ery. 37. (3) 38. (1) 3 9 . (1) 4 0 . (4)
Com pan y X, a Telecom com p a- II . Average age of all sh ips, battle- 4 1 . (3)
n y of cou n try Z, wh ich proposed s h i p s o r ca r go s h i p s , i s
last week th at it wou ld ch ar ge 30-35 years, before wh ich th ese
its cu stomers for video calls, said
RBI GRADE–B/
can be operated safely.
th at it will n ot go ah ead with th e (1) Both Statement I and State-
NABARD GRADE–A
pl an . Vi deo call i s a facil ity gi v-
ment II are neu tral statements. OFFICER EXAMS
en fr ee of cost by th e com pan y
(2) Both Statement I and State-
for i ts existin g cu stom er s.
ment II stren gth en the infor - 1. (4) 2. (1) 3. (4) 4. (2)
Wh ich of th e fol lowin g m ay be a
mation. 5. (4) 6. (2) 7. (1) 8. (4)
reason for t h e ch an ge in plan by
th e said com pan y ? (3) Both Statement I and State- 9. (2) 10. (2) 11. (3) 12. (2)
(1) Th e sh ar es of com p an y L, ment II weak en the inform a- 13. (5) 14. (5) 15. (1) 16. (5)
wh ich ch arges its cu stom ers tion. 17. (3) 18. (3) 19. (4) 20. (4)
for a sim ilar facility sin ce th e (4) Statem en t I strength en s th e
beginn in g, dropped su bstan - information while Statement II INSURANCE EXAMS
ti all y th is week . weak ens the information.
1. (4) 2. (1) 3. (2) 4. (4)
(2) Man y people u sin g th e ser - (5) Statement I weak ens the infor -
vi ces of com pan y X li ve in 5. (4) 6. (2) 7. (4) 8. (4)
m at i on w h i l e St at em en t II
ru ral areas an d m igh t n ot be strengthen s th e in form ation. 9. (2) 10. (2) 11. (2) 12. (4)
a b l e t o a f f o r d a n ex t r a 13. (4) 14. (2) 15. (2) 16. (4)
ch arge for cer tai n services.
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 22.03.2015) 17. (3)
ARGUMENTATION
16. (5) Accor di n g to qu esti on both 40. (3) Clearly, both th e statem en ts I
EXPLANATIONS argu m en ts I an d II are stron g. an d II weak en th e in form ation .
17. (1) Accor di n g to qu esti on on l y 41. (1) Ob vi ou sl y, b ot h t h e st at e-
argu m en ts I is stron g. m en ts I an d II weak en th e i n for -
NATIONALISED BANKS 18. (4) According to qu estion n either mation .
& IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS argu m en ts I n or argu m en ts II is
1. (4) Th e u se of ter m ‘on ly’ in ar -

stron g. SBI PO EXAMS
19. (1) According to qu estion only ar -
gu m en t I m ak es it in valid. gu m en ts I is stron g. 1. (4) Neith er of th e argu m en ts is
2. (2) On ly argu m en t II seem s to be 20. (4) According to qu estion n either stron g. It is tru e th at privatisation
su itable. argu m en ts I n or argu m en t II is m ay mak e In stitu tes of Techn olo-
3. (2) On ly argu m en t II is stron g. gy financially healthy an d compet-
stron g. i ti ve con si der in g th e p r eval en t
4. (1) On ly argu m en t I seem s to be
21. (2) Option (2) wou ld stren gth en tren d of m ark et. Bu t it can not be
stron g.
th e stan ce tak en by bu ilders. tak en as u niversally tru e. Hen ce,
5. (4) Neith er of th e argu m en ts is
22. (1) Option (1) wou ld weak en th e argu ment I is n ot stron g. Th e sec-
stron g.
ar gu m en t p u t for war d b y t h e ond argu ment lack s any su bstance
6. (2) Ou r cou n try seek s to su pport and hen ce it is n ot strong.
com mittee to the sports m inistry.
edu cation ally an d econ om ically 2. (1) Taking into account the fact that
back ward classes for th eir over - 23. (5) Option (5) wou ld stren gth en
th e argu m en t. a large n u mber of cases are pend-
al l gr ow t h an d d evel op m en t . ing in th e cou rts for a long time, it
Th er efor e, ar gu m en t I i s n ot 24. (3) Option (3) wou ld stren gth en
th e argu m en t of govern m en t. is desirable th at vacations of cou rt
stron g. ju dges m u st be redu ced to speed
7. (4) In order to decide wh ether th e 25. (3) Th e statem ent given in option
u p ju dicial process. Therefore, ar -
argu m en t is stron g or n ot first (3) wou ld weak en th e argu m en t.
gu m ent I seems to be stron g. Ar -
26. (4) Op t i on (4 ) con t r ad i ct s t h e
d eci d e t h e d esi r ab i l i t y of t h e gu m ent II is based on an exam ple
statem en t. Th erefore, n eith er of vi ew s ex p r essed i n t h e st at e- and we k n ow th at citing an exam -
th e argu m en ts is stron g. m en t. ple is a bad argu m en tation .
8. (4) Th e reason m en tion ed in th e 27. (5) Option (5) wou ld weak en th e 3. (4) It is n ot n ecessary th at if an y
argu m en t I i s n ot con vin ci n g. fin din gs of th e stu dy. practice wh ich has been in vogu e
Th er efor e, ar gu m en t I i s n ot 28. (1) Option (1) wou ld weak en th e for lon g tim e is righ t an d it m u st
stron g. Argu m en t II does n ot an - argu ment pu t forward by th e com- b e con t in u ed . Th er efore, ar gu -
swer the qu estion how pu blic sec- m ittee to th e sports m in istry. m en t I is n ot stron g. Argu m en t II
t or b an k s w i l l safegu ar d t h e 29. (5) Option (5) wou ld stren gth en is partly tru e and h en ce it can n ot
m on ey of th e cu stom ers. Th u s, th e argu m en t. be stron g.
argu m en t II is also n ot stron g. 30. (3) Option (3) wou ld stren gth en 4. (4) It is an established fact that
9. (4) Neith er of th e argu m en ts is th e argu m en t of govern m en t. higher qualification could not be only
stron g. Th e u se of term ‘on ly’in 31. (2) Ob viou sly, opt ion (2) wou ld criteria for any kind of promotion in
th e argu m en t II m ak es it invalid. weak en th e argu m en t of paren ts. an organisation. Other factors are
10. (2) On ly argu m en t II seem s to be also equ ally important. It is very dif-
32. (1) Ob viou sly, opt ion (1) wou ld
stron g. Hik e in prices of petro- ficult to assess the higher qu alifica-
strengthen th e argu men t m ade in
leu m produ cts affects th e price tion and other factors on the same
th e statem en t. scale. Therefore, neither of the ar -
stru ctu re of m ost of th e essen -
33. (3) Obviou sly, the most appropri- gu ments is strong.
tial comm odities. The u se of term
at e an swer wou ld be Op tion (3 ). 5. (4) Neith er of th e argu m en ts is
“on ly” in th e argu m en t I mak es it
in valid. 34. (2) Obviou sly statement (B) wou ld strong. None of the argu ments holds
weak en the argu ment given in th e stron g vis-a-vis th e statem en t.
11. (2) On ly I an d III are stron g
qu estion statem en t. 6. (4) Non e of t h e ar gu m en t s i s
35. (1) Ob viou sly, Opti on (1) wou ld stron g. The cen su s activities tak e
13. (2) Argu m ent I is based on an ex-
stren gthen the stan ce of the Com - a few days an d the loss in cu rred
am ple. We k n ow th at citin g ex-
pan y M. in the classes can be compensat-
am ple is a bad argu m en tation .
36. (3) Obviou sly, option (3) su pports ed by organisin g extra classes or
On ly Argu m en t II seem s to be
th e d ecision of Pollu tion Con tr ol pru ning the h olidays. Therefore,
stron g.
Board. argu ment I is not strong. Other per -
14. (1) Non e of t h r ee ar gu m en t s sons may also accomplish the task
seem s to be stron g. Argu m en t I 37. (5) Obviou sly, option (5) weak en s
th e given stat em en t t h at th e n ew of cen su s very well. Th erefore, ar -
lack s su bstance. Argu ment II de- gu ment II is also not stron g.
scribes som e u n n ecessary con - medication is respon sible for more
7. (1) Only argu m en t I h olds strong.
cern s. Argu m en t III is based on fatalities.
In th e presen t con text th e solu -
an exam ple. 38. (3) Obviou sly, option (3) does n ot tion of an y m ajor problem lies in
15. (3) On ly Argu m en t III seem s to weak en th e given statem en t. th e proper dialogu e between th e
be stron g. Th ere sh ou ld b e n o 39. (3) Obviou sly, option (3) weak en s concern ed parties. Argu men t II is
discrim in ation between th e em - th e statem en t of HR Man ager of based on in dividu al’s opinion and
ployees of sim ilar categories. h en ce it can n ot be stron g.
Com pany X.
ARGUMENTATION
8. (4) None of the arguments is strong. Ar gu m en t II seem s t o b e st ron g. 31. (1) Argu ment (C) is not strong. In -
The employees may raise thier de- In or der to in crease reven u e t h e dia sh ou ld rely on its own fin d-
mands by other means also. Gover n m en t sh ou ld br in g m ore in gs an d con clu sion s. It is tru e
9. (2) On ly argu m en t II is str on g. person s u n der t h e n et of tax a- t h at t h e l evel of wat er t ab l e
Un au th orised con stru ction s cre- ti on . Argu m en t III is also st ron g. sh ou ld be m ain tain ed for fu tu re
ate many other problems. The peo- 22. (5) On ly argu m en ts I an d II are u se. Bu t it is equ ally tru e th at for
ple m ay be sh ifted to som e regu - st ron g. Th e Govern m en t is k een food produ ction proper irrigation
larised colon ies. t o i n t r od u ce t h e VAT (Val u e is r equ ired. Th erefore, on ly Ar -
Ad ded Tax ) wh ich i s t h e syst em gu m en ts (A) an d (B) are stron g.
10. (4) The u se of the word “only” in
en visagi n g sim plified tax stru c- 32. (3) On ly Argu m en t (B) is stron g.
the argument I mak es it invalid.
tu re. A sin gle tax wi ll ch eck t h e Th e u se of ter m ‘on ly’in th e Ar -
The policy of open mark et advocates gu m en t (A) m ak es in in valid. Ar -
d ou b le t axat ion an d m an u fac-
privatisation. Each country is open- gu m en t (C) is based on an ex-
tu res as well as t rad ers wi ll be
ing its mark et for foreign investors. en cou raged t o p ay t axes. am ple. We k n ow th at citin g ex-
How, privatisation will pose a threat am ple is bad argu m en tation .
Ar gu m en t III is an ex am pl e. We
to national security? 33. (4) Only Argu ment (A) is strong. In
k n ow th at ci tin g an exam p le is
11. (4) Neith er of th e argu m en ts is bad argu men tation . order to provide accommodation to
stron g en ou gh . Th e Presiden t of 23. (5) On ly argu m en t II i s st ron g. vast popu lation high rise bu ildings
India is con stitu tion al head of th e 24. (1) Non e of t h e ar gu m en t s i s shou ld be con stru cted wh erever
State, yet h e is an in tegral part of st ron g. Th e u se of tern ‘on l y’ in th ere are favou rable condition s.
t h e Par l i am en t w h i ch d eci d es th e argu m en t I m ak es it in vali d. 34. (3) On ly Argu m en t (C) is stron g.
policy matters. Therefore, argument 25. (1) Non e of t h e ar gu m en t s i s 35. (3) Only Argu ments (A) and (C) are
I is not strong. The argu ment II does st ron g. stron g.
not mention any specific reason. 26. (2) On ly argu m en t II is stron g. 36. (4) Ob viou sly, option (4) wou ld
12. (1) On ly argu m en t I is stron g. We 27. (4) Nei t h er of t h e ar gu m en t i s weak en t h e fact s gi ven i n t h e
can n ot leave th e back ward region stron g. st at em en t . I f sal es w i l l com e
to rem ain back ward. down , h ow profit will in crease.
28. (1) On l y ar gu m en t I i s st r on g.
13. (2) Managerial sk ill is requ ired in Now-a-days television is an essen- 37. (3) From th e statem en t it is clear
ever y sp h er e of develop m en t al tial m ean s to provide u sefu l aca- t h a t Pol k a t u r t l es a r e b ei n g
activities and therefore, a complete dem ic in form ation . Th erefore, it cau gh t for rearin g as p ets. Bu t
ban on opening u p of new m an age- is n ot desirable to preven t ch il- th ese tu rtles m ay die for lack of
ment edu cational institu tions is not dren from watch in g selected pro- adequ ate h abitat. So, th e m ain
ju stified in any way. Hence, only gram m es on televisi on . For th e problem is th e u se of Polk a tu r -
argument II is strong. same reason, argu ment II is invalid. t les as p ets. H en ce, opt i on (3 )
29. (1) On ly argu m en t I is stron g. It seem s to be m ost plau sible step.
14. (4) At a glance both the argu ments
seem to be strong. Bu t considering is tru e th at em ployees pu t th eir 38. (1) In any advertisem en t the poin t
genu in e demands before the man- wh ich is h igh ligh ted is lik ed by
t h e ver y n at u r e of t h e p r i vat e a gem en t t h r o u gh t h e t r a d e th e peop le. Th e statem en t di s-
organ isation , i.e. p rofit m ak in g u n ion s. Th erefore, it is n ot ju di- cu sses th e safety asp ect of t h e
on ly, we can n ot h an d over su ch ciou s to ban the trade u nions com- car. So, it m ay be said th at cu s-
great respon sibility in th e h an ds pletely. It is tru e th at em ployees t om er s ar e ver y m u ch aw ar e
of private com pan ies. Again , th e com pel th e m an agem en t in som e abou t th eir safety.
argu ment I does n ot men tion how in stan ces to con cede th eir som e 39. (1) Th e statem en t affirm s th at 32
the private organisations are easily i l l egal d em an d s t h r o u gh t h e per cen t vil lages h ave 24 h ou rs
vu ln erable to ou r en em ies. u n ion s bu t th e solu tion su ggest- el ect ricity. It does n ot im ply th at
15. (4) Neith er of th e argu m en ts is ed is n ot appropriate. ot h er vi llages h ave n o access to
stron g en ou gh . Non e of th e argu - 30. (1) On l y ar gu m en t I i s st r on g. elect ri ci ty at al l . Con clu si on II
Wom en are equ ally capable an d m ay be tru e.
m en ts passes th e desir ability cri-
th ey shou ld be given equ al oppor - 40. (4) Option (4) is tru e.
teria. tu n ity in m atter of em ploym ent.
16. (1) T h e p r ob l em s o f b egga r s 41. (3) Option (3) is tru e.
Argu men t II mak es no point.
can not be solved by sen ding them
to villages. Th erefore, argu m en t I
seem s to be stron g. RBI GRADE–B/NABARD GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS
17. (1) Argu ment I seems to be strong.
18. (4) T -he men tion of the term ‘only’ 1. (4) According to statement, neither 6. (2) In a cou n try wh ere welfare is
in argu m en t I m ak es it in valid. argu men ts I and II are strong. accord ed h igh pr iori ty, st ri ct er
Argu men t II is also in valid. 2. (1) Accordin g to statem en t, on ly ru les can not be applied. Fu rth er,
argu m en t I is stron g. there is no n eed to m ak e gradu a-
19. (4) Neith er of th e argu m en ts is tion the minimum educational qu al-
stron g. 3. (4) A c co r d i n g t o s t a t em en t
n eith er argu m en t I an d II are ification for en try level jobs in an y
20. (1) Argu ment I seems to be strong. pu blic sector organ isation. Hence,
21. (2) Ar gu m en t I m ak es n o sen se. stron g.
Argu ment I is not strong. Argu ment
If the income of farmers are not ad- 4. (2) Accordin g to statem en t, on ly
II is logically con vin cing.
equ ate they cannot be brou ght u n- argu m en t II is stron g.
7. (1 ) On ly argu m en t I seem s to be
der the net of taxation as per ru les 5. (4) A c c o r d i n g t o s t a t em en t stron g. An y electron ic device lik e
govern in g th e In com e Tax Act . n either argu m ents I an d II are com pu t er can be u sed effective-
Therefore, argument I is not strong. st ron g. ly if th e con cepts ar e clear.
ARGUMENTATION
8. (4 ) Neith er of t h e argu m en ts is 10. (2) On ly argu m en t II seem s to be
INSURANCE EXAMS stron g. Argu m en t I assu m es that
st ron g. Argu m en t II l ack s su b-
st an ti al facts wh il e Argu m en t I 1. (4) Neith er of th e argu m en ts is In dian press does n ot privide bet-
does n ot m ak e an y stron g p oin t. stron g en ou gh . Th e Presiden t of ter in formation. This fact m ay n ot
In dia is con stitu tional h ead of the be con sidered as righ t. Th e en -
9. (2 ) On ly Argu m en t II i s st ron g. tr y of foreign pr ess m edia wi ll
State, yet h e is an in tegral part
10. (2 ) Precau ti on is bet ter to avoid of th e Parliam en t wh ich decides m ak e com petiti ve en vir on m en t
u n t owar d i n cid en ts. Th erefore, policy m atters. Th erefore, argu - an d th e qu ality of n ews coverage
Ar gu m en t II seem s t o b e st ron g. m en t I is n ot stron g. Th e argu - will be im proved.
11. (3) Savin g electricity is requ ired ment II does not mention any spe- 11. (2) O n l y a r gu m en t I I h ol d s
to cope with th e in adequ ate gen - cific reason . stron g. A u n ion provides a com -
2. (1) Only argu men t I is strong. We m on platform for th e m em bers
erati on of el ectricit y. Th erefore,
cann ot leave the back ward region to voice th eir gen u in e dem an ds.
th e argu m en t I is stron g. Th ere is n o dou bt th at m edical is
to rem ain back ward.
Ar gu m en t II al so seem s t o b e 3. (2) Man agerial sk ill is requ ired in a noble profession, bu t h ow form-
stron g as every citizen pays for ever y sp h ere of d evel op m en t al in g a u n ion is again st th e eth ics
every u n it of electri cit y h e/ sh e activities an d th erefore, a com - of th e profession .
con su mes. plete ban on open in g u p of n ew 12. (4) Neith er argu m en t I n or argu -
Ar gu m en t I I I d oes n ot seem managemen t edu cational institu - m en t II is stron g. Th e u se of tern
tion s is n ot ju stified in an y way. ‘only’in the first argu m ent m ak es
stron g as it is erron eou s to as-
Hence, only argu m ent II is stron g. it in valid. Th e secon d argu m en t
su m e th at th e Govern m en t does is based on an assu m ption .
4. (4) At a gl an ce both th e ar gu -
n ot h ave th e m ach in ery to p u t 13. (4) Argu men t I seem s to be vagu e.
ments seem to be strong. Bu t con-
su ch a restriction on u se of elec- It does n ot m ak e an y su bstantial
siderin g th e ver y n atu re of th e
tricity. pr ivat e organ isat ion , i.e. profit poin t. Therefore, argu ment I does
12. (2) On ly argu m en t I is stron g. In m ak in g on l y, we can n ot h an d not h old strong. Argu ment II does
order to avoid fast spreadin g of over su ch great respon sibility in n ot presen t a logical reason .
th e contagiou s viral infection only th e h an ds of private com pan ies. 14. (2) Ch an ge is th e ru le of n atu re.
th is m easu re is n ot adequ ate. Again , th e argu m en t I does n ot Th erefore, argu m en t I does n ot
m en t i o n h o w t h e p r i va t e provide con vin cin g reason . Sex
13. (5) On ly argu men t III is strong. It edu cation in schools can help stu -
organ isation s are easily vu ln er -
is advisable to ban th e exports of able to ou r en em ies. den ts rem ove th eir m iscon cep-
food grain s to face th e u n prece- 5. (4) Neith er of th e argu m en ts is tion s and dou bts at a stage, wh en
dented drau gh t situ ation in th e stron g en ou gh . Non e of th e ar - th ey wou ld oth erwise h esitate to
cou ntry. The u se of term ‘no oth er gu m en ts passes th e desirability di scu ss th e sam e wi th oth er s.
way’in argu ment I mak es it invalid. criteria. Also, sex form s an in tegral part
14. (5) Th e u se of term ‘on ly’ in th e of t h e fu t u r e l i fe of st u d en t s.
6. (2) O n l y a r gu m en t I I h ol d s
Th er efor e, ar gu m en t II h ol d s
argu m en t I m ak es it in valid. Ar - stron g. A u n ion provides a com -
stron g.
gu m en ts II an d III seem t o b e m on platform for th e m em bers
15. (2) On ly argu m en t II seem s to be
stron g. to voice th eir gen u in e dem an ds.
stron g. Argu m en t I assu m es that
15. (1) On ly argu m en t I seem s to be Th ere is n o dou bt th at m edical is
In dian press does n ot privide bet-
a noble profession, bu t h ow form-
stron g. The m easu re will save on e ter in formation. This fact m ay n ot
in g a u n ion is again st th e eth ics
year of stu den t. be con sidered as righ t. Th e en -
of th e profession .
16. (5) Alth ou gh ou tsou rcing to India tr y of foreign pr ess m edia wi ll
7. (4) Neith er argu m en t I n or argu -
allowed m any com panies in west m ak e com petiti ve en vir on m en t
m en t II is stron g. Th e u se of tern
an d th e qu ality of n ews coverage
to focu s on th eir core operation s, ‘only’in the first argu m ent m ak es
will be im proved.
t h ey h eavi l y com p r om ised th e it in valid. Th e secon d argu m en t
16. (4) An ex am p le can n ot be tak en
qu ality an d th e stan dards of their is based on an assu m ption .
as a su p por t to an argu m en t .
back office jobs. 8. (4) Argu men t I seem s to be vagu e.
Th er efor e, Op t i on (1 ) m ay b e
It does n ot m ak e an y su bstantial
17. (3) In -sou rcin g of jobs by the west ru led ou t . Opti on (4) seem s to
poin t. Therefore, argu ment I does
wou ld ren der th ou san ds of In di- be m ost appr opr iat e reason .
not h old strong. Argu ment II does
an s u n em ployed. n ot presen t a logical reason . 17. (3) Clearly, both the statements
18. (3) Developin g cou n tries su ch as 9. (2) Ch ange is the ru le of n atu re. weak en th e given in for m at ion .
Ch ina and India do not ou tsou rce Th erefore, argu m en t I does n ot Statement I states that the acci-
their back office jobs at all to oth - provide con vin cin g reason. Sex dent took place when the seaman
edu cation in schools can help stu - acciden tly m isfi red th e m issile
er cou n tries
dents remove their misconceptions wh ich h it certain cru cial en gine
19. (4) Neith er argu m en t I n or argu - machinery.
an d dou bts at a stage, when th ey
m en t II is stron g. According to statem ent II, average
wou ld oth erwise hesitate to dis-
Non e of th e argu m en ts cites an y cu ss the same with others. Also, age of all ships is 30-35 years and
fact . sex forms an in tegral part of the naval ship ‘AquaEmp’was only two
18. (4) Obviou sly, the option (4) su p- fu tu re life of stu dents. Therefore, decades old. Th erefore, the cau se
argu ment II h olds stron g. of acciden t was not its age.
ports th e bu ilder.
ppp
ARGUMENTATION
MODEL EXERCISES
Di r ect i on s (1 -4 ) : Each qu estion s Ar gu m en t s : (1) if on ly argu m en t II is stron g
con sists of five statem en ts A, B, C, D I . Yes, it is expen sive an d th ere- (2) if on ly argu m en t I is stron g
an d E followed by fou r option s con - fore beyon d th e mean s of m ost (3) if eit h er argu m en t I or II is
sistin g of three statements pu t togeth er people in ou r cou n try. stron g
in a specific order. Ch oose th e option II . No. n othin g sh ou ld be ban ned (4) if n eith er argu m en t I n or II is
wh ich in dicates a valid argu m en t, ie, in a dem ocratic cou n try. stron g
wh ere th e th ird statem ent in dicated in 6. st at em en t : Sh ou ld In dia go in (5) Non e of th ese
t h e an swer op t i on i s a con cl u si on for com pu terisation in in du stry ? 10. Shou ld all th e profession al col-
drawn from th e preceedin g two state- Ar gu m en t s : leges in In dia be en cou raged to
m en ts. I . No, compu terisation demands ru n th eir own cou rses with -
. 1. (A) Oran ges are n ot sweet. a lot of m on ey. We sh ou ld n ot ou t affiliation to an y u n iversity?
(B) Som e oran ges are sweet. waste m on ey on it. Ar gu m en t s :
(C) All sweets are tasty. II . Yes, wh en advan ced cou n tries I . Yes, th is is the on ly way to cre-
(D) Som e oran ges are n ot tasty. are in trodu cin g com pu ters in at e m or e op p or t u n i t i es for
variou s areas, h ow can we af- th ose wh o seek profession al
(E) No oran ge is tasty. , ford to lag beh in d. train in g.
(1) CEA (2) BDC 7. St at em en t : Sh ou ld personal tax II . No, th is will dilu te th e qu ality
(3) CBD (4) EAC be abolish ed in In dia ? of profession al train in g as all
(5) Non e of th ese Ar gu m en t s : su ch col l eges m ay n ot b e
2. (A) MBAs are in great dem an d. I . Yes, it will m otivate people to equ i p p ed t o con d u ct su ch
(B) Su nil an d Sh obh a are in great earn m ore. cou rses.
dem and. II . No, in dividu als m u st learn to 11. Sh ou ld all th ose wh o h ave com e
(C) Su n il is in great dem an d. sh are th eir wealth with oth er in con tact with th e patients of in -
(D) Sh obh a is in great dem an d people. fecti ou s r esp ir atory di sease b e
(E) Su n il an d Sh obh a are MBAs. 8. St at em en t : Sh ou ld ju diciary be qu aran tin ed in their h ou ses?
(1) ABE (2) ECD in depen den t of th e execu tive ? Ar gu m en t s :
(3) AEB (4) EBA Ar gu m en t s : I . No, n obody sh ou ld be qu ar -
(5) Non e of th ese I . Yes, th is wou ld h elp to cu rb an tin ed u n less th ey are tested
th e u n lawfu l activities of th e an d fou n d to be in fected by
3. (A) Som e town s in th e world are execu tive. th e viru s cau sin g th e disease.
pollu ted.
II . No, the execu tive wou ld n ot be II . Yes, th is is th e on ly way to con-
(B) All pollu ted town s sh ou ld be able to tak e bold m easu res. trol th e spread of th e dreaded
destroyed. 9. Some people have qu estion ed th e di sease.
(C) Town Lam bu sa sh ou ld be de- ju dges’objectivity in cases of sex 12. Sh ou ld In dia su pport all th e in -
st royed. di scri m i n ati on again st wom en . t er n at i on al p ol i ci es of Un i t ed
(D) Town Lam bu sa is pollu ted. Bu t th e record shows th at in sixty States of Am erica?
(E) So m e t o w n s i n t h e w or l d per cent of su ch cases, th e ju dges Ar gu m en t s :
sh ou ld be destroyed. h ave d eci d ed i n favou r of t h e I . No, m any other powerfu l cou n-
(1) BDE (2) BAE women. Th is record dem on strates tries do n ot su pport th e sam e.
(3) ADE (4) CDB that the ju dges h ave n ot discrimi- II . Yes, this is th e only way to gain
(5) Non e of th ese n ated again st wom en in cases of access t o U S d evel op m en t
sex discrimination against women. fu n ds.
4. (A) All h eroin es are pretty.
Th e argu m en t above is flawed in
(B) Som e h eroin es are popu lar. , 13. Sh ou ld th ere be a com plete ban
th at it ignores the possibility th at
(C) San jan a is pretty. on advertisin g of tobacco prod-
(1) m an y ju dges fin d it difficu lt to u cts in all m edia?
(D) San jan a is a popu lar h eroin e. be object ive i n cases of sex
(E) Som e popu lar girls are pretty. Ar gu m en t s :
discrimination again st wom en
(1) ACD (2) ABE I . Yes, th is is th e on ly way to
(2) a large nu mber of the ju dges’
save p eop l e fr om su ffer i n g
(3) DCA (4) EDC cau ses arose ou t of allegations of
from can cer.
(5) Non e of th ese sex discrimination against women
(3) th e ju dges are biased towards II . No, th is will adversely affect
Di r ect i on s (5 -8 ) : Each of th e th e sale of tobacco produ cts.
qu estion s given below is followed by wom en defen dan ts or plain -
tiffs in cases th at do n ot in - Di r ec t i o n s (1 4 -1 7 ) : Each of
two argu m en ts n u m bered I an d II You th ese h as a qu estion followed by two
h ave to decide wh ich of th e argu m en ts volve sex discrim in ation
(4) th e m ajority of th e cau ses of argu m en ts I an d II. Decide wh ich of
is a ‘stron g’argu m en t an d wh ich is a th e argu m en ts is a ‘stron g’argu m en t
‘weak ’argu m en t. Give you r an swer as sex d i scr i m i n at i on agai n st
wom en th at h ave reach ed th e an d wh ich is a ‘Weak ’argu men t. Mark
(1) If on ly argu m en t I is stron g an swer as
ju dges’ cou rts h ave been ap-
(2) If on ly argu m en t II is stron g : pealed from a lower cou rt (1) if on ly argu m en t I is stron g
(3) If eith er I or II is stron g . . (5) Non e of th ese (2) if on ly argu m en t II is stron g
(4) If n eith er I n or II is stron g Di r ec t i o n s (1 0 -1 3 ) : Each of (3) if n eith er argu m en t I n or II is
(5) Non e of th ese th ese h as a qu estion followed by two stron g ;
5. St at em en t : Sh ou ld non-vegetar - argu m en ts n u m bered I an d II. Decide (4) if both argu m en ts I an d II are
ian food be totally ban n ed in wh ich of th e argu m en ts is ‘stron g’an d stron g ;
ou r cou n try? wh ich is “weak ’. Mark an swer as (5) Non e of th ese

ARGUMENTATION
14. Sh ou ld ju diciary be in depen den t den ts in alm ost all th e fields i n d ep en d en t of t h e ex ecu t i ve.
of th e execu tive? in order t o en su r e t h at all Th erefore, argu m en t I is stron g
Ar gu m en t s : stu den ts get equ al opportu - bu t argu m en t II is n ot stron g.
I . Yes, th is wou ld h elp to cu rb n ity to fin ish th eir h igher ed- 9. (1) Th e argu m en t in th e passage
th e u n lawfu l activities of th e u cation. ign ores th e possibility th at m an y
execu tive. (4) Th e fees ch ar ged by a few ju dges fin d it difficu lt to be ob-
II . No, the execu tive wou ld n ot be u n iversities of Cou n try X is jective in cases of sex determ in a-
able to tak e bold m easu res. m u ch l ess t h a n t h e fees tion again st wom en .
15. Sh ou l d op en book system s b e ch arged by many u n iversities 10. (1) Argu men t I is n ot strong be-
introdu ced in examin ations? abroad. cau se this is n ot th e on ly way to
Ar gu m en t s : (5) Som e good u n i ver si t i es of create more opportu nities for those
I . Yes, becau se it will avoid m ass Cou n try X con du ct en tran ce who seek profession al train ing.
copying. exam s wh ich are m ore diffi- Argu ment II is strong becau se ru n-
II . No, becau se th en all stu den ts cu lt to clear than the entrance n in g own cou rses with ou t affilia-
will get 100% m ark s. exam s con du cted by u n iver - tion to any u n iversity, will dilu te
sities arou n d th e world. the qu ality of professional training.
16. Sh ou ld religion be tau gh t in ou r
sch ools? 11. (2) Argu m en t I is stron g becau se
Ar gu m en t s : SHORT ANSWERS n obod y sh ou ld be qu aran tin ed
I . Yes, do th e paren ts n ot wish u n less th ey are tested an d fou n d
t o d evel op t h ei r war ds i n t o to be in fected by th e viru s cau s-
1. (1) 2. (3) 3. (2) 4 . (2) in g th e disease.
m atu re in dividu als.
II . No, h ow can on e d r eam of 5. (4) 6. (2) 7. (2) 8. (1) Argu m en t II is n ot stron g be-
su ch a step when we wan t th e cau se qu aran tin g in h om e is n ot
9. (1) 10. (1) 11. (2) 12. (4) the on ly way to con trol th e spread
you n g gen eration to fu lfill its
role. 13. (4) 14. (1) 15. (3) 16. (3) of th e dreaded disease.
17. Sh ou ld fam ily plan n in g be m ade 12. (4) Neith er argu m en t I n or argu -
17. (2) 18. (2) m en t II is stron g becau se In dia
com pu lsory in In dia?
Ar gu m en t s : sh ou ld n ot su pport all th e in ter -
n ation al policies of Un ited States
I . Yes, look in g at th e m iserable EXPLANATIONS of Am erica on ly on th e basis th at
conditions in In dia, there is no
oth er powerfu l cou n tries are su p-
oth er go. 1. (1) From th is figu re, we con clu de porting or not. This is n ot the only
II . No, in In dia th ere are people that no oran ges are sweet. Hence, way to gain access to US devel-
of variou s religion s and fam ily CEA is a logical sequ en ce. opm en t fu n d s. Th ere are m an y
plan n in g is again st th e ten ets
of som e of religion s. T O oth er ways.
13. (4) Neith er argu m en t I n or argu -
18. Stu dy th e followin g in form ation
S m en t II is stron g becau se all th e
car efu l l y t o an swer t h e gi ven
qu estion : patien ts su ffering from cancer are
n ot du e to tobacco produ cts.
‘Stu den ts of Cou ntry X go abroad
Sale is n ot a factor in case of
for h igh er stu di es despite h av-
b an on ad ver t i si n g of t ob acco
ing som e excellen t u niversities in 2. (3) Clearly, AEB gives a logical se-
th eir own cou n try. In fact, th ere produ cts.
qu en ce.
is n o ben efit bu t ju st th e h ype of 3. (2) BAE is a logical sequ en ce be- 14. (1) On ly argu m en t I is stron g be-
stu dyin g abroad th at en cou rag- cau se from statem en ts B an d A cau se wh en ju diciary will be in -
es stu den ts to do so’ — State- we get “Som e town s in th e world dep en den t of execu tive, th en it
m en t by th e Gen eral Secr etary sh ou ld be destroyed.” can cu rb th e u n lawfu l activities
of stu den ts’association of a col- 4. (2 ) Al l h eroin es are p rett y an d of th e execu tive.
lege in Cou n try X. som e h eroin es are popu lar im ply 15. (3) Neith er argu m en t I n or II is
Wh ich of th e followin g stren gth - th at som e popu lar h eroin es are stron g becau se open book system
en s th e statem en t of th e Gen eral pr ett y. is itself a m ass copyin g an d all
Secretar y th at stu den t s do n ot 5. (4) Sin ce, n on -vegetarian food is t h e st u den ts can n ot get 1 00 %
ben efit from stu dyin g abroad? expen sive an d beyon d th e m ean s m ark s.
(1) Getti n g som e adm ission in of m ost people in th e cou n try, it 16. (3) Neith er argu m en t I n or II is
som e good u n i ver si t i es of is n ot n ecessary th at it sh ou ld be st r on g b ecau se ever y p ar en t s
Cou n try X is n ext to im pos- ban n ed com pletely. wish to develop th eir wards in to
sibl e as m ore th an 55% of 6. (2) Advan ced cou n tries are in tro- n atu re in dividu als an d teach in g
seats are reserved seats an d du cin g com pu ters in variou s ar - religion is n ot a wron g step for
m ost st u den ts com pete for eas. It m ean s com pu terisation you ng generation to fu lfill its role.
th e seats wh ich are n ot re- is produ ctive. Hen ce, argu m en t 17. (2) Argu m en t I is n ot stron g be-
served . II is stron g. cau se m ak i n g fam i l y p lan n in g
(2) Statistics su ggest th at m ore 7. (2) Fact th at th e in com e of people com p u lsor y i n t h e on ly way of
th an 55% stu den ts of Cou n - is in creasin g in In dia implies that parent m iserable con dition s.
try X, stu dying abroad eith er p eopl e are en cou r aged to ear n Argu m en t II is strong becau se
accept m ediocre jobs or re- m ore in spite of person al tax. So, fam i l y p l an n i n g i s again st t h e
tu rn to Cou n try X after com - I is weak argu m ent bu t II is strong ten en ts of som e religion s.
plet in g th eir cou rse du e to as it is worth wh ile ideal. 18. (2) Op ti on (2) st ren gt h en s t h e
lack of job opportu n ities. 8. (1) J u diciary act on a ch eck on st atem en t of th e Gen er al Secr e-
(3) Cou n try X provides a n u m - t h e act i vi t ies of t h e ex ecu ti ve. tary.
ber of sch olarsh ips for stu - Th is requ ires th at th e ju diciary is qqq
ASSUMPTION
ASSUMPTION
6 . St at em en t : “On e day tok en
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS strik e was called by th e em ployees in
Govern m en t organ ization s to protest
Di rect i on s (1 -5 ) : In each qu estion Assu m pt i on s : I . Th e cu stom ers again st privatization of profit m ak in g
below is given a statem ent followed by m ay prefer to tak e h ou sin g loan Pu blic Sector Un dertak in gs.”
two assu m ption s n u m bered I an d II. from ‘X’ Hou sin g Fin an ce Com - Assu m pt i on s : I. Th e Govern -
An assu mption is som ething su pposed pan y as th ey can save lot of th eir m en t m ay favou r ab l y con si d er t h e
or tak en for gran ted. You h ave to con - tim e an d m on ey in search in g a views of th e em ployees.
sider th e statem en t an d th e followin g su itable h om e. II. Strik e is th e m ost popu lar tool
assu m ption s an d decide wh ich of th e II. No other Hou sing Finance Com- u sed by people to protest.
assu m ption s is im plicit in th e state- pan y h as offered an y su ch extra III. Th e strik e m ay brin g pressu re
m en t. services alon gwith h ou sin g loan . on th e Govern m en t, forcin g th em to
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09.02.2003) recon sider th e decision .
4. St at em en t : World Health Organ-
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Assu m p- (1) On ly I is im plicit
isation h as decided to dou ble its
tion I is im plicit. (2) On ly II is im plicit
assistan ce to variou s h ealth pro-
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Assu m p- gram m es in In dia as per -capita (3) On ly I an d III are im plicit
tion II is im plicit. expen ditu re on h ealth in In dia is (4) All I, II an d III are im plicit
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II is very low com pared to m an y oth er (5) Non e of th ese
implicit. cou n tries. 7 . St at em en t : “Bu y a variety of
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II Assu m pt i on s : I . Th e en h an ced items from ou r sh op an d get u pto 20%
is im plicit. assistan ce m ay su bstan tially in - discou n t.” – An advertisem en t.
crease th e per capita expen ditu re Assu m pt i on s : I. Man y people
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II are
on h ealth in In dia an d brin g it on will visit th e sh op to get th e ben efit of
implicit.
par with oth er cou n tries. discou nt.
1. St at em en t : Th e Un ion Govern -
II. Cu st om ers m ay go to som e
m en t h as d eci ded t o wi t h d raw II. The Government fu nding is less
oth er sh op if th e discou n t is n ot of-
existin g tax relief on variou s small th an adequ ate to pr ovide b asic
fer ed .
savi n gs sch em es i n a p h ased m edical facilities in In dia.
III. Offerin g discou n t is th e best
m an n er to au gm ent its tax collec- 5. St at em en t : Th e m an agin g com - way to attract cu stom ers.
tion. m ittee of Glaxy Hou sin g Society
(1) On ly I is im plicit
Assum pt i on s : I . People may still h as requ ested all its m em bers to
(2) On ly II is im plicit
con tin u e to k eep mon ey in sm all segregate th e bio-degradable gar -
(3) On ly III is im plicit
savi n gs sch em es an d al so pay bage an d pu t th em in differen t
contain ers. (4) On ly I an d II are im plicit
taxes.
Assu m pt i on s : I . Oth er h ou sin g (5) Non e of th ese
I I. The total tax collection may in -
crease su bstan tially. society m ay follow the sam e prac- 8 . St at em en t : “Gradu ates with
tice as th is will h elp con serve en - first class are eligible to apply for th e
2. St at em en t : Th e Govern men t h as adm ission to MBA cou rses in ou r In -
decided to levy 2 per cen t on th e vironm ent equ ilibriu m.
stitu te.” – An advertisem en t by a Man -
tax am ou n t payable for fu n din g II. Th e m em bers of Galaxy Hou sin g agem en t In stitu te.
drou gh t relief program m es. Society m ay respon d positively to
Assu m pt i on s : I. On ly th ose wh o
Assu m p t i o n s : I . Th e Gover n - th e requ est m ade by th e m an ag- are first class gradu ates can cope u p
m en t d oes n ot h ave su ffi ci en t in g com m ittee. with th e stu dies for MBA cou rses.
m on ey t o fu n d d r ou gh t r el i ef Di r ect i on s (6 -1 0 ) : In each qu es- II. Th er e are plen ty of fir st cl ass
program mes. tion below is given a statemen t followed gradu ates wh o are lik ely to apply for
I I. Th e am ou n t collected by way by th ree assu m ption s n u m bered I, II admission to MBA.
of su rch arge m ay be adequ ate to an d III. An assu m ption is som eth in g III. Repu tation of th e in stitu te m ay
fu n d t h es e d r o u gh t r el i ef su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You get affected if stu dents havin g less th an
programm es. h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e first class are adm itted.
3. St at em en t : Th e ‘X’Hou sin g Fi- fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e (1) On ly I is im plicit
n an ce Com pan y h as offered its which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in (2) On ly II is im plicit
services to search a su itable home th e statem en t. (3) On ly III is im plicit
at n o ex tr a cost for t h ose wh o (Un i on Ban k of I n di a PO (4) On ly I an d II are im plicit
avail h ou sin g loan from it. Ex am . 2 7 .1 1 . 2 00 5 )
(5) All I, II an d III are im plicit
ASSUMPTION
9 . St at em en t : “Ou r sch ool pro- Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er assu m p- 15. St at em en t : Local administration
vides all facilities lik e sch ool bu s ser - tion I or assu m ption II is im plicit. m ade elaborate secu rity arran ge-
vice, com pu ter train in g, sports facili- Gi ve an swer (4 ) if neither assu mp- m en t an d altered th e local h ospi-
ties. Also gives opportu n ity to partici- tion I n or assu m ption II is im plicit. tals to be readin ess du rin g th e
pate in variou s extra cu rricu lar activi- en su in g festival days.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both assu m p-
ties apart for m stu dies.” – An adver -
tion I an d assu m ption II are im plicit. Assu m pt i on s :
tisem en t by a pu blic sch ool.
Assu m pt i on s : I. Nowadays, ex- 11. St at em en t : Th e state govern - I . A very large n u m ber of devotees
tra cu rricu lar activities assu m e m ore m en t has ask ed th e man agem en t m ay assem ble in th e city du r -
im portan ce over th e stu dies. of all private sch ools to tak e con - in g th e festival days.
II. Many paren ts wou ld lik e to sen d sen t of t h e p aren t s b efor e i n - II . Secu rity person n el m ay n ot be
th eir ch ildren to th e sch ool as it pro- creasin g th e sch ool fees. able to con trol th e crowd.
vides all th e facilities. Assu m pt i on s D i r ec t i o n s (1 6 –2 0 ) : I n each
III. Overall care of th e ch ild h as be- I . Th e m an agem en t of m ajority of qu estion below is given a statem en t fol-
com e th e n eed of th e tim e as m an y th e private sch ools m ay call th e lowed by two assu m ption s n u m bered
wom en are work in g. paren ts for discu ssion regard- I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g
(1) On ly I is im plicit in g fee h ik e. su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You
(2) On ly II is im plicit II . Majority of th e paren ts m ay n ot h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e
(3) On ly I an d II are im plicit agree for an y hik e of sch ool fees. fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e
(4) All I, II an d III are im plicit 12. St at em en t : Gover n m en t h as which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in
(5) Non e of th ese m ade h u ge secu rity arran gem en t th e statem en t.
10. St at em ent : “The municipal cor - du rin g th e Olym pic torch relay (Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 15.03.2009)
poration of th e city is gran tin g perm is- with in th e cou n try in view of n a- Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly assu m p-
sion to bu ilders for n ew con stru ction tion wide protests by som e grou p tion I is im plicit
of h igh rise bu ildin gs for th e city, de- of people. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly assu m p-
spite th e appeal from th e en viron m en - Assu m pt i on s : tion II is im plicit
talists to avoid overcrowdin g.”
I . Th e protestors may still disru pt Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er assu mp-
Assu m pt i on s : I. Th e corporation
the relay of Olympic torch with in tion I or II is im plicit.
will tak e care to fu lfill th e m in im u m
th e cou n try. Gi v e an sw er (4 ) i f n ei th er as-
requ irem en ts providin g in frastru ctu re
in th e area for th e n ewly con stru cted II . Th e relay of Olym pic torch m ay su m ption I n or II is im plicit.
bu ilding. pass peacefu lly du rin g its jou r - Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both assu m p-
II. Corporation is expectin g good n ey with in th e cou n try. tion s I an d II are im plicit.
earn in gs by way of faces from th e h igh 13. St at em en t : Th e state govern - 16. St at em en t : Even thou gh the nu m-
rise bu ildin gs. m en t h as in stru cted all its em - ber of su gar factories is in creas-
III. Th e corporation h as tak en th e ployees interactin g with pu blic to in g at a fast rate in In dia, we still
residen ts of th e area in to con fiden ce be patien t an d com passionate in con tin u e to im port it from oth er
an d assu red th em of n o in conven ien ce th eir dealin gs cou n tries.
to th em du e to n ew con stru ction . Assu m pt i on s : Assu m pt i on s :
(1) On ly I is im plicit I . Th e gen eral pu blic m ay oth er - I . : Even the increased n u m-
(2) On ly II is im plicit wise be bu llied by th e govern - ber of factories m ay n ot
(3) On ly III is im plicit m en t officials. be able to m eet th e de-
(4) On ly I an d II are im plicit II . Majority of th e govern m en t offi- m an d of su gar in In dia.
(5) Non e of th ese cials may follow the Government I I . : Th e dem an d for su gar
Di rect i on s (11 -1 5) : In each qu es- Directives. m ay in cr ease su bst an -
tion below is given a statemen t followed 14. St at em en t : M oh an i n vi t ed tially in fu tu re.
by two assu m ption s n u m bered I an d abou t 200 people on th e occa-
II. An assu m ption is som eth in g su p- 17. St at em en t : Th e govern m en t an -
sion of h is dau gh ter’s m arriage
posed or tak en for gran ted. You h ave n ou n ced a h eavy com p en sat ion
an d m ade food arran gem en ts of
to con sider th e statem en t an d th e fol- pack age for all th e victim s of th e
abou t 200 people in th e n earby
lowin g assu m ptions an d decide wh ich terrorist attack s.
h otel.
of th e assu m ption s is im plicit in th e Assu m pt i on s :
statem etn . Assu m pt i on s :
I . : Su ch in ciden ts of terror
(I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO I . Man y people in vited by Moh an
m ay n ot occu r in n ear
Ex am . 1 5 .0 6 . 2 00 8 ) m ay n ot tu rn u pon th e day of
fu tu re.
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly assu m p- th e occasion .
I I . : Com pensation may miti-
tion I is im plicit. II . Most of t h e people i n vited by
gate the anger among the
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly assu m p- Moh an m ay atten d th e weddin g
citizen s again st th e cu r -
tion II is im plicit. cerem on y.
ren t govern m en t.
ASSUMPTION
18. St at em en t : Man y organ isation s 21. St at em en t : I . The local citizen grou p may be
h ave switch ed over to on-line m ode Many employees of the organ iza- able to gath er en ou gh fu n ds
of exam in ations. tion applied for special sabbati- to develop th e garden .
Assu m pt i on s : cal leave of two years to pu rsu e II . Th e civi c au th or ity m ay ac-
I . : C a n d i d at es fr o m a l l h igher edu cation . cede to th e requ est of th e lo-
parts of the cou n try may Assu m pt i on s : cal citizen grou p.
b e w el l ver sed u si n g I . Th e m an agem en t of th e orga- Di r ec t i o n s (2 6 –3 0 ) : In each
com pu ters. n ization m ay n ot gran t leave qu estion below is given a statem en t
I I . : On -lin e m ode of exam i- to m ost of th ese em ployees. followed by two assu mptions nu mbered
n ation s h elps in recru it- II . These em ployees may be able I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g
ing more capable person- to com plete th ei r edu cati on su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You
n el. du rin g th e sabbatical leave. h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e
22. St at em en t : fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e
19. St at em en t : Govern m en t h as de-
cided to relocate all th e factories M ost of t h e pr i vat e com pan ies which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in
from th e city with im m ediate ef- h ave deci ded agai n st awar di n g th e statem en t.
ann u al in crease in the salaries of (Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO
fect to redu ce th e pollu tion .
th eir em ployees for th e previou s Ex am . 21. 06.20 09)
Assu m pt i on s : year du e to cu rren t econ om ic sit-
I . : Poll u tion in th e cit y is Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Assu m p-
u ations.
b ei n g cau sed on l y be- tion I is im plicit.
Assu m pt i on s :
cau se of t h e fact or i es Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Assu m p-
I . Majority of the employees may
existin g th ere. tion II is im plicit.
l eav e t h ei r j o b t o p r o t est
I I . : Peop le m ay be abl e to again st the decision . Gi v e an swer (3) if either Assu mp-
m an age travellin g daily tion l or II is im plicit.
II . Th ese com p an i es m ay an -
t o t h e r elocat ed facto- n ou n ce h ik e in salaries n ext Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eit h er As-
ri es. year. su m ption I n or II is im plicit.
20. St at em en t : Gam bling throu gh lot- 23. St at em en t : Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both Assu m p-
teries is ban n ed by cen tral govern - The college admin istration has in- tion s I an d II are im plicit.
m en t in all th e states with imm edi- stru cted all th e stu den ts to stop 26. St at em en t : Th e city tran sport
ate effect. u sing cell ph on es with in th e col- corporation h as in trodu ced air -
Assu m pt i on s : lege prem ises. con di t i on ed b u ses on vari ou s
I . : Th is m ay save in n ocen t Assu m pt i on s : rou tes to attract people travellin g
ci t i zen s fr om get t i n g I . The college administration has to th eir work places by car an d
ch eat ed of t h ei r h ar d in stru cted all th e stu den ts to h en ce redu ce con gestion on th e
earn ed m on ey. stop u sin g cell ph on es with in roads.
I I . : Th e ci t i zen s m ay n ot th e college prem ises. Assu m pt i on s :
gamble in an y oth er way II . Th e stu dents may con tinu e to I . Majority of the people may still
i f t h e l o t t er i es ar e u se cell phon es in th e college prefer to travel to th eir work
bann ed. prem ises. places in th eir own cars.
24. St at em en t : II . Man y people m ay n ow opt for
Di r ec t i o n s (2 1 –2 5 ) : In each
qu estion below is given a statem en t Th e Govern m en t h as decided to th ese bu ses for travellin g to
fol lowed by t wo assu m pt ion s n u m - levy con gestion tax to passengers th eir work places
tr avel lin g by ai r t o an d fro t h e
b er ed I an d II . An assu m p t i on i s 27. St at em en t : Th e state govern -
m etro cities.
som et h i n g su p p osed or t ak en for m en t h as an n ou n ced an am n es-
gr an t ed . You h ave t o con si d er t h e Assu m pt i on s :
ty sch em e for all th e h ou sin g so-
statem en t an d th e followin g assu m p- I . Th e tax so collected m ay be cieties defau ltin g on paym en t of
t i on s an d d eci d e wh i ch of t h e as- adequ ate to m eet part of th e m u nicipal taxes ask in g these so-
su mptions is implicit in the statement? expen ses for providin g addi-
ci eti es to pay u p fron t si x p er
t i on al r esou r ces t o h an d l e
(I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO cen t of th e du es an d regu larise
h u ge traffic.
Ex am . 05. 04.20 09) th eir statu s with ou t an y pen alty.
II . Passen gers travelling by air to
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly assu m p- an d fr o t h ese ci ti es m ay be Assu m pt i on s :
tion I is implicit. able to pay extra am ou n t by I . Most of th e defau ltin g h ou s-
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly assu m p- way of con gestion tax. in g societies m ay n ow opt for
tion II is im plicit. 25. St at em en t : th e am n esty sch em e an d pay
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) i f ei t h er as- The local citizen s grou p su bm it- u p th eir du es.
su m ption I or II is implicit. ted a m emorandu m to th e civic II . Other hou sing societies which
Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n eit h er as- authority for allowing them to con- h ave been payin g th eir taxes
su m ption I or II is implicit. vert th e vacan t plot in th e locali- regu larly may file case again st
Gi ve an swer (5 ) if both assu m p- ty into a garden at their own cost. th e govern m en t for discrim i-
tions I an d II are im plicit. Assu m pt i on s : n atory practices.
ASSUMPTION
28. St at em en t : Mr. X started at 9.00 Gi v e an sw er (3 ) i f ei t h er As- 35. St at em en t : Th e m u n icipal au -
am from h is residen ce to atten d su m ption I or II is im plicit. th ority h as decided to dem olish
a m eetin g sch edu led to be h eld Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eit h er As- th e old bridge on a bu sy road for
at 11.00 am an d in stru cted h is su m ption I n or II is im plicit. con stru ctin g a n ew flyover.
assistan t to m eet h im at the ven - Gi ve an swer (5) if both Assu m p- Assu m pt i on s :
u e of th e m eetin g an d h an d over tion s I an d II are im plicit. I . Th e traffic departm en t m ay
th e relevan t docu m en ts. 31. St at em en t : Man y people fell ill be able to divert m ovem en t
Assu m pt i on s : after con su m in g m eal at a wed- of veh icles th rou gh altern ate
I . Mr. X m ay arrive at th e m eet- din g reception an d were ru sh ed roads.
in g place before 11.00 am . to th e n earb y gover n m en t an d II . Th e people travellin g in th e
II . Mr. X’s assistan t m ay be able private hospitals. n ear b y ar eas m ay d em on -
to arrive at th e ven u e before Assu m pt i on s : strate to protest again st th e
com m en cem en t of th e m eet- I . Th e relatives of th e affected au th ority’s decision .
ing. p eop l e m ay r efu se t o tak e 36. St at em en t : T h e G o ver n m en t
29. St at em en t : “If you are a first th em to th e Governm en t hos- h as d eci d ed t o con st r u ct an
class gradu ate with good com mu - pitals. eigh t-lan e su per h igh way across
n ication sk ill an d also h ave work II . Th e n earby h ospitals m ay be th e state to facili tat e fast m ove-
experien ce of at least two years able to atten d to all th e af- m en t of veh i cles.
in the sales related activities, you fected people.
Wh ich of th e followin g can be an
are welcome in ou r organ isation ” 32. St at em en t : The governm ent has assu m p tion wh ich is im plicit in
An employm en t advertisem en t. r ecen t l y an n ou n ced i n cen t i ve th e ab ove st atem en t ?
Assu m pt i on s : pack age for settin g u p n ew bu si-
(1) Th e Gover n m en t h as ad e-
I . Man y with good com m u n ica- n ess ven tu res in th e ru ral areas
qu ate resou r ces to con stru ct
tion sk ills m ay n ot respond to and promised u ninterru pted pow-
th e p rop osed su per h i gh way
th e advertisem en t. er su pply to all th e u n its.
(2) Th e p eopl e of t h e stat e m ay
II . All th e first class gradu ates Assu m pt i on s :
pr otest agai n st th e Gover n -
m ay possess good com m u n i- I . Th e govern m en t m ay be able
m en t’s decision as th eir farm
cation sk ills. to su pply adequ ate power to
lan d will be tak en over t h e
all su ch u n its.
30. St at em en t : The railway au th or - Govern m en t for con stru ctin g
ity has ann ou n ced su spension of II . People livin g in th e ru ral ar -
th e h i gh way.
m ovem en ts of train on th e m ain eas m ay welcom e th e govern -
m en t decision . (3) Th e Govern m en t m ay fi n d it
track with in th e city limit for car - di fficu lt t o en r ol a su it ab le
rying ou t m ajor repair work s du r - 33. St at em en t : Th e m u n icipal au -
con t ract or for con st r u ct in g
ing Satu rday and Su nday and ad- th ority block ed m ovem en t of traf-
th e h i gh way.
vised the com mu ters to plan their fic in and arou n d th e temple du r -
in g th e m ain festival city. (4) Th er e i s n o ot h er h i gh way
jou rn ey accordin gly.
Assu m pt i on s : wh ich can b e u sed for t ran s-
Assu m pt i on s : port ation of goods across th e
I . Th e com m u ters m ay protest I . Very large n u m ber of devo-
state
agai n st t h e decisi on of th e tees may visit the temple du r -
in g th e m ain festival day. (5) Non e of th ese
railway au thority and may dis-
II . People travellin g to th e areas (Cor por at i on Ban k PO
ru pt oth er transport services. Ex am . 2 2 .1 1 . 2 00 9 )
II . The municipal authority may be n ear t h e tem p le m ay post-
pon e th eir jou rn ey by a day 37. St at em en t : It h as b een repor t-
able to deploy additional bu s-
u n less th ey h ave very u rgen t ed i n a recen t research report
es du ring Satu rday and Su n-
work in th at area. th at t all er peop le are fou n d to
day to help the comm u ters.
34. St at em en t : The governm ent has be h appi er th an th ose wh o are
Di r ec t i o n s (3 1 –3 5 ) : In each relat ively sh orter.
in stru cted all th e private sch ools
qu estion below is given a statem en t
in th e city to m ain tain th e cu r - Wh ich of th e followin g con tr a-
followed by two assu mptions nu mbered
ren t fees for at least two m ore di cts th e above fin d in g ?
I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g
year s. (1) People are gen erally tru th fu l
su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You
Assu m pt i on s : wh en t h ey r esp on d t o t h e
h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e
fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e I . Th e au t h or i t i es of p r i vat e qu est ion s of su ch resear ch
which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in sch ools m ay n ot follow th e st u d ies.
th e statem en t. gover n m en t in st ru cti on as (2) Th ose p eop l e wh o h ave a
th ey are n ot dep en d en t on co m f or t a b l e l i fest y l e ar e
(An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 05.07.2009)
govern m en t fu n ds. fou n d t o b e h ap p i er t h an
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Assu m p-
II . Th e paren ts of th e stu den ts th ose wh o l ead a stren u ou s
tion I is im plicit.
of private sch ools of th e city li fest yle ir resp ect ive of th eir
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Assu m p- may still be eager to pay high- h eigh t.
tion II is im plicit. er fees.
ASSUMPTION
(3) Sh ort er p eopl e su ffer from 40. St at em en t : Th e railway au th or - Gi ve an swer (5) if both Assu m p-
in feriority com plex th rou gh - ity has annou nced that it will car - tion s I an d II are im plicit.
ou t th eir life. ry ou t m ajor repair work for two 43. St at em en t : Th e crick eting body
days begin n in g Satu rday on th e decided to h old th e fin al m atch
(4) Taller p eople are fou n d to be
m ain lin e con n ectin g th e two big of th e tou rn am en t in th e biggest
m ore positive in approach to cities in the state brin ging th e rail
daily ch ores of l ifes. stadiu m of the cou ntry wh ich can
service to a h alt. accom m od at e ab ove on e l ak h
(5) Non e of th ese Assu m pt i on s : spectators.
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO I . People m ay resch edu le th eir Assu m pt i on s :
Ex am . 2 2 .1 1 . 2 00 9 ) jou rn ey in view of th e railway
I . Most of th e t ick et s m ay be
Di r ec t i o n s (3 8 –4 2 ) : In each au th ority’s decision .
sold resu ltin g in to h u ge in -
qu estion below is given a statem en t fol- II . Peop le m ay st i ll pl an t h ei r
com e for th e crick etin g body.
lowed by two assu m ption s n u m bered tr avel by tr ain b etween t h e
two cities even on th ese two II . Most of th e spectat ors m ay
I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g prefer to watch th e m atch on
su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You days.
TV at their h om es rath er than
h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e 41. St at em en t : The governm ent h as
directed all th e degree colleges goin g to th e stadiu m .
fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e 44. St at em en t : Th e local h ospital
to declare resu lts of all th e ex-
which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in pu t u p a n otice board at the m ain
am in ation s with in a fortn igh t af-
th e statem en t. ter th e last date of exam in ation . en tran ce statin g th at th e h ospi-
(I n di an Ban k PO Ex am . 17.10.2010) Assu m pt i on s : tal will carry ou t free ch eck u p
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Assu m p- I . Th e college au th orities m ay for det ecti n g can cer for people
tion I is im plicit. n ot be able to declare all th e stayin g in th e locality.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Assu m p- resu lts with in th e stipu lated Assu m pt i on s :
tion II is im plicit. time. I . Large n u m ber of people liv-
II . Many college au th orities m ay in g in th e locality m ay avail
Gi v e an swer (3) if either Assu mp-
n ot be able to con du ct all th e th e free ch eck u p facility of-
tion I or Assu m ption II is im plicit.
examin ation s in time. fered by th e h ospital.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eit h er As-
42. St at em en t : Man ish in vited all II . Hospital staff deployed for th e
su m ption I n or Assu m ption II is im - h is frien ds to h is h ou se for din - pu rpose m ay be able to cope
plicit. n er on h is birth day an d requ est- u p with th e ru sh of people for
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both Assu m p- ed h is m oth er to arran ge for th e ch eck u p.
tion I an d Assu m ption II are im plicit. birth day party. 45. St at em en t : The governm ent h as
38. St at em en t : The governm ent h as Assu m pt i on s : decided to di strib u te 3 k gs. of
decided to earm ar k a separ ate I . Most of Man ish’s frien ds m ay food-grain s to every fam ily livin g
lane in th e m etropolis for passen- atten d h is birth day party. below poverty lin e for th e n ext
ger veh icles with m ore th an on e II . Man ish ’s moth er may be able th ree m on th s at a n om in al price
occu pant. to m ak e all the arran gem en ts of Rs. 5 per k g.
i n cl u d i n g food for al l h i s Assu m pt i on s :
Assu m pt i on s :
fr ien d s.
I . Th e move m ay h elp decongest I . Th e govern m en t h as en ou gh
Di r ec t i o n s (4 3 -4 7 ) : In each stock to distribu te foodgrain s
th e roads of th e m etropolis. qu estion below is given a statem en t fol-
for th e en tire period.
II . Man y p eopl e m ay resort t o lowed by two assu m ption s n u m bered
I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g II . Fam ilies livin g below poverty
pool car system to avoid traf-
su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You lin e m ay be able to afford to
fic sn arls.
h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e bu y foodgrain s at Rs. 5 per
39. St at em en t : Th e civic au th ority k g.
fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e
of th e m etropolis h as decided to 46. St at em en t : The governm ent h as
which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in
su sp en d san ct i on i n g of n ew th e statem en t. recen t ly advised al l t h e p u bl ic
bu ildin g proposals for six months (Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer sector ban k s to r edu ce r ate of
and assess th e im pact of th e cu r - Ex am . 24. 01.20 10) in terest on h om e loan s u pto Rs.
ren t bu ilding projects on the city’s Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Assu m p- 25 lak h s.
amenities. tion I is im plicit. Assu m pt i on s :
Assu m pt i on s : Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Assu m p- I . Th e pu blic sector ban k s m ay
I . The bu ilders’lobby m ay m ove tion II is im plicit. r ed u ce t h e i n t er est on al l
t h e cou r t agai n st t h e ci vi c Gi v e an sw er (3 ) i f ei t h er As- h o m e l oa n s u p t o Rs . 2 5
body’s decision . su mption I or Assu mption II is im plicit. lak hs.
II . Th e ci vi c au th or it y m ay be Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eit h er As- II . People m ay tak e u n du e ad-
su m ption I n or Assu m ption II is im - van tage of th e govern m en t’s
able to com plete th e im pact
plicit. decision .
stu dy in abou t six m on th s.
ASSUMPTION
47. St at em en t : Th e civic body pu t II . Th e d oct or m ay be ab l e t o Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Assu m p-
u p a h u ge n otice board on th e cu re th e patien t from th e ail- tion I is im plicit.
ben ch located at an isolated part m en t if th e patien t stops con - Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Assu m p-
of th e city as “Man y pick n ick ers su ming alcoh ol. tion II is im plicit.
died wh ile swim m in g in th e sea 50. St at em en t : Gi v e an sw er (3 ) i f ei t h er As-
du rin g th e past few m on th s”. Th e Ch airm an of th e com pan y su mption I or Assu mption II is im plicit.
Assu m pt i on s : u rged all th e em ployees to refrain Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eit h er As-
I . Pi ck n i ck ers m ay i gn ore t h e from m ak in g lon g person al calls su m ption I n or Assu m ption II is im -
n otice an d con tin u e ven tu r - du rin g work ing h ou rs in order to plicit.
in g in to th e sea. boost produ ctivity.
Gi ve an swer (5) if both Assu m p-
II . Pick n ick ers m ay read an d be Assu m pt i on s : tion s I an d II are im plict.
carefu l wh ile ven tu rin g in to I . Majority of the employees m ay 53. St at em en t : Th e largest dom es-
th e sea. r esp o n d p osi t i vel y t o t h e tic airlin es corporation h as an -
Di r ec t i o n s (4 8 -5 2 ) : In each Chairm an ’s appeal. n ou n ced n ew su m m er sch edu les
qu estion below is given a statem en t fol- II . Most of th e em pl oyees m ay in wh ich m ore n u m ber of fligh ts
lowed by two assu m ption s n u m bered continu e to mak e long person- in tru n k rou tes are in trodu ced.
I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g al calls du rin g work ing hou rs. Assu m pt i on s :
su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You 51. St at em en t :
I . More n u m ber of passen gers
h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e Th e local cu ltu ral clu b decided m ay tr avel by th is ai rl in es
fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e to organ i se a m u sical even t to corporation du rin g su m m er
which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in raise m on ey for th e con stru ction m on th s in tru n k rou tes.
th e statem en t. of th e clu b bu ildin g.
II . Other airlines companies may
(Al l ah abad Bank PO Exam . 21.02.2010) Assu m pt i on s : also in crease th e n u m ber of
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly assu m p- I . Th e local residen ts m ay n ot fligh ts in all th e sectors.
tion I is im plicit. allow th e clu b to organ ise th e
54. St at em en t : The chairm an of th e
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly assu m p- m u sical even t in th e locality.
com pan y decided to h old a gran d
tion II is im plicit. II . Th e m on ey collected by orga- fu n ction to celebrate silver ju bi-
Gi ve an swer (3 ) if eith er assu m p- n isin g th e m u sical even t m ay lee du rin g th e n ext week en d an d
tion I or II is im plicit. be su bstan tial enou gh for th e in vited a large n u m ber of gu ests.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er as- clu b to start con stru ction .
Assu m pt i on s :
su m ption I n or II is im plicit. 52. St at em en t :
I . Th e com pan y officials m ay be
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both assu m p- The traffic police departm ent has
able to m ak e all th e n eces-
tion s I an d II are im plicit. pu t u p h u ge n otice boards at all
sary preparation s for th e sil-
48. St at em en t : th e m ajor ju n ction s of th e city
ver ju bilee celebration .
Th e d r i ver of t h e h u ge t r u ck warn in g drivers to refrain from
u sin g cell ph on es wh ile drivin g II . Majority of th e gu ests in vited
pu lled th e em ergen cy brak es to by th e ch airm an m ay atten d
avoid h ittin g th e au to rick sh aw or else th eir licen ces will be im -
pou nded. th e fu n ction .
wh ich su dden ly cam e in fron t of
Assu m pt i on s : 55. St at em en t : Th e lar gest com -
th e tru ck .
pu ter m an u fact u r in g com pan y
Assu m pt i on s : I . Th e d r i ver s of t h e veh i cl es
slash ed th e prices of m ost of th e
I . The au to rick sh aw driver may m ay ign ore th e warn in g an d
con t in u e u si n g cell ph on es desk top m odels by abou t 15 per -
be ab le to steer h is veh icle cen t with im m ediate effect.
aw ay f r om t h e on co m i n g wh ile drivin g.
II . Th e traffic police departm en t Assu m pt i on s :
tru ck .
m ay be able to n ab m ost of I . Th e co m p a n y m ay i n c u r
II . Th e tru ck driver m ay be able h eavy l osses du e to redu c-
th e offen ders an d i m pou n d
t o st op t h e t r u ck b efor e i t tion in prices of th e desk top.
th eir licen ces.
h its th e au to rick sh aw.
Di r ec t i o n s (5 3 -5 7 ) : In each II . Th e sales of desk top m an u -
49. St at em en t :
qu estion below is given a statem en t fol- factu red by th e company m ay
Th e doctor warn ed t h e p atien t lowed by two assu m ption s n u m bered in crease su bstan tially in th e
again st an y fu rther con su m ption I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g n ear fu tu re.
of alcoh ol i f h e d esi r ed to get su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You 56. St at em en t : Th e Sch ool au th or -
cu red from th e ailm en t an d live h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e ity decided to ren t ou t th e sch ool
a lon ger life. fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e prem ises du rin g week en ds an d
Assu m pt i on s : wh ich of th e assu m ption s is im plict in h olidays for organ isin g variou s
I . Th e pati en t m ay foll ow t h e th e statem en t. fu n ct i on s t o au gm en t i t s r e-
doctor’s advice an d stop con - (Cor por at i on Ban k PO sou r ces t o m eet t h e gr ow i n g
su ming alcoh ol. Ex am . 09. 05.20 10) n eeds of th e sch ool.
ASSUMPTION
Assu m pt i on s : 59. St at em en t : Th e h igh way p olice Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Assu m p-
I . Th e paren ts of the school stu - au t h orit y pu t u p large b oards at tion I is im plicit.
dents may protest against the regu l ar in t ervals in d icatin g t h e Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Assu m p-
decision of the school au th or - speed l im it an d dan gers of over - tion II is im plicit.
ity. sp eed in g on th e h igh ways. Gi v e an swer (3) if either Assu mp-
II . Th er e m ay n ot b e en ou gh Assu m pt i on s : tion I or Assu m ption II is im plicit.
deman d for hiring th e school I . M ost of th e m otor i st s m ay Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eit h er As-
prem ises for organ ising fu n c- d r i ve veh i c l es w i t h i n t h e su m ption I n or Assu m ption II is im -
tions. sp eed li m it on th e h igh ways. plicit.
57. St at em en t : Th e local civic body II . M ot or i st s gen er al l y i gn or e Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both Assu m p-
h as u rged all the residen ts to vol- su ch c au t i on s an d ov er - tion s I an d II are im plicit.
u n tarily redu ce con su m ption of sp eed on th e h igh ways. 63. St at em en t : The Government has
potable water by abou t 30 per - 60. St at em en t : The em ployees’ as- recen tl y an n ou n ced add iti on al
cen t to tide over th e water cri- sociation u rged its m embers to food for work program m es for all
si s. stay away from the an nu al fu nc- th e drou gh t affected region s in
Assu m pt i on s : tion as m an y of their dem an ds th e cou n try.
I . Man y residen ts m ay redu ce were n ot m et by the m anagemen t. Assu m pt i on s :
con su m ption of potable wa- Assu m pt i on s : I . The Government has adequ ate
ter. I . Major ity of th e m em bers of f u n d s t o r u n t h es e p r o -
II . Man y activists m ay welcom e th e associat ion m ay n ot at- gramm es.
t h e civi c b od y’s m ove an d ten d t h e fu n ction . II . Affected people m ay be able
sp r ead aw ar en ess am on g II . Th e m an agem en t m ay can cel to get at least on e m eal a day
residen ts. du e to th ese program m es.
th e an n u al fu n ction .
Di r ec t i o n s (5 8 –6 2 ) : In each 64. St at em en t : Most of th e en gi-
61. St at em en t : Th e sarpan ch of th e
qu estion below is given a statem en t n eerin g colleges in th e state ap-
village called a m eetin g of all th e
followed by two assu mptions nu mbered plied to th e regu latory body for
h eads of th e fam il ies to di scu ss
I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g sanctioning more nu mber of seats
th e prob lem of acu t e sh ortage of
su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You for th e n ext academ ic session .
dr in k in g wat er in th e vil lage.
h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e Assu m pt i on s :
Assu m pt i on s :
fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e I . The regu latory body may grant
which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in I . Th e sar p an ch h ad ear l i er additional seats sou ght for by
th e statem en t. called su ch m eeti n gs to di s- th e en gineerin g colleges of the
(Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO cu ss abou t variou s problems. state.
Ex am . 16. 05.20 10) II . Most of th e h eads of fam ili es II . Th e en gi n eer in g col leges of
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Assu m p- may atten d th e m eeting called th e stat e m ay get adequ ate
tion I is im plicit. by th e sarp an ch . n u m ber of application s to fill
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Assu m p- 62. St at em en t : Th e m u n icipal cor - in th e addition al seats.
tion II is im plicit. porati on advised al l t h e p eop le 65. St at em en t : Th e Mu nicipal Cor -
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) i f ei t h er As- li vin g i n t h e sh an ties alon g t h e poration h as ann ou n ced 50 per -
su m ption I or Assu mption II is im plic- beach es t o m ove to h igh er plac- cen t redu ction in water su pply
it. es du r in g m on soon . till m on soon arrives in th e city.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eit h er As- Assu m pt i on s : Assu m pt i on s :
su m ption I n or Assu m ption II is im - I. Many people livin g in the shan- I . People may protest against the
plicit. ti es m ay leave th e cit y an d u nilateral decision of th e Mu -
Gi ve an swer (5) if both Assu m p- r el ocat e t h em sel ves el s e- n icipal Corporation .
tion s I an d II are im plict. wh ere in th e stat e. II . Mu n icipal Cor poration m ay
58. St at em en t : A ver y large n u m - II . Major ity of th e peopl e l ivi n g redu ce its taxes from th e res-
ber of p eop le stood i n t h e qu eu e i n t h e sh an t i es al on g t h e iden ts as it failed to provide
for bu yin g t ick ets for th e on e- beach m ay t ry to rel ocate to adequ ate water.
day in ter n at ion al crick et m at ch h igh er p laces d u r i n g m on - 66. St at em en t : In view of th e se-
sch edu led to be p layed in t h e soon . vere h eat wave passin g th rou gh
ci ty on t h e n ext day. Di r ec t i o n s (6 3 –6 7 ) : In each th e stat e, t h e Govern m en t h as
Assu m pt i on s : qu estion below is given a statem en t fol- ask ed all th e sch ools to rem ain
lowed by two assu m ption s n u m bered closed for th e n ext fortn igh t with
I . No other on e-day internation -
I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g im m ediate effect.
a l cr i c k et m at ch m ay b e
su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You Assu m pt i on s :
played i n th e city for th e n ext
six m on t h s. h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e I . Th e h eat wave m ay n ot con -
fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e tin u e beyon d a fortn igh t.
II . Major ity of th ose wh o stood
which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in II . Th e paren ts of th e stu den ts
in th e qu eu e m ay b e ab le to
get t ick et for th e on e-day i n - th e statem en t. m ay n ot allow th eir wards to
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO atten d sch ool even after a fort-
tern ation al crick et m atch .
Ex am . 30. 05.20 10) nigh t.
ASSUMPTION
67. St at em en t : Man y people were 71. St at em en t : In order to bu i ld II . Su fficien t am ou n t of bio-fu el
cau gh t by th e railway police while m ore space, extra FSI n eeds to can be produ ced in th e cou n -
th ey were tryin g to cross th e rail- be bou gh t. try to ru n all com m ercial ve-
way track s an d im posed h eavy Assu m pt i on s : h icles.
pen alty before releasin g th em . I . Th e person bein g t old d oes (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO
Assu m pt i on s : n ot k n ow th e m ean in g of FSI. Ex am . 29. 08.20 10)
I . People may refrain from cross- II . More space wi ll redu ce t h e 75. St at em en t : To save th e en vi-
in g railway track s in fu tu re. con stru ction cost. r on m en t en force tot al b an on
II . People may contin u e crossin g m in in g th rou gh ou t the cou n try.
72. St at em en t : Let th ere be a sign -
railway track s an d pay h efty board also in dicatin g th e direc- Assu m pt i on s :
pen alty. tion s an d in stru ction s. I . Min in g wh ich is don e legally
Di r ec t i o n s (6 8 –7 2 ) : In each Assu m pt i on s : does n ot cau se an y h arm to
qu estion below is given a statem en t th e en viron m en t.
I . Si gn b oard can b e p rep ar ed
followed by two assu mptions nu mbered II . Min in g is on e of th e factors
with ou t u sin g any lan gu age.
I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g respon sible for en viron m en -
su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You II . Sign board is th e on ly effec-
tal degradation .
h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e tive tool to indicate direction s.
76. St at em en t : Give adequ ate job
fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e Di r ec t i o n s (7 3 –7 7 ) : In each related train in g to th e em ploy-
which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in qu estion below is given a statem en t ees before assign in g th em fu ll
th e statem en t. followed by two assu mptions nu mbered fledged work .
(Cen t r al Ban k Of I n di a PO I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g
Assu m pt i on s :
Ex am . 25. 07.20 10) su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You
I . Training helps in boosting the
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly assu m p- h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e
perform an ce of em ployees.
tion I is im plicit. fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e
which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in II . Em ployees h ave n o sk ill sets
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly assu m p- before train in g is provided to
tion II is im plicit. th e statem en t.
them .
Gi ve an swer (3 ) if eith er assu m p- (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO
Ex am . 2 9 .0 8 . 2 01 0 ) 77. St at em en t : Tak e a ferry or a
tion I or II is im plicit. boat in stead of a bu s to reach
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er as- Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Assu m p-
th e Kravi islan ds faster.
su m ption I n or II is im plicit. tion I is im plicit.
Assu m pt i on s :
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both assu m p- Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Assu m p-
tion II is im plicit. I . Th e islan ds bein g in rem ote
tion s I an d II are im plicit. location are n ot easily acces-
68. St at em en t : Please sen d an offi- Gi v e an sw er (3 ) i f ei t h er As-
sible.
cial letter rath er th an semiofficial su m ption I or Assu mption II is im plicit.
II . Ferries an d boats are avail-
on th is su bject th is tim e. Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eit h er As-
able to travel to Kravi islan ds.
Assu m pt i on s : su m ption I n or Assu m ption II is im -
Di r ect i on s (7 8 –8 2 ) : In each
I . Th e form at an d em ph asis of plicit.
qu estion below is given a statem en t fol-
d i ffer en t t yp es of let t er s i s Gi ve an swer (5) if both Assu m p- lowed by two assu m ption s/ in feren ces
di fferen t. tion s I an d II are im plicit. n u m bered I an d II. An assu m ption is
II . We can sen d differen t types 73. St at em en t : Ban k s sh ou ld al- someth ing su pposed or tak en for gran t-
of letters on th e sam e su b- ways ch eck fin an cial statu s be- ed an d an in feren ce is n ot directly giv-
ject. fore len din g m on ey to a clien t. en bu t can be in ferred based on th e
69. St at em en t : Pl ease ch eck t h e Assu m pt i on s : facts presen ted. You h ave to con sider
availability of 2 tick ets from Del- I . C h ec k i n g b ef o r e l en d i n g th e stat em en t an d th e followin g as-
h i to Lu ck n ow. wou ld give a tru e pictu re of su m p t i on s/ i n fer en ces an d d eci d e
Assu m pt i on s : th e clien t’s fin an cial statu s. wh ich of th ose is/ are im plicit in th e
I . Per son ch eck i n g k n ows th e II . Cl ien t s som et im es m ay n ot statem en t.
desired m ode of travel. presen t th e correct pictu re of (Pun j ab Nat i on al Ban k Speci al i st
t h ei r ab i l i t y t o r ep ay l oan Of f i cer Ex am . 24.10.2 010)
II . Per son ch eck i n g k n ows th e
details of th e person travel- am ou n t to th e ban k . Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on ly I i s i m -
lin g. 74. St at em en t : The governmen t has plicit.
70. St at em en t : If you wan t to in - decid ed to ru n all com m ercial Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly II is i m -
crease you r writin g speed, u se veh icles on bio-fu els in order to plicit.
0.7 pen . save th e depletin g fossil fu el re- Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er I or II is
Assu m pt i on s : ser ves. implicit.
I . Th ere ar e d ifferen t typ es of Assu m pt i on s : Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er I n or II
pen s available. I . It is possible to switch over is im plicit.
II . Th e person bein g told u n der - from fossil fu el to bio fu els for Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II
stan ds wh at is 0.7 pen . veh icles. are im p licit.
ASSUMPTION
78. St at em en t : An advertisem en t which of the assu m ption s is im plicit in Assu m pt i on s :
in th e n ewspaper – ‘Lear n a for - th e statem en t. I . Th ere is no au th entic criterion
eign langu age cou rse to get a high (Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 31.10.2010) to ju dge a h it or a flop.
payin g job’. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly assu m p- II . Th e per for m an ce of ear l i er
I . All th ose wh o learn foreign tion I is im plicit. m ovies is k n own .
lan gu age get high ly paid jobs. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly assu m p- 89. St at em en t : Th e con stable h as
II . On ly a foreign lan gu age can tion II is im plicit. been recomm en ded for a su itable
get som eon e a h igh payin g Gi ve an swer (3 ) if eith er assu m p- reward by h is su perior in recog-
job. tion I or assu m ption II is im plicit. n i ti on of h is si n cere d u ty an d
79. St at em en t : The sch ool en viron - Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n eith er as- bu sting of several gan gs of crimi-
m en t for st u d en t s sh ou l d b e su m ption I n or assu m ption II is im - n als actively in volved in th e loot
m ade “free from fear, trau m a an d plicit. an d in ciden ts of pick -pock etin g.
anxiety” to m ak e th e Righ t to Ed- Wh ich of th e followin g can be a
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both assu m p-
u cation a gran d n ation al m ove- p ossi b l e as su m p t i o n of t h e
tion s I an d II are im plicit.
m en t. above statem en t ?
83. St at em en t : J ob rotation h elps
I . The Right to Edu cation move- (1) Th e su perior is certain th at
em ployees get an overview of th e
m en t is desirable for th e bet- the recommendation wou ld be
organ isation.
term en t of society. den ied.
Assu m pt i on s :
II . Ch ildren feel a lot of an xiety (2) Th e n u m ber of crim in als ap-
I . J ob r ot a t i o n i s t h e o n l y
an d stress at sch ool. preh en ded by th is particu lar
m eth od to get an overview of
80. St at em en t : A l ead i n g act or con stab le was except ion ally
the organ isation .
bou gh t a tortoise for $400 m il- high.
II . It is requ ired to h ave an over -
lion in order to save it from th e (3) Th e con stable desires to be
view of th e organ isation .
h an ds of an illegal an imal trader. m on etarily com pen sated for
84. St at em en t : Let u s appoin t Ms.
I . Th e tortoise wou ld sell for a h is efforts.
X as th e CEO of ou r Com pan y so
bigger am ou n t than wh at th e (4) Th e su perior wan ts to set an
th at the Com pany’s produ cts are
actor bou gh t it for. exam ple for h is oth er ju n iors
also perceived to be gen u in e.
II . Th e tortoise faces dan ger in b y r ecom m en d i n g t h e r e-
Assu m pt i on s :
t h e h an d s of t h e an i m al ward .
trad er. I . CEO can ch an ge th e percep-
tion of produ cts. (5) Rewards recogn isin g th e sin -
81. St at em en t : A leadin g car m an u - cerity an d accom plish m en ts
factu rer h as re-in trodu ced a n ew II . Perception is sam e as th e ac-
of policem en are given .
m odel of t h e ex ist in g car wi th tu al reality.
m odi fied an d p ep py look s b u t 85. St at em en t : An advertisem en t—
Ex am . 28. 11.20 10)
with th e sam e en gin e. T h e n ew m o d el h a s b een
Di r ec t i o n s (9 0 –9 4 ) : In each
I . En gin e’s perform an ce is n ot lau n ch ed with K-series en gin e.
as im portan t as th e look s of Assu m pt i on s :
lowed by two assu m ption s/ in feren ces
th e car. I . People k n ow abou t K-series n u m bered I an d II. An assu m ption is
II . Look s of th e veh icle are im - en gin e. someth ing su pposed or tak en for gran t-
portan t to th e bu yers. II . En gin e type/ series is im por - ed an d an i n fer en ce i s som et h i n g
82. St at em en t : As the existing san c- tan t for bu yers. wh ich can be directly inferred from th e
tu aries failed to protect th e li- 86. St at em en t : Moh an tells Nita, given facts. You h ave to con sider th e
ons from poachers, the State gov- “Let u s m eet over lu n ch tom or - statem en t an d th e followin g assu m p-
ernm en t decided to open two n ew row”. tion s/ in feren ces an d decide wh ich of
san ctu aries in th e sam e area. Assu m pt i on s : th e th ose is/ are im plicit in th e state-
I . Th ere are n ot en ou gh lion s I . Lu n ch tim in gs are k n own to m en t.
l ef t t o p r o t ect f r o m t h e both . (Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO
poach ers. II . Both are aware of th e ven u e Ex am . 26.12.2010 (I st si t t i n g)
II . Keep i n g l i on s i n cap t i vi t y for lu n ch . Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I is im -
rath er t h an in san ct u ari es 87. St at em en t : You n eed to be tal- plicit.
can en su re th eir safety from en ted to iden tify talen t. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly II is im -
th e poach ers. Assu m pt i on s : plicit.
Di r ec t i o n s (8 3 –8 8 ) : In each I . Talen t is acqu ired an d devel- Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II
qu estion below is given a statem en t oped. is im plicit.
followed by two assu mptions nu mbered Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or
II . Talen t is h ereditary.
I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g II is im plicit.
su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You 88. St at em en t : Th e m ovie is a su -
per -du per h it an d has brok en all Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II
h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e
th e records. are im plicit.
fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e
ASSUMPTION
90. St at em en t : Please u se pu blic Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I is im - Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I is im -
tran sport to avoid traffic con ges- plicit. plicit.
tion du rin g th e Trade Fair. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly I I is im - Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly II is im -
I . On l y pr ivat e veh icles cau se plicit. plicit.
traffic con gestion Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or I I Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er l or II is
II . Man y people possess private is im plicit. implicit.
veh icles Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or
91. St at em en t : For b etter h eal th I I is im plicit. II is im plicit.
h ave fr u i ts in st ead of vi t am i n Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d I I Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II
su pplemen tin g tablets. are im plicit. are im plicit.
I . Vi t am i n s ar e essen t i al for 95. St at em en t : “Som etim es a per - 98. St at em en t : The n u m ber of peo-
good h ealth . son acting ou t of conviction, pu r - ple livin g below poverty lin e in
II . Vitam in su pplem en tin g tab- su in g a dr eam r ep r esen t s t h e u rban areas h as in creased sin ce
lets do n ot h elp at all in at- spirit of an en tire gen eration ”. last year.
tain in g good h ealthsu lt decla- I . On e get s con vi cti on ou t of I . People living in ru ral areas are
ration for board exam s clos- on e’s action . n ot below th e poverty lin e.
es by, th e stu den ts awaitin g II . Expectation s of differen t gen - II . A sim ilar su rvey was con du ct-
th eir resu lts start feelin g th e eration s are n ot th e sam e. ed last year.
h eat. 96. St at em en t s : “Tak e a r ecr u i t- 99. St at em en t : Travellin g by train s
92. St at em en t : As th e day for re- m en t system , for exam ple. Th e rath er th an cabs is m ore con ve-
su lt declaration for board ex- com pan y wou ld mak e an offer to n ien t an d econ om ical in Paris.
am s closes by, th e stu den ts som ebody it h ad rejected th ree
I . Paris is an expen sive city.
awai ti n g th eir r esu l ts st ar t m on th s ago! Th ere was n o r e-
cr u i t m en t d at ab ase t h at k ep t II . Train services are reason ably
feelin g th e h eat.
record of th at”. good in Paris.
I . An xiety levels are m ore du r -
I . It is possible to devise a sys- 100. St at em en t : A government adver -
ing board exams than any oth-
t em w h i ch w ou l d i n d i cat e tisem en t in pu blic in terest –For
er exam .
t h ose app l i can t s wh o wer e a ch i ld’s b ett er m en tal h ealt h ,
II . Some stu den ts are more an x-
rejected earlier. adm it h im / h er to a sch ool on ly
iou s th an oth er stu den ts.
II . T h i s c om p a n y c on s i d er s after five years of age.
93. St at em en t : On ly first class sci-
th ree m on th s tim e too sh ort I . A ch ild can n ot learn before
en ce gradu ates are eligible for the
a period to recon sider recru it- h e/ sh e tu rn s five.
job.
m en t decision abou t a can di- II . Som e sch ools adm it ch ildren
I . Stu den ts with gradu ation in date. wh o are below five year s of
fields oth er th an scien ce are
97. St at em en t s : “Everyone does not age.
n ot as in tellectu al.
n eed to bu ild a 100 crore or 1000 101. St at em en t : Al th ou gh h e h as
II . Cou rses oth er t h an scien ce crore com pan y. Sm all vs big vs don e MBA th rou gh a correspon -
are available at the gradu ation su perbig is a ch oice th at an en - den ce cou rse, h e is as sm art as
level. trepren eu r m ak es h erself / h im - a person from college X.
94. St at em en t : Anyone fou nd smok - self depen din g u pon th e am bi- I . Stu den ts from college X are
in g in t h e ‘Non -Sm ok i n g’ ar ea tion s, valu es an d wh at sh e/ h e k n own for th eir sm artn ess.
wou ld be pen alised. lik es doin g”.
II . St u d en t s sh ou l d d o M B A
I . Th ere are separate sm ok in g I . Th e figu res are for th e tu rn - t h r ou gh cor respon den ce i n
an d n on sm ok in g areas over of th e com pan y. order to becom e sm art.
II . Th ere are som e peop le wh o II . Th ere is h ardly an y distin c- 102. St at em en t : Con veyan ce facility
do n ot sm ok e. tion between a sm all or a big provided by organ isation h elps
Di r ec t i o n s (9 5 -9 7 ) : In each com pany.
em p l oy ees r ep or t t o w or k on
q u es t i on b el o w i s / a r e gi v en Di r ect i on s (9 8 –1 0 2 ) : In each time.
statem en t(s) followed by two assu m p- qu estion below is given a statem en t fol-
I . The con veyan ce facility wh ich
tion s/ in fer en ces n u m bered I an d II. lowed by two assu m ption s/ in feren ces
is provided by th e organ isa-
An assu mption is som ething su pposed n u m bered I an d II. As assu m ption is
tion always reach es on tim e.
or tak en for gran ted. An d an in feren ce someth ing su pposed or tak en for gran t-
ed an d an i n fer en ce i s som et h i n g II . It is n ot possible to report to
can be in ferred from th e given in for -
wh ich can be directly inferred from th e work on tim e u n less con vey-
m at i on . You h ave t o con si d er t h e
given facts. You h ave to con sider th e an ce facility is provided by the
statem ent(s) and th e followin g assu m p-
statem en t an d th e followin g assu m p- organ isation.
tion s/ in feren ces an d decide wh ich of
th e assu m ption s/ inferen ces is im plic- tion s/ in feren ces an d decide wh ich of Di r ect i on s (1 0 3 –1 0 4 ) : In each
it in th e statem en t(s). th ose is/ are im plicit in th e statem en t. qu estion below is given a statement fol-
(I n di an Ban k PO Exam . 02.01.2011 (Un i on Ban k Of I n di a PO lowed by two “Expectations” nu mbered
(I st si t t i n g) Ex am . 09. 01.20 01) I an d II. An Expectation is som eth in g
ASSUMPTION
wh ich can ei th er be an obj ect ive or Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly assu m p- Di r ect i on s (1 1 0 –1 1 4 ) : In each
prospect or desired ou tcom e or h ope tion I is im plicit. qu estion below is given a statem en t fol-
behind th e action / statement. You have Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly assu m p- lowed by two assu m ption s/ in feren ces
to con sider th e statem en t an d th e fol- tion II is im plicit. n u m bered I an d II. An assu m ption is
lowing Expectation s and decide wh ich Gi ve an swer (3 ) if eith er assu m p- som et h i n g su p p osed or t ak en for
of th e Expectation s is im plicit in th e tion I or assu m ption II is im plicit. gran ted an d an in feren ce is som eth in g
statem en t. Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er as- wh ich can be directly inferred from th e
(Un i on Ban k Of I n di a PO su m ption I n or assu m ption II is im - given facts. You h ave to con sider th e
Ex am . 09. 01.20 01) plicit. statem en t an d th e followin g assu m p-
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly Expecta- Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both assu m p- tion s/ in feren ces an d decide wh ich of
tion s I an d II are im plicit. th ose is/ are im plicit in th e statem en t.
tion I is im plicit.
105. St at em en t : If park in g space is (UCO Ban k PO Exam . 30.01.2011)
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly Expecta-
n ot available in office, park you r Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I is im -
tion II is im plicit.
veh icles in th e m all an d walk to plicit.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er Expec- th e office. Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly II is im -
tation I or II Expectation II is im plicit. Assu m pt i on s : plicit.
Gi v e an swer (4) if n either Expec- I . The mall is at a walk able dis- Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II
tation I n or Expectation II is im plicit. tan ce from th e office. is im plicit.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both Expecta- II . The office does n ot allow visi- Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or
tion s I an d II are im plicit. tors’vehicles in its prem ises. II is im plicit.
103. St at em en t : A prom otion al cam - 106. St at em en t : Farm ers m u st im - Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II
paign – For h ealth y ch ildren en - m ediately switch over to organ ic are im plicit.
cou rage th em to play in the play- fertilizers from ch em ical fertiliz-
110. St at em en t : Let th e secretary
ers for better yield.
grou nds rath er th an video games prepare PowerPoin t presentation
Assu m pt i on s :
at h om e. for Ash ish .
I . Al l t h e far m er s u s e on l y
Ex pect at i on s : Assu m pt i on s :
ch em ical fertilizers.
I . Health of atleast som e ch il- II . Organic fertilizers are readily I. Ash ish is in capable of prepar -
dren wou ld improve followin g available to th e farm ers. in g a PowerPoint presen tation
th is cam paign . h im self.
107. St at em en t : An advertisem ent by
II . Most of th e parents wou ld not ban k X ‘Ou r in terest r at es for II. Th e secretar y is well versed
bu y video gam es for their chil- edu cation loan s are lower th an with operations of PowerPoint.
dr en aft er th i s prom ot ion al an y oth er ban k ’. 111. St at em en t : Cars fou n d park ed
campaign. Assu m pt i on s : i n VIP par k i n g area wou l d b e
I . Som e oth er ban k s also pro- towed away.
104. St at em en t : ‘We sh ou ld export
th e su rplu s of wh eat in order to vide edu cation loan s. Assu m pt i on s :
u ti lize its over -pr odu ct ion t h is II . In t er est r at es ch ar ged on I. Som e p eop l e h ave d i ffer en t
edu cation loan s are differen t park in g privileges th an oth -
year’.
for differen t ban k s. er s.
Ex pect at i on s : 108. St at em en t : For an y k i n d of II. Park in g spaces for VIPs an d
I . Kn owi n g t h at th e ex p ort ed problem with you r mobile phone, gen eral pu blic are separate.
wh eat is a part of th e su rplu s contact ou r help desk im mediate-
112. St at em en t : A flyover wou ld ease
of th e total produ ction , m an y ly.
th e traffic on Motilal Nagar road.
cou n tries wou ld n ot pay th e Assu m pt i on s :
Assu m pt i on s :
desired am ou n t for it. I . Help desk h as a solu tion to
I. Th e Motilal Nagar road u su ally
II . Som e cou n tries are willin g to all k in ds of problem s related
to m obile phones or will gu ide h as a lot of traffic.
im port wh eat.
accordin gly. II. Cu rren tly also th ere is a flyover
Di r ect i on s (1 0 5 –1 0 9 ) : In each on Motilal Nagar road.
II . Un l ess t h e p r ob l em i s r e-
qu estion below is given a statem en t fol- 113. St at em en t : The n ewly lau nch ed
ported immediately, it cann ot
lowed by two assu m ption s n u m bered be solved. book is m ak in g In dia read lik e
I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g 109. St at em en t : Use ou r medicin e to n ever b efore.
su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You figh t th e problem of obesity. Assu m pt i on s :
h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e Assu m pt i on s : I . In dia did n ot h ave avid read-
following assu m ption an d decide which I . Ot h er sl i m m i n g m ed i ci n es ers before th e lau n ch of th is
of th e assu m ption s is im plicit in th e available in th e m ark et do not book .
statem en t. redu ce weigh t. II. Th is book h as n ot been as su c-
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO II . Obesity can n ot be con trolled cessfu l as oth er book s by th e
Ex am . 16 .01.20 11) with ou t medicines. same au thor.
ASSUMPTION
114. St at em en t : To avoid standin g in Assu m pt i on s : (D) If climate change contin u es at
lon g qu eu es, book you r tick ets I . Railway services are available t h e p r esen t r at e, i t w ou l d
on th e in tern et. for travellin g to th ese h oliday brin g in large scale destru c-
Assu m pt i on s : destinations. tion to h u m an h abitation in a
I. M ost p eop l e p r efer t o b ook II . Railways provides con cession very sh ort tim e.
tick ets on th e in tern et th ese to certain person s for travel-
(E) Indu strial development is on e
days. ling to places other th an these
of th e biggest bu t defin itely
II. Apart from th e in tern et, tick - h oliday destinations.
n ot th e on ly reason beh in d
ets are available elsewh ere as 118. St at em en t : “Travellers with a
t i ck et for t h e secon d cl ass i f global warm ing.
well.
fou n d travellin g in th e first class 120. Wh ich of th e statem en ts n u m -
Di r ect i on s (1 1 5 –1 1 9 ) : In each
com partm en ts wou ld be pen al- bered (A), (B), (C), (D) an d (E) can
ized”– Notice in the compartments be an assu m ed / i n fer r ed from
lowed by two assu m ption s/ in feren ces of a train . the facts/ in formation given in the
n u m bered I an d II. An assu m ption is
Assu m pt i on s : statem en t ? (An assu m pt i on is
someth ing su pposed or tak en for gran t-
I . Travellers with a tick et for th e som eth in g su pposed or tak en for
ed an d an i n fer en ce i s som et h i n g
first class are also not allowed gr an t ed an d an i n f er en c e i s
wh ich can be directly inferred from th e
to travel in th e secon d class som eth in g wh ich is n ot directly
given facts. You h ave to con sider th e
com partmen ts.
statem en t an d th e followin g assu m p- stated bu t can be in ferred from
II . In spection s are carried ou t in
tion s/ in feren ces an d decide wh ich of th e given facts.)
th e train to ch eck th e tick ets.
th ose is/ are im plicit in th e statem en t. (1) E (2) C
119. St at em en t : Th e prices of petrol
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO Exam . 13.03.2011) (3) A (4) B
an d d iesel h ave r em ai n ed u n -
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) i f on l y I i s chan ged on ly in Nigeria sin ce th e (5) Eith er D or A
implicit. past th ree years. 121. Wh ich of th e followin g can be in -
Gi v e an sw er (2 ) i f on l y I I i s Assu m pt i on s : ferred from statem en t (E) if it is
implicit. I . Petrol an d diesel prices h ave con sidered to be tru e with regard
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) i f ei th er I or ch an ged el sew h er e i n t h e to th e given in form ation ?
II is im plicit. w or l d d u r i n g t h es e t h r ee
year s. (1) Nations also n eed-to focu s on
Gi v e a n s w e r (4 ) i f n ei t h er
sou rces oth er th an th ose gen -
I n or II is im plicit. II . Before th is th ree years peri-
od , p et r ol an d d i esel wer e erated du e to in du strial de-
Gi v e an sw er (5 ) i f both I an d
available at a price differen t velopm en t
II are im plicit.
115. St at em en t : ‘Do not enter – avoid from th e presen t rates. (2) Ot h er sou r ces of p ol l u t i on
th e risk of gettin g in fected with Di r ect i on s (1 2 0–1 2 2) : Read th e h ave m ore adverse effects as
th e ABC disease’ – written ou t- following information carefu lly an d an - com pared to th ose gen erated
side th e qu aran tin e ward n o. 2 swer th e qu estion s wh ich follow: du e to indu strial development
(m ean t on ly for ABC disease) of a For t u n at el y , m or e an d m or e (3) Unlik e older tim es, in du strial
hospital’ cou n tries are sh iftin g th eir focu s away
developm ent has ceased to be
from in du strial developmen t to con trol
Assu m pt i on s : a reason behind global warm -
of clim ate ch an ge th ese days.
I . Disease ‘ABC’is con tagiou s. in g th ese days.
(Al l ah abad Ban k PO Exam . 17.04.2011)
II . All th e patien ts in ward n o. 2 (A) Th e cou n t r i es wh i ch focu s (4 ) If i n d u st r i al d evel op m en t
su ffer from disease ABC. m ore on con trollin g clim ate stops, global warm in g wou ld
116. St at em en t : In ci ty Z, p eopl e chan ge th an indu strial devel- au tom atically come to an en d.
prefer to bu y Car X i n stead of op m en t are on l y th e ri ch er (5) If sou rces oth er th an in du s-
Car Y as Car X h as German tech - on es wh ich can afford to con - trial developm en t are iden ti-
n ology wh ich is very advan ced. cen trate on areas oth er th an fi ed an d con tr ol l ed , gl ob al
Assu m pt i on s : indu strial developm ent.
warm in g will en d com pletely.
I . Cars with Germ an tech n olo- (B) Many cou n tries had once pri-
122. Wh ich of th e statem en ts n u m -
gy are perceived to be better ori ti zed i n du st ri al devel op -
m en t w h i ch p r oved t o b e bered (A), (C), (D) an d (E) m en -
th an oth er cars in city Z.
harmfu l to the environment in tioned above represen ts a reason
II . Had Germ an tech n ology been
th e lon ger ru n . behind cu rtailing indu strial devel-
p r esen t i n Car Y al so, i t s
(C) Som e experts are of th e view opm en t by som e of th e cou n -
sales wou ld h ave crossed car
th at clim ate ch an ge is n ot as tries?
X’s sales.
alarming an issu e as it is made (1) Eith er C or E
117. St at em en t : Rai lway does n ot to be becau se it is a n atu ral
provide con cession to any on e for (2) D (3) C
ph en om en on an d h as been
travellin g to certain h oliday des- occu rrin g regu larly th rou gh - (4) Eith er A or C
tin ations. ou t th e h istory of earth . (5) A
ASSUMPTION
123. The Govern m en t h as appealed to 125. St at em en t s : The United States- 127. St at em en t : Th e Gover n m en t
all citizen s to u se potable water based FM CG com p an y h as d e- h as d eci d ed t o con st r u ct an
ju diciou sly as th ere is an acu te veloped a n ew deod or an t. Th e eigh t-lan e su per h igh way across
sh ortage in su pply. Excessive u se com pan y sel ected a m edia per - th e state to facili tat e fast m ove-
m ay lead to h u ge scarcity in fu - m en t of veh i cles.
son cou ple for its prom otion an d
tu re m on th s. Wh ich of th e followin g can be an
m ar k et i n g. Th ey m ar k et ed i t
Wh i ch of th e assu m pt i o n s i s assu m pt i on wh ich is im plicit in
th rou gh t elevision , r adio, p rin t,
im plicit in th e above statem en t? th e above st atem en t?
h oard in g an d social m edia.
(An assu mption is something su p- (1) Th e Gover n m en t h as ad e-
posed or tak en for gran ted) Wh i ch of th e assu m pt i o n s i s
qu ate resou r ces to con stru ct
(1) People m ay ign ore th e appeal im plicit in th e above statem ents ? th e p rop osed su per h i gh way
an d con tin u e u sin g water as (An assu m ption is som eth in g (2) Th e p eopl e of t h e stat e m ay
per th eir con sideration . su pposed or tak en for gran ted) pr otest agai n st th e Gover n -
(2) Govern m en t m ay be able to (1) People do n ot pay h eed to th e m en t’s decision as th eir farm
tap those wh o do not respon d advertisem en ts an d bu y su ch lan d will be tak en over t h e
to th e appeal good s wh i ch ar e avai l ab l e Govern m en t for con stru ctin g
(3) Govern m en t m ay be able to easily th e h i gh way.
pu t in place altern ate sou rc- (3) Th e Govern m en t m ay fi n d it
(2) Mark etin g th rou gh electron -
es of water in th e even t of a di fficu lt t o en r ol a su it ab le
ic m edia h as n ot p roved to
crisis situ ation . con t ract or for con st r u ct in g
be very effecti ve
(4) Large n u m ber of people m ay th e h i gh way.
positively respon d to th e Gov- (3) Peopl e wan t to see fi lm stars
(4) Th er e i s n o ot h er h i gh way
ern m en t ’s ap p eal an d h el p an d fam ou s sports person al-
wh ich can b e u sed for t ran s-
tide over th e crisis. ity in th e advertisem en t of an port ation of goods across th e
(5) On ly poor are goin g to su ffer FM CG p rodu ct state
fr om t h is sh or tage of wat er (4) Some people may tend to bu y (5) Non e of th ese
su pply th e d eodoran t of t h e Un it ed (Cor p or at i on Ban k SO (M ar k et i n g)
(I BPS Bank PO/ M T CWE St ates-based FM CG com p a- Ex am , 2 2. 0 2. 20 14 )
Ex am . 1 8 .0 9 . 2 01 1 )
ny 128. St at em en t : Th e con st abl e h as
124. St at em en t : Th e con st abl e h as
(5) Non e of th ese been recom m en ded for a su i t-
been recom m en ded for a su i t-
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I , ab le reward by h is su peri or in
ab le reward by h is su peri or in
2 6.1 0.2 0 13 ) recogn iti on of h is sin cere du ty
recogn iti on of h is sin cere du ty
an d bu sti n g of several gan gs of
an d bu sti n g of several gan gs of 126. St at em en t s : Th e ‘X’ Fi n an ce
crim in als actively in volved in th e
crim in als actively in volved in th e com pan y h as lau n ch ed a n ew loot an d in cid en ts of pi ck -pock -
loot an d in cid en ts of pi ck -pock - t r ac t o r l o an sc h em e. I t h as etin g.
etin g. b rou gh t p r osperi ty am on g th e Wh ich of th e fol lowin g can be a
Wh ich of th e fol lowin g can be a far m er s. p ossi b l e ass u m p t i o n of t h e
p ossi b l e ass u m p t i o n of t h e
Wh ich of th e followin g assu m p- ab ove statem en t ?
ab ove statem en t ?
t i on s is i m p l i ci t in t h e above (1) Th e su perior i s cert ain th at
(1) Th e su perior i s cert ain th at
th e recom m en dat ion wou ld statem en ts? th e recom m en dat ion wou ld
be den ied. (An assu m ption is som eth in g be den ied.
(2) Th e n u m ber of crim in al s ap- su pposed or tak en for gran ted) (2) Th e n u m ber of crim in al s ap-
preh en d ed by th i s par ticu lar (1) Th e p r osp er i t y of far m er s preh en d ed by th i s par ticu lar
con st able was exception al ly con st able was exception al ly
solely depen ds u pon th e trac-
high. high.
tor l oan sch em e.
(3) Th e con st abl e d esi res to be (3) Th e con st abl e d esi res to be
(2) Tractor is an im portan t in pu t
m on et ari ly com p en sated for m on et ari ly com p en sated for
for farm er s t o en h an ce th e h i s effort s.
h i s effort s.
far m act ivit ies
(4) Th e su perior wan t s t o set an (4) Th e su perior wan t s t o set an
exam p le for h is oth er ju n iors (3) Earli er th ere was n o tr act or exam p le for h is oth er ju n iors
b y r ecom m en d i n g t h e r e- loan sch em e for farm ers b y r ecom m en d i n g t h e r e-
ward . (4) Farm ers do n ot prefer to tak e ward .
(5) Rewards recogn isin g t h e sin - loan s for b u yin g t ractor s. (5) Rewards recogn isin g t h e sin -
cerit y an d accom pl ish m en ts (5) Non e of th ese cerit y an d accom pl ish m en ts
of policem en ar e given . of policem en ar e given .
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I ,
(I BPS Sp eci al i st Of f i cer CWE (Cor p or at i on Ban k SO (M ar k et i n g)
2 6.1 0.2 0 13 )
Ex am . 1 7 . 0 3 . 2 0 1 3 ) Ex am , 2 2. 0 2. 20 14 )
ASSUMPTION
129. St at em en t : Th e Min istry of Civil Assu m pt i on s :
Avi ation h as bou gh t 35 Aircraft. SBI PO EXAMS I . Noth in g is im possible if prop-
Th e d eci sion t o bu y aircraft was er effor ts are m ad e.
fou n d to be im pr oper. Di r ec t i o n s (1 –5 ) : In each qu es- II. Tech n ol ogy n eeds are di ffer -
Wh ich of th e followin g m ay be ti on bel ow i s given a st atem en t fol- en t for differen t section s of
an assu m p t i o n t h at is im p licit lowed by three assu m ptions n u m bered soci et y.
in th e st atem en t ? I, II an d III. An assu m pt ion is som e- III. It i s p ossible to develop ap-
(1) The Min istry of Civil Aviation th in g su pposed or tak en for gran ted.
is n ot au th orised t o bu y ai r - p r op r i at e t ech n ol ogi es for
You have to consider the statem ent and variou s Econ om ic section s of
craft .
th e assu m pt ion s an d d eci de wh i ch of th e societ y.
(2) The Min istry of Civil Aviation
can b u y aircraft. the assu mptions is implicit in the state- (1 ) On ly I (2) On ly III
(3) The Min istry of Civil Aviation m en t. Th en d eci de wh ich of th e an - (3 ) On ly II (4) Both II an d III
is facin g fi n an cial cr isi s. swers (1 ), (2), (3 ), (4) an d (5 ) i s t h e (5 ) Non e of th ese
(4) It was n ot n ecessary t o r e- correct an swer. 4. St at em en t : “We h ave th e di s-
pl ace th e ol d fl eet of air craft (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 2 0. 08. 200 0) ti n cti on of bein g t h e on ly com -
(5) Th e M in istry of Fi n an ce d id 1. St at em en t : “A rare opportu n ity pan y in In di a as well as th e sec-
n ot ap p r ove t h e r equ i r ed to be a p rofession al wh il e you on d in th e world to h ave won an
am ou nt. ISO 9002 qu ality certification in
ar e at h om e”.— An ad ver ti se-
(BOB M an i pal Sch ool of Ban k i n g ou r li n e of bu si n ess”- Statem en t
Of f i c er On l i n e Ex am , 1 4. 08. 201 4) m en t f o r c o m p u t er l i t er a t e
of com pan y X’s Ch airm an .
130. St at em en t : Th e Com pan y ‘A’ h ou sewives b y a com pu t er com -
pan y. Assu m pt i on s :
bu ilds roads an d u n dertak es in -
fr astr u ct u re projects. Th e Com - I . Th ere were n ot m an y com pa-
Assu m pt i on s :
pan y ‘A’h as recen tly got n ew in - n i es in th e li n e of bu sin ess
I . Som e h ou sewives sim u ltan e- of Com pan y ‘X’.
fr astr u ct u re project.
ou sly desire to becom e pr o- II. Gett in g ISO 90 02 in th e li n e
Wh ich of th e followin g m ay be
fession al. of bu sin ess of Com pan y ‘X’
an assu m p t i o n t h at is im p licit
in th e st atem en t ? II. Com pu ter in du stry is grow- is n ot easy.
(1) No com pan y other than Com- in g at a fast pace. III. Th e com pan y ‘X’ d esir es to
pany ‘A’bu ilds roads and u n- III. It is possibl e t o b e a pr ofes- ex pan d i ts b u si n ess.
d er t a k es i n f r a s t r u c t u r e sion al as well as a h ou sewife. (1 ) On ly I (2) On ly II
pr oj ects. (1 ) On ly I an d II (3 ) On ly III (4) On ly II an d III
(2) On l y Com p an y ‘A’ b u i l d s (5 ) Non e of th ese
roads an d u n dertak es in fra- (2 ) On ly II an d III
st ru ct u re pr ojects (3 ) On ly I an d III 5. St at em en t : Co-operati ve social
relationships con tribu te to devel-
(3) Th e Com p an y ‘A’h as exper - (4 ) On ly II
ti se to b u il d r oad s an d u n - op in dividu al poten tialities.
d er t a k e i n f r a s t r u c t u r e Assu m pt i on s :
2. St at em en t : In di a’s econ om i c I . Every society desires to pros-
pr oj ects
(4) Th e Company ‘A’does not fol- growt h h as com e at a ter ri bl e p er.
l ows t h e t im e li m it of an y price of in creased in du strial an d II. In dividu als desir e to devel op
pr oject vehicu lar pollu tion . th eir poten tial.
(5) Th e r oads bu ilt by th e Com - Assu m pt i on s : III. It i s p ossibl e t o cr eat e an d
pany ‘A’are in very poor con - I . Pollu tion i s a par t of i n du s- m ain t ain co-op er ati ve en vi-
dition s. tri al society. ron -m en t in a societ y.
(BOB M an i pal Sch ool of Ban k i n g II. In d i an econ om ic gr owth i s (1 ) On ly II an d III
Of f i c er On l i n e Ex am , 1 4. 08. 201 4) b a sed on on l y i n d u s t r i al (2 ) On ly II an d I
gr owth . (3 ) On ly I an d III
III. A cou n t ry d esi res econ om ic (4 ) On ly II
growth with m an ageable side (5 ) Non e of th eses
effect s. Di r ect i on s (6 –1 0 ) : In each qu es-
(1 ) On ly I (2 ) On ly II ti on bel ow i s given a st atem en t fol-
lowed by two assu m pti on s n u m ber ed
(3 ) On ly I an d III
I an d II. An assu m pti on is som eth i n g
(4 ) On ly III su pposed or tak en for gran ted . You
(5 ) Non e of th ese h ave to con sider th e stat em en t an d
3. St at em en t : Effort s t o d evel op th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide
tech nologies m ore appropriate to wh ich of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit
th e n eeds of th e poorest section s in th e st atem en t.
of societ y n eed to be fu r th er i n - (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
Ex am . 2 1. 0 7. 20 02 )
ten si fied.
ASSUMPTION
Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly assu m p- 9. St at em en t : 12. St at em en t : Central Bank , which
ti on I i s i m pl ici t. “Pri vate Pr op ert y, t ressp assers i s t h e l a r ges t b a n k i n t h e
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly assu m p- will be prosecu ted”— A n otice on cou n t ry, h as decid ed to r edu ce
ti on II is i m pl ici t. a plot of lan d. it s work force by 30 per cen t so
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if eit h er I or II is t h at i t s b an k s m ay w or k
Assu m pt i on s :
implicit. effici en tl y.
I . Th e p asserb y m ay read t h e
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er I n or II Assu m pt i on s
n ot ic an d m ay n ot t resspass.
is im plicit an d I . Ban k can perform all it s ac-
II . Th e p eop l e ar e sca r ed of
Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II ti viti es aft er t h e red u cti on in
are im p licit. p r osecu t i on an d t h er efor e,
work force.
n ever tr esspass.
(SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 1 1. 02. 200 1) II. Th e su r plu s em ployees m ay
6. St at em en t : 10. St at em en t : b e a s k ed t o a d o p t ea r l y
Th e ‘X’ grou p of em pl oyees as- The governm en t h as set u p a fact r et i r em en t sch em e b efor e
sociation h ave opp osed Volu n - fi n di n g m ission to look in t o t h e leavi n g t h e ban k .
tary Ret irem en t Sch em e t o t h e possib le reason s for t h e r ecen t 13. St a t e m e n t : T h e Pr i n c i p a l
em p l oyees of som e or gan i savi olen ce in th e area. in str u cted all th e teach ers to be
tions. Assu m pt i on s : carefu l in class b ecau se som e
Assu m pt i on s : I . Th e m ission m ay be ab le to stu den t s m ay d istu r b an ot h er
I . On l y th ose em pl oyees wh o com e u p wit h cred ibl e i n for - st u den t s.
ar e n ot efficien t m ay op t for m at ion abou t th e in ciden ts. Assu m pt i on s
th e sch em e. I . Th e t each er s will h an dl e t h e
II . Th e p eop le in t h e area m ay
II . Th e r espon se of th e em ploy- si tu ation pr operly an d th ey
coop er at e wit h th e m issi on
ees m ay b e l u k ew ar m t o- will point ou t the nau ghty stu -
an d com e forward to give d e-
wards th e sch em e an d it m ay den ts.
n ot b en efit th e organ isati on tailed i n form at ion relat ed to
th e i n cid en t s. II. Th e stu den ts will welcome th e
to th e desir ed l evel.
Di rect i on s (11 –1 5 ) : In qu estion decision of th e Pr in cipal.
7. St at em en t :
below is gi ven a stat em en t fol lowed 14. St at em en t : Th e Stat e Gover n -
In view of t h e stat em en t on t h e
by two assu m pti on s n u m ber ed I an d m en t h as ab olish ed th e sch em e
on goin g str i k e of work by th e
I I . An a ssu m p t i on s i s s om et h i n g of p r ovi d i n g con cessi on al ai r
em ployees, th e govern m en t h as
su pposed or tak en for gran ted . You ti ck et t o stu d en t s.
agreed to work ou t an effecti ve
social secu rity program m e. h ave to con sider th e stat em en t an d Assu m pt i on s
Assu m pt i on s : th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide I . Stu den ts will n ot travel by air
I . Th e stri k in g em ployees m ay wh ich of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit in fu tu r e.
n ot b e sati sfied with th e an - in th e stat em en ts : II. Th e st u d en t s wh o resor t to
nou ncem ent and continu e the (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO t r avel b y ai r can b ear t h e
agitation. Ex am . 2 1. 0 7. 20 02 ) ex pen ses of air ti ck et.
II . Th e stri k in g em ployees m ay Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly assu m p- 15. St at em en t : Poli ce h as ser ved a
with draw th eir agitation with ti on I i s i m pl ici t. n ot i c e t o t h e r esi d en t s w i t h
i m m ed i at e effect an d st ar t i m m edi ate effect t o b e car efu l
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly assu m p-
work in g. f r o m t h e u n so ci al el em en t s
ti on II is i m pl ici t.
8. St at em en t : wan derin g i n t h ei r areas.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er I or II
Th e head of th e organ isation con- Assu m pt i on s :
gr atu lated t h e en ti re staff i n h is is im plicit.
I . Th e l ocal r esi den ts pay h eed
sp eech for t h ei r si n cere effort to Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eith er I n or
to th i s n otice.
brin g down th e deficit an d u rged II is im p lici t.
II. Th e u nsocial elem en ts will ply
th em t o gi ve t h ei r best for at- Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II to oth er areas.
tain in g a more profitable position are im p licit.
in fu tu r e. Di r ect i on s (1 6 –2 0 ) : In each of
11. St at em en t : ‘Mu sic Lovin g Clu b’ th e followin g qu estion s a st atem en t is
Assu m pt i on s : h as an n ou n ced a wide var iety of f o l l o w ed b y t w o a s s u m p t i o n s
I . Th e em pl oyees m ay get m o- p r o gr a m m e f o r t h e v i s i t i n g n u m bered I an d II. An assu m pti on is
ti vat ed an d m ai n tain an d if m u sicians. som et h in g t h at is su p posed or tak en
p o s s i b l e en h a n c e t h ei r
pr esen t level of wor k . Assu m pt i on s for gran t ed. You h ave to con sider t h e
I . A lar ge n u m ber of peopl e are s t a t em en t a n d t h e f o l l o w i n g
II . Th e em pl oyees m ay n ow r e-
in terested to participate in the assu m pti on s an d decid e wh ich of t h e
lax an d slow down in th eir
program m e. assu m p t i on s i s i m p l i ci t i n t h e
day t o day work as th ere is
n o im m edi ate th reat of h u ge statem en t.
II. Th e ar t i st es m ay at t r act a
d eficit . large n u m ber of sp ectator s. (SBI Ban k PO Ex am . 18. 05. 200 3)
ASSUMPTION
Gi v e a n s w e r (1 ) i f o n l y Assu m pt i on s : gr o c el y u n d er u t i l i s ed ’— A
assu m ption I is im plicit. I . I n n oc en t p eop l e ar e al so ci ti zen ’s vi ew on a n ew fl yover
Gi v e a n s w e r (2 ) i f o n l y k i lled in war s. li n k i n g east an d west si des of a
assu m ption II is im pli cit. II . Veh em en t opposition to wars su bu r b.
Gi v e a n s w e r (3 ) i f ei t h er m ay h ave som e d esi r ab l e Assu m pt i on s :
assu m p tion I or II is im pl ici t. im pact. I . Th e b u il din g of su ch br idges
Gi v e a n s w e r (4 ) i f n ei t h er Direc t i on s (2 1 –2 5 ): In each qu es- does n ot serve an y pu blic ob-
ti on bel ow i s given a st atem en t fol- j ecti ve.
assu m pti on I n or II i s i m pl ici t.
lowed by two assu m pti on s n u m ber ed II . Th er e h as t o b e som e ac-
Gi v e a n s w e r (5 ) i f b o t h
I an d II. An assu m pti on is som eth i n g cou n t ab i l i t y an d u t i l i t y of
assu m ption s I an d II are im pl ici t.
su pposed or tak en for gran ted . You m o n ey s p en t o n p u b l i c
16. St at em en t : It i s n ot t ru e th at pr oj ects
h ave to con sider th e stat em en t an d
the migh tiest su perpower always th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide 24. St at em en t : ‘Use ou r pr odu ct to
win s war s an d get s accol ades wh ich of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit im p rove m em ory of you r ch ild, it
fr om oth er cou n t ries. in th e st atem en t. is based on n atu ral herbs and h as
Assu m pt i on s : (SBI PO Ex am . 2 6.1 1. 200 6) n o h ar m fu l side effect s’-Adver -
I . Wi n n ers are som et im es ad- Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly assu m p- tisement of a Pharmaceu tical Com-
m i red an d appr eci ated. ti on I i s i m pl ici t. pan y.
II . Wi n n er s a r e occ asi on a l l y Assu m pt i on s :
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly assu m p-
criticized. ti on II is i m pl ici t. I . Peop l e gen er al l y op t for a
17. St at em en t : Nobody can pred ict medical produ ct which is u se-
Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er I or II is
as to how lon g ou r cou n try wou ld fu l an d h as n o h ar m fu l si de
im pli cit .
effect s.
tak e t o con t ain th e u n fort u n ate Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er I n or II
and disastrou s terrorist activities. II . Im provin g m em ory of ch ild is
is im pli cit, an d
con si der ed as i m portan t by
Assu m pt i on s : Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II m an y par en t s.
I . It is im possibl e to pu t an en d are im p licit.
25. St at em en t : Th e t rad ers of State
to terror ist activi ties. 21. St at em en t : ‘Cou n t ry ‘A’ wou ld ‘K’ wou l d ob ser ve a st at ewi d e
II . Efforts to con trol th e terrorist exp lor e al l ch an n els to d i ffu se ban dh as th e state h as fail ed to
activi ties are on . cu rren t ten sion s with cou n try ‘B’ m eet t h ei r d em an d t o r esol ve
18. St a t e m e n t : Wa r s m u s t b e an d brin g peace on its b orders’— sales tax an d oth er issu es.
d i s c o u r a ged v eh em en t l y St at em en t of sp ok esp er son of Assu m p t i on s:
ev en t h o u gh m a j o r i t y o f t h e cou n try ‘A’.
I . Th e t rad ers of State ‘K’h ave
v i c t i m s m i gh t h a v e b een a Assu m pt i on s : earli er t ried oth er u su al pr o-
n u isance to peace -lovin g people. I . Cou n try ‘A’is desirou s to dif- cedu r es to get th eir pr obl em
Assu m pt i on s : fu se cu r ren t t en sion an d r e- sol ved .
st ore peace wit h cou n try ‘B ’. II . Th e Stat e ‘K’ is n ot k een to
I . Som e people create problem s
to peace lovin g peopl e. II . It is desir ab l e to u se m or e solve th e p robl em of trader s.
th an on e ch an n el wh en com - Di r ect i on s (2 6 –3 1 ): In each qu es-
II . Wars k il l m ajorit y of wick ed
pl ex issu es are to be settl ed ti on bel ow i s given a st atem en t fol-
peop le.
amicably. lowed by two assu m pti on s n u m ber ed
19. St at em en t : “I n t h e r ecen t l y
22. St at em en t : ‘Two m on th s ago, it I an d II. An assu m pti on is som eth i n g
i m p o s ed w a r , gl o b a l p u b l i c
was an n ou n ced th at cen tral gov- su pposed or tak en for gran ted . You
op in i on was dish on ou r ed b y t h e h ave to con sider th e stat em en t an d
ern m en t pen si on er s wou l d get
ec o n o m i c a l l y s t r o n g a n d dear n ess reli ef wit h i m m ed iate th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide
sci en t i fi cal l y ad van ced su p er - effect bu t till date, ban k h ave n ot wh ich of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit
power. credited th e arrears’-A statem en t in th e st atem en t.
Assu m pt i on s : fr om a Pen sion er's Foru m . (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
I . Su per powers n eed n ot tak e Assu m pt i on s : Ex am . 0 7. 01. 200 7)
any heed of global pu blic opin- I . Most of th e ban k s n or m al ly Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly assu m p-
ion. tak e car e of t h e pen sion er s. ti on I i s i m pl ici t.
II . Global pu blic opin ion sh ou ld II . Two m on th s time is su fficien t Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly assu m p-
h a v e b een a ga i n s t t h e for t h e govern m en t m ach i n - ti on II is i m pl ici t.
im posi tion of war. er y to m ove an d give effect Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er I or II is
20. St a t e m e n t : Wa r s m u s t b e to pen sion er s. implicit.
d i s c o u r a ged v eh em en t l y 23. St at em en t : ‘The bridge was bu ilt Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er I n or II
ev en t h o u gh m a j o r i t y o f t h e at th e cost of Rs.128 cr ores an d is im plicit.
v i c t i m s m i gh t h a v e b een a even ci v i l b u s ser vi ce i s n ot Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II
n u isan ce to peace lovin g peopl e. u t ili sin g i t, wh at a pit y t o see it are im p licit.
ASSUMPTION
26. St at em en t : Th e Gover n m en t Assu m pt i on s : Wh ich of th e followin g assu m p-
h as r ecen tl y h ik ed th e p rices of I . Th e peopl e m ay r em ain in - tion(s) is/ are implicit in the above
di esel an d p etrol t o r edu ce t h e d oor s t o r ecei ve t h e p h on e st atem en t ?
oi l p ool defici t. call. (A) Tech n ical colleges affil iat ed
Assu m pt i on s : II . More people m ay start watch - to differen t u n iver siti es m ay
I . The am ou nt earn ed by th is in - in g th e p rogram m e. n ot welcom e th e apex body’s
cr ease m ay b e su b st an t i al Di r ec t i o n s (3 2 –3 6 ) : In each decision an d m ay con tin u e
en ou gh t o r edu ce t h e defici t. qu est ion below is given a stat em en t wit h th e sam e syllabu s as at
II . Th er e m ay b e w i d e sp r ead followed by th ree assu m ption s (A), (B) p r esen t .
p r ot est s agai n st t h e p r i ce an d (C). An assu m p tion i s som eth i n g (B) Th e i n du stry m ay welcom e
h ik e. su pposed or tak en for gran ted . You the decision of the apex body
27. St at em en t : Th e X p assen ger h ave to con sider th e stat em en t an d an d scal e u p t h ei r h i r i n g
car m an u factu rin g com pan y an - th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide fr om th ese coll eges.
nou n ced a sh arp redu ction in the wh ich of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit (C) Th e Govern m ent m ay n ot al-
pr ices of t h ei r l u xu ry car s. in th e st atem en t. low t h e apex body to i m pl e-
Assu m pt i on s : (SBI Assoc i at es Ban k Po m en t its decision in al l t h e
I . Th ere m ay be an in crease in Ex am . 0 7. 03. 201 0) col l eges as i t m ay l ead t o
th e sale of th eir lu x u ry car s. 32. St at em en t : Police au th ority cor - ch aos.
II . Th e other su ch car m an u -fac- don ed off th e en ti re localit y for (1) Non e is im pli cit
tu rer s m ay also r edu ce th eir th e en tir e d ay an d st opped ve- (2) On ly (A) is im pl icit
p r i ces. h icu lar m ovem en t for th e visit of
(3) On ly (B) is im pli cit
28. St at em en t : A for eign film pr o- a top fu n ct ion ary of th e gover n -
du cer ren der ed h is ap ology b e- (4) On ly (C) is im pli cit
m en t i n view th e th reat percep-
fore In di an societ y for m isi n ter - tion an d advised all the residents (5) On l y (A) an d (B ) ar e im plicit
pr eti n g a part of In d ian epi c. in th e area to lim it th eir m ove- 34. St at em en t : Gover n m en t h as
Assu m p t i on s: m en t ou t sid e th eir dwell in gs. u rged all th e citizen s to u se elec-
I . In dian s are ver y sen siti ve to Wh ich of th e followin g assu m p- t r on i c m ed i a for car r y i n g ou t
th e m isin ter pretat ion of th eir tion(s) is/ are implicit in the above th eir daily activi ties, wh en ever
epi c. st atem en t ? possib le in stead of u sin g pap er
II . It is possi ble to der ive wron g (A) Police person n el m ay n ot be as th e m an u factu re of paper r e-
m ean i n g from t h e epi c. ab le t o con tr ol th e veh icu l ar qu ires the cu ttin g down of a large
29. St at em en t : Aswin 's m oth er i n - m ovem en t in th e locality an d n u m ber of tr ees cau si n g severe
st ru cted h im to retu r n h om e by m ay seek h el p f r om t h e dam age to th e ecosystem .
tr ain if it rai n s h eavil y. ar m ed forces. Wh ich of th e followin g assu m p-
Assu m pt i on s : (B) Peopl e l ivi n g i n t h e locali ty tion(s) is/ are implicit in the above
I . Aswin m ay n ot be abl e t o d e- may move ou t of th eir hou ses st atem en t ?
ci de h im self if it rai n s h eavi- for th e day to avoid i n con ve- (A) Most people m ay be capab le
ly. n ient. of u sin g el ect ron ic m ed ia to
II . Th e t rai n s m ay ply even if it (C) The Governm ent fu n ction ary carry ou t variou s rou t in es.
rain s h eavily. m ay r equ est th e police au - (B) Most people may h ave access
30. St at em en t : Th e Govern m en t of t h or i t y t o l i ft t h e b an on to el ect ron ic m ed ia for car -
In dia h as decided to start a track m ovem en t of residen ts of th e ryin g ou t t h eir daily rou ti n e
II dialogu e with its n ei gh b ou r to local ity ou tsid e t h ei r d wel l- activi ties.
redu ce ten si on in th e area. ings. (C) People at large m ay reject th e
Assu m pt i on s : (1) Non e is im pli cit Gover n m en t ’s ap p eal an d
I . The n eighbou ring cou ntry may (2) On ly (A) is im pl icit con ti n u e u si n g pap er as b e-
agr ee t o p ar t i ci p at e i n t h e (3) On ly (B) is im pli cit for e.
tr ack II dialogu e. (1) On ly (A) is im pl icit
(4) On ly (C) is im pli cit
II . Th e p eop le in volved in track (2) On ly (B) is im pli cit
II dialogu e m ay be able to per - (5 ) On ly (B) an d (C) are im plicit
33. St at em en t : Th e apex body con - (3) On l y (A) an d (B ) ar e im plicit
su ade t h ei r respect i ve Gov-
er n m en t s. trollin g u n iversities in th e cou n - (4) On ly (C) is im pli cit
31. St at em en t : Th e h ost i n on e of try h as deci ded t o revise th e syl- (5 ) Non e of th ese
t h e pop u l ar T.V. p r ogram m es labu s of all th e tech n ical cou rses 35. St at em en t : Th e Gover n m en t
an n ou n ced th at th e ch an n el will to m ak e th em focu sed towar ds h as decided to au ction con stru c-
con t act t h e vi ew er s b et w een th e pr esen t n eed s of t h e i n du s- ti on of h igh ways t o p rivate en t i-
9.00 a.m . to 6.00 p.m on week - tr y t h ereby m ak in g th e tech n i- ti es in several bl ock s across t h e
days an d th e lu ck y on es wi ll be cal grad u at es m ore em ployab le cou n try on b u ild-op erate-tr an s-
gi ven fabu l ou s pr izes. th an th ey are at presen t. fer b asi s.
ASSUMPTION
Wh ich of th e followin g assu m p- 37. St at em en t : A com bin ati on of (4) D em ocr acy, i n t r u e sen se,
tion(s) is/ are implicit in the above factors h ave seen th e sales vol- d oes n ot m ean t h e r u l e of
st atem en t ? u m e of th e t op 25 listed real es- majority which tak es into con-
(A) An ad equ ate n u m ber of pr i- tate com p an i es alm ost h al ve to sideration on ly th e n u m bers.
vate entities m ay n ot respon d abou t 11.8 m illion squ are feet in (5) Ex cep t a sm al l n u m b er of
t h e qu ar t er en d ed Sep t em b er cou n t ries i n th e worl d, oth er
to th e Gover n m en t’s au cti on
2013. It was 20.73 million squ are cou n tries do n ot favou r dem -
n otification .
feet in th e year ago period. ocrat ic form of govern m en t.
(B) Man y pri vat e en ti ties i n t h e 39. St at em en t : Sh ou ld adm i ssi on
Wh ich of th e fol lowin g m ay be a
cou n t ry are cap abl e of con - pr obabl e r easo n for th e slu m p t o al l p rofession al cou r ses b e
st r u ct i n g h i gh way s w i t h i n in th e r eal est ate bu sin ess ? m ade on t h e basis of past aca-
reason able t im e. dem ic perform an ces rat h er th an
(1) Hou si n g i s n ot a p robl em in
(C) Th e Governm en t’s proposal of th rou gh en tr an ce t est s ?
In dia n ow-a-days an d every
b u i ld -op erat e-t ran sfer m ay family h as got a dwelling u nit. Ar gu m en t s :
fin ancially benefit th e private I . Yes. It will be ben eficial for
(2) Th e r eal est at e com p an i es
those can didates wh o are u n -
en t ities. h ave i n cr eased t h e p r ofi t
ab le to bear t h e exp en ses of
(1) On l y (A) an d (B ) ar e im plicit m argin an d h en ce sales h ave
en tran ce test s.
com e down .
(2 ) On ly (B) an d (C) are im plicit II . Yes. Man y d eser vin g can d i-
(3) High cost of fu n ds h ave dried dates secu rin g h igh m ark s in
(3) On ly (B) is im pli cit
u p l i qu i d i t y for t h e cash - th eir qu alifyin g academ ic ex-
(4) On l y (A) an d (C) ar e im plicit st arved com p an i es, wh i ch in am i n ati on s do n ot perfor m
(5 ) Non e of th ese tu rn log jammed the constru c- well on su ch en tr an ce t est s.
36. St at em en t : Th e airl in es h ave ti on acti vit y across In di a. III. No. Th e stan dar d of exam i-
requ ested all th eir bon a fide pas- (4) Resid en t ial an d com m erci al n ation s an d assessm en t con -
sen gers t o ch eck t h e stat u s of u n its ar e b ein g d evelop ed at d u ct ed by d i ffer en t b oar d s
fl igh t oper ati on s before leavi n g th e faster p ace in com par i- an d u n iversities are n ot com -
son to actu al dem an d. parab le an d h en ce th ere is a
their h om es as h eavy fog is cau s-
(5) Th e fau l ty Hou sin g Poli cy of n eed t o con d u ct en t r an ce
in g i m m en se pr obl em s to n or -
th e Govern m ent is an im ped- tests to calib rat e t h em on a
m al fligh t operati on s. com m on yard stick .
im en t to th e real est ate m ar -
Wh ich of th e followin g assu m p- k et . Decid e wh ich of th e argu m en ts
tion(s) is/ are implicit in the above 38. St at em en t : D em ocracy i n t h e is/ are ‘stron g’ argu m en t(s) an d
st atem en t ? sen se of m ajority ru le is n ot what wh ich is/ are ‘weak ’argu m en t(s).
(A) Th e m ajorit y of t h e air pas- peopl e ar e seek in g. Th e m idd le (1) On ly I an d II are stron g
sen gers m ay ch eck th e fligh t cl asses i n t h e Uk rain e, Bosn i a, (2) On ly II an d III ar e stron g
statu s befor e st ar t in g th ei r Th ail an d an d Ven ezu el a ar e d e- (3) On ly I an d III ar e stron g
jou rn ey to t h e air por t. m an din g greater accou n tabi lity, (4) On ly III is stron g
an d ar e ch al l en gi n g r egi m es (5) Al l I, II an d III ar e stron g
(B) Th e Gover n m en t m ay t ak e
seen as corru pt, ou t of tou ch an d 40. St at em en t : Alth ou gh th e ed u -
seriou s obj ect ion to th e n o-
wh ich form obstacl es to a b ett er cat ion system h as p r ogr essed
tice issu ed by the airline com -
fu tu re. fr om t h e p oi n t of vi ew of t h e
pan y.
Wh ich of th e followin g assu m p- n u mber of sch ools, m ost of th em
(C) M aj ori t y of th e p assen ger s t i on s is i m p l i ci t in t h e above are i ll -equ i pp ed an d h ave n ot
m ay can cel th eir tick et s an d st atem en t ? ach ieved excellen ce in im partin g
postpone th eir jou rn ey till th e (An assu m p t i on i s som et h i n g edu cation .
situ ation becom es n orm al. su pposed or tak en for gran ted ). Wh ich of th e followin g i n fer en c-
(1) Non e is im pli cit (1) Th e m id d le cl asses wan t a es can be drawn from t h e above
gover n m en t t h at is accou n t- st atem en t ?
(2) On ly (A) is im pl icit
ab le, respon si ble an d effec- (An in feren ce is someth ing wh ich
(3) On ly (B) is im pli cit is n ot di rectly st ated bu t can be
ti ve in m ovin g th eir cou n t ry
(4) On ly (C) is im pli cit f u r t h er i n t o t h e m o d er n in ferr ed from th e given facts).
(5) On l y (A) an d (C) ar e im plicit world. (1) We n eed n ot op en an y m ore
Di r ec t i o n s (3 7 –4 1 ) : In each of (2) Th e i m p or t an ce of m i d d l e sch ool s i n fu tu r e.
th e qu est ion s b elow is gi ven a stat e- cl asses h as b een en h an ced (2) In fu tu r e, we sh ou ld pr ovi de
in th e gover n an ce of a dem o- good teach ers and equ ipm en t
m en t followed by a qu estion . Read th e
cr atic cou n tr y. to th ese sch ool s.
st at em en t car efu l ly an d an swer t h e
(3) Th e m id dle classes ar e capa- (3) It is n ecessar y t o open m ore
qu est ion th at foll ows : sch ools to accom m odat e t h e
(SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e ble of overth rowin g a corru pt
i n cr easi n g n u m b er of st u -
Ex am , 2 3. 0 2. 20 14 )
govern m en t.
den ts.
ASSUMPTION
(4) It is ver y d ifficu lt to m an age (4) T h e Cen t r a l G ov er n m en t (1) Th e St ate Govern m en ts are
a l ar ge n u m b er of sch ool s shou ld allocate m ore fu n ds to totally depen den t on Cen tral
pr operl y. th e Stat es Govern m en t for its expen di-
(5) An y syst em develop s grad u - (5) Non e of th ese tu re
al ly an d we sh ou ld h op e for (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e (2) Th e Central Govern men ts h as
Ex am , 1 9. 0 9. 20 14 ) reviewed th e expen ditu re ac-
better ou tcom es.
Di r ect i on s (4 3 –4 4 ) : In each of cou n t of t h e St ate Govern -
41. St at em en t : Satisfaction with co-
th ese qu esti on s is gi ven a stat em en t ments
work ers, pr om ot ion op por tu n i-
fol lowed by t wo assu m pt ion s n u m -
ties, th e n atu re of work , an d pay (3) Th e State Govern m en t wou ld
bered I an d II. An assu m ption is som e-
goes w i t h h i gh p er for m a n ce i gn or e su ch d i r ect i ves as
th in g su pposed or tak en for gran ted.
am on g th ose with st ron g gr owth th ese h ave m ajority govern -
You have to consider the statem ent and
n eeds. Am on g t h ose with weak th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide m en t.
gr owth n eeds, n o su ch relation - wh ich of th ese is/ are im p licit i n t h e (4) T h e Cen t r a l G ov er n m en t
sh ip i s p resen t – an d, in fact, statem en t. shou ld allocate m ore fu n ds to
satisfact ion wit h p rom otion op- (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e th e States
portu nities goes with low per for - Ex am , 2 9. 1 1. 20 14 ) (5) Non e of th ese
m ance. 43. St at em en t : Sen d em p loyee XYZ (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecut i v e
Th e statem en t b est su ppor t t h e for a train in g in UK to gain m ore Ex am . 19. 09.20 14)
pr em ise th at in sigh t in to th e project wh ich h e Di r ect i on s (4 6 –4 7 ) : In each of
(1) satisfaction is an in evi tab le is h an dl in g at presen t. th ese qu estion s is given a statem en t
organ isation al variable I . Som e sim il ar trai n in g pr ogram s followed by two assu mptions nu mbered
ar e avail abl e in th e em ployee’s I an d II. An assu m ption is som eth in g
(2) job sati sfacti on an d per for -
own cou n try as wel l. su p posed or tak en for gran t ed. You
m an ce are directly and close-
II . Wi th th e pr esen t sk il l sets, em - h ave to consider th e statemen t and th e
ly relat ed
pl oyee XYZ i s in cap abl e of h an - fol l ow i n g assu m p t i on s an d d eci d e
(3) relation sh ip between job sat- dl in g th e pr oject. wh ich of th ese is/ are im plicit in th e
isfaction an d per for m an ce is (1) On ly I is Im plicit statem en t.
m oder ated by gr owth n eed
(2) Ei th er I or II is im p licit (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e
(4) ever y or gan i sati on h as few (3) On ly II is im p licit Ex am . 29. 11.20 14)
em p l o y ees h a v i n g w ea k
(4) Both I an d II are im p licit 46. St at em en t : Sen d em ployee XYZ
gr owth n eed
(5) Neith er I n or II is im p licit for a train in g in UK to gain m ore
(5) h igh performan ce is essen tial in sigh t in to th e project wh ich h e
44. St at em en t : Mi n u te traces of n i-
for or gan i sati on al effecti ve- tr ate som eti m es presen t in cat- is h an dlin g at presen t.
n ess. tl e fodder B m ay be respon sib le I . Som e sim ilar train in g program s
42. St a t e m e n t % T h e C en t r a l for t h e p oor h ealt h of th e catt le are available in th e em ployee’s
Gover n m en t h as d i r ect ed t h e th erefor e u se fodder G t o en su re own cou n try as well.
St at e Gover n m en t s t o r ed u ce th at you r catt le r em ain h ealth y. II . With th e presen t sk ill sets, em -
govern m en t ex pen d itu re in view I . Cattle fodder G does n ot con tain ployee XYZ is in capable of h an -
of th e seriou s r esou rces cru n ch n itr ate.
dlin g th e project.
an d i t m ay n ot b e ab l e t o II . Ni trate i s t oxi c to al l l ivin g b e-
san ction an y additi on al gran t to ings. (1) On ly I is Im plicit
t h e St a t es f o r t h e n ex t s i x (1) On ly I is im plicit (2) Eith er I or II is im plicit
m on th s. (2) Ei th er I or II is im p licit (3) On ly II is im plicit
Wh ich of th e followin g m ay be (3) On ly II is im p licit (4) Both I an d II are im plicit
an assu m p t i o n i m pl ici t i n t h e (4) Both I an d II are im p licit (5) Neith er I n or II is im plicit
ab ove statem en t ? (5) Neith er I n or II is im p licit 47. St at em en t : Min u te traces of n i-
( An assu m p ti on i s som eth i n g
45. St a t e m e n t % T h e Cen t r a l trate som etim es presen t in cat-
su pposed or tak en for gran ted) tle fodder B m ay be respon sible
Gover n m en t h as d i r ect ed t h e
(1) Th e Stat e Govern m en t s are St at e Gover n m en t s t o r ed u ce for th e poor h ealth of th e cattle
totall y depen d en t on Cen tr al govern m en t expen ditu re in view th erefore u se fodder G to en su re
Gover n m en t for its exp en d i- of th e seriou s resou rces cru n ch th at you r cattle rem ain h ealth y.
tu re an d it m ay not be able to san ction I . Cattle fodder G does n ot con tain
(2) Th e Central Govern men ts h as any addition al grant to the States n itrate.
reviewed th e expen d itu re ac- for th e n ext six m on th s. II . Nitrate is toxic to all living beings.
cou n t of t h e St ate Govern - (1) On ly I is im plicit
Which of th e followin g m ay be an
ments
assum pt i on im plicit in the above (2) Eith er I or II is im plicit
(3) Th e State Govern m en t wou ld (3) On ly II is im plicit
statem en t ?
i gn or e su ch d i r ect i ves as
( An assu m p ti on i s som et h in g (4) Both I an d II are im plicit
th ese h ave m ajorit y gover n -
(5) Neith er I n or II is im plicit
m en t. su pposed or tak en for gran ted )
ASSUMPTION
I I . Th e t otal t ax col lection m ay
RBI GRADE–B/NABARD in crease su b stan tially.
GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS 7. St at em en t : Th e Govern men t h as
decid ed t o l evy 2 per cen t on t h e
Di r ec t i o n s (1 -5 ) : In each of t h e 4. St at em en t : It is n ot tru e always tax am ou n t p ayable for fu n di n g
fol l owi n g qu est i on s a st at em en t i s th at th e adopti on of latest tech - dr ou gh t rel ief program m es.
given fol l owed by two assu m pt i on s n ology en su r es in cr eased pr o- Assu m p t i o n s : I . Th e Gover n -
n u m bered I an d II. An assu m pti on is du ctivi ty an d capaci ty. m en t d oes n ot h ave su ffi ci en t
som et h i n g su p p osed or t ak en for Assu m pt i on s m on ey t o fu n d d r ou gh t r el i ef
gr an t ed . You h ave t o con si d er t h e program m es.
I. It is possib le t o p rove th e i n -
st atem en t an d th e fol lowin g assu m p- cr eased p rod u ct ivt y an d ca- I I . Th e am ou n t collected b y way
tion s an d decide wh ich of th e assu m p- pacit y du e t o adop tion of lat- of su r ch arge m ay be ad equ ate to
tion s is im plicit in th e statem en t, th en est tech n ology. f u n d t h es e d r o u gh t r el i ef
select t h e cor rect an swer from th e al- program m es.
II. Th e p rod u cti vit y an d capac-
tern atives (1), (2), (3), (4) an d (5 ). it y can be in creased by di s- 8. St at em en t : Th e ‘X’Hou sin g Fi-
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er car din g latest tech n ology. n an ce Com pan y h as offered i ts
Ex am . 1 7 . 1 1 . 2 0 0 2 ) services to search a su itable home
5. St at em en t : If you cou ld n ot col-
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y assu m p- at n o ex tr a cost for t h ose wh o
lect requ ired amou n t by oral call
ti on I i s i m pl ici t. avail h ou sin g l oan from i t.
you m u st pu b lish an adver tise-
Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y assu m p- m en t in a widel y r ead n ewsp a- Assu m pt i o n s : I . Th e cu stom ers
ti on II is i m pl ici t. p er. m ay pr efer t o tak e h ou sin g loan
Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er assu m p- fr om ‘X’ Hou sin g Fin an ce Com -
Assu m pt i on s
ti on I or II i s i m pl ici t. pan y as th ey can save lot of th eir
I . Usu al l y p eop l e r esp on d t o
ti m e an d m on ey in search in g a
Gi v e an swer (4) if n eith er assu m p- or al call rarel y.
su itable h om e.
ti on I n or II is im p licit II . Gen eral ly peopl e are relu c-
I I . No ot h er H ou si n g Fi n an ce
Gi v e an sw er (5 ) i f b ot h t h e as- tan t to read ad vertisem en t in
Com pan y h as offer ed an y su ch
su m pt ion s I an d II ar e i m pl ici t. n ewsp ap er.
extra services alon gwith h ou sin g
1. St at em en t : Th e Gover n m en t Di r ect i on s (6 -1 0 ) : In each qu es- loan.
shou ld en gage arm y for th e rapid ti on bel ow i s given a st atem en t fol-
9. St at em en t : World Health Organ-
reh ab ilit ati on of people affect ed lowed by two assu m ption s n u m bered
isati on h as decided t o dou bl e i ts
by th e cyclon e. I an d II. An assu m pti on is som eth i n g
assistan ce to variou s h ealth pro-
Assu m pt i on s su pposed or tak en for gran ted . You
gr am m es i n In di a as p er -capi ta
I . On l y ar m y can r eh ab il it at e h ave to con sider th e stat em en t an d
expen ditu r e on h ealth i n In di a is
t h e p eop l e affect ed b y cy- th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide
very low com par ed to m an y ot h -
clon e qu ick ly. wh ich of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit
er cou n t ries.
in th e st atem en t.
II . A r m y ca n t a k e u p o t h er Assu m p t i o n s : I . Th e en h an ced
work s al so oth er t h an war. (RBI Gr ade-B Offi c er Ex am . 2 0 0 7 )
assistan ce m ay su bst an tially in -
2. St at em en t : H is recen t in vest- Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y Assu m p- crease th e per capita expen ditu re
m en t in th e sh ares of Com pan y ti on I i s i m pl ici t. on h ealth in In dia an d brin g it on
‘A’is on ly a gam bl e. Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y Assu m p- par with ot h er cou n t ries.
Assu m pt i on s ti on II is i m pl ici t. I I . Th e Govern m en t fu n din g is
Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er I or II is l ess t h an ad equ at e t o p r ovi d e
I. He m ay in cu r loss on h i s i n -
implicit. basic m ed ical facil iti es in In di a.
vest m en t .
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eit h er I n or II 10. St at em en t : Th e m an agin g com -
II. H e m ay gai n fr om h is in vest-
is im plicit. m i ttee of Gl axy Hou sin g Society
m en t.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II h as r equ est ed all its m em bers to
3. St at em en t : Governm en t shou ld
are im p licit. segregate th e bio-degradable gar -
deploy arm y at least th is year for
6 . St at em en t : Th e Un i on Gover n - bage an d pu t th em in differen t
th e r eh abil itation of peopl e af-
m en t h as decided to withdraw ex- con tai n ers.
fect ed b y cycl on e b ecau se cy-
cl on e vi sit s su dd en l y. istin g tax r eli ef on vari ou s sm all Assu m p t i o n s : I . Ot h er h ou si n g
savi n gs sch em es i n a p h ased society m ay follow the sam e prac-
Assu m pt i on s
m an n er to au gm en t its tax col- t i ce as t h i s wi l l h el p con ser ve
I. Th e ar m y sh ou ld be dep loyed lection . environ m ent equ ilibriu m .
for all su ch su dden in ciden ts.
Assu m pt i on s : I . People may still II. Th e m em bers of Galaxy H ou si n g
II. Som e precau tion ar y pl an is con tin u e t o k eep m on ey in sm all Society m ay respon d positively to
b ei n g m ad e t o p r even t d e- savi n gs sch em es an d al so pay th e r equ est m ad e b y t h e m an ag-
st ru ction cau sed by cyclon e. taxes. in g com m ittee.
ASSUMPTION
11. Read the following Statemen t and I . J o b r ot a t i o n i s t h e o n l y Gi v e an swer :
an swer th e qu estion wh ich fol- m eth od t o get an overvi ew of (1) if on ly assu m pt ion I is i m pl ici t;
lows. th e organ isat ion . (2) if on ly assu m ption II is im plicit;
A m assive agitation i s br ewi n g II . I t i s r equ i r ed t o h ave an (3) if n eith er I n or II is im plicit ; an d
in State X again st th e proposed overvi ew of t h e organ isation .
(4) if both I an d II are im p licit
wi den in g of th e Nation al High - 13. St at em en t : Let u s appoin t Ms.
way. 1. St at em en t : To ach ieve eco-
X as th e CEO of ou r Com pan y so
n o m i c d ev el op m en t , p eop l e
Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g r ep r e- th at the Com pany’s produ cts are
sh ou l d work h ar d.
sen ts an assu m pt i on im plicit in also perceived to be gen u in e.
t h e gi ven st at em en t ? (An as- Assu m pt i on s :
Assu m pt i on s :
su m pt i on is som et h in g th at is I . Ach ieving econ omic develop-
I . CEO can ch an ge th e percep-
n ot di rectly stated bu t is su p- m en t i s d esi rabl e.
ti on of p rod u ct s.
posed or tak en for gran ted .) II . Work i n g h ar d is n ot i m pos-
II . Perception is sam e as th e ac-
(1) Th e agit ati on is car ried ou t tu al reality. sible.
by local vi llager s wh o wou ld 2. St at em en t : He is too i n du str i-
14. St at em en t : An advertisem en t—
be worst affect ed by widen - ou s to be poor.
T h e n ew m o d el h a s b een
in g of th e h igh way Assu m pt i on s :
lau n ch ed wit h K-series en gin e.
(2) M a n y o t h er St a t es h a v e I . Very in du striou s people also
Assu m pt i on s :
m u ch w i d er h i gh w ay s as can be poor.
I . Peopl e k n ow abou t K-seri es
com pared to St ate X
en gin e. II . Very lazy p eop le also can be
(3) A n at ion al h igh way al ready rich .
II . En gin e type/ seri es is im p or -
ex ist s in St ate X
tan t for bu yer s. 3. St at em en t : Visitors may u se lift
(4) Comm u ters are greatly in con- at th eir own risk .
15. St at em en t : Moh an tel ls Nit a,
ven i en ced d u e t o fr equ en t
“Let u s m eet over lu n ch t om or - Assu m pt i on s :
accid en ts owin g to th e n ar -
row”. I . Usin g lift i s n ot always safe.
row h i gh way
Assu m pt i on s : II . Vi sit ors do n ot wan t t o u se
(5) For a road t o b e d eclared a
h i gh way, a cert ain wid th is I . Lu n ch ti m in gs are k n own to lift.
essen tial both . 4. St at em en t : Th is book is so de-
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer ’s Ex am . II . Both are aware of th e ven u e si gn ed t h at even a laym an can
18 .1 2.2 01 1) for l u n ch . easily learn sci en ce i n th e ab-
Di r ec t i on s (1 2 – 1 7 ) : In each 16. St at em en t : You n eed to be tal- sen ce of a teach er.
qu est ion below is given a stat em en t en ted to id en t ify talen t. Assu m pt i on s :
fol lowed by t wo assu m pt ion s n u m - Assu m pt i on s : I . Lear n in g sci en ce by ever y-
bered I an d II. An assu m ption is som e- I . Talen t is acqu ired an d devel- body i s d esi rabl e.
th in g su pposed or tak en for gran ted. oped. II . A laym an gen erally fin ds it
You have to consider the statem ent and II . Talen t i s h eredi tar y. di ffi cu l t t o learn scien ce on
th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide 17. St at em en t : Th e m ovi e i s a su - h i s own .
wh ich of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit per -d u per h it an d h as b rok en 5. St at em en t : Alth ou gh th e rates
in th e st atem en t. al l t h e record s. of th is h otel are com parable with
(RBI Of f i c er Gr ade ‘B’ On l i n e
Assu m pt i on s : ot h er h otels, th e am en ities pr o-
Ex am , 2 5. 0 8. 20 13 )
I . Th ere is n o au th en ti c crit e- vi ded h ere are far su perior.
ri on to j u dge a h i t or a flop. Assu m pt i on s :
ti on I i s i m pl ici t.
II . Th e per for m an ce of ear l i er I . Rat es ar e i n d ep en d en t of
m ovies i s k n own . am en i ties p rovided.
ti on II is i m pl ici t.
II . Ra t es ar e d ep en d en t o n
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) i f ei t h er as-
su m ption I or assu m ption II is im plic-
INSURANCE EXAMS am en i ties p rovided.
it. Di r ect i on s (6 –1 0 ) : In each of
Di r ect i on s (1 –5 ) : In each qu es- th e qu est ion s given below, t h ere is a
Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n eith er as- ti on below, is given a st atem en t fol-
su m pt ion I n or assu m p tion II i s i m - st atem en t foll owed by th ree assu m p-
lowed by two assu m pti on s n u m ber ed ti on s n u m ber ed I, II an d III. An as-
plicit. I an d II. An assu m pti on is som eth i n g su m pt ion is som eth in g su p posed or
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both assu m p- su pposed or tak en for gran ted . You tak en for gran ted. You h ave to con -
ti on s I an d II ar e i m pl ici t. h ave to con sider th e stat em en t an d si der th e stat em en t an d assu m p tion s
12. St at em en t : J ob rotat ion h el ps th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide and th en decide, wh ich of the assu mp-
em ployees get an overview of th e wh ich of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit tion (s) is/ are im plicit in th e statem en t.
organ isation . in th e st atem en t.
Assu m pt i on s : (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
Ex am . 0 9. 0 5. 20 10 )
(AAO) Ex am . 0 7.0 6. 200 9 )
ASSUMPTION
6. St at em en t : Du rin g pr e-h arvest 9. St at em en t : “We do not want you Assu m pt i on s :
k h ari f season s, th e gover n m en t to see ou r prod u ct on n ewsp a- I . Pen ci ls are in sh ort su ppl y.
h as decided to release vast qu an - per, visi t ou r sh op t o get a fu ll
II . Al l t h e can didates wi ll bri n g
ti ty of foodgr ain s from FCI. vi ew” — an advert isem en t.
th e pen ci l.
Assu m pt i on s : Assu m pt i on s :
12. St at em en t : “Please drop th is let-
I . Th ere m ay b e a sh ortage of I . Peop l e gen er al l y d eci d e t o
pu rch ase an y pr odu ct aft er ter in th e l etter -b ox” — An Of-
foodgrains in th e m ark et du r - fi cer tells h is Assistan t.
in g t h is season . seek i n g t h e n am e i n th e ad-
verti sem en t. Assu m pt i on s :
II . Th e k h ari f crop m ay be ab le
II . Un com m on appeal m ay at- I . Th e Assistan t k n ows th e ad-
to repl en ish th e st ock of FCI.
tr act th e cu stom er s. dr ess wh ere th e l ett er is to
III. Th ere m ay be a dem an d from
III. Peopl e m ay com e to see t h e be sen t.
th e farm ers to procu re k h arif
pr odu ct. II . Th e Assi st an t wou l d foll ow
cr op im m ediatel y after h ar -
vest . (1) All are im plicit th e in stru ction s.
(2) Non e is im plicit 13. St at em en t : “If you wan t t im ely
(1) Non e is im plicit
(3) On ly II an d II are im p licit com pletion of work - pr ovid e i n -
(2) On ly I an d II are im p licit
(4) On ly I an d II are im p licit d ep en d en t cab i n s” — An em -
(3) On ly II an d III are im p licit
10. St at em en t : Th e Reserve Ban k p l oyee t el l s t h e D i r ect or of a
(4) All are im plicit
of In d ia h as dir ect ed th e ban k s Com pany.
7. St at em en t : To im prove th e em - to r efu se fr esh loan s to m aj or Assu m pt i on s :
ploym ent situ ation in India, there defau l ter s.
is a n eed to recast th e pr esen t I . Th ere are n ot en ou gh cabin s.
Assu m pt i on s :
ed u cat i on al sy s t em t ow a r d s II . Ot h er s’ p r es en ce h i n d er s
I . Th e bank s m ay still give loans
im plem en tation of scien tific disti m el y com p leti on of wor k .
to th e defau lter s.
cover ies in dai ly life. 14. St at em en t : “Best way to sol ve
II . Th e defau lters m ay repay th e
Assu m pt i on s : earlier l oan to get fr esh loan . th is problem of work ers’di ssat-
I . Th e stu den ts after com plet- III. Th e b an k s m ay recover t h e isfacti on is t o offer th em cash
in g su ch ed u cation m ay be b a d l oa n s t h r o u gh s u c h r ewar ds. If t h i s t yp e of i n cen -
ab le to earn th eir li veli h ood. h arsh m easu res. t i ve can sol ve t h e p r ob lem i n
II . Th is m ay br in g m ean i n g of (1) All are im plicit HUDCO com pan y t h en wh y n ot
edu cation in th e m in ds of th e (2) Non e is im plicit h ere”.— A Per son n el M an ager
you th. (3) Both II an d III are im p licit tells th e Ch air m an of a Com p a-
III. Th e state m ay earn m ore rev- n y.
(4) Both I an d II are im p licit
en u e a s m o r e a n d m o r e Assu m pt i on s :
Di r ect i o n s (1 1 –1 5 ) : In each
people will en gage themselves I . Th e r eason for work ers’ di s-
qu est ion below is given a stat em en t
in self-em ploym en t. satisfaction in both th e Com -
fol lowed by t wo assu m pt ion s n u m -
(1) On ly I an d II are im p licit bered I an d II. An assu m ption is som e- pan ies was sim ilar.
(2) On ly III is im p licit th in g su pposed or tak en for gran ted. II . Monetary incentives have u n i-
(3) On ly I an d III are im p licit You have to consider the statem ent and versal ap peal.
(4) Non e is im plicit th e assu m pt ion s an d d eci de wh i ch of 15. St at em en t : “We n eed to appoin t
8. St at em en t : To i n cr ease pr ofi t, the assu mptions is implicit in the state-
m ore teach er s” — Prin cipal i n -
th e oi l exportin g cou n tries d e- m en t.
form s th e sch ool staff.
(Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e AAO
ci ded to red u ce th e p rodu cti on Assu m pt i on s :
Ex am . 0 3 . 0 6 . 2 0 1 2 )
of cru d e by 5 m illi on b arrels p er
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on ly assu m p- I . Teach ers are avail abl e.
day.
ti on I i s i m pl ici t. II . Pr esen t t ea ch er s ar e n o t
Assu m pt i on s :
Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on ly assu m p- good.
I . Th e p ri ce of cru de m ay i n -
ti on II is i m pl ici t. Di r ect i o n s (1 6 –2 0 ) : In each
crease du e to less produ ction .
Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f n eith er I n or qu est ion below is given a stat em en t
II . Th e d em an d of cr u d e m ay II is im pli cit ; an d
rem ai n sam e in fu tu r e. fol lowed by t wo assu m pt ion s n u m -
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f b oth I an d II bered I an d II. An assu m ption is som e-
III. Other cou n tries may con tin u e are im p licit.
b u y i n g cr u d e f r o m t h ese th in g su pposed or tak en for gran ted.
11. St at em en t : “Th ou gh th e can di- You have to consider the statem ent and
cou n t ries. d at es h ave b een i n st ru cted t o th e assu m pt ion s an d d eci de wh i ch of
(1) All are im plicit br in g pen cil s, yet provide som e
the assu mptions is implicit in the state-
(2) On ly II an d III are im p licit pen ci ls wit h each in vigi lat or” —
m en t.
(3) On ly I an d II are im p licit An in stru cti on t o t est adm in i s-
tr ati on staff. (Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e AAO
(4) Non e is im plicit Ex am . 0 3 . 0 6 . 2 0 1 2 )
ASSUMPTION
Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on ly assu m p- 21. Th is qu estion consists of a state- 53.(1) 54.(5) 55.(2) 56.(4)
ti on I i s i m pl ici t. ment and two assu m ption s nu m-
Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on ly assu m p- bered I an d II given below it. An 57.(5) 58.(2) 59.(1) 60.(1)
ti on II is i m pl ici t. assu m ption is som eth in g wh ich 61.(5) 62.(2) 63.(5) 64.(5)
Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f n eith er I n or is n ot directly given bu t can be
assu m ed from th e given in forma- 65.(4) 66.(1) 67.(1) 68.(5)
II is im pli cit ; an d
Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f b oth I an d II tion . You h ave to fin d ou t wh ich 69.(1) 70.(5) 71.(4) 72.(4)
are im p licit. of th e given assu m ption s, n u m -
73.(5) 74.(5) 75.(2) 76.(1)
bered I an d II are im plicit in th e
16. St at em en t : “Th ou gh th e can di- 77.(2) 78.(4) 79.(5) 80.(2)
given statem en t?
d at es h ave b een i n st ru cted t o
br in g pen cil s, yet provide som e St at em en t : Exercisin g does n ot 81.(2) 82.(4) 83.(2) 84.(1)
pen ci ls wit h each in vigi lat or” — n ecessar i l y m ean gy m n asi u m
85.(5) 86.(5) 87.(1) 88.(2)
An in stru cti on t o t est adm in i s- with h igh tech n ology m ach in es.
tr ati on staff. After all people livin g in villages 89.(5) 90.(2) 91 .(1) 92.(1)
Assu m pt i on s : are well maintained and are hard- 93.(2) 94.(5) 95.(1) 96.(1)
ly overweigh t.
I . Pen ci ls are in sh ort su ppl y. 97.(1) 98.(2) 99.(2) 100.(2)
I . Gym n asiu m s are n ot very readi-
II . Al l t h e can didates wi ll bri n g 101.(1) 102.(4) 103.(5) 104.(2)
ly available or u sed in villages.
th e pen ci l.
II . People livin g in villages do n ot 105.(1) 106.(2) 107.(5) 108.(5)
17. St at em en t : “Please drop th is let-
believe in th e u se of h igh tech -
ter in th e l etter -b ox” — An Of- 109.(4) 110.(2) 111.(5) 112.(1)
n ology gymn asiu ms.
fi cer tells h is Assistan t.
(1) Both I an d II can be assu m ed 113.(4) 114.(5) 115.(5) 116.(1)
Assu m pt i on s :
from th e given in form ation . 117.(5) 118.(2) 119.(5) 120.(4)
I . Th e Assistan t k n ows th e ad-
(2) Eith er I or II can be assu m ed
dr ess wh ere th e l ett er is to 121.(1) 122.(2) 123.(4) 124.(5)
from th e given in form ation .
be sen t.
(3) On ly I can be assu m ed from 125.(4) 126.(2) 127.(1) 128.(5)
II . Th e Assi st an t wou l d foll ow
th e given in formation . 1 2 9 .(2) 1 3 0 .(3)
th e in stru ction s.
(4) Nei t h er I n or II can be as-
18. St at em en t : “If you wan t t im ely
su m ed from th e given in for -
com pletion of work - pr ovid e i n -
mation.
SBI PO EXAMS
d ep en d en t cab i n s” — An em -
p l oyee t el l s t h e D i r ect or of a (5) On ly II can be assu m ed from
th e given in formation . 1.(3) 2.(4) 3.(5) 4.(4)
Com pany.
Assu m pt i on s : (LI C Assi st an t Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i cer 5.(1) 6.(4) 7.(2) 8.(1)
(AAO) On l i n e Ex am . 22.03.2015) 9.(5) 10.(5) 11.(5) 12.(1)
I . Th ere are n ot en ou gh cabin s.
II . Ot h er s’ p r es en ce h i n d er s 13.(5) 14.(2) 15.(1) 16.(5)
ti m el y com p leti on of wor k . SHORT ANSWERS
17.(2) 18.(1) 19.(4) 20.(5)
19. St at em en t : “Best way to sol ve
NATIONALISED BANKS 21.(5) 22.(2) 23.(4) 24.(5)
th is problem of work ers’di ssat-
isfacti on is t o offer th em cash 25.(1) 26.(5) 27.(5) 28.(5)
r ewar ds. If t h i s t yp e of i n cen -
& IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS
29.(2) 30.(5) 31.(5) 32.(1)
t i ve can sol ve t h e p r ob lem i n
1.(5) 2.(5) 3.(1) 4.(2) 33.(3) 34.(3) 35.(3) 36 .(2)
HUDCO com pan y t h en wh y n ot
h ere”. — A Per son n el Man ager 5.(5) 6.(2) 7.(1) 8.(2) 37.(3) 38.(1) 39.(4) 40.(2)
tells th e Ch air m an of a Com p a- 41.(3) 42.(2) 43.(5) 44.(1)
9.(2) 10.(4) 11.(1) 12.(2)
n y.
13.(2) 14.(5) 15.(1) 16.(5) 45.(2) 46.(5) 47.(1)
Assu m pt i on s :
I . Th e r eason for work ers’ di s- 17.(2) 18.(1) 19.(2) 20.(1)
satisfaction in both th e Com - RBI GRADE–B/
21.(2) 22.(2) 23.(5) 24.(5)
pan ies was sim ilar. NABARD GRADE–A
II . Monetary incentives have u n i- 25.(1) 26.(2) 27.(1) 28.(5)
versal ap peal. 29.(4) 30.(2) 31.(2) 32.(5) OFFICER EXAMS
20. St at em en t : “We n eed to appoin t 33.(5) 34.(4) 35.(1) 36.(1)
m ore teach er s” — Prin cipal i n - 1.(2) 2.(3) 3.(2) 4.(1)
form s th e sch ool staff. 37.(2) 38.(5) 39.(2) 40.(1) 5.(1) 6.(5) 7.(5) 8.(1)
Assu m pt i on s : 41.(4) 42.(5) 43.(1) 44.(5) 9.(2) 10.(5) 11.(1) 12.(2)
I . Teach ers are avail abl e. 45.(5) 46.(1) 47.(2) 48.(2) 13.(1) 14.(5) 15.(5) 16.(1)
II . Pr esen t t ea ch er s ar e n o t
49.(5) 50.(1) 51.(2) 52.(2) 17.(2)
good.
ASSUMPTION
14. (5 ) B oth assu m p tion I & II are ti on sk il ls, th en wh y it is cat e-
INSURANCE EXAMS implicit. gor i cal l y m en t i on ed t h at fi r st
15. (1) Only assu mption I is implicit. cl ass gradu ates wi th good com -
1.(4) 2.(1) 3.(1) 4.(4)
16. (5 ) B oth assu m p tion I & II are m u n icati on sk ills are r equ ir ed.
5.(2) 6.(4) 7.(1) 8.(1) implicit. 30. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic-
9.(1) 10.(3) 11.(4) 12.(4) 17. (2) Only assu m ption II is implicit. it in th e st atem en t.
18. (1) Only assu mption I is implicit. 31. (2) On ly assu m pt ion II seem s to
13.(4) 14.(1) 15.(1) 16.(4)
19. (2) Only assu m ption II is implicit. be implicit in th e statemen t. Peo-
17.(4) 18.(4) 19.(1) 20.(1) pl e wh o fell ill were ru sh ed to
20. (1 ) On ly assu m ption I is im p licit
21.(3) th e n ear by h ospitals. It im pli es
21. (2 ) Th e u se of th e ‘m ost ’ i n t h e
th at th e n earby h ospi tals were
assu m ption I m ak es it in vali d.
ab le to atten d to all th e affect ed
EXPLANATIONS Clearly assu m ption II i s im pl icit
peop le.
in th e st atem en t. Em p loyees of
the organ isation have applied for 32. (5) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e
NATIONALISED BANKS sp ecial sabb atical leave assu m - im pli cit in th e st atem en t . If t h e
ing th at they wou ld complete their govern m en t was n ot able to su p-
& IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS ply adequ ate power, su ch pr om -
ed u cation d u ri n g th i s l eave.
ise h as n ot been m ade by t h e
1. (5) An y m easu re is tak en assu m - 22. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic-
gover n m en t. An y m easu re tak -
in g t h at it wou ld be accept ed by it in th e stat em en t. Con sid eri n g
en b y t h e gover n m en t for t h e
th e peopl e. Th er efore, bot h t h e th e cu rr en t econ om ic si tu ati on s
ben efit of people is graciou ly wel-
assu m p tion s are im p licit i n t h e em ployees m ay h on ou r th e d e-
com ed by th e peopl e.
statem en t. ci sion of th e com pan ies.
33. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s
2. (5) If th ere were su fficien t m on ey23. (5) Both th e assu m ptions are im -
pl ici t i n t h e stat em en t. An y n o- ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t.
to fu n d d r o u gh t r el i ef
pr ogr am m es, wh y t h is m easu re tice is issu ed assu ming that some 34. (4) Non e of th e assu m p tion s is
sh ou ld be tak en . Th erefore, both (n ot all) peopl e will obey i t. im p licit in t h e st atem en t.
th e assu m pti on s are im plicit in 24. (5) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e Th e govern m en t issu ed in stru c-
th e statem en t. imlem Figu re (2) to (3) all design s ti on assu m in g th at th e au t h or i-
m ove on e step i n an ti clock wi se ti es of pri vat e sch ools m ay fol-
3. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im pl icit
d i r ect i on , t h e fi r st d esi gn b e- low i t.
com es th e last design an d a n ew 35. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
4. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plicit
design is in trod u ced i n fron t of in th e statem en t. If t raffic i s di s-
t h e p r e- ex i st i n g d esi gn s. Th e ru pt ed on a b u sy r oad, di ver -
5. (5) Both th e assu m ptions are im -
ot h er th r ee desi gn s in terch an ge si on is m ad e for sm ooth traffi c.
pl ici t in th e statem en t.
p osi t i on s am on g t h em sel ves. 36. (1) If t h e Gover n m en t h as d e-
6. (2 ) We k n ow th at an y action h as Similar chan ges occu r in the su b-
som e effect s b u t i t i s d ifficu lt to ci ded to con str u ct su per h igh -
sequ en t fi gu r es an d d esi gn s way, it im p lies th at th e Gover n -
assu m e t h at t h e Gover n m en t m ove resp ect ively on e an d h alf
m ay favou r ab l y con si d er t h e m en t h as adequ ate resou rces to
steps, two steps and two an d h alf con st ru ct i t.
views of th e em ployees. For sim i- steps in an ticlock wise direction .
lar reason, assu mption III is also 37. (2) Th e statem en t given again st
25. (1) Only assu mption I is implicit. option (2) contradicts the findin g.
n ot im plicit.
26. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- 38. (5) It is ob viou s th at bot h th e
7. (1) Th e advertisem en t was gi ven it in th e stat em en t. An y servi ce
to at tr act th e p eople. B u t th is assu m p tion s are im p licit i n t h e
is pr ovid ed assu m i n g th at som e
does n ot im p ly th at offer in g di s- statem en t . Th e Gover n m en t h as
people wou ld tak e b en fit of i t.
cou n t is th at b est way to at tract tak en step assu m in g th at decon -
Th e u se of t erm ‘m ajority’i n t h e
peop le. gestion of th e roads will im prove.
assu m ption I m ak es it in vali d.
Again , p eop le m ay wish t o u se
Th erefore, on ly assu m p tion I is 27. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im pl icit th e separ ate lan e.
implicit. in th e st atem en t.
39. (2) Th e assu m pt ion I is n ot val-
8. (2) Th e ad ver t i sem en t w as i s- 28. (5) Both th e assu m ptions are im - id . Assu m pt ion II seem s to be
su ed assu m i n g t h at su ffici en t pl ici t in th e statem en t. It i s ex- im pli cit in th e st atem en t. It is
n u m ber of fi rst class grad u at es pected th at bot h M r. X an d h is cl ear ly m en tion ed th at t h e civic
are lik ely to apply for adm issi on assistan t wou ld reach th e ven - au th orit y will assess th e i m pact
to MB A. u e of th e m eeti n g on sch edu l ed of th e cu rr en t bu i ldi n g projects
9. (2) Only assu m ption II is im plicit time.
on t h e ci t y’s am en i t i es i n si x
in th e st atem en t. 29. (4 ) Neith er of th e assu m p tion s m on th s.
10. (4) Assu m pti on s I an d II ar e i m - is im p licit i n th e statem en t. An y
40. (1 ) Assu m pti on II i s n ot vali d.
pl ici t in th e statem en t. ad ver tisem en t i s i ssu ed assu m -
People wi ll avoi d h ard sh ip du r -
11. (1) Only assu mption I is implicit. in g th at some people will respond
in g jou rn ey. Assu m ption I is im -
12. (2) Only assu m ption II is implicit. to it . If al l t h e fir st class grad u -
13. (2) Only assu mption I is implicit. at es possess good com m u n ica-
ASSUMPTION
41. (4) Th e Govern m en t h as di rect- 52. (2 ) Clearly assu m p tion II i s i m - 68. (5) It i s requ ested to sen d an -
ed al l th e d egr ee col leges t o d e- pl ici t in th e statem en t. Th e traf- oth er t ype of l et t er. It im p l ies
cl are resu lt s of all th e exam in a- fi c police d epar tm en t disp layed th at form at an d em ph asis of dif-
ti on s wit h in a fort n igh t assu m - th e n otice assu min g that it is able feren t types of let ter s i s di ffer -
in g th at col lege au th ority is able to n ab th e offen der s. en t . Agai n , i t i s cl ear l y m en -
to accom plish t h e task . An y n ot i ce h as som e b ear i n g ti on ed to sen d an official l ett er
Th u s, n on e of t h e assu m p tion s u p on th e peopl e. rath er th an sem i-official letter on
is im pli cit in th e st atem en t. th is su b ject.
Th erefore, assu m pt ion I i s n ot
42. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s Th erefore, i t i s p ossible to sen d
im p licit in t h e st atem en t.
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. di fferen t types of letter s on t h e
53. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
43. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit sam e su b ject.
in th e statem en t. Th e u se of term
in th e stat em en t. Th e cr ick eti n g 69. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
‘ all’ in th e secon d assu m pti on
body deci ded to h old th e fin al in th e st atem en t.
m atch in th e biggest stadiu m as- m ak es it in vali d.
Th e d et ai l s of p assen ger s ar e
su m in g t h at a l arge n u m b er of 54. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s
requ ired for b ook in g th e tick ets.
ti ck ets wou ld be sol d. ar e i m pl ici t i n th e stat em en t. A
70. (5) Clearly, both the assu m ptions
44. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s fu n ct ion is organ i sed assu m i n g
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t.
are im plicit in the statem en t. Th e th at all th e n ecessary prepar a-
71. (4) Neith er of th e assu m ptions is
local h ospi tal issu ed th e n oti ce tions for th e sam e can be accom -
assu m in g th at l arge n u m b er of pl ish ed on t im e. Agai n , we i n -
peopl e wou l d com e u p to avail vite people assu m in g th at people 72. (4) Th e u se of term ‘on ly’i n t h e
t h e faci l i t y an d h osp i t al st aff wi ll resp on d positi vel y. assu m p tion II m ak es it in vali d.
wou ld be ab le t o cope u p wi th 73. (5) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e
55. (2) On ly assu m pt ion II seem s to
th e r u sh of people for ch eck u p. im pli cit in th e st atem en t. If it is
be im plicit in th e statem en t. Th e
45. (5) Both th e assu m ptions are im - recom m ended to ch eck fin an cial
cau se for r ed u ct i on i n p r i ces
p l i ci t i n t h e st at em en t . If t h e st atu s of cli en t , it im plies t h at it
m ay b e t h e lowerin g i n p rices of
Gover n m en t h as decided to di s- is possi ble to assess th e fin an -
com p on en t s an d sl ash i n g of
tribu te foodgrains, it implies that ci al statu s of cl ien t.
ot h er taxes.
th ere is en ou gh st ock for di str i- 74. (5) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e
56. (4) Neith er of th e assu m ptions is im p licit in t h e st atem en t.
bu tion .
46. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im p licit 75. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic-
in th e statem en t . Th e Gover n - 57. (5) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e it in th e st atem en t.
m en t advises th e b an k s t o r e- im p licit in t h e st atem en t. 76. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
du ce rate of in ter est assu m i n g 58. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- in th e st atem en t.
th at ban k wou ld redu ce t h e r ate it in th e st atem en t. A very lar ge 77. (2) Th e stat em en t com p ares t h e
of in t erest. n u m ber of peopl e were th ere in du rati on of jou r n ey. Th erefor e,
47. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- the qu eu e assu m ing that they will assu m p tion I is n ot im plicit in
it in th e statem en t. An y n ot ice is get ti ck et. th e statem en t.
issu ed assu min g th at people will 59. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im pl icit Clear ly, assu m ption II is im p lic-
read th e n ot ice an d follow t h e in th e statem en t . An y pu bl ic n o- it in th e st atem en t.
con ten ts of th e n otice. ti ce i s d isp layed assu m in g th at 78. (4 ) Neith er of th e assu m p tion s
48. (2 ) On ly assu m pt ion II seem s to m ost of th e people will follow th e is im plicit in th e st atem en t . Th e
be im plicit in th e statem en t. Th e con ten ts of th e n otice. u se of term ‘Al l’ i n t h e first as-
tru ck driver pu lled th e em ergen - 60. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im pl icit su m pti on m ak es i t in valid. Sim -
cy b r ak es assu m i n g t h at h e i n t h e st at em en t . An y ap p eal il arl y, t h e u se of term ‘On l y’ in
cou ld stop th e tru ck before i t h it does h ave som e effects on t h e th e secon d assu m ption m ak es it
th e au to rick sh aw.
peop le. invalid.
61. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s 79. (5 ) Bot h t h e assu m pt ion s are
are implicit in th e statement. An y
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. im plicit in th e statem en t. Ed u -
ad vice i s given assu m in g th at it
62. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- cation is an im por tan t factor for
wou ld be ob eyed b y som e peo-
it in th e st atem en t. th e b ett erm en t of societ y.
pl e. Th e doctor gave t h e advi ce
assu m in g th at h e m ay cu r e t h e 63. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s 80. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic-
patien t from th e ai lm en t. ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. it in th e st atem en t . It i s cl ear ly
50. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im pl icit m en tion ed in th e statem en t th at
in th e statem en t. An appeal does act or bou gh t t h e tortoise to save
h ave effect s on som e peopl e. it from t h e h an d s of an il legal
65. (4 ) Non e of th e assu m ption s is an im al trader.
51. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- im p licit in t h e st atem en t.
it in th e st atem en t. Th e cu l tu r al 81. (2) B ot h en gin e’s p er for m an ce
66. (1) Obviou sly, on ly assu m ption I an d look s of th e car are i m por -
cl u b deci ded to or gan ise a m u - is im pli cit in th e st atem en t.
si cal even t assu m i n g t h at i t t an t t o t h e bu yers. Th er efor e,
67. (1) Obviou sly, on ly assu m ption I on ly assu m pt ion II is im p licit in
wou ld collect su bstan tial m on ey
for start in g th e con stru ction . is im pli cit in th e st atem en t. th e statem en t.
ASSUMPTION
82. (4 ) Neith er of th e assu m p tion s 106. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- 125. (4) We k n ow t h at som e peop le
is im pli cit in th e st atem en t. If it in th e st atem en t . Th e u se of get i n fl u en ced by th e at tracti ve
th ere were n ot en ou gh lion s left, t er m ‘al l ’ i n t h e assu m pt i on I advertisem en t.
th en wh y th e Gover n m en t h as m ak es it in vali d. 126. (2 ) Tr act or i s ver y u sefu l for
decid ed to open two n ew san c- 107. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s farm er s t o carry a h ost of farm
tu ar ies. ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. activi ties.
83. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- 108. (5) It is m en ti on ed in th e stat e- 127. (1) If t h e Gover n m en t h as d e-
it in th e st atem en t . Th e u se of m en t t h at for an y k in d of prob- cided to con stru ct su per high way,
th e term ‘on ly’ i n t h e first as- lem , con tact h el p desk . It i m - it im plies t h at th e Gover n m en t
su m ption m ak es it i n valid. plies th at h elp desk su ggests so- h as adequ ate resou rces to con -
84. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit st ru ct i t.
lu tion s to all k in ds of problem s
in th e st atem en t. related to m obile ph on es. Th ere- 128. (5 ) Obviou sl y option (5) is an as-
85. (5) Both th e assu m ptions are im - su m ption .
fore, bot h t h e assu m p tion s are
pl ici t in th e statem en t. im p licit in t h e st atem en t. 129. (2) Obviou sly, option (2) is an as-
86. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s 109. (4 ) Non e of th e assu m ption s is su m ption .
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. 130. (3) Ob vi ou sl y, opt i on (3 ) i s an
87. (1 ) On ly assu m ption I is im pli c- assu m ption .
110. (2) Only assu m ption II is im plicit
it. i n t h e st at em en t . Secr etar y i s
88. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic-
SBI PO EXAMS
assign ed th e task assu m in g th at
it in th e st atem en t. h e i s well ver sed wi th t h e op- 1. (3) It is well k n own t h at th e m a-
89. (5) Obviou sly opt ion (5) is an aser ati on s of PowerPoin t. jor p oin t h igh ligh ted in an y ad-
su m ption . 111. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s vertisem en t is lik ed by people and
90. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. it is possi ble. Th erefor e, on l y as-
it in th e st atem en t . Th e u se of 112. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im p licit su m pt ion s I an d III are im p licit
t er m ‘on l y ’ i n a ssu m p t i on I in th e st atem en t. in th e st atem en t.
m ak es it in vali d. 2. (4) It is tru e that in du stries cau se
113. (4) Non e of th e assu m p tion s is
9 1 . (1) On ly in feren ce I can b e i n - pollu tion . Bu t in advan ced cou n -
fer r ed . tries indu strial pollu tan ts are con-
114. (5) Clearly, both the assu m ptions verted into non-h armfu l su bstanc-
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. es. Th erefor e, it is erron eou s to
115. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s assu m e th at pollu tion is a part of
93. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic-
are im plicit in the statem en t. Th e in d u str ial soci ety. Th erefore, as-
it in th e st atem en t.
n otice im pli es t h at di sease ABC su m ption I is invalid. Only indu s-
94. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s is con tagiou s an d it is also m en - trial growth is not respon sible for
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. ti on ed th at ward n o. 2 is m ean t th e econ om ic growth . Oth er sec-
95. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im pl icit on ly for ABC disease. tors also con tr ibu te to growth of
in th e st atem en t. 116. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im pl icit In dian econ om y. Th e stat em en t
96. (1 ) Cl ear ly assu m pt ion I i s i m - in th e st atem en t. Ger m an tech - cl ear ly sh ows t h at an y cou n t ry
pl ici t in th e statem en t. n ology is very advan ced an d it d esi r es econ om i c gr owt h wi t h
97. (1) Th e stren gt h of a com pan y is is percei ved better in th e ci ty Z. m an ageabl e side effect s. Th er e-
m easu red in term s of in vestm en t fore, on ly assu m pt ion III i s i m -
an d tu r n over. Th erefor e, i n fer - pl ici t in th e statem en t.
en ce I is tru e. 3. (5) All t h e th ree assu m ption s are
98. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- im plicit in th e statem en t . We can
118. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- accom plish an y task if proper ef-
it in th e st atem en t.
it in th e st atem en t. forts are m ade. It is m en t ion ed
99. (2) On l y I n fer en ce I I f ol l o w s
119. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s in th e stat em en t t h at effor ts to
fr om th e st atem en t.
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. develop tech n ologies m ore appro-
100. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- pr iat e t o t h e n eed s of t h e poor -
120. (4) St atem en t B is an i n feren ce.
it in th e st atem en t. est secti on s of society sh ou ld be
121. (1) Op tion (1 ) can be in ferred.
101. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit in ten sifi ed. It im p lies t h at tech -
in th e st atem en t. 122. (2) Stat em en t D repr esen t s a
n ology n eeds are d ifferen t for dif-
reason beh in d cu r tail in g in du s-
102. (4 ) Th e u se of t erm ‘always’ in feren t secti on s of society. If it is
trial developm en t by som e of th e
assu m ption I m ak es it in vali d. n ot possible to develop appropri-
cou n t ries.
103. (5) Clearly, both the expectation s at e t ech n ologies for vari ou s eco-
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. 123. (4) Obviou sly, op t ion (4 ) is an n om ic section s of the society wh y
assu m p t i on . An y ap p eal h as su ch statem en t h as been m ad e.
104. (2) On ly expectation II is im plicit
som e effects an d p eop le gen er - 4. (4) It h as been said th at th e com -
al ly r esp on d p osi t ivel y t o an y pan y X i s t h e on ly com pan y in
appeal. In dia to be won an ISO 9 002 cer -
i n t h e st at em en t . Veh i cl e i s
park ed at a distan ce wh ich is not 124. (5) Obviou sly opt ion (5) is an as- tificate in line of its own bu siness.
su m ption . It does n ot im ply th at t h er e are
far away from t h e destin ation .
ASSUMPTION
n ot m an y com pan ies in th e li n e 16. (5) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e It i s cl ear l y m en t i on ed i n t h e
of bu sin ess of Com pan y X. So, im p licit in t h e st atem en t. stat e- m en t th at th e Govern m en t
assu m ption I is in valid. From th e 17. (2) It is cl ear th at on ly assu m p- h as h ik ed th e prices of diesel an d
gi ven statem en t s i t i s cl ear th at t i on I I i s i m p l i ci t i n t h e petrol to redu ce th e oil pool def-
ISO 9 002 cer tificate is i ssu ed to statem en t. icit.
an y com p an y aft er t ak in g i n t o 18. (1) On ly assu m p tion I is im p licit Wh en ever th e pr ices of com m od-
accou n t a n u m ber of factor s an d in th e st atem en t. it ies are h i k ed , gen erall y p eop le
th erefor e, i t i s n ot easy to get t h e r ai sed t h e voi ce agai n st su ch
19. (4) It is m en ti on ed t h at “i n t h e
sam e. Th erefore, assu m pti on II m easu r e.
is im plicit in th e statem en t. Gen - r ecen t l y i m p osed w ar, gl ob al
pu blic opi n ion was d ish on ou r ed 27. (5) Th e pri ce of an y produ ct is
er ally every com pan y d esir es to
ex pan d it s b u sin ess. Th erefor e, by th e econ om icall y stron g an d l ower ed assu m i n g th at i t s d e-
assu m ption III is also im plicit in sci en t i fi cal l y ad van ced su p er - m an d wi l l i n cr ease. Th erefore,
th e statem en t. p ower ”. It i m p li es t h at su p er - assu m p tion I is im p licit i n t h e
5. (1) On ly assu m pt ion s II an d III powers di d n ot t ak e an y h eed of statem en t.
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. If global pu blic opin ion . Th erefore, 28. (5)From th e con ten t of th e state-
in dividu als do n ot desir e t o d e- assu m ption I is not implicit in th e m en t it i s clear th at bot h th e as-
velop th ei r poten t ial wh y su ch statem en t. su m p t i on s ar e i m p l i ci t i n t h e
s t at em en t h a s b een i s s u ed . According to statem ent th e global statem en t.
Th erefore, assu m pti on II i s i m - pu bli c op in i on was again st t h e 29. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plicit
pli cit in th e statem en t. It is m en - war. Th erefore, assu m pti on II is in the statemen t. If Aswin 's m oth -
ti on ed i n t h e stat em en t th at co- also n ot im plicit in th e statem ent. er ask ed h is son to retu rn h om e
operative social relationships con- 20. (5) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e by tr ain if it rai n s h eavily, i t i m -
tr ibu te t o d evelop in divi du al p o- im p licit in t h e st atem en t. pl ies th at th e tr ain s wou l d p ly
ten tialiti es, wh ich i m pli es t h at it 21. (5 ) It is cl ear from t h e stat em en t even if it rai n s h eavil y.
is possib le to create an d m ai n - th at b oth t h e assu m p tion s are 30. (5) B oth t h e assu m pt i on s ar e
tain co-oper ative en viron m en t in i m p li ci t . Th e st atem en t cl earl y im p licit in t h e st atem en t.
a soci ety. Th erefor e assu m pti on i m p l i es t h e fi r st assu m p t i on . 31. (5) Both th e assu m ption s are im -
III is al so im pl ici t. Again , i f it is n ot desirabl e to u se pl ici t in th e statem en t.
6. (4) Nei th er of th e assu m ption s is m ore th an on e ch an n el to resolve 32. (1) Non e of th e Assu m pti on s (A),
im p licit in t h e st atem en t. com plete issu es wh y su ch stat e- (B) and (C) is implicit in th e state-
7. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plicit m en t wou ld h ave been m ad e. m en t. If policy au th ority h as cor -
in th e stat em en t. Th e st ep tak en 22. (2) On ly assu m pti on II is im plicit don ed off th e en ti re local ity, it
by th e Gover n m en t wil l en d t h e in th e st atem en t . If t wo m on t h s im pli es t h at police wi ll ably con -
st ri k e. period is n ot su ffi cien t to i m pl e- trol the vehicu lar movem ent in the
8. (1) On ly assu m p tion I is im p licit m en t su ch policy d eci sion , t h e locality.
in th e st atem en t. Pen si on er ’s For u m wou l d n ot
Any advice is given assu ming that
9. (5) Both th e assu m ption s are im - h ave m ade su ch a statem en t.
peopl e will follow i t.
pl ici t i n t h e stat em en t. An y n o- 23. (4 ) Neith er of th e assu m pti on s is
ti ce i s d isp layed assu m in g th at 33. (3) On ly Assu m p tion (B ) i s i m -
im p lici t in th e statem en t. On t h e
people wi ll read th e n otice an d pl ici t in th e statem en t.
basis of th e pr eced en t it is err o-
also will follow th e con ten t of th e Th e apex body controllin g u n iver -
n eou s t o h yp ot h esise t h at t h e
n otice. Th e cl au se “p rosecu tion ” si ties h as t ak en t h e deci sion as-
fl yovers do n ot serve an y p u bl ic
h as been in serted i n t h e n oti ce su m in g th at Tech n i cal col leges
ob jective.
assu m i n g t h at p eop l e m ay b e will h on ou r it.
24. (5) Both th e assu m ption s are im -
scared of that an d they wou ld n ot Ar gu m en t (C) does n ot ex plain
plicit in th e statem en t. Th e p oin t
violat e th e in stru ction . h ow t h i s d eci si on wi l l l ead t o
wh ich is h igh ligh ted in an adver -
10. (5) Both th e assu m ption s are im - ti sem en t is lik ed b y p eopl e an d ch aos.
pl ici t in th e statem en t. is also d esi rabl e. 34. (3) On ly Assu m pt ion s (A) an d (B)
11. (5) Clearly both th e assu m ption s ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t.
25. (1 ) On ly assu m p tion I is im p licit
ar e i m li cit in th e st atem en t. Govern ment u rged all th e citizen s
in th e stat em en t. Th e tr aders of
12. (1) On ly assu m p tion I is im p licit st a t e 'K ' r esor t ed t o ob ser ve to u se el ect ron ic m ed ia assu m -
in th e st atem en t. ban dh wh en oth er m easu r es or in g t h at m ost peop le are capab le
13. (5) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e effor ts fai led to resolve t h e prob- of u sin g el ectr on i c m edi a.
im p licit in t h e st atem en t. lem . Note down th e u se of ph rase 35. (3) Only Assu mption (B) is implicit
14. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plicit "t h e stat e h as fail ed". It im pli es in th e stat em en t. If th e Gover n -
in th e st atem en t. th at th e State 'K' m ad e effor ts to m en t h as decided to au ction con -
15. (1) On ly assu m p tion I is im p licit r esolve t h e issu e bu t fai l ed . It st ru ction of h igh ways to pr ivate
in th e st atem en t. We k n ow th at does n ot im p ly th at i t is n ot i n - en tit ies, i t m ay b e assu m ed th at
a n ot ice is issu ed assu m in g th at terested in resolvin g the problem . m an y private en tities in the cou n -
it wil l h ave som e effect on th e 26. (5) Both th e assu m ption s are im - tr y ar e capable of con stru cti n g
peop le. pl ici t in th e statem en t. h ighways with in reasonable time.
ASSUMPTION
36. (2) Only Assu mption (A) is implicit m en t t h at t h e em p l oyee XYZ 4. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
in t h e statem en t. An y appeal / resh ou l d b e sen t for a train i n g in in th e st atem en t.
qu est is issu ed assu m i n g t h at Un ited Kin gdom to gain m ore in - 5. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
som e people wi ll p ay h eed t o i t. sigh t in to th e project. It does n ot
37. (3) Clearly option (3) seem s to be im ply th at t h e em p loyee XYZ is
m ost probab le cau se. High i n - incapable of h andling the project 6. (5) An y m easu re is tak en assu m -
pu t an d labou r costs h ave h it op- wit h th e presen t sk ill. M oreover, in g t h at it wou ld be accept ed by
er ati n g m argin s an d h igh er i n - a project is assign ed to an y per - th e peopl e. Th er efore, bot h t h e
t er est cost s ar e affect i n g n et son assu m in g th at h e/ sh e is ca- assu m p tion s are im p licit i n t h e
m argi n s. So, th e p rice of resi- pable en ou gh to h an dl e i t. statem en t.
den tial an d com m ercial u n i ts is 44. (1) On ly Assu m t ion I is im p licit 7. (5) If th er e were su ffi cien t m on ey
h ik in g u n expect edly. in the statem ent. It is m en tioned to fu n d d r o u gh t r el i ef
38. (1 ) Th e m idd le classes ar e n ow th at t h e presen ce of n itrate in pr ogr am m es, wh y t h is m easu re
n ot m erely passive con su m ers or fodder B m ak es i t u n su itab le for sh ou ld be tak en . Th erefore, both
docile voter s, t h ey ar e dem an d- cattl e. th e assu m pti on s are im plicit in
in g th at govern m en ts n ot accu s- 45. (2) Clearly option (2) is a valid th e statem en t.
t om ed t o accou n t ab i l i t y an d assu m ption . Noth in g abou t th e 8. (1 ) On ly assu m p tion I is im p licit
sh owin g d efer en ce t o p op u l ar sou r ce of i n com e of t h e Stat e in th e st atem en t.
dem an d s, start acti n g lik e tr u e Gover n m en ts i s m en t i on ed i n 9. (2) On ly assu m pti on II is im plicit
dem ocracies. So, Option (1) m ay th e statem en t. So option (1) is in th e st atem en t.
be an assu m p tion . n ot i m p li ci t i n th e stat em en t .
39. (4 ) Th e sch em e to sel ect deser v- Si n ce t h e Cen t ral Govern m en t
h as directed th e State Govern - pl ici t in th e statem en t.
in g can di dat es can n ot be abol-
ish ed ju st becau se of th e exp en - m en t s to r ed u ce ex p en d i t u r e, 11. (1 ) Ob viou sh y op tion (1) i s t h e
di tu r e it en tai ls. Th erefore, ar - option (2) is implicit in th e state- assu m ption .
gu men t I is n ot stron g. Also, stu - m en t. 12. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic-
den ts wh o are intelligen t enou gh it in th e st atem en t . Th e u se of
46. (5) Neith er Assu m ption I n or II
to secu re good m ark s in academ - th e term ‘on ly’ i n t h e first as-
is im pli cit in th e st atem en t. If
ic ex am in ati on s h ave n o r eason su m ption m ak es it i n valid.
tr ai n i n g faci li ty is avai labl e in
n ot to perform well in en t ran ce 13. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
on e’s own cou n try, h e/ sh e wou ld
t est s. Th er efor e, ar gu m en t I I in th e st atem en t.
n ot go to oth er cou n try for train -
also does n ot h old. Argu m en t III 14. (5) Both th e assu m ptions are im -
in g. It is m en tion ed in th e state-
seem s to be st ron g. pl ici t in th e statem en t.
m en t t h at t h e em p l oyee XYZ
40. (2) Clearly, th e statem ent stress- sh ou ld be sen t for a train in g in 15. (5) Clearly both the assu m ption s
es t h e n eed t o p r ovi d e good Un ited Kin gdom to gain m ore in - ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t.
t ea c h er s a n d eq u i p m en t t o sigh t in to th e project. It does n ot
sch ool s. Th er efor e, Op ti on (2 ) 16. (1 ) On ly assu m ption I is im pli c-
im ply th at th e em ployee XYZ is it.
can be in fer red from t h e stat e- incapable of h andling the project
m en t. If a system d oes n ot gi ve 17. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic-
with th e presen t sk ill. Moreover,
desired r esu lt, we sh ou ld poi n t it in th e st atem en t.
a project is assign ed to an y per -
ou t t h e cau se an d ever y effort son assu m in g th at h e/ sh e is ca-
sh ou l d b e m ade to add ress t h e pable en ou gh to h an dle it.
INSURANCE EXAMS
pr oblem . Th erefore, Opt ion (1)
47. (1) On ly Assu m tion I is im plicit 1. (4) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e
does n ot follow.
in the statem ent. It is m en tioned i m p l i ci t i n t h e st at em en t . I f
41. (3) Obviou sly the facts mention ed th at t h e presen ce of n itrate in
in t h e statem en t s su pp or t th e ach ievin g economic developm en t
fodder B m ak es it u n su itable for
Option (3). is n ot desir able, t h e stat em en t
cattle.
42. (2 ) Clear ly opt ion (2 ) is a val id is m ean in gless. Again , it is said
assu m pti on . Not h in g abou t t h e th at people sh ou ld work h ar d.
sou r ce of i n com e of t h e Stat e
RBI GRADE–B/NABARD It im p lies t h at wor k in g h ard is
Gover n m en ts i s m en t i on ed i n GRADE–A OFFICER possibl e.
th e st atem en t. So opti on (1) is 2. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
n ot i m p li ci t i n th e stat em en t . EXAMS in th e st atem en t . Th e stat em en t
Si n ce t h e Cen t ral Govern m en t cl earl y sh ows th at t h e m an i s
h as d irected th e Stat e Gover n - 1. (2) It is clear from th e statem en t
poor as h e i s t oo in d u str iou s.
m en t s to r ed u ce ex p en d i t u r e, th at army can tak e u p work s oth -
er th an war also. 3. (1) An y warn in g is issu ed in case
option (2) is im plicit in th e state- of a dan ger. Th erefor e, i t can be
m en t. 2. (3) It is clear th at eith er assu m p-
assu m ed th at u sin g lift is n ot al-
43. (5) Neith er Assu m pt ion I n or II tion I or II is im p licit i n th e st ate-
ways safe.
is im pli cit in th e st atem en t. If m en t.
Assu m pti on II is n ot im p licit in
tr ai n i n g faci li ty is avai labl e in 3. (2) Th e u se of ter m ‘all ’ i n t h e
th e statem en t. If visitor s d o n ot
on e’s own cou n try, h e/ sh e wou ld assu m pti on I m ak es it in vali d.
n ot go to oth er cou n try for train - wan t to u se th e li ft, th e warn i n g
Clearl y, assu m pti on II is im plicit
in g. It i s m en t ion ed i n t h e stat e- is m ean i n gless.
ASSUMPTION
4. (4) B ot h t h e assu m p t i on s ar e 11. (4 ) Assu m pti on I i s n ot appr o- 16. (4 ) Assu m pti on I i s n ot appr o-
im p licit in t h e st atem en t. pr iate. Pen cil s are pr ovided to pr iate. Pen cil s are pr ovided to
5. (2) On ly assu m ption II is im plic- each i n vi gil ator for em ergen cy. each i n vi gil ator for em ergen cy.
it in th e st atem en t. If r ates are It does n ot im ply th at pen cils are It does n ot im ply th at pen cils are
in sh ort su ppl y. in sh ort su ppl y.
indepen den t of am en ities provid-
An y in str u ct ion is given assu m -
ed , t h en st at em en t b ecom es An y in str u ct ion is given assu m -
in g t h at som e peop le wil l foll ow
m ean ingless. in g t h at som e peop le wil l foll ow th at in stru cti on . Th erefore, As-
6. (4) Clearly, all the th ree assu mp- th at in stru cti on . Th erefore, As- su m ption II is also n ot appropri-
ti on s ar e i m pl icit in th e stat e- su m ption II is also n ot appropri- at e. Th e u se of term ‘al l’ m ak es
m en t. at e. Th e u se of term ‘al l’ m ak es it u n su itable.
7. (1) On ly, assu m ption s I an d II it u n su itable. 17. (4) Clearly both the assu m ption s
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. 12. (4) Clearly both the assu m ption s ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. If
8. (1) It is clearl y m en t ion ed i n t h e ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. If th e letter is given t o Assist an t to
st at em en t t h at p r od u ct i on of th e letter is given t o Assist an t to dr op i t, it m ay be assu m ed th at
dr op i t, it m ay be assu m ed th at h e does k n ow t h e add ress.
cr u d e i s b ei n g r ed u ced t o i n -
h e does k n ow t h e add ress. Th e Assistan t will follow th e i n -
cr ease th e p rofit. Th erefore, all
Th e Assistan t will follow th e i n - st ru ction s given by Officer.
th e t h ree assu m pti on s ar e i m -
st ru ction s given by Officer. 18. (4 ) Cl erl y b oth th e assu m p tion s
9. (1) We do k n ow th at an y adver - 13. (4 ) Cl erl y b oth th e assu m p tion s
19. (1 ) If sim il ar solu t ion i s b ei n g
ti sem en t h as som e effect on t h e ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. ap pli ed th en i t im pli es th at t h e
peopl e. It is tr u e th at an y ap- 14. (1 ) If sim il ar solu t ion i s b ei n g n atu re of pr oblem i s also sam e.
peal attr act s peopl e. ap pli ed th en i t im pli es th at t h e Th erefore, assu m pt ion I i s i m -
Th erefore, all t h e t h ree assu m p- n atu re of pr oblem i s also sam e. pl ici t i n t h e stat em en t. Th e u se
ti on s ar e i m pl icit in th e stat e- Th erefore, assu m pt ion I i s i m - of term ‘u n i ver sal ’i n th e secon d
m en t. pl ici t i n t h e stat em en t. Th e u se assu m ption mak es it u n su itable.
10. (3) Any direction is issu ed assu m- of term ‘u n i ver sal ’i n th e secon d 20. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im pl icit
in g that it may be obeyed by some assu m ption mak es it u n su itable. in th e stat em en t. On e can ap-
15. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im pl icit poin t teach ers on ly wh en teach -
people. Th er efor e, assu m pt ion I
in th e stat em en t. On e can aper s ar e avai labl e.
is n ot im pli cit in th e st atem en t.
poin t teach ers on ly wh en teach - 21. (3) It is cl ear th at on ly assu m p-
Cl earl y, assu m pt ion s II an d III
tion I is im pli cit in th e statem en t.
ar e i m pli cit in th e statem en t. er s ar e avai labl e. ppp
MODEL EXERCISES
Di r ect i on s (1 -4 ) : In th e follow- 3. St at em en t : Wh en is Man oh ar ’s (4) Al l floors m ay be reach ed by
in g five qu estion s, th ere is a statem en t birth day? lifts
followed by two assu m ptions. You have Assu m pt i on s : (5) Non e of th ese
to ch oose I . Man oh ar’s fath er was born on 6. Th ere are m an y reason s wh y i n -
(1) If only assu mption A is implicit 15-8-1947. di vidu als wan t t o r u n th ei r own
(2) If on ly assu m pt ion B i s i m - II . Man oh ar i s 2 5 year s you n ger bu sin esses. Som e foresee m ore
plicit to h i s m oth er. person al sat isfact ion if th ey are
(3 ) If eith er A or B is im p licit 4. St at em en t : Ash ok i s sh ort er to su ccessfu l in lau n ch in g th eir own
bu sin ess, wh ile ot h er s ar e i n ter -
(4 ) If n eith er A n or B is im p licit An il. Su nil is taller to Su dhir. Who
ested m ai n ly in th e pr ospect of
(5) Non e of th ese is th e sh ort est am on g th em ?
larger fin an ci al r ewards. Sin ce,
1. St at em en t : Wh o i s b rot h er of Assu m pt i on s : 19 80s an d earl y 1 990s tax regu -
Balu ? I . An il is sh orter to Su dh i r. lation an d lib eral policies h ave
Assu m pt i on s : II . An i l is t aller to Su n il. encou raged in creasin g n u m ber of
I . Balu i s Ar u n ’s br oth er. 5. Man y bu sin ess offices are located ven tu re capitalists an d en trepre-
II . Balu ’s fath er is th e h u sban d in bu ild in gs h avin g t wo to eigh t n eu rs to start n ew en t erpr ises.
of Ar u n ’s m oth er. floors If a bu ildin g h as m ore th an Si n ce 199 0, som e on e h alf m i l-
th ree fl oor s, it h as a l ift . If t h e l i on n ew ven t u r es h ave b een
2. St at em en t : Wh at wil l b e th e t o-
ab ove statem en ts ar e t ru e, th en st art ed. Not all h ave su cceeded,
tal weigh t of 10 p ol es, each of of cou rse.
th e sam e weigh t? wh ich of th e followin g m u st al so
be tru e? T h e a b o ve s t a t em en t m a k es
Assu m pt i on s : wh ich of th e followin g assu m p-
(1) Secon d fl oor d oes n ot h ave
I . On e fou rt h of th e wei gh t of tions?
lifts
th e poles is 5 k g. (1) Su ccess i n st ar t i n g a n ew
(2) Seven th floor h ave lifts
II . Th e total weight of th ree poles b u si n ess d ep en d s i n l ar ge
is 20 k ilogram s more th an th e (3) On l y fl oor s ab ove t h e t h ir d par t on sou n d fin an cial pl an -
total wei gh t of two p oles. fl oor s h ave lifts ning
:
ASSUMPTION
(2) Ven tu re cap ital ist s are m ot i- (1) A only (2) B on ly (2) No bad ath elet e wan t s t o win
vat ed b y n on m on etar y gain s (3) C on ly (4 ) A, B an d C (3) Every ath elete who eats a well-
(3) Social in cen tives motivate in - (5) Non e of th ese balan ced di et is a good at h -
vest ors ju st as m u ch as fi- 9. In 195 0, th e average ch ild vi s- lete
n an cial rewards it ed th e den tist on ce a year. B u t (4) Al l ath elet es wh o wan t t o win
(4) Most new bu sin ess ven tu res in 1970, th e n u mber of visits h ad ar e good ath let es
succeed initially bu t fail later on in creased t o t wo. Tod ay, th e av- (5) Non e of th ese
(5) Non e of th ese erage child visits th e den tist th ree
12. Wh ich of th e followin g, if tru e,
7. A h igh ly coh esive work grou p is ti m es a year.
a pr erequ i site for h igh team per - wou ld refu te th e assu m ption s of
Each of t h e fol l owi n g, i f t r u e
form ance. Sociologists poin t th at th e argu m en t above?
cou ld exp lai n th is tren d except
th e associat ion b etween grou p (1) Bob, th e accou n tan t, eats a
(1) D en t i st fees h ave d ecl i n ed
coh esion an d su ccess is owi n g well-bal an ced d iet , b u t h e is
over t h e peri od
to th e su pport in d ivi du al team n ot a good ath elete
m em b er s gi ve t o on e an ot h er (2) Better h om e car e of t eet h h as
redu ced t h e n u m ber of cavi- (2) An n wan t s t o win , bu t sh e is
an d t h ei r ac cep t a n ce of t h e n ot a good ath elete
gr ou p s goal s an d act ivi ties. ties
(3) Paren ts are m ore aware of th e (3) Al l t h e players on th e B u rr os
Each of th e followin g, i f t ru e, ei-
im por tan ce of den tal care baseb all team eat a well -bal-
th er provides su pport for or can -
n ot weak en t h e soci ologist s as- (4) Tax b en efi t s for d ed u ct i n g an ced di et
su m ption abou t th e relation sh ip d en t al ex p en ses h a ve i n - (4) Cin d y, th e bask etball st ar,
b et ween coh esive an d su ccess cr eased does n ot eat a well -bal-
except (5) Non e of th ese an ced di et, bu t sh e i s a good
(1) A gr o u p o f J a p a n es e r e- 10. Don ors are almost n ever offen ded ath elete
sear ch er s fou n d t h at su c- by bei n g ask ed for too m u ch (in (5) Non e of th ese
c es sf u l w o r k t eam s w er e fact, th ey are u su ally fl attered ). Di r ec t i o n s (1 3 -1 7 ) : In each
h eaded b y d om in an t leaders An d if you ask for too mu ch , you r qu est ion , a statem en t is fol lowed by
(2) Un iversity research ers fou n d d o n o r ca n a l w ay s s u ggest a two assu m pti on s n u m ber ed I an d II.
th at th ere was a sign ifican t sm al l er am ou n t. On t h e oth er Con si der th e statem en t an d th e fol-
correlation between team pro- h an d, don ors are fr equ en tl y of- lowin g assu m pti on s to decide wh i ch
d u ct ivi ty an d t h e ex t en t t o fen d ed b y b ei n g ask ed for t oo
wh ich th e team m em bers u n - of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit i n t h e
li ttl e, A com m on r eaction i s, so
derst ood an d com pl ied wi th st atem en t . M ark you r an swer as
th at’s all th ey th in k I’m wort h .
th e gr ou p s objectives Th e ab ove st at em en t assu m es (1) If on ly assu mption I is implicit
(3) Am eri can resear ch ers fou n d that (2) If ei th er I or II is im p licit
th at su ccessfu l team m em - (1) D on or s ar e u su a l l y n ever (3) If on ly assu m p tion II i s i m -
bers ten d ed to rat e t h eir fel- plicit
ask ed for en ou gh
l ow m em b er s m or e
(2) A good fu n d rai ser wi ll val u e (4) If n ei th er I n or II is im p licit
favou rably
th e wort h of t h e don or (5) Non e of th ese
(4) In d u st r i al p sych ol ogi st s i n
UK fou n d th at wor k grou ps (3) It is worth th e gam bl e t o ask 13. St at em en t : Li k e a m ad m an , I
wh o t en d ed to par ticipate in for l arge d on ation s decid ed to fol low h i m .
aft er h ou r soci al act i vi t i es (4) Fu nd raisers often thin k th at Assu m pt i on s :
were m or e pr odu cti ve th e d on ors are i n capab le of
I . I am n ot a m ad m an .
(5) Non e of th ese giving m u ch
II . I am a m ad m an .
Di r ect i on s (8 -1 0 ) : Th is qu es- (5) Non e of th ese
tion is based on th e followin g passage. 14. St at em en t : If it is easy t o b e-
Di r ec t i o n s (1 1 -1 2 ) : Use t h e
Read th e passage t o ch oose th e best statem en t given below to an swer th ese com e an en gi n eer, I d on ’t wan t
an swer. qu estion s. to be an en gin eer.
Passage If a p erson r ead s a lot, Al l good ath let es wan t to wi n an d all Assu m pt i on s :
h e wi ll in cr ease h is vocabu l ary. So, at h el etes wh o wan t to wi n , eat a wel l- I . An in di vid u al asp ir es to b e
th e p assage to ch oose th e best an - balan ced diet; th erefore, all ath elet es profession al.
swer. wh o d o n ot eat a well -balan ced di et II . On e desires to ach ieve a th in g
8. Th e argu m en t i s b ased on t h e ar e bad ath eletes. wh ich is h ar d earn ed.
assu m ption (s). 11. If assu m p tion s of th e argu m en t 15. St at em en t : All the em ployees are
(I) St ron g vocab u lary is i m por - above are tru e, th en wh ich of th e n otified th at th e organ isation will
tan t for wr itin g an d speak in g fol l ow i n g st at em en t s m u st b e provide tran sport facilities at half
(II) People shou ld read book s con- tru e? th e cost fr om th e n earby railway
tain ing u n fam iliar words (1) No at h el ete wh o d oes n ot eat st ati on t o t h e offi ce except th ose
(III)Th e book s to be read sh ou ld a well-b alan ced d iet i s a good wh o h ave b een p r ovi d ed wi t h
be en tert ain in g . ath elete travellin g allowan ce.
ASSUMPTION
Assu m pt i on s : Assu m pt i on s : Assu m pt i on s :
I . M ost of t h e em p l oyees wi l l I . Th ere is possibi lit y of a ser i- I . Peop l e w er e n ot ex p ect i n g
tr avel by th e office t ran spor t. ou s even tu ality. s u c h a n en co u r a gi n g r e-
II . Th ose wh o ar e p rovided wi th II . Dates are fi xed for al l th e as- sp on se for service sector.
tr avelli n g allowan ce wil l n ot si gn m en t s. III. Facu lty m em - II . Service sector is n ot m an aged
read su ch n otice. b er s ar e su p p osed t o com - pr oper ly in In di a.
16. St at em en t : An advertisem en t of pl ete al l t h e assi gn m en t s. III. Med ia is always very posi-
a B an k “Wan t to op en a ban k ac- (1) On ly I is im plicit ti ve toward s service sector.
cou n t J u st dial ou r ‘room service’ (2) On ly III is im p licit (1) On ly I is im plicit
an d we wi ll com e at you r door - (2) I an d III are im p licit
(3) Non e is im plicit
st ep s.”
(4) All are im p licit (3) II an d III are im p licit
Assu m pt i on s :
(5) Non e of th ese (4) All are im plicit
I . Th ere is a section of p eop le
20. St at em en t : Th e tel ep h on e (5) Non e of th ese
wh o r equ ire su ch ser vices at
th eir h om e. company inform ed the su bscrib- D i r ec t i o n s (2 3 -2 7 ) : Each
er s th rou gh a n oti fi cati on t h at qu estion h as a statem en t followed by
II . Now-a-days ban k in g h as b e-
th ose wh o d o n ot p ay th eir bil ls two assu m pti on s/ con cl u sion s. Fi n d
com e ver y com p eti tive,
by th e du e d ate wil l b e ch arged the i m p l i ci t a s s u m p t i o n (s )/
17. St a t em e n t : I ca n t ak e y ou con clu sion(s).
pen al ty for every defau lt in g day.
qu i ck l y fr om K an p u r t o ,
Assu m pt i on s : 23. St at em en t : A good syst em of
Lu ck n ow by m y cab bu t th en you
I . Majority of th e people m ay pay ed u cat i on i n a cou n t r y i s t h e
m u st pay m e dou ble th e n orm al
th eir bil ls by th e du e date to flower of econ om ic developm en t;
ch ar ges.
it is al so i ts seed.
Assu m pt i on s : avoi d pen alty.
Assu m pt i on s :
I . Norm al l y, i t wi l l tak e m or e II . Th e m on ey collected as pen -
alty m ay set off th e losses du e I. E con om i c d ev el o p m en t
ti m e t o reach Lu k n ow from
to delayed paym en t. leads t o edu cat ion al ,; d e-
Kan pu r.
velop m en t in a cou n tr y.
II . Peopl e wan t to reach qu ick ly III. Peopl e gen eral ly pay h eed to
su ch n ot ices. II . E d u ca t i on al d evel o p m en t
b u t th ey wi ll n ot p ay ex tr a
l ead s t o econ om i c d evelop -
m on ey for it (1) All are im plicit
m en t i n a cou n tr y.
Di r ec t i o n s (1 8 -2 2 ) : Each of (2 ) I an d III are im p licit
(1 ) B oth I an d II are im p licit
th ese qu esti on s h as a st atem en t fol- (3 ) II an d III are im p licit (2) On ly II is im p licit
lowed by three assu m ptions n u m bered (4) Non e of th ese
I, II an d III. Con sider t h e stat em en t (3) On ly I i s im pli cit ;
(5) Non e of th ese (4) Neith er I n or II is im p licit
an d t h e assu m p tion s t o d eci de wh i ch
of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit i n t h e 21. St at em en t : In view of th e r e- (5) Non e of th ese
statem en t. cen t spu r t i n su gar p rices i n t h e
24. St at em en t : Th ere i s on e
open m ark et, the govern ment has
18. St at em en t : Th e residen ts of th e th in g as i m por tan t as stu d y-
ask ed th e deal er s to r el ease a
local ity wr ote a l ett er to th e Cor - in g; an d th at is h ow m u ch is u n -
p or at i on r equ est i n g t o r est or e vast qu an tit y of im por ted su gar derstood .
n orm alcy in th e su pply of drin k - in th e open m ark et.
Assu m pt i on s :
in g water i m m ediatel y as t h e Assu m pt i on s :
I . St u dyin g an d u n der stan di n g
su ppl y at pr esen t is ju st n ot ad- I . The dealers will follow the gov- go h an d in h an d.
equ ate. er n m en t d irective.
II . Un derstan ding is as important
Assu m pt i on s : II . Th e su gar p r ices wi l l com e as stu dyin g.
I . Th e Corporation m ay not tak e down .
an y acti on on th e letter. III. The price of in digen ou s su gar
(2) On ly II is im p licit
II . Th e m u n ici pality h as en ou gh wi ll rem ain u n ch an ged.
water to m eet th e dem an d. (1) I an d II are im p licit
(4) Neith er I n or II is im p licit
III. Th e wat er su p ply to th e ar ea (2 ) I an d III are im p licit
was adequ at e i n t h e past. (5) Al l of th ese
(3) II an d III are im p licit
(1) On ly I an d III are im p licit 25. St at em en t : All bir ds are dogs
(4) Non e is im plicit an d som e dogs are cat s.
(2) On ly II an d III are im p licit (5) Al l of th ese Con cl u si on s :
(3) On ly II i s i m pli cit . 22. St at em en t : In th e recen tl y h eld I . Som e cat s are n ot dogs
(4) On ly III is im p licit Al l In dia Com m erce Con fer en ce, II . Al l d ogs are n ot b ird s.
(5) Al l of th ese th e sessi on on ‘ M an agem en t of
19. St at em en t : We m u st b e p re- Servi ce Sect or in In d ia’ su r pri s-
pared to face any even tu ality an d in gly att racted lar ge n u m b er of (2) On ly II is im p licit
all th e assign ments m u st be com - parti cip an t s an d also recei ved a (3) On ly I is im plicit
pleted as per th eir sch edu le— Di- very good m edia coverage i n t h e (4) Neith er I n or II is im p licit
rector tells th e Facu lty m em bers. leadi n g n ewspaper s. (5) Al l of th ese
ASSUMPTION
26. St at em en t : Th ere are m an y In - Assu m pt i on s : 33. St at em en t : Th e in tegr ated steel
di an s wh o ar e h on est. Moh an is pl an ts in In dia wou ld n o l on ger
I . Al l t h ose wh o h ave su ch d e-
an In di an . h ave to d epen d on im ports for
vi ces wil l swit ch th em off b e-
Con cl u si on s : con tin u ou s castin g refract ories.
fore th ey tak e th eir seat in th e
I . Moh an is h on est. au ditoriu m. Assu m pt i on s :
II . Gen erally, people do not brin gI . Con ti n u ou s castin g r efr act o-
II . Moh an is n ot h on est.
s u c h d ev i c es w h en t h ey ri es are n eeded b y In di a.
(1) Both I an d II are im p licit II . Con ti n u ou s castin g r efr act o-
com e to atten d fu n ction s in
(2) On ly II is im p licit th e au ditoriu m . ri es are in dem an d.
(3) On ly I i s im pli cit i 34. St at em en t : “If you are beau t i-
29. St at em en t : An advert isem en t :
(4) ei th er I or II is im p licit “Fly X ai rways wh en ever you d e- fu l” we will catch you r b eau t y. If
(5) Non e of th ese ci de to go places. Ou r fares are you are n ot , we wi ll m ak e you
lesser t h an tr ain fares.” beau tifu l ”. An advertisem en t of a
27. A m ai l order com pan y recen t ly
ph oto stu dio.
h ad a bi g j u m p in cloth i n g sal es Assu m pt i on s :
Assu m pt i on s :
after h ir in g a copywri ter an d a I . Peopl e pr efer t o t ravel b y air
I . H ow to l ook b eau t ifu l , i s a
gr aph ic art ist to give i ts cloth i n g wh en t h e far es ar e r eason -
pr obl em of you n gster s?
catalogu e a m agazin e-lik e form at able.
II . Nobody desires to be beau tifu l.
design ed to appeal to a m ore u p- II . Th e fares of oth er air lin es are
scale cli en t ele. Th e com pan y is 35. St at em en t : Equ ali ty of in com e
costl ier th an t h ose of X ai r -
th rou gh ou t a com m u n it y i s t h e
n ow p l an n i n g t o l au n ch a ways.
essen tial con dition for maxim ising
h ou sewares catalogu e u sin g t h e 30. St at em en t : Den gu e can n ot be the total u tility which the total in -
same con cept. Th e compan y’plan er adicated from ou r ci ty u n less com e avai lab le cou ld con fer on
assu m es t h at we create a special ‘Health-squ ad’ th e m em bers of th at com m u n ity.
(1) an u pscale clien tele wou l d be for i t. Assu m pt i on s :
i n t erest ed i n a h ou sewar es Assu m pt i on s : I . If ex t r a i n com e wer e t ak en
catalogu e I . Den gu e is h arm fu l. from th e rich an d given to th e
(2) ot h er h ou sewares catal ogu es II . Cr eati n g Health -squ ad is i m - poor, th e total u ti lit y ex per i-
with magazin e-lik e formats do possibl e. en ced b y t h e c om m u n i t y
n ot already exi st 31. St at em en t : A warn i n g : “Do n ot wou ld in crease.
(3) t h e s am e co p y w r i t er an d II . Equ al pay for equ al wor k .
sm ok e in pu b lic pl aces as it is a
gr ap h i c ar ti st cou l d be em - 36. A fam ou s sin ger recen tly won a
cogn izabl e offen ce in ou r cou n -
pl oyed for bot h t h e cloth i n g try.” l awsu i t agai n st an ad ver t i si n g
an d h ou sewares catalogu es Assu m pt i on s : fi rm for u sin g an oth er sin ger in
a com m er ci al t o evok e t h e fa-
(4) cu st om ers t o wh om t h e old I . Peop l e oft en n egl ect su ch
m ou s sin ger’s well-k n own r en di-
cl oth in g catal ogu e app eal ed war n in gs. tion of a certain son g. As a resu lt
wil l con t i n u e to m ak e p u r - II . Peopl e do n ot u n der stan d of th e lawsu it, ad ver tisi n g fir m s
ch ase fr om catal ogu es wit h th e im p licati on s of com m i t-
wi ll stop u sin g im itators in com -
th e n ew form at ti n g a cogn izab le offen ce. m erci als. Th er efor e, advert isi n g
(5) Non e of th ese cost s w i l l r i se, si n ce fam ou s
Di r ec t i o n s (3 2 -3 5 ) : In each
Di r ect i on s (2 8 -31 ) : A statemen t qu est ion below is given a stat em en t si n ger’s servi ces cost m ore th an
is followed by two assu m pti on s n u m - followed by two assu m p tion s I an d II. th ose of th eir im itator s.
bered I an d II. Con sider th e stat em en t An assu mption is som ething su pposed The con clu sion above is based on
an d th e assu m ption s togeth er. Decide or tak en for gran ted. You h ave t o con -wh ich of th e followin g assu m p-
wh ich assu m pti on i s i m pl ici t i n t h e tions?
si der th e st atem en t an d t h e foll owi n g
st atem en t. Mar k an swer as assu m pti on s an d decid e wh ich of t h e
(1) Most people are u n able to dis-
assu m ption s is im pl ici t i n t h e stat e- t i n gu i sh a fam ou s si n ger ’s
(1 ) If eith er assu m pt ion I or II is
ment r en d i t i on of a son g fr om a
im plicit
(1) If on ly assu mption I is implicit good imitator’s rendition of the
(2) If on ly assu m p tion II i s i m - sam e son g
plicit (2) If on ly assu m p tion II i s i m -
plicit (2) Com m er ci al s u sin g fam ou s
(3) If on ly assu mption I is implicit si n gers are u su al ly m or e ef-
(3) If n ei th er I n or II is im p licit
(4) If n eith er assu m pt ion I n or II fecti ve th an com m ercial s u s-
(4) If both I an d II are im p licit in g i m it ators of fam ou s sin g-
is implicit
(5) Non e of th ese er s
(5) Non e of th ese
32. St at em en t : A good book , even (3) Th e origin al versi on s of som e
28. St at em en t : A n oti ce : “Use of
if costl y, is sol d. well-k n own songs are u navail-
cell ph on es an d pager s is n ot al-
Assu m pt i on s : ab le for u se in com m er cials
l ow ed i n si d e t h e au d i t or i u m .
I . Som e book s are bet ter th an (4) Th e adverti sin g in du stry wi ll
Please swit ch off su ch devi ces
oth ers. u se well -k n own ren di tion s of
wh ile you are in si de th e au dit o- son gs in com m ercials
riu m.” II . Most of th e book s ar e cost ly
(5) Non e of th ese
ASSUMPTION
Di r ect i on s (3 7 -39 ) : A statem en t Assu m pt i on s : 44. St at em en t : In cen ti ves m u st be
i s f o l l ow ed b y t w o a s su m p t i o n s I . Th e p atien t can be operat ed gi ven to str en gt h en th e m otiva-
n u m bered I an d II An assu m pti on is u pon in th is con dit ion . ti on of th e em ployees.
som et h i n g su p p osed or t ak en for II . Th e pat ien t can n ot be oper - Assu m pt i on s :
gr an t ed. Con si der th e st atem en t an d at ed u pon i n th is con dit ion ,, I . I n cen t i ves ar e ex p ect ed t o
th e followin g assu m ption s an d decide m otivate th e em ployees.
41. St at em en t : Th e govern m en t has
w h i ch of t h e ass u m p t i on s i s/ ar e II . Em ployees at p resen t ar e n ot
decid ed to disin vest lar ge ch u n k
implicit in the statem ent. Mark an swer m otivated-
of it s equ i ty in select pu b lic sec-
as
tor u n der tak in g for a bet ter fi s- 45. St at em en t : Despite heavy rain s,
(1) if eit h er Assu m p tion I or II is cal m an agem en t. tr affi c h as n ot been d istu rbed.
im plicit
Assu m pt i on s : Assu m p t i on :
(2) if on ly Assu m p tion II i s i m -
I . Th e am ou n t gen erat ed ou t of I . Rai n s d o n ot affect t r affi c
plicit
t h e d i si n vest m en t s p r ocess m ovem en t.
(3) if only Assu m ption I is im plicit m ay redu ce su b stan tial ly t h e II . Adequ at e precau ti on s were
(4) if n eith er Assu m pt ion I n or II m ou n tin g fiscal defici ts. tak en for t raffic ; ‘, m an -
is implicit II . Th ere will be en ou gh dem an d agem en t du rin g rain y season .
(5) Non e of th ese in th e m ark et for th e sh ar es 46. Th is qu estion consists of a state-
37. St at em en t : In sp it e of h eavy of th ese u n der tak in gs. m en t followed by two assu m p-
rain s, rail services did n ot get dis- 42. St at em en t : All existin g in equ ali- tion s n u m bered I an d II. An as-
ru pted th is year. ti es can b e redu ced, i f n ot u t - su mption is something su pposed
Assu m pt i on s : terly eradicated, by action of gov- or tak en for gran ted. You h ave to
I . Rai l ser vi ces get d i sr u p t ed er n m en t s or b y r evol u t i on ar y con sider th e statem en t an d th e
on ly i n r ain y season , ch an ge of govern m en t. followin g assu mptions an d decide
II. Heavy rains norm ally affect th e Assu m pt i on s : wh ich of th ese is/ are im plicit in
rail services. th e statem en t.
I . In equ ality is a m an-made ph e-
38. St at em en t : Maj ori ty of th e st u - St at em en t : ‘Du e to in adequ ate
n om en on .
den ts ap pearin g for X st d- fin al rain fall th is year, th e h arvest ob-
II . No person wou ld volu n t ari ly tain ed by farm ers of village C is
ex am i n at ion s h ave tak en h om e part wit h wh at h e possesses.
tu itions. 50% of wh at was expected. As a
43. St at em en t : “You ar e h ereby ap- resu lt th is year we will be bu y-
Assu m pt i on s : poin t ed as a pr ogr am m er with a in g th e crop from village Z as it
I . H om e t u i t i o n i s t h e b es t pr obat ion peri od of on e year an d is been con ven ien t an d ch eaper
m eth od of l ear n in g. y ou r p er for m an ce w i l l b e r e- for u s to bu y th e crop from th e
II . Th ere is a sh or tage of qu ali ty vi ewed at th e en d of t h e p eri od farm ers of on e village rath er than
h om e t u tor s. for con firm ation ”. A lin e in an ap- bu yin g it from far m ers of differ -
39. St at em en t : D eter gen ts sh ou ld poi n tm en t lett er. ent villages.’- Statem ent by a dis-
be u sed to clean cloth es. Assu m pt i on s : tribu tor.
Assu m pt i on s : I . Th e p erform an ce of an in d i- I . Atleast som e farm ers in village Z
I . Deter gen t s form m ore l ath er vidu al gen erall y is n ot k n own produ ce th e sam e crop as farm -
II . D et er gen ts h el p t o d islodge at th e tim e of appoin tm en t of- ers in village C.
gr ease an d dir t. fer. II . Th e h arvest in village Z was mu ch
Di r ect i on s (4 0 -4 3 ) : In each of II . Gen er all y an in dividu al tri es m ore th an expected.
th ese qu esti on s a statem en t fol lowed to pr ove h is worth in th e pr o- (1) Both I an d II are im plicit
by two assu m pti on s n u m ber ed I an d bati on per iod. (2) Eith er I or II is im plicit
II Con si der th e statem en t an d th e fol- Di r ec t i o n s (4 4 -4 5 ) : Each of (3) On ly I is im plicit
lowin g assu m ptions an d decide wh ich th ese qu esti on s h as a st atem en t fol- (4) Neither I nor II is im plicit
of th e assu m pti on s is im p licit i n t h e lowed by two assu mptions I and II Con- (5) On ly II is im plicit
st atem en t. Mar k an swer as si der th e st atem en t an d t h e foll owi n g
(1) If on ly assu mption I is implicit assu m pti on s. Decid e wh ich of th e as- SHORT ANSWERS
(2) If on ly assu m p tion II i s i m - su m ption s is im pticit in the statement.
plicit Mark an swer as 1. (4) 2. (3) 3. (4) 4 . (1)
(3) If n eith er assu m pt ion I n or II (1) If n eith er assu m pt ion I n or II
5. (2) 6. (3) 7. (1) 8. (1)
is implicit is implicit
(2) If on ly assu m p tion II i s i m - 9. (2) 10. (2) 11. (1) 12. (4)
(4) If both assu m p tion s I an d II
are im plicit plicit 13. (1) 14. (3) 15. (4) 16. (1)
(5) Non e of th ese (3) If on ly assu mption I is implicit
17. (2) 18. (4) 19. (4) 20. (1)
40. St at em en t : Th e patien t’s con di- (4) If both assu m p tion s I an d II
ti on wou l d i m prove aft er oper a- are im plicit 21. (1) 22. (3) 23. (2) 24. (2)
tion. (5) Non e of th ese 25. (1) 26. (4) 27. (2) 28. (3)
ASSUMPTION
29. (3) 30. (3) 31 . (2) 32. (1) 17. (2) If eit h er I or II is im plicit 35. (3) Non e of th e assu m p tion s ad-
18. (4 ) It is very clearly im plicit in dr esses th e problem .
33. (4) 34. (1) 35. (3) 36. (4)
th e statem ent that th e water su p- 36. (4) Th e ad vert isi n g i n d u st ry i s
37. (2) 38. (4) 39. (2) 40. (1) pl y to th e area was ad equ ate in u sin g wel l k n own r en d ition s of
41. (4) 42. (1) 43. (4) 44. (3) th e p ast. son gs in com m er cials. Th i s can
19. (4 ) Al l t h e assu m pt ion s ar e i m - be assu med becau se that famou s
45. (2) 46. (1)
plicit. si n ger ’s son g was u sed i n t h e
20. (1 ) Al l t h e assu m pt ion s ar e i m - advertisem en t.
EXPLANATIONS plicit. 37. (2) Assu m pti on I i s n ot im p licit
21. (1 ) Si n ce or der h as been d eli v- as r a i l ser vi c es m ay b e d i s-
1. (4 ) Non e of th e assu m ption s is ru pted du e to m an y reason s.
er ed by th e govern m en t h en ce,
implicit.
it wi ll be att en ded b y t h e deal- Assu m pti on II i s, im p licit as
2. (3 ) Eith er of A an d B is im pl ici t.
er s. M or eover, r el ease of vast h eavy r ai n s dest roys th e tr ack
3. (4 ) Clearly, n on e of th e assu m p- qu an ti ty of im ported su gar wi ll du e t o wh ich rail ser vices m ay
tion s is im plicit. br in g down t h e p rice. be di sru pted.
4. (1) If we u se assu mption A in th e 22. (3) On l y II an d III are im pl icit in 38. (4) Both assu m ption s I an d II are
given st atem en t, th en we get th e th e statem en t. n ot i m p l i ci t as t h er e m ay b e
or d er of t h e h ei gh ts of al l t h e
23. (2) On ly II is im plicit. ot h er ways of learn in g. An d an y
fou r person s as b elow :
24. (2) On ly II is im plicit . on e can con tact good t each er s
Su n il > Su dh ir > An il > Ash ok for learn in g.
25. (1) Both I an d II are im pl icit.
Assu m pti on B does n ot h elp to 39. (2 ) Assu m pt ion I i s n ot im p licit
obt ain th e order, 26. (4) Ei th er I or II is im pl ici t.
as m ore leath er does n ot m ean
5. (2) it is n ot given th at h ow m an y 27. (2) Th e com pan y’s plan assu m es
th e clot h es wi ll be clean ed.
floors th e bu ildin g h as. th at oth er h ou seware catalogu es
do n ot already ex ist. Assu m pti on II is im p licit as
6. (3 ) Fr om th e lin es of th e par a- th e det er gen ts h elp to d issol ve
gr aph “Som e for esee m ore per - 28. (3 ) Sin ce, i t i s a warn in g, h en ce
th e grease an d dir t.
son al sat i sfacti on ..,., i t can b e i t i s assu m ed t h at t h ose wh o
h ave su ch d evi ces wi l l swi t ch 40. (1) On ly assu mption I is implicit
assu m ed th at social in cen t ives
th em off befor e t h ey tak e th eir b ec au s e p at i en t ’s c o n d i t i o n
m ot ivate in vestors ju st as m u ch
seats in th e au ditoriu m . wou l d i m pr ove after operat ion ,
as fin an cial reward s.
so h e can b e op erated u p on in
7. (1) Assu m ption (1) is the requ ired 29. (3) It is assu m ed th at people pre-
this con dition .
assu m pti on in th e ligh t of given fer t o t r avel b y ai r wh en t h e
requ irem en ts. far es ar e r eason ab l e, h en ce a 41. (4) Both th e assu m ption s are im -
com parison in fare between train pl icit as di sin vest m en t m ay r e-
8. (1 ) In th e l igh t of th e p assage,
an d air i s given . d u ce fi scal d efici t s. D i si n vest -
on l y assu m pt i on A is i m p l icit .
30. (3) It is em ph asi sed in th e state- m en t can b e d on e wh en th ere is
Hen ce, opti on (1) is th e correct
option . m en t th at eradication of Den gu e en ou gh dem and in m ark et.
9. (2 ) Assu m ption (2) is absolu tely n eeds atten tion it is th erefore as- 42. (1) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
contrary to wh at h as been stipu - su m ed th at Den gu e is h arm fu l b ecau se i n equ al i t y i s a m an -
lat ed i n th e passage. 31. (2 ) War n i n g h as been disp layed m ade ph en om en on ,
10. (2 ) Assu m pt ion A as good fu n d b ecau se p eopl e do n ot u n der - 43. (4) Both th e assu m ption s are im -
raiser will valu e th e worth of th e st an d th e im pli cat ion s of com - pl icit as th e perform an ce of an
donor. m itti n g a cogn i zable offen ce. in dividu al gen erally is not k nown
11. (1) No ath el ete wh o does n ot eat 32. (1 ) It i s given in th e stat em en t at th e ti m e of app oin tm en t an d
a well -b al an ced d iet i s a good th at good book s, even costly, are an in dividu al tries t o p rove h is
ath elete sold. Th i s m ean s th at th er e ex- wort h in th e probat ion per iod.
12. (4) Ci n d y , the b ask et b a l l ist som e book s wh ich are b ett er 44. (3) On ly assu m ption I is im plicit
st ar, d oes n ot eat a wel l- th an oth ers. Noth in g certain can becau se in cen t ives ar e ex pect ed
balan ced diet , b u t sh e is a good be said abou t assu m ption II. to m oti vate th e em p loyees.
ath elete 33. (4) Statem en t emphasises the op- 45. (2) On ly assu mption II is im plicit
13. (1) Th e word ‘li k e’ m ak es on l y er atin g situ ation of con ti n u ou s becau se rains affect traffic m ove-
assu m ption I implicit. costin g refractories. Hen ce, both m en t bu t ad equ ate per cau tion s
14. (3) If on ly assu m p tion II i s i m - th e assu m ption s are im plicit were tak en for traffic m ovem en t.
plicit 34. (1) Since, th e advertisement high- So, i t h as n ot been d istu rbed.
15. (4 ) If n eit h er I n or II is i m pli cit li gh ts th e r equ i rem en t of bei n g 46. (1) Clearly, both the assu mptions
16. (1 ) If on ly assu m pt ion I i s i m - beau tifu l th erefore assu m pti on s are im plicit in th e statem en t.
plicit I is implicit. qqq
CONCLUSIONS/INFERENCES
p act on t h e l ives of m il li on s. Som e
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS li ves, su ch as th ose of farm ers, are
affected di rectly becau se of p oor cr op
Di r ect i o n s (1 -5 ) : Below is given a in to equ ity. yi eld ; ot h er s are affected i n di rect ly as
passage foll owed b y several possib le 1. Dom est ic in stitu tion s h ave been t h e econ om i c gr ow t h sl ow s d ow n .
in fer en ces wh ich can b e d rawn fr om consisten tly sellin g on ly in all th e Si m il arl y, th e years wit h good m on -
th e fact s st ated i n t h e passage. You m on th s in th is fin an cial year. soon bri n g sm i les an d pr osp eri ty to
h ave to exam in e each in feren ce sep a-
2. FIIs bou gh t m or e t h an wh at was th e l ives of m an y. For i n st an ce, In d ia
ratel y i n th e con t ext of th e passage
sold by dom estic in stitu tions this recor ded a sh ar p j u m p in its rate of
an d d eci de u pon it s d egr ee of tru th
fin an cial year. gr owt h after years of perfor m an ce in
or fal sit y.
3. Th e equ i ty m ar k et is exp ect ed to t h e r ecen t year s. Th i s u n for t u n at e
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 09. 02. 200 3)
ex per ien ce a su bdu ed act ivi ty in cycl e affect s th e l ives of m i ll ion s of
M ar k an swer (1 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
n ear fu tu r e. poor an d h ap less. Bu t it n eed n ot be
is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol-
lows from th e statem en t of facts given . 4. Th e act iviti es in equ i ty m ark et th is way. In th e jargon of fin an cial eco-
h as d irect rel ation sh ip wit h t h e n om ics, monsoon risk is a diversifiable
debt m ark et. ri sk . In oth er word s, it is an i n su r -
is ‘probably tru e’th ou gh not ‘definitely
5. It is ex pected th at i n t h e ear ly an ce risk . Th ou gh on e m igh t won d er
tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given .
n ext fin an ci al year th e gap b e- wh o will provide th e in su ran ce again st
M ar k an sw er (3 ) if th e ‘dat a are
tween th e n et sales an d n et pu r - poor m oon s if ever yon e i s adversely
in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given
ch ases will redu ce su bstan t ially. affected by poor m on soon ? Th e an -
you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
is li k ely to be tr u e or false. swer is-th e in t er n at ion al in vest or.
Di r ect i on s (6 -1 0 ) : Below is given
M ar k an sw er (4 ) if th e i n feren ce a passage followed by several possible 6. Al l over th e world di ver sifiab le
is ‘p rob abl y false’, th ou gh n ot ‘defi- in fer en ces wh ich can b e d rawn fr om ri sk s are al ways cover ed b y t h e
n i tel y false’ i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts th e fact s st ated i n t h e passage. You in su ran ce com pan ies.
gi ven an d h ave to exam in e each in feren ce sep a- 7. Scan t y m on soon ad ver sel y af-
M ar k an sw er (5 ) if th e i n feren ce ratel y i n th e con t ext of th e passage fects th e l ives of on ly th e poor
is ‘defi n it ely false’, i .e. it can n ot pos- an d d eci de u pon i ts d egr ee of tru th of peopl e i n In di a.
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given falsit y. 8. Th er e h as b een con si d er ab l e
or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. (Sy n d i cat e Ban k Po gr owt h in In dia’s econ om y du r -
On e of t h e prom isi n g featu r es of Ex am . 1 0 . 1 0 . 2 0 0 4 ) in g th e r ecen t year s.
th e cu rr en t m ark et is th at dom est ic M ar k an swer (1 ) i f t h e i n feren ce 9. M on soon s i n In d i a h ave been
in st itu tion s seem t o h ave tu rn ed bu y- is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol- good on l y i n t h e altern ate years
er s after a ver y lon g tim e. Th ey h ave lows from th e statem en t of facts given . du rin g t h e past few year s.
been n et bu yer s th is m on th wit h i n - M ar k an swer (2 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
fl ows exceedi n g by Rs. 80 crore ti ll 10. Majority of th e people ou tside In -
is ‘probably’tru e' th ou gh n ot ‘definitely di a are n ot affect ed by th e poor
early th i s m on t h . Th at ’s adm ittedly a
tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given . m on soon in In dia.
sm all am ou n t, bu t its sign ifican ce lies
in th e fact th at dom esti c i n st itu tion s M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are Di r ect i on s (1 1 -1 5 ) : In each qu es-
h ave been n et sellers every m on th th is in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given ti on bel ow on e statem en t is fol lowed
fi n an ci al year excep t i n Sep t em b er you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce by bl an k spaces wh i ch are fol lowed
wh en th ei r n et pu r ch ases am ou n t ed is li k ely to be tr u e or false. by a con clu sion wh i ch can be drawn
to a m icroscopic Rs. 2 8 crore. Th is M ar k an swer (4 ) i f t h e i n feren ce fr om eith er t h e statem en t gi ven in t h e
fi n an cial year ’s n et sal es by dom est ic is ‘p rob abl y false’, th ou gh n ot ‘defi- qu est ion or from t h e statem en t given
i n st i t u t i on s am ou n t ed t o Rs. 29 6 4 n i tel y false’ i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts in th e qu estion and an additional state-
cr ore, wh ich h as su bst an t ial ly offset given . m en t wh ich m ay fit in th e blan k space.
th e n et in fl ows of Rs. 3 187 crore by M ar k an swer (5 ) i f t h e i n feren ce You h ave to stu dy t h e qu estion an d
FIIs. Th e n et pu rch ases by dom est ic is ‘d efi n itely fal se’, i .e. it can n ot pos- th e altern atives wh ich provide a state-
in stitu tion s cou ld in dicate that m on ey si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given m en t an d decid e wh ich of th e stat e-
is on ce again flowing in to equ ity fu n ds, or it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
eager n ot to m i ss t h e wid ely exp ect ed m en ts best fit between th e given state-
It is gen erally accep ted th at i f t h e m en t an d t h e con cl u sion .
rally. Part of th is reason cou ld be a
sh ift in in vest or por tfolios, as p eop le m on soon i s p oor in an y gi ven year, it (Un i on Ban k of I n d i a PO
ligh ten u p on debt an d pu t th at m on ey wi ll h ave a si gn i fican tl y n egative i m - Ex am . 2 7 . 1 1 . 2 0 0 5 )
1 1 . St at em en t I . : Floodi n g d u e (1 ) On ly A (2) On l y B M ar k an sw er (1 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
to h eavy rain s cau sed sever e d am age (3 ) On ly C is “d efi n i t el y t r u e” i.e. it proper ly
to th e belon gin gs of m an y peopl e. (4)An y on e of th e th r ee wil l fit fol l ows fr om th e st atem en t of fact s
Bl an k Space : .................... given .
(5 ) No ad dit ion al stat em en t i s r e-
Co n cl u si on : Th e d am age i s d iffi- qu ired t o d raw th e con cl u si on M ar k an swer (2 ) if t h e in feren ce
cu lt to r epair with wh atever h el p t h e 1 4 . St at em en t I . : Th e is “p r obabl y t r u e” th ou gh n ot “defi-
Gover n m en t an d th e pu blic m ay of- Gover n m en t h as to be ready wit h t h e n i tel y t ru e” i n t h e l igh t of t h e facts
fer. di saster m an agem en t pl an to h an d le given .
(A) Statem en t II. : Water en ter ed th e n atu ral calam ities lik e Tsu n ami or M ar k an sw er (3 ) i f t h e “d at a ar e
th e h ou ses ver y fast givin g n o ti m e to Hu rri can e. i n adequ at e” i.e. from t h e facts given
tak e rem edi al action . Bl an k Space : .................... you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
(B) Statem en t II. : M ost people l iv- Co n cl u si o n : It wi ll be possib le is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
in g on grou n d floor were sh ifted to th e to avoid th e dam age to li fe an d prop- M ar k an swer (4 ) if t h e in feren ce
u p per fl oor s. er ty if th e Govern m en t i s ready wi th is “p r obabl y fal se” th ou gh n ot “defi-
(C) Statem en t II. : Dam age was al- a str ategy i n p lace. n i tel y false” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts
(A) St at em en t II. : On e h as t o given .
read y cau sed b efore th e h el p cou ld
reach th e peopl e. k n ow h ow to h an dle th e n atu ral ca- M ar k an swer (5 ) if t h e in feren ce
lam ities. is “defi n i t ely fal se” i.e. it can n ot pos-
(1 ) On ly A (2) On l y B
(B ) Stat em en t II. : It is n ot possi bly be dr awn from t h e facts given
(3 ) On ly C (4) Ei th er A or C sib le for th e pu blic to h an dle th e si tu - or it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
(5 ) No ad dit ion al stat em en t i s r e- ation arisin g du e to n atu ral calamities Th e opportu nity spectru m available
qu ired t o d raw th e con cl u si on wi th ou t t h e h el p from t h e Gover n - for In dian ban k s is wide today as n ever
1 2 . St at em en t I . : Th e p rices of m en t. befor e. Th e econ om y i s on a sou n d
m ot or cars will i n crease su bstan tially (C) Statem ent II. : Plann ing is m ost pl atform . GD P is growin g at abou t
in n ear fu tu r e. im p ortan t aspect in h an dl in g an y u n - seven per cen t to eigh t p er cen t even
Bl an k Space : .................... foreseen si tu ation . if th ere is a fail u re in m on soon . Th ere
Co n cl u si o n : Th e sale of cars (1 ) On ly A (2) On l y B ar e p oli cy m easu res wh ich are bei n g
wi ll n ot be affect ed m u ch . (3 ) On ly C addressed especially on the in frastru c-
(A) Statem en t II. : However, people (4) An y on e of th e th ree wil l fit tu re area, in clu din g airport in frastru c-
wi ll con tin u e to bu y th e cars as it is (5 ) No ad dit ion al stat em en t i s r e- tu re. Th e ru ral econ om y h olds a h u ge
qu ired t o d raw th e con cl u si on u n tap ped poten tial , wh ich t h e ban k s
n ot very difficu lt to get veh icle l oan s.
1 5 . St at em en t I . : Very few st u - can exploit. Wh ile th e econ om y i s b e-
(B) Statem en t II. : However, people in g d riven b y fu n d am en tals, th e ser -
den ts qu alify t h e p rofession al exam i-
wi ll protest agai n st th e ri se in tax es vi ces m om en t u m i s gr ow i n g ver y
n ation s l ik e Ch artered Accou n tan cy
on st eel an n ou n ced by th e Gover n - et c. st ron g, with services con sti tu ti n g 56
m en t. per cen t of th e econ om y, as op posed
Bl an k Space : ....................
(C) Statem en t II. : H owever, th is to a ver y sm al l p ercen tage a few years
Co n cl u si o n : Th e Gover n m en t
m ay h elp to ease th e traffi c on r oad s. wan ts to con fer th ese degrees on ly to back . Cl earl y services h ave been t h e
(1 ) On ly A (2) On l y B th e deser vin g few. k ey d river i n econ om ic m om en t u m of
(3 ) Eith er A or C (A) Statemen t II. : Syllabu s of th ese t h e cou n tr y. Th e i n d u st r i al sect or,
(4 ) On e of t h e th r ee pr ofessi on al cou r ses is gen u in ely di f- wh ich u n der wen t a ph ase of restru c-
ficu lt. tu rin g, i s sh owin g a con sist ed growth
(5 ) No ad dit ion al stat em en t i s r e-
(B ) Stat em en t II. : Th e evalu ati on rate arou n d ten per cen t . Al so th ere
qu ired t o d raw th e con cl u si on
at th is level is ver y t ou gh . ar e sign ifican t ch an ges tak i n g place
1 3 . St at em en t I . : Th e Gover n - in the demograph ic profile of the cou n -
m en t h as decided to award on ly grades (C) Statem en t II. : Too m an y st u -
d en ts, even th e l ow perfor m er s ap - tr y. Seven ty per cen t of th e In dian s
an d n ot m ark s t o th e stu d en ts u p to ar e l ess th an 3 5 year s of age, wh i ch
pear for th ese exam s.
ten th class. m ak es In d ia as on e of th e you n gest
(1 ) On ly A (2) On l y B
Bl an k Space : .................... cou n t ries in th e worl d.
(3 ) On ly C
Co n cl u si o n : Hi gh scorer s are 1 6 . Services sector h as n ot grown
(4) An y on e of th e th ree wil l fit
u n h appy becau se th ere wil l be n o d if- wi th th e sam e p ace as th at of th e i n -
feren ce bet ween th e h igh scores an d (5 ) No ad dit ion al stat em en t i s r e-
du strial sect or.
qu ired t o d raw th e con cl u si on
th e m oderat ely h i gh scorer s. 1 7 . In dia h as p rogressed con si d-
Di r ect i on s (1 6-2 0) : Below is given
(A) St atem en t II. : Th ere are m ixed erably better in creating in frastru ctu re
a passage followed by several possible
reaction s from differen t grou ps of stu - in com parison with oth er cou n tries in
in fer en ces wh ich can b e d rawn fr om
den ts an d paren t s. th e fact s st ated i n t h e passage. You Asian con tinen t.
(B ) Statem en t II. : Th is was n ec- h ave to exam in e each in feren ce sep a- 1 8 . In dia’s GDP growth does n ot
essar y sin ce ou r exam in ation syst em ratel y i n th e con t ext of th e passage depen d on am ou n t of r ain fal l d u ri n g
pu ts a l ot of pressu r e on stu d en t s. an d d eci de u pon it s d egr ee of tru th m on soon .
(C) Statem en t II. : Th is pr acti ce is or fal sit y. 1 9 . In du strial sect or h as grown
bein g fol lowed by som e of th e forei gn (Un i on Ban k of I n d i a Po by ab ou t h u n dred per cen t in th e last
u n iversities. Ex am . 2 7 . 1 1 . 2 0 0 5 ) seven year s.
2 0. In dia will h ave on e of th e larg- 24. Most of th e ban k ru pt su gar m ills 26. Indian power generation is large-
est con su m er b ase i n t h e com i n g i n I n d i a a r e f u n d ed b y t h e ly con tr oll ed by p rivate sector.
year s. Govern m en t to revive th eir u n its. 27. Refor m s i n p ower sect or i n In -
Di r ec t i o n s (2 1 –2 5 ) : B el ow i s 25. Th e In di an su gar i n du str y h as di a h as n ot yet at tai n ed it s d e-
gi ven a passage followed by sever al com parati vel y sm al ler u n i ts in si red level.
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e comparison to oth er m ajor su gar 28. In dian power sector i s yet t o at-
drawn form th e facts stated in th e pas- produ cin g n ation s. tain statu s com parab le to devel-
sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer -
Di r ect i on s (2 6 –3 0 ) : Below is op ed cou n tries.
en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e
passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee gi ven a passage followed by sever al 29. Power th eft is on e of th e m aj or
of tr u th or fal sit y. p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e com pon en ts of reven u e losses in
(Cor p or at i on Ban k PO drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas- power sector.
Ex am . 0 9. 0 7. 20 06 ) sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer - 30. Aggregate tech nical and commer -
M ar k an swer (1 ) if in feren ce en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e cial loss is m u ch less th an th irty
is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol- passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee per cen t of th e total power gen -
lows from th e statem en t of facts given . of tr u th or fal sit y. eration .
M ar k an swer (2 ) i f t h e i n feren ce (Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a PO Di r ec t i o n s (3 1 –3 5 ) : B el ow i s
is ‘probably tru e’th ou gh not ‘definitely Ex am . 2 5 . 0 5 . 2 0 0 8 )
gi ven a passage followed by sever al
tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given . M ar k an sw er (1 ) if in feren ce is p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are ‘definitely tru e’, i.e., it properly follows drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas-
in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given fr om th e statem en t of facts given . sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer -
you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce M ar k an sw er (2 ) if t h e in fer en ce en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e
is li k ely to be tr u e or false. is ‘probably tru e’t h ou gh n ot ‘defin ite- passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee
M ar k an swer (4 ) i f t h e i n feren ce ly tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given . of tr u th or fal sit y.
is ‘p rob abl y false’, th ou gh n ot ‘defi- M ar k an sw er (3 ) if th e ‘dat a are (I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO
n i tel y false’ i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts in adequ ate’, i.e., fr om th e facts given Ex am . 1 5 . 0 6 . 2 0 0 8 )
given . you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce M ar k an swer (1 ) i f i n feren ce is
M ar k an swer (5 ) i f t h e i n feren ce is li k ely to be tr u e or false. ‘d efi n it ely tru e’i.e. i t p rop erly follows
is ‘d efi n itely fal se’, i .e. it can n ot pos- M ar k an sw er (4 ) if t h e in fer en ce fr om th e statem en t of facts given .
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite- M ar k an swer (2 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given . is ‘probably tru e’th ou gh not ‘definitely
In th e com m oditi es b u sin ess size M ar k an sw er (5 ) if t h e in fer en ce tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given .
does m atter. Th is is com m on wisdom .
is ‘d efin itely fal se’, i.e., it can n ot pos- M ar k an swer (3 ) ‘if th e dat a are
Th e In di an su gar i n du str y, th e sec-
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given in adequ at e’ i.e. fr om th e facts given
on d l argest in th e world after Br azi l,
or it s con t rad icts th e given fact s. you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
h as t r ad i t i on al l y b een fr agm en t ed ,
wh i ch led to wi despread sick n ess an d Th e l atest dat a to sh ow th at t h e is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
large n u m ber of m ills goin g ban k ru pt, over al l p ower si t u at i on h as got t en M ar k an swer (4 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
a sit u at ion exacer bat ed by a sl ew of wor se, wi t h t h e rat i o for peak -l oad is ‘p rob abl y false ’ th ou gh n ot ‘defi-
gover n m en t con t r ol s – wh i ch ar e, sh ortages now th e high est in a decade. n i tel y false’ i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts
m ean i n gfu l l y, get t i n g d i l u t ed sin ce In ab sol u te ter m s, th e p ower deficit given .
Au gu st 1 998. Its n ow b een m ore t h an h as h it record level s an d seem s al- M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e i n feren ces
seven an d h alf year s sin ce t h e i n du s- m ost cer t ai n t o fu r t h er d et er i or at e is ‘defin itel y false’i .e. it can n ot possi-
tr y was del icen sed . No offi cial per - wi th ou t real r efor m s on th e gr ou n d. bl y b e d rawn fr om th e facts given or
m i ssi on i s r equ ired ei th er t o bu ild a Even as aggressive tech n ical an d com - it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
n ew factory or for brown field expan - m ercial losses i n th e power syst em
A fu n damen tal global tren d n owa-
si on plan , except t h at th ere m u st n ot rem ai n m u ch h i gh at over a th i rd of
days i s th e growi n g n atu ral resou rces
b e an y vi ol at i on of com m an d ar ea total gen eration , pan -In dia cap aci ty
n orm s. Even th en , th ere aren ’t m an y scarcity. Oi l an d n at u ral gas p rices
ad dit ion is n ow well bel ow t arget. A
wh o h ave th e capacity to pl ay th e vol- h ave r oar ed i n r ecen t year s . Th i s
sh ort age of equ ipm en t an d sk il ls is
u m es gam e at t h e cycl ic su gar bu si- year, food p rices h ave also sk yrock -
bl am ed for t h e m ark ed slow down in
n ess. et ed , cau sin g h ar dsh i ps am on g t h e
au gm en tin g p ower capacity. Bu t t h e
21. In dia h as n ot yet been ab le to poor an d large sh i fts in in com e b e-
deart h of resou rces can on ly be rel a-
con solidate its fi rm stan d i n t h e t ween cou n t r ies an d b et ween r u ral
ti ve. In fact, th e real b an e of th e sec-
in ter n ation al su gar m ark et. an d u rban ar eas. Th e m ost basic rea-
tor i s con ti n u i n g reven u e leak age in
22. At presen t t h e In di an su gar i n - son for th e rise i n n atu ral resou r ce
th e state power u tilities an d u n accept-
du str y h as been m ade con si d- pr ices i s stron g growth , especial ly in
ably high aggregate techn ical and com -
er ab l y fr ee fr om Gover n m en t Ch i n a an d I n d i a, wh i ch i s h i t t i n g
m erci al losses, m u ch of it plain th eft
con tr ols. again st the physical lim its of lan d, tim -
of el ect ri cit y. Gi ven t h e pr ep on d er -
23. Pr i or t o 1 9 9 8 , I n d i an su gar ber , oi l an d gas reserves an d wat er
an ce of stat e u tili ties i n p ower su p-
in du stry was con siderably lower su p p l i es. Th u s, w h er ever n at u r e’s
p l y, t h e fact t h at t h ey r em ai n ver y
i n t h e w or l d r an k i n g of l ar ge goods an d services ar e tr aded in m ar -
m u ch i n red d oes affect in vestor com -
n ation s. k ets (as wi th en ergy an d food), p rices
fort an d ret u rn fu n ds flow.
ar e r isi n g wh en t h ey are n ot t rad ed in M a r k a n s w e r (4 ) i f t h e is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol-
th e m ark ets (as wi th clean air), t h e inferen ce is ‘probably false’th ou gh not lows from th e statem en t of facts gi v-
resu lt is pollu tion an d depletion rather ‘d efi n itely fal se’ in ligh t to th e facts en .
th an h igh er pri ces. Th ere are m an y given . M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e i n feren ce
reason s for th e dr am atic in crease in M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e in fern ce
is ‘probably tru e’t h ou gh n ot ‘defin ite-
worl d food p r i ces, bu t t h e st ar ti n g i f ‘d efi n i t el y fal se’, i .e., i t can n ot
ly tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given .
poin t is in creasin g food con su m ption s possibly be drawn from th e facts given M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are
again stron gly powered by China’s eco- or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given
n om ic gr owt h . Ch in a‘s popu l ati on is D om est i c st eel i n d u st r y h as
ear n i n g m or e n ot ab l y m or e m eat , been goin g th rou gh ch allen gin g tim es is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
wh ich in tu rn requ ires t h e im p ort a- w i t h r a w m a t er i a l p r i c es r i s i n g M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e i n feren ce
ti on of h igh er volu m es of an im al feed u n abated an d governm ent tryin g to cap is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite-
m ad e fr om soy ab ean s an d m ai ze. fi n al produ ct (steel) pri ces in ord er to ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given .
Moreover, ri sin g worl d en ergy p rices k eep in flati on u n d er ch eck . Not abl y, M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e i n feren ce
h as m ade food produ ction more costly, t h e gover n m en t h as t ak en sever al is ‘d efi n itely fal se’, i .e. it can n ot pos-
si n ce it requ ir es l arge en er gy i n pu ts m easu res in th e past six m on t h s to si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given
for t ran spor t, far m in g an d fert ili ser s. k eep a ch eck on st eel p rices, wh i ch or it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
At th e sam e tim e , risin g en ergy prices contribu te arou nd 3.63% of WPI. Now,
cr eat e a str on g in cen t ive for farm ers Hu rdl es i m posed in th e path of
after h ol din g p rices for th r ee m on t h s
to switch from food prod u ction to fu el forei gn i n vestors b y r egu lat ion s m u st
the battle between the govern ment an d
produ ction . be rem oved if th e cou n tr y wan ts to
st eel player s h as eru p ted again . Wi th
attract qu ality foreign in vestm ent. Par -
31. Ever in creasi n g con su m pti on of th e an ti cip ati on of p layers in creasi n g
food articles by world popu lation ticu larly, wh en foreign in stitu tion al in -
prices very soon , govern m en t is tryin g
i s pu sh i n g u p t h e wor l d food vestor s n o lon ger seem very en am -
to cou n t er th i s with th e im positi on of
pr ices beyon d expectat ion s. ou red by th e In dian stor y. Alt h ou gh
a p r i c e b an d o n s t eel p r o d u c t s .
32. Far m er s get m or e r et u r n s b y th e forei gn exch an ge r eserve does n ot
Im position of price ban d m ay u n fairly
pr odu cin g food arti cles th an by face th e ri sk of fall in g to th e l evels of
tr eat th e dom estic st eel in d u st ry as
pr odu cin g raw m ater ial for fu el early 19 90, th e cou n t ry sh ou ld cr e-
gl obal st eel pr ices ar e r u li n g at 3 0%
produ ction . ate an environm ent to attract m ore long
pr em i u m t o d om estic pr ices. Glob al
33. Ch in a’s food produ ction is less term in vestm en t s in stead of ju st port
p ri ces h ave i n creased b y 50 %–60 %
th an its total dom est ic requ ir e- folio in flows or h ot m on ey. Essen tial-
in 20 08 as com p ared t o j u st 20% ri se
m en ts. ly a dil u ted version of Regu lation i s-
in th e d om estic m ark et.
34. Non t radable n atu r al resou rces su ed in 1998 with its requ irem ent that
36. Som e cou n tr ies in th e western forei gn par tn ers with J Vs set u p in
ar e bein g in discrim in ately con - worl d h ave fixed a pr ice ban d
taminated by the thou gh tless u se In dia prior to 2005 mu st obtain a green
f o r s t eel p r o d u c t s i n t h ei r
li gh t fr om th e dom est ic par tn er t o set
of less en viron m en t frien dl y ac-
dom estic m ar k et s. u p an oth er sim ilar ven tu re has th e po-
tivit ies.
37. Gover n m en t m ove to fi x a pri ce ten tial to be m isu sed. Fu rther, th e for -
35. Cou n tri es oth er th an Ch in a an d
b a n d o f s t eel p r i c es m a y eign part n er i s also requ ired to obt ain
In dia pr odu ce en ou gh food an d
a d v er s el y a f f ec t t h e s t eel
pr ior app roval from th e gover n m en t
en ergy with in t h ei r cou n tri es
m an u fact u rin g u n its in In dia.before a n ew ven tu re in t h e sam e area
Di r ect i on s (3 6 –40 ) : Below is th e
gi ven a passage followed by sever al 38. Pr ices of st eel is an i n tegral part of bu sin ess as th e ex ist in g on e i s set
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e of t h e Wh ol esal e Pr i ce I n d exu p.
d r awn from th e fact s st at ed i n t h e (WPI) of In di a. 41. Foreign in vestors are k een to in -
passage. You h ave to exam in e each 39. Th ere h as b een a d ecl in e in rate vest in l on g term project s i n In -
in fer en ce separat ely in th e con text of of in flation i n recen t m on t h s in di a i n t h e cu r ren t scen ari o.
t h e p assage an d d eci d e u p on i t s India. 42. Many cou ntries in the Asian con-
degree of tr u th or fal sit y. 40. In r ecen t p ast t h e in cr ease of t i n en t h ave for ei gn i n ves t or
(Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO st eel pri ces in th e i n ter n at ion al fri en dly gu i delin es.
Ex am . 2 1 . 1 2 . 2 0 0 8 ) m ark et is m u ch lower th an th at 43. In dia’s foreign ex ch an ge r eser ve
M a r k a n s w e r (1 ) i f t h e in th e d om estic m ark et. in early 19 90s was m u ch bel ow
in fer en ce i s ‘defin it ely tr u e’, i .e., i ts Di r ec t i o n s (4 1 –4 5 ) : B el ow i s th e cu rren t level.
pr operly follows from th e stat em en t gi ven a passage followed by sever al 44. In dia n eeds to tigh ten i ts n or m s
of facts given . p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e for gran tin g foreign in vestm en ts
M a r k a n s w e r (2 ) i f t h e drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas- in k ey sector s.
in fer en ce is ‘p rob abb ly tru e’ t h ou gh sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer -
n ot ‘defin i tel y t ru e’in th e l igh t of t h e 45. Forei gn dir ect in vest m en t i n In -
en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e di a i s m ain ly sh or t-t erm in vest-
facts given . passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee m en t.
M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e data are of tr u th or fal sit y.
in aqu ate, i.e., from th e facts given you Di r ect i on s (46 –50) : Below is giv-
(UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 2 2.0 3. 200 9) en a passage followed by several pos-
can n ot say wh eth er th e i n feren ce is
li k el y to be tr u e or false. M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e i n feren ce si ble in fer en ces wh ich can be drawn
fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage.
You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce Di r ect i on s (51 –55) : Below is giv- 55. Developm en t of land occu pied by
separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas- en a passage followed by several pos- sl u m s in cit ies of In dia wil l n ot
sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of si ble refer en ces wh ich can be drawn h ave an y effect on th e com m on
tr u th or fal sit y. fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage. pu blic.
(Un i t ed Ban k Of I n d i a PO You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce Di r ect i on s (56 –60) : Below is giv-
Ex am . 2 1. 0 6. 20 09 ) separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas- en a passage followed by several pos-
M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e inference sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of si ble in fer en ces wh ich can be drawn
is ‘defin itely tru e’, i.e. it properly fol- tr u th or fal sit y. fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage.
lows from the statem ent of facts given . (Cor p or at i on Ban k PO
You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce
Ex am . 2 2. 1 1. 20 09 )
M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e i n feren ce separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas-
is ‘probably tru e’t h ou gh n ot ‘defin ite- M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e i n feren ce sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of
ly tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given . is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol- tr u th or fal sit y.
lows from th e statem en t of facts gi v-
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are (I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g
en .
in adequ ate’, i .e. fr om th e facts given Of f i cer Ex am . 0 3. 01 .2 01 0)
you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce M ar k an swer (2 ) i f t h e in feren -
M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e i n feren ce
is li k ely to be tr u e or false. ce is ‘p robably tr u e’th ou gh n ot ‘defi-
n itely tru e’in th e ligh t of th e facts giv- i s ‘d efi n i t el y t r u e’, i .e. i t p r op er l y
M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e i n feren ce fol l ows fr om th e st atem en t of fact s
en .
is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite- given .
ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given . M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are
in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e i n feren ce
M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e i n feren ce is ‘probably tru e’t h ou gh n ot ‘defin ite-
is ‘d efi n itely fal se’, i .e. it can n ot pos- ly tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given .
is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given
M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e i n feren ce M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are
or it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite- in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given
Between 20 02-0 3 an d 20 06-0 7,
ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given . you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
Indian econ omy grew an nu ally at 8.7%
M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e i n feren ce is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
led b y t h e services sect or at 9 % p er
is defin itel y fal se’, i.e. it can n ot possi- M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e i n feren ce
year. In 199 0, In d ia’s sh ar e of servi c-
bl y b e d rawn fr om th e facts given or is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite-
es, at 40% of GDP was con sisten t with
it con tradicts t h e given fact s. ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given .
it s p er capi ta in com e for low-i n com e
cou n t ry. By 20 01, its sh are of on e- In its m ost am bit iou s bid ever to M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e i n feren ce
h al f of th e GDP was h igh er b y five h ou se 6-cror e slu m dwell ers an d rea- is defin itel y fal se’, i.e. it can n ot possi-
percen tage poin ts, compared to the av- li se th e vision of sl u m –free In dia, t h e bl y b e d rawn fr om th e facts given or
er age for low-i n com e cou n tri es. Eco- gover n m en t is roll in g ou t a m assi ve
it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
n om ic reform s t h at en ergi sed th e pr i- plan to bu ild 50 lak h dwellin g u n its to
fi ve years across 400 town s an d ci t- Qu al ity of h igh er edu cation is
vate corp orate sect or, an d t ech n olog- em ergin g as a h u gel y p rofitable bu si-
ical ch an ges th at open ed u p n ew vi s- ies. Th e program cou l d free u p th ou -
san ds of acres of valu able govern m en t n ess opp ortu n it y. A r an ge of pr ivate
tas in telecomm u nications, IT an d ou t- en ter pri ses to fl y-by-n i gh t op erator s,
lan d acr oss th e cou n t ry an d gen erate
sou rcin g are believed to be resp on si- ar e m ak i n g a beeli n e for th e sector. It
cr ores worth of bu sin ess for real es-
bl e for t h e im pr essive p er form an ce.
tate developers. Proliferation of slu m s is n ei th er feasib le n or desir ab le for
However, th e servi ces led gr owt h r e-
h as had an adverse impact on the GDP th e st ate to stem th is t ide. Rath er, t h e
m ain s a pu zzle at a l ow per capit a i n -
gr owt h for years. Slu m d wel ler s are state’s role sh ou ld be to m odu late th is
com e, wi th 55% of th e work for ce sti ll
ch ar acterised by low produ ctivity an d en th u siasm to maxim ize social welfare.
en gaged in agri cu l tu r e, an d wh en ag-
su scept ible to poor h ealth con d ition s. Th e first st ep sh ou ld be to du m p t h e
r i cu l t u r e d ecel er at ed an d i n d u st r y
Th e govern m en t bel ieves th at b ett er fairy tal e t h at edu cat ion is a sacr ed
stagn ated–defyin g a styled fact in eco-
h ou si n g facili ties wi ll add ress soci al m i ssi on an d can n ot be per m itt ed to
n om ics.
issu es an d also h ave a m u lti plier ef- do bu sin ess. Allow Com pan ies t o r u n
46. In dia h as n ow em erged as a h igh fect an d ser ve as an econ om i c stim u -
per capi ta in com e cou n tr y. ed u cation al in stit u ti on s as wel l-r u n
lu s. bu sin esses t h at h ave tran sparen t ac-
47. Gr owth in In dia’s services sec- 51. Healt h an d san i tar y con di tion s cou n t s an d declar e d ivi den d s. En t ry
tor post 2 005 is m ore th an 9 per in sl u m s are far b elow th e ac-
cen t. of p rivate fu n ds in to h igh er edu cation
ceptable n orm of h u m an h abitat is n ot a case for th e st ate to wit h dr aw
48. Less th an h alf of total work force in In dian ci ties an d t own s. from th e sector. Rath er, th e state m u st
is en gaged in agr icu ltu ral sector 52. Ci ti es an d t own s of developed deepen i ts i n volvem en t an d give it a
in In di a. cou n t ries ar e free fr om slu m s. di fferen t sh ap e.
49. Sh are of services sector i n In - 53. Per capita in com e of slu m dwell-
di a’s GDP h as crossed th e h alf 56. Th e Govern m en t h as en ou gh re-
ers is si gn i fi can tl y l ower t h an
way m ark in ear ly 200 0. sou rces to ru n all the edu cation al
t h ose l i vin g i n bet ter h ou sin g
in stitu tions.
50. In earl y n in et ies, th e sh are of facilities.
servi ces sector in GD P for l ow 57. Al l edu cati on al in sti tu t ion s r u n
54. Majority of th e slu ms in cities and
per capita in com e grou p of cou n - town s in In dia are on pr im e pr i- b y p r i vat e com p an i es p r ovi d e
tr ies is abou t 40 per cen t. vate proper ties. qu ality edu cation .
58. En try of pri vate com pan ies in to 62. Th e coal m in es of t h e develop ed 66. Th e In di an Govern m en t h as n ot
ed u cat ion sector wil l ben efit t h e cou n tr ies gen erate m or e pr ofi ts d on e en ou gh t o i m p r ove t h e
society at l arge. th an th ose i n In di a. qu ality of secon dary edu cati on .
59. Man y bu sin ess h ou ses h ave en - 63. Assessm en t p rocess of coal r e- 67. All ocati n g m or e fu n ds in th e
tered edu cat ion sect or to earn serves i s n ot capable of id en t i- bu dget for prim ary edu cation will
vi sibi lit y in th e m ark et. fyin g coal r eser ves accu ratel y. su bstan tiall y im prove th e qu ali-
60. Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld r estr ict ty of ed u cation .
64. In dia’s d epen den ce on coal for
en try of pri vate com pan ies in to 68. Qu alit y of edu cation i s en su r ed
gen eratin g en ergy will con tin u e
ed u cation sector. in all th e privately ru n edu cation-
in th e t im e to com e.
Di r ec t i o n s (6 1 –6 5 ) : Below is al in stitu tion s in In dia.
gi ven a passage followed by sever al 65. In dia’s coal reser ves are m u ch
69. Gover n m en t h as been u n su c-
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e m ore th an i ts r equ irem en t.
cessfu l in ach ievi n g th e desir ed
drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas- Di r ect i on s (66 –70) : Below is giv- resu lt i n ed u cati on .
sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer - en a passage followed by several pos-
70. Moti vati n g t h e p ri m ary sch ool
en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e si ble in fer en ces wh ich can be drawn
teach ers an d im p rovi n g at ten -
passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage. dan ce of th ese t each er s ar e m a-
of tr u th or fal sit y. You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce jor ch all en ges in In di a.
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i c er separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas-
Ex am . 2 4. 0 1. 20 10 )
Di rect i on s (71 -75 ) : Below is giv-
sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of
en a passage followed by several pos-
M ar k an sw er (1 ) if t h e in fer en ce tr u th or fal sit y. si ble in fer en ces wh ich can be drawn
is ‘defi n i t el y t r u e’, i.e. it pr operly fol- (I n di an Ban k PO Ex am . 17. 10. 201 0) fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage.
lows from th e statem en t of facts given .
M ar k an sw er (1 ) if t h e in fer en ce You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce
M ar k an sw er (2 ) if t h e in fer en ce separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas-
is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol-
is ‘p r obabl y t r u e’ t h ou gh n ot ‘defi-
lows from th e statem en t of facts gi v- sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of
n i tely t ru e’ i n th e li gh t of t h e facts
en . tr u th or fal sit y.
given .
M ar k an sw er (2 ) if t h e in fer en ce (Al l ah abad Ban k PO
M ar k an sw er (3 ) if th e ‘dat a ar e Ex am . 2 1. 0 2. 20 10 )
i n adeq u at e’, i.e. from t h e facts given is ‘probably tru e’t h ou gh n ot ‘defin ite-
ly tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given . M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e i n feren ce
M ar k an sw er (3 ) if th e ‘dat a are is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol-
is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
in adequ ate’, i.e., fr om th e facts given lows from th e statem en t of facts gi v-
M ar k an sw er (4 ) if t h e in fer en ce
en .
is ‘pr obabl y fal se’, th ou gh n ot ‘defi- you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
n i tel y false’ i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts is li k ely to be tr u e or false. M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e i n feren ce
given . is ‘probably tru e’t h ou gh n ot ‘defin ite-
M ar k an sw er (4 ) if t h e in fer en ce
ly tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given .
M ar k an sw er (5 ) if t h e in fer en ce is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite-
is ‘pr obabl y fal se’, i.e. it can n ot pos- M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are
ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given .
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given
M ar k an sw er (5 ) if t h e in fer en ce you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
is ‘d efin itely fal se’, i.e., it can n ot pos- is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
Coal an d power ar e t h e m ai n - si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given
st ays of In d ia’s en er gy sector. Coal is M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e i n feren ce
or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite-
th e cou n try’s back bon e of en ergy su p-
pl y an d is l ik ely to con tin u e p layin g a Privatisation is n o panacea when ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given .
si gn i fican t role in m eet in g en ergy d e- it com es to edu cat ion . Nor can h igh - M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e i n feren ce
m an d s. It accou n ts for over 50 p er cost in t erven ti on at th e tertiary stage is ‘d efi n itely fal se’, i .e. it can n ot pos-
cen t of th e com m ercial en ergy requ ire- pr odu ce qu ali ty talen t. Th e back bon e si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given
m en ts in th e cou n try. Despite reported of qu ality edu cation is prim ary sch ool- or it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
fi gu res of a r el at ivel y large coal r e- in g. An d im p rovin g th at i s n ot j u st a Th ere h as been con sider able de-
sou rce com pared wit h oth er fossi l fu - qu est ion of fu n din g. Th e gover n m en t bate in In d ia regardi n g th e pr ivatisa-
els, th e cou n try h as been facin g sh ort- h as t ak en som e steps to im p rove t h e ti on of h igh er edu cati on . In th i s d e-
ages from tim e to tim e. Projection s for si tu ation by in creasi n g th e per cen t- bat e, th ere i s gen eral ly an im pl icit as-
coal by variou s stu dy grou p s sh ow an age of allocati on in th e bu dget . B u t it su m pt ion th at p rivatisati on is essen -
in creasin g gap bet ween th e d em an d h as don e preciou s little to in crease th e ti all y t h e sam e as corporat isat ion i.e.
an d su ppl y of d om estic coal, wh i ch efficacy of pu b lic spen di n g in edu ca- pr ivate in vest m en t com es du e t o t h e
m ay resu lt in in creased imports. More- tion . For th at is a political an d adm in - poten tial of retu r n s. In th e h i gh er ed-
over, th e cou n t ry’s resou rces ar e of- istr ati ve task . Teach er s wh o do n ot u cation fi eld, privatisation an d corpo-
ten over stat ed as assessm en t pr ocess tu rn u p to teach at r u ral sch ools (ab- ratisation are act u all y qu it e d ifferen t.
does n ot con si der th e qu ali ty, tech n i- Privatisation is regarding who con trols
sen teeism i s abou t 30 % accordi n g to
cal feasibi lit y an d econ om i c viab ili ty th e edu cati on al i n sti tu t e an d th e role
on e estim ate) an d t each er s wh o are
of coal m in in g an d expl orati on . of govern m en t in th e m anagemen t an d
n ot equ ipped or m otivated to teach bu t
61. In dia’s coal m i n es an d m in i n g fu n di n g of th e in stit u te, wh il e corp o-
con tin u e in servi ce with ch allen ge are
act i vi ti es are com m erci al ly vi - ratisati on is abou t m ak i n g profit s. In
par t of In d ia’s soci o-political r eali ty.
able.
In dia, th ere is n o dou bt th at pr ivate Asia h as becom e th e growth cen - M ar k an sw er (2 ) i f t h e i n fer -
n ot-for -profit u n iver sit ies n eed to be t re of th e worl d econ om y in recen t en ce i s ‘p r ob ab l y t r u e’ t h ou gh n ot
en cou raged to in crease ed u cat ion op- year s. Wi th in th e r egion , In dia an d ‘defin itely tru e’in th e ligh t of th e facts
portu n it ies an d t h e fact th at th ere is Sou th Korea are th e t h ir d an d fou r th given
n o oth er altern ative as the govern men t largest econ om ies after Ch in a an d J a- M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e ‘data are
si m pl y can n ot creat e en ou gh p u bl ic pan . Th ou gh th e Asian growth stori es in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given
u n iver sit i es t o sat i sfy t h e d em an d . m ai n l y r evol ve ar ou n d I n d i a an d you can n ot say wh eth er th e in feren ce
However, gu i del in es for private n ot- Ch in a, Sou th Korea h as rem ai n ed a is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
for -profit u n iversi ties sh ou ld be m ade k ey p layer for th ese cou n tri es as on e M ar k an sw er (4 ) i f t h e i n fer -
cl ear, sim pl e an d tran sp aren t t o en - of th eir m ajor tr adi n g an d i n vestm en t en ce is ‘probab ly false’, th ou gh t n ot
su re th at th ey are tr u ly n ot for p rofit partn ers. Sou th Kor ea adopted ou t- ‘definitely false’in the light of th e facts
an d offer a level playin g fiel d t o all ward-orien ted econ om ic poli cies wi th given .
th ose wh o m i gh t wan t t o set u p a pr i- t h e b egi n n i n g of, i t s fi r st five year M ar k an sw er (5 ) i f t h e i n fer -
vate u n i ver sit y. econ om ic developm en t plan in 19 62 en ce is ‘defin itely false’ i.e. i t can n ot
71. Privatisation of h igh er edu cation wh ich resu lted in h igh growth an d th e possibl y be drawn from th e facts giv-
h as yet t o t ak e proper sh ape in in tegration of the Korean econom y with en or it con tradict s t h e given fact s.
India. th e r est of t h e wor ld. Su bsequ en t ly In vestors t od ay h ave m or e in -
72. Ex pan sion of h i gh er edu cati on h i gh an d con sist en t econ om ic growth vestm en t option s th an were avai lable
op port u n it ies in In dia is n eed ed m ade Sou th Kor ea on e of th e h i gh -i n - ju st a few years ago. Ch oice i n an y
to m eet t h e in creasin g dem an d. com e econ om ies is Asi a. Kor ea is sti ll decision m ak in g is good in so far it
73. Corporatisation of h igh er edu ca- gr owi n g at a faster r ate com par ed to pr ovi des vari ety, d iffer en t iat ion an d
ti on h as ben efit ed th e stu den ts ot h er devel oped econ om ies. In d ia on ben ch m ar k in g. It cou l d also, h owev-
t h e oth er h an d , adopt ed an i m p or t er, at tim es lead to clu tter and “n oise”
in th e devel oped cou n t ries.
su bsti tu t ion pol icy si n ce its In depen - if th e op tion s are m ostly si m ilar an d
74. Privatisation of h igh er edu cation
den ce u ntil the early 1990s. Sin ce then u n di fferen t iat ed . To m ak e sen se of
will lead to com m ercialisation of In d i a h as i n t r od u ced wi de-r an gi n g th is ch oi ce con u n dru m , it i s i m per a-
edu cation in In d ia. econ om ic policy refor m s an d is m ov- ti ve for an in vestor t o d efi n e ob jec-
75. In dia does n ot h ave an y extan t in g t owar ds m ar k et–dri ven econ om y. t i ve — b ot h r et u r n s an d di gest ib l e
gu idelin es for set tin g u p h igh er Th is h as resu lt ed in con sist en t h i gh r isk an d t h en i den ti fy t h e p ossi bl e
ed u cation al in stit u ti on s by pr i- econ omic growth over th e last one-an d- op ti on s. Th e i n vest or also n eed s to
vate en ti ties. a h al f decad e. select t h e m ix an d regu l arly m on it or
Di r ect i o n s (7 6 -8 0 ) : Below i s 76. On ly Kor ean econ om y is con sid- th at obj ect ives an d i n vestm en t ou t-
gi ven a passage followed by sever al er ed as r obu st by th e in t ern a- com es rem ain al ign ed. Sou n ds si m -
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e tion al com m u n ity. pl e, b u t can p resen t t h e m ost con -
drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas- 77. J apan ’s econ om i c growt h over fou n din g situ at ion s wh ich m u ltipl ies
sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer - with th e qu an t u m of wealth .
th e l ast decade is th e h i gh est in
en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e Asia. 81. In vestm en t of h igh er am ou n t is
passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee relati vel y sim pl er th an sm all er
78. Th e Korean economy is tradition-
of tr u th or fal sit y. amou n ts.
al l y d i ffer en t t h an t h e I n d i a
(Cor p or at i on Ban k PO econ om y i n i ts appr oach . 82. In vestors n eed to crit ically eval-
Ex am . 0 9. 05. 201 0) u ate t h e risk of each i n vestm en t
79. Th e econ om i c growth of In di a
option .
M ar k an sw er (1 ) if t h e in fer en ce pr ior of 199 0s was m u ch h igh er
is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol- 83. Presen t d ay i n vestor s n eed t o
th an th e pr esen t growth rat e.
u se th eir ju dgem en t m ore crit i-
lows from th e statem en t of facts given . 80. In dia an d Chin a togeth er are con- cally before in vestin g.
M ar k an sw er (2 ) if t h e in fer en ce sidered th e drivin g force of Asian
84. Mu lti ple in vest m en t option s of
is ‘probably tru e’th ou gh not ‘definitely econ om y.
sim ilar type h elps in m ak in g bet-
tr u e’in th e li gh t of th e facts given Di r ect i on s (8 1 –8 5 ) : B el ow i s ter i n vestm en t decision s.
M ar k an sw er (3 ) if th e ‘dat a are gi ven a passage followed by sever al
85. In th e p ast , i n vestor s were gen -
in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e
er all y gu ided b y t h e fu n d m an -
you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas-
ager s.
is li k ely to be tr u e of false. sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer -
Di r ect i on s (86 –90) : Below is giv-
M ar k an sw er (4 ) if t h e in fer en ce en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e
en a passage followed by several pos-
is ‘p rob ably false’, th ou gh t n ot ‘defi- passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee
si ble in fer en ces wh ich can be drawn
of tr u th or fal sit y.
n i tel y false’ i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage.
(Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO
given . You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce
Ex am . 1 6. 0 5. 20 10 )
M ar k an sw er (5 ) if t h e in fer en ce separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas-
M ar k an sw er (1 ) i f t h e i n fer - sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of
is ‘defin itel y false’i .e. it can n ot possi-
en ce is ‘defin i tel y tr u e’, i .e. it prop- tr u th or fal sit y.
bl y b e d rawn fr om th e facts given or er l y fol l ows fr om t h e st at em en t of
it con tradicts t h e given fact s. (Ban k Of Bar oda PO
facts given . Ex am . 3 0. 0 5. 20 10 )
M ar k an swer (1) if th e inference Di r ect i on s (91 –95) : Below is giv- recor d t h em . I cal l t h e tech n iqu e of
is ‘definitely tru e’, i.e., it properly fol- en a passage followed by several pos- recordin g an d analyzin g you r bu sin ess
lows from the statem ent of facts given . si ble in fer en ces wh ich can be drawn con versat i on s for su b tl et ies Instan t
M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e i n feren ce fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage. Repla y .
is ‘probably tru e’t h ou gh n ot ‘defin ite- You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce 91. Th e m ovie ‘The Wizard of Oz’will
ly tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given . separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas- h elp im p rove bu sin ess con ver -
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of sation .
in adequ ate’, i .e, from t h e facts given tr u th or fal sit y. 92. For m ost, if th ey watch a m ovie
you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce (Cen t r al Ban k Of I n d i a PO m or e t h an on ce, d i ffer en t as-
is lik ely to be tru e or false . Ex am . 2 5. 0 7. 20 10 ) pects in differen t order, lik e spe-
M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e i n feren ce M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e in feren ce ci al effects, p h ot ogr aph y, stor y,
is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite- is “d efi n itely tru e” i.e. i t p roperly fol- m u sic et c. wou l d i m pr ess in a
ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given . lows from th e statem en t of facts gi v- better way.
en . 93. Th e t i p s ar e gi ven for u n d er -
is ‘d efin itely fal se’, i.e., it can n ot pos- M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e in feren ce stan din g bu sin ess con versation .
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given is “probably tru e” th ou gh n ot “definite- 94. Th e advi ce is bein g given t o t h e
ly tr u e” in th e l igh t of th e fact s given . sales team .
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e dat a are 95. Th e au th or wat ch es m ost m ov-
Even as t h e econ om y i s back on
in adequ ate i.e. from t h e facts given ies m ore th an t wice.
tr ack an d con su m er con fid en ce u p,
you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce Di r ec t i o n s (9 6 –1 0 0 ) : Below is
th e n u m b er of credit car ds in th e sys-
is li k ely to be tr u e or false. gi ven a passage followed by sever al
tem con ti n u es t o di p. In th e last on e
year, th e t otal n u m ber of cred it car ds M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e in feren ce p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e
in u se h as d ipp ed b y alm ost 5 0 l a- is “p robably false” th ou gh n ot “defi- drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas-
k h s. Accordi n g to t h e lat est dat a r e- n i tel y false” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer -
l eased , t h e n u m b er of cr edi t car d s given . en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e
di pp ed to abou t 2 crores as of en d M ar k an swer (5) if t h e i n feren ce passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee
Febru ary 2010 from arou n d 2.5 crores is “d efi n itely fal se”. i .e. it can n ot pos- of tr u th or fal sit y.
a year ago. Th e data also i n dicate th at si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given (Ban k Of I n di a PO Ex am . 3 1. 10. 201 0)
average m on th l y card spen ds both in or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e i n feren ce
term s of val u e as wel l as volu m e h as Not e : Each of th e five qu estion s is “d efi n i t el y t r u e”, i.e., it proper ly
st ill n ot tou ch ed th e pre-cr isi s level s. h as on ly on e di sti n ct an swer i.e. n o follows from th e statemen t of facts giv-
Average m on t h ly spen d in Fin an ci al two qu estion s can h ave t h e sam e an - en .
Year 2 0 1 0 h as fal l en t o Rs.5 ,1 0 0 swer. If you get sam e an swer for m ore M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e i n feren ce
cr ores again st Rs.5 ,40 0 cror es i n Fi- than on e qu estion , consider both again is “p r obabl y t r u e” t h ou gh n ot “defi-
n an ci al Year 2 0 0 9 , wh i l e aver age an d decide which on e of th e two wou ld n i tel y t ru e” i n t h e l igh t of t h e facts
m on th ly vol u m es in th e cu rr en t year m ore d efin it el y be t h at an swer an d given .
h as b een ju st 1 .9 4 crores a m on t h sam e way review oth er also.)
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e dat a ar e
com pared to 2.1 6 cr ores a m on th in Th e first t im e I saw Th e Wiza rd i n adeq u at e i .e, fr om th e facts given
Fi n an cial Year 2009 . Even peak fest i- of Oz, th e story b ewi tch ed m e. Th e you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
val spen ding throu gh cards in th e cu r - secon d t im e I saw Th e Wizard of Oz, is lik ely to be tru e or false .
ren t fiscal is less th an th e previou s t h e sp ecial effect s am azed m e. Th e
year’s level s. th ird tim e I saw Th e Wizard of Oz, t h e
is “p r obabl y fal se” t h ou gh n ot “defi-
86. Cr edit card u sage i n th e cu rren t p h otograp h y d azzled m e. Have you
n i tel y false” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts
year h as su bstantially decreased ever seen a m ovie twi ce, th r ee tim es
given .
fr om Fin an cial Year 200 9. ? You n ot i ce su b t l et i es an d h ear
sou nds you com pletely missed th e first M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e i n feren ce
87. Th ere h as been a d rop of abou t is “defi n i t el y fal se” i.e. it can n ot pos-
tim e arou n d.
40 percen t in u se of credit card si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given
in t h e cu r ren t year from th e pre- It ’s t h e sam e on th e p h on e. B e-
vi ou s year. cau se you r bu sin ess conversations are
m ore con sequ en ti al th an m ovies, you (Not e : Each of t h e fi ve qu es-
88. Th ere h as been a d rop of abou t tions h as only on e distin ct an swer i.e.,
sh ou ld listen to them two, may be three
1 0 p er cen t i n t h e n u m b er of n o two qu est ion s can h ave th e sam e
ti m es. Often we h ave n o clear id ea of
cr edit card tran saction s i n t h e an swer. If you get sam e an swer for
wh at really h appen ed in ou r ph on e
cu rren t year fr om th e previou s m ore th an one qu estion, con sider both
con versation u n til we h ear i t agai n .
year. again an d deci de wh ich on e of th e two
You ’ll fi n d sh adin gs m ore si gn ifican t
89. Th e drop in u sage of credit cards th an t h e col ou r of Tot o’s col lar — an d wou ld m ore defin i tel y b e th at an swer
in In d ia is l esser t h an t h at in m ore scar ecr ows th an you im agin ed an d sam e way review oth er s also.)
m an y oth er cou n t ries. wh o ‘h aven ’t got a brai n !’ Norm ally, d eali n gs wi th ban k s
90. People are n ot u sin g credit cards How d o you list en to you r i m - in vol ve a n u m ber of d ocu m en t s an d
in th e cu rren t year du e to ram - por tan t b u sin ess con versati on s again ot h er detai ls. Bu t th at’s n ot th e case
pan t cred it card relat ed frau d. ? Si m pl y legall y an d et h ical ly t ap e wh en you wi sh to sh ift from BPLR to
th e b ase rat e system . All th e borrow- Cardiovascu lar disease is so prev- Aviation is im portan t, both as an
er h as t o do is ap proach th e br an ch , al en t th at virt u al ly all bu sin esses are in du stry in it s own r igh t an d as a fa-
from wh ich h e h as tak en th e loan, an d li k el y t o h ave em p loyees wh o su ffer ci lit ator for th e su ccess an d com pet i-
gi ve a w r i t t en ap p l i cat i on for t h e fr om , or m ay develop, th i s con di tion . ti ven ess of ot h er in d u st ries. Th e su c-
switch . Th e borrower sh ou ld m en ti on Research sh ows th at b etween 50–80 cess of t h e avi ation i n du str y is al so
th e d etai ls of existin g l oan th erei n . p er cen t of all peop le wh o su ffer a in tegral to n at ion al com p eti tiven ess,
96. Al l t h e b orr owers are requ ir ed h eart attack are able to retu rn to work . econ om i c d evel op m en t an d soci al
to sh ift from B PLR to th e base However, th i s m ay n ot be possib le if pr ogr ess. More im p ort an t ly, avi ati on
rate system . th ey h ave pr evi ou sl y b een in volved in su pports th ose n ew econ om y sectors
97. Th ere m ay n ot b e a pr in ted ap- h eavy ph ysi cal wor k . In su ch cases, on wh ich In dia’s fu tu re prosperit y r e-
pl icat ion form for app lyin g for it m ay be possi ble to m ove th e em - li es, lik e in for m ati on tech n ol ogy, bi o-
th is switch . pl oyee to li gh t er d u ti es, wi th appr o- tech n ology, fin an ce an d electron ics.
p r i at e r et r ai n i n g w h er e n ecessar y. Th at In d ia’s air tran sport in d u st ry is
98. Th e ex i st i n g b or r ower s w h o
Si m i l ar l y , h i gh - p r essu r e, st r essfu l
wish to switch from BPLR to th e on th e r ise is an u n d isp u tab le fact.
work , even wh er e i t d oes n ot in vol ve
base rate system are bein g ad- However th e In dian econ om y wil l on ly
physical activity, sh ou ld also be avoid-
d r essed . ach ieve its tru e poten tial if we are able
ed. Hu m an Resou rce m an agers shou ld
99. Car an d H om e loan borr owers to com pete i n th e in du st ri es of th e
b e awar e of t h e i m pl icat ion s of job
ar e b ein g ad dressed. fu tu r e. We n eed to be st ron g i n t h e
roles for em ployees with a cardiac con -
100. Only the very h igh valu e borrow- ar eas wi th p oten ti al to grow an d t h e
dition .
ers wil l m ostl y ap p ly for t h i s role of In d ia’s aviat ion sector i s crit i-
101. Em ployees wh o su ffer from car -
swi t ch . cal i n t h is regar d.
di ovascu l ar disease are m ost ly
Di r ec t i o n s (1 0 1 –1 0 5 ) : B elow is u n abl e t o r etu rn to wor k . 106. In di a n eed s to m ak e m assive in -
gi ven a passage followed by sever al 102. Em ployees su fferin g from Car - vestm en ts in in frast ru ctu ral de-
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e diovascu lar diseases are u n able velop m en t.
drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas- to h an dle st ressfu l si tu at ion s. 107. Gr owth in In dia’s aviation sec-
sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer - tor i s i m portan t t o i ts econ om ic
103. Em ployees above th e age of 50
en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e developm en t.
ar e fou n d t o su ffer from cardi o-
passage an d decid e u p on i ts degr ee vascu lar disease. 108. In dia h as m ade su b stan tial d e-
104. Ph ysical an d stressfu l wor k def- velop m en t in th e b iot ech n ology
(I n di an Ban k PO Ex am . 02 .01 .20 11
in itely leads to a h eart at tack . sect or.
(I st si t t i n g)
105. Heart di sease can affect em ploy- 109. In dia h as tr em en dou s poten ti al
M ar k an swer (1 ) If t h e i n feren ce
ees i n an y typ e of b u si n ess. to gr ow i n t h e em ergi n g i n du s-
is “defi n i t el y t r u e” i.e. it properly fol-
Di r ect i on s (1 0 6 -1 1 0 ) : Below is tr ies.
lows from th e statem en t of facts gi v-
gi ven a passage followed by sever al 110. Aviat ion sector in In dia h as n ot
en .
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e fu lfi lled it s r ole in th e past i n i ts
M ar k an swer (2 ) If t h e i n feren ce drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas-
is “p r obabl y t r u e” th ou gh n ot “d ef i - econ om ic developm en t.
sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer - 111. Read th e fol lowin g in form ati on
n i t el y t r u e” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e
given . carefu lly an d an swer th e qu es-
passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee
M ar k an swer (3 ) If t h e dat a i s ti on wh i ch fol lows.
i n adeq u at e i .e. from t h e facts given , (Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO On e of th e m ain reason s b eh i n d
you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce Ex am . 2 3. 0 1. 20 11 ) th e l ack of app lican t s for t each -
is li k ely to be tr u e or false. M ar k an sw er (1 ) if t h e in fer en ce er s ’ t r a i n i n g / d egr ee p r o -
M ar k an swer (4 ) If t h e i n feren ce is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol- gr am m es is th at teach ers h ave
is “p r obabl y fal se” t h ou gh n ot “defi- lows from th e statem en t of facts gi v- n ot ex per i en ced an y im p r ove-
n i tel y false” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts en . m en t i n work i n g con d ition s an d
given . M ar k an sw er (2 ) if t h e in fer en ce th eir salaries h ave n ot k ep t pace
M ar k an swer (5 ) If t h e i n feren ce is ‘probably tru e’t h ou gh n ot ‘defin ite- wi t h sal ar i es i n ot h er p r ofes-
is “defi n i t el y fal se” i.e. it can n ot pos- ly tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given . sion s.
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given M ar k an sw er (3 ) if th e ‘dat a are Wh ich of th e followin g can be i n -
or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. in adequ ate’, i .e. fr om th e facts given ferr ed from th e given paragraph ?
(Not e : Each of th e fi ve qu estion s you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce (1) Very tou gh en tr an ce ex am is
h as on ly on e di sti n ct an swer i.e. n o is li k ely to be tr u e or false. al so on e of ti le reason s b e-
two qu estion s can h ave t h e sam e an - M ar k an sw er (4 ) if t h e in fer en ce h in d plu n gin g n u m ber of ap-
swer. If you get t h e sam e an swer for is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite- plican ts for teachers’trainin g
m ore th an one qu estion, con sider both ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given . program m es.
again an d deci de wh ich on e of th e two M ar k an sw er (5 ) if t h e in fer en ce (2) I n t h e y ear s t o com e, t h e
wou ld m ore d efi n it ely be th at an swer is ‘d efi n itely fal se’, i .e. it can n ot pos- sch ools wou l d face a cru n ch
an d i n t h e sam e way r evi ew th e ot h - si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given in terms of availability of qu al-
er s also.) or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. ified teach ers
(3) Train ing programm es for oth - (4) Wh en we realize th at we h ave 114. Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m -
er p r ofessi on s ar e al so as been lu ck y, we ten d to th i n k bered (A), (B), (C), (D) an d (E)
good as t each er s’ t r ai n i n g abou t philan th ropy an d help- m en t ion ed ab ove wou l d p r ove
program m es in g t h ose wh o h ave n ot been th at in t erven t ion from t h ei r u r -
(4) Nu m b er of ap p l i can t s for so lu ck y b an cou n t erp ar t s can al so b e
t ea c h er s ’ t r a i n i n g p r o - ben efi cial t o a cer tai n ex ten t?
(5) Not on ly ch i ldr en , even t h e
gr am m es will im prove i f t h e
p ar en t s an d ot h er ad u l t s (1) A (2) B
salar ies in oth er profession s
ar e redu ced n eed to u n derstan d an d sen - (3) C (4) D
(5) No direct relat ion sh ip can be si tise th em selves abou t t h e (5) E
establish ed between th e work inequ ality 115. Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m -
conditions of a particu lar pro- (Ban k Of Bar oda PO bered (A), (B), (C), (D) an d (E)
fessi on an d p r efer en ce for Ex am . 1 3 . 0 3 . 2 0 1 1 ) m en ti on ed above r epr esen t s a
it am on gst th e qu al ified can - Di r ect i on s (1 1 3–1 1 6) : Read th e st ep wh i ch h elp ed th e pr ocess
didates followin g in for m ati on an d fi ve stat e- of li beralizati on an d em p ower -
(Ban k Of Bar oda PO m en t of th e vi llager s?
m en ts given below it carefu l ly an d an -
Ex am . 1 3 . 0 3 . 2 0 1 1 )
swer th e qu esti on s wh ich fol low : (1) A (2) B
112. Read th e fol lowin g in form ati on
(I n di an Ov er seas Ban k PO (3) C (4) D
Ex am . 2 2. 0 5. 20 11 )
ti on wh i ch fol lows: (5) E
Get m ore i n volved i n ou r r eal People in th e rem ot e village of 116. Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g r ep r e-
world. Food in flation is a fan tas- Ken al are n ow t otal ly sel f su ffi cien t sen ts a r esu l t / r ep er cu ssi on
t i c way t o t each ou r ch i l d r en an d l i b er al an d n o l on ger wai t t i l l of th e su ccess ex peri en ced b y
m at h em ati cs. Tr y h avi n g you r people fr om u rb an areas dish ou t em - th e residents of the village Ken al?
ch i l d p l ot a gr ap h of h ow i n - power m en t as a special p rivilege or (1) B (2) C
com es h ave grown i n In di a for favou r.
differen t jobs between , say, 1950 (3 ) B oth C an d E
(A) Man y of th e residen ts form ed
an d t od ay (en gi n eer, d oct or, (4) A (5) D
a grou p an d in iti ated a self
m aid , dr i ver). H ave th em pl ot 117. A few t ravel l er s wer e sever el y
h ow cost s h ave gr own i n t h e h el p m i cr o-cr ed i t p r ogr am
which provided help and su p- beaten u p by vil lagers recen t ly
sam e peri od; it wi ll be a fu n ex- i n a r em ot e r u r al p ar t of t h e
er ci se. por t to th e vill ager s to star t a
st ate as th e villager s fou n d t h e
By th e tim e th ey fi n ish th e exer - n ew b u si n ess.
m ovem en t of th e travel lers su s-
ci se, n ot on ly wil l you r ch i ldr en (B) Th ere was a ti m e wh en t h e
p iciou s. Th e di str ict au th or it y
learn a l ot, bu t lik ely you will revi llager s h ad t o seek favou rs h as sen t a poli ce team t o n ab
al ize too t h at wh i le ou r in com es fr om t h ei r u r b an cou n t er -
h ave zoom ed 300 ti m es in th is th e cu lp rit s.
par ts.
peri od , sal ar ies of m aid s h ave Wh ich of th e followin g i n fer en c-
prob ably gon e u p on ly 50 ti m es, (C) Ken al lack s the n ew advan ce- es can b e dr awn fr om th e above
an d cost s h ave gon e u p 1 0 0 m en ts an d tech n ological d e- statem en t?
ti m es. You r m ai d stil l h as a sev- velop m en ts owin g t o a lack
(An in feren ce is someth ing wh ich
en -day week , with n o paid vaca- of u rb an in terven tion .
is n ot di rectly st ated bu t can be
tion or casu al leaves. An d realiz- (D) Man y oth er vill ages ar e n ow in fer red from t h e given fact s)
in g j u st h ow l u ck y we ar e i s of- app roach in g th e people from
ten t h e fir st step towar ds ser i- (1) Th e villagers dislik e presen ce
Ken al to h elp t h em follow th e of str an gers in th eir vici n it y.
ou s ph ilan th ropy.
sam e d irection s.
All th e followin g can be i n fer r ed (2) Villagers are gen erally su spi-
(E) Wom en in Ken al too are real- ciou s in n atu re.
fr om th e ab ove ex cept fo r on e:
izin g th e im por tan ce of em -
(1) Real wor ld p r obl em s ar e a (3) T r a v el l er s p r ef er t o v i si t
good way to u n derstan d oth - p ower m en t an d ar e t ak i n g
cou n tr yside.
er su bjects as wel l as h ave every possi ble step t o add to
(4) Th e Gover n m en t gen er al l y
ap p r ec i a t i on f or t h e r ea l th eir fam il y’s k itt y.
pr ovi des pr otecti on to trav-
wor ld p robl em 113. Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m - el ler s across t h e cou n tr y.
(2) Food i n flat ion h as affected bered (A), (B), (C), (D) an d (E) can
(5) Non e of th ese
ver y di ffer en tly differen t p ro- be in ferred fr om t h e given stat e-
fessi on als over t h e years (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE
m ent? (An inference is something
Ex am . 1 8. 0 9. 20 11 )
(3) Th ou gh th ere ar e h u ge sal a- w hich ca n be directly in ferred
r y d i ffer en ces, for al l t h e Di r ect i on s (11 8 –1 22 ) : Read th e
from th e given facts)
j o b s/ p r o f es si o n s t h e i n - following information carefu lly an d an -
(1) On ly A (2) On l y B
cr ease h as atleast n ot been swer th e qu est ion s wh ich follow:
less t h an th e rat e of in flati on (3) On l y C (4) On ly D (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE
over a l on ger per iod of ti m e (5) Both A an d E Ex am . 1 7. 0 6. 20 12 )
Sm all b ran ds ar e n ow look i n g (F) Sm aller bran ds are cu rren t- M ar k an swer (1 ) If t h e i n feren ce
beyon d l ocal grocery stores an d are ly m ak in g su bst an t ial loss- is “defi n i t el y t r u e” i.e. it properly fol-
tyin g u p wit h Su per m ar k et s su ch as es in th eir bu sin esses. lows from th e statem en t of facts gi v-
Bi g B azaar t o p u ll th eir bu sin ess ou t 119. Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m - en .
of tr ou b led water s. bered (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) an d M ar k an swer (2 ) If t h e i n feren ce
118. Wh ich of th e fol lowi n g can be (F) can b e assu m ed fr om t h e is “p r obabl y t r u e” th ou gh n ot “d ef i -
in ferr ed from th e given in form a- facts/ in for m ati on given i n t h e n i t el y t r u e” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts
tion ? (An in feren ce is som et h in g st atem en t ? (An assu m pti on is given .
that is n ot directly stated bu t can som eth in g su pposed or tak en for M ar k an swer (3 ) If t h e dat a i s
be in ferr ed from t h e given i n for -
gran ted) i n adeq u at e i .e. from t h e facts given ,
mation)
(1) On ly (A) you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
(1) M er c h a n d i s e o f s m a l l er is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
br an d s wou l d n ot b e avai l- (2) On ly (B)
M ar k an swer (4 ) If t h e i n feren ce
ab le at l ocal gr ocery st or es (3) Both (B) an d (C)
is “p r obabl y fal se” t h ou gh n ot “defi-
in th e n ear fu tu r e. (4) Bot h (D) an d (E) n i tel y false” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts
(2) Sm all er bran ds can n ot com - (5) On ly (F) given .
p et e wi t h b i gger on es i n a
120. Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m - M ar k an swer (5 ) If t h e i n feren ce
su per m ar k et set-u p.
bered (A), (B), (C), (E) and (F) rep- is “defi n i t el y fal se” i.e. it can n ot pos-
(3) Th ere is a p ercept ion am on g r esen t s a d i sad van t age of t h e si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given
sm all bran ds th at sale in a
sm all grocery stores over th e Su - or it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
su per m ar k et is h igh er th an
perm ark ets from th e perspective (Not e : Each of th e fi ve qu estion s
th at of sm all grocery st ores.
of a sm aller b ran d ? h as on ly on e di sti n ct an swer i.e. n o
(4) Su perm ark ets gen erate m ore
reven u e b y sell in g produ cts (1) On ly (A) two qu estion s can h ave t h e sam e an -
of b i gger b r an d s as com - (2) On ly (C) swer. If you get t h e sam e an swer for
pared to th e sm all er on es. (3) On ly (E) m ore th an one qu estion, con sider both
(5) Sm all er bran ds h ave always again an d deci de wh ich on e of th e two
(4) On ly (F)
h ad m ore tie-u ps with su per - wou ld m ore d efi n it ely be th at an swer
(5) Both (B) an d (C) an d i n t h e sam e way r evi ew th e ot h -
m a r k et s a s c o m p a r ed t o
121. Wh ich of t h e stat em en ts (A), (B), er s also.)
sm all grocer y st ores.
(C), (D) an d (E) m en tion ed above Cardiovascu lar disease is so prev-
Di r ect i on s (1 1 9 –1 2 2 ) : Th ese
represen t s a reason for t h e sh i ft al en t th at virt u al ly all bu sin esses are
qu est ion s are based on t h e in form a-
tion given above an d th e sen ten ces la- fr om local grocery st ores t o su - li k el y t o h ave em p loyees wh o su ffer
beled (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) an d (F) as p er m a r k et s b y t h e s m a l l er fr om , or m ay develop, th i s con di tion .
gi ven below. br an ds ? Research sh ows th at b etween 50–80
(A) A sm aller br an d m an u fac- (1) On ly (A) p er cen t of all peop le wh o su ffer a
tu rin g a cer tai n p rodu ct of (2) On ly (B) h eart attack are able to retu rn to work .
qu ality comparable with th at (3) On ly (D) However, th i s m ay n ot be possib le if
of a b i gger b r an d , m ak es th ey h ave pr evi ou sl y b een in volved in
(4) Both (A) an d (D)
m u ch m or e p rofit from t h e h eavy ph ysi cal wor k . In su ch cases,
l ocal gr ocer y st or es t h an (5) Both (C) an d (E) it m ay be possi ble to m ove th e em -
fr om th e su per m ar k et s. 122. Wh ich of th e stat em en ts n u m - pl oyee to li gh t er d u ti es, wi th appr o-
(B) As th e su per m ar k ets h ave bered (A), (B), (C), (E) and (F) m en- p r i at e r et r ai n i n g w h er e n ecessar y.
been set u p on l y i n b igger ti on ed above wou ld pr ove th at Si m i l ar l y , h i gh - p r essu r e, st r essfu l
ci ties at p resen t , t h is st ep t h e st ep tak en by th e sm al ler work , even wh er e i t d oes n ot in vol ve
wou ld fail to d eli ver resu l ts br an d s (of m ovi n g to su per m ar - physical activity, sh ou ld also be avoid-
in th e sm al ler ci ties. k ets) m ay n ot n ecessarily be cor - ed. Hu m an Resou rce m an agers shou ld
(C) Su p er m a r k et s h el p t h e rect ? b e awar e of t h e i m pl icat ion s of job
smaller brands to break into (1) On ly (A) (2) On ly (C) roles for em ployees with a cardiac con -
n ewer m ark ets wit h ou t i n - (3) On ly (E) (4) On ly (F) dition .
vestin g su bstan tially in dis- 123. Em ployees wh o su ffer from car -
(5) Both (B) an d (E)
tribu tion . di ovascu l ar disease are m ost ly
Di r ec t i o n s (1 2 3 –1 2 7 ) : B elow is
(D) Su p er m ar k et s ch ar ge t h e u n abl e t o r etu rn to wor k .
sm all er bran ds 10 % h igh er gi ven a passage followed by sever al
124. Em ployees su fferin g from Car -
th an th e am ou n t ch arged to p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e
diovascu lar diseases are u n able
th e bi gger b ran d s. drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas-
to h an dle st ressfu l si tu at ion s.
(E) Bein g ou t n u m ber ed b y t h e sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer -
125. Em ployees above th e age of 50
bi gger b ran ds, vi sib ili ty of en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e
ar e fou n d t o su ffer from cardi o-
th e sm all er bran ds at local passage an d decid e u p on i ts degr ee
vascu lar disease.
gr ocery stor es is m u ch low- of tr u th or fal sit y.
126. Ph ysical an d stressfu l wor k def-
er as com pared to th e su - (I BPS Sp eci al i st Of f i cer CWE
in itely leads to a h eart at tack .
perm ark et s. Ex am . 1 7 . 0 3 . 2 0 1 3 )
127. Heart di sease can affect em ploy- St at em en t I : Th e econ om y of 132. St at em en t % 6Th e m in ist ry of avi-
ees i n an y typ e of b u si n ess. cou n t ry Tal on g is m or e d epen - at ion h as or dered t o p rocu re 35
128. St at em en t s : Th ere ar e sever al den t of Tou rism in du stry th an n ew ai rcr aft to be add ed t o t h e
t yp es of wr i st wat ch es i n t h e an y oth er. ex ist in g fl eet th is year.
world. A n ew type of digital wrist St at em en t I I : St u den ts wi ll be Wh ich of th e fol lowin g m ost ap-
watch h as been in trodu ced in th e encou raged to go for h igh er stu d- propriately proves th at th e deci-
m ark et wh ich can calcu lat e t h e ies t o Talon g. si on t ak en b y th e aviation m i n -
li fe span of a per son . Th e wri st Wh i ch of th e gi ven t wo st at e- ister is u n realistic an d n ot based
wat ch st op s wh en t h e p er son m en ts can be in fer red from t h e on scien tific proj ection s?
dies. given inform ation ? (An in ference (1) A recen t su r vey sh owed th at
Wh ich of th e fol lowi n g can be is someth in g wh ich is n ot direct- t h e ex i st i n g ai r cr aft i n t h e
co n cl u ded from th e facts given l y st at ed b u t can b e i n fer r ed fl eet fai l t o m atch t h e i n ter -
in th e stat em en ts ? fr om th e gi ven facts.) n ation al stan dards an d qu al-
(1) Th is cou ld lead t o ch aos an d (1) Neit h er I n or II can be i n - it y n orm s.
con fu sion i n t h e wor ld ferred from th e given i n for - (2) Th ese n ew aircraft h ave bet-
(2) Person can k n ow h ow lon g mation . t er t ech n ol ogy an d gr eat er
li fe is l eft an d h e cou ld li ve (2) Both I an d II can be in ferr ed n u mber of seats as com pared
h is life h ap pily fr om th e given in form ation . t o on es al read y ex ist in g i n
(3) Th e n ew wrist watch h as al- (3) Ei th er I or II can be in ferr ed th e fleet.
tered th e l ife pat ter n of t h e fr om th e given in form ation . (3) Th e n ei gh b ou r i n g cou n t r y
people (4) On ly I can b e i n ferred fr om wh ich al so procu r ed air craft
(4) Th e st at em en t im pl ies th at th e given in form ati on . l ack ed en ou gh n u m b er of
death is certain (5) On ly II can be in fer red fr om trai n ed pil ots.
(5) Non e of th ese th e given in form ati on . (4) As th e n u m ber of passen gers
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I , has declin ed significantly this
131. Th is qu estion con sists of an in -
26 .1 0.2 01 3)
form ation followed by two state- year, th e ex isti n g fleet i s n ot
129. St at em en t : Experts defin e t h e m en ts n u m bered I an d II. bein g u sed to i ts fu l l p oten -
social en trepren eu rsh ip as su ch Th e travel au th orities of cou n try tial.
t h at p u r su es op p or t u n i t i es t o
Talon g h ave eased th e process (5 ) As m an y as 12 pil ots ar e n ot
serve th e m i ssion t o give sol u -
of acqu irin g visa for th e tou rists. o n f l y i n g d u t i es f o r t w o
ti on s to social problem s. Bu si-
St at em en t I : Th e econ om y of st rai gh t week s du e to lack of
n ess en t r ep r en eu r s t y p i cal l y
cou n try Talon g is m ore depen - su fficien t ai rcr aft to pl y on
m easu re per form an ce i n p rofit
den t of Tou rism in du stry th an th e rou tes.
an d retu r n .
an y oth er. (I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE–V
Wh ich of th e fol lowi n g can be M ai n Ex am . 31.10.2015)
con clu ded from the above state- St at em en t I I : Stu den ts will be
encou raged to go for h igh er stu d- 133. Stu dy th e given in form ation an d
m en ts ?
ies to Talon g. an swer th e qu estion :
(1) It is possi ble to add ress so-
Wh i ch of th e gi ven t wo st at e- Lon g term u sage of an tibiot ics
ci al problem s wh il e m ak i n g
m en ts can be in ferred from th e cau ses th e disease, ‘Cretosis’as it de-
bu sin ess profit abl e.
given inform ation ? (An in ference creases t h e secretion of h orm on e X.
(2) Soci al en t r ep r en eu r sh i p i s
is someth in g wh ich is n ot direct- Wh il e body can en d u r e th e level of
di fferen t fr om th e b u si n ess
ly stated bu t can be in ferred from h or m on e X d ropp in g to h alf th e re-
en trepr en eu rsh i p.
th e given facts.) qu ired n u m ber m icrogram s, in levels
(3) B u si n ess en t r ep r en eu r sh i p droppin g to 23–m icrogram s n eeds im -
does not care social problem s (1) Neit h er I n or II can be i n -
ferred from th e given in for - m ediate m edical atten tion .
wh ile devisin g th eir bu sin ess
mation. Wh ich of th e fol lowi n g can be
poli cy.
(2) Both I an d II can be in ferred con clu ded from th e given state-
(4) Bu sin ess en trepren eu rsh ip is men t?
from th e given in form ation .
m ore im p ort an t th an soci al
(3) Eith er I or II can be in ferred (1) A patien t can be said to h ave
en trepr en eu rsh i p.
from th e given in form ation . Cretosis on ly if h is/ h er h or -
(5) Non e of th ese m on e ‘X’levels are 23 micro-
(4) On ly I can be in ferred from
(I BPS Ban k PO/ M T CWE-I I I , gram s of low.
26 .1 0.2 01 3) th e given in formation .
(5) On ly II can be in ferred from (2) Usage of antibiotics on a short
130. Th is qu esti on con sist s of an i n -
th e given in formation . term cann ot cau se ‘Cretosis’
for m ati on followed b y two state-
(BOB J un i or M an agem en t ever to a m inor extent.
m en ts n u m ber ed I an d II.
Gr ade/ Scal e–I Ex am . 18.04.2015) (3) All microgram s is exactly h alf
Th e tr avel au th or ities of cou n try
Talon g h ave eased th e pr ocess (Ban k of Bar od a J un i or M an agem en t of the am ou n t of h ormon e X
of acqu irin g visa for th e tou rists. Gr ad e/ Scal e-I Ex am , 18 .0 4.2 01 5) requ ired daily by th e body.
(4) The normal nu m bers of micro- (1) Employees of Com pany D will
gram s of hormon e X is m ore always tak e correct decision s SBI PO EXAMS
th an all m icrogram s. in all th e situ ation s.
(5) In a patient with hormon e X (2) Com pan y D completely relies Di r ec t i o n s (1 –2 ) : Gi ven bel ow
level of 21 microgram, if ad- on its em ployees for all k ey is on e passage followed by several pos-
m in istered an oth er 23 micro- decision s. si ble in fer en ces wh ich can be drawn
gram s wou ld bring the level to (3) Th e produ ctivity of employees fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage.
absolu te norm al. of Com p an y D h as al ways You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer been satisfactory in th e past. separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas-
(M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.0 2.2016) (4) In volvin g em ployees in deci- sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of
134. Stu dy the given information care- sion m ak in g process is an ef- tr u th or fal sit y.
fu lly to an swer th e given qu es- fect ive m et h od t o m oti vat e (SBI Assoc i at e Ban k s PO
tion : them . Ex am . 1 4. 0 2. 19 99 )
Th e followin g are two fin din gs of (5) Em p l oy ees of Com p an y D M ar k , i f y ou t h i n k an swer
a on e year lon g su rvey con du ct- h ave n ow becom e com peten t (1 ) t h e i n fer en ce i s ‘D ef i n i t l y
ed on th e em ployees of Com pa- en ou gh to give valu able su g- T r u e’ i.e. it p rop erl y foll ows from t h e
gestion s. st atem en t of fact s given .
n y K.
(A) Every tim e, an em ployee is re- (2 ) t h e i n fer en ce i s ‘Pr o b ab l y
CWE 14.0 2.2016)
warded for h is/ h er work , h e/ sh e T r u e’ th ou gh n ot ‘Def i n i t el y T r u e’in
136. Stu dy the given information care- th e l igh t of th e fact s given .
h as perform ed better for at least
fu lly to an swer th e qu estion giv-
n ext two years. (3 ) th e ‘Dat a ar e I n ad equ at e’i.e.
en below :
(B) Th e perform an ce of non e of the fr om th e facts given you can n ot say
‘Kal i k aar ’ i s a fam ou s fab r i c wh eth er t h e in feren ce is lik ely to be
employees of Company K has im- threadwork th at originated in City
proved in the past ten months. tr u e or false.
G of a cou n try.
Wh ich of th e fol lowi n g can be (4 ) t h e i n fer en ce i s ‘Pr o b ab l y
(A) ‘Kalik aar’ was an in n ovation of Fal se’ th ou gh n ot ‘Defi n i t el y F al se’
in ferred from th e given in form a- ‘Hardali’tribe of City G. Th ou gh
tion? in th e l igh t of th e fact s given .
th e tribe lost its existen ce lon g
(1) More th an 90% of Com pan y ago, ‘Kalik aar’is still very m u ch (5 ) th e i n fer en ce i s ‘Def i n i t el y
K’s em ployees work to th eir in dem an d. Fal se’ i.e it can n ot possi bly be drawn
h igh est poten tial on ly wh en fr om th e facts gi ven or it con tradicts
(B) On ly th e au th en tic ‘Kalik aar’de- th e given fact s.
th ey are rewarded. picts fru its an d flowers of a spe-
(2) All th e em ployees of Com pa- cific tree th at was worsh ipped by ‘Hol idays on In stalm en t Paym en t
n y K h ave been rewarded at ‘Hardali’tribe. (H IP)’pl an s are bein g in t rod u ced. Ac-
least on ce in th eir work span . cor din g t o an In dian Mark et Research
Bu reau (IMRB ) stu d y, at least 1 2,0 00
(3) Th e em ployees receive h eavy in ferred from th e given in form a-
fam il ies in Mu m bai alon e wil l op t for
in cen tives apart from b ein g tion ?
su ch defer red paym en t plan s for th eir
rewarded which drive them to (Not e : An inferen ce is someth in g
h olid ays in th e n ext th ree year s.
per for m better. by wh ich you can logically de-
du ce som eth in g to be tru e based 1. In Mu m bai H olid ays on In stal-
(4) Th ere are factors oth er th an
on k n own prem ises.) m en t Paym en t (H IP) seem s to be
bein g rewarded wh ich affect
fu lfi lli n g n eed of peopl e.
th e perfor m an ce of th e em - (1) Th e ‘H ar d al i ’ t r i b e d i d n ot
ployees. worsh ip Gods an d Goddess- 2. Com p ared t o th e total n u m ber of
es. m em bersh i p of H IP from Mu m -
(5) No em pl oyees h as b een r e-
bai appears to be a ‘Tip of Ice-
ward ed for h is/ h er wor k in (2) Some people n ot belongin g to
th e last two qu arters. ber g’.
th e tribe h ave tak en th e ‘Kali-
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer k aar’work forward an d m an - Di r ec t i o n s (3 –9 ) : Below is given
(M ar k et i n g) CWE 01.0 2.2016) aged to k eep fu lfillin g its de- a passage followed by several p ossi-
135. Stu dy the given information care- man d. b le i n fer en ces wh ich can be d r awn
fu lly and an swer th e qu estion giv- (3) D u r i n g t h e ex i s t en c e o f fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage.
en below : ‘Hardali’tribe, ‘Kalik aar’was You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce
th e on l y m ean s of th eir in - separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas-
‘Ever sin ce we started in volvin g
com e. sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of
ou r em p loyees i n t h e k ey d eci si on
tr u th or fal sit y.
m ak in g process from th e last year, th e (4) No city oth er th an city G sells
produ ctivity of ou r em ployees has been au th en tic cloth m aterials of
Ex am . 1 6. 0 7. 20 00 )
100%’- statem en t by HR m an ager of ‘Kalik aar’th readwork .
Com pan y D. (5) Si n ce n ot m an y p eopl e be- M ar k an swer (1) if th e inference is
lon ged to th e ‘Hardali’ tribe, “defi n i t ely t rue” i.e. it properly follows
Which of th e following statemen ts
can be in ferred from th e given state- oth ers cam e t o k n ow abou t from the statem ent of facts given .
m en t ? (An in feren ce is som eth in g by th e tribe on ly th rou gh its in - M ar k an swer (2 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
wh ich you can logically dedu ce som e- n ovation of ‘Kalik aar’. is “p r obabl y t r u e” t h ou gh n ot “defi-
th in g to be tru e based on k n own pre- (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer (I T) n i tel y t ru e” i n t h e l igh t of t h e facts
m ises.) CWE 14.0 2.2016) given .
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e dat a ar e passage. You h ave to exam in e each 12. By 2005, In dia will be th e largest
i n adeq u at e i .e., fr om th e facts given in feren ce separ atel y in th e con text of pl ayer i n t h e m il k i n du str y.
you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce t h e p assage an d d eci d e u p on i t s 13. India does not h ave an imm ediate
is li k ely to be tr u e or false. degree of tr u th or fal sit y. com petitor in exportin g m ilk an d
M ar k an swer (4 ) i f t h e i n feren ce (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 2 0. 08. 200 0) i t s p r od u c t t o n ei gh b o u r i n g
is “p r obabl y fal se” t h ou gh n ot “defi- M ar k an swer (1 ) i f t h e i n feren ce cou n t ries.
n i tel y false” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts i s ‘d ef i n i t el y t r u e’ i .e. i t p r op er l y 14. Th e XYZ Federat ion m ay h ave to
given . follows from th e stat em en ts of facts train addition al m an power to en -
M ar k an swer (5 ) i f t h e i n feren ce given . ab le it to reach all cor n er s of In -
is “defi n i t el y false” i.e., it can not pos- M ar k an swer (2 ) i f t h e i n feren ce di a an d i ts n ei gh b ou r in g cou n -
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given i s ‘p r o b a b l y t r u e ’ t h o u g h n o t tr ies.
or it con tr adi cts th e fact s. ‘d efi n i t el y t r u e’ i n th e l igh t of t h e Di r ect i on s (1 5 –1 9 ) : In each qu es-
Pr ocu r em en t of wh eat i s i n fu l l facts given . ti on bel ow i s given a st atem en t fol-
swin g in th e n orth wester n stat es of M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e dat a ar e lowed by two con clu sion s n u m bered I
In dia. B y J u n e en d , p u bl ic agen ci es i n adeq u at e i .e, fr om th e facts given an d II. You h ave to assu m e ever yth in g
ar e li k ely t o en d u p wi th foodgrain you can n ot say wh eth er th e in feren ce in th e stat em en t to b e t ru e, t h en con -
st ock s of ab ou t 4 0 t o 4 2 m i l l i on is li k ely to be tr u e or false. sider th e two conclu sion s together an d
ton n es, th e h igh est ever wit n essed in M ar k an swer (4 ) i f t h e i n feren ce decide wh ich of th em logically foll ows
th e h istory of th is cou n try. Th is stock i s ‘p r o b a b l y f a l s e ’ t h o u g h n o t beyon d a reason able dou bt from t h e
sh ou ld be m ore th an su fficien t to en - ‘d efi n i t el y fal se’ i n t h e ligh t of t h e in form ati on given i n th e stat em en t.
su re th at th e cou n t ry’s “food secu r i-
facts given . (SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 2 0. 08. 200 0)
t y” is n ot en d an gered even i f In di a
M ar k an swer (5 ) i f t h e i n feren ce Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly con cl u sion
faces t wo con secu ti ve d rou gh t . Bu t
i s ‘d ef i n i t el y f al se’ i .e., i t can n ot I fol lows.
st ran gel y en ou gh , wh i le th e gran ar is
over fl ow, t h er e i s st i l l wi d esp r ead p ossi b l y b e d r awn fr om t h e fact s
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly con cl u sion
h u n ger in th e cou n t ry even wi th ou t given or it con tradicts th e given facts.
II fol lows.
a drau gh t. Th e est im ates of pover ty T h e X YZ C o - o p er a t i v e M i l k
Gi v e an sw er (3 ) if ei th er I or II
ar e b ein g d ebated, bu t b roadly on e- Mark etin g Federation of In dia Lim ited
h as t argeted a sal es tu r n over of Rs. follows.
th ird of In dia seem s to rem ain u n der -
10 ,00 0 cr ores b y th e year 200 5. As Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n eith er I n or II
fed . An d t h i s co-ex i sten ce of gr ai n
a par t of i ts project ion s for th e n ext foll ows
su r p l u ses wi t h l ar ge scal e h u n ger
sh ou ld m ak e any seriou s policy mak er f i v e y ea r s , t h e f ed er a t i o n h a d Gi v e an sw er (5 ) if both I an d II
th in k an d ex am i n e th e ex isti n g pol i- en vi saged Rs. 1 0 0 cr or e w or t h of follow.
cy m i x with a view to en su r e fast er ex p o r t s p er y ea r a s a ga i n s t i t s 15 . St at em en t : Alth ou gh we h ave
econ om i c gr owt h an d r ed u ct i on i n pr esen t exports of Rs. 3 0 cr ores p er ratin g agen cies lik e Crisil, ICRA,
p over ty. year. th ere is dem an d to h ave a sep a-
3. In dia’s foodgrain s stock has been As per th e federat ion ’s p lan , t h e rate rat in g agen cy for IT Com p a-
sat i sfact or y over t h e p ast few fu tu re n etwork will in clu de 100 offices n i es to protect in vestor s.
year s. d eal i n g wit h ab ou t 7 50 0 st ock i sts, Con cl u si on s :
4. In dia, at p resen t, is on e of t h e wh o i n t u rn wou ld be coveri n g every I . Assessm en t of fin an ci al wor th of
cou n tr ies in t h e wor ld t o h ave t al u k a h ead qu ar t er s an d ser vi ci n g IT Com pan ies cal ls for sep arate
su fficien t food for it s peopl e. a b o u t 1 0 l a k h o d d o u t l et s . I t s set of sk ill s, in sigh t an d com p e-
5. Th e d istr ibu tion of foodgrai n s to im m ed iat e st rat egy wou ld be to cat er
t en ci es.
th e m asses h as rem ain ed a prob- to In d ia’s n ex t door n ei gh bou r s for
II . Now t h e in vestors in vest i n g i n
lem area for In di a. exp orts of m ilk -produ ct s.
I.T. Com p an i es will get pr otec-
6. Th e policy of In dia n eeds to be Th e m ain player s i n t h is bu sin ess
ti on of th eir in vest m en t.
revam p ed t o red u ce th e ex ten t in th e worl d are In di a, Un i ted St ates,
Eu rop e, New Zealan d an d Au str ali a, 16. St at em en t : Company “Y” will im-
of pover ty in t h e cou n tr y. prove the m an u factu ring facilities
ou t of which Eu rope and Un ited States
7. India always m ain tain s foodgrain for th e produ ction of sh avin g k its
ar e forced t o go for su b sidi sin g d u e
st ock s to wi th st an d two con sec- as a r esu l t of w h i ch cap aci t y
to ri sin g labou r cost wh i le Au st ral ia
u tive drou gh ts. wou ld in crease an d cost wou ld
an d New Zeal an d ar e far away fr om
8. More th an 30 per cen t of pop u - be redu ced— A spok esp erson of
India.
lation in In dia do n ot even get two th e Com pan y “Y”.
ti m es m eals per day. 10. By 20 05, m or e t h an 90 per cen t
of pr odu ct of XYZ wil l be u sed Con cl u si on s :
9. Th e p olicy m ak ers in In di a are I . The produ cts of Com pany “Y” will
for d om estic m ark et.
u n aware of preval en t h u n ger.
11. T h e f ed er a t i o n ’s em p h a s i s com plete th e m ark et n orms in th e
D i r ec t i o n s (1 0 –1 4 ) : B el ow i s qu ali ty an d cost factor.
ap pears to be m ore on ex por ts
gi ven a passage followed by sever al
than on dom estic con su m ption of II . Th ere wil l b e dem an d of sh avi n g
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e
it s p rod u ct s. k i ts of Com p an y “Y”?
d r awn from th e fact s st at ed i n t h e
17. St at em en t : Du rin g 1997-98 th e M ar k an swer (5 ) i f t h e i n feren ce M a r k a n s w e r (4 ) i f t h e
t ot al loss in cu r r ed b y t h e 11 1 is ‘defi n i t ely fal se’i.e., it can n ot pos- in fer en ce is ‘p r obabl y fal se’, t h ou gh
Pu bli c Sect or Un its was t o t h e si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given n ot ‘defin it ely false’i n t h e ligh t of t h e
t u n e of Rs. 6 8 0 9 cr or e wh i ch or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. facts given .
was con vert ed in to paid cap itals Pollu tion am ou n ts to slow m u r - M a r k a n s w e r (5 ) i f t h e
b y th e Govern m en t of it s total d er. Regu l ar exp osu re t o i n d u str ial in fer en ce is ‘d efi n i t el y fal se’, i .e., it
in vestm en t of Rs. 512 9 cror e. an d veh icu lar pollu tion leads to lifeth - can n ot p ossi bl y be d rawn from th e
Con cl u si on s : reaten in g di seases lik e asth m a, h eart facts gi ven or it con tradicts t h e given
I . Th e Govern m en t is left with on ly pr obl em s, can cer an d vari ou s oth er facts.
on e opt i on t h at is t o p r ivat ise di sor der s. Th er efore, n obody h as t h e
Fr om th e begin n in g of th e n ew
th ese u n it s. righ t t o pollu te, rich or poor. In du stri-
year, th e good n ews con t in u es on t h e
al an d veh icu lar pollu tion are growin g
II . Th e Gover n m en t d i d n ot t ak e econ om ic fron t. Following on th e h eels
rapid ly across th e cou n tr y. It i s n ot
care i n th e m atter of in vestm en ts of en cou ragin g GDP growth figu res for
j u st m et r op ol i t an cen t r es t h at ar e
in th ese pu blic sector u n it s. t h e secon d qu ar t er, w e n ow h ave
h eavi ly p oll u ted today bu t also sm all
18. St at em en t : Popu lation in crease an d m ediu m town s. Pollu tion is grow- h appy ti din gs on t h e trade fron t as
cou pled with dep let in g resou r c- in g fast er t h an th e econ om y. Th is is w el l . N o v em b er 2 0 0 2 s a w t h e
es is goi n g to be th e scen ar io of b ecau se t h e west er n t ech n ol ogi cal cou n t r y’s ex p or t s r ecor d a h eal t h y
m an y d evel op i n g cou n t r i es i n m odel , b u il t on h eavy u se of en er gy 16 % i n cr ease com pared to th e corr e-
days to com e. an d m at erials, is an in h eren tly h igh ly sp on d in g per iod last year. With th i s,
Con cl u si on s : t o x i c m o d el . I t p r o d u c es h u ge th e growt h r ate in exp ort s for th e fir st
I . Th e p op u l at i on of d evel op i n g amou n ts of toxic pollu tan ts, wh ich can eigh t m on th s of th e cu rren t fiscal n ow
cou n t ries wil l n ot con tin u e t o in - be con tr oll ed on l y if th ere is carefu l stan ds at a robu st 16%. Of cou rse part
cr ease in fu tu r e. ch oice of tech n ol ogy an d t h ere is con - of t h e r eason for t h i s ap p ar en t l y
II . It will be very difficu lt for th e gov- si der abl e d iscipli n e in its u se. en cou ragi n g per form an ce i s becau se
ernm en ts of developin g cou n tries 20. Th e spread of pollu tion h as gath - of th e base effect — exports act u al ly
to provide its people decen t qu al- er ed m om en t u m i n t h e recen t fell 0.8 % du rin g 2 000 -20 01. Bu t th at
it y of life. past. i s on l y par t of t h e r eason . For t h e
19. St at em en t : Mr. X is on e of t h e 21. Th e p oll u ti on level i n t h e west- rest, recovery in glob al trade an d to
pr obab le can didates sh ortl ist ed er n world is con si der ably m ore gi ve credit wh ere it is du e, con cert ed
for t h e p ost of Dir ect or of K.L.M. th an in In dia. efforts b y exp or ter s h ave pl ayed n o
In stitu te. 22. Pr oper pl an n in g in u se of m od- sm all role.
Con cl u si on s : er n t ech n ology leads to l ess pol- 25. Th e percentage growth in exports
lu tion in th e en viron m en t. d u r in g 2 0 02 -2 0 03 was m ai n l y
I . Mr. X wi ll be selected as D irec-
tor of K.L.M . In sti tu t e. 23. Th e in du stri es wh ich u se h igh er du e t o th e d ecr eased volu m e of
level of en ergy cr eat e m ore pol- ex por ts du r in g 20 01-200 2.
II . Mr. X wil l n ot be sel ected as D i-
lu tion. 26. Th e efforts pu t in by th e In di an
rector of K.L.M . In sti tu t e.
24. Th e sm aller in du strial u n its con - exporters were com paratively less
Di rect i on s (20 –2 4 ) : Below is giv- tribu te proportion ately higher pol-
en a passage followed by several pos- th an th ei r cou n terp arts i n devel-
lu tion. op ed cou n tries.
Di r ect i on s (2 5 –2 9 ) : B elow is 27. Th ere h as been su b stan tial i n -
fr om th e facts stat ed in th e passage.
gi ven a passage followed by sever al cr ease in th e exten t of t rad e all
You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e over t h e wor l d du r in g t h e l ast
separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas-
d r awn from th e fact s st at ed i n t h e fin an cial year.
sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of
passage. You h ave to exam in e each
tr u th or fal sit y. in fer en ce separat ely in th e con text of 28. Du rin g 2001-2002, the qu antu m
(SBI Ban k s PO Ex am . 1 1. 02. 200 1) t h e p assage an d d eci d e u p on i t s of cou n tr y’s ex por ts was abou t
M ar k an swer (1) if th e inference is degree of tr u th or fal sit y. t h r ee-fou r t h of t h at i n 2 0 0 2 -
‘defi n i t el y t r ue’i.e., it properly follows 200 3.
(SBI Ban k PO Ex am . 18. 05. 200 3)
from the statem ent of facts given . M a r k a n s w e r (1 ) i f t h e 29. Th ere h as been con sisten t dr op
M ar k an swer (2) if th e inference is in fer en ce is ‘d efi n i t el y t r u e’, i .e., it in qu antu m of exports du rin g last
‘pr obabl y t ru e’ th ou gh not ‘defin itely pr operly follows from th e stat em en t th ree year s.
tru e’in th e ligh t of th e facts given . of facts given . Di r ec t i o n s (3 0 –3 4 ) : B el ow i s
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f th e ‘dat a ar e M a r k a n s w e r (2 ) i f t h e gi ven a passages foll owed by sever al
i n adequ at e’ i.e., fr om th e facts given in fer en ce is ‘p r obabl y t r u e’ t h ou gh p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e
you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce n ot ‘defin i tel y t ru e’in th e l igh t of t h e drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas-
is li k ely to be tr u e or false. facts given . sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer -
M ar k an swer (4 ) i f t h e i n feren ce M ar k an swer (3) if the ‘dat a ar e en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e
is ‘p r obabl y fal se’ t h ou gh n ot ‘defi- i n adequ at e’, i.e., from th e fact s gi ven passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee
n i tel y false’ i n t h e l igh t of t h e facts you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce of tr u th or fal sit y.
gi ven an d is li k ely to be tr u e or false. (SBI PO Ex am . 0 9.0 1. 200 5)
M ar k an swer (1 ) i f t h e i n feren ce 34. Man u factu rin g sect or n o l on ger 35. Th e asbestos in d u st ry is on e of
is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol- depen d s on agricu lt u ral sector. th e l argest in du st ries i n In di a.
lows from th e statem en t of facts given . 36. Th e asbestos i n du stri es in In d ia
Di r ect i on s (3 5–3 9 ): Below is given
M ar k an swer (2 ) i f t h e i n feren ce a passage followed by several possible ar e locat ed in few m et ropolit an
is ‘p rob ably tr u e’ th ou gh n ot t h ou gh in fer en ces wh ich can b e d rawn fr om pock ets on l y.
n ot ‘defin i tel y t ru e’in th e l igh t of t h e th e fact s st ated i n t h e passage. You 37. Th e advan ced cou n tri es are con -
facts given . cer n ed an d car efu l t o p r ot ect
h ave to exam in e each in feren ce sep a-
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are ratel y i n th e con t ext of th e passage h ealt h h azards of its peopl e.
in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given an d d eci de u pon it s d egr ee of tru th 38. Th e d em an d for asb est os prod-
can n ot say wh eth er t h e in feren ce is or fal sit y. u cts appears to be gr owin g in In -
li k el y to be tr u e or false.
(SBI PO Ex am . 2 6.1 1. 200 6) dia.
M ar k an sw er (1 ) if th e i n feren ce 39. Th e Govern m en ts of devel opi n g
is ‘p rob ably false’ , th ou gh n ot ‘defi-
is “d efi n i t el y t r u e”, i .e., it pr oper ly cou n tr ies ap pear to be n ot tak -
n i tel y false’ i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts
fol l ows fr om th e st atem en t of fact s in g appropri ate m easu res wh i le
given .
given . gran tin g permission to set u p pro-
is ‘d efin itely fal se’, i.e. it can n ot pos- M ar k an sw er (2 ) if th e i n feren ce d u cti on u n i ts of m u lt i n at ion al
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given is “p r obabl y t r u e” th ou gh n ot “defi- com pan ies i n th eir cou n t ries.
or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. n i tel y t ru e” i n t h e l igh t of t h e facts Di r ect i on s (4 0 –4 4 ) : In each qu es-
given . ti on bel ow i s given a st atem en t fol-
Th e perform an ce of In d ian agr i-
cu ltu re is largely dependent on amou nt M ar k an sw er (3 ) if th e “d at a ar e lowed by two con clu sion s n u m bered I
of rain fall across th e cou n try. A su b- i n adeq u at e” i .e. fr om th e facts given an d II. You h ave to assu m e ever yth in g
st an t ive par t of t h e cu l tivable lan d is you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce in th e stat em en t to b e t ru e, t h en con -
depen den t on ir rigati on wh ich i s d i- is li k ely to be tr u e or false. sider th e two conclu sion s together an d
rectl y r elated to m on soon . However, M ar k an sw er (4 ) if th e i n feren ce decide wh ich of th em logically foll ows
agricu ltu re and allied activities accou nt is “p r obabl y fal se” t h ou gh n ot “defi- beyon d a r eason ab le dou bt from t h e
for l ess th an even on e-fou rt h of t h e n i tel y false” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts in form ati on given i n th e stat em en t.
t ot al GD P. Th e com p on en t of t h e given . (SBI Associ at e Ban k s PO
m anu factu rin g sector that depen ds on M ar k an sw er (5 ) if th e i n feren ce Ex am . 0 7. 01. 200 7)
agricu lt u re for t h e su pp ly of in t erm e- is “d efi n i t el y fal se”, i.e., it can n ot Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly con clu sion I
diates is n ot very h igh, wh ich su ggests possibly be drawn from th e facts given follows.
th at th e str u ctu r e of in du strialisat ion or it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
h as ch an ged over t h e years. Sever al Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con clu si on
In In dia th e asbestos in d u st ry is
com pon en ts of th e ter tiary sect or t h at II fol lows.
gr ow i n g an d em p l oy s m o r e t h an
ar e cru cial for t h e growth of th e rest 15 ,00 0 p eop le in 7 5 u n it s wh ich are Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f eith er I or II fol-
of th e econ om y h ave grown sizeabl y, s p r ea d o v er s ev er a l s t a t es l i k e lows.
th an k s t o IT an d B PO. So it is less Gu j ar at , M ad h ya Pr a d es h , Gi v e an sw er (4 ) if n eith er I n or II
lik el y th at aggregate econ om ic growth M ah ar ash t r a, An d h r a Pr ad esh et c. follows, an d
wi ll be adversely affect ed if rai n fall is Su r prisin gl y, ad van ced cou n tr ies are Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II fol-
scan t y. Yet , a som ewh at differ en t pi c-
b an n i n g can cer cau si n g asb est os low.
tu re em erges i f we look deeper in to
produ cts, mu ltin ation al compan ies are 40. St a t em en t : Th e cab i n et of
t h e m at t er. St i l l , a ver y si gn i fican t
fr om th ose cou n tri es wh i ch are set- State ‘X’ took cert ai n steps t o
ch u n k of t h e p opu l ati on an d wor k
tin g u p u n i ts in developin g cou n t ries tack le th e m ilk glu t in th e st ate
force depen d s on agri cu l tu re for i ts
li k e In d ia. On e reason b ein g lack of
livelih ood . A declin e i n agricu ltu re re- as th e cooperatives an d Govern -
awaren ess in th e society an d in differ -
d u ces p er cap i t a food avai l ab i l i t y, m en t d ai r ies fai l ed t o u se th e
en ce of th e govern m en t m ach in ery of
wh ich in tu rn , pu l ls down t h e stan - availabl e m ilk — A n ews report
th ese cou n t ries. Prol on ged exp osu re
dard of l ivin g. Con cl u si on s :
t o as b est os d u s t a n d f i b r es ca n
30. Agro based act ivit ies con st itu te cau se lu n g can cer b u t m ost work ers I. Th e m i lk prod u ct ion of State
m ore t h an 25 per cen t of GDP in in In dia ar e t oo afraid to protest for ‘X’is m or e th an its n eed.
India. fear of losin g jobs. Som e of th ese fac- II. Th e Govern m en t an d co-op-
31. The indu strialisation process had tories are operatin g in Mu m bai. Qu ite erati ve d ai r ies in St at e ‘X’ ar e
u n d er gon e si gn i fi can t ch an ges a few of th e factories i n In dia ar e n ot n ot equ i p p ed i n t er m s of r e-
over th e past few decades. k n own to tak e adequ ate pr ecau tion s sou rces an d t ech n ology to h an -
32. Non -in d u str ial an d n on -agricu l- t o p r ot ect wor k er s fr om asb est os dl e su ch excess m il k .
tu ral sector activiti es h ave con - du st.
siderably grown over th e past few 41. St at em en t : It h as been d eci d-
Th e Govern m en t is tak in g sever al ed by th e Gover n m en t to wit h -
year s. steps to provi de m edical in spection of d r aw 3 3 % of t h e su b si d y on
33. Weak m on soon h ave adverse ef- work ers. In fact i t h as am en ded fac-
fect on GDP even th ou gh n on – cook in g gas from th e begin n in g
tories act t o exten d t h e provisi on to
agricu ltu ral sect or activities m ay of n ext m on th — A spok esm an
even t h ose factori es em p loyi n g l ess
con ti n u e to be th e sam e. of th e Gover n m en t.
th an 1 0 work ers
Con cl u si on s : M ar k an swer (1) if the inferen ce 45. High er NPAs in dicat e sh ort com -
I. People n ow n o m ore desi re of is ‘d efin itely tru e’, i.e. i t p rop erly fol- ings in disbu rsem ent and follow-
n eed su ch su b si dy from Gov- l ow s f r om t h e st at em en t of fact s u p of cr edi t given b y b an k s.
er n m en t as t h ey can affor d i n - given . 46. Th e Cen tral B an k always allows
cr eased p r i ce of t h e cook i n g M ar k an swer (2) if the inferen ce ban k s to rest ru ctu r e th eir loan s
gas. i s ‘p rob abl y tr u e’ t h ou gh n ot ‘d efi - in th e even t of ri se in NPAs.
II. Th e pri ce of t h e cook in g gas n i tely t ru e’ i n th e li gh t of t h e facts 47. Lower in terest rate cycle projects
wi l l i n cr ease at l east b y 3 3 % gi ven . com m ercially u n viable projects
from th e n ext m on th .
M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e ‘data are as vi abl e.
42. St at em en t : “Th e Gover n m en t in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given 48. Low i n terest r ate on cr edi t r e-
wil l review th e presen t pol icy of you can n ot say wh eth er th e in feren ce du ces the capacity to absorb vari-
th e d iesel pri ce i n view of fu r -
is li k ely to be tr u e or false. ou s u n accou n ted ri sk factor s.
th er spu rt in th e internation al oil
p r i ces”— A spok esm an of t h e M ar k an swer (4) if the inferen ce 49. Ban k s’NPAs occu r on l y d u e to
Govern m en t. is ‘p rob abl y false’, th ou gh n ot ‘defi- econ om ic factor s.
Con cl u si on s : n i tel y false’ i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts Di r ec t i o n s (5 0 –5 4 ) : St u dy t h e
given . following information carefu lly an d an -
I. Th e Govern m en t will in crease
th e p rice of th e d iesel after t h e M ar k an swer (5) if the inferen ce swer th e gi ven qu esti on s :
im m in en t spu rt in th e in t ern a- is ‘d efi n itely fal se’, i .e. it can n ot pos- (SBI M an agem en t Ex ecu t i v e
tion al oil prices. si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given Ex am , 2 3. 0 2. 20 14 )
II. Th e Govern m en t wil l n ot i n - or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. Followin g are th e con dit ion s for
cr ease t h e p r i ce of t h e d i esel Th e d eteriorat ion in th e overall sel ecti n g can did ates for Post Grad u a-
even after the im m in ent spu rt in asset qu ali ty of b an k s – gr oss Non - tion Diplom a in Mar k etin g in an in sti-
th e in tern ation al oil prices. Perform i n g Assets (NPAs) are repor t- tu tion .
43. St at em en t : M y first an d for e- edly 27% h igh er at th e end of Decem - Th e can di dat e m u st
m ost t ask i s t o b eau t i fy t h i s ber 2 009 th an at th e en d of D ecem - (i) h ave a Grad u ati on Degree wi th
ci ty— if Ci ty ‘X’ an d ‘Y’ can do b er 2 0 0 8 – i s n ot su r p r i si n g. An y at least 50 percen t m ar k s
it - wh y can ’t we d o i t— Stat e- slowdown in growth is b ou n d to tr ig-
m en t of Mu n icipal Com mission - (ii) b e a t l ea s t 2 2 y ear s a s o n
ger a ri se in NPAs as m ore an d m ore
er of Cit y ‘Z’ aft er tak i n g over 0 1.12 .2 01 3
com p an i es d efau l t on l oan r ep ay-
ch ar ge. m en t s . Th e ef fec t w ou l d b e p r o- (iii) h ave secu r ed at l east 4 0 p er
Con cl u si on s : n ou n ced wh en t h e sl owd own coi n - cen t m ark s in th e En tran ce Test
I. Th e peopl e of City ‘Z’ ar e n ot ci des wit h a severe gl obal r ecession . (iv) h ave secu r ed at l east 5 0 p er
aware abou t t h e presen t st ate of Bu t for th e restru ctu ring of loan s per - cen t m ar k s in th e Gr ou p Di s-
u glin ess of th eir cit y. m i tted b y th e Cen t ral Ban k on fair ly cu ssion an d In tervi ew
II. Th e pr esen t Com m i ssi on er gen er ou s t er m s, NPAs w ou l d h ave (v) be capab le to pay a fee of Rs. 4
h as work ed in City ‘X’an d ‘Y’an d been st ill h igh er. Pr u den t ban k s t h at lak h per an n u m at th e ti m e of
h as good exp eri en ce of beau t i- took care wh ile san ctionin g loan s an d adm ission .
fyin g ci ties. then m on itored th e post-san ction dis- In th e case of a can d idat e wh o
44. St at em en t : Women’s Organisa- bu rsem en t d ili gen t ly sh ou ld be ab le fu l fill s al l th e con dit ion s EXCEPT
tion s in India have welcomed the t o weath er th e cri si s. Bu t i t i s on e (a) at (i ii) above bu t h as secu r ed 30
am en d m en t of t h e In d u st r i al th in g to h ave NPAs ri se becau se of a per cen t m ar k s in th e En t ran ce
Em ployment Ru les 1946 to cu rb
cyclical down t u rn , it is qu ite an ot h er Test an d 80 per cen t m ar k s in
sexu al h arassm en t at th e work
to h ave NPAs r ise becau se of p oli cy th e Gr adu ati on , h is/ h er case is
place.
er r or s t h at ar e en t i r el y wi t h i n t h e to be referr ed to th e Dean of t h e
Con cl u si on s :
realm of policy m ak er s. An d th is is In stitu tion
I. Sexu al h arassm en t of wom en w h a t w e n eed t o gu ar d a gai n st .
at wor k p lace is m ore prevalen t (b) at (v) ab ove bu t can d eposit an
Excessiyel y l ow i n terest rates sk ew am ou n t of Rs. 2 .5 lak h i n t h e
in In dia as com p ared t o oth er
th e r isk -reward equ ati on by m ak i n g begin n in g of th e first year, h i s/
developed cou n tries.
pr ojects th at are act u al ly n ot vi abl e, h er case is to be referred t o t h e
II. Man y organ isati on s in In d ia
ap pear viabl e -ti ll i n t erest r at es r e- Di rector of th e In st itu tion .
wi ll st op r ecru i t i n g wom en t o
avoi d su ch probl em s. verse an d th e sam e pr ojects cease to In each qu estion below, detai ls
be vi abl e ! It is n ow well est abl ish ed of on e can di dat e ar e p rovi d ed . You
Di r ect i on s (4 5 –4 9 ) : B el ow i s
gi ven a passage followed by sever al th at tong periods of u n du ly low in ter - h ave to tak e on e of th e followin g cou rs-
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e est r at es en cou r age b an k s t o t ak e es of act ion s b ased on th e con di tion s
d r awn from th e fact s st at ed i n t h e m ore risk s. A low in terest rate regim e gi ven ab ove an d th e i n form at ion pr o-
passage. You h ave to examine each in- d r i ven b y an eas y m o n ey p ol i c y vi ded in each qu estion an d m ar k t h e
feren ce sep ar ately i n t h e con t ex t of r at h er t h an m acr oecon om i c fu n da- n u m b er of th at cou rse of act ion as
th e p assage an d decid e u pon it s d e- m en tal s leads to excessive exp an sion you r an swer. You ar e n ot to assu m e
gr ee of tru th or fal sit y. of credit. It in cen tivizes ban k s to tak e an yth in g th an th e in form ation provid-
(SBI Assoc i at es Ban k Po on m ore risk in search of h i gh er r e- ed in each qu estion . All th ese cases
Ex am . 0 7. 03. 201 0) tu rn s an d to m i spr ice risk . ar e given to you as on 01 .12.201 3.
M ar k s an swer (1 ) i f th e case is bered I an d II given below it . You h ave (4) St atem en t I weak en s th e i n -
to be referr ed to t h e Dean of th e In - t o d eci d e wh i ch of t h e gi ven st ate- form ation wh il e statem en t II
stitu tion . m en ts n u m ber ed I an d II weak en s or st ren gth en s th e st atem en t.
M ar k s an swer (2 ) i f th e case is st ren gth en s th e statem en t an d m ark (5) B ot h st at em en t s I an d I I
to be referr ed to t h e Dir ect or of t h e th e appr opri ate an swer. st ren gth en th e in form ation .
Institu tion . (SBI Associ at es PO On l i n e 56. St at em en t %Always remain in an
M ar k s an swer (3 ) i f t h e can d i- Ex am , 3 0. 1 1. 20 14 ) ai r con di tion ed en viron m en t for
date is to be sel ect ed 55. St at em en t %Th e worl d sh ou ld better h eal th an d wel l-b ein g.
M ar k s an swer (4 ) i f t h e can d i- m ove t owar ds u sin g bi o-fu els in I . Fi lters in th e air -con di tion -
date is n ot to be sel ect ed th e fu tu re as th ese are m or e en - er s l ower exposu r e t o aller -
M ar k s an swer (5) if th e data provi ron m en t fri en dl y as com par ed gy cr eat in g pollen an d oth er
vi ded ar e in adequ ate to tak e a deci- to regu l ar fossil - fu el s. ou t door allergi es.
sion . I . Wh i l e b i o-fu el s cl ean er t o II . Sp en d in g two m u ch ti m e in
Now r ead th e in for m at ion pr o- b u r n , t h e p r ocess t o p r o- an ai r -con di tion ed en viron -
vided in each qu estion an d m ar k you r du ce th e fu el, in clu din g t h e m en t resu lt in gradu al in tol-
an swer accordi n gl y. n ecessar y m ach in ery leads er an ce of body towards n at-
50. An u p B h at n agar was b or n on to very high carbon em ission u r al t em p eratu res.
12th J u n e, 1989. He can deposit II . As b i o-fu el s are m an u fac- (1) St atem en t I weak en s th e i n -
an am ou n t of Rs. 4 lak h at t h e tu red from m aterials su ch as form ation wh ile statements II
ti m e of adm issi on . He secu r ed crop waste, m an u re an d oth - is a n at u ral st atem en t.
85 per cen t m ar k s in th e Grad- er b y pr od u cts, th ese, u n - (2) B ot h st at em en t s I an d I I
u ati on an d 5 5 per cen t m ark s in lik e fossil-fu els, are easily re- weak en th e in form ation .
th e Grou p Discu ssion an d Inter - n ewabl e. (3) Statem en t 1 st ren gth en s th e
vi ew. He secu r ed 3 5 per cen t (1) St atem en t I weak en s th e i n - in form ation wh ile statem en t
m ark s in th e En tran ce Test. form ation wh ile statements II II weak en s th e st atem en t.
51. Ni sh a D esai was b orn on 8 t h is a n at u ral st atem en t. (4) St atem en t I weak en s th e i n -
Ap ril, 19 91. Sh e secu r ed 8 0 p er (2) B ot h st at em en t s I an d I I form ation wh il e statem en t II
cen t m ar k s i n th e Gr ad u ati on weak en th e in form ation . st ren gth en s th e st atem en t.
an d 60 p er cen t m ark s in Gr ou p (3) St atem en t I str en gth en s t h e (5) B ot h st at em en t s I an d I I
Di scu ssi on an d In t erview. Sh e in form ation wh ile statem en t
can pay an am ou n t of Rs. 4 lak h st ren gth en th e in form ation .
II weak en s th e st atem en t.
per an n u m .
52. Su b od h Ver m a w as b or n on
22 n d May, 1 990. He secu r ed 50
RBI GRADE–B/NABARD
per cen t m ark s in th e Gr adu a- GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS
ti on an d 40 per cen t m ar k s in
th e En tr an ce Test. He secu r ed M ar k an sw er (5 ) if th e i n feren ce
Di rect i on s (1 -1 0 ) : Below are given
60 per cen t m ark s in Grou p Dis- is “d efi n i t el y fal se”, i.e., it can n ot
two p assages followed by several pos-
cu ssi on an d In t erview an d can
si ble in fer en ces wh ich can be drawn possibly be drawn from th e facts given
deposi t an am ou n t of Rs. 4 lak h
fr om th e facts st ated in th e p assages. or it con tradicts t h e given fact s.
as fee.
You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce (1 -5 ) : PASSAGE I
53. Ravin dra Sh arm a was born on
24 th Sept em b er, 198 8. He se- separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas- Logical ly th ese ar e r u l es of con -
cu red 60 per cen t m ar k s i n t h e sage an d decid e u pon i t s d egree of du ct. Every cou ntry has laid down com-
E n t r a n ce T es t , 6 0 p er cen t tr u th or fal sit y. preh en sive series of practical ru les for
m ark s in th e Gr adu ation an d 65 (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer Ex am . 17. 11. 200 2) ci tizen s for resolvin g m u tu al con tr a-
per cen t m ark s in th e Grou p Dis- M ar k an swer (1 ) i f in fer en ce is di ctory r igh ts an d in t erests. Most of
cu ssi on an d In t erview. H e can “d efi n i t el y t r u e”, i .e., i t pr operly fol- th ese r u l es h ave been lai d down to
pay Rs. 3 lak h i n t h e begi n n i n g lows from th e statem en t of facts given . su st ain soci al activities. For in stan ce,
of th e fi rst year. m an y cou n tr ies h ave l aid down ru l es
M ar k an sw er (2 ) if th e in feren ce is
54. Rajiv Bat ra secu red 70 per cen t to pr otest agai n st su ch u n social ac-
“p r o babl y t r u e” th ou gh n ot “d ef i -
m ark s in th e En tran ce Test an d ti vit ies as th eft, att ack an d m u rder.
n i t el y t r u e” in th e l igh t of t h e facts
was born on 5th J u n e, 1991. He These ru les are back ed by ju dicial sys-
given . tem an d execu tory in stitu tion s, wh ich
secu r ed 5 0 per cen t m ar k s i n
th e Gradu ati on an d can pay Rs. M ar k an sw er (3 ) if th e “Dat a ar e l ook aft er th e p eop le wh o ob ey th e
4 lak h at t h e tim e of ad m ission . i n adequ at e”, i.e., from th e facts given ru les an d also wh o violate th e ru les.
He secu r ed 60 per cen t m ar k s you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce Wh erever th e h u m an beh aviou r is in -
i n t h e Gr ou p D i scu ssi on an d is li k ely to be tr u e or false. vol ved su ch r u l es ar e n ot on l y for
In t ervi ew. M ar k an sw er (4 ) if th e in feren ce is namesak e there bu t are n ecessary also.
Di r ect i on s (5 5 –5 6 ) : Each of t h e “p r o babl y fal se” t h ou gh n ot “d ef i - 1. Th er e is n o n eed t o h ave an y
following qu estions con sists of a state- n i t el y fal se” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts m ach i n ery to en su r e strict ad-
m en t followed by two statem ents n u m - given . h eren ce t o t h e ru l es by citi zen s.
2. Th ere is n o n eed of an y ru l es if M ar k an swer (2 ) : if th e i n feren ce 1 4 . Th e n ew tech n ologies can con tr ol
in di vidu al s do n ot h ave to in ter - is “p rob ably tr u e” th ou gh n ot “defi- em ission of carbon dioxide cau sed
act with each oth er. n i tel y t ru e” i n t h e l igh t of t h e facts only du rin g electricity gen eration .
3. Hu m an beings are su sceptible to given . 1 5 . Th e developin g cou n t ries i n t h e
violate ru l es. M ar k an sw er (3 ) : i f th e dat a are wor l d are t r yi n g t o evol ve n ew
4. Withou t ru les, h u man beh aviou r in adequ ate i.e. from t h e facts given tech n ologies t o redu ce t h e em i s-
degen erates in to an arch y. you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce si on of carb on dioxid e.
is li k ely to be tr u e or false. Di r ec t i o n s (1 6 -2 0 ) : Below are
5. Th ere are n o ru l es in cou n tri es
w h er e ci t i zen s’ i n t er est s an d M ar k an sw er (4 ) : i f t h e in fer - gi ven two passage fol lowed b y sever -
ri gh t s d o n ot con tradict. en ce is “p robab ly false” th ou gh n ot al possi ble in feren ces wh ich can be
“defin itely false” in the light of th e facts d r awn from th e fact s st at ed i n t h e
(6 -1 0 ) : PASSAGE I I
given . passages. You h ave to exam in e each
In th e in iti al year s, trade poli cy in in fer en ce separat ely in th e con text of
M ar k an swer (5 ) : if th e i n feren ce
ou r cou n t ry was pri m ar ily aim ed at th e each passage an d decide u pon i ts
is “d efi n it ely false” i.e. it can n ot pos-
regu lating imports h avin g regard to th e degree of tr u th or fal sit y.
n ascen t stage of cou n t ry’s d evel op -
or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er
m en t an d th e n eed t o en cou rage d o- Ex am . 200 8)
L on g t er m econ om i c p r ogr ess
mestic produ ction th rou gh import su b- M ar k an swer (1 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
com es m ain l y from th e in ven tion an d
stitu tion m easu res. However, with th e is “d efi n itely tru e” i.e. i t p roperly fol-
sp read of im proved tech n ologies. Th e
on set of l iberali sati on t h e im portan ce lows from th e statem en t of facts gi v-
scientific revolu tion was made possible
of gl ob ali sat i on t h r ou gh t r ad e an d en .
by th e pr in t in g press, th e i n du stri al
m ak in g exports th e en gin e of growth
revol u tion b y t h e steam en gin e an d M ar k an swer (2 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
of econ om y h as been r ecogn i sed . Ex-
In d i a’s escap e fr om fam i n e b y i n - is “probably tru e” th ou gh n ot “definite-
port prom oti on is n ow a con ti n u ou s cr eased far m y i el d s t h e so cal l ed ly tr u e” in th e l igh t of th e fact s given .
an d su stain ed effort an d specific steps ‘Gr een Revol u t i on ’. Ri gh t n ow r i ch M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e dat a are
in th is d irecti on h ave been tak en an d cou n tries are ch an gin g th e world’s cli- in adequ ate i.e. from t h e facts given
ach ievem en ts h ave b een m ade i n r e- m ate by em i tti n g bill ion s of t on n es of you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
cen t year s. carbon dioxide each year from th e u se is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
6. Ach ievem en t s m ade in th e eco- of coal, oil an d n atu ral gas. In fu tu re M ar k an swer (4 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
n om ic growth are attribu table to years Ch in a an d In dia will m ak e m asis “p robably false” th ou gh n ot “defi-
m axim u m p ossibl e expor t an d sive con tribu tion s to in creased carbon n i tel y false” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts
m in im u m or alm ost n eglible im - d i ox i d e i n t h e at m osp h er e. Yet n o given .
port. cou n tr y r ich or poor, is k een t o cu t i ts
7. At pr esen t, th ere are n o regu l a- en ergy u se, owi n g to con cern th at to
is “d efi n it ely false” i.e. it can n ot pos-
tory clu t ch es on t h e export as do so wou ld th r eaten j obs, in com es
export is recogn ised as th e m ain an d econ om ic gr owth . New tech n ol o-
force beh in d econ om ic gr owt h . gi es wil l pr ovi de a k ey par t of th e so-
Passage-I
8. It is n ot ap propri ate to give t h e lu tion . Al ready, ‘h yb rid’au tom obiles,
wh ich com bin e gasol in e an d battery Th e im mediate challenge is on the
cr edi t of econ om ic gr owt h t o ex- food fr on t. Sh ort fall s in p rodu ct ion
port. power, can r ou gh ly dou bl e fu el effi-
ci en cy cu tt in g car bon di oxi de em i s- h ave been al lowed to affect su p pli es
9. Before th e implem entation of th e an d h en ce p rices. Th e Gover n m en t is
sions by half. Sim ilarly, engin eers h ave
id ea of l iberal isation , ou r trade plan n in g to focu s on in vestm en t i n ir -
developed ways to cap tu r e th e car -
policy was n ot m u ch i n favou r ri gat ion an d even r evi val of agr icu l-
bon dioxide th at resu lts from bu r n in g
of fr ee im p ort -ex por t. tu ral exten sion system wh at is pr oba-
coal in power plan ts an d store it safely
10. Im por t u sed to affect dom est ic u n d er gr ou n d . Th e n ew t ech n ol ogy bl y n eed ed is a fr esh dose of Green
pr odu cti on in ear lier year s. called “carbon captu re an d sequ estra- Revolu tion strategy. It appears th at th e
Di r ect i on s (1 1 –1 5 ) : Given b e- tion ” can cu t 80%, of th e carbon d iox- Gr een Revol u ti on i n st ru m en t s t o en -
low are t wo passages foll owed by sev- id e em it ted du r in g th e p rodu cti on of cou r age farm ers to in vest ar e n o l on g-
er al possibl e i n fer en ces wh i ch can be electrici ty. er effect i ve. Th e Gr een Revol u t i on
d r awn from th e fact s st at ed i n t h e 1 1 . It m ay n ot be practi cal ly possib le st rat egy was based on th e st ate tak -
passage. You h ave to exam in e each in g ou t th e risk of coll apse in pr ices.
to switch over to th e n ew h ybr id
in fer en ce separat ely in th e con text of t ech n ol ogi es fr om t h e p r esen t Far m er s wer e offer ed r em u n er at i ve
each passage an d d eci de u pon it s d e- pri ces an d a gu aran t eed pr ocu rem en t
on es.
gr ee of tru th or fal sit y. of th eir produ ce in case th e open m ar -
1 2. In th e forth com in g years, India and
k et cou ld n ot absorb it. Farm ers cou ld
Ch in a ar e goin g to be at th e t op
Ex am . 200 7)
th en bor row fr om b an k s, acqu ir e t h e
of t h e li st of wor ld ’s devel oped
Green Revolu tion Tech n ology and pro-
M ar k an sw er (1 ) : i f t h e in fer - cou n t ries.
d u ce as m u ch as t h ey cou l d . Th e
en ce is “defin i tel y t ru e” i .e. it prop- 1 3 . Th e m ore devel oped i s a cou n tr y; p r essu r e on t h e food su b si d y was
er l y fol l ows fr om t h e st at em en t of l ess i s t h e con t r i b u t i on t o i n - manageable as long as th ere was a food
facts given . cr ease in air poll u tion . sh ort age. Prices i n t h e open m ark et
th en ten ded to be above th e procu r e- 22. FIIs bou gh t m or e t h an wh at was st or age an d su p p ly i s sor el y i n ad -
m en t pri ces. B u t with th e food su r - sold by dom estic in stitu tions this equ ate. Worse, poli cy di stort ion s in
plu ses th e situ ation h as ch an ged. Th e fin an cial year. ar tifici ally u n der pr ici n g k ey agr i-i n -
situ ation was u nsu stainable not merely 23. Th e equ i ty m ar k et is exp ect ed to p u t s l i k e p o w er h av e p er v er s el y
becau se of th e m agn itu de of t h is su b- ex per ien ce a su bdu ed act ivi ty in incen tivised cu ltivation of water inten -
si dy. It was al so in effi cien t. It m ean t n ear fu tu r e. si ve crop s l ik e pad dy in -t rad iti on al ly
far m er s wer e b ei n g l ed to p r od u ce 24. Th e act iviti es in equ i ty m ark et wh eat gr owin g areas.
cr ops based ju st on t h e pri ces Gov- h as d irect rel ation sh ip wit h t h e 26. I n di a h as fai l ed t o t ak e m ea-
er n m en t fixed an d n ot in rel ati on to debt m ark et. su res to rech ar ge grou n d wat er
an y real d em an d . In t h ese cir cu m - adequ ately in n orth ern part.
25. It is ex pected th at i n t h e ear ly
st an ces, th e Govern m en t was r elu c-
n ext fin an ci al year th e gap b e- 27. Wh eat cu l ti vat ion i n In d i a re-
tan t to k eep i n creasi n g procu r em en t
tween th e n et sales an d n et pu r - qu ires com p arat ively m or e wa-
pr ices at t h e pace th at u sed t o b e t h e
ch ases will redu ce su bstan t ially. ter th an pad dy.
n orm in ear lier year s.
Di r ec t i o n s (2 6 –3 0 ) : Below is 28. Water level in oth er part s of In -
16. Th e Govern m en t is plan n i n g to
gi ven a passage followed by sever al di a is st able du r in g th e last d e-
m ak e cr u ci al ch an ges i n t h e
p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e cade.
Gr een Revol u ti on str ategies.
drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas- 29. In d ia h as n ow p u t i n p l ace a
17. Th e Gover n m en t is n o lon ger in
sage. You h ave to exam i n e each in fer - syst em t o r ed u ce over d epen -
a positi on to provide su bsi dy to
en ce separat ely in th e con text of t h e den ce on gr ou n d water.
far m er s.
passage an d decide u pon i ts d egr ee 30. Ad equ at e m on s oon h el p s i n
18. As t h e open m ark et p ri ces ar e of tr u th or fal sit y. dr awin g less gr ou n d wat er for
lower, al l t h e bu r den of procu r e-
(RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er cu l t i vat i on an d t h u s p r eser ve
m en t of crop s is on th e Gover n - Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 ) balan ce.
m en t.
M ar k an sw er (1 ) if t h e in fer en ce Di r ec t i o n s (3 1 -3 5 ) : In each
19. Dem an d is m u ch h igh er th an th e is “d efi n itely tru e” i.e. i t p roperly fol- qu est ion below is given a stat em en t
qu antity of crops produ ced by th e lows from th e statem en t of facts given . followed by two assu m pt i o n s / i n -
far m er s.
M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e i n feren ce fer en ces n u m ber ed I an d I I . An as-
20. Th e farm ers ten d to pr odu ce t h e is “p rob ably tr u e” th ou gh n ot “defi- su m pt ion is som eth in g su p posed or
cr op s as per t h eir con ven i en ce n i tel y t ru e” i n t h e l igh t of t h e facts tak en for gran ted an d an in feren ce is
an d n ot con son an t wit h th e d e- given . som et h in g wh ich can b e d irectl y i n -
man d. ferred fr om th e given facts. You h ave
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e “dat a are
Passage–I I in adequ at e” i.e. fr om th e facts given to con sider th e statem en t an d th e fol-
On e of t h e prom isi n g featu r es of you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce lowin g assu m pti on s/ in fer en ces an d
th e cu rr en t m ark et is th at dom est ic is li k ely to be tr u e or false. decid e wh ich of th ose is/ are in p licit
in st itu tion s seem t o h ave tu rn ed bu y- M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e i n feren ce in th e stat em en t.
er s after a ver y lon g tim e. Th ey h ave is “p robably false” th ou gh n ot “defi- (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i c er
been n et bu yer s th is m on th wit h i n - n i tel y false” i n t h e ligh t of t h e facts Ex am . 1 1. 1 0. 20 09 )
fl ows exceedi n g by Rs. 80 crore ti ll given . Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly I i s i m -
early th i s m on t h . Th at ’s adm ittedly a plicit.
sm all am ou n t, bu t its sign ifican ce lies
is “d efi n it ely false” i.e. it can n ot pos- Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on ly II i s i m -
in th e fact th at dom esti c i n st itu tion s
si bly be dr awn from t h e facts given plicit.
h ave been n et sellers every m on th th is
or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f ei th er I or II
fi n an ci al year excep t i n Sep t em b er
A r ecen t r ep or t t h at sat el l i t e is implicit
wh en th ei r n et pu r ch ases am ou n t ed
to a m icroscopic Rs. 2 8 crore. Th is d at a sh ows gr ou n d w at er l evel s i n Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eith er I n or
fi n an cial year ’s n et sal es by dom est ic n orth ern In dia depletin g by as m u ch II is im p lici t.
i n st i t u t i on s am ou n t ed t o Rs. 29 6 4 as a foot per year, over th e past d e- Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II
cr ore, wh ich h as su bst an t ial ly offset cad e, i s a m at t er of con cer n . Th e are im p licit.
th e n et in fl ows of Rs. 3 187 crore by clear wri tin g on th e wall is t h at In dia 31. St at em en t : Usin g calcu lator for
FIIs. Th e n et pu rch ases by dom est ic faces a tu r bu l en t wat er fu t u re an d si m pl er calcu lation s adversely
in stitu tion s cou ld in dicate that m on ey ver i t ab l e cr i si s w i t h ou t p r oact i ve affects m ath em ati cal abilities of
is on ce again flowing in to equ ity fu n ds, policy an d su stain able practices. Be- ch ild ren .
eager n ot to m i ss t h e wid ely exp ect ed si des th e poor m on soon th is season
Assu m pt i on s :
rally. Part of th is reason cou ld be a an d t h e resu lt an t drou gh t situ ati on
pan -In di a call s for su stain ed p oli cy I . Using calcu lator for complex
sh ift in in vest or por tfolios, as p eop le calcu lati on s m ay n ot affect
ligh ten u p on debt an d pu t th at m on ey focu s on th e water econ om y. A wh ole
series of glaring an omalies do n eed to m ath em at ical ab ili ti es ad-
in to equ ity. ver sel y.
be addressed. For on e, th ere’s far too
21. Dom est ic in stitu tion s h ave been II . Complex calcu lations cannot
m u ch r eli an ce on grou n dwater. For
consisten tly sellin g on ly in all th e be don e m an u all y wi th ou t
an oth er ou r wat er in frastru ctu r e for
m on th s in th is fin an cial year. th e h elp of a cal cu l ator.
32. St at em en t : For u n d er wat er (1) E ver y on e l i vi n g i n Regar i Ex pect at i on s :
bat tles on ly weap on ry X sh ou ld faces pr obl em s in com m u t- I . Kn owi n g t h at th e ex p ort ed
be u sed. ing wh eat i s a p art of t h e su r -
Assu m pt i on s : (2) Discrimination again st girls is pl u s of th e tot al produ ction ,
I . Not all weapon r y can fu n c- m ore evid en t in Regari th an m an y cou n t r ies wou l d n ot
ti on wel l u n der water. ot h er vi llages in In d ia pay t h e desired am ou n t for
II . Th ere ar e d ifferen t k in ds of (3) Th e report h ad sh own Regari it.
w ea p o n r y a v a i l a b l e f o r in a p oor ligh t II . Som e cou n tries are willin g to
b a t t l es o n gr o u n d a n d im por t wh eat.
(4) Th e sch ool in Regar i is n ot at
u n der water. a walk able distan ce fr om t h e 39. Ex p er t A says t h at d in osau r s
33. St at em en t : An adver tisem en t becam e ex tin ct du e to cli m at ic
village
by Easy Air, a p rivate air lin er ch an ges occu rred on t h e Ear th
(5) Th ere is also a lack of i n st i- du e t o volcan ic er u pt ion s som e
‘Travel to Meeru t by ou r airlin es
t u t e for h i gh er (earn i n g i n 65 m il lion years ago.
an d get a ch an ce t o win an all
Rewari
ex p en s es p a i d h o l i d a y t o Expert B does n ot agree with th e
Bangk ok ’ (RBI Gr ade-B Of f i cer ’s vol can i c er u p t i on t h eor y. Ac-
Ex am . 1 8. 1 2. 20 11 ) cording to h im dinosau rs became
Assu m pt i on s :
Di r ec t i o n s (3 7 –3 8 ) : In each ex tin ct du e to th e im pact of as-
I . Easy Air Flights are available
qu est ion below is given a stat em en t teroid .
for Ban gk ok .
followed by two “Expectation s” n u m - Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e-
II . Th e city of Meeru t h as an
bered I and II. An Expectation is some- m en ts m ay p rovide su pport to
airp ort.
th in g wh ich can ei th er b e an objec- th e t h eory propou n ded b y Ex-
34. St at em en t : As t h e pr i ces of
ti ve or prospect or d esi red ou tcom e pert B?
petr ol an d diesel sh oot u p m ore
or h ope beh in d th e action / statem en t. (A) The frigid and sweltering climatic
an d m ore people ar e r esorti n g
You have to consider the statem ent and ex trem es cau sed th e extin cti on
to th e u se of electr ic car s.
th e followin g Expectation s an d decide of di n osau r s.
Assu m pt i on s :
wh ich of th e Ex pect ati on s is im p licit (B) A wid e crat er lyin g j u st off t h e
I . Usin g el ect ricity for p ower - in th e st atem en t. Yu cat an pen in su la was cr eat ed
i n g car s i s less ex pen sive
(RBI Of f i c er Gr ade ‘B’ On l i n e du e t o th e i m pact of asteroi d.
th an u si n g pet rol or di esel.
Ex am . 2 5. 0 8. 20 13 ) (C) Scien t ist s h ave discovered lev-
II . Man y people can n ot afford
Gi v e an swer (1 ) i f on ly Expec- el s of ir idi u m 3 0 t im es gr eat er
th e raised p rices of petr ol
tation I is im pl ici t. th an average in th e Cretaceou s/
an d di esel.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) i f on ly Expec- Tertiary bou n dar y, th e layer of
35. St at em en t : Book you r r ailway
tation II is im p lici t. sedim en t ary rock l aid down at
ti ck ets at least t h ree m on t h s in
Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f eith er Expec- th e t im e of th e di n osau r ex tin c-
ad van ce to en su re a con firm ed
tation I or II Ex pect ation II is im p lici t. tion.
reservation .
(D) Some palaeontologists after anal-
Assu m pt i on s : Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eith er Ex-
ysi n g t h e fossi l r ecor d b el i eve
I . No book i n g is t ak en b y t h e pectation I n or Exp ect ati on II i s i m -
th at d in osau rs were doin g qu i te
r a i l w a y s b ef o r e t h r ee plicit.
well p rior t o th e en d of Cret a-
m on th s of th e d ate of jou r - Gi v e an swer (5 ) i f both Expec- ceou s, wh en th e di n osau r s b e-
n ey. tation s I an d II are im pl ici t. cam e ext in ct.
II . A i r t i c k et s n eed t o b e 37. St at em en t : A prom otion al cam - (1) Only (A)
book ed as m u ch in advan ce paign – For h eal th y ch i ldr en en - (2) Only (A) and (C)
as tr ain tick et s. cou rage th em to play in the play-
(3) On ly (C) an d (D)
36. Read th e fol lowin g in form ati on grou nds rath er th an video games
(4) On ly (A) an d (B)
carefu lly an d an swer th e qu es- at h om e.
ti on wh i ch fol lows. (5) On ly (B), (C) an d (D)
Ex pect at i on s :
A recen t report poin ts to th e fact (RBI Of f i cer Gr ad e ‘B’ Ph ase-I
I . Healt h of atleast som e ch i l- Ex am , 0 3. 0 8. 20 14 )
th at wh at st an d s b etween gir ls dr en wou ld im pr ove follow-
in village Regari an d a good edu - 40. Read th e followin g in form ation
in g th i s cam pai gn . an d an swer th e given qu estion .
cation i s t h e lack of tr an spor t,
II . M ost of th e p aren t s wou l d “Th e m an beh in d th e revival of
to an d fr om th e on ly sch ool in
th e area. n ot bu y video gam es for th eir SpeedZet Au tom obiles, th e CEO
children after th is prom otion - h as decided to qu it. I believe th at
al cam paign . th e com pan y will soon go in to
i n fer r ed fr om t h e given state-
men t? 38. St at em en t : ‘We sh ou ld export losses d u e t o th is d ecision ”, -
th e su rp lu s of wh eat in ord er to statem en t by a m ark et an alyst.
(An inference is something w hich
is not directly stated bu t can be u t ili ze its over -p rod u ct ion th is Which of th e following statemen ts
inferred from the given facts.) year’. appears to be th e perception of
th e m ark et an alyst ?
(1) No o t h er p er son can r u n II . A m ajor portion of m agazin es for n orm s. Even th en , th ere aren ’t m an y
SpeedZet Au tom obiles as su c- wom en al so con t ain s t h e item s wh o h ave th e capacity to pl ay th e vol-
cessfu lly as th e presen t CEO. m en t ion ed ab ove. u m es gam e at t h e cycl ic su gar bu si-
(2) Speed Zet Au tom obi les m ay Con cl u si on s : n ess.
decide to sh u t down th e op- I . Wom en ar e p erh aps n ot i n ter - 6. In dia h as n ot yet been ab le to
erations du e to the CEO’s exit. ested in ot h er th in gs. con solidate its fi rm stan d i n t h e
(3) SpeedZet Au tomobiles will try II . An average wom en ’s pr im ary in - in ter n ation al su gar m ark et.
its best to retain th e CEO in ter est lies in h om e an d special ly 7. At presen t t h e In di an su gar i n -
order to m ain tain its m ark et in th e k i tch en . du str y h as been m ade con si d-
position. er ab l y fr ee fr om Gover n m en t
5. St at em en t : I k n ow n oth i n g ex-
(4) Th e strategies adopted by th e cept th e fact of m y i gn or an ce. con tr ols.
CEO of SpeedZet Au tomobiles 8. Pr ior to 199 8, In di an su gar i n -
Co n c l u si o n s : I. Th e w r i t er ’s
were exclu sive in th e in du s- du str y was con siderab ly lower
k n owl edge is very poor.
tr y. in th e world r an k in g of l arge n a-
II . Th e worl d of k n owl edge i s t oo tions.
(5) SpeedZet Au tomobiles has the
vast t o b e explored by a sin gle
h i gh es t m a r k et sh a r e a t 9. Most of th e ban k ru pt su gar m ills
p er son .
pr esen t. in In d ia are fu n ded by th e Gov-
(RBI Of f i cer Gr ade ‘B’ Ph ase-I Di r ec t i o n s (6 –1 0 ) : B elow is gi v- er n m en t t o r evi ve th eir u n it s.
Ex am . 21. 11.20 15) en a passage followed by several pos-
10. Th e In di an su gar i n du str y h as
com parati vel y sm al ler u n i ts in
form th e facts stat ed in th e passage.
INSURANCE EXAMS You h ave to exam in e each in feren ce
com parison t o oth er m ajor su g-
ar produ cin g n ation s.
Di r ec t i o n s (1 –5 ) : In each of t h e separ atel y i n t h e con t ext of th e pas-
Di r ect i on s (1 1 –1 5 ) : In qu es-
fol lowi n g qu est ion s, a statem en t or sage an d deci de u pon it s degr ee of
ti on s gi ven below, a st at em en t i s fol-
two are foll owed b y t wo con clu sion s. tr u th or fal sit y.
lowed by r eason s I an d I I . Appl y t h e
Give an swer (1) if con clu sion I follows; (Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e Co. reason s to th e st at em en t an d m ark
(2) if con clu si on II fol lows; (3 ) if bot h I (AAO) Ex am . 1 1.0 3. 200 7 ) you r an swer as u n der :
an d II follow; an d (4 ) i f n eit h er I n or II M ar k an sw er (1 ) if in feren ce is (Or i en t al I n su r an ce Com pan y
follows. ‘defin itel y tru e’, i.e. it p roperl y foll ows Ex am . 0 8 . 0 4 . 2 0 1 2 )
(Un i t ed I n d i a I n sur an c e Co. fr om th e statem en t of facts given . (1) On ly I is righ t
(AAO) Ex am . 1 1.0 3. 200 7 ) M ar k an swer (2 ) i f t h e i n feren ce (2) On ly II is righ t
1. St at em en t : In desert s, cam els is ‘probably tru e’t h ou gh n ot ‘defin ite-
(3) Both I an d II are righ t
ar e in dispen sabl e for peop le to ly tr u e’in th e l igh t of th e fact s given .
travel from on e place to an ot h er. (4) Neith er I n or II is righ t
M ar k an swer (3 ) i f t h e ‘dat a are
Con cl u si on s : 11. St at em en t : Th e President som e-
in adequ ate’, i .e. from t h e facts given
ti m es pardon s t h e victim s wh o
I . Cam el s ar e th e on l y ch eapest you can n ot say wh eth er t h e i n feren ce
h ave been destin ed to be sen t
m ode of t ran sport availab le in is li k ely to be tr u e or false.
to gas ch am ber.
d eser t s. M ar k an swer (4 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
Reaso n s :
II . Th er e ar e p len t y of cam el s i n is ‘probably false’, th ou gh n ot ‘definite-
d eser t s. I . Th e Presi den t i s m ore k in d-
ly false’in th e l igh t of t h e fact s given .
h eart ed t h an th e ju dges.
2. St at em en t : Sm ok i n g i s on e of M ar k an swer (5 ) i f t h e i n feren ce
th ose h u m an weak n ess wh i ch II . Th e Presi den t i s con st an t ly
is ‘d efi n itely fal se’, i .e. it can n ot pos-
ten ds to test th e willpower of th e in terferi n g with law.
sm ok er t o t h e edge. or it con tradicts t h e given fact s. 12. St at em en t : Aft er t h e b om b
Con cl u si on s : bl ast s, t h e cit izen s of M u m b ai
In th e com m oditi es b u sin ess size
declared that th ey were not afraid
I . It is ver y d ifficu l t for th e sm ok - does m atter. Th is is com m on wisdom .
of terror ist activi ties.
er s t o gi ve u p sm ok in g even if Th e In di an su gar i n du str y, th e sec-
th ey wan t t o d o so. Reaso n s :
on d l argest in th e world after Br azi l,
II . Hu m an bein gs h ave oth er weak - h as t r ad i t i on al l y b een fr agm en t ed , I . Th ey k n ew th at all th e per -
n esses as wel l. wh i ch led to wi despread sick n ess an d son s i n vol ved in su ch di s-
3. St at em en t : Ol d order ch an ges large n u m ber of m ills goin g ban k ru pt, gr acefu l act i vi t y w ou l d b e
th e yiel din g pl ace to n ew. a sit u at ion exacer bat ed by a sl ew of cau gh t by th e police.
Con cl u si on s : gover n m en t con t r ol s – wh i ch ar e, II . Th ey are a b rave l ot an d do
m ean i n gfu l l y, get t i n g d i l u t ed sin ce n ot believe in givin g u p or los-
I . Ch an ge i s t h e law of n atu r e.
Au gu st 1 998. Its n ow b een m ore t h an in g con fiden ce if an t i-soci al
II . Di scard old ideas becau se th ey elem en ts try to frighten th em .
ar e ol d. seven an d h alf year s sin ce t h e i n du s-
tr y was del icen sed . No offi cial per - 13. St at em en t : Vol u n teer s often
4. St at em en t : offer th eir services for scien tific
m i ssi on i s r equ ired ei th er t o bu ild a
I . Th e TV p r ogr am m es t el ecast an d m edi cal ex per im en t s t h at
n ew factory or for brown field expan -
sp ecially for wom en , are p ack ed m ay p rove h arm fu l or even fa-
si on plan , except t h at th ere m u st n ot
wi t h a var i et y of r eci p es an d tal.
b e an y vi ol at i on of com m an d ar ea
h ou seh old h in ts.
Reaso n s : 17. Read th e fol lowin g in form ati on I . 15 % of th e t otal p opu lati on is
I . Th ey do n ot give i m por tan ce carefu lly an d an swer th e qu es- u nfit.
to th eir li fe wh ere advan ce- ti on wh ich follows II . Th e fi t n ess clu b s h ave cl osed
m en t of scien ce an d h elp to “Pollu tion l evel h as r isen m ore th ei r regist ration s for n ew m em -
th an fou r t im es in m atter of six bers t h is year.
h u m an it y is con cern ed.
years in cit y A. In m y op in ion , if
II . Th ey are con fid en t th at t h e (1) Eit h er I or II can be i n ferr ed.
al l veh icles m or e t h an 20 years
sci en t i st s w ou l d som eh ow ol d stil l p lyi n g on t h e road are (2) On ly II can be in ferred.
save th em . ban n ed a m ajor part of air pollu - (3) Both I an d II can be in ferred.
tion in the city can be con trolled.” (4) Neit h er I n or II can be i n -
14. St at em en t : Som e speci es of
– person A. fer r ed .
bi rds are on th e verge of ex tin c-
Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e- (5) On ly I can be in ferr ed
tion.
m en ts m ost appropriately weak -
Reaso n s : 19. St at em en t : “I wou ld lik e to can -
en s t h e per son ’s opi n ion ?
cel h otel book in g for todd ay as
I . Th ey ar e b ei n g con st an t l y (1) More th an 9 6% p oll u ti on in
m y fl igh t t o D elh i h as b een can -
h u n ted. ci ty A can b e attr ibu t ed to
celled, t h u s I wou ld be u n ab le
th e i n du str ies an d fact ori es
II . Pollu tion an d destru cti on of t o r each y ou r h ot el i n t h r ee
in ci ty A an d on l y 4 % t o t h e
for est s h ave affect ed t h ei r vehicu lar, nu clear plan ts and h ou rs’t im e”, said Mr. Pan d ey to
br eed in g process. waste bu r n in g t ogeth er. th e h otel m an ager over p h on e.
15. St at em en t : Pesticides are r e- (2) Ar ou n d a d ecad e ago, t h e I . Th ere is n o oth er m ean s to reach
sp on si ble for cau si n g differen t govern men t of city A had con- Delh i oth er th an fl igh t.
di seases in h u m an bei n gs, b e- ver ted al l pu b li c tr an sp or t II . Th ere is n o possibi lit y of th e fog
cau se veh icles from d iesel-r u n to to clear today.
CNG-r u n i n order t o con tr ol
Reaso n s : (1) Eit h er I or II can be i n ferr ed.
pollu tion levels.
I . They con tain some or the oth - (2) On ly II can be in ferred.
(3) Older veh icles emit more pol-
er t yp e of poison th at k il ls lu tan ts t h an th e n ewer on es (3) Both I an d II can be in ferred.
worm s an d pests bu t affects as t h e n ewer veh i cl es ar e (4) Neit h er I n or II can be i n -
th e pl an t s adver sel y. provided with n ewest carbon fer r ed .
redu ct ion tech n ol ogies. (5) On ly I can be in ferr ed
II . Poison s are h ar m fu l t o h u -
(4) Th e n u m ber of veh i cles, for Di r ect i on s (2 0 –2 2 ) : In each of
m an bein gs too.
pr ivat e u se as well as pu bl ic th e foll owin g qu estion s, a stat em en t
16. A tou r an d t r avel agen cy was t r an sp or t u se h as n ot i n - followed by two in fer en ces n u m ber ed
su ed by t h ree cu stom er s as it cr eased su b stan ti all y i n t h e
I an d II h ave b een given . You h ave to
h ad promissed a discou nt on th e past six years in ci ty A.
con si der th e st atem en t an d t h e given
h oliday pack age bu t when exam - (5) Ci ty B i n t h e n eigh bou ri n g
i n fer en ces an d d eci de wh ich of th e
in ed later, it was fou n d th at t h e st ate wh ich h ad m ade sim i-
followin g can b e i n ferred an d select
agen cy h ad actu all y ch arged 12 lar efforts h ad m an aged to
th e appr opri ate an swer.
r ed u ce p ol l u ti on l evel s b y
percen t m ore t h an wh at oth er (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
h alf with in th r ee year s.
agen cies wer e offerin g. (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er (AO) On l i n e Ex am , 1 1.0 1. 201 5)
Wh ich of th e followin g i s an i n - (AO) Ex am , 10. 01. 201 5) 20. St at em en t : Rah u l read th e book
fer en ce wh ich can be m ade from Di r ect i on s (1 8 –1 9 ) : In each of writt en by Pr ofessor ‘X’. Th e book
t h e fact s st at ed i n t h e ab ove th e foll owin g qu estion s, a stat em en t is easy to com p reh en d an d u n -
paragr aph ? followed by two in fer en ces n u m ber ed derst an d th e con di tion of poor in
I an d II h ave b een given . You h ave to th e Cou n t ry ‘Z’com pletel y.
(1) Ch eatin g m ay be a grou n d for con si der th e st atem en t an d t h e given I . Accor d i n g t o Pr ofessor ‘X’,
fi lin g a case. in ferences an d decide wh ich of th e fol-
Ra h u l n ow cl ea r l y u n d er -
(2 ) It i s n ot a gr ave cr i m e t o lowin g can b e i n fer red an d select t h e
st an d s t h e con dit ion of poor
ch arge extr a m on ey for h ol i- ap propri ate an swer.
in th e Cou n try ‘Z’.
day pack age. (NI ACL Adm i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
(AO) Ex am , 10. 01. 201 5) II . No ot h er pr ofessor reads th is
(3) Different tou r and travel agen - book .
18. St at em en t : Du rin g the past year
ci es ch ar ge differen tl y. n ation wi de m em b ersh ip in fi t- (1) Eit h er I or II can be i n ferr ed.
(4) It is n ot essen tial to offer what n ess clu bs has declin ed by abou t (2) On ly II can be in ferred.
h as b een pr om ised ear lier. fi ft een p er cen t , wh i l e sal es of (3) Both I an d II can be in ferred.
(5) Non e of th ese fast–food produ cts widely k n own
(4) Neit h er I n or II can be i n -
to con tribu te to h ealth problem s
(L I C Assi st an t Ad m i n i st r at i v e Of f i c er
have risen by abou t the same per - fer r ed .
(AAO) Ex am . 1 2.0 5. 201 3) (5) On ly I can be in ferr ed
cen t.
21. St at em en t : Th e gover n m en t of (1) On ly In feren ce I follows
Cou n tr y ‘X’ h as fix ed th e dead- (2) On ly In feren ce II follows SBI PO EXAMS
li n e for i n stallin g p an ic bu t ton in (3) Eith er In feren ce I or II follows
th e p u bl ic tran sport. Pan ic bu t- 1.(2) 2.(3) 3.(1) 4.(1)
(4) Neith er In feren ce I n or II fol-
ton i s u sed in em ergen cy to act i-
vat e GPS track er an d fin d ou t th e lows 5.(1) 6.(1) 7.(5) 8.(1)
poin t s of start an d en d respec- (5) Both the Inference I and II follow
ti vel y. (OI CL Speci al i st Of f i cer (Fi n an ce) 9.(5) 10.(1) 11.(2) 12.(1)
I . The Govern ment of Cou n try ‘X’ Ex am . 03. 05.20 15) 13.(1) 14.(1) 15.(1) 16.(1)
is seriou s abou t t h e safety of
it s citi zen s. SHORT ANSWERS 17.(2) 18.(2) 19.(3) 20.(1)
II . Th e p u bl ic tran sport wil l i n - 21.(3) 22.(1) 23.(1) 24.(5)
st all th e pan ic b u tton .
(1) Ei th er I or II can be in ferred.
NATIONALISED BANKS 25.(5) 26.(3) 27.(1) 28.(4)
(2) On ly II can be in ferred. & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS 29.(5) 30.(5) 31.(5) 32.(1)
(3) Both I an d II can be in ferred.
1.(5) 2.(1) 3.(5) 4.(2) 33.(5) 34.(5) 35.(5) 36 .(5)
(4) Neith er I n or II can be inferred.
(5) On ly I can be in ferr ed 5.(1) 6.(2) 7.(5) 8.(1)
37.(1) 38.(1) 39.(1) 40.(5)
22. St at em en t : Th e t ran sl ati on of 9.(2) 10.(3) 11.(1) 1 2. (1)
An an d Rath ore’s book does n ot 41.(4) 42.(3) 43.(4) 44.(4)
13.(5) 1 4. (1) 15.(2) 16.(5)
recei ve as m an y accol ades as t h e
17.(3) 18.(1) 19.(5) 20.(2) 45.(1) 46.(2) 47.(1) 48.(5)
origin al book .
I . Th e su bject matter of Rathore’s 21.(1) 22.(1) 23.(3) 24.(3) 49.(1) 50.(1) 51.(5) 52.(3)
book h as n ow becom e ou tdat- 25.(1) 26.(3) 27.(2) 28.(3)
ed . 53.(2) 54.(3) 55.(4) 56.(3)
II . Gen er all y tr an slat i on wor k s 29.(1) 30.(5) 31.(1) 32.(4)
ar e n ot li k ed b y peop le an d 33.(2) 34.(1) 35.(3) 36.(5) RBI GRADE–B/
th ese are sol d less t h an t h e
37.(2) 38.(1) 39.(4) 40.(5) NABARD GRADE–A
origin al book .
(1) Ei th er I or II can be in ferred. 41.(5) 42.(3) 43.(1) 44.(5)
(2) On ly II can be in ferred. 45.(1) 46.(5) 47.(2) 48.(5)
OFFICER EXAMS
(3) Both I an d II can be in ferred. 49.(1) 50.(1) 51.(1) 52.(3) 1.(5) 2.(5) 3.(1) 4.(1)
(4) Neith er I n or II can be inferred. 53.(1) 54.(2) 55.(5) 56.(3)
(5) On ly I can be in ferr ed 5.(3) 6.(1) 7.(3) 8.(4)
57.(2) 58.(1) 59.(1) 60.(5)
23. Th is qu estion con sists of a state- 9.(1) 10.(1) 11.(5) 12.(5)
m en t an d two i n feren ces n u m - 61.(1) 62.(3) 63.(1) 64.(2)
bered I an d II given below it. An 65.(4) 66.(1) 67.(2) 68.(5) 13.(5) 14.(5) 15.(1) 16.(1)
in feren ce is som eth in g wh i ch is
n ot directly stated bu t can be in - 69.(1) 70.(1) 71.(5) 72.(1) 17.(2) 18.(5) 19.(5) 20.(1)
ferred from th e given fact s. You 73.(3) 74.(5) 75.(5) 76.(2) 21.(5) 22.(1) 23.(5) 24.(2)
h ave to decide wh ich of th e given 77.(3) 78.(1) 79.(5) 80.(1)
in feren ces logically foll ows from 25.(1) 26.(1) 27.(5) 28.(3)
th e given statem en t an d select th e 81.(5) 82.(1) 83.(1) 84.(4)
appropriate an swer. 29.(4) 30.(2) 31.(4) 32.(5)
85.(3) 86.(1) 87.(5) 88.(1)
St at em en t : It h as been observed 89.(3) 90.(5) 91.(5) 92.(4) 33.(5) 34.(5) 35.(4) 36.(4)
i n sch ool s t h at m an y st u d en t s
en gage in bu llyin g th ose wh o are 93.(1) 94.(2) 95.(3) 96.(5) 37.(5) 38.(2) 39.(5) 40.(5)
eith er you n ger to th em or vu ln er - 97.(4) 98.(2) 99.(1) 100.(3)
able despite bein g pu n i sh ed re-
peatedly. However, research su g-
101.(5) 102.(2) 103.(3) 104.(4) INSURANCE EXAMS
gests th at, bu llyin g beh aviou r re- 105.(1) 106.(2) 107.(1) 108.(5)
du ces in stu den ts wh o are sen t 1.(4) 2.(3) 3.(1) 4.(2)
109.(1) 110.(3) 111.(2) 112.(3)
for cou n sel li n g as com p ar ed t o
113.(2) 114.(3) 115.(1) 116.(5) 5.(2) 6.(1) 7.(1) 8.(3)
th ose wh o are on ly pu n ish ed for
th e sam e. 117.(4) 118.(3) 119.(5) 120.(2) 9.(3) 10.(1) 11.(4) 12.(3)
I . No stu den t wh o is sen t for cou n - 121.(3) 122.(1) 123.(5) 124.(2)
sellin g en gages in bu llyin g behav- 13.(1) 14.(2) 15.(3) 16.(1)
iou r. 125.(3) 126.(4) 127.(1) 128.(4)
17.(1) 18.(4) 1 9.(4) 20.(5)
II . Cou n sel lin g is m ore effective in 129.(2) 130.(4) 131.(4) 132.(4)
m odifyin g beh aviou r of stu den ts 21.(3) 22.(5) 23.(2)
as com pared to pu n ish m en t. 133.(2) 134.(5) 135.(4) 136.(2)
i n g, i s sh owi n g a con si st en t 48. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
EXPLANATIONS gr ow t h r at e a r o u n d t en p er false.
cen t.” 49. (1) The inference is definitely true.
20. (2) On th e basis of in form ati on 50. (1) The inference is definitely true.
NATIONALISED BANKS gi ven in th e p assage, th e i n fer -
51. (1) Con sider th e followin g line of
& IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS en ce seem s probab ly tru e.
the passage : “Slu m dwellers are
21. (1) It is m en tion ed in th e pas- ch aracterised by ......... su scep-
1. (5) In fer en ce is defin itely false. sage th at th e In di an su gar i n - tible to poor h ealth condition s.”
2. (1) In fer en ce i s defin itely tru e. du stry is th e secon d l argest in
52. (3) There is no inform ation abou t
3. (5) In fer en ce is defin itely false. th e world after Brazil , bu t h as
th e developed cou n tries.
4. (2) In fer en ce is pr obabil ity tru e. tradition ally been fragm ented. It
im pli es th at t h e p osi tion of In - 53. (1) Con si der th e fol lowi n g l in e
5. (1) In fer en ce i s defin itely tru e. of th e p assage :
d ia in th e i n tern ati on al su gar
6. (2) Th e i n fer en ce seem s t o b e m ark et is n ot fi rm an d con sol i- “Slu m dwellers are characterised
pr obab ly tru e. Th e last li n e of dated. Th erefore, t h e in feren ce by low pr odu ctivity....”.
th e passage som ewh at su pports is defin it ely tru e. Th er efor e, i t can b e assu m ed
th e i n fer en ce.
22. (1) It is cl ear fr om th e passage th at th e in feren ce is tru e.
7. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y t h at In d i an su gar i n d u st r y i s 54. (2) Con si der th e fol lowi n g l in e
false. Con si der th e secon d li n e n ow con siderably free from Gov- of th e p assage :
of th e passage. ern m en t con trols. “In its m ost ...... Th e progr am
8. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y 23. (3) Th e data are in adequ ate. co u l d fr ee u p t h ou sa n d s of
tru e. Con sider th e followin g lin e
24. (3) Th e data are in adequ ate. acr es of val u ab l e gover n m en t
of th e passage.
25. (1) In fer en ce i s defin itely tru e. l an d .....”.
“................ In d i a r ecor d ed a
26. (3) Th e data are in adequ ate. Th u s, th e in feren ce is probab ly
sh arp ju m p in its rate of growth
27. (2) Th e i n fer en ce i s p r ob ab i l y tru e.
aft er year s of p er for m an ce i n
th e recen t years”. tru e. 55. (5) Con si der th e last lin e of t h e
28. (3) Th e data are in adequ ate. p assage.
9. (2) Th e l in e “Th i s u n fort u n at e
cycl e ................. l i ves of m i l - 29. (1) In fer en ce i s defin itely tru e. 56. (3) Th e con ten ts of th e passage
l i on s of p oor s an d h a p l es s” 30. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y do n ot m ak e su ch a refer en ce.
poin t s ou t th at good m on soon false. 57. (2) Th e u se of ter m ‘all ’ i n t h e
year s ar e i n t er cep t ed b y b ad 31. (1) In fer en ce i s defin itely tru e. i n fer en ce m ak es i t d ou b t fu l .
m on soon year s. Th er efore, in - T h er ef o r e, t h e i n f er en c e i s
32. (4 ) Th e i n fer en ce i s p r ob ab l y
fer en ce seem s t o b e p r ob ab l y ‘Probably tru e’.
false.
tru e. 58. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
33. (2) Th e i n fer n ece i s p r ob ab l y
10. (3) Data are in adequ ate. tr u e in t h e ligh t of fact s stat ed
tru e.
11. (1) On ly A in th e passage. Con sider the fol-
34. (1) In fer en ce i s defin itely tru e. lowin g lin e of th e passage.
12. (1) On ly A 35. (3) Th e data are in adequ ate.
13. (5) No ad d it ion al st atem en t i s “Rath er, th e state’s rol e sh ou ld
36. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y be to m odu late th is en th u siasm
requ ired to draw th e con clu sion false. to m axim ize social welfare.”
14. (1) On ly A 37. (2) Th e in feren ce probably t ru e. 59. (1) Th e secon d l in e of th e pas-
15. (2) On ly B 38. (1) In fer en ce i s defin itely tru e. sage su p por ts th e in fer en ce.
16. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y 39. (4) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y 60. (5) Con si der th e fol lowi n g l in e
false. Con sider th e followin g lin e false. of th e p assage :
of th e p assage :
40. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y “It i s n eith er feasibl e n or d esi r -
“Clear ly ser vices h ave been t h e false. ab le for t h e stat e t o st em t h e
k ey driver in econ om ic m om en -
41. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y tide.”
tu m of th e cou n try.”
false. 61. (1) Con sider the secon d an d th e
17. (3) Th er e is n o i n for m at i on i n
42. (3) Th e data are in adequ ate. th ird lin e of th e p assage. Fr om
the passage regardin g th is in fer -
en ce. 43. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y th ese two li n es, i t i s cl ear th at
tru e. th e In feren ce is tru e.
18. (1) Con si der th e fol lowi n g l in e
of th e p assage : 44. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y 62. (3) Th ere is n o su ch comparison
false. in th e p assage.
“GD P is growi n g at abou t seven
per cen t to eigh t p er cen t even 45. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y 63. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
if th ere is a failu re in mon soon ”. tru e. tru e. Consider the last line of the
46. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y p assage.
19. (5) Con si der th e fol lowi n g l in e
of th e p assage : false. 64. (2 ) Fr om th e fi rst th r ee lin es of
47. (2) Th e i n fer en ce i s p r ob ab l y th e p assage it is clear th at t h e
“The in du strial sector, wh ich u n-
tru e. In fer en ce is pr obably tru e.
derwen t a ph ase of restru ctu r -
65. (4) Th e i n fer en ce i s p r ob ab l y clear t h at a m ore t ran sp ar en t m ostly sim ilar an d u n differen ti-
false. It is m en tion ed in the pas- gu idelin e i s n eeded. It does n ot at ed . Th er efor e, t h e i n fer en ce
sage th at coal resou r ce is rel a- i m p l y t h at t h er e i s n o su ch seem s to be false.
tively large in comparison to oth- gu idelin e. 85. (3) Th e data provided in th e pas-
er fossil fu els. Th er efore, i t i s 76. (2) Th e u se of term ‘on ly’m ak es sage are n ot su ffi cien t t o d eter -
very difficu lt to assert th at In - it probably tru e. It is m ention ed m i n e th e tr u th or fal sit y of t h e
d i a’s coal r eser ves ar e m u ch i n t h e p assage t h at “Su b se- i n feren ce.
m ore th an its requ irem en t. qu ently h igh an d consistent eco- 86. (1 ) Th e con t en ts of th e passage
66. (1 ) Th e con t en ts of th e passage n om ic growth m ade Sou t h Ko- cl ear ly in dicate th at th e In fer -
clearly indicate th at th e Govern - rea on e of th e h igh -in com e eco- en ce is d efi n it ely tru e.
m en t h as d on e very lit tle to i m - n om ics in Asia”. 87. (5 ) It is m en tion ed in th e pas-
prove th e qu ality of ed u cation . sage th at th e n u m b er of cred it
77. (3) Fr om th e facts given i n t h e
67. (2) Con sider th e th ird lin e of th e passage i t is n ot p ossibl e to de- c a r d s d i p p ed t o a b o u t t w o
passage. It in di cat es th at fu n d t er m i n e th e t ru t h or falsi ty of cr ores as of en d Febr u ary 20 10
is on e of factor s for im pr ovi n g fr om arou n d 2.5 cr ores a year
th e i n fer en ce.
qu ali ty of edu cati on . Th erefor e, ago. Th u s, t h e drop p ercen tage
the inferen ce is probably tru e as 78. (1) Clearly, th e inferen ce is defi-
n itely tru e. is 20 per cen t.
th e in feren ce m en tion s th e term 88. (1) Average monthly spen d in the
“su bstantially”. 79. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
Fi n an cial year 2 010 fell t o Rs.
68. (5 ) Con sider t h e very fi rst li n e fal se. Con si d er t h e fol l ow i n g
51 00 crores again st Rs. 5,4 00
of th e p assage : li n es of th e p assage :
cr or es i n t h e Fi n an ci al Year
“Pr i vat i sat i on i s n o p an acea “I n d i a o n t h e o t h er h a n d , 2 0 0 9 . Th u s, t h e d r op i n t h e
wh en it com es to edu cati on ”. adopted an im port su bstitu t ion term of expen ditu re is abou t six
It cl earl y i n di cat es th at qu ali ty poli cy sin ce i ts In d ep en den ce, p er cen t . B u t t h e d r op i n t h e
of ed u cat ion is n ot gu aran teed u n t i l t h e ear l y 1 9 9 0 s. Si n ce term of volu m e is abou t 1 0 p er
even i n th e private in stitu tion s. th en In dia h as in trodu ced wide- cen t.
69. (1) The th em e of th e passage in - ran gin g economic policy reform s 89. (3 ) Th ere is n o su ch d ata in t h e
d i cat es t h at t h e In fer en ce i s an d i s m ovi n g toward s m ark et p assage.
defin itely tru e. – dri ven econ om y. Th i s h as r e- 90. (5) Th e very first lin e of th e pas-
70. (1) Th e last th ree line of th e pas- su l ted in con sisten t h i gh eco- sage clearl y in d icat es th at t h e
sage clearly in dicate th at th e In - n om i c growth over t h e last on e- d r op i n t h e n u m b er of cr ed i t
feren ce i s d efi n it ely tru e. an d-a h alf decade.” car d u ser s was d u e t o sl ack -
71. (5) Fr om t h e ver y fi r st l i n e of 80. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y n ess in econ om y.
th e p assage it is clear t h at pr i- tru e. Con sider th e followin g lin e 91. (5 ) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
vat isati on of h igh er edu cat ion of th e p assage : false. An exam p le can n ot su p-
h as already in vogu e in In di a. “Th ou gh th e Asi an growth st o- port th e in fer en ce.
Th e p a ss age d eal s w i t h t h e ries m ain ly revolve arou n d In dia 92. (4) Th e in feren ce seem s t o b e
form of p rivat isati on of h i gh er an d Ch in a .......... ” false as th e u se of term ‘m ost’
ed u cation . Th erefore, th e i n fer - 81. (5) Th e l ast li n e of th e passage m ak es t h e i n fer en ce dou b tfu l .
en ce is defin i tel y false. con tr adi cts th e in fer en ce. Bu t the first para talk s abou t the
72. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y sam e.
82. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
tru e. Con sider th e followin g lin e 93. (1 ) Clerl y, th e in feren ce is defi-
tru e. Con sider th e followin g lin e
of th e p assage : n itely tru e.
of th e p assage :
“In In dia, th ere is n o dou bt th at 94. (2 ) Th e ad vi ce i s m en t for al l
“....... it is im p erative for an i n -
p ri vate n ot -for p rofi t u n iver si - wh o ar e associated wi th b u si-
vest or to defin e object ive – both
t ies n eed to b e en cou r aged t o n ess. Th erefore, th e in feren ce is
i n crease edu cat ion op p or tu n i - r et u r n s a n d d i ges t i b l e r i s k
probabl y tru e.
ties”. ......”.
95. (3 ) In t h e p assage i t i s m en -
73. (3) Th e p assage m ak es n o su ch 83. (1) Th e t h em e of t h e p assage
ti on ed th at th e au th or saw t h e
r efer en ce. su pp ort s t h e in fer en ce. Th er e- film ‘Th e wizard Oz’three tim es.
74. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y fore, th e in fer en ce i s defin itely I t d o es n o t i m p l y t h a t h e
false. It is m en tion ed in the pas- tru e. watch es most movies m ore th an
sage th at pri vatisation an d cor - 84. (4 ) Th e i n fer en ce i s p r ob ab l y twice.
poratisat ion are actu all y qu i te false. It is m en tion ed in the pas- 96. (5 ) It is m en t ion ed i n passage
d ifferen t i n t h e fiel d of h igh er sage th at ch oice in an y decision that wh en you wish to sh ift from
edu cation . m ak in g i s good in so far it pr o- B PLR t o th e b ase r at e system
75. (5) Th e u se of ter m ‘an y’ i n t h e vided variety, differentiation an d ...... . Th i s i m pli es th at al l t h e
in fer en ce i n di cates t h at th e i n - ben ch m ark in g it . It cou ld al so b orr ower s are n ot r equ i r ed t o
feren ce i s d efi n it ely fal se. Fr om h owever, at tim es l ead to clu t- sh i ft fr om B PL R t o t h e b ase
th e l ast lin e of th e p assage it is ter an d n oi se if t h e opt ion s are rate system .
97. (4 ) It is m en tion ed in th e pas- 110. (3) Th ere is n o referen ce abou t 125. (3) There is n o information abou t
sage t h at a writ ten ap plicati on th is in feren ce in th e passage. th is i n feren ce.
for th e switch (from BPLR to th e 111. (2 ) From th e gi ven in form ati on 126. (4) Th e u se of term ‘defin itely’in
b ase r at e syst em ) i s r equ i r ed . it i s clear th at th e sch ool wou ld th e in feren ce m ak es it d ou btfu l.
The applications may be on plain face a cru n ch in t erm s of avai l- Th erefore, th e in feren ce is pr ob-
p a p er or i n p r i n t ed f or m a t . ab il it y of qu al ified t each er s in ab le false.
T h er ef o r e, t h e i n f er en c e i s th e years to com e.
prob ably false. 127. (1) Con sider th e very first l in e of
112. (3 ) It is m en tion ed th at salari es
98. (2 ) Th e p assage ad dr esses t h e th e p assage. It is cl ear from t h e
of m aids h ave gon e u p on ly 50
cu st om er s of b an k s an d t h e ti m es wh i le costs h ave gon e u p fi rst lin e of t h e p assage th at t h e
borrowers ar e also ban k ’s cu s- 100 tim es in fer en ce i s defin itely tru e.
tom ers. Th erefore, th e i n feren ce 113. (2) St a t em en t (B ) c an b e i n - 128. (4) It i s well k n own th at h u m an
is pr obab ly tru e. ferred from th e given statem en t. bein g is m ortal.
99. (1) Th e content of passage clear - 114. (3) Statem ent (C) proves th at in - 129. (2) Obvi ou sl y, social en t rep re-
l y i n d i cat es t h at gen er al b or - t er ven t i on fr om t h ei r u r b an n eu r sh i p i s d iffer en t fr om th e
rower s ar e b ein g addressed. cou n terparts can also be ben efi- bu sin ess en tr epren eu rsh ip.
100. (3 ) Th e data gi ven i n t h e pas- cial to a cer tain ext en t. 130. (4) On ly stat em en t I can b e i n -
sage are n ot su ffi cien t t o d eter - 115. (1) Statem en t (A) ferred fr om th e gi ven in form a-
m in e the degree of tru th an d fal- 116. (5) Statem en t (D) tion . It is clearly m en tion ed th at
si ty of th e in fer en ce. 117. (4) Th e d ist rict au th orit y sen t a th e process of acqu irin g visa for
101. (5 ) It is m en t ion ed in t h e pas- police team t o n ab th e cu l prit s. th e t ou ri st h as been eased.
sage th at 50 - 80 per cen t of all It sh ows th at th e Govern m ent is
peop le wh o su ffer a h eart at tack com m itted to provide protection 131. (4) On ly statem en t I can be in -
a r e a b l e t o r et u r n t o w o r k . to travellers acr oss th e cou n try. ferred fr om th e gi ven in form a-
Th erefore, t h e in feren ce is defi- 118. (3) Th ere is a perception am on g tion . It is clearly m en tion ed th at
n itely fal se. sm all bran ds th at sale in a su - th e process of acqu irin g visa for
102. (2 ) It is m en t ion ed in t h e pas- permark et is h igh er than th at of th e tou rist h as been eased.
sage th at th e p erson s wh o h ave sm all grocer y st ores. 132. (4) Ob vi ou sly, opt ion 6 (4) m ost
su ffered a h eart att ack sh ou l d 119. (5) Th e statem en t clearly im plies ap p r op r i at el y p r oves t h at t h e
avoi d h i gh p r essu r e, st r essfu l that sm aller bran ds are cu rrent- decision tak en by th e avi ati on
work . Th erefore, it m ay be con - ly m ak in g su bstan ti al losses in m in ister is u n realistic as th e ex-
cl u d ed t h a t t h e i n fer en ce i s th eir bu sin esses. Con sider t h e istin g fleet is n ot bein g u sed for
probabl y tru e. ter m “trou bled water s.”
lack of passen gers.
103. (3) There is n o information abou t 120. (2) Stat em en t (C) rep resen t s a
th is i n feren ce. di sad van t age of th e sm all gr o- 133. (2) It h as b een said t h at 23 –
104. (4) Th e u se of term ‘defin itely’in cery stor es over t h e Su per m ar - m icrogram s level of h orm on e ‘X’
th e in feren ce m ak es it d ou btfu l. k ets from th e perspect ive of a n eeds im m ediate m edical atten -
Th erefore, th e in feren ce is pr ob- sm al l er b r an d . Sm al l gr ocer y tion . It m ean s th at cretosis dis-
ab le false. st ores do n ot h elp in dist rib u - ease becom es inten se at that level
tion of an y bran d. of h orm on e ‘X’.
105. (1) Con sider th e very first l in e of
th e p assage. It is cl ear from t h e 121. (3) Statem en t (D) r epr esen t s a It h as b een clearl y m en t ion ed
fi rst lin e of t h e p assage th at t h e reason for th e sh i ft from local
th at lon g term u sage of an tibiot-
in fer en ce i s defin itely tru e. gr ocery stor es to su p erm ark ets
i cs cau ses cretosis. Th erefore,
by th e sm aller b ran d s.
106. (2) In frastru ctu re plays an i m - option (2) may be con clu ded from
portan t r ole in econ om ic d evel- 122. (1) Statem en t (A) will pr ove th at
th at step tak en by th e sm all er th e given in formation .
opm en t . In d i a i s a d evelop in g
br an d s m ay n ot n ecessari ly be 134. (5) Th e perform an ce of th e em -
cou n tr y. Th erefore, th e cou n t ry
cor rect .
n eeds to m ak e m assive in vest- ployees of Com pan y ‘K’is lin k ed
m en ts in in frast ru ctu r al d evel- 123. (5 ) It is m en t ion ed in t h e pas-
to th e reward. If th e perform an ce
op m en t. Th u s, t h e in feren ce is sage th at 50 - 80 per cen t of all
of n one of th e em ployees has im -
probabl y tru e. peop le wh o su ffer a h eart at tack
a r e a b l e t o r et u r n t o w o r k . proved, it im plies th at no em ploy-
107.(1) Th e l ast li n e of th e passage ee h as b een rewar ded for h is/
Th erefore, t h e in feren ce is defi-
su pports th e in fer en ce. h er work . Th erefore, op tion (5)
n itely fal se.
108.(5) Bi otech n ology i s m en t ion ed 124. (2 ) It is m en t ion ed in t h e pas- is th e m ost appropriate.
as n ew econ om y sector in t h e sage th at th e p erson s wh o h ave 135. (4) Ob viou sl y, opt ion (4 ) can be
case of In di a. Th erefore, th e i n - su ffered a h eart att ack sh ou l d i n ferr ed fr om th e gi ven st at e-
feren ce is defin i tel y false. avoi d h i gh p r essu r e, st r essfu l m en t.
109. (1) From facts stated in th e pas- work . Th erefore, it m ay be con - 136. (2) Obviou sly, option (2) can be
sage, th e in feren ce seem s to be cl u d ed t h a t t h e i n fer en ce i s
defin itely tru e. in ferred from th e given in form a-
probabl y tru e.
tion.
11. (2) Co n s i d er i n g t h e fi r st t w o 21. (3) Th e p assage on l y d eals wi th
SBI PO EXAMS p ar agr ap h s of t h e p assage i t th e p ollu tion l evel i n th e In di an
s eem s t h a t t h e i n f er en ce i s con tex t.
1. (2) Th e i n fer en ce i s p r ob ab l y probabl y tru e. 22. (1) It is clear from t h e last li n e
tr u e. It is m en tion ed th at aft er
12. (1) Th e last par agraph in d icat es of th e p assage th at prop er pl an -
the annou n cement of Holidays on
th at by 200 5 In dia wi ll be lar g- n in g an d discipli n e in th e u se of
In stalm en t Paym en t (HIP) plan s,
est player in m il k in du stry. m od ern t ech n ology leads to l ess
atleast 12,0 00 fam i lies in Mu m -
bai alon e will op t for su ch d e- 13. (1) Fr om t h e facts gi ven in t h e pollu tion.
fer r ed paym en t pl an s for t h ei r passage it is clear th at th e in fer - 23. (1) Con si der th e foll owi n g lin es
h olid ays in n ext t h ree year s acen ce is tru e. of th e passage.
cor di n g to an est i m ate. Th ere- 14. (1) Th e secon d p aragraph of t h e “Pollu tion is growin g faster th an
fore, it m ay be con clu ded th at p assage cl ear l y i n d i cat es t h at econ om y . Th i s i s b ecau se t h e
th e n ew sch em e is fu l fil lin g t h e m ore m an power will be requ ired w est er n t ech n ol ogi cal m od el ,
n eed of people in Mu m bai. How- t o i m p l em en t o r ex ecu t e t h e b u i lt on h eav y u se o f en er gy
ever, it m ay be th at people cou ld strategy as en visaged by th e XYZ an d m aterials, is inh eren tly h i gh -
go ou t even if su ch p lan s were Federation l y t o x i c m od el . I t p r o d u c es
n ot an n ou n ced. Th erefore, m ark 15. (1) On ly con clu sion I seem s to h u ge am ou n ts of t o x i c po l l u t -
you r an swer ‘‘p robably tru e’’. be reason abl e. Con sid erin g t h e an t s....”
2. (3) Th e d ata regar din g t h e tot al differen t n atu re of IT Compan ies 24. (5) Fr om t h e facts gi ven in t h e
m em bersh i p of H IP in In di a are di fferen t p aram eter s sh ou ld be
n ot given in th e passage. passage it i s wron g t o assu m e
em p l oyed for rat in gs. It is n ot th at th e sm aller in du stri al u n its
3. (1) Th e statem ent “...... wh ile th e n ecessary th at if separ ate ratin g con tribu te proportion ately h igh -
gr an ar i es over fl ow ...... gr ai n agen cy i s establish ed for IT Co-
su r plu ses ......” clearly su pports er pollu tion .
m apn i es t h e in vest or s wi l l get
th e given in fer en ce. p rot ecti on of th eir in vestm en t . 25. (5) It is clear ly m en ti on ed t h at
4. (1) Th e st at em en t “Th i s st ock Th erefore, con clu sion II does n ot th e decreased volu m e of exp orts
sh ou l d be m ore th an su ffi cien t follow. d u r i n g 2 0 0 1 - 2 0 0 2 i s n ot t h e
t o en su re t h at cou n t r y’s “food m ain reason for th e p ercen tage
16. (1) By in creasi n g t h e m an u fac-
secu r ity” is n ot en dan ger ed ....” gr owt h in ex por ts du r in g 200 2-
tu rin g capacity th e Com pan y “Y”
clearly su pp orts th e given in fer - 200 3.
wou l d com p et e r eason ab l y on
en ce. th e cost fron t . An d , as su ch it 26. (3) Su ch com parison is not made
5. (1) Th e statem en t “An d th i s co- can im p r ove t h e qu al i t y of i t s in th e p assage.
existen ce of grain su rplu ses with p r od u ct s. H en ce, con cl u si on I 27. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
l ar ge scal e h u n ger.....” sh ows follows. Con clu sion II seem s to tr u e. Refer to t h e last li n e of t h e
th at distribu tion of foodgrain s to be an assu m ption . p assage.
th e m asses is n ot pr oper.
17. (2) Con si der i n g t h e am ou n t of 28. (4) Th e i n fer en ce i s p r ob ab l y
6. (1) Th e last sen t en ce of th e pas- false. Reft er t o t h e passage.
l oss i n cu r red b y Pu b li c Sector
sage con veys th e sam e idea.
Un i t s i t seem s t o b e t r u e t h at 29. (5) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
7. (5) Th e u se of t erm “always” in t h e Gover n m en t d i d n ot t ak e false. Refer t o t h e passage.
the in feren ce mak es it con tradic- car e in th e m att er of in vestm en t
tory t o as wh at h as been stat ed 30. (5) Consider th e following line of
in th e Pu bli c Sector Un its. Th e th e p assage :
in th e p assage.
u se of term “on ly” in th e con clu -
8. (1) Refer t o t h e sen t en ce “..... “However, agr icu ltu re an d all ied
sion I m ak es it in valid.
b u t br oadl y on e-t h i r d of In di a activiti es accou n t for l ess th an
18. (2) Clearly, on ly conclu sion II fol- ev en o n e- fo u r t h o f t h e t ot al
seem s t o rem ain u n d erfed.”
lows. It is n ot clear h ow th e pop-
9. (5) It is er ron eou s to in fer th at GDP”.
u l ation of d evel opi n g cou n tri es
th e poli cy m ak ers i n In d ia are Th erefore, t h e in feren ce is defi-
wil l n ot in cr ease i n th e fu tu re.
u n awar e of p r eval en t h u n ger. n itely fal se.
Th e last sen ten ce of th e p assage 19. (3) It is m en ti on ed in th e stat e-
m en t th at M r. X h as b een de- 31. (5) It is m en ti on ed in th e p as-
i n d icates t h at t h ere is n eed of s a ge t h a t t h e s t r u c t u r e o f
adopting a su itable policy. cl ared su ccessfu l in th e pr eli m -
in ar y screen in g for t h e p ost of i n d u st r i l i - sat i on h as ch an ged
10. (1) Th e i n fer en ce seem s t o b e over t h e years an d n ot over t h e
defin itel y t ru e. It h as b een stat- Director of KLM In stitu te. There-
for e, ei t h er h e wi l l be sel ected past few decades.
ed th at XYZ Fed eration h as en -
or wi ll n ot be sel ect ed as D irec- 32. (1) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
vi saged Rs. 100 cr ore wor th of
ex port s p er year wh ile th e tar - tor of KLM In sti tu t e. tru e.
geted sales t u r n over h as been 20. (1) Th e i n fer en ce seem s t o b e 33. (5) Con sider th e followin g lin e of
est i m ated at Rs. 1 0 ,00 0 cr or e defin itely t ru e. Con si der th e fol- th e p assage :
b y t h e year 2 00 5. Th erefor e i t lowin g l in e of th e p assage : “So it is less lik ely that aggregate
is cl ear th at m ore th an 9 0 p er “In du str ial an d veh icu lar p oll u - econ om i c gr ow t h w i l l b e ad -
cen t p r od u c t o f X YZ w i l l b e tion s are growi n g rapidly across ver s el y af fect ed i f r a i n fal l i s
u sed for dom esti c m ark et. th e cou n try”. scan ty”.
34. (5) It is m en ti on ed in th e p as- 42. (3) From the statemen t it is clear passage, it is clear th at th e In -
sage th at th e com p on en t of t h e th at t h e Govern m en t wi ll eith er feren ce i s d efi n it ely tru e.
m an u fact u r i n g sect or t h at d e- i n crease t h e p r i ce of d i esel or 46. (2) Th e u se of t er m ‘al ways’ i n
pen ds on agricu ltu re for the su p- will n ot increase th e price of die- th e In fer en ce sh ows th at t h e In -
pl y of i n term ediat es is n ot very sel. Th e deficit on th is cou n t can feren ce is probab ly tru e.
h i gh . Th i s d oes n ot i m ply th at b e a d j u s t ed b y s o m e o t h er 47. (1) Th e I n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
manu factu ring sector is in depen- m ean s. Th erefore, aft er t h e r e- tru e. Con sider th e followin g lin e
den t of agr icu ltu ral sector. vi ew of t h e presen t p olicy of t h e of th e p assage :
35. (5) It is n ot j u diciou s t o r egard d i esel p r i ce i n vi ew of fu r t h er
“Excessi vely l ow i n ter est r at es
spu rt in the international oil pric-
asbest os in d u str y as on e of t h e sk ew th e ri sk r eward equ at ion
es, th e Govern m en t is left wi th
largest in d u st ries in In dia con - by m ak in g project s th at are ac-
on ly two op tion s- to in crease or
si der in g th e n u m ber of em ploy- tu ally n ot viable, appear viable.”
n ot t o in crease th e p rice of di e-
ees en gaged in th is indu stry an d 48. (5) Th e I n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
sel . Th er efore, eit h er con clu sion
al so th e n u m ber of u n its of th is false. Con sider th e followin g lin e
I or con clu sion II fol lows.
in du stry in In dia. of th e p assage :
43. (4) Nei t h er of t h e con cl u si on s
36. (5) It is said th at asbestos indu s- follows. It is clear from th e state- “It i s n ow wel l estab lish ed th at
tr ies in In d ia are located in sev- m en t t h at t h e Ci ty ‘Z’ requ ir es lon g periods of u ndu ly low in ter -
er al states. est r at es en cou r age b an k s t o
beau t ifi cat ion bu t th is does n ot
37 . (1) Advan ced cou n tri es are b an - im ply th at th e people of th at city tak e m ore ri sk s.”
n i n g can cer cau si n g asb est os ar e u n aware abou t th e state of 49. (1) Th e I n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y
p r od u ct s : i t i m p l i es t h at ad - u glin ess of th eir city. Th erefor e, tru e.
van ced cou n t ries are con cern ed con clu sion I does n ot follow. Th e (5 0 –5 4 ) :
an d carefu l to protect health haz- new Mu nicipal Commissioner as-
Can didat e Con dit ions
ar ds of t h ei r peopl e. serted th at th e task of b eau tifi-
(i ) (ii ) (i ii ) or (a) (i v) (v) or (b)
38. (1) It can be safely assu m ed th at cation of City ‘Z’ cou ld al so be
accom pli sh ed if su ch h as h ap- An u p 3 3 – 3 3 3 –
if th e in du stry is gr owin g i n In -
p en ed in Cit y ‘X’ an d Cit y ‘Y’. Nisha 3 3 × –
– 3 3 –
d i a, t h er e cer t ai n l y ex i st s d e-
m an d for its produ ct s. Fr om th is it can n ot b e derived Su bodh 3 3 3 – 3 3 –
th at th e Mu n icipal Com m ission - Ravi ndr a 3 3 3 – 3 – 3
39 . (1) C o n s i d er t h e s t a t em en t ,
er h as served in City ‘X’an d City Raj iv – –
“.......in differen ce of govern m en t 3 3 3 3 3
‘Y’.While asserting somethin g one
m ach i n er y.......”.
m ay qu ote th e work s of an oth er 50. (1) Anu p Bhatnagar satisfies con-
40. (5) Both th e con clu sion s logical- person . H en ce, con clu sion II is di tion s (i), (i i), (a), (iv) an d (v).
ly fol lows from th e in form ati on also n ot valid. Th erefore, h is case wou ld be re-
given in th e statem en t. Th e term 44. (4) Neither con clu sion I n or con - ferred to th e D ean of th e In st i-
m i l k gl u t clearly in d icates th at cl u si on II fol l ow s. In t h e ab - tu tion .
th e m ilk pr odu ction of Stat e ‘X’ sen ce of h ar sh p u n i t i ve m ea- 51. (5 ) In case of Nish a Desai th ere
i s m or e t h an i t s r equ i r em en t . su r es t h e cases of sex u al h a- is no in formation abou t th e con -
Agai n , i t i s cl ear l y m en t i on ed r assm en t m ay tak e p lace an y- dition (iii).
th at th e Govern m en t an d co-op- wh ere. Th erefore, it is erron eou s 52. (3) Su bodh Ver ma satisfies con -
er ati ve dai ries in St ate ‘X’fail ed to assu m e th at sex u al h arass- di tion s (i), (i i), (i ii), (iv) an d (v).
to u se th e avail able m ilk — it im - m en t of wom en at work place is Th erefore, h e can be selected.
pl ies th at su ch dairi es in State m ore p revalen t in In d ia as com - 53. (2 ) Ravi n d r a Sh ar m a sat i sfi es
‘X’are n ot equ ipped proper ly. pared to oth er developed cou n - con di tion s (i), (ii ), (ii i), (iv) an d
41. (4) Neither con clu sion I n or con - tries. Th e statem ent exhorts th at (b). Th er efore, h i s case wou l d
cl u si on II follows. Th e su bsi dy am en d m en t i n th e Act is m ean t b e r efer r ed t o t h e D i r ect or of
on an y i tem can n ot be 10 0 p er t o cu r b sex u al h ar assm en t at the Institu tion .
cen t. It is m en tioned in the state- th e work place an d it can n ot be
54. (3 ) Rajiv Batra satisfies al l t h e
m en t th e Govern m en t h as decid- t ak en as th e i m p osi ti on of re-
con dition s (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v).
ed t o wi th d r aw 33 p er cen t of striction on recru itm en t of wom -
Th erefore, h e can be selected.
“the su bsidy” on cook ing gas and en . In or d er t o avoi d p ai n i n
ar m s we can n ot ch op ou r arm s. 55. (4) Option (4) is tru e.
n ot 3 3 p er cen t of t h e act u al
45. (1) From th e first two lin es of th e 56. (3) Option (3) is tru e.
pr ice of th e cook i n g gas. Th er e-
fore, it is erron eou s to assu m e
th at th e price of th e cook in g gas RBI GRADE–B/NABARD GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS
wi ll i n cr ease at l east by 3 3 p er
1. (5) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e 4. (1) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e
cen t . An y pol icy of th e Gover n -
in fer en ce is di fin itely false. in feren ce is difin it ely tru e.
m en t affect s all sect ion s of t h e
soci et y an d i t can n ot b e as- 2. (5) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e 5. (3) Accord i n g to p assage, d at a
su m ed th at poor peopl e d o n ot in fer en ce is di fin itely false. are in adequ ate.
n eed su b sid y. Th u s, n eith er of 3. (1) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e 6. (1) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e
th e con clu sion s follows. in feren ce is difin it ely tru e. in feren ce is difin it ely tru e.
7. (3) Accord i n g to p assage, d at a 24. (2) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e 3. (1) On l y Con clu si on I fol lows.
are in adequ ate. in fer en ce is pr obably tru e. E v er y o l d o r d er d o es n o t
8. (4) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e 25. (1) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e becom e obsolete i n d u e cou rse.
in fer en ce i s p rob abl y false. in feren ce is difin it ely tru e. 4. (2) I t i s c l ea r t h a t o n l y
9. (1) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e 26. (1 ) It i s clear fr om th e passage Con clu sion II follows.
in feren ce is difin it ely tru e. that In dia has failed to tak e m ea- 5. (2) On ly Con clu sion II follows.
10. (1) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e su res to r ech arge gr ou n d water 6. (1) A c c o r d i n g t o p a s s a ge
in feren ce is difin it ely tru e. ad equ at el y i n n or t h er n p ar t . in fer en ce i s defin itely tru e.
11. (5 ) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y Th erefore, t h e in feren ce is defi- 7. (1) A c c o r d i n g t o p a s s a ge,
fal se. An y n ew t ech n ology is de- n itely tru e. in fer en ce i s defin itely tru e.
veloped k eep in g i n vi ew i ts vi- 27. (5) It i s cl early m en t ion ed in th e 8. (3) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e
ability an d acceptan ce. passage t h at th e paddy is wat er data are in adequ ate.
12. (5) Em issi on of h u ge qu an tit y of in t en sive cr op. 9. (3) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e
carbon di oxi de is n ot a p aram - 28. (3 ) Th er e i s n o d at a abou t t h e data are in adequ ate.
eter for bein g developed cou n - w at er l evel i n ot h er p ar t s of 10. (1) A c c o r d i n g t o p a s s a ge,
tr ies. India. in fer en ce i s defin itely tru e.
13. (5 ) Th e i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y 29. (4 ) Th e i n fer en ce seem s t o b e 11. (4) Non e of t h e reason s is cor -
false. false. rect . J u dge deliver s verd ict as
14. (5 ) From th e p assage it is clear 30. (2 ) It can stat ed th at th e i n fer - per th e r u le. Th e Presiden t h as
th at n ew tech n ol ogi es are bei n g en ce is probably tr u e on th e ba- th e p ower t o pardon su ch per -
developed to r edu ce em ission of son s wh o h ave b een awar d ed
si s facts m en tion ed in th e pas-
carbon dioxide from au tom obiles death sen ten ces. Th is does n ot
sage.
an d d u r i n g t h e p r od u ct i on of im ply that the Presiden t is more
electrici ty. 31. (4 ) Non e of th e assu m ption s is
k in d-h earted th an th e ju dges.
implicit.
15. (1 ) It i s clear fr om th e passage 12. (3) Both the reason s are correct.
that th e developing cou ntries are 32. (5) Both th e assu m ption s are im -
13. (1) On ly th e reason I is cor rect.
tryin g to evolve new tech nologies plicit in th e statem en t.
14. (2) On ly th e reason II is correct.
to redu ce th e em ission of carbon 33. (5) Both th e assu m ption s are im -
15. (3) Both the reason s are correct.
dioxide. plicit in th e statem en t.
16. (1) Clearly, option (1) may be in -
16. (1) Con sider th e followin g lin e of fer r ed .
plicit in th e statem en t.
th e p assage : 17. (1) It h as b een said t h at veh i -
35. (4 ) Non e of th e assu m ption s is cles are m ajor pollu tan ts bu t the
“Th e Gover n m en t i s p lan n in g to
focu s on in vestm en t in irrigation im plicit in th e statem en t. Opt ion (1) di scards th is n oti on
an d even revival of agri cu l tu r al 36. (4) It is clear from th e statemen t ou trightly.
ex ten sion system wh at is prob- th at th e sch ool in Regar i i s n ot 18. (4) Cl ear ly, n eith er I n or II can
abl y n eeded i s a fresh d ose of at a walk able distan ce fr om t h e be in ferred. Th e m em bersh ip of
Green Revolu ti on st rategy.” village. th e fitness clu b cann ot be equ at-
H en ce, i n fer en ce i s d efi n i t el y 37. (5 ) Cl ear l y, b ot h t h e ex p ect a- ed with popu lation .
tru e. ti on s ar e i m pl icit in th e stat e- 19. (4) Ob vi ou sl y, n ei t h er I n or II
17. (2) Fr om t h e passage it seem s m en t. can b e i n fer r ed . M r. Pan d ey
t h at t h e i n fer en ce i s p r ob ab l y 38. (2) Only expectation II is implicit wan ted to can cel h otel book i n g
tru e. in th e stat em en t. as h is fl igh t to Delh i was can -
18. (5) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e 39. (5 ) Clear ly, st atem en t s (B ), (C) cel l ed an d h e was u n ab l e t o
in fer en ce is di fin itely false. an d (D) su p port th e th eory pro- r each h otel i n t h r ee h ou r s. It
19. (5) Con sider th e followin g lin e of pou n ded by Expert B. does n ot im p ly t h at th ere is n o
th e p assage : 40. (4 ) Obvi ou sly, opt ion (4 ) i s t h e oth er m ean s to reach Delh i oth -
“Bu t with th e food su rplu ses th e er th an fligh t.
m ost appr opriat e an swer.
situ ation h as ch an ged”. 20. (5) On ly In feren ce I can b e i n -
fer red fr om t h e fact s gi ven i n
20. (1) Con sider th e followin g lin e of INSURANCE EXAMS th e qu estion . A book wri tten by
th e p assage :
“It m ean t farm ers were bein g led som e fam ou s wri ter is read by
1. (4) Th e l egs of cam el s ar e so
to pr odu ce crop s b ased ju st on som e oth er professors too.
ad ap t ed t h at t h ey can easi l y
th e prices Govern m en t fixed an d m ove i n t h e deserts. Th erefor e, 21. (3) Cl ear ly, both th e in fer en ces
n ot in r elat ion t o an y real de- seem to be appr opr iat e.
cam el s ar e i n d i sp en sab l e for
man d.” people to tr avel fr om on e place 22. (5) On ly In feren ce I can b e i n -
21. (5) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e to an oth er. Th er efor e, n o con - ferred from th e st atem en t.
in fer en ce is di fin itely false. cl u si on s fol l ow s. Th e u se of 23. (2) On l y In feren ce II foll ows. It
22. (1) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e term ‘on ly’ in th e fi rst Con cl u - is clearly m en tion ed th at bu lly-
in feren ce is difin it ely tru e. sion m ak es it in valid. ing behaviou r redu ces in stu dents
23. (5) Accor d i n g t o p assage, t h e 2. (3) I t i s c l ea r t h a t b o t h t h e wh o are sen t for cou n sellin g.
in fer en ce is di fin itely false. con clu sion s follow. ppp
MODEL EXERCISES
Di r ect i on s (1 -3 ) : In each of these Di rect i on s (4-8) : Two statemen ts Con cl u si on s :
qu estions, th ere is a statemen t followed are given followed by two con clu sion s I . A boom in reven u es leads to
by th ree con clu sion s. State wh eth er I & II. Tak e th e statem en t to be tru e rise in prices.
the con clu sions are implicit in th e given an d th en decide wh ich of th e con clu - II . Large fin ancial ou tlays shou ld
statem en t. sion s logically follows. Mark you r an - be avoided.
1. Th e cl assi c M y Fai r Lad y was swer as : 8. St at em en t : The average n u m -
based on th e play Pygm alion by (1) If on ly con clu sion I follows ber of stu den ts per teach er is
(2) If on ly con clu sion II follows 50 in th e u rban area wh ereas it
G. B. Sh aw.
is 60 in ru ral areas. Th e n ation al
I . My Fair Lady was th e screen (3) If eith er con clu sion I or II fol-
average is 55.
adaptation of th e play. lows an d
Con cl u si on s :
II . G. B. Sh aw was a playwrigh t. (4) If n eith er con clu sion I n or II
I . Th e stu den t teach er ratio in
follows
III. My Fair Lady tells th e story of th e ru ral areas is h igh er th an
L i za D o o l i t t l e a n d H en r y (5) Non e of th ese in th e u rban areas.
Higgins 4. St at em en t : Of th e ten fish er - II . More stu den ts stu dy with th e
men cau gh t in a storm , nin e man- sam e teach er in th e ru ral ar -
aged t o r et u r n t o t h e s h or e. eas as com pared to th ose in
Praveen h as n ot yet retu rn ed af- th e u rban areas.
(3) I an d III are im plicit ter fou r days. Di r ec t i o n s (9 -1 2 ) : In each of
(4) Non e is im plicit Con cl u si on s : th ese qu estion s, a statem en t is given
(5) All of th ese I . Pr a veen got k i l l ed i n t h e followed by two con clu sion s I an d II
2. Th e Un it Tru st of In dia (UTI) in - storm . Mark you r an swer as
form ed SEBI th at it wou ld n ow II . Praveen h as su rvived i n th e (1) If on ly con clu sion I follows
h ave to cu t th e in terest rates in storm . (2) If on iy con clu sion II follows
its assu red retu rn monthly income 5. St at em en t : Now you don ’t n eed (3) If n eith er I n or II follows
plans. an im port licen ce to own a VCR. (4) If both I & II follow.
I . Assu red retu rn is a contradic- Con cl u si on s : (5) Non e of th ese
t i on as far as U TI i s con - 9. St at em en t : Sealed ten ders are
I . VCRs are n ow m an u factu red
cern ed . in vited from com peten t con trac-
in digenou sly.
tors experienced in execu ting con-
II . In vestors wou ld feel ch eated II . VCRs are n ow freely perm it- stru ction jobs.
if th at h appen s ted to be im ported.
Con cl u si on s :
III. SEBI is a regu latory body 6. St at em en t : J u st abou t everyon e I . Ten ders are in vited on ly from
(1) On ly I is im plicit in Germ an y h as been on a diet at th e experien ced con tractors.
(2) On ly II is im plicit one tim e or th e other and m illion s II . It is difficu lt to fin d competen t
of t h em h ave l earn ed t h at t h e ten ders in con stru ction jobs.
(3) I an d II are im plicit
weigh t th ey lose is all too easily
(4) Non e is im plicit 10. St at em en t : Th e distan ce of 900
regain ed. Still despite th eir fru s- k m by road between Bom bay an d
(5) All of th ese tration , few qu estion th e wisdom J afra will be redu ced to 280 k m
3. A casu al look th rou gh th e n ews of deitin g. by sea. This will lead to a savin g
letters of differen t m u tu al fu n ds Con cl u si on s : of 7.92 crore per ann u m on fu el.
(MFs) wou ld m ak e on e feel th at I . Germ an s sh ou ld stop dietin g. Con cl u si on s :
MFs are chock a block fu ll of cash. II . Germ an s do not learn from ex- I . T r a n s p o r t at i o n b y s ea i s
I . A deeper look wou ld reveal that per ien ce. ch eaper th an th at by road.
it is n ot so. 7. St at em en t : A stu dy of plan n in g II . Fu el m u st b e saved t o t h e
II . MFs are fu ll of cash . com m ission reveals boom in rev- greatest exten t.
III. Th ere are m ore th an on e Mu - en u es. However, th is h as been of 11. St at em en t : The manager hu mili-
tu al Fu n ds today. little avail owing to soaring expen- ated Sachin in th e presence of his
d it u r e. In t h e even t, t h er e h as colleagu es.
been a h igh dose of deficit fin an c- Con cl u si on s :
i n g, l ead i n g t o m ark ed r i se i n I . Th e m an ager d i d n ot l i k e
(3) On ly III is im plicit Sachin.
p r ices. Large fi n an ci al ou t lays
(4) Non e is implicit year after year h ad little im pact II . Sach in was n ot popu lar with
(5) All of th ese on level of livin g. h is colleagu es.
12. St at em en t : Any you n g m an wh o (1) if you th in k th e in feren ce is (3) if on ly con clu sion I follows
m ak es dowry as a con dition for ‘definitely tru e’ (4) if n eith er con clu sion I n or II
m arriage discredits h im self an d (2) if you th in k th e in feren ce is follows
dishon ou rs woman hood. ‘probably tru e’thou gh not defi- (5) Non e of th ese
Con cl u si on s : n itely tru e in th e ligh t of th e 22. St at em en t In du strial cities are
I . Those wh o tak e dowry in m ar - facts given h igh ly pollu ted. Pollu tion m ean s
riages sh ou ld be con dem n ed (3) if you th in k th e ‘data is in ad- m ore diseases.
by th e society. equ at e’ i .e., fr om t h e fact s Con clusi on s
II . Th ose wh o do n ot tak e dowry given , you cann ot say wh ether
I . People living in cities which are
in m arriages respect womanh ood. the inference is lik ely to be tru e
n ot in du strial are . h ealth ier
Di rect i on s (1 3-17 ) : Each of th ese or false
th an th ose wh o live in in du s-
qu estion s h as an in feren ce drawn ou t (4) if you th in k th e in feren ce is trial cities.
of th e passage given below. Mark you r ‘defin itely false’
II . People wh o live in in du strial
an swer as (5) Non e of th ese cities becom e im m u n e to dis-
(1) if t h e in feren ce is ‘d efin it ely Passage eases.
tru e’ Th e reform s are aim ed at h avin g 23. St at em en t My broth er sin gs very
(2) if th e ‘data provided are in ad- an im pact over a wide cross-section of wel l . M y si st er i s a bask et b al l
equ ate’ th e econ om y. With im provem en ts an d player. I am very inteliigent. Con -
(3) if t h e in fer en ce is ‘p rob ab ly greater efficien cy in m obilisin g an d al- clu si on s
tru e’ locatin g resou rces, th e basis will be-
I . We all are very talen ted.
(4) if t h e in feren ce is ‘d efin it ely com e stronger for promoting econ omic
II . We all are sportsm en .
false growth an d developm en t. Th ere form s
aim at in creasin g efficien cy of th e fi- 24. St at em en t In dia’s econ om y de-
(5) Non e of th ese pen ds m ain ly on forests.
n an cial sector an d th e ran ge of fin an -
Passage Con clusi on s
ci al ser vi ces avai l ab l e wi t h i n t h e
Min istry of En viron m en t and for - econ om y. Th e i n tr od u cti on of ban k I . Tree sh ou ld be preserved to
ests h as gran ted en viron m en tal clear - capital adequ acy an d accou nting stan - im prove In dian Econom y.
an ce to th e Karak atla open -cast expan- dards, togeth er with im provem en t in II . India wants only m aintenance
sion project of th e cen tral coal Fields th e regu lation and su pervision of finan- of forests to improve economic
Ltd. in Bih ar th at en visages exploita- cial institu tion s and capital m ark et, is condition s.
tion of n on -cok in g coal reserves, th e aim ed at in stallin g greater pu blic con -
presen t produ ction level of 0.8 m illion 25. St at em en t Th e best way to es-
fidence, ensu ring safety and sou ndness cape from a problem is to solve
ton n es is proposed to be expan ded to of th e fin an cial system , brin ging abou t
1.5 m illion ton n es per an n u m at an it.
greater tran sparency an d accou n tabil-
estim ated cost of 67. 82 crore u n - Con clusi on s
ity in operations an d encou ragin g over -
der th e project. Th e total lan d area re- all in creased resou rces, m obilisation I . You r l ife wi ll b e du ll i f you
qu irem en t for the proposed m inin g ac- with in th e econ om y. don ’t face problem .
tivities is abou t 651 h ectares wh ich 18. Prior to reforms, th e ban k in g sec- II . To escape from problem , you
in clu des abou t on e-sixth of it as forest tor was ru n n in g in efficien tly al- sh ou ld always h ave som e so-
lan d. th ou gh resou rce allocation was ef- lu tions with you .
13. Th e expansion plan wou ld requ ire ficien t. Di r ect i on s (2 6 -3 0 ) : Below is a
abou t 100 h ectares of forest land. 19. Ban k capital adequ acy was not in gi ven a passage followed by sever al
14. Karak atla open -cast m in e is th e operation before reform s. p ossi b l e i n fer en ces w h i ch can b e
only one of n on -cok in g coal in th e 20. Pu blic con fiden ce h as som e con - drawn from th e facts stated in th e pas-
cou n try. n ec t i on wit h r es o u r c e sage. You h ave to exam in e each in fer -
15. Th ere is n o dem an d for n on -cok - mobilisation. en ce separately in th e con text of th e
in g coal. passage an d decide u pon its degree of
21. Th e economic reform s h ave aim ed
16. Th e produ ction cost of on e ton n e tru th or falsify. Mark an swer as
on ly at th e fin an cial sector.
of n on-cok in g coal from Karak atla (1) if t h e in fer en ce is ‘d ifin i tely
m in e will be abou t 450. tru e’, ie, properly follows from
th ese qu estion s, certain statem en ts are
17. En viron m en tal con cern gets less th e statem en t of facts given
given followed by two conclu sions nu m-
priority over th e n eed of th e coal. bered I and II. Con sider th e statem ents (2) if t h e in fer en ce is ‘p rob ab ly
Di r ect i on s (1 8 -2 1 ) : In each of to be tru e even if th ey seem to be at fal se’, th ou gh n ot ‘defin it ely
th e qu estion s below th ere is an in fer - varian ce from comm on ly k n own facts. false’ in th e ligh t of th e facts
en ce, wh ich is based on th e given pas- Decide wh ich on e of th e con clu sion s given
sage. Exam in e each in fer en ce sep a- logically follows from th e statem en ts. (3) if th e ‘data is in adequ ate’, ie,
rately in the context of th e passage an d Mark an swer as from th e facts given you can -
decide u pon its degree, of tru th or fal- (1) if con clu sion I an d II follow n ot say wh eth er th e in feren ce
sity. Mark you r an swer as (2) if on ly con clu sion II follow is lik ely to be tru e or false
(4) if t h e in feren ce is ‘d efin it ely I . Work ers sh ou ld be m otivated Con cl u si on s :
false’, ie, it can n ot possibly be to produ ce m ore. I . People are in differen t to per -
drawn from th e facts given or II . Work ers sh ou ld be allowed to son al liberty an d th e righ t to
it con tradicts th e given facts participate in the m anagement dissen t.
(5) Non e of th ese of com pan ies. II . People desire person al liberty
Passage 32. St at em en t : Power con su m ption an d th e righ t to dissen t.
I n d i a’s ec on om i c an d so ci al in every fam ily h as been dou bled 37. St at em en t : Th e u se of n on -con -
progress is forever u ndermined by con - du rin g th e last five years.
ven tion al sou rces of en ergy will
stan t on slau gh t of drou ght followed by Con cl u si on s : elim in ate th e en ergy crisis in th e
devastatin g floods. Th ere is n o den y- I . Th ere is a lot of developm en t world.
i n g t h at th e cou n t ry h as r egistered in th e society.
Con cl u si on s :
growth in pu ttin g water to produ ctive II . Po w er r at es h ave b eco m e
I . Modern tech n ology is gradu -
u ses : for irrigation to realize th e ob- ch eaper.
ally replacin g the convention al
jectives of food secu rity, of water con - 33. St at em en t : This world is n either sou rce of en ergy.
servation for crops requ irin g a con sid- good n or evil; each m an m an u -
erable am ou n t of water or even u n der - II . Th e excessive exploitation of
factu res a world for h im self.
grou n d water for in du strial an d agri- en vironm en t h as led to deple-
Con cl u si on s :
cu ltu r al p u rposes. Despite th i s, t h e tion of conven tion al sou rces of
I . Som e people fin d th is world en ergy.
dem an d for water is visibly m ore th an qu ite good.
th e su pply of available an d su stainable Di r ect i on s (3 8 -4 2 ) : Th e qu es-
II . Som e people fin d th is world
water. Th is is becau se water resou rces tion s given below have a statem en t fol-
qu ite bad.
are n ot in tegrated in a system atic way lowed by two con clu sion s I an d II. De-
to provide for varied u ses. cide wh ich of th e con clu sion s follows
th ese, qu estion s, a statem en t i s fol-
26. Th e n eed of th e h ou r is to m an - from th e statem en t. Mark an swer as
lowed by two con clu sions I and II. Con -
age water resou rces by in tegrated (1) if n eith er con clu sion I follows
sider th e statem en t to be tru e even if
m eth od. it seem s to be at varian ce from com - n or II follows
27. Un availability of su fficien t water m on ly k n own facts. Decide wh ich of (2) if con clu sion II follows
h as h ad an ad ver se effect on th e given con clu sion s is/ are defin itely (3) if con clu sion I follows
In dia’s econ om ic progress. drawn from th e given statemen t. Mark (4) if bot h con clu si on s I an d II
28. In dia does n ot lack in th e su pply an swer u s follow
of su bstain able water for variou s (1) if on ly con clu sion I follows (5) Non e of th ese
pu rposes. (2) if on ly con clu sion II follows 38. St at em en t : Th e doctor is of th e
29. In dia has achieved th e maximu m (3) if n eith er con clu sion I n or II opin ion th at th e patien t’s con di-
level possible in th e ch an n ellin g follows tion wou ld becom e n orm al after
of its water resou rces. (4) if both con clu sion s I an d II fol- this operation
30. Th e tren d of con servation of wa- low Con cl u si on s :
ter in In dia is a recen t on e. (5) Non e of th ese I . Th e patien t’s condition is su ch
Di r ect i on s (3 1 -3 3 ) : In each of 34. St at em en t : Black clou d follows th at h e can be operated u pon .
th e following qu estion s, a statem ent is th u n der: rain s follow th u n der.
II . Certain costly m edicin es can
given , followed by two con clu sion s I Con cl u si on s : be admin istered to th e patien t
an d II. Con sider th e statem en t an d th e
I . Th u n der is th e cau se of rain . an d th e operation m ay n ot be
following con clu sion s. Decide wh ich of
II . Bl ack cl ou d is t h e cau se of n ecessar y.
th e conclu sion s follows from th e state-
thu nder, 39. St at em en t : Unemployment allow-
m en t. Mark an swer as
35. St at em en t : Th e secret of su c- ance sh ou ld be given to all u n em -
(1) if n eith er con clu sion 1 n or II
cess is con stan cy of pu rpose. ployed In dian you th , above 18 yr
follows
Con cl u si on s : of age.
(2) if on ly con clu sion II follows
I . Con stan t drippin g wears th e Con cl u si on s :
(3) if on ly con clu sion I follows
ston e. I . Th ere are a large n u m ber of
(4) if bot h con clu si on s I an d II II. Sin gle-m inded devotion is n ec-
follow u n em ployed you n g people in
essary for ach ievin g su ccess. In dia wh o n eed m on etary as-
(5) Non e of th ese 36. St at em en t : Today, ou t of t h e sistan ce.
31. St at em en t : Work ers feel h igh ly world popu lation of several th ou - II . Th e Govern m en t of In dia h as
m otivated wh en th ey get a sen se san d m illion, th e m ajority of m en su fficient fu n ds to provide u n -
of involvemen t by participatin g in h ave t o li ve u n d er gover n m en t
em ploym en t allowan ce to all
th e m an agem en t of com pan ies- wh ich refu se th em person al lib-
th e u n employed you ng people.
Con cl u si on s : erty an d th e righ t to dissen t.
40. St at em en t : If Mr Bh attach arya Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s :
has gone throu gh the instru ctions, I . Wom en are n ot in terested in I . The su pply and dem and m u st
h e can start perform in g th e ac- oth er th in gs. m atch an d govern m en t m u st
tivities. II . An average wom an ’s prim ary a r r es t t h e h o a r d er s a n d
Con cl u si on s : in terest lies in h om e an d spe- m iddlem en wh o are creatin g
I . Mr. Bh attacharya shall u n der - cially in th e k itch en . an artificial scarcity of th ese
stan d th e in stru ction s. 45. St at em en t : Alth ou gh , th e edu - essen tial item s.
II . Mr. Bhattacharya is capable of cat i on sy st em h as p r ogr essed II . Th e item s in sh ort su pply can
perform in g th e activities. from the point of view of th e n u m - be im ported an d th eir in dig-
41. St at em en t : Krish n a wrote an - ber of sch ools, m ost of th em are en ou s p r o d u c t i o n b e i n -
other letter lo his moth er after one i l l - equ i p p ed an d h a v e n o t creased .
m on th as h e did n ’t receive an y ach ieved excellen ce in im partin g 49. St at em en t : Th e Reserve Ban k
reply to h is first letter. edu cation. of In dia h as, on 20.3.2010,
Con cl u si on s : Con cl u si on s : in creased th e Repo Rate by
I . In fu tu re, we sh ou ld provide 25 basis poin ts to 50.
I . Krishn a’s mother didn’t receive
th e first letter. good teach er s an d .. equ i p- Con cl u si on s :
II . Th e lett er n or m all y reach es m en t to th ese sch ools. I . Th is will su rely an ch or in fla-
with in a week . II . We n eed n ot open an y m ore tion.
42. St at em en t : Gau rav h as got th e sch ools in th e fu tu re. II . Th e ban k s will n ow raise th e
railway reservation done in J anu - 46. St at em en t : Nation X faced grow- len din g an d deposit rates.
ary th is year for th e jou rn ey h e in g international opposition for its 50. St at em en t : Ou r parliam en tary
wants to mak e in April to Calcu tta. decision to explode eigh t n u clear system is n ot very su ccessfu l
Con cl u si on s : weapon s at its test site. becau se m ost of ou r cou n trym en
Con cl u si on s : cast t h eir votes based on caste
I . The railways issu e reservation
and religion .
3 m on th s in advan ce. I . Th e ci t i zen s of t h e n at i on
favou red th e decision . Con cl u si on s :
II . Th ere is m ore th an on e train
to Calcu tta every day. II . Som e powerfu l cou n t ries do I . On ly edu cated an d prin cipled
n ot wan t oth er n ation s to be- person s sh ou ld be given th e
Di r ect i on s (4 3 -4 7 ) : Th e qu es-
com e as powerfu l as th ey are. righ t to vote.
tion s given below have a statem en t fol-
l owed b y t wo con cl u si on s I an d II. II . We n eed to create an aware-
47. St at em en t : Modern m an in flu -
Decide wh ich of th e con clu sion s fol- n ess i n ou r p eop l e t o r i se
en ces h is destin y by th e ch oice
lows from th e statem en t. Mark an swer above caste and religion at th e
h e m ak es u n lik e in th e past.
as tim e of castin g th eir vote.
Con cl u si on s :
(1) if con clu sion I follows. 51. St at em en t : Against th e back drop
I . Earlier, th ere were less options
of su r gi n g i n flat ion , t h e Un i on
(2) if con clu sion II follows available to man . Cabin et in March 2010 h as de-
(3) if both con clu sion s follow II . Th er e was n o d esi r e i n t h e cided to in crease th e Dearn ess Al-
(4) if n eith er con clu sion follows. past to in flu en ce th e destin y. lowan ce for Cen tral Govern m en t
(5) Non e of th ese Di r ect i on s (4 8 -5 2 ) : Th ese qu es- em ployees an d pen sion ers by 8%
43. St at em en t : Recen t tren ds also tion s h ave a statemen t followed by two with effect from J an u ary 2010.
in dicate th at th e n u m ber of ch ild con clu sion s I an d II. Decide wh ich of Con cl u si on s :
m igran ts in large cities is in creas- th e conclu sion s follows from th e state- I . Th is will provide som e relief
i n g. Th ese ch i ld r en l eave th ei r m en t. Mark an swer as t o t h e Cen t r al Gover n m en t
fam ilies to join th e ran k s of u r - (1) if con clu sion I follows em p l oyees an d p en si on er s
ban poor doin g odd jobs in m ar - (2) if n eith er con clu sion I follows again st th e su rgin g in flation .
k ets, work sh ops, h otels or in ser - n or II follows II . In crease in Dearn ess All ow-
vice sectors. an ce will n eu tralize, to som e
(3) if con clu sion II follows
Con cl u si on s : exten t, in crease in th e cost of
(4) if bot h con clu si on s I an d II
I . Migration to big cities sh ou ld follow livin g.
be ch eck ed. 52. St at em en t : Som e people in th is
(5) Non e of th ese
II . Th e p li gh t of p oor ch i l d ren cou n try wan t th e Presiden t to be
48. St at em en t : Th ere h as been an
shou ld be thorou gh ly stu died. m or e th an a figu reh ead an d to
u n p r eceden ted i n crease in th e
44. St at em en t : The TV program mes, tak e m ore active in terest in n a-
prices of essen tial com m odities
telecast specially for wom en are tional politics.
l i k e veget ab l es, p u l ses, fr u i t s,
pack ed with a variety of recipes su gar, m ilk , wh eat, etc an d in - Con cl u si on s :
and h ou sehold hints. A major por - crease in th e prices of diesel an d I . In a parliamentary dem ocracy,
tion of m agazin es for wom en also petrol h as fu rth er aggravated th e th e Presiden t h as to be con -
con t ai n s t h e i t em s m en t i on ed situ ation th is year. ten t with a m ore or less pas-
above. sive role.
II . Th e Presiden t, u n der th e II . All th ose stu den ts wh o desire (1) if con clu sion I follows
provision s of th e Con stitu - to set tle down i n t h e devel- (2) if con clu sion II follows ;
tion , is bou n d by th e advice op ed n at i on s of t h e w or l d (3) if n eith er con clu sion follows
sh ou ld be ask ed t o p ay t h e
of th e Cou n ci l of M i n i st er s (4) if both con clu sion s follow
en tire cost of th eir edu cation
an d so, h e or sh e sh ou ld n ot (5) Non e of th ese
wh i ch t h e gover n m en t h as
com e i n to con fl i ct wi t h t h e su bsidized for th em . 58. St at em en t : In dia h as great po-
Min istry or Parliamen t. ten tial for con su m er produ cts.
55. St at em en t : Th ere has been a sig-
Di r ect i on s (5 3 -5 7 ) : Th e qu es- n ifican t drop in th e water level of Con cl u si on s :
tion s given below h as a statem en t fol- all the water -bodies su pplying wa- I . Inflation is cu rbing dem an d
lowed by two con clu sions I and II. Con - ter to th e m etro city of Mu m bai. for con su m er produ cts.
sider th e statem en t an d th e followin g Con cl u si on s : II . A very large popu lation of th e
I . Th e water su pp l y au t h or it y cou n try h as a great appetite
con clu sion s. Decide wh ich of th e con -
sh ou ld con tin u e to im pose a for con su m er produ cts.
clu sion s follows from th e statem en t,
partial cu t in water su pply to 59. St at em en t : Introdu ction of com-
Mark an swer as
th e con su m ers till th e situ a- pu ters an d n etwork in g h as rev-
(1) if con clu sion I follows tion eases ou t. olu tion ized ban k ing services.
(2) if con clu sion s II follows II . The governm ent sh ou ld appeal Con cl u si on s :
(3) if n eith er con clu sion I follows to all th e r esid en t s t h rou gh I . Com pu ters h ave redu ced pa-
n or II follows m ass m edia for th e m in im al perwork to a very large ex-
u se of water. ten t.
(4) if both con clu sion I an d II fol-
56. St at em en t : Th e weath er depart- II . All ban k in g fu n ction s can be
low
m en t h as forecast a warn in g th at operated an d viewed easily
(5) Non e of th ese a stron g cyclon ic storm will h it on com pu ters.
53. St at em en t : It h as been reported coast al An d h r a Pr ad esh an d 60. St at em en t : Produ ctivity of In -
by on e of th e TV ch an n els th at Orissa in th e n ext 48 h ou rs. dian agricu ltu re is very low. Con -
th e an swer scripts of board ex- Con cl u si on s : cl u si on s :
am in ation of on e state h ave been I . T h e l oc a l a d m i n i s t r a t i o n I . In dian agricu ltu re is largely
evalu ated by stu dents stu dyin g in sh ou ld soon sen d a m essage depen den t on tim ely rain s.
th e sam e stan dard with th e h elp th at all fish erm en of th at area II . In dian farm ers h ave n ot in -
avoi d goin g deep er i n t o th e t rodu ced l atest tech n ol ogy
of m odel an swers provided by th e
sea. in to th e system .
paper -set ter s.
II . Local adm in istration sh ou ld 61. Stu dy th e followin g in form ation
Con cl u si on s : alert th e people of coastal ar - car efu l l y to an swer t h e gi ven
I . All su ch offici als/ evalu at ors eas of both th e states to m ove qu estion :
wh o h ave been a part of th is to safer places an d adm in is- A n ew app arel store h as b een
m alp ract ice sh ou ld b e seri - trative m ach in ery sh ou ld get open ed by a telecom com pan y
ou sly dealt with . r ead y for m eet i n g ou t t h i s XYZ, from which cu stom ers have
eventu ality. very h igh expectation s.
II . Th e board sh ou ld explore th e
57. St at em en t : Th e brave an d alert Wh i ch of t h e fol l owi n g st at e-
possibili ties of gett in g th ese
vi l l ager s of K an d l i vi l l age i n m en ts can be in ferred from th e
an swer b ook s eval u at ed b y Madh ya Pradesh cau gh t a grou p given statem en t? (An in feren ce
compu terized m ach ines, of d read ed d acoi ts arm ed wit h is som eth in g by wh ich you can
54. St at em en t : Man y of th ose wh o very soph isticated weapon s an d logically dedu ce someth ing to be
st u d y i n p r em i er en gi n eer i n g, h an ded th em over to th e police. tru e based on k n own / given pre-
m edical an d m an agem en t in sti- Con cl u si on s : m ises.)
tu tes in In dia, m igrate to devel- I . Th e villagers of Kan dli village (1) XYZ previou sly operated in
op ed cou n tr ies for b ett er pros- b e p r ovi d ed sop h i st i cat ed telecom in du stry on ly.
weapon s to repeat th is type of (2) Expansion is th e best strate-
pects in th eir profession al pu r -
act of bravery in fu tu re. gy to h ave com petitive edge
su its, aft er t h ey com p lete th eir
II . T h e v i l l a ger s s h o u l d b e in th e m ark et.
stu dy.
rewareded for th ei r cou rage (3) To be su ccessfu l i n an ex-
Con du si on s : an d u n ity. pan sion , on e n eeds to be a
I . All th e stu den ts join in g th ese Di r ect i on s (5 8-60) : Each of th ese leader in telecom in du stry.
col leges sh ou ld be ask ed to qu estion s h as a statem en t followed by (4) XYZ h as already establish ed
sign a bon d at th e tim e of ad- two con clu sion s I an d II. Con sider th e br an d n am e in th e m ark et
m ission , to the effect th at they statem en t an d th e followin g con clu - throu gh its telecom bu siness.
will rem ain in In dia, at least sion s. Decide which of th e con clu sion s (5) XYZ’s ap p ar el st or e offer s
follows from th e statem en t. Mark an - premiu m produ cts for you ng-
for ten years, after th ey com -
swer as sters on ly.
plete th eir edu cation .
8. (2) From th e given figu res, it is 22. (3) It can n ot be con clu ded th at
SHORT ANSWERS easily con clu ded th at m ore stu - people livin g in in du strial cities
d en t s s t u d y w i t h t h e sa m e become im m u n e to disease. How-
1.(1) 2.(4) 3.(3) 4.(3) teacher in th e ru ral areas as com - ever, i t can b e con cl u d ed t h at
pared to th ose in th e u rban ar - people living in non-indu strial cit-
5.(2) 6.(4) 7.(4) 8.(2) eas.. ies are com paratively h ealth y.
9.(1) 10.(3) 11.(1) 12.(2) 9. (1) Clearly, con clu sion 1 can be 23. (4) Non e follows.
drawn from th e statem en t. 24. (3) Con cl u si on I goes wit h th e
13.(1) 14.(2) 15.(4) 16.(1) statem en t. Th e u se of th e word
10. (3) Com parative cost of tran spor -
17.(3) 18.(2) 19.(1) 20.(2) tation is n ot given , h en ce con clu - on ly mak es th e conclu sion dou bt-
sion 1 is n ot im plicit, con clu sion fu l.
21.(4) 22.(3) 23.(4) 24.(3) II is a fact bu t n ot related with 25. (2) It cann ot be definitely said th at
25.(2) 26.(1) 27.(3) 28.(2) statem ent. Hence n on e of th e con- life will be du ll or n ot du ll if you
clu sion s follows. don ’t face pr oblem . However, if
29.(1) 30.(3) 31.(2) 32.(1) we face a problem , in order to es-
11. (1) Th e m an ager dislik in g led to
hu miliation of Sachin. Hence, I fol- cape from it, we sh ou ld h ave so-
33.(4) 34.(1) 35.(4) 36.(2)
l ow s. Not h i n g h as b een gi ven lu tion for it.
37.(1) 38.(3) 39.(1) 40.(4) abou t t h e p opu l arit y of Sach in 26. (1) Th is is a very m u ch clear from
h en ce, II does n ot follow. th e last lin e of passage.
41.(3) 42.(3) 43.(2) 44.(2)
12. (2) We can easily con clu de from 27. (3) Data is n ot adequ ate.
45.(1) 46.(4) 47.(1) 48.(2) th e statem en t th at th ose wh o do 28. (2) Probably false.
49.(3) 50.(3) 51.(4) 52.(2) n ot tak e dowry in m arriages re- 29. (1) It is given in th e para th at In -
spect wom an h ood. d i a h a d d o n e ever y t h i n g t o
53.(1) 54.(4) 55.(4) 56.(2) 13. (1) In th e last lin e of th e passage, ch an n elise i ts water r esou rces,
57.(2) 58.(2) 59.(1) 60.(4) it is very clearly given th at forest th ou gh n ot system atic.
lan d requ irem en t is abou t on e- 30. (3) Noth in g is given abou t its be-
61.(4) sixth of 651 h ectares area. in g old or n ew.
14. (2) No inform ation is given to con - 31. (2) Con clu sion II follows becau se
firm that k arak atla open cast mine for m ot i vat i n g w or k er s, t h ey
EXPLANATIONS is th e on ly on e of n on -cok in g coal sh ou ld be allowed to participate
in th e cou n try. in th e managemen t of com panies.
1. (1) Th e statem en t speak s abou t
the play an d writer and n ot abou t 15. (4) In feren ce is defin itely false, Con clu sion I does n ot follow
16. (1) It is given in th e passage th at becau se it is n ot given th at m oti-
th e story of th e play.
p r od u ct ion cost of 1 .5 m i l li on vated work ers produ ce m ore.
2. (4) On th e basis of th e statem en t,
we can n ot con clu de an yth in g as t on n e p er an n u m i s 6 7 .8 2 32. (1) Neither con clu sion I n or II fol-
given i n th e th r ee con cl u sion s. cr ore. It m ean s th e pr odu cti on lows becau se th ey are n ot directly
Hen ce, n on e follows. cost of on e ton n e of n on -cok in g lin k ed with th e statem en t.
3. (3) Th e u se of th e word ‘differen t coal will be 450. 33. (4) Both the conclu sions follow be-
m u tu al fu n ds’clarifies th e exist- cau se som e people fin d th is world
17. (3) Th e in feren ce is probably tru e
en ce of m ore th an on e m u tu al qu ite good while som e fin d it qu ite
18. (2) With improvem ents and greater
fu n ds today. bad.
efficien cy... implies th at th e state-
4. (3) Eith er con clu sion I or II fol- 34. (1) Con clu sion I follows becau se
m en t is probably tru e.
lows sin ce th ere is on e of th e two rain s follow th u n der so, th u n der
19. (1) Th e in trodu ction of ... im plies is th e cau se of rain .
possibilities can be possible eith er t h at th e i n fer en ce i s defin i t el y
Praveen got k ill ed in th e storm Con clu sion II does n ot follow
tru e.
an d n ot com e back or Praveen becau se th u n der is th e cau se of
20. (2) Th e passage vou ch er for in - black clou d.
h as su rvived bu t h e is n ot gettin g
an y rou te to com e back . stallin g greater pu blic con fiden ce
35. (4) Both th e con clu sion s follow
t h r ou gh i n cr ea sed r eso u r ces
5. (2) Statement implies that VCR can becau se con sisten cy is requ ired
m obilisation . Th erefore, th e given for ach ievin g su ccess.
be im ported bu t n o tax is appli-
in feren ce is probably tru e.
cable, it does n ot m ean th at VCR 36. (2) Con clu sion II follows becau se
are m an u factu red in th e cou n try. 21. (4) In t h e fi rst sen ten ce of th e people desire person al liberty an d
6. (4) Both th e con clu sion s are in - passage, is m en tion of refor m s th e righ t to dissen t.
valid in th e ligh t of th e statem en t bein g aim ed at h avin g an im pact
Con clu sion I does n ot follow
given . over a wide of cross-section of th e
becau se people are n ot differen t
economy. Th erefore, th e in ference
7. (4) Non e of th e con clu sion s fol- to person al liberty an d th e righ t
is defin itely false.
lows. to dissen t.
37. (1) Con clu sion I follows becau se 46. (4) Nu clear weapon s are dan ger - 55. (4)Both con clu sion s I an d II fol-
modem technology is gradu ally re- ou s to hu m an ity. So, a nation ex- low becau se a partial cu t will n ot
placing th e conven tional sou rce of cep t t h ose w h o al r ead y h ave affect t h e con su m ers an d con -
en ergy. n u clear weapon s sh ou ld n ot test su m ers sh ou ld m in im ise th e u se
for a n u clear weapon s. A cou n try of water till th e situ ation cases
Con clu sion II does n ot follow
is said to be powerfu l wh en its ou t.
becau se th e given statem en t is
citizen s are h appy an d satisfied 56. (2)Conclu sion II follows Adm in is-
n ot tellin g abou t en viron m en t. tration sh ou ld be ready so, th at
i e, d ev el op ed c o u n t r i es .
38. (3) Con clu sion I follows becau se d am age b y cycl on e sh ou l d b e
So,con clu sion II does n ot follow.
accordin g to doctor, patien t’s con- l esser. Fi sh er m en of t h at ar ea
Con clu sion I is n ot directly lin k ed
dition is su ch , th at it n eeds op- sh ou ld avoid goin g in to th e sea.
with th e statem en t.
eration . Con clu sion II is n ot di- Th e word ‘deeper’m ak es con clu -
47. (1) Con clu sion I follows becau se sion I m ean in gless.
rectly lin k ed with th e statem en t.
m ordern m an h as m ore option s 57. (2)Con clu sion II follows becau se
39. (1 ) U n em p l oyed you n g p eop l e th an an cien t man . villagers sh ou ld be rewarded for
n eed eith er a job or som e m on -
Con clu sion II does n ot follow th eir cou rage an d u n ity bu t th ey
etary assistan ce. So, con clu sion becau se m an h as always desire sh ou ld n ot be allowed to tak e law
I follows. Con clu sion II is n ot di- for som e th in g. in th eir h an d.
rectly lin k ed with statem en t.
48. (2)In th e statem ent, it is n ot given 58. (2) On ly Con clu sion II follows. A
40. (4) Both the conclu sions follow be- th at prices are risin g becau se of l ar ge n u m b er of p eop l e h ave
cau se after u n derstan ding th e in - lesser su pply bu t both th e con - st r on g u r ge for t h e con su m er
stru ction s Mr Bh attach arya per - cl u sion s are t ell in g abou t on ly p rod u ct s. Th erefor e, In d ia h as
form s th e activities becau se h e is dem an d an d su pply. great poten tial for con su mer prod-
capable to do so. u cts.
49. (3)Con clu sion II follows becau se
41. (3) Con clu sion I follows becau se after in creasin g repo rate, ban k s 59. (1) On ly Con clu sion I follows. In -
Krish n a’s m oth er m igh t n ot re- trodu ction of com pu ters in bak -
will in crease their lendin g an d de-
in g sector h as revolu tion ised th e
ceived th e letter. posit rates.
b an k i n g ser vi ces. Sever al n ew
Con clu sion II does n ot follow 50. (3)As it is a fu n dam en tal righ t of services h ave been lau n ch ed by
b eca u s e i f a l et t er n o r m al l y an adu lt citizen to cast h is vote th e ban k s.
r ea c h es w i t h i n a w eek t h en so con clu sion 1 does n ot follow. Th e u se of term ‘all’ in th e Con -
Krish n a wrote an oth er letter af- Con cl u si on II fol l ows b ecau se clu sion II m ak es it in valid.
ter on e week . people sh ou ld cast th eir vote to 60. (4) Low produ ctivity is an ou tcome
42. (3) Con clu sion I follows becau se th e m ost eligible can didate. of several factors, viz., lack of ir -
Gau rav book ed t h e tick et th ree 51. (4) As inflation is rising so increas- rigation facility, im proper size of
m on th s in advan ce. in g dearn ess allowan ce will pro- h oldin gs, good seeds, proper m a-
vide some relief to th e cen tral gov- n u re etc. Th erefore, both the Con -
Con cl u si on I I i s n ot d i r ect l y
ernm en t em ployees an d pen sion - clu sion s follow.
lin k ed with th e statem en t.
ers an d it will n eu tralize to som e 61. (4) Obviou sly, option (4) can be
43. (2) Con clu sion II follows becau se exten t, in crease in th e cost of liv- inferred from the given statement.
it sh ou ld be th orou gh ly stu died in g. So, both th e con clu sion s fol- Fam ou s brand nam e fin ds it eas-
th at why poor children are migrat- low. ier to lau n ch a variety of prod-
in g in larger cities, 52. (2) Non e of th e con clu sion is di- u cts.
44. (2) If TV program m es m agazin es rectly lin k ed with th e statem en t. qqq
th at are m ain ly for wom en con - So, n eith er con clu sion I follows
t ai n s a var i et y of r eci p es an d n or II follows.
h ou seh old h in ts th en it can be 53. (1) On ly con clu sion I follows be-
c on c l u d ed t h a t a n a v er a ge cau se it is a very seriou s m atter
wom an ’s prim ary in terest lies in an d strict action sh ou ld be tak en
h ou seh old th ings. So, con clu sion again st all su ch officials/ evalu a-
II follows. tor s.
45. (1) Con clu sion I follows becau se Con cl u sion s II does n ot l in k ed
t h ese n ew sch ool s n eed good with statem en t.
teach ers an d equ ipm en ts to im - 54. (4) Both con clu sion s I an d II fol-
prove edu cation system . Con clu - low becau se In dia is a developin g
sion II does n ot follow becau se to cou n try and govern ment has su b-
i m pr ove ed u cat i on syst em , we sidized fees in th ese in stitu tes so,
n eed to open sch ools bu t fu l ly th at stu den ts of th ese in stitu tes
equ ipped. m ade In dia a developed cou n try.
COURSES OF ACTION
COURSES OF ACTION
II . Th is h appen ed du e to prolifera-
NATIONALISED BANKS & IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS tion of en gineerin g colleges in th e
cou n try an d th ereby towered th e
Di rect i on s (1 -5) : In each qu estion 2. St at em en t : Th ere h ave b een qu ality of th e en gin eerin g gradu -
below is given a statem en t followed by m an y in stan ces of dacoity an d at es. Th ose colleges wh i ch are
two cou rses of action n u m bered I an d lootin g in man y passen ger train s n ot equ ipped to im part qu ality
th is year. edu cation sh ou ld be closed down
II. A cou rse of action is a step or ad-
m in istrative decision to be tak en for Cou r ses of act i on : I. Th e rail- im mediately.
way au thority shou ld immediately Di r ect i on s (6 -1 0 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
im provem en t, follow-u p or fu rth er ac-
d ep loy on e p ol icem an in each
tion in regard to th e problem , policy, lowing information carefu lly and answer
com partm en t in all th e passen -
etc. On th e basis of th e in form ation th e qu estion s given below :
ger train s.
given in th e st atem en t, you h ave to (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO
II . Th e passen gers travellin g by train
Ex am . 10. 10.20 04)
assu m e everyth in g in th e statem en t to sh ou ld be given train in g on h ow
be tru e, th en decide wh ich of th e su g- to tack l e with t h e dacoit s an d Following are th e criteria for adm it-
looters. tin g stu den ts in a MBA program m e
gest ed cou r ses of act i on l ogi cal l y
follow(s) for pu rsu in g. 3. St at em en t : Man y villages in th e Th e stu den t m u st–
(Sy n di cat e Ban k PO district are wash ed away by th e (i) be n ot less th an twen ty years old
Ex am . 10. 10.20 04) flood water ren derin g all th e vil- as on 01.09.2004
lagers with ou t food an d sh elter. (ii) be a gradu ate with at least 50
Now read th e statem en t given in
Cou r ses of act i on : I. Th e dis- per cen t m ark s.
each of the followin g qu estion s and th e
trict administration shou ld imme- (iii) h ave secu red at least 60 per cen t
two cou rses of action given below it. diately send relief team with food
Fin d ou t wh ich of th e cou rses of ac- m ark s in th e en tran ce test.
and oth er su pplies to th e affected
tion logicall y foll ows from t h e gi ven (iv) be able to pay Rs. 50,000/ - at
areas.
statem en ts an d an swer accordin gly. th e tim e of adm ission .
II . T h e p eo p l e l i vi n g i n t h e
n eigh bou rin g villages sh ou ld be However, if a can didate fu lfills all
M ar k an swer (1 ) if on ly cou rse of
evacu ated to safer places. th e criteria–
action I follows.
4. St at em en t : A large n u m ber of (A) except at (iii) above bu t h ave se-
M ar k an swer (2 ) if on ly cou rse of
stu den ts h ave been cau gh t u s- cu red at least 50 per cen t m ark s
action II follows. h is/ h er case is to be referred to
ing u n fair m ean s du ring th e final
M ar k an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II fol- year degree exam in ation s. Ch airm an–Admission s.
lows. Cou r ses of act i on : I. All th ese (B) Except at (iv) above bu t can pay
M ar k an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or II stu den ts shou ld perm an en tly be at least Rs. 30,000/ - at th e tim e
follows. debarred from appearin g for an y of adm ission an d th e rem ain in g
M ar k an swer (5 ) if both I an d II examination condu cted by the au - am ou n t wit h i n a week h e/ sh e
thority. m ay be provision ally adm itted.
follow.
II . Th e gu ardian s of th ese stu den ts In each of th e followin g qu estion s
1. St at em en t : Th er e h as b een shou ld be called by th e au th ority in formation abou t one stu dent is given.
u preceden ted in crease in prices t o i n for m t h em at an y su ch You h ave to stu dy th e in for m ation pro-
of essen tial com m odities du rin g beh aviou r in fu tu re will n ot tol- vided an d th e above con di tion s an d
t h e p ast few d ays d u e t o t h e er ated. t h en deci de wh i ch cou rse of act ion
strik e call given by th e tran sport- 5. St at em en t : A large n u m ber of sh ou ld be followed based on th e in for -
ers’association . en gi n eer i n g gr ad u at es i n t h e m ation provided an d th e con dition s.
Cou r ses of act i on : I. Th e gov- cou n try are n ot in a position to
You are n ot to assu m e an yth i n g
h ave ga i n fu l em p l oy m en t at
ernm en t sh ou ld imm ediately de- other th an th e information provided in
presen t an d th e n u m ber of su ch
p l oy al l t h e govt . veh i cl es for en gi n eers ar e lik el y to grow in each qu estion . Th ese cases are given
m ovemen t of essen tial comm odi- fu tu re. to you as on 01.09.2004.
ties to tide over th e crisis. Cou r ses of act i on : I. Th e gov- Now read th e in form ation provided
II . Th e t r an sp or t er s’ associ at i on ernment shou ld lau nch attractive in each qu estion an d decide wh ich of
sh ou ld be persu aded to with draw employmen t gen eration sch emes th e followin g cou rses of action sh ou ld
th eir strik e call to brin g in n or - an d en cou rage th ese gradu ates be fol lowed in each case an d m ar k
m alcy in su pply of essen tial com - to opt for su ch sch em es to effec- an swer accordin gly.
t i vel y u se t h ei r ex p er t i se an d M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e stu den t is
modities.
k n owledge. n ot to be adm itted.
COURSES OF ACTION
M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e sam e is to 1 1. St at em en t : Most of th e roads III. The Govt. sh ou ld declare com-
be referred t o th e Ch air m an -adm i s- in th e city h ad becom e u n m otor able plete ban on strik in g work by employ-
sion s. du e to th e rain s in th e m on soon . ees in all organ izations in th e cou n try.
M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e stu den t is Cou r ses of act i on : I. Th e civic (1) On ly I follows
to be adm itted. au thority sh ou ld in itiate an en qu iry to (2) On ly III follows
M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e stu den t is fin d ou t th e factors r esp on si bl e for (3) On ly II follows
to be provision ally adm itted. worsenin g road condition . (4) On ly II an d III follow
M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e data pro-
II. Th e civic au th ority sh ou ld in itiate (5) Non e of th ese
vided are in adequ ate to tak e an y deci-
an en qu iry to fin d ou t th e factors re- 1 4 . St at em en t : M an y for eign
sion ,
spon sible for m ain tain in g good con di- t ou r i st s vi si ti n g In d ia from Afr i can
6. An ita Bh osale was born on 7th
tion of th e city roads. cou ntries h ave been cau ght at variou s
November 1980. She has secu red
6 0 p er cen t m ar k s in t h e en - III. All th ose contractors who were en - ai r p or t s i n In d i a wh i l e sm u ggl i n g
t r an ce t est . Sh e can p ay Rs. tru sted the m aintenance work of these ban n ed n arcotic su bstan ces.
50,000/ - at tim e of ad m ission roads sh ou ld be black listed. Co u r ses o f ac t i o n : I . I n d i a
an d sh e h as secu red 65 percen t (1) On ly I follows sh ou ld stop givin g tou rist visas to Af-
m ark s in gradu ation . (2) On ly I an d II follow rican nation als with imm ediate effect.
7. Man ish Beh l was born on 22n d II. Th e airport au th ority an d th e
March 1982. He h as scored 65 en forcin g agen cies sh ou ld be pu t on
per cen t m ark s in gradu ation and (4) Only I an d III follow
h igh alert to detect all su ch cases of
h e can pay Rs. 50,000/ - at th e (5) Non e of th ese
smu ggling.
time of admission . He has secu red 1 2 . St at em en t : Th e pr i ces of
55 per cent mark s in the entran ce I I I . Th ose for ei gn er s w h o ar e
cru de oil in th e intern ation al m ark et-
test . cau gh t sm u ggl i n g b an n ed n ar cot i c
h ave in creased su bstan tially in th e resu bstan ces sh ou ld be given life term
8. Su resh Nadk arn i h as passed h is cen t past an d is lik ely to in crease fu r -
gr ad u at i on w i t h 5 6 p er cen t jail senten ce to sen d a stron g message
th er in n ear fu tu re du e to closu re of to the crim in als.
m ark s in th e year 2002. He was refin eries in th e Un ited States.
born on 15th J u ly 1980. He h as (1) On ly I an d II follow
scored 65 percen t m ark s in th e Cou r ses of act i on : I. Th e Govt.
(2) On ly II an d III follow
en tran ce test an d h e can pay Rs. sh ou ld allow the petroleu m com panies
40,000/ - at th e tim e of adm is- to fix th e retail price as per th e cru de
oil price in th e intern ational m ark et. (4) On ly II an d III follow
sion .
(5) All follow
9. Seem a B h a ga t ca n p a y Rs . II. Th e Govt. sh ou ld absorb part
50,000/ - at th e tim e of adm is- of th e in crease in cru de oil price by 1 5 . St at em en t : Th er e i s an
sion . Sh e was eigh teen years old proportionately redu cing tax bu rden on alarm in g decrease in th e n u m ber of
as on 19th Septem ber 2002. Sh e th e retail price in th e dom estic m ar - fem ales per th ou san d m ales in m an y
h as secu red 60 per cen t an d 70 states in th e cou n try as repor ted in
k et .
per cen t m ark s in gradu ation and recen tly h eld cen su s.
III. Th e Govt. sh ou ld privatize th e
en tran ce test respectively. Cou r ses of act i on : I. The Govt.
petroleu m com pan ies to get ou t of th e
10. Abh in av Sam an t h as secu red 85 shou ld con du ct an other cen su s to as-
trick y mark et situ ation .
per cen t m ark s in th e en tran ce certain seriou sn ess of th e situ ation .
test. He was born on 5th Au gu st (1) On ly eith er I or III follow
II. Th e Govt. sh ou ld m ak e an all
1981. He can pay Rs. 35,000/ -- (2) On ly eith er II or III follow ou t effort to n ab all su ch people wh o
at th e tim e of adm ission an d th e (3) On ly eith er I of II follow are respon sible for fem ale foeticide.
r em ai n i n g am ou n t aft er th r ee (4) All follow III. Th e Govt. sh ou ld start a cam -
days. He has secu red 55 per cen t
(5) Non e of th ese pai gn in th e m ost affected states to
m ark s in gradu ation .
1 3. St at em en t : Employees of all h ighligh ting th e im portan ce of h avin g
Di r ect i on s (1 1 -1 5 ) : In each qu es-
the Govt. organ ization an d pu blic sec- girl ch ild in th e fam ily.
tion below is given a statemen t followed
by th ree cou rses of action n u m bered tor u n dertak in gs in th e cou n try wen t (1) On ly I follows
I, II an d III. A cou rse of act ion i s a on a day’s strik e protesting against the (2) On ly II follows
step or adm in istrative decision to be process of privatization of Govt. ru n (3) On ly III follows
tak en for im provem en t, follow-u p or pu blic sector u ndertak in gs which h as (4) On ly II an d III follows
fu rth er action in regard to th e prob- resu lted in to loss to exch equ er worth (5) Non e of th ese
lem , policy, etc. On th e basis of th e crores of ru pees.
in formation given in the statement, you Di r ect i on s (1 6 –2 0 ) : In each of
Cou r ses of act i on : I. All th ose th e qu estion s below are given a state-
h ave to assu me everything in the state-
m en t to be tru e, th en decide wh ich of em ployees who remain ed absen t form m en ts followed by two cou rses of ac-
th e su ggested cou rses of action logi- work sh ou ld be su spen ded. tion n u m bered I an d II. A cou rse of
cally follow(s) for pu rsu in g. II. Th e Govt. sh ou ld pu t on h old action is a step or adm inistrative de-
(Un i on Ban k of I n di a PO th e process of privatizati on of Govt. cision to be tak en for improvemen t, fol-
Ex am . 27. 11.20 05) ru n pu blic sector u n dertak in g. low-u p or fu rth er action in regard to
COURSES OF ACTION
the problem , policy, etc. On e the ba- 19. St at em en t : Man y people in th e (b ) at (v) ab ove, b u t can p ay
sis of the information given in the state- coastal town are su fferin g from atleast 60 percen t of th e an n u al fee
m en t, you h ave to assu m e everyth in g respiratory diseases du rin g past at th e tim e of adm ission an d th e re-
in the statemen t to be tru e, th en de- few m on th s. m ain in g am ou n t with in six m on th s,
cide wh ich of the su ggested cou rses of Cou rses of act i on : h is/ h er case is to be referred to Vice
action logically follow(s) for pu rsu ing. I . Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld im - Principal of th e college.
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO m ed i at el y sen d a t eam of In each of th e qu estions given be-
Ex am . 0 9 .0 7 . 2 00 6 ) h ealth profession als to pro- low, det ailed in form at ion abou t on e
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I follows. vide m edical care to th e af- stu dent is given . You h ave to tak e on e
fected people. of t h e fol l owi n g cou r ses of act i on s
Gi ve an swer (2) if on ly II follows.
II . Th e p eop l e su ffer i n g fr om based on the information provided and
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II
su ch diseases sh ou ld be k ept th e above con dition s an d su b-con di-
follows.
i n a sp eci al war d an d p u t tion s. You are not to assu me an yth in g
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or throu gh proper m edication . other than the in form ation provided in
II follows.
20. St at em en t : Th ere h as been a each qu est i on . Al l t h ese cases ar e
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II su b stan ti al drop in n u m ber of given to you as on 1.7.2006.
follow. people optin g for n ew teleph on e M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e data pro-
16. St at em en t : A speedi n g tr u ck con n ection from th e pu blic sec- vided are n ot adequ ate to tak e a de-
h as seriou sly in ju red man y per - tor teleph on e compan y in the re- cision .
son s sleepin g on roadside early cent m on th s. M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e stu den t is
in th e m orning. Cou rses of act i on : to be adm itted.
Cou rses of act i on : I . Th e pu blic sector teleph on e M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e case is to
I . T h e l oc al a d m i n i s t r at i o n company shou ld imm ediately be referred to th e Prin cipal.
sh ou l d i m m ed i at el y p u t a set u p a com m ittee to iden - M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e stu den t is
c o m p l et e b an o n p eop l e tify th e reason s for th e drop. n ot t o be adm itted.
sleepin g on th e roadsides. II . Th e pu blic sector teleph on e M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e case is to
II . Th e d r iver of t h e sp eed i n g com p an y sh ou l d offer n ew be referred to Vice Prin cipal.
tru ck sh ou ld be n abbed an d sch em es wi t h val u e ad d ed 21. An irban Man dal h as passed h is
tried for th e cri m e h e com - services to woo th e n ew cli- XII Std. final examination with 75
m itted. en t s.
per cen t overall m ark s. He was
17. St at em en t : Th ere h as been an Di r ect i on s (2 1 –2 8 ) : Stu dy th e born on 20th October 1988. He
u n preced en ted in crease i n t h e following information carefu lly and an- h as secu red 56 per cen t m ark s
n u m ber of stu den ts applyin g for swer th e qu estion s given below : in th e en tran ce test an d 62 per
adm ission to first Std. in a local (Cor por at i on Ban k PO cen t m ark s in Ph ysics, Ch em is-
school m ak in g it difficu lt for th e Ex am . 09. 07.20 06) try an d Math em atics in XII Std.
sch ool au th ority to con vin ce th e Followin g are th e con dition s for fi n al ex am in ation . He can p ay
paren ts of rejected applican ts. ad m i t t i n g s t u d en t s f or G r ad u at e Rs. 40,000/ - at th e tim e of ad-
Cou rses of act i on : cou rse in Arch itectu re in a college : mission.
I . Th e sch ool au th ority sh ou ld Th e stu den t m u st : 22. Sh ik h a Gu p ta h as secu red 60
im m ediately pu t in place ob- per cen t average m ark s in Ph ys-
(i) be at least 17 years old as on
jective criteria for adm ittin g ics, Ch em istry and Math em atics
1.7.20 06 .
st u d en t s t o sel ect t h e r e- an d 5 8 per cen t overall m ark s
qu ired nu mber. (ii) h ave secu red at least 50 per -
cen t overall mark s in XII Std. fin al ex- i n XII St d . fi n al ex am i n at i on .
II . Th e sch ool au th ority sh ou ld Sh e was born on 14th Febru ary
amination.
op en an oth er sch ool i n t h e 1988 . Sh e h as secu red 60 per
area to accom m odate th e re- (iii) h ave secu red at least 60 per -
cen t aggr egat e m ar k s i n Ph y si cs, cen t m ark s in the en tran ce test.
main in g stu den ts. Sh e can pay Rs. 38,000/ - at th e
Chem istry and Mathematics in XII Std.
18. St at em en t : The apex cou rt has ti m e of adm ission an d t h e r e-
fin al examination.
directed th at th ere is a n eed to m ai n i n g am ou n t w i t h i n t w o
(iv) h ave secu red at least 55 per -
brin g in m ech anism in th e Gov- week s of adm ission .
cen t m ark s in th e en tran ce exam in a-
er n m en t fu n ct i on t o m ak e i t 23. Su dh a Gh osal was born on 8th
tion.
tran sparen t. Au gu st 1989. Sh e can pay Rs.
(v) Pay Rs. 60,000/ - an n u al fee
Cou rses of act i on : 60,000/ - at th e tim e of adm is-
at th e tim e of adm ission .
I . Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld im - sion . Sh e h as secu r ed 6 5 per
If a stu den t satisfies all th e above
m ed i at el y ap p oi n t a t ask cen t overall m ark s in XII Std. fi-
conditions ex cept .......
force to work ou t th e m odali- n al examination an d 55 per cen t
ties. (a) at (iii) above, bu t h as secu red
m ar k s i n Ph ysi cs, Ch em i st r y
at least 70 percen t overall m ark s in
II . Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld apan d Math em atics. Sh e h as also
XII Std . fi n al exam i n at i on , h i s/ h er
peal to th e apex cou rt to re- secu r ed 7 5 per cen t m ar k s i n
case is to be referred to Prin cipal of
con sider its directive. th e en tran ce test.
th e college.
COURSES OF ACTION
24. Ar vi n d Gogoi h as secu r ed 7 5 you h ave to assu m e everyth in g in th e 32. St at em en t :
p er cen t over al l m ar k s i n XII st at em en t t o b e t r u e, t h en d eci d e Majority of th e city em ployees in
Std. fin al exam in ation . He h as wh i ch of t h e su ggest ed cou r ses of th e renown ed BPO com pan y h as
secu r ed 6 0 per cen t m ar k s i n action logically follow(s) for pu rsu ing. left th eir jobs to protest again st
th e en tran ce test. He was born (Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a PO in hu m an treatm en t meted ou t to
on 8 th J an u ary 1 98 7. He can Ex am . 2 5 .0 5 . 2 00 8 ) th em by th e com pan y.
pay Rs. 60,000/ - at th e tim e of Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I follows. Cou r ses of act i on :
adm issi on . H e h as secu red 58 I . Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld im -
Gi v e an swer (2) if on ly II follows.
per cen t average m ark s in Ph ys- mediately order the BPO com-
ics, Ch em istry and Math em atics Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II
follows. pan y to close down its opera-
in XII Std. final exam in ation . tion.
25. M oh an Aw ast h i w as b or n on Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or
II . Th e B PO com p an y sh ou l d
25th October 1980. He can pay II follows.
sh ift its oper ation s to som e
Rs. 40,000/ - at th e tim e of ad- Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II oth er p l ace t o con t i n u e it s
m i s s i on a n d t h e r em a i n i n g follow. operations.
am ou n t with in two m on th s. He 29. St at em en t : 33. St at em en t
h as secu red 65 per cen t m ark s Th e local college principal has or - Th e m an agem en t of th e organ i-
in th e en tran ce test. He has also dered th at all th e stu den ts m u st sation has issu ed a circu lar to all
secu r ed 6 0 p er cen t aver age strictly adh ere to th e dress code its em ployees statin g th at each
m ar k s i n Ph ysi cs, Ch em i st r y stipu lated by the college au th or - em ployee mu st report for du ty at
an d M at h em at i cs an d 5 6 p er ity in th e adm ission broch u re. 1 0.0 0 A.M . sh ar p an d sh ou l d
cen t overall m ark s in XII Std. fi- Cou r ses of act i on : rem ain in h is/ h er place till 5.30
nal examination. I . Th ose stu den ts who are fou nd P.M. everyday.
26. Sam ir Malhotra was born on 5th t o vi ol at e t h e d r es s co d e Cou r ses of act i on :
M ar ch 1 9 8 6 . H e can p ay Rs. shou ld be terminated from the I . T h e m a n agem en t sh o u l d
60,000/ - at th e tim e of adm is- college. evolve a m ech an ism to iden -
si on . H e h as secu r ed 6 5 p er II . Th ose stu den ts who are fou nd tify su ch em ployees wh o m ay
cen t average m ark s in Ph ysics, to violate th e dress code for n ot adh ere to th e tim e sch ed-
Ch em istry an d Math em atics in th e first tim e sh ou ld be rep- u le.
XII St d. fin al exam i n ati on . He r i m an d ed an d b e w ar n ed II . All su ch em ployees wh o are
h as al so secu r ed 6 5 p er cen t again st fu rther violation . fou n d to be failin g to m ain -
m ark s in th e en tran ce test. tain tim e sch edu le sh ou ld be
30. St at em en t :
27. J oseph D’Silva h as secu red 62 su mm arily su spen ded.
Th e railways h ave decided to re-
per cen t average m ark s in Ph ys- Di r ect i on s (3 4–40 ) : Stu dy th e fol-
pair th e m ain track s with in th e
ics, Ch em istry and Math em atics lowing information carefu lly and answer
city on the followin g Su n day an d
an d 5 5 per cen t overall m ark s th e qu estion s given below:
h as decided to su spen d opera-
in XII Std. fin al exam ination . He (I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO
tion s for th e wh ole day.
was born on 5th J u ly 1986. He Ex am . 15 .0 6. 20 08 )
Cou r ses of act i on :
can p ay Rs. 6 0 ,0 0 0 / - at t h e Followin g are th e con di tion s for
ti m e of ad m ission . He h as se- I . Th e railway au th ority sh ou ld
issu e pu blic n otification well sel ect i n g Accou n t s M an ager i n an
cu red 65 per cen t m ark s in th e Organ isation . Th e can didates m u st:
en tran ce test. in advan ce to ease in con ve-
n ien ce to th e passen gers. (i) be a gradu ate in Com merce with
28. Malin i Sawant was born on 19th m in im u m 55 per cen t m ark s.
April, 1988. She h as secu red 60 II . All the long distan ce trains en-
(ii) be a post gradu ate in Com merce
per cen t m ark s in th e en tran ce terin g th e city du rin g th e re-
with m in im u m 50 per cen t m ark s.
test. Sh e can pay Rs. 60,000/ - pair h ou rs sh ou ld be term i-
(iii) h ave post qu alification work
at th e t im e of ad m i ssi on . Sh e n ated ou tside th e city lim it.
experien ce of at least th ree years in
h as secu red 55 per cen t overall 31. St at em en t t h e A cc o u n t s d ep a r t m en t i n a n
m ark s an d 62 per cen t average Man y m ot orists dr ivin g on th e organ isation.
m ar k s i n Ph ysi cs, Ch em i st r y high way with in the city are fou n d (iv) n ot be less th an 25 years an d
an d Math em atics in XII Std. fi- to be drivin g m u ch beyon d th e n ot m or e t h an 3 5 year s ol d as on
nal examination. perm issible speed lim it. 1.5.20 08 .
D i r ec t i o n s (2 9 –3 3 ) : In each Cou r ses of act i on : (vi) h ave secu red at least 40 per
qu estion below is given a statem en t I . Th e traffic police sh ou ld per - cen t m ark s in th e selection process.
fol l ow ed b y t wo cou r ses of act i on sonally monitor the m ovement In th e case if a can didate satisfies all
n u m bered I an d II. A cou rse of action of veh icl es on th e h igh way oth er criteria except
is a step or adm in istrative decision to with in th e city. (A) at (ii) above bu t has work expe-
be tak en for im provem en t, follow-u p II . Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld im - rien ce of at least fou r years as Assis-
or fu r t h er act i on i n r egar d t o t h e mediately pu t in place a mech- tan t Accou n ts Manager in an organiza-
problem , policy, etc. On th e basis of an ism to iden tify an d pu n ish tion . His/ h er case is to be referred to
the information given in the statement, errin g drivers. GM- Accou n ts of th e organ ization .
COURSES OF ACTION
(B) at (iii) above bu t h as su ccess- 38. Ashok Pradh an was born on 3rd 43. Prath am a Sen gu pta h as secu red
fu lly com pleted CA/ ICWA, th e case is May 1979. He h as secu red 42 55 per cen t m ark s in post gradu -
to be referred to Director– Fin an ce. per cen t m ark s in th e selection ation in Com m erce an d 45 per -
In each qu estion below details of process. He h as been work in g cen t m ark s in th e selection pro-
on e candidate is given . You have to tak e in the Accou nts departm ent of an cess. Sh e was born on 11th April
on e of th e followin g cou rses of action organ isat ion for t h e p ast fou r 1981. Sh e h as been work in g in
in each case based on th e in form ation years after com pletin g h is post th e Accou n ts departm en t of an
provided an d th e con dition s an d su b- organ isat ion for t h e p ast fou r
gradu ation in Com m erce 62 per
con dition given above an d m ark th e years after com pletin g h er post
nu mber of that cou rse of action as you r cen t m ark s. He h as secu red 54
gradu ation . Sh e h as secu red 50
an swer. You are n ot to assu m e an y- per cen t m ark s in his gradu ation
per cen t mark s in th e gradu ation
th in g oth er th an th e in form ation pro- in com m erce.
in Com m erce.
vided in each case. All th e cases are 39. Prabir Mazu mdar h as secu red 58
(I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO
given as on 1.5.2008. per cen t m ark s in his gradu ation Ex am . 15 .0 6. 20 08 )
M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e data pro- in Com m erce an d 53 per cen t
vided are n ot adequ ate to tak e a deci- Di r ect i on s (4 4 –5 3 ) : Followin g
mark s in post gradu ation in Com-
sion . are th e criteria for selection of officers
m erce. He h as been work in g as
M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e case is to in an organ isation .
Assistant Accou n ts Manager in an
be referred to GM- Accou n ts. (Ban k Of Bar oda Speci al i st Of f i cer
organ isat ion for t h e p ast fou r
M ar k an swer (3 ) ‘if th e case is to Ex am . 0 5 .1 0 . 2 00 8 )
years after com pletin g h is post
be referred to Director - Fin an ce. T h e can di dat e m u st –
gradu ation . He h as secu red 44
M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e can didate (i) have passed HSC exam in ation
per cen t m ark s in th e selection
is n ot to be selected. in first class with at least 60% m ark s.
process. He was born on 14th
M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e can didate (ii) h ave passed gradu ation de-
is to be selected. Novem ber 1977.
gree in any disciplin e with at least 55%
34. Abh i n av Ch atu rved i is a Com - 40. Neh a Dev was born on 8th Feb-
m ark s.
m er ce gr ad u at e wi t h 6 0 0 p er ru ary 1976. Sh e has been work -
(iii) h ave com pleted a certificate/
cen t m ark s. He h as been work - in g in th e Accou n ts departm en t
diplom a/ degree cou rse in Com pu ter
in g in th e Accou n ts departm en t of an organ isation for th e past
Scien ce.
of an organ isation for th e past th ree years after com pletin g h er
fou r years after com pletin g h is (iv) be n ot less th an 21 years an d
post gr adu ation in Com m erce
p ost gr adu ati on i n Com m erce n ot m ore th an 30 years of age as on
with 53 per cen t m ark s. Sh e h as
with 55 per cen t m ark s. He was 01 .0 7.2 00 8.
secu r ed 5 7 p er cen t m ar k s i n
born on 8th J u ly 1980. He h as If a can d id at e sati sfies al l th e
gr ad u ati on i n com m erce. Sh e
secu red 45 per cen t m ark s in th e above m en tion ed criteria ex cept –
appeared in selection process.
selection process. (a) at (ii) above bu t is a post-grad-
35. Vaibh av Sinh a was bor n on 12th 41. Su dh a Goswam i was born on
u ate, case m ay be referred to th e Ex-
April 1979. He h as been work - 1 9 th Octob er 1 9 8 2 . Sh e h as ecu tive Director (ED).
in g as Assistan t Accou n ts Man - been work in g as Assistan t Ac-
(b) at (iii) above bu t h as stu died
ager in an organ isation for th e cou n ts Man ager in an organ isa- Com pu ter Scien ce as on e of su bjects
past five years after com pletin g tion for th e past five years after of cu rricu lu m , case m ay be referred
his post gradu ation in Commerce com p letin g h er gradu ati on in to th e Vice Presiden t (VP).
with 40 per cen t m ark s. He h as Com m er ce w i t h 6 0 p er cen t In each of th e qu estion s below,
secu r ed 5 5 per cen t m ar k s i n m ark s. Sh e h as secu red 50 per
both th e select ion process an d in form ation of on e can didate is given .
cen t m ark s in selection process. You h ave to tak e on e of th e followin g
gradu ation in Com m erce.
(I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO five decision s based on th e in form a-
36. Seem a B h asi n h as secu red 60
per cen t mark s in th e gradu ation Ex am . 15 .0 6. 20 08 ) tion provided an d th e criteria an d con -
in Com m erce an d 55 per cen t 42. Fran cis D’costa h as secu red 60 dition s given above. You are n ot to as-
mark s in post gradu ation in Com- per cen t m ark s in both gradu a- su m e an yth in g oth er th an th e in for -
m erce. Sh e h as secu red 50 per tion and post gradu ation in Com- m ation provided in each qu estion . All
cen t m ark s in th e selection pro- m erce. He h as also secu red 45 t h ese cases are gi ven t o you as on
cess. Sh e was born on 20th Au - percen t m ar k s in th e selection 01.07.2008. You h ave to in dicate you r
gu st 1978. She has also su ccess- decision by m ark in g an swers to each
pr ocess . H e was bor n on 6 th
fu lly com pleted h er C.A. She does qu estion as follows :
D ecem b er 1 9 8 0 . H e h as su c-
n ot h ave an y work experien ce. M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e case to
cessfu lly com pleted ICWA after
37. Nirm ala Sawant was born on 4th be referred to ED.
h i s gr ad u at i on . H e h as b een
J u ly 1981. Sh e h as been work - M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e case is to
in g in th e accou n ts departm en t work in g in th e Accou n ts depart-
be referred to VP.
in an organisation after com plet- m en t of an orgain sation for last
M ark an swer (3 ) if th e can didate
in g h is post gradu ation in Com - on e year.
is to be selected.
m erce with 65 per cen t m ark s. (I ndi an Over seas Ban k PO
Sh e h as secu r ed 5 0 p er cen t M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e in form a-
Ex am . 15 .0 6. 20 08 )
m ark s in th e selection process. tion is in adequ ate to tak e a decision .
COURSES OF ACTION
M ark an swer (5 ) if th e can didate 2006 with 69% m ark s. He h as 54. Avi n ash i s a Sci en ce gr ad u at e
is n ot to be selected. stu died Com pu ter Scien ce as one p assed i n fi r st cl ass wi t h 6 3 %
44. Ash u tosh , is a Com m erce gradu - of th e su bjects at B.Sc. His date m ark s. He h as secu red 53% an d
ate passed in first class with 67% of birth is 17.09.1984. 51% m ark s in selection test an d
m ar k s. H e h ad secu r ed 7 3 % 53. Van dan a Bh ave is B.Com . grad- in terview respectively. He is will-
m ark s in HSC. He h as stu died u ate passed in secon d class with in g to work an ywh ere in In dia. He
Com pu ter Scien ce as on e of th e 56% mark s. She had passed HSC h as been work in g in th e Mark et-
su bjects at HSC. His date of birth in secon d class with 59% m ark s. i n g d ep a r t m en t of a p r i va t e
is 22.09.1982. Sh e h as also com pleted a Com - organ isation sin ce J u ly 2007. He
45. Raj n i h as passed B MS degree was born on 11.06.1980.
pu ter diplom a with 56% m ark s.
examination in secon d class with Her data of birth is 11.05.1982. 55. Nish a Sh arm a has passed B. Com .
58% m ark s and HSC in first class with 57% m ark s in Ju ly 2008. Sh e
Di r ect i on (5 4 –6 1 ) : An organ is-
with 65% m ark s. Sh e h as com - h as secu red 48% m ark s in in ter -
ation wan ts to recru it Train ee Offic-
pl eted a di plom a in Com pu t er view an d 58% m ark s in selection
ers. Followin g are th e criterion .
Scien ce. Sh e h as com pleted 25 test. Sh e is willin g to work an y-
(Can ar a Ban k PO Ex am . 15.03.2009) wh ere in In dia. Sh e h as com pleted
years of age in Novem ber 2007.
46. Raj Grover h as passed HSC exam Th e can didate m u st — 25 years of age in Novem ber 2008.
in first cl ass with 89% m ark s. (i) be n ot less th an 21 years of age 56. Van dan a is B.A. with Econ om ics
Th er eaft er h e d id a 6 m on th s an d n ot m ore th an 28 years of age as passed with 68% m ark s. Her date
certi ficate cou rse in Com pu t er on 1.02.2009. of brith is 23.8.1983. Sh e is will-
Scien ce an d presen tly is pu rsu - (ii) be a gradu ate in an y disciplin e ing to work an ywhere in In dia. Sh e
in g fin al year of en gin eerin g de- with at least 55% m ark s. h as secu red 56% m ark s in in ter -
gr ee ex am i n at ion . H is d at e of (i i i ) h ave secu r ed at l east 5 0 % view.
birth is 28.12.1980. m ark s in selection test. 57. Bhavesh Shah is a postgradu ate in
47. Shamik a Gu pta is a Scien ce grad- (i v) h ave secu r ed at l east 4 5 % Ch em i st r y an d i s wor k i n g i n a
u ate passed in 2006 with 47% m ark s in in terview. ch em ical com pan y sin ce past on e
at th e age of 22 years. Sh e h ad (v) be willin g to work an ywh ere in year. He h ad scored 53% m ark s
scored 64% m ark s in HSC. Sh e India. in gradu ation . He has secu red 58%
h as also passed M.Sc. with 58% However, if th e can didate satisfies m ark s in selection test an d 52%
m ark s. Sh e h as don e a certifi- all th e above m en tion ed criterion ex- m ark s in in terview. He is 26 years
cate cou rse in com pu ters. cept — old at present. He is willin g to work
48. J asm i n e i s a post gr ad u at e i n (a) at (ii) above bu t is a postgradu - an ywh ere in In dia.
Com pu ter Science passed in first ate, th e case is to be referred to th e 58. Sh am ik a is a 23 years old Scien ce
class with 62% m ark s. Sh e h ad Execu tive Director. gradu ate passed in Au gu st 2008
scored 81% m ark s in HSC. Her (b) at (i) above bu t h as work ing ex- with 52% m ark s. Sh e is willin g to
date of birth is 17.06.1979. perien ce of at least on e year th e case work an ywh ere in In dia. Sh e h as
49. Sh ayam ala is a B.A. passed in is to be referred to th e Vice Presiden t. cleared th e selection test with 66%
first class with 63% m ark s. Sh e In each of th e qu estion s below, in - m ar k s an d i n t er vi ew wi t h 5 6 %
h ad passed HSC exam in ation in for mation of one can didate is given. You m ark s.
first class with 69% m ark s. Sh e h ave to tak e on e of th e followin g five 59. Vijay Ku mar is a Commerce gradu -
h as also com pleted a certificate deci si on s based on th e i n for m ati on ate passed in 2007 at th e age of
cou rse in Compu ter Science with provided an d th e criterion an d con di- 22 years with 58% m ark s. He is
‘A’ gr ad e. Her d at e of b ir t h i s tion s given above. You are n ot to as- willin g to work an ywh ere in In dia.
23 .0 9.1 98 4. su m e an yth in g oth er th an th e in for - He h as secu red 48% m ark s in se-
50. An u bhav Gok hale, is a B.Sc. with m ation provided in each qu estion . All lection test an d 52% m ark s in in -
Com pu ter Science passed in sec- t h ese cases are gi ven t o you as on terview.
on d class with 58% m ark s. He 1.2.2009. You h ave to in dicate you r 60. Su nil Mak wana is a gradu ate in Sci-
h ad passed H SC in fir st class decision by m ark in g an swers to each en ce passed with 72% m ark s. His
with 76% m ark s. He h as com - qu estion as follows — date of birth is 13.10.1978. He is
pleted 25 years of age in Decem - M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e case is to work in g for past two year s as a
ber 2007. be referred to Execu tive Director. clerk . He h as secu red 58% m ark s
51. Man ish Ch au dh ary passed HSC in selection test as well as in in -
M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e case is to
exam in ation in first class with terview. He is willin g to work an y-
be referred to Vice Presiden t.
83% m ark s an d B.Com . in sec- wh ere in In dia.
Mark an swer (3 ) if the data in the
on d class with 57% m ark s. He 61. Rajan Vaze is a gradu ate with 45%
statemen t is not adequ ate to tak e a de-
h as com pleted a com pu ter cer - m ark s an d a post gradu ate with
cision .
tificate cou rse very recen tly. His 52% m ark s. His d ate of bir th is
M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e can didate 17.06.1982. He is willin g to work
date of birth is 26.04.1982.
is to be selected. an ywh ere in India. He h as secu red
52. Harish Vora passed HSC exam i-
M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e can didate 56% m ark s in in terview an d 63%
n ation in 2003 with 85% m ark s
an d B.Sc. Degree exam ination in is n ot to be selected. m ark s in selection test.
COURSES OF ACTION
Di rect ions (62 –66) : In each qu es- II . Th e sch ool au th ority sh ou ld Di r ect i on s (6 7 –7 1 ) : Stu dy th e
tion below is given a statem ent followed in itiate an en qu iry to fin d ou t following information carefu lly an d an -
by three cou rses of action nu mbered I, th e reason for stu den ts’sick - swer th e qu estion s given below :
II an d III. A cou rse of action is a step or n ess. (Un i t ed Ban k Of I n di a PO
administrative decision to be tak en for III. Th e govern m en t sh ou l d i n - Ex am . 21. 06.20 09)
im provement, follow-u p or fu rther ac- stru ct all th e sch ools to su s-
Followin g are th e con dition s for
tion in regard to the problem, policy, etc. p en d t h ei r m i d d a y m ea l
selectin g Mark eting Man ager in an or -
On th e basis of th e in formation given in sch em e till fu rth er order.
gan isation :
th e statemen t, you have to assu m e ev- (1) On ly I follows
erything in the statement to be true, then (2) On ly II follows T h e can di dat e m u st :
decide wh ich of the su ggested cou rses (3) On ly III follows (i) be at least 3 0 years old as on
of action logically follow(s) for pu rsu ing. (4) On ly II an d III follow 01.03.2 009
(UCO Ban k PO Ex am . 22.03.2009) (5) Non e of th ese (ii) h ave secu red at least 55 per cen t
62. St at em en t : Th e major road con- 65. St at em en t : Man y people livin g m ark s in gradu ation
n ectin g th e two m ain parts of th e in th e slu m s of western part of (iii) h ave secu red at least 60 per cen t
city is in u n dated du e to h eavy the town are diagnosed to be su f- m ark s in Post gradu ate Degree/
rain s du rin g past two days. ferin g from m alaria. Diploma in Mark etin g.
Cou r ses of act i on : Cou r ses of act i on :
(iv) h ave post qu alification work ex-
I . The government shou ld imme- I . Th e m u n i ci p al cor p orat i on
perien ce of at least five years in
diately sen d a relief team to should immediately mak e nec-
th e Mark etin g Division of an or -
th e affected area. essary arrangem en ts to spray
gan isation.
II . T h e m u n i c i p a l a u t h o r i t y m osqu ito repellen t in th e af-
fected area. (v) h ave secu red at least 45 per cen t
sh ou ld mak e im mediate effort m ark s in th e selection process.
to pu m p ou t water from th e II . Th e m u n i c i p al a u t h o r i t y
should immediately mak e nec- In th e case of a can didate wh o
road.
essary arran gem en ts to pro- satisfies all oth er con dition s ex -
III. T h e m u n i c i p a l a u t h o r i t y
vide qu ick m edical h elp to th e cept —
sh ou l d ad vi se t h e gen er al
pu blic to stay in doors till th e affected people. (A) at (iv) above, bu t h as post qu ali-
water is cleared. III. T h e m u n i c i p a l a u t h o r i t y ficat ion wor k ex per ien ce of at
(1) On ly I follows sh ou ld tak e steps to sh ift all least two years as Depu ty Mar -
(2) On ly I an d II follow t h e p eop l e st ay i n g i n t h e k etin g Man ager, th e case is to be
(3) On ly I an d III follow slu m s of western part of th e referred to GM-Mark etin g.
(4) On ly II an d III follow town to oth er areas. (B) at (ii) above, bu t h as secu red at
(5) Non e of th ese (1) On ly I follows least 65 per cen t m ark s in Post
63. St at em en t : The prices of essen - (2) On ly II follows gradu ate Degree/ Diploma in Mar -
tial com m odities h ave gon e u p (3) On ly I an d II follow k etin g Man agem en t, th e case is
su bstan tially du rin g th e past few (4) All I, II an d III follow to be referred to Vice Presiden t-
week s. (5) Non e of th ese Mark eting.
Cou r ses of act i on : 66. St at em en t : Man y teach ers of
In each qu estion below is given
I . The government shou ld set u p th e l ocal sch ool h ave ren dered
details of on e can didate. You h ave to
an expert com mittee to stu dy th eir resign ation to th e Prin cipal
tak e on e of th e followin g cou rses of
th e tren d of prices. to protest th e m an agem en t’s de-
action s based on th e in form ation pro-
II . The government shou ld imme- cision for n ot im plem en tin g re-
vised pay scales. vided an d th e conditions an d su b-con-
diately abolish taxes on es- dition s given above an d mark you r an -
sen tial com modities. Cou r ses of act i on :
I . T h e s ch o o l m a n a gem en t swer accordin gly. You are n ot to as-
III. Th e govern m en t sh ou ld ad- su m e an yth in g oth er th an th e in for -
vise th e gen eral pu blic to resh ou l d accep t t h e r esi gn a-
tion s an d appoin t n ew teach - m ation provided in each qu estion . All
frain from pu rch asin g essen - t h ese cases are gi ven t o you as on
tial comm odities for few days. er s.
II . T h e s ch o o l m a n a gem en t 01 .0 3.2 00 9.
(1) Non e follows
shou ld persu ade the teach ers M ark an swer (1) if th e candidate
(2) On ly I follows
to con tin u e with an assu ran ce is n ot to be selected.
(4) On ly III follows of con siderin g th e pay h ik e M ark an swer (2) if th e candidate
(5) On ly I an d II follow issu e. is to be selected.
64. St at em en t : Large n u m b er of III. T h e s ch o o l m a n a gem en t M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e data are
stu den ts of th e local sch ool fell sh ou ld approach th e govern - in adequ ate to tak e a decision .
ill after havin g th eir m idday m eal m en t for gu idelin es.
M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e case to
provided by th e sch ool. (1) Non e follows
be referred is to Vice Presiden t – Mar -
Cou r ses of act i on : (2) On ly eith er I or II follows
k etin g.
I . The government shou ld imme- (3) On ly III follows
(4) On ly I follows M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e case is to
d iately su sp en d t h e sch ool be referred to GM-Mark etin g.
Prin cipal. (5) On ly II follows
COURSES OF ACTION
67. Su resh M eh ta h as secu red 58 T h e can di dat e m u st — 73. Ketan Desai was born on 5th J an-
per cen t mark s in gradu ation . He (i) be a gradu ate with at least 50 u ary, 1976. He h as been work -
was born on 19th May, 1975. He per cen t m ark s. in g for a past five years in th e
h as secu red 50 per cen t m ark s (ii) h ave a post gradu ate degree/ di- person n el departm en t of an or -
in th e selection process. He h as ploma in Personnel Management/ gan isation after com pletin g h is
post gradu ate diploma in person-
been work in g for th e past seven H R wi t h at l east 6 0 p er cen t
nel management with 64 per cen t
years in th e Mark etin g division m ark s.
m ark s. He h as secu red 40 per
of an organ isation after com plet- (iii) n ot be m ore th an 35 years as on cen t m ark s in th e selection pro-
in g h is Post Gradu ation with 62 1.6.20 09 . cess an d 52 per cen t m ark s in
per cen t m ark s. (iv) h ave post qu alification work ex- gradu ation.
68. Su dh a Gopalan h as secu red 50 perien ce of at least five years in 74. An an t Josh i h as been work in g in
per cen t m ark s in both selection th e Person n el/ HR Division of an th e person n el departm en t of an
process an d gradu ation . Sh e h as organ isation. or gan i sat i on for t h e p ast si x
b een wor k i n g for t h e p ast si x (v) h ave secu red at least 45 per cen t years. He was born on 7th No-
years in th e Mark etin g division m ark s in th e selection process. vem ber 19 77 . H e h as secu red
of an organ isation after com plet- In th e case of a can didate wh o 60 per cen t m ark s in post grad-
in g h er Post Gradu ate Diplom a satisfies all oth er con dition s EX - u ate degree in personnel manage-
in Mar k et in g wit h 70 per cen t CEPT— m en t. He h as also secu red 55 per
(a) at (iii) above, bu t h ave post cen t m ark s in both gradu ation
m ark s. Sh e was b orn on 14 th
an d selection process.
October, 1978. qu alification work experience
of at least ten years, th e case 75. Moh an Bajpai was born on 10th
69. Divya Kohli has been work in g for April, 1975. He h as secu red 55
th e past five years in Mark etin g is to be retired to Director -
Person n el. per cen t m ark s in gradu ation and
division of an organ isation after 65 per cen t m ark s in post grad-
com pl eti n g h er Post Gr adu at e (b) at (iv) ab ove, b u t h as p ost u ate diplom a in person n el m an -
Diplom a in Mark eting with 65 per qu alification work experience agem en t. He h as been work in g
as Depu ty Person n el Man agin HR Departm en t of an organ i-
cen t m ark s. Sh e h as secu red 55
er of at least th ree years, th e sation for th e past six years af-
per cen t m ark s in gradu ation and
case is to be referred to Pres- ter com pletin g h is post gradu ate
50 per cen t m ark s in th e selec-
iden t-Person n el. diploma.
tion process. Sh e was born on
In each qu estion below are given 76. Gopal Sh arma h as been work in g
2n d April, 1979.
details of on e can didate. You h ave to for th e past five years in th e HR
70. Navin Marath e was born on 8th tak e on e of th e followin g cou rses of Depar tm en t of an organ isation
April, 1975. He h as secu red 60 action s based on th e in form ation pro- after com pletin g h is post gradu -
per cen t m ark s in both gradu a- vided an d the con dition s an d su b-con - ate diplom a in HR with 62 per
tion an d Post-Gradu ate Degree in ditions given above and mark th e nu m- cen t m ark s. He h as secu red 50
Mark etin g. He h as been work in g ber of th at cou rse of action as you r per cen t m ark s in both gradu a-
for th e past six years in th e Mar - an swer. You are n ot to assu m e an y- ti on an d sel ect ion pr ocess. He
k eting division of an organisation th in g oth er th an th e in form ation pro- was born on 29th May, 1974.
after com pletin g h is PG Degree vided in each qu estion . All th ese cases 77. Aru n Voh ra h as secu red 55 per
in Mark etin g. He h as secu red 50 are given to you as on 1.6.2009. cent m ark s in gradu ation . He h as
per cen t m ark s in th e selection M ark an swer (1) if th e candidate been work in g in th e person n el
p rocess. is to be selected. departm ent of an organisation for
71. Varu n Malh otra was bor n on 3rd M ark an swer (2) if th e candidate th e past eleven years after com -
is n ot to be selected. pletin g h is post gradu ate degree
J u ly, 1976. He h as been work -
in person n el m an agem en t with
in g as Depu ty Mark eting Manag- M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e in form a-
65 per cen t m ark s. He h as se-
er in an organ isation for the past tion provided is in adequ ate to tak e a
cu red 50 per cen t m ark s in th e
th ree years after com pletin g h is decision . selection process. He was born
Post Gradu ate Degree in Mark et- M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e case is to on 12th Au gu st 1972.
in g with 65 per cen t m ark s. He be referred to Director -Person n el. 78. Ash a Dh ar h as secu red 52 per
secu r ed 5 5 per cen t m ar k s i n M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e case is to cen t mark s in gradu ation an d 62
both gradu at ion an d sel ecti on be referred to Presiden t-person n el. per cen t m ark s in post gradu ate
p rocess. 72. Meen a Srivastava was born on d egr ee i n p er son n el m an age-
Di r ect i on s (7 2 –8 1 ) : Stu dy th e March 1978. Sh e h as been work - m en t. Sh e h as also secu red 48
following information carefu lly an d an - in g as Depu ty Person n el Man ger per cen t m ark s in th e selection
swer th e qu estion s given below : in an organ isation for th e past process. Sh e h as been work in g
fou r years after com pletin g h er for th e past seven years in th e
(An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 05.07.2009) person n el departm en t of an or -
post gradu ate diploma in HR with
Followin g are th e con dition s for 68 per cen t m ark s. Sh e h as se- gan isation after com pletin g h er
selectin g Person n el Man ager in an or - cu red 50 per cen t m ark s in both post gradu ate d egree. Sh e was
gan isation : gradu ation and selection process. born on 8th J u n e, 1974.
COURSES OF ACTION
79. Su dh a Gh osal was born on 20th II . Th e civic body sh ou ld set u p Di r ect i on s (8 7 -9 1 ) : Stu dy th e
Oct ob er, 1 9 7 6 . Sh e h as b een a fact-fin din g team to assess followin g in form ation carefu lly to an -
work i n g on D ep u t y Per son n el th e dam age an d tak e effec- swer th ese qu estion s.
Man ager for th e past fou r years tive step. (PNB Speci al i st Of f i cer 's
in an organ isation after com plet- 83. St at em en t : There is an alarm in g Ex am . 16. 08.20 09)
in g h er post gradu ate degree in in crease in th e n u m ber of peo-
HR with 67 per cen t m ark s. Sh e Followin g are th e con dition s for
ple su ffering from malaria in many selectin g Agricu ltu ral Field Officers by
h as secu red 60 per cen t m ark s
parts of th e city. a ban k :
in gr adu ation an d 45 per cen t
m ark s in th e selection process. Cou r ses of act i on : Th e can didate m u st :
80. Am it Saxen a was born on 25th I. Th e m u n i ci pal cor porati on (i) be a gradu ate in agricu ltu re with
J u ly, 1973. He h as been work - h as advised all th e govern - at least 60 percen t m ark s.
in g in th e person n el departm en t m en t h ospitals to store ade- (ii) be at least 22 years an d n ot m ore
of an organ isation for th e past qu at e su p p l y o f m a l a r i a th an 28 years as on 1.8.2009.
eleven years after com pletin g h is dru gs. (iii) h ave secu red at least 40 percen t
post gradu ate diploma in HR with II . Th e m u n i ci pal cor porati on m ark s in th e selection exam in a-
70 per cen t m ark s. He h as se- h as u rged people to u se m os- tion.
cu red 60 per cen t m ark s in both qu i t o r ep el l an t s an d k eep
gradu ation and selection process. (iv) h ave secu red at least 45 percen t
th eir prem ises clean . m ark s in th e selection in terview.
81. Navin Das was born on 14th April,
84. St at em en t : Man y people h ave (v) be r eady t o fu rn ish a bon d of
1978. H e h as been wor k in g in
en croach ed in to th e govern m en t Rs.2 lak h s.
th e person n el departm en t of an
property an d bu ilt th eir h ou ses If an y can didate satisfies all th e
organ isation for the past six years
after com pletin g h is post gradu - an d bu sin ess establish m en ts. con dition s EX CEPT :
ate diplom a in HR with 65 per Cou r ses of act i on : (A) at (i) above bu t h as secu red at
cen t m ark s. He h as secu red 45 I. Th e govern m en t sh ou ld tak e least 55 percen t m ark s in Degree
per cen t m ark s in both gradu a- imm ediate steps to remove all in Agricu ltu re and is a post gradu -
tion an d selection process. u n au th orised con stru ction s ate in Agricu ltu re with at least 60
Di r ec t i o n s (8 2 –8 6 ) : In each on govern m en t lan d. percen t m ark s, th e case is to be
qu estion below is given a statem en t referred to GM-Agricu l tu re Ad-
II . All t h e en croach ers sh ou ld
followed by two cou rses of action n u m - van ces.
im m ediately be pu t beh in d
bered I an d II. A cou rse of action is a
bars and also be slapped with (B) at (iv) above bu t h as secu red at
step or adm in istrative decision to be
a h efty fin e. least 55 percen t m ark s in the se-
tak en for im provem en t, follow-u p or
85. St at em en t : Th e m eteorological lection exam in ation , th e case is
fu rth er action in regard to th e prob-
departmen t h as predicted n orm al to be referred to GM-Person n el.
lem , policy, etc. On th e basis of th e
in formation given in the statement, you rain fall th rou gh ou t th e cou n try In each qu estion below is given
h ave to assu me everything in the state- du rin g th e cu rren t m on soon . detail in form ation of on e can di-
m en t t o be tru e, t h en decide of t h e Cou r ses of act i on : date. You h ave to tak e on e of th e
su ggested cou rses of action logically following cou rses of action based
I. Th e govern m en t sh ou ld re-
follow(s) for pu rsu in g. on th e in form ation provided an d
du ce th e procu rem en t price
(An dh r a Ban k PO Ex am . 05.07.2009) the conditions and su b-conditions
of foodgrain s for th e cu rren t
given above an d m ark th e n u m -
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly cou rse of year.
ber of t h at cou rse of action as
action I follows. II . Th e govern m en t sh ou ld re- you r an swer. You are n ot to as-
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly cou rse of du ce su bsi dy on fert ili zers su m e anything other than th e in -
action II follows. for th e cu rren t year. form ation provided in each qu es-
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er cou rse
86. St at em en t : The nu m ber of drop- tion . All th e cases are given to
of action I or II follows.
ou ts in govern m en t sch ools h as you as on 1.8.2009.
Gi v e an swer (4) if n either cou rse
sign ifican tly in creased in the u r - M ark an swer (1 ) if th e can didate
of action I n or II follows.
ban areas over th e past few years. is to be selected.
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both cou rses
of action I an d II follow. Cou r ses of act i on : M ark an swer (2 ) if th e can didate
I. Th e govern m en t sh ou ld im - is n ot to be selected.
82. St at em en t : Drin k ing water su p-
ply to m an y parts of town is dis- mediately close down all su ch M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e data pro-
ru pted du e to loss of water be- sch ools in th e u rban areas vided are in adequ ate to tak e a deci-
cau se of leak age in pipes su p- wh ere th e dropou t goes be- sion .
plyin g water. yon d 20 per cen t. M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e case is to
Cou r ses of act i on : II . Th e par en ts of all t h e stu - b e r efer r ed t o GM -Agr i cu l t u r e Ad -
den ts wh o dropped ou t of th e van ces.
I. Th e gover n m en t sh ou ld or -
govern ment schools in u rban M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e case is to
der an en qu iry in to th e m at-
areas sh ou ld be pu n ish ed. be referred to GM-Person n el.
ter.
COURSES OF ACTION
87. Manoj Bhargava was born on 8.7. (ii) be a grad u at e in an y d isci pli n e i n g h er p ost -gr ad u at e d egr ee.
1984. He has secu red 50 percen t wi th at l east 55 per cen t m ar k s Sh e was b orn on 16 th Au gu st
m ar k s in t h e s el ec t i o n (iii) be a post gradu ate degree/ diplo- 19 78. Sh e h as secu red 6 3 p er
ex am i n at i on an d 4 5 p er cen t m a h older i n M an agem en t wi th cen t m ark s i n t h e pr el im i n ary
m ark s in th e selection in terview. Fin an ce sp eci al isati on wi th at in t ervi ew
H e h a s s ecu r ed 6 5 p er cen t least 60 per cen t m ark s. 93. An ir ban Ch owd h u ry was born
m ark s in degree in Agricu ltu ral (iv) h ave p ost qu alification work ex- on 8t h March , 1 978 . H e h as se-
Scien ces. He is ready to give th e perien ce of at least six years in cu r ed 6 5 p er cen t m ar k s i n
bon d of Rs.2 lak h s. the Fin ance departmen t of an or - B.Sc. an d 62 per cen t m ar k s in
88. M een a D esai h as secu r ed 4 5 ganisation . post-gradu ate degree in Fin an ce
percen t m ar k s in th e selection (v) h ave secu red at least 50 per cen t Managemen t. He h as been work -
ex am i n at i on an d 4 0 p er cen t m ark s in th e prelim in ary i n ter - in g in th e fi n an ce departm en t of
m ark s in th e selection in terview. view. a com p an y for th e p ast seven
(vi) h ave secu red at least 40 per cen t years aft er com p let in g h is post
Sh e was born on 4.2.1983. Sh e
m ark s in th e fi n al in ter view. gr adu ati on . He h as secu r ed 50
h as secu red 62 percen t m ark s
per cen t m ar k s i n t h e fin al i n -
in Degree in Agricu ltu re an d sh e In th e case of a can d idat e wh o
tervi ew an d 40 per cen t m ar k s
is ready to sign th e bond for Rs.2 sat i sfi es al l ot h er con d i t i on s
in th e p rel im in ary in ter view.
lak hs. EX CEPT —
(a) at (iv) ab ove, b u t h as p ost 94. Vaibh av J osh i h as secu r ed 60
89. Ash ok Dh in gra h as secu red 64
qu alification work experience per cen t m ar k s in bot h gr adu a-
percen t m ark s in postgradu ate
of at least th ree years as Dep- ti on an d post grad u at e di plom a
d egr ee i n Agr i cu l t u r e an d 6 5
u t y Fin an ce Man ager in an in Fin an ce Man agem en t. He h as
p er c en t m ar k s i n gr a d u a t e
been work in g as depu t y fi n an ce
d egr ee i n A gr i c u l t u r e. H e organ isation , h is/ h er case is
m an ager i n an organ isation for
co m p l et ed h i s p o st gr a d u a t e to be refer red to VP-Fin an ce.
th e past fou r year s aft er com -
degree at th e age of twen ty-fou r (b) at (vi ) ab ove, b u t h as ob -
pl eti n g h is post-grad u at e d ipl o-
i n 2 0 0 6 . H e h as secu r ed 5 0 tain ed at least 60 p er cen t
m a. H e h as secu red 53 per cen t
percen t m ark s in both selection m ark s in th e p rel im i n ar y i n -
m ark s in th e prelim in ary i n ter -
ex a m i n a t i on a n d s el ec t i o n terview, h i s/ h er can didatu re
vi ew an d 43 per cen t m ar k s in
in ter view. i s t o b e con si d er ed u n d er
th e fin al i n terview. He was born
90. J i t en d r a D as h as secu r ed 6 5 ‘wait list’.
on 3rd J u ly, 197 7.
p er c en t m ar k s i n gr a d u a t e In each qu estion below are gi v-
95. Su d h a M ot wan i was b or n on
d egr ee i n Agr icu l t u re. H e h as en detail s of on e can d idate. You h ave
24 th Mar ch , 197 7. Sh e h as se-
secu red 58 percen t m ark s in th e to tak e on e of th e followin g cou rses of
cu red 58 per cen t m ark s in B.A.
select i on ex am i n at ion an d 4 0 acti on s based on th e in for m ation pro-
an d 6 8 per cen t m ark s in post-
p er c en t m a r k s i n s el ec t i o n vided an d the con dition s an d su b-con -
gr ad u at e d i p l om a i n Fi n an ce
in terview. He is ready to fu rn ish ditions given above and mark th e nu m-
M a n a gem en t . Sh e h a s b een
th e bon d for Rs.2 lak h s. He was ber of t h at cou rse of action as you r
work i n g i n t h e fin an ce depar t-
born on 14th April 1982. an swer. You are n ot to assu m e an y-
m en t of an organ isation for t h e
th in g oth er th an th e i n form ation pr o-
91. Satish Sam al was born on 18th past eigh t years after com plet-
vi ded in each qu estion . All th ese cas- in g h er post gradu ation . Sh e h as
J u n e 1984. He h as secu red 59
es ar e gi ven to you as on 01 .11.200 9. secu r ed 5 0 per cen t m ar k s i n
p er c en t m ar k s i n gr a d u a t e
M ar k an swer (1) if th e can didate both prelim in ary an d fin al in ter -
d egr ee i n Agr i cu l t u r e an d 6 4
is to be sel ected. views.
percen t m ark s in postgradu ate
M ar k an swer (2) if th e can didate
degree in Agricu ltu re. He h as also 96. Ash ok Ch an d ra h as been wor k -
is n ot t o b e selected.
secu r ed 4 5 p er cen t m ar k s i n in g in th e fi n an ce departm en t of
M ar k an swer (3) if th e can didate
both selection exam in ation an d an organ isation for th e past sev-
is to be k ep t on wait in g list. en year s aft er com p l et i n g h i s
selection in terview. He is ready
M ar k an sw er (4 ) if th e case is post gradu ate d ipl om a in m an -
t o fu r n i sh t h e b on d of
to be refer red to VP-Fin an ce. agemen t with finan ce specialisa-
Rs.2 l ak h s.
M ar k an sw er (5 ) if th e d ata p ro- ti on with 65 per cen t m ark s. He
Di r ect i on s (9 2 –1 01 ) : Stu dy th e vi ded ar e n ot adequ at e t o t ak e a deci-
following information carefu lly an d an - h as secu red 55 per cen t m ar k s
sion . in t h e prelim in ary in t erview an d
swer th e qu est ion s gi ven below : 92. Neel am J oh r i was secu r ed 3 8 45 per cen t m ar k s in th e fin al
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO per cen t m ar k s i n t h e fin al i n - in ter view. He was bor n on t h e
Ex am . 22. 11.20 09) terview. Sh e h as also secu red 65 12 th Apri l, 197 6.
Followin g are th e con dit ion s for per cen t m ar k s in bot h B. Com .
97. Su par n a Desai h as secu r ed 58
selectin g Person n el Man ager in an or - an d post-gradu at e d egr ee i n Fi-
gan isation : n an ce M an agem en t . Sh e h as
68 per cen t m ark s i n p ost grad-
T h e can di dat e m u st — been work in g in th e fi n an ce d e-
u ate diplom a in finan ce man age-
(i) be at least 30 years an d n ot m ore partm en t of an organ isation for
m en t. Sh e h as b een work i n g as
th an 35 years as on 01.11.2009. th e p ast six years after com plet-
COURSES OF ACTION
depu t y fin an ce m an ager in an Di r ec t i o n s 1 0 2 –1 0 6 ) : In each Co u r ses of act i on :
organ isat ion for t h e p ast fou r qu est ion below is given a stat em en t I . Th e services of th e m otorm en
years after com pletin g h er post- followed by two cou rses of action n u m - of th e t rai n s sh ou ld im m ed i-
gr adu ate di plom a. Sh e h as se- bered I an d II. A cou rse of act ion is a at ely be ter m in ated.
cu red 50 per cen t m ark s in pr e- st ep or adm i n istrat ive decision to be II . Th e Govern m en t sh ou l d i m -
l im in ar y i n t er view an d 4 5 per tak en for i m pr ovem en t , foll ow-u p or m ediately con st itu te a task
cent m ark s in th e fin al interview. fu rth er acti on in r egard to th e prob- force to review th e fu n ction -
Sh e was bor n on 2 6th Au gu st, lem , poli cy, et c. On t h e basis of t h e in g of t h e sign all in g system .
197 7. in form ati on gi ven i n th e statem en t, 105. St at em en t : Alm ost n in ety p er
98. Balwan t Sin gh was born on 18th you h ave to assu m e everyth in g i n t h e cen t of t h e fli gh t s of on e of t h e
Novem b er, 1 9 7 9 . H e h as se- st at em en t t o b e t r u e, t h en d eci d e pr ivate airl in e com pan ies were
wh i ch of t h e su ggest ed cou r ses of can celled for th e fou rth con sec-
cu r ed 6 0 p er cen t m ar k s i n
acti on logically follow(s) for pu rsu in g. u t ive day as th e pi lot s refu sed
B.Com . an d 55 per cen t m ar k s
in p ost-gr ad u ate d egree in Fi- (Cor por at i on Ban k PO t o j oi n t h ei r du t i es i n p r otest
Ex am . 22 .11.20 09) again st sack in g of two of th eir
n a n ce M a n agem en t . H e h as
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I fol lows. colleagu es by the airline m an age-
been work in g as depu t y fi n an ce
Gi ve an swer (2 ) if only II follows. m en t.
m an ager i n an organ isation for
Gi v e an swer (3 ) i f eith er I n or II Co u r ses of act i on :
th e five years after com pl eti n g
follows. I . Th e m an agem en t of th e ai r -
h is post gradu ate degree. He h as
li n e com pan y sh ou l d b e or -
secu r ed 5 4 per cen t m ar k s i n Gi v e an swer (4 ) i f n eith er I n or
dered by th e Gover n m en t to
prelim inary in terview and 44 per II fol lows.
i m m ed i at el y r ei n st at e t h e
cen t m ark s i n fin al i n ter view. M ar k an swer (5 ) i f b oth I an d II sack ed p ilots t o en d th e cr i-
99. Ab h ish ek Sah a was bor n on 8 th follow. si s.
Oct ob er, 1 9 7 8 . H e h as b een 102. St at em en t : A ver y l arge n u m - II . Th e Govern m en t sh ou l d i m -
work i n g i n t h e fin an ce depar t- ber of peopl e gath ered ou tsi de m ediately tak e steps t o en d
m en t of an organ isation for t h e th e local police station to su bm it the impasse between the man-
past six years after com pl eti n g a m em oran du m on beh alf of t h e agem en t an d t h e p i l ot s t o
resid en t s h igh ligh tin g p oli ce in h elp th e h apless passen gers.
h i s p ost gr ad u at e d i p l om a i n
act ion i n cu r b in g i n ci den ts of
m an agem en t with 6 8 per cen t 106. St at em en t : A m ajor par t of t h e
th eft an d bu rglary in th e n ei g- local m ark et in th e cit y was gu t-
m ark s. H e h as secu red 6 3 p er
b o u r h o o d f o r t h e p a s t f ew ted d u e to a sh ort ci rcu it cau s-
cen t m ark s in B. Sc. He h as also m on th s.
secu red 60 per cent mark s in both in g exten si ve d am age to goods
Co u r ses of act i on : an d p rop ert y.
prelim in ary an d fin al in terviews.
I . Th e p olice au th ori ty sh ou ld Co u r ses of act i on :
100. Shik h a Rastogi was born on 11th form a t eam of officers to talk I . Th e Governm ent shou ld issu e
Apr il, 1976 . Sh e h as secu red 68 to th e r epr esen tat ives of t h e strict gu idelin es for all estab-
per cen t m ark s in gradu ation and r esi den ts an d assu r e t h em lish m en ts regardin g in stalla-
62 per cen t m ark s i n p ost-grad- th at pr oper steps will be t ak - tion an d m aintenan ce of elec-
u ate degr ee in Fin an ce Man age- en to st op th e m en ace. trical fitti n gs.
m en t. Sh e h as secu red 6 5 p er II . Th e p olice au th ori ty sh ou ld II . Th e Govern m en t sh ou l d r e-
cen t m ar k s in prelim in ar y in ter - advi se th e p eopl e gath ered locat e all th e m ar k et s t o t h e
vi ew an d 35 per cen t m ar k s in ou tsi de th e pol ice st ati on to ou tsk irt s of t h e cit y.
fi n al i n t er vi ew. Sh e h as b een di sbu rse an d p rom ise th em Di r ect i on s (107 –116) : Stu dy the
work i n g i n t h e fin an ce depar t- qu ick action . following information carefu lly an d an -
m en t of an organ isation for t h e 103. St at em en t : At least fi ve stu - swer th e qu estion s given below :
past seven years after com plet- den ts were k il led du e to a stam - (I n di an Ban k Rur al M ar k et i n g
in g h er post gr adu ate degree. pede in on e cit y sch ool as t h e Of f i cer Ex am . 03.01.2 010)
stu den ts tried to leave th e school Followin g are th e con dition s for
101. Navi n Sh u k l a h as secu red 6 0
bu ildi n g feari n g sh or t ci rcu i t. selectin g Man ager–Accou n ts in an or -
Co u r ses of act i on : gan isation :
65 per cen t m ark s i n p ost grad-
u ate diploma in Finan ce Manage- I . Th e pri n ci pal of th e sch ool T h e can di dat e m u st —
sh ou ld imm ediately be arrest- (i) be at least 25 years an d n ot m ore
m en t. He h as b een work i n g in
ed . th an 35 years as on 01.01.2010.
the fin ance departmen t of a com -
II . Th e Govern m en t sh ou l d i m - (ii) be a gradu ate in Com m erce with
pan y for th e past six years aft er
m ediately order closu re of th e at least 55 per cen t m ark s.
completin g his post-gradu ate di-
sch ool per m an en t ly. (iii) be a post gradu ate in Com m erce
pl om a. H e h as secu red 5 6 p er
104. St at em en t : Two l ocal p assen - with at least 60 per cen t m ark s.
cen t m ark s in th e prelim inary in -
ger train s collided wh ile ru n n in g (iv) h ave post qu alification work ex-
tervi ew an d 45 per cen t m ar k s
i n op p osi t e d i r ect i on s on t h e perien ce of at least six years in
i n t h e fin al i n t ervi ew. He was sam e track as th e sign allin g sys-
born on 28th May, 197 6. th e Accou n ts Departm en t of an
tem failed for a b rief period. organ isation.
COURSES OF ACTION
(v) h ave secu red at least 45 per cen t 109. Su dh a Agrawal was born on 5th M.Com . He h as secu red 60 per
m ark s in th e person al in terview. J an u ary, 19 7 8. Sh e h as b een cent m ark s in person al interview.
In th e case of a can didate wh o work in g in th e Accou n ts Depart- 116. Sonam Kh ann a was born on 28th
m en t of an organ isation for th e D ecem b er, 1 9 7 9 . Sh e h as se-
satisfies all th e con dition s EX -
past seven years after obtain in g cu r ed 6 2 p er cen t m ar k s i n
CEPT—
h er MBA in Fin an ce with 70 per M.Com . Sh e h as been work in g
(a) at (ii) above, bu t is a MBA-Fi- cen t m ark s. Sh e h as secu red 68 for th e p ast eigh t years i n t h e
n an ce with at least 65 per - per cen t m ark s in B.Com . an d Accou n ts Departm en t of an or -
cen t m ark s, th e case is to be 52 per cen t m ark s in person al gan isation after com pletin g h er
referred to GM-Accou n ts. in ter view. MBA-Fin an ce wi th 75 per cen t
(b) at (i v) above, b u t is a CA/ 110. Aru n Ram nath an h as secu red 62 m ark s. Sh e h as secu red 54 per
ICWA an d h as work experi- per cen t m ark s in M.Com . an d cen t m ark s in B.Com . Sh e h as
en ce of at least on e year in 58 per cen t m ark s in B.Com . He secu r ed 6 0 per cen t m ar k s i n
an organ isation , th e case is h as been work in g in an organ i- person al in terview.
t o b e r efer red t o Ex ecu t ive sation for th e past six years af- Di r ect i on s (117 –121) : Stu dy the
ter com pleting h is M.Com. He has following information carefu lly an d an -
Director.
secu red 46 per cen t m ark s in th e swer th e qu estion s given below :
In each qu estion below, details person al in t erview. His dat e of
of on e can di dat e ar e p rovi d ed . You (I n di an Ban k PO Ex am . 17.10.2010)
birth is 20th May, 1981.
h ave to tak e on e of th e followin g cou rs- Followin g are th e con dition s for
111. Moh an Das was born on 8th Feb-
es of action s based on th e in form ation selecting Managemen t Trainee in an or -
ru ary, 1980. He h as been work -
provided an d th e con dition s an d su b- gan isation :
in g for th e past two years in an
con dition s given above an d m ark th e T h e can di dat e m u st —
organ isation after com pleting his
nu mber of that cou rse of action as you r CA. He h as secu red 60 per cen t (i) be a gradu ate with at least 60
m ar k s i n both B.Com . He h as percen t m ark s.
an swer. You are n ot to assu m e an y-
secu r ed 5 0 per cen t m ar k s i n (ii) be n ot less th an 21 years an d
th in g oth er th an th e in form ation pro-
person al in terview. n ot m ore th an 28 years as on
vided in each qu estion . All th ese cases
01 .0 1.2 01 0.
are given to you as on 01.01.2010. 112. Atu l Gh osh h as secu red 65 per
cen t m ark s in B.Com. an d 65 per (iii) be ready to pay Rs. 50,0 00 as
M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e case is to secu rity deposit.
cen t m ark s in M.Com . He h as
be referred to Execu tive Director. (iv) h ave secu red at least 40 percen t
been work in g for th e past eigh t
M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e case is to year s i n th e Accou n t s Dep ar t- m ark s in th e selection exam in a-
be referred to GM-Accou n ts. ment of an organisation after com- tion.
M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e data pro- pletin g h is M.Com . He was born (v) h ave secu red at least 50 percen t
vided are n ot adequ ate to tak e a deci- on 12th March , 1981. m ark s in person al in terview.
sion . 113. Seem a J aiswal was born on 19th In th e case of a can didate wh o
J an u ary, 1978. Sh e h as secu red h as satisfied all th e above con di-
M ark an swer (4) if th e candidate
6 2 p er c en t m ar k s i n b o t h tion s Except —
is to be selected
B .Com . an d M .Com . Sh e h as (a) at (i) above, bu t h as secu red
M ark an swer (5) if th e candidate at least 65 percen t m ark s in
been wor k i n g i n th e Accou n ts
is n ot to be selected. th e post gradu ation , th e case
Departmen t of an organisation for
107. Prash an t Mish ra h as secu red 60 th e past six years after com plet- is to be referred to GM-Per -
per cen t m ark s in B.Com . an d in g h er M.Com . Sh e h as secu red son n el.
65 per cen t m ark s in M.Com . He 48 per cen t m ark s in person al (b) at (iii) above, bu t is ready to
has been work ing in th e Accou n ts in ter view. sign a bon d for on e year, th e
Departmen t of an organisation for 114. Navin Gh osh h as secu red 68 per case is to be referred to ED-
th e past seven years after com - cen t m ark s in B.Com. an d 57 per Person n el.
pletin g h is M.Com . He h as se- cen t m ark s in M.Com . He h as In each qu estion below are given
been wor k i n g i n th e Accou n ts details of on e can didate. You h ave to
cu red 50 per cen t m ark s in per -
Departmen t of an organisation for tak e on e of th e followin g cou rses of
son al in terview. His date of birth
th e past seven years after com - action s based on th e in form ation pro-
is 15.09.1984. vided an d the con dition s an d su b-con -
pletin g h is M.Com . He was born
108. Samir Malh otra was born on 25th on 15th Au gu st, 1980. He h as ditions given above and mark th e nu m-
J u ly, 1982. He h as been work - secu red 47 per cen t m ark s in th e ber of th at cou rse of action as you r
in g in th e Accou n ts Departm en t person al in terview. an swer. You are n ot to assu m e an y-
of an organ isation for the past six th in g oth er th an th e in form ation pro-
115. Kapil Son awan e was born on 4th
years after obtain ing h is M.Com . Novem b er, 1 976 . He h as been vided in each qu estion . All th ese cases
degree with 58 per cen t m ark s. are given to you as on 01.01.2010.
work in g for th e past on e year in
H e h as secu r ed 7 0 p er cen t an organ isation after com pletin g M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e data pro-
m ark s in B.Com. an d 60 per cen t h is ICWA. He h as secu red 65 per vided are n ot adequ ate to tak e a deci-
m ark s in person al in terview. cen t m ark s in both B.Com . an d sion .
COURSES OF ACTION
M ark an swer (2) if th e candidate T h e can di dat e m u st — bon d for two years. Sh e h as se-
is to be selected. (i) be a gradu ate in an y disciplin e cu red 40 percen t m ark s in th e
M ark an swer (3) if th e candidate with at least 55 per cen t m ark s. person al in tervi ew an d 50 p er
is n ot to be selected. (ii) h ave secu red at least 60 per cen t cent in the selection examination.
M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e case is to m ark s in th e XII Std. exam in a- 124. Su dh ak ar Bagch i was born on
be referred to GM-Person n el. tion. 4th Novem ber 1982. He h as se-
M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e case is to (iii) be at least 22 years an d n ot m ore cu red 67 percen t m ark s in XII
be referred to ED-Person n el. th an 29 years as on 01.01.2010. Std. an d 50 per cen t m ark s in
117. An u j Soren was b or n on 25 th gradu ation . He h as also su ccess-
(iv) h ave secu red at least 40 per cen t
March 1984. He h as secu red 58 fu lly qu alified as Ch artered Ac-
m ark s in th e selection exam in a-
percen t m ark s in gradu ation an d cou n tan t. He h as secu red 50 per
tion.
63 percen t m ark s in post gradu - cen t m ark s in both th e selection
ati on . He h as secu r ed 5 0 per - (v) h ave secu red at least 50 per cen t exam in ation an d person al in ter -
cen t m ark s in both selection ex- m ark s in th e person al in terview. view. He is ready to sign bon d
amination and personal interview. (vi) be ready to sign a bon d for two for two years.
He is ready to pay secu rity de- year s. 125. Abh in av Sh u k la h as secu red 70
posit of Rs. 50,000. In th e case of a can didate wh o percent m ark s in XII Std. an d 58
118. Nam ita J aiswal h as secu red 62 satisfies all the conditions except - percen t mark s in B.Com . He was
percen t m ark s in gradu ation an d (a) as (i) above, bu t is a qu alifi ed bor n on 15th Septem ber, 1984.
52 percen t m ark s in th e person - Cost Accou n tan t/ Ch artered Ac- H e h a s s ecu r ed 6 5 p er cen t
al in terview. Sh e is born on 12th cou n tan t , th e case is t o be re- m ark s in th e selection exam in a-
J u ly 1983. Sh e is ready to pay ferred to ED. tion an d 48 percen t m ark s in th e
secu rity deposit of Rs. 50,000. (b) at (v) above, bu t h as secu red at person al in terview. He is ready
Sh e h as secu r ed 4 6 p er cen t least 60 per cen t m ark s in th e to sign bon d for two years.
m ark s in th e selection exam in a- 126. Atu l Garg was born on 2n d De-
selection exam in ation , th e case
tion. cem ber 19 80 . H e h as secu red
is to be referred to Ch airm an .
119. Abh in av Gh osal h as secu red 52 56 percen t m ark s in B.Sc. an d
percen t mark s in the personal in - In each qu estion below are given
details of on e can didate. You h ave to 63 percen t m ark in XII Std. He
terview an d 40 percen t m ark s in
tak e on e of th e followin g cou rses of h as al so secu r ed 5 5 p er cen t
the selection examination. He can
action s based on th e in form ation pro- m ark s in both th e selection ex-
pay Rs. 25,000 as secu rity de-
vided an d the con dition s an d su b-con - amination and personal interview.
posit. Altern atively h e can sign a
ditions given above and mark th e nu m- He is ready to sign bon d for two
bon d of on e year. He was bor n
ber of th at cou rse of action as you r year s.
on 3rd Decem ber 1984. He h as
secu r ed 6 3 p er cen t m ar k s i n an swer. You are n ot to assu m e an y- 127. Meen a Gogoi was born on 14th
gradu ation. th in g oth er th an th e in form ation pro- March 1985. Sh e h as secu red 62
120. Soh an Awasth i was born on 8th vided in each qu estion . All th ese cases percent m ark s in XII Std. an d 65
J u n e 1987. He h as secu red 55 are given to you as on 01.01.2010. per cen t m ark s in th e selection
per cen t m ark s in both selection M ark an swer (1) if th e candidate ex am i n at ion . Sh e h as also se-
exam in ation an d person al in ter - is to be selected. c u r ed 5 8 p er c en t m a r k s i n
view. He can pay secu rity deposit gr ad u at i on an d 4 8 p er cen t
M ark an swer (2) if th e candidate
of Rs. 50,000. He h as secu red m ark s in person al in terview. Sh e
is n ot to be selected.
68 percen t m ark s in post gradu - i s read y t o si gn bon d for t wo
M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e case is to year s.
ation an d 59 percen t m ark s in
be referred to ED.
gradu ation. 128. Navin Malh otra was born on 3rd
121. Seem a Biswas was born on 15th M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e case is to Au gu st, 1 987. He h as secu red
May 1985. Sh e h as secu red 65 be referred to Ch airm an . 68 per cen t m ark s in XII Std. an d
percen t m ark s in gradu ation an d M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e data pro- 50 per cen t m ark s in B.A. He h as
70 percen t m ark s in post gradu - vided are n ot adequ ate to tak e a deci- secu red 50 percen t mark s in per -
a t i o n . Sh e i s r ea d y t o p a y sion . son al in terview an d 40 percen t
Rs. 50,000 as secu rity deposit. 122. Su san D’Sou za h as secu red 62 m ark s in th e selection exam in a-
Sh e h as also secu red 45 per cen t per cen t m ark s in XII Std. an d tion . He is a qu alified Cost Ac-
m ark s in th e selection exam in a- 59 p ercen t m ar k s in B .A. Sh e cou n t an t . H e i s read y t o si gn
tion. was born on 15th Ju ly, 1984. She bon d for two years.
Di r ect i on s (1 2 2 –1 3 1 ) : Stu dy h as secu red 50 percen t m ark s 129. Ash ok Pradh an h as secu red 56
the following in form ation carefu lly an d in both the selection examination percen t m ark s in gradu ation an d
an swer th e qu estion s given below : an d per son al in terview. Sh e is 63 percen t m ark s in XII Std. He
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer ready to sign bon d for two years. was b or n on 1 2 t h D ecem b er,
Ex am . 24. 01.20 10) 123. Arch an a Sah u was born on 8th 1 9 8 6. H e h as secu r ed 4 5 p er
Followin g are th e con dition s for May 1986. Sh e h as secu red 60 cen t m ark s in th e selection ex-
s el ec t i n g T r a i n ee O f f i c er s i n a n percen t m ark s in both XII Std. am in ation an d 55 per cent m ark s
organisation : an d B.Sc. Sh e is ready to sign in th e person al in terview.
COURSES OF ACTION
130. Su resh Das is ready to sign bon d 133. St at em en t : M an y cu st om er s Di rect i on s (137 -14 6) : Stu dy the
for two years. H e i s fi rst class complain ed to th e manager of the following information carefu lly an d an -
gradu ate in scien ce. He h as se- local bran ch of th e ban k again st swer th e qu estion s given below :
cu red 50 per cen t m ark s in per - th e h igh h an dedn ess of th e ban k (Al l ah abad Ban k PO
son al in terview an d 40 percen t employees wh ile dealin g with th e Ex am . 21. 02.20 10)
m ark s in th e selection exam in a- cu stom ers. Followin g are th e con dition s for
t i on . H e was bor n on 25 t h Cou r ses of act i on :
Apr il,198 2. He got ten percen t selectin g Ch ief Man ager -Mark etin g in
I . The bank management shou ld an organisation :
m ore mark s th an h is friend in XII im m ediately su spen d all th e
Std. Th e can didate m u st —
em ployees of th e bran ch an d (i) be at least 3 5 years old as on
131. An tara Gh osh was born on 2n d
deploy a differen t set of em - 01 .0 2.2 01 0.
D ecem b er 1 9 8 1 . Sh e h as se-
ployees. (ii) h ave secu red at least 55 percen t
cu red 60 percen t m ark s in both
the selection examination and per - II . The bank management shou ld m ark s in gradu ation .
son al in terview. Sh e has secu red ask for a report from th e man- (iii) h ave secu red at least 60 percen t
62 percen t m ark s in XII Std. an d ager of th e bran ch for tak in g m ark s in post gradu ate degree/
57 percen t m ark s in B.Sc. Sh e n ecessary steps. diplom a in Mar k etin g Man age-
i s read y t o si gn bon d for t wo 134. St at em en t : Two person s, wh ile m en t.
year s. on their daily walk s in the jogger’s (iv) h ave post qu alification work ex-
Di r ect i on s (1 3 2 –1 3 6 ) : In each park were k illed by u n iden tified perien ce of at least ten years in
qu estion below is given a statem en t m iscrean ts early in th e m orn in g. th e m ark etin g division of an or -
followed by two cou rses of action n u m - Cou r ses of act i on : gan isation.
bered I an d II. A cou rse of action is a I . Th e police au th ority sh ou ld (v) h ave secu red at least 50 percen t
step or adm in istrative decision to be deploy police con stables near m ark s in th e selection process.
tak en for im provem en t, follow-u p or th e jogger’s park to preven t In th e case of a can didate wh o
fu rth er action in regard to th e prob- su ch crim in al acts in fu tu re. satisfies all th e above con dition s
lem , policy, etc. On th e basis of th e II . Th e ci ti zen s of t h e locali t y EXCEPT -
in formation given in the statement, you sh ou ld go for early m orn in g
h ave to assu me everything in the state- (A) at (iv) above bu t h as post qu alifi-
walk s in grou ps to avoid su ch cation work experien ce of atle-
m en t to be tru e, th en decide wh ich of attack s.
th e su ggested cou rses of action logi- ast six years as Manager -Mark et-
135. St at em en t : A h u ge oil tan k er in g, th e case is to be referred to
cally follow(s) for pu rsu in g.
overtu rn ed on th e h igh way lead- Head-Mark etin g Division .
(Ban k Of I n di a Ban k i n g Of f i cer i n g t o t h e st at e cap i t al an d
Ex am . 24. 01.20 10) (B) at (ii) above bu t h as secu red at
block ed m ost part of th e h igh - least 65 percen t m ark s in post
M ar k an swer (1 ) if on ly Cou rse way from veh icu lar traffic. gradu ate degree/ diploma in Mar -
of action I follows. Cou r ses of act i on : k etin g Man agem en t, th e case is
M ar k an swer (2 ) if on ly Cou rse
I . The government shou ld imme- to be referred to GM-Mark etin g.
of action II follows.
diately con stitu te a h igh level In each qu estion below are given
M ar k an swer (3 ) if eith er Cou rse enqu iry committee to look into th e details of on e can didate. You h ave
of action I or Cou rse of action II fol- th e m atter. to tak e on e of th e followin g cou rses of
lows.
II . Th e driver of th e oil tan k er action based on th e in form ation pro-
Mark an swer (4) if neith er Cou rse
sh ou l d im m edi at ely b e ar - vided an d the con dition s an d su b-con -
of action I or Cou rse of action II fol-
r est ed . ditions given above and mark th e nu m-
lows.
136. St at em en t : A very large n u m - ber of th at cou rse of action as you r
M ar k an swer (5 ) if both Cou rse
ber of recen tly recru ited officers an swer. You are n ot to assu m e an y-
of action I an d Cou rse of action II fol-
left th e Ban k after atten din g th e th in g oth er th an th e in form ation pro-
low.
train in g program m e on bran ch vided in each qu estion . All th ese cases
132. St at em en t : Man y sch ool ch il-
Bank ing operations con du cted by are given to you as on 01.02.2010.
d r en d i es i n f ew a cc i d en t s
cau sed du e to poor m ain tenan ce th e ban k . M ark an swer (1 ) if th e can didate
of sch ool bu ses du rin g th e last Cou r ses of act i on : is to be selected.
few m on th s. I . Th e bank sh ou ld tak e a bon d M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e case is to
Cou r ses of act i on : of at l east t wo year s fr om be referred to Head-M ark etin g Divi-
I . The government shou ld set u p each n ewly recru ited officers sion .
an expert grou p to in spect th e before pu ttin g th em in to th e M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e case is to
con dition of sch ool bu ses to train in g program me. be referred to GM-Mark etin g.
avoid su ch acciden ts. II . Th e bank shou ld con du ct th e M ark an swer (4 ) if th e can didate
II . Th e govern m en t sh ou ld su s- train in g program m e at least is n ot be selected.
p en d t h e l i cen ce of al l t h e on e year after th e n ewly re- M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e data pro-
sch ool bu ses till th ese bu ses cr u i t ed offi cer s j oi n ed t h e vided are in adequ ate to tak e a deci-
are properly ch eck ed. ban k . sion .
COURSES OF ACTION
137. Arn ab B eh era h as secu r ed 6 5 for th e past ten years after com - th e su ggested cou rses of action logi-
percen t m ark s in P.G. degree in pletin g post gradu ate diploma in cally follow(s) for pu rsu in g.
Mark etin g Man agem en t an d 58 Mark etin g Man agem en t with 65 (Al l ah abad Ban k PO
percen t m ark s in gradu ation . He percen t m ark s. Ex am . 21. 02.20 10)
h as been work in g in th e m ark et- 143. Su n i l Kam ath h as secu r ed 5 8 Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly cou rse of
in g division of an organisation for percen t m ark s in gradu ation . He action I follows.
th e past eleven years after com - was born on 24th May 1974. He Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly cou rse of
pletin g h is post gradu ate degree. h as been work in g in th e Mark et- action II follows.
H e h a s s ecu r ed 5 5 p er cen t in g division of an organisation for
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er cou rse
m ark s in th e selection process. th e past seven years as Man ager
of action I or II follows.
He was born on 8th J u ly 1970. Mark etin g after com pletin g post
gr ad u ate d egr ee i n M ar k et i n g Gi ve an swer (4 ) if n either cou rse
138. Neeta Gh osal was born on 4th
M an agem en t wi t h 6 5 p er cen t of action I n or II follows.
May 1974. Sh e h as been work -
m ark s. He h as secu red 50 per - Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both cou rses
in g in th e Mark etin g division of
cen t m ark s in th e selection proof action I an d II follow.
an or gan i sat i on for t h e p ast
twelve years after com pletin g h er cess. 147. St at em en t :
post gradu ate diploma in Mark et- 144. M d . Yu su f was b or n on 2 9 t h Many pilgrims died in a stampede
in g Managemen t with 70 percen t J an u ary 1975. He h as secu red wh ile boardin g a private ferry to
m ark s. Sh e h as obtain ed 60 per - 55 percen t m ark s in gradu ation th e h oly place on th e first day of
cen t mark s in gradu ation an d 50 an d 52 percen t m ark s in th e se- th e ten day lon g festival.
percen t m ar k s in th e selection lection process. He h as also se- Cou r ses of act i on :
p rocess. cu red 68 percen t m ark s in post
I . Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld im -
gradu ate diplom a in Mark etin g
139 Su desh Sark ar was born on 15th m ediately can cel th e licen ses
Managem en t. He has been work -
J u n e 1974. He h as secu red 55 of all th e private ferry opera-
in g for th e past twelve years in
percen t m ar k s in th e selection tors with im m ediate effect.
th e Mark eting Division of an or -
process an d 50 percen t m ark s gan isation. II . Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld de-
in gradu ation. He has been work - ploy an adequ ate n u m ber of
145. Navin d Ghosh was born on 12th
in g in th e Mark etin g Division of its personn el to gu ide pilgrims
D ecem b er 1 9 7 3. H e h as been
an or gan i sat i on for t h e p ast on th eir jou rn ey to th e h oly
work in g in th e Mark etin g Divi-
twelve years after com pletin g h is sion of an organ isation for th e place.
post gradu ate degree in Mark et- past ten years after com pletin g 148. St at em en t :
in g Managemen t with 75 percen t h is post gradu ate degree in Mar - Som e stu den ts of th e local col-
m ark s. k eting Man agem en t with 63 per - lege were cau gh t travellin g in th e
140. Su dh a Naik was born on 14th cen t m ark s. He h as secu red 54 train wit h ou t p u rch asin g valid
April 1973. Sh e h as been work - percen t mark s in gradu ation and tick ets.
in g in th e Mark etin g Division of 45 percen t m ark s in th e selec- Cou r ses of act i on :
an organ isation for the past fou r - tion process. I . The parents of th ese stu dents
teen years after com pletin g h er 146. Avin ash Sargota has been work - shou ld be in form ed abou t th e
post gradu ate diploma in Mark etin g for th e past eigh t years ou t i n ci d en t an d r equ est ed t o
in g Managemen t with 70 percen t of wh ich for six years as Man - cou n sel th eir wards.
m ark s. Sh e h as secu red 50 per - ager Mark etin g in an organ isa- II . These stu dents sh ou ld be pu t
cen t m ark s in th e selection pro- t ion aft er com pl eti n g h i s p ost
b eh i n d b ar s for t r avel l i n g
cess an d 5 2 p er cen t m ar k s in gr ad u ate d egr ee i n M ar k et i n g
with ou t bon afide creden tials.
gradu ation. M an agem en t wi t h 6 2 p er cen t
149. St at em en t :
141. Su n ita J aiswal was born on 5th m ark s. He h as secu red 58 per -
cent m ark s in gradu ation and 52 A large part of th e locality was
J u ly 1976. Sh e h as secu red 55
percen t m ar k s in th e selection flooded as th e m ain pipe su pply-
percen t m ark s in gradu ation an d
process. He was born on 1 4th ing drin k ing water bu rst while the
58 percen t m ark s in th e selec-
Febru ary 1972. work ers of a u tility com pany were
tion process. She has been work -
Di r ect i on s (1 4 7 -1 5 1 ) : In each layin g cables in th e area.
in g in th e Mark etin g Division of
an organ isation for th e past ten qu estion below is given a statem en t fol- Cou r ses of act i on :
years after com pletin g post grad- lowed by two cou rses of action n u m - I. Th e civic au th ority sh ou ld im -
u ate degree in Mark etin g Man - bered I an d II. A cou rse of action is a m ediately ar ran ge to r epair
agem en t with 57 percen t m ark s. step or adm in istrative decision to be th e dam age an d stop loss of
tak en for im provem en t, follow-u p or wat er.
142. Nayan Dastu r was born on 8th
fu rth er action in regard to th e prob- II. Th e civic au thority sh ou ld seek
October 196 8. He h as secu red
lem , policy, etc. On th e basis of th e an explan ation an d com pen -
55 percen t m ark s in both gradu -
in formation given in the statement, you sation from th e u tility com pa-
ation an d th e selection process.
h ave to assu me everything in the state- n y for th e dam age cau sed by
He h as been work in g in the Mar - m en t to be tru e, th en decide wh ich of
k etin g Division of an organisation them .
COURSES OF ACTION
150. St at em en t : (b) at (v) above, bu t h as secu red at 155. Man oj Malh otra h as secu red 65
Million s of pilgrim s are expected least 60 p er cen t m ark s in t h e percen t m ark s in B.Sc. an d 60
to tak e a dip in th e Gan ges at selection exam in ation , th e case percen t m ark s in post gradu ate
th e h oly place du rin g th e n ext is to be referred to VP-Mark et- d egr ee i n m ar k et i n g m an age-
fortnight. ing. m en t. He h as also secu red 50
Cou r ses of act i on : In each qu estion below, details percen t m ark s in both selection
I . Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld re- of on e can didate are given . You h ave examin ation an d selection inter -
to tak e on e of th e followin g cou rses of
strict th e n u m ber of pilgrim s view. He has been work in g in th e
action based on th e in form ation pro-
wh o can tak e dip each day m ar k et i n g d i v i s i o n o f a n
vided an d the con dition s an d su b-con -
du rin g th e fortn igh t. organ isation for the past six years
ditions given above and mark th e nu m-
II . Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld de- ber of th at cou rse of action as you r after com pletin g h is post gradu -
ploy an adequ ate n u m ber of an swer. You are n ot to assu m e an y- ation in m ark etin g.
secu rity personnel to maintain th in g oth er th an th e in form ation pro- 156. Varsh a Ak olk ar h as secu red 59
law an d order du rin g th e n ext vided in each qu estion . All th ese cases percen t m ark s in B.A. Sh e h as
fortn igh t at th e h oly place. are given to you as on 01.05.2010. secu red 42 percen t m ark s in th e
151. St at em en t : M ark an swer (1) if th e candidate selection in terview an d 48 per -
Th e rate of in flation h as reach ed is to be selected. cen t m ark s in th e selection ex-
its h igh est in last twen ty years M ark an swer (2) if th e candidate am in ation . Sh e h as been work -
an d th ere is n o sign of it soften - is n ot to be selected. in g in th e m ark etin g division of
in g in th e com in g m on th s. M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e case is to an organ isation for the past seven
Cou r ses of act i on : be referred to GM-Mark etin g. years after com pletin g h er post
I . Govern m en t sh ou ld in itiate M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e case is to gradu ation in mark eting manage-
steps lik e redu cin g Govern - be referred to VP-Mark etin g. m en t with 57 percen t m ark s.
m en t taxes on essen tial com - M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e data pro- 157. Utpal Goswam i h as been work -
m odities with im m ediate ef- vided are n ot adequ ate to tak e a deci- in g in th e m ark etin g division of
fect . sion . an organ isation for th e past five
II . Farm ers sh ou ld be ask ed by 152. Ni dh i Agrawal h as secu r ed 60 years after com pletin g h is post
th e Govern m en t to sell th eir percen t m ar k s in th e selection
gradu ate diplom a in m ark etin g
produ ce at lower prices. in terview an d 40 percen t m ark s
m an agem en t wi t h 6 5 p er cen t
Di r ect i on s (1 5 2 –1 6 1 ) : Stu dy in th e selection examination . Sh e
m ark s. He is a first class sci-
h as been work in g in th e m ark et-
the following in form ation carefu lly an d en ce gradu ate with 60 per cen t
in g division of an organisation for
an swer th e qu estion s given below : m ark s. He h as secu red 45 per -
th e past eigh t years after com -
(Cor por at i on Ban k PO pletin g h er post gradu ate degree cen t m ark s in th e selection ex-
Ex am . 09. 05.20 10) in m ark etin g m an agem en t with amin ation an d 40 percen t m ark s
Th e can didate m u st— 65 per cen t m ark s. Sh e h as se- in th e selection in terview
(i) be a gradu ate in an y disciplin e cu red 59 percen t m ark s in B.Sc. 158. An in dita Gh osh h as been work -
with at least 55 percen t m ark s. 153. Navin Desai h as secu red 56 per - in g for th e past eigh t years in an
(ii) h ave a post gradu ate degree/ di- cen t m ark s in B.A. He h as been organisation after com pletin g her
plom a in Mark eting Man agem en t work in g in th e mark eting division post gradu ate degree in m ark et-
with at least 60 percen t m ark s. of an organ isation for th e past ing m an agem ent with 70 percen t
(iii) h ave post qu alification work ex- seven years after com pletin g h is
m ark s. Sh e h as secu red 56 per -
perien ce of at least five years in post gradu ate degree in m ark et-
cen t m ark s in B.A. Sh e h as also
in g with 62 percen t m ark s, He
t h e m ar k et i n g d i vi si on of an secu red 50 percen t m ark s in th e
h as secu red 62 percen t m ark s
organisation selection examination and 45 per -
in th e selection exam in ation an d
(iv) h ave secu red at least 45 percen t 38 percen t m ark s in th e selec- cen t m ark s in th e selection in -
m ark s in th e selection exam in a- tion in terview. terview.
tion 159. Samir Ph u k an has been work in g
154. Sabin a Han da has been work in g
(v) h ave secu red at least 40 percen t for th e past fou r years as Depu ty in th e m ark etin g division of an
m ark s in th e selection in terview. M a r k et i n g M a n a ger i n a n or gan i sat i on for t h e p ast fi ve
In th e case of a can didate wh o organisation after com pletin g her years after com pletin g h is post
s at i s fi es a l l t h e c o n d i t i on s post gradu ate diploma in m ark et- gradu ate diplom a in management
ex cept — ing m an agem ent with 65 percen t with 65 percen t m ark s. He h as
(a) at (iii) above, bu t h as post qu ali- m ark s. Sh e h as secu red 45 per - secu r ed 6 0 p er cen t m ar k s i n
ficat ion wor k ex per ien ce of at cen t m ark s in both selection ex-
B. Com . He h as also secu red 50
least th ree years as Depu ty Mar - amination and selection interview.
percen t m ark s in both selection
k etin g Man ager, th e case is to be Sh e h as also secu red 58 percen t
m ark s in B.Com . examin ation an d selection inter -
referred to GM-Mark etin g.
view.
COURSES OF ACTION
160. Nim i sh a Pat i l h as secu r ed 5 9 163. St at em en t : A h u ge tru ck over - Di r ect i on s (167 –171) : Stu dy the
percent mark s in B.Com. Sh e h as tu rn ed on th e m iddle of the m ain following information carefu lly an d an -
also secu red 50 percen t m ark s road an d block ed m ost part of swer th e qu estion s given below:
in both selection examination and th e road cau sin g a h u ge traffic (Ban k Of Bar oda PO
th e selection in terview. Sh e h as jam. Ex am . 30.05.2010)
been work ing as Depu ty Mark et-
Cou rses of act i on Followin g are th e con dition s for
in g Man ager in an orgain sation
for th e past th ree years after com- I . T h e t r af f i c d ep a r t m en t selectin g Man ager -Mark eting in an or -
pletin g h er post gradu ate degree shou ld immediately deploy its gan isation . Th e can didate m u st —
in m ark etin g m an agem en t with p er son n el t o d i ver t t r affi c (i) be at least 25 years an d n ot m ore
63 percen t m ark s. th rou gh oth er roads. th an 30 years as on 01.05.2010.
161. Sadash iv Ghatge h as secu red 60 II . T h e t r af f i c d ep a r t m en t (ii) be a gradu ate in an y disciplin e
percen t m ark s in B.Com . He h as should immediately send men with at least 55 percen t m ark s.
been work i n g for t h e past fi ve an d equ ipm en t to m ove th e
years in th e m ark etin g division (iii) h ave com p l et ed p ost gradu at e
tru ck an d clear th e road.
of an organ isation after com plet- d egr ee/ d i p l om a i s M ar k et i n g
164. St at em en t : Some work ers of the Managem ent with at least 60 per -
in g h is post gradu ate degree in
com p an y m ak i n g d i am on d cen t m ark s.
m ark eting man agem ent with 68
jewellery were cau gh t wh ile th ey
per cent mark s. He has secu red (iv) h ave post qu alification work ex-
35 percen t m ark s in the selection were leaving the prem ises as they
perien ce of at least th ree years
in terview an d 62 percent mark s wer e t r yi n g t o sm u ggl e sm al l
in th e m ark etin g division in an
in the selection examination. p ieces of d iam on d s h i dd en i n
organ isation.
Di r ect i on s (1 6 2 -1 6 6 ) : In each th eir pu rses.
(v) h ave secu red at least 45 percen t
qu estion below is given a statem en t Cou rses of act i on
m ark s in th e selection process.
followed by two cou rses of action n u m - I . The managem ent of th e com -
bered I an d II. A cou rse of action is a In th e case of a can didate wh o
pany shou ld imm ediately pu t
step or adm in istrative decision to be satisfies all th e con dition s EX CEPT —
on h old all activities in th e
tak en for im provem en t, follow-u p or prem ises till a fool proof se- (A) at (ii) above bu t h as secu red
fu rth er action in regard to th e prob- cu rity system is in place. at least 65 percen t m ark s in
lem , policy, etc. On th e basis of th e post gradu ation degree/ diplo-
in formation given in the statement, you II . Th e b el on gi n gs of al l t h e
m a i n m ar k et i n g m an age-
h ave to assu me everything in the state- work ers sh ou ld t h orou gh ly
be search ed before they leave m en t , th e case i s to b e re-
m en t to be tru e, th en decide wh ich of
th e prem ises of th e compan y. ferred to GM-Mark etin g.
th e su ggested cou rses of action logi-
cally follow (s) for pu rsu in g. 165. St at em en t : A h u ge tidal wave (B) At (i v) ab ove b u t h as p ost
swept away m an y fish in g boats qu alification work experience
Ex am . 09. 05.20 10) an d h u tm en ts of th e fish erm en of at least on e year as Depu -
living alon g th e coastlin e. ty Mark etin g Man ager in an
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly cou rse of
action I follows. organ isation , th e case is to be
referred, to CGM-Mark etin g.
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly cou rse of I . Th e fish ermen sh ou ld h en ce-
action II follows. In each qu estion below details of
forth be restrain ed from con -
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er cou rse on e can didate are given . You h ave to
stru ctin g th eir hu ts along the
of action I or II follows. tak e on e of th e followin g cou rses of
coast lin e.
Gi v e an swer (4) if n either cou rse action based on th e in form ation pro-
II . Th e l o cal ad m i n i st r at i on
of action I n or II follows. vided an d the con dition s an d su b-con -
sh ou ld sen d a team of offi-
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both cou rses ditions given above and mark th e nu m-
cials to assess th e exten t of
of action I an d II follow ber of th at cou rse of action as you r
damage and su ggest remedial
162. St at em en t : Th er e h ave b een an swer. You are n ot to assu m e an y-
m easu res.
spor adic cases of ston e th row- th in g oth er th an th e in form ation pro-
166. St at em en t : A large n u m ber of vided in each qu estion . All th ese cases
in g an d dam agin g veh icles in th e
locality du rin g th e day followin g in vitees wh o atten ded th e m ar - are given to you as on 01.05.2010.
al t er cat i on b et ween t wo l ocal riage fu n ction fell ill du e to food
M ar k an swer (1 ) if th e data pro-
you th clu bs last n igh t. p oi son i n g an d wer e ru sh ed t o
vided are n ot adequ ate to tak e a deci-
Cou rses of act i on variou s h ospitals located in th e
sion .
I . Th e local police adm in istra- area.
M ark an swer (2 ) if th e can didate
tion sh ou ld arrest all th ose Cou rses of act i on
is to be selected.
wh o are cau gh t com m ittin g I . Th e govern m en t sh ou ld ban
th ese acts. M ark an swer (3 ) if th e can didate
su ch m arriage fu n ction s till
is n ot to be selected.
II . Th e local police adm in istra- fu rth er n otice.
tion sh ou ld call a m eetin g of M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e case is to
II . The local h ospitals sh ou ld be
offi ce b ear er s of b ot h t h e advised by th e govern ment to be referred to G M-Mark etin g.
clu bs of th e locality to brin g provide best services to th e M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e case is to
th e situ ation u n der con trol. be referred to CGM-Mark etin g.
affected people.
COURSES OF ACTION
167. Arch it Pradh an h as been work - in regard to th e problem , policy, etc. 175. St at em en t : A u n iversity librar -
in g in th e Mark etin g division of On th e basis of th e in form ation given ian reported in creased cases of
an organ isation for th e past five in th e statem en t, you h ave to assu m e th eft of book s from th e library.
year s. He h as secu red 60 per - everyth in g in th e statem en t to be tru e, Cou r ses of act i on :
cen t mark s in both B.Sc. and post an d d eci d e wh ich of t h e su ggest ed
gr ad u ate d egr ee i n M ar k et i n g cou rses of action logically follow(s) for I . St r i ct er secu r i t y ar r an ge-
Managemen t. He was born on 8th pu rsu ing. m en ts sh ou ld be pu t in place
May 198 4. H e h as secu red 46 (Sy n di cat e Ban k PO in order to preven t su ch in ci-
percen t m ar k s in th e selection Ex am . 29. 08.20 10) den ts.
p rocess. Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I follows. II . All th e stu den ts in the u niver -
168. An k ida Bh ave h as been work in g Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly II follows sity sh ou ld be m ade to pay a
in th e Mark etin g division of an Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II h efty fin e in order to replace
organ isat ion for t h e p ast fou r follows. th e lost book s.
years after com pletin g h er post Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or 176. St at em en t : In digen ou s tribes
gradu ate diplom a in Mark etin g II follows. livin g n ear Am azon forests are
M an agem en t wi t h 6 2 p er cen t
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II cu ttin g down trees to cover th eir
m ark s. Sh e was b orn on 11 th
follow. basi c n eed s, th u s sever ely af-
Au gu st 1982. Sh e h as secu red
172. St at em en t : An increasing nu m- fectin g th e ecological balan ce in
52 percen t m ark s in B.Sc. Sh e
h as secu red 48 percen t m ark s b er of far m ers p refer t o avai l th e area.
in th e selection process. loan s from local m on eylen ders Cou r ses of act i on :
in stead of th e ban k s owi n g to
169. Su bodh Saxena was born on 15th I . All th e tribes livin g n ear th e
com plicated paperwork in volved
Novem b er 1 9 8 2, H e h as been Amazon rain forests shou ld be
in ban k s.
work i n g as D ep u t y Mar k eti n g forced to sh ift to u rban areas
Man ager in an organ isation for Cou r ses of act i on :
of th e cou n try.
th e past two years after com plet- I . L oc a l m on ey l en d er s w h o
ch ar ge i n t er est r at es l ower II . Th e tribes sh ou ld be allowed
in g h is post gradu ate degree in to con tin u e doin g so as th ey
Mark etin g Man agem en t with 68 t h an t h e b an k s sh ou l d b e
pu n ish ed. cu t down trees for th eir ba-
percen t m ark s. He h as secu red
II . B an k s sh ou l d sim p l i fy t h e sic n eeds an d n ot for com -
56 percen t m ark s in B.Com. an d
50 percen t m ark s in th e selec- procedu re to avail loans so as m ercial pu rposes.
tion process. to su it th e farm ers. Di r ect i on s (1 7 7 –1 8 0 ) : In each
170. Nish a Awash ti was born on 29th 173. St at em en t : A m ajor river in th e qu estion below a statem en t is given fol-
April 1981. Sh e h as been work - city was redu ced to a pollu ted lowed by two cou rses of action n u m -
in g in th e Mark etin g division of an d dirty can al after ton n es of bered I an d II. A cou rse of action is a
an organ isation for th e past five sewage made way in to it over th e practicable and feasible step or adm in -
years after com pletin g h er post year s. istrative decision to be tak en for fol-
gr ad u ate d egr ee i n M ar k et i n g Cou r ses of act i on : low-u p, im provem en t, or fu rther action
M an agem en t wi t h 6 7 p er cen t I . All those who du mped garbage in regard to th e problem , policy, etc.
m ark s. Sh e h as secu red 50 per - an d sew age i n t o t h e r i ver On th e basis of th e in form ation given
cen t m ark s in th e selection pro- sh ou ld be pen alized. in th e statem en t, you h ave to assu m e
cess an d 5 3 p er cen t m ar k s in II . T h e gov er n m en t s h ou l d everyth in g in th e statem en t to be tru e,
B.Com . m od i fy t h e sewage syst em an d d eci d e wh ich of t h e su ggest ed
171. Sh reyas In gle was born on 12th an d fin d an altern ate way to cou rses of action logically follow(s) for
J u ly 19 83. He h as secu red 57 du m p city’s waste.
pu rsu ing.
percen t m ark s in B.Com . He h as 174. St at em en t : Water table in m ost
been work in g in th e Mark etin g (Ban k Of M ah ar ash t r a
parts of th e State h as gone down
division of an organ isation for the Ex am . 19 .12.20 10)
to su ch a level th at its extrac-
past fou r years after com pletin g tion for irrigation pu rposes is n ot Gi v e an swer (1 ) : if on ly cou rse
his post gradu ate diploma in Mar - econ om ical an y m ore. of action I follows.
k etin g Man agem en t with 67 per - Cou r ses of act i on : Gi v e an swer (2 ) : if on ly cou rse
cen t m ark s, He h as secu red 48 of action II follows.
I . Extraction of grou n d water for
percen t m ar k s in th e selection
an y p u r p ose i n t h e St at e Gi ve an swer (3 ) : if either cou rse
p rocess.
sh ou ld be ban n ed for som e of action I or cou rse of action II fol-
Di r ect i on s (1 7 2 –1 7 6 ) : In each tim e in order to replen ish th e lows.
qu estion below a statem en t is given water table.
followed by two cou rses of action n u m - Gi v e an sw er (4 ) : i f n ei t h er
II . The Govern ment shou ld mak e cou rse of action I n or cou rse of action
bered I an d II. A cou rse of action is a p r ovi si on s for al t er n at i ve
practicable and feasible step or adm in - II follows.
m eth ods of irrigation so th at
istrative decision to be tak en for fol- the farm ers are n ot compelled Gi v e an swer (5 ) : if both cou rs-
low-u p, im provem en t, or fu rther action to u se grou n d water. es of action I an d II follow.
COURSES OF ACTION
177. St at em en t : Many over -qu alified Di r ect i on s (1 8 1 -1 8 5 ) : In each 183. St at em en t : More and more farm-
profession als are n ow optin g for qu estion below is given a statem en t ers h ave been sh iftin g to cu ltiva-
lower ran k ed jobs owin g to re- followed by two cou rses of action n u m - tion of export qu ality rice rath er
cession in th e m ark et wh ich h as bered I an d II. A cou rse of action is a th an th e rice eaten daily by peo-
made new recru itments almost nil ple as export qu ality rice h elps
practicable and feasible step or adm in -
in th e recen t m on th s. th em earn m ore profit.
istrative decision to be tak en for fol-
Cou rses of act i on
Cou r ses of act i on : low-u p, im provem en t, or fu rther action
I . Strict action shou ld be tak en
I . Over qu alified people sh ou ld in regard to th e problem , policy, etc.
again st th e farm ers growin g
n ot be allowed to u n dertak e On th e basis of th e in form ation given
on l y exp ort qu al it y r i ce i n
jobs wh ich do n ot su it th eir in th e statem en t, you h ave to assu m e th eir fields.
academic qu alifications. everyth in g in th e statem en t to be tru e, II . Procu rem en t price of oth er
II . Su ch can did ates sh ou ld be decide wh ich of th e su ggested cou rs- qu alities of rice sh ou ld be in -
en cou raged to postpon e u n - es of action logically follow (s) for pu r - creased so as to m ak e th eir
dertak ing a job u ntil recession su in g. cu ltivation a profitable ven -
su bsi des. (Or i en t al Ban k Of Com m er ce PO tu re as well.
178. St at em en t : In a m ock secu rity Ex am . 26.12.2010 (I st si t t i n g) 184. St at em en t : Accordin g to a re-
drill at th e th e airport, a passen - cent report, alm ost 90% stu den ts
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I follows.
ger ignored the instru ctions of the from a prem ier college in In dia
Gi v e an swer (2) if on ly II follows. en d u p settlin g in foreign cou n -
crew an d severely in ju red h is leg
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II tries for n early th rice th e salary
wh i l e h u r r yi n g t o get off t h e
follows. drawn in In dia.
plane.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or Cou rses of act i on
Cou r ses of act i on : I . In dian organ isation s sh ou ld
II follows.
I . The passen ger sh ou ld su e th e pay salaries to stu den ts from
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II
airlin e for n egligen ce th is college wh ich are at par
follow.
II . Th e airline shou ld provide im- wi t h t h e for ei gn or gan i sa-
181. St at em en t : Man y com plai n ts tions.
mediate m edical assistance to h ave b een register ed l at ely b y
th e passen ger. II . Sign in g of a bon d wh ich pre-
commu ters regarding u navailabil- ven ts th em from tak in g a job
179. St at em en t : Illegal con stru ction ity of railway tick ets du rin g th e in an y foreign cou ntry shou ld
in th e area wh ich attracts th ou - peak travellin g season . be m ade m an datory by th e
san ds of tou rists every year h as govern m en t.
been leadin g to frequ en t lan d-
I . Th e com m u ter s sh ou l d b e 185. St at em en t : Th e police reported
slides an d floods. th at two arm ed terrorists had en-
advised to defer th eir travel
Cou r ses of act i on : tered the city a cou ple of days ago.
p lan s t i ll t h e p eak season
I . Th e govern men t sh ou ld pu t a Cou rses of act i on
gets over.
ban on all k in ds of con stru c- I . Police shou ld immediately cir -
II . Railways shou ld try to accom-
tion work in th e area. cu late the photographs of th e
m odate as m an y com m u ters t er r or i st s u si n g el ect r on i c
II . Tou rism in th e area shou ld be as possible by addin g extra an d prin t m edia in order to
totally banned until illegal con- coach es to th e train s. tak e pu blic’s h elp in n abbin g
st r u cti on wor k st op s com - 182. St at em en t : Leader of a tribal them .
pletely. com m u n ity residin g n ear a pro- II . Pu blic shou ld be inform ed to
180. St at em en t : I m p or t ed fr u i t s posed h igh way project h as given stay in doors u ntil th e terror -
wh ich are priced at n early th rice an app l i cat i on ex p r essi n g h i s ists are arrested.
the regu lar price h ave been flood- com m u n ity’s opposition to con - Di r ect i on s (1 8 6 –1 9 0 ) : In each
ing the m ark et, m ak in g fru its ou t stru ction of th e h igh way th rou gh qu estion below is given a statem en t
of reach for a m iddle class hou se- th eir residen tial area. followed by two cou rses of action n u m -
bered I an d II. A cou rse of action is a
hold. Cou rses of act i on practicable and feasible step or adm in -
Cou r ses of act i on : I . Governm ent sh ou ld con vin ce istrative decision to be tak en for fol-
I . Th e government sh ou ld regu - th e tribal comm u n ity statin g low-u p, im provem en t, or fu rther action
late th e prices of fru its so as th e fact th at bu ildin g of th e in regard to th e problem , policy, etc.
h igh way wou ld brin g devel- On th e basis of th e in form ation given
to m ak e th em affor dable to
opm en t in th eir area. in th e statem en t, you h ave to assu m e
th e com m on m an .
everyth in g in th e statem en t to be tru e,
II . In dian farm ers sh ou ld be en - II . Gover n m en t sh ou l d im m e-
an d d eci d e wh ich of t h e su ggest ed
cou raged to grow the imported d i at el y st al l t h e h i gh w ay cou rses of action logically follow (s) for
varieties of fru its as th ese are project in respon se to the repu rsu ing.
m ore popu lar am on g th e gen - sistan ce faced by th e tribal (Un i on Ban k Of I n di a PO
eral pu blic. commu nity. Ex am . 09. 01.20 01)
COURSES OF ACTION
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I follows. II . Th e govern m en t sh ou ld n ot M ar k an swer (1 ) if h e/ sh e is to
Gi v e an swer (2) if on ly II follows. lim it sch ool fees an d k eep it be sh ortlisted.
Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II fl ex i b l e for t h e sch ool s t o M ar k an swer (2 ) if h e/ sh e is n ot
follows. decid e. to be sh ortlisted.
Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or 190. St at em en t : A large n u m ber of M a r k a n sw e r (3 ) i f h e/ sh e
II follows. patients adm itted in a particu lar
sh ou ld be referred to th e Dean .
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II hospital have been diagnosed with
a seriou s con tagiou s disease. M ar k an swer (4 ) if h e/ sh e m ay
follow.
Cou rses of act i on be offered con tractu al appoin tm en t if
186. St at em en t : Th e sales of ball-
I . These patien ts shou ld be im - requ ired.
point pens manu factu red by com-
m edi at el y evi ct ed fr om t h e M ar k an swer (5 ) if th e data pro-
pan y Lixu s h ave gon e down con -
h ospital for fear of spread of vided is in adequ ate to tak e a decision .
sid er ab l y ever si n ce th e sam e
th e disease.
company introdu ced a gel-ink pen 191. An il Rath h as a doctorate in Li-
II . Th e h ospi t al sh ou l d m ak e
in th e m ark et. b rary Scien ce from Kar n at ak a
ap propri ate qu aran tin e ar -
Cou rses of act i on r an gem en ts t o con t r ol t h e Un iversity in 2003. Born on Ju ly
I . Ball poin t pens sh ou ld not be spread of disease. 21,1969, he gradu ated in Library
m an u factu red by Lixu s an y Di rect i on s (191-200) : Stu dy the an d In form ati on Scien ce from
m ore. following information carefu lly an d an - Karn atak a Un iversity wh ere h e
II . Li x u s sh ou l d i m m ed i at el y swer th e qu estion s wh ich follow: was Assistan t Librarian for fou r
wi t h d r aw al l gel -i n k p en s (Pun j ab & Si n d Ban k PO years sin ce 2005.
from th e m ark et so as to force Ex am . 23. 01.20 11) 192. Dr. Sam ir Bali h as a Ph .D. in Li-
people to bu y ball-point pens. A Research In stitu te is recru it- brary Scien ce an d h as been with
187. St at em en t : Nearly 26 per cen t in g a librarian to digitise its in form a- th e In stitu te of Fu n dam en tal Re-
of all engin eerin g gradu ates h ave t ion resou rces am on g oth er du ti es. sear ch as Assist an t Li b r ar i an
been left u n em ployed owin g to Can didates m u st possess th e follow-
sin ce October 2008. He gradu -
severe recession worldwide. in g criteria. Th e can didate m u st —
ated with a degree in Library an d
Cou rses of act i on (i) b e n ot l ess t h an 3 5 year s
In form ation Scien ce in 1994 at
I . All the u nem ployed stu dents an d n ot exceed 40 years as
on 01 .11 .2009. th e age of 22 . H e ob tai n ed 70
sh ou ld be advised to tak e u p percen t in h is gradu ation .
jobs in foreign cou n tries. (ii) h ave a Bach elor’s Degree in
Library an d In form ation Sci- 193. Vaish ali Sh etty h as been a librar -
II . Th e u n em p l oyed st u d en t s
en ce with 65 percen t m ark s. ian at STS Un iversity sin ce 2007
sh ou ld be advised to tak e u p
(iii) h ave a Ph .D. in Library Sci- wh en sh e qu alified in th e UGC
jobs on ly after th e recession
en ce. NET exam in ation . Sh e h as a de-
is over.
(iv) h ave post qu alification expe- gree in Library an d In form ation
188. St at em en t : Th e governm ent air -
rien ce of at least 4 years in a Sci en ce wi t h 6 0 p er cen t . H er
lin e h as been m ak in g h u ge loss-
Un iversity Library. first job was as ju n ior librarian
es even as private airlin ers con -
However if th e can didate fu lfills at TRP In stitu te of Developm en t
tin u e to prosper an d m ak e su b-
th e above m en tion ed criteria except— Research from October 2000 to
stantial profit.
(A) at (ii) above bu t th e candidate Decem ber 2001.
h as a UGC NET certification
I . All the private airlin es sh ou ld 194. Vivek J h a h as a Ph .D. in Library
with all th e oth er above crite-
be ban n ed from th eir opera- ri a fu lfil led h e/ sh e m ay be an d I n for m at i on Sci en ce. H e
tion in th e cou n try. referred to th e Dean . gradu ated in Library an d In for -
II . T h e go ver n m en t a i r l i n e (B) at (iv) above bu t all th e eligi- m ation Scien ce in 1992 with 65
sh ou ld be in stru cted to in - bility criteria are m et an d th e p er c en t . H e w a s b o r n o n
crease passen ger fare sign if- can d i d at e h as at l east on e 01.10.1974. Since J u ly 2005, h e
ican tly in order to in crease y ear ’s ex p er i en ce i n a r e- h as been work in g as Depu ty Li-
its profit. search in stitu te h e/ sh e m ay brarian at a deem ed Un iversity.
189. St a t e m e n t : M a n y p r i va t e b e offer ed con t r act u al ap - 195. A gradu ate i n Lib rary Scien ce
sch ools h ave been violatin g gov- poin tm en t for a year.
with 69 percen t, Dr. M. Pu ri h as
er n m en t d i r ect i ves an d h ave Based on the above criteria stu dy
been work in g at Ran ch i Un iver -
been ch argin g m ore fees th an th e carefu lly wh eth er th e followin g can di-
sity for 4 years as Depu ty Librar -
specified lim its. dates are eligible for th e recru itm en t
process an d m ark you r an swer as fol- i an . Sh e earn ed h er d oct or at e
lows. You are n ot to assu m e an yth in g wh ile work ing for the Labou r Re-
I . Th e governm ent shou ld iden-
other th an th e information provided in search In st itu te for 5 years as
ti fy su ch sch ools an d tak e
each qu estion . All cases are given to Assi st an t Lib rari an . Sh e i s 38
st r i n gen t act i on s agai n st
you as on 01.11.2009. years old as on the requ ired date.
them .
COURSES OF ACTION
196. Megh a Vaidya h as a gradu ate de- Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er cou rse 205. St at em en t : Very few stu den ts
gree in Library Science from Pu n - of action I or cou rse of action ” follows. h ave been optin g for academ ic
j ab U n i ver si t y wh er e sh e h as research as profession al cou rses
Gi ve an swer (4 ) if n either cou rse
been a librarian for th e past 5 offer better econ om ic dividen ds.
of action I n or cou rse of action II fol-
years. In 2002 sh e obtain ed h er Cou r ses of act i on :
lows.
UGC NET qu alification at th e age I . Academ ic research sh ou ld be
Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both cou rses link ed to in du stry so as to im -
of 29. Sh e obtain ed 72 percen t
of action I an d II follow. prove its econ om ic perspec-
in gradu ation . tive.
201. St at em en t : Despite all th e ef-
197. Anu p Gu pta is obtaining his Ph.D. II . Econom ic dividen ds of profes-
forts by th e govern m en t, th irty
from YCM Un iversity wh ere h e si on al cou r ses sh ou l d b e
cases of polio were reported in
h as been J u n ior Librarian sin ce m ade less attractive so as to
State X as th e paren ts of th ose
2004. He qu alified in th e UGC attract stu den ts to academ ic
NET exam in J u n e 2000. He h as children remain ed u n in form ed of research as well.
a degree in Library an d In form a- th is drive again st polio. Di r ect i on s (2 0 6 –2 1 0 ) : In each
tion Scien ce with 62 percen t. His Cou r ses of act i on : qu estion below a statem en t is given fol-
date of birth is 17.10.1973. I . Strict action sh ou ld be tak en lowed by two cou rses of action n u m -
198. Kirti Sh u k la obtain ed h er doctor - again st th e paren ts of ch il- bered I an d II. A cou rse of action is a
practicable and feasible step or adm in -
ate an d Bach elor’s degree from dren affected from polio.
istrative decision to be tak en for fol-
Patn a Un iversity. Sh e obtain ed II. Strict action sh ou ld be tak en low-u p, im provem en t, or fu rther action
63 p ercen t at gradu ati on . Sh e again st th e doctors adm in isin regard to th e problem , policy, etc.
obtain ed h er UGC NET qu alifica- terin g polio drops in the state. On th e basis of th e in form ation given
tion in 1998 wh en sh e was 26. in th e statem en t, you h ave to assu m e
202. St at em en t : Pr i vat e ai r l i n er s
199. Prak ash Sinh a h as been a librar - everyth in g in th e statem en t to be tru e,
h ave in creased th e fare d u rin g
ian for a govern m en t in stitu tion an d d eci d e wh ich of t h e su ggest ed
festive season by alm ost 50%. cou rses of action logically follow(s) for
for th ree years. Prior to th is h e
was a Un iversity Librarian for 7 Cou r ses of act i on : pu rsu ing.
years after com pletin g h is Ph .D. I . People sh ou ld be advised to (Bank Of Baroda PO Ex am . 13.03.2011)
in Library Scien ce. He gradu at- t r avel on l y b y b u ses an d Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly I follows.
ed in 1991 with 68 percen t in train s du rin g th e festive sea- Gi ve an swer (2 ) if only II follows.
Library Scien ce. He is exactly 40 son . Gi v e an swer (3 ) if eith er I or II
years of age on th e specified date. II. Airfares sh ou ld be regu lated follows.
200. Rohan Sachdev obtained his UGC by th e gover n m en t to a cer - Gi v e an swer (4 ) if n eith er I n or
NET qu alification after h is grad- II follows.
tain limit.
u ation in 1998 wh en h e began Gi v e an swer (5 ) if both I an d II
203. St at em en t : Several passen gers follow.
work in g. He h as been Assistan t were stran ded at th e airport as 206. St at em en t : People see tax as a
Librarian for th e past two years
a l l t h e f l i gh t s h ad t o b e bu rden an d th u s devise ways to
with a research in stitu te. He ob-
can celled du e to severe sn owfall u n derpay or avoid it altogeth er.
tain ed 65 percen t in h is gradu a-
for th e th ird con secu tive day. Cou r ses of Act i on :
t i o n i n L i b r ar y Sci en c e. H e
Cou r ses of act i on : I . Govern m en t sh ou ld edu cate
earn ed h is Ph .D. in Library Sci-
an d in form citizen s abou t th e
en ce in 2007. His date of birth I . All th e fligh ts sh ou ld be im -
ways in wh ich taxes h elp in
is 22.10.1974. m ediately resu m ed. developm en t of th e n ation .
Di r ect i on s (2 0 1 -2 0 5 ) : In each II. Airport au th ority sh ou ld pro- II . Tax rates shou ld be in creased
qu estion below a statem en t is given fol- vide appropriate stay arrange- so th at th e u n der -recovery in
lowed by two cou rses of action n u m - m en ts for th e stran ded pas- collection is com pen sated.
bered I an d II, A cou rse of action is a sen gers. 207. St at em en t : Th ere is n o motiva-
practicable and feasible step or adm in - 204. St at em en t : tion am on g today’s generation to
istrative decision to be tak en for fol- join th e arm ed forces owin g to
A practice m arch by th e Arm y is frequ en t tran sfers to risk y areas.
low-u p, im provem en t, or fu rther action
sch edu led to be h eld on on e of Perhaps they are not aware of th e
in regard to th e problem , policy, etc.
On th e basis of th e in form ation given th e bu siest roads in th e city on good side of it.
in th e statem en t, you h ave to assu m e Tu esday. Cou r ses of act i on :
everyth in g in th e statem en t to be tru e, Cou r ses of act i on : I . Sh ort term in tern sh ip sh ou ld
be in trodu ced at h igh sch ool
an d d eci d e wh ich of t h e su ggest ed I . Tr affi c sh ou l d b e d i ver t ed
level to give stu den ts a peek
cou rses of action logically follow(s) for du rin g th e practice m arch so into the adventu rou s life of the
pu rsu ing. as to ease traffic con gestion for ces an d p r ovi d e a m or e
(UCO Ban k PO Exam . 30.01.2011) du rin g th at tim e. realistic job pu rview.
Gi v e an swer (1 ) if on ly cou rse of II. Pu blic n otices sh ou ld be is- II . Th e salar y levels of th e de-
action I follows. su ed to avoid u sin g th e road fen se for ces sh ou l d b e i n -
t il l t h e p ract i ce m ar ch on cr eased wi th i m m ed iate ef-
Gi v e an swer (2 ) if on ly cou rse of fect .
action II follows. Tu esday gets over.
COURSES OF ACTION
208. St at em en t : A pleth ora of bodies Di r ect i on s (2 1 1 -2 1 5 ) : Stu dy Mark an swer (1 ) if the can didate
with n o sin gle on e wh ich can be the following in form ation carefu lly an d is n ot to be selected
h eld accou n table for city’s devel- an swer th e qu estion s given below : M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e data pro-
opm en t is th e k ey reason beh in d (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE vided are n ot adequ ate to tak e a deci-
its rath er stagn an t state. Ex am . 11. 03.20 12) sion .
Followin g are th e con dition s for M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e case is to
I . Each body sh ou ld be given a
selectin g Man ager -HR in an organ isa- be referred to Presiden t-HR
set of du ties and th ere sh ou ld tion : M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e case is to
be n o du plication in su ch al-
Th e can didate m u st — be referred to GM-HR
location.
(i) be at least 30 years an d n ot Mark an swer (5 ) if the can didate
II . A n u m b r el l a c om m i t t ee
m or e th an 35 year s as on is to be selected
sh ou l d b e ap p oi n t ed wi t h
01 .0 3.2 01 2. 211. Rit a Bh at t was b or n on 2 5t h
powers to regu late action s of
all oth er bodies. (ii) h ave secu red at least 60 per - J u ly 1978. Sh e h as secu red 62
cen t m ark s in Gradu ation in per cen t m ark s in Gradu ation
209. St at em en t : Nu m ber of h ospital
an y disciplin e. an d 65 per cen t m ark s in Post
beds per 10000 people in In dia,
wh ich is a k ey indicator of health- (iii) h ave secu r ed at l east 6 5 Gradu ate Diplom a in Man age-
care infrastru ctu re, is mu ch lower per cen t m ar k s i n th e Post m en t. Sh e h as been work in g for
th an m an y oth er n ation s wh ich Gradu ate Degree/ Diplom a th e past six years in th e Person -
ar e t h ou gh t t o b e p oor er th an in Person n el Man agem en t/ n el Departm en t of an organ isa-
India. H R. tion after com p leti n g h er Post
Cou r ses of act i on : (iv) h ave post qu alification work Gradu ation. Sh e has secu red 55
exp er ien ce of at l east five per cen t m ark s in th e selection
I . Th e expen ditu re of im portin g
years in th e Person n el/ HR p rocess.
costl y m edi cin es sh ou ld be
Departm en t of an organ isa- 212. Ashok Pradh an was born on 8th
born e by th e State.
tion Au gu st 1980. He h as been work -
II . In cen tives sh ou ld be given to
(v) h ave secu r ed at l east 5 0 ing in th e Person nel Departm en t
en cou r age en t r y of p r i vat e
percen t m ark s in th e selec- of an organ isation for th e past
p l a y er s i n t o b u i l d i n g o f
tion process. fou r years after com pletin g h is
h ealth care in frastru ctu re.
In th e case of a can didate wh o Post Gradu ate Degree in Person -
210. Th er e is an al arm i n g t r en d of
satisfies all th e above con dition s n el M an agem en t wit h 67 per -
sk ewed sex ratio again st wom en
except- cen t . Ou t of h is en tire exp eri-
in In dia du rin g th e past decade
an d situ ation may get ou t of hand (a) at (ii) above, bu t h as secu red en ce, h e h as been work in g for
if adequ ate steps are n ot tak en at least 55 percen t m ark s in th e past two year s as Depu ty
to stop fem ale foeticide. Gradu ation in an y disciplin e Man ager -HR. He has secu red 62
and at least 70 percent mark s p er cen t m ar k s i n Gr adu at ion
Wh ich of th e followin g can be an
in Post Gradu ate Degree/ Di- an d 5 8 per cen t m ark s i n th e
ef fec t i v e st ep t o r ev er se t h e
plom a in Person n el Man age- selection process.
t ren d ?
m en t/ HR, th e case is to be 213. Alok Ver m a was b or n on 4t h
(A) Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld im -
referred to GM - HR. March 1976. He h as been work -
m ediately com pletely ban u se
of scan n ers/ son ograph y on (b) at (i v) above, bu t h as post ing in th e Person nel Departm en t
ex p ect an t m o t h er s at a l l qu alification work experien ce of an organ isation for th e past
of at least fou r years ou t of si x years after com pl et in g h is
h ealth cen tres
wh ich at least two years as Post Gradu ate Diplom a in Per -
(B) Th e Govern m en t sh ou ld an -
D ep u t y M an ager –H R. t h e son nel Man agem en t with 66 per
nou nce a su bstantial incentive
case is to be referred to Pres- cen t m ark s. He h as secu red 57
sch em e for cou ples wh o h ave
iden t - HR. per cen t m ark s in th e selection
at least on e girl ch ild.
In each qu estion below are giv- process an d 63 per cen t m ark s
(C ) Th e G over n m en t sh ou l d
en details of on e can didate. You in Gradu ation .
lau nch a nationwide campaign
h ave to tak e on e of th e followin g 214. Swapan Ghosh has been work ing
to create awar en ess again st
cou rses of action s based on th e in th e Person n el Departm en t of
fem ale foeticide.
i n form at i on pr ovi ded an d th e an organ isation for th e past five
(1) (A) only
con dition s an d su b-con dition s years after com pletin g h is Post
(2) (A) and (B) On ly given above an d m ark th e n u m -
(3) (B) an d (C) On ly Gradu ate Degree in HR with 72
ber of th at cou rse of action as
(4) All (A), (B) an d (C) per cent marks. He has secured
you r an swer. You are n ot to as-
56 per cent mark s in Gradu ation.
(5) Non e of th ese su me anything other than th e in-
He was born on 12th May 1977.
(I BPS Bank PO/ M T CWE formation provided in each qu es-
H e h as secu r ed 5 8 p er cen t
Ex am .1 8 .0 9 .2 0 11 ) tion . All th ese cases are given to
m ark s in th e selection process.
you as on 01.03.2012.
COURSES OF ACTION
215. Seem a Beh l h as been work in g (2) Th e Govern m en t m ay set u p In each qu estion below are giv-
in th e Person n el Departm en t of a com m ittee for proper dis- en details of on e can didate. You
an organ isation for th e past sev- bu rsem en t of relief su pplies h ave to tak e on e of th e followin g
en year s aft er com p let in g h er in fu tu re. cou rses of action s based on th e
Post Gradu ate Diplom a in Per - (3) The Governm ent may empow- i n form at i on pr ovi ded an d th e
son nel Man agem en t with 70 per er th e District Magistrates to con dition s an d su b-con dition s
cen t m ark s. Sh e was born on m ak e al l fu t u r e d i sb u r se- given above an d m ark th e n u m -
5th J u ly 1979. Sh e h as secu red m en ts of relief. ber of th at cou rse of action as
65 per cen t m ark s in Gradu a- (4) Th e Govern m en t m ay sen d you r an swer. You are n ot to as-
tion an d 50 per cen t m ark s in relief su pplies to th e affect- su me anything other than th e in-
th e selection process. ed people in fu tu re on ly af- formation provided in each qu es-
216. St at em en t : Th e prices of vege- ter proper assessm en t of th e
tion . All th ese cases are given to
t ab les an d ot h er food art icles dam age cau sed by su ch ca-
you as on 01.03.2012.
h ave d ecr eased i n t h e r ecen t lamities.
(5 ) Th e Govern m en t m ay n ot Mark an swer (1 ) if the can didate
m on th s raisin g h ope am on g pol- is n ot to be selected
icy plan n ers th at th e RBI’s (Re- need to activate an y follow u p
serve Ban k of In dia) tigh t grip m easu re. M ar k an swer (2 ) if th e data pro-
on su pply of liqu id m on ey in th e (I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE vided are n ot adequ ate to tak e a deci-
m ark et for con trollin g in flation Ex am . 11. 03.20 12) sion .
m ay be eased. Di r ect i on s (2 1 8 -2 2 2 ) : Stu dy M ar k an swer (3 ) if th e case is to
the following in form ation carefu lly an d be referred to Presiden t-HR
Wh ich of th e followin g m ay be a
an swer th e qu estion s given below : M ar k an swer (4 ) if th e case is to
possi bl e act i on of the above sit-
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i ce CWE be referred to GM-HR
u ation?
Ex am . 11. 03.20 12)
(1) Th e Reserve Ban k of In dia Mark an swer (5 ) if the can didate
Followin g are th e con dition s for
m ay n ot redu ce its k ey inter - is to be selected
selectin g Man ager -HR in an organ isa-
est rates in n ear fu tu re. tion : 218. Rit a Bh at t was b or n on 2 5t h
(2) Th e Govern m ent m ay step in Th e can didate m u st — J u ly 1978. Sh e h as secu red 62
an d m ak e cert ai n con ces- per cen t m ark s in Gradu ation
(i) be at least 30 years an d n ot
sion s to th e com m on people an d 65 per cen t m ark s in Post
m or e th an 35 year s as on
on variou s issu es Gradu ate Diplom a in Man age-
01 .0 3.2 01 2.
(3) Th e Reserve Ban k of In d ia (ii) h ave secu red at least 60 per - m en t. Sh e h as been work in g for
m ay con sider lowerin g cer - cen t m ark s in Gradu ation in th e past six years in th e Person -
tain rates to brin g in m ore lian y disciplin e. n el Departm en t of an organ isa-
qu idity in th e m ark et. tion after com p leti n g h er Post
(iii) h ave secu r ed at l east 6 5
(4) Th e RBI m ay wait for at least per cen t m ar k s i n th e Post Gradu ation. Sh e has secu red 55
an ot h er year befor e tak i n g Gradu ate Degree/ Diplom a per cen t m ark s in th e selection
an y step. in Person n el Man agem en t/ p rocess.
(5) Th e RB I m ay col l ect m or e H R. 219. Ashok Pradh an was born on 8th
d at a fr om t h e m ar k et an d (iv) h ave post qu alification work Au gu st 1980. He h as been work -
wait for an other fou r m onth s exp er ien ce of at l east five ing in th e Person nel Departm en t
to en su re th ey tak e th e cor - years in the Personn el/ HR of an organ isation for th e past
rect step. Department of an organisation fou r years after com pletin g h is
(I BPS Speci al i st Of f i cer CWE (v) h ave secu r ed at l east 5 0 Post Gradu ate Degree in Person -
Ex am . 11. 03.20 12) percen t m ark s in th e selec- n el M an agem en t wit h 67 per -
217. St at em en t : A severe cyclon ic tion process. cen t . Ou t of h is en tire exp eri-
storm h it th e Eastern coastlin e In th e case of a can didate wh o en ce, h e h as been work in g for
last m onth resu lting in h u ge loss satisfies all th e above con dition s th e past two year s as Depu ty
of life an d property on th e en - except- Man ager -HR. He has secu red 62
tire east coast an d th e Govern - (a) at (ii) above, bu t h as secu red p er cen t m ar k s i n Gr adu at ion
m en t h ad to disbu rse a con sid- at least 55 percen t m ark s in an d 5 8 per cen t m ark s i n th e
erable am ou n t for relief activi- Gradu ation in an y disciplin e selection process.
ties th rou gh th e district adm in - and at least 70 percent mark s
220. Alok Ver m a was b or n on 4t h
istration mach in eries. in Post Gradu ate Degree/ Di-
March 1976. He h as been work -
Wh ich of th e followin g m ay pos- plom a in Person n el Man age-
m en t/ HR, th e case is to be ing in th e Person nel Departm en t
sibly be a fol l ow u p m easu r e to of an organ isation for th e past
referred to GM - HR.
be tak en u p by th e Govern ment? si x years after com pl et in g h is
(b) at (i v) above, bu t h as post
(1) Th e Govern m en t m ay set u p Post Gradu ate Diplom a in Per -
qu alification work experien ce
a t ask for ce t o r evi ew t h e son nel Man agem en t with 66 per
of at least fou r years ou t of
post relief scenario in all dis- cen t m ark s. He h as secu red 57
wh ich at least two years as
t r i ct s an d al so t o con fi r m per cen t m ark s in th e selection
D ep u t y M an ager –H R. t h e
proper en d u ser receipt of th e case is to be referred to Pres- process an d 63 per cen t m ark s
relief su pplies. iden t - HR. in Gradu ation .
COURSES OF ACTION
221. Swapan Gh osh h as been work - 224. St at em en t : Nearly 26 per cen t Di r ect i on s (2 2 8 – 2 3 2 ) : In each
ing in th e Person nel Departm en t of all engin eerin g gradu ates h ave qu estion below is given a statement fol-
of an organ isation for th e past been left u n em ployed owin g to lowed by three cou rses of action nu m-
five years after com pletin g h is

Banking Previous Years Questions Reasoning II

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Banking Previous Years Questions Reasoning II

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SB I / I B PS/ R B I / R R B

Al l r i gh t r eser ved , No p ar t of t h i s b ook m ay b e r ep r od u ced

Fi r st Edi t i on – May, 2017

Th ere is on ly on e su ch com bin ation D > S : Tru e S<T<O<V

DISTANCE & DIRECTION

Requ i red distan ce

South 24. (2) Point D is 11 m etre towards n orth

West East Poin t V is in North –West direction

Requ ired distan ce HC

A, M, D, P, R, T, B an d H are bou r of H. D is secon d to th e left of T. A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H an d K are

(5 ) Th r ee R an d T wh en cou n ted from th e an d U. U does n ot sit at an y of

Nu m ber of Su jata fr om th e righ t B

Total n u m ber of stu den ts 7 @ R F 38 .(4) 2 8 4 3 7 1

com b in ation : 1WU

fi rst person i s to th e i m m ediate

270. (3) Wi ves of Q an d V are im m e- F

fl oor n u m ber. In case of Q, t h e

left m ean s 6th from t h e left, i.e., 11 t h fr om ri gh t

5 5 5 2 2 Su ch com bin ation s are :

Su ch com bin ation s are : 14t h from left 441. (4)

B4@ , T8 427. (4) Nu m ber Sym bol Let t er 7 7 7

Symbol Nu mber Conson ant

+2 –3 435. (1) Conson ant Num ber Sym bol 1 –3

we go cl ock wise from H to D. F

558. (4 ) H li k es or an ge col ou r. E i s 577. (3 ) X an d Z sit at th e ex trem e

Sony P, U > Q Man ager

R P U 645. (2) V is facin g N.

31. (2) 43. (2) Nu m ber Sym bol Nu m ber

A op posite to En gin eer L.

51. (2) F is to the im mediate left of E. Fin an cial Analyst G is sitting ju st

Pr esid en t op posite of En gin eer L.

101. (1) P is th i rd to t h e righ t of U. 117. (2) Q is sittin g to th e im m ediate

cen t re. 1 7 7 . (5) S sits secon d to th e left of U. F H

43. (2) 9 2 5 4 7 1 6 Paint er

D R 76. (4) X is t h e fat h er of S. 84. (3) V an d S are imm ediate n eigh -

69. (4) T faces B. G

Karan > Rah u l > Dan a > Paru l =

Su dh a > Abh ish ek > B h ar at E

71. (4) Dan a is t h e th i rd h eaviest. F

M’s posit ion from t h e righ t en d 458 854; 347 743;

O sit s th ird to th e l eft of M.

E 69. (3) Fi ve person s - M, S, L, J , an d

23 oth er 14 St ep VI : th e 96 i n it iator s 40 comp an y 21 18 ar e 32 h u mb le 6 7 of

(1) d awn (2) 5 5 (3) ch i p Wh en a word an d n u m ber arran gem en t m ach in e is

(All th e n u m ber s are two di git n u m ber s)

IBPS PO/MT/SO EXAMS 1 7 7 . (3) 1 7 8 . (2) 1 7 9 . (4) 1 8 0 . (1)

RBI GRADE–B/ NABARD GRADE–A OFFICER EXAMS

Gi v e an sw er (2 ) if on l y con cl u - Gi v e an sw er (2 ) If on l y con cl u - 207. St at em en t s

IV. No l ion is bir d. si on I or con clu si on II fol lows. Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -

49. St at em en t s : II . No bu ll i s a dog. Gi v e an sw er (1 ) if on l y con cl u -

No tr ou ser i s sh ir t. I + A  I–typ e of Con cl u si on

All bu ck et s ar e tu bs. Som e paper s ar e car ds.

49. (5) All fl ower s ar e tr ees. Al l bu ds ar e leaves. Al l wall s ar e fl oor s.

All flowers are ju ngles. Som e flow er s ar e l eaves.

No ju n gle is h ill. Al l floor s ar e r oom s.

All t ables ar e desk s. All dogs are t igers.

All posters are win dows. All clot hes ar e t rees.

Al l book s ar e car pet s. Al l n ot es ar e t yr es.

All lock s ar e bangles. Con cl u si on II is Con verse of i t.

All keys ar e bangles. sion

Pr Some Pict u r es ar e Neck laces. Al l al u m i n i u m ar e gol d.

E + I  O 1 -type of Con clu si on I + A  I-typ e of Con cl u si on

Som e seas ar e r iver s. Al l sol ids ar e liqu ids. Som e st ar s ar e pl an et s